5M-<Ai«4
12
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
X
257
(INDEX OF^EGULATIONS r,,
Filed in
1951 and 1952
UNDER THE REGULATIONS ACT
PART I
Alphabetical Index of all regulations filed in 1951 and 1952 other than those
regulations set out in Part II.
O. Reg.
Number
Date of
Gazette
Page*
ADOLESCENT SCHOOL ATTENDANCE ACT
Employment Certificate (Amending Regulations 1 of
Consolidated Regulations 1950)
ADOPTION ACT
Forms {Amending Regulations 2 of Consolidated Regula-
tions 1950)
Idem {Amending Regulations 2 of Consolidated Reg-
ulations 1950 and 0. Reg. 208/51
AGRICULTURAL ASSOCIATIONS ACT
The Ontario Soil and Crop Improvement Associa
TION {Amending Regulations 3 of Consolidated Regula-
tions 1950)
ASSESSMENT ACT
Payments to Mining Municipalities {New)
B
BLIND PERSONS' ALLOWANCES ACT, 1951
General Regulations {New)
BROKER-DEALERS ACT, 1947
Application Forms, Amendments to {Amending Regu-
lations 16 of Consolidated Regulations 1950)
Fees {New and amending subregulation 1 hf regulation 30
of Regulations 16 of Consolidated Regulations 1950) ....
Fees and Manner of Carrying on Business {Amend-
ing Regulations 16 of Consolidated Regulations 1950) . .
271/51
208/51
278/52
121/52
197/52
69/52
343/52
298/52
21/51
Dec.
1/51
Sept. 22/51
Sept. 13/52
Mar.
22/52
May
24/52
Mar.
1/52
Dec.
20/52
Oct.
25/52
Feb.
24/51
345
278
533
287
359
221
631
553
65
•Foot pagination in Gazette.
258
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
O. Reg.
Number
Date of
Gazette
BROKER-DEALERS ACT, 1947— Continued
Manner of Carrying on Business {Amending Regula-
tions 16 of Consolidated Regulations 1950)
Idem {Amending Regulations 16 of Consolidated Regula-
tions 1950)
Idem {Amending Regulations 16 of Consolidated Regula-
tions 1950)
Idem {Amending Regulations 16 of Consolidated Regula-
tions 1950)
CEMETERIES ACT
Certificate of Coroner {New)
Cemetery Closing — Chalmers Church, Township of
Scarborough {New)
Toronto General Burying Grounds {New and Re-
voking 0. Reg. 17/44 and Amending 0. Reg. 63/44).. . .
CHARITABLE INSTITUTIONS ACT
Forms {Amending Regulations 18 of Consolidated Regula-
tions 1950)
General {Amending Regulations 18 of Consolidated
Regulations 1950)
Idem AND Provincial Aid {Amending Regulations 18
of Consolidated Regulations 1950)
Payments under Section 7a of the Act {Amending
Regulations 18 of Consolidated Regulations 1950) ....
CHILDREN OF UNMARRIED PARENTS ACT
Fees of Solicitors and Counsel Retained by the
Crown {Amending O. Reg. 50/44)
COMMISSIONERS FOR TAKING AFFIDAVITS ACT
Fees {Amending Regulations 21 of Consolidated Regula-
tions 1950)
•f* COMPANIES INFORMATION ACT
Prospectus {Amending Regulations 23 of Consolidated
Regulations 1950) .
CORONERS ACT
Forms {New and Revoking 0. Reg. 291/44).
COUNTY COURTS ACT
Sittings in the County of Carleton for Trial of
Issues of Fact and Assessment for Damages {New)
53/51
96/51
295/51
206/52
235/51
33/51
250/51
84/52
223/51
258/51
175/51
326/52
212/52
344/52
128/51
301/52
Apr.
7/51
June
2/51
Dec.
15/51
May 31/52
Oct.
20/51
Mar.
3/51
Nov.
3/51
Mar.
1/52
Oct. 6/51
Nov. 24/51
Aug. 18/51
Nov. 22/52
June 7/52
Dec. 27/52
June 23/51
Oct. 25/52
•Foot pagination in Gazette.
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
259
O. Reg.
Number
Date of
Gazette
COUNTY COURTS ACT— Continued
Sittings in the County of Essex {New)
Sittings in the County of Middlesex {New)
CREDIT UNIONS ACT
Dissolution of
Atikokan Community Credit Union Limited {New) . . .
Cameo Employees Credit Union Limited {New)
Canbri Employees' (Ajax) Credit Union Limited {New)
National Defence (Weston) Credit Union Limited
{New)
Owen Sound (Co-operative) Credit Union Limited
{New)
CROWN TIMBER ACT
Crown Dues {Amending 0. Reg. 58/44)
Suspension of Condition 1 of Schedule to the Act
{New)
D
DAY NURSERIES ACT
General {Amending Regulations 33 of Consolidated Regu-
lations 1950)
DENTAL TECHNICIANS ACT
General Amendments {Amending Regulations 34 of
Consolidated Regulations 1950)
DENTISTRY ACT
Dental Hygiene Training or Instruction {New)
Dental Hygienists (New)
DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION ACT
Agriculture in Public and Separate Schools {Amend-
ing Regulations 36, 37, and 44, of Consolidated Regula
tions 1950)
Allowances for Examiners at Grade XIII Examina-
tions {Amending Regulations 48 of Consolidated Regula-
tions 1950)
Empire Day {Amending Regulations 46 of Consolidated
Regulations 1950)
General Amendments {Amending Regulations 58, 60,
62, and 72 of Consolidated Regulations 1950 and O. Reg
158/51)
105/51
226/51
29/51
6/52
152/52
30/51
7/52
184/51
39/52
229/51
332/52
99/51
72/51
133/52
76/52
310/52
273/51
June 2/51
Oct. 13/51
Feb. 24/51
Jan. 26/52
Apr. 5/52
Feb. 24/51
Jan. 26/52
Sept. 1/51
Feb. 9/52
Oct. 13/51
Dec. 6/52
June 2/51
May 5/51
Mar. 29/52
Mar. 1/52
Nov. 1/52
Dec. 1/51
*Foot pagination in Gazette.
260
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
O. Reg.
Number
Date of
Gazette
DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION ACT— Continued
General Legislative Grants {New and revoking clauses
a and b of regulation 1 and regulations 4 of Regulations
64 of Consolidated Regulations 1950 and 0. Regs
159/51)
Grants for Non-Profit Camps {New and Revoking
Regulations 61 of Consolidated Regulations 1950) ....
High Schools and Collegiate Institutes {Revoking
Regulations 40 and Amending Regulations 49 of Con-
solidated Regulations 1950)
Home Economics {Amending Regulations 50, 51, 52 and
53 of Consolidated Regulations 1950)
Miscellaneous Amendments {Amending Regulations 49
of Consolidated Regulations 1950)
Miscellaneous Amendments {Amending Regulations 63
and 66 of Consolidated Regulations 1950)
Programmes of Recreation {New and Revoking Regu-
lations 62 of Consolidated Regulations 1950 and 0. Reg
158/51 and Amending 0. Reg. 273/51)
Promotion and Supervision Grants {Amending Regu-
lations 44 of Consolidated Regulations 1950)
Public, and Separate, Schools {Amending Regulations
43, and 46, of Consolidated Regulations 1950)
Public School Inspectors' Certificates {Amending
Regulations 63 of Consolidated Regulations 1950 and
Revoking regulation 1 of 0. Reg. 303/51)
Purchase of Milk for Free Distribution in Schools
{New)
Special Certificates {Amending Regulations 66 of
Consolidated Regulations 1950)
Text Books {Amending Regulations 42, 46, 49, and 73,
of Consolidated Regulations 1950 and Revoking O. Reg.
157/51)
Text Books for Use of Pupils {New)
Idem {Amending O. Reg. 195/52)
Vocational Schools
General Amendments {Amending Regulations 73 of
Consolidated Regulations 1950)
Qualification of Principals of {Amending Regula-
tions 73 of Consolidated Regulations 1950 and Re-
voking regulations 2 of 0. Reg. 196/52)
*Foot pagination in Gazette.
4
262/52
Aug. 16/52
179/52
May 3/52
59/51
Apr. 21/51
319/51
Dec. 22/51
296/51
Dec. 15/51
303/51
Dec. 22/51
321/51
Jan. 5/52
34/51
Mar. 3/51
134/52
Mar. 29/52
74/52
Mar. 1/52
231/52
July 12/52
304/51
Dec. 22/51
213/52
June 14/52
195/52
May 24/52
264/52
Aug. 16/52
196/52
May 24/52
263/52
Aug. 16/52
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
261
O. Reg.
Number
Date of
Gazette
DEPARTMENT OF MUNICIPAL AFFAIRS ACT
Tax Arrears and Sale Procedures
Counties of Durham and Northumberland (New)
District of Nipissing (New)
For School Boards in unorganized Townships or
unsurveyed territory in territorial districts
OF Cochrane, Muskoka, Parry Sound, Rainy
River, Sudbury, Timiskaming (New)
DEPARTMENT OF TRAVEL AND PUBLICITY ACT
Advertising Tourist Accommodation (New and Re-
voking regulations 79 of Consolidated Regulations 1950)
DISABLED PERSONS' ALLOWANCES ACT, 1952
General Amendments {Amending 0. Reg. 221/52). . .
General Regulations {New)
DIVISION COURTS ACT
Territorial Limits of Divisions {Amending 0. Reg.
270/50)
Idem {A mending O. Reg. 270/50)
Idem {Amending 0. Reg. 270/50)
Idem {Amending 0. Reg. 270/50, 16/52 and 82/52). .
Idem {Amending O. Reg. 270/50 and 16/52)
Idem {Amending 0. Reg. 270/50, 16/52 and 187/52).. .
DRUGLESS PRACTITIONERS ACT
Allowances to Members of Board {Amending O. Reg.
214/44)
Registration Fees {Amending O. Reg. 214/44).
ELDERLY PERSONS HOUSING AID ACT, 1952
Grants {New)
ELECTION ACT, 1951
Fees and Expenses {New).
FAIR EMPLOYMENT PRACTICES ACT, 1951
Complaints {New)
FARM PRODUCTS CONTAINERS ACT
Licence Fees {Amending Regulations 84 of Consolidated
Regulations 1950)
290/52
252/52
293/51
330/52
221/52
16/52
82/52
120/52
149/52
187/52
209/52
122/51
98/51
292/52
239/51
129/51
107/51
Oct.
4/52
July 26/52
Dec.
15/51
Jan.
10/53
Nov.
29/52
June
21/52
Feb.
2/52
Mar.
1/52
Mar.
22/52
Apr.
5/52
May
3/52
May 31/52
June
16/51
June
2/51
Oct.
11/52
Oct.
20/51
June
23/51
June
2/51
•Foot pagination in Gazette.
262
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
O. Reg.
Number
Date of
Gazette
FARM PRODUCTS GRADES AND SALES ACT
Fruit and Vegetables {New)
Idem (New)
Idem (New)
Idem (New)
New Potatoes (New).
Fruit and Vegetables (Amending Regulations 87 of
Consolidated Regulations 1950)
Idem (Amending Regulations 87 of Consolidated Regula-
tions 1950)
Idem (Amending Regulations 87 of Consolidated Regula
tions 1950)
General Amendments (Amending O. Reg. 266/52) . .
Grades for Cabbage (Revoking and Substituting Regu-
lations 15 of 0. Reg. 266/52)
Honey (Amending Regulations 88 of Consolidated Regula-
tions 1950)
Idem (Amending Regulations 88 of Consolidated Regula
tions 1950 and 0. Reg. 263/51)
FARM PRODUCTS MARKETING ACT
Approval of 1952 Agreements for Marketing —
Beans
Idem — Green and Wax
Beets, Cabbage and Carrots.
Cherries, Sweet
Idem, Sour
Corn, Sweet
Grapes
Peaches
Pears, Kieffer
Peas, Green
Raspberries, Purple
112/51
June 9/51
116/51
June 9/51
130/51
June 23/51
131/51
June 23/51
69/51
May 5/51
138/51
July 7/51
266/52
Aug. 30/52
312/52
Nov. 1/52
293/52
Oct. 11/52
279/52
Sept. 13/52
263/51
Nov. 24/51
153/52
Apr. 5/52
333/52
Dec.
6/52
180/52
May
3/52
214/52
June
14/52
227/52
June
28/52
238/52
July
14/52
172/52
Apr.
26/52
294/52
Oct.
11/52
267/52
Aug.
30/52
317/52
Nov.
8/52
173/52
Apr.
26/52
225/52
June
28/52
*Foot pagination in Gazette.
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
263
O. Reg.
Number
Date of
Gazette
Page"
FARM PRODUCTS MARKETING ACT— Continued
Approval of 1952 Agreement for Marketing —
Continued —
Strawberries
Sugar-Beets . . .
Tomatoes
Idem
Winter-celery.
Marketing Schemes —
Asparagus
Marketing of {New and Revoking Regulations 90 of
Consolidated Regulations 1950)
Negotiating Committees for {New and Revoking
0. Reg. 134/52)
Ontario Asparagus Grower's Marketing-for-Process
ing Scheme {New and Revoking Regulations 89 of
Consolidated Regulations 1950)
Beans
Marketing of {New and Revoking Regulations 92 of
Consolidated Regulations 1950)
Negotiating Committees for {New and Revoking
Regulations 93 of Consolidated Regulations 1950)
Ontario Bean Growers' Marketing Scheme {New and
Revoking Regulations 91 of Consolidated Regulu
tions 1950)
Cheese
Marketing of {New and Revoking Regulations 97 of
Consolidated Regulations 1950)
Amended {Amending O. Reg. 101/51 and Revoking
O. Reg. 137/51 and 198/52)
Negotiating Committees for {New)
Amended
Ontario Cheese Producers' Marketing Scheme {New
and Revoking Regulations 96 of Consolidated Regu
lations 1950)
Corn, Seed
Marketing of Seed-corn {New and Revoking Regula-
tions 101 of Consolidated Regulations 1950)
Negotiating Committees for {New)
219/52
June
21/52
166/52
Apr.
19/52
169/52
Apr.
19/52
170/52
Apr.
19/52
307/52
Nov.
1/52
128/52
Mar. 22/52
175/52
Apr. 26/52
127/52
Mar. 22/52
165/51
Aug. 4/51
166/51
Aug. 4/51
164/51
Aug. 4/51
101/51
June 2/51
308/52
Nov. 1/52
102/51
June 2/51
309/52
Nov. 1/52
100/51
June 2/51
246/52
July 26/52
247/52
July 26/52
*Foot pagination in Gazette.
264
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
O. Reg.
Number
Date of
Gazette
FARM PRODUCTS MARKETING ACT— Continued
Marketing Schemes — Continued —
Corn, Seed — Continued
Ontario Seed-corn Growers' Marketing Scheme {New
and Revoking Regulations 100 of Consolidated
Regulations 1950)
Fresh Vegetables
Marketing of {New)
Negotiating Committees for {New)
Bradford-marsh Fresh-vegetable Growers' Marketing
Scheme {New)
Grapes
Marketing of, licence fees {Amending Regulations 103
of Consolidated Regulations 1950)
Pears, Plums, and Cherries
Marketing of {New and Revoking Regulations 112 of
Consolidated Regulations 1950)
Negotiating Committees for {New)
Ontario Pear, Plum and Cherry Growers' Marketing-
for- Processing Scheme {New and Revoking Regula-
tions 111 of Consolidated Regulations 1950)
Sugar-Beets
Marketing of {New and Revoking Regulations 116 of
Consolidated Regulations 1950)
Negotiating Committees for {New)
South-Western Ontario Sugar-Beet Growers' Market
ing-for-Processing Scheme {New and Revoking
Regulations 115 of Consolidated Regulations 1950)
Vegetables
Marketing of {New and Revoking Regulations 118 of
Consolidated Regulations 1950)
Negotiating Committees for {New)
Ontario Vegetable Growers' Marketing-for-Process-
ing Scheme {New and Revoking Regulations 117 of
Consolidated Regulations 1950)
FEMALE EMPLOYEES FAIR REMUNERATION
ACT, 1951
Form of Complaint {New)
FORESTRY ACT, 1952
Nurseries and Nursery Stock {New).
245/52
229/52
230/52
228/52
147/51
285/52
286/52
284/52
196/51
197/51
195/51
126/52
131/52
125/52
1/52
291/52
July 26/52
July
5/52
July
5/52
July
5/52
July 21/51
Sept. 20/52
Sept. 20/52
Sept. 20/52
Sept.
8/51
Sept.
8/51
Sept.
8/51
Mar.
22/52
Mar.
22/52
Mar.
22/52
Jan.
26/52
Oct.
11/52
*FoQt pagination in Gazette.
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
265
O. Reg.
Number
Date of
Gazette
GAME AND FISHERIES ACT
Bull-frogs {New)
Waters Set Apart for Propagation of {Amending
0. Reg. 204/51)
Crown Game Preserves {Amending Regulations 123
of Consolidated Regulations 1950)
Idem {Amending Regulations 123 of Consolidated Regu
lations 1950)
Licences, Townships in County of Essex may Issue
{Amending Regulations 127 of Consolidated Regulations
1950 and Revoking 0. Reg. 205/51)
Open Seasons
Beaver, 1952, 1953 {New)
Fox in Counties {Amending Regulations 126 of
Consolidated Regulations 1950)
Game Birds, 1952-53 {New)
Rabbits and Squirrels, 1952-53 {New) . . . .
Small Fur-bearing Animals, 1952-53 {New)
Snares, Use of, prohibited during open season
FOR Deer and Moose {New)
Records and Returns by Fur-Dealers {Amending
Regulations 129 of Consolidated Regulations 1950).
Royalties on Beaver, Lynx and Mink {Amending
Regulations 129 of Consolidated Regulations 1950) .
Sealing of Skins or Pelts of Beaver, Fisher and
Marten {Amending Regulations 129 of Consolidated
Regulations 1950)
Waters Set Apart
For Specified Periods {New and Amending O. Regs.
164/49 and 88/50)
Idem {Amending O. Reg. 80/51) . . .
Idem {Amending O. Reg. 80/51) . . .
General {Amending 0. Reg. 164/49)
Idem {Amending 0. Reg. 164/49) . .
204/51
320/52
245/51
321/52
167/52
274/52
48/51
273/52
271/52
265/52
220/51
168/52
322/52
78/52
80/51
295/52
297/52
81/51
268/52
Sept. 22/51
Nov. 15/52
Oct. 27/51
Nov. 15/52
Apr. 19/52
Sept. 13/52
Mar. 31/51
Sept. 13/52
Sept. 6/52
Aug. 16/52
Oct. 6/51
Apr. 19/52
Nov. 15/52
Mar. 1/52
May 12/51
Sept. 13/52
Oct. 18/52
May 12/51
Aug. 30/52
*Foot pagination in Gazette.
266
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
O. Reg.
Number
Date of
Gazette
GASOLINE TAX ACT
General Regulations {New and revoking 0. Reg.
271/44)
GENERAL SESSIONS ACT
Sittings of Court, County of Carleton (New) .
Idem County of Middlesex (New)
GUARANTEE COMPANIES SECURITIES ACT
Schedule I of Regulations 130 of Consolidated
Regulations 1950
Additions to
Aetna Insurance Company (New)
Reliance Insurance Company of Canada (New)
The Travelers Indemnity Company (New)
United National Indemnity Co. (New)
Zurick General Accident and Liability Insurance
Company Limited (New)
H
HIGH SCHOOLS ACT
Reduction in Rank,
Strathroy Collegiate Institute (New).
HIGHWAY IMPROVEMENT ACT
CONTROLLED-ACCESS HIGHWAYS
Danforth-Kingston Road Merger (Amending 0. Reg.
39/45 and Regulations 134 of Consolidated Regulations
1950)
Gananoque to Brockville (Amending Regulations 134
of Consolidated Regulations 1950 and striking out
Item 1 of 0. Reg. 39/45)
Gravenhurst By-pass (Amending Regulations 134 of
Consolidated Regulations 1950)
Hamilton to Dundas (Amending 0. Reg. 39/45 and
Regulations 134 of Consolidated Regulations 1950) . . .
Oshawa to Newcastle (Amending Regulations 134 of
Consolidated Regulations 1950)
Prescott By-pass (Amending Regulations 134 of Con-
solidated Regulations 1950)
Toronto By-pass. See Hamilton to Dundas.
Toronto-Barrie and Barrie By-pass (Amending Regula-
tions 135 of Consolidated Regulations 1950)
71/51
300/52
227/51
47/52
47/52
280/52
76/51
345/52
58/51
190/52
May 5/51
Oct. 25/52
Oct. 13/51
Feb. 16/52
Feb. 16/52
Sept. 13/52
May 5/51
Dec. 27/52
Apr. 21/51
258/52
Aug.
9/52
352/52
Jan.
10/53
161/51
Aug.
4/51
110/51
June
9/51
292/51
Dec.
8/51
46/52
Feb.
9/52
May 17/52
*Foot pagination in Gazette.
10
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
267
O. Reg.
Number
Date of
Gazette
HIGHWAY IMPROVEMENT ACT— Continued
Permit Fees (Amending Regulations 136 of Consolidated
Regulations 1950)
Road Closing — John St., Township of Ross {New).
Section 93 (1) of Act, Application (Amending Regula-
tions 132 of Consolidated Regulations 1950)
Suburban Roads Commission-
Riverside (New)
HIGHWAY TRAFFIC ACT
Commercial Vehicle Exemptions (New).
Fees (Amending 0. Reg. 264/44)
Idem, For Unsatisfied Judgment Fund (Amending
0. Reg. 264/44 and Revoking 0. Reg. 4/49)
Load Limits on the King's Highway (Amending Regu-
lations 140 of Consolidated Regulations 1950, and
Revoking O. Reg. 124/52)
Motor Vehicle Permits (Amending O. Reg. 264/44). .
Reciprocal Enforcement of Judgments (Revoking
Regulations 141 of Consolidated Regulations 1950) . . .
Idem (Amending O. Reg. 218/51)
Section 40 of the Act, Non-application (Amending
O. Reg. 265/44 and Revoking O. Reg. 18/47)
Wind-shield Stamps (Amending 0. Reg. 264/44)
HOMES FOR THE AGED ACT
Forms (Amending Regulations 142 of Consolidated Regu-
lation 1950)
Idem
Idem.
General Regulations (Amending Regulations 142 of
Consolidated Regulations 1950)
HOURS OF WORK AND VACATIONS WITH PAY
ACT
Exemptions from Application of the Act (Amending
Regulations 144 of Consolidated Regulations 1950)
95/51
109/51
248/51
5/51
234/52
295/52
342/52
151/52
256/51
218/51
135/52
14/51
73/52
83/52
215/52
302/52
255/51
102/52
May 26/51
June 9/51
Oct. 27/51
Feb. 3/51
July 12/52
Oct. 18/52
Dec. 20/52
Apr. 5/52
Nov. 17/51
Sept. 29/51
Mar. 29/52
Feb. 17/51
Mar. 1/52
Mar. 1/52
June 14/52
Oct. 25/52
Nov. 17/51
Mar. 15/52
*Foot pagination in Gazette.
11
268
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
O. Reg.
Number
Date of
Gazette
Page"
I
INDUSTRIAL STANDARDS ACT
Barbering Industry, Schedule for
Cornwall Zone (Amending Regulations 162 of Con-
solidated Regulations 1950)
Fort William-Port Arthur Zone {New and Revoking
0. Reg. 281/44)
Kitchener- Waterloo Zone {New and Revoking Regula-
tions 169 of Consolidated Regulations 1950)
Ottawa Zone {New and Revoking Regulations 178 of
Consolidated Regulations 1950)
Woodstock Zone {Amending Regulations 192 of Con-
solidated Regulations 1950)
Carpentry Industry, Schedules for
Brockville Zone {New and Revoking Regulations 196 of
Consolidated Regulations 1950)
Kingston Zone {New and Revoking Regulations 199 of
Consolidated Regulations 1950)
Niagara Falls Zone {New)
Ottawa Zone {New and Revoking 0. Reg. 32/51)
Owen Sound Zone {New and Revoking Regulations 202
of Consolidated Regulations 1950)
Sudbury Zone {New) .
Windsor Zone {New and Revoking Regulations 204 of
Consolidated Regulations 1950)
Common Labourers Construction Industry,
Schedule for
Ottawa Zone {New and Revoking Regulations 204 of
Consolidated Regulations 1950)
Designation of Interprovincially Competitive
Industries
Millinery Industry {New)
Electrical Repair-and-Construction Industry,
Schedules for
Cornwall {New and Revoking 0. Reg. 217/51)
London {New and Revoking 0. Reg. 140/51)
Niagara Falls Zone {New)
Oshawa-Whitby {New)
346/52
108/51
220/52
337/52
336/52
141/51
257/51
338/52
282/52
187/51
233/52
232/51
22/51
6/51
304/52
348/52
174/52
27/51
Dec. 27/52
June 9/51
June 21/52
Dec. 13/52
Dec. 13/52
July 14/51
Nov. 24/51
Dec.
13/52
Sept. 20/52
Sept
1/51
July
12/52
Oct.
20/51
Feb.
24/51
Feb.
3/51
Oct.
25/52
Jan.
3/53
Apr.26/52
Feb.
24/51
*Foot pagination in Gazette.
12
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
269
O. Reg.
Number
Date of
Gazette
Page*
INDUSTRIAL STANDARDS ACT— Continued
Electrical Repair-and-Construction Industry,
Schedules for — Continued
Ottawa Zone {New and Revoking 0. Reg. 162/46) .
Windsor Zone (New and Revoking Regulations 209 of
Consolidated Regulations 1950)
Industries, Designation of
Millinery {Amending Regulations 227 of Consolidated
Regulations 1950)
Painting and Decorating {Amending Regulations 227
of Consolidated Regulations 1950)
Ladies Cloak and Suit Industry for Ontario Zone
{Amending 0. Reg. 267/50)
Men's and Boys' Clothing Industry for Ontario
Zone {Amending Regulations 212 of Consolidated
Regulations 1950)
Millinery Industry, Schedule for Ontario Zone
{New)
Painting and Decorating Industry, Schedules for
Brantford Zone {New)
Hamilton Zone {New and Revoking 0. Reg. 183/44) .
Kingston Zone {New and Revoking 0. Reg. 57/51) . .
Ottawa Zone {New and Revoking 0. Reg. 25/51) ....
Port Arthur-Fort William Zone {New)
Sault Ste. Marie Zone {New)
Toronto Zone {New and Revoking Regulations 215 of
Consolidated Regulations 1950)
Plastering Industry, Schedule for
Ottawa Zone {New and Revoking Regulations 216 of
Consolidated Regulations 1950)
Plumbing and Heating Industry, Schedules for
Belleville Zone {New and Revoking Regulations 217 of
Consolidated Regulations 1950)
Ottawa Zone {New and Revoking Regulations 218 of
Consolidated Regulations 1950)
Windsor Zone {New and Revoking Regulations 221 of
Consolidated Regulations 1950)
89/51
61/51
3/51
80/52
15/52
2/52
44/51
224/52
142/51
339/52
44/52
246/51
233/51
24/51
120/51
167/51
303/52
26/51
May 12/51
Apr. 28/51
Jan. 27/51
Mar. 1/52
Jan. 26/52
Jan. 26/52
Mar. 31/51
June 21/52
July 14/51
Dec. 13/52
Feb. 9/52
Oct. 27/51
Oct. 20/51
Feb. 24/51
June 16/51
Aug. 4/51
Oct. 25/52
Feb. 24/51
•Foot pagination in Gazette.
13
270
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
O. Reg.
Number
Date of
Gazette
INDUSTRIAL STANDARDS ACT— Continued
Sheet-Metal-Work Construction Industry,
Schedules for
Ottawa Zone {New and Revoking Regulations 223 of Con-
solidated Regulations 1950)
Port Arthur-Fort William Zone {New and Revoking
Regulations 224 of Consolidated Regulations 1950) . . .
Zones, Designation of
Brantford Zone {Amending Regulations 227 of Con-
solidated Regulations 1950)
Fort William-Port Arthur Zone {Amending Regulations
227 of Consolidated Regulations 1950)
Hamilton Zone {Amending Regulations 227 of Consoli-
dated Regulations 1950)
Kingston Zone {Amending Regulations 227 of Consoli-
dated Regulations 1950)
Niagara Falls Zone {Amending Regulations 227 of
Consolidated Regulations 1950)
Ottawa Zone {Amending Regulations 227 of Consolidated
Regulations 1950)
Port Arthur- Fort Williami Zone {Amending Regulations
227 of Consolidated Regulations 1950)
Sarnia Zone {Amending Regulations 227 of Consolidated
Regulations 1950)
Sault Ste. Marie Zone {Amending Regulations 227 of
Consolidated Regulations 1950)
Sudbury Zone {Amending Regulations 227 of Consoli-
dated Regulations 1950)
Welland Zone {Amending Regulations 227 of Consoli-
dated Regulations 1950)
J
JUDICATURE ACT
Rules of Practice, Supreme Court of Ontario
{Amending 0. Reg. 261/44)
Idem {Amending 0. Reg. 261/44)
Idem {Amending 0. Reg. 261/44)
JUNIOR FARMER ESTABLISHMENT ACT, 1952
General Regulations {New)
306/52
122/52
80/52
12/51
37/51
353/52
67/51
272/52
78/51
334/52
94/51
100/52
328/52
7/51
106/51
42/52
288/52
Nov.
1/52
Mar.
22/52
Mar.
1/52
Feb.
10/51
Mar.
17/51
Jan.
10/53
Apr.
28/51
Sept.
6/52
May
5/51
Dec.
13/52
May 19/51
Mar.
8/52
Nov.
29/52
Feb.
3/51
June
2/51
Feb.
9/52
Sept. 27/52
*Foot pagination in Gazette.
14
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
in
O. Reg.
Number
Date of
Gazette
Page*
LABOUR RELATIONS ACT
Forms (Amending Regulations 236 of Consolidated Regu-
lations 1950)
Idem {Amending Regulations 236 of Consolidated Regu-
lations 1950)
General Amendments {Amending Regulations 236 of
Consolidated Regulations 1950 and 0. Reg. 202/51 and
Revoking 0. Reg. 11/51)
Idem {Amending Regulations 236 of Consolidated Regu-
lations 1950)
LAND TITLES ACT
General Amendments {Amending Regulations 237 of
Consolidated Regulations 1950)
Schedule of Fees {Amending Regulations 237 of Con-
solidated Regulations 1950)
LEASEHOLD REGULATIONS ACT, 1951
General Regulations {Substitution for Wartime Lease-
hold Regulations and Revoking 0. Reg. 83/51 and
176/51)
Limited Application {Amending O. Reg. 98/52)
Idem
Idem
Miscellaneous Regulations {Amending O. Reg. 98/52
and Revoking 0. Reg. 171/52)
LIQUOR LICENCE ACT
Banquet and Entertainment Permits {Amending
Regulations 240 of Consolidated Regulations 1950) . . .
Transfer of Licences {Amending Regulations 240 of
Consolidated Regulations 1950)
LOAN AND TRUST CORPORATIONS ACT
Common Trust Funds {New)
M
MENTAL HOSPITALS ACT
Apprehension of Habitue-patients {Amending 0. Reg.
26/44)
General Regulations under Part X of the Act
{New)
202/51
Sept. 22/51
203/51
Sept. 22/51
329/52
Nov. 29/52
354/52
Jan. 10/52
257/52
Aug. 9/52
186/52
May 3/52
98/52
276/52
289/52
324/52
239/52
31/51
154/51
84/51
259/52
9/52
Mar. 1/52
Sept. 13/52
Sept. 27/52
Nov. 22/52
July 19/52
Feb. 24/51
July 28/51
May 12/51
Aug. 9/52
Jan. 26/52
275
276
618
12
473
339
240
529
544
569
457
71
215
123
476
150
*Foot pagination in Gazette.
15
272
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
O. Reg.
Number
Date of
Gazette
MENTAL HOSPITALS ACT— Continued
Hospital Schools (Amending 0. Regs. 26/44 and 102/45)
Payments for Maintenance in Approved Homes
(Amending 0. Reg. 26/44)
Public Hospital Treatment (New)
MILK CONTROL ACT
Classes of Milk and Containers (New)
Delivery of Milk (New and Revoking O. Reg. 46/50
and amending O. Reg. 10/51)
Idem (Amending 0. Reg. 144/51 and 253/51)
Idem (Amending 0. Reg. 144/51)
Idem (Amending 0. Reg. 144/51)
Idem (Amending O. Reg. 144/51)
Idem (Amending O. Reg. 144/51)
Idem (Amending 0. Regs. 144/51 and 184/52 and
Revoking 0. Regs. 181/51 and 252/51)
Distribution Areas (Amending Regulations 293 of
Consolidated Regulations 1950)
Idem
General Amendments (Amending Regulations 294 of
Consolidated Regulations 1950)
General Regulations (Revoking 0. Reg. 71/52 and
Amending Regulations 294 of Consolidated Regulations
1950)
Licences (Amending Regulations 294 of Consolidated
Regulations 1950 and O. Reg. 46/50)
Milk Producers' Associations
Algoma (New)
Belleville (New)
Bertie (New)
Delhi (New andRevoking Regulations 254 of Consolidated
Regulations 1950)
Durham (New)
Fergus (New)
*Foot pagination in Gazette.
16
17/51
Feb.
17/51
129/52
Nov.
22/52
276/51
Dec.
1/51
211/52
June
7/52
144/51
July 21/51
70/52
Mar.
1/52
221/51
Oct.
6/51
253/51
Nov.
10/51
184/52
May
3/52
243/52
July
26/52
313/52
Nov.
1/52
238/51
Oct.
20/51
155/52
Apr.
12/52
244/52
July
26/52
210/52
June
7/52
10/51
Feb.
10/51
55/51
Apr.
7/51
40/51
Mar.
24/51
182/52
May
3/52
65/51
Apr.
28/51
236/51
Oct.
20/51
216/51
Sept. 29/51
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
273
O.Reg.
Number
Date of
Gazette
MILK CONTROL ACT— Continued
Milk Producers' Associations — Continued
Hamilton {New and Revoking Regulations 260 of Con-
solidated Regulations 1950)
Hanover {New)
Hearst {New)
Kingston {New and Revoking Regulations 265 of Con-
solidated Regulations 1950)
Lincoln County {New and Revoking Regulations 267 of
Consolidated Regulations 1950)
Mount Brydges {New)
Pembroke {New)
Peterborough {New and Revoking Regulations 278 of
Consolidated Regulations 1950)
Shelburne {New)
Trenton {New)
West Sudbury {New)
Retail Milk Prices
Acton {New)
Ailsa Craig {New)
Alliston {New)
Alvinston {New and Revoking 0. Reg. 224/51)
Ansonville. See Iroquois Falls
Arnprior and Braeside {New)
Arthur {New)
Aurora and Richmond Hill {New)
Aylmer {New)
Barrie {New)
Barry's Bay {New)
Beardmore {New)
Beaverton et at {New and Revoking O. Reg. 135/51) . .
Belleville {New)
*Foot pagination in Gazette.
17
63/51
64/51
47/51
183/52
39/51
121/51
41/51
16/51
146/51
215/51
181/52
315/51
110/52
315/51
106/52
310/51
59/52
93/52
66/52
308/51
308/51
52/52
289/51
185/52
94/52
Apr. 28/51
Apr. 28/51
Mar. 31/51
May 3/52
Mar. 24/51
June 16/51
Mar. 24/51
Feb. 17/51
July 21/51
Sept. 29/51
May 3/52
Dec. 22/51
Mar. 22/52
Dec. 22/51
Mar. 15/52
Dec. 22/51
Feb. 23/52
Mar. 1/52
Feb. 23/52
Dec. 22/51
Dec. 22/51
Feb. 23/52
Dec. 8/51
May 3/52
Mar. 1/52
274
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
O. Reg.
Number
Date of
Gazette
MILK CONTROL ACT— Continued
Retail Milk Prices — Continued
Bethany. See Millbrook
Blenheim et al {New and revoking 0. Regs. 149/51,
152/51, and 210/51)
Blind River {New)
Bloomfield {New)
Blyth et al {New and Revoking 0. Reg. 124/51)
Bolton and Woodbridge {New and Revoking 0. Reg.
231/51)
Bowmanville {New)
Bracebridge {New)
Braeside. See Arnprior
Brampton {New)
Brantford {New)
Brigden {New)
Brock. See Beaverton
Brockville {New)
Brussels {New)
Burk's Falls {New)
Cache Bay {New)
Caledonia {New)
Campbellford {New)
Cannington. See Beaverton.
Carleton Place {New)
Cavan. See Millbrook
Cayuga et al {New)
Chapleau {New)
Chatham. See Blenheim. . . .
Clinton. See Blyth
Cobalt {New)
57/52
Feb.
23/52
112/52
Mar.
22/52
28/52
Feb.
2/52
314/51
Dec.
22/51
38/52
Feb.
9/52
161/52
Apr.
19/52
308/51
Dec.
22/51
313/51
Dec.
22/51
59/52
Feb.
23/52
308/51
Dec.
22/51
299/51
Dec.
15/51
143/52
Apr.
5/52
185/52
May
3/52
308/51
Dec.
22/51
21/52
Feb.
2/52
89/52
Mar.
1/52
311/51
Dec.
22/51
316/51
Dec.
22/51
37/52
Feb.
9/52
185/52
May
3/52
32/52
Feb.
2/52
57/52
Feb.
23/52
23/52
Feb.
2/52
288/51
Dec.
8/51
112/51
Mar
22/52
38/52
Feb.
9/52
294/51
Dec.
15/51
*Foot pagination in Gazette.
18
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
275
O. Reg.
Number
Date of
Gazette
MILK CONTROL ACT— Continued
Retail Milk Prices — Continued
Cobourg (New)
Cochrane (New and Revoking O. Reg. 169/51) . .
Colborne (New)
Coldwater (New)
Collingwood-Stayner (New)
Copper Cliff. See Sudbury
Dellii. See Blyth
Dresden. See Blenheim
Dryden (New)
Dunnville (New)
Durham (New)
Earlton (New)
Eganville (New)
Eldon. See Beaverton
Elk Lake (New)
Elmira (New)
Elora (New)
Englehart (New)
Erin (New)
Espanola (New)
Essex et al (New and Revoking 0. Reg. 213/51)
Exeter. See Blyth
Fergus (New and Revoking 0. Reg. 277/51) . . .
Forest (New)
Fort Erie and Ridgeway (New)
Fort Frances (New)
Fort William and Port Arthur (New and revoking
O. Reg. 211/51)
308/51
104/52
159/52
123/51
315/51
286/51
38/52
112/52
279/51
33/52
115/52
294/51
34/52
185/52
294/51
53/52
29/52
294/51
22/52
13/52
157/52
38/52
156/52
111/52
14/52
285/51
287/51
Dec. 22/51
Mar. 15/52
Apr. 12/52
June 16/51
Dec. 22/51
Dec. 8/51
Feb. 9/52
Mar. 22/52
Dec. 8/51
Feb. 2/52
Mar. 22/52
Dec. 15/51
Feb. 2/52
May 3/52
Dec. 15/51
Feb. 23/52
Feb. 2/52
Dec. 15/51
Feb. 2/52
Jan. 26/52
Apr. 12/52
Feb. 9/52
Apr. 12/52
Mar. 22/52
Jan. 26/52
Dec. 8/51
Dec. 8/51
*Foot pagination in Gazette.
19
276
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
O. Reg.
Number
Date of
Gazette
MILK CONTROL ACT— Continued
Retail Milk Prices — Continued
Gananoque {New)
Gait (New)
Georgetown (New)
Georgina. See Beaverton
Geraldton, Beardmore and Long Lac (New)
Glencoe (New)
Goderich. See Blyth
Gore Bay, Little Current and Mindemoya (New).
Gravenhurst (New)
Grand Valley (New)
Guelph (New)
Hagersville. See Cayuga
Haileybury (New)
Hamilton (New)
Hanover (New)
Harriston (New)
Havelock (New)
Hawkesbury (New)
Hearst (New and Revoking 0. Reg. 278/51)
Hensall (New)
Hespeler (New)
Huntsville (New)
Ingersoll (New)
Iroquois (New)
Iroquois Falls and Anson ville (New and Revoking
0. Reg. 125/51)
Jarvis. See Cayuga ,
Kapuskasing (New).
145/52
308/51
308/51
185/52
289/51
62/52
38/52
108/52
313/51
105/52
308/51
23/52
294/51
284/51
315/51
61/52
241/51
91/52
139/52
117/52
65/52
313/51
315/51
97/52
310/51
23/52
30/52
Apr. 5/52
Dec. 22/51
Dec. 22/51
May 3/52
Dec. 8/51
Feb. 23/52
Feb. 9/52
Mar. 15/52
Dec. 22/51
Mar. 15/52
Dec. 22/51
Feb. 2/52
Dec. 15/51
Dec. 8/51
Dec. 22/51
Feb. 23/52
Oct. 27/51
Mar. 1/52
Apr. 5/52
Mar. 22/52
Feb. 23/52
Dec. 22/51
Dec. 22/51
Mar. 1/52
Dec. 22/51
Feb. 2/52
Feb. 2/52
372
172
176
*Foot pagination in Gazette.
20
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
277
O. Reg.
Number
Date of
Gazette
Page*
MILK CONTROL ACT— Continued
Retail Milk Prices — Continued
Kenora and Keewatin {New)
Kincardine (New)
Kingston (New)
Kingsville. See Essex
Kirkland Lake (New)
Kitchener- Waterloo (New)
Lakefield (New)
Latchford (New)
Leamington. See Essex
Lindsay (New)
Listowel. See Blyth
Little Current. See Gore Bay
London (New)
Long Lac (New)
Lucknow (New)
Madoc (New)
Manilla. See Beaverton
Mara. See Beaverton
Markdale (New)
Markham (New)
Marmora (New)
Matchewan (New)
Matheson (New)
Mattawa (New)
Meaford and Thornbury (New)
Merrickville (New)
Midland-Penetang and Port McNichol (New)
Mildmay (New)
*Foot pagination in Gazette.
21
280/51
Dec.
8/51
350
147/52
Apr.
5/52
308
308/51
Dec.
22/51
371
157/52
Apr.
12/52
315
294/51
Dec.
15/51
363
308/51
Dec.
22/51
371
31/52
Feb.
2/52
176
294/51
Dec.
15/51
363
157/52
Apr.
12/52
315
308/51
Dec.
22/51
371
38/52
Feb.
9/52
181
108/52
Mar.
15/52
278
11/52
Jan.
26/52
161
289/51
Dec.
8/51
• 356
141/52
Apr.
5/52
305
113/52
Mar.
22/52
283
185/52
May
3/52
339
185/52
May
3/52
339
146/52
Apr.
5/52
307
144/52
Apr.
5/52
306
3/52
Jan.
26/52
147
294/51
Dec.
15/51
363
298/51
Dec.
15/51
366
64/52
Feb.
23/52
212
90/52
Mar.
1/52
236
63/52
Feb.
23/52
211
315/51
Dec.
22/51
375
142/52
Apr.
5/52
305
278
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
O. Reg.
Number
Date of
Gazette
MILK CONTROL ACT— Continued
Retail Milk Prices — Continued
Millbrook, Bethany and Cavan {New)
Milton {New)
Mindemoya. See Gore Bay
Morrisburg {New)
Mount Albert {New)
Mount Forest {New)
Napanee {New)
New Hamburg {New)
New Liskeard {New)
Newmarket {New)
Niagara District {New)
Nipigon {New)
North Bay {New)
North Gwillimbury. See Beaverton
Norwich -Otterville {New and Revoking 0. Reg. 126/51)
Norwood {New)
Oakville {New)
Orangeville {New)
Orillia {New)
Orono {New)
Oshawa {New)
Ottawa {New)
Otterville. See Norwich
Owen Sound {New and Revoking 0. Reg. 214/51) ....
Palmerston {New)
Paris {New) ;
Parkhill {New)
Parry Sound {New)
57/52
317/51
108/52
116/52
4/52
87/52
24/52
138/52
294/51
308/51
282/51
283/51
311/51
185/52
95/52
266/51
312/51
88/52
109/52
45/52
308/51
281/51
95/52
26/52
56/52
308/51
140/52
27/52
Feb. 23/52
Dec. 22/51
Mar. 15/52
Mar. 22/52
Jan. 26/52
Mar. 1/52
Feb. 2/52
Apr. 5/52
Dec. 15/51
Dec. 22/51
Dec. 8/51
Dec. 8/51
Dec. 22/51
May 3/52
Mar. 1/52
Nov. 24/51
Dec. 22/51
Mar. 1/52
Mar. 15/52
Feb. 9/52
Dec. 22/51
Dec. 8/51
Mar. 1/52
Feb. 2/52
Feb. 23/52
Dec. 22/51
Apr. 5/52
Feb. 2/52
*FQot pagination in Gazette.
22
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
279
O. Reg.
Number
Date of
Gazette
Page*
MILK CONTROL ACT— Continued
Retail Milk Prices — Continued
Pembroke (New)
Perth (New)
Peterborough (New)
PetroHa (New)
Picton (New)
Port Arthur. See Fort William
Port Dover (New)
Port Elgin (New)
Port Hope (New)
Port Perry (New)
Port Rowan (New)
Prescott (New)
- Preston (New)
Renfrew (New)
Richmond Hill. See Aurora
J
Ridgetown. See Blenheim
Ridgeway. See Fort Erie
Ripley (New)
St. George (New and Revoking 0. Reg. 179/51)
St. Mary's (New)
St. Thomas (New)
Sarnia (New)
Sault Ste. Marie (New)
Schomberg (New)
Schreiber (New)
Seaforth. See Blyth
Shelburne (New)
Simcoe-Waterford (New)
*Foot pagination in Gazette.
23
313/51
35/52
308/51
107/52
297/51
287/51
58/52
308/51
114/52
96/52
168/51
86/52
308/51
308/51
66/52
112/52
14/52
158/52
20/52
54/52
308/51
19/52
264/51
150/51
322/51
38/52
12/52
308/51
Dec. 22/51
Feb. 2/52
Dec. 22/51
Mar. 15/52
Dec. 15/51
Dec. 8/51
Feb. 23/52
Dec. 22/51
Mar. 22/52
Mar. 1/52
Aug. 11/51
Mar. 1/52
Dec. 22/51
Dec. 22/51
Feb. 23/52
Mar. 22/52
Jan. 26/52
Apr. 12/52
Feb. 2/52
Feb. 23/52
Dec. 22/51
Feb. 2/52
Nov. 24/51
July 21/51
Jan. 5/52
Feb. 9/52
Jan. 26/52
Dec. 22/51
374
178
371
277
365
354
208
371
283
238
239
233
371
371
213
282
163
316
170
206
371
170
342
212
3
181
162
371
280
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
O. Reg.
Number
Date of
Gazette
MILK CONTROL ACT— Continued
Retail Milk Prices — Continued
Sioux Lookout {New)
Springer Township {New)
Stouffville (New)
Stratford (New)
Strathroy (New)
Sturgeon Falls-Cache Bay (New)
Sudbury and Copper Cliff (New)
Sunderland. See Beaverton
Sutton. See Beaverton
Teeswater (New)
Thamesville (New)
Thorah. See Beaverton
Thornbury. See Meaford
Thessalon (New)
Tilbury. See Blenheim
Tillsonburg (New)
Timagami (New)
Timmins (New)
Toronto (New and Revoking 0. Reg. 156/51)
Uxbridge (New)
Verner (New)
Victoria Harbour (New)
Walkerton (New)
Wallaceburg. See Blenheim
Watford (New)
Wellington (New)
Wheatley. See Blenheim
Whitby (New)
*Foot pagination in Gazette.
24
85/52
311/51
67/52
323/51
36/52
311/51
286/51
185/52
185/52
92/52
300/51
185/52
90/52
267/51
112/52
308/51
294/51
309/51
318/51
55/52
25/52
315/51
5/52
112/52
118/52
265/51
112/52
308/51
Mar. 1/52
Dec. 22/51
Feb. 27/52
Jan. 5/52
Feb. 2/52
Dec. 22/51
Dec. 8/51
May 3/52
May 3/52
Mar. 1/52
Dec. 15/51
May 3/52
Mar. 1/52
Nov. 24/51
Mar. 22/52
Dec. 22/51
Dec. 15/51
Dec. 22/51
Dec. 22/51
Feb. 23/52
Feb. 2/52
Dec. 22/51
Jan. 26/52
Mar. 22/52
Mar. 22/52
Nov. 24/51
Mar. 22/52
Dec. 22/51
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
281
O. Reg.
Number
Date of
Gazette
Page*
MILK CONTROL ACT— Continued
Retail Milk Prices — Continued
Wiarton {New)
Windermere {New and Revoking O. Reg. 151/51)
Windsor {New)
Wingham. See Blyth
Woodbridge. See Bolton
Woodstock {New)
Woodville. See Beaverton
Zephyr. See Beaverton
Terms of Payment {Amending Regulations 294 of
Consolidated Regulations 1950)
MINIMUM WAGE ACT
Designation of Zones {Amending Regulations 295 of
Consolidated Regulations 1950)
MINING ACT
Boring, Permits for Petroleum, Natural. Gas,
Coal, and Salt {Amending Regulations 296 of Con-
solidated Regulations 1950)
Lands Open for Prospecting, Staking Out or Leasing
{Amending 0. Reg. 267/47)
Idem.
Idem.
Idem.
Idem.
Lands Re-opened for Prospecting, Staking Out,
AND for Sale or Lease {New and Revoking 0. Reg.
184/48 and 229/48)
Miner's Licences and Forms {Newand Revoking Regula-
tions 298 and 299 of Consolidated Regulations 1950). . . .
Mining Rights open for Prospecting {New)
MOTHERS' ALLOWANCES ACT, 1952
General Amendments {Amending O. Reg. 199/52)...
General Regulations {New and Revoking Regulations
302 of Consolidated Regulations 1950 and 0. Regs.
9/51, 182/51, and 207/51)
137/52
299/52
119/52
38/52
161/52
60/52
185/52
185/52
319/52
114/51
314/52
15/51
49/51
133/51
248/52
351/52
99/52
111/51
90/51
254/52
199/52
Apr. 5/52
Oct. 25/52
Mar. 22/52
Feb. 9/52
Apr. 19/52
Feb. 23/52
May 3/52
May 3/52
Nov. 8/52
June 9/51
Nov. 8/52
Feb. 17/51
Apr. 7/51
June 30/51
July 26/52
Jan. 10/53
Mar. 8/52
June 9/51
May 12/51
Aug. 2/52
May 24/52
303
553
286
181
319
209
399
399
563
172
561
60
89
190
464
5
273
164
136
471
361
*Foot pagination in Gazette.
25
282
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
O. Reg.
Number
Date of
Gazette
N
NIAGARA PARKS ACT
General Regulations (Amending Regulations 305 of
Consolidated Regulations 1950)
NURSES REGISTRATION ACT, 1951
General Regulations {New)
NURSING ACT, 1951
General Regulations {New and Revoking Regulations
307 of Consolidated Regulations 1950)
Idem {Amending 0. Reg. 48/52)
O
OLD AGE ASSISTANCE ACT, 1951
General Regulations {New and Revoking Regulations
309 of Consolidated Regulations 1950)
ONTARIO MUNICIPAL BOARD ACT
Composition of Board {New and Revoking Regulations
312 of Consolidated Regulations 1950)
OLEOMARGARINE ACT
General Regulations {New and revoking Regulations
310 of Consolidated Regulations 1950)
Standards of Quality and Analysis {Amending
0. Reg. 41/52)
OPTOMETRY ACT
Fees {Amending Regulations 314 of Consolidated Regula-
tions 1950)
PHARMACY ACT
Regulations for the Purposes of Section 16 of the
Act {New)
POLICE ACT
Division of Responsibility for Policing {Amending
Regulations 320 of Consolidated Regulations 1950) . .
Idem.
Idem.
Idem.
Idem.
Idem.
68/52
226/52
41/52
154/52
18/52
43/52
Feb.
9/52
49/52
Feb.
16/52
48/52
Feb.
16/52
222/52
June
21/52
251/52
132/51
183/51
219/51
225/51
40/52
148/52
Feb. 23/52
June 28/52
Feb. 9/52
Apr. 5/52
Feb. 2/52
July 26/52
June 30/51
Sept. 1/51
Oct. 6/51
Oct. 13/51
Feb. 9/52
Apr. 5/52
"Foot pagination in Gazette.
26
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
283
O. Reg.
Number
Date of
Gazette
Page^
POLICE ACT— Continued
Division of Responsibility for Policing — Continued
Idem
Idem.
Idem.
General Regulations for Police Forces {New and
Revoking 0. Regs. 4/47 and 50/49)
POWER COMMISSION ACT
Defining Areas (Amending Regulations 321 of Con
solidated Regulations 1950)
Idem {Amending Regulations 321 of Consolidated Regu
lations 1950)
Idem {Amending Regulations 321 of Consolidated Regu-
lations 150 and O. Regs. 19/51 and 103/51)
Idem {Amending Regulations 321 of Consolidated Regu-
lations 1950 and O. Reg. 103/51)
Fees, Increase of {Amending Regulations 322 of Con-
solidated Regulations 1950)
General Regulations {New and Revoking 0. Regs
56/44 and 57/44 and Regulations 325 of Consolidated
Regulations 1950)
Tariff on Conversion {Amending Regulations 323 of
Consolidated Regulations 1950 and Revoking 0. Reg
4/51)
PRIVATE HOSPITALS ACT
Hospital Employees {Amending 0. Reg. 22/44)
Private Hospitals for Nervous Ailments {Amending
0. Reg. 22/44)
PROVINCIAL LAND TAX ACT
Annual Tax {New)
193/52
240/52
341/52
174/51
19/51
103/51
194/51
274/51
320/51
324/51
163/51
163/52
PSYCHIATRIC HOSPITALS ACT
Forms {Amending Regulations 330 of Consolidated Regu-
lations 1950)
PUBLIC COMMERCIAL VEHICLES ACT
Carrying of Goods in Bond Through Ontario {New)
Idem {Amending 0. Reg. 235/52)
160/52
249/52
235/52
335/52
Nov. 17/52
July 26/52
Dec. 20/52
Aug. 11/51
Feb. 17/51
June 2/51
Sept. 8/51
Dec. 1/51
Dec. 22/51
Jan. 12/52
Aug. 4/51
Apr. 19/52
8/52 Jan. 26/52
Apr. 12/52
July 26/52
July 12/52
Dec. 13/52
349
459
631
241
62
147
263
346
379
232
320
149
317
464
450
625
*Foot pagination in Gazette.
27
284
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
O. Reg.
Number
Date of
Gazette
PUBLIC HEALTH ACT
Camps, in Territorial Districts {Amending O. Reg.
14/44)
Idem {Amending 0. Reg. 14/44 and Revoking 0. Reg.
23/45)
Idem {New).
Work, Sanitary Standards in {New and Amending
O. Reg. 14/44)
Expectant Mothers' and Pre-natal Examination
{Amending Regulations 333 of Consolidated Regulations
1950)
Grants for Dental Services in Schools {Amending
0. Reg. 260/50)
Health Units
Fort William and District {Amending Regulations 335
of Consolidated Regulations 1950)
Kenora-Keewatin {Amending Regulations 335 of Con-
solidated Regulations 1950)
Kenora-Keewatin-Dryden {Amending Regulations 335
of Consolidated Regulations 1950 and 0. Reg. 250/52)
Muskoka District {Amending Regulations 335 of Con-
solidated Regulations 1950)
Thunder Bay {Amending Regulations 335 of Con-
solidated Regulations 1950)
Timiskaming {Amending Regulations 335 of Consoli-
dated Regulations 1950)
Isolation Hospitals, Maintenance Grants {New).. . .
Idem {Amending 0. Reg. 191/51)
Milk, Pasteurization of {New and Revoking O. Reg
93/46 and Amending 0. Reg. 37/44)
Plumbing and Sewers {New)
Unorganized Townships in Health Units
Fort William and District Area {New)
Kenora-Keewatin-Dryden Area {New and revoking
0. Reg. 73/51)
Timiskaming {New and Revoking Regulations 338 of
Consolidated Regulations 1950)
186/51
50/52
287/52
199/51
291/51
203/52
331/52
250/52
316/52
189/51
260/52
190/51
191/51
217/52
86/51
261/52
347/52
315/52
192/51
Sept.
1/51
Feb.
16/52
Sept. 20/52
Sept.
8/51
Dec.
8/51
May 24/52
Dec.
6/52
July 26/52
Nov.
8/52
Sept.
8/51
Aug.
9/52
Sept.
8/51
Sept.
8/51
June
14/52
May 12/51
Aug.
9/52
Dec.
27/52
Nov.
8/52
Sept.
8/51
*Foot pagination in Gazette.
28
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
285
O. Reg.
Number
Date of
Gazette
PUBLIC HOSPITALS ACT
Capital Grants (New) . . . .
Idem {New and Amending Regulations 342 of Consoli-
dated Regulations 1950 and 0. Reg. 222/51 and
Revoking 0. Regs, 262/51, 301/51 and 164/52)... .
Classification of Hospitals {New and Rooking Regula-
tions 341 of Consolidated Regulations 1950, O. Reg.
18/51, 75/51, 171/51, 234/51, and 51/52)
Idem {Amending 0. Reg. 130/52)
Idem {Amending 0. Reg. 130/52)
Idem {Amending 0. Reg. 130/52)
Idem {Amending 0. Reg. 130/52)
General Regulations {New and Revoking 0. Reg
43/45, and 5/48)
Idem {Amending 0. Reg. 216/52)
Provincial Aid {Amending Regulations 342 of Consoli
dated Regulations 1950)
Idem {Amending Regulations 342 of Consolidated Regu-
lations 1950)
Idem {Amending Regulations 342 of Consolidated Regu-
lations 1950)
Idem {Amending Regulations 342 of Consolidated Regu-
lations 1950)
Radio-Therapy, Institutes of {New) .
PUBLIC SERVICE ACT
General Amendments {Amending O. Reg. 36/48)
Idem {Amending 0. Reg. 36/48)
General Regulations {Amending 0. Reg. 36/48).
Idem {Amending 0. Reg. 36/48)
Leave of Absence {Amending 0. Reg. 36/48)
PUBLIC VEHICLES ACT
General Regulations {Amending Regulations 346 of
Consolidated Regulations 1950)
162/52
202/52
130/52
201/52
218/52
256/52
305/52
216/52
323/52
46/51
170/51
222/51
290/51
139/51
66/51
Apr. 19/52
May 24/52
Mar. 22/52
May 24/52
June 14/52
Aug. 2/52
Oct. 25/52
June 14/52
Nov. 15/52
Mar. 31/51
Aug. 11/51
Oct. 6/51
Dec. 8/51
July 7/51
247/51
Oct. 27/51
242/52
July 26/52
259/51
Nov. 24/51
207/52
May 31/52
269/52
Aug. 30/52
Apr. 28/51
*Foot pagination in Gazette.
29
286
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
O. Reg.
Number
Date of
Gazette
R
RACE TRACKS TAX ACT
Tax-Rate {Amending Regulations 347 of Consolidated
Regulations 1950 and Revoking 0. Reg. 88/51)
RAILWAY FIRE CHARGE ACT
Charges for Fire Protection {Amending Regulations
349 of Consolidated Regulations 1950)
RECIPROCAL ENFORCEMENT OF MAINTENANCE
ORDERS ACT
Extent of Act {Amending Regulations 351 of Consoli-
dated Regulations 1950)
Idem {Amending Regulations 351 of Consolidated
Regulations 1950)
Idem {Amending Regulations 351 of Consolidated
Regulations 1950)
Idem {Amending Regulations 351 of Consolidated
Regulations 1950)
Idem {Amending Regulations 351 of Consolidated
Regulations 1950)
Idem {Amending Regulations 351 of Consolidated
Regulations 1950)
REGISTRY ACT
Designation of Areas {New and Revoking 0. Reg. 143/51)
Idem {Amending 0. Reg. 177/52)
RURAL POWER DISTRICT SERVICE CHARGE ACT
Service Charges {Amending Regulations 353 of Con-
solidated Regulations 1950)
SANITORIA FOR CONSUMPTIVES ACT
Capital Grants {Amending Regulations 354 of Consoli-
dated Regulations 1950)
Maintenance Grants {Amending Regulations 354 of
Consolidated Regulations 1950)
Payment for Treatment {Amending Regulations 354 of
Consolidated Regulations 1950)
Provincial Aid {Amending Regulations 354 of Con
solidated Regulations 1950)
SCHOOL ATTENDANCE ACT
General Regulations {Amending Regulations 355 of\
Consolidated Regulations 1950)
194/52
62/51
28/51
38/51
173/51
244/51
270/51
208/52
177/52
283/52
136/52
260/51
176/52
101/52
281/52
272/51
May 24/52
Apr. 28/51
Feb. 24/51
Mar. 17/51
Aug. 11/51
Oct. 27/51
Dec. 1/51
May 31/52
May 3/52
Sept. 20/52
Mar. 29/52
Nov. 24/51
Apr. 26/52
Mar. 8/52
Sept. 13/52
Dec. 1/51
"Foot pagination in Gazette.
30
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
287
O. Reg.
Number
Date of
Gazette
SEED POTATOES ACT
General Regulations (New).
SILICOSIS ACT
General Regulations (New)
STALLIONS ACT
General Regulations (New and Revoking 0. Reg.
305/44)
SURROGATE COURTS ACT
Rules of Practice and Procedure in (Amending
0. Reg. 114/50)
Fees to Counsel and Solicitors (Amending Regula-
tions 357 of Consolidated Regulations 1950)
TEACHERS' SUPERANNUATION ACT
Credits for Outside Services and Transfers (Amend-
ing Regulations 358 of Consolidated Regulations 1950) . .
Designation of Schools and Classes (Amending
Regulations 358 of Consolidated Regulations 1950) . . .
General Amendments (Amending Regulations 358 of
Consolidated Regulations 1950)
TOURIST ESTABLISHMENTS ACT
General Amendments (Amending Regulations 359 of
Consolidated Regulations 1950)
Idem (Amending Regulations 359 of Consolidated Regu-
lations 1950 and O. Reg. 200/52)
TRAINING SCHOOLS ACT
Ontario Training School for Boys — Northumber
land (New and Revoking Regulations 360 of Consolidated
Regulations 1950)
TRUSTEE ACT
Companies Approved for Investment and Deposits
(Amending Regulations 361 of Consolidated Regulations
1950)
Idem (Amending Regulations 361 of Consolidated Regu-
lations 1950)
U
UNEMPLOYMENT RELIEF ACT
Shelter Allowance (Amending Regulations 362 of Con-
solidated Regulations 1950)
Weekly Allowances (Amending Regulations 362 of Con-
solidated Regulations 1950)
68/51
204/52
42/51
8/51
150/52
160/51
75/52
178/52
200/52
349/52
145/51
243/51
325/51
253/52
251/51
May
5/51
May 24/52
Mar.
24/51
Feb.
3/51
Apr.
5/52
Aug.
4/51
Mar.
1/52
May
3/52
May 24/52
Jan.
10/53
July 21/51
Oct.
27/51
Jan.
19/52
July
26/52
Nov.
10/51
*Foot pagination in Gazette.
31
288
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
O. Reg.
Number
Date of
Gazette
V
VITAL STATISTICS ACT
Access to Records {Amending Regulations 363 of Con-
solidated Regulations 1950)
VOCATIONAL EDUCATION ACT
Provincial Institutes of Trades, Courses of Study
{New)
Provincial Polytechnical Institutes (Toronto),
{New)
Names of, {New).
VOTERS' LISTS ACT, 1951
General Regulations {New and Revoking Regulations
80, 364 and 365 of Consolidated Regulations 1950) . . .
Judges' Allowances and Expenses {New) .
W
WARBLE FLY CONTROL ACT, 1952
General Regulations {New and Revoking Regulations
366 of Consolidated Regulations 1950)
WEED CONTROL ACT
Noxious Weeds {New and Revoking 0. Regs. 100/46 and
84/49)
WOLF AND BEAR BOUNTY ACT
Disposition of Wolfskins {Amending Regulations 370 of
Consolidated Regulations 1950)
WORKMEN'S COMPENSATION ACT
General Amendments {Amending Regulations 371 and
372 of Consolidated Regulations 1950)
Idem {Amending Regulations 371 of Consolidated Regu-
lations 1950)
Industries Contributing to Accident Fund {Amending
Regulations 371 of Consolidated Regulations 1950) . . .
Pension Plans {Amending Regulations 372 of Consoli-
dated Regulations 1950)
Idem {Amending Regulations 372 of Consolidated Regu-
lations 1950)
Idem {Amending Regulations 372 of Consolidated Regu-
lations 1950)
340/52
327/52
295/52
311/52
240/51
236/52
232/52
85/51
77/52
92/51
191/52
123/52
228/51
81/52
192/52
Dec. 13/52
Nov. 22/52
Oct. 18/52
Nov. 1/52
Oct. 20/51
July 12/52
July 12/52
May 12/51
Mar. 1/52
May 19/51
May 17/52
Mar. 22/52
Oct. 13/51
Mar. 1/52
May 17/52
•"Foot pagination in Gazette.
32
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
289
PART II
The regulations filed in 1951 and 1952, which
(a) have been revoked,
(b) are only revoking regulations, or
(c) expired through effluxion of time,
are set out in column 1 and the disposition thereof is set opposite thereto in column 2.
ABBREVIATIONS— Rev., Revoked by 0. Reg.;
Revkg., Revoking Regulations only;
Exp., Expired through effluxion of time.
Ontario
Ontario
Regulations
Disposition
Regulations
Disposition
1/51
Revkg.
124/51
Rev. 38/52
2/51
Exp.
125/51
Rev. 310/51
4/51
Rev. 163/51
126/51
Rev. 95/52
9/51
Rev. 199/52
127/51
Exp.
11/51
Rev. 329/52
134/51
Exp.
13/51
Exp.
135/51
Rev. 185/52
18/51
Rev. 130/52
136/51
Exp.
20/51
Exp.
137/51
Rev. 308/52
23/51
Rev. 140/51
140/51
Rev. 348/52
25/51
Rev. 44/52
143/51
Rev. 177/52
32/51
Rev. 282/52
148/51
Exp.
35/51
Exp.
149/51
Rev. 112/52
36/51
Rev. 10/52
151/51
Rev. 299/52
43/51
Exp.
152/51
Rev. 122/52
45/51
Exp.
153/51
Exp.
50/51
Exp.
155/51
Revkg.
51/51
Exp.
156/51
Rev. 318/51
52/51
Exp.
157/51
Rev. 213/52
54/51
Exp.
158/51
Rev. 321/51
56/51
Rev. 156/51
159/51
Rev. 262/52
57/51
Rev. 339/52
162/51
Rev. 79/52
60/51
Revkg.
169/51
Rev. 104/52
70/51
Exp.
171/51
Rev. 130/52
73/51
Rev. 315/52
172/51
Exp.
74/51
Exp.
176/51
Rev. 98/52
75/51
Rev. 130/52
177/51
Exp.
77/51
Revkg.
178/51
Exp.
79/51
Rev. 176/51
179/51
Rev. 20/52
83/51
Rev. 98/52
180/51
Exp.
87/51
Exp.
181/51
Rev. 313/52
88/51
Rev. 134/52
182/51
Rev. 199/52
91/51
Exp.
185/51
Rev. 205/51
93/51
Exp.
188/51
Exp.
97/51
Exp.
193/51
Exp.
104/51
Exp.
198/51
Exp.
113/51
Exp.
200/51
Exp.
115/51
Exp.
201/51
Exp.
117/51
Exp.
205/51
Rev. 167/52
118/51
Revkg.
206/51
Rev. 79/52
119/51
Exp.
207/51
Rev. 199/52
33
290
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
(152)
PART II— Continued
Ontario
Ontario
Regulations
Disposition
Regulations
Disposition
209/51
Exp.
307/51
Revkg.
210/51
Rev. 112/52
211/51
Rev. 287/51
10/52
Revkg.
212/51
Rev. 255/52
17/52
Exp.
213/51
Rev. 157/52
51/52
Rev. 130/52
214/51
Rev. 26/52
71/52
Rev. 210/52
217/51
Rev. 304/52
72/52
Exp.
224/51
Rev. 106/52
79/52
Exp.
230/51
Exp.
103/52
Exp.
231/51
Rev. 161/52
124/52
Rev. 151/52
234/51
Rev. 130/52
132/52
Rev. 175/52
237/51
Revkg.
164/52
Rev. 202/52
242/51
Exp.
165/52
Exp.
249/51
Exp.
171/52
Rev. 239/52
252/51
Rev. 313/52
188/52
Exp.
254/51
Rev. 268/51 and 275/51
189/52
Exp.
261/51
Rev. 301/51
198/52
Rev. 308/52
262/51
Rev. 202/52
205/52
Exp.
268/51
Exp.
223/52
Revkg.
269/51
Rev. 79/52
. 237/52
Exp.
275/51
Revkg.
241/52
Exp.
277/51
Rev. 156/52
255/52
Revkg.
278/51
Rev. 139/52
260/52
Rev. 331/52
301/51
Rev. 202/52
270/52
Exp.
302/51
Rev. 202/51
277/52
Revkg.
305/51
Revkg.
318/52
Exp.
306/51
Revkg,
34
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
23
Publications Under Tlie Regulations Act
JANUARY 5th, 1952
THE DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION ACT
O. Reg. 321/51.
Programmes of Recreation.
New and Revoking Regulations 62
of Consolidated Regulations 1950
and O. Regs. 158/51, and Amending
O. Regs. 273/51.
Made— 10th December, 1951.
Approved — 13th December, 1951.
Filed— 17th December, 1951, 10.45 a.m.
REGULATIONS MADE BY THE MINISTER
UNDER THE DEPARTMENT OF
EDUCATION ACT
PROGRAMMES OF RECREATION
INTERPRETATION
1.(1) In these regulations
(a) "approved maintenance and operating costs"
means the costs of renting or maintaining
buildings, areas, and equipment for pro-
grammes of recreation, and the operating costs
of these programmes, including wages, publi-
city, and office supplies, less the total amount
received from fees or payments for programmes
of recreation;
(6) "area community-programme" means a com-
munity programme of recreation conducted
on a non-profit basis by an area recreation-
committee;
(c) "area recreation-committee" means a com-
mittee appointed by a recreation committee
to conduct an area community- programme;
(d) "assistant" means any person appointed by a
recreation-committee or joint recreation-com-
mittee to lead and instruct persons taking
part in a community programme, but does not
include any person appointed to supervise
buildings, areas, and equipment for pro-
grammes of recreation, or persons appointed
for the purposes of office administration;
(e) "community programme" means a community
programme of recreation conducted on a non-
profit basis;
(/) "director" means a person appointed by a
recreation committee or joint recreation-
committee to direct and co-ordinate a com-
munity programme in one or more munici-
palities, as the case may be;
{g) "joint community- programme" means a com-
munity programme of recreation conducted on
a non-profit basis by two or more munici-
palities;
(h) "joint recreation-committee" means a com-
mittee appointed jointly by two or more
municipal councils to conduct a joint com-
munity-programme;
(i) "municipal council" means the council of a
municipality under The Municipal Act,
(j) "recreation committee" means a committee
appointed by a municipal council to conduct
a community programme; and
(k) "recreation" means cultural, historical,
physical and social activities and services, but
does not include the direction or supervision
of a school programme of recreation.
(2) Approved maintenance and operating costs shall
be subject to the approval of the Minister.
COMMUNITY PROGRAMMES
2.(1) With the approval of the Minister, a municipal
council may appoint a recreation committee of seven
persons, two of whom shall be members of the council.
(2) The committee may appoint
(a) a full-time director,
(b) such assistants as it may deem necessary, and
(c) a secretary for the director.
CONDITIONS OF GRANTS FOR COMMUNITY PROGRAMMES
3. A municipal council conducting a community
programme shall be eligible for the grants under
regulation 4 if
(a) the programme is in charge of a recreation
committee,
(b) the content of the programme is approved by
the Minister,
(c) the accommodation and facilities for conduct-
ing the programme are approved by the
Minister, and
(d) the director is approved by the Minister.
APPORTIONMENT OF GRANTS FOR COMMUNITY
PROGRAMMES
4.(1) Where a municipal council complies with
regulation 3, it shall be paid the following annual grants:
(a) 33-1/3 per cent of the annual salary of the
director,
(b) 33-1/3 per cent of the annual salary of the
director's secretary,
(c) subject to subregulation 2, 33-1/3 per cent of
the annual salary of each assistant, and
(d) 20 per cent of approved maintenance and
operating costs.
(2) The Minister may determine the number of
assistants in respect of^hich the grant under clause c
of subregulation 1 shal^ be paid.
(3) Where
(a) a municipal council complies with regulation
3 and owns, operates and maintains a museum
that is open to the public at least 3 hours a
day and at least 120 days in the year, and
(b) the recreation committee of the municipal
council conducts a museum programme,
24
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
the municipal council shall be paid an annual grant of
(c) $600, or
(d) the amount appropriated by the municipal
council for the museum programme not includ-
ing grants it receives in respect of a museum
programme conducted the preceding year.
(4) The maximum grants shall be as follows:
(c) $1500 under clause a of subregulation 1,
(b) $ 500 under clause b of subregulation 1,
(c) $ 500 under clause c of subregulation 1,
(d) $ 600 under clause d of subregulation 1, and
(e) $ 600 under subregulation 3.
(5) The total of the grants shall not exceed
(a) $1600 under clause c of subregulation 1, and
(b) $4800 under subregulations 1 and 3.
JOINT COMMUNITY-PROGRAMMES
5.(1) With the approval of the Minister, two or
more municipal councils of municipalities having a
combined population under 25,000 may appoint a joint
recreation-committee of 9 persons and each of those
councils shall have at least one of its members on the
committee.
(2) The committee may appoint
(a) a full-time director,
(b) such assistants as it may deem necessary, and
(c) a secretary for the director.
(3) The municipal councils may enter into an
agreement for the purpose of programmes of recreation.
CONDITIONS OF GRANTS FOR JOINT
COMMUNITY-PROGRAMMES
6. Two or more municipal councils conducting a
joint community-programme shall be eligible for the
grants under regulation 7 if
(a) the programme is in charge of a joint recreation-
committee,
(b) the content of the programme is approved by
the Minister,
(c) the accommodation and facilities for conduct-
ing the programme are approved by the
Minister, and
(d) the director is approved by the Minister.
APPORTIONMENT OF GRANTS FOR JOINT
COMMUNITY-PROGRAMMES
7.(1) Where two or more municipal councils comply
with regulation 6, they shall be paid jointly the following
annual grants:
(a) 33-1/3 per cent of the annual salary of the
director,
(b) 33-1/3 per cent of the annual salary of the
director's secretary,
(c) subject to subregulation 2, 33-1/3 per cent of
the annual salary of each assistant, and
{d) 20 per cent of approved maintenance and
operating costs.
(2) The Minister may determine the number of
assistants in respect of which the grant under clause c
of subregulation 1 shall be paid.
(3) The maximum grants shall be as follows:
(a) $1000 under clause a of subregulation 1,
(b) $ 500 under clause b of subregulation 1,
(c) $ 500 under clause c of subregulation 1, and
(d) $ 400 under clause d of subregulation 1.
(4) The total of the grants shall not exceed
(a) $1600 under clause c of subregulation 1, and
(b) $3500 under subregulation 1.
AREA COMMUNITY-PROGRAMMES
8. For the purpose of conducting area community-
programmes, joint recreation-committees and recreation
committees in townships having a population under
25,000 may appoint area recreation-committees, and
recreation committees in municipalities having a
population of at least 25,000 may appoint area recrea-
tion-committees and area recreation-directors.
GRANTS FOR AREA COMMUNITY-PROGRAMMES
9.(1) Where two or more municipal councils
(a) are entitled to a grant under subregulation 1
of regulation 7, and
(b) conduct area community-programmes each in
charge of an area recreation-committee,
they shall be paid jointly an additional annual grant of
20 per cent of the approved maintenance and operating
costs of each area community-programme but not
exceeding $100.
(2) Where the municipal council of a township
having a population under 25,000
(a) is entitled to a grant under subregulation 1 of
regulation 4, and
(b) conducts area community-programmes each in
charge of an area recreation-committee,
it shall be paid an additional annual grant of 20 per
cent of the approved maintenance and operating costs
of each area community-programme, but not exceeding
$100.
(3) Where the municipal council of a municipality
having a population of at least 25,000
(a) is entitled to a grant under subregulation 1 of
regulation 4, and
(b) conducts area community-programnies each
in charge of an area recreation-committee
it shall be paid additional annual grants as follows:
(c) 33-1/3 per cent of the annual salary of each
full-time area recreation-director but not
exceeding $700, and
(d) 20 per cent of the approved maintenance and
operating costs of each area community-
programme, but not exceeding $200.
LIMITATION OF GRANTS
10. The number of area community-programmes in
respect of which grants shall be paid shall be determined
by the Minister.
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
25
1 1 . The total of the additional annual grants shall
not exceed
(a) under subregulation 1 of regulation 9, $800,
(b) under subregulation 2 of regulation 9, $80 0,
(c) under subregulation 3 of regulation 9
(i) $1800 for a municipality having a popu-
lation of at least 25,000 but under 75,000,
(ii) $3600 for a municipality having a popu-
lation of at least 75,000 but under
200,000, or
(iii) $6300 for a municipality having a popu-
lation of at least 200,000,
and no municipality may qualify for grants under more
than one of clauses c, b and c.
MULTIPLICITY OF PROGRAMMES
12. No municipal council shall be paid a grant under
these regulations where it
(c) conducts at the same time a community
programme and a joint community-programme,
or
(b) enters into more than one agreement under
subregulation 3 of regulation 5.
SPECIAL GRANTS
13.(1) With the approval of the Minister any
provincial organization which conducts a programme
of recreation and is ineligible for a grant under these
regulations may be paid a special grant not exceeding
$2500.
(2) With the approval of the Minister, a school
board in unorganized territory conducting a programme
of recreation as a service to the community may be paid
a grant not exceeding $3500.
14. Where
(c) the municipal council of a county owns,
operates and maintains a museum that is open
to the public at least 3 hours a day and at
least 120 days in the year, and
(b) a museum is conducted by a museum committee
appointed by the municipal council of a
county,
the municipal council shall be paid an annual grant of
(c) $600, or
{d) the amount appropriated by the municipal
council for the museum programme not includ-
ing grants it receives in respect of a museum
programme conducted the preceding year.
REDUCTION IN GRANTS
15. Where in any year the amount voted by the
Legislature for the grants under these regulations is
insufficient to pay the grants in full, the Minister may
make a pro rata reduction.
16. Regulations 62 of Consolidated Regulations of
Ontario 1950, Ontario Regulations 158/51 and regu-
lations 3 and 4 of Ontario Regulations 273/51 are
revoked.
THE MILK CONTROL ACT
O. Reg. 322/51.
Retail Milk Prices in the Market of
Schreiber.
New.
Made — 19th December, 1951.
Filed— 21st December, 1951, 12.10 p.m.
W. J. DUNLOP
Minister of Education
Toronto, December 10, 1951.
(2393)
REGULATIONS MADE BY THE BOARD
UNDER THE MILK CONTROL ACT
1. In these regulations
(a) "buttermilk" means the product that remains
after the butter fat is removed from milk by
churning and includes the product that is
obtained by adding a pure lactic culture to
skim-milk;
{b) "cereal treat" means milk that contains not
less than 10 per cent and not more than 12
per cent of butter fat;
(c) "chocolate drink" means milk that contains a
chocolate flavouring;
(d) "skim-milk" means milk that contains not
more than .25 per cent of butter fat;
(e) "sour cream" means cream that has been
allowed to sour naturally or by the addition
of a culture and that contains not less than
16 per cent of butter fat;
(/) "special milk" means milk that contains not
less than 4 per cent of butter fat;
(g) "standard milk" means milk that contains not
less than 3.25 per cent and not more than
3.9 per cent of butter fat;
(A) "table cream" means cream that contains not
less than 16 per cent and not more than 24
per cent of butter fat; and
(i) "whipping cream" means cream that contains
not less than 32 per cent of butter fat.
2. The maximum prices at which buttermilk, cereal
treat, chocolate drink, skim-milk, sour cream, special
milk, standard milk, table cream and whipping cream
may be sold by retail in the market of Schreil^r shall
be as follows:
(a) buttermilk
quart $ .22
(b) cereal treat
quart 67
pint 35
half-pint 20
(c) chocolate drink
quart 27
pint 15
half-pint 09
(d) skim-milk
quart 19
(e) sour cream
quart 82
pint 46
half-pint 26
(/) special milk
quart 27
pint 15
26
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
(g) standard milk
quart 24
pint 14
(h) table cream
quart 82
pint 46
half-pint 26
(i) whipping cream
quart 1 .27
pint 67
half-pint 37
THE MILK CONTROL BOARD
OF ONTARIO
A. B. CURREY
Chairman
K. M. Betzner
Member
J. L. Burrows
Member
Member
(Seal)
Dated at Toronto, this 19th day of December, 1951.
(2449) 1
THE MILK CONTROL ACT
O. Reg. 323/51.
Retail Milk Prices in the Market of
Stratford.
New.
Made— 19th December, 1951.
Filed— 21st December, 1951, 12.00 a.m.
REGULATIONS MADE BY THE BOARD
UNDER THE MILK CONTROL ACT
1. In these regulations
(a) "buttermilk" means the product that remains
after the butter fat is removed from milk by
churning and includes the product that is
obtained by adding a pure lactic culture to
skim-milk;
(b) "cereal treat" means milk that contains not
less than 10 per cent and not more than 12
per cent of butter fat;
(c) "chocolate drink" means milk that contains a
chocolate flavouring;
(d) "skim-milk" means milk that contains not
more than .25 per cent of butter fat;
(e) "sour cream" means cream that has been
allowed to sour naturally or by the addition
of a culture and that contains not less than
16 per cent of butter fat;
(/) "special milk" means milk that contains not
less than 4 per cent of butter fat;
(g) "standard milk" means milk that contains not
less than 3.25 per cent and not more than
3.9 per cent of butter fat;
(h) "table cream" means cream that contains not
less than 16 per cent and not more than 24
per cent of butter fat; and
(i) "whipping cream" means cream that contains
not less than 32 per cent of butter fat.
2. The maximum prices at which buttermilk,
cereal treat, chocolate drink, skim-milk, sour cream,
special milk, standard milk, table cream and whipping
cream, may be sold by retail in the market of Stratford
shall be as follows:
in
bottles
(a) buttermilk
quart $ .17
pint 09
half-pint 06
8 ounces 05
7 ounces 04
(b) cereal treat
quart 65
half-pint 18
(c) chocolate drink
quart 22
pint 12
half-pint 08
8 ounces 07
7 ounces 06
(d) skim-milk
quart 15
(e) sour cream
quart 85
pint 45
half-pint 25
8 ounces 20
7 ounces 18
(/) special milk
quart 23
pint.- 13
half-pint 08
8 ounces 07
7 ounces 06
(g) standard milk
quart 21
pint 12
half-pint 07
8 ounces 06
7 ounces 05
(h) table cream
quart 85
pint 45
half-pint 25
8 ounces 20
7 ounces 18
(i) whipping cream
quart 1 .25
pint 65
half-pint 35
8 ounces 28
7 ounces 25
m
cardboard
containers
$ .18
.10
.07
.06
.05
.66
.19
.23
.13
.09
.08
.07
.16
.86
.46
.26
.21
.19
.24
.14
.09
.08
.07
.22
.13
.08
.07
.06
.86
.46
.26
.21
.19
1.26
.66
.36
.29
.26
THE MILK CONTROL BOARD
OF ONTARIO
A. B. Currey
Chairman
K. M. Betzner
Member
J. L. Burrows
Member
Member
(Seal)
Dated at Toronto, this 19th day of December, 1951.
(2450)
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
53
Publications Under The Regulations Aet
JANUARY 12th 1952
THE POWER COMMISSION ACT
O. Reg. 324/51.
General Regulations.
New and Revoking O. Regs. 56/44 and
57/44 and Regulations 325 of Con-
solidated Regulations 1950.
Approved — 20th December, 1951.
Filed— 27th December, 1951, 9.30 a.m.
REGULATIONS MADE BY THE COMMISSION
UNDER THE POWER COMMISSION ACT
INTERPRETATION
1. In these regulations,
.1 "absorption-resisting" when applied to ma-
terials means that the material is incapable
of taking up, to an extent sufficient to affect
the electrical or mechanical properties of the
material to an appreciable extent under its
proposed conditions of use, water or other
liquid deleterious to the material to which it
is liable to be exposed;
.2 "accessible" when applied to electrical equip-
ment means that the electrical equipment is
not permanently enclosed by the structure or
finish of any part of the building in which it
is erected, installed or maintained;
.3 "alive" or "live" when applied to electrical
equipment or an electrical installation means
that the electrical equipment or electrical in-
stallation is electrically connected to a source
of potential difference or electrically charged
so as to have a potential different from that
of earth ;
.4 "approval label" means a metal plate, decal-
comania transfer or such other means of mark-
ing and identification as the Commission may
from time to time require, permanently affixed
to any approved electrical equipment to indi-
cate in a manner satisfactory to the Commis-
sion that the electrical equipment is approved;
.5 "approvals report" means a report of any
person, firm, corporation or association whom
or which the Commission has appointed to
inspect electrical equipment for the purpose
of ascertaining whether the electrical equip-
ment conforms to these regulations and is
designed and constructed so as to present no
undue hazard to persons or property, either
certifying that the electrical equipment con-
forms to these regulations and is designed and
constructed so as to present no undue hazard
to persons or property or setting forth the
changes or improvements required to be made
in or to the electrical equipment in order to
make it conform to these regulations or to
eliminate the said hazards or prescribing any
conditions applicable to the use of the elec-
trical equipment, or containing any combina-
tion of the foregoing matters;
.6 "approved" when applied to electrical equip-
ment means that the use, installation, sale,
offer for sale or other disposal of the electrical
equipment has been authorized under Part I
of these regulations, and when applied to any
other articles, methods or things means that
the articles, methods or things are approved
by the Commission for the particular use or
purpose to which the articles, methods or
things are put or for which they are employed;
.7 "armour" means a wrapping of galvanized
interlocking steel strip forming an integral
part of the assembly of certain types of insu-
lated cables, wires or cords;
.8 "armoured-cable" means a cable provided with
an outer wrapping of tape of a metal other
than lead, which wrapping forms an integral
part of the assembly of the cable and is de-
signed primarily to afford mechanical pro-
tection ;
.9 "authorized person" means
(i) a qualified person who by the nature of
his duties or occupation is obliged to
approach or handle electrical equipment;
and
(ii) any other person who, having been
warned of the hazards involved, has been
instructed or authorized to approach or
handle electrical equipment by some per-
son having authority to give the instruc-
tions or authorization;
.10 "auxiliary gutter" means a sheet metal en-
closure for conductors, cables and bus bars at
switchboards, meter centres, distribution cen-
tres and similar points;
.11 "B. & S. gauge" means the Brown and Sharpe
or American wire gauge as applied to non-
ferrous conductors and non-ferrous sheet metal
and when preceded by a number shown in
column 1 of Table 49 and
(a) applied to a solid non-ferrous con-
ductor means that the area of the end
section of the conductor is the relevant
number of circular mils shown in
column 2 of the table; or
(b) applied to a stranded non-ferrous con-
ductor means that the sum of the areas
of the end sections of the component
strands, measured at right angles to
their axes, is equal to the area of the
end section of a solid conductor of the
same gauge number;
.12 "branch-circuit" means that portion of an
electrical circuit, whether for lighting or power,
which extends beyond the final over-current
devices in the circuit;
.13 "building" means a structure which stands
alone or which is cut off from adjoining struc-
tures by unpierced fire-walls, or by openings
protected by approved fire-doors;
.14 "bus" means a conductor which serves as a
common connection for the corresponding
conductors of two or more electrical circuits;
.15 "busway" means an approved, completely-
assembled metal troughingand fittings therefor
containing bare conductors which are intended
for use as feeders, the conductors being suitably
supported on insulators;
.16 "cabinet" means an enclosure of adequate
mechanical strength constructed entirely of
54
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
fire-resisting and absorption-resisting material,
designed either for surface or flush mounting
and provided with a frame, matt or trim in
which a swinging door is hung;
17 "cell" means a single, enclosed tubular space
in a cellular metal-floor member, the axis of
the space being parallel to the axis of the
metal-floor member;
.18 "cellular" when applied to a metal-floor or
part thereof means that the metal-floor or part
thereof is so constructed as to contain one or
more cells:
.19 "cellular metal-floor race-way" means the cells
of cellular metal-floors, which with suitable
fittings, may be approved as enclosures for
electrical conductors;
.20 "circuit" means a path usually of metal
through which electric current can flow;
.21 "circuit-breaker" means a device capable of
automatically opening a current-carrying cir-
cuit under both overload and short-circuit
conditions by electro-mechanical means on a
pre-determined over-current, without injury
to the device;
.22 "communication circuit" means a circuit which
is part of a communication system;
.23 "communication system" means a system
actuated by electricitj' whereby intelligence or
signals may be transmitted to or through a
central station and includes a telephone,
telegraph, district messenger, fire and burglar
alarm, watchman or sprinkler supervisory sys-
tem but does not include a communication
system carried on by radio, wired or otherwise;
.24 "concealed" when applied to electrical equip-
ment means that the electrical equipment is
rendered permanently inaccessible by the
structure or finish of the building;
.25 "conductor" means a wire, cable or other con-
trivance, fabricated in whole or in part of
metal designed to convey electrical current
from one piece of electrical equipment to
another or to ground;
.26 "consumer's service" means all that part of
the electrical equipment used for the purpose
of supplying power to a consumer from the
service box or its equivalent up to and includ-
ing the point at which the supply authority
makes connection ;
27 "contractor" means any person who as princi-
pal, servant or agent, by himself or his associ-
ates, employees, servants or agents performs
or engages to perform either for his own use
and benefit or for that of another and for or
without remuneration or gain any work with
respect to an electrical installation or any
other work to which these regulations apply;
.28 "current-permit" means a written permit
issued by the Commission to a supply au-
thority for the supply of electric energy to an
electrical installation;
.29 "cut-out box" means an enclosure of adequate
mechanical strength constructed entirely of
fire-resisting and absorption-resisting material
designed for surface mounting and having
swinging doors or covers secured directly to
and telescoping with the walls thereof;
.30 "damp place" means any place in which
moisture is present either at all times or from
time to time to such an extent as to be likely
to impair the effectiveness of an electrical in-
stallation conforming to the minimum require-
ments for ordinary conditions;
.31 "dead" when applied to electrical equipment
means that the current-carrying electrical
equipment is free from any electrical connec-
tion to a source of potential difference and
from electrical charge or which has not a
potential different from that of earth;
.32 "dead-front" when applied to electrical equip-
ment means that the electrical equipment is
so constructed that all live parts, except the
wells for plug fuses in panelboards and in
enclosed branch-circuit cut-outs, are enclosed
in such manner as to be inaccessible;
.33 "different systems" means two or more sys-
tems which derive their energy from different
transformers or from different banks of trans-
formers or from different generators or other
sources ;
.34 "dumb-waiter" means a hoisting and lowering
mechanism used exclusively for carrying
freight and equipped with a car which moves
in guides in a substantially vertical direction
the car having a floor area not in excess of
9 square feet, a compartment height not in
excess of 3 feet and 6 inches, and a capacity
not in excess of 500 pounds;
.35 "dust-tight" when applied to enclosures, con-
tainers, cases and structures means that the
enclosures, containers, cases and structures are
so constructed that dust cannot enter;
.36 "electrical equipment" means any apparatus,
appliance, device, instrument, fitting, fixture,
machinery, material or thing used in or for, or
capable of being used in or for the generation,
transformation, transmission, distribution,
supply or utilization of electric power or
energy, and without restricting the generality
of the foregoing, includes any assemblage or
combination of materials or things which is
used, or is capable of being used, or adapted
to serve or perform any particular purpose or
function when connected to an electrical in-
stallation notwithstanding that any of such
materials or things may be mechanical,
metallic or non-electric in origin;
.37 "electrical installation" means a system or
part of a system of wiring installed or to be
installed in or upon any land, building or
premises from the point or points of delivery
of electric power or energy therein or thereon
by the supply authority or from any other
source of supply, up to the point or points
where the power or energy can be consumed
or used therein or thereon by any electrical
equipment, and the expressions "work on an
electrical installation" or "make an electrical
installation" include the installation, mainten-
ance, alteration, extension and repair of the
wiring and the connection of the wiring with
any of the electrical equipment or with any
other part of the wiring system;
.38 "electrical metallic tubing" means metal pipe
into which it is intended that conductors shall
be drawn and having a wall thinner than that
of rigid conduit and an outside diameter suffi-
ciently different from that of rigid conduit to
render it impracticable for threading with
standard pipe-thread;
.39 "electric elevator" means an elevator in which
the motion of the car or platform is obtained
through an electric motor applied directly to
the elevator machinery;
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
55
.40 "elevator" means a hoisting and lowering
mechanism equipped with a car or platform
which moves in guides in a substantially
vertical direction, but does not include dumb-
waiters, endless belts, conveyors, chains,
buckets and similar devices used for the pur-
pose of elevating materials or tiering- or piling-
machines operating within one storey;
.41 "elevator machiner>'" means the machinery
and equipment used in raising and lowering
the elevator car or platform;
.42 "emergency lights" means all lights in a
theatre or other building used for public
assembly, which, for the purpose of facilitating
safe exit in case of fire or other emergency, are
intended to be kept lighted continuously while
the theatre or building is open to the public;
.43 "enclosed" when applied to motors means that
the motor is totally enclosed by metal but not
necessarily dust-tight and when applied to
panelboards means that an assembly of buses
and connections, over-current devices and
control apparatus with or without switches or
other equipment is installed in a cabinet or
cut-out box;
.44 "explosion-proof when applied to electrical
equipment means that the electrical equipment
is enclosed in a case which is constructed to
withstand an explosion of a specified gas or
vapour which may occur within the case and
to prevent the ignition of the specified gas or
vapour surrounding the enclosure by sparks,
flashes or explosions of the specified gas or
vapour which may occur within the enclosure;
.45 "exposed" when applied to electrical equip-
ment means that the electrical equipment is
not sogjuarded or isolated that any current-
carrying part thereof cannot be touched in-
advertently or approached more closely than
is safe by any person;
.46 "extra-low potential" means any potential not
in excess of 30 volts;
.47 "feeder" means those conductors of a circuit
which run from service equipment to the first
set of over-current devices;
.48 "filling station" means premises or portions
of premises on or within which are installed
pumps or other devices used for the purpose
of receiving or delivering volatile flammable
liquids to or from vehicles;
.49 "fire-resisting" when applied to buildings or
portions thereof means that the buildings or
portions thereof are constructed of rhasonry,
reinforced concrete or equivalent materials;
.50 "flame-retarding" when applied to the cover-
ings of wires and cables means that the
coverings are made of a material which will
not burn for more than a specified period of
time and will not permit flame to travel or
extend beyond a specified distance;
.51 "flexible conduit" means a flexible metal con-
duit into which it is intended that conductors
shall be drawn;
.52 "flexible tubing" means flexible non-metallic
tubing commonly known as "loom", into which
it is intended that a conductor shall be drawn;
.53 "garage" means a building or portion of a
building in which one or more self-prop>elled
vehicles containing volatile, flammable liquid
for fuel or power are kept for use, sale, storage,
rental, repair, exhibition or demonstration;
.54 "gas-light" when applied to enclosures, con-
tainers, cases and structures means that the
enclosures, containers, cases and structures are
so constructed that gas cannot enter;
.55 "general-use" when applied to switches means
that the switch is intended for use in general
distribution and branch-circuits and is rated
in amperes and is capable of interrupting its
rated current at rated voltage, and when
applied to motors means an open, enclosed or
protected motor constructed for use under
ordinary conditions only;
.56 "ground" means a connection to earth of elec-
trical equipment by means of a ground
electrode ;
.57 "grounded" when applied to electrical equip-
ment means that the electrical equipment is
connected effectually with the general mass of
the earth through a grounding system having
current-carrxing capacitj' sufficient at all times,
under the most severe conditions which are
liable to arise in practice, to prevent any cur-
rent in the grounding-conductor from causing
a harmful voltage to exist between the ground-
ed conductors and adjacent exposed conducting
surfaces which are in good contact with the
earth or between the grounded conductors and
adjacent surfaces of the earth itself;
.58 "grounding-conductor" means a path of copper
or other approved metal specially arranged as
a means whereby electrical equipment is elec-
trically connected to a ground electrode;
.59 "grounding system" means the totality of the
cables, conductors, clamps, ground clips,
ground plates, pipes and ground electrodes by
means of which electrical equipment or an
electrical installation is grounded;
.60 "ground electrode" means a metallic water-
piping system or a metallic object or device
buried in, or driven into the earth in such
manner as to make intimate contact therewith
and to which a grounding-conductor is electri-
cally and mechanically connected;
.61 "guarded" when applied to electrical equip-
ment means that the electrical equipment is
so covered, shielded, fenced, enclosed or other-
wise protected by means of suitable covers,
casings, barriers, rails, screens, mats or plat-
forms as to remove the likelihood of dangerous
contact or approach by persons or objects;
.62 "hazardous locations" means premises, build-
ings or parts thereof in which there exists the
hazard of fire or explosion by reason of the
presence of flammable gases, vapours or liquids,
combustible dust, easily ignitible fibres or
similar substances and, without limiting the
generality of the foregoing, includes buildings
or portions thereof in which
(i) highly flammable gases, flammable vola-
tile liquids, mixtures, or other highly
flammable substances are manufactured,
used or stored in other than original con-
tainers;
(ii) combustible dust or flyings are likely to
be present in quantities sufficient to pro-
duce an explosive or combustible mixture;
(iii) it is impracticable to prevent combustible
dust or flyings from collecting in or upon
motors or other electrical equipment in
such quantities as to produce over-heating
in the motors or other electrical equip-
ment by reason of the prevention of
56
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
normal radiation, or from being deposited
upon incandescent lamps;
(iv) easily ignitible fibres or materials produc-
ing combustible flyings are manufactured,
handled or used in a free open state; or
(v) easily ignitible fibres or materials produc-
ing combustible flyings are stored in bales
or containers but are not manufactured,
handled or used in a free open state;
.63 "header" means a transverse race-way for
electrical conductors providing access to pre-
determined cells of a cellular metal-floor and
permitting the installation of conductors from
a distribution centre to the cells;
.64 "high-potential" means any potential in excess
of 750 volts;
.65 "hoist-way" means a shaftway, hatchway,
well-hole or other vertical opening or space in
which an elevator or dumb-waiter operates or
is intended to operate;
.66 "identified" when applied to a conductor
means that the conductor has a white or gray
covering or separator or has a tracer in the
outer braid or has some other approved means
of identification indicating that the conductor
is a neutral or grounded conductor, and when
applied to electrical equipment other than
conductors means that the electrical equipment
has some terminal distinguished by being
tinned, nickel-plated or otherwise effectively
marked for identification in an approved
manner;
.67 "inaccessible" when applied to a room or
compartment means that the room or com-
partment is sufficiently remote from access or
so placed or guarded that unauthorized persons
cannot inadvertently enter the room or com-
partment, and when applied to electrical equip-
ment means that the electrical equipment is
covered by the structure or finish of the
building in which it is installed or maintained
or sufficiently remote from access or so placed
or guarded that unauthorized persons cannot
inadvertently touch or interfere with the
equipment;
.68 "incombustible" when applied to any sub-
stance, material or thing means that the sub-
stance, material or thing is incapable of sus-
taining combustion 4n air either when ignited
or when subjected to, and maintained at, a
high temperature;
.69 "indicating switch" means a switch so designed
or marked as to show readily whether the
switch is in an "on" or "oflf" position;
.70 "industrial control-board" means a panel or
assembly of panels or structures on which are
mounted any combinations of switching,
measuring, control and protective devices,
buses and connections and designed success-
fully to carry and rupture the normal starting
and overload currents of the electrical equip-
ment controlled thereby;
.71 "industrial establishment" means a building
or part of a building in which any manufac-
turing process, assembling or handling of
materials in connection with the manufac-
turing, preparing, treating or finishing of any
goods or products, is carried on;
.72 "inspector" means any officer, servant or agent
of the Commission appointed for the purposes
of these regulations;
.73 "insulated" when applied to a substance or
thing capable of conducting electrical power
or energy means that the substance or thing
has the surface separated from adjoining sur-
faces by a non-conducting substance, or by an
air-space, offering a continuous resistance to
the passage of current or to disruptive charges
through or over the surface of the non-con-
ducting substance or air-space sufficiently high
to obviate danger of shock and injurious
leakage of current to a degree suitable for the
conditions of use for which the substance or
thing has been approved;
.74 "insulating" when applied to a substance
means that the substance is capable of bringing
about the condition defined as "insulated";
.75 "isolating switch" means a switch intended for
disconnecting a circuit or electrical equipment
from the source of supply of electrical power
or energy, but does not include a switch in-
tended for establishing or interrupting the
flow of current in a circuit;
.76 "knife-switch" means a switch in which the
moving element is in the form of a blade,
which may but need not necessarily be hinged,
which enters or embraces contact clips;
.77 "lamp" means a bulb or tube which when
connected to conductors forming part of a
circuit becomes a source of light or heat;
.78 "lamp-holder" means a device which affords
mechanical support to a lamp and connects it
to conductors forming part of a circuit;
.79 "low-energy power circuit" means an electrical
circuit which is not a remote-control or signal
circuit but which has a power supply limited
in conformity with the requirements for Class
2 remote-control circuits set out in regulation
393;
.80 "low-potential" means any potential in excess
of 30 volts and not in excess of 750 volts;
.81 "low-voltage protection" means the protection
afforded by a device which, upon the reduction
or failure of voltage, operates to cause and
maintain an interruption of the supply of
power to a main circuit;
.82 "low-voltage release" means the release
afforded by a device which, upon the reduction
or failure of voltage, operates to cause an
interruption of the supply of power to a main
circuit, but not to prevent the re-establishment
of the supply upon the return of voltage to a
safe operating- value;
.83 "metallic water-piping system" means an
active, underground, public water-supply sys-
tem having metallic mains and services, an
active underground, private water-supply sys-
tem having at least 100 feet of metal pipe
buried in the ground, or a metallic casing not
less than 3 inches in diameter of an artesian
well;
.84 "metal race-way" includes rigid conduits, flex-
ible conduits, electrical metallic tubing, cellular
metal-floor race-ways, wire-ways, surface race-
ways and metal underfloor race-ways;
.85 "moisture-repellant" when applied to material
means that the material is of a kind through
which water cannot readily penetrate and
from the surface of which water tends to run
off;
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
57
.86 "mill or heavy-timber construction" when
applied to buildings means that the buildings
have
(i) walls constructed of masonry or rein-
forced concrete;
(ii) an interior framing of wood;
(iii) plank or laminated wood floors and roofs;
(iv) the interior structural elements arranged
in heavy solid masses and smooth flat
surfaces assembled to avoid thin sections,
sharp projections and concealed or in-
accessible spaces;
(v) the interior framing in whole or in part of
protected steel or concrete; and
(vi) the floors and roofs in whole or in part of
incombustible material ;
.87 "motor-circuit switch" means a manually
operated knife-switch or snap-switch intended
for use in a circuit supplying one or more
motors and rated in horse-power as being
capable of interrupting a locked rotor current
of a prescribed percentage of the normal full-
load current of the motors;
.88 "neutral" when applied to a conductor forming
part of a multi-wire system means that con-
ductor which is maintained at an intermediate
and approximately uniform potential with
respect to the other conductors in the system;
.89 "open" when applied to motors or other elec-
trical machines or devices means motors or
other electrical machines or devices con-
structed for use under ordinary conditions
only, and in which any moving parts and any
windings or other live parts are exposed;
.90 "ordinary conditions" means the conditions
ordinarily prevailing in dwellings, offices, fac-
tories and similar establishments, in which,
under normal conditions of use, electrical
equipment is not unduly exposed to injury
from mechanical causes, excessive moisture or
extreme temperatures and in which electrical
equipment is entirely free from the possibility
of injury through corrosive, flammable or
explosive atmospheres;
.91 "outlet" means any fixed point on the con-
ductors forming part of a branch-circuit from
which point it is intended that current shall
be taken to supply or control electrical equip-
ment;
.92 "out-of-reach" when applied to electrical
equipment or any part thereof means that the
electrical equipment or a part thereof is distant
more than 5 feet measured horizontally or more
than 8 feet measured vertically from the
nearest floor, platform or other place of van-
tage;
.93 "over-current device" means a device capable
of opening automatically an electric circuit
under predetermined overload and short-
circuit conditions, either by the fusing of metal
or by electro-mechanical means;
.94 "overload device" means a device capable of
opening automatically an electric circuit under
predetermined overload but not necessarily
under short-circuit conditions, either by the
fusing of metal or by electro-mechanical means;
.95 "panelboard" means an assembly of buses and
connections, over-current devices and control
apparatus with or without switches, or other
equipment, constructed for installation as a
complete unit in a cabinet or cut-out box;
.96 "permit" means the written permission of the
Commission on a form prescribed by it author-
izing the doing of any act in respect of an
electrical installation ;
.97 "portable" when applied to electrical equip-
ment means that the electrical equipment is
not specifically designed for use in a fixed
position and receives current through the
medium of a flexible cord or cable and, usually,
a detachable plug;
.98 "protected" when applied to electrical equip-
ment means electrical equipment which is so
constructed that the electrical parts are en-
closed so as to protect the equipment against
damage from the intrusion of foreign objects;
.99 "qualified person" means a person who, as a
result of training and experience, is familiar
with electrical equipment;
.100 "readily accessible" when applied to electrical
equipment means that the electrical equipment
can be reached quickly and without climbing
over or removing obstructions or resorting to
the use of chairs, boxes or portable ladders;
.101 "receptacle" means a device constructed for
permanent mounting into which may be in-
serted a detachable cap or plug;
.102 "remote-control circuit" means an electrical
circuit which controls another electrical circuit
by means of a relay or an equivalent device;
.103 "resisting" when applied to any substance in
conjunction with a prefixed condition means
that the substance has the property of resisting
any undesirable effect of the prefixed condition
to a degree sufficient to ensure proper opera-
tion of the electrical equipment of which the
substance forms part under the conditions
liable to be encountered by the electrical
equipment;
.104 "rigid conduit" means an approved conduit
suitable for threading with standard pipe-
thread, into which it is intended that con-
ductors shall be drawn ;
.105 "service agreement" means a form of agree-
ment prescribed or approved by the Commis-
sion and pertaining to the labelling or re-
examination of approved electrical equipment;
.106 "service box" means an approved assembly
consisting of a metal box or cabinet so con-
structed that it may be effectually locked or
sealed containing either a circuit-breaker cr
service fuses and a service switch and of such
design that either the switch or circuit- breaker
may be manually operated when the box is
closed ;
.107 "service station" means premises or portions
of premises used in whole or in part as a filling
station ;
.108 "shock-proof" when applied to X-ray and
high-frequency electrical equipment means
X-ray and high-frequency equipment guarded
with grounded metal so that no person can
come into contact with any live part of the
equipment;
.109 "signal circuit" means an electrical circuit
which supplies energy to a device which gives
a recognizable audible or visible signal;
58
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
.110 "slow-burning" when applied to materials
means flame-retarding;
.111 "solder" means a uniting of two metallic
surfaces by the fusion thereon of a metallic
alloy composed, usually, of lead and tin;
.112 "special permission" means the express written
permission of the Commission;
.113 "specification" means any specification pre-
scribed by the Commission and relating to the
design, construction or manner of use of any
electrical equipment;
.114 "supply authority" means the Commission or
any other commission or corporation, company,
firm, organization or person supplying electric
power or energy;
.115 "supply service" means any one set of con-
ductors run by a supply authority from its
mains to a consumer's service;
.116 "surface-race-way" means a metal channel
consisting of a backing and capping for holding
loosely conductors and cables in surface wiring;
.117 "switch" means a device for making, breaking
or changing connection in a circuit;
.118 "switchboard" means a panel or assembly of
panels on which is mounted any combination
of switching, measuring, control and protective
devices, buses and connections, designed with
a view to the successful carrying and rupturing
of the maximum fault currents encountered
when controlling incoming and outgoing
feeders ;
.119 "system" means an electrical system in which
all the conductors and apparatus are designed
so as to be capable of being readily electrically
connected by metallic contact to a common
source of potential difference;
.120 "theatre" means a building, or any portion
thereof, which is used for public dramatic,
operatic or motion picture performances or
other public entertainment;
.121 "thermal cut-out" means a device designed to
afford over-current, and which may but need
not also afTord short-circuit protection and
containing a heating element acting upon a
fusible member to open the circuit;
.122 "underfloor-race-way" means a channel or duct
of metal or other suitable material desig-^ed
and approved for use under floors into which
it is intended that conductors shall be drawn,
but does not include metal conduit, tile or
other like ducts;
.123 "U.S. sheet-metal gauge" means the United
States standard gauge for sheet iron and steel;
.124 "volts to ground" when used in connection
with grounded circuits means the difference of
potential between any given live ungrounded
part and any grounded part, and when used
in connection with ungrounded circuits means
the greatest difference of potential existing in
the circuit;
.125 "waterproof" when applied to electrical equip-
ment means that the equipment is so con-
structed or protected that moisture cannot
enter in quantity sufficient to interfere with the
effective operation of the equipment, and when
applied to a substance means that the sub-
stance is impervious to moisture;
.126 "water-tight" when applied to enclosed elec-
trical equipment means that the equipment is
so constructed that moisture cannot enter the
enclosing case; and
.127 "wire-way" means approved steel-troughing
and fittings therefor so formed and constructed
that insulated conductors may be readily
drawn in and withdrawn, or laid in and re-
moved, without injury either to the conductor
or its covering.
2. Any regulation dealing specifically with electrical
installations in theatres, garages, elevators, cranes,
hazardous locations, high-potential installations and
other special circumstances or locations shall be con-
strued as supplementary to and not as exclusive of
applicable regulations respecting similar work under
ordinary conditions.
3. These regulations shall not apply to
(a) any mine as defined under The Mining Act,
save only as regards any dwelling house or
other building not connected with or required
for mining operations or purposes or used for
the treatment of ore or mineral;
(6) electrical equipment and electrical installa-
tions used exclusively in the generation, trans-
formation or transmission of electrical power
or energy intended for sale or distribution to
the public;
(c) electrical equipment and electrical installations
used by telephone and telegraph companies in
the operation of communication facilities,
subject, however, to the provisions of Part
XXVII of these regulations;
{d) electrical equipment and installations in the
cars, carriages, car-houses or barns, passenger
stations or freight stations used in the opera-
tion of an electric railway or electric street-
railway and supplied with electric current from
the railway power-circuit;
(c) aircraft; or
(/) ships as defined in the Canada Shipping Act,
1934 (Canada).
PART I
ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT AND INSTALLA-
TIONS GENERALLY
ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT
SALE OR OTHER DISPOSAL AND USE
4. (1) No person shall advertise, display or offer
for sale or other disposal, or sell or otherwise dispose
of, any electrical equipment unless and until it has
been inspected and approved.
(2) No person shall use any electrical equipment
until it has been inspected and approved.
5. Where an approvals report in respect of any
approved electrical equipment requires that a notice
indicating the proper and safe manner of use of the
equipment be affixed thereto or furnished therewith,
no person shall sell or otherwise dispose of the equip-
ment without affixing or furnishing the notice in the
manner required by the approvals report.
6. (1) Electrical equipment of a regular line of
manufacture for which approval is sought shall be
submitted to Canadian Standards Association for ex-
amination and testing.
(2) The electrical equipment shall be deemed to be
approved when
10
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
59
(a) an approvals report has been issued by Can-
adian Standards Association with respect to
the equipment;
(b) the approvals report has been adopted by the
Commission;
(c) the manufacturer of the equipment or his
agent has entered into a service agreement
with Canadian Standards Association;
(d) the equipment, if so required by the service
agreement, bears an approval label supplied
under the terms of the service agreement; and
(«) the equipment meets al! standards of design
and construction prescribed by the approvals
report and complies with all terms and con-
ditions contained therein.
7. (1) Electrical equipment of other than a regular
line of manufacture, electrical equipment built to
customer's order, electrical equipment manufactured
or produced singly or in small quantities and electrical
equipment which, in the opinion of the Commission
cannot be conveniently examined and tested by sub-
mission of samples shall be submitted to the Commis-
sion for examination and testing in conformity with
the procedure from time to time prescribed by the
Commission.
(2) The electrical equipment shall be deemed to be
approved when
(a) the electrical equipment or a sample thereof
has been examined and tested by the Commis-
sion and found to conform to these regulations
and to present no undue hazard to persons or
property ;
(6) a certificate or other writing evidencing the
conformity has been issued by the Commission ;
(c) all fees payable to the Commission in respect
of the examination, testing and certification
have been paid ;
(d) the equipment, if so required by the Commis-
sion, bears an approval label supplied by the
Commission; and
(«) the equipment, in the case of examination and
test by sample, is of the same standard of
design and construction as that of the sample
referred to in the certificate or writing.
8. Where any electrical equipment is used in or
connected to an electrical installation, or is about to
be so used or connected, and it appears to the Com-
mission that, having regard to public safety and pro-
tection of property, it would be sufficient to have the
equipment inspected under regulation 25 instead of
being approved under regulation 6 or 7, the Commission
may direct accordingly, and thereupon the equipment
shall be deemed to form a part of the electrical instal-
lation.
9. Approval of any electrical equipment shall be
evidenced by a certificate or other writing to that
effect issued by the Commission but, with respect to
any electrical equipment approved under the provisions
of regulation 6, the approval-record guide-card issued
by the Canadian Standards Association shall have the
same force and effect as a certificate or writing of the
Commission.
10. No person shall affix to any electrical equipment
any label indicating or intended to indicate that the
electrical equipment is approved other than an ap-
proval label which has been slipplied by the Commission
or under a service agreement.
11. No person shall affix any approval label to any
electrical equipment other than the approved electrical
equipment for which the label was issued.
12. No person to whom approval labels have been
supplied, either by the Commission or under a service
agreement, shall sell, give, transfer or permit any other
person to have possession of the labels without first
obtaining the consent in writing of the Commission.
CANCELLATION OF APPROVAL
13. (1) The Commission ma}- cancel the approval
of any electrical equipment where
(a) the equipment is not being manufactured or
produced in conformity with the standards of
design and construction prescribed by the
approvals report or certificate of approval
relating thereto;
(b) in the opinion of the Commission, field ex-
perience has shown the equipment to be
unduly hazardous to life or property; or
(c) the manufacturer of the equipment makes
default in observing or performing any of the
terms of the service agreement to which he is
a party.
(2) When an approval has been cancelled,
equipment shall be deemed to be not approved.
the
MISCELLANEOUS
14. The testing and inspection by the Commission
of any electrical equipment under regulation 7 may be
carried out by such inspectors, at such times and places,
and in such manner as the Commission may from time
to time determine.
15. Subject to the provisions of regulation 8, any
electrical equipment used, or capable of being used or
adapted, to serve or perform an\- particular purpose or
function when connected to an electrical installation
shall be approved before being so connected, unless the
connection is made for the purpose of inspection or
testing of the equipment under these regulations.
16. Any electrical equipment which consists of an
assembly or combination of other electrical equipment
shall be subject to the provisions of these regulations
respecting approval, and shall not be deemed to be
approved by reason only of any or all of the comp>onent
parts thereof having been individually approved.
17. Every manufacturer of electrical equipment
shall place thereon his name, trade-mark or other
recognized symbol of identification and such other
markings indicating voltage, current, wattage and other
appropriate ratings as may be prescribed by the Com-
mission and Canadian Standards Association and, if
the equipment has been approved, an approval label
or other marking acceptable to the Commission and
Canadian Standards Association evidencing such
approval.
ELECTRICAL INSTALLATIONS
PERMITS AND INSPECTIONS
18. (1) Every contractor shall, before commencing
work on any electrical installation,
(a) complete and file with the Commission an
application for a permit and inspection of the
work, in Form 1 ;
(b) pay the fees prescribed by the Commission for
the permit and inspection; and
(c) obtain the permit in Form 2.
(2) No contractor shall commence or continue to
perform any work upon an electrical installation in
respect of which a permit has not been obtained.
11
60
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
(3) The payment of an inspection fee by a con-
tractor shall entitle him to one inspection only.
19. (1) The Commission may issue an annual per-
mit, in Form 3, to the owner or occupant of any
manufacturing, mercantile or other building where, in
the opinion of the Commission, electrical installation
work of a routine nature in connection with the main-
tenance or operation of the building or the plant
therein is required to be performed at frequent intervals,
and where that owner or occupant employs his own
electricians for that purpose.
(2) The annual permit shall authorize commence-
ment of any of such work during the year for which
the permit is issued, and regulation 18 shall not apply.
(3) The owner or occupant shall as the work is
performed record it on a form provided by the Com-
mission, and the form shall be produced to any inspector
of the Commission at any time and from time to time
upon request.
20. The Commission may in its discretion defer
issuing a permit or permits to any person who
(a) has failed to pay any fees due and owing to
the Commission for a period of more than
30 days, or
(ft) has failed to remedy defects in any electrical
work or installation after having been notified
by the Commission that the defects exist,
until the fees have been paid or the defects have been
remedied.
21. Every person to whom a permit has been issued
shall cause the permit to be posted up in a conspicuous
place on the site of the work and to be maintained
there until final inspection of the work has been
completed.
22. (1) No contractor shall commence work on any
electrical installation consisting of
(a) the installation of a wiring system in any
public building, commercial or industrial
establishment, apartment house or other
building in which the public safety may be
involved,
(6) a large light-and-power installation, or
(c) the installation of generators, transformers,
switchboards, large storage batteries and
similar equipment,
or which, in the opinion of the Commission, is of special
magnitude or nature, without first filing with the
Commission complete wiring plans and specificntions
in duplicate relating to the proposed work, and obain-
ing the written approval of the Commission thereto.
(2) The Commission may require the applicant to
file additional copies of the plans and specifications.
23. (1) Where any electrical installation or part
thereof is made in or upon any land, building or
premises to which electric power or energy has not
previously been supplied, or where any electrical in-
stallation or part thereof has been disconnected or cut
off from any service or other source of supply under
these regulations, no supply authority, contractor or
other person shall connect or re-connect the installation
or part thereof to any service or other source of supply
unless
(a) the installation and all work in respect thereof
have been inspected by the Commission and
found to conform to these regulations; and
(ft) the current permit, in Form 4, has been issued
by the Commission in respect of the land,
building or premises.
(2) Where any electrical installation or part thereof
has been disconnected or cut off from a source of supply
by a supply authority for non-payment of rates or
because of a change of occupant of premises, the supply
authority may re-connect the installation or part
thereof without obtaining a current permit.
24. (1) Notwithstanding the provisions of regula-
tion 23, the Commission may issue a temporary current
permit, in Form 5, authorizing a supply authority to
connect its lines to a temporary electrical installation
or to a permanent but unfinished electrical installation,
and may renew the temporary current permit from
time to time.
(2) Issuance of a temporary current permit shall
not obligate the Commission to issue a current permit
where a contractor has not complied with these regula-
tions.
25. (1) Every contractor who makes an electrical
installation shall be responsible for procuring its in-
spection by the Commission.
(2) The contractor shall give to the Commission
at least 48 hours' notice in writing that the work on
the electrical installation has been completed and that
the installation is ready for inspection, but where the
work is being performed in a remote district or is not
immediately accessible for any other reason the notice
shall be of such greater length as may be necessary to
suit the inspection schedule of the Commission.
(3) The inspection shall be made at such time and
in such manner as the Commission may determine.
(4) No electrical installation shall be concealed or
rendered inaccessible by lathing, boarding or other
building construction, until it has been inspected by
the Commission and found to conform to these regula-
tions.
ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION WORK GENERALLY
26. (1) No contractor shall perform any work on
an electrical installation in any manner contrary to
the requirements of these regulations.
(2) No contractor in performing any work on an
electrical installation shall use therein any electrical
equipment other than approved electrical equipment
of a kind or type and rating approved for the specific
purpose for which it is to be eaployed.
(3) In any case in which for a given purpose no
standard electrical equipment of the exact size or
rating required is procurable, equipment of the next
larger size or rating shall be used unless special per-
mission is obtained to use equipment of a smaller size
or rating.
(4) If, in the opinion of an inspector, an electrical
installation has been badly arranged or poorly executed,
either generally or in any particular, the inspector shall
reject the electrical installation.
(5) No contractor shall use wood for plugging for
the support of any electrical equipment.
(6) No contractor shall use as a solder any so-called
solder consisting of a metallic powder mixed with an
adhesive vehicle in the use of which fusion of a metal
is not involved.
(7) No contractor shall use for soldering copper and
its alloys a soldering flux corrosive to those metals.
27. Every contractor who has performed work on
an electrical installation and has been notified by the
Commission that the installation does not conform to
these regulations shall remedy all defects in workman-
ship and replace all electrical equipment which is not
approved within such time and in such manner as the
notice from the Commission shall direct.
12
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
61
28. (1) The Commission may by notice in writing
require any owner or occupant of lands, buildings or
premises upon or within which is found an electrical
installation in which, in the opinion of the Commission,
a condition dangerous to persons or property has
developed, to make such changes in the electrical
installation as are necessary to remedy the condition.
(2) Upon receipt of the notice the owner or occupant
of the lands, buildings or premises shall cause the
installation to be changed in the manner and to the
extent prescribed by the notice within the time limited
therein.
29. (1) Where
(c) a contractor refuses or neglects to comply with
a notice given pursuant to regulation 27, or
(6) the owner or occupant of lands, buildings or
premises refuses or neglects to comply with
a notice given pursuant to regulation 28,
the Commission, if it deems such course necessary for
purposes of safety, may
(i) cut off the supply of electrical power or energy
to the lands, buildings or premises in which
is contained the electrical installation which
was the subject of the notice, or
(ii) require the supply authority to cut off the
supply.
(2) In either event, the supply shall not be recon-
nected until full compliance with the notice has been
made.
MAINTENANCE AND OPERATION OF ELECTRICAL
EQUIPMENT
30. All electrical equipment shall be so installed
and guarded as to aflFord provision for the safety of
persons and property and for the protection of the
electrical equipment from mechanical or other injury
to which it is likely to be exposed.
31. Every owner and tenant of a factory, workshop
or other premises on or in which employees are engaged
in operating or using any electrical equipment shall
keep the electrical equipment and the electrical in-
stallation in safe operating condition at all times.
32. No person shall use any electrical equipment
which is not in safe and proper working condition.
33. Electrical equipment which is not in regular
use shall not be used until it has been thoroughly
examined by a qualified person and is found fit for
service.
34. Electrical equipment which is kept in reserve
for emergency service shall be examined and tested by
a qualified person at regular and frequent intervals.
35. (1) No person shall make repairs or alterations
to live equipment unless complete disconnection of the
equipment is impracticable.
(2) No person shall make repairs or alterations to
live equipment where explosive or highly flammable
materials or gases are present.
(3) Where repairs or alterations are to be made to
electrical equipment, the switches controlling the supply
of electrical current to the equipment shall be locked
or other adequate precautions shall be taken to prevent
the equipment from becoming electrically charged b}'
accident or inadvertence.
36. Xo person shall
(a) cut, damage or interfere with any electrical
equipment, or
(6) place or instal any equipment or material near
installed electrical equipment,
so as to create a condition which an inspector deems
dangerous.
37. All passage-ways around generators, trans-
formers, switchboards and similar equipment shall be
kept clear of obstruction at all times and shall be so
arranged as to afford authorized persons ready access
to all parts requiring their attention.
3S. All premises in which electrical equipment is in
operation shall be adequately lighted.
39. (1) Where potentials exceeding 750 volts are
used, a warning notice shall be displayed at all times
in a conspicuous place forbidding any person to work
on any live equipment unless protected by approved
insulating or insulated tongs, rubber gloves, rubber
boots, rubber mats or other like appliances.
(2) All insulating or insulated appliances shall be
kept in proper condition for use at all times.
GENERAL PROVISIONS
40. (1) Subject to the provisions of subregulation
2, where electric wiring is contained in hollow studding,
joist- or rafter-spaces of walls, floors and roofs of a
building, the spaces shall not be filled with thermal
insulation unless it
(a) has been approved as having suitable non-
corrosive, fire-resisting and non-conducting
qualities; and
(b) is applied in such manner as to avoid any
strain upon the conductors and race-ways and
their respective supports.
(2) Combustible thermal insulation may be used
where the electric wiring
(a) is in rigid conduit or electrical metallic tubing
effectively sealed where required by an in-
spector ;
(b) is in flexible conduit with conductors in lead
sheath ;
(c) consists of lead-sheathed armoured cable; or
(d) is non-metallic sheathed cable with conductors
of not less than No. 12 B. & S. gauge.
41. Every electrical installation shall be made in
such manner as to reduce to a minimum the probability
of spread of fire through fire-stopped partitions, floors,
hollow spaces, fire-walls, fire-partitions, vertical shafts,
ventilating and air-conditioning ducts.
42. (1) No race-way shall be installed in a duct
used for the removal of dust, stock or vapor.
(2) No race-way shall be installed in an air-condi-
tioning duct or plenum chamber unless the conductors
are contained in rigid conduit with fittings accepted by
an inspector as suitable for the location.
(3) No race-way shall be installed in such manner
as to interfere with the operation of an automatic fire
damper in a duct.
43. Subject to any provisions of these regulations
dealing with special installations or apparatus, no
electrical equipment or electrical installation employing
a potential in excess of 15,000 volts shall be used
without special permission.
44. The Commission may at any time re-inspect
any electrical installation notwithstanding any previous
inspection and acceptance of the installation.
PART II
SERVICES AND SERVICE EQUIPMENT
INSTALLATION OF SERVICES
45. (1) Subject to the provisions of subregulation
2, not more than one supply service of any given
potential and characteristics shall be run to any
building from any one system of a supply authority.
(2) A further supply service having the same
potential and characteristics as a proposed or existing
supplj' service may be run to a building where
13
62
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
(a) a separate service is required for fire pumps,
emergency lights, welding loads or X-ray
loads; or
(6) in respect of a building of large area requiring
an unusually large electrical load, the Com-
mission has by special permission authorized
an additional service.
(3) Where more than one service is installed the
service equipments shall be grouped wherever prac-
ticable.
46. No supply service shall be run from an electric
railway system using a ground return to a building
other than an electric railway car, carriage, car-house
or barn, passenger station or freight station used in the
operation of the electric railway.
47. The point, whether overhead or underground,
at which a consumer's service enters a building shall be
so located as to be acceptable to both the supply
authority and an inspector.
SERVICE CONDUCTORS AND CONDUIT
48. All conductors run aerially between buildings
and structures shall be of not less than No. 10 B. & S.
gauge and shall have a weather-proof covering.
49. (1) Where those portions, if any, of the con-
ductors of a consumer's service which are on the supply
side of the service-head or the conductors of a supply
service are run outside along the walls of buildings
they shall be run in one of the following ways
(a) as open-wiring, consisting of single conductors
having either a weather-proof covering or
rubber insulation;
(b) in rigid conduit;
(c) in flexible conduit if the conductors are lead-
sheathed;
(d) in armoured-cable type ACL; or
(e) in cable or conductors without lead-sheathing
- , specially designed and approved for use in
services.
(2) Service and other conductors may be installed
in conduit or duct run beneath a building or within a
wall of concrete or masonry but the conduit or duct
shall be surrounded throughout the entire length of its
run by not less than 2 inches of concrete or masonry.
50. (1) Where service conductors from a pole-line
to a building are run underground, lead-covered or
other cable assembly approved for the purpose shall be
used between the point at which the supply lines are
connected to the pole and the place, whether within
or without the building, where connection is made to
the consumer's service equipment.
(2) The cable shall be protected against mechanical
injury
(a) on the pole between a point at least 8 feet
above ground level and a point at least 1 foot
below ground level; and
(b) at the point of entrance into the building.
(3) Where rigid conduit or other form of duct is
used to protect service conductors entering a building
underground, it shall be suitably drained toward the
building and, if considered necessary by an inspector,
be sealed against the entry of flammable gases.
51. (1) Subject to the provisions of regulation 49,
where a consumer's service is connected to an overhead
supply service at any point on a building above ground
level, the conductors of the consumer's service shall be
run in one of the following ways
(a) in rigid conduit;
(b) in flexible conduit if the conductors are lead-
sheathed;
(c) in armoured cable type ACL; or
(d) in service entrance cable type ASE or type
SE, either of which may be mounted in
contact with the wall.
(2) Where type SE cable is used under clause d of
subregulation 1 the following conditions shall be com-
plied with:
(a) the installation shall have a potential of not
more than 300 volts between conductors or not
more than 150 volts to ground;
(b) the cables shall be protected by conduit or
other suitable means if within 7 feet of ground
level or if liable to suffer mechanical disturb-
ance or injury;
(c) the cables, unless installed in conduit, shall be
supported at intervals of not more than 3 feet;
and
(d) the cables shall be mounted on insulating
supports which provide a clearance of at least
2 inches between the cables and any exposed
portion of the building constructed of a con-
ducting material.
52. (1) The supply end of each conductor forming
part of a consumer's service shall extend at least 30
inches beyond the supply end of the consumer's service
conduit, duct or cable in which it is run in order to
facilitate the connection of the supply service to the
conductors.
(2) The neutral conductor of a consumer's service
if No. 4 B. & S. gauge or smaller shall have a white
covering and if larger than No. 4 B. & S. gauge shall be
identified.
(3) All conductors of a consumer's service, other
than the neutral conductor, shall have a covering
showing a continuous colouring contrasting with that
of the neutral conductor.
(4) At least 18 inches of each conductor intended
to be connected to a meter shall be left at the meter
panel to serve as a meter loop.
53. Service conduit shall
(a) have an internal diameter of not less than
f of an inch electrical trade size;
(6) contain no conductors other than service con-
ductors; and
(c) contain only the conductors of one service.
54. CI) Where supply service conductors are run
aerially to a building the supply end of the consumer's
service conduit shall be fitted with an approved
weather-proof service head which shall be installed in
a location satisfactory to both an inspector and the
supply authority and, in any event, not less than 15
feet and not more than 30 feet above side-walk or
ground level.
(2) Where the height of a building is insufficient to
permit the ground clearance required by subregulation
1, the service head shall be installed at the highest
practicable level unless special permission is obtained
to instal it at a lower level, but in no case shall it be
less than 9 feet above side-walk or ground level.
(3) The service head shall be installed in such
manner as to ensure that the supply service wires will
be maintained at the ground clearance levels prescribed
by regulation 1103.
55. Where the conductors of a consumer's service
are run in service entrance cable
14
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
63
(a) the cable shall be fitted with an approved
rain-tight service head;
(b) drip loops shall be formed on each conductor;
and
(c) not less than 30 inches of each conductor shall
be left for splicing.
56. Where service conductors are lead-sheathed,
they shall be protected from moisture by pot-heads or
other approved devices installed at their point of issue
from the lead-sheathing.
57. All conductors used in or forming part of a
consumer's service shall
(a) conform to the requirements of Part IV;
(b) have a current-carrying capacity of not less
than that of No. 10 B. & S. gauge copper wire;
and
(c) where an electric range is to be installed, have
a minimum size of No. 4 B. & S. gauge in a
2-wire consumer's service or of No. 6 B. & S.
gauge in a 3-wire consumer's service.
58. (1) The neutral conductor of a consumer's ser-
vice shall not be bare unless special permission is
obtained.
(2) Special permission shall not be granted unless
(a) the supply is single phase, alternating current
and not more than 150 volts to ground;
(b) the neutral conductor of the supply system is
grounded to a water main or other grounding
system, whether or not any grounds are made
at the consumer's service; and
(c) the bare neutral conductor is run in the same
protective conduit or armouring as the other
conductors of the consumer's service.
59. The current-carrying capacity of a bare neutral
conductor of a consumer's service shall be that shown
in column 8 of Table 9 and its ampere rating, on
this basis, shall not be less than that of
(a) a rubber-insulated conductor of No. 10 B. & S.
gauge; or
(6) the live insulated conductors of the same
circuit;
whichever shall be the greater.
LOCATION OF SERVICE EQUIPMENT
60. (1) Service boxes and service equipment de-
signed to perform the functions of a service box shall
(a) be installed in a location satisfactory to an
inspector and the supply authority;
(b) be installed within the building and as close
as practicable to the point where the service
conductors enter the building;
(c) not be installed in coal-bins, clothes-closets,
bathrooms, stairways, dangerous or undesir-
able places, or, except as permitted in Part
XIII, in hazardous locations; and
(d) be readily accessible.
(2) Notwithstanding the provisions of clause b of
subregulation 1, a service box may
(a) by special permission, be installed on the
outer face of an external wall of a building; or
(b) in rural districts where a group of buildings is
to be served by one service, be installed on a
pole;
but the service box shall be so located or protected
that it shall not be liable to mechanical injury or harm
from weather and no part of the service box shall,
without special permission, be less than 6 feet above
the ground or floor directly beneath it.
CONTROL AND PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT
61. (1) Every consumer's service shall be furnished
with an appj^oved service box or other approved service
equipment so located and installed as to perform the
functions of a service box.
(2) An assembly of circuit breakers in an approved
enclosure shall be accepted by an inspector instead of
a service box where
(a) approved circuit-breakers are used in each
branch-circuit and all circuit-breakers are
grouped in a readily accessible cabinet at the
point of service entrance;
(b) the circuit-breakers are operated from without
the cabinet;
(c) the supply is alternating current and the
potential does not exceed 150 volts to ground;
(d) the total connected load does not exceed 100
amperes at 150 or 300 volts; and
(e) the meter is connected on the supply side of
the branch-circuit breakers and no live parts
or wiring are exposed.
(3) Where 2 single-pole manually-operated circuit-
breakers are used on a 3-wire branch-circuit of which
one conductor is grounded, the circuit-breakers shall
be so connected mechanically that, when operated
manually, they will simultaneously and safely discon-
nect all ungrounded conductors of the circuit at the
point of supply.
62. (1) Every service box shall conform to the
requirements of regulations 318 to 341, both inclusive.
(2) Except on open-type switchboards, service
switches shall be enclosed and externally operated.
(3) 3-wire single-phase services shall be controlled
by a 2-ix)le switch with a solid neutral.
63. Subject to the provisions of regulation 61, over-
current devices and meters shall be connected on the
load side of the service box or other approved service
equipment, but the meter may be connected on the
supply side of the service box or other approved service
equipment where
(a) no live parts or wiring are exposed ;
(b) the circuit is alternating current and the
potential does not exceed 300 volts between
conductors; and
(c) the rating of the service box or other approved
service equipment does not exceed 200 am-
peres.
64. (1) Where oil switches or oil circuit-breakers
are used as service switches, isolating switches shall be
installed on the supply side thereof.
(2) Where over-current trip coils are used with
circuit-breakers, one trip coil shall be installed on each
ungrounded conductor of the circuit, but where the
capacity of the transformers and the extent of the net-
work supplying the service is sufficiently small, by
special permission one trip coil in each phase of a 4-wire
2-phase ungrounded service may be used.
15
64
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
(3) The primary isolating device of metal-clad
equipment shall be deemed to be the equivalent of an
isolating switch or isolating link.
65. Service boxes shall be sealed or locked by the
supply authority and shall not be opened by anyone
other than an inspector or a person authorized by the
supply authority.
66. Where a service supplies only one branch-
circuit, over-current devices of smaller current-carrying
capacity than the service over-current devices shall be
inserted on the load side of the meter and in series with
the service over-current devices.
67. Where an electrical installation or any portion
thereof is to be supplied with current from 2 or more
different systems, the switching equipment controlling
the various supplies shall be so constructed or arranged
that it is impossible for anyone accidentally to switch
on current from one system before current from another
system has been cut off.
68. A low-potential 2- or 3-phase consumer's
service may be subdivided into single-phase sub-
services.
69. (1) In every multiple-occupancy service and in
every single-occupancy multi-rate service, a separate
service box shall be provided for each subservice of the
main service.
(2) Where the potential does not exceed 150 volts
to ground and the service boxes of all subservices are
in a common enclosure or in separate enclosures
grouped at a readily accessible point as close as practic-
able to the point at which the service conductors enter
the building, the service box for the main service may
be dispensed with unless there are more than 6 sub-
services.
70. In network systems where the consumer's ser-
vice for any electrical installation requires a total
capacity in excess of 600 amperes, switches shall not
be grouped unless the supply conductors of the instal-
lation are protected by a circuit-breaker of adequate
capacity.
71. (1) Where 2 or more switches are grouped at a
service entrance, the wiring between switches shall be
enclosed by auxiliary gutters or some approved equi-
valent device, but no auxiliary gutter shall be required
by reason only of the grouping of two 30-ampere
switches.
(2) The auxiliary gutters or approved equivalent
device shall
(a) be equipped with terminal blocks having a
separate screw or stud for each connection; or
(b) if more than 6 feet in length, be equipped with
bus-bars instead of terminal blocks.
(3) Where bus-bars are used, they shall extend the
full length of the box after provision has been made for
necessary wiring-space for the cables which feed the
bus-bars.
72. Where more than one service box or meter has
been installed in a service, each service box and meter
shall be marked in a conspicuous, legible and permanent
manner to indicate clearly which installation or portion
of an installation is controlled thereby.
73. In multiple-occupancy buildings where in-
dividual metering is required, each occupant's supply
shall be provided with separate sealable service equip-
ment or a metering panel which shall bear markings
clearly indentifying the supply to which it is connected.
74. Where a service box supports one or more fuse
receptacles to which access may be had without opening
the door of the service box, the receptacles and their
fuses shall be completely enclosed by a separate door,
either spring-closed or having a substantial catch.
75. Every neutral conductor of a branch-circuit
shall be connected to the terminals on the neutral block
which correspond to the terminals to which the line
conductors of the same circuits are connected.
METERING EQUIPMENT
76. In regulations 77 to 81, both inclusive, wherever
the context permits, "meters" includes current trans-
formers, potential transformers and the measuring
instri'ments used in connection therewith.
77. Subject to the provisions of subregulation 4 of
regulation 52, the service conductors between the meter
and the service box shall be rendered inaccessible.
78. Meters shall
(a) be installed in a location satisfactory to both
an inspector and the supply authority;
(b) be installed as close as practicable to the ser-
vice box;
(c) not be installed in coal-bins, clothes-closets,
bathrooms, stairways, dangerous or undesirable
places, or, except as permitted in Part XIII,
in hazardous locations;
(d) be readily accessible for reading and inspection ;
(e) be grouped wherever practicable; and
(/) where mounted outdoors, be of waterproof con-
struction or in waterproof enclosures.
79. (1) The minimum space which shall be left for
the installation of a meter shall be
(a) for a commercial building, 12 inches in width,
22 inches in height and 9 inches in depth; and
(b) in any other case, 15 inches in height and 12
inches in width;
unless special permission is obtained to do otherwise.
(2) The supply authority may require a larger
space or a space of different dimensions.
80. (1) Instrument transformers used in connection
with meters shall be installed in approved rnetal en-
closures unless mounted on switchboards or in trans-
former vaults or otherwise rendered inaccessible.
(2) Where the secondary leads between the in-
strument transformers and the meter terminal-box or
test links are continuous, the instrument transformers
may be located outside the consumer's premises in
which the meter is located, in which case the leads shall
be deemed to be service entrance conductors and shall
conform to all regulations in this Part applicable
thereto, but no service box and disconnecting switches
shall be required.
81. Unless a meter is mounted on a switchboard, a
suitable fitting or panel or a service box with a meter
back-plate shall be provided and the meter and other
service equipment mounted thereon.
PART III
WIRING METHODS - LOW POTENTIAL
CONDUCTORS
82. (1) Conductors for use under ordinary con-
ditions shall be of a type specified in column 2 of Table
1 and they shall not be exposed to a temperature ex-
16
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
65
ceeding that specified in columns 3 and 4 of the table
for the relevant types respectively.
(2) Conductors to be used in locations likely to be
damp places shall be of the rubber-insulated, R, RH
or RW, type or the thermoplastic-insulated, T or TW
type.
(3) Conductors likely to be subjected to corrosive
action shall be of the weather-proof, WP, type, the
varnished-cloth insulated, VC, type, the rubber-in-
sulated, R, RH or RW, type or the thermoplastic-
insulated, T or TW, type as may be directed by an
inspector.
(4) Where thermoplastic-insulated conductors are
used they shall be installed in such manner as to avoid
possibility of damage thereto from stiffening of the
insulation at temperatures below freezing.
(5) Where conductors are buried in the earth so as
to be in direct contact therewith, they shall be of a
type approved for the purpose.
83. (1) Where conductors, other than those con-
nected to a hoist, are installed in hoist-ways they shall
be run in rigid or flexible conduit.
(2) High-potential conductors shall not be installed
in hoist-ways.
84. (1) Where insulated conductors are closely
grouped behind switchboards and in like places, they
shall have a substantial overall fiame-retarding covering
unless the insulation is inherently flame-retarding and
moisture-resisting.
(2) Where the insulation has a flame-retarding coat-
ing or covering the coating or covering shall be removed
sufficiently at terminals and splices effectually to
prevent creepage of current over it.
85. Conductors between generators, transformers,
switchboards and other apparatus used in connection
therewith shall be
(a) exposed to view and supported on incombust-
ible absorption-resisting insulators;
(b) run in conduit, tile or other fire-proof duct; or
(c) in the form of armoured cable, if special per-
mission is obtained.
86. (1) The radii of bends in conductors shall be
sufficiently large to ensure that no injury is done to the
conductors or their insulation, covering or sheathing.
(2) Where ungrounded conductors of No. 1 B. & S.
gauge or larger are deflected more than 30 degrees to
enter a race-way in a cabinet, pull-box, junction box
or auxiliary gutter the conductors shall be
(a) protected by a substantial bushing providing
a smoothly-rounded insulating surface; or
(b) separated from the race-way fitting by in-
sulating material securely fastened in place and
affording adequate resistance to mechanical
injury;
and locknuts shall be provided inside and outside the
enclosure to which the conduit is attached.
87. (1) Where lightning-conductors are installed on
a building electric wiring not in metal enclosures shall
be kept at least 6 feet from the lightning-conductors.
(2) Metal enclosures of circuit conductors shall,
where practicable, be kept at least 6 feet from the
lightning-conductors, and where that is not practicable,
shall be bonded to the lightning-conductors.
88. (1) Unless made with approved solderless con-
nectors joints or splices in insulated conductors shall be
soldered but they shall first be made mechanically and
electrically secure.
(2) Joints or splices shall be covered with an in-
sulation equivalent to that on the conductors joined.
89. When the ends of insulated conductors at
switch- and fixture-outlets and in like places are
not in use they shall be insulated in the manner pre-
scribed for joints or splices in subregulation 2 of regu-
lation 88.
90. (1) Stranded conductors except when in flexible
cords shall be soldered before being fastened under the
heads of terminal binding-screws.
(2) Stranded and solid conductors of greater cur-
rent-carrying capacity than No. 10 B. & S. gauge copper
shall be soldered into lugs at terminals unless solderless
connectors are used.
91. (1) Conductors shall be so supported that no
injurious strain is imposed on the terminals of any
electrical apparatus or devices or on any joints or taps.
(2) No insulated conductor finished to show a
green colour shall be used for any purpose other than
grounding.
OPEN WIRING
92. Regulations 93 to 104, both inclusive, shall
apply only to conductors run as open wiring.
93. (1) Conductorsfor use in normally dry locations
shall be of a type specified in column 2 of Table 1.
(2) Where used on metal surfaces, conductors of a
thermoplastic-insulated, T or TW, type shall not be
mounted on split knobs or cleats.
(3) Conductors for use in damp places shall be of
the rubber-insulated, R, RH or RW, type or the
thermoplastic-insulated, T or TW, type.
94. (1) Conductors shall be supported rigidly on
incombustible, absorption-resisting insulators.
(2) Where conductors of a circuit operating at a
voltage shown in column 1 of Table 2 are installed in
normally dry places, they shall be kept separate from
each other at least the distance specified in column 2
of the table and from adjacent surfaces at least the
distance specified in column 3 of the table.
(3) Where circuits of different voltages are run
parallel to each other, the adjacent conductors of the
different circuits shall be kept distant from each other
not less than the distance specified in column 2 of
Table 2 for the conductors of the circuit having the
higher voltage.
(4) Conductors located in damp places shall be
kept separate from adjacent surfaces by at least 1 inch.
95. (1) Split knobs shall not be used to support con-
ductors larger than No. 8 B. & S. gauge.
(2) Conductors supported on solid knobs shall be
securely tied thereto by tie-wires having insulation of
the same type as that on the conductors which they
secure.
96. (1) Open wiring, if supported on or run across
the open faces of joists, wall-studs or other timber, or
on walls where it is exposed to mechanical injury, shall
be protected by running-boards, guard-strips, wooden
boxing or sleeves of iron pipe.
(2) Where conductors are not exposed to mech-
anical injury they may be run directly from timber to
timber but shall be
1
66
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
(a) of not less than No. 8 B. & S. gauge;
(b) separated from each other by not less than 6
inches; and
(c) supported at each timber.
(3) Open wiring shall not be run across the tops of
ceiling joists in unfinished attics or like places.
(4) Conductors or parts thereof which are less than
7 feet above the floor shall be deemed to be exposed
to mechanical injury.
97. (1) Material for running-boards, guard-strips
and boxing shall be at least J/g inch thick and the edges
of running-boards shall project at least ^ inch beyond
the insulators on both sides.
(2) Guard-strips shall be at least as high as the
insulators and placed as close to the conductors as these
regulations permit.
(3) In wooden boxing there shall be a clear space
of at least 1 inch between conductors and adjacent sur-
faces, and the ends of boxing not abutting on the
structure of the building shall be closed.
98. Where conductors are run on flat surfaces they
shall be supported rigidly at intervals of not more than
4§ feet.
99. (1) Conductors shall not be brought to a dead-
end at any fitting distant more than 12 inches from the
last supporting insulator.
(2) Where conductors of No. 8 B. & S. gauge or
larger are run as open wiring solid knobs or strain
insulators shall be used at the ends of the run.
100. Knobs and cleats shall be fastened securely
with screws.
101. Sub-bases shall be installed under all snap-
switches and receptacles.
102. (1) Where open wiring is connected to con-
ductors in race-ways, armoured-cable or non-metallic
sheathed cable the junction shall be made in a box or
at or in a fitting having a separately-bushed hole for
each conductor.
(2) Where the conductor is encased in flexible tubing
between the last support and the box, the tubing shall
be run into the box.
103. (1) Where a conductor passes through walls,
floors, timbers or partitions it shall be bushed
(a) where not exposed to mechanical injury, with
a continuous porcelain tube; or
(6) where exposed to mechanical injury, with a
single sleeve of iron pipe enclosing all con-
ductors of the circuit and each conductor shall
be separately encased in a continuous length
of flexible tubing extending the full distance
between the insulators next adjacent to the
ends of the sleeve.
(2) The bushing shall be secured in place and shall
project at least ^ inch beyond the finished surface
from which it issues.
104. (1) Where conductors approach at any point
within 2 inches of other electrical conductors or of
metallic piping or other conducting-material they shall
at those points be protected by porcelain tubes or
flexible tubing firmly fixed in place.
(2) In damp places porcelain tubes shall be used
or there shall be an air-space of not less than 1 inch
between the flexible tubing and wet or other conducting
surfaces.
KNOB-AND-TUBE WIRING
105. Regulations 106 to 116, both inclusive, apply
only to knob-and-tube wiring.
106. Knob-and-tube wiring shall not be used for
potentials exceeding 150 volts to ground or 300 volts
between any two conductors.
107. Conductors shall be of the rubber-insulated,
R, RH or RW, type or the thermoplastic-insulated,
T or TW, type.
108. (1) Conductors shall be supported separately
on incombustible, absorption-resisting insulators.
(2) Conductors shall be separated from each other
by a distance of at least 4 inches and from adjacent
surfaces by a distance of at least 1 inch.
(3) At distribution centres, meters, outlets, switches
and placeswhere 4-inch separation cannot be maintained
between conductors, each conductor shall be encased
in a continuous length of flexible tubing extending
from within the distribution box, meter, outlet box
or switch box to the nearest supporting knob.
(4) Conductors shall not be run across ceiling
joists or rafters in roof spaces and where run on or
across the lower edges of basement joists shall be pro-
tected in the manner prescribed by regulations 96 and
97.
109. Where conductors pass through walls, floors,
timbers or partitions, they shall be protected in the
manner prescribed by regulation 103.
1 10. Where conductors approach at any point with-
in 2 inches of other electrical conductors or of metallic
piping or other conducting material they shall be
protected in the manner prescribed by regulation 104.
111. (1) Split knobs shall not be used to support
conductors larger than No. 8 B. & S. gauge.
(2) Conductors supported on solid knobs shall be
securely tied thereto by tie-wires having insulation
of the same type as that on the conductors which they
secure.
112. (1) Conductors shall be run singly on separate
timbers or studding where practicable and shall be
supported rigidly at intervals of not more than 4^
feet.
(2) Where conductors of No. 8 B. & S. gauge or
larger are run as knob-and-tube wiring solid knobs or
strain insulators shall be used at the ends of the run.
113. Knobs and cleats shall be fastened securely
with screws.
114. Where conductors pass through or near cross-
timbers in spaces behind plastering the parts of the
conductors which are within a distance of 3 inches
measured vertically above the upper surface of the
cross-timbers shall be protected by porcelain tubes.
115. (1) Where it is impracticable to use insulating
supports in any portion of an installation the conductors
(a) if exposed to moisture shall be
(i) the rubber-insulated, lead-covered type
run in conduit;
(ii) the moisture resisting, RW or TW, type
run in conduit; or
(iii) lead-sheathed armoured-cable; and
(b) if not exposed to moisture may be run sep-
arately in flexible tubing extending in con-
18
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
67
tinuous lengths between supports or from a
support to an outlet or between outlets and
may be fished.
(2) There shall be no joints or splices in the con-
ductors within their protective coverings.
116. (1) Where knob-and-tube wiring is connected
to conductors in race-ways, armoured-cable or non-
metallic sheathed cable, the junction shall be made in
a box having a separately bushed hole for each con-
ductor.
(2) Where the conductor is encased in flexible tubing
between the last support and the box, the tubing shall
be run into the box.
NON-METALLIC SHEATHED CABLE
117. Regulations 118 to 132, both inclusive, shall
apply only to conductors run as non-metallic sheathed
cable. '
118. Non-metallic sheathed cable shall not be used
where the potential exceeds 300 volts between any two
conductors.
119. (1) Non-metallic sheathed cable may be used
in rural districts for the wiring of
(o) churches, halls and meeting places in which
the total floor area above ground level is less
than 1,500 square feet; and
(6) the stories other than the basement and
ground floor of hotels.
(2) The cable shall be of at least No. 12 B. & S.
gauge and each circuit shall be protected by an over-
current device rated at not more than 15 amperes.
120. The cable may be multiple conductor assem-
blies in approved sizes and may contain an uninsulated
conductor which shall be used only for grounding
purposes,
121. (1) The cable shall be run in continuous
lengths between outlet boxes, junction boxes and panel
boxes as a loop system and the joints, splices and taps
shall be made in the boxes.
(2) Where concealed wiring is connected to non-
metallic sheathed cable the junction shall be made in
a box.
(3) Where open wiring is connected to non-metallic
sheathed cable the junction shall be made in a box or
at or in a fitting having a separately bushed hole for
each conductor.
122. The cable shall not be bent or handled so that
the covering is damaged.
123. (1) Where the cable is run between outlets,
it shall be secured by straps or other approved devices
located within 12 inches of every box or fitting and at
intervals of not more than 4^ feet throughout the run.
(2) Drive-in staples shall not be used.
(3) Where straps are of iron or steel they shall have
a hot-dip galvanized finish and shall fit the cable.
124. The cable shall not be buried in plaster, cement
or similar finish.
125. Conductors shall not be run on or across the
upper faces of ceiling joists in unfinished attics or roof
spaces and, where run on or across the faces of rafters
in unfinished attics or roof spaces or on or across the
lower faces of basement joists shall be protected in the
manner prescribed by regulations 96 and 97.
126. (1) Where the cable is run through studs,
joists or similar wooden members, the outer surface of
the cable shall be kept distant at least 1 J inches from
the edges of the wooden members or the cable shall be
effectively protected from mechanical injury.
(2) Where the cable is installed immediately be-
hind a baseboard, it shall be effectively protected from
mechanical injury from driven nails.
127. (1) Where the cable enters or leaves outlet or
other boxes it shall be fastened rigidly to the boxes by
fittings which completely close the opening.
(2) Loom clips shall not be used.
(3) The cable shall enter the box through a knock-
out opening.
128. (1) Notwithstanding regulation 127, where
conductors or cables are supported within 6 inches of
the box, they need not be clamped to the box.
(2) The openings through which the conductors or
cables enter the boxes shall be adequately closed.
129. (1) Where the cable is exposed, approved
switch, outlet and tap devices of insulating material
may be used without boxes.
(2) The openings in the devices shall fit closely
around the outer covering of the cable.
(3) The device shall fully enclose any part of the
cable from which any part of the covering has been
removed.
(4) Where the devices are connected to the con-
ductors by binding-screw terminals there shall be as
many screws as there are conductors unless the cables
are clamped within the device or the terminals are of
a type approved for the purpose.
130. (1) Boxes and fittings shall be of a type
approved for use with non-metallic sheathed cable.
(2) Where grounded metal boxes are not required
by these regulations outlet and switchboxes may be of
fire-resisting moulded-composition insulating material
furnished with a cover of the same material.
131. (1) Notwithstanding subregulation 4 of regu-
lation 96 the cable may be used in open-wiring work
where
(a) it is supported directly upon a wall or ceiling
of woodwork, plaster, concrete, brick or other
building finish and the conductors are distant
at least I5 inches from any part of the wall
or ceiling which is metal-lathed or metal-
covered; or
(b) it is adequately protected wherever it is less
than 5 feet above a floor.
(2) Where the cable is run horizontally along a wall
it shall be at least 6 inches above the floor.
132. Where the cable is used in concealed wiring
and it is impracticable to provide the supports required
by regulation 123, the cable may be fished.
RACE-WAY AND ARMOURED-CABLE WORK
133. Regulations 134 to 148, both inclusive, apply
only to conductors run in race-ways or as armoured-
cable.
134. (1) Race-ways and the armouring and lead-
sheathing of cable shall be electrically and mechanically
continuous throughout the run.
19
68
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
(2) Where lead-sheathed armoured-cable type ACL
is used, the lead sheath need not be bonded at outlet
and junction boxes.
(3) Race-ways and fittings having conductive coat-
ings or approved race-ways of non-conducting material
shall be used unless special permission is obtained for
the use of race-ways and fittings of enamelled material.
135. (1) Race-ways and the armouring of cables
shall be mechanically and electrically secured to all
cabinets and fittings to which they are attached and
bushings shall be used to protect the conductors from
abrasion.
(2) Where ungrounded conductors of No. 1 B. & S.
gauge or larger are used they shall be protected in the
manner prescribed by subregulation 2 of regulation 86.
(3) Where electrical continuity cannot be obtained
by clean threaded joints or by the use of two locknuts
or by some other suitable equivalent form of joint,
bonding jumpers shall be used.
136. Race-ways and the armouring of cables shall
be supported independently of cabinets and fittings
forming part of the race-way system or armoured-
cable system.
137. Fins and burrs shall be removed from the
ends of race-ways.
138. Pull-in, junction and outlet boxes, cabinets
and gutters and joints in wires and cables shall be
accessible.
139. Where conductors connected to open wiring
issue from the ends of race-ways or from armouring
they shall be protected with approved boxes or with
fittings having a separately bushed hole for each con-
ductor.
140. (1) Conductors for use under ordinary con-
ditions shall be of the rubber-insulated, R, RH or RW,
type, the thermoplastic-insulated, T or TW, type or
varnished-cloth insulated, VC, type.
(2) Conductors used for fluorescent lighting equip-
ment and contained in the same race-ways as the
auxiliaries for fluorescent lighting shall be of the slow-
burning, SB, type and shall not be exposed to tem-
peratures exceeding 90 degrees Centigrade or 194
degrees Fahrenheit.
141. (1) Conductors of No. 8 B. & S. gauge or
larger shall be stranded.
(2) Where conductors of the thermoplastic-in-
sulated, T or TW, type are used, they shall not be
(a) smaller than No. 14 B. & S. gauge; and
(b) larger than No. 4/0 B. & S. gauge;
but, for use in open work, sizes up to 2,000 M.C.M.
may be used.
142. (1) Holes in outer walls of buildings through
which conduit passes shall be filled to prevent the
infiltration of moisture.
(2) Where a service conduit or duct enters a building
from an underground distribution system the end of
the conduit or duct within the building shall be sealed
with a suitable compound to prevent the entrance of
moisture and gases.
143. (1) All conductors of a circuit shall be con-
tained in the same race-way or in the same channel of
a multiple-channel race-way or in the same armouring
and, except as permitted by regulation 225, the circuits
of different systems shall not be contained therein.
(2) There shall be no joints or splices in conductors
within a race-way or channel except as permitted by
regulations 237, 244 and 250.
144. (1) Where armoured-cable or race-ways of
the draw-in type are bent during installation, the radius
of the curve of the inner edge of the bends shall be at
least 6 times the internal diameter of the armouring
or race-way.
(2) Where
(a) lead-covered cable or conductors insulated with
varnished-cloth are used in race-ways of the
draw-in type; or
(b) lead-sheathed armoured-cable is used,
the radius of the curve of the inner edge of bends in
the race-ways and in the armoured-cable shall be at
least 10 times the internal diameter of the race-way or
armouring.
(3) Elbows and bends shall be made without undue
distortion of the race-way or armouring and without
injury to its inner or outer surfaces.
145. Where a race-way or armoured-cable is laid
in cinders or cinder-concrete, it shall be protected from
corrosive action by a grouting of non-cinder concrete
at least 1 inch thick entirely surrounding it.
146. (1) Where conduits or ducts are located where
moisture is likely to accumulate therein the conductors
shall be of the lead-covered type or moisture-resisting,
RW or TW, type.
(2) Where lead-covered conductors are used a
pothead or equivalent device shall be used to protect
them from moisture and mechanical injury at their
point of issue from the lead-sheathing.
147. Where race-way and armoured-cable wiring
installed underground and race-ways installed in con-
crete slabs or other masonry in direct contact with
moist earth or in other permanently moist locations are
subject to condensation or moisture, the conductors
shall be of the lead-covered type, the rubber-insulated,
RW, type, the thermoplastic-insulated, TW, type, or
of a type specially approved for use in locations of that
nature.
148. In buildings of fire-proof construction where
branch circuits of armoured-cable and metal race-ways
other than metal moulding have conductors not larger
than No. 10 B. & S. gauge, the branch-circuits may be
laid on the face of the masonry or other material of
which the walls and ceiling are constructed and may
be buried in the plaster finish.
RIGID AND FLEXIBLE CONDUIT WORK
149. Regulations 150 to 154, both inclusive, apply
only to conductors run in rigid or flexible conduit.
150. No conduit having an internal diameter of
less than 5 inch, electrical trade-size, shall be used.
151. (1) Conduits of the draw-in type shall be in-
stalled as a complete system before the conductors are
drawn into them.
(2) Threaded conduits shall be used in damp places
and the joints and fittings shall be made water-tight.
(3) Conductors shall not be drawn into conduits
in a building under construction until the conduit
fittings and conductors are reasonably safe from damage
from construction operations.
152. A run of conduit between outlets or between
draw-in points shall not contain more than the equiva-
lent of 4 quarter-bends.
20
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
69
153. Conduits shall be of sufficient size to permit
the conductors to be drawn in and withdrawn without
injury to the conductors.
154. Where conductors of a size shown in column
1 of Table 3 are run vertically in conduit, they shall
be supported
(a) independently of the terminal connections;
(6) by approved modes of support at intervals
not exceeding those prescribed in column 2 of
the table; and
(c) in such manner that the supports maintain
the continuity of the conduit system without
injury to the conductors or their covering.
ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING
155. Regulations 156 to 165, both inclusive, apply
only to electrical metallic tubing.
156. Electrical metallic tubing may, by special
permission, be used for exposed and concealed work but
shall not be used
(a) where during or after installation it is subject
to severe mechanical injury;
(b) in cinder-concrete or fill unless
(i) it is protected on all sides by a layer of
non-cinder-concrete at least 2 inches
thick; or
(ii) it is at least 18 inches under the fill; or
(c) in a hazardous location.
157. (1) Where electrical metallic tubing and fit-
tings are exposed to corrosive fumes or vapours they
shall be of a corrosion-resisting material suitable for
the conditions to which they are exposed.
(2) Where practicable dissimilar metals shall not
be used in an electrical metallic-tubing system where
there is a possibility of galvanic action.
158. In parts of dairies, laundries, canneries and
other places where a high degree of moisture is present
and in places where walls are washed frequently the
entire tubing system including all boxes and fittings
used therewith shall be made water-tight.
159. The tubing shall not be used to contain con-
ductors larger than No. O B. & S. gauge.
160. The tubing shall have an internal diameter of
not less than ^ inch and not more than 2 inches,
electrical trade size.
161. (1) Where electrical metallic tubing is used
to contain rubber-insulated conductors, RF-32, R, RH
or RW, types, or thermoplastic-insulated conductors,
TF, T or TW, types, operating at a potential of not
more than 600 volts, tubing having an internal diameter
of J inch, J inch, 1 inch, liinches, 1^ inches or 2 inches,
electrical trade size, shall not contain more conductors
of a size shown in column 1 of Table 4 than the number
prescribed in columns 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 and 7 respectively
of the table.
(2) Where electrical metallic tubing is used to
contain lead-covered cables, RL, RHL, RHDL, RML,
RHML, VL, VDL or VML, types, operating at a
potential of not more than 600 volts, tubing having an
internal diameter of ^ inch, J inch, 1 inch, IJ inches,
IJ inches or 2 inches, electrical trade size, shall not
contain
(a) more single-conductor cables of a size shown
in column 1 of Table 5 than the number pre-
scribed in columns 2, 5, 8, 11, 14 and 17 of the
table respectively;
(b) more 2-conductor cables of a size shown in
column 1 of the table than the number pre-
scribed in columns 3, 6, 9, 12, 15 and 18 of the
table respectively; or
(c) more 3-conductor cables of a size shown in
column 1 of the table than the number pre-
scribed in columns 4, 7, 10, 13, 16 and 19 of
the table respectively.
162. Where lengths of the tubing are coupled to-
gether or connected to boxes, fittings or cabinets,
fittings approved for the purpose shall be used and the
fittings shall not have threads of standard pipe-thread
dimensions.
163. Where threadless couplings and connectors
are used with the tubing, they shall be made up tight
and where they are buried in masonry, concrete or fill
or installed in wet places they shall be of the water-
tight type.
164. (1) Bends in the tubing shall be made so as
not to injure the tubing or reduce its internal diameter.
(2) Where unleaded conductors are used the radius
of the curve of the inner edge of bends made during
installation shall be at least 6 times the internal
diameter of the tubing.
(3) Where lead-covered conductors are used the
radius of the curve of the inner edge of bends made
during installation shall be at least 10 times the internal
diameter of the tubing.
165. Where the tubing is run between outlets or
fittings or between outlets and fittings the run shall
not contain more than the equivalent of 4 quarter-
bends including the bends located at an outlet or
fitting.
ARMOURED-CABLE WORK
166. Regulations 167 to 171, both inclusive, apply
only to armoured-cable work.
167. Where armoured-cable is used
(o) for underground runs;
(b) for circuits embedded in masonry, concrete or
fill in buildings in course of construction; or
(c) in locations where it will be exposed to weather,
continuous moisture, excessive humidity or
to oil or other substances having a deteriorat-
ing effect on rubber insulation,
it shall be of the lead-sheathed rubber-insulated, ACL,
type.
168. (1) Where conductors issue from armour, they
shall be protected by approved bushings of insulating
material or by approved equivalent devices.
(2) Where armopred-cable is fastened to a box or
cabinet the connector or clamp shall be of such design
as to leave the insulating bushing or equivalent device
visible for inspection.
169. Where armoured-cable is used in a building in
which concealed knob-and-tube wiring or concealed
non-metallic sheathed-cable wiring is installed the cable
shall not be fished if there is a possibility of damage
to the existing wiring.
170. (1) Where cable is run through studs, joists
or other wooden members it shall be
21
70
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
. (a) located so that its outer circumference is at
least li inches from the nearest edge of the
wooden members; or
(b) protected from mechanical injury where it
passes through the holes in the wooden mem-
bers.
(2) Where cable is installed immediately behind
baseboards, it shall be protected from mechanical in-
jury from driven nails,
171. Armoured-cable shall be secured in place by
approved fastenings located not more than 1 foot from
boxes or fittings and not more than 4^ feet apart,
except where the armoured-cable is fished.
USE OF RIGID AND FLEXIBLE CONDUIT AND ARMOURED-
CABLE
172, (1) Rigid conduit, flexible conduit or armoured-
cable shall be used for
(c) branch-circuit wiring of stationary motors of
I or more horsepower at 110 or more volts in
places other than private residences;
(6) wiring in buildings of fire-proof or mill con-
struction;
(c) subject to the provisions of regulation 119,
wiring in
(i) hospitals, hotels, asylums, churches, halls,
public institutions, public buildings; and
(ii) other buildings used for public meeting
or assembly having a floor area above
ground level of at least 1,500 square feet;
{d) wiring in educational institutions having two
or more floors above ground level or four or
more classrooms;
(e) wiring from service boxes to meters except
where equivalent protection is provided;
(/) wiring run on the exterior surfaces of buildings
to electric signs located on or attached to the
building;
(g) surface and concealed wiring in buildings hav-
ing metal-lathed or metal-covered walls or
ceiling where the conductors are not more than
I I inches from the metal at any place other
than an outlet; and
(h) wiring for fire-escape lights and exit lights.
(2) Where flexible conduit is used under clause /
of subregulation 1 the conductors shall be lead-covered
and where armoured-cable is used it shall be lead-
sheathed type ACL.
(3) Rigid conduit shall be used for wiring in theatres
unless special permission is obtained for the use of
flexible conduit or armoured-cable.
(4) Nothing in subregulations 1, 2 or 3 shall
prevent the use of surface race-ways, under-floor race-
ways, flexible conduit or armoured-cable where their
use is specifically authorized by these regulations.
SURFACE RACE-WAY WORK
173. (1) Surface race-ways shall not be used for
circuits protected by over-current devices rated or set
at more than 50 amperes.
(2) The total fusing of the wires contained in a
single channel surface race-way shall not be more than
60 amperes.
174. Surface race-ways shall not be installed in
damp places and, subject to the provisions of regulation
148, shall not be concealed.
175. (1) Where surface race-ways are of steel, they
shall be of at least No. 20 U.S. sheet-metal gauge.
(2) Where the voltage between the conductors
contained therein is not in excess of 300 volts, an
approved metal moulding having a thickness of less
than No. 20 U.S. sheet-metal gauge may be used for
the extension of a previously approved wiring-system.
176. The backing of a surface race-way shall be
secured in position by screws or bolts having heads
flush with the metal.
177. Surface race-ways shall not be used for
(a) conductors larger than No. 6 B. & S. gauge;
(b) a greater number of conductors than that for
which they are approved; or
(c) more than 10 conductors.
178. (1) Surface race-ways
through dry walls or partitions.
may be extended
(2) Where the wall or partition is not constructed
wholly of incombustible material no joint in the race-
way shall be concealed within the wall or partition.
(3) Where a race-way passes through a floor, wall
or partition and protection from mechanical injury is
necessary a sleeve of iron pipe shall be placed over the
race-way and shall extend beyond the outer surfaces
of the floor, wall or partition.
179. (1) Where multiple-channel surface race-ways
are used to carry the conductors of different systems
each compartment shall contain only the conductors
of one system and the compartments shall maintain
the same position in relation to each other throughout
the length of the race-way.
(2) One or more of the systems may be communic-
ation systems.
UNDERFLOOR RACE-WAYS
180. (1) Underfloor race-ways shall be used only
in normally dry locations in buildings of fire-proof con-
struction and may be installed under the surface of
concrete or other flooring material.
(2) Underfloor race-ways shall not be used
fa) where they will be exposed to corrosive
vapours;
(b) in a hazardous location ;
(c) in commercial garages;
(d) in storage-battery rooms; or
(e) for any conductor larger than No. 4 B. & S.
gauge.
181. (1) Underfloor race-ways of the open-bottom
type shall be buried in the concrete fill between the
rough and finished floors.
(2) Where underfloor race-ways of the open-bottom
type are used in shallow-floor concrete fills proper
cover shall be maintained and the wires shall be pro-
tected from contact with pipes, structural steel and
other metal by a pad of concrete at least 1 inch thick
or by approved fittings.
(3) The race-ways shall be laid on a smooth clean
surface, and in deep concrete fills shall be brought to
the proper level by being set on a concrete pad of pro-
per thickness and at least twice the width of the race-
way.
22
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
71
(4) Underfloor race-ways of the open-bottom type
shall not be used in floors of monolithic construction.
182. (1) Underfloor race-ways shall be laid so that
their centre line coincides with a straight line drawn
between the centres of successive junction boxes.
(2) The race-ways shall be mechanically secured
to prevent disturbance of the alignment during con-
struction.
183. (1) The joints along the edges of the race-
ways and between the race-ways, couplings and junc-
tion boxes, and between the junction box cover-plates
and cover-rings shall be filled with an approved water-
proof cement.
(2) The race-ways shall be arranged so that there
are no low points or traps at the fittings or in the race-
way run and crossings shall be avoided where possible.
184. (1) Where the race-ways are run at other than
right angles special fittings shall be provided if required
by an inspector.
(2) The race-ways shall be connected to distribu-
tion-centre and wall outlets by conduit or approved
fittings.
(3) Dead-ends of the race-ways shall terminate in
junction boxes or other approved fittings.
185. (1) Inserts and outlets in underfloor race-ways
shall be made electrically and mechanically secure.
(2) Inserts in fibre race-ways shall be screwed into
the fibre and, where they are not made mechanically
secure by being grouted in separately, they shall not
be set until the floor is laid.
(3) Inserts and junction boxes shall be levelled to
the grade of the floor and sealed with water-tight plugs.
186. When setting inserts or cutting through race-
way walls, adequate precautions shall be taken to
prevent chips and dirt from falling into the race-way
and special tools designed for the purpose and for pre-
venting the tools from entering the race-way and
injuring the conductors shall be used.
187. Metal race-ways and metal fittings shall be
protected from corrosion.
188. Where interior wiring systems are not con-
nected electrically to each other within a building their
respective conductors shall be contained in separate
race-ways or, subject to the provisions of regulation
179, in separate channels of multiple-channel race-ways.
189. (1) In underfloor race-ways of the open-
bottom type approved double-braid rubber-insulated
or thermoplastic-insulated conductors, armoured-cable
or non-metallic sheathed cable shall be used.
(2) Where it is impossible to install the concrete
pads required by regulation 181 where a race-way
crosses conduit, structural steel or other metal, ar-
moured-cable shall be used for branch-circuits.
190. (1) The aggregate cross-sectional area of the
conductors and their insulation in a race-way shall not
exceed 40 per cent of the interior cross-sectional area
of the race-way.
(2) Subregulation 1 shall not apply where the race-
way contains only armoured-cable or non-metallic
sheathed cable.
191. Conductors shall not be drawn into underfloor
race-ways in a building under construction until the
race-way, fittings and conductors are reasonably safe
from damage from construction operations.
192. (1) Junction boxes shall not be used as outlet
boxes in underfloor race-ways.
(2) There shall not be more than 60 feet between
boxes in a run of race-way.
193. The walls of metal underfloor race-ways shall
have a thickness of at least No. 14 U.S. sheet-metal
gauge.
BASEMENTS, BATHROOMS AND KITCHENS <
194. (1) No drop light having a metal-shell lamp-
holder and no ungrounded metal lighting fixture,
lamp-holder or switch-plate shall be installed within
8 feet measured vertically or 5 feet measured horizon-
tally from a laundry tub, bathtub, showerbath, plumb-
ing fixture, steam pipe or other grounded metal work
or grounded surface.
(2) No lamp-holder installed in a bathroom, shower-
room or kitchen shall
(a) be attached to a drop-cord.
(b) have a switch forming part of the assembly ; or
(c) be controlled otherwise than by a wall-switch.
195. Lamp-holders in basements shall be controlled
only by wall-switches, but where
(a) the outer shell of the lamp-holder is of approved
insulating material and the operating mech-
anism of the switch is insulated from live
parts, or
(b) exposed non-current-carrying metal parts of
the lamp-holder are grounded
the lamp-holder may be controlled by switches forming
part of the assembly of the lamp-holder.
196. Lamps which light basement stairs shall be
controlled by a switch located at the top of the stairs.
197. Where an outlet box is provided for a lamp-
holder on a wall in a bathroom, the box shall be of
metal and grounded.
198. Where electrical power is used in residential
premises, there shall be installed in every kitchen,
laundry-room and utility room therein a single or
duplex 125-volt convenience-receptacle on a circuit of
No. 12 B. & S. gauge conductor used for no other
purpose.
OPEN WIRING ON EXTERIORS OF BUILDINGS AND
BETWEEN BULIDINGS ON THE SAME PREMISES
199. Regulations 200 to 207, both inclusive, apply
only to open wiring run on the exterior surfaces of
buildings or between buildings on the same premises.
200. The conductors shall have a weather-proof
covering.
201. (1) Subject to the provisions of regulation 54,
where the conductors are supported on or in close
proximity to the exterior surfaces of buildings they
shall be installed and protected so that they shall not
be a hazard to persons or be exposed to mechanical
injury and they shall not without special permission be
less than 12 feet from the ground.
(2) Where the conductors are exposed to mechanical
injury from awnings, swinging signs, shutters or other
moveable objects, they shall be run in rigid conduit
made water-proof.
202. (1) Conductors on the exterior surfaces of
buildings shall be supported by brackets, racks, in-
sulators or other means acceptable to an inspector at
23
72
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
intervals of not more than 9 feet and the individual
conductors shall be distant at least 6 inches from one
another and at least 2 inches from the adjacent sur-
faces.
(2) Where petticoat insulators are used, they shall
be installed at intervals of not more than 15 feet under
normal conditions and at smaller intervals where the
conductors are subject to disturbance and shall be
located so as to hold the individual conductors at least
12 inches apart and at least 2 inches from adjacent
surfaces.
(3) Where the conductors are not exposed to the
weather they may be supported on glass or porcelain
knobs placed at intervals of not more than 4^ feet
and holding the conductors at least 1 inch from adjacent
surfaces.
203. Multiple-conductor cables shall be of service
entrance cable, type ASE or type SE, and where type
SE is used it shall comply with subregulation 2 of
regulation 51.
204. (1) The conductors shall be located or guarded
so that they cannot be reached by a person standing
on a fire-escape, flat roof or other portion of a building
to which persons normally have access and they shall
be at least 8 feet above the highest point of a flat roof.
(2) By special permission the conductors may be
less than 8 feet but not less than 6 feet above the
highest point of a flat roof.
205. Conductors shall not be carried over buildings
without special permission and work shall not be begun
until the plans and specifications for the work are
approved by the Commission.
206. Where the conductors pass over buildings they
shall, where practicable, be supported on structures
not connected to the building but, where not practi-
cable, they shall be supported on and secured to trestles
constructed of steel or other material acceptable to an
inspector.
207. The conductors of a power supply system
attached to the exterior surfaces of buildings shall be
at least 4 inches from the conductors of a communication
system unless one system is in conduit or is permanently
separated from other systems by a continuous fixed non-
conductor other than the insulation on the conductors.
INSTALLATION OF BOXES, CABINETS, OUTLETS AND
TERMINAL FITTINGS
208. (1) There shall not be more than 12 outlets
on a 2-wire branch-circuit which serves pendants or
fixtures wired with flexible cord or fixture wire of less
than No. 14 B. & S. gauge.
(2) Where fixed multi-outlet assemblies are used
each 5 feet or fraction thereof of each separate and con-
tinuous length shall be counted as one outlet, but in
locations where a number of electrical appliances are
likely to be used simultaneously each 1 foot or fraction
thereof shall be counted as one outlet.
(3) Where each branch-circuit in a telegraph or
telephone equipment room is equipped with a circuit-
breaker rated at not more than 15 amperes, the number
of lighting fixtures which may be used with or mounted
on the equipment frames and the number of outlets
mounted on the equipment frames served by 1 circuit
shall not be limited to 12.
209. There shall not be more than 8 mogul lamp-
holders connected to a 2-wire branch-circuit.
210. Where taps are made to branch-circuit con-
ductors and run to a fixture outlet, the taps shall be
not longer than 18 inches and not smaller than the
minimum size of conductor required for the wiring of
the fixture.
211. (1) An approved box or an equivalent device
shall be installed at every point of outlet, switch or
junction of conduit, race-ways, armoured-cable or non-
metallic sheathed cable and at every point of outlet
and switch of concealed knob-and-tube work.
(2) Non-metallic outlet boxes shall not be used in
wiring methods other than
(a) open wiring carried on insulators,
(b) concealed knob-and-tube work,
(c) non-metallic sheathed cable, and
(d) non-metallic water-proof wiring.
(3) The box shall be provided with a cover or a
fixture canopy.
(4) Shallow boxes and plates shall not be used
without special permission.
(5) At least 6 inches of free conductor shall be
left at each outlet for making of joints or the connection
of fixtures unless the conductors are intended to loop
through lamp-holders, receptacles or similar devices,
without joints.
212. (1) Where conductors are run from the ends
of conduit, armoured-cable, surface race-ways or non-
metallic sheathed cable to appliances or open wiring
an outlet fitting or terminal fitting may be used instead
of the box required by regulation 211 and the conduc-
tors shall be run without splice, tap or joint within the
fitting.
(2) The fitting shall have a separately bushed hole
for each conductor.
(3) The fittings shall not be used at outlets for
fixtures.
213. (1) Where conductors issue from conduit be-
hind a switchboard or more than 8 conductors issue
from a conduit at control apparatus or a similar location
an insulating bushing may be used instead of the box
required by regulation 211 and the conductors shall
be bunched, taped and painted with insulating paint.
(2) Ungrounded conductors of No. 1 B. & S. gauge
or larger shall be protected in the manner required by
subregulation 2 of regulation 86.
214. Where used in concrete-slab construction
ceiling outlet boxes shall have knockouts spaced above
the face or lower edge of the boxes a distance of at
least twice the diameter of the steel reinforcing bars
so that conduit entering the knockouts shall clear the
bars without offsetting.
215. (1) Boxes and fittings not secured to studs,
joists or similar fixed structural units other than
wooden, metal or composition lath shall be supported
on metal supports or on a wooden board at least J^
of an inch thick rigidly secured to the structural unit.
(2) Subregulation 1 shall not apply to boxes and
fittings installed after the studs, joists or structural
units have been concealed.
216. (1) Boxes, cabinets and fittings shall be
fastened securely in place.
(2) Boxes and fittings having a volume of less than
100 cubic inches may be attached to a firmly secured
exposed race-way by threading or other suitable means
of connection.
217. Where combination gas and electric outlets are
used the outlet boxes shall be securely bonded to the
gas pipes and a fixture-stud or other suitable means
24
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
73
of support shall be provided at every fixture outlet at
the time of its installation.
218. The wiring contained in junction boxes shall
be accessible.
219. (l).The front edges of boxes, cabinets and
fittings installed in walls or ceiling shall not be set in
more than J inch from the finished surface, and where
the walls or ceilings are of wood or other combustible
material, shall be flush with the finished surface or
shall project therefrom.
(2) Gaps or of>en spaces in plaster surfaces of walls
or ceilings shall be filled in around the front edges of
boxes, cabinets and fittings.
(3) Subregulations 1 and 2 shall not apply where
the walls and ceilings are of concrete, tile or incom-
bustible material.
220. Where outlet boxes installed as additions to
existing work are mounted directly uf)on existing
plaster surfaces, they shall be fastened securely in
place.
221. Where boxes, cabinets and fittings are in-
stalled in damp places they shall be placed or con-
structed so as to prevent moisture from entering and
accumulating therein.
222. (1) Openings in boxes, cabinets and fittings
shall be equipped with couplings or bushings for clamp-
ing or otherwise securing conduit, race-ways, armoured-
cable, non-metallic sheathed cable or flexible tubing
thereto.
(2) The couplings and bushings may be separate
units or may form part of the assembly of the box,
cabinet or fittings but shall adequately close the open-
ings and openings for conductors run as open-wiring.
(3) Where knob-and-tube work is used in dry
places, approved flexible tubing may be used as an
insulating bushing and shall extend from the last
insulating support to the cabinet, box or fitting and be
firmly secured in place.
223. Unused openings in boxes, cabinets and fittings
shall be effectively closed by metal plugs or plates
affording protection substantially equivalent to that
of the wall of the box, cabinet or fitting.
224. (1) Where a surface extension is made from
an existing outlet of concealed wiring, a box or an
extension-ring shall be mounted over the original box
and electrically and mechanically secured to it.
(2) The extension shall then be connected to the
box or extension-ring in the manner prescribed by this
Part for the method of wiring employed in making the
extension.
225. (1) Conductors of different systems shall not
be installed in the same box, cabinet or auxiliary gutter
unless
(a) a barrier of sheet steel of not less than No 16
U.S. sheet-metal gauge or an equivalent device
of suitable insulating material is used to
divide the space into separate compartments
for the conductors of each system ; or
(b) the conductors are intended for the supply and
control of remotely-controlled devices where
the voltage does not exceed 4500 volts between
conductors and they are insulated for at least
the same voltage as that of the circuit having
the highest potential and none of the con-
ductors of the circuits of lower potentials are
directly connected to a lighting branch-circuit.
(2) Where a barrier is used, it shall be fastened
rigidly to the box, cabinet or gutter or an approved
device assuring positive separation of the conductors
shall be used.
(3) By special permission the provisions of sub-
regulations 1 and 2 may be varied in the case of
(a) a double-throw switch used in an emergency
lighting system;
(b) the supply and control conductors of remotely
controlled devices where the conductors are
not insulated for the maximum voltage; and
(c) the supply and control conductors of remotely
controlled devices where the voltage exceeds
4,500 volts between conductors.
226. Subject to the provisions of regulation 228,
each conductor running through or terminating in an
outlet box or junction box shall have at least the amount
of free space within the box specified in column 2 of
Table 6 for a conductor of its size and the total number
of conductors which may be run through or terminate
in a box shall be limited accordingly.
227. Subject to the provisions of regulations 226 and
228, a box of the dimensions shown in column 1 of
Table 7 shall not contain more conductors of a size
shown in the table than are prescribed in columns 2,
3, 4 and 5 of the table.
228. (1) Where outlet boxes and junction boxes
contain fixture studs, cable clamps, hickeys, switches,
receptacles or other fittings or devices, the maximum
number of conductors which shall be contained therein
shall be one less than is prescribed by regulation 226
and Table 7 and the maximum number shall be further
reduced by one for each flush device or combination of
flush devices mounted on the same strap.
(2) Where single flush boxes are ganged and each
section thereof occupied by a flush device or combina-
tion of flush devices mounted on the same strap, each
section shall be deemed to be a separate box.
229. Regulations 226, 227 and 228 shall not apply
to terminal housings supplied with motors, or to boxes
or fittings without knockouts and having hubs or
recessed parts for terminal bushings and locknuts.
230. Where pull boxes are used with race-ways of
li inches, trade size, or larger the boxes shall for
straight pulls have a length of at least 8 times the
trade diameter of the largest race-way and for angle
and U pulls have a distance between each terminal
fitting of the race-way inside the box and the opposite
side of the box of at least 6 times the trade diameter
of the race-way and the distance shall be increased for
each additional race-way entry by the amount of the
sum of the diameters of the other race-way entries.
231. (1) Lighting branch-circuit panelboards shall
not contain the conductors of more than 40 circuits
where one over-current device is used for each circuit
or of more than 20 circuits where two over-current
devices are used for each circuit.
(2) The cabinets and cut-out boxes which house
the panel-boards shall not contain more than one panel-
board unless
(a) the cabinet is divided between panel-boards
by an unpierced barrier of incombustible
material; or
(b) the panelboards are located side by side or in
a horizontal row.
AUXILIARY GUTTERS
232. (1) Where auxiliary gutters are used to sup-
plement wiring spaces at meter centres, distribution
centres, switchboards and similar points in interior-
25
74
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
wiring systems the gutters may enclose conductors and
cables or bus-bars but they shall not be used to enclose
switches, over-current devices or other appliances or
apparatus.
(2) The gutters shall not extend more than 20 feet
beyond the equipment which they supplement, and
thereafter the conductors may be contained in approved
wire-ways or busways.
233. Auxiliary gutters shall be supported through-
out their entire length at intervals of not more than
5 feet.
234. Where terminal blocks or bus-bars are used
within auxiliary gutters they shall be made accessible
by means of removable covers or doors.
235. (1) The aggregate cross-sectional area of the
conductors and their insulation at a cross-section of a
gutter shall not exceed 20 per cent of the cross-sectional
area of the gutter at that point.
(2) A single compartment of a gutter shall not con-
tain more than 30 conductors at a cross-section.
236. (1) Bus-bars contained in auxiliary gutters
shall be securely and rigidly supported so that the
clearance between bare current-carrying metal parts
of opposite polarities mounted on the same surface
shall be at least 2 inches.
(2) Where the parts are held free in air the clearance
shall be at least 1 inch.
(3) A space of at least 1 inch shall be maintained
between bare current-carrying metal parts and other
metal surfaces.
(4) Adequate provision shall be made for expansion
and contraction of bus-bars.
237. Taps from bus-bars shall issue from auxiliary
gutters on the side thereof nearest to the terminal con-
nections and the conductors shall not be brought into
contact with uninsulated current-carrying parts of
opposite polarities.
238. Bare bus-bars in auxiliary gutters shall not
carry continuously currents greater than 1,000 amperes
per square inch of cross-sectional area of copper bus-
bars or 800 amperes per square inch of cross-sectional
area of aluminum bus-bars.
239. Over-current protection shall not be required
for tap connections from cables or buses where the
omission of over-current protection is authorized by
subregulation 2 of regulation 342.
240. Auxiliary gutters shall be used only for the
purpose of making connections to the bus-bars and
shall not be used as a pull-box for other conductors.
WIRE-WAYS AND BUSWAYS
241. (1) Wire-ways, busways and fittings shall not
be installed in other than exposed dry locations in
industrial establishments.
(2) Approved types of busways and fittings may
be used as risers or feeders in office buildings of fire-
proof construction.
(3) The wire-ways, busways and fittings shall not
be placed in hoistways, hazardous locations or locations
where they are subject to severe mechanical injury.
242. (1) Runs of wire-ways shall be continuous
throughout their entire length and shall be installed
as complete systems without conductors.
(2) Conductors shall not be laid in wire-ways in
buildings under construction until the wire-ways and
conductors are reasonably safe from damage from con-
struction operations.
(3) Where wire-ways and busways extend trans-
versely through dry walls or partitions they shall pass
through the walls or partitions in unbroken lengths.
(4) The wire-ways and busways shall be securely
supported at intervals of at least 5 feet and dead-ends
shall be closed by approved fittings.
243. The conductors used in wire-ways shall be of
the rubber-insulated, R, RH or RW, type, the thermo-
plastic-insulated, T or TW, type or the varnished-
cloth insulated, VC, type and shall not be exposed to
temperatures exceeding those specified in Table 1.
244. (1) Where splices and taps are made on feeders
or branch-circuits within wire-ways they shall be made
and insulated by suitable methods and shall be made
accessible through hinged covers or at pull-boxes.
(2) Splices and taps shall not be made on motor
circuits having conductors larger than No. 6 B. & S.
gauge without special permission.
245. (1) Wire-ways shall not contain more than
30 conductors exclusive of conductors used for signalling
circuits or control circuits unless special permission
is obtained for the use of a greater number.
(2) No conductor larger than 500,000 circular mils
shall be contained in a wire-way.
(3) The aggregate cross-sectional area of the con-
ductors and their insulation in a wire-way shall not
exceed 20 per cent of the interior cross-sectional area
of the wire-w.ay but for control conductors between a
motor and its starter the aggregate cross-sectional area
of the conductors and their insulation may be 40 per
cent of the interior cross-sectional area of the wire-way.
246. Rigid conduit, flexible conduit, surface race-
ways or armoured-cable shall be used in extensions
from wire-ways and busways and shall be connected
to the wire-way or busway in a manner appropriate to
the material employed in accordance with subregu-
lations 1 and 3 of regulation 135 and regulation 168.
247. Conductors of different systems shall not be
installed in the same wire-way or busway unless
(a) the conductors are intended for the supply and
control of remotely controlled devices and are
insulated for at least the same voltage as that
of the circuit having the highest potential and
none of the conductors of the circuits of lower
potentials are directly connected to a lighting
branch-circuit; or
(b) the conductors are separated from each other
by suitable barriers.
248. Where alternating current is used all con-
ductors of a circuit shall be placed within the same
wire-way, busway or section thereof.
249. Wire-ways and busways shall be so marked
that the manufacturer's name, trade mark or other
recognized symbol of identification shall be readily
legible when the installation is completed.
250. (1) Plug-in connectors and other devices for
tapping off branch-circuits from busways shall be of an
approved type and shall contain over-current devices
appropriate to the requirements of the branch-circuits.
(2) Where plug-in devices are not readily accessible
they shall be enclosed or guarded while connected to
the supply.
(3) Where busways are used to supply machine
tools plug-in devices which are not readily accessible
shall not be deemed to be motor-circuit switches.
26
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
75
251. (1) Where expansion joints or telescoping
sections are used in wire-ways and busways bonding
jumf>ers or other suitable bonding means shall be used.
(2) Telescoping fittings shall be of hot-dipped
galvanized material and at least two screws shall be
used to make proper electrical contact.
CELLULAR METAL-FLOOR RACE-WAYS
252. (1) Conductors shall not be installed in cellu-
lar metal-floor race-way
(a) where the conductors are exposed to corrosive
vapour;
(b) in a hazardous location;
(c) in theatres;
(d) in commercial garages; or
(e) in storage-battery rooms.
(2) Conductors shall not be installed in any cell
or header which contains a pipe for steam, water, air,
gas, drainage or other non-electrical service.
(3) All conductors of a circuit shall be contained
in the same enclosure of a race-way and except as per-
mitted by regulation 225, the circuits of different
systems shall not be contained therein.
253. No conductor larger than No. O B. & S. gauge
shall be installed in a cellular metal-floor race-way
unless special permission is obtained.
254. Where a cellular metal-floor race-way contains
other than armoured-cable or non-metallic sheathed
cable the aggregate cross-sectional area of the conductors
in the race-way shall not exceed 40 per cent of the
interior area of the header feeding the individual cells.
255. Splices and taps shall be made only in header
access-units or in junction boxes.
256. Where cellular metal-floor race-ways are used
a suitable number of markers shall be installed for the
future location of cells and for system identification
and the markers shall extend through the floor.
257. (1) Junction boxes used in cellular metal-floor
race-ways shall be levelled to floor grade and sealed
against the entrance of water.
(2) The junction boxes shall be constructed of
metal and shall be electrically continuous with the race-
way.
I
(3) Electrical conductivity of race-way sections
shall be obtained by spot welding or other equivalent
258. (1) Inserts in cellular metal-floor race-ways
shall be levelled to floor grade and sealed against
entrance of water.
(2) Inserts shall be made of metal and shall be
electrically continuous with the race-way.
(3) When setting inserts or cutting through cell
walls adequate precautions shall be taken to prevent
chips and dirt from falling into the race-way and for
preventing tools from entering the cell and injuring
the conductors therein.
259. Connections from cellular metal-floor race-ways
to cabinets and extensions from cells to outlets shall
be made by means of rigid conduit, flexible conduit or
fittings approved for the purpose.
260. Where an outlet is discontinued the conductors
supplying the outlet shall be removed from the race-
way.
261. (1) Cellular floor sections shall have a thick-
ness of at least No. 16 U.S. sheet-metal gauge.
(2) Where wiring feeder-ducts are exposed to
damage during installation they shall have a thickness
of not less than No. 14 U.S. sheet-metal gauge.
262. Cellular floor sections, feeder-ducts and access-
units shall be adequately protected by a finish of
lacquer, paint, enamel or material furnishing equivalent
protection .
BARE BUS-BARS AND RISERS
263. CI) Bare conductors shall not be used as main
risers or feeders in buildings unless special permission
is obtained.
(2) Special permission shall not be granted unless
(a) the building is of fire-proof construction;
(b) the conductors are placed in a chase, channel
or shaft so located or guarded that the con-
ductors are inaccessible ;
(c) the premises do not constitute a hazardous
location ;
(d) where floors are pierced suitable cut-offs
against the vertical spread of fire are provided;
and
(e) the mechanical and electrical features of the
installation and the conductor supports are,
in the opinion of an inspector, appropriate to
the operating and maintenance conditions
likely to occur.
AUTO-TRANSFORMERS AND CIRCUITS DERIVED
THEREFROM
264. In regulation 265 "auto-transformers" means
transformers in which part of the turns are common to
primary and secondary alternating-current circuits.
265. (1) Auto-transformers shall not be connected
to interior-wiring systems other than a wiring system
or circuit used wholly for motor purposes unless
(a) the system supplied contains an identified
grounded conductor solidly connected to a
similar identified grounded conductor of the
system supplying the auto- transformer;
(b) the auto-transformer is used for starting or
controlling an induction motor;
(c) the auto- transformer supplies a circuit wholly
within the apparatus which contains the auto-
transformer; or
(d) the auto-transformer is used for fixed voltage
adjustment on an existing power circuit having
no identified grounded conductor.
(2) Where an auto-transformer is used for starting
or controlling an induction motor it may be included in
a starter case or it may be installed as a separate unit.
INSULATION RESISTANCE
266. (1) All wiring shall be so installed that when
completed the system shall be free from short-circuits
and grounds.
(2) Subject to regulations 268 and 269 the conduc-
tors in an installation shown in column 1 of Table 8
shall have at least the relevant insulation resistance
prescribed in column 2 of the table.
267. The value of the insulation resistance of an
electrical installation shall be determined with all
27
76
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
switchboards, panelboards, fuse-holders, switches and
over-current devices forming part of or used with the
installation in place and connected.
268. Where lamp-holders, receptacles, fixtures or
appliances are connected to the installation, the branch-
circuits shall have at least one-half of the insulation
resistance specified in Table 8.
269. Where the wiring of equipment is likely to be
exposed to excessive humidity through climatic con-
ditions, an inspector may authorize an insulation
resistance lower than that prescribed in Table 8.
PART IV
CONDUCTORS
SIZES OF CONDUCTORS, CONDUIT AND
ELECTRIC METALLIC TUBING
270. (1) All conductors, except flexible cord, fixture
wire and control-circuit wire and cable, shall have a
current-carrying capacity not less than that of No. 14
B. & S. gauge copper wire.
(2) Where control-circuit wire or cable is used in
communication, control or signalling systems, other
than elevator wiring, it shall have a current-carrying
capacity not less than that of No. 18 B. & S. gauge
copper wire.
271. (1) The maximum current which a single
copper conductor of a size shown in column 1 of Table
9 may carry in a free-air run at 30 degrees centigrade
or 86 degrees Fahrenheit shall be
(a) that prescribed in column 2 of the table where
the conductor is of the rubber-insulated, R or
RW, type or the thermoplastic-insulated, T
or TW, type ;
(b) that prescribed in column 3 of the table where
the conductor is of the rubber-insulated, RH,
type;
(c) that prescribed in column 4 of the table where
the conductor is of the weatherproof-insulated,
■ WP, type, the slow-burning insulated, SB,
type, or the slow-burning weatherproof-in-
sulated, SBW, type;
(d) that prescribed in column 5 of the table where
the conductor is of the varnished-cloth covered,
V, type, the thermoplastic-and-asbestos in-
sulated, A-18 or A-19, type, or the asbestos-
and-varnished-cloth covered, A-3, A-4, A-5,
A-6 or A-8, type;
(e) that prescribed in column 6 of the table where
the conductor is of the asbestos-and-varnished-
cloth-insulated, A-1, A-2, A-9, A-13, A-14,
A-15 or A-17, type;
(/) that prescribed in column 7 of the table where
the conductor is of the asbestos-covered. A- 10,
A- 12 or A- 16(b), type; and
(g) that prescribed in column 8 of the table where
the conductor is of the asbestos-covered, A-7,
A-11 or A-16(a), type or of bare wire.
(2) The maximum current which a conductor to
which column 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8 of Table 9 applies
may carry in a free-air run at a temperature in excess of
30 degrees centigrade or 86 degrees Fahrenheit, being a
temperature shown in column 1 of Table 10, shall be
computed by multiplying the maximum current pre-
scribed by Table 9 by the correction factor prescribed
in column 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8 of Table 10 respectively.
(3) The maximum current which a single aluminum
conductor may carry in a free-air run at a given tem-
perature shall be 84 per cent of that which this regu-
lation prescribes for a single copper conductor of the
same size and insulation at the same temperature.
272. (1) Where not more than 3 copper conductors
of a size shown in column 1 of Table 11 are run in a
race-way or cable, the maximum current which the
conductors may carry at 30 degrees centigrade or 86
degrees Fahrenheit shall be
(a) that prescribed in column 2 of the table where
the conductors are of the rubber-insulated, R
or RW, type or the thermoplastic-insulated,
T or TW, type;
(b) that prescribed in column 3 of the table where
the conductors are of the rubber-insulated,
RH, type;
(c) that prescribed in column 4 of the table where
the conductors are of the paper-covered type,
the varnished-cloth covered, V, type, the
thermoplastic-and-asbestos insulated, A-18 or
A-19, type, or the asbestos-and-varnished-
cloth covered, A-3, A-4, A-5, A-6 or A-8, type;
(d) that prescribed in column 5 of the table where
the conductors are of the asbestos-and-
varnished-cloth covered, A-1, A-2, A-9, A-13,
A-14, A-15 or A-17, type;
(e) that prescribed in column 6 of the table where
the conductors are of the asbestos-covered,
A-10, A-12 or A-16(b), type; and
(/) that prescribed in column 7 of the table where
the conductors are of the asbestos-covered,
A-7, A-11 or A-16(a), type.
(2) The maximum current which not more than 3
conductors to which column 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 or 7 of Table
1 1 applies may carry when run in a race-way or cable
at a temperature in excess of 30 degrees centigrade or
86 degrees Fahrenheit, being a temperature shown in
column 1 of Table 12 shall be computed by multiplying
the maximum current prescribed by Table 11 by the
correction factor prescribed in column 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 or
7 of Table 12 respectively.
(3) The maximum current which 4, 5 or 6 copper
conductors may carry when run in a race-way or cable
at a given temperature shall be 80 per cent of that
which this regulation prescribes for not more than 3
copper conductors of the same size and insulation at
the same temperature.
(4) The maximum current which 7, 8 or 9 copper
conductors may carry when run in a race-way or cable
at a given temperature shall be 70 per cent of that which
this regulation prescribes for not more than 3 copper
conductors of the same size and insulation at the same
temperature.
273. The maximum current which from 1 to 9,
inclusive, aluminum conductors may carry when run
in a race-way or cable at a given temperature shall be
84 per cent of that which regulation 272 prescribes for
the same number of copper conductors of the same size
and insulation at the same temperature.
274. (1) Where a run of conduit or tubing con-
tains only rubber-insulated, RF-32, R, RH or RW
type, or thermoplastic-insulated, TF, T or TW type,
conductors, not more than 9 in number, all of the same
size and operating at not more than 600 volts, the
conduit or tubing shall be of the size prescribed in
columns 2 to 10, both inclusive, of Table 13 for the
number of conductors set forth in those columns,
respectively, and for the relevant size of conductor
shown in column 1 of the table.
(2) Where a service run of conduit
28
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
77
(a) does not exceed 50 feet in length, and
(b) does not contain more than the equivalent of
2 quarter-bends from end to end,
2 insulated conductors of No. 4 B. & S. gauge and one
bare conductor of that gauge may be installed in a
1-inch conduit or tube.
(3) Where conductors between motors and con-
trollers and conductors for stage pockets and border
circuits, sign-flashers, elevator-control conductors and
signal circuits are of the rubber-insulated, RF-32, R,
RH or RW, type or thermoplastic-insulated, TF, T
of TW, type and are run in conduit, a single conduit
shall not contain, a number of conductors exceeding
that specified in regulation 275.
275. A conduit shall not contain more conductors
of the rubber-insulated, RF-32, R, RH or RW, type
or the thermoplastic-insulated, TF, T or TW, type of
a size shown in column 1 of Table 14 than the number
specified in columns 2 to 8, both inclusive, of the table,
for the size of the conduit used.
276. (1) Where conduit is used to contain only
lead-covered cables, RL, RHL, RHDL, RML, RHML,
VL, VDL or VML type, of the same size and operating
at a potential of not more than 600 volts
(a) where the conduit contains 1, 2, 3 or 4 single-
conductor cables, it shall have the internal
diameter, electrical trade size, prescribed in
columns 2, 3, 4 or 5 respectively of Table 15
for the size of the conductors shown in column
1 of the table;
(b) where the conduit contains 1, 2, 3 or 4 two-
conductor cables, it shall have the internal
diameter, electrical trade size, prescribed in
columns 6, 7, 8 or 9 respectively of Table 15
for the size of the conductors shown in column
1 of the table; and
(c) where the conduit contains 1, 2, 3 or 4 three-
conductor cables, it shall have the internal
diameter, electrical trade size, prescribed in
columns 10, 11, 12 or 13 respectively of Table
15 for the size of the conductors shown in
column 1 of the table.
(2) Where a run of conduit contains more than the
equivalent of 2 quarter- bends
(a) subregulation 1 shall not apply; and
(b) that part of the installation shall be governed
by regulation 277.
277. (1) For
(a) special installation conditions,
(b) groups or combinations of conductors,
(c) types of conductors, and
(d) conductors having voltage ratings,
not governed by regulation 274, 275 and 276 the size
of conduit used shall be such that the sum of the cross-
sectional areas of the conductors, including insulation
and covering, is not more than the percentage of the
interior cross-sectional area of the conduit prescribed
in column 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6 of Table 16 for 1, 2, 3, 4 or
more than 4 conductors, respectively, of the type or
application shown in column 1 of the table.
(2) The cross-sectional area of a conduit of an
electrical trade-size shown in column 1 of Table 17
shall be deemed to be the number of square inches
shown in column 2 of the table.
(3) A conductor of the rubber-insulated, RF-32,
R, RH or RW, type of a size shown in column 1 of
Table 18 and rated at not more than 600 volts shall
be deemed to have the cross-sectional area shown in
column 2 of the table.
(4) A conductor of the thermoplastic-insulated,
TF, T or TW, type of a size shown in column 1 of
Table 18 and rated at not more than 600 volts shall be
deemed to have the cross-sectional area shown in
column 3 of the Table.
278. Where the use of electrical metallic tubing is
permitted, regulations 274, 275, 276 and 277 shall
apply to it.
279. Tables 13, 14 and 15 shall apply to complete
conduit-systems but shall not apply to short sections
of conduit used for the protection of portions of open
wiring which would otherwise be exposed to mechanical
injury.
FLEXIBLE CORDS AND FIXTURE WIRES
280. (1) The maximum current which a flexible
cord of the tinsel-cord, CT, CTJ, AT, ATJ or POSJ-
tinsel, type containing 1, 2 or 3 copper conductors may
carry at a room-temperature of 86 degrees Fahrenheit
shall be i ampere.
(2) The maximum current which a flexible cord of
the Christmas-tree, X, CX, CXW, or TX, type con-
taining 1, 2 or 3 copper conductors may carry at a
room-temperature of 86 degrees Fahrenheit shall be
(c) 2 amperes where the conductors are of No. 20
B. & S. gauge, or
(b) 5 amperes where the conductors are of No. 18
B. & S. gauge.
(3) The maximum current which a flexible cord of
the rubber-insulated, PO, C, PD, P, PWP, K or E,
type or the armoured, CA, PA, or PAWP, type con-
taining 1, 2 or 3 copper conductors of a size shown in
column 1 of Table 19 may carry at a room-temperature
of 86 degrees Fahrenheit shall be that prescribed in
column 2 of the table for the size of conductor used.
(4) The maximum current which a flexible cord of
the rubber-insulated, S, SO, SJ, SJO, SV, or POSJ,
type or the thermoplastic-insulated, ST, SJT, SVT,
or POT, type containing 1, 2 or 3 copper conductors
of a size shown in column 1 of Table 19 may carry at
a room-temperature of 86 degrees Fahrenheit shall be
that prescribed in column 3 of the table for the size
of conductor used.
(5) The maximum current which a flexible cord of
the rubber-and-asbestos-insulated, AFS, AFSJ, HC,
HPD, or HSJ, type containing 1, 2 or 3 copper conduc-
tors of a size shown in column lof Table 19 may carr^'
at a room-temperature of 86 degrees Fahrenheit shall
be that prescribed in column 4 of the table for the
size of conductor used.
(6) The maximum current which a flexible cord of
the cotton-covered, heat-resisting, CFC, CFPO, or
CFPD, type, the asbestos-covered, heat-resisting, AFC,
AFPO, or AFPD, type or the cotton-and-thermo-
plastic-covered, heat-resisting, CTFC, CTFPO, or
CTFPD, type containing 1, 2 or 3 copper conductors
of a size shown in column 1 of Table 19 may carry at
a room-temperature of 86 degrees Fahrenheit shall be
that prescribed in column 5 of the table for the size
of conductor used.
(7) The maximum current which a fixture wire of .
the Christmas-tree, XF or TXF, type may carry at a
room-temperature of 86 degrees Fahrenheit shall be 2
amperes.
(8) The maximum current which a fixture wire of
the rubber-insulated, RF/64 or FF/64, type may carry
at a room-temperature of 86 degrees Fahrenheit shall
be 5 amperes.
29
78
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
(9) Where a flexible cord of a type referred to in
subregulations 1 to 6, inclusive, contains 4, 5 or 6
conductors of a size shown in column 1 of Table 19,
the maximum current which it may carry sha^l be 80
per cent of that prescribed for a cord of the same type
containing 1, 2 or 3 conductors of the same size.
(10) The maximum current which a fixture wire of
the rubber-insulated, RF/32 or FF/32, type may carry
at a room-temperature of 86 degrees Fahrenheit shall be
(a) 5 amperes where the conductor is of No. 18
B. & S. gauge, or
(b) 7 amperes where the conductor is of No. 16
B. & S. gauge.
(11) The maximum current which a fixture wire of
the thermoplastic-insulated, TF or TFF, type may carry
at a room- temperature of 86 degrees Fahrenheit shall be
(a) 6 amperes where the conductor is of No. 18
B. & S. gauge, or
(b) 8 amperes where the conductor is of No. 16
B. & S. gauge.
(12) The maximum current which a fixture wire of
the cotton-covered, CF, type, the cotton-and-thermo-
plastic-insulated, CTF, type or the asbestos-covered,
AF, type may carry at a room-temperature of 86 degrees
Fahrenheit shall be
(a) 6 amperes where the conductor is of No. 18
B. & S. gauge,
(b) 8 amperes where the conductor is of No. 16
B. & S. gauge, or
(c) 17 amperes where the conductor is of No. 14
B. & S. gauge.
(13) Every flexible cord of a type or size not referred
to in subregulations 1 to 12, both inclusive, or in Table
19 shall have a current-carrying capacity not less than
that of No. 18 B & S. gauge copper wire.
281. (1) A flexible cord shall not be put to a use
shown in column 10 of Table 20 unless it is of a trade-
name and type shown in columns 1 and 2 of the table
as applicable to such use and has
(a) conductors of a size shown in column 3 of the
table,
(b) the number of conductors shown in column 4
of the table,
(c) braid, on each conductor, of the material shown
in column 5 of the table,
(d) filler of the material shown in column 6 of the
table,
(e) a jacket of the material shown in column 7 of
the table,
(/) outer covering of the material shown in column
8 of the table, and
(g) the number of outer covers shown in column
9 of the table,
applicable to that type of flexible cord.
(2) Notwithstanding subregulation 1,
(a) a flexible cord prescribed for use in a damp
place may be used in a dry place,
(b) a flexible cord prescribed for use where subject
to hard usage may be used where it is not
subject to hard usage, and
(c) a flexible cord prescribed for use where subject
to extra-hard usage may be used where it is
subject to hard usage or where it is not subject
to hard usage.
282. Flexible cord shall be protected by an in-
sulating bushing or in some other suitable manner at
the point where it enters a lamp-holder or other device.
283. (1) Flexible cord shall be used only for pen-
dants, fixtures, portable lighting and other portable
devices.
(2) Flexible cord shall not be used for the suspension
of a device weighing more than 2^ pounds.
284. Where flexible cord is used with pull-ofi" con-
nectors the devices shall be so arranged that there are
no live parts exposed when the 2 halves of the con-
nector are separated.
285. (1) Where flexible cord is used in show-
windows or show-cases with other than chain fixtures
the cord shall be of the junior hard-service, SJ, type, or
better.
(2) Approved flexible cord may be used to supply
electrical current to portable lamp-holders and devices
for exhibition purposes but the electrical supply shall
be taken from permanent wall- or floor-receptacles.
286. (1) Flexible cords of the parallel cord, PO-64,
type, and the all-rubber parallel cord, POSJ-64, type,
shall be used only for
(a) clocks; and
(b) radios of the table or mantel type and portable
lighting devices which are not moved fre-
quently.
(2) Flexible cords of the asbestos-covered tinsel
cord, AT, type, cotton-covered tinsel cord, CT, type,
and rubber-jacketed tinsel cord, ATJ, CTJ, and POSJ-
tinsel, types, shall not be used in lengths of more than
8 feet when attached directly or by means of a special
type of plug to a portable appliance rated at 50 watts
or less and shall be used only where the appliance
requires a cord having extreme flexibility.
(3) Cords of the asbestos-covered tinsel cord, AT,
type and the rubber-jacketed tinsel cord, ATJ, type
shall be used only on heating appliances.
(4) Braided heavy-duty cord, type K, may be
used on theatre stages.
(5) Hard-service cord, types S, SO and ST may be
used on theatre stages, in garages and in other places
where flexible cords having rubber insulation or thermo-
plastic insulation are required or permitted by the
regulations in this or any other Part.
(6) Elevator cable, type E, may have conductors
of an approved composite assembly of steel and copper
strands.
287. (1) In
(a) asbestos-covered heat-resisting cord, AFPO
type,
(b) cotton-covered heat-resisting cord, CFPO and
CTFPO types,
(c) parallel cord, PO-64, PO-32 and PO-3/64
types,
(d) all-rubber parallel cord, POSJ-64 and POSJ-32
types, and
(e) thermoplastic-insulated parallel cord, POT-64
and POT-32 types.
30
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
79
the individual conductors shall be laid parallel.
(2) In Christmas-tree cord, X type, the individual
conductors may be twisted together or laid parallel.
(3) In all types of flexible cord, other than those
mentioned in subregulations 1 and 2, the individual
conductors shall be twisted together.
(4) Rubber-filled or varnished-cloth tapes may be
substituted for inner braids.
288. (1) Asbestos-covered tinsel cord, AT type,
cotton-covered tinsel cord, CT type, rubber-jacketed
tinsel cord, ATJ, CTJ and POSJ-tinsel types, shall be
of No. 27 B. & S. gauge.
(2) Christmas-tree cords, X and TX types, shall
be of No. 20 B. & S. gauge.
(3) Parallel cord, PO-64 type, all-rubber parallel
cord, POSJ-64 type, thermoplastic-insulated parallel
cord, POT-64 type, reinforced cord, P-64 type, moisture-
proofed reinforced cord, PWP-64 type, Christmas-tree
cords, CX and CXW types and vacuum-cleaner cord,
SV and SVT types, shall be No. 18 B. & S. gauge
(4) Parallel cord, PO-32 type, all-rubber parallel
cord, POSJ-32 type, thermoplastic-insulated parallel
cord, POT-32 type, reinforced cord, P-32 type, moisture-
proofed reinforced cord, P\VP-32 type, junior hard-
service cords, SJ, SJO and SJT types, and rubber-
jacketed heat-resisting cord, AFSJ type, shall be of
No. 18 or No. 16 B. & S. gauge.
(5) Notwithstanding subregulations 3 and 4,
thermoplastic-insulated parallel cord, POT-64 or POT-
32, type, used as a supply cord for an electric clock may
be of No. 20 B. & S. gauge.
(6) Asbestos-covered, heat-resisting cord, AFC,
AFPO and AFPD tvpes, cotton-covered heat-resisting
cord, CFC, CTFC, CFPO, CTFPO, CFPD and
CTFPD types and rubber-jacketed heat-resisting cord,
AFS type, shall be not smaller than No. 18 and not
larger than No. 14 B. & S. gauge.
(7) Heater cord, HC and HPD types, and rubber-
jacketed heater cord, HSJ type, shall not be smaller
than No. 18 and not larger than No. 12 B. & S. gauge.
(8) Hard-service cord, S, SO and ST types shall be
not smaller than No. 18 and not larger than No. 10
B. & S. gauge.
(9) Lamp-cord, C type, armoured-cord, CA type,
twisted portable cord, PD type, braided heavy-duty
cord, K type, elevator cable, E type, armoured rein-
forced cord, PA type, and armoured moisture-proofed
reinforced cord, PAWP type, shall be of No. 18 B. & S.
gauge or larger.
(10) Reinforced cord, P type, parallel cord, PO
type and moisture-proofed reinforced cord PWP type,
shall be of No. 14 B. & S. gauge or larger.
289. (1) Rubber-insulated fixture wire, XF type,
and thermoplastic-insulated fixture wire, TXF type,
shall be of No. 20 B. & S. gauge.
(2) Rubber-insulated fixture wire, RF/64 and
FF/64 types, shall be of No. 18 B. & S. gauge.
(3) Rubber-insulated fixture wire, RF/32 and
FF/32 types, shall be of No. 18 or No. 16 B.&S. gauge.
(4) Thermoplastic-insulated fixture wire, TF and
TFF types, shall be of No. 18 or No. 16 B. & S. gauge.
(5) Cotton-covered fixture wire, CF type, cotton-
and-thermoplastic-insulated fixture wire, CTF type,
and asbestos-covered fixture wire, AF type, shall be not
smaller than No. 18 and not larger than No. 14 B. & S.
gauge.
NEUTRAL CONDUCTORS
290. (1) The neutral conductor shall have sufficient
current-carrying capacity to carry the unbalanced
load.
(2) The maximum unbalanced load shall be the
calculated load as determined by regulations 296 to 312,
both inclusive, less all loads tapped from the ungrounded
conductors and not connected to the neutral conductor,
but in 5-wire 2-phase systems the load so calculated
shall be multiplied by 140 per cent.
(3) A demand factor of 70 per cent may be applied
to the portion of the calculated load-current in excess
of 200 amperes.
(4) A common neutral conductor may be employed
(a) for two or three sets of 3-wire feeders; or
(b) for two sets of 4-wire or 5-wire feeders.
291. (1) The neutral conductor shall be run direct
from the service box to all centres of distribution.
(2) All branch connections to the neutral conductor
shall be made at the centres of distribution.
292. (1) All insulated neutral conductors up to
and including No. 4 B. & S. gauge and all flexible cords
attached permanently thereto shall be identified.
(2) The covering of the other conductor or con-
ductors shall show a continuous colouring contrasting
with that of the identified conductor.
293. Where the conductors are larger than No. 4
B. & S. gauge or have insulation other than rubber the
identification of the conductors shall be continuous or
each continuous length of conductor shall, at the time
of installation, be suitably labelled or otherwise clearly
marked at each end so that it can be identified readily.
294. (1) An identified conductor shall not be used
as a conductor for which identification is not required
by these regulations but
(a) in armoured-cable and non-metallic sheathed-
cable work, the identified conductor may be
rendered permanently unidentifiable by paint-
ing or other suitable means; or
(b) where armoured-cable or non-metallic sheathed
cable is used so that the identified conductor
forms no part of the circuit, the identified
conductor shall be cut off or suitable means
shall be employed to indicate clearly that the
identified conductor does not form part of the
circuit.
(2) The identified conductor in armoured-cable and
non-metallic sheathed-cable work shall be rendered
permanently unidentifiable at every point where the
separate conductors have, by the removal of the outer
covering of the cable, been rendered accessible and
visible.
DETERMINATION OF MINIMUM ALLOWABLE SIZES OF
CIRCUIT CONDUCTORS
295. In regulations 296 to 306, both inclusive,
"calculated load" means a percentage of the total con-
nected load supplied by a circuit conductor, the rate
per cent being a demand factor specified in Table 21
or 23.
296. The size of conductors used as feeders for
(c) one or more branch-circuits protected by over-
current devices rated or set at not more than
15 amperes, or
(b) circuits supplying non-portable domestic cook-
ing and heating apparatus,
31
80
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
shall be at least that shown in the first column of Table
9 for the amount in amperes equal to the calculated
load which the conductors are required by this Part
to be capable of carrying.
297. (1) Each branch-circuit protected by over-
current devices rated or set at not more than 1 5 amperes
shall be deemed to have a connected load of at least
10 amperes and where it is known or appears reasonably
certain that the actual connected load on a branch-
circuit will exceed 10 amperes, the greater amount
shall be taken as the connected load.
(2) Conductors which supply one or more branch-
circuits for lighting and portable apparatus, other than
incandescent lighting branch-circuits in a building of
a type shown in column 1 of Table 23, shall be of
sufficient capacity to carry a calculated load in amperes
not less than that computed by applying to the total
connected loads of the branch-circuits, after excluding
connected loads caused by non-portable domestic
cooking and heating apparatus, the minimum demand
factor prescribed in column 2 of Table 21 appropriate
to the number of branch-circuits.
298. (1) The conductors used as feeders for circuits
supplying electric ranges and other non-portable
domestic cooking appliances shall be deemed to have
the connected load indicated as follows
(a) for ranges having a rating of 12 kilowatts
or less, the connected load is the maximum
demand in kilowatts shown in Table 22 ;
(6) for ranges having a rating of more than 12
kilowatts but not more than 21 kilowatts, the
connected load is that indicated in clause a
plus 5 per cent thereof for each kilowatt or
part of a kilowatt bv which the rating of each
range exceeds 12 kilowatts; and
(c) for ranges having a rating of more than 21
kilowatts, the maximum name-plate rating.
(2) The conductors in a range branch-circuit shall
be deemed to have a connected load of at least 8 kilo-
watts.
299. Where an installation in a residence has a
combined range and lighting load the size of the supply-
service conductors shall be at least that obtained by
taking as the calculated load the sum of the range load
as determined by the use of Table 22, the lighting and
portable-apparatus load as determined by the use of
Table 21 and any other specific load for which the
conductors provide.
300. (1) To ensure minimum lighting intensity in
a building of a type shown in column 1 of Table 23,
the minimum calculated load, in amperes, of incandes-
cent-lighting circuits not having convenience outlets
shall be computed by:
(a) taking the number of square feet of floor area
involved ;
(b) multiplying that number by the appropriate
number of watts specified in column 2 of the
table ;
(c) multiplying that product by the relevant
demand factor prescribed in column 3 of the
table; and
(d) dividing that second product by 115.
(2) The floor area shall be calculated in square feet
by adding the products obtained by multiplying the
outside length of each storey of the building by the
outside width of the storey, but in the case of residences,
the area of cellars, unfinished attics, open porches and
spaces not used as living-quarters, shall not be included
in the calculation.
(3) The installation shall be divided into a number
of branch-circuits protected by over-current devices
rated or set at not more than 15 amperes so that no
one branch-circuit shall have a calculated load of more
than 15 amperes.
301. (1) In calculating the total calculated-load for
incandescent lighting of hotels the floor area of the
ball-room shall be excluded from the total floor area of
the hotel but the ball-room load shall be included in
the total calculated load.
(2) In calculating the total calculated load of
stores where there are illuminated counter-cases, wall-
or standing-cases or show-windows, the wattage obtained
by multiplying the floor area by the number of watts
per square foot specified in column 2 of Table 23 shall
be increased by adding thereto
(a) the product obtained by multiplying the total
length in linear feet of all illuminated counter-
cases by 25 watts;
{b) the product obtained by multiplying the
total length in linear feet of all illuminated
wall- or standing-cases by 50 watts; and
(c) the product obtained by multiplying the
total length in linear feet of all illuminated
show-windows by 200 watts.
(3) The measurements required by subregulation
2 shall be made horizontally along the bases of the
counter-cases, wall- or standing-cases and show-win-
dows.
(4) "Industrial or commercial building" specified
in Table 23 means a building used for commercial or
light manufacturing purposes.
(5) In calculating the total calculated load for
incandescent lighting of hospitals the floor area of the
X-ray rooms and operating suites shall be excluded
from the total floor area of the hospital but the loads
for X-ray rooms and operating suites shall be included
in the total calculated load.
302. The size of the conductors used for show-
window incandescent lighting shall be determined on
the assumption that not less than 200 watts will be
required for each linear foot measured along the base
of the window.
303. Where there are more than 4 branch-circuits
protected by over-current devices rated or set at not
more than 15 amperes, the calculated load in amperes
to be carried by the feeder supplying the branch-
circuits shall be the sum of the amperages of the con-
nected loads of the branch-circuits multiplied by the
demand factor appropriate to the number of branch-
circuits involved as specified in regulation 297 and
Table 21.
304. (1) Where
(a) branch-circuits of a type other than those
referred to in regulations 296 to 303, both
inclusive, are installed, or
(b) it is known or appears reasonably certain that
there will be little or no diversity of demand,
a demand factor of 100 per cent shall be used to com-
pute the sizes of the conductors unless the approval of
an inspector is obtained for the use of a smaller demand
factor.
(2) Subregulation 1 shall apply to installations in
hotel ball-rooms, hospital operating-rooms. X-ray
departments and all locations requiring a similar degree
of illumination.
305. Where, in normal operation, the maximum
load of a branch-circuit continues for long periods of
32
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
SI
time, the minimum unit-loads shall be increased by
25 per cent.
306. Where a conductor supplies one or more
circuits for electric ranges or other non-portable
domestic heating and cooking apparatus and circuits
of a type specified in regulation 303, the current-
carrying capacity of the conductor shall be the sum of
the calculated loads obtained by applying regulations
298 and 303.
307. In any circuit installation or condition not
specifically covered by regulations 296 to 306, both
inclusive, a demand factor of 100 per cent shall be
employed unless special permission is obtained for the
use of a smaller demand factor.
308. (1) The demand factors and wattage require-
ments referred to in regulations 296 to 307, both
inclusive, shall be the minimum percentages of the total
connected load which conductors are required by regu-
lation 271 to be capable of carrying.
(2) Larger demand factors and wattage require-
ments may be used by any person without special
permission.
(3) Where an inspector is of the opinion that an
installation requires the use of larger demand factors
or wattage requirements, the larger demand factors or
wattage requirements required by the inspector shall
be applied.
309. (1) Where necessary the size of the conductors
as determined by regulations 297 to 307, both inclusive,
shall be increased to provide for voltage drop.
(2) The increase shall be suflficient to ensure that
the total voltage drop along lead and return conductors
on a 2-wire circuit or the outer conductors of a 3-wire
circuit does not exceed 2 per cent based on the calcu-
lated-load current.
310. Where the application of demand factors of
less than 100 per cent has the effect of reducing the
size of conductors that would otherwise be required by
regulations 271, 272 and 273 and Tables 9 and 11,
the reduced sizes of conductors permitted by regu-
lations 297 to 309, both inclusive, shall be the minimum
sizes used but if the next smaller standard size of con-
ductor in common use has a current-carrying capacity
not more than 5 per cent less than the minimum, an
inspector may permit the use of the smaller size.
311. Nothing contained in regulations 296 to 310,
both inclusive, shall be deemed to authorize the use
of service conductors or feeder^ smaller than No. 10
B. & S. gauge.
312. In calculating the size of a feeder, the demand
factor for the feeder shall be applied to the sum of
the individual connected loads on the sub-feeders.
CONDUCTOR SIZES FOR MOTOR-CIRCUITS
313. (1) The conductors of a branch-circuit which
supplies an individual motor other than a motor used
for short-time, intermittent, periodic or varying duty
shall have a current-carrj'ing capacity at least that
prescribed in column 2 of Table 27 for the relevant
full-load current-rating of the motor set out in column
1 of the table.
(2) Where a motor is used for a class of duty-
service shown in column 1 of Table 24, the motor
branch-circuit conductors shall have a current-carrying
capacity of at least the number of amperes obtained
by multiplying the motor name-plate current-rating
by the percentage prescribed by the relevant part of
(a) column 2 of the table, where the motor has a
time-rating of 5 minutes;
(6) column 3 of the table, where the motor has a
time rating of 15 minutes;
(c) column 4 of the table, where the motor has a
time-rating of 30 or 60 minutes; and
(d) column 5 of the table, where the motor has a
continuous time-rating.
(3) Notwithstanding subregulation 2, where a
motor is used for varying duty, an inspector may autho-
rize a minimum current-carrying capacity less than that
prescribed by subregulation 2.
314. Where motors have a full-load current-rating
greater than those provided for in Table 27 the size
of the conductors shall be calculated on the basis of
125 per cent of the full-load current-rating of the motor.
315. (1) The conductors which connect the second-
aries of a wound-rotor induction motor to its controller
shall have a current-carrying capacity of at least
(a) 125 per cent of the full-load secondary-cur-
rent-rating of the motor, where it is used for
continuous duty ; or
(b) that prescribed by subregulation 2 of regu-
lation 313 for the motor branch-circuit con-
ductors qf the motor, where it is used for a
class of duty-service shown in column 1 of
Table 24.
(2) Where the secondary resistors are separate from
the controllers, the conductors between the controller
and the resistor shall have a current-carrying capacity
of at least the percentage of the full-load secondary
current prescribed in column 2 of Table 25 for the
relevant duty-classification of the resistor shown in
column 1 of the table.
316. The conductors which supply 2 or more motors
shall have a current-carrying capacity of at least 125
per cent of the name-plate current-rating of the largest
motor plus the sum of the name-plate current-ratings
of the remainder of the motors.
PART V
PROTECTION AND CONTROL
317. (1) All electrical equipment and ungrounded
conductors shall be furnished with approved devices
which open automatically the circuit supplying the
equipment or ungrounded conductors when the current
in the circuit reaches a value which produces a dangerous
temperature in the equipment or ungrounded con-
ductors.
(2) Where electrical equipment or an ungrounded
conductor is protected by an over-current device, it
shall be furnished with an approved manually-oper-
ated device which disconnects safely all ungrounded
conductors of the circuit simultaneously at the point
of supply.
(3) The devices shall not be connected in any
grounded conductor unless they disconnect all un-
grounded conductors before or at the same time as
they disconnect the grounded conductor.
PROTECTIVE DEVICES
318. Subject to the provisions of regulation 250,
over-current devices shall be readily accessible and
where practicable shall be grouped.
319. (1) Over-current devices shall be enclosed in
cut-out boxes or in cabinets except where
(a) they form a part of an approved assembly
which affords protection equivalent to that
afforded by cut-out boxes or cabinets; or
33
S2
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
(b) they are mounted on switchboards, panel-
boards or controllers located in rooms or en-
closures free from easily ignitable material and
dampness and accessible only to authorized
persons.
(2) The operating handles of circuit-breakers shall
be accessible without opening any door or cover which
gives access to live parts.
320. The enclosures for over-current devices shall
be mounted in a vertical position where practicable.
321. (1) Where there are more than 4 lighting
branch-circuits, the over-current devices protecting the
branch-circuits shall consist of an approved assembly
contained in one approved cabinet.
(2) Panelboards and enclosed branch-circuit cut-
outs at all distribution centres shall be of the dead-
front type.
(3) Where there are not more than 4 lighting
branch-circuits, individual over-current devices of the
dead-front type may be used in approved enclosures
at distribution centres.
(4) For the purpose of this regulation a 3-wire
circuit shall be counted as 2 branch-circuits.
322. (1) Plug fuses shall not be used on circuits
exceeding 150 volts unless the circuit is part of a supply
system having a grounded neutral and having no con-
ductor with a potential exceeding 150 volts to ground.
(2) Where plug fuses are used on 250-volt branch-
circuits, 250-volt spacing shall be maintained.
323. Plug fuses shall be rated at not more than 30
amperes.
324. (1) Plug-fuse cut-outs may be of the tamper-
resisting type.
(2) Plug-fuse cut-out bases shall be of the type
commonly called "covered".
325. Open-link fuses shall not be used.
326. No person shall
(a) short-circuit fuses;
(b) bridge fuses; or
(c) use as a fuse any thing other than the approved
fuse and fuse-holder of proper rating.
327. Fuses rated at more than 600 amperes shall
not be used.
328. Fuses shall not be connected in parallel.
329. (1) Circuit-breakers shall have 1 pole in each
ungrounded conductor and, except as provided in sub-
regulation 2, shall be so constructed that when operated
manually or by the action of over-current they open
the circuit in all ungrounded conductors.
(2) Where lighting and appliance branch-circuits are
derived from 3-wire grounded neutral systems, 2
single-pole manually-operated circuit-breakers may be
used but they shall be so connected together that,
when operated manually, they disconnect safely all
ungrounded conductors of the circuit simultaneously
at the point of supply.
(3) Over-current trip devices which form part of a
circuit-breaker may be of the thermal or magnetic type
with either time-delay or instantaneous trip.
330. Circuit-breakers on branch-circuits shall be of
such design as to render difficult any alteration of trip
current or time, except where the circuit-breakers are
supplied as part of an approved switchboard and are
accessible only to authorized persons.
CONTROL DEVICES
331. Isolating switches shall be
(a) interlocked so that they cannot normally be
opened under load; or
(6) marked plainly with a notice warning against
opening them under load.
332. (1) Knife-switches rated at more than 600
amperes shall be used only as isolating switches.
(2) Currents above 600 amperes at any voltage
shall be broken only by oil switches, circuit-breakers or
remotely controlled devices approved as current inter-
rupters.
be
333. Knife-switches and other control devices shall
(a) of the externally-operated type; or
(b) so located or guarded as to be inaccessible.
334. Enclosed knife-switches approved for use on
alternating-current circuits above 30 amperes or on
direct-current circuits shall have quick-break mechan-
isms unless they are approved for use only as isolating
switches.
335. (1) Where 2 or more switches are grouped at
a distribution centre the wiring between the switches
shall be enclosed by auxiliary gutters or some approved
equivalent device, but no auxiliary gutter shall be
required by reason only of the grouping of two 30-
ampere switches.
(2) The auxiliary gutters or approved equivalent
device shall
(a) be equipped with terminal blocks having a
separate screw or stud for each connection ; or
(b) if more than 6 feet in length, be equipped with
bus-bars instead of terminal blocks.
(3) Where bus-bars are used, they shall extend the
full length of the box after provision has been made
for necessary wiring-space for the cables which feed
the bus-bars.
336. (1) Knife-switches shall be mounted with their
bases in a vertical plane.
(2) Single-throw knife-switches shall be so mounted
that their blades move in a vertical plane and that the
switches will not be closed by the force of gravity
alone.
(3) Double-throw knife-switches may be so mounted
that the throw will be either vertical or horizontal but,
where the throw is vertical, a positive locking-device
or stop shall be used to ensure the blades remaining
in the open position when the locking device or stop
is set.
(4) Where it is not intended that a switch be left
in the open position, the locking device or stop may be
omitted.
337. (1) Single-throw knife-switches, circuit-break-
ers and magnetic switches shall be so connected that
the blades or moving contacts are dead when the knife-
switch, circuit-breaker or magnetic switch is in the
open position.
(2) Subregulation 1 shall not apply to
34
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
83
(a) approved service-entrance and lighting and
appliance branch-circuit-breakers which have
all live parts except terminals sealed and which
are so constructed that the line and load con-
nections may be interchanged; and
(b) approved switchboard-assembly circuit-break-
ers used for sectionalizing purposes where the
assembly carries a suitable warning notice.
338. (1) Control devices except isolating switches
shall be readily accessible.
(2) Remotely-controlled devices shall be considered
to be readily accessible where the means of controlling
them are readily accessible.
(3) Isolating switches may be so located as to
require the use of a hooked stick to operate them.
339. Control devices shall
(c) have all current-carrying parts in enclosures
of metal or other fire-resisting material; or
(6) be so located or guarded as to be inaccessible
to unauthorized persons.
340. Unless the application of manually-operated
control devices is such as to make it unnecessary, the
devices shall indicate the "on" and "off" positions.
341. Where control devices are used in combination
with over-current or overload devices for the control
of circuits or apparatus, the control devices shall be
so connected that the over-current or the overload
devices are dead when the control devices are in the
open position.
PROTECTION AND CONTROL OF FEEDERS, SUB-FEEDERS
AND BRANCH-CIRCUITS
342. (1) Every ungrounded conductor in a branch-
circuit, feeder or sub-feeder shall be protected by an
over-current device
(a) at the point where the conductor receives its
supply of current; and
(6) at every point where the size of the conductor
is decreased.
(2) The protection may be dispensed with
(a) where an over-current device in a larger con-
ductor affords adequate protection to a smaller
conductor;
(b) where the smaller conductor
(i) has a current-carrying capacity of not
less than the sum of the allowable cur-
rent-carrying capacities of the conductors
of the one or more circuits or loads which
it supplies and not less than 1/10 of that
of the larger conductor from which it is
supplied;
(ii) is not over 5 feet long;
(iii) does not extend beyond the switchboard,
panelboard or device which it supplies;
and
(iv) if not a part of the wiring of the switch-
board, panelboard or other device, is
enclosed in conduit or in metal gutters;
(c) where the circuit is for lighting or heating or
lighting and heating and
of the larger conductor from which they
are supplied; and
(ii) the tap is suitably protected from
mechanical injury, is not more than 25
feet long and terminates in a single over-
current device which limits the load on
the tap to that prescribed by Table 9;
(d) where the circuit is a motor branch-circuit of
which the conductors
(i) have a current-carrying capacity of at
least 1/3 of that of the conductors from
which they are supplied;
(ii) are not over 25 feet long; and
(iii) are supplied from conductors protected
by fuses or by a time-limit circuit-
breaker rated or set at not more than 400
per cent, or by an instantaneous circuit-
breaker set at not more than 700 per
cent, of the name-plate current-rating of
the motor;
(e) where the circuit is a motor branch -circuit
supplying a group of motors and regulation
347 has been complied with; or
(/) where the conductors are in a control circuit
of remotely-controlled apparatus and
(i) the conductors are less than 25 feet long
and suitably protected from mechanical
injurj';
(ii) the opening of the control circuit would
create a hazard; or
(iii) the conductors are 25 feet or more in
length and the branch-circuit over-cur-
rent device is rated or set at not more
than 500 per cent of the current-carrying
capacity of the control-circuit conductors.
(3) Where a circuit complies with clause c of sub-
regulation 2, the conductors of the circuit may extend
beyond the end of the tap and supply any number of
over-current devices. '
343. (1) Every circuit protected by fuses shall be
equipped with approved control-devices whereby all
live parts for mounting fuses can be readily and safely
made dead.
(2) The control devices may be dispensed with on
switchboards in the case of
(i) instrument- and control-circuits of not
more than 250 volts; and
(ii) primary fuses of potential transformers.
(3) The use of plug fuses shall be deemed a com-
pliance with subregulation 1.
(4) The control devices shall be within easy reach
of the enclosure for the fuses and, where the fuses are
installed in the cabinet, the control devices shall be
within the cabinet.
(5) Where an inspector considers that in a particu-
lar electrical installation the control devices may be
safely dispensed with, he may waive compliance with
subregulation 1.
344. (1) Over-current devices shall not be rated or
set at more than the allowable current-carrying capacity
of the conductors which they protect, as shown in
Table 9.
(i) the smaller conductors have a current-
carrying capacity of at least 1/3 of that ' (2) This regulation shall not apply to
35
S4
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
(a) motor branch-circuits;
(b) control circuits of remotely controlled ap-
paratus; or
(c) fixture wiring, flexible cord of No. 16 or 18
B. & S. gauge or tinsel cord.
(3) Fixture wire, flexible cord of No. 16 or 18
B. & S. gauge and tinsel cord shall be deemed to be
protected by 15-ampere over-current devices.
345. (1) The circuit-breakers in a system of wiring
specified in column 1 of Table 26 shall be equipped with
over-current devices of the numbers and in the locations
prescribed in the part of column 2 of the table relevant
to the system.
(2) The number and location of the over-load
devices for a motor specified in column 3 of the table
shall be that prescribed in the part of column 4 of the
table relevant to the type of motor.
(3) Means of protection other than those specified
in subregulation 1 and 2 may be substituted where
approved by the inspector.
346. (1) Where fuses are used to provide running
protection against overload for an electric motor having
a full-load current rating shown in column 1 of Table
27, they shall not be rated at more than the number of
amperes prescribed in column 3 of the table for the
full-load current rating of the motor.
(2) Where overload devices other than fuses are
used to provide running protection against overload
for an electric motor having a full-load current rating
shown in column 1 of Table 27, they shall not be set at
more than the number of amperes prescribed in column
4 of the table for the full-load current rating of the
motor.
(3) Where fuses are used to supply over-current
protection for a branch-circuit supplying a single
electric motor, they shall not be rated at more than the
number of amperes prescribed in
(a) column 5 of Table 27 where the motor is a
single-phase motor having a full-load current
rating shown in column 1 of the table,
{b) column 6 of the table where the motor is of
the squirrel-cage or synchronous type having
a full-voltage resistor and reactor starting,
(c) column 7 of the table where the motor is of
the squirrel-cage or synchronous type having
auto-transformer starting, or
(d) column 8 of the table where the motor is of
the direct-current type or the wound-rotor
alternating-current type.
347. The over-current devices used on a motor
branch-circuit which supplies a group of motors shall
not be rated or set at more than the maximum value
prescribed in columns 5, 6, 7 or 8 of Table 27 for the
largest motor of the group plus the total full-load
current of the other motors in the group.
348. (1) The full-load current of a 3-phase alter-
nating current motor of the induction-type, squirrel-
cage or wound rotor, having a horse-power rating shown
in column 1 of Table 28 shall be deemed to be that
specified in
(a) column 2 of the table where the motor is a
110- volt motor,
(b) column 3 of the table where the motor is a
220-volt motor,
(c) column 4 of the table where the motor is a
440-volt motor,
(d) column 5 of the table where the motor is a
550-volt motor, and
(e) column 6 of the table where the motor is a
2200-volt motor.
(2) The full-load current of a 3-phase alternating
current motor of the synchronous type operating at a
power factor of 100 per cent and having a horse-power
rating sho\yn in column 1 of Table 28 shall be deemed
to be that specified in
(a) column 7 of the table where the motor is a
220-volt motor,
(b) column 8 of the table where the motor is a
440-volt motor,
(c) column 9 of the table where the motor is a
550-volt motor, and
(d) column 10 of the table where the motor is a
2200-volt motor.
(3) The full-load current of a 2-phase alternating
current motor of the induction type, squirrel-cage or
wound rotor, having a horse-power rating shown in
column 1 of Table 29 shall be deemed to be that
specified in
(a) column 2 of the table where the motor is a
110- volt motor,
(b) column 3 of the table where the motor is a
220-volt motor,
(c) column 4 of the table where the motor is a
440-volt motor,
(d) column 5 of the table where the motor is a
550-volt motor, and
(e) column 6 of the table where the motor is a
2200-volt motor.
(4) The full-load current of a 2-phase alternating
current motor of the synchronous type operating at a
power factor of 100 per cent and having a horse-power
rating shown in column 1 of Table 29 shall be deemed
to be that specified in
(a) column 7 of the table where the motor is a
220-volt motor,
(b) column 8 of the table where the motor is a
440-volt motor,
(c) column 9 of the table where the motor is a
550-volt motor, and
(d) column 10 of the table where the motor is a
2200-volt motor.
(5) The full-load current of a single-phase alter-
nating current motor having a horse-power rating
shown in column 1 of Table 30 shall be deemed to be
that specified in
(a) column 2 of the table where the motor is a
110- volt motor,
(b) column 3 of the table where the motor is a
220-volt motor, and
(c) column 4 of the table where the motor is a
440-volt motor.
(6) The full-load current of a direct-current motor
having a horse-power rating shown in column 1 of
Table 31 shall be deemed to be that specified in
36
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
85
(a) column 2 of the table where the motor is a
115-volt motor
(b) column 3 of the table where the motor is a
230-volt motor, and
(c) column 4 of the table where the motor is a
550-volt motor.
(7) Where a motor referred to in subregulation
2 or 4 operates at a power factor of 90 per cent or 80
per cent, its full-load current shall be deemed to be
110 per cent or 125 per cent respectively of the full-
load current specified in subregulation 2 or 4, as the
case may be.
(8) Where a motor of a type referred to in sub-
regulation 1 or 2 operates at 200 volts or 208 volts, its
full-load current shall be deemed to be 110 per cent or
106 per cent respectively of the full-load current of a
220-volt motor of the same type.
(9) Where a motor of a type referred to in sub-
regulation 5 or 6 operates at 200 volts or 208 volts, its
full-load current shall be deemed to be 110 per cent or
106 per cent respectively of the full-load current of a
220-volt motor of the same type.
349. (1) Fuses for the protection of motor branch-
circuits shall not be rated at more than the percentage
of the full-load current of the motor prescribed in
column 2 of Table 32, but where a higher rating is
permitted by regulation 346 and Table 27, the latter
table shall govern.
(2) Circuit-breakers for the protection of motor
branch-circuits shall not be set at more than the
relevant percentage of the full-load current of the
motor prescribed in column 3 or column 4 of Table 32.
(3) For synchronous motors of the low-torque low-
speed type which start up unloaded, the fuse rating or
circuit-breaker setting need not exceed 200 per cent of
the full-load current.
350. (1) Every control device shall have a rating
of at least that of the connected load of the circuit or
circuits which it controls.
(2) Every control device other than an isolating
switch shall be capable of safely establishing and
interrupting the maximum load of the ciscuit or circuits
which it controls.
(3) "Maximum load" means the connected load
plus any additional capacity which may be required
because of the use of motors, gas-filled lamps and other
apparatus having a high peak inrush or because of the
use of heavy coils, magnets or other apparatus having
a high inductance and not equipped with discharge
devices.
(4) The additional capacity required because of the
use of a group of motors shall be at least 6 times the
normal full-load current of the largest motor in the
group.
(5) The maximum load shall not be taken to be
larger than the capacity of the supply circuit.
351 . Control devices controlling feeders and branch-
circuits shall be grouped where practicable.
352. Snap switches used to control circuits supply-
ing tungsten-filament lamps shall have a "T" rating.
PROTECTION AND CONTROL OF GENERATORS
353. (1) Every constant-potential generator, whether
direct-current or alternating-current, shall be protected
from excessive current by over-current devices.
(2) Where an inspector is of opinion that the type
of apparatus used and the nature of the system operated
make protective devices inadvisable or unnecessary, the
protective devices may be dispensed with.
(3) Where an alternating-current generator and a
transformer are located in the same building and are
intended to operate as a unit for stepping up or step-
ping down voltage the protective device may be
connected to the primary or to the secondary of the
transformer.
(4) This regulation shall not apply to exciters for
alternating-current machines.
354. Where a generator not driven by electricity
supplies a 2-wire grounded system, the protective
device shall be capable of disconnecting the generator
from both conductors of the circuit.
355. Where a 3-wire direct-current system is sup-
plied by 2-wire generators operated in conjunction with
a balancer set to obtain a neutral, the system shall be
equipped with protective devices which disconnect the
system in the event of an excessive unbalancing of
voltages.
356. (1) Every 3-wire direct-current generator,
whether shunt or compound wound, shall be equipped
with
(a) a 2-pole- circuit-breaker
elements; or
with 2 tripping
(b) a 4-pole circuit-breaker connected in the main-
and equalizer-leads and tripped by 2 tripping
elements.
(2) The circuit-breaker shall be so connected as to
be actuated by the entire armature current.
(3) One tripping element shall be connected in each
armature-lead.
357. Every generator shall be equipped with an
indicating switch or a circuit-breaker by means of which
the generator and all protective devices and control
apparatus may be entirely disconnected from the cir-
cuits supplied by the generator.
PROTECTION AND CONTROL OF MOTORS
358. (1) Subject to regulations 361 and 362, every
motor shall be protected by over-current devices which
do not protect any other motor.
(2) The over-current devices shall be rated or set
at values not more than those prescribed in Table 27,
but where the over-current protection specified in that
table is not sufficient for the starting current of the
motor, the values may be increased up to a maximum
of 400 per cent of the full-load current of the motor.
359. Where fuses are used to provide over-current
protection for a motor branch-circuit, the fuse-holders
shall be of a size sufficient to accommodate fuses having
the values required by regulation 358, but when condi-
tions of maintenance and supervision ensure that fuses
appropriate for the starting characteristics of the
motor are continuously available, the fuse-holders may
be of a smaller size.
360. Where motors have a full-load current rating
larger than those given in Table 27, the motors shall
be protected by over-current devices rated or set at
values calculated in accordance with Table 32.
361. Where 2 or more single-phase or direct-current
motors each have a rating not greater than J horse-
power, at 220 volts or less, the motors may be grouped
under the protection of a single set of over-current
devices, but the over-current devices shall not be rated
or set at more than 15 amperes and the total load on
the circuit shall not exceed 1650 volt-amperes.
37
86
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
362. (1) Where 2 or more motors are each protected
by an overload device approved for group-fusing, the
motors may be connected to a branch-circuit protected
by a single set of fuses or by an instantaneous circuit-
breaker rated in accordance with regulation 346 but
the rating of the fuse shall not exceed the maximum
rating as indicated on the overload device having the
smallest rating of those used.
(2) Where the rating of the set of fuses or the
circuit-breaker does not exceed 15 amperes, the over-
load devices may be of a type not approved for group-
fusing.
363. Where the motor branch-circuit for a manually-
started motor of 1 horse-power or less is properly
protected and the motor is within sight of the operator,
overload protection may be dispensed with.
364. (1) Every automatically-started motor having
a rating of 1 horse-power or less shall be protected by
(a) a separate overload device responsive to the
motor current and capable of interrupting
current to the motor under the prolonged over-
load equivalent to 125 per cent of the full-load
current of the motor;
(b) a protective device integral with the motor
and responsive to motor current or to both
motor current and temperature and approved
for use with the motor which it protects;
(c) an approved assembly in which the motor is
not normally subjected to overload and which
is equipped with other safety controls which
protect the motor from damage caused by
stalled rotor current.
(2) Where the motor has sufficiently high impedance
to prevent overheating due to failure to start, overload
protection may be dispensed with but the motor branch-
circuit shall be properly protected.
(3) Where the protective device mentioned in
clause b of subregulation 1 is used and the motor-
current interrupting device is separate from the motor
and actuated by a protective device integral with the
motor, the motor-current interrupting device shall be
so arranged that the opening of the control circuit
disconnects the motor from the line.
(4) Where the approved assembly referred to in
clause c of subregulation 1 is used, the existence of the
other safety controls shall be indicated on the name-
plate of the assembly in such manner as to be readily
visible after installation.
365. (1) Every motor rated at more than 1 horse-
power shall be equipped with individual overload
devices.
(2) Where it is not practicable to obtain proper
overload protection, the overload devices may be
dispensed with but the motor shall be protected by an
individual over-current device as prescribed by columns
5, 6, 7 or 8 of Table 27.
366. (1) Subject to regulations 361 and 362, all
overload devices which do not provide proper protection
in the case of a short-circuit shall have connected in
series with them fuses or time-limit circuit-breakers
rated or set at not more than 400 per cent of the motor
full-load current or instantaneous circuit-breakers set
at not more than 700 per cent of the motor full-load
current.
(2) Where instantaneous circuit-breakers are used
and are strongly affected by the initial peak inrush to
the motor, a higher setting may be allowed but the
circuit-breaker shall form part of an approved combin-
ation motor-starter.
367. Every over-current device and every overload
device providing running protection for a motor shall
be rated or set at values not greater than those pre-
scribed in Table 27.
368. Where fuses are used for running protection
of motors, 1 fuse shall be installed in each ungrounded
conductor.
369. Where over-current devices or overload devices
other than fuses are used for the running protection
of motors the number of tripping elements shall be
not less than that prescribed in Table 26 and the
tripping elements shall be located as specified therein.
370. (1) Motor-overload protection may be shunted
out of circuit during the starting period but the device
by which the protection is shunted or cut out shall be so
designed that it cannot be left in the starting position.
(2) The motor shall be considered as being protec-
ted against over-current during the starting period
when
fa) fuses or time-delay-limit circuit-breakers rated
or set at not more than 400 per cent, or
(b) instantaneous circuit-breakers set at not more
than 700 per cent of the full-load current of
the motor,
are connected in the circuit so as to be operative during
the starting period of the motor.
(3) Where the overload release of a direct-current
motor starter is inoperative during the process of
starting the motor, a separate over-current device shall
be provided.
371. (1) Where the automatic re-starting of motor-
operated band saws, rip saws, jointers, planers, routers,
wood-turning machines, metal-saws, millers, lathes and
other moving machinery creates a dangerous situation
by the return of voltage after a stopping caused by
failure of voltage, the motor-control device shall
provide low- voltage protection.
(2) Where it is necessary or desirable that the motor
stop on failure of voltage and automatically re-start
on return of voltage, the motor-control device shall
provide low-voltage release.
(3) The protection required by this regulation may
be supplied to a feeder or branch-circuit, supplying a
group of motors, and then the protection for the in-
dividual motors in the group may be dispensed with.
(4) Where the automatic re-starting of a motor
creates no hazard, the protection required by this
regulation may be dispensed with.
372. The starting and control equipment of motors
shall be rated in horse-power at not less than the rating
of the motor but
(a) for a 1 -phase portable motor of i horse-
power or less, a plug and receptacle rated at
not more than 15 amperes at 125 volts and not
rated in horse-power may be used ;
(b) for a 2-wire portable motor rated at not more
than i horse-power at not more than 150
volts a single-pole motor-circuit switch may
be used as control equipment; and
(c) for 2 or more motors which are required to
operate together a single controller approved
for such service may be used.
373. (1) Manual motor-starters having different
starting and running positions shall be so constructed
that they cannot remain in the starting position.
38
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
87
(2) Magnetic starters having different starting and
running positions shall be so constructed that they
cannot remain in the starting position under normal
operating conditions.
374. (1) Every motor and its starting and control
equipment shall be equipped with a disconnecting
means.
(2) An approved attachment plug and receptacle
may be used as a disconnecting means for a portable
motor.
(3) An isolating switch or a general-use switch
used as an isolating switch may be used as a disconnect-
ing means for motors of more than 50 horse-power.
(4) A manually-operated, across-the-line type of
starter may be used as both starter and disconnecing
means if it opens all ungrounded conductors to the
motor.
(5) Where a disconnecting means referred to in sub-
regulations 2, 3 and 4 is not used, the disconnecting
means shall be a motor-circuit switch, a circuit-breaker
or an equivalent approved device capable of safely
establishing and interrupting the stalled rotor current
of the motor.
375. A single disconnecting means may serve a
group of motors
(c) where the motors drive several parts of a
single machine or piece of apparatus; or
(b) where the group is under the protection of one
set of over-current devices as permitted by
regulations 361 and 362.
376. (1) Where a motor-circuit switch is used as a
disconnecting means for a single motor, it shall have
a horse-power rating of at least that of the motor.
(2) Where a fused motor-circuit switch installed
under the provisions of regulation 362 is used as the
disconnecting means, the rating of the switch need not
be greater than that necessary to accommodate the
proper fuse.
(3) Where an unfused motor-circuit switch is used
as the disconnecting means it may have the same rating
as if it were fused.
(4) A circuit-breaker or isolating switch used as
the disconnecting means shall have a current-rating
of not less than 115 per cent of the name-plate current-
rating of the motor.
377. (1) Every motor shall be controlled from a
point within sight of and not more than a distance of
30 feet from the motor and the machinery driven by the
motor unless
(a) the controller, motor-circuit switch or circuit-
breaker can be locked in the open position ; or
(b) a manually-operated switch which prevents
the motor from starting is placed within sight
of and not more than 30 feet from the motor.
(2) Where a manually-operated switch is used, it
may be placed in the remote-control circuit of a remote-
control type of controller if the control equipment
disconnects all ungrounded conductors to the motor.
378. Motor-driven loaders, unloaders, conveyors,
stackers, floor-surfacing machines and similar machinery
of a movable or portable type shall have a motor-circuit
switch or circuit-breaker mounted on the machine and
accessible to the operator.
PROTECTION AND CONTROL OF APPARATUS ON
LIGHTING AND APPLIANCE BRANCH-CIRCUITS.
379. (1) Receptacles, to which fixture wire or
flexible cord, smaller than No. 14 B. & S. gauge, is
connected, and medium-base lamp-holders shall not be
connected to a circuit protected by over-current devices
rated or set at more than 15 amperes for potentials up
to 125 volts or 10 amperes for potentials between 125
volts and 250 volts.
(2) Subregulation 1 shall not apply to medium-base
lamp-holders which form an integral part of a single
lighting unit having mogul-base lamp-holders.
380. Mogul-base lamp-holders shall not be connected
to a circuit protected by over-current devices rated or
set at more than 40 amperes for potentials up to 125
volts or 20 amperes for potentials between 125 volts
and 250 volts.
381. Where portable appliances are
(a) rated at not more than 1500 watts, and
(b) provided with approved cord connectors,
attachment-plug caps or other approved means
by which they can be disconnected readily
from thp circuit,
the appliances need not be equipped with additional
control devices.
382. Where switches are used to control an outlet
or outlets from more than one point, the switches shall
be wired and connected so that the grounded conductor
runs directly to the outlet or outlets controlled by
the switches.
383. (1) Where panelboards which supply lighting
and appliance branch-circuits and have snap switches
in the branch-circuits are supplied by conductors
having over-current protection greater than 200
amperes, the panelboards shall be protected on the
supply side by over-current devices.
(2) The over-current devices shall
(a) be built into the panelboard; and
(b) have a rating not greater than that of the
panelboard or 200 amperes, whichever is the
lesser.
(3) Subregulations 1 and 2 shall not apply where
circuit-breakers or fuses only are used in the branch-
circuits.
PROTECTION AND CONTROL OF MISCELLANEOUS
APPARATUS
384. d) Remote-control circuits of remotely-con-
trolled apparatus shall be arranged so that they can be
conveniently disconnected from the source of supply
at the controller.
(2) Subregulation 1 shall not apply where the
disconnecting of the apparatus from the supply circuit
disconnects the remote-control circuit from the supply
circuit.
385. (1) Where apparatus is connected to more
than one voltage or to different systems the disconnect-
ing means shall be grouped so that the operator can
readily ascertain that all circuits are dead.
(2) Where manually-operated switches are used a
sign containing the words "Open all switches before
working on apparatus" or words to the same effect shall
be placed on each switch.
386. Dual-voltage relays may be used as an auto-
matic means to open circuits in the event of power
failure on any circuit.
39
88
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
387. Where portable apparatus is not arranged for
use on more than one system there shall be only one
point of connection between the apparatus and the
supply.
388. Electric-heating appliances shall be protected
by over-current devices rated or set in accordance with
the requirement of regulation 554.
389. Transformers shall be protected by over-
current devices rated or set in accordance with the
requirements of regulation 510.
390. Electrical condensers shall be protected by
over-current devices rated or set in accordance with the
requirements of regulations 526 and 527.
PART VI
REMOTE-CONTROL CIRCUITS, LOW-ENERGY POWER
CIRCUITS AND SIGNAL CIRCUITS
391 . This Part shall apply to remote-control circuits,
low-energy power circuits and signal circuits other than
(a) circuits forming an integral part of a device;
and
(b) remote-control circuits and signal circuits
which use conductors in a cable-assembly with
other conductors forming part of a communi-
cation circuit.
392. Where the circuits, or apparatus within the
scope of this Part, are installed in hazardous locations,
they shall also comply with those regulations of Part
XIII which pertain to the hazardous location involved.
393. (1) "Class 1" when applied to remote-control
circuits and signal circuits means that the circuits are
other than Class 2 circuits.
(2) "Class 2" when applied to remote-control
circuits and signal circuits means that the current in
the circuit is limited, in relation to the voltage between
conductors
(a) where the circuit operates at not more than
15 volts, to 5 amperes by
(i) over-current protection;
(ii) the current being supplied from a trans-
former or other device having inherent
current-limiting characteristics and so
marked or approved for the purpose; or
(iii) the current being supplied from primary
batteries ;
(b) where the circuit operates at more than 15
volts but not more than 30 volts, to 3 amperes
by
(i) over-current protection;
(ii) the current being supplied from a trans-
former or other device having inherent
current-limiting characteristics and so
marked or approved for the purpose; or
(iii) the current being supplied from primary
batteries;
(c) where the circuit operates at more than 30
volts but not more than 60 volts, to 2 amperes
by
(i) over-current protection ; or
(ii) the current being supplied from a trans-
former or other device having inherent
current-limiting characteristics and so
marked or approved for the purpose; and
(d) where the circuit operates at more than 60
volts but not more than 150 volts, to 1 ampere
by over-current protection or approved cur-
rent-limiting means, other than over-current
protection, which limits the current as a result
of a fault to not more than 1 ampere.
394. For the purposes of this Part "Class 2 remote-
control circuit" includes low-energy power circuits
which are neither remote-control nor signal circuits, but
in which the current is limited as provided in sub-
regulation 2 of regulation 393.
395. Nothwithstanding subregulation 2 of regu-
lation 393, where the failure to operate of a remote-
control circuit to a safety-control device will or may en-
danger life or property, the circuit shall be deemed to be
a Class 1 circuit.
CLASS 1 CIRCUITS
396. The conductors and equipment of Class 1
remote-control and signal circuits shall be installed in
accordance with the appropriate wiring methods set
out in Part III, except as provided in regulations 397
to 400, both inclusive, or in regulation 661.
397. Where conductors of No. 18 or No. 16 B. & S.
gauge, other than flexible cord, are used in a Class 1
remote-control or signal circuit, they shall be installed
in a race-way or a cable approved for the purpose.
398. (1) Where conductors larger than No. 16
B. & S. gauge are used in a Class 1 remote-control or
signal circuit, they shall be of the rubber-insulated, R,
type or of some other approved type.
(2) Where fixed conductors of No. 18 or No. 16
B. & S. gauge are used in a Class 1 remote-control or
signal circuit, they shall have insulation at least equal
to that of the rubber-insulated, RF-32, type or the
thermoplastic-insulated fixture wire, TF, type.
(3) Conductors approved for the purpose and
having rubber insulation of less than 1/32 inch or hav-
ing other kinds of insulation may be used in a Class 1
remote-control or signal circuit.
399. Where damage to a Class 1 remote-control
circuit will or may endanger life or property, all con-
ductors of the circuit shall be installed in conduit or
electrical metallic tubing or be otherwise suitably pro-
tected from mechanical injury, moisture, excessive heat,
corrosive action or other injurious condition.
400. Where a group of Class 1 remote-control cir-
cuits is used in a theatre, auditorium or similar building
on a stage switchboard or similar device, the remote-
control switches may be placed in the grounded con-
ductor of a remote-control circuit.
401. (1) Conductors in Class 1 remote-control and
signal circuits shall be protected against over-current
in the manner required by regulation 343.
(2) Where the conductors are of No. 18 or No. 16
B. & S. gauge they shall be deemed to be protected
when over-current devices rated or set at not more than
15 amperes are used.
(3) Where Class 1 remote-control and signal cir-
cuits have main- and branch-circuits, and the operating
voltage does not exceed 30 volts, the branch-circuits
need not be individually protected against over-
current.
402. CI) In Class 1 remote-control and signal cir-
cuits the over-current devices shall be located at the
40
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
89
t
point where the conductor to be protected receives its
supply.
(2) Where the over-current device protecting a
larger conductor also protects a smaller conductor,
over-current devices may be dispensed with in the
smaller conductor.
403. Class 1 remote-control and signal circuits
which extend aerially beyond a building shall comply
with the provisions of regulations 200, 201, 202, 204,
205, 206 and 207.
404. Where Class 1 remote-control and signal cir-
cuits
(a) are supplied by transformers from systems
having a nominal voltage to ground of more
than 150 volts, or
(b) are run overhead outside buildings in such
manner as to be liable to accidental contact
with power conductors operating at a poten-
tial exceeding 300 volts between conductors,
the circuits shall be grounded in accordance with the
provisions of Part VII.
LIMITATION OF CLASS 2 REMOTE-CONTROL AND
SIGNAL CIRCUITS
405. (1) Where the current is limited in a Class 2
remote-control or signal circuit by means of over-
current protection, both the protection and its mount-
ing shall be such as are approved for the purpose.
(2) Over-current protection of different rating shall
not be of an interchangeable type.
(3) The over-current protection may be an integral
part of a transformer or other power-supply device
approved for the purpose.
406. (1) Transformer devices supplying Class 2
remote-control or signal circuits shall be
(a) of a type approved for the purpose; and
(b) restricted in their rated output to not more
than 100 volt-amperes.
(2) The devices shall bear plainly visible markings
showing the voltage to be applied to the circuit and
whether or not they are of the current-limiting type.
(3) A transformer shall be considered to have a
rated output not exceeding 100 volt-amperes if the
approximate temperature limit is reached at 100 volt-
ampere load.
INSTALLATION OF CLASS 2 REMOTE-CONTROL AND
SIGNAL CIRCUITS
407. (1) In Class 2 remote-control and signal cir-
cuits, the conductors and equipment on the supply
side of over-current protection, transformers or current-
limiting devices shall be installed in accordance with
the requirements of Part III.
(2) Where the transformers or other devices are
supplied from electric-lighting or electric-power circuits
the transformers or devices shall be protected by an
over-current device rated or set at not more than 15
amperes.
408. (1) In Class 2 remote-control and signal cir-
cuits, the conductors on the load side of over-current
protection, transformers or current-limiting devices
shall be insulated and separated from the conductors
of electric-light and electric-power circuits.
(2) Open conductors in the remote-control or signal
circuits shall be
(a) separated by at least 2 inches from light or
power conductors which are not contained in
a race-way; or
(b) encased in approved, non-metallic, flexible
tubing or in porcelain tubes or an equivalent
device.
(3) The conductors on a Class 2 remote-control or
signal circuit shall not be placed in any race-way, com-
partment, outlet, junction box or similar fitting with
the conductors of
(a) a Class 1 remote-control or signal circuit, or
(b) light and power circuits,
unless the conductors of the two circuits are separated
by a suitable barrier.
(4) Subregulation 3 shall not apply where the con-
ductors of a power circuit are in the compartment,
outlet, junction box or similar fitting for the sole pur-
pose of supplying power to the remote-control or signal
circuit.
(5) The conductors of a Class 2 remote-control or
signal circuit may be run in the same shaft with con-
ductors for light or power where
(a) the two systems are separated by at least 2
inches; or
(b) the conductors of either system are encased
in non-metallic flexible tubing.
(6) Where the conductors of a Class 2 remote-con-
trol or signal circuit are installed in a hoist-way, the
conductors shall be installed in rigid conduit or electrical
metallic tubing.
409. Where conductors of a Class 2 remote-control
or signal circuit are bunched together in a vertical run
in a shaft, they shall
(a) have a fire-resisting covering capable of pre-
venting the carrying of fire from floor to floor;
(b) be encased in non-metallic flexible tubing; or
(c) be located in a fire-proof shaft having incom-
bustible fire-stops at each floor.
410. Where Class 2 remote-control or signal cir-
cuits extend beyond a building and are run in such
manner as to be subject to accidental contact with light
or power conductors operating at a potential exceeding
300 volts between conductors, the conductors of the
remote-control or signal circuit shall be protected and
grounded in the manner required by regulations 1068
to 1074, both inclusive.
PART VII
GROUNDING
SYSTEMS AND CIRCUITS
411. (1) Every 2-wire direct-current system supply-
ing interior wiring and operating at not more than
300 volts between conductors shall be grounded.
(2) Subregulation 1 shall not apply where the
system is used solely for supplying industrial equipment
in a building and the circuit is equipped with a ground-
detector.
(3) Every 2-wire direct-current system operating
at more than 300 volts between conductors shall be
grounded if a neutral point can be established so that
the maximum difference of potential between the
neutral point and any other point on the system does
not exceed 300 volts.
41
90
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
(4) Two-wire direct-current systems shall not be
grounded if the voltage to ground of either conductor
exceeds 300 volts after grounding.
412. The neutral conductor of every 3-wire direct-
current system supplying interior wiring shall be
grounded in the manner required by regulation 418.
413. (1) Subject to regulations 415 and 416, every
alternating-current system operating at a potential of
not more than 150 volts to ground and supplying
interior wiring and every interior alternating-current
wiring system shall be grounded.
(2) Where, under regulation 58, the neutral con-
ductor of a consumer service is bare, the system shall
be grounded.
414. Electric furnace circuits may, but need not,
be grounded.
415. Where electric cranes operate over combustible
fibres in Class III hazardous locations, as defined in
regulation 688, the circuits for the cranes shall not be
grounded.
416. (1) Circuits operating at less than 50 volts
shall be grounded
(a) subject to clause a of subregulation 1 of regu-
lation 431, where they are supplied by trans-
formers from systems having a potential of
more than 150 volts to ground;
(b) where supplied by transformers from un-
grounded systems; or
(c) where run overhead outside buildings.
(2) In every other case, circuits operating at less
than 50 volts may, but need not, be grounded.
LOCATION OF GROUNDING CONNECTIONS
417. (1) Where wiring systems, circuits, electrical
equipment, arresters, cable armour, conduit and other
metal race-ways are grounded as a protective measure,
the grounding shall be so arranged that there is no
objectionable passage of current over the grounding
conductors.
(2) The temporary currents which are set up under
accidental conditions while the grounding conductors
are performing their intended protective functions
shall not be considered as objectionable.
(3) Where, through the use of multiple grounds an
objectionable flow of current occurs over the grounding
conductor
(a) one or more of the grounds shall be abandoned ;
(b) the location of the grounds shall be changed;
(c) the continuity of the conductor between the
grounding connections shall be suitably in-
terrupted; or
(d) other effective action shall be taken to limit
the current.
418. Where direct-current systems are grounded,
the grounding connection shall be made at one or more
supply stations but shall not be made at individual
services or elsewhere on interior wiring.
419. (1) Subject to regulation 417, where an alter-
nating-current circuit is grounded, the grounding con-
nection shall be to a grounding electrode at each
individual service.
(2) The connection shall be made on the supply side
of the service-disconnecting means.
(3) Where a secondary distribution system is
grounded, it shall have at least one additional connec-
tion to a grounding electrode at the transformer or
elsewhere.
(4) Subject to regulation 420, no grounded circuit
conductor on the load side of the service-disconnecting
means shall be connected to a grounding electrode.
420. (1) Where two or more buildings are served
by the same service, the grounded circuit conductor of
the wiring system of any of the buildings using one
branch-circuit supplied from the service may be con-
nected to a grounding electrode at the building.
(2) Where a building uses two or more branch-
circuits supplied from the service, or where the building
houses live stock, the grounded circuit conductor shall
be connected to a grounding electrode at the building.
421. (1) In alternating-current interior wiring sys-
tems the conductor to be grounded shall be
(a) in single-phase 2-wire systems, the identified
conductor;
(b) in single-phase 3-wire systems, the identified
neutral conductor;
(c) in multi-phase systems having one wire com-
mon to all phases, the identified common con-
ductor;
(d) in multi-phase systems having one phase
grounded, the identified conductor; and
(e) in multi-phase systems in which one phase is
used as a single-phase 3-wire system, the
identified neutral conductor.
(2) In multi-phase systems in which one phase is
used as a single-phase 3-wire system only one phase
shall be grounded.
422. (1) Where an interior wiring system or circuit
is required to be grounded and is not connected to an
exterior secondary distribution system, the grounding-
connection shall be made at the transformer, generator
or other source of supply or at the switchboard.
(2) W'here the grounding connection is made at the
switchboard, it shall be made on the supply side of the
first switch controlling the system.
CONDUCTOR ENCLOSURES
423. Where conductive materials enclosing electric
conductors are exposed, they shall be grounded so as
to prevent a potential above ground on the enclosures.
424. Where service race-ways, service-cable sheaths
or service-cable armour are of metal, they shall be
grounded.
425. (1) Metal enclosures for conductors, other
than service conductors, shall be grounded.
(2) Subregulation 1 shall not apply where the
metal enclosures are
(a) installed in runs of less than 25 feet;
(b) free from probable contact with ground or
grounded metal; and
(c) guarded at all points within reach from
grounded surfaces.
426. (1) Metal race-ways shall, where practicable,
be kept at least 6 feet from lightning-rod conductors.
(2) Where it is not practicable to secure 6 feet
separation, the race-ways and lightning-rod conductors
shall be bonded together.
42
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
91
EQUIPMENT
427. Where conductive materials enclose electrical
equipment or form an enclosing part of the equipment,
they shall be grounded so as to prevent a potential
above ground on the equipment.
428. (1) The exposed non-current-carrying metal
parts of fixed electrical equipment shall be grounded
where the equipment
(a) is supplied by means of metal-clad wiring;
(b) is located in a wet place and is not isolated;
(c) is located within reach of a person who can
make contact with any grounded surface or
object;
(d) is located within reach of a person standing
on the ground;
(e) is in a hazardous location, as defined in Part
XIII;
(/) is in electrical contact with metal or metal
lath ; or
(g) operates with any terminal at more than 150
volts to ground.
(2) Notwithstanding that the equipment operates
with any terminal at more than 150 volts to ground,
grounding may be dispensed with where the equipment
consists of
(a) enclosures for switches or circuit-breakers
accessible only to qualified persons;
(6) metal frames of electrically-heated devices
where special permission has been obtained and
the frames are permanently and effectively
insulated from ground : or
(c) transformers mounted on wooden poles at a
height of more than 8 feet from ground and
the approval of the Commission and the supply
authorities has been obtained.
429. The exposed non-current-carrying metal parts
of
(a) frames of motors,
(b) cases of controllers for motors other than
lined covers of snap-switches,
(c) electrical equipment of elevators and cranes,
(d) electrical equipment in garages, theatres and
motion-picture studios, other than pendent
lamps on circuits of not more than 150 volts
to ground,
(e) motion-picture projection equipment,
(/) electric signs and associated equipment,
(i) generator frames in an electrically operated
organ where the generator is not effectively
insulated from ground,
(h) structures supporting switching equipment and
switchboard frames, other than frames of
direct-current single-polarity switchboards,
which are effectively insulated, and
(i) X-ray tubes used in therapy,
shall be grounded regardless of the voltage rating of the
equipment.
430. (1) The metal parts of
(a) frames and tracks of electrically-operated
cranes,
(b) metal frames of non-electrically driven elevator
cars to which electric conductors are attached,
(c) hand-operated metal shifting-ropes or cables
of electric elevators, and
(d) metal partitions, grill work and other en-
closures around electrical equipment carrying
voltages in excess of 750 volts between con-
ductors,
shall be grounded.
(2) Where the metal enclosures are in sub-stations
or vaults under the sole control of the supply authority,
the grounding may be dispensed with.
431. (1) The exposed non-current-carrying metal
parts of portable electrical equipment, other than a
guarded motor, shall be grounded where the equipment
(a) used without insulating transformers in a
hazardous location ;
(b) operated at more than 150 volts to ground;
(c) an enclosure for X-ray tubes used in therapy;
or
(d) a portable appliance which is required by an
inspector or by a specification to be provided
with a grounding-conductor.
(2) Where it is impractical to ground the metal
frames of electrically-heated appliances, the grounding
may be dispensed with but special permission shall be
obtained and the frames shall be permanently and
effectively insulated from the ground.
(3) Enclosures for X-ray tubes may be ungrounded
by special permission.
432. (1) Metal frames and cases of electrical
equipment shall, where practicable, be separated at
least 6 feet from lightning-rod conductors.
(2) Where it is not practicable to secure 6 feet
separation, the metal frames and cases and the lightning-
rod conductors shall be bonded together.
METHODS OF GROUNDING
433. The path to ground from circuits, electrical
equipment and conductor enclosures shall
(a) be permanent and continuous;
(b) have a current-carrying capacity adequate
to conduct safely any currents likely to be
imposed on it; and
(c) have an impedance sufficiently low to limit
the potential above ground and to facilitate
the operation of the over-current devices in
the circuit.
434. The grounding conductor may be connected
to the grounded circuit-conductor on the supply side of
the service-disconnecting means at any convenient
point on the premises.
435. The grounding conductor for circuits may also
be used to ground equipment, conduit, service conduit,
cable sheath, service equipment and other metal race-
ways or enclosures for conductors.
436. Where an alternating-current system is con-
nected to a grounding electrode in or at a building, as
required by regulations 419 and 420, the same electrode
43
92
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
shall be used to ground wire enclosures and electrical
equipment in or on the building.
437. (1) Where an underground service-cable is
served from a continuous underground metal-sheathed
cable-system and the sheath or armour of the service-
cable is metallically connected to the underground sys-
tem, the sheath or armour of the service-cable shall not
be required to be grounded at the building if it is
insulated from the interior conduit or piping.
(2) Where a metal-sheathed service cable is served
from a continuous underground metal-sheathed cable-
system, is bonded to the underground system and is
contained in an underground service conduit, the
conduit shall not be required to be grounded at the
building if it is insulated from the interior conduit or
piping.
438. (1) Where isolated sections of metal race-way
or cable armour are required to be grounded, they shall,
where practicable, be grounded by connection to other
grounded race-way or armour.
(2) Where it is not practicable to connect the sec-
tions to other grounded race-way or armour, they shall
be grounded in the manner prescribed by subregulations
2 and 3 of regulation 439.
439. (1) Where metal boxes, cabinets and fittings
and the non-current-carrying metal parts of other fixed
electrical equipment are metallically connected to
grounded cable-armour or metal race-way, they shall
be deemed to be grounded by that connection.
(2) Where boxes, cabinets, fittings or parts are not
metallically connected to grounded cable armour or
race-way, they shall be grounded
(a) by a grounding conductor run with a circuit
conductor in a wire-assembly;
(b) by a separate grounding conductor installed
in the same manner as the grounding conduc-
tor for conduit; or
(c) by special permission any other means of
grounding.
(3) Where a grounding conductor is run with a
circuit conductor in wire assemblies, the grounding
conductor shall be uninsulated.
(4) Where a grounding conductor is provided with
an individual covering and is run in a race-way with
other conductors, the covering of the grounding con-
ductor shall be finished to show a green colour.
440. (1) Electrical equipment mounted on and
securely held in metallic contact with the grounded
structural metal frame of a building shall be deemed
to be grounded thereby.
(2) Where an elevator machine has been grounded
in accordance with this Part, metal car-frames supported
by metal hoisting-cables attached to or running over
the sheaves or drums of the elevator machine shall be
deemed to be grounded thereby.
441. (1) Where the non-current-carrying metal
parts of portable equipment are required to be ground-
ed, they shall be grounded by means of
(a) the metal enclosure of the conductors feeding
the equipment where an approved multi-prong
plug which automatically establishes grounding
is used ;
(b) a grounding conductor run with the circuit
conductors in cable assemblies or in flexible
cords, where an approved multi-prong plug
which automatically establishes grounding is
used ; or
(c) a separate insulated or bare flexible wire or
strap protected against mechanical injury.
(2) Where grounding is secured under clause b of
subregulation 1
(a) the grounding conductor may be insulated, but
where an individual covering is provided for
the conductor, it shall be finished to show a
green colour; and
(b) the grounding conductor shall not be smaller
than No. 16 B. & S. gauge, if uninsulated, or
No. 18 B. & S. gauge, if insulated, and shall
be at least the same size as the current-
carrying conductors, but in cords of No. 12
B. & S. gauge and larger, the grounding con-
ductor may be two B. & S. gauge sizes smaller
than the other conductors in the cord.
442. The grounded circuit conductor on the load side
of the connection to ground shall not be used for
grounding equipment, cable armour or metal race-ways
without special permission.
443. Electrolytic-type water heaters shall not be
connected to a grounded single-phase alternating-
current circuit unless
(a) a copper grounding-conductor of the size pre-
scribed by regulation 461 or of No. 12 B. & S.
gauge, whichever shall be the larger, is run so
as to connect the frame of the heater to the
grounded conductor of the circuit at the
service box; and
(b) the grounded conductor of the circuit is
grounded at the service box to a grounding
system.
444. The grounded service-conductor on the supply
side of the service-disconnecting means may be used
for grounding meter-housing and service equipment.
BONDING
445. (1) Where a service is supplied from an over-
head distribution system, the electrical continuity of
the grounding circuit for
(o) the service race-ways or the armour or sheath
of the service cable,
(b) all service-equipment enclosures, including
meter fittings, boxes and the like, containing
service entrance-conductors interposed in the
service race-way or armour, and
(c) any conduit or armour forming part of the
grounding-conductor to the service race-way,
shall be assured.
(2) Electrical continuity at service equipment shall
be assured by
(a) bonding the equipment to the grounded
service-conductor in the manner prescribed by
regulation 469 ;
(b) the use of threaded couplings and threaded
bosses on enclosures;
(c) the use of threadless couplings made-up tight
where electrical metallic tubing is used;
(d) the use of bonding jumpers; or
(e) other devices approved for the purpose.
(3) Lock-nuts and bushings shall not be used for
the purpose of subregulation 2.
44
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
93
(4) Where rigid conduit is connected to service
equipment by threaded couplings and bosses, the joints
shall be tight.
(5) Where the service equipment has concentric or
eccentric knock-outs, bonding jumpers shall be used.
(6) Where the equipment, conduit, couplings or
fittings are painted, enamelled or covered by any other
non-conductive protective coating, the coating shall be
removed from threads and other contact surfaces in
such manner as to ensure a good electrical connection.
446. Where the metallic armour or tape of service
cable is in continuous electrical contact with an unin-
sulated grounded service-conductor, the metal covering
of the cable shall be deemed to be adequately grounded.
447. Where a metal race-way or metal-sheathed
cable contains a conductor of more than 150 volts to
ground, the electrical continuity of the race-way or
cable shall be assured by
(a) one of the methods prescribed by clauses b, c,
d and e of subregulation 2 of regulation 445;
(6) where the race-way or cable is connected to
conduit or armoured cable, by the use of a
threadless fitting; or
(c) where the race-way or cable is connected to a
box or cabinet, by the use of one lock-nut
inside the box or cabinet and one lock-nut
outside thereof.
448. (1) The expansion joints and telescoping sec-
tions of race-ways shall be made electrically continuous
by the use of bonding jumpers or other approved means.
(2) Metal-trough race-ways used in connection with
sound-recording and sound-reproducing equipment and
made up in sections shall contain a grounding-conduc-
tor to which each section shall be bonded.
449. In hazardous locations, regardless of the volt-
age involved, the electrical continuity of metallic race-
ways, boxes and similar electrical equipment shall be
assured by the use of one of the methods prescribed by
clauses a, b, c and d of subregulation 2 of regulation 445.
450. Where bonding jumpers are used, they shall
(a) be of copper or other corrosion-resistant
material;
(6) be of sufficient size to have current-carrying
capacity not less than that required for the
corresponding grounding-conductor ;
(c) where attached to cabinets, circuits, conduits
or similar equipment, be attached in the
manner prescribed by regulation 469; and
(d) where used between grounding-electrodes or
around water-meters and similar objects, be
attached in the manner prescribed by regu-
lation 470.
GROUNDING ELECTRODES
451. (1) Where a continuous metallic water-piping
system used for public water-supply is available, it shall
be used as a grounding electrode.
(2) Where a continuous metallic water-piping sys-
tem used for public water-supply is not available, a
continuous metallic water-piping system used for private
water-supply or a metallic water-well casing and the
piping connected thereto shall be used as the grounding
electrode.
(3) Where a system or casing referred to in sub-
regulation 1 or 2 is not available, a multiple-grounded
neutral grid shall be used as the grounding electrode.
(4) Where there is no grounding electrode as refer-
red to in subregulations 1, 2 and 3, an approved arti-
ficial ground-electrode or ground-electrodes shall be
used.
452. (1) "Artificial ground-electrode" means metal
pipes, conduit or rods driven into earth, metal plates
buried in the earth or other pipes approved for the
purpose,
(2) Where metal pipe or conduit is used as a ground-
electrode it shall
(a) have an internal diameter of not less than |
inch;
(6) if of iron or steel, be galvanized;
(c) where of less than standard commercial length,
be of one piece; and
(d) have clean metal surfaces not covered with
paint, enamel or other materials which limit
conductivity.
(3) Where steel or iron rod is used as a ground-
electrode, it shall have a diameter of at least 5/8 inch.
(4) Where an approved rod of non-ferrous metal is
used as a ground-electrode, it shall have a diameter of
not less than 5 inch.
(5) Where a plate is used as a ground-electrode, it
shall
(a) present not less than 2 square feet of surface
to exterior soil;
(b) if of iron or steel, be at least \ inch thick;
(c) if of non-ferrous metal, be at least 0.06 inch
thick.
453. (1) Artificial ground-electrodes shall be buried
at least 10 inches below permanent moisture-level.
(2) Where pipe or rod is used as a ground-electrode,
it shall be driven to a depth of at least 10 feet, but
where rock bottom is encountered at a depth of more
than 4 feet, it shall be sufficient to drive the pipe or rod
to rock bottom.
(3) Where rock bottom is encountered at a depth
of less than 4 feet, the electrodes shall be buried in a
horizontal trench and where pipe or rod is used, it shall
be at least 10 feet long.
(4) Every electrode shall be separated by at least
6 feet from any other electrode, including an electrode
used for signal circuits, radio, lightning-rods or anj-
other purpose.
454. (1) Buried and driven electrodes shall, where
practicable, have a combined resistance to ground not
greater than 25 ohms.
(2) Where the resistance of any electrode to ground
is more than 25 ohms, 2 or more electrodes connected
in parallel shall be used.
455. (1) Where other effective grounds are avail-
able, the rails or other grounded conductors of electric-
railway circuits shall not be used as a ground for any-
thing other than railway lightning-arresters, railway
equipment and the conduit, armoured-cable, metal
race-way and similar equipment used in connection
therewith.
(2) The rails or other grounded conductors of
electric-railway circuits shall not be used for grounding
interior wiring systems other than those supplied from
the railway circuit.
45
94
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
456. Lightning-rod conductors and driven pipes,
rods and other electrodes, other than buried metallic
water-piping systems, used for grounding lightning-
rods shall not be used for grounding wiring systems or
other electrical equipment.
GROUNDING-CONDUCTORS
457. (1) The grounding-conductor of a wiring sys-
tem, whether also used for grounding electrical equip-
ment or not, shall be of copper or other corrosion-
resistant material having a current-carrying capacity
equivalent to that of the copper conductor specified for
the purpose by regulations 459 and 460.
(2) The conductor may be solid or stranded and
insulated or bare.
(3) A grounding-conductor, other than a bus-bar,
shall be without joint or splice throughout its length.
(4) Where a grounding-conductor is not of copper,
its electrical resistance per linear foot shall not exceed,
and its tensile strength shall not be less than, that
required of a copper conductor used for the same pur-
pose.
(5) The grounding-conductor for equipment, con-
duit and other metal race-ways, and metal enclosures
for conductors shall be
(a) a stranded or solid, insulated or bare, con-
ductor of copper or other corrosion-resistant
material,
(6) a bus-bar,
(c) a rigid conduit,
(d) a steel pipe, or
(e) electrical metallic tubing,
but where conditions favourable to corrosion exist, a
grounding-conductor of copper or other corrosion-
resistant material shall be used.
458. (1) Where a grounding-conductor is of No. 4
B. & S. gauge or larger, it may be attached to the sur-
face on which it is carried without the use of knobs,
tubes or insulators and, unless it is exposed to severe
mechanical injury, it shall not be required to be pro-
tected.
(2) Where a grounding-conductor of No. 6 or a
larger B. & S. gauge is not exposed to mechanical injury,
it may be run along the surface of a building, without
metal covering or protection, but it shall be rigidly
stapled to the surface of the building.
(3) Where a grounding-conductor of No. 6 B. & S.
gauge is exposed to mechanical injury, it shall be run
in conduit, electrical metallic tubing or cable armour.
(4) Every metallic enclosure for a grounding-con-
ductor shall be continuous from the point of attachment
to the cabinet or equipment to the grounding-electrode
and shall be securely fastened to the ground clamp or
fitting.
(5) Where rigid metallic conduit or steel pipe is used
as a grounding-conductor, it shall be installed in accord-
ance with Part III.
459. (1) The grounding-conductor for a direct-
current supply-SN'stem or generator shall have a cur-
rent-carrying capacity not less than that of the largest
conductor supplied by the system, but where the groun-
ded circuit-conductor is a neutral derived from a
balancer-winding or a balancer set the size of the
grounding-conductor shall not be less than that of the
neutral conductor.
(2) The grounding-conductor shall in no case be
smaller than No. 8 B. & S. gauge copper.
460. (1) Where the largest conductor in the
grounded service has a size shown in column 1 of Table
33, the size of
(a) the grounding-conductor for an alternating-
current system, or
(b) a common grounding-conductor,
shall be not less than that prescribed in column 2 of
the table for copper wire.
(2) Where a grounding-conductor is connected to
the electrodes referred to in regulations 452, 453 and
454, the grounding-conductor shall not be required to
have a current-carrying capacity greater than that of
No. 6 B. & S. gauge copper wire.
461. Where conduit, cable-sheath, cable-armour,
a metal race-way, a metal enclosure for conductors, or
electrical equipment
(a) forms part of or is used in connection with an
electrical circuit having automatic over-cur-
rent devices rated or set at not more than a
number of amperes shown in column 1 of
Table 34, and
(b) is required to be grounded,
the size of the grounding conductor shall be that pre-
scribed in
(i) column 2 of the table, where the ground-
ing conductor is copper wire;
(ji) column 3 of the table, where the ground-
ing conductor is conduit or pipe; or
(iii) column 4 of the table, where the ground-
ing conductor is electrical metallic tubing.
(2) Where the grounding-conductor is connected
to an electrode referred to in regulations 452 and 453,
the grounding-conductor shall not be required to have
a current-carrying capacity greater than that of No. 6
B. & S. gauge copper wire.
462. (1) Where the conductors of portable or pen-
dent equipment are protected by fuses or circuit-
breakers rated or set at not more than 15 amperes, No.
18 B. & S. gauge copper conductor may be used as a
grounding-conductor for the equipment.
(2) Where conductors of No. 16 or No. 18 B. & S.
gauge copper are used for grounding portable equipment,
the conductors shall be part of an approved flexible
cord.
(3) Where portable or pendent equipment is pro-
tected by fuses or circuit-breakers rated or set at more
than 15 amperes, the grounding-conductor for the
equipment shall be of a size not less than that prescribed
in columns 2, 3 or 4 of Table 34 for the type of grounding
conductor used and the rating or setting of the fuses or
circuit-breakers as shown in column 1 of the table.
463. The isolated non-current-carrying metal parts
of outline lighting-systems may be bonded together by
a No. 14 B. & S. gauge conductor protected from
mechanical injury; but the group as bonded shall be
grounded by a grounding-conductor complying with
the requirements of regulation 461.
464. A grounding-conductor may be run in the
same metal race-way as other conductors of the system
to which it is connected.
46
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
95
465. No automatic cut-out or switch shall be placed
in the grounding-conductor of an interior wiring-
system unless the opening of the cut-out or switch
disconnects all sources of energy.
GROUNDING-CONDUCTOR CONNECTIONS
466. Where a grounding-conductor is connected to
interior metal race-ways, cable-armour and the like,
the point of connection shall
(o) be as near as is practicable to the source of
supply; and
(b) be such that no race-way or cable-armour is
grounded through a run of grounding-con-
ductor of lesser size than that required by
regulation 461.
467. (1) Where the grounding-electrode is a metal-
lic water-piping system, to which a common grounding-
conductor or the grounding-conductor of a system is
attached, the point of attachment shall be
(a) on the street side of the water-meter; or
(b) on a cold-water pipe of adequate current-
carrying capacity and as near as practicable
to the point of entrance of the water service
into the building.
(2) Where practicable, the point of attachment shall
be accessible.
(3) Where the point of attachment is not on the
street side of the water-meter, the metallic water-piping
system shall be made electrically continuous by bonding
together all parts thereof between the point of attach-
ment and the street side of the water-meter or the pipe
entrance.
(4) Electrical equipment may be grounded to a
cold-water pipe near the equipment.
468. (1) Where the grounding-conductor is attached
to a grounding electrode permitted by regulation 451
or 453, other than the metallic water-piping system,
the point of attachment shall be such as assures a
permanent ground.
(2) Where practicable, the point of attachment shall
be accessible.
469. (1) Where grounding-conductors, bonds or
bonding jumpers are connected to circuits, conduits,
cabinets, electrical equipment or like objects which are
to be grounded, the connection shall be made by means
of suitable lugs, pressure connectors, clamps or other
approved means.
(2) Connections which depend upon solder shall not
be used.
470. (1) Grounding-conductors shall be attached to
grounding electrodes by
(a) approved bolted clamps of cast bronze, brass,
or plain or malleable cast-iron ;
(6) pipe-fittings, plugs, or other approved devices,
screwed into the pipe or into the fitting; or
(c) other equally substantial approved means.
(2) The grounding-conductor shall be connected to
the grounding fitting by means of suitable lugs, pres-
sure connectors, clamps, or other approved means, but
connections which depend on solder shall not be used.
(3) Only one conductor shall be connected to the
grounding electrode by a single clamp or fitting, unless
the clamp or fitting is approved for multiple-conductor
connection.
471. Where a ground-clamp is used on the ground-
ing-conductor of a wiring system, it shall be of a type
approved for the purpose.
-INSTRUMENT TRANSFORMERS, RELAYS AND CASES
472. (1) Where the primary windings of current-
and-potential instrument transformers are connected
to circuits of 300 volts or more to ground, the secondary
circuits of the transformers shall be grounded.
(2) Where the transformers are on switchboards,
the secondary circuits shall be grounded irrespective of
the voltage of the circuits.
473. The cases and frames of instrument trans-
formers shall be grounded but where the primary cir-
cuit of a current transformer is not over 150 volts to
ground and the transformer is used solely to supply
current to meters, the case or frame of the current
transformer need not be grounded.
474. (1) Where instruments, meters and relays
(a) are not located on switchboards,
(b) operate with windings or working parts at be-
tween 300 and 750 volts to ground, and
(c) are accessible to other than qualified persons,
the cases and other exposed metal parts of the instru-
ments, meters and relays shall be grounded.
(2) Where instruments, meters and relays
(a) operate with windings or working parts at 750
volts or less to ground,
(b) are on switchboards having no live parts on
the front of the panels, and
(c) are operated from current-and-potential trans-
formers or are connected directly in the circuit,
the cases of the instruments, meters and relays shall
be grounded.
(3) Where instruments, meters and relays
(a) operate with windings or working parts at
750 volts or less to ground,
(6) are on switchboards having exposed live parts
on the front of the panels, and
(c) operate from current-and-potential trans-
formers or are connected directly in the circuit,
the cases of the instruments, meters and relays shall not
be grounded but, where the voltage to ground exceeds
150 volts, mats of insulating rubber or other suitable
floor-insulation shall be provided for the operator.
475. (1) Where instruments, meters and relays have
current-carrying parts over 750 volts to ground, they
shall be isolated by elevation or protected by suitable
barriers or by grounded metal covers or guards or by
insulating covers or guards.
(2) The cases of the meters, relays and instruments,
other than electrostatic ground detectors, shall not be
grounded.
(3) In electrostatic ground detectors, the internal
ground segments of the instrument shall be connected
to the instrument case and shall be grounded and the
ground detector shall be isolated by elevation.
476. Where the grounding-conductor for secondary
circuits of instrument transformers and for instrument
cases is of copper, it shall not be smaller than No. 12
B. & S. gauge and where it is of other metal, it shall have
a conductivity equal to that of No. 12 B. & S. gauge
copper wire.
47
96
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
LIGHTNING ARRESTERS
477. (1) Where a lightning arrester is installed on
a secondary service operating at not more than 750
volts to ground, the connections to the service con-
ductors and to the grounding-conductor shall be as
short as practicable.
(2) The grounding-conductor may be
(a) the grounded service conductor;
(b) the common grounding-conductor;
(c) the service equipment grounding-conductor;
or
(d) a separate grounding-conductor.
(3) The bonding- or grounding-conductor shall be
of copper and not smaller than No. 6 B. & S. gauge or of
equivalent corrosion-resistant material.
478. (1) Where a lightning arrester is installed on
a primary circuit and protects a transformer which
supplies a secondary distribution system, the grounding-
conductor of the lightning arrester may be intercon-
nected to the neutral conductor of the secondary dis-
tribution system by a metallic interconnection or
through a spark gap.
(2) Where an interconnection is metallic, there
shall be a direct grounding-connection at the arrester
and the grounded conductor of the secondary distribu-
tion system shall have a separate grounding-connection
to a continuous underground metallic water-piping
system but in urban areas having metallic water-piping
systems where there are at least 4 water-pipe con-
nections on the neutral and not fewer than 4 connec-
tions in each mile of neutral, the metallic interconnec-
tion may be made to the secondary neutral without
a direct grounding-connection at the lightning arrester.
(3) Where the secondary distribution system is not
grounded as required by subregulation 2, but is ground-
ed as required by regulation 452, the interconnection,
if made, shall be made through a spark gap having a
60-cycle breakdown voltage at least twice that of the
primary circuit voltage, or of 15 kilovolts, whichever
shall be the lesser, and there shall be at least one other
ground on the grounded conductor of the secondary
and that other ground shall be at least 20 feet from the
lightning-arrester grounding-electrode.
PART VIII
ELECTRIC WELDERS
479. This Part shall apply to electrical installations
consisting of electric welders and shall be construed as
supplementary to and not as exclusive of the regulations
contained in any other Part.
480. Where, in the opinion of the Commission, the
duty cycle is such as to require electric welders to be
treated on an individual basis, the Commission may
require the welders to be so treated.
TRANSFORMER ARC WELDERS
48L (1) The supply conductors for an individual
transformer arc-welder shall have a current-carrying
capacity of not less than the rated primary current of
the welder.
(2) The supply conductors of a group of transformer
arc-welders shall have a current-carrying capacity equal
to the sum of
(a) 100 per cent of the rated primary current of
the two largest welders in the group;
(b) 85 per cent of the rated primary current of
the third largest welder in the group;
(c) 75 per cent of the rated primary current of
the fourth largest welder in the group; and
(d) 60 per cent of the aggregate rated primary
current of all remaining welders in the group.
482. (1) Every transformer arc- welder shall be
provided with over-current devices rated or set at not
more than 200 per cent of the rated primary current of
the welder unless the over-current device protecting
the supply conductors affords equal protection.
(2) Every ungrounded conductor of a transformer
arc-welder shall be provided with over-current devices
rated or set at not more than 200 per cent of the allow-
able current-carrying capacity of the conductor as
prescribed in Table 9.
(3) Where
(a) the nearest standard rating of the over-current
device is less than the rating or setting required
by subregulation 1 or 2, or
(b) the rating or setting required by subregulation
1 or 2 results in too frequent opening of the
over-current device,
the next higher rating or setting may be used.
483. (1) Every transformer arc-welder shall have
(a) a motor-circuit switch or circuit-breaker,
having an ampere rating of not less than the
rated primary current of the welder, installed
in the supply connection to the welder; or
(b) control equipment affording equivalent pro-
tection and forming an integral part of the
welder.
(2) The horse-power rating of a two-pole motor-
circuit switch shall be not less than the numerical value
obtained by multiplying the rated primary current of
the welder by a factor of
(a) 0.1 for a 220- volt welder;
(b) 0.2 for a 440- volt welder; and
(c) 0.25 for a 550-volt welder.
484. (1) Every transformer arc- welder shall be
provided with a name-plate showing
(a) the maker's name;
(b) the primary voltage;
(c) the frequency;
(d) the maximum primary current;
(e) the rated primary current;
(J) the maximum op)en-circuit secondary voltage;
(g) the rated secondary current; and
(h) the basis of rating.
(2) The maximum primary current of a transformer
arc-welder shall be measured while the secondary wind-
ing of the transformer of the welder is short-circuited
and the welder is set at the tap which places the whole
of the primary winding in circuit.
(3) The basis of rating shall be the duty cycle, 30-
minute rating or 60-minute rating.
MOTOR-GENERATOR ARC-WELDERS
485. Part IV and Part V shall apply to motor-
generator arc-welders, but
48
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
97
(a) the motors may be marked in amperes only;
and
(6) where the controller is built-in as an integral
part of the motor-generator set and the name-
plate of the motor is properly marked, the
controller need not be separately marked.
RESISTANCE WELDERS
486. In regulations 480 and 487 to 493, both in-
clusive
(a) "rated primary current" means the kilovolt-
ampere rating of the welder as shown on the
name-plate thereof multiplied by 1000 and
divided by the rated primary voltage shown
on the name-plate of the welder;
(6) "actual primary current" means the current
drawn from the supply circuit during each
welder operation at the heat tap and control
setting used during the operation; and
(c) "duty cycle" means a percentage which ex-
presses the relation between the time during
which a welder is loaded and the total time
during which it is connected to a source of
supply.
487. Where an individual seam resistance-welder or
an individual automatically-fed resistance-welder is
operated at different times at different values of primary
current or duty cycle, the supply conductors shall have
a current-carrying capacity of not less than 70 per cent
of the rated primary current of the welder.
488. Where an individual manually-operated non-
automatic resistance- welder is operated at different
times at different values of primary current or duty
cycle, the current-carrying capacity of the supply con-
ductors shall be not less than 50 per cent of the rated
primary current of the welder.
489. Where an individual resistance-welder oper-
ates at known and constant values of actual primary
current and duty cycle, the supply conductor shall have
a current-carrying capacity of not less than the value
obtained by multiplying the actual primary current by
a factor which shall be
(a) for a
(b) for a
(c) for a
(d) for a
(c) for a
(/) for a
(g) for a
(A) for a
(t) for a
duty cycle of 50 per cent, .71
duty cycle of 40 per cent, .63
duty cycle of 30 per cent, .55
duty cycle of 25 per cent, .50
duty cycle of 20 per cent, .45
duty cycle of 15 per cent, .39
duty cycle of 10 per cent, .32
duty cycle of 7.5 per cent, .27
and
duty cycle of 5 per cent or less, .22.
490. Where there is a group of resistance- welders,
the supply conductor shall have a current-carrying
capacity of not less than the sum of
(a) the values obtained from regulation 487, 488
or 489 for the largest welder in the group; and
(6) 60 per cent of the values so obtained for each
of the other welders in the group.
491. (1) Every resistance-welder shall have over-
current protection rated or set at not more than 300
per cent of the rated primary current of the welder
unless the over-current device protecting the supply
conductors gives equivalent protection.
(2) Every ungrounded conductor of a resistance-
welder shall have over-current devices rated or set at
not more than 300 per cent of the allowable current-
carrying capacity of the conductor as prescribed in
Table 9.
(3) Where
(fl) the nearest standard rating of the over-current
device is less than the rating or setting required
by subregulation 1 or 2, or
(&) the rating or setting required by subregulation
1 or 2 results in too frequent opening of the
over-current device,
the next higher rating or setting may be usea.
492. (1) Every resistance-welder shall have in-
stalled in its supply-circuit a switch or circuit-breaker
whereby the welder and its control equipment can be
isolated from the supply-circuit.
(2) The switch or circuit-breaker shall be rated at
not less than the rating of the conductors as determined
by regulations 487 to 490, both inclusive.
493. Every resistance-welder shall be provided with
a name-plate showing
(a) the maker's name;
(6) primary voltage;
(c) the frequency;
(d) the rated kilovolt-ampere at 50 per cent duty
cycle;
(e) the maximum and minimum open-circuit sec-
ondary voltage ;
(J) the short-circuit secondary current at maxi-
mum secondary voltage; and
(g) the specified throat and gap setting.
PART IX
INSTALLATION OF ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT
GENERAL
494. Adequate clear working space and secure foot-
ing shall be provided around all electrical equipment
which requires adjustment or examination while danger
of shock is present during operation or otherwise.
495. (1) All regulations apply to rebuilt or re-
wound electrical equipment to the same extent as to
new electrical equipment.
(2) Where the rebuilding or re-winding of any
electric machine or apparatus creates any change in its
rating or characteristics, it shall be provided with a
name-plate showing the name of the person or firm by
whom such change was made and the new rating and
characteristics of the machine or apparatus.
(3) Where the original name-plate is removed during
the rebuilding or re-winding, the new name-plate shall
also show the original manufacturer's name, the serial
number and any other identifying markings shown on
the original name-plate.
ROTATING ELECTRICAL MACHINERY
496. Except as otherwise expressly permitted,
rotating electrical machinery shall, where practicable,
be installed only in locations where ordinary conditions
prevail.
497. Where wood is used to insulate the frames of
rotating electrical machinery from ground, the wood
49
98
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
shall be impregnated or thoroughly coated with a suit-
able moisture-repellent material.
498. Rotating electrical machinery which operates
at a potential of more than 750 volts between conduc-
tors shall be made inaccessible.
499. Every generator shall be provided with a per-
manent name-plate showing
(c) the maker's name;
(b) the speed in revolutions per minute;
(c) the volts and amperes;
{d) where the generator is direct-current, the rat-
ing in kilowatts;
(e) where the generator is alternating-current,
the rating in kilovolt-amperes;
(/) the time rating and normal temperature rise;
and
(g) where the generator is alternating-current, the
frequency in cycles per second and the number
of phases.
500. (1) Every motor shall be provided with a per-
manent name-plate showing
(a) the maker's name;
(b) the normal full-load speed in revolutions per
minute;
(c) the volts and amperes corresponding to the
rating, including the rating of the secondary
winding of a wound-rotor induction motor;
(d) the rating in horse-power and the period of
time during which the motor can operate at
full rated load; and
(e) the rated full-load temperature rise.
(2) The period of time in clause d of subregulation
1 shall be shown as continuous or marked in minutes or
hours.
501. Every motor which is provided with a pro-
tective device integral with the motor shall bear mark-
ings showing the existence of the device.
TRANSFORMERS, OIL CIRCUIT-BREAKERS. OIL-SWITCHES
AND TRANSFORMER VAULTS
502. (1) Where a transformer is installed in a
generating station or a distributing sub-station, the
transformer shall be so located as to afford the least
possiblity of damage by fire and smoke from burning
insulation or liquid.
(2) Where the transformers are immersed in a
liquid that will burn in air, they shall be installed in
vaults or installed in a sub-station building used for
no other purpose.
503. (1) Where high-potential transformers, whe-
ther filled with a liquid that will or will not burn, or
high-potential transformers of the air-cooled type are
installed elsewhere than in a generating station or its
distributing sub-station and are supplied by primary
services, the transformers shall be located as near as
practicable to the point of service-entrance.
(2) An air-space of not less than 6 inches shall be
maintained
(o) between transformers; and
(b) between transformers and adjacent surfaces
other than a plane on which the transformer is
mounted.
(3) Where the transformer is of the air-cooled type,
the air-space required by subregulation 2 shall be in-
creased to not less than 12 inches unless the adjacent
surface is protected by incombustible heat-insulating
material or by grounded sheet-metal arranged to pro-
vide an air-space of not less than 2 inches between the
sheet metal and the protected surface.
504. (1) Where transformers are erected or in-
stalled on or near buildings, the transformers and their
conductors and control and protective equipment shall
(a) be inaccessible;
(b) be so placed as not to obstruct fire-fighting
operations;
(c) be kept out of dangerous proximity to adjacent
buildings;
(d) have closed drains for the disposal of flammable
liquid expelled from a transformer near com-
bustible construction or materials;
(e) be isolated by elevation or be surrounded by
a suitable enclosure; and
(/) have posted conspicuously thereon suitable
warning signs indicating the highest p>otential
employed.
(2) Where the enclosure mentioned in clause e of
subregulation 1 is of metal, it shall be grounded.
505. (1) Where high-potential transformers, oil
switches and oil circuit-breakers, immersed in a liquid
that will burn in air, are installed in the same room
or in, upon or adjacent to a building other than a
generating station or its distributing sub-stations, the
high-potential transformers, oil switches and oil circuit-
breakers shall
(a) where installed within a building otherwise
than as permitted by clause b, be installed in
a vault;
(b) where installed in an electric-furnace room of
fire-resisting construction, be installed in a
vault or placed in a metal pan or concrete
basin of sufficient capacity to retain all the
liquid contained in the largest transformer
placed therein;
(c) where mounted upon the roof of a building, be
installed in a vault independently supported
by means of fire-resisting construction;
(d) where attached to the exterior of a building, or
placed in immediate proximity thereto, be
placed adjacent to blank masonry or concrete
walls at a safe distance from any opening
therein and so as not to expose combustible
eaves or cornices to danger of fire; and
(e) where attached to a building, be supported
from it by substantial incombustible supports
which keep the transformers, switches or
circuit-breakers not less than 6 inches from
the exterior surface of the building.
(2) Where transformers, switches or circuit-breakers
are installed in a metal pan or concrete basin as pro-
vided in clause b of subregulation 1, no combustible
material shall be kept near them.
506. (I) Where an approved high-potential trans-
former immersed in a liquid that will not burn in air
is installed in, upon or adjacent to a building other than
a generating station or its distributing sub-stations,
the transformer shall
50
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
99
(a) where installed within a building
(i) be surrounded by a suitable enclosure
which prevents access thereto by un-
authorized persons;
(ii) be protected from mechanical injury; and
(iii) be provided with ventilation where it is
in a confined space;
(b) where rated in excess of 25 kilovolt-amperes at
25 cycles or 371/2 kilovolt-amperes at 60 cycles,
be furnished with a pressure-relief vent;
(c) where installed on the roof of a building, be
placed at a safe distance from doors, windows
and discharge- vents for flammable fumes;
(d) where installed on exterior walls or adjacent
to buildings, comply with regulation 504; and
(e) where the transformer exceeds 15,000 volts
between terminals, be installed in a vault.
(2) Where the enclosure referred to in clause a of
subregulation 1 is of metal, it shall be grounded.
(3) Under clause d of subregulation 1, the drainage
system may be dispensed with.
(4) Where a transformer rated in excess of 25 kilo-
volt-amperes at 25 cycles or of 375 kilovolt-amperes at
60 cycles is located in a poorly ventilated space
(a) the relief-vent shall be connected to a chimney,
flue or vent-pipe discharging directly and
safely outside the building; or
(b) other effective means of absorbing gases
generated by arcing within the transformer
tank shall be provided.
(5) Where the transformers are installed on the
roof of a building where liquid expelled from the trans-
formers can reach a window or door, the transformers
shall be placed in a metal pan or concrete basin large
enough to contain and retain the liquid from the largest
transformer placed therein.
507. (1) Where approved high-potential air-cooled
transformers are installed within a building other than
a generating station or its distributing sub-stations, the
transformer shall
(a) not be installed without special permission;
(b) comply with clause a of subregulation 1 of
regulation 506 and subregulation 2 of regu-
lation 506;
(c) not be installed below grade level unless pro-
tected against flooding;
(d) be provided with means to prevent water
from falling or dripping on the windings;
(e) where mounted directly on a floor of com-
bustible construction, be provided with
(i) a steel floor-plate placed over asbestos
or equivalent non-combustible material
and extending at least 6 inches beyond all
sides of the transformer; and
(ii) an air-space of not less than 6 inches
between the floor-plate and the lowest
portion of the punchings or windings of the
transformer; and
(/) not be installed so as to create a fire hazard
with respect to combustible material in
storage or in process of manufacture.
508. (1) Low-potential transformers rated at not
more than 10 kilovolt-amperes total rating and 750
volts between terminals and immersed in a liquid that
that will burn in air may be installed without a vault
in a building or room which is not of fire-resisting
construction but no combustible materials shall be
left in dangerous proximity to the transformers.
(2) Transformers rated at not more than 25 kilo-
volt-amperes in any one unit nor more than 75 kilovolt-
amperes total rating and not exceeding 750 volts
between terminals may be installed without a vault in
a building or room of fire-resisting construction, but no
combustible materials shall be left in dangerous prox-
imity to the transformers.
(3) The transformers shall be placed in a metal pan
or concrete basin or surrounded by a metal or concrete
curbing large enough to contain and retain the liquid
from the largest transformer placed therein.
509. (1) Low-potential transformers of the dry-
core type shall be so mounted that there is an air-space
of not less than ^ inch between the transformer casing
and the nearest adjacent incombustible surface.
(2) Where the nearest adjacent surface is of com-
bustible material
(a) the air-space between the transformer casing
and the surface shall be not less than 12 inches;
(b) the surface shall be protected by incombustible
heat-insulating material or by grounded sheet-
metal arranged to provide an air-space of not
less than 2 inches between the sheet metal and
the protected surface.
510. (1) In this regulation "transformer" means a
single transformer or a bank of transformers operating
as a unit.
(2) Every transformer shall be protected by an over-
current device in the primary connection rated or set
at not more than 250 per cent of the rated primary
current of the transformer but the individual over-
current device shall not be required where
(a) the primary circuit over-current device affords
equivalent protection to the transformer; or
(b) its omission is authorized by subregulation 3.
(3) A transformer having an over-current device in
the secondary connection rated or set at not more than
250 per cent of the rated secondary current of the
transformer, or a transformer equipped with co-
ordinated thermal over-load protection by the manu-
facturer shall not be required to have an individual
over-current device in the primary connection, but
the primary feeder over-current device shall be rated
or set to open at a current value of
(a) not more than 6 times the rated current of the
transformer where the transformer has not
more than 6 per cent impedance; or
(6) not more than 4 times the rated current of the
transformer where the transformer has more
than 6 but not more than 10 per cent im-
pedance.
(4) Every potential transformer shall have primary
fuses rated at not more than 10 amperes for circuits of
750 volts or less and not more than 3 amperes for
circuits exceeding 750 volts.
circuit
(5) Where it is necessary to limit the possible short-
:uit current to a value within the interrupting
51
100
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
capacity of a high-tension fuse, a resister shall be con-
nected in series with the fuse.
511. (1) Every transformer shall be provided with
a name-plate showing
(a) the maker's name;
(6) the rating in kilovolt-amperes;
(c) the rated full-load temperature rise;
(d) the primary- and secondary- voltage rating;
(e) the frequency; and
(/) where the transformer is of the liquid-filled
type, the liquid capacity in Imperial gallons.
(2) Where the transformer is intended by the
manufacturer to be filled with an approved liquid that
will not burn in air, the type of liquid shall be shown
on the name-plate.
512. (1) The walls and roof of a vault shall be of
(a) reinforced concrete not less than 6 inches
thick,
(b) brick not less than 8 inches thick, or
(c) load-bearing hollow tile not less than 12 inches
thick coated on the inside with cement plaster,
but where the total capacity of the transformers en-
closed by the vault is not more than 100 kilovolt-
amperes or where all the transformers are of the air-
cooled type, reinforced concrete 4 inches thick may be
used by special permission.
(2) Where the outside walls of the building are of
standard vault construction, they shall, where practi-
cable, form one wall of the vault.
513. (1) Pipe or duct systems not forming part of
the electrical installation shall not be run into or through
a transformer vault but where the presence of the pipe
or duct systems in the vault cannot be avoided, their
appurtenances which require maintenance at regular
intervals shall be located outside the vault and the
vault shall be protected against possible condensation,
leaks and breaks in the pipe or duct system.
(2) Pipes and other facilities provided for fire pro-
tection or for water-cooled transformers shall be deemed
to be part of the electrical installation.
514. (1) Transformer vaults shall be ventilated.
(2) The ventilating openings shall be so located as
to facilitate the movement of air.
(3) Where the vault contains transformers having
an aggregate capacity of 50 kilovolt-amperes or less
and the vault is ventilated directly to outside air by
natural ventilation without the use of ducts, the
ventilating outlets shall have a combined area of not
less than one square foot.
(4) Where the vault contains transformers having
an aggregate capacity of more than 50 kilovolt-amperes,
the combined area of the ventilating outlets shall be
not less than 3 square inches for each kilovolt-ampere
of transformer capacity.
(5) The ventilation shall be such as will prevent the
development of temperatures in the transformers that
may be injurious to the electrical equipment.
(6) The inlet for fresh air shall be a flue or iron pipe
leading directly or indirectly from the outside air and
terminating in the vault at a point not more than 3
feet above floor level.
515. (1) Where ventilating openings for trans-
former vaults are not connected to chimneys, flues or
directly to outside air they shall be furnished with
automatic dampers made of metal of a thickness of not
less than No. 10 U.S. sheet-metal gauge.
(2) The damper control shall be arranged so as to
be operated from a point outside the vault.
516. (1) Where openings are made in transformer
vaults to provide illumination or ventilation from out-
side air, the openings shall be protected by louvres or
by substantial fixed metal screens with mesh not larger
than f inch.
(2) The openings shall be so constructed that snow
or rain cannot reach wiring or apparatus of other than
weather-proof construction.
517. (1) Transformer vaults shall be provided with
suitable means of draining oil and water therefrom.
(2) The floor or drain shall have a slope of not less
than \ inch per foot.
(3) Where vaults contain transformers having a
total capacity of 100 kilovolt-amperes or less, the drain
may be dispensed with but the enclosure shall be so
constructed as to retain within the vault all the oil con-
tained in the largest transformer therein.
518. (1) Every doorway to a transformer vault shall
be closed by means of a tight-fitting approved fire-door
of the type designated as "Class A Door and Hardware"
by Underwriters Laboratories Inc.
(2) Every doorway to a transformer vault shall have
a door-sill of sufficient height to confine within the vault
the oil from the largest transformer installed therein
and, in every case, of not less than 4 inches.
519. Every transformer vault shall be provided
with an adequate lighting-system controlled by a
switch located near the entrance to the vault and out-
side the vault.
520. Every door of a transformer vault shall be
provided with a substantial lock and the door shall be
kept locked at all times when no person is in the vault.
521. Transformer vaults shall not be used for
storage purposes.
ELECTRICAL CONDENSERS
522. Regulations 523 to 529, both inclusive, shall
not apply to special electrical condensers that are a
component part of other electrical apparatus and which
conform to the requirements of these regulations respect-
ing that apparatus.
523. Where electrical condensers
(a) are not insulated with a liquid that will not
burn in air, or
(b) contain in each unit thereof more than 3 Im-
perial gallons of combustible oil and are not
fitted with individual over-current devices,
they shall be enclosed in vaults constructed in accord-
ance with regulations 512 to 521, both inclusive.
524. (1) Every live part of an electrical condenser
shall be rendered inaccessible.
(2) Every non-current-carrying metal part of an
electrical condenser shall be grounded in accordance
with Part VII.
525. Every electrical condenser shall be provided
with a name-plate showing
52
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
101
i
(a) the maker's name;
(6) the rated voltage;
(c) the frequency;
(d) the kilovolt-amperes or amperes;
{«) the number of phases;
(/■) where an electrical condenser is of the liquid-
filled type, the amount of liquid in Imperial
gallons, and whether or not the liquid will
burn; and
(g) whether or not the electrical-condenser unit
has a discharge device inside the case.
526. Where electrical condensers are used with
individual motors for power-factor improvement
(o) the electrical condensers may be connected
directly without an over-current device or dis-
connecting means to any point on the load
side of the motor-circuit over-current device,
but the kilovolt-ampere rating of the electrical
condenser shall not be greater than the value
required to correct the no-load power factor
of the motor to unity;
(b) the conductors supplying the electrical con-
denser shall be of a size not smaller than those
supplying the motor starter;
(c) the conductors to the motor need not be of a
size larger than that required by the motor
without an electrical condenser;
(d) the over-current device and the switch in the
motor-circuit need not be of a rating greater
than that required by the motor without an
electrical condenser; and
(e) if the electrical condensers are connected
between the motor over-load device and the
motor, the over-load device shall be rated or
set at a value Which takes into account the
reduced line-current by reason of the electrical
condensers being in the circuit.
527. (1) Where electrical condensers are used with
other than individual motors for power-factor improve-
ment, they shall
(a) be connected to supply-circuit conductors
having a continuous current-carrying capacity
of not less than 135 per cent of the rated
current of the electrical condenser;
(6) be provided in each ungrounded conductor
with over-current protection rated or set as
low as is practicable to avoid unnecessary open-
ing of the circuit; and
(c) be provided with a disconnecting means cap-
able of carrying continuously 135 per cent of
the rated current of the electrical condenser.
(2) The over-current protection shall not be rated
or set at more than 250 per cent of the rated current of
the electrical condenser without special permission.
528. (1) Transformers used with electrical con-
densers shall be installed in accordance with regulations
502 to 521, both inclusive.
(2) The kilovolt-ampere rating of the transformer
shall be not less than 135 per cent of the kilovolt-
ampere rating of the electrical condenser.
529. (1) Every electrical condenser shall be pro-
vided with a means of draining the stored charge.
(2) The draining means shall be so constructed that
(c) where the electrical condenser is rated at 750
volts or less, its residual voltage is reduced to
50 volts or less within one minute after it is
disconnected from the source of supply; and
(6) where the electrical condenser is rated at more
than 750 volts, its residual voltage is reduced
to 50 volts or less within 5 minutes after it is
disconnected from the source of supply.
(3) The discharge circuit shall be
(a) permanently connected to the terminals of the
electrical condenser or the electrical-condenser
bank; or
(6) provided with automatic means of connecting
it to the terminals of the electrical-condenser
bank on the removal of voltage from the line.
(4) The discharge circuit shall not be switched or
connected by manual means.
(5) Where motors, transformers or other electrical
equipment are connected directly to electrical con-
densers without the interposition of a switch or over-
current device, the windings of the motors, transformers
or other equipment shall be deemed to constitute a
suitable discharge means.
SWITCHBOARDS AND SWITCH-GEAR
530. (1) Where switch-gear is not of the dead-front
or enclosed types, it shall be rendered inaccessible.
(2) Every live part on the rear of a dead-front
switchboard shall be rendered inaccessible.
(3) Where live parts of switch-gear are exposed to
damage by falling objects, they shall be guarded.
531. (1) Switch-gear shall not be installed within
3 feet of a ceiling of combustible material or a ceiling
of plaster applied over a combustible base unless the
combustible material or base is protected against
damage from fire by
(a) metal lath and cement plaster;
(b) } inch rigid asbestos board ; or
(c) other means furnishing equivalent protection.
(2) There shall be a space of not less than 3 feet
between equipment on the back of a fixed switchboard
and the nearest adjacent wall.
(3) The space may be enclosed with netting or
grating but provision shall be made for ready ingress
and egress at each end of the space.
532. (1) Where switchboards or switch-gear operate
(c) on alternating current at potentials between
150 volts to ground and 750 volts between
conductors, or
(6) on direct current at potentials between 300
volts to ground and 750 volts between con-
ductors,
insulating floors, mats or platforms, affording good
footing, shall be provided around the switchboard or
switch-gear.
(2) The insulating floors, mats or platforms shall
be so placed that the operator of the switchboard or
switch-gear cannot readily touch live parts when not
standing on the insulating floor, mat or platform.
533. Where switchboards or switch-gear operate at
potentials above 750 volts between conductors, every
live part shall be
53
102
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
(a) out-of-reach, or
(b) protected by suitable covers,
whether or not insulating floors, mats or platforms are
provided.
534. The front and rear of every switchboard shall
be illuminated adequately for the reading of instruments
and the operation and maintenance of the switchboard.
535. (1) Where non-enclosed air circuit-breakers
are mounted on the face of a switchboard, they shall
be mounted in a single row at the top of the switchboard.
(2) The top of every non-enclosed air circuit-
breaker mounted on the front of a switchboard shall
be not less than 5 feet above floor level.
536. (1) Where insulated conductors feeding to or
from switch-gear are closely mounted, they shall have
(a) an over-all flame-retarding moisture-resisting
covering; or
(b) an inherently flame-retarding and moisture-
resisting insulation on the individual con-
ductors.
(2) Where asbestos tape is used, it shall be kept
away from the terminals.
537. The space behind switchboards shall be kept
clear of objects not in use for the operation of the
switchboard.
STORAGE BATTERIES
538. (l)Where storage batteries have an aggregate
capacity at the 8-hour discharge rate of more than 5
kilowatt-hours and are in unsealed jars or tanks, the
storage bateries shall be kept in separate battery-
rooms or enclosures used for no other purpose.
(2) The rooms or enclosures shall be rendered in-
accessible.
539. (1) Storage-battery rooms and enclosures shall
be thoroughly ventilated.
(2) Appropriate means shall be employed for the
difi^usion and ventilation of gases from storage batteries
to prevent the accumulation of explosive atmospheres
in the rooms or enclosures.
540. (1) Every storage-battery cell shall be mounted
on incombustible absorption-resisting insulators of
glass or vitrified glazed procelain.
(2) Subregulation 1 shall not apply to small cells
which are made of insulating material and set in sand-
trays or on shelves or otherwise separated from the
floor of the room in which they are kept.
541. (1) Electrical wiring in a storage-battery room
shall be run
(a) as bare conductors;
(b) as open wiring;
(c) in rigid conduit; or
(d) in electrical metallic tubing.
(2) Conductors having varnished-cloth, V, type
insulation shall not be used in storage-battery rooms.
(3) Where bare conductors are used, they shall not
be taped.
(4) Where rigid conduit or electrical metallic tubing
is used, it shall be of corrosion-resisting material or
otherwise protected from corrosion.
542. (1) Where metal race-way or other metallic
covering for conductors is used in a battery room, not
less than 12 inches of the conductor measured from the
end thereof connected to a cell terminal shall be free
from the race-way or metallic covering and the con-
ductor shall issue from the race-way or metallic covering
through a substantial glazed insulated bushing.
(2) The end of the race-way shall be sealed tightly
by means of sealing compound, rubber insulating tape
or other suitable material so as to resist the entrance of
electrolyte by spray or by creeping.
LIGHTNING ARRESTERS
543. Lightning arresters shall be installed in every
distributing sub-station which is located where lightning
disturbances are of frequent occurrence and no other
adequate protection is provided.
544. (1) Where lightning arresters are installed for
the protection of electrical equipment in other than a
distributing sub-station, they may be installed inside
or outside the building or enclosure containing the
electrical equipment.
(2) Where the operating voltage of the circuit pro-
tected by the arrester is more than 750 volts between
conductors, the arrester shall be rendered inaccessible.
(3) Where the operating voltage of the circuit is less
than 750 volts between conductors, the arrester shall
be enclosed or isolated by elevation or otherwise ren-
dered inaccessible.
545. (1) Where lightning arresters are installed in
a building, they shall be located well away from all
equipment not protected thereby and from passage-
ways and combustible parts of buildings.
(2) Where a lightning arrester containing oil is
installed in a building, it shall be separated from all
other equipment by walls constructed and used in
accordance with regulations 512 to 521, both inclusive.
546. (1) Where lightning arresters containing oil
are installed in a location other than a building, adequate
means shall be provided for the draining away of any
accumulation of oil.
(2) The oil may be drained away by
(a) ditches or drains; or .
(6) paving the yard in which the arrester is con-
tained with cinders or other absorbent material
to an adequate depth.
547. Where choke-coils are used in connection with
a lightning arrester, the coils shall be installed between
the lightning-arrester tap and the apparatus to be pro-
tected thereby.
548. (1) The connection between lightning arresters
and line-conductors or line-buses and between lightning
arresters and the ground shall be of copper wire or
cable or some approved equivalent and shall be not
smaller than No. 6 B. & S. gauge.
(2) The connection shall
(a) be short;
(6) be free of sharp bends; and
(c) have a minimum of other bends and turns.
549. Where gap-electrodes, choke-coils and other
lightning-protection accessories are used, they shall
have an insulation from the ground and from other
conductors not less than the equivalent of the insulation
required by these regulations at other points in the
circuit.
54
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
103
550. Every lightning arrester shall be grounded in
accordance with Part VII.
RESISTANCE DEVICES
551. (1) Where insulated conductors are used for
connection between resistance elements and controllers,
the conductor shall be
(a) the asbestos covered, A, type, or
(b) the asbestos varnished-cloth, AVC, type, or
(c) where the temperature does not exceed 90
degrees centigrade or 194 degrees Fahrenheit,
the slow-burning, SB, type;
but other insulated conductors may be used for an
infrequent motor-starting service.
(2) Where the conductors have an approved flame-
retarding outer covering and the maximum difference
of potential between any 2 conductors does not exceed
75 volts, the conductors may be grouped.
552. Every resistance device and the wiring leading
to the resistance elements shall be so installed that the
danger of igniting adjacent combustible material is
reduced to a minimum.
553. (1) Incandescent lamps may be used as pro-
tective resistors for automatic controllers.
(2) Incandescent lamps may, by special permission,
be used as resistors in series with other devices.
(3) Where incandescent lamps are used as resistors,
they shall
(a) be mounted in porcelain receptacles on incom-
bustible supports;
(b) be so arranged that they cannot be subjected
to a voltage greater than that for which they
are rated;
(c) be provided with a permanently-attached
name-plate showing the wattage and voltage
of the lamp to be used in each receptacle;
(d) not carry or control the main current; and
(e) not constitute the regulating resistance of the
device.
ELECTRIC HEATING AND COOKING APPLIANCES
554. Where an electric heating- orcooking-appliance
is approved for use on a branch-circuit protected by
over-current devices rated or set at not more than 15
amperes, the rating of the appliance shall not exceed
1500 watts.
555. (1) Every electric heating- orcooking-appliance
rated at more than 1500 watts shall be supplied from a
branch-circuit used solely for the appliance.
(2) The appliance shall be controlled by an indicat-
ing switch which may be in the circuit or on the appli-
ance.
(3) Where the appliance is motor operated, the
switch shall be located in accordance with regulation
377.
(4) Where the appliance is rated at not more than
30 amf>eres, an attachment plug and receptacle may be
used instead of a switch.
556. (1) Where smoothing-irons, glue-pots, solder-
ing-irons or similar appliances or groups of the appli-
ances are used in other than private dwelling-houses,
every appliance or group of appliances shall be pro-
vided with an indicating switch and a red pilot-light.
(2) Where every appliance is provided with an
integral temperature-limiting device, the pilot-light
may, by special permission, be dispensed with.
Ri 557. Non-portable electric heating- and cooking-
appliances shall be so installed that the danger of
igniting adjacent combustible material is reduced to a
minimum.
558. Every electric heating- or cooking-appliance
which consists of more than one single heating element
shall have only one point of connection for supply.
559. Where a consumer's service supplies only one
electric range, the conductors of the service shall not
be smaller than two No. 4 B. & S. gauge conductors for
a 2-wire consumer's-service and three No. 6 B. & S.
gauge conductors for a 3-wire consumer's service.
560. (1) Infra-red drying lamps rated at 300 watts
or less may be used with lamp-holders of the medium-
base, keyless, porcelain type or with other types ap-
proved for the purpose.
(2) Screw-shell lamp-holders shall not be used with
infra-red lamps rated at more than 300 watts unless
the lamp-holders are approved for the purpose.
(3) The lamp-holders shall be protected in accord-
ance with Part V.
(4) Where the lamp-holders are used in industrial
processes, they may be operated in series on circuits of
more than 150 volts to ground, but adequate spacing
for the higher circuit-voltage shall be provided.
(5) Every section, panel or strip carrying one or
more infra-red lamp-holders shall be deemed to be an
appliance.
(6) The terminal connection block of an assembly
of infra-red lamp-holders shall be deemed to be an
ndividual outlet.
RECEPTACLES
561. Where electric power is used in residential
premises, there shall be installed in every kitchen,
laundry-room and utility-room therein a single or
duplex 12 5- volt convenience-receptacle on a circuit of
No. 12 B. & S. gauge conductors used for no other pur-
pose.
562. Where a fixture containing a convenience-out-
let is installed in a bathroom, the fixture shall be attached
to or mounted on an outlet box of metal which is
grounded.
563. (1) Receptacles for convenience-outlets rated
at not more than 15 amperes may be constructed so
as to accommodate both parallel- and tandem-blade
caps.
(2) The receptacles shall not be of the screw-base
type.
564. Adapters for use with Edison-base lamp-
holders shall be constructed so as to receive only
parallel-blade caps.
565. (1) Receptacles of the standard tandem- or
parallel-blade type shall be rated at 125 volts-15
amperes, or 250 volts-10 amperes.
(2) Where both 125-volt circuits and 250-volt
circuits are installed in the same premises, the recept-
acles used on the outlets supplied at 250 volts shall be
constructed so that standard tandem- or parallel-blade
type caps cannot be inserted therein.
566. Receptacles with exposed terminals shall not
be used elsewhere than in metal fittings, metal troughs
and similar devices.
55
104
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
567. Receptacles intended to be used for attachment
caps shall not be placed in ironing-board cabinets or
other similar enclosures.
568. Where attachment caps and receptacles are
located in floors, they shall be enclosed in floor boxes
approved for the purpose.
569. Where a receptacle is installed in a location
where there is more than normal risk of Injury or loss
of life through electrical shock
(a) the receptacle shall have an extra contact for
grounding;
(b) the receptacle and cap shall be polarized; and
(c) the receptacle and cap shall be so constructed
that they can be used only with a cap and
receptacle respectively of corresponding volt-
age rating.
ARC LAMPS
570. (1) Resistances or regulators for arc lamps
shall be enclosed in incombustible cases.
(2) An incandescent lamp shall not be used as a
resistor or regulator for an arc lamp.
571. (1) Every arc lamp, other than a lamp of the
enclosed-arc type, shall be equipped with a globe and
spark-arrester.
(2) The globe shall be guarded by wire netting
having a mesh of not more than li inches.
572. (1) Every outdoor arc lamp which is attached
to a building and supplied from an interior electrical
installation shall be suspended at least 8 feet above
ground level.
(2) Every indoor arc lamp shall be hung out-of-
reach or shall be suitably protected.
573. (1) Every lead to an arc lamp shall have a
current-carrying capacity of approximately 150 per
cent of the normal current of the lamp.
(2) Where an arc lamp is suspended so that it may
be raised and lowered and has leads larger than No. 14
B. & S. gauge, the leads shall be stranded.
574. Every arc lamp or series of arc lamps shall be
provided with an over-current device.
PART X
INSTALLATION OF INTERIOR LIGHTING EQUIPMENT
GENERAL
575. This Part applies to the installation of lighting
fixtures, lamp-holders, pendants, rosettes, incandescent
filament lamps, electric discharge larnps and the
wiring and electrical equipment used in connection
therewith.
576. (1) Every lighting fixture requiring a ballast
or transformer shall be plainly marked to show
(a) its electrical rating;
(b) the manufacturer's name, trade-mark or other
suitable means of identification.
(2) The electrical rating of the fixture includes the
voltage, current, input watts and frequency.
LOCATION
577. Where electrical equipment used for interior
lighting is installed in a hazardous location, the equip-
ment and its installation shall conform to Part XIII.
578. Where electrical fixtures used for interior
lighting are installed in a place where moisture or
corrosive elements are present in quantities which are
likely to interfere with the normal operation of electrical
equipment, the fixtures shall be of a type approved for
use under the conditions, and shall be installed in
conformity with Part XV.
579. (1) Where combustible material is kept near
a lighting fixture, the fixture shall be so constructed or
installed or so equipped with shades or guards as to
limit the temperature to which the combustible material
is subjected to a maximum of 90 degrees centigrade or
194 degrees Fahrenheit.
(2) Every fixture and lamp-holder installed over
readily combustible material shall be of the unswitched
type.
(3) Where lighting fixtures or lamp-holders are
installed over readily combustible material every fixture
and lamp-holder shall be controlled by an individual
wall-switch, but a wall switch may control more than
one fixture or lamp-holder if every fixture and lamp-
holder is located at least 8 feet above floor level or so
located or guarded that the lamps cannot be readily
removed or damaged.
580. (1) No lighting fixture installed in the im-
mediate vicinity of flammable material shall have
external wiring.
(2) Every incandescent lamp located in the vicinity
of flammable material shall be so installed and guarded
as to maintain the material at a safe temperature at
all times.
581. No lighting fixture having external wiring,
other than a fixture of the chain suspension type, and
no lamp-holder having a paper or fibre lining shall be
used in a show-window,
582. (1) Every lighting fixture installed in a clothes-
closet shall be installed on the ceiling or on the front
wall above the door of the closet.
(2) No electric fixture of the pendent type shall be
installed in a clothes-closet.
583. Where lighting fixtures are installed in recessed
cavities in walls or ceilings, they shall be of a type
approved for the purpose and shall be kept at least i
inch from combustible material.
584. Where lighting fixtures are installed directly
on walls or ceilings, of metal or metal-lath, the non-
current-carrying metal parts of the fixtures shall be
(a) insulated from the wall or ceiling ; or
(6) grounded.
585. The exposed non-current-carrying metal parts
of lighting fixtures and electrical equipment used in con-
nection therewith in basements, bath-rooms, kitchens
and other places in which they are in proximity to
grounded metal objects or where dampness may exist
shall be
(fl) installed out-of-reach ; or
(6) grounded.
INSTALLATION
586. (1) Lighting fixtures, lamp-holders, lamps and
rosettes shall be installed so that no live part is exposed
to contact while they are in use.
(2) Every lighting fixture shall be so constructed or
installed that conductors in the outlet box are not sub-
jected to temperatures greater than those for which the
conductors are approved.
56
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
105
(3) Where lamp-holders and switches have exposed
accessible terminals, they shall not be installed in
metal fixture-canopies or in open bases of portable
lamps.
587. (1) Every lighting fixture, lamp-holder and
rosette shall be securely supported.
(2) Every lighting fixture shall be supported from
a fixed outlet in accordance with regulation 211.
(3) Where a lighting fixture weighs more than 6
pounds or exceeds 16 inches in any dimension, it shall
not be supported by the screw shell of the lamp-holder.
(4) Where a lighting fixture weighs more than 50
pounds, it shall be supported independently of the out-
let box.
588. Where a lighting fixture is attached to a con-
duit system or other grounded support, it shall be
connected thereto both mechanically and electrically.
589. (1) Every outlet box shall be provided with a
cover or covered by a fixture-canopy, lamp-holder,
rosette or similar device.
(2) Where any part of a combustible wall or ceiling
is exposed between the edge or a fixture-canopy or pan
and an outlet box, the part of the wall or ceiling shall
be covered with non-combustible material.
590. (1) Every canopy and outlet box shall be
installed so as to provide adequate space for conductors
and connections.
(2) Where a canopy-switch controls a fixture having
auxiliary equipment, the fixture or the fixture-canopy
shall have knock-outs suitably constructed and located
to accommodate the switch.
591. (1) The recessed p>ortion of every recessed
lighting-fixture enclosure shall be at least | inch from
combustible material at every point other than a point
of support.
(2) Every recessed lighting-fixture shall be so in-
stalled that adjacent combustible material is not sub-
jected to temperatures in excess of 90 degrees centigrade
or 194 degrees Fahrenheit.
(3) Where a lighting fixture is recessed in fire-
resisting material in a building of fire-resisting con-
struction, the fire-resisting material may be subjected
to temperatures of not more than 150 degrees centigrade
or 302 degrees Fahrenheit, but the fixture shall be
plainly marked as approved for the service.
592. Every lighting fixture shall be so installed that
the connections between the fixture conductors and the
circuit conductors may be inspected without discon-
necting any part of the wiring unless the connection
employs a plug and receptacle.
593. (1) No lighting fixture shall be used as a race-
way for circuit conductors unless the fixture is approved
for that use, but the conductors of a single branch-
circuit may be carried through an installation of lighting
fixtures approved for end-to-end assembly to form a
continuous race-way.
(2) Where the lighting fixtures referred to in
subregulation 1 are fluorescent, the ballasts and trans-
formers in the installation shall be deemed to be a
source of heat and the conductors supplying the fixtures
shall be of the slow-burning, SB, type and shall not
be exposed to temperatures exceeding 90 degrees
centigrade or 194 degrees Fahrenheit.
594. Every lighting fixture having a combustible
shade or enclosure shall be so installed as to provide an
adequate air-space between the lamps and the com-
bustible shade or enclosure.
595. (1) Where a rigid ceiling lighting-fixture or
lamp-holder is located in a basement at a height of less
than 7 feet above the floor, the fixture or lamp-holder
shall be protected from mechanical injury by a gucird.
(2) A short drop-light may be used in a basement.
(3) Lamps which light basement stairs shall be
controlled by a switch located at the top of the stairs.
WIRING
596. (1) All electrical wiring on or within a lighting
fixture shall be
(o) neatly arranged without excess wiring;
(6) not exposed to mechanical injury; and
(c) so arranged that it is not subjected to tem-
peratures above those for which it is approved.
(2) No joint or tap shall be located within an arm or
stem of a lighting fixture.
597. (1) No conductor for a lighting fixture shall
be smaller than No. 18 B. & S. gauge.
(2) Where a tap is made to a branch-circuit con-
ductor and run to a fixture outlet, the tap shall be not
more than 18 inches long.
(3) Every tap shall be of a size not less than the
minimum size of the conductor required for the wiring
of the fixture.
598. (1) Every lighting fixture shall be wired with
conductors having insulation suitable for the voltage
and temperatures to which the conductors may be
subjected.
(2) Where lighting fixtures are installed in damp
or corrosive atmospheres or wet places, the conductors
shall be of a type approved for use under those con-
ditions.
599. (1) Stranded conductors shall be used on
chain fixtures and other movable parts of lighting
equipment.
(2) Conductors shall be so arranged that the weight
of the lighting fixture or the movable parts do not
place tension on the conductors.
(3) All conductors which supply movable parts of
lighting equipment shall be protected against mechanical
injury.
600. (1) Where pendent lamp-holders having per-
manently attached leads are used in other than festoon-
wiring, they shall be hung from separate stranded rub-
ber-insulated conductors which are soldered directly
to the circuit conductors but supported independently
thereof.
(2) Where the pendent conductors supply heavy-
duty or medium-based screw-shell lamp-holders, they
shall be not smaller than No. 14 B. & S. gauge.
(3) Where the pendent conductors supply inter-
mediate or candelabra-base lamp-holders, other than
approved Christmas-tree and decorative lighting-out-
fits, the conductors shall be not smaller than No. 18
B. & S. gauge.
(4) Where the pendent conductors are longer than
3 feet they shall be twisted together.
601. (1) Every conductor for interior-lighting equip-
ment shall be secured so as not to expose the insulation
to damage from cutting or abrasion.
(2) Where the conductors pass through metal, they
shall be protected from abrasion.
57
106
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
(3) Exposed flexible cord or fixture wires shall not
be used to supply permanently installed lighting-
fixtures in show-cases or wall-cases.
602. (1) Every lighting fixture shall be so wired that
all screw-shells of its lamp-holders are connected to the
same fixture, conductors, circuit-conductor or terminal.
(2) The identified supply conductor shall be con-
nected to the identified conductor or conductors of the
lighting-fixtures.
603. (1) Where conductors to recessed lighting-
fixtures are exposed to temperatures in excess of 60
degrees centigrade or 140 degrees Fahrenheit, the con-
ductors shall be at least 4 feet long and they shall be
of the asbestos-covered. A, type or its equivalent.
(2) The conductors shall be armoured or run in
metal race-way and shall extend from the fixture-en-
closure to a suitable junction-box located not less than
1 foot from the fixture-enclosure.
(3) The conductors shall not extend for more than
6 feet from the fixture measured along the race-way,
but conductors approved for the purpose may be run
for more than 6 feet from the fixture.
(4) Where the connections in the junction-box are
made to other than non-metallic sheathed-cable or a
knob-and-tutje wiring system, the junction-box shall
be accessible.
(5) The temperature in the junction-box shall not
exceed 60 degreescentigrade or 140 degrees Fahrenheit.
(6) The connection of the asbestos-covered or
equivalent conductors with the rubber-insulated branch-
circuit conductors shall be made in the junction-box.
604. (1) Where show-window lighting-fixtures are
closely spaced, they may be connected to asbestos-
covered conductors within the show-window.
(2) The connection of show-window lighting-fixtures
to the circuit-conductor shall be in a junction-box.
(3) The junction-box shall be maintained at a
sufficient distance from the lighting fixtures to ensure
that the rubber-insulated circuit-conductors are not
subject to temperatures in excess of 60 degrees centi-
grade or 140 degrees Fahrenheit.
GROUNDING
605. Every non-current-carrying metal part of
lighting fixtures and lighting equipment shall be
grounded in accordance with Part VII.
606. Where a metal lighting-fixture is installed on
an outlet wired with grounded metal-race-wa' or
grounded armoured-cable, the fixture shall be grounded.
607. (1) Where a metal lighting-fixture is installed
on an outlet wired with knob-and-tube or non-metallic
sheathed-cable on a circuit operating at not more than
150 volts to ground, the fixture shall be grounded.
(2) Where a metal lighting-fixture or plate is
mounted on a metal or metal-lathed ceiling or wall and
is insulated from its support and from the metal
ceiling or wall or from the metal-lath by the use of
insulating joints or fixture-supports and canopy-
insulators, the grounding of the fixture or plate may be
dispensed with.
(3) Where a metal lighting-fixture or plate is not
mounted on a metal or metal-lathed ceiling or wall and
is not within reach of grounded material it need not
be insulated or grounded.
(4) Where a wiring system does not afford a ready
means for grounding the exposed non-current-carry-
ing metal parts of fixtures or lamp-holders, lighting
fixtures made of insulating material or lamp-holders
having shells of insulating material shall be used.
608. (1) Where a metal lighting-fixture or a trans-
former enclosure is on a circuit operating at more than
150 volts to ground, the fixture or enclosure shall be
grounded.
(2) Where the other exposed metal parts of lighting
equipment are not insulated from ground and from
other conducting surfaces and are not inaccessible, the
exposed metal parts shall be grounded.
(3) Where lamp-tie-wires, mounting screws, clips
and decorative bands on glass lamps are at least 1^
inches from the terminals of the lamp, they need not
be grounded.
609. (1) No drop-light having a metal-shell lamp-
holder and no ungrounded metal lighting-fixture, lamp-
holder or switch-plate shall be installed within 8 feet
measured vertically or 5 feet measured horizontally of
laundry-tubs, bath-tubs, shower-baths, plumbing fix-
tures, steam-pipes or other grounded metal work or
grounded surfaces.
(2) No lamp-holder installed in
shower-room or kitchen shall
a bath-room,
(a) be attached to a drop-cord;
(b) have a switch forming part of the assembly; or
(c) be controlled by other than a wall-switch.
(3) Lamp-holders in basements shall be controlled
only by wall-switches, but where
(a) the outer shell of the lamp-holder is of approved
insulating material and the operating mech-
anism of the switch is insulated from live
parts, or
(b) exposed non-current-carrying metal parts of
the lamp-holder are grounded,
the lamp-holder may be controlled by switches forming
part of the assembly of the lamp-holder.
610. (1) Electric-lighting equipment shall be con-
sidered as grounded when it is mechanically and
electrically connected in a permanent and effective
manner to
(a) metal race-way,
(b) the armour of armoured-cable,
(c) the groqnding-conductor in non-metallic
sheathed cable.
(d) a separate grounding-conductor not smaller
. than No. 14 B. & S. gauge, or
(e) gas-pipe,
but the race-way, armour, grounding-conductor or
gas-pipe shall be grounded in a manner specified in
Part VII.
(2) Chains which support electric-lighting equip-
ment shall not be used as a means of grounding the non-
current-carrying metal parts of the equipment.
ROSETTES AND LAMP-HOLDERS
611. Lamp-holders of the screw-shell typer shall
not be used for any purpose other than the holding of
lamps, or the accommodation of adapters of the Edison-
base type.
612. (1) Every medium-base lamp-holder shall have
a rating of 660 watts, 250 volts.
s^
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
107
(2) Where medium-base lamp-holders are not of
special heat-resisting construction, they shall not be
used with incandescent lamps rated in excess of 300
watts.
(3) Mogul-base lamp-holders shall not be used with
incandescent lamps rated at more than 1500 watts.
(4) Incandescent lamps rated at 300 watts and
used with medium-base lamp-holders shall be provided
with a heat-deflecting disc or equivalent device.
613. The identified grounded supply-conductor
shall be connected to permanently connected lamp-
holders at the screw-shell binding-post.
614. (1) No 2-wire branch-circuit serving pendants
or fixtures wired with flexible cord or fixture-wire,
smaller than No. 14 B. & S. gauge, shall have more than
12 incandescent lighting outlets.
(2) No 2-wire branch-circuit shall have more than
8 mogul lamp-holders connected thereto. •
615. Lamp-holders having pin-type terminals shall
be used only for temporary wiring.
616. Every lamp-holder shall be provided with
proper over-current protection.
617. Where a metal lamp-holder is attached to a
flexible cord, the inlet for the flexible cord shall be
equipped with an insulating bushing.
618. Where lamp-holders of the switched type are
used on unidentified 2-w4re circuits tapped from the
ungrounded conductors of multi-wire circuits, the
switching devices of the lamp-holders shall disconnect
both conductors of the circuit simultaneously.
619. (1) Where lamp-holders are installed in
places likely to be damp or wet, they shall be of the
weather-proof type.
(2) Where the lamp-holders are of insulating
material, they shall be capable of resisting mechanical
shock.
620. (1) Fusible rosettes shall not be used.
(2) Separable rosettes which make possible a change
in polarity shall not be used.
621. Where rosettes are installed in places likely
to be damp or wet, they shall be of the weather-proof
type.
622. (1) Where a lamp-holder of the portable hand-
lamp type is supplied through a flexible cord, the lamp-
holder shall be of moulded composition or shall be of
a type approved for the purpose.
(2) Brass-shell paper-lined lamp-holders shall not
be used.
(3) Every portable hand-lamp shall be equipped
with a handle of moulded composition or other ap-
proved material.
(4) Where portable hand-lamps are subject to
mechanical damage or may come in contact with com-
bustible material, they shall be equipped with a sub-
stantial guard attached to the lamp-holder or to the
handle.
MERCURY-VAPOUR LAMPS
623. (1) Every mercury- vapour lamp shall be
equipped with approved auxiliary equipment having an
incombustible enclosure.
(2) The auxiliary equipment shall be deemed to be
a source of heat.
624. Where the auxiliary leads or connections are
smaller than No. 12 B. & S. gauge, the primary over-
current devices shall not be rated or set at more than
15 amperes.
625. (1) Where mercury-vapour-lamp transformers
(a) have an aggregate capacity of not more than
4000 volt-amperes,
(b) are controlled by a single switch,
(c) are supplied by a branch-circuit which does
not supply any equipment other than incandes-
cent lamps installed in the same fixtures, and
(d) are protected by over-current devices rated or
set at a value sufficient to carry adequately the
starting current,
the transformers may be grouped on a single branch-
circuit.
(2) The over-current protection shall not be more
than 200 per cent of the circuit full-load current.
626. Mercury-vapour fixtures in which mogul lamp-
holders are used shall be wired with conductors not
smaller than No. 14 B. & S. gauge.
ELECTRIC-DISCHARGE LIGHTING SYSTEMS OPERATING
AT LESS THAN 1000 VOLTS
627. (1) Electrical equipment used with electric-
discharge lighting systems and designed for an open-
circuit voltage of 1000 volts or less shall be of a type
approved for that service.
(2) Transformers of the oil-filled type shall not be
used in electric-discharge lighting systems.
(3) The terminals of an electric-discharge lamp
shall be deemed to be alive if any lamp terminal is
connected to a potential of more than 300 volts.
628. The fixtures of an electric-discharge lighting
system shall not be installed on a direct-current circuit
unless
(a) the fixtures are equipped with auxiliary equip-
ment and resistors designed and approved for
direct-current operation; and
(b) the fixtures are so marked.
629. (1) Where equipment for use with discharge-
lighting systems has an open-circuit voltage of more
than 1000 volts, it shall not be installed in housing
accommodation .
(2) Where equipment for use with discharge-light-
ing systems has an open-circuit voltage of more than
300 volts, it shall not be installed in housing accommo-
dation unless the equipment is so designed that no
live parts are exposed during the insertion or removal
of lamps.
630. Where fixtures used in electric-discharge light-
ing systems have exposed ballasts or transformers, the
fixtures shall be so installed that the ballasts or trans-
formers are not in contact with combustible material.
631. (1) Where the reactors, electrical condensers,
resistors and other auxiliary equipment of an electric-
discharge lighting system are not installed as part of
the lighting-fixture assembly, they shall be enclosed
in an accessible permanently-installed metal cabinet.
(2) Adequate provision shall be made for the
dissipation of heat from enclosed auxiliary equipment
and the conductors supplying the auxiliary equipment
shall have insulation approved for the temperatures
likely to be encountered.
59
108
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
(3) The metal cabinet shall be installed as close as
possible to the lamps.
(4) Where display-cases are not permanently
installed, no part of a secondary circuit shall be included
in more than one case.
632. Where a circuit which supplies gas-tube lamps
and their transformers is controlled by a switch, the
switch shall
(a) be of a type approved with the assembly; or
(b) have a current-rating of not less than twice
the current requirement of the lamps or trans-
formers.
633. (1) Where lighting branch-circuits are pro-
tected by 15-ampere over-current devices and supply
ballasts, transformers or auto-transformers, the load
of the branch-circuits shall be computed on the basis
of the total amperes of the units and not on the watts
of the lamps.
(2) Where gas-tube fixtures are wired with con-
ductors smaller than No. 14 B. & S. gauge, the aggre-
gate capacity of the fixtures connected to any 2 wires of
a lighting branch-circuit shall not be more than 12
amperes.
ELECTRIC-DISCHARGE LIGHTING SYSTEMS OPERATING
AT 1000 VOLTS OR MORE
634. Electrical equipment used with electric-dis-
charge lighting systems and designed for an open-
circuit voltage of 1000 volts or more shall be of a type
approved for that service.
635. (1) The fixtures and lamp installations in an
electric-discharge lighting system shall be controlled
singly or in groups by an externally operated switch or
circuit-breaker which opens all ungrounded primary con-
ductors.
(2) The switch or circuit-breaker shall be
(a) installed within sight of the fixtures or lamps;
or
(6) provided with a means for locking it in the
open position.
(3) The switch or circuit-breaker shall
(a) be of a type approved for the purpose; or
(b) have a current rating of not less than twice
the current rating of the transformer or trans-
formers controlled by it.
636. (1) Every transformer and ballast used in an
electric-discharge lighting system shall have a secondary
open-circuit voltage of not more than 15000 volts but
an additional 1000 volts may be allowed on test.
(2) The secondary-current rating shall not be more
than 240 milliamperes.
(3) Where the open-circuit voltage exceeds 7500
volts, the secondary-current ratings shall not be more
than 120 milliamperes.
637. (1) A transformer used in an electric-discharge
lighting system shall be of an approved enclosed type.
(2) Transformers of the oil-filled type shall not be
used unless they are filled with a liquid that cannot
burn.
638. (1) The high-voltage windings of transformers
used in electric-discharge lighting systems operating at
more than 1000 volts shall not be connected in series
or in parallel but where each of 2 transformers has one
end of its high-voltage winding grounded and connected
to the enclosure, the high-voltage windings may be
connected in series to form the equivalent of a mid-
point grounded transformer.
(2) The grounded ends of the high-voltage windings
shall be connected by an insulated conductor not
smaller than No. 14 B. & S. gauge.
639. (1) Transformers used in electric-discharge
lighting systems operating at more than 1000 volts
shall be accessible.
(2) The transformers shall be installed as near to
the lamps as is practicable.
(3) The transformers shall be so located that
adjacent combustible materials are not subjected to
temperatures in excess of 90 degrees centigrade or 194
degrees Fahrenheit.
640. (1) The secondary conductors of an electric-
discharge lighting system shall be gas-tube-sign cable
approved for the purpose and for the voltage of the
circuit.
(2) The conductors shall be installed in conformity
with regulations 1031 to 1038, both inclusive.
641. Where the lamps of an electric-discharge
lighting system are connected to a transformer, they
shall be of such length and characteristics as not to
cause a condition of continuous over-voltage on the
transformer.
642. (1) The lamps of an ejectric-discharge lighting
system operating at 1000 volts or more shall be sup-
ported in the same manner as is prescribed for gas-
tubes by regulation 1046.
(2) The lamps shall not be installed where they are
exposed to mechanical injury.
643. (1) The lamps and the lamp-holders in an
electric-discharge lighting system operating at more
than 1000 volts shall be so designed that the tubing
may be replaced without exposing uninsulated live
parts.
(2) Where a spring-contact type of receptacle is
used, it shall be so designed that the live spring is at
all times recessed a distance of at least 3 times the
diameter of the receptacle opening.
(3) The primary circuit shall be controlled by a
relay which opens the circuit when a tube in the second-
ary circuit is broken or removed.
(4) Every live part of a lamp or lamp-holder shall
be protected by barriers which require special tools for
removal, unless access to the live parts cannot be
gained without disconnecting the primary circuit.
644. (1) Every fixture and every secondary circuit
of tubing having an open-circuit voltage of more than
1000 volts shall be clearly and legibly marked in letters
and figures not less than J inch high with the words
"Caution Volts".
(2) In the space between the words "Caution" and
"Volts" the rated open-circuit voltage shall be inserted
in figures.
PART XI
ELECTRIC CRANES & HOISTS
645. This Part applies to electric cranes and hoists.
COLLECTOR-CONDUCTORS
646. (1) Collector-conductors shall be secured at
their ends by strain insulators.
60
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
109
(2) Bridge collector-conductors shall be so mounted
on insulators that at its maximum displacement the
conductor is not within IJ inches of the nearest ad-
jacent surface.
(3) Bridge collector-conductors shall be kept at
least 2i inches from one another.
(4) Where the span exceeds 80 feet, insulating
saddles shall be placed at intervals of not more than
50 feet.
647. (1) Where main collector-conductors are carried
along runways, they shall be attached to or rest upon
insulating supports placed at intervals of not more than
20 feet.
(2) Where 2 or more main collector-conductors are
run in the same horizontal plane, they shall be separated
from one another by at least 6 inches but the conductors
for a mono-rail hoist shall be separated from one
another by at least 3 inches.
(3) Where 2 or more main collector-conductors are
not run in the same horizontal plane, they shall be
separated from one another by at least 8 inches.
(4) Where necessary, the intervals between in-
sulating supports may be increased to a maximum of
40 feet, but where the increase is made the separation
between the conductors shall be increased propor-
tionately.
(5) There shall be at all times a space of at least
2 inches
(a) between parts of opposite pwlarity; and
(b) between live parts and ground.
648. (1) Where the collector-conductors for cranes
and hoists are supported by rigid supports at intervals
of less than 30 feet, the conductors shall not be smaller
than No. 6 B. & S. gauge.
(2) Where the conductors are supported by rigid
supports at intervals of more than 30 feet but less than
60 feet, the conductors shall be not smaller than No.
4 B. & S. gauge.
(3) Where the conductors are supported by rigid
supports at intervals of 60 feet or more, the conductors
shall be not smaller than No. 2 B. & S. gauge.
649. (1) The collector-conductors run along a run-
way on an electric crane or hoist may consist of rigid
angles, tees or other sections of steel but shall be
mounted firmly on insulating supports spaced at inter-
vals of not more than 20 feet and shall be kept separated
from the other conductors and conducting material
by at least 1 inch.
(2) All sections of the conductors shall be mech-
anically and electrically connected in such maner as to
ensure electrical continuity.
650. (1) Mono-rail or tram-rail tracks may be
used as a conductor of current for one phase of a 3-
phase alternating-current system which furnishes
power to the carrier, crane or trolley but
(a) the conductors supplying the other 2 phases
of the power supply system shall be insulated ;
(b) the power for all phases shall be obtained
from an insulating transformer;
(c) the potential shall not exceed 300 volts;
{d) the rail which serves as a conductor shall be
bonded at all joints and shall be grounded
effectively at only one point which shall, where
practicable, be at the transformer; and
(c) the collector-conductors shall be isolated by
elevation or provided with suitable guards so
arranged that no person can inadvertently
touch the current-carrying parts while in con-
tact with ground or with conducting material
connected to ground.
(2) Where the collector-conductors are installed in
a place to which only qualified persons are admitted,
the precautions required by clause e of subregulation
1 may be dispensed with.
651. (1) The collector-conductors shall be rendered
inaccessible.
(2) The collector-conductors shall not be used as
feeders for any equipment other than the crane or
cranes which they serve.
CONTROL AND PROTECTION OF CIRCUITS
652. (1) The main collector-conductors shall be
controlled by a switch located so as to be readily
accessible from the floor and so that the collector-con-
ductors are visible from the switch.
(2) The switch shall be a motor-circuit switch.
653. A limit-switch shall be provided for the upper
limit of travel of crane-hoists.
GROUNDING
654. Motor frames, tracks and the entire frame of
every electric crane shall be grounded in conformitv
with Part VII.
PART XII
PASSENGER AND FREIGHT ELEVATORS AND DUMB-
WAITERS
655. This Part applies to electrically-operated
elevators, including passenger elevators, freight eleva-
tors and dumb-waiters.
656. (1) No part of any electric circuit having a
voltage of more than 750 volts shall be used on any
elevator-car control system.
(2) Electric circuits having a voltage of more than
750 volts may be used in machine rooms or penthouses
for the of)eration of motors and brakes but
(o) all control- and signal-wiring shall be insulated
from the power circuits; and
(b) all machine frames and hand-operated metal
ropes shall be grounded.
(3) Where an automatic elevator has operating
devices in the car and at landings, the operating devices
shall not be installed in a circuit having a voltage of
more than 300 volts to ground.
(4) The push-buttons of an elevator-signalling
circuit shall not be installed in a circuit having a voltage
of more than 300 volts to ground.
657. Every live part of electrical apparatus in or
on an elevator-car or in an elevator hoist-way shall be
enclosed in such manner as to prevent accidental
contact therewith.
658. (1) Where the conductors of elevator equip-
ment are installed in an auxiliary gutter in a machine-
room, and under the controllers, starters or other
apparatus for an elevator machine, the conductors shall
be of the rubber-insulated or of the thermoplastic-
insulated type.
61
no
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
(2) The conductors between the main-circuit
resistors and the back of the control panels shall be of
the slow-burning SB type, the asbestos- varnished-
cloth type or the all-asbestos-covered type.
(3) All other electric wiring of the control panels
shall be of the rubber-insulated or of the thermo-
plastic-insulated type but, where the conductors are
subjected to temperatures of more than 60 degrees
centigrade or 140 degrees Fahrenheit, they shall be
of a type approved for the purpose.
(4) Conductors or groups of conductors having
flame-retarding outer covering shall not be used as
connections for the operating circuits of elevator con-
trollers unless the outer covering has also moisture-
resisting properties.
(5) Conductors having asbestos or other moisture-
absorbing coverings shall not be used for the operating
circuits of elevator controllers.
659. Where travelling cables are used as flexible
connections between an elevator-car and the hoist-way,
they shall be of type E elevator cable or of some other
type approved for the purpose and shall have a flame-
retarding and moisture-resisting outer covering.
660. (1) Conductors for the lighting circuits in
elevator wiring systems shall not be smaller than No. 14
B. & S. gauge but, where flexibility is required, 2 or
more No. 16 B. & S. gauge conductors may be used in
parallel in travelling cables and on the car.
(2) The conductors for elevator-operating and
elevator-control circuits shall be of the rubber-insulated
fixture-wire, RF-32, type, the flexible, rubber-in-
sulated fixture-wire, FF-32, type or the thermoplastic-
insulated fixture-wire, TF or TFF, type and not
smaller than No. 16 B. & S. gauge.
(3) The conductors for signal circuits and for
fixtures in an elevator-wiring system shall be of the
rubber-insulated fixture-wire, RF-32, type, the flexible
rubber-insulated fixture-wire, FF-32, type, or the
thermoplastic-insulated fixture-wire, TF of TFF, type
and not smaller than No. 18 B. & S. gauge.
661. (1) Where the conductors of an elevator-wiring
system, other than travelling cables or conductors used
in Class 1 or Class 2 signal systems, are located in a
hoistway, they shall be installed in rigid conduit or in
electrical metallic tubing, but flexible conduit or
armoured cable may be used between riser- and limit-
switches, inter-locks, push-buttons or similar devices.
(2) The conductors and travelling cables of an
elevator-car shall be run in rigid conduit, electrical
metallic tubing or wire-ways, but
(a) short runs of flexible conduit or armoured
cable may be used where they are securely
fastened in place and not exposed to oil; and
(b) short runs of type S cord may be used as the
flexible connection between fixed wiring on
the car and the switch on the car door or gate
where the cord is securely fastened in position
and not exposed to mechanical injury.
662. (1) Where the conductors of circuits between
motors and generators, motors and control panels or
generators and control panels are
(a) not over 6 feet long,
(b) supported at intervals of not more than 3
feet, and
(c) not so located as to be subjected to mechanical
damage or to temperatures in excess of 60
degrees centigrade or 140 degrees Fahrenheit,
the conductors may be grouped without additional
insulation of the separate conductors but
(i) the group shall be taped or corded; and
(ii) the tapes or cords shall be coated with
insulating paint.
(2) Where motor-generators are used with elevator
motors and both are located adjacent to or underneath
the control equipment and are provided with extra-
length terminal-leads, the leads may be extended to
connect directly to the elevator-controller or motor-
generator terminal studs and the provisions of regu-
lation 271 in respect of current-carrying capacity shall
not apply, but no lead shall be longer than 6 feet.
INSTALLATION OF CONDUCTORS
663. Where the conductors of elevator wiring issue
from a race-way, regulations 211, 212 and 213 in
respect of the race-way terminal fittings or bushings
shall apply but in no case shall the race-way terminate
within 6 inches from the floor.
664. Where conduit or electrical metallic tubing is
exposed and does not contain feeders, split fittings or
clamp fittings may be used on the conduit or tubing.
665. The supports for rigid or flexible conduit,
electrical metallic tubing and armoured-cable shall be
fastened securely to the guide rail or to the structural
elements of the hoist-way.
666. The control-circuit conductors of an elevator-
wiring system shall be of the stranded or flexible types.
667. (1) Where the operating conductors or control-
circuit conductors of an elevator-wiring system are
installed in conduit or electrical metallic tubing, the
conduit or tubing shall not contain a number of con-
ductors exceeding that specified in Table 14.
(2) The provisions of regulation 232 in respect of
the length of an auxiliary gutter and the provisions of
regulation 235 in respect of the number of conductors
permissible in an auxiliary gutter shall not apply to
auxiliary gutters used in an elevator-wiring system.
668. Where the conductors of an elevator car-
lighting circuit or an elevator-signal system are not an
integral part of the elevator-wiring system, they shall
be separated and run in separate travelling cables and
race-ways.
669. (1) Where elevator-signal conductors form an
integral part of the elevator-wiring system and have a
common power supply with the conductors for the
elevator-circuits, including the operating, control and
power conductors, they may be run in the same travell-
ing cable or race-way system notwithstanding that
the characteristics of the voltage and current may be
changed within the wiring system by rectifying, trans-
forming or other converting devices supplied from the
elevator feeder-circuit, but
(a) all the elevator-signal conductors and elevator-
circuit conductors shall be insulated for the
maximum voltage found in the cable or race-
way system; and
(ft) all live parts of the equipment shall be insulated
from ground for the maximum voltage.
(2) The travelling cable or race-way may also
include a pair of telephone-conductors to serve a
telephone in the elevator-car but the telephone-con-
ductors shall be insulated for the maximum voltage
found in the cable or race-way system.
670. (1) No electric conduit or cables other than
those used to furnish or control power,, light, heat or
signals for the elevator or hoist-waj's, shall have an
opening, terminal, outlet or junction within the hoist-
way.
62
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
111
(2) Subregulation 1 shall not prevent the interrup-
tion of long runs of conduit or cable for the purpose of
supporting or pulling-in the conductors.
(3) Pull boxes may be installed in a long run of
conduit or cable for the purpose of pulling-in the con-
ductors.
TRAVELLING CABLES
671. (1) Travelling cables for elevator circuits,
other than signal circuits, shall have one or more sup-
porting fillers of cotton rope, hemp rope, cotton-covered
steel wire or rubber-insulated steel wire.
(2) The fillers shall be laid up with the conductors
under the outer covering of the cable.
(3) Where the cable contains more than 5 con-
ductors, the supporting fillers shall be run straight
through and not cabled with the conductors.
(4) Where flexible cords are used for elevator-
lighting and control, the identification and construction
of the cord shall be in conformity with Table 20 and
subregulation 6 of regulation 286.
672. (1) Where travelling cables for elevator-
signal circuits or for any other elevator circuit not more
than 100 feet in length are so constructed that the
weight of the cable is not carried by the individual
conductors, the cables may be suspended by suitable
clamps.
(2) Where travelling cables, other than those for
elevator-signal circuits, are more than 100 feet in
length the cables shall be so supported that the weight
is carried directly by the reinforcement strands of the
cable assembly.
673. Where travelling cables are installed in
hazardous locations, they shall be secured to explosion-
proof or dust-tight cabinets, according to the nature of
the hazard, by heavy-duty rubber-bushed threaded
connector-bushings sealed ofif at the enclosure in con-
formity with regulations 705 and 706.
674. Where travelling cables may come into con-
tact with I-beams, ledges or other projections or corners
of building construction in the hoist-way, the surfaces
of the projections or corners shall be covered with
heavy-gauge sheet metal or other suitable means of
ensuring a smooth surface.
CONTROL
675. (1) Every elevator system shall have in addi-
tion to the elevator controller a means for disconnecting
all conductors of the circuit to the elevator motor or,
in the case of generator field control, to the motor of
the motor-generator set which supplies current to the
elevator motor.
(2) The disconnecting means shall be an externally-
operated switch equipped with means for locking it in
the open position.
(3) The switch shall be installed adjacent to and
visible from the elevator machine.
(4) The switch may be a disconnect switch in the
control circuit of the motor-generator set.
(5) The switch shall, where practicable, be located
in the machine room at the lock-jamb side of the
entrance door.
676. (1) Every elevator shall be equipped with
final over-run-limit switches.
(2) The switches shall
(a) be mounted in the hoist-way;
(b) be operated by the movement of the elevator-
car; and
(c) control the upper and lower limit of travel of
the elevator-car.
677. (1) Every elevator motor shall be so protected
that when there is excessive current due to single-phase
operation or due to mechanical cause the current to
the motor is cut off before the windings are damaged.
(2) Every drum-type electric elevator on which
the lifting cables are anchored to the hoisting drums and
are driven by a poly-phase motor shall be provided with
a device which prevents the starting of the motor when
(a) the phase rotation is in the wrong direction ; or
(6) there is a failure in any phase.
OVER-CURRENT PROTECTION
678. Where No. 18 B. & S. gauge conductors are
used for elevator-signal circuits, the conductors shall
be protected by fuses rated at not more than 3 amperes.
MACHINE ROOM
679. Every elevator machine and controller shall
be installed in a room used exclusively for the purpose
of containing elevator machinery, including elevator
control and signal equipment, or shall be isolated by
elevation or by means of an enclosure, wire grill or
other means which prevents accidental contact with
the machinery by persons or objects.
680. (1) Where 3 or more elevators have a common
machine-room and the control panels are grouped there
shall be a working space of not less than 36 inches back
of the live parts and of not less than 18 inches on at
least one side of the group and of not less than 36
inches in front of the panels.
(2) Where a machine room serves not more than 2
elevators, there shall be a working space of not less
than 24 inches back of the live parts, and of not less
than 18 inches on one side and of not less than 36 inches
in front of the panel or panels.
(3) Where adequate working space is maintained,
nothing in subregulation 1 or 2 shall prevent the mount-
ing of controllers on the elevator machine, the enclosing
in removable cabinets of the rear of control panels, or
the placing of auxiliary equipment in front of or behind
control panels.
(4) Where removable cabinets are installed, the
working space required by subregulations 1 and 2 shall
be that as measured when the back of the cabinet is
removed.
(5) Subregulations 1, 2, 3 and 4 shall not apply to
wall-mounted panels.
GROUNDING
681. All conduit or armoured-cable attached to
elevator-cars shall be bonded to the grounded metal
parts of the car with which they come into contact.
682. The frames of all motors, elevator machines,
controllers and the metal enclosures for all electrical
devices in or on the car or in the hoist-way of elevators
shall be grounded.
683. Where any electrical conductor is attached to
the car of an elevator, other than an electric elevator,
and the metal frame of the car is normally accessible,
the metal frame shall be grounded.
'63
112
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
684. Every hand-operated metal shifting-rope and
cable shall be grounded.
685. Where an elevator machine has been grounded
in conformity with Part VI I , metal car-frames supported
by metal hoisting-cables attached to or running over
the sheaves or drums of the elevator machine shall be
deemed to be grounded thereby.
PART XIII
HAZARDOUS LOCATIONS
CLASSIFICATION
686. Every hazardous location shall be classified,
according to the nature of the hazard, as
(a) Special;
(6) Class I;
(c) Class II; or
id) Class III,
687. "Special" when applied to a location means
that the location is or may become hazardous by reason
of the presence therein of readily ignitible deposits of
or residues from paints, varnishes, lacquers or other
types of finishes.
688. (1) "Class I" when applied to a location means
that the location is or may become hazardous by reason
of the presence therein of atmospheres containing
flammable gases or vapours in quantities sufficient to
produce an explosive or ignitible mixture.
(2) "Class 11" when applied to a location means
that the location is or may become hazardous by reason
of the presence therein of combustible dust.
(3) "Class III" when applied to a location means
that the location is or may become hazardous by reason
of the presence therein of readily ignitible fibres or
flyings but in which the fibres or flyings are not likely
to be in suspension in air in quantities sufficient to
produce an ignitible mixture.
689. (1) Class I locations shall be further classified
according to the kind of gas or vapour present in the
atmosphere therein as follows:
(a) Group A comprising atmospheres containing
acetylene;
(6) Group B comprising atmospheres containing
hydrogen, or manufactured gas, or gases or
vapours of a hazard equivalent to that of
hydrogen ;
(c) Group C comprising atmospheres containing
ethyl-ether vapour or cyclopropane; and
(d) Group D comprising atmospheres containing
natural gas or vapours of gasoline, petroleum,
naphtha, alcohol, acetone or lacquer-solvent.
(2) Class II locations shall be further classified
according to the kind of combustible dust present
therein as follows:
(a) Group E comprising locations containing metal
dust;
(b) Group F comprising locations containing
carbon black, coal or coke dust; and
(c) Group G comprising locations containing grain
dust.
690. Class I locations shall be further divided into
two divisions as follows:
(a) Division 1 comprising Class I locations in
which
(i) hazardous concentrations of flammable
gases or vapours exist continuously,
intermittently or periodically under nor-
mal operating conditions;
(ii) hazardous concentrations of flammable
gases or vapours may exist frequently
because of repair or maintenance opera-
tions or because of leakage; or
(iii) equipment is operated or processes carried
on of such nature that break-down or
faulty operation thereof could result in
the release of hazardous concentrations of
flammable gases or vapours and simul-
taneous failure of electrical equipment;
and
(ft) Division 2 comprising Class I locations in
which
(i) flammable volatile liquids, flammable
gases or vapours are handled, processed
or used, but in which the liquids, gases
or vapours are normally confined within
closed containers or closed systems from
which they can escape only as a result of
accidental rupture or break-down of the
containers or systems or the abnormal
operation of the equipment by which the
liquids or gases are handled, processed
or used;
(ii) hazardous concentrations of gases or
vapours are normally prevented by posi-
tive mechanical ventilation, but which
may become hazardous as the result of
failure or abnormal operation of the
ventilating equipment; or
(iii) the location is adjacent to a Class I,
Division 1, location to which a hazardous
concentration of gases or vapours could
be communicated.
691. Class II locations shall be further divided into
wo divisions as follows:
(a) Division 1 comprising Class II locations in
which
(i) combustible dust is or may be in suspen-
sion in air continuously, intermittently
or periodically under normal operating
conditions in quantities sufficient to pro-
duce explosive or ignitible mixtures;
(ii) the normal or abnormal operation or the
failure of equipment or apparatus might
cause explosive or ignitible mixtures to be
produced in or in dangerous proximity
to electrical equipment or apparatus; or
(iii) dusts having the property of conducting
icitv mav be present: and
electricity may be present;
(6)
Division 2 comprising Class II locations in
which combustible dusts are not normally in
suspension in air or likely to be thrown into
suspension by the normal or abnormal oper-
ation or the failure of equipment or apparatus
in quantities sufficient to produce explosive or
ignitible mixtures but in which
(i) deposits or accumulations of dust may be
sufficient to interfere with the safe dis-
sipation of heat from electrical equipment
or apparatus; or
64
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
113
(ii) deposits or accumulations of dust on, in
or near electrical equipment may be
ignited by arc, sparks or burning material
from the electrical equipment.
692. Class III locations shall be further divided
into two divisions as follows:
(a) Division 1 comprising Class III locations in
which readily ignitible fibres or materials pro-
ducing combustible flyings are handled, manu-
factured or used; and
(6) Division 2 comprising Class III locations in
which readily ignitible fibres, other than those
in process of manufacture, are stored or
handled.
GENERAL
693. Every room, section or area, including motor-
and generator-rooms and rooms for the enclosure of
control equipment, shall be considered as a separate
location for the purpose of determining the classifi-
cation of the hazard.
694. Electrical equipment designed for use in a
hazardous location shall be so marked as to indicate
the class and group for which the equipment has been
approved.
695. (1) No electrical equipment shall be used in
a hazardous location unless the equipment is essential
to the processes being carried on therein.
(2) Service equipment, panelboards, switchboards
and similar electrical equipment shall, where practi-
cable, be located in rooms or sections of the building in
which hazardous conditions do not exist.
696. (1) Where walls, partitions, floors of ceilings
are used to form hazard-free rooms or sections, they
shall be
(a) of substantial construction;
(6) built of or lined with incombustible material;
and
(c) such as to ensure that the rooms or sections
will remain free from hazards.
(2) Where a non-hazardous location adjoins a
Class II or Class III location, the location shall be
separated by fire-resisting, substantially dust-tight,
self-closing doors.
697. Where equipment for Group A or Group B,
Class I locations is not commercially available and a
concentration occurs of more than 25 per cent of the
lower explosive limit of the atmosphere involved, the
location shall be deemed to be hazardous and the
electrical-wiring system shall be so constructed as to
maintain a positive air-pressure or inert gas-pressure
to the satisfaction of an inspector.
INSTALLATION IN SPECIAL LOCATIONS
698. No electrical equipment or electrical apparatus
other than
(a) electrical wiring contained in rigid conduit, or
{b) electrical boxes or fittings, containing no taps,
splices or terminal connections,
shall be installed or used in a special location.
699. Special locations may be illuminated through
panels of glass or other transparent material but
(o) the source of illumination shall be fixed lighting
units;
(6) the panel shall effectively isolate the special
location from the area in which the lighting
unit is located;
(c) the lighting unit shall be of a type approved
for the location in which it is placed;
(d) the transparent panel shall be of such material
or so protected as to be unlikely to be broken ;
and
(e) the lighting unit shall be so arranged in relation
to the panel that normal accumulations of
hazardous residues on the exposed surface of
the panel will not be raised to a dangerous
temperature by radiation or conduction from
the source of illumination.
INSTALLATION IN CLASS I DIVISION 1 LOCATIONS
TRANSFORMERS AND ELECTRICAL CONDENSERS
700. Air-cooled transformers shall not be installed
in a Class I Division 1 location.
701. (1) Transformers and electrical condensers
which contain a liquid that will burn and are installed
in a Class I Division 1 location shall be installed in a
vault which conforms to regulations 512 to 521, both
inclusive.
(2) There shall be no door or other connecting
opening between the vault and the hazardous location.
(3) The vault shall be so ventilated as to ensure the
continuous removal of hazardous gases or vapours.
(4) The vent-openings or vent-ducts shall lead to a
safe location outside the building containing the vault.
(5) The vent-openings and vent-ducts shall be of
sufficient area to relieve pressure caused by explosions
within the vault.
(6) Every portion of a vent-duct within a building
shall be constructed of reinforced concrete.
702. Every transformer and electrical condenser
which contains a liquid that will not burn and is in-
stalled in a Class I Division 1 location shall
(a) be installed in a vault conforming to regulations
512 to 521, both inclusive; or
(6) be of an explosion-proof type approved for the
class and group of the location.
METERS, INSTRUMENTS AND RELAYS
703. (1) Meters, instruments and relays, including
kilowatt-hour meters, instrument transformers and
resistors, rectifiers and thermionic tubes shall, where
practicable, be located outside the hazardous location.
(2) Where it is not practicable to install meters,
instruments and relays outside a Class I Division 1
location, they shall be provided with explosion-proof
enclosures approved for the class and group of the
location.
WIRING METHODS
704. (1) The wiring method in a Class I Division 1
location shall be rigid conduit with threaded explosion-
proof joints and explosion-proof boxes and fittings.
(2) Every threaded joint shall have at least 5 full
threads engaged.
(3) Where it is necessary to use flexible connections
at motor terminals and similar places, the flexible fit-
ting shall be of an explosion-proof type approved for
the class and group of the location.
65
114
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
705. (1) Seals shall be inserted in conduits in Class
I Division 1 locations so as to prevent the passage of
gases, vapours or flames from one part of an electrical
installation to another part thereof.
(2) Seals shall be located
(a) in each run of conduit entering an enclosure
for switches, circuit-breakers, fuses, relays,
resistors or other apparatus which may pro-
duce arcs, sparks or high temperatures;
(b) as close as practicable to and in any case not
more than 18 inches from the enclosure;
(c) in each run of conduit of 2-inch size or larger
entering an enclosure, terminal-box or j unction-
box;
(d) within 18 inches of the enclosure or box; and
(e) in each run of conduit leaving a Class I
Division 1 location.
(3) In every run of conduit leaving a Class I
Division 1 location, there shall be no box-coupling or
fitting in the conduit between the seal and the point at
which the conduit leaves the location.
706. (1) Enclosures for connections or for electrical
equipment shall be provided with an approved means
for sealing or with sealing fittings approved for the
class and group of the location.
(2) Where sealing compound is used, it shall be of
such composition as not to be affected by its surround-
ing atmosphere or liquids and it shall have a melting-
point of not less than 93 degrees centigrade or 200
degrees Fahrenheit.
(3) Where sealing compound is used, it shall have
a minimum thickness in the completed seal of not less
than the trade size of the conduit in which it is contained
and in any case, of not less than ^ inch.
(4) No splice or tap shall be made in a sealing
fitting designed to be sealed with compound.
(5) No fitting which contains a splice or tap shall
be filled with compound.
(6) Where there is a possibility that water or other
condensed vapour may be trapped at any point in a
race-way system, suitable means shall be provided to
prevent the accumulation of, or to permit periodic
draining of the water or condensed vapour.
SWITCHES, MOTOR CONTROLLERS, CIRCUIT-BREAKERS
AND FUSES
707. No switch, motor controller, circuit-breaker
or fuse, including push-buttons, relays and similar
devices, shall be used in a Class I Division 1 location
unless it is approved as a complete assembly for the
class and group of the location in which it is used.
CONTROL TRANSFORMERS AND RESISTORS
708. Every transformer, impedance coil and resistor
used as or in conjunction with control equipment for
motors, generators or electric appliances in a Class I
Division 1 location and the switching mechanism, if
any, used with it, shall be provided with an explosion-
proof enclosure approved for the class and group of
the location.
MOTORS AND GENERATORS
709. Every motor, generator and other rotating
electrical machinery shall be of an explosion-proof type
approved for the class and group of the location.
LIGHTING FIXTURES
710. (1) Every lamp shall be installed in a fixture
which
(c) is approved as a complete assembly for the
location and is clearly marked to indicate the
maximum wattage of the lamps for which it
is approved;
{b) is protected against mechanical injury by its
location or by a suitable guard; and
(c) if it is a pendent fixture, is suspended by and
supplied through threaded rigid-conduit stems.
(2) Where under clause c of subregulation 1 the
stem is longer than 12 inches, flexibility shall be ensured
by the use of a fitting or flexible connector approved
for the class and group of the location and installed
not more than 12 inches from the point of attachment
to the supporting box or fitting.
(3) Where a box, box-assembly or fitting is used in
a Class I Division 1 location to support a lighting
fixture, it shall be of a type approved for the class and
group of the location.
APPLIANCES
711. No appliance, whether fixed or portable, shall
be used in a Class I Division 1 location unless it is
approved for the class and group of the location.
FLEXIBLE CORDS
712. Every flexible cord used in a Class I Division 1
location shall
(a) be of a type approved for hard usage;
(b) contain, in addition to the conductors of the
circuit, a grounding-conductor which, if
insulated, is finished to show a green colour;
(c) be connected to terminals or to supply-con-
ductors in such manner as to avoid arcing or
over-heating ;
(d) be supported by clamps or by other suitable
means in such manner as to place no tension
on the terminal connections; and
(e) be provided with suitable seals at the places
where the flexible cord enters a box, fitting or
enclosure of explosion-proof type.
RECEPTACLES AND ATTACHMENT PLUGS
713. Every receptacle and attachment plug used in
a Class I Division 1 location shall
(a) be of a polarized type;
(b) provide for automatic connection to the
grounding-conductor of the flexible cord; and
(c) be approved for the class and group of the
location.
CONDUCTOR INSULATION
714. Where any insulated conductors are used in a
Class I Division 1 location in which condensed vapours
or liquids having a deleterious effect on the insulation
may collect on or come in contact with the insulation,
the insulation shall
(a) be of a type approved for use under the con-
dition; or
(b) be protected by a sheath of lead or by other
approved means.
66
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
115
SIGNAL, ALARM, REMOTE-CONTROL AND COMMUNICATION
SYSTEMS
715. (1) Where all or part of the apparatus and
equipment of a signalling, alarm, remote-control or
communication system of any voltage is contained in
a Class I Division 1 location, the apparatus and equip-
ment shall be approved for the class and group of the
location.
(2) The wiring of the system shall comply with
regulation 704.
LIVE PARTS
716. No live part of electrical equipment or of an
electrical installation shall be exposed in a Class I
Division 1 location.
GROUNDING
717. (1) All electrical wiring and electrical equip-
ment in a Class I Division 1 location shall be grounded
in the manner required by this regulation.
(2) Exposed non-current-carrying metal parts of
electrical equipment, including the frames or metal
exteriors of motors, fixed or portable lamps or appli-
ances, lighting fixtures, cabinets, cases and conduit
shall be grounded in accordance with Part VII.
(3) Wherever bonding is necessary, including the
bonding of conduit in a non-hazardous location used
to ground non-current-carrying metal parts in hazard-
ous locations, bonding jumpers with proper fittings or
other approved means shall be used, and the lock-nut
bushing or double-lock-nut types of contact shall not
constitute proper bonding.
(4) Where a wiring system is supplied from an un-
grounded overhead electrical supply system in an area
where lightning disturbances are prevalent, every
ungrounded service conductor of the wiring system
which is in a Class I Division 1 location shall be pro-
tected against lightning by a protective device which
shall
(a) be connected to the service conductors on the
supply side of the service disconnecting means;
and
(b) be grounded to the race-way system at the
service entrance.
(5) Where wiring is supplied from a grounded
alternating-current supply-system in which a grounded
conductor is a part of the service, the wiring shall have
a grounded service conductor bonded to the race-way
system and to the grounding-conductor for the race-way
system, and the bonding connection to the grounded
service conductor shall be made on the supply side of
the service disconnecting means.
(6) Where wiring is supplied from a grounded
alternating-current supply-system in which no grounded
conductor is a part of the service, the wiring shall be
provided with a metallic connection between the supply-
system ground and the race-way system at the service
entrance, and the metallic connection shall
(a) have a current-carrying capacity not less than
1/5 that of the service conductors; and
(b) if of copper, be in no case smaller than No. 8
B. & S. gauge.
(7) Where, in order to comply with regulation 417,
it is necessary to dispense with one or more grounding
connections so as to avoid an objectionable passage of
current over the grounding-conductors, the grounding-
connection required by subregulations5and6shallnot
be dispensed with so long as any other grounding con-
nection remains connected to the supply system.
INSTALLATION IN CLASS I DIVISION 2 LOCATIONS
TRANSFORMERS AND ELECTRICAL CONDENSERS
718. (1) Air-cooled transformers shall not be instal-
led in Class I Division 2 locations.
(2) Where transformers are installed in a Class I
Division 2 location, regulations 502 to 521, both inclu-
sive, shall apply.
(3) Where electrical condensers are installed in
Class I Division 2 locations, regulations 522 to 529,
both inclusive, shall apply.
METERS, INSTRUMENTS AND RELAYS
719. (1) Where meters, instruments and relays
contain contacts for making or breaking electrical
current, they shall, where practicable, be located out-
side the hazardous location.
(2) Where it is not practicable to install meters,
instruments and relays outside a Class I Division 2
location, they shall be provided with explosion-proof
enclosures approved for the class and group of the
location but, where the contacts are
(a) immersed in oil, or
(b) enclosed within a chamber hermetically sealed
against the entrance of gases or vapours,
general-purpose enclosures may be used.
720. Where resistors, resistance devices, thermionic
tubes or rectifiers are used in or in connection with
meters, instruments and relays in a Class I Division
2 location, they shall comply with regulation 703, but
enclosures for resistors which operate normally at
approximately room-temperature may be of the
general-purpose type.
721. (1) Where transformer windings, impedance
coils, solenoids, or other windings which do not incor-
porate sliding contacts or make-and-break contacts
are used in a Class I Division 2 location, they shall be
provided with enclosures.
(2) Where vents adequate to permit a prompt
escape of gases or vapours are provided, the enclosure
may be of the general-purpose type, but where the vents
are not provided or are not adequate, the enclosures
shall be of an explosion-proof type approved for the
class and group of the location.
WIRING METHODS
722. (1) The wiring method in a Class I Division
2 location shall be rigid conduit.
(2) Where it is necessary to use flexible connections
at motor terminals and similar places, flexible conduit
shall be used.
723. (1) Seals shall be inserted in conduits in Class
I Division 2 locations so as to prevent the passage of
gases, vapours or flames from one part of an electrical
installation to another part thereof through the conduit.
(2) The seal shall be located
(a) in each run of conduit entering the enclosure
which is required by these regulations to be
explosion-proof, as close as practicable to, and
in any case not more than 18 inches from
the enclosure; and
(b) in each run of conduit leaving the hazardous
location.
67
116
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
(3) Where a run of conduit enters an enclosure
which is required to be explosion-proof, every part of
the conduit from the seal to the explosion-proof en-
closure shall comply with regulation 704.
(4) In a run of conduit leaving a Class I Division 2
location, there shall be no box, coupling or fitting in
the conduit between the seal and the point at which the
conduit leaves the location.
724. Where seals are required in a Class I Division
2 location, regulation 706 shall apply.
SWITCHES, MOTOR CONTROLLERS, CIRCUIT-BREAKERS
AND FUSES
725. Where a circuit-breaker or switch in a Class I
Division 2 location is intended to interrupt electrical
current in the normal performance of the function for
which it is installed, it shall comply with regulation
707 unless a general-purpose enclosure is provided and
(o) the interruption of current occurs within a
chamber hermetically sealed against the
entrance of gases and vapours; or
(6) the current-interrupting contacts are immersed
in oil and the device is approved for the class
and group of the location.
726. Where an isolating switch is used in a Class I
Division 2 location
(a) it shall be so interlocked with its associated
current-interrupting devices that it cannot
be opened under load; and
(6) it may have an enclosure of the general-pur-
pose type.
727. Where fuses are used in a Class I Division 2
location for the protection of motors, appliances and
portable lamps
(a) a standard plug-fuse or cartridge-fuse may be
used if placed within an explosion-proof en-
closure approved for the class and group of
the location; or
(6) a fuse of a type in which the operating element
is immersed in oil or other approved liquid or
is enclosed within a chamber hermetically
sealed against the entrance of gases and vapours
may be used if approved for the class and
group of the location and placed within a
general-purpose enclosure.
728. (1) In this regulation, "set of fuses" means a
group containing as many fuses as are required to per-
form a single protective function in a circuit, but ex-
cluding fuses conforming to regulation 727.
(2) Where
(o) not more than 10 sets of approved enclosed
fuses, or
(6) not more than 10 circuit-breakers which are
not used as switches for the interruption of
current,
are installed in a Class I Division 2 location for the pro-
tection of a branch- or feeder-circuit which supplies
only incandescent lamps in a fixed position, the en-
closures for the fuses or circuit-breakers may be of the
general-purpose type.
CONTROL TRANSFORMERS AND RESISTORS
729. (1) Where switching mechanisms are used in
conjunction with a transformer, impedance coil or
resistor, in a Class I Division 2 location, they shall
comply with regulations 725 to 728, both inclusive.
(2) The enclosures for the windings of transformers
or impedance coils in Class I Division 2 locations may
be of the general-purpose type but shall be provided
with vents adequate to permit the prompt escape of
gases or vapours which may enter the enclosure.
(3) Every resistor used in a Class I Division 2
location shall be provided with an explosion-proof en-
closure approved as a complete assembly with the re-
sistors for the class and group of the location.
MOTORS AND GENERATORS
730. Every motor, generator and other rotating
electrical machinery in which sliding contacts, centri-
fugal or other types of switching mechanism, including
motor over-current devices or integral resistance
devices, are used while the motor, generator or machi-
nery is starting or running shall be approved for the
class and group of the location unless the sliding con-
tacts are, or the switching mechanism or integral
resistance device is, provided with an enclosure ap-
proved for the class and group of the location.
LIGHTING FIXTURES
731. (1) Every lamp in a Class I Division 2 location
shall be installed in a fixture which in the case of
(a) a portable lamp, is of the explosion-proof type
approved for use in the class and group of the
location;
(b) lighting fixtures for fixed lighting, is protected
from mechanical injury by its location or by
suitable guards; and
(c) pendent fixtures, is sustained by threaded,
rigid-conduit stems or by other approved
(2) Where the stem under clause c of subregulation
1 is longer than 12 inches, flexibility shall be ensured
by the use of a fitting or flexible connector approved for
the class and group of the location and installed not
more than 12 inches from the point of attachment to
the supporting box or fitting.
(3) Where a box, box-assembly or fitting is used in
a Class I Division 2 location to support a lighting
fixture, it shall be of a type approved for the class and
group of the location.
(4) Where a switch is part of the assembled fixture
or of an individual lamp-holder, it shall conform to
regulation 725.
(5) The starting and control equipment for mercury-
vapour and fluorescent lamps shall conform to regu-
lation 729.
APPLIANCES
732. (1) Every electrically-heated appliance, whe-
ther fixed or portable, used in a Class I Division 2
location shall be approved for the class and group of
the location.
(2) Where the motor of a motor-driven appliance in
a Class I Division 2 location contains sliding contacts,
centrifugal or other switching mechanisms, including
motor over-current devices or resistance devices, it
shall be of an explosion-proof type approved for the
class and group of the location.
(3) Every switch, circuit-breaker and fuse forming
part of or used in connection with an appliance used in
a Class I Division 2 location shall conform to regu-
lations 725 to 728, both inclusive.
FLEXIBLE CORDS
733. Every flexible cord used iri a Class I Division
2 location shall conform to regulation 712.
68
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
117
RECEPTACLES AND ATTACHMENT PLUGS
734. Every receptacle and attachment plug used in
a Class I Division 2 location shall conform to regu-
lation 713.
CONDUCTOR INSULATION
735. Where any insulated conductors are used in a
Class I Division 2 location, the insulation of the con-
ductors shall conform to regulation 714.
SIGNAL, ALARM, REMOTE-CONTROL AND COMMUNICATION
SYSTEMS
736. (1) Every switch, circuit-breaker, make-and-
break contact of a push-button, relay and alarm bell or
horn used in a Class I Division 2 location shall have an
explosion-proof enclosure approved for the class and
group of the location unless a general-purpose en-
closure is provided and the current-interrupting con-
tacts are
(a) immersed in oil; or
(6) enclosed within a chamber hermetically sealed
against the entrance of gases or vapours.
(2) Every resistor, resistance device, thermionic
tube and rectifier used in a Class I Division 2 location
shall conform to regulation 715 but the enclosure for a
resistor which operates normally at approximately
room-temperature may be of the general-purpose type.
(3) Enclosures, which may be of the general-purpose
type, shall be provided for lightning-protective devices
and for fuses.
LIVE PARTS
737. No live part of electrical equipment or of an
electrical installation shall be exposed in a Class I
Division 2 location.
GROUNDING
738. All electrical wiring and electrical equipment
in a Class I Division 2 location shall be grounded in
the manner required by regulation 717.
CLASS II LOCATIONS
SURGE PROTECTION
739. Where a wiring system in a Class II location in
a district where lightning disturbances are prevalent is
supplied from an overhead supply system, it shall be
protected against high-voltage surges by
(a) lightning-protective devices;
(b) the interconnection of all grounds; and
(c) surge-protective electrical condensers.
INSTALLATION IN CLASS II DIVISION 1 LOCATIONS
TRANSFORMERS AND ELECTRICAL CONDENSERS
740. (1) Air-cooled transformers shall not be in-
stalled in Class II Division 1 locations.
(2) Where transformers and electrical condensers
that contain a liquid that will burn are installed in a
Class II Division 1 location, they shall be installed in
a vault which conforms to regulations 512 to 521, both
inclusive.
(3) Every door-way or other opening affording
communication between the vault and the hazardous
area shall be equipped with self-closing fire-doors on
both sides of the wall.
(4) The fire-doors shall be carefully fitted and pro-
vided with weather stripping or other suitable seals so
as to minimize the entrance of dust into the vault.
(5) Every vent, opening or duct in the wall, ceiling
or floor of the vault shall communicate only to the air
outside the building.
(6) Every vault shall be provided with a suitable
pressure-relief opening communicating only to the air
outside the building.
741. Every transformer and electrical condenser
that contains a liquid that will not burn and is installed
in Class II Division 1 location shall
(a) be installed in a vault conforming to regula-
tions 512 to 521, both inclusive; or
(b) be approved for the class and group of the
location and have dust-tight terminal en-
closures.
742. No transformer or electrical condenser shall
be installed in a location where dust from the produc-
tion of magnesium, aluminum or aluminum-bronze
powder may be present.
WIRING METHODS
743. (1) The wiring method in a Class II Division
1 location shall be rigid conduit with threaded boxes
and fittings approved for the class and group of the
location.
(2) Where it is necessary to use flexible connections,
flexible conduit or type S flexible cord with bushed
fittings shall be used, but where flexible connections
are exposed to oil or other corrosive conditions, the
flexible cord shall be of a type having a covering re-
sistant to those conditions.
(3) The flexible cord shall contain an additional
conductor for grounding.
SEALING
744. Where a race-way affords communication
between a non-dust-tight fitting or enclosure and one
that is required by this Part to be dust-tight, the
entrance of dust into the dust-tight enclosures through
the race-way shall be prevented by
(a) a permanent and effective seal;
(6) a horizontal section not less than 10 feet long
in the race-way through which communication
is provided; or
(cY a vertical section of race-way not less than 5
feet long and extending downward from the
dust-tight enclosure.
SWITCHES, MOTOR CONTROLLERS, CIRCUIT-BREAKERS
AND FUSES
745. Every switch, motor controller, circuit-
breaker and fuse, including push-buttons, relays and
similar devices, used in a Class II Division 1 location
shall be provided with a dust-tight enclosure approved
for the class and group of the location.
746. Every isolating switch used in a
Division 1 location
Class II
(a) shall be so interlocked with its associated
current-interrupting devices that it cannot be
opened under load; and
(6) may have an enclosure of the general-purpose
type.
69
118
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
CONTROL TRANSFORMERS AND RESISTORS
747. Every transformer, impedance coil and resistor
used as or in conjunction with control equipment for
motors, generators or electric appliances in a Class II
Division 1 location and the over-current devices or
switching mechanisms, if any, used with it shall be
provided with a dust-tight enclosure approved for the
class and group of the location.
MOTORS AND GENERATORS
748. Every motor, generator and other rotating
electrical machinery used in a Class II Division 1
location shall be
(a) approved for the class and group of the
location; and
(b) totally enclosed
(i) not ventilated ;
(ii) pipe-ventilated; or
(iii) fan-cooled.
VENTILATING PIPES
749. (1) Every vent-pipe for a motor, generator,
or other rotating electrical machinery or for enclosures
for electrical apparatus or equipment, in a Class II
Division 1 location, shall
(a) be of metal or of an equally substantial non-
combustible material;
(b) if of metal, be not lighter than No. 24 U.S.
sheet metal gauge;
(c) lead directly to a source of clean air outside a
building;
(d) be screened at the outer end to prevent the
entrance of small animals or birds; and
(e) be protected against mechanical damage and
against rust or other corrosive agent.
(2) Every vent-pipe and its connection to a motor
or to a dust-tight enclosure for other equipment or
apparatus shall be dust-tight throughout its entire
length.
(3) The seams and joints of every metal vent-pipe
shall be
(a) riveted and soldered ;
(b) bolted and soldered;
(c) welded; or
(d) rendered dust-tight by some other equally
effective means.
(4) No exhaust-pipe shall terminate inside a
building.
FIXED AND PORTABLE APPLIANCES
750. No appliance, whether fixed or portable,
including electrically-heated appliances and motor-
driven appliances, shall be used in a Class II Division
1 location unless it is approved for the class and group
of the location.
LIGHTING FIXTURES
751. (1) Every lighting fixture, whether for fixed
or portable lighting, in a Class II Division 1 location
shall
(a) be approved for the class and group of the
location;
(b) be clearly marked with the maximum wattage
of the lamp for which it is approved;
(c) be protected against mechanical injury by its
location or by a guard; and
{d) if a pendent fixture, be suspended by threaded
rigid-conduit stems or chains with approved
fittings or by some other approved means.
(2) Where the stem is longer than 12 inches flexi-
bility shall be ensured by the use of a fitting or flexible
connector approved for the class and group of the
location and installed not more than 12 inches from the
point of attachment to the supporting box or fitting.
(3) Where the wiring between an outlet-box or a
fitting and a pendent fixture is not enclosed in conduit,
flexible cord approved for hard usage shall be used and
suitable seals shall be provided at the points where the
cord enters the fixture and outlet-box or fitting.
(4) Where a box, box-assembly or fitting is used in
a Class II Division 1 location to support a lighting
fixture, it shall be of a type approved for the class and
group of the location.
FLEXIBLE CORDS
752. Every flexible cord used in a Class II Division
1 location shall
(a) be of a type approved for hard usage;
(b) if used in connection with portable equipment
contain, in addition to the conductors of the
circuit, a grounding conductor which conforms
to subregulation 2 of regulation 441;
(c) be supported by clamps or by other suitable
means so that there is no tension on the ter-
minal connections; and
(d) be provided with suitable seals which prevent
the entrance of dust at the point where the
cord enters a box or fitting which is required
by this Part to be dust-tight.
RECEPTACLES AND ATTACHMENT PLUGS
753. Every receptacle and attachment plug used
in a Class II Division 1 location shall
(c) be of a polarized type;
(b) provide for automatic connection to the
grounding-conductor of the flexible cord; and
(c) be approved for the class and group of the
location.
SIGNAL, ALARM, REMOTE-CONTROL AND LOCAL
LOUD-SPEAKER SYSTEMS
754. (1) Where all or part of the apparatus and
equipment of a signal, alarm, remote-control or local
loud-speaker system is contained in a Class II Division
1 location
(a) the wiring method shall be rigid conduit;
(b) any number of conductors may be placed in a
race-way but the cross-sectional area of all
conductors in the race-way shall not exceed
40 per cent of the area of the race-way;
(c) every device which interrupts a current other
than a voice current shall be provided with a
dust-tight enclosure approved for the class and
group of the location;
(d) every resistor, transformer and choke coil
which carries a current other than a voice
current, and every rectifier, thermionic tube
70
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
119
and other heat-generating equipment or ap-
paratus shall be provided with a dust-tight
enclosure approved for the class and group of
the location; and
(«) every motor, generator and other rotating
electrical machinery shall conform to regulation
748.
(2) Where under clause c of subregulation 1 current-
breaking contacts are immersed in oil, or the interrup-
tion of current occurs in a chamber sealed against the
entrance of dust, the enclosure may be of a general-
purpose type.
LIVE PARTS
755. No live part of electrical equipment or of an
electrical installation shall be exposed in a Class II
Division 1 location.
GROUNDING
756. (1) All electrical wiring and electrical equip-
ment in a Class II Division 1 location shall be grounded,
in the manner prescribed by regulation 717.
(2) Where flexible conduit is used, as permitted in
regulation 743, bonding jumpers with approved fittings
shall be provided around the conduit.
INSTALLATION IN CLASS II DIVISION 2 LOCATIONS
TRANSFORMERS AND ELECTRICAL CONDENSERS
757. Transformers and electrical condensers that
contain a liquid that will burn and are installed in a
Class II Division 2 location shall be installed in a
vault that conforms to regulations 512 to 521, both
inclusive.
758. Every transformer and electrical condenser
that contains a liquid that will not burn and is in-
stalled in a Class II Division 2 location shall conform
to regulation 741.
759. Every air-cooled transformer installed in a
Class II Division 2 location shall
(a) be installed in a vault; or
(6) have its windings and terminal connections
enclosed in a tight metal housing without
ventilation or other opening and operate at
not more than 750 volts.
760. No transformer or electrical condenser shall
be installed in a location where dust from the pro-
duction of magnesium, aluminum or aluminum-bronze
powder is or may be present.
WIRING METHODS
761. (1) The wiring method in a Class II Division
2 location shall be rigid conduit.
(2) Every fitting or box in which a tap, joint or
terminal connection is made shall
(a) be fitted with a telescoping or close fitting
cover or other effective means of preventing
the escape of sparks or burning material ; and
(6) have no hole for attachment screws or other
openings through which, after installation,
sparks or burning material can escape, or
through which adjacent combustible material
can be ignited.
(3) Where it is necessary to use flexible connections,
flexible metal conduit or type S flexible cord with
bushed fittings shall be used.
(4) Where a flexible connection is subjected to oil
or other corrosive conditions, the flexible cord shall be
of a type approved for the class and group of the
location.
(5) Every flexible cord shall contain an additional
conductor for grounding.
762. With respect to installations in Class
Division 2 locations, regulation 744 shall apply.
II
SWITCHES, MOTOR CONTROLLERS, CIRCUIT-BREAKERS
AND FUSES
763. Every switch, motor controller, circuit-breaker
and fuse, including a push-button, relay or similar
device, installed in a Class II Division 2 location shall
conform to regulations 745 and 746.
764. Where a fuse, switch or circuit-breaker is
installed in a location in which dust from the production
of magnesium, aluminum or aluminum-bronze powder
is or may be present, the fuse, switch or circuit-breaker
shall have a dust-tight enclosure approved for the class
and group of the location.
CONTROL TRANSFORMERS AND RESISTORS
765. (1) Where switching mechanisms, including
over-current devices, are used in conjunction with con-
trol transformers, impedance coils or resistors in a
Class II Division 2 location, they shall have enclosures
affording protection at least equivalent to that afforded
by general-purpose enclosures.
(2) Every control transformer and impedance coil
in a Class II Division 2 location shall be provided with
a dust-tight metal housing without ventilating open-
ings.
(3) Every resistor and resistance device, other than
a heating element or over-current device, installed in a
Class II Division 2 location shall have a dust-tight
enclosure approved for the class and group of the
location.
766. Where a control transformer, impedance coil
or resistor is installed in a location where dust from the
production of magnesium, aluminum or aluminum-
bronze powder is or may be present, it shall be provided
with a dust-tight enclosure approved for the class and
group of the location.
MOTORS AND GENERATORS
767. (1) Except as provided in subregulation 2,
every motor, generator and other rotating electrical
machinery used in a Class II Division 2 location shall be
(o) totally enclosed not ventilated;
(6) totally enclosed pipe- ventilated ; or
(c) totally enclosed fan-cooled.
(2) Where, in the judgment of an inspector, only
moderate quantities of non-conducting, non-abrasive
dust are likely to accumulate in a location and the equip-
ment in the location is readily accessible for routine
cleaning and maintenance, there may be installed in the
location
(c) standard open-type machines without sliding
contacts, centrifugal or other types of switch-
ing mechanism, including motor over-current
devices or integral resistance-devices; or
(6) standard open-type machines that have the
contacts, switching mechanisms or resistance
devices enclosed within tight metal housings
without ventilating or other openings.
71
120
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
768. No motor, generator or other rotating electrical
machinery of the semi-enclosed or splash-proof type
shall be installed in a Class II Division 2 location.
769. Where a motor, generator or other rotating
electrical machinery is installed in a location where
dust from the production of magnesium, aluminum or
aluminum-bronze powder is or may be present, the
motor, generator or machine shall be
(c) totally enclosed not ventilated; or
(6) totally enclosed fan-cooled; and
(c) approved for the class and group of the
location.
VENTILATING PIPES
770. (1) Every vent-pipe and its connection in a
Class II Division 2 location shall be sufficiently tight
to prevent the entrance of appreciable quantities of
dust into the ventilated equipment or enclosure, and
to prevent the escape of sparks, flame or burning
material which might ignite accumulations of dust or
combustible material in the vicinity.
(2) Where metal vent-pipes are used, lock seams and
riveted or welded joints may be used and, where flexi-
bility is necessary, tight-fitting slip joints may be used.
FIXED AND PORTABLE APPLIANCES
771. (1) Every electrically-heated appliance, whe-
ther fixed or portable, used in a Class II Division 2
location shall be approved for the class and group of
the location.
(2) Every motor of a motor-driven appliance in a
Class II Division 2 location shall conform to regulations
767 to 769, both inclusive.
(3) The enclosure for every switch, circuit-breaker
and fuse in a Class II Division 2 location shall conform
to regulation 745.
(4) Every transformer, impedance coil and resistor
forming part of or used in connection with an appliance
in a Class II Division 2 location shall conform to
regulation 747.
(5) Where a portable appliance may be used in a
Class II Division 1 location and a Class II Division 2
location, the appliance shall conform to regulations
740 to 756, both inclusive.
772. Where a fixed or portable appliance is installed
for use in a location where dust from magnesium,
aluminum or aluminum-bronze powder is or may be
f)resent, the appliance shall be dust-tight and approved
or the class and group of the location.
LIGHTING FIXTURES
773. (1) In every Class II Division 2 location
(c) every portable lamp shall be approved for the
class and group of the location and shall be
clearly marked to indicate the maximum
wattage of the lamp for which it is approved.
(b) every lighting fixture for fixed lighting shall
provide enclosures for lamps and lamp-holders
designed to minimize the deposit of dust on
the lamps and to prevent the escape of sparks,
burning material or hot metal;
(c) every lighting fixture for fixed lighting shall
be protected from mechanical injury by a
suitable guard or by its location;
(d) every pendent fixture shall be suspended by
a threaded rigid-conduit stem or chain with
an approved fitting, or by other approved
means;
(e) where a rigid stem is longer than 12 inches,
flexibility shall be assured by the use of a
fitting or flexible connector approved for the
class and group of the location and installed
not more than 12 inches from the point of
attachment to the supporting box or fitting;
(f) where the wiring between an outlet-box or
fitting and a pendent fixture is not enclosed in
conduit, flexible cord approved for hard usage
shall be used;
(g) every box, box-assembly and fitting used to
support a lighting fixture shall be approved
for the class and group of the location; and
(h) the starting and control equipment for mer-
cury-vapour and fluorescent lamps shall
conform to regulation 765.
(2) Where dust from magnesium, aluminum or
aluminum-bronze powder is or may be present, every
fixture for fixed or portable lighting and its auxiliary
equipment shall be dust-tight and approved for the
class and group of the location.
FLEXIBLE CORDS
774. Every flexible cord used in a Class II Division
2 location shall conform to regulation 752.
RECEPTACLES AND ATTACHMENT PLUGS
775. Every receptacle and attachment plug used
in a Class II Division 2 location shall be
(c) of a polarized type which affords automatic
connection to the grounding-conductor of the
flexible supply cord; and
(b) so designed that the connection to the supply
circuit cannot be made or broken while live
parts are exposed.
SIGNAL, ALARM, REMOTE-CONTROL AND LOCAL LOUD-
SPEAKER SYSTEMS
776. (1) Where all or part of the apparatus and
equipment of a signal, alarm, remote-control or local
loud-speaker system is contained in a Class II Division
2 location
(c) the contacts shall be enclosed
(i) in conformity with clause c of subregu-
lation 1 of regulation 754; or
(ii) in a tight metal enclosure having a
telescoping or tight-fitting cover and hav-
ing no openings through which, after
installation, sparks or burning material
may escape;
(b) the windings and terminal connections of every
transformer and choke coil shall be contained
in a tight metal enclosure without ventilating
openings; and
(c) every resistor, resistance device, thermionic
tube and rectifier shall conform to clause d of
subregulation 1 of regulation 754.
(2) Where a resistor referred to in clause c of sub-
regulation 1 operates at approximately room-temper-
ature, the enclosure may be of the general-purpose type.
(3) Where the dust present in the location is of an
electrically conducting nature, the electrical wiring
and equipment shall be rendered dust-tight.
72
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
121
(4) Where dust from magnesium, aluminum or
aluminum-bronze powder is or may be present, all
apparatus and equipment forming part of or used with
the system shall be dust-tight and approved for the
class and group of the location.
LIVE PARTS
777. No live part of electrical equipment or of an
electrical installation shall be exposed in a Class II
Division 2 location.
GROUNDING
778. (1) All electrical wiring and electrical equip-
ment in a Class II Division 2 location shall be grounded
in the manner required by regulation 717.
(2) Where flexible conduit is used as permitted in
regulation 761, bonding jumpers with approved fittings
shall be provided around the conduit.
INSTALLATION IN CLASS III DIVISION 1 LOCATIONS
TRANSFORMERS AND ELECTRICAL CONDENSERS
779. Every transformer and electrical condenser
installed in a Class III Division 1 location shall conform
to regulation 740.
WIRING METHODS
780. (1) The wiring method in a Class III Division
1 location shall be rigid conduit.
(2) Every fitting and box in which a tap, joint or
terminal connection is made shall
(a) be fitted with a telescoping or close-fitting
cover or other effective means of preventing
the escape of sparks or burning material; and
(b) have no holes for attachment screws or other
openings through which, after installation
sparks or burning material may escape, or
through which adjacent combustible material
may be ignited.
(3) Where it is necessary to use flexible connections,
flexible metal conduit or type S flexible cord with
bushed fittings shall be used.
(4) Where a flexible connection is subjected to oil
or other corrosive conditions, the flexible cord shall be
of a type having a covering resistant to those conditions.
(5) Every flexible cord shall contain an additional
conductor for grounding.
SWITCHES, MOTOR CONTROLLERS, CIRCUIT-BREAKERS
AND FUSES
781. Every switch, motor controller, circuit-breaker
and fuse installed in a Class III Division 1 location
shall be dust-tight.
CONTROL TRANSFORMERS AND RESISTORS
782. Every transformer, impedance coil and resistor
used in a Class III Division 1 location as or in con-
junction with control equipment for motors, generators
and appliances shall be dust-tight.
MOTORS AND GENERATORS
783. (1) Except as provided in subregulation 2,
every motor, generator and other rotating electrical
machinery used in a Class III Division 1 location shall
be
(a) totally enclosed not ventilated;
(b) totally enclosed pipe- ventilated; or
(c) totally enclosed fan-cooled.
(2) Where, in the judgment of an inspector, only
moderate accumulations of lint and flyings are likely
to collect on, in, or in the vicinity of a rotating electrical
machine and the machine is readily accessible for
routine cleaning and maintenance, there ma^' be
installed in the location
(a) standard open-type machines without sliding
contacts, centrifugal or other types of switching
mechanism, including motor over-load devices;
(b) standard open-type machines which have the
contacts, switching mechanisms or resistance
devices enclosed within tight metal housings
without ventilating or other openings; or
(c) self-cleaning textile motors of the squirrel-
cage type.
VENTILATING PIPES
784. (1) Every vent-pipe for a motor, generator
or other rotating electrical machinery or for enclosures
for electrical apparatus or equipment in a Class III
Division 1 location shall
(a) be of metal or of an equally substantial non-
combustible material;
(b) if of metal, be not lighter than No. 24 U.S.
sheet metal gauge;
(c) lead directly to a source of clean air outside
a building;
(d) be screened at the outer end to prevent the
entrance of small animals or birds; and
(e) be protected against mechanical damage and
against rust or other corrosive agent.
(2) Every vent-pipe and its connections shall be
sufficiently tight to prevent the entrance of appreciable
quantities of fibres or flyings into the ventilated equip-
ment or enclosure, and the escape of sparks, flame or
burning material which might ignite accumulations of
fibres or flyings or combustible material in the vicinity.
(3) Where metal vent-pipes are used, lock seams
and riveted or welded joints may be used and, where
flexibility is necessary, tight-fitting slip joints may be
used.
FIXED AND PORTABLE APPLIANCES
785. (1) Every electrically-heated appliance, whe-
ther fixed or portable, used in a Class III Division 1
location shall be provided with a dust-tight enclosure
and shall be approved for .Class II locations.
(2) Every motor of a motor-driven appliance in a
Class III Division 1 location shall conform to regu-
lation 783.
(3) The enclosure for every switch, motor controller,
circuit-breaker and fuse in a Class III Division 1
location shall conform to regulation 781.
LIGHTING FIXTURES
786. In every Class III Division 1 location
(a) every lighting fixture shall be of a dust-tight
type so designed that in the event of a lamp or
lamp-holder burning out no spark or hot metal
escapes from the fixture, and so marked as to
indicate clearly the maximum wattage for
which it is constructed;
73
122
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
(6) every lighting fixture which may be exposed
to mechanical injury shall be protected by a
suitable guard;
(c) every pendent fixture shall be suspended by a
stem of threaded rigid conduit or threaded
metal tubing of equivalent thickness;
(d) where a rigid stem is longer than 12 inches,
flexibility shall be ensured by the use of a
fitting or flexible connector approved for the
class and group of the location and installed
not more than 12 inches from the point of
attachment to the supporting box or fitting;
(e) every box, box-assembly or fitting used to
support a lighting fixture shall be dust-tight;
and
(/) every portable lamp shall
(i) be dust-tight;
(ii) be protected by a substantial guard;
(iii) have a lamp-holder of the keyless type
with no exposed metal parts; and
(iv) be clearly marked to indicate the maxi-
mum wattage of the lamp for which it is
designed.
FLEXIBLE CORDS
787. Every flexible cord used in a Class III Division
1 location shall conform to regulation 752.
RECEPTACLES AND ATTACHMENT PLUGS
788. Every receptacle and attachment plug used
in a Class III Division 1 location shall conform to
regulation 775.
SIGNAL, ALARM, REMOTE-CONTROL AND LOCAL LOUD-
SPEAKER SYSTEMS
789. Every signal, alarm, remote-control and local
loud-speaker system in a Class III Division 1 location
shall conform to regulation 754.
ELECTRIC CRANES
790. (1) No electric crane which operates over
combustible fibres shall be operated on a system having
a grounded conductor.
(2) The feeders for an electric crane in a Class III
Division 1 location shall be equipped with a recording
ground-detector and shall be protected by a relay which
automatically opens the feeder circuit-breaker when
the insulation of the system falls below 1000 ohms.
(3) Where a crane operates in a room used for the
storage of combustible fibres, the bare conductors shall
be screened so as to prevent the escape of sparks or hot
particles and the moving current-collectors shall be so
designed as to minimize sparking at sliding contacts.
(4) Where the distance of travel of the crane
permits, the current shall be supplied to the crane
through type S flexible conductors equipped with an
approved type of reel or take-up device.
ELECTRIC TRUCKS
791. No electric truck shall be used in a Class III
Division 1 location.
STORAGE-BATTERY CHARGING EQUIPMENT
792. (1) All storage-battery charging equipment
shall be located in a separate room built or lined with
substantial non-combustible materials.
(2) The room shall be so constructed as to exclude
flyings or lint.
(3) The room shall be well ventilated.
LIVE PARTS
793. Except as prescribed by regulation 790, no
live parts of electrical equipment or of an electrical
installation shall be exposed in a Class III Division 1
location.
GROUNDING
794. Except as permitted by regulation 790, all
electrical wiring and electrical equipment in a Class
III Division 1 location shall be grounded as prescribed
by regulation 778.
INSTALLATION IN CLASS III DIVISION 2 LOCATIONS
TRANSFORMERS AND ELECTRICAL CONDENSERS
795. Every transformer and electrical condenser
installed in a Class III Division 2 location shall con-
form to regulations 757 to 759, both inclusive.
WIRING METHOD
796. The wiring method in Class III Division 2
locations shall conform to regulation 780 but, in sec-
tions, compartments and areas used solely for storage
and containing no machinery, open wiring on insulators
may be used, if it is installed in conformity with re|;u-
lations 93 to 104, both inclusive, and the protection
prescribed by regulations 82 to 91, both inclusive, is
provided in all places where the conductors are not run
in roof spaces or out-of-reach of sources of mechanical
injury.
SWITCHES, MOTOR CONTROLLERS, CIRCUIT-BREAKERS
AND FUSES
797. Every switch, motor cdntroUer, circuit-breaker
and fuse in a Class III Division 2 location shall be
dust-tight.
CONTROL TRANSFORMERS AND RESISTORS
798. Every transformer, impedance coil and resistor
used in a Class III Division 2 location as or in conjunc-
tion with the control equipment for motors, generators
and appliances shall be provided with a dust-tight
enclosure approved for the class and group of the
location.
MOTORS AND GENERATORS
799. (1) Every motor, generator and other rotating
electrical machinery shall be
(a) totally enclosed not ventilated;
(b) totally enclosed pipe-ventilated ; or
(c) totally enclosed fan-cooled.
(2) No motor, generator or other rotating electrical
machinery of the protected type shall be installed in a
Class III Division 2 location.
VENTILATING PIPES
800. All ventilating pipes in a Class III Division 2
location shall conform to regulation 784.
FIXED AND PORTABLE ELECTRICAL APPLIANCES
801. Every fixed or portable electrical appliance in
a Class III Division 2 location shall conform to regula-
tion 785.
LIGHTING FIXTURES
802. Every lighting fixture in a Class III Division
2 location shall conform to regulation 786.
74
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
123
FLEXIBLE CORDS
803. Every flexible cord used in a Class III Division
2 location shall conform to regulation 752.
RECEPTACLES AND ATTACHMENT PLUGS
804. Every receptacle and attachment plug used
in a Class III Division 2 location shall conform to
regulation 775.
SIGNAL, ALARM, REMOTE-CONTROL AND LOCAL LOUD-
SPEAKER SYSTEMS
805. Every signal, alarm, remote-control and local
loud-speaker system installed in a Class III Division
2 location shall conform to regulation 754.
ELECTRIC CRANES
806. Every electric crane installed in a Class III
Division 2 location shall be installed as prescribed by
regulation 790.
STORAGE-BATTERY CHARGING EQUIPMENT
807. Storage-battery charging equipment shall be
located in rooms conforming to regulation 792.
ELECTRIC TRUCKS
808. (1) Every electric truck used in a Class III
Division 2 location shall have wheels equipped with
rubber tires or made of non-conducting material.
(2) The batteries for the electric trucks shall be
charged only in rooms conforming to regulation 792.
LIVE PARTS
809. Except as permitted by regulation 790, no live
parts of electrical equipment or of an electrical installa-
tion shall be exposed in a Class III Division 2 location.
GROUNDING
810. Except as prescribed by regulation 790, all
electrical wiring and equipment in a Class III Division
2 location shall be grounded in conformity with regu-
lation 778.
PART XIV
GARAGES, SERVICE STATIONS AND FILLING STATIONS
811. This Part shall apply to electrical apparatus
and wiring installed in garages, service stations and
filling stations and shall be supplementary to and not
exclusive of any other Part.
812. Those parts of garages, service stations or
filling stations in which concentrations of gasoline
vapour may collect shall be deemed to be Class I
locations under Part XIII and shall be treated there-
under as Division 1 or Division 2 locations according
to the conditions prevailing therein.
WIRING METHODS
813. (1) Where a garage does not accommodate
more than two vehicles, any wiring method specified
in Part III may be used.
(2) Where the floor area of a garage is sufficient
to accommodate more than two vehicles, the wiring
shall be in
(a) conduit;
(6) surface metal race-ways ;
(c) armoured-cable;
(d) wire-ways; or
(e) bus-ways.
814. Where a garage, service station or filling
station is located in a rural area or in an isolated location
on a highway, it may be wired with non-metallic
sheathed cable if
(a) the conductor is not smaller than No. 12 B. & S.
gauge, and
(b) there are not more than 12 outlets to any one
circuit,
but fuses rated at more than 15 amperes shall not be
installed.
ARCING OR SPARKING
815. (1) Where generators, motors, controllers and
similar equipment having commutators, collector rings,
or make-and-break or sliding contacts are located 4
feet or more above the floor level of a garage, service
station or filling station, they shall
(a) be of the totally-enclosed type, or
(6) have wire screens or perforated metal with
openings of not more than 5/100 inch in one
dimension placed at the commutator or brush
ends of the motors and generators so as to
prevent the discharge of particles.
(2) Where cut-outs, switches, receptacles, fixed
lamp-holders, charging panels or other electrical equip-
ment which tends to produce arcs or sparks are in-
stalled in a garage, service station or filling station
within 4 feet of the floor, they shall be of a type approved
for use in Class I locations under Part XIII.
GASOLINE PUMPS
816. Where a gasoline pump or other equipment for
handling gasoline contains within its pedestal wiring
for electric current
(a) the wiring shall be in rigid conduit; and
(b) every joint in the conduit and other electrical
fitting or device forming a part of the assembly
shall be approved for use in a Class I location
under Part XIII.
FLEXIBLE CORDS
817. (1) In garages, service stations and filling
stations
(a) the flexible cord for pendent lamps shall be
of type K or type S;
(b) the flexible cord for portable lamps and equip-
ment shall be type S; and
(c) the flexible cord for battery charging shall be
type S.
(2) Every flexible cord and every device used with
a flexible cord in a garage, service station or filling
station shall conform to clause d of subregulation 1 of
regulation 431, clause b of subregulation 1 of regulation
441 and subregulation 2 of regulation 441.
BATTERY-CHARGING EQUIPMENT
818. (1) Where battery-charging equiprnent is
used in a garage, service station or filling station, the
connectors shall have a capacity in amperes sufficient
to carry the charging currents likely to be encountered
and shall be so designed or so hung that at least one
connector will break apart readily at any position of
the charging cable.
(2) Every live part of battery-charging equipment
shall be guarded against accidental contact,
75
124
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
(3) Where battery-charging equipment is connected
directly to vehicles by means of plugs suspended from
overhead wiring, the plugs shall hang at least 6 inches
above floor level and no connector need be placed in
the cable or at the outlet.
819. (1) Every cord used for the connection of a
portable appliance to an outlet in a garage, service
station or filling station shall carry the male end of
a polarity-type pin-plug connector or some suitable
equivalent.
(2) The female end of the connector shall be so
designed or so hung that the connector breaks apart
readily at any position of the cable.
(3) Every connector shall, where practicable, be
kept at least 4 feet above floor level.
LAMP-HOLDERS
820. (1) The lamp-holders of every fixture and
pendent lamp in a garage, service station or filling
station shall be connected in conformity with regulations
611 to 622, both inclusive.
(2) Every portable lamp used in a garage, service
station or filling station shall be equipped with a
handle, lamp-holder, hook and a substantial guard
attached to the lamp-holder or to the handle.
(3) Every lamp-holder used in a garage, service
station or filling station shall be keyless and of moulded
composition, metal-sheathed porcelain or of any other
type approved for the purpose.
LIVE PARTS
821. Every live part of electrical equipment in a
garage, service station or filling station shall be so
guarded as to prevent accidental contact therewith.
GROUNDING
822. Every metallic conductor-enclosure and every
exposed metal part of fixed equipment, other than a
pendent lamp operating at not more than 150 volts,
shall be grounded in accordance with Part VII.
PART XV
LOCATIONS IN WHICH CORROSIVE LIQUIDS OR VAPOURS
OR EXCESSIVE MOISTURE ARE LIKELY TO BE
PRESENT
GENERAL
823. This Part shall apply to electrical equipment
and installations in locations in which corrosive liquids
or vapours or excessive moisture are likely to be present
and shall be supplementary to and not exclusive of any
other Part.
824. In this Part
(o) "Category 1" when applied to a location means
that the location is one in which moisture in
the form of vapour or liquid is present in
quantities which are likely to interfere with
the normal operation of electrical equipment
whether the moisture is caused by condensation
or the dripping or splashing of liquid or other-
wise ; and
(b) "Category 2" when applied to a location means
that the location is one in which corrosive
liquids or vapours are likely to be present in
quantities which are likely to interfere with
the normal operation of electrical equipment.
825. Where the expressions "Category 1" or
"Category 2" do not appear in any regulation in this
Part, the regulation shall be applicable to both cate-
gories.
WIRING AND EQUIPMENT
826. (1) There shall be installed in Category 1 and
Category 2 locations only such electrical equipment as
is essential for the processes being carried on therein.
(2) Service equipment, motors, panelboards, switch-
boards and other electrical equipment shall, where
practicable, be installed in rooms or sections of the
building which are not Category 1 or Category 2
locations.
827. (1) Where the electrical equipment is or is
likely to be partially or wholly submerged, it shall be of
a submersible type of construction.
(2) Where the electrical equipment is or is likely
to be subjected to direct streams of liquid under
pressure, it shall be of a water-tight type of construction.
(3) Where the electrical equipment is or is likely
to be exposed to corrosive vapours, it shall be of a
vapour-tight type of construction.
(4) Where the electrical equipment is or is likely
to be exposed to splashing of water, it shall be of a
splash-proof type of construction.
(5) Where the electrical equipment is or is likely
to be exposed only to the falling or condensing of
moisture, it shall be of a drip-proof type of construction
828. (1) Where conductors are exposed to moisture
in a Category 1 location, they shall
(a) if used in open wiring or in conduit, be of the
rubber-insulated, R or RW, type or the
thermoplastic-insulated, T or TW, type; or
(b) if used in open wiring, be of the weatherproof,
WP, type.
(2) Non-metallic sheathed cable shall not be used
in a Category 1 location other than a dairy barn,
chicken house or other farm building.
(3) Armoured-cable may be used in a Category 1
location but the conductors shall be lead-sheathed.
(4) Split knobs shall not be used in a Category 1
location.
829. (1) Subject to subregulations 2, 3 and 4, where
conductors are exposed to corrosive vapours in a
Category 2 location they shall be of
(c) the weatherproof, WP, type;
(6) the varnished-cloth, VC, or asbestos-varnished-
cloth type; or
(c) the rubber-insulated, R or RW, type.
(2) The weatherproof, WP, type shall be used only
for conductors run as open wiring.
(3) In a wet location, the varnished cloth, VC, or
asbestos-varnished-cloth types shall not be used unless
lead-covered.
(4) Where the vapours likely to be present are of
such nature that a conductor of a type specified in
subregulation 1 would not afford adequate protection,
an inspector may require the use of any other type.
(5) Non-metallic sheathed cable shall not be used
in a Category 2 location other than a dairy barn,
chicken house or other farm building.
(6) Surface metal race-ways, under-floor race-ways,
bare conductors, armoured-cable, wire-ways, bus-ways
and split knobs shall not be used in a Category 2
location.
830. Where open conductors enter or issue from a
Category 1 or Category 2 location, the conductors
shall
76
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
125
(c) have drip loops formed on them; and
(ft) pass through the wall of the location in an
upward direction and in non-combustible,
non-absorptive insulating tubes.
831. (1) Where conduit is used, it shall
(c) be arranged so as to drain at frequent intervals
to suitable locations; and
(b) be equipped with approved fittings which
permit the moisture to drain out of the system.
(2) Where a conduit leaves a warm room and
enters a cooler atmosphere, it shall be sealed off so as
to prevent breathing and subsequent condensation.
(3) All conduits, metal enclosures and fittings shall
be protected by approved corrosion-resisting material.
(4) Every joint in a conduit in a Category 1 loca-
tion shall be water-tight.
(5) Approved enamelled conduit may be used in a
Category 1 or Category 2 location.
832. (1) Every cabinet and fitting in a Category 1
location shall be
(a) of splash-proof or drip-proof construction;
(6) so placed as to prevent moisture or water from
entering and accumulating within the cabinet
or fitting; and
(c) mounted so as to give at least one-half irtch
clearance from the supporting surface.
(2) Every screw and bolt used to secure electrical
equipment in place shall be of corrosion-resisting metal.
833. Every circuit in a Category 1 or Category 2
location shall, where practicable, be arranged so that
the current-carrying conductors may be entirelj' cut
off frorn the supply of electrical power or energy at a
convenient point outside the location.
834. (1) Pendent lamp-holders shall be
(o) of the moulded composition weather-proof
type; and
(b) hung from stranded rubber-insulated con-
ductors not smaller than No. 14 B. & S. gauge.
(2) Where the pendent conductors exceed 3 feet in
length they shall be twisted together.
835. (1) Every lighting fixture in a Category 1
location shall be so constructed that water cannot enter
or accumulate within the fixture.
(2) Every lighting fixture in a Category 2 location
shall be of the vapour-tight type.
836. (1) Every receptacle and attachment plug
for portable equipment shall be
(a) of the weatherproof type; and
(b) provided with approved grounding terminals
and conductors properly connected to ground.
(2) The flexible cord for portable equipment shall
be of type S and shall contain an extra conductor for
grounding purposes.
837. Every exposed, non-current-carrying metal
part of all fixed or portable electrical equipment, includ-
ing appliances, fixtures, cabinets and metal enclosures,
shall be grounded as prescribed by Part VII.
838. Every livt part of electrical equipment shall
be so guarded as to prevent accidental contact there-
with.
839. Where non-metallic sheathed cable is used in
barns or stables, it shall not be run
(c) directly over windows, doors or other openings
in outside walls; or
(b) where condensation is liable to form on the
cable through marked differences in tempera-
ture, unless the cable is protected in the man-
ner prescribed by regulation 842.
840. Non-metallic sheathed cable shall not be
installed in root-houses without special permission.
841. Non-metallic sheathed cable shall not be run
(a) in stair wells; or
(b) through ventilating ducts or similar openings
between stables and lofts or other rooms above
stables.
842. (1) Where non-metallic sheathed cable is run
from a stable to a loft or room above the stable, it
shall be run through a length of rigid conduit.
(2) The conduit shall be
(a) sealed at the upper end with an approved
insulating compound; and
(6) left unsealed at the lower end.
PART XVI
MOTION-PICTURE STUDIOS, PROJECTORS, FILM
EXCHANGES AND FILM VAULTS
WIRING AND EQUIPMENT
843. Regulations 844 to 858, both inclusive, apply
to motion-picture studios, exchanges, factories and
laboratories and to any building or portion of a building
in which motion-picture films are manufactured, ex-
posed, developed, printed, re-wound, repaired or
stored, but they do not apply where only approved,
slow-burning cellulose acetate film or its equivalent is
used.
844. The wiring method shall be rigid conduit but
portable cables or flexible cord may be used on studio
stages and at other locations where fixed wiring methods
are impracticable.
845. Where lamp outlets are installed on walls, they
shall consist of lamp-holders mounted in outlet-boxes
and shall be equipped with open-end guards riveted
to the covers of the boxes.
846. Every pendent lamp shall be suspended by
means of reinforced cord, armoured cord or armoured-
cable and shall be protected by lamp-guards.
847. At patching tables and where film is exposed
outside standard containers, the lighting fixtures shall
be of the vapour-tight type with their conductors
enclosed in rigid conduit.
848. (1) Every lighting fixture installed in a film
vault shall be of the explosion-proof type approved for
use in a Class I Group C location under Part XIII and
have a metal cage or guard protecting the globe.
(2) The lighting fixtures shall be installed as close
as practicable to the ceiling of the vault.
849. The wiring in a film vault shall be in rigid
conduit with threaded joints at couplings, boxes and
fittings.
77
126
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
850. (1) Every lighting fixture in a film vault shall
be controlled by a double-pole switch with a red pilot
light.
(2) The switch and pilot light shall be located out-
side the vault.
851. (1) Electric wiring within the film vault shall
be so arranged that when the switch is off, all con-
ductors within the vault are dead.
(2) Conduits shall be run only from the switch to
the lighting fixture within the vault and shall not be
run directly from vault to vault.
(3) The run of conduit shall be sealed off near the
switch enclosure with a fitting and compound approved
for the purpose.
852. No electrical equipment other than that
necessary for fixed lighting shall be placed or used in any
vault in which nitro-cellulose film is stored.
853.
sition
holder.
(1) Every portable lamp shall have a compo-
)r metal-sheathed porcelain, keyless lamp-
(2) Every cord of a portable lamp shall carry the
male end of a pin-plug connector or its equivalent and
the female end shall be so designed or so hung that the
connector breaks apart readily at any position of the
cord.
(3) The connector shall be kept at least 1 foot from
the floor.
(4) The lamp-holder shall be provided with a guard,
hook and handle.
(5) Subregulations 1, 2, 3 and 4 shall not apply to
portable lamps used as properties in a motion-picture
set on a studio stage or similar location.
854. Type S cord shall be used on all portable
lamps and equipment.
855. (1) Where motors or generators have brushes
or sliding contacts they shall be of the approved dust-
tight or enclosed types.
(2) Subregulation 1 shall not apply to rnotors or
generators used on studio stages where the live parts
of the motors or generators are guarded or enclosed
in conformity with regulation 858.
856. Every switch shall be of the externally-operated
type.
857. All metallic conductor-enclosures and all
exposed metal parts of fixed electrical equipment,
other than pendent lamps operating at not more than
150 volts, shall be grounded in conformity with Part
VII.
858. (1) The live parts of all electrical equipment
shall be so enclosed as to prevent accidental contact
therewith.
(2) Every rheostat shall be enclosed and externally
operated.
MOTION-PICTURE PROJECTORS
859. Every motion-picture projector shall
(a) be approved for use as an assembly; or
(b) consist of an approved projector with an ap-
proved projector-lamp.
860. The conductors which supply outlets for
motion-picture projectors of the professional type shall
be of a size adequate for the projector used.
861. Where the ambient temperature at the con-
ductor of an arc lamp or other equipment used in con-
nection with a motion-picture projector exceeds 50
degrees centigrade or 122 degrees Fahrenheit asbestos-
covered conductors shall be used.
862. The flexible cord used on portable projection
equipment shall be of the S, SJ or K type.
863. Every incandescent lamp in a projection room
or booth shall be
(a) provided with an approved lamp-guard; or
(b) protected by an incombustible shade or other
incombustible enclosure.
864. Motor-generator sets, frequency changers,
transformers, rectifiers, rheostats and similar equipment
for the supply or control of electrical current to arc
lamps or motion-picture projectors shall not be located
in the same room as the arc lamp or motion-picture
projector.
SOUND-RECORDING, SOUND-REPRODUCING AND
SIMILAR EQUIPMENT
865. Regulations 866 to 869, both inclusive, apply
to installations of equipment and wiring used for sound-
recording and reproduction, centralized distribution of
sound, public-address and speech-input systems, and
electronic organs.
866. The wiring and equipment from the source of
power to devices connected to an interior wiring system
and the wiring and equipment between the devices shall
conform to the regulations relating to the particular
locations involved except as modified or amended by
regulation 867 to 869, both inclusive.
867. Where the conductors of different systems are
grouped in the same conduit or other metallic enclosure
or in a portable cord or cable
(a) the power-supply conductors shall be properly
identified and used only to supply power to
the equipment to which the other conductors
are connected;
(b) the input leads to a motor-generator or rotary-
converter shall be run separately from the
output leads;
(c) the conductors shall be insulated either indi-
vidually or collectively in groups, by insulation
at least equivalent to that on the power-
supply and other conductors, except where the
power-supply and other conductors are separa-
ted by a lead sheath or other continuous
metallic covering;
(d) the flexible cords and cables shall be of S,
SJ, K, P, or some other type approved for the
purpose for which they are used;
(e) the conductors of the flexible cords, other than
power-supply conductors, shall not be smaller
than No. 26 B. & S. gauge if they are not in
direct electrical connection with the power-
supply conductors and are equipped with
current-limiting means so that the maximum
power under any condition does not exceed
150 watts;
(/) the terminals for the conductors shall be
marked to show their proper connections; and
(g) the terminals for conductors other than power-
supply conductors shall be separated from the
terminals for the power-supply conductors by
a space at least as great as that between
power-supply terminals of opposite polarity.
78
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
127
868. (1) Where storage batteries are used in con-
nection with sound-recording, sound-reproducing and
similar equipment, they shall be installed in con-
formity with regulations 538 to 542, both inclusive.
(2) The storage-battery leads shall be of the rubber-
insulated, R, RH or RW, type or the thermoplastic-
insulated, T or TW, type.
869. (1) Where the circuits through which electric
current is supplied to heat the filament of a tube in a
vacuum-tube circuit are supplied by lighting branch-
circuits or by storage batteries of more than 20 ampere-
hours' capacity, they shall have over-current protection
of not more than 15 amperes.
(2) The circuits through which electric current is
supplied to the plate in a vacuum-tube circuit shall
have over-current protection of not more than 1 ampere
in each positive lead.
(3) The circuits through which voltage is impressed
on the grid in a vacuum-tube circuit may be without
over-current protection.
(4) The over-current devices shall be located as
near as practicable to the battery.
PART XVII
ELECTRICALLY-OPERATED PIPE-ORGANS
GENERAL
870. Regulations 871 to 876, both inclusive, apply
to the electrical circuits and parts of electrically-
operated pipe-organs which are used to control sounding
apparatus and keyboards of the pipe-organs but do
not apply to electronic organs.
871. (1) The source of electrical energy shall be
(a) a self -excited generator; or
(6) a primary battery.
(2) The operating potential shall not be more than
15 volts.
872. The frame of the generator shall
(o) be effectively insulated from ground and from
the motor which drives it; or
(&) be grounded.
873. All conductors other than
(o) common-return conductors, and
(6) conductors inside the organ proper, the organ
sections and the organ console,
shall be arranged in a compact assembly.
874. Every organ cable shall be of a type approved
for the purpose
875. (1) Cables shall be neatly and securely held
in place.
(2) Cables may be attached directly to the organ
structure without insulating supports.
(3) Cables shall not be placed in contact with
other conductors.
876. The circuits shall be so subdivided and pro-
tected at or near the source of current by enclosed fuses
of not more than 15 amperes capacity that every con-
ductor is protected by one or other of the fuses.
MOTORS AND LIGHTING
877. Every remotely-controlled organ-blower motor
shall be provided with a pilot lamp of the neon type
located at the organ console.
878. (1) Every organ-blower motor shall be instal-
led in a room or compartment having walls and ceiling
of such construction as to retard the spread of fire for
at least 45 minutes.
(2) Subregulation 1 shall be deemed to be complied
with where
(a) the construction of the walls is of 2-inch bv
4-inch wood studs with expanded metal-lath
on each side and J inch thickness of gypsum-
and-sand plaster;
(b) the ceiling is of the double metal-lath and
plaster type; and
(c) the door to the room or compartment is self-
closing and consists of at least two 1-inch
layers of lumber with a membrane of asbestos
paper weighing at least 30 pounds per 100
square feet placed between the layers.
879. (1) Organ lofts shall be illuminated by means
of rigid conduit and dust-tight fixtures.
(2) Every conductor used for illumination shall be
completely enclosed within the conduit or fitting.
(3) A receptacle shall be provided in the organ loft
for the supply of current to an approved portable hand-
lamp.
PART XVIII
RADIO INSTALLATIONS
880. This Part shall apply to radio installations and
shall be supplementary to and not exclusive of any
other Part.
881. This Part does not apply to radio or electrical
equipment installed on board a ship or to antennae
used for coupling carrier-current to line conductors.
882. Every lightning arrester, receptacle and attach-
ment plug, including a condenser plug, used for attach-
ment to an electric supply circuit to serve as an antenna,
shall be approved for use in a radio installation.
ANTENNA SYSTEMS
883. Every antenna support shall be located at
least 10 feet measured horizontally from the nearest
light, heat, power or communication conductor.
884. Where antenna counterpoises and lead-in
conductors cross over or under a communication circuit
or a power or lighting circuit of less than 750 volts, they
shall be so located as to prevent accidental contact
with the circuits by reason of sagging or swinging and
there shall be a clearance of at least 4 feet.
885. Every indoor antenna shall
(a) have a clearance of at least 4 inches from the
conductors of lighting, heating, power or
communication circuits; or
(ft) be separated from the conductors by conduit
or by porcelain tubes, flexible tubing or other
firmly-secured, non-conducting material.
886. There shall be a clearance of at least 6 feet
between antenna or lead-in conductors and any con-
ducting material forming part of or attached to a
lightning-rod system.
79
128
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
887. Except where the lead-in conductor from the
antenna to its entrance into the building is protected
by a continuous grounded metallic shield, every con-
ductor of a lead-in from an outdoor antenna of a
receiving station shall be provided with an approved
lightning arrester.
888. (1) Lightning arresters may be installed out-
side or inside a building but, where installed inside, they
shall be between the point of entrance of the lead-in
conductor and the radio installation and as near as
practicable to the entrance point of the lead-in con-
ductor.
(2) Lightning arresters shall not be installed near
flammable material or in a hazardous location.
GROUNDING-CONDUCTORS
889. (1) Every radio receiving station shall be
provided with a grounding-conductor.
(2) The grounding-conductor may
(a) be run inside or outside a building;
(&) be uninsulated and affixed directly to the
surface of the building without insulating
supports; and
(c) serve for both protective and operating pur-
poses, where the ground terminal of the equip-
ment is connected to the ground terminal of
the lightning arrester.
(3) Every grounding-conductor shall run as
straight as practicable and shall be grounded in con-
formity with Part VI L
PART XIX
INCANDESCENT SIGNS AND INCANDESCENT OUTLINE
LIGHTING
GENERAL
890. This Part shall apply to incandescent signs and
incandescent outline lighting and shall be supplementary
to and not exclusive of any other Part.
89 L The potential between a conductor and ground
shall not exceed 150 volts.
892. The conductors shall be of the rubber-in-
sulated, R, or equivalent type.
893. (1) The conductors shall be soldered to the
terminals of receptacles.
(2) Every exposed part of a conductor or terminal
shall be treated to prevent corrosion.
894. (1) Where sign-leads pass through the walls
or partitions of the structure of the sign, they shall
be protected by incombustible absorption-resisting
bushings.
(2) Where sign-leads are run as open wiring, they
may be cabled.
895. (1) Irrespective of the number of outlets, the
wiring shall be subdivided into branch-circuits which
can be properly protected by over-current devices
rated or set at not more than 15 amperes.
(2) The branch-circuits shall be protected by over-
current devices rated or set at not more than 1 5 amperes.
(3) The over-current devices shall not be used to
protect any other circuit.
896. Every incandescent sign and all incandescent
outline lighting shall be so located that a person working
thereon is not liable to come into contact with overhead
conductors.
897. Where sheet metal is used in the construction
of sign-boxes and outline troughs, it shall be
(a) of not less than No. 28 U.S. sheet-metal gauge;
and
(6) galvanized or treated with at least 3 coats of
anti-corrosive paint or otherwise suitably
protected from corrosion.
898. Every incandescent sign shall be constructed
entirely of metal or other suitable material but wood
may be used for the external decoration of the sign if
it is kept at least 2 inches distant from any lamp-
holder.
899. Every sign-box and outline trough shall be so
designed as to
(a) afford ample strength and rigidity to render
it practically weatherproof;
(b) enclose all terminals and wiring other than
the leads; and
(c) provide drainage for each compartment by
means of one or more holes of at least i inch
in diameter.
900. Where over-current devices, flashers, non-
weatherproof transformers or other similar devices are
placed on or within the body or structure of a sign or
on the exterior of a building, they shall be contained in
a separate, completely-enclosed, accessible approved
box or cabinet.
901. Surface race-ways shall not be used.
902. Every fixed sign shall be grounded in con-
formity with Part VII.
OUTLINE LIGHTING
903. The conductors for outline lighting shall be run
(a) as open wiring;
(b) in rigid conduit;
(c) in metal troughs; or
(d) as lead-sheathed armoured-cable.
904. (1) Where the conductors are run in rigid
conduit or as armoured-cable, every lamp-holder shall
be installed in an individual outlet-box.
(2) Where the conductors are run in metal troughs,
the lamp-holders shall be installed in the troughs.
905. (1) Where sheet steel is used for troughs, it
shall be of not less than No. 28 U.S. sheet-metal gauge.
(2) Every trough shall be constructed with strength
and rigidity adequate to the conditions to which it is
likely to be exposed and shall be treated to prevent
rusting.
906. (1) Where open wiring is used, a minimum dis-
tance of 1 inch shall be maintained between the con-
ductors and adjacent surfaces.
(2) Where flexible tubing is used, it shall be kept
at least ^ inch from adjacent surfaces and the end of
the tubing shall be sealed and painted with a moisture-
repellent substance.
907. (1) Every lamp-holder shall be of such type
and so installed
80
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
129
(a) that it cannot turn; and
(ft) that its terminals are at least J inch from
adjacent conducting material and from the
terminals of adjacent lamp-holders.
(2) Where open wiring is used, the separation shall
be at least 1 inch.
908. Where open wiring is used in a circuit or part
of a circuit in which the conductors are connected to
lamp-holders which hold the conductors at least 1 inch
from adjacent surfaces and which are placed not more
than 12 inches apart, the lamp-holders shall be deemed
to afford adequate support and spacing for the con-
ductors.
909. Where lamp-holders are spaced more than 12
inches apart, the conductors shall be supported on
incombustible absorption-resisting insulators at inter-
vals of not more than 12 inches.
910. Subject to regulation 908, where open wiring
is used, a separation of 2| inches shall be maintained
between conductors.
911. Every lamp-holder shall be of the keyless type
and made of porcelain or other insulating material.
912. Miniature lamp-holders shall not be used
without special permission.
913. (1) No circuit shall have more than 30 out-
lets.
(2) The circuits shall be so arranged that the lamps
supplied thereby shall in no case be such as to cause
more than 15 amperes to pass through a branch-circuit
fuse.
PART XX
THEATRES
GENERAL
914. This Part shall apply to electrical equipment
and installations in theatres and shall be supplementary
to and not exclusive of any other Part.
915. No live part of permanent or temporary wiring
or of electrical equipment shall be exposed.
916. (1) Wiring shall be in rigid conduit but
(a) other wiring methods may be authorized for
temporary work;
(6) flexible cord may be used where permitted by
these regulations; and
(c) flexible conduit or armoured cable may be
used by special permission.
(2) Surface race-ways shall not be used on the
stage side of the proscenium wall.
917. The electrical equipment used by a travelling
theatre-company, circus or other travelling show,
whether or not the performance is held within a theatre,
shall not be used at any performance until a permit is
obtained from the Commission.
9 18. Where the auditorium of a theatre has a seating
capacity of more than 100 persons or has an area of
more than 600 square feet, there shall be installed and
maintained in the theatre an emergency lighting-system
conforming to Part XXI.
919. (1) Every metal race-way shall be grounded.
(2) Except the frames and enclosures of portable
equipment on grounded circuits operating at not more
than 150 volts to ground, all metal frames and enclo-
sures of equipment, including border lights, shall be
grounded.
PORTABLE AND STATIONARY SWITCHBOARDS
920. Every switchboard shall be
(a) of the dead-front type; and
(b) protected above with a suitable metal guard
or hood extending the full length of the board
and completely covering the space between
the wall and the board in such manner as to
protect the board from falling objects.
921. (1) Where a sLage-switchboard has exposed
live parts on the back of the board, it shall be enclosed
by the walls of the building or by wire-mesh grills or
by other approved means.
(2) The entrance to the enclosure shall be a self-
closing door.
922. (1) Every theatre, other than a theatre used
exclusively for motion pictures, shall have installed at
suitable locations therein 2 extra service-boxes for the
proper and convenient supply of current to extra
equipment.
(2) One box shall be located at each end of the stage.
(3) The boxes shall be connected in a permanent
manner to the main service or to a separate source
of supply.
(4) Where the boxes are made for 2-wire circuits
they shall have a capacity of not less than 400 amperes.
(5) Where the boxes are made for 3-wire circuits
they shall have a capacity of not less than 200 amperes.
(6) The boxes shall be equipped with fuses and
quick-break switches or approved equivalent devices.
923. Every dimmer shall be so connected as to be
dead when its circuit switch is open but a dimmer which
does not open the circuit may be connected in a grounded
neutral conductor.
924. (1) Every portable switchboard shall be
placed within an enclosure of substantial construction
but may be so arranged that the enclosure is open dur-
ing operation.
(2) Where the enclosure is of wood, it shall be
completely lined with sheet metal of not less than No.
24 U.S. sheet-metal gauge suitably protected against
corrosion.
(3) There shall be no exposed live parts within the
enclosure, other than those on dimmer face-plates.
925. (1) Every portable switchboard shall be sup-
plied by means of an approved stage-cable terminating
within the switchboard-enclosure in an externally-
opjerated, enclosed, fused master-switch.
(2) The master-switch shall be so arranged as to
cut ofT current from all apparatus within the enclosure,
other than the pilot light.
(3) The cable shall be of sufficient current-carrying
capacity to carry the total load-current of the switch-
board.
(4) The ampere-rating of the fuses of the master-
switch shall not be greater than the total load-current
of the switchboard.
(5) Portable switchboards shall be supplied only
from outlets specifically provided for the purpose.
81
130
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
926. (1) Every conductor within the switchboard-
enclosure shall be of the stranded asbestos-covered type
enclosed in a metal trough or otherwise properly sup-
ported and securely fastened in position.
(2) The conductors shall have a current-carrying
capacity of not less than that of the switch or over-
current device to which they are connected.
(3) Every conductor shall be bushed at the point
where it passes through a metal enclosure.
(4) The strands of the conductor shall be soldered
together before they are fastened under a clamp or
binding-screw.
(5) Where a conductor of No. 8 B. & S. gauge or of
a larger size is connected to a terminal
(a) it shall be soldered into a lug; or
(b) an approved solderless connector shall be used.
927. (1) Stage cables shall be
(c) of an approved type; and
(b) so arranged that no strain is placed on the
clamps and binding-screws.
(2) Where the cables pass through metal or wood
enclosures, they shall be protected by metal bushings.
(3) Where stage cables are connected to terminals
or binding posts within a switchboard enclosure, the
terminals and posts shall be so located as to permit
convenient access thereto.
928. Every switch shall be
(a) of the enclosed type; and
(b) externally operated.
929. (1) All fuses shall be
(a) of the plug type or cartridge type; and
(6) provided with enclosures in addition to the
switchboard enclosure.
(2) Every circuit leaving a switchboard shall have
an over-current device in each ungrounded conductor.
930. (1) The terminals of every dimmer shall be
provided with an approved enclosure.
(2) Every dimmer face-plate shall be so arranged
that accidental contact cannot readily be made with
the face-plate contacts.
931. (1) A pilot light shall be installed within every
switchboard enclosure.
(2) The pilot light shall be so connected to the
circuit supplying the switchboard that the opening of
the master switch does not cut off the supply to the
lamp of the pilot light.
(3) The lamp shall be on an independent circuit
protected by an over-current device rated or set at not
more than 15 amperes.
FOOTLIGHTS, BORDERS, PROSCENIUM SIDE-LIGHTS,
STRIPS AND BUNCHES
932. (1) Where footlights, borders, proscenium
side-lights, strips or bunches are wired in conduit or as
armoured-cable, every lamp-holder shall be installed in
an individual outlet box.
(2) Where the lights are not wired in conduit or as
armoured-cable, all the lamp-holders and the wiring
therefor shall be installed in a steel trough.
(3) Where sheet steel is used in connection with the
lights, it shall be of ample strength and rigidity having
regard to the general construction of the installation
and shall be treated to prevent rusting.
(4) The metal work for footlights, borders and pro-
scenium side-lights shall be not less than No. 20 U.S.
sheet-metal gauge.
(5) The metal work for bunches and portable strips
shall be not less than No. 24 U.S. sheet-metal gauge.
(6) Where the lighting devices are equipped with
mogul lamp-holders, the lighting devices shall be con-
structed with double walls and with adequate ventila-
tion between the walls.
933. (1) The terminals of the lamp-holders shall be
separated from the metal of the trough by at least ^
inch.
(2) The conductors shall be soldered to the terminals
of the lamp-holders.
934. Where a pendent lighting-device contains a
lamp or group of lamps of more than 100 watts
capacity, it shall be furnished with a wire guard of not
more than ^-inch mesh so arranged as to prevent
danger from falling glass.
935. Borders shall be wired with conductors of the
asbestos-covered. A, type or the asbestos-covered
varnished-cloth, AVA or AVB, type but where the
temperature does not exceed 194 degrees Fahrenheit
the slow-burning, SB, type may be used.
936. (1) Borders and strips shall be so suspended
as to be electrically and mechanically safe.
(2) Where wire rope is used for the suspension of
borders each length thereof shall be insulated by at
least one strain insulator at the point of attachment
to the border.
937. Borders and strips shall be so constructed that
the flanges of the reflectors or other suitable guards
protect the lamps from mechanical injury and from
accidental contact with scenery or other combustible
material.
938. (1) The cables for borders shall be fed from
points on the grid-iron or from other approved overhead
points but shall not be fed from side walls.
(2) Flexible cable shall be of S or K type.
STAGE AND GALLERY POCKETS
939. (1) Stage and gallery pockets shall be control-
led from the switchboard.
(2) At least 1 receptacle of not less than 30-ampere
capacity shall be installed in the gallery of a theatre
in which dramatic or operatic performances are pre-
sented.
940. (1) The conductors which supply arc pockets
shall be not smaller than No. 6 B. & S. gauge.
(2) The conductors which supply incandescent
pockets shall be not smaller than No. 12 B. & S. gauge.
(3) All conductors which supply pockets shall be of
ample size to supply all receptacles therein at full
rating.
941. (1) The rated capacity of an arc pocket shall
be not less than 35 amperes.
(2) The rated capacity of an incandescent pocket
shall be not less than 15 amperes.
942. Plugs for arc and incandescent pockets shall
not be interchangeable.
82
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
131
943. (1) Where the wiring to pockets is in rigid
conduit, the conduit shall end at a point approximately
12 inches away from the pocket and the wiring shall be
continued in flexible conduit in the form of a loop at
least 2 feet long with sufficient slack to permit the
raising or lowering of the box.
(2) Where the rigid conduit is embedded in concrete,
its end shall emerge from the concrete at the point
referred to in subregulation 1.
FIXTURES ON SCENERY
944. (1) Fixtures attached to stage scenery shall
be
(a) of the internally-wired type; or
(6) wired with P type or other cord approved for
hard usage.
(2) The fixtures shall be secured firmly in place.
(3) The stems of the fixtures shall be carried through
to the back of the scenery and shall have a suitable
bushing on the end thereof.
STRING OR FESTOONED LIGHTS
945. Joints in the wiring of string or festooned
lights shall be staggered where practicable.
946. Where the lamps of string or festooned lights
are enclosed in paper lanterns or shades or other
devices of combustible material, they shall be equipped
with lamp guards.
DRESSING-ROOMS
947. (1) Every dressing-room shall contain at least
1 convenience outlet.
(2) All convenience outlets in dressing-rooms shall
be controlled from the switchboard.
948. All lights in dressing-rooms shall be equipped
with locked, open-end, wire guards.
949. Pendent lights in dressing-rooms shall be wired
with armoured-cable or with flexible cord approved for
hard usage as set out in Table 20.
PORTABLE EQUIPMENT
950. Portable equipment for stage effects shall be
of a type approved for the purpose.
951. (1) An arc lamp may be used only when it is
operated by a qualified operator.
(2) Where 2 lamps are so placed that one operator
can properly watch and care for both, there may be one
operator for the 2 lamps.
952. Flexible conductors for arc lamps, bunches or
other portable equipment shall be of K type stage-cable
or S type cord, but for separate miscellaneous portable
devices operated under conditions where the conductors
are not exposed to severe mechanical injury any
approved cord protected by an over-current device
rated or set at not more than 15 amperes may be used.
CURTAIN MOTORS
953. Every curtain motor shall be of the enclosed
type.
STAGE FLUES
954. (1) Where stage-flue dampers are released by
an electrical device, the circuit operating the device
shall in normal operation be closed.
(2) The circuit shall be controlled by at least 2
single-pole switches enclosed in iron boxes with self-
closing doors without locks or latches.
(3) One switch shall be placed at the electrician's
station and the other at a place designated by an
inspector.
(4) The device shall
(a) be designed for the full voltage of the circuit
to which it is connected;
{b) be located in the loft above the scenery; and
(c) be enclosed in a suitable iron box with a tight,
self-closing door.
MOTION-PICTURE APPARATUS
955. The conductors which supply outlets for pro-
jectors of the professional type shall be of a size adequate
for the projector used.
956. (1) Every flexible cord in a projection room
or projection-machinery room shall be of a type
approved for hard usage, as shown in Table 20.
(2) Every lamp-holder in a projection room or a
projection-machinery room shall be of keyless, moulded-
composition type equipped with wire guards.
957. Every switch used to control motion-picture
apparatus shall be of the enclosed externally-operated
type.
958. (1) Every projection room shall be equipped
with an exhaust ventilation-fan sufficient to effect a
complete change of air every 3 minutes.
(2) The fan shall be controlled from inside the
projection room and from a nearby point outside the
room.
959. Motor-generator sets, frequency changers,
transformers, rectifiers, rheostats and similar equipment
for the supply or control of electrical current to an arc
lamp or motion-picture projector shall not be located
in the same room as the arc lamp or motion-picture
projector.
PART XXI
EMERGENCY LIGHTS
960. (1) Where the installation of emergency lights
is required by these regulations, they shall be installed
as prescribed by this Part.
(2) Where an emergency-lighting system operates
at 50 volts or less, it shall also conform to Part XXII.
961. The conductors for emergency lights shall be
installed in rigid conduit.
962. (1) The owner, lessee and manager of every
building having an installation of emergency lights shall
test them or cause them to be tested frequently to
ensure security of operation.
(2) Where batteries are used as a source of supply
for emergency lights, the batteries shall be kept
(a) in proper condition;
(b) fully charged at all times; and
(c) in an adequately-ventilated battery-room.
963. (1) No component of an emergency-lighting
system shall be installed in a room which contains
83
132
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
machinery using or used in connection with a combus-
ible refrigerant.
(2) Storage batteries and generators for emergency-
lighting systems shall be so located within the building
as to reduce as far as is possible the hazards of inter-
ference or damage to the equipment by fire, explosion
or flooding within the building.
(3) Where the nature of the occupancy, construction
and internal fire-protection of a building warrant it,
an inspector may require that the batteries or generators,
or both, be located in a fire-resisting room segregated
from other parts of the building by unpierced walls,
floors and ceiling, or he may require that a self-closing,
approved fire-door be installed in the door-way giving
access to the battery- or generator-room from the out-
side of the building.
964. (1) Complete instructions for the operation
and care of the emergency-lighting system shall be
posted on the premises in a frame under glass.
(2) The form of the instructions and their location
shall be subject to the approval of the inspector.
965. (1) Every emergency-lighting system shall be
equipped with audible and visible trouble-signal devices
which give warning of derangement of the current source
or sources and which indicate when the emergency-
lighting load is supplied from batteries or generators.
(2) Audible trouble-signals shall be so wired that
when the signal is shut oflf a red warning or trouble-
light assumes the protective function.
CURRENT-SUPPLY
966. The current-supply for emergency-lighting
systems shall be such as to afford sure emergency light-
ing when the principal lighting system of the premises
fails.
967. (1) The current-supply shall consist of a
service supply and
(a) a storage battery having sufficient capacity to
supply and maintain, at not less than 91 per
cent of full voltage, the total load of the
emergency-lighting circuits for at least i hour;
or
(b) a generator driven by steam or by internal-
combustion engine or by water-turbine or by
other dependable prime mover. I
(2) Automobile batteries and lead batteries not of
the sealed glass-jar type shall not be used under clause
•a of subregulation 1.
(3) Where a generator is used, it shall be
(a) of capacity sufficient to carry the load; and
(b) arranged to start automatically without failure
and without undue delay upon the failure of
the current-supply of the principal lighting of
the building.
CIRCUITS
968. The wiring of emergency-lighting systems shall
be kept entirely independent of all other wiring and
equipment and shall not enter a fixture, race-way, box
or cabinet occupied by other wiring.
969. No appliance or lamp, other than those
required for the emergency lighting, shall be supplied
by the emergency-lighting circuit.
CONTROL
970. (1) Every circuit for emergency lighting shall
be controlled by a readily accessible switch.
(2) The switch shall be located in the lobby of the
building or, where this is not practicable, at a place
convenient to the main entrance of the building.
(3) An additional switch may be installed
(a) at the main service or on the control panel of
a special current-source; or
(b) adjacent to the emergency switch to control
separately the lights on the exterior of the
building which are not required during day-
light hours.
(4) An automatic light-actuated device approved
for the purpose may be used instead of the switch
referred to in clause b of subregulation 3.
(5) The emergency-lighting circuits shall not be
connected to or controlled by a stage-lighting control.
OVER-CURRENT PROTECTION
971. (1) No device other than a service over-current
device shall be placed ahead of the branch-circuit over-
current devices.
(2) The branch-circuit over-current devices shall
be accessible.
PART XXII
SMALL ISOLATED PLANTS
972. (1) This Part shall apply to
(a) stationary electric power-plants in which
(i) steam, an internal-combustion engine or
water-turbine or other prime mover is
connected to an electric generator opera-
ting at a potential of less than 50 volts; or
(ii) a storage battery is the source of supply;
and
(6) the control devices used in the plant.
(2) This Part shall be supplementary to and not
exclusive of any other Part governing ordinary low-
potential installations.
973. The conductors, fittings, devices and appliances
shall have a current-carrying capacity sufficiently
larger than that required for the higher voltages used
on ordinary commercial circuits to compensate for the
additional current required in a low-voltage system.
974. The lamp-holders shall be of the 600-watt,
250-volt classification and shall be rated at not more
than 3| amjDeres.
975. (1) No conductor shall have a current-carrying
capacity less than that of No. 12 B. & S. gauge copper
wire, but a flexible cord which supplies a single lamp-
holder may be of No. 14 B. & S. gauge.
(2) In determining the size of conductors required,
each lamp-holder shall be considered as loaded to not
less than 2 amperes.
976. There shall not be more than 8 outlets on a
branch-circuit.
977. The over-current devices which protect branch-
circuits shall be rated or set at not more than 20
amperes.
978. (1) No current-consuming device rated at
more than 5 amperes shall be connected to a branch-
circuit which supplies incandescent lamps.
84
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
133
(2) Every current-consuming device rated at more
than 5 amperes shall be supplied from a branch-circuit
used for no other purpose and equipped with receptacles
rated at not less than 20 amperes.
979. Batteries shall be kept in rooms or spaces
having natural means of ventilation.
PART XXIII
Storage Space for Furs, Silks, Pyroxylin
Plastics and Nitrocellulose X-ray Film and
NlTROCELUn^OSE PHOTOGRAPHIC FiLM
GENERAL
980. This Part shall apply to
(o) merchandise vaults for the storage of furs or
silks; and
(6) vaults, store-rooms or areas and isolated build-
ings for the storage of pyroxylin plastics and
nitrocellulose X-ray film and nitrocellulose
photographic film.
FUR AND SILK STORAGE VAULTS
981. (1) Vaults for the storage of furs or silks shall
be wired with rigid conduit.
(2) The outlet- or junction-boxes or other wiring
enclosures shall have threaded hubs for the attachment
of conduit.
(3) The hubs shall accommodate at least 3 full
threads.
(4) Where a flexible connection is required, a short
length of flexible steel conduit may be used.
982. (1) The electrical equipment in the vaults
shall be limited to
(c) supply conduits;
(b) lighting fixtures;
(c) motors for ventilation and cooling units or
coils;
{d) burglary- and fire-detection and fire-extinguish-
ing systems; and
(c) such other equipment as is necessary for the
utilization of the vault.
(2) Service equipment, panelboards and switch-
boards, refrigeration-compressor motors and their con-
trollers shall not be installed in vaults.
(3) Electric heaters shall not be installed or used
in vaults unless approved for the purpose.
983. (1) Where lighting fixtures of the fluorescent
or incandescent types are installed in vaults, they shall
be of the vapour-tight or dust-tight types.
(2) No lighting fixture shall be so installed that
goods in storage may be placed within 18 inches of it.
(3) Every lighting fixture shall at all times, and
whether or not the lamp-holders are without lamps, be
fitted with outer globes or enclosures.
(4) No incandescent fixture shall be provided with
lamps of greater wattage than that which the fixture is
approved to accommodate.
(5) Where incandescent fixtures are wired with
rubber-insulated conductors, the insulation shall be at
least 1/32 inch thick.
984. (1) The vaults shall not be illuminated by
portable lamps.
(2) Extension cords shall not be used in vaults.
985. (1) Lighting branch-circuits in vaults shall be
controlled by a double-pole switch located outside the
vault but near the entrance thereto.
(2) Every switch which controls a lighting circuit
shall be equipped with a red pilot-lamp located outside
the vault and readily visible to persons in the workroom
used in connection with the vault.
(3) Where a master switch is arranged to control
the wiring in several vaults or more than 1 circuit in
one vault, only 1 pilot light shall be required for the
master switch.
986. Where motors are installed in vaults, they shall
be of the totally-enclosed or the totally-enclosed, fan-
cooled type.
987. (1) Every fractional-horse-power motor, whe-
ther manually or automatically started, shall be pro-
vided with individual overload protection unless it is
of a type which cannot overheat through overload or
failure to start.
(2) Where an alternating-current fractional-horse-
power motor
(a) has windings of sufficient impedance to prevent
overheating, or
(b) is fitted with a built-in device which prevents
overheating and is approved for attachment to
the motor protected by it,
the provisions of subregulation 1 shall be deemed
satisfied.
(3) Every motor within a vault and every motor
which operates a refrigeration unit used in connection
with a vault shall be so arranged as to shut down auto-
matically when a fire- or smoke-detection system or an
automatic sprinkler-system goes into operation within
the vault.
988. All non-current-carrying metal parts of an
electrical installation within a vault shall be grounded
in conformity with Part VII.
Vaults and Isolated Buildings for the
Storage of Pyroxylin Plastics and Nitro-
cellulose X-RAY Film and Nitrocellulose
Photographic Film
989. (1) Vaults and isolated buildings for the
storage of pyroxylin plastics and nitrocellulose X-ray
film and nitrocellulose photographic film shall be wired
in conformity with regulations 848 to 852, both in-
clusive, but storage vaults for nitrocellulose photo-
graphic film shall not be located within a hospital or
similar institution, the office of a medical practitioner
or an X-ray laboratory.
(2) Storage vaults for nitrocellulose photographic
film may be located on the roof of a hospital or similar
institution, the office of a medical practitioner or an
X-ray laboratory.
(3) Where a vault is located on the roof of a hospital,
access to the vault shall be by means of a balcony or
vestibule open to outside air and without direct com-
munication to the remainder of the hospital.
(4) Where nitrocellulose photographic film is kept
in an isolated storage-building or vault by a hospital,
there shall be no communication tunnel between the
vault or isolated building and the hospital building.
85
134
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
Storage Rooms for Pyroxylin Plastics and
Nitrocellulose X-ray Film and Nitrocellu-
lose Photographic Film
990. Where pyroxylin plastics or nitrocellulose
X-ray film or nitrocellulose photographic film is kept
in a storage room which is part of a building, regulations
981, 982, 983, 986, 987 and 988 shall apply but no
receptacle for an attachment plug and no portable
lamp shall be installed or used in the storage room.
PART XXIV
HIGH-POTENTIAL INSTALLATIONS
99L (1) This Part shall apply to electrical instal-
lations operating at potentials of more than 750 volts,
other than electrical equipment used
(a) in connection with X-ray and high-frequency
installations; or
(b) for sign- or outline-lighting, radio- or signal-
ling-transmission, or cold-cathode lighting.
(2) This Part shall be supplementary to and not
exclusive of any other Part.
992. (1) The electrical equipment shall be made
inaccessible.
(2) A permanent notice shall be displayed in a
conspicuous position warning against working on live
equipment unless protected by tongs, rubber gloves,
rubber boots, rubber mats, or other suitable insulated
or insulating appliances.
(3) The insulated or insulating appliances shall be
maintained at all times in proper condition for use.
993. (1) Where supply voltages do not exceed
4,000 volts, auto-transformers may be used.
(2) Where low-potential circuits are supplied by an
auto-transformer used in a high-potential installation,
regulation 265 shall apply.
994. No person shall proceed with a high-potential
installation unless the plans thereof have been filed
with the Commission under regulation 22 and the
written approval of the Commission thereto obtained.
conductors
995. (1) The service conductors in occupancies
other than sub-stations and transformer vaults shall be
(a) single- or multiple-conductor, lead-covered
cable approved for the purpose; and
(b) armoured or installed in rigid conduit or duct.
(2) Where the service conductors are within a build-
ing they shall be installed only in fire-resisting, elec-
trical-equipment rooms or vaults.
(3) The Commission may by special permission
waive compliance with subregulation 2 where
(a) the service entrance-equipment consists of
metal-enclosed switch-gear operating at less
than 15,000 volts between conductors; and
(6) the transformers are installed in accordance
with regulations 502 to 521, both inclusive.
996. (1) Overhead service-conductors may be car-
ried into a building through suitable lead-in devices,
but the conductors shall be so located or guarded as to
be inaccessible from the ground or from a window,
balcony or other place of vantage.
(2) The service conductors shall be
(a) not smaller than No. 6 B. & S. gauge; or
(b) lead covered.
(3) Where the conductors are lead covered, they
shall be not smaller than No. 8 B. & S. gauge.
997. Where the voltage between conductors is more
than 15,000 volts and the conductors are within a build-
ing, they shall be installed only in transformer vaults,
sub-stations, fire-resisting motor rooms or other
similar protected spaces.
998. Service-conductors and other conductors may
be installed in conduit or ducts run under a building
or within a wall of concrete or masonry, but the conduit
or duct shall be surrounded throughout the entire
length of its run by not less than 2 inches of concrete or
be
999. (1) Feeder and branch-circuit conductors shall
(a) single- or multiple-conductor cable approved
for the purpose; and
(b) armoured or installed in rigid or flexible con-
duit or duct.
(2) The cables shall be sheathed in lead or other
approved absorption-resisting covering, but, in normally
dry locations where there is no risk of flooding, cables
having approved insulation without metallic sheathing
may be installed.
(3) Where single-conductor cables are completely
encircled by magnetic material all the cables shall be
grouped within the same enclosure.
1000. Non-leaded cable having approved insulation
shall be suitably shielded where it is necessary to confine
the' dielectric stress or to prevent corona damage to the
insulation.
1001. Bare conductors may be used in central
stations, sub-stations, motor- and generator-rooms,
transformer-vaults and electrical-equipment vaults.
1002. (1) All conductors shall be mounted on
suitable supports at intervals of not more than 4J feet.
(2) Bare conductors, other than those for apparatus
and devices, shall be so spaced as to provide
(a) a clearance between bare live parts and
adjacent surfaces, other than insulation and
the bases of conductor-supports, of at least
that prescribed in column 2 or 3 of Table 35
for indoor or outdoor installations respectively
at the voltage between conductors shown in
column 1 of the table; and
(b) a clearance between bare live parts of at least
that prescribed in column 2 or 3 of Table 36
for indoor or outdoor installations respectively
at the voltage between conductors shown in
column 1 of the table.
(3) The conductors and their supports, including
insulators, shall have such strength and stability as to
ensure the maintenance of the required clearance under
all operating conditions.
1003. (1) The cables shall be protected by approved
terminal facilities against hazards arising from moisture
or mechanical injury.
(2) Where splices or taps are required between
lengths of lead-sheathed cable
(a) the splices or taps shall be thoroughly insulated;
and
86
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
135
(b) the lead sheath shall be continuous over the
splices or taps.
1004. Lead covering, shielding, metal armour, con-
duit and fittings shall be thoroughly bonded together
and grounded.
1005. (1) High-potential conductors shall not be
installed in elevator hoist-ways.
(2) The conductors may be installed in conduit
embedded in the masonry walls of the hoist-way, but
the conduit shall be surrounded throughout the entire
length of its run by not less than 2 inches of masonry.
1006. (1) Where one or more transformers supply
only buildings under the same ownership or occupation,
the primary conductors may be considered as service
conductors, but
(c) they shall be provided with a switch or circuit-
breaker capable of interrupting the full current
on the service ;
(6) the circuit-breaker shall be capable of opera-
tion by the consumer from within the buildings
served; and
(c) the high-potential service equipment shall be
inaccessible.
(2) The requirements of clauses a and b of sub-
regulation 1 may be satisfied by a remote-control
circuit-breaker or by other suitable means which trips
the circuit-breaker from within the buildings served by
the transformer or transformers.
1007. (1) Where closely-grouped, open conductors
with insulating coverings are subject to arcs or heat
caused by short-circuits in nearby conductors, the open
conductors shall have a flame-retarding outer covering.
(2) The coverings shall be stripped back from the
terminals a sufficient distance to prevent leakage of
current.
CONTROL AND PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT
1008. (1) Every service shall be equipped with a
circuit-breaker.
(2) The circuit-breaker shall
(a) be installed as close as possible to the service
entrance ;
(b) be arranged to control all ungrounded con-
ductors of the service;
(c) have a rupturing capacity acceptable to the
supply authority;
(d) be fitted in each ungrounded conductor of the
circuit with protective devices adjusted to
the satisfaction of the supply authority and
of the inspector;
(e) be of the trip-free type; and
(/) incorporate means for indicating whether it
is open or closed.
(3) Where regulation 1015 is complied with, fuses
used in conjunction with a non-automatic oil switch
may be used as a circuit-breaker.
(4) Where the total load on the service consists
solely of transformers and the service equipment is
installed in a vault, the service circuit-breaker may be
dispensed with if
(a) (i) the primary potential does not exceed
25,000 volts;
(ii) the total load does not exceed 200 kilo-
volt amperes per phase ; and
(iii) a non-automatic oil switch with suitable
fuses of rupturing capacity acceptable
to the supply authority is installed; or
(b) (i) the primary potential does not exceed
5,000 volts;
(ii) the total load does not exceed 100 kilo-
volt amperes per phase; and
(iii) suitable fuses of rupturing capacity
acceptable to the supply authority are
installed.
1009. (1) At every service entrance an isolating
switch of the air-break type shall be installed on each
primary service-conductor on the supply side of the
circuit-breaker or switch and as close as possible to the
service entrance.
(2) Where the fuses permitted by clauses a and b
of subregulation 4 of regulation 1008 are of a type which
may be operated as an isolating switch, they may be
used as isolating switches if they completely disconnect
all other service equipment from the source of supply.
(3) Where the service is not over 5,000 volts and is
installed in a transformer vault under the sole control
of the supply authority, the isolating switch may, by
special permission, be replaced by a disconnecting
pot-head.
1010. (1) Oil circuit-breakers for potentials of
more than 5,000 volts shall
(a) be isolated from other apparatus where
practicable; and
(b) be outside the vaults containing the trans-
formers controlled by the circuit-breakers.
(2) Where series trip-coils are used, they shall be
suitably guarded.
(3) Where oil circuit-breakers are mounted in a
closed compartment, they shall be equipped with means
to indicate whether the breaker is open or closed.
(4) Oil circuit-breakers shall
(a) be mounted
(i) well away from the control panel ; and
(ii) in a fire-proof switch room or motor
room; or
(iii) in a vault which conforms to regulations
512 to 521, both inclusive; or
(b) be metal-clad switch-gear of the truck,
cubicle or switch-house type.
(5) Oil circuit-breakers for potentials of more than
15,000 volts shall be installed only in vaults which con-
form to regulations 512 to 521, both inclusive.
1011. Where isolating switches are installed at
locations other than service entrances, the switches
shall be placed ahead of circuit-breakers or other
switches, unless the control consists of enclosed, remov-
able truck-panels or metal-clad switch-gear units so
arranged that when they are removed from their
normal position the circuit-breaker or switch is auto-
matically disconnected from all live parts.
1012. (1) Barriers shall be provided on each side of
each pole of every isolating switch, unless the isolating
switches are so interlocked that they cannot be operated
under load.
87
136
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
(2) A notice warning against improper operation
shall be installed near every isolating switch.
1013. Every isolating switch of the air-breaker type,
whether located at a service-entrance point or else-
where, shall be inaccessible.
1014. Every operating unit and all apparatus, other
than transformers, and every branch-circuit and feeder
shall be protected against over-current by a circuit-
breaker or fuses having a rating sufficient for the voltage
employed and for the maximum current which is
required to be interrupted.
1015. (1) Where fuses are used, each fuse shall
(a) be of a type suitable for the purpose for which
it is used; and
(b) have the rating prescribed by regulations 1014.
(2) Fuses shall not be used on any circuit having a
potential of more than 15,000 volts between conductors.
(3) Fuses shall be used only
(a) for the protection of individual feeder- or
branch-circuits at the point where the circuits
receive their supply;
(b) for the protection of individual transformers
or of groups of transformers operating as a unit
where the transformers are supplied by a
common feeder which is protected at the point
where it receives its supply by a manually-
operated or remote-control circuit-breaker; or
(c) for the protection of other classes of apparatus
if special permission is obtained.
(4) Where, under clause a of subregulation 3 there
is more than 1 circuit, there shall be a manually-oper-
ated circuit-breaker installed between the point of
origin of the circuits and the source of supply.
(5) Notwithstanding clause b of subregulation 3 a
circuit which supplies a single transformer or group of
transformers shall not be required to have circuit-
breaker protection.
1016. (1) Fusible cut-outs shall be so installed that
the blowing of the fuse does not cause injury to persons
or damage to equipment.
(2) Every fusible cut-out shall be inaccessible.
1017. (1) Where oil-immersed isolating switches
are used, they shall be mechanically or electrically
interlocked with the circuit-breaker or circuit-breakers
so that an isolating switch cannot be opened or closed
until the circuit-breaker is, or the circuit-breakers are,
open.
(2) Every oil-immersed isolating switch shall be
equipped with
(a) a position indicator operated from the contact
bars; or
(b) inspection ports through which the position
of the contacts are visible.
PART XXV
X-RAY AND HIGH-FREQUENCY
INSTALLATIONS
1018. This Part shall apply to X-ray and high-
frequency installations and shall be supplementary to
and not exclusive of Parts I to IX, both inclusive.
HIGH-VOLTAGE GUARDING
1019. (1) Every high-voltage part of X-ray ap-
paratus, other than the X-ray tube and its leads, shall
be
(a) provided with a mechanical barrier designed
to prevent too close approach to the high-
voltage parts; or
(b) rendered shock-proof by shields of grounded
metal or approved insulating material.
(2) High-voltage generators operating at 300 or
more peak kilo-volts, other than those used with shock-
proof portable units or shock-proof, self-contained,
stationary units, shall be installed in rooms separate
from those which contain the equipment supplied by
the generators.
(3) The circuit which supplies the generator shall
be controlled by a suitable switch.
(4) The switch shall be so arranged that it is open
at all times except while the door of the room in which
the generator is contained is locked from the outside.
(5) Where X-ray tubes are used in therapy, they
shall be mounted in a grounded metal enclosure.
1020. (1) Every X-ray machine shall be equipped
with a milliammeter or other suitable measuring
instrument.
(2) The milliammeter or other measuring instrument
shall be
(o) readily visible from the control position;
(b) connected, where practicable, in the grounded
lead; and
(c) guarded if connected in the high-voltage lead.
1021. All X-ray apparatus for industrial use shall
be of the shock-proof type.
WIRING AND PROTECTION
1022. (1) Overhead high-voltage conductors for
electrical equipment which is not shock-proof shall be
(a) adequately safeguarded against contact by
persons; or
(6) kept distant from opposite polarities, ground
and floor at least the number of inches pre-
scribed in column 2, 3 or 4 respectively of
Table 37 for the voltage peak shown in column
1 of the table.
(2) High-voltage leads on titlting tables and fluoro-
scopes shall be
(a) adequately insulated; or
(b) so surrounded by barriers that inadvertent
contact with them is unlikely.
1023. (1) The low-voltage circuit of the step-up
transformer shall contain
(a) a manually-operated control device having
overload protection; and
(b) an over-current device for the protection of
the circuit.
(2) The control device and the over-current device
shall have no exposed live parts.
(3) Where the X-ray equipment is used for diag-
nostic work there shall be an additional switch on the
low- voltage circuit of the transformer.
88
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
137
(4) The additional switch shall be
(c) a switch with a spring or other mechanism
which opens automatically when not held
closed by the operator; or
(b) a time-switch which opens automatically after
the period of time for which it has been set.
1024. Where more than 1 piece of apparatus is
operated from the same high- voltage source, each piece
shall be equipped with a high-voltage switch giving
independent control.
1025. (1) All low-frequency current-carrying parts
of machines of the quenched-gap or open-gap type shall
be so insulated or guarded that they cannot be touched
during operation.
(2) Every part of the X-ray machine, other than
the high-frequency circuit proper which normally
delivers high-frequency current for therapeutic pur-
poses, shall be deemed to be a low-frequency current-
carrying part.
1026. Where a transformer forms part of an X-ray
or high-frequency apparatus, the transformer, whether
it contains oil or not, shall not be subject to regulations
502 to 510, both inclusive.
1027. All X-ray generators which have electrical
condensers shall have a suitable manual means of
discharging the electrical condensers.
1028. (1) Every X-ray generator of 200 or more
peak kilo-volts, other than a generator forming part of
a self-contained unit, shall have a sphere-gap installed
in the high-voltage system.
(2) The sphere-gap shall be so adjusted that it
breaks down on a surge of over-voltage.
GROUNDING
1029. (1) The non-current-carrying metal parts of
tube-stands, fiuoroscopes and other apparatus shall be
grounded in conformity with Part VII.
(2) Where operators work in proximity to high-
voltage parts
(a) insulating floors, mats or platforms shall be
provided; or
(b) the parts shall be rendered shock-proof.
1030. Where short-wave therapy machines are used,
the treatment tables and examining chairs shall be
wholly non-metallic.
PART XXVI
HIGH-POTENTIAL LUMINOUS-DISCHARGE-
TUBE SIGNS
1031. (1) This Part shall apply to electrical instal-
lations for high-potential luminous-discharge-tube
signs and shall be supplementary to and not exclusive
of any other Part.
(2) In this Part "gas-tube" means a luminous-
discharge tube.
WIRING
1032. (1) The conductors shall be installed
(a) as open work;
(6) as concealed conductors on insulators;
(c) in rigid or flexible conduit; or
(jd) by special permission in electrical metallic
tubing.
(2) The conductors may be run from the ends of
tubing to the grounded mid-point of the transformers
for the signs, but the transformers shall have terminals
at the mid-point.
(3) Where the transformer is of the mid-point
grounded type, the connections between the nigh-
voltage terminals of the transformer and the line ends
of the tubing shall be as short as possible.
1033. Insulated conductors shall be
(a) not smaller than No. 14 B. & S. gauge; and
(b) of a type approved for the voltage of the cir-
cuit and for the purpose.
1034. There shall be no sharp bends in a conductor.
1035. (1) Where open wiring is used for an indoor
sign the wiring shall be mounted on non-combustible,
non-absorptive insulators.
(2) Where porcelain insulators are used, they shall
be glazed on all exposed surfaces.
(3) There shall be a separation of at least 1 i inches
at all times between conductors and between con-
ductors and other objects.
(4) Conductors shall not be exposed to mechanical
injury.
(5) Where conductors are within reach, they shall
(a) be lead-covered and approved for the purpose;
or
(b) be installed in metal troughing.
1036. (1) Where concealed conductors on insulators
are used for an indoor sign, they shall be separated by
at least H inches from each other and from all objects
other than the insulators on which they are mounted.
(2) Each conductor shall be installed in a channel
lined with non-combustible material and used for no
other purpose.
(3) The insulators shall be of non-combustible,
non-absorptive material.
1037. Where conductors hang freely in air in show-
windows and similar locations away from combustible
material and are not subject to mechanical injury, their
protection may be dispensed with.
1038. (1) Where conductors are in rigid or flexible
metal conduit or, with special permission, in electrical
metallic tubing, an inspector may require that they be
lead covered.
(2) Where the conductors are covered with lead
or other metallic sheathing
(a) the covering shall extend beyond the end of
the conduit or tubing; and
(b) the surface of the cable shall not be injured at
the point where the covering terminates.
(3) The insulation on conductors, whether leaded
or unleaded, other than conductors at grounded mid-
p)oint terminals, shall extend at least 4 inches beyond
the end of the lead, conduit or tubing.
EQUIPMENT
1039. The voltage of the open-circuit secondary-
of transformers shall not exceed 15,000 volts with a
plus or minus tolerance of 10 per cent.
89
138
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
1040. (1) The transformers shall be of a type
approved for the purpose.
(2) Open core-and-coil transformers shall not be
used for gas-tube signs other than small portable or
indoor signs.
1041. (1) Where transformers are exposed to the
weather, they shall be of the weatherproof type or
otherwise protected against weather.
(2) Where transformers and other electrical equip-
ment operating at a high-potential are not of the
weatherproof type, they shall be installed in approved
cabinets or placed within the metal enclosure for the
complete assembly of the sign.
(3) Every transformer shall be accessible.
1042. Except as permitted by regulation 638, the
high-voltage windings of the transformers shall not be
connected in series or in parallel.
1043. (1) Every transformer shall be protected by
an over-current device.
(2) Where the combined load does not exceed 1,650
volt-amperes, 2 or more transformers may be protected
by 1 over-current device.
(3) Where additional devices are used for the
individual protection and disconnection of trans-
formers in signs, the devices may be placed either inside
or outside the structure of the sign.
(4) Where the devices are exposed to the weather,
they shall be weatherproof.
1044. Where snap switches are used to control the
circuits which supply mercury-vapour and gas-tube
lamps and their transformers, the switches shall
(o) be of a type approved with the assembly; or
(6) have a current rating of not less than twice the
current requirement of the lamps or trans-
formers.
1045. Gas-tubes shall be of such length and so
constructed that there is no continuous over-voltage
on the transformer.
1046. Gas-tubes shall be adequately supported on
non-combustible, non-absorptive insulating supports
so placed as to maintain a separation of not less than
} inch between the tube and the metal parts of the
sign including barriers through which the tube passes.
1047. Gas-tubes shall not be located where they
(o) can come into contact with flammable material ;
or
(b) are exposed to mechanical injury under normal
conditions.
1048. The connections at electrodes shall be
mechanically and electrically secure.
1049. (1) The terminals of gas-tubes shall be
(o) isolated from combustible material; and
(b) rendered inaccessible by being placed within
(i) the enclosure of the sign; or
(ii) a separate approved enclosure consisting
of incombustible absorption-resisting in-
sulating material or of sheet metal of not
less than No. 24 U.S. sheet-metal gauge.
(2) Where a sheet-metal enclosure is subject to
corrosion, it shall be
(a) galvanized;
{b) treated with at least 3 coats of anti-corrosive
paint; or
(c) otherwise suitably protected.
1050. Electrode receptacles for gas-tubes shall be
of an approved type.
1051. Where gas-tubes do not terminate in approved
electrode receptacles, every live part of the tube
terminals shall be so supported as to maintain a sep-
aration of at least IJ inches between the conductors and
any grounded metal.
1052. A flexible non-conducting seal may be used
to close the opening between a gas-tube and its recep-
tacle against entrance of dust or moisture, but the seal
shall not be
(a) in contact with grounded conducting material;
or
(b) depended upon for the insulation of the gas-
tube.
1053. Enclosures of insulating material shall be
(a) of a non-combustible non-absorptive material;
and
(b) approved for the voltage of the circuit.
1054. Enclosures for transformers and regulating
coils shall be
(a) well ventilated; and
(b) so designed as to prevent the emission of flames
or sparks in case of burning.
1055. Where enclosures for transformers, regulating
coils or gas-tube terminals have within the enclosure
any exposed live parts, the enclosures shall
(a) be so arranged that the door or cover of the
enclosure cannot be opened while the primary
circuit is closed; or
(b) have displayed thereon a notice bearing the
words "DANGER— HIGH VOLTAGE. Dis-
connect the current before opening this door".
1056. Where isolated tube-terminal boxes are
bonded together on an outline system, the bonding
conductor shall be copper wire not smaller than No. 10
B. & S. gauge.
1057. (1) Everysign, trough, transformer enclosure,
metal frame and all exposed metal parts shall be
grounded in the manner prescribed by Part VH.
(2) The isolated non-current-carrying metal parts
of outline lighting may be bonded by No. 10 B. & S.
gauge copper conductors and grounded in conformity
with Part VH.
PART xxvn
ELECTRICAL COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS
1058. This Part shall apply to electrical com-
munication systems and shall be supplementary to and
not exclusive of any other Part.
1059. Remote-control circuits and signal circuits
which use conductors in a cable assembly with con-
ductors forming part of a communication circuit shall
be deemed to be communication circuits for the pur-
poses of this Part.
90
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
139
CLASSIFICATION OF COMMUNICATION CIRCUITS
1060. (1) "Class 1" when applied to an electrical
communication circuit means that the circuit is other
than a Class 2 circuit.
(2) "Class 2" when applied to an electrical com-
munication circuit means that the circuit is
(a) operated as part of a central-station or central-
exchange telephone, telegraph, district messen-
ger or similar communication system; or
(b) a local signalling circuit which may or may not
extend beyond one building and in which the
current in the circuit is limited in relation to
the voltage between conductors
(i) to 5 amperes, where the circuit operates
at not more than 15 volts;
Cii) to 3 amperes, where the circuit operates
at more than 15 volts but not more than
30 volts;
(iii) to 2 amperes, where the circuit operates
at more than 30 volts but not more than
60 volts; and
(iv) to 1 ampere, where the circuit operates
at more than 60 volts but not more than
150 volts.
(3) The limitation of the current in the circuit
under subclauses i and ii of clause b of subregulation 2
shall be made by
(a) a fuse;
(b) the current being supplied from a transformer
or other device having inherent current-
limiting characteristics and approved for the
purpose; or
(c) the current being supplied from primary
batteries.
(4) The limitation of the current in the circuit under
subclause iii of clause b of subregulation 2 shall be
made by
(a) a fuse; or
{b) the current being supplied from a transformer
or other device having inherent current-
limiting characteristics and approved for the
purpose.
(5) The limitation of the current in the circuit under
subclause iv of clause b of subregulation 2 shall be
made by a fuse and a transformer approved for the
purpose and having inherent current-limiting charac-
teristics or another current-limiting device so designed
that the maximum power-input does not exceed 150
watts when the output-terminals are short-circuited.
1061. Every Class 1 circuit shall be
(a) deemed to be a power circuit;
(b) constructed in conformity with Parts I to
XIII; and
(c) subject to the approval of an inspector.
1062. Where Class 2 circuits are installed in con-
formity with regulations 1063 to 1074, both inclusive,
they shall not be subject to the approval of an inspector,
but where the communication circuit derives power for
operation from a supply circuit, the transfornier or
other current-limiting device used at the junction of
the communication circuit and the supply circuit shall
be subject to the approval of an inspector.
ELECTRICAL COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS IN BUILDINGS
1063. (1) Conductors on the customer's or sub-
scriber's side of the protector and conductors inside
buildings in which no protector is provided shall be
neatly arranged and secured in place in a convenient
and workmanlike manner.
(2) The conductors of an electrical communication
system shall not be brought within 2 inches of any con-
ductor of an electric-light or power system unless
(a) one system is in conduit; or
(b) both systems are permanently separated by a
continuous, firmly-fixed non-conductor other
than the insulation on the conductors.
1064. Where conductors are bunched in a vertical
run they shall
(a) have a flame-retarding covering sufficient to
prevent the carrying of fire from floor to floor;
(b) be encased in incombustible tubing; or
(c) be located in a fire-proof shaft having fire-
stops at each floor.
1065. Communication conductors shall not be
placed in any outlet box, junction-box or similar fitting
or compartment which contains electric light or power
conductors unless
(a) the communication conductors are separated
from the electric-light or power conductors by
a suitable partition; or
(b) the power conductors are placed in the box,
fitting or compartment solely for the purpose
of supplying power for signalling equipment
or for connection to remote-control equipment.
1066. (1) Where transformers or other devices
supply current to a signal system from an electric-light
or power circuit, the transformers or other devices shall
be of a type approved for the service.
(2) The secondary wiring shall conform to this Part.
(3) The primary supply-circuit wiring shall conform
to Parts I to XIII, both inclusive.
1067. Where communication circuits and equipment
are installed in a hazardous location, they shall conform
to Part XIII.
PROTECTION
1068. (1) An approved protector shall be installed
on every circuit.
(2) The protector shall be placed
(a) within the building as near as practicable to
the point of entrance of the circuit but not
in the immediate vicinity of flammable or
explosive materials; or
(b) in a weatherproof box installed on the outside
of the wall of the building and immediately
adjacent to the point of entrance.
(3) The protector shall be mounted on an incom-
bustible, absorption-resisting, insulating base, but where
a number of conductors are grouped to serve a building,
the protector may be mounted on a grounded metallic
frame.
(4) Where the communication circuit enters a
building underground, the protector may be located at
the junction of the underground and aerial wires,
91
140
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
1069. (1) The protector shall consist of
(a) a lightning-arrester inserted between each
line-conductor and ground; and
(6) a fuse inserted in each line-conductor.
(2) The protector shall be so arranged that the
fuses protect the lightning-arresters.
(3) The protector terminals shall be plainly marked
to indicate "line", "instrument" and "ground".
1070. Where an entire street-circuit is run under-
ground, the protector may be dispensed with unless the
part of the circuit between the street and the building
is exposed to accidental contact with electric-lighting
or power conductors which operate at a potential of
more than 300 volts between conductors.
1071. The fuses which protect the lightning-
arrester may be dispensed with on circuits which enter
a building through metal-sheathed cable, but
(a) the metal-sheath of the cable shall be grounded ;
and
(b) the conductors in the cable shall be not larger
than No. 24 B. & S. gauge.
GROUNDING
1072. (1) Class 2 systems shall be grounded as
prescribed by Part VII but the grounding conductor
shall be
(a) of copper;
(6) not smaller than No. 18 B. & S. gauge;
(c) insulated with rubber not less than -^ inch
thick; and
(d) covered with a substantial braid.
(2) The grounding conductors shall be
(a) run in as straight a line as is possible; and
(b) connected, where practicable, to a water-pipe
ground.
(3) Where a water-pipe ground is not available, the
connection may be made to a grounded metallic
structure or to a driven ground.
1073. No grounding conductor or artificial ground
used for grounding any other type of electrical system
shall be used to ground a Class 2 communication system
unless the grounding conductors of both systems are
connected with a neutral grounding system, a public
metallic-water-piping system or other low-resistance
ground.
1074. (1) Every grounding conductor shall be
attached to the water-pipe by an approved bolted
clamp.
(2) The conductor shall be soldered or otherwise
suitably connected to the clamp.
OUTSIDE CONDUCTORS
1075. (1) Outside communication-system conduc-
tors shall not be attached to the upper surfaces of roofs
or be run within 6 feet measured vertically of a roof
without special permission.
(2) Special permission shall not be necessary where
the building is a garage or other auxiliary building of
1 storey.
1076. (1) Underground conductors shall not be
placed in any duct or lateral which contains electric-
lighting or power conductors.
(2) Electric-lighting or power conductors shall not
be placed in a communication duct or lateral.
(3) Where man-holes are used jointly by electric-,
lighting or power cables and the cables of a communica-
tion system, the different classes of cable shall
(a) be kept as far apart as possible; and
(b) where practicable, enter and leave the man-
holes at opposite sides thereof.
1077. Overhead communication conductors shall
not
(a) be attached to a cross-arm which carries
electric-lighting or power conductors, or
(b) be brought within 4 inches of electric-lighting
or power conductors on the exterior wall of a
building,
unless one system is in conduit or is permanently
separated from the other systems by a continuous,
firmly-fixed non-conductor, other than the insulation
on the conductors.
1078. Where the metal sheaths of aerial communica-
tion-system cables are likely to come into contact with
electric-lighting or power conductors, the sheaths shall
be
(a) interrupted at a point near the entrance of the
cables into the building by an insulating joint
or an approved equivalent thereof; or
(b) grounded.
1079. (1) Where a pole carries the conductors of a
communication system and of an electric-lighting or
power system, the distance between the 2 inside pins on
any cross-arm shall be not less than 30 inches.
(2) Subregulation 1 shall not apply to a pole which
carries the conductors of one of the two systems for
clearance purposes only at the intersection with the pole
lines of the other system.
(3) The conductors of the communication system
shall, wherever practicable, be supported on the lower
cross-arms.
1080. (1) Aerial cables of the metal-sheathed type
shall have paper or other suitable insulation.
(2) Where the cables are not metal-sheathed and
the conductors are bunched, every conductor shall be
insulated with rubber not less than ^ inch thick and
the entire assembly shall be covered with a substantial
braid.
1081. (1) The conductors between the last outdoor
support and the protector and every conductor attached
to a building shall have
(a) rubber insulation not less than ^ inch thick
on every wire; and
(b) a substantial covering of braid.
(2) Where the conductors are attached to buildings
and not run in conduit, they shall be separated from
wood-work by supports of glass, porcelain or other in-
sulating material suitable for the purpose.
1082. (1) Where the conductors enter a building
they shall enter through
(a) incombustible, absorption-resisting, insulating
bushings;
92
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
141
(b) rigid conduit; or
(c) armoured-cable.
(2) Where bushings are used they shall, where
practicable, slope upward from the outside.
(3) Where it is impracticable to have the bushings
lope upward, drip-loops shall be formed in the con-
ductors immediately outside the point of entrance into
the building.
(4) Where conduit is used, it shall be equipped with
weatherproof service-fittings.
(5) A bushing or conduit may accommodate more
than 1 conductor.
1083. Regulations 1081 and 1082 shall not apply
where
(a) the conductors enter a building in the form
of a cable which conforms to regulation 1080;
or
(b) the entire street-circuit is underground and
the portion of the circuit between the street
and the building is not likely to come into
accidental contact with electric-lighting or
power conductors of more than 300 volts be-
ween conductors.
PART XXVIII
PRIMARY AND SECONDARY LINES ON
PRIVATE PROPERTY
WIRING OF NON-URBAN BUILDINGS
1084. In this Part
(a) "power conductor" means a conductor which
conveys electrical f>ower or energy and is not
part of a communication circuit;
(6) "primary line" means a set of conductors
operating at a potential of more than 750 volts ;
and
(c) "secondary line" means a set of conductors
operating at a potential of 750 volts or less.
1085. This Part shall apply to
(a) the installation of primary and secondary
lines on private property; and
(6) the wiring of
(i) farm buildings; and
(ii) buildings in other than urban munici-
palities,
and shall be supplementary to and not exclusive of any
other Part.
1086. Every person before commencing work on an
electrical installation
(a) shall comply with regulation 18;
(6) where the work consists of the erection of a
service line, shall consult with the local super-
intendent of the supply authority as to the
layout of the service line and the location of
the transformer and meter; and
(c) where the work consists of the erection of
conductors over or across a railway, shall pro-
duce to the Commission a plan of the crossing
endorsed by the railway company with an
approval of the work.
1087. Where power conductors are to be laid under-
ground or under water, the contractor shall submit to
the Commission and obtain its written approval of the
plans of the circuits of which the power conductors
form part and of the specifications for the material and
equipment for the circuits, before work is begun.
CLEARANCES
1088. Electrical equipment and power conductors
shall be so constructed and maintained as to create
no undue hazard to previously installed communication
circuits.
1089. (1) Where communication equipment and
circuits are installed near previously installed power
conductors, they shall be so constructed and maintained
as to create no undue hazard to the safe and proper
operation of the power conductors.
(2) The communication equipment and circuits
shall be protected by approved fused lightning-arresters
which shall be permanently and effectively grounded.
1090. (1) Where power conductors and communi-
cation circuits are carried on separate parallel pole-
lines, the lines shall
(a) not be erected within 10 feet of each other; and
(b) where practicable, be placed at a distance from
each other such that one line can not fall upon
the other line by reason of the breaking of a
pole.
(2) Where the pole lines are placed so that the
conductors of one circuit may fall upon the conductors
of the other circuit, by reason of the breaking of a pole,
the power conductors shall be at least
(a) 5 feet measured vertically above the conductors
of the communication circuit where the voltage
does not exceed 5000 volts to ground ; and
(6) 7 feet above the conductors of the communi-
cation circuit where the voltage exceeds 5000
volts to ground.
(3) Clause a of subregulation 2 does not apply to
a service span from a pole to a building.
1091. (1) Where power conductors and com-
munication circuits are carried on the same poles, the
power conductors shall be at least
(a) 4 feet measured vertically above the conductors
of the communication circuits both at the pole
and in the span, where the voltage of the power
conductors does not exceed 5000 volts to
ground; and
(b) 6 feet above the conductors of the com-
munication circuits both at the pole and in the
span, where the voltage exceeds 5000 volts to
ground but does not exceed 8000 volts to
ground.
(2) Clause a of subregulation 1 does not apply to a
service span from a pole to a building.
1092. (1) Power conductors shall not be carried on
the poles which carry a communication circuit unless
the operators of the communication circuit and the
supply authority have consented in writing to the
joint use of the poles.
(2) The conductors of a communication circuit
shall not be carried on the poles which carry power
conductors unless the consent in writing of the supply
authority has been obtained to the joint use of the
poles.
93
142
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
(3) The conductors of a communication circuit shall
not be carried on poles carrying power conductors
having a voltage of more than 8000 volts to ground.
1093. Where power conductors which operate at a
potential of more than 750 volts cross communication
wires or other wires of lesser voltage, the conductors of
the circuit having the higher voltage shall be above the
other wires and the distances prescribed by regulation
1090 shall be maintained.
1094. Where the voltage of power conductors does
not exceed 750 volts, the distance between the power
conductors and the communication drop-wire in the
service span from a pole to a building shall be not less
than
(a) 1 foot where the conductors and the drop-
wire are parallel; or
(b) 2 feet where the conductors and the drop-
wire cross.
ERECTION AND INSTALLATION OF OVERHEAD POWER
CONDUCTORS
1095. The equipment and materials used for the
erection or installation of overhead power conductors
shall conform to the requirements of regulations 1096 to
1154, both inclusive.
1096. (1) Poles shall be of
(a) cedar;
(b) pressure-treated pine; or
(c) other approved material.
(2) Poles shall be of sound material and structure.
(3) Every pole of western cedar or pressure-treated
pine having a length shown in column 1 of Table 38
shall have at least the circumference specified in column
2 of the table measured at a point distant 6 feet from the
butt end of the pole.
(4) Every pole of eastern cedar or wood other than
western cedar or pressure-treated pine having a length
shown in column 1 of Table 38 shall have at least the
circumference specified in column 3 of the table mea-
sured at a point distant 6 feet from the butt end of the
pole.
1097. (1) Every pole in a primary service line shall
be at least 30 feet long.
(2) Every pole in a secondary service line shall
be at least 25 feet long.
1098. Every pole-top shall be framed in the manner
prescribed by item 1, 2 or 3 of Specification 1.
1099. (1) Where a pole having a length shown in
column 1 of Table 39 is set in earth, the butt end of the
pole shall be buried to a depth of at least that pre-
scribed in column 2 of the table.
(2) Where a pole having a length shown in column
1 of Table 39 is set in solid rock, the butt end of the
pole shall be buried to a depth of at least that shown in
column 2 of the table less 1 foot.
(3) Where poles are erected on slopes or hillsides,
the depth of the hole shall be measured from the lower
side of the opening.
1100. (1) Poles used in secondary service lines shall
be placed not more than 135 feet apart.
(2) Subject to subregulation 3, poles used in a
primary service line to support conductors of a size
specified in column 1 of Table 40 and of components
specified in column 2 of the table shall be placed not
further apart than the distances specified in column 3
of the table.
(3) Where power conductors and communication
circuits are carried on the same poles, the poles shall be
placed not further apart than 175 feet.
1101. (1) Where a span of electrical conductors
crosses a public road
(c) the span shall not be longer than 135 feet; and
(b) the poles which support the span shall be of
sufficient height to provide and maintain, at
a temperature of 60 degrees Fahrenheit, a
distance between the conductors and the sur-
face of the road of
(i) 18 feet, where the voltage between con-
ductors is not more than 750 volts to
ground; or
(ii) 20 feet, where the voltage between con-
ductors is more than 750 volts to ground
but not more than 8000 volts to ground.
1102. The span from the point where the secondary
service line is attached to a building to the nearest pole
shall be not more than 100 feet.
CLEARANCES ON PRIVATE PROPERTY
1103. (1) The poles which support the conductors
of a primary service line of not more than 15,000 volts
passing over private property accessible to vehicles
shall be so located and of such height as to afford a
clearance of at least 20 feet measured vertically between
the conductors and the ground at a temperature of 60
degrees Fahrenheit.
(2) The poles which support the conductors of a
secondary service line passing over private property
accessible to vehicles shall be so located and of such
height as to afford a clearance of at least 1 6 feet measured
vertically between the conductors and the ground at a
temperature of 60 degrees Fahrenheit.
(3) The poles which support the conductors of a
primary or secondary service line of not more than
15,000 volts passing over private property accessible
only to pedestrians shall be so located and of such
height as to afford a clearance of at least 15 feet mea-
sured vertically between the conductors and the ground
at a temperature of 60 degrees Fahrenheit.
(4) Where an overhead secondary line enters a
building and the height of the building is insufficient
to permit the clearance required by subregulations 2
and 3, the service head shall be installed at the highest
practicable level unless special permission is granted
to install it at a lower level but in no case shall it be
lower than 9 feet above ground level.
(5) Where the span exceeds 175 feet, the clearances
required by subregulations 1, 2 and 3 shall be increased
by 1/10 foot for each 10 feet by which the span exceeds
175 feet.
1104. (1) Where an overhead service line has a
voltage of not more than 750 volts, the conductors
shall be kept at least 3 feet measured horizontally or
6 feet measured vertically from all buildings except
where necessary to effect a service entrance.
(2) Where an overhead service line has a voltage of
more than 750 volts but not more than 15,000 volts, the
conductors shall be kept distant
(a) from a building
94
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
143
(i) at least 20 feet measured horizontally, or
(ii) at least 10 feet above the highest point
of the roof of the building; and
(b) from the top level of a barn-door, barn-
window or the entrance to a hay-mow
(i) at least 10 feet measured vertically up-
wards, or
(ii) at least 20 feet measured horizontally.
1105. (1) Power conductors operating at a poten-
tial of more than 150 volts to ground shall not be
erected within 20 feet measured horizontally from
windmills, flag-poles and other structures which
increase the possibility of accidental contact by persons
or things with the conductors.
(2) Where power conductors operate at a potential
of more than 150 volts to ground and are supported on
poles of less than 55 feet in length, they shall be kept
distant from a silo or well the horizontal distance
prescribed by column 2 of Table 41 for the length of
pole as shown in column 1 of the table.
(3) The poles which carry the conductors of a
primary line shall be so located as to avoid, so far as is
practicable, the possibility of damage from contact
with vehicles.
ANCHORS AND GUYS
1106. (1) Poles at dead-ends or angles in a service
line shall be guyed to
(a) a plate anchor in the manner prescribed by
Specification 2;
(b) a log anchor in the manner prescribed by
Specification 3; or
(c) an expansion anchor in the manner prescribed
by Specification 4.
(2) Where the anchor is installed in solid rock with
no over-burden of earth a rock-anchor shall be installed
in the manner prescribed in item 1 of Specification 5.
(3) Where the anchor is installed in solid rock
having an over-burden of earth, it shall be installed in
the manner prescribed in item 2 of Specification 5.
1107. Where local conditions do not permit the use
of a guy, a push brace shall be used in the manner
prescribed in Specification 6.
1108. Where power conductors have a voltage of
not more than 300 volts and the guyed pole is not at
the end of the line and it is not practicable to use an
anchor, the guy wire may be attached to the trunk
of a sound tree at least 12 inches in diameter at the
point of attachment by means of a 5^-inch eye-bolt
or screw-eye at least 6 inches in length.
1109. Guy wires shall
(a) be of 7-strand steel;
(6) have a diameter of at least ^ inch ; and
(c) be galvanized.
1110. (1) Every guy shall have a strain insulator
installed in the manner prescribed in Specification 7.
(2) Where
(o) the guyed pole carries a transformer or a fused
switch, and
(b) the breaking of the guy wire could cause a
part of the guy wire below the strain insulator
to fall against a conductor carried by the pole,
a second strain insulator shall be installed in the guy
wire at a point below the point of possible contact of
the conductor and guy wire.
(3) Where persons or animals are likely to come
into contact with the guy wire, it shall be protected by
a suitable guard.
1111. (1) Where a change in direction of a line
does not exceed 45 degrees, a single anchor shall be
used bisecting the larger angle formed by the lines.
(2) Where a change in direction of a line is greater
than 45 degrees, but does not exceed 60 degrees, two
anchors shall be installed, one at right angles to each
line.
(3) Where a change of direction in a line exceeds
60 degrees, each line shall be dead-ended with a head
anchor.
1112. (1) Where a guy wire passes over a roadway
or other obstruction to a guy, it shall be constructed in
the manner prescribed in item 1 or item 2 of Specifica-
tion 8.
(2) Where the span between the guyed pole and the
stub pole crosses over or under power conductors
operating at a potential of more than 150 volts to
ground, a second strain insulator shall be installed in
the span at a point between the power conductors and
the guyed pole and not less than 8 feet from the stub
pole.
1113. (1) The guy wire on a transformer pole shall
be attached to the pole with an approved fitting shown
in item 1 of Specification 38 in the manner prescribed
in Specification 7 and in such manner that there is no
contact with the ground-wire on the pole.
(2) Where there is no transformer on a pole the
guys may be attached in the manner prescribed by
subregulation 1 or by wrapping 2 turns of the guy wire
around the pole and using 2 guy hooks shown in item 3
of Specification 38.
1114. The distance of an anchor from its pole shall
be at least ii the height of the pole above ground.
CROSS-ARMS AND HARDWARE
1115. All hardware shall be hot-dipped galvanized.
1116. (1) Cross-arms shall be
(a) of Douglas fir;
(6) at least 4^ inches wide and 3^ inches thick; and
(c) attached to the pole so that the longer dimen-
sion is vertical.
(2) Where Douglas fir is not available, cedar cross-
arms of at least 4f inches in width and 3f inches in
thickness and free of knots of more than | inch diameter
may be used.
1117. (1) On a 2-pin arm the pins shall be at least
30 inches apart.
(2) On a 4-pin arm
(a) the 2 pins nearest the pole shall be at least 30
inches apart; and
(b) each of the 2 pins farthest from the pole shall
be at least 18 inches distant from the pin
nearer the pole, but where the pole span is
200 feet or more, the distance shall be in-
creased to at least 30 inches.
(3) The end pins shall be at least 4 inches from the
end of the cross-arms.
95
144
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
1118. (1) The pins shall be
(a) wood cross-arm pins as prescribed in item 3
of Specification 9; or
(b) steel cross-arm pins as prescribed in item 2 of
Specification 9.
(2) Where steel cross-arm pins are used, a lock
washer as prescribed in item 1 of Specification 9 shall
be used on each pin.
1119. Two-pin cross-arms shall have two 20-inch
braces and all other cross-arms shall have two 30-inch
braces.
1120. Cross-arms shall be erected in the manner
shown in Specification 10 but where there is a change in
direction of the line of more than 30 degrees, and at
dead-ends, the cross-arms shall be erected in the manner
shown in Specification 11.
1121. (1) Where there is a change in direction of
less than 3 degrees in a service line, the cross-arms shall
be erected as shown in Specification 10.
(2) Where the change in direction is greater than 3
degrees but not more than 30 degrees, single arms shall
be used, as shown in Specification 10 but the pins shall
be angle-pins as shown in item 1 of Specification 39.
(3) Where the change in direction is greater than
30 degrees but not more than 60 degrees, double arms
shall be used as shown in Specification 1 1 but the pins
shall be angle-pins as shown in item 1 of Specification
39.
(4) Where the change in direction is greater than 60
degrees buck-arms shall be used as shown in Specifica-
tion 12.
1122. (1) At dead-ends in primary service lines,
double arms shall be erected as shown in Specification
11.
(2) On a 4-pin cross-arm, the 2 spacing bolts nearest
the center of the cross-arm shown in Specification 1 1
shall be installed only when required for dead-end
equipment.
(3) Spacing blocks may be used in lieu of spacing
bolts.
1123. Where power conductors supported on cross-
arms cross an overhead open-wire communication line
having more than 2 circuits, the power conductors shall
be supported on double cross-arms on the 2 poles nearest
the crossing.
1124. (1) Where the voltage of power conductors
is more than 750 volts, the conductors shall be dead-
ended as shown in item 2 of Specification 14 but where
one of the conductors is a grounded neutral the insulator
may be dispensed with on that conductor.
(2) Where the voltage does not exceed 5000 volts
to ground, a clevis as shown in item 1 or item 2 of
Specification 46 with an insulator as shown in item 1
of Specification 41 may be used in lieu of the electrical
equipment shown in Specification 13 if the written per-
mission of the supply authority is first obtained.
1125. (1) Pole-top pin construction may be used
for single-phase grpunded circuits.
(2) Where pole-top pin construction is used, it shall
be as shown in item 1 of Specification 14.
(3) Where there is a change of direction of less than
3 degrees in the line, the pole-top pin construction shall
be as shown in item 1 of Specification 14.
(4) Where the change of direction is greater than 3
degrees but not more than 15 degrees, a pole-top pin
and saddle-clamp shall be used as shown in item 1 of
Specification 15.
(5) Where the change of direction is greater than 15
degrees but not more than 60 degrees, saddle-clamps
shall be used for both conductors as shown in item 2 of
Specification 15.
(6) Where the change of direction is greater than
60 degrees, the construction shall be as shown in
Specification 16.
(7) Where a power line on pole-top pins crosses an
overhead open-wire communication line having more
than 2 circuits, the power conductors shall be supported
on double pins on the 2 poles nearest the crossing."
(8) At a dead-end, double arms shall be installed as
shown in Specification 11.
(9) Where one of the conductors is a grounded
neutral, the insulator at the saddle-clamp or dead-end
clamp on that conductor may be dispensed with.
1126. (1) Subject to regulation 1 143, racks shall be
used on secondary service lines.
(2) Where there is no change of direction in a
secondary service line, the rack shall be erected as
shown in item 1 of Specification 17.
(3) Where there is a change of direction in a second-
ary service line, the rack shall be erected as shown in
item 2 of Specification 17.
(4) At a dead-end in a secondary service line, the
rack shall be erected as shown in item 3 of Specification
17.
(5) The secondary conductors shall be dead-ended
as shown in Specification 18.
1127. (1) Where primary and secondary service
conductors are carried on the same poles and the
primary conductors are carried on cross-arms, the top
of the rack for the secondary conductors shall be at
least 2 feet below the centre of the cross-arms for
primary conductors.
(2) Where the primary conductor is carried on a
pole-top pin, the secondary rack shall be at least 4
feet below the primary conductor.
(3) Where the conductors of primary and secondary
lines are carried on the same poles on private property,
the secondary line shall have a neutral conductor
separate on the pole from the neutral conductor of the
primary line.
INSULATORS
1128. (1) The insulator used on the phase wires
of a primary circuit having a voltage of more than 750
volts but not more than 5000 volts to ground shall be
of the brown glaze, top-tie, wet-process porcelain type
as shown in item 1 of Specification 19.
(2) A similar pin-type insulator of slate-colored
glaze shall be used for the grounded neutral wire of a
primary circuit.
(3) For
(a) grounded primary circuits having a voltage of
more than 5000 volts but less than 8000 volts
to ground, or
(b) ungrounded circuits of more than 5000 volts
but not more than 15,000 volts between con-
ductors,
96
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
145
the phase insulators shall be of the brown glaze, top-
tie, wet-process porcelain type shown in item 2 of
Specification 19.
1129. The insulator used on a secondary spool-type
rack shall be of porcelain as shown in Specification
20.
1130. Where service knobs are used, they shall be
of an approved type.
CONDUCTORS
1131. (1) Where a splice is required in steel rein-
forced conductors, the splice shall be made in the man-
ner prescribed by Specification 21 or a compression
joint may be used.
(2) Where a splice is required in hard-drawn copper
conductors, the splice shall be made with a sleeve as
prescribed in item 1 of Specification 22 or a compression
joint may be used.
(3) Where the conductor to be spliced is of medium-
hard-drawn copper, the method shown in item 2 of
Specification 22 may be used in lieu of a sleeve but the
splice shall be soldered.
(4) Where the conductor to be spliced is of medium-
hard-drawn stranded copper
(a) the method shown in item 3 of Specification
22 shall be used; and
(6) the splice shall be soldered.
(5) The methods of splicing shown in items 2 and 3
of Specification 22 shall not be used where the con-
ductors are of hard-drawn copper.
1132. Where a span of a power conductor crosses
an overhead communication circuit, the use of splices
in the span and in the two spans adjoining it shall be
avoided where practicable.
1133. Conductors used on primary service lines of
more than 750 volts shall be of at least a size shown in
column 1 of Table 40.
1134. Where, by reason of special circumstances,
the use of a span longer than that permitted by Table
40 is necessary, the Commission may give special
f)ermission for the use of a longer span subject to such
conditions as to materials and methods of construction
and support as it may consider necessary.
1135. (1) The conductors of a secondary service
line shall have at least the conductivity and strength
of No. 6 B. & S. gauge medium-hard-drawn copper
(2) The conductors of a secondary service line,
other than the neutral conductor, shall have a weather-
proof covering.
(3) The neutral conductor shall be
(a) bare; and
(6) placed in the same position in the circuit in
relation to the other conductors as the neutral
conductor of the supply authority is in relation
to its other conductors.
1136. (1) Where the conductors of a service line
are of No. 6 B. & S. gauge hard-drawn bare copper
wire, they shall be erected so that at the temperatures
shown in Column 1 of Table 42, the sag between poles
shall be the number of inches prescribed in column
2, 3 or 4 of the table for a span of 100 feet, 125 feet or
150 feet, respectively.
(2) Where the conductors of a service line are of
No. 4 B. & S. gauge hard-drawn bare copper wire,
they shall be erected so that at the temperatures shown
in column 1 of Table 43, the sag between poles shall .
be the number of inches prescribed in column 2, 3, 4,
5, 6, 7 or 8 of the table for a span of 100 feet, 125 feet,
150 feet, 175 feet, 200 feet, 225 feet or 250 feet,
respectively.
(3) Where the conductors of a service line are of
copper with a weather-proof covering and are not
larger than No. 0 B. & S. gauge and not smaller than
No. 6 B. & S. gauge, they shall be erected so that at
the temperatures shown in column 1 of Table 44, the
sag between poles shall be the number of inches pre-
scribed in column 2, 3 or 4 of the table for a span of
100 feet, 125 feet or 150 feet, respectively.
(4) Where the conductors of a service line are of
copper with a weather-proof covering and are not
larger than 250 M.C.M. and not smaller than No. 2/0
B. & S. gauge, they shall be erected so that at the
temperatures shown in column 1 of Table 44, the sag
between poles shall be the number of inches prescribed
in column 5, 6 or 7 of the table for a span of 100 feet,
125 feet or 150 feet, respectively.
(5) Where the conductors of a service line are of
No. 4 B. & S. gauge steel-reinforced aluminum con-
taining 6 aluminum conductors and 1 steel wire, they
shall be erected so that at the temperatures shown in
column 1 of Table 45, the sag between poles shall be
the number of inches prescribed in column 2, 3, 4,
5, 6, 7, 8 or 9 of the table for a span of 100 feet, 125 feet,
150 feet, 175 feet, 200 feet, 225 feet, 250 feet or 275
feet, respectively.
(6) Where the conductors of a service line are of
No. 2 B. & S. gauge steel-reinforced aluminum con-
taining 6 aluminum conductors and 1 steel wire, they
shall be erected so that at the temjjeratures shown in
column 1 of Table 46, the sag between poles shall be
the number of inches prescribed in column 2, 3, 4,
5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10 or 11 of the table for a span of 100 feet,
125 feet, 150 feet, 175 feet, 200 feet, 225 feet, 250 feet,
275 feet, 300 feet or 325 feet, respectively.
(7) Where the conductors of a service line are of
No. 6 B. & S. gauge annealed copperweld coppier, they
shall be erected so that at the temperatures shown in
column 1 of Table 47, the sag between poles shall be
the number of inches prescribed in column 2, 3, 4, 5,
6, 7, 8, 9 or 10 of the table for a span of 200 feet, 225
feet, 250 feet, 275 feet, 300 feet, 325 feet, 350 feet,
375 feet or 400 feet, respectively.
1137. (1) Where insulators are required in a
primary service line having aluminum conductors, the
conductors shall be tied to pin-type insulators
(a) in the manner prescribed by Specification 23
where there is no change in direction of the
line at the insulator, and
{b) in the manner prescribed by Specification 24
where there is a change in direction of the line
at the insulator.
(2) Where insulators are required in a primary
service line having conductors of copper with weather-
proof covering, the conductors shall be tied to pin-type
insulators
(a) in the manner prescribed by Specification 25
where there is no change of direction of the
line at the insulator, and
(b) in the manner prescribed by Specification 26
where there is a change of direction of the line
at the insulator.
(3) Where insulators are required in a secondary
service line having copper conductors with weather-
proof covering, the conductors shall be tied to secondary'-
97
146
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
rack spool-type insulators in the manner prescribed by
Specification 27.
(4) Where insulators are required in a primary
service line having conductors of bare copper or of
copperweld copper, the conductors shall be tied to
pin-type insulators
(a) in the manner prescribed by Specification 28
where there is no change of direction of the
line at the insulator, and
(b) in the manner prescribed by Specification 29
where there is a change of direction of the line
at the insulator.
(5) Where insulators are required in a secondary
service line having conductors of bare copper or of
copperweld copper, the conductors shall be tied to
secondary-rack spool-type insulators in the manner
prescribed by Specification 30.
1 138. Taps to conductors shall be made with clamps
as shown in Specification 36.
1139. Where a power conductor crosses an over-
head communication circuit, the making of taps to the
power conductor in the crossing span shall be avoided.
1140. Where insulation has been removed from a
conductor in the making of a splice, tap or dead-end,
the bare part of the conductor and the clamp, if any,
shall be taped and painted with insulating compound.
1141. Where a dead-end is made on an insulated
conductor, the insulation shall be removed from the
conductor only at the place where the clamp is attached.
1142. Where a secondary service line requires more
than 1 pole, the line shall not be dead-ended on a
building other than a barn or shed to which a dead-end
rack of a type shown in Specification 31 or 32 can be
attached to the timber framing of the barn or shed by
2 machine bolts of at least ^ inch diameter backed by
washers.
1143. Where
(a) a service line is dead-ended and guyed on the
last pole, or
(6) the length of the service drop between the pole
line of the supply authority and the attachment
on the consumer's building does not exceed
100 feet,
the service wires may be attached to the building as
shown in Specification 33 with an approved type of
service knob.
1144. Where the conductors of the service line are
of weather-proof covered copper, they shall be erected
so that the sag in the span between a pole and building
at the temperatures shown in column 1 of Table 48
shall be the number of inches prescribed in column
2, 3 or 4 of the table for a span of 50 feet, 75 feet or
100 feet, respectively.
1145. (1) Where a service knob is attached to a
solid-masonry wall it shall
(a) have a No. 22 wood screw at least 2 inches
long, and
(b) be anchored in the solid part of the masonry
as shown in item 4 of Specification 33.
(2) Where a service knob is attached to solid wood
at 1 as 2 inches thick, it shall have a No. 22 wood
screw at least 2 inches long.
1146. (1) Where a service knob is attached to a
sheathed frame building, the screw of the service knob
shall be at least 3| inches long and shall be screwed into
(a) a stud or other solid member at least 3 inches
thick, or
(b) face boards or other wooden members which
are sufficiently reinforced to prevent breaking
of the face board or member,
in the manner indicated in item 2 of Specification 33. .
(2) A 3^-inch hole shall be drilled into the wood
before the screw is inserted.
(3) Screws shall not be inserted in the end grain of
wooden members.
1147. Where a service knob is attached to a brick
veneer building, it shall be attached in the manner
indicated in item 1 of Specification 33, and the screw
of the service knob shall
(o) be at least 6^ inches long; and
(ft) pass thorough the mortar course into the
sheathing.
1148. Where a service knob is attached to a stucco
or hollow-tile wall, the service knob shall have a J-inch
toggle bolt and shall be attached in the manner in-
dicated in item 3 of Specification 33.
1149. (1) Where a service box is installed on a pole
which supports the conductors of a secondary service
only, the service box shall be erected as shown in
Specification 34.
(2) Where a service box is installed on a trans-
former pole, no equipment other than that shown in
Specification 35 shall be placed on the pole.
1150. Service boxes shall not be installed on poles
located on a public road.
1151. (1) No electrical equipment of a consumer's
service shall be attached to the poles of a supply
authority without express permission of the supply
authority.
(2) The permission of the supply authority shall
not be granted where the attachment can not be made
below the attachments of the supply authority.
1152. (1) Where a service box is installed on a
transformer pole
(a) two ground electrodes shall be installed by the
supply authority;
(6) the consumer shall provide a grounding con-
ductor for the non-current-carrying metal
parts of the service box; and
(c) the supply authority shall connect the ground-
ing conductor to the ground wire on the pole.
(2) All non-current-carrying metal parts of the
service box shall be grounded.
1153. Where a service box is installed inside a
building, it shall be so located that the meter is readily
accessible for reading and is not exposed to moisture,
dust or corrosive vapour.
1154. No person other than an authorized person
shall do any work on a pole carrying conductors having
a voltage of more than 300 volts until the local superin-
tendent of the supply authority has been notified and
the power has been shut off.
TREE TRIMMING
1155. (1) At the time of the installation of a
primary line on private property, all trees adjacent to
the line shall be trimmed so as to afford a clearance of
98
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
147
(a) at least 5 feet between light limbs or branches
and the conductors of a primary line of not
more than 3000 volts to ground;
ib) at least 7 feet between light limbs or branches
and the conductors of a primary line of more
than 3000 volts to ground; and
(c) at least 3 feet between heavy tree-trunks or
limbs which do not sway appreciably and the
conductors.
(2) The trees shall be kept trimmed so as to main-
tain at all times a distance between the conductors and
the trees sufficient to prevent interference with the
conductors.
1156. All trees adjacent to a secondary line on
private property shall be kept trimmed at all times so
that no branch is in contact with the conductors.
SERVICES IN CONDUIT
1157. The conduit of a consumer's service shall
have an internal diameter of not less than | inch,
electrical trade size.
1158. Where the conductors of a consumer's
service are installed in conduit they shall be
(a) of the rubber-covered, R or RW, type or the
thermoplastic-insulated, T or TW, type; and
(6) not smaller than No. 8 B. & S. gauge.
1159. Conductors connected to the load side of a
service switch shall not be installed in a conduit with
conductors connected to the line side of the service
switch.
GROUNDING
1160. All non-current-carrying metal parts of the
consumer's service equipment shall be bonded to the
neutral conductor of the service.
1161. (1) Except as provided in regulation 1175,
the neutral conductor of the consumer's service shall
be run direct to the neutral bar in the service box.
(2) The neutral conductor of the consumer's service
shall be attached to the equipment grounding-conductor
on the line side of the neutral bar or its equivalent in
the service box.
1162. (1) The non-current-carrying metal parts of
the service equipment shall be bonded to the neutral
conductor and to the equipment grounding-conductor
by means of a bonding juniper attached to the neutral
bar or its equivalent in the service box and to the
service conduit or cable sheath.
(2) The bonding jumper shall be bonded to the
service switch enclosure unless the service conduit
enters the side of the service box and is secured thereto
by means of 2 locknuts and a conduit bushing.
1163. The neutral conductor of the consumer's
service shall be grounded by a copper grounding-con-
ductor making connection to a ground electrode at
(o) the consumer's service;
(b) the residence;
(c) the barn ; and
(<f) any other location required by the inspector.
1164. The grounding-conductor shall be
(a) a single conductor of not less than No. 8 B. &
S. gauge; or
(6) a 2-conductor non-metallic-sheathed cable
with conductors of not less than No. 12 B. & S.
gauge connected in parallel.
1165. Armoured-cable shall not be used as a
grounding-conductor.
1166. (1) Where a rubber-insulated or thermo-
plastic-insulated wire is used for the grounding-con-
ductor, the parts of it run above ground shall be
protected against mechanical injury by means of wood
ground-wire moulding or similar means approved by
the inspector.
(2) Metal guards or conduit shall not be used as
protection except by special permission.
1167. (1) Each ground electrode shall consist of
one or more standard ground-rods.
(2) There shall be not less than two ground-rods
installed for each consumer's installation.
(3) Ground-rods, if of iron or steel, shall have a
minimum diameter of 5/8 inch.
(4) Ground-rods shall be provided with solderless
clamps of an approved type.
1168. Where a ground-electrode consists of two or
more ground-rods, the ground-rods shall be installed
not less than 10 feet apart.
1169. (1) Where ground-rods are installed outside a
building, they shall
(o) be at least 10 feet long; and
(b) be driven to such depth that the ground-
clamps are 12 inches below ground-level.
(2) Where ground-rods are installed in a basement
(a) they shall extend not less than 5 feet into the
ground; and
(b) ground-clamps which are protected against
mechanical injury may be located above the
surface of the floor through which the rods
are driven.
1170. Where the grounding conductor is run under-
ground to the ground electrode, it shall
(a) be buried in the earth to a depth not less than
12 inches below the ground-level;
(b) not be located within 10 feet of a doorway; and
(c) not be located in an area normally frequented
by live stock.
1171. Where it is impracticable to obtain adequate
resistance to ground, an inspector may require that
ground connections be dispensed with at individual
services.
1172. (1) Subject to subregulation 2, where light-
ning-conductors are installed on a building, metal
enclosures of circuit-conductors shall be kept at least
6 feet from the lightning-conductors.
(2) Where it is not practicable to maintain the
distance prescribed by subregulation 1, the metal
enclosures shall be bonded to the lightning conductors.
(3) Circuit-conductors not in metal enclosures shall
be kept at least 6 feet from lightning-conductors.
1173. Lightning-rod conductors and driven pipes,
rods or other electrodes used for grounding lightning-
rods shall not be used for grounding wiring systems or
electrical equipment.
SERVICE EQUIPMENT ON TRANSFORMER POLES
1174. Where the service equipment is installed on
a transformer pole, the neutral conductor of the con-
sumer's service shall not be grounded by any person
other than an employee of the supply authority.
1175. Where 3-wire service equipment is installed
on a transformer pole, the neutral conductor shall not
be brought into the conduit or the service box unless
the conductors which carry metered current are run
underground from the transformer pole.
99
148
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
1176. (1) The contractor shall bond the non-
current-carrying metal parts of the service equipment
installed on a transformer pole to a grounding conductor
not smaller than No. 8 B. & S. gauge.
(2) At least 2 feet of the grounding-conductor
shall extend outside the weather-proof enclosure.
1177. (1) The supply authority shall attach the
grounding-conductor to the supply authority's ground-
wire by means of a solderless connector.
(2) The supply authority shall supply, install and
test at least 2 ground-electrodes.
SERVICE EQUIPMENT IN LOCATIONS OTHER THAN ON
TRANSFORMER POLES
1178. Service- and meter-equipment shall not be
installed in a barn, stable or other building in which
live stock is or may be kept or stabled.
1179. (1) Service boxes designed for inside use
shall not be installed out-of-doors.
(2) Where service boxes and meters are protected
completely against rain and snow, they may, by
special permission, be installed on verandas.
(3) The special permission shall be obtained before
the installation is made.
1180. The non-current-carrying metal parts of the
service and the neutral conductor of the consumer's
service shall be grounded in accordance with regulations
1160 to 1173, both inclusive.
OVERHEAD SECONDARY CIRCUITS AND FEEDERS
1181. (1) Where the conductors of a secondary
service run overhead, they shall be of hard-drawn or
medium-hard-drawn copf)er.
(2) The conductors other than the neutral shall
have a covering of a weather-proof type.
(3) The neutral conductor shall be
(a) bare; and
(b) placed in the same position in the circuit in
relation to the other conductors as the neutral
conductor of the supply authority is in relation
to its other conductors.
1182. Where insulation has been removed from a
conductor in making a dead-end, the bare part of the
conductor which has been served around the insulator
shall be taped and painted with an insulating compound.
1183. (1) Where an overhead feeder or circuit is
run between the consumer's service and the main point
of load distribution, the conductors shall be not smaller
than No. 6 B. & S. gauge.
(2) Where an overhead feeder or circuit is run
between the main point of load distribution and the
barn, the conductors shall be not smaller than No. 8
B. & S. gauge.
(3) Where an overhead feeder or circuit is run from
the main point of load distribution to supply a residence
only, the conductors shall be not smaller than No. 8
B. & S. gauge.
(4) Where an overhead feeder or circuit is run to
supply out-buildings, the conductors shall be not smaller
than No. 10 B. & S. gauge.
1184. (1) Where the conductors-in an overhead cir-
cuit or feeder are of No. 6 B. & S. gauge, the span
between supports shall be not more than 135 feet.
(2) Where the conductors are of No. 8 B. & S.
gauge, the span between supports shall be not more
than 100 feet.
(3) Where the conductors are of No. 10 B. & S.
gauge, the span between supports shall be not more
than 50 feet.
(4) The span from the attachment on a building
to the nearest pole shall not exceed 100 feet.
(5) The span between buildings shall not exceed
100 feet.
1185. Where overhead feeders are more than 1 pole-
span in length, they shall not be dead-ended on a
building other than a barn or shed to which the dead-
end rack is attached to the timber framing of the build-
ing by 2 machine bolts of at least ^ inch diameter backed
by washers.
1186. Where a consumer desires to run the con-
ductors of a secondary service across a public road
between a house and a barn, the crossing shall not be
made unless
(c) written permission has been obtained from the
supply authority and from the authority
having control over the road; and
(b) the conductors are kept at least 20 feet above
the road level.
1187. (1) Yard-lights shall not be installed on a
tansformer pole.
(2) Where yard-lights are installed on poles carrying
the conductors of a primary line, the lighting fixtures
shall be at least 6 feet below the conductors.
1188. Where yard-lights are controlled from more
than one point by switches, each switch shall be so
wired and connected that the neutral conductor runs
direct to the light or lights controlled by it.
1 189. The neutral conductor of the circuit supplying
the yard-light may be connected to the neutral con-
ductor of a feeder or sub-feeder.
WIRING IN BUILDINGS
1190. (1) Where a feeder or sub-feeder enters a
building in which live stock is or may be kept or
stabled, a 3-wire service box of the solid-neutral type
shall be installed at the point of entrance.
(2) Where a service box supplies more than 2
branch circuits, over-current devices shall be installed
on the load side of the switch.
(3) The over-current devices shall be mounted in
an approved enclosure separate from the switch box.
1191. (1) The non-current-carrying metal parts of
all electrical equipment other than portable electrical
equipment shall be grounded by means of a grounding-
conductor notwithstanding that the equipment is in
metallic contact with water-pipes or other installations
which afford some measure of grounding.
(2) Where the electrical equipment is in metallic
contact with grounded cable-armour or metal race-way,
it need not be further grounded.
(3) The electrical equipment may be grounded
(c) by a grounding-conductor run with the circuit-
conductors in an approved wire assembly;
(b) by means of a separate insulated conductor
run as knob-and-tube wiring; or
(c) by any other means authorized by special
permission.
(4) Where a grounding-conductor is run as knob-
and-tube wiring, it shall be protected against mechanical
injury.
100
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
149
1192. (1) The grounding-conductor shall be bonded
to the neutral conductor of the supply circuit at a point
in the service equipment.
(2) The grounding-conductor shall not be used for
any purpose except the grounding of the non-current-
carrying metal parts of electrical equipment.
(3) The neutral conductor of the branch circuit
shall not be used as a grounding-conductor without
special permission.
1193. (1) Where a private metallic water-supply
system is used in connection with premises supplied
with electrical power or energy, the water-supply
system shall be bonded to a neutral conductor of not
less than No. 8 B. & S. gauge copper wire by means of a
bonding-conductor of not less than No. 8 B. & S. gauge
copper wire.
(2) The bonding-conductor shall be attached to the
water-supply system
(a) at a point as near to the consumer's service
entrance as is practicable; and
(b) at the point where the sub-feeder enters a
barn or other building.
1194. (1) All feeders shall enter barns and out-
buildings in rigid metal conduit or in non-metallic
sheathed cable.
(2) Where non-metallic sheathed cable is used, it
shall
(a) be run inside the building; and
(&) not be exposed to moisture.
(3) The conduit or non-metallic sheathed cable
shall be fitted with an approved weather-proof service
head.
1195. The wiring in barns, stables and out-buildings
shall be run
(a) in knob-and-tube wiring;
(b) in non-metallic sheathed cable; or
(c) by any other method for which special permis-
sion is obtained.
1196. The wiring in a residence may be run
(o) in knob-and-tube wiring;
(b) in non-metallic sheathed cable; or
(c) in any other approved method.
1197. (1) Subject to regulation 1203, keyless
weatherproof pigtail lamp-holders shall be installed at
lamp outlets in barns, stables and out-buildings.
(2) The lamp outlets shall be controlled by means
of wall switches.
(3) Subject to subregulation 4, an outlet, switch,
receptacle or other wiring device shall
(o) be contained in a box made of insulating
material having a cover of insulating material;
or
(6) be an approved self-contained outlet, switch,
receptacle or other wiring device, made of
insulating material.
(4) Where special permission has been obtained for
the installation of metal conduit or armoured cable, a
metal box and fittings shall be used.
1198. Where non-metallic sheathed cable is run
(a) on a wall or the framework of a barn, out-
building or residence, or
(b) in any other place where it is likely to be
damaged by cattle or by impact with moving
objects,
it shall be protected by wooden guard strips or boxing.
1199. (1) Where non-metallic sheathed cable is
used in barns or stables, it shall not be run directly over
windows, doors or other openings in outside walls.
(2) Where non-metallic sheathed cable is used in
barns or stables where condensation may form on the
cable through marked differences in temperature, it
shall be protected as required by regulation 1202.
1200. Except by special permission wiring shall not
be installed in root-houses.
1201. Non-metallic sheathed cable shall not be run
(a) in stair-wells; or
(6) through ventilating ducts or similar openings
between stables and lofts or other rooms
above stables.
1202. (1) Where non-metallic sheathed cable is
run from a stable to a loft or room above or adjoining
the stable, it shall be run through a length of rigid
metal conduit.
(2) The conduit shall be
(a) sealed at the upper end with an approved
insulating compound; and
(b) left unsealed at the lower end.
1203. Where combustible dust or chafif is likely to
collect on lamps installed in fixed positions, the lamps
shall be
(a) installed so that they hang vertically; and
(6) enclosed in semi-dust-tight globes.
1204. (1) Receptacles installed in stables, barns
and outbuildings shall be of a 3-pole type.
(2) One pole shall be grounded in the manner set
out in regulation 1191.
PART XXIX
REVOCATION
1205. Ontario Regulations 56/44 and 57/44 and
Regulations 325 of Consolidated Regulations of
Ontario 1950 are revoked.
THE HYDRO-ELECTRIC POWER
COMMISSION OF ONTARIO
(Seal)
Robert H. Saunders
Chairman
E, B. Easson
Secretary
101
150
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
RECEIVED
Form 1
The Power Commission Act
APPLICATION FOR PERMIT AND INSPECTION OF WORK
To The Hydro-Electric Power Commission of Ontario,
Electrical Inspection Department:
(Print name in full)
permit no.
^ (Address)
apply for (1) a Permit to install the electrical equipment, to be installed in the premises of.
(Print name in full)
(Address of premises)
as shown hereunder, and (2) for inspection of the electrical equipment and the installation.
DISTRIBUTION OF EQUIPMENT
OUTLETS
FEES
FEES BROUGHT FORWARD
SWITCHES
TRANSFORMERS -^^W^ —
FIXTURES
OIL BURNERS
NO. OF
PAMT7T "^
REFRIGERATORS
NO. OF CIR.
COAL BLOWERS
NO. OF & H.P.
ATOTHI?'^
HEATOVENTS
voltage
GASOLINE PUMPS,
ORDINARY
ORDINARY
WATT
GASOLINE PUMPS,
MOTOR
MOTOR OPER.
WATT
OUTLINE
LIGHTING
NO. OF OUTLETS
SERVICE
EQUIPMENT
AMPERE
VOLTS
NO. OF CIRCUITS
SERVICE
EQUIPMENT
AMPERE
VOLTS
WATTAGE OF LAMPS
RANGES
AMPERE
TFMPHR AR'
.
POWER for Days
LIGHT for Days
HEATERS
AMPERE
PERMIT
WATER-HEATERS
AMPERE
$
FORWARD
Herewith, in payment of Permit and Inspection Fees is the sum of
Premises occupied as a WILL BE READY FOR INSPECTION ON
The above schedule of wiring and equipment to be inspected is, to the best of my knowledge and belief, correct
102
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
151
IS FINAL CERTIFICATE REQUIRED? Telephone No.
T- /~^rr TT /-^ i Notified for
For Office Use Only — re-inspection on
DATE
DATE
(signature of applicant)
Date:
NOTE 1: All cheques, money orders, etc., are to be made payable
to The Hydro-Electric Power Commission of Ontario.
NOTE 2: Regulation 4(2) of Regulations 322 Consolidated Regu-
lations of Ontario 1950 provides that "where during the
inspection it appears that the fee paid is insufficient,
the balance of the fee shall be paid to the Commission
before the inspection is completed".
NOTE 3: Regulation 27 provides that "every contractor who has
performed work on an electrical installation and has
been notified by the Commission that the installation
does not conform to these regulations shall remedy all
defects in workmanship and replace all electrical equip-
ment which is not approved within such tine and in
such manner as the notice from the Commission shall
direct."
Form 2
The Power Commission Act
INSTALLATION PERMIT
Under The Power Commission Act, and the regulations, and subject
to the limitations thereof, this permit is issued to
PERMIT No.
of.
authorizing commencement of work on the electrical installation and
equipment specified below, at
(Precise description of premises where installation is permitted)
OUTLETS
FIXTURES
MOTORS
HEATING
APPARATUS
TEMPORARY
PERMIT
OIL BURNERS
SERVICE
EQUIPMENT
AMPERES
VOLTS
AREA OFFICE
(Street address of area office)
ONTARIO
(Municipality)
MISCELLANEOUS
(Date of issue)
The Hydro-Electric Power Commission of Ontario
by.
Chief Electrical Inspector
Note 1 : Regulation 25(4) provides that "no electrical installation shall be concealed or rendered inaccessible
by lathing, boarding or other building construction, until it has been inspected by the Commission
and found to conform to these regulations."
Note 2: Regulation 21 provides that "every person to whom a permit has been issued shall cause the
permit to be posted up in a conspicuous place on the site of the work and to be maintained there
until final inspection of the work has been completed."'
NOTICE: This permit does not authorize any electrical worker to carry on business or to do any work in contra-
vention of any municipal by-law respecting the examination, licensing or regulation of electrical
workers, in force in the municipality in which the work is to be done.
103
152 THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
Form 3
The Power Commission Act
ANNUAL PERMIT
(Routine Work)
PERMIT No.
(Region)
(Area) Year 19
Under The Power Commission Act, and the regulations, and subject to the limitations thereof, this permit
is issued to
of
authorizing commencement of electrical installation work of a routine nature in connection with the maintenance
or operation of the buildings of the above-named permittee situate at
or the plant therein, by the electricians who are regular employees of the above-named permittee for that purpose.
This permit is not valid after
THE HYDRO-ELECTRIC POWER COMMISSION OF ONTARIO
Date of issue.
By and
Chief Electrical Inspector Electrical Inspector
Note: Regulation 19(3) provides that "the owner or occupant shall as the work is performed record it
on a form provided by the Commission, and the form shall be produced to any inspector of the
Commission at any time and from time to time upon request."
Form 4
The Power Commission Act
CURRENT PERMIT
The Hydro-Electric Power Commission of Ontario
Electrical Inspection Department
Under The Power Commission Act, and the regulations, and subject to the limitations thereof, this permit
authorizes the connection (or re-connection) of the electrical installation (or part of installation) specified herein
to the service or source of supply of
(Name of supply authority)
The Hydro-Electric Power Commission of Ontario
by
Electrical Inspector
ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION
(Nature and extent)
located at
in the premises of
Installation Permit No Dated 19
Electrical current required for: Light Q Power □ (Check applicable word or words)
Volts Wire Phase
Ground Terminal Resistance ohms
Contractor
(Name and address)
Line on private piroperty (if any), was constructed by the contractor □ the supply authority □ (check
applicable word)
104
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE 153
Form 5
The Power Commission Act
TEMPORARY CURRENT PERMIT
The Hydro-Electric Power Commission of Ontario
Electrical Inspection Department
PERMIT No Date
Under The Power Commission Act, and the regulations, and subject to the limitations thereof,
this permit authorizes
(Supply authority)
to connect its lines to the electrical installation specified below.
This permit expires on the day of 19. . . .
The Hydro-Electric Power Commission of Ontario
by
Electrical Inspector
ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION
(Nature and extent)
located at
in the premises of.
(Name of occupant)
Electrical current required for: Light Q Power Q (Check applicable word or words.)
Volts Wire Phase
Contractor
Note: A separate permit is required for each service.
This permit is not transferable to any other service on the premises.
It is unlawful to supply current to the premises after date of expiration unless a permanent
permit is first obtained or this temporary current permit is renewed.
105
154
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
APPENDIX A
TABLE 1
[regulations 82 and 93]
Item
Number
Column 1
Designation
Column 2
Type
Column 3
Maximum
temperature
in degrees
centigrade
Column 4
Maximum
temperature
in degrees
Fahrenheit
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
Code rubber
Moisture-resisting rubber
Thermoplastic
Moisture-resisting thermoplastic
Heat-resisting rubber
Weatherproof
Paper
Varnished cloth
Asbestos and thermoplastic
Asbestos and varnished cambric.
Slow-burning
Slow-burning weatherproof
Asbestos- and- varnished cloth . .
Asbestos
R
RW
T
TW
RH
WP
V^. '.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'. '.'.'.
A-18, A-19
A-3, A-4, A-5, A-6, A-8....
SB
SBW
A-1, A-2, A-9, A-13, A-14,
A-15, A-17
A-10, A-12, A-16(b)
A-7, A-11, A-16(a)
60
60
60
60
75
80
85
85
90
90
90
90
110
125
200
140
140
140
140
167
176
185
185
194
194
194
194
230
257
392
TABLE 2
[regulation 94(2)]
Column 1
Column 2
Column 3
Voltage of circuit
Minimum distance
between conductors
Minimum distance
between conductor and
adjacent surface
From 0 to 300 volts
21 inches
4 inches
5 inch
1 inch
From 301 to 750 volts
TABLE 3
[regulation 154]
Column 1
Column 2
Size of conductor
Maximum interval
between supports
From No. 14 B. & S. gauge to No. 0 B. & S. gauge
From No. 00 B. & S. gauge to No. 0000 B. & S. gauge
From 220 000 CM. to 350 000 CM.
100 feet
80 feet
60 feet .
50 feet
40 feet
35 feet
From 350,001 CM. to 500,000 CM.
From 500,001 CM. to 750,000 CM.
Over 750,000 CM.
Note: CM. means circular mils. A circular mil is the area of a circle 1 mil in diameter,
of 1 inch.
TABLE 4
[regulation 161(1)]
A mil is 1/1000
Column 1
Conductor size
B. & S. gauge
Maximum number of conductors in electrical metallic tubing |
Column 2
Column 3
Column 4
Column 5
Column 6
Column 7
5-inch
tubing
f-inch
tubing
1-inch
tubing
Ij-inch
tubing
1 5-inch
tubing
2-inch
tubing
18
16
14
12
10
8
6
4
3
2
1
1/0
7
6
4
3
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
12
10
6
5
4
3
0
20
17
10
8
7
4
3
1
1
1
1
1
35
30
18
15
13
7
4
3
3
3
1
1
49
41
25
21
17
10
6
5
4
3
3
2
80
68
40
35
29
17
9
8
7
6
4
4
106
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
155
U)
•-I
>J
c
m
o
<
•*->
H
3
be
be
c
IS
3
"(3
e
e
15
8
1
'o
u
0)
B
3
C
e
3
.E
'S
IS
0)
-d be
. 3
o
3-con-
ductor
cable
00
U
Ti<Tl<rl<r*<Tj<Ti<Tj<'«i<Tj<f*5
'Jo
a;
2.5
^-3
u
"o
u
o y rt
TtrC-H^^^^OOO
3
i|3
u y (fl
1 3 fj
Tj<(r)tN^»H»-<-s^-HO
U
4> , O (U
.5 8 =' "5
^^^TfTj^POfOr^^-I^H
2.S
u
3
o o "J
V 3 U
ey,^rt ^^00000
3
S 2-Q
80S
P0CS»-l»H-H-Hi-l,-lOO
S
■<t-*'<*'*^OtN«N»HT^^
*m
•O be
«J c
. 3
o
o
"o
U
(=2-
^^^0000000
3
c 0^
^^^^000000
00
3
Ji . 0 «
^Tj<rC«— <^— '*-H^-H*— (^H»— 1
N
'Jo
0)
•D to
2.H
. 3
je -^
u
•9Wi
U
c 0^
•.-ooooooooo
5
c 0^
T 3 g
'-I'-iOOOOOOOO
"o
U
Ji . 0 ■"
bo C t<X5
■|8|S
f/jPO^^^^^OOO
.2
CO
<U ^
is XI
. 3
J3 +-"
U
_d
"o
U
0000000000
5
T 3 2
CSX) "
0000000000
U
ii . 0 'U
•§8^5
^^^^000000
"3
U
1-
J (0 . ni
, CQ be
Tj<esOOOvOTj<t<5tM»^^
107
156
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
TABLE 6
[regulation 226]
Column 1
Column 2
Size of conductor
B. & S. gauge No.
Cubic inches of free space within box for
each conductor
14
12
10
8
2.0
2.25
2.5
3.0
TABLE 7
[regulation 227]
Item
No.
Column 1
Column 2
Column 3
Column 4
Column 5
Box dimensions in inches
14 B. & S. gauge
12 B. & S. gauge
10 B. & S. gauge
8 B. & S. gauge
1
2
3
4
5
U X 3il Octagonal
l\ X 4 / or Round
1 ^ X 4 Square
H X 4H Square
21/^ x4tt Square
6
10
12
16
20
6
8
10
12
16
4
6
8
10
12
0
4
6
8
10
TABLE 8
[regulation 266]
Column 1
Column 2
Installation
Insulation resistance in ohms
For circuits wired with No. 14 or No. 12 B. & S. gauge wire
1,000,000
250,000
100,000
50,000
25,000
12,000
5,000
For circuits wired with No. 10 B. & S. gauge wire or larger:
25 to 50 amperes, inclusive • •
51 to 100 amperes, inclusive .
101 to 200 amperes, inclusive
201 to 400 amperes, inclusive
401 to 800 amperes, inclusive.
Over 800 amperes
108
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
157
TABLE 9
[regulation 271]
Column 1
Column 2
Column 3
Column 4
Column 5
Column 6
Column 7
Column 8
Varnished
Weather-
cloth
proof
type V;
Rubber
type WP;
Thermo-
Asbestos
Asbestos
types R
Slow-
plastic and
and VC
Asbestos
types
and RW;
burning
asbestos
types
types
A-7, A-11
Size
Thermo-
Rubber
type SB;
types
A-1, A-2,
A-10, A-12
and
plastic
type RH
Slow-
A-18, A-19;
A-9, A-13,
and A-16 (b)
A-16 (a);
types
burning
Asbestos and
A-14, A-15
Bare wire
T and TW
weather-
proof
type SBW
VC types
A-3, A-4,
A-5, A-6
and A-8
and A- 17
B. & S. gauge
amperes
amperes
amperes
amperes
amperes
amperes
amperes
14
20
20
30
30
40
40
45
12
25
25
40
40
50
50
55
10
40
40
55
55
65
70
75
8
55
65
70
70
85
90
.100
6
80
95
100
100
120
125
135
4
105
125
130
135
160
170
180
3
120
145
150
155
180
195
210
2
140
170
175
180
210
225
240
1
165
195
205
210
245
265
280
0
195
230
235
245
285
305
325
00
225
265
275
285
330
355
370
000
260
310
320
330
385
410
430
0000
300
360
370
385
445
475
510
M.C.M.
250
340
405
410
425
495
530
300
375
445
460
480
555
590
350
420
505
510
530
610
655
400
455
545
555
575
665
710
500
515
620
630
660
765
815
600
575
690
710
740
855
910
700
630
755
780
815
940
1005
750
655
785
810
845
980
1045
800
680
815
845
880
1020
1085
900
730
870
905
940
1000
780
935
965
1000
ii65
1240
1250
890
1065
1130
1500
980
1175
1215
1260
1450
1750
1070
1280
1370
2000
1155
1385
1405
1470
1715
Note: M.C.M. means thousands of circular mils.
109
158
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
TABLE 10
[regulation 271]
Column 1
Column
2
Column
3
Column
4
Column
5
Column
6
Column
7
Column
8
over 30° C. but not over 40°C...... .\
over 86° F. but not over 104° F /
.82
.88
.90
.90
.94
.95
1
over 40° C. but not over 45° C \
over 104° F. but not over 113° F /
.71
.82
.85
.85
.90
.92
1
over 45° C. but not over 50° C \
over 113° F. but not over 122° F /
.58
.75
.80
.80
.87
.89
1
over 50° C. but not over 55° C \
over 122° F. but not over 131° F /
.41
.67
.74
.74
.83
.86
1
over 55° C. but not over 60° C \
over 131° F. but not over 140° F /
.58
.67
.67
.79
.83
.91
over 60° C. but not over 70° C \
over 140° F. but not over 158° F /
.35
.52
.52
.71
.76
.87
over 70° C. but not over 75° C \
over 158° F. but not over 167° F /
.43
.43
.66
.72
.86
over 75° C. but not over 80° C \
over 167° F. but not over 176° F /
.30
.30
.61
.69
.84
over 80° C. but not over 90° C \
over 176° F. but not over 194° F /
.50
.61
80
over 90° C. but not over 100° C \
over 194° F. but not over 212° F J
.51
.77
over 100° C. but not over 120° C \
over 212° F. but not over 248° F J
.69
over 120° C. but not over 140° C \
over 248° F. but not over 284° F /
.59
110
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
159
TABLE 11
[regulation 272]
Column 1
Column 2
Column 3
Column 4
Column 5
Column 6
Column 7
Size
Rubber
types R
and RW;
Thermo-
plastic
types
T and TW
Rubber
type RH
Paper;
Varnished
cloth
type V;
Thermo-
plastic and
asbestos
types
A-18, A-19;
asbestos and
VC types
A-3, A-4,
A-5, A-6
and A-8
Asbestos
andVC
types
A-1, A-2,
A-9, A-13,
A-14, A-15
and A- 17
Asbestos
types
A-10, A-12
and A- 16(b)
Asbestos
types
A-7, A-U
and
A- 16 (a)
B. & S. gauge
14
amperes
15
20
30
40
55
70
80
95
110
125
145
165
195
amperes
15
20
30
45
65
85
100
115
130
150
175
200
230
amperes
25
30
40
50
70
90
105
120
140
155
185
210
235
amperes
30
35
45
60
80
105
120
135
160
190
215
245
275
amperes
30
40
50
65
85
115
130
145
170
200
230
265
310
amperes
30
40
55
70
95
120
145
165
190
225
250
285
340
12
10
8
6
4
3
2
1
0
00
000
0000
M.C.M.
250
215
240
260
280
320
355
385
400
410
435
455
495
520
545
560
255
285
310
335
380
420
460
475
490
520
545
590
625
650
665
270
300
325
360
405
455
490
500
515
555
585
645
700
735
775
315
345
390
420
470
525
560
580
600
680
785
840
335
380
420
450
500
545
600
620
640
730
300
350
400
500
600
700
750
800
900
1000
1250
1500
1750
2000
Note: M.C.M. means thousands of circular mils.
Ill
160
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
TABLE 12
[regulation 272]
Column 1
Column 2
Column 3
Column 4
Column 5
Column 6
Column 7
over 30° C. but not over 40°C...\
over 86° F. but not over 104° F. . . /
.82
.88
.90
.94
.95
over 40° C. but not over 45° C. . \
over 104° F. but not over 113° F.. ./
.71
.82
.85
.90
.92
over 45° C but not over 50°C...\
over 113° F. but not over 122° F.. ./
.58
.75
.80
.87
.89
over 50° C. but not over 55°C...\
over 122° F. but not over 131° F.. ./
.41
.67
.74
.83
.86
over 55° C. but not over 60° C. . \
over 131° F. but not over 140° F.. ./
.58
.67
.79
.83
.91
over 60° C. but not over 70° C. . \
over 140° F. but not over 158° F. . . J
.35
.52
.71
.76
.87
over 70° C. but not over 7S°C...\
over 158° F. but not over 167° F.. ./
.43
.66
.72
.86
over 75° C. but not over 80°C...\
over 167° F. but not over 176° F.. ./
.30
.61
.69
.84
over 80° C. but not over 90°C...\
over 176° F. but not over 194° F.. ./
.50
.61
.80
over 90° C. but not over 100° C. . \
over 194° F. but not over 212° F.. ./
.51
.77
over 100° C. but not over 120° C. . \
over 212° F. but not over 248° F.. ./
. . .
.69
over 120° C. but not over 140° C. . . i
over 248° F. but not over 284° F. . J
.59
112
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
161
TABLE 13
[regulation 274 (1)]
Column 1
Column
Column
Column
Column
Column
Column
Column '
Column Column
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
conductor
con-
con-
con-
con-
con-
con-
con-
con- con-
size
ductor
ductors
ductors
ductors
ductors
ductors
ductors
ductors ductors
B.&S.
gauge
inches
inches
inches
inches
inches
inches
inches
inches inches I
18
i
^
^
i
i
\
\
f
16
i
1
^
\
\
\
2
14
i
i
i
}
\
1
1 1
12
h
i
f
1
1
1 1
i
10
h
f
f
1
1
1
li ]
i
8
i
i
1
u
u
li
U 1
h
6
1
u
li
u
2
2 "i
4
^
U
H
H
2
2
2 2h 1
3
I
li
U
2
2
2
2\ 1
h
2
U
2
2
2
2i
2\ 2
h
1
1
H
2
2i
2i
1\
3 3
0
1
2
2
2h
2i
3
3 3
00
1
2
2
2J
2\
3
3
3 3
h
000
1
2
2
2i
3
3
3
3i •
4
0000
U
2
2i
3
3
3
3i
3i 4
M.C.M.
250
li
2^
2i
3
3
3i
4
4 5
300
U
2i
2i
3
Z\
4
4
5 5
350
U
3
3
3i
3i
4
5
5 5
400
H
3
3
3i
4
4
5
5 5
500
U
3
3
3i
4
5
5
5 6
600
2
3i
3i
4
5
5
6
6 6
700
2
3h
3i
5
5
5
6
6
750
2
3i
3i
5
5
6
6
6
800
2
3i
4
5
5
6
6
900
2
4
4
5
6
6
6
1000
2
4
4
5
6
6
1250
2J
5
5
6
6
1500
3
5
5
6
1750
3
5
6
6
2000
3
6
6
TABLE 14
[regulationJ275]
Column 1
Maximum number of conductors in conduit or tubing
Column 2
Column 3
Column 4
Column 5
Column 6
Column 7
Column 8
conductor
size
f-inch
conduit
1-inch
conduit
li-inch
conduit
' IJ-inch
conduit
2-inch
conduit
2§-inch
conduit
3-inch
conduit
B.&S. gauge
18
12
10
6
5
4
3
1
20
17
10
8
7
4
3
35
30
18
15
13
7
4
49
41
25
21
17
10
6
80
68
40
35
29
17
9
115
97
59
50
41
25
15
176
150
90
77
64
38
23
16
14
12
10
8
6
113
162
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
TABLE 15
[regulation 276]
2-conductor cable
Column 1
Single-conductor cable
(flat or round)
3-conductor cable
Number of cables
in
Number of cables in
Number of cables in
conductor
size
one conduit
one conduit
one conduit
Col. 2
Col. 3
Col. 4
Col. 5
Col. 6
Col. 7
Col. 8
Col. 9
Col. 10
Col. 11
Col. 12 Col
.13
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
1
2
3 4
trade
trade
trade
trade
trade
trade
trade
trade
trade
trade
trade trade
B. & S. gauge
size
size
size
size
size
size
size
size
size
size
size size
14
h
1
f
1
i
li
li
14
f
li
14 1
4
12
i
i
1
i
li
14
2
1
14
14 2
10
^
1
1
li
1
14
2
2
1
2
2 24 1
8
h
U
li
li
1
2
2
24
li
24
24 3
6
i
U
li
H
li
24
24
3
li
24
3 3
4
li
U
2
li
24
3
3
14
3
3 34
3
1
li
U
2
li
3
3
34
14
3
3 34
2
1
u
U
2
li
3
3
34
2
34
34 4
1
1
2
2
2
14
34
34
4
2
34
4 5
1/0
1
2
2
24
2
34
34
5
2
4
4 5
2/0
1
2
2
24
2
34
4
5
2
4
5 5
3/0
U
2
2i
3
2
4
4
5
24
5
5 6
4/0
li
2i
2i
3
24
5
5
6
24
5
5 6
M.C.M.
250
li
2*
3
3
24
5
5
6
3
6
6
300
U
3
3
34
3
5
6
3
6
6
350
H
3
3
34
3
6
6
3
6
6
400
H
3
3
34
3
6
6
34
6
500
U
3
34
4
3
6
34
600
2
3*
4
5
34
4
700
2
4
4
5
4
4
750
2
4
4
5
4
4
800
2
4
5
5
4
5
900
2h
4
5
5
4
1000
2*
5
5
6
5
1250
2*
5
5
6
1500
3
5
6
1750
3
6
6
2000
3
6
6
TABLE 16
[regulation 277]
Item
No.
Column 1
Number of conductors in a conduit
Column 2
1
Column 3
2
Column 4
3
Column 5
4
Column 6
more than
4
1
2
3
Conductors other than lead-covered. . . .
Lead-covered conductors
53%
55%
60%
31%
30%
40%
43%
40%
50%
40%
38%
50%
40%
35%
50%
Conductors used in re-wiring existing
race-ways for increased load where it
is impracticable to increase the size of
the race-way due to structural con-
ditions
TABLE 17
[regulation 277]
Column 1
Conduit
Column 2
trade size
Cross-sectional area
inches
square inches
4
0.30
f
0.53
1
0.86
li
1.50
14
2.04
2
3.36
24
4.79
3
7.38
34
9.90
4
12.72
5
20.00
6
28.89
114
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
163
TABLE 18
[regulation 277 (3), (4)]
Column 1
conductor size
Column 2
Types RF-32, R,
RH, RW
Approx. cross-sectional
area
Column 3
Types TF, T, TW
Approx. cross-sectional
area
B. & S. gauge
18
square inches
.0167
.0196
.0230
.0327*
.0278
.0384*
.0460
.0760
.1238
.1605
.1817
.2067
.2715
.3107
.3578
.4151
.4840
square inches
.0088
.0109
.0135
".0172
"0224
.0408
.0819
.1087
.1263
.1473
.2027
.2367
.2781
.3288
.3904
16
14
14
12
12
10
8
6
4
3
2
1
0
00
000
0000
M.C.M.
250
.5917
.6837
.7620
.8365
.9834
1 . 1940
1.3355
1.4082
1.4784
1.6173
1.7531
2.2062
2.5475
2.8895
3.2079
.4877
.5581
.6291
.6969
.8316
1.0261
1.1575
1.2252
1.2908
1.4208
1 . 5482
1.9532
2.2748
2.5930
2.9013
300
350
400
500
600
700
750
800
900
1000
1250
1500
1750
2000
*Type RW wire.
TABLE 19
[regulation 280)
Column 1
Column 2
Column 3
Column 4
Column 5
Rubber
Rubber
Cotton
types PO, C, PD,
types S, SO, SJ,
Rubber and
types CFC, CFPO, CFPD
Size
P, PWP, K, E
SJO, SV, POSJ
asbestos
Asbestos
Armoured
Thermoplastic
types AFS, AFSJ,
types AFC, AFPO, AFPD
types CA, PA,
types ST, SJT,
HC, HPD, HSJ
Cotton and thermoplastic
PAWP
SVT, POT
types CTFC, CTFPO, CTFPD
B. & S. gauge
amperes
amperes
amperes
amperes
20
2
18
5
7
10
6
16
7
10
15
8
14
15
. 15
20
17
12
20
20
25
10
25
25
8
35
6
45
4
60
2
80
115
164
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
.3 O
St3
.St3
-.•"
<U
0)
j'^
^Iq
.S 3
« 3
3 3
> (0
> <n
rt "«
•SS
4) +j
13 g
•ss
o
CA)
rt c
^«
c
U
o <u
.1-1 u
o t.
.M 0)
2^
s
en
St.
JJ 4) <U
(U <U
u
ttachm
place
d usag
6 (u^
;tac
pla
dui
For ai
a dry
to har
For al
a dam
to har
For at
a dry
to har
S
umber
outer
overs
.^
0)
3
o
3
u
▼-H
j
^-H
J
•i-i
^_i
U
^•B"
O
i-H
C
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
o
It
o
O
O
O
O
o
O
>,
00
ii>
>%
>.
>.
t^
>.
>.
>.
rt
3 ba
rt
rt
rt
rt
<A
as
rt
Ui
c
V
Ui
u
(U
<1)
<u
<u
u
k<
<u
V.
Ui
0)
Ui
u<
<u
6
3
., , v^
c
Ui
u
3
3
3
3
u
u.
3
Ui
iH
3
Ui
o
3
O 0)
o
O
O
O
O
o
O
O
O
O
O
o
o
O
c
O
"o
-^8
^
3
O
3
O
^;
^
^
^
3
O
3
O
^
3
O
3
O
z
3
O
2
;2^
U
•M
o
o
o
o
4->
O
o
o
o
U
U
U
U
U
u
U
U
t^
fl
0)
(U
V
Wi
u
<u
Ui
<u
0)
«
0)
(U
OJ
(D
(U
(U
3
O
iz;
0)
6
j:^
3
a
3
^
J2
J3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
o
o
o
O
J3
J3
JD
O
O
O
O
O
O
o
O
O
•— >
^
iz;
^
3
3
3
Pi
:z;
^
^
"^
^
^:
^
^
:^
U
V3
o
00
a
u
^
c;
v
a>
c
13
3
(U
lU
(1>
OJ
<a
a>
(U
(U
(U
(U
OJ
«N
cs
3
3
3
3
_o
_o
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
7^
O
O
O
O
o
O
O
O
O
o
O
o
O
O
w
U
fe
^
^
iz:
o.
a
iz;
^
iz;
2;
^
Z
^
iz;
:z;
^;
^
pa
'+3
"a
O
O
<c
1
H
60
1
c
e
3
id on
ich
uctor
c
S
1
4->
3
O
3
O
■t->
3
O
l_l
o
3
O
3
O
o
II
0)
3
O
3
o
!i
0)
3
o
3
O
3
O
2s C
o
U
z
o
U
iz;
o
U
Z
O ^
:z;
:z;
Z
:z;
% t
iz;
^
U
CQ o
U
U
u
>*
1 2
fO
ro
f*5
fo
ro
re
fO
ro
f«^
CO
2i
o
S
3
3 T3
o
O
O
o
CS
O
es
ti
O
o
CN
Ui
O
Ui
o
es
Ui
O
a
Ui
3
►5 c5
cs
CN
CN
cs
«s
cs
es
«s
«s
fS
O
u, bo
Tl<
"*
Tf<
■*
Tf
■<*
'^
^
-^
U
f*5
o 2
»-l
■•-1
'-'
»-i
tH
»-H
'-H
»-i
4)
c
■ti .« ?°.
li
u
u
ii
Ui
u
Ui
Ui
Ui
g
y S '^
t^
t~
t~
t^
t^
o
O
O
o
O
o
O
O
o
_rt
U
Cond
siz
B.&S.
CS
cs
CN
CN
fS
oo"
00*
00
oo"
NO
oo"
oo"
oo"
oo"
oo"
u
O
00
«s
9i
c
e
3
"o
U
a
<
U
<
P
(0
2
U
to
<
O
Ph
<
Q
to
<
U
to
U
O
Ph
to
u
Q
Oh
to
U
U
to
H
U
O
Ph
to
H
U
Q
Ph
u
U
c
B
_3
a>
6
•r)
>T3
o o
J. "
2*3
T3
88
1 8
> -t-"
o.<2
3 +l'-r|
n-and-
oplastic
t-resisting
"2
8
u
II
"J 0!^
O RJ^
otto
lerm
hea
con
a
H
^^8
en "^ ^
t! 4^ o
6
<
u
Pi
<
u
Ut:
-1
3 «
BJ
J3
a
J2
o
•o
c^.ti
go
ifH
«s
«0
^55
116
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
165
For attachment to pendants or
portable devices, in a damp
place, and (except as to PWP-
64) where subject to hard usage
Types SJT and SVT shall not be
used at temperatures below 14°F.
For attachment to pendants or
portable devices in a damp
place, where subject to extra-
hard usage. Type ST shall not
be used at temperatures below
14° F.
For attachment to pendants or
portable devices in a damp
place, where not subject to hard
usage. POT cords of No. 20
B. & S. gauge restricted to use
with electric clocks.
T-H
(N
cs
Moisture-
proofed
cotton
.28^
1^8
Metal armour
over moisture-
proofed cotton
4)
C
0
C
0
c
0
c
0
4)
C
0
c
0
V
c
0
c
0
4>
C
0
4>
C
0
u
Si
3
4>
C
0
XI
3
XI
3
4)
C
Si
a
S
u
6 0
4> (fl
ll
4)
XJ
XI
3
6 0
4> a
u,
41
XI
XI
3
4>
C
2
U
U cQ
u
4)
XI
XJ
3
C -u"
41 (13
H
c
'+3
a
O
Moisture-
proofed
jute, cot-
ton, sisal,
hemp or
twisted
paper
c
*-M
a
0
"3
c
.2
a
0
c
.0
'^
a
0
c
,0
'•13
a
0
c
.0
a
0
"is
c
,0
'.3
a
0
c
.2
a
0
c
,0
'•M
a
0
c
,0
a
0
4)
C
0
V
c
0
52:
c
s
+J
o
U
0 S 8
■*->
■u
0
U
4^
c
0
4;
c
0
a;
c
0
V
c
0
c
0
4J
C
0
4)
C
0
4J
C
0
4)
C
0
o
S
u
O
2
0
B
u
0
CN
u
0
ro
u
0
u
0
CN
es
u
0
B
u
0
1
It
0
4)
U
0
E
u,
0
cs
CN
CN
00
Ui
o
00
u
V
u
O
t-l
4>
la
00
<U
to
u
ji
0
00
0
00
u
0
00
u
0
00
00
00
0
1-1
0
+->
00
0
0
00
0
2
00
00
Ui
0
00
i-H
00
Ui
0
VO
U
00
o"
a.
a,
^
Oh
1
Oh
J;?
0
H
^
>
U)
0
0
Oh
0
Cl,
H
0
Oh
0
Ol,
•So
4) U
>
<v u
4> >.
IS 3
oa
Armoured,
moisture-proofed
reinforced cord
•a
1 ui
•S8
fe"E
ll
4;
c
|3
0
0
4>
0
■>
t-i
0
0
I- nj
<
.0
'■M
CQ Ui
Ui ^
<
rt
jn
0
TD
41
a
.0
>*
10
NO
117
166
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
a
o
o
c
E
U
c/3
For attachment to pendants or
portable devices, in a dry place,
where not subject to hard
usage
For attachment to pendants or
portable devices, in a dry place,
and (except as to P-64) where
subject to hard usage.
For attachment to a portable
heater, in a damp place, where
subject to extra-hard usage.
For attachment to a portable
heater, in a damp place, where
subject to hard usage.
For attachment to a portable
heater, in a dry place, where
not subject to hard usage.
0^
g
U
(U S (0
e 3 <U
II B
-
-
-
-
CN
-
00
c
S
U
<u
3 60
o.S
O V
c
o
>>
n!
u
u
O
c
o
O
u
c
o
c
o
>^
a
u
u
O
C
o
d
G
O
o
U
u
3
O
E
u
0)
Ul
3
-o o
<= E
rt £
G "J
2-rt
■t-> +J
o <u
U E
G
O
c
o
01
G
O
:z;
G
O
G
2
Ul
O
c
2
■u>
d
c
E
3
3
4->
o
nS
»— >
c
o
G
O
c
o
u
3
c
o
Ul
3
u<
3
1
3
Pi
T3
SI
(U
G
O
G
O
IS
V3
c
E
u
^
^
b
a;
c
o
G
O
G
O
1
a
O
c
o
J
a
O
0)
G
O
iz:
4>
G
O
1
o
a
O
G
O
1
c
S
U
Xl O 3
c
o
d
1
-t->
c3
G
O
d
G
3
■*->
6
G
o
•4->
6
c
o
■t->
d
1
o
2§
o «
4
O I-
a;
G
1
c
S
3
3
3 -a
^ §
ts
E
Ul
O
<u
u
o
E
u
o
cs
u
o
E
v.,
o
cs
CN
u
o
CO
u
O
Ul
O
u
o
u
O
es"
C
E
_3
"o
u
U, 60
2 i
00
o
00
u
<u
60
l->
—
O
^-1
u
(U
60
o
00
u
o
00
i-H
00
Ul
o
00
60
Ul
J2
Ul
O
Ul
u
O
00
Ul
<u
60
u
Ul
O
00
Ul
O
OO"
VO
Ul
O
00
Ul
O
■>*
oo"
Ul
O
oo"
•-(
Ul
O
"^
wl
vo"
00*
c
E
3
3
6
CO
6
2
U
Q
PL,
<
2
<
<
U
Q
a.
E
U
<u
E
ii
li
O
CJ
2
p-i
•2
o
o
a
E
o
a
.2 o
o
o
•a
8
It
a
.c
"55
Pi
o
o
•o
£i
3
O
E
Ul
<
^ o
3 <U
E o
<
4) 60
•3.2
u V
4) -M-O
-^ ?^ £
j3 a; o
"S 60
ij.2
u V
-§^8
^^
"T Ul
Ul <L>
T3
o
u
B
ii E
3 4;
nJ
Xi
o
rt
ja
o
rt
x>
1^
t~
00
0\
o
»-t
118
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
167
For attachment to Christmas-
tree and similar decorative light-
ing outfits, in a dry place, where
not subject to hard usage.
For attachment to Christmas-
tree and similar decorative light-
ing outfits, in a damp place,
where subject to hard usage.
O
"o
c
8
c
to
.s
"^ ui
u >
o <u
i
u
o
^-1
•rH
fO
a
8?
-i c
c
o
c
o
.Sig
5.2 8
I p (U
4) ^'^
rt 5 u
•5 ^2 «) o
- baa
c Si c A
O 1- OS -i-i
o S
§
•z
e
o
n
1
<u
c
o
V
3
c
o
a
i.
c
o
iz;
c
o
c
o
c
,o
'•13
a
O
c
o
1
6
^c3
III
1^8
c
s
o
U
f^
CN
(S
CN
i
o
o
O
00
00
U
<u
bo
u
js
u
o
00
X
X
X
u
X
u
W
Thermoplastic
Christmas-tree
cord
-2
8
£:
■»->
en
ct
S
U
u
8
.22
X!
U
O
2
4)
W
«)
J3
^0
Tj*
119
168
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
TABLE 21
Iregulation 297]
Column 1
Total number of branch circuits
1 to 4.
5 to 10
11 to 30
31 to 50
more than 50
Column 2
Minimum demand factor
100%
85%
70%
60%
50%
TABLE 22
[regulation 298]
No. of
Maximum demand
No. of
Maximum demand
No. of
Maximum demand
Ranges
in kilowatts
Ranges
in kilowatts
Ranges'
in kilowatts
1
8
35
50
69
76.75
2
11
36
51
70
77.50
3
14
37
52
71
78.25
4
17
38
53
72
79
5
20
39
54
73
79.75
6
21
40
55
74
80.50
7
22
41
55.75
75
81.25
8
23
42
56.50
76
82
9
24
43
57.25
77
82.75
10
25
44
58
78
83.50
11
26
45
58.75
79
84.25
12
27
46
59.50
80
85
13
28
47
60.25
81
85.75
14
29
48
61
82
86.50
15
30
49
61.75
83
87.25
16
31
50
62.50
84
88
17
32
51
63.25
85
88.75
18
33
52
64
86
89.50
19
34
53
64.75
87
90.25
20
35
54
65.50
88
91
21
36
55
66.25
89
91.75
22
37
56
67
90
92.50
23
38
57
67.75
91
93.25
24
39
58
68.50
92
94
25
40
59
69.25
93
94.75
26
41
60
70
94
95.50
27
42
61
70.75
95
96.25
28
43
62
71.50
96
97
29
44
63
72.25
97
97.75
30
45
64
73
98
98.50
31
46
65
73.75
99
99.25
32
47
66
74.50
100
100
33
48
67
75.25
over
34
49
68
76
100
100 plus .75 kw. per
range in excess of 100
TABLE 23
[regulations 297 and 300]
Item
No.
Column 1
Type of building
Single family dwelling
Multi-family dwelling or apartment house
Hotel
Store, restaurant or school
Office building:
up to 10,000 square feet
more than 10,000 square feet
Industrial or commercial (Loft type*) building and general
illumination in churches
Garage
Hospital
Storage warehouse
Column 2
Watts per sq. ft.
Column 3
Demand factor
2.0
2.0
1.0
3.0
2.0
2.0
1.0
0.5
0.75
0.25
100%
(See Table 21)
75%
100%
90%
70%
100%
100%
75%
65%
*This includes buildings of more than one floor, used for manufacturing or merchandising.
120
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
169
TABLE 24
[regulation 313]
Item
No.
Column 1
Class of Duty-service
Percentage of name-plate
current-rating of motor
Column 2
Column 3
Column 4
Column 5
5-
minute
rating
15-
minute
rating
30- or 60-
minute
rating
Con-
tinuous
rating
1
Short-time duty: operating valves, raising or lowering
rolls
110%
120%
150%
2
Intermittent duty: freight and passenger elevators,
tool heads, pumps, draw-bridges, turn-tables, etc.
85%
85%
90%
140%
3
Periodic duty: rolls, ore- and coal-handling machines
85%
90%
95%
140%
4
Varying duty
110%
120%
150%
200%
TABLE 25
[regulation 315]
Column 1
Column 2
Resistor Duty Classification
Current-carrying capacity of
conductor in percentage of
full-load secondary current
Starting duty
55%
85%
110%
Intermittent duty. .
Continuous duty. . .
TABLE 26
[regulations 345 and 369]
Item
No.
Electrical circuit protection
Item
No.
Motor overload protection
Column 1
Column 2
Column 3
Column 4
Kind of
electrical system
Number and location
of over-current devices
Kind of motor
Number and location
of overload devices
(trip-coils, relays or
thermal cut-outs)
1
3-wire, 3-phase a.c.
ungrounded or with
grounded neutral.
3 Trip coils, one in
each conductor.
10
3-phase a.c.
2, in any 2 conductors
except a neutral or
grounded conduc-
tor.
2
4-wire, 3-phase a.c.
3 Trip coils, one in
each phase.
3
4-wire, 2-phase a.c.
ungrounded.
2 Trip coils, one in
each phase.*
11
2-phase a.c.
two, 1 in each phase,
not to be connected
in any neutral or
grounded con-
ductor.
4
3-wire, 2 phase a.c.
2 Trip coils, one in
each outside con-
ductor.
5
4-wire, 2-phase a.c.
with grounded
neutral.
4 Trip coils, one in
each ungrounded
conductor.
6
5-wire, 2-phase a.c.
4 Trip coils, one in
each ungrounded
conductor.
12
1-phase a.c. or d.c.
1, in any conductor
except a neutral or
grounded con-
ductor.
7
3-wire, 1 -phase a.c.
or d.c.
2 Trip coils, one in
each outside con-
ductor.
8
2-wire a.c. or d.c.
ungrounded or
with one conductor
grounded.
1 Trip coil in each
ungrounded con-
ductor.
9
3-wire, 1-phase a.c.
or d.c. with
grounded neutral.
2 Trip coils, one in
each ungrounded
conductor.
•For services see regulation 64 (2).
121
170
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
TABLE 27
[regulations 313, 346 and 347]
Overload protection for
Over-current protection
Minimum
running protection
Maximum allowable ratings of fuses for |
allowable
of motors
motor circuits
Full-load
current-
carrying
capacity
(For circuit-breaker setting see Table 32) 1
L nil iwavj.
current
Squirrel-cage or
rating of
of copper
synchronous
Direct
motor
conductor
Maximum
Maximum
Single-
current or
supplying
rating of
setting of
phase:
Full voltage
wound-
a motor
fuses
overload
all types
resistor and
Auto-
rotor
devices
reactor
starting
transformer
starting
alternating
current
Column 1
Column 2
Column 3
Column 4
Column 5
Column 6
Column 7
Column 8
amperes
amperes
amperes
amperes
amperes
amperes
amperes
amperes
1**
IS
2*
1.25*
15
15
15
15
2**
15
3*
2.50*
15
15
15
15
3**
IS
4*
3.75*
15
15
15
15
4**
15
6*
5.00*
15
15
15
15
5**
15
8*
6. 25*
15
15
15
15
6**
15
8*
7.50*
20
20
15
15
7
15
10*
8.75*
25
25
20
15
8
15
10*
10.00*
25
25
20
15
9
15
12*
11.25*
30
30
25
15
10
15
15*
12.50*
30
30
25
IS
11
15
IS*
13.75*
35
35
30
20
12
15
15
15.00
40
40
30
20
13
16.25
20
16.25
40
40
35
20
14
17.5
20
17.50
45
45
35
25
15
18.75
20
18.75
45
45
40
25
16
20
20
20.00
SO
50
40
25
17
21.25
25
21.25
60
60
45
30
18
22.5
25
22.50
60
60
45
30
19
23.75
25
23.75
60
60
SO
30
20
25
25
25.00
60
60
SO
30
22
27.5
30
27.5
70
70
60
35
24
30
30
30.0
80
80
60
40
26
32.5
35
32.5
80
80
70
40
28
35
35
35.0
90
90
70
45
30
37.5
40
37.5
90
90
. 70
45
32
40
40
40.0
100
100
70
SO
34
42.5
45
42.5
110
110
70
60
36
45
45
45.0
110
110
80
60
38
47.5
SO
47.5
125
125
80
60
40
50
50
50.0
125
125
80
60
42
52.5
50
52.5
125
125
90
70
44
55
60
55.0
125
125
90
70
46
57.5
60
57.5
150
150
100
70
48
60
60
60.0
150
150
100
80
SO
62.5
60
62.5
150
150
100
80
52
65
70
65.0
175
175
110
80
54
67.5
70
67.5
175
175
110
90
56
70
70
70.0
175
175
120
90
58
72.5
70
72.5
175
175
120
90
60
75
80
75.0
200
200
120
90
62
77.5
80
77.5
200
200
125
100
64
80
80
80.0
200
200
150
100
66
82.5
80
82.5
200
200
150
100
68
85
90
85.0
225
225
150
110
70
87.5
90
87.5
225
225
150
110
72
90
90
90.0
225
225
150
110
74
92.5
90
92.5
225
225
150
125
76
95
100
95.0
250
250
175
125
78
97.5
100
97.5
250
250
175
125
80
100
100
100.0
250
250
175
125
82
102.5
110
102. S
250
250
175
125
84
105
110
105.0
250
250
175
ISO
86
107.5
110
107.5
300
300
175
ISO
122
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
171
TABLE 27—
Continued
Minimum
allowable
current-
carrying
capacity
Overload protection for
running protection
Over-current protection
Maximum allowable ratings of fuses for
motor circuits
Full-load
current
of motors
(For circuit-breaker setting see Table 32)
Squirrel-cage or
synchronous
Direct
rating of
motor
of copper
conductor
Maximum
rating of
Maximum
setting of
Single-
phase:
current or
wound
Full voltage
supplying
fuses
overload
all types
resistor and
Auto-
rotor
a motor
devices
reactor
starting
transformer
starting
alternating
current
Column 1
Column 2
Column 3
Column 4
Column 5
Column 6
Column 7
Column 8
amperes
amperes
amperes
amperes
amperes
amperes
amperes
amperes
88
110
110
110.0
300
300
200
150
90
112.5
110
112.5
300
300
200
150
92
115
125
115.0
300
300
200
150
94
117.5
125
117.5
300
300
200
150
96
120
125
120.0
300
300
200
150
98
122.5
125
122.5
300
300
200
ISO
100
125
125
125.0
300
300
200
ISO
105
131.25
ISO
131.5
350
350
225
175
110
137.5
150
137.5
350
350
225
175
115
143.75
150
143.75
350
350
250
1 75
120
150
150
150.0
400
400
250
200
125
156.25
175
156.25
400
400
250
200
130
162.5
175
162.5
400
400
300
200
135
168.75
175
168.75
450
450
300
225
140
175
175
175.0
450
450
300
225
145
181.25
200
181.5
450
450
300
225
150
187.5
200
187.5
450
450
300
225
155
193.75
200
193.75
500
500
350
250
160
200
200
200
500
500
350
250
165
206.25
225
206.25
500
500
350
250
170
212.5
225
212.5
500
500
350
300
175
218.75
225
218.75
600
600
350
300
180
225
225
225
600
600
400
300
185
231.25
250
231.25
600
600
400
300
190
237.5
250
237.5
600
600
400
300
195
243.75
250
243.75
600
600
400
300
200
250
250
250
600
600
400
300
210
262.5
250
262.5
450
350
220
275
300
275
450
350
230
287.5
300
287.5
500
350
240
300
300
300
500
400
250
312.5
300
312.5
500
400
260
325
350
325
_
600
400
270
337.5
350
337.5
600
450
280
350
350
350
600
450
290
365
350
365
600
450
300
375
400
375
600
450
320
400
400
400
500
340
425
450
425
600
360
450
450
450
600
380
475
500
475
600
400
500
500
500
600
420
525
600
525
•
440
550
600
550
460
575
600
575
.
480
600
600
600
500
625
625
520
650
650
540
675
675
560
700
700
580
725
725
600
750
750
625
781.25
781.25
*For running
protection of n
lotors of 1 h.p
or less see reg
ulation
s 363 £
ind 36
i.
L- \ji 1 uiiiiiii^ pi ULCi.,Liuii \Ji iiiuLuia \ji X II, y, KJi teas occ 1 c^uitttiwixo ,j\j^ aiiu \j\j-^,
"For the grouping of small motors under the protection of a single set of fuses, see regulations 361 and 362
Note: To select size of conductor having specified current-carrying capacity, see regulations 271 and 272, and th^
columns of tables 9 and 11 appropriate to the type of insulation used.
Columns 2, 3 and 4 of this table are based on 125% of the full-load current-rating of the motor,
123
172
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
TABLE 28
[regulation 348 (1), (2)]
Column 1
Motor
rating
Induction-type,
Squirrel-cage or wound rotor
Synchronous type,
Unity power factor**
Col. 2
llOV.
Col. 3
220V.
Col. 4
440V.
Col. 5
550V.
Col. 6
2200V.
Col. 7
220V.
Col. 8
440V.
Col. 9
550V.
Col. 10
2200V.
H.P.
V
1
amperes
5
5.4
6.6
amperes
2.5
2.8
3.3
amperes
1.3
1.4
1.7
amperes
1
1.1
1.3
amperes
amperes
amperes
amperes
amperes
2
3
9.4
12
4.7
6
9
2.4
3
4.5
2.0
2.4
4
5
n
10
15
22
27
7.5
11
14
6
9
11
15
20
25
:::
38
52
64
19
26
32
15
21
26
"7
'54
'27
'22
"5.4
30
40
50
77
101
125
39
51
63
31
40
50
8
10
13
65
86
108
33
43
54
26
35
44
6.5
8.6
10.8
60
75
100
149
180
246
75
90
123
60
72
98
15
19
25
128
161
211
64
81
106
51
65
85
13
16
21
125
150
200
310
360
480
155
180
240
124
144
195
32
36
49
264
132
158
210
106
127
168
26
32
42
*For running protection of motors of 1 h.p. or less, see regulations 363 and 364.
**For power factors of 90% or 80%, multiply amperage in this table by 1.1 or 1.25 respectively.
Note: For full-load currents of 208-volt and 200-volt motors, increase the corresponding 220-volt motor full-load
current by 6 per cent and 10 per cent, respectively.
TABLE 29
[regulation 348 (3) (4)]
Induction-type,
Synchronous type,
Column 1
Squirrel-cage or wound rotor
Unity power factor**
rating
Col. 2
Col. 3
Col. 4
Col. 5
Col. 6
Col. 7
Col. 8
Col. 9
Col. 10
UOV.
220V.
440V.
550V.
2200V.
220V.
440V.
550V.
2200.V
H.P.
amperes
amperes
amperes
amperes
amperes
amperes
amperes
amperes
amperes
h*
4.3
2.2
1.1
0.9
V
4.7
2.4
1.2
1.0
1 *
5.7
2.9
1.4
1.2
u
7.7
4.0
2
1.6
2
10.4
5.0
3
2.0
3
8.0
4
3.0
5
13
7
6
7*
19
9
7
10
24
12
10
15
33
16
13
20
45
23
19
25
55
28
22
6
47
24
19
4.7
30
67
34
27
7
56
29
23
5.7
40
88
44
35
9
75
37
31
7.5
50
108
54
43
11
94
47
38
9.4
60
129
65
52
13
111
56
44
11.3
75
156
78
62
16
140
70
57
14
100
212
106
85
22
182
93
74
18
125
268
134
108
27
228
114
93
23
150
311
155
124
31
137
110
28
200
415
208
166
43
182
145
37
*For running protection of motors of 1 h.p. or less, see regulations 363 and 364.
**For power factors of 90 per cent or 80 per cent, multiply amperages in this table by 1.1 or 1.25 respectively.
124
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
173
TABLE 30
[regulation 348 (5)1
Column 1
Motor rating
H.P.
1/6*
!♦
4
r
1 ♦
H
2
3
5
10
Column 2
llOV.
amperes
3.34
4.80
7.00
9.40
11.00
15.2
20.0
28.0
46
68
86
Column 3
220V.
amperes
1.67
2.40
3.50
4.70
5.50
7.6
10.0
14.0
23
34
43
Column 4
440V.
amperes
*For running protection of motors of 1 h.p. or less, see regulations 363 and 364.
Note: For full-load currents of 200-volt and 208-volt motors, increase the corresponding 2 20- volt motor full-load
current by 10 per cent and 6 per cent respectively.
TABLE 31
[regulation 348 (6)]
Column 1
Motor rating
Column 2
115V.
Column 3
230V.
Column 4
550V.
H.P.
i*
amperes
4.5
6.5
8.4
12.5
16.1
23
40
58
75
112
140
185
220
294
364
436
540
amperes
2.3
3.3
4.2
6.3
8.3
12.3
19.8
28.7
38
56
74
92
110
146
180
215
268
357
443
amperes
" i!4
1.7
2.6
3.4
5.0
8.2
12
16
23
30
38
45
61
75
90
HI
146
184
220
295
f*
1 *
li
2
3
5
7i
10
15
20
25
30
40
50
60
75
100
125
150
200
*For running protection of motors of 1 h.p. or less, see regulations 363 and 364.
125
174
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
TABLE 32
[regulation 349]
Item
No.
9
10
Column 1
Type of motor
Alternating current:
Single-phase all types
Squirrel-cage and synchronous:
Full-voltage starting
Resistor and reactor starting
Auto- transformer starting:
Not more than 30 amperes . .
More than 30 amperes
High-reactance squirrel-cage:
Not more than 30 amperes . ,
More than 30 amperes
Wound rotor
Direct current:
Not more than 50 h.p
More than 50 h.p
Percentage of full-load current
Column 2
Fuse
rating
300%
300%
300%
250%
200%
250%
200%
150%
150%
150%
Circuit-breaker setting
Column 3
Instantaneous
type
700%
250%
175%
Column 4
Time-limit
type
250%
250%
250%
200%
200%
250%
200%
150%
150%
150%
TABLE 33
[regulation 460]
Column 1
Size of largest service conductor
Column 2
Size of copper-wire
grounding-conductor
No. 2 B. & S. gauge or smaller
No. 1 or No. 0 B. & S. gauge
No. 00 or No. 000 B. & S. gauge
Over No. 000 B. & S. gauge but not over 350 M.C.M
Over 350 but not over 600 M.C.M
Over 600 but not over 1,100 M.C.M
Over 1,100 M.C.M
B. & S. gauge
No.
8
6
4
2
0
00
000
TABLE 34
[regulations 461 and 462]
Column 1
Automatic over-current device rated or set at not more than:
Size of grounding conductor
Column 2
Column 3
Column 4
Copper wire
Conduit or
pipe
Electrical
metallic
tubing
amperes
30
B. & S. gauge
No.
14
10
8
6
4
2
0
00
000
Inches
1
3
s.
4
1
1
1
Inches
i
h
1
U
li
2
2
2
60
100
200
400
600
800
1000
1200
126
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
175
TABLE 35
[regulation 1002 (2) (a)]
Column 1
Voltage between conductors
From to
751 2,500
2,501 7,500
7,501 15,000
15,001 25,000
25,001 34,500
34,501 46,000
46,001 69,000
Minimum air-gap distance from live parts
to adjacent surfaces
Column 2
Indoors
Inches
4
6
8
10
13
15
16
Column 3
Outdoors
Inches
6
8
12
13
16
18
24
TABLE 36
[regulation 1002 (2) (b)]
Column 1
Voltage between conductors
From To
751 2,500
2,501 7.500
7,501 15,000
15,001 25,000
25,001 34,500
34,501 46,000
46,001 69,000
Minimum air-gap distance between bare
live parts
Column 2
Indoors
Inches
6
8
12
18
25
30
36
Column 3
Outdoors
Inches
9
12
18
26
32
36
54
TABLE 37
[regulation 1022 (1) (b)]
Column 1
Column 2
Column 3
Column 4
Voltage peak
From opposite polarity
From ground
From floor
kilovolts
100
200
300
400
inches
12
24
36
48
inches
8
12
24
36
feet
8
10
10
10
TABLE 38
[regulation 1096]
Column 1
Column 2
Column 3
Length of pole
Western cedar or pressure-
treated pine
Eastern cedar and poles other than
western cedar or pressure- treated pine
feet
25
30
35
40
inches
24J
26i
28
32
inches
28
30i
37
127
176
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
TABLE 39
(regulation 1099]
Pole length
Minimum depth of hole
feet
feet
25
5
30
H
35
5i
40
6
45
6i
50
7
TABLE 40
[regulation 1100]
Column 1
Column 2
Column 3
Size of conductor
Components of conductor
Maximum span
B. & S. gauge
No. 6
No. 6
No. 4
No. 4
No. 8
Medium-hard-drawn copper with double-braided, weatherproof-
covering
Hard-drawn or medium-hard-drawn copper
Bare hard-drawn copper ,.
Bare steel-reinforced aluminum
Annealed copperweld and copper
feet
135
150
250
250
250
TABLE 41
[regulation 1105]
Column 1
Column 2
Length of pole
Horizontal distance from
silo or well
feet
25
30
35
40
45
50
feet
40
40
35
30
25
15
TABLE 42
[regulation 1136 (1)]
Column 1
Column 2
Column 3
Column 4
Temperature (Fahrenheit)
Span 100 feet
Span 125 feet
Span 150 feet
degrees
—20
Zero
32
60
90
120
inches
3
4
5
7
9
12
inches
5
6
8
11
IS
18
inches
7
8
11
16
21
26
128
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
177
TABLE 43
[regulation 1136 (2)]
Column 1
Column 2
Column 3
Column 4
Column 5
Column 6
Column 7
Column 8
Temperature
Span
Span
Span
Span
Span
Span
Span
(Fahrenheit)
100 feet
125 feet
150 feet
175 feet
200 feet
225 feet
250 feet
degrees
inches
inches
inches
inches
inches
inches
inches
—20
5
8
11
15
19
24
30
0
5
9
12
17
22
28
34
32
7
10
15
20
26
32
41
60
8
12
18
24
31
40
49
90
9
14
20
28
36
45
56
120
10
16
22
30
40
50
62
TABLE 44
[regulation 1136 (3) and (4)]
Column 1
Column 2
Column 3
Column 4
Column 5
Column 6
Column 7
Temperature
Span
Span
Span
Span
Span
Span
(Fahrenheit)
100 feet
125 feet
150 feet
100 feet
125 feet
150 feet
degrees
inches
inches
inches
inches
inches
inches
—20
4
6
8
. 5
8
12
0
5
8
12
7
11
16
32
7
11
16
9
15
21
60
9
15
21
12
18
26
90
12
19
27
14
22
32
120
15
24
34
17
26
38
TABLE 45
[regulation 1136 (5)]
Column 1
Column 2
Column 3
Column 4
Column 5
Column 6
Column 7
Column 8
Column 9
Temperature
Span
Span
Span
Span
Span
Span
Span
Span
(Fahrenheit)
100 feet
125 feet
150 feet
175 feet
200 feet
225 feet
250 feet
275 feet
degrees
inches
inches
inches
inches
inches
inches
inches
inches
—20
5
8
11
15
19
25
31
37
0
5
9
12
16
21
27
33
40
32
6
10
14
19
24
31
38
46
60
6
10
15
20
26
33
40
49
90
7
11
16
22
29
37
45
55
120
8
11
18
24
31
39
49
59
TABLE 46
[regulation 1136 (6)]
Column 1
Col. 2
Col. 3
Col. 4
Col. 5
Col. 6
Col. 7
Col. 8
Col. 9
Col. 10
Col. 11
Tempera-
ture
Span
Span
Span
Span
Span
Span
Span
Span
Span
Span
(Fahren-
100 feet
125 feet
150 feet
175 feet
200 feet
225 feet
250 feet
275 feet
300 feet
325 feet
heit)
degrees
inches
inches
inches
inches
inches
inches
inches
inches
inches
inches
—20
3
4
5
7
9
12
14
17
20
24
0
3
4
6
9
11
14
18
22
26
30
32
4
6
9
12
15
19
24
29
34
40
60
5
7
10
14
18
23
28
34
41
48
90
5
8
12
16
21
26
33
39
47
55
120
6
9
13
17
23
29
36
43
51
60
129
lis
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
TABLE 47
[regulation 1136 (7)]
Column 1
Col. 2
Col. 3
Col. 4
Col. 5
Col. 6
Col. 7
Col. 8
Col. 9
Col. 10
Temperature
Span
Span
Span
Span
Span
Span
Span
Span
Span
(Fahrenheit)
200 feet
225 feet
250 feet
275 feet
300 feet
325 feet
350 feet
375 feet
400 feet
degrees
inches
inches
inches
inches
inches
inches
inches
inches
inches
—20
14
18
23
27
33
38
45
51
58
0
16
20
25
30
36
42
49
56
64
32
18
23
29
35
42
49
57
65
74
60
21
27
33
40
47
55
64
74
84
90
23
30
37
45
53
62
72
83
94
120
26
33
40
49
58
68
79
91
103
TABLE 48
[regulation 1144]
Column 1
Column 2
Column 3
Column 4
Temperature
Span
Span
Span
(Fahrenheit)
50 feet
75 feet
100 feet
degrees
inches
inches
inches
—20
5
11
19
0
6
12
22
32
6
14
25
60
7
16
29
90
8
17
31
120
8
19
33
TABLE 49
[regulation 1.11]
Column 1
Column 2
Size
Area of end section
B. & S. gauge No.
Circular mils
27
201
20
1022
18
1624
16
2583
14
4107
12
6530
10
10380
8
16510
6
26250
4
41740
3
52630
2
66370
1
83690
0
105500
00
133100
000
167800
0000
211600
130
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
179
APPENDIX B
Specification-!
[rei.1096]
Tb be sov cut
Item 3
hxv\ 1
Specification-3
[rcg,.ll06(I)(to)]
Earth eirt oot at
centre of bank to required
alobe to allow for
4.'3<5.V>SHER 6^NUT
embedding anchor rod.
Anchor t2oo
MCHOR Loo
Backfill Vell
Tamped
4'Sq. Vasher &^ Nut
Item £
OPEcincATioN 37
Anchor Rod
TEM Ua orb)
OPECinCATlOH 37
Sound Loo
MmiMUM LtHCTH 5-0'
Minimum DiAMtrie 6'
Specification -2
[reg. 1106(0 (a)]
ti^" j Plate sccored
by tvo-4'nalto.
Planks creosoted
Detail or Mxyp ANCHoa-pLATt.
ANCHoa Doo
Item Ua or b)
SPtglFlCATKIM 37
ANCHOtt-PLATt
£"30. VASHta &.NUT
Specification- 4
[re^.UCXS (0(C)]
CX04,N510W AKCHOa
I LOCATt T»t OtSBED SPOT FOB AHCHOO
Bore e'AUGEU hole at the angle
AND THE DEPTH REQUIRED.
Z Secobe amchor on bod and push
BOD TO nJLL DEPTH OF THt HOLE.
3 Tamp vith tamping bar until amchor
1« FULLY EXf>\NDCO.
4 Pull up guy vire before refilling
THE HOLE.
5 Backfill veu. tamped.
131
180
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
Specification - 5
[re^. 1106 (2X3) )
adid Tocb.
CEMtNT Grout
Item 5
specificatiom 37
Item \
Rock Anchor
Item 3
Specification 37
Rock Anchor ExTCveiON,
Item 4
3PtCir<CATK3N 37
Cement cJbout
Dock Anchor Item 3
3pEClf\CATION 37
V:doe Item 5
iPECir\cxnoN 37
Item £
Specification-?
[ reo. wo s. ]
tW3 (1) 1
Guy r\TTiNO
Item I
SPECiriQATlON 36
TMsitalcBxn is required so that a
ANCHOR Rod ixdxm ^ OCMI not 90 Ibll that
-Item tCa orb) the t>art above the insulator "
SPECiriCATioN 37 con be reached from the
JToond
Anchor Log
Specification- 6
[Te$. 1107]
Note (a) -.No^n col in
tine fxite
(b) Straight poUe
J' Machine 6olts
Curved Vashebs
Item 5
Specifvcation 36
I Anchor Loo
■7CyT\ 5'0"» 6" Diameter yr
AnCHOR log %' MACWtS. boUTS
Specification -6
THlMBLt trt &CILT oa THIMbLt Evt NuT
Item e
Specification 37
^Stoajn Imsuuctoo
'/Item S
/SPECincATioN 36
Item 6
Specification 36
8|'MO'Mach E)OLT
Guy Fitt\mg
Item 1
3pecificatk)n 38
OTBAmlMSUUTOR
/Item £
3PECinCATl0M 36
Guy Guard
Item \a £
Specificatkjn 45
132
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
181
SPEClFICATlON-9
iV Diameter Minimum
lI'DiAMtTiR Ig'PiM^ETER Maximum
«t!
MATtsiAL ■ Locust 'Wood
VooD CnossABM Pin
Item 3
SouABt Nut (i'-||-
Detail Or Pin
Steu. Crossabm Pin
Item 2
DeiAlLOFLOCKV^SHtR
'16GaMD.5tkl
Item 1
^ SPECIFICATION -11
[re^.lieo . »£{ (a>), ((22 6. «e5(6)]
ITEM le-ve S^ rHgR'z- g^
3PEOF1CXT10N 19 ^^E
■'^foOD Pin
Item 3
SPZciriCATioN -9
J * Machine Bolt &/
|-' Machine Bolt tf
'VASHER
VDOO PlH
Item 3
Speofication -9-^^
OLT e~
y
I' Spacing
\ VASHms
20- Brace
i'-4VLAG SCREV
PIN CP05SAPM
■ Machine Bolt^S^
Vasher
Pin Type Ikisulatoo
Item (£.2
3pECiFiCAnoH 19
I" Snum Bolt
■J » •4^' Machime Bolt &.
\ . Vasheb
^Xr Brace
4" •4i* Lag Screv
iTtM Z
4-PlN CROSSARM
Specification -10
[re$. 1120, 1(21(0 0]
Vx>0 Pin
Item 3
3PtcincATiON-9
jkhiiuuM|Kbo<uM
^■■4V Machine
Bolt £. Vashir ^
^"Machine BoLT£>.V^SHnB
Pin T(Pt In*jiaT0C9
Item ( 6. £
SPtcmcATioH (9
VfeOD Pin
Item 3
Specification 9
Item 1
2 -PIN CROSSABM
Pin Type Insuukions
Item It. 2
5PEcincAT«3W (9
^"•4i'MAeHINE^
Bolt C Vasher
f^' Machine
Bolt C^\/<kSHCB3
'Item £
4.-PW CROS5ARM
133
1S2
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
Specification -13
[re^. H24. (2)]
5PECiriCAT!<>4-15
[re$. I125(4)(!5)]
tvt 6OLT
iTtM 3 SPECincwvoN 39
iNSOLATOtt
iTtM 2 SPtCinCATIOM 41
SADout Clamp
;inCATKDN 43
Pole Top Pin ■
. _ SPEancATioN 4.2
§.9 Machine Dolt (cmfi-j
l.\A5HER3 -
i' Machine Dolts IVashers''
Cvt CioLT Item 3 ft ':i. ,J-
SPECinCATlOW 39^^^'
Saddle Clamp /''^ /^
2' Square "W^wcrs
iTCMl
•a
o <■
5pccificatk>i-14
[tB^«24(0e.H25(2)G)J
JLt Top Pin
ECinCATlOM 42
/IACHINE boLT gwXASHCR
nAaCH\NE bOLT &. VaSHER OR
' ' V''4^'LAG5cRt'V/
Spool Bolt Item 4
SPtcincATiow 39
-Spool
Specification 20
Ikisulatoc Item 2
SpECinCATION 4(
Dead End Clamp
iTtM 4 Specification 40/
1TE.M (
R>r dcztoits of deodcncfinQ
conductor* See 6f«clfication 13
Specification -16
[rcg. (125 C6)]
Eye boLT Item 3
Specification 3
Double Eye Clevis
ITEM 5 Specification 40,
Dead End Clamp
Item 4 Specification 40
Guy FiT-PNGS
I Machine Exxt
6^ Vi^SHEn
iUY Fitting Item 1
Specification 36
2" Square VAsmer
Insulator Item 2
Specification 41
Fbr details Sec
SPECIFICATIOM 44
Guy Fittings
Neutral
Nofe:
A ^3oo( clevis may be
used fbr tf« neottal o^uctor
instead of cquijamont shovn above
134
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
183
Specification- 17
[reg. 1126 (2X5X4) j
CONOUCTOB
iTtM e
Clamp iTtM I oa 2
Specification 40^
For details of secondary
dead end see StDCcificahon (6
^6^Vashers
Item 3
Specification- 19
[reg. 1126 (OS. (3))
VtT Procms PonctLAiN Insulators
ITtM 1
boovN on Slate Glaze as Specified
Item 2
e>RCfVN GLA2E
5PtCiriCATION-l&
[re^. iiee (5)]
Insulator
-v..^M^3
Clamp Item laS
SPECIFICATIOKI 40
Conductor
lemove Irwulation
SEcbNOABY Rack
Note Dead end clomtss
are not tajped.
SPECIFKAriON-20
[re^. 1129 ]
t
— -3-
SPOOL bnOVN GLAZt
135
184
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
SPECIFICAnON-
[re^.iOl]
21
S n u
2 > >
5 w w
•2 w w
3 J J
^??
2 tJU
|<<
d <oio
2 u u
2££
1
fs-ru
T
/.H
\T
5PECIFICAnON-23
[re$. 1137 Cl)(d)]
£S
Of ad
zzz
goio
TARLl Of MATtBlAL fOB TIM |
S«.iJGt
"°mt!;^"~'
ABMOOa TAPt
'6
39- or *6
42-oroS-. 25-
•4
41' or 'e
3ror 05-.10r
'2
45" or •&
45" or OS-JO-
•Vo
48' OF '4
56- or oy. yr
"A>
53- OF -4
63' or 05-- 30-
♦Jte
54" or '4
66' or OS", ac
*Vo
67- OF '4
73-or «•. 3cr
ONtTlJRN
Stabt CENTBt or *>
TltViBE AT'X:
5PECIFICAnON-22
l[rej.H3((aCS)a)(3)]
Specification -24
[reg. 1137 (I )(b)]
TAbLC
or MATEBiAi. P08 Ties 1
fctS.
GAuac
RCUm) AUJMH*
■nt VIM
FLATAUMMUM
UtMOURTAPe
'G
43" or '6
42'0r.03'. OS-
'4
48- or '6
iratW'xr
-2
5<r or '6
^fotoff-vf
'Vfc
sr or •4
560r OS'-M-l
'Vo
Sr OF '4
s3"of os-vr
•Vo
64- or '4
se-0F«s--3O'
"/o
66* or '4
rs-oroi-. sor
5ARE: CONDUCTOO
rrro
^m ' 1 ' 1 ' ' • ■ '.m
\ 1 y
VlRt
Insulator
136
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
185
5PEcincAnoN-25
[rej.lO/ (2) (a)]
555 555
WM C\J CJ CM tVl
TABLt a MATtBUL FOB TIM !
basctua
COPPIB TK >«« j
'6
4r0F'6liAH0VP
'A
-♦4-Of GMKCIVP
«e
46*0f*6MH0VP
•Vb
SG'OFUAAHDVR ■
'«it>
60'0F»4.MHC!VP
•=Ho
64*orUM.RD(VP j
•>vo
es'orUAAHovn a
Specification -2 7
[nzg. IS? (Z)]
^•^■
«5 n n
2 Z Z
" ,§3
TASll or MAttBlAL FOB TltS |
ClSASAUGC
COPPtR Til VlBt
'6
3r or 's MW>wt>
'4
4CT or -6 MHDWP
'2
44'Or 'SMHDVP
'fo
52-or'4»AHl)»(P
'M)
ss' or 'A MHDVP
-Vo
eo'or '4MH0VP
sior'XMHOWP
3ECOJDA0Y Back
Spool TVpe
Insulatoc
Specification -26
[red. 1137 (2) (b)]
MM N
■OMX or MMTOA). FOR TltS |
waSAiKX
corns TK vnz
'6
37'or 'S MHDVP
'4
4(ror'eMH0WP
'z
44- or '6MHDWP.
•ib
52-or '4MHOWP.
•*.
se' or '4 MHDVP
•M)
60-Or '4MHDVP
•M,
S4- or '4 MHDVP
Specification- 26
[rea.«37(4)Ca)]
/t^i^O^^^
^^^
« fl «
z z z
a a a
3 3 3
i-i-h-
NCVJN
TAMX or MATCftiAL. roa Ties |
aKS.GAUGC
copra mvne
'6
14- or '6SD &AK
'4
is-or 'esoKAKc
'2
ir or '«&DftAJtt
♦ito
41° or 'eSDftABi
•«/o
43'or*eSD&Mtt
'^
46'or'eSDbxsE
•*/b
so'or'e&D&Anx
6ace Conouctob
^V- Insulator
137
186
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
Specification -29
[reg. 1137 (4) (b)]
TA6LE OF MATIBIAL FOfi TIES 1
iaacAUGE
COPPEP TIE WIRE 1
•6
39- Of t SD BARE 1
'*
4 r or '6 so RAPE P
'z
AA- or '6 3D bARE 1
"/o
'Vo
4r OF '6 ID BARE J
A9- OF •« SO BARE
•Vo
SE'OfSSOSARE
•Vo
56" or '6 iO 6ARt
&AOE. CONDUCTOB
Insulator
Specification- 31
[r^. (142]
SECONnMSV
, Back i~
iNSyLATOR
-6* + — a^
• • ( a» »
CD
INSUUATDR
Specification -30
[re^«37 (6)]
^Vv^
N (V](\I N N (M
TAN.I OF MATERIAL FOB Tits |
BaSGAUSE
COPPER TWWIBE
'6
a* OF 'eaoNAfiE
'*
•if Of '6 SO BAKE
'2
44-or'e»Dt>ABe
"/b
^roF'SftDAASC
"/b
A<i or''£^D^AeE
^»/o
32- or ♦« 9.0 bABE
•A/tl
3«-Of6iD8ABE
BARt Con:
SPECiFicAnoN -52
[tc^. 1(42]
iTtM 4
FbuB-AAPt Pack
JrtM 1
Out-Viiit Pack
138
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
187
BmcK
Specification- 33
[re^ 1143. «U5. ]
[1W6.1M7&I146 ]
StRVlCt KW06
lie drilled
throu^ mortar
Stucco
iTtM 1
3CPV1CE Knos om
&R1CK \/tNEte VaLL
i'hole to dejjth of acrev
Items
SEgvTCt Knot) ON Stucco
PC 5HErrtD Vall
■tRvice KMoe>
-3i"-'22 •VooD SCBCV •
%tKX> 5tuo
Z"-^ "ifoOD Scotv
Item g
SECVICE KNOb ON
F6A.MC bUlLPlNG
LXAD tXWkNSlON SH\EL0
itnvicc KNoe>
liole e4'dect> „ H
ITEM
SEKVICt KNOb ON
MASONKV \>^U-~
STANOPlPt
Item 5
Seovice 'MPE ATTAjCHMCNT
ON B>jCE Of M>>O0NgV
Specification -35
,,^ ^ W «49(2)]
'25, C0O56A0M
Dead two Clamp
Item e Spec
/> — lO-O'-
^GnouNO Rods
5PECincArioN-34
[re^. 1149 (0]
e-TYPET" Fittings
viTH 3 Hole. CctJtoi
Insulators ^
Drip Loops<=
-^>-<;owoucTC«s
-COMDU\T
SCRVICt'
'Ground Mnt
^VbOD MOOUOINS
Specification -36
[re^. 1138]
Conductor
1te:m2
Aluminum To Aluminum ^
Maximum Alummom 'M>to'ii ALUMINUM To CoPPtO
Note ; If Second conductor Maximum Alomittom '■♦/o
ts'syo to '-Vo osc clomti. ^^ Moximom Cofjper 2 Strand
,-«w,rv ./^Tw, ,>^^ CONDUCTOR
CoNDuc-roa rrT) clamp
// 3 torno
Item 3
Copper Tap '10 Tb '4, To Copper Line Conductor
Conductor
Clav_
Conductor
Item 4
Copfw T<p '3 And Lasgir lb Coppes Lwt Conductor
CONDOCTOe
clamp ^ ___
CTOB.
^17
Item 5
^^^
A^
dPLicc In 'Slack Copper Lead
139
188
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
5PEx:iFicAnoN-37
[SfKZCificolions 2,3.4,5.7.S.a]
Single Anchor Rod
Item < (aSib)
^4-
Rock Anchoc
Item 3
RoLLCB Eye
^'DiOaholcg
J'Dio,
l|"Dia..hoje
Cotter Pin
RocN Anchoc EyTENOiON
Item 4-
Specification -39
[reg. 1121 (eX2»)]
iTtM 1
ANGut, Pin
Eye
«M0»12-
EYt Bout
lTtM3
I 5 %' — 4- ffotW —J
Spool Bolt
Item 4
Specification -38
[sJaecifiCQlions 6,7, 8,]
[15, 16 & 55]
CUPVED VaBHEP
Items
■ThiMBut Eye Nut
5PECiriCATI0N-40
[sfDecifications 12,13.]
[14,16,(7 5.18]
Item
CONDUCTOttS
M.fi
f-fflim
TI»*5IIE
•g COPPtfi WlCt
1
■z
'4. COPPER WIB
Z
1
•2
•2Cot>|xi3lroiKl
z
t
'Z
%Co|t«'3l"><><<
2.
1
•z
'^'oCoffMrJlraiK
2
2
'1-
■
'.^faCoHxrlliniK
2
2
•1-
"Vixri^terSltoivd
2
2
'1-
■
ZSOMCMStroM
2
2
'(-
y
Dead End Clamps- Copper
,§ " PlAMETEO PlKI
Item 4
Item I ^ "^ 1
I "Diameter Pin
Item 3
Dead End Clamp
Aluminum
ITEM 5
Douejle Lye Clevis
140
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
189
Specification - 41
[re^. 1124 (2)]
VtT PCOCE35 POCCELAISI 1N3ULATOB3
U 3^'DlAMETEB-
ITEM 1
Pb\wauy CLtvis Insulator
Brovn Glaze
|'Dia,Pin n I r
Item 2
SUSPENSION INSULATOR
Brown Glaze
5PECIFICAT10N-43
[stsecification 15 J
I— IV— i
Saddle Clamp
Pole Top Pin
Specification -42
[stDCcif cations i4&l5J
Sectvom 'A -A"
3tCTK3N't)-b'"
i: Sheet 5teel
t'Dia,
3PECIFlCAnON-44
[sfKZcification IS]
Tot Neotral conductor
Insulabsr is omifted
See Specification 16
Conductor
~ Clamp '
iTtM 4
SPEcincATtoN 40
CONDUCTOR
141
190
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
3PECiFic:AnoN-45
[3t>2Cirications7&6]
^-f-fe
Items
STttL Guv
GUACD
ITEM 3
3 bOLT Guv
Clamp
Specification -46
[re$.«e4(E)]
H'DiAMETTO Hole
is Diameter HoLt for
I'' 5' PlH
ITEM i
5'DlAMETER HOLt
J'OiAMETto Hotc roa
Item 2
(2451)
142
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE 225
Publications Under Tlie Regulations Act
JANUARY 19th, 1952
THE TRUSTEE ACT
O. Reg. 325/51.
Companies Approved for Investment
and Deposit.
Amending Regulations 361 of
Consolidated Regulations 1950.
Made— 20th December, 1951.
Filed— 28th December, 1951, 3.15 p.m.
REGULATIONS MADE UNDER
THE TRUSTEE ACT
1. Schedule 1 of Regulations 361 of Consolidated
Regulations of Ontario 1950 is amended
(c) by striking out item 8,
(6) by adding the following item:
12a. Ottawa Valley Trust Company
and
(c) by striking out item 17 and substituting
therefor the following item:
17. Victoria and Grey Trust Company
(16) 3
143
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
261
Publications Under Tlie Regulations Act
JANUARY 26th, 1952
THE FEMALE EMPLOYEES FAIR
REMUNERATION ACT, 1951
O. Reg. 1/52.
Form of Complaint.
New.
Filed— 2nd January, 1952, 2.45 p.m.
REGULATIONS MADE BY THE DIRECTOR
UNDER THE FEMALE EMPLOYEES
FAIR REMUNERATION ACT, 1951
1. A complaint shall be on Form 1.
Louis Fine
Director
Form 1
The Female Employees Fair Remuneration Act, 1951
COMPLAINT
To: Director
Fair Employment Practices Branch
Department of Labour
Parliament Buildings, East Block
Toronto, Ontario.
I.
(print name in full)
(address in full)
(telephone number:
business
home)
complain under The Female Employees Fair Remuner-
ation Act, 1951, that I was discriminated against
contrary to section 2 of the Act
by.
(name in full of employer)
' »
(address in full) (telephone number)
by.
(name in full of person acting on behalf of
employer, if any)
(position)
in that I was paid at a rate of pay less than the rate
of pay paid to a male employee employed by him for
the same work done in the same establishment.
from
(day)
to.
(address in full)
(month)
(day) (month)
(state particulars of complaint*)
(year)
(year)
Dated at on the .
.of.
19.
t.
(signature of complainant)
•Reverse side of form may be used for further par-
ticulars of complaint.
fl. Section 2 of the Act reads as follows:
2. — (1) No employer and no person acting on his
behalf shall discriminate between his male and
female employees by paying a female employee
at a rate of pay less than the rate of pay paid
to a male employee employed by him for the
same work done in the same establishment.
(2) A difference in the rate of pay between a
female and a male employee based on any
factor other than sex shall not constitute a
failure to comply with this section.
2. Subsection 2 of section 3 of the Act reads as follows:
(2) Every such complaint shall be in writing on
the form prescribed by the Director and shall
be mailed or delivered to him at his office.
(41) 4
THE INDUSTRIAL STANDARDS ACT
O. Reg. 2/52.
Men's and Boys' Clothing Industry
in the Ontario Zone.
Amending Regulations 212 of
Consolidated Regulations 1950.
Made— 20th December, 1951.
Approved — 3rd January, 1952.
Filed— 7 th January, 1952, 11.10 a.m.
ORDER MADE BY THE BOARD UNDER
THE INDUSTRIAL STANDARDS ACT
1. Clause a of subsection 1 of section 4 of the
schedule of Regulations 212 of Consolidated Regu-
lations of Ontario 1950 is amended by striking out
sub-clauses i to xxi, both inclusive, and substituting
therefor:
(i) Class A, $1.29,
(ii) Class B, $1.23,
(iii) Class C, $1.21^,
(iv) Class D, $1.15,
(v) Class E, $1.12,
(vi) Class F, $1.07K,
(vii) Class G, 983^ cents,
(viii) Class H, 95J^ cents,
145
262
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
(ix) Class I, 94 cents,
(iii) Class C, 963^ cents.
(x) Class J, 93 cents,
(iv) Class D, 863^ cents,
(xi) Class K, 90 cents.
(v) Class E, 80 cents,
(xii) Class L, 873^ cents.
(vi) Class F, 743^ cents,
(xiii) Class M, 863^ cents,
(vii) Class G, 693^ cents,
(xiv) Class N, 83 cents,
(viii) Class H, 633^ cents.
(xv) Class 0, 81 cents,
(ix) Class I, 623^ cents.
(xvi) Class P, 77 cents.
(x) Class J, 573^ cents, and
(xvii) Class Q, 74J^ cents,
(xi) Class K, 563^ cents, and
(xviii) Class R, 73 cents,
(xix) Class S, 703^ cents,
(xx) Class T, 68 cents, and
4. Clause b of subsection 2 of section 4 of the
schedule of Regulations 212 of Consolidated Regu-
lations of Ontario 1950 is amended by striking out
sub-clauses i to xi, both inclusive, and substituting
therefor:
(xxi) Class U, 64 cents, and
(i) Class A, 97 cents.
2. Clause b of subsection 1 of section 4 of the
schedule of Regulations 212 of Consolidated Regu-
lations of Ontario 1950 is amended by striking out
sub-clauses 1 to xxi, both inclusive, and substituting
therefor:
(ii) Class B, 893^ cents,
(iii) Class C, 843^ cents,
(iv) Class D, 753^ cents,
(i) Class A, $1,133^,
(v) Class E, 70 cents.
(ii) Class B, $1.07H,
(vi) Class F, 65 cents.
(iii) Class C, $1,063^,
(vii) Class G, 61 cents,
(iv) Class D, $1,003^,
(viii) Class N, 553^ cents,
(v) Class E, 98 cents.
(ix) Class I, 543^ cents.
(vi) Class F, 94 cents, .
(x) Class J, 503^ cents, and
(vii) Class G, 86 cents,
(xi) Class K, 493^ cents.
(viii) Class H, 833^ cents,
(ix) Class I, 82 cents,
(x) Class J, 81 K cents.
5. Clause a of subsection 1 of section 5 of the
schedule of Regulations 212 of Consolidated Regu-
lations of Ontario 1950 is amended by striking out
sub-clauses i to xxi, both inclusive, and substituting
therefor:
(xi) Class K, 79 cents.
(i) Class A, $1.82,
(xii) Class L, 763^ cents,
(ii) Class B, $1.72,
(xiii) Class M, 753^ cents,.
(iii) Class C, $1.70,
(xiv) Class N, 723^ cents,
(iv) Class D, $1.60,
(xv) Class 0, 71 cents.
(v) Class E, $1,553^,
(xvi) Class P, 673^ cents,
(vi) Class F, $1.49,
(xvii) Class Q, 65 cents,
(vii) Class G, $1.35,
(xviii) Class R, 64 cents,
(viii) Class H, $1.31,
(xix) Class S, 613^ cents.
(ix) Class I, $1,283^,
(xx) Class T, 593^ cents, and
(x) Class J, $1.27,
(xxi) Class U, 56 cents.
(xi) Class K, $1,223^,
3. Clause a of subsection 2 of section 4 of the
schedule of Regulations 212 of Consolidated Regu-
lations of Ontario 1950 is amended by striking out
sub-clauses i to xi, both inclusive, and substituting
therefor:
(xii) Class L, $1.19,
(xiii) Class M, $1.17,
(xiv) Class N, $1.12,
(i) Class A, $1.11,
(xv) Class 0, $1.09,
(ii) Class B, $1,023^,
(xvi) Class P, $1.03,
146
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
263
(xvii) Class Q, 99 cents,
(xviii) Class R, 97 cents,
(xix) Class S, 93 cents,
(xx) Class T, 89J^ cents, and
(xxi) Class U, 833^ cents, and
6. Clause b of subsection 1 of section 5 of the
schedule of Regulations 212 of Consolidated Regu-
lations of Ontario 1950 is amended by striking out
sub-clauses i to xxi, both inclusive, and substituting
therefor:
(i) Class A, $1.59,
(ii) Class B, $1.50M,
(iii) Class C, $1.49,
(iv) Class D, $1.40,
(v) Class E, $1.36,
(vi) Class F, $1.30M,
(vu) Class G, $1.18
(viii) Class H, $1.14^,
(ix) Class I, $1.12K,
(x) Class J, $1.11,
(xi) Class K, $1.07,
(xii) Class L, $1.04,
(xiii) Class M, $1.02J^,
(xiv) Class N, 98 cents,
(xv) Class O, 95 H cents,
(xvi) Class P, 90 cents,
(xvii) Class Q, 863^ cents,
(xviii) Class R, 85 cents,
(xix) Class S, 813^ cents,
(xx) Class T, 783^ cents, and
(xxi) Class U, 73 cents.
7. Clause a of subsection 2 of section 5 of the
schedule of Regulations 212 of Consolidated Regu-
lations of Ontario 1950 is amended by striking out
sub-clauses i to xi, both inclusive, and substituting
therefor:
(i) Class A, $1.58^
(ii) Class B, $1.45,
(iii) Class C, $1.36,
(iv) Class D, $1.21,
(v) Class E, $1.11,
(vi) Class F, $1.03,
(vii) Class G, 953^ cents,
(viii) Class H, 863^ cents,
(ix) Class I, 85 cents,
(x) Class J, 773^ cents, and
(xi) Class K, 76 cents, and
8. Clause b of subsection 2 of section 5 of the
schedule of Regulations 212 of Consolidated Regu-
lations of Ontario 1950 is amended by striking out
sub-clauses i to xi, both inclusive, and substituting
therefor:
(i) Class A, $1.38,
(ii) Class B, $1.27,
(iii) Class C, $1.19,
(iv) Class D, $1.06,
(v) Class E, 97 cents,
(vi) Class F, 90 cents,
(vii) Class G, 833^ cents,
(viii) Class H, 753^ cents,
(ix) Class I, 743^ cents,
(x) Class J, 68 cents, and
(xi) Class K, 67 cents.
9. These regulations shall come into force on the
tenth day after the publication thereof in The Ontario
Gazette under The Regulations Act.
We concur Industry and
Advisory Committee for the Labour Board
Men's and Boys' Clothing
Industry in the Ontario Zone
M. E. Enkin
Sol Spivak
Norman Firth
H. R. TOLTON
Herbert Lewis
E. BiLLINGTON
(Chairman)
E. G. GiBB
(Member)
J. F. NUTLAND
(Member)
Dated at Toronto the 20th of December, 1951.
(62)
THE MILK CONTROL ACT
O. Reg. 3/52.
Retail Milk Prices in the Market of
Marmora.
New.
Made— 7th January, 1952.
Filed— 7th January, 1952, 3.50 p.m.
REGULATIONS MADE BY THE BOARD UNDER
THE MILK CONTROL ACT
1. In these regulations
(a) "chocolate drink" means milk that contains
a chocolate flavouring;
(&) "standard milk" means milk that contains not
less than 3.25 per cent and not more than 3.9
per cent of butter fat; and
(c) "whipping cream" means cream that contains
not less than 32 per cent of butter fat.
2. The maximum prices at which chocolate drink,
standard milk and whipping cream may be sold by
retail in the market of Marmora shall be as follows:
147
264
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
(a) chocolate drink
7 ounces $ .07
(6) standard milk
quart 18
pint 10
(c) whipping cream
half-pint 37
3. These regulations shall come into force on the
16th of January, 1952.
THE MILK CONTROL BOARD
OF ONTARIO
A. B. CURREY
Chairman
K. M. Betzner
Member
J. L. Burrows
Member
H. E. McCallum
Member
(Seal)
Dated at Toronto, this 7th day of January 1952.
(68)
THE MILK CONTROL ACT
O. Reg. 4/52.
Retail Milk Prices in the Market of
Mount Albert.
New.
Made— 7th January, 1952.
Filed— 7th January, 1952, 4.00 p.m.
REGULATIONS MADE BY THE BOARD UNDER
THE MILK CONTROL ACT
1. In these regulations
(a) "standard milk" means milk that contains not
less than 3.25 per cent and not more than 3.9
per cent of butter fat;
(b) "table cream" means cream that contains not
less than 16 per cent and not more than 24
per cent of butter fat; and
(c) "whipping cream" means cream that contains
not less than 32 per cent of butter fat.
2. The maximum prices at which standard milk,
table cream and whipping cream may be sold by retail
in the market of Mount Albert shall be as follows:
(c) standard milk
quart
pint
(6) table cream
quart. . . .
pint
half-pint .
19
10
.80
.41
.22
(c) whipping cream
quart 1.00
pint 56
half-pint 30
THE MILK CONTROL BOARD
OF ONTARIO
A. B. Currey
Chairman
K. M. Betzner
Member
J. L. Burrows
Member
H. E. McCallum
Member
(Seal)
Dated at Toronto, this 7th day of January 1952.
(69) 4
THE MILK CONTROL ACT
O. Reg. 5/52.
Retail Milk Prices in the Market of
Walkerton.
New.
Made — 7th January, 1952.
Filed— 7th January, 1952, 4.10 p.m.
REGULATIONS MADE BY THE BOARD UNDER
THE MILK CONTROL ACT
1. In these regulations
(fl) "buttermilk" means the product that remains
after the butter fat is removed from milk by
churning and includes the product that is
obtained by adding a pure lactic culture to
skim-milk;
(b) "chocolate drink" means milk that contains
a chocolate flavouring;
(c) "skim-milk" means milk that contains not
more than .25 per cent of butter fat;
(d) "standard milk" means milk that contains not
less than 3.25 per cent and not more than 3.9
per cent of butter fat; and
(e) "table cream" means cream that contains not
less than 16 per cent and not more than 24
per cent of butter fat.
2. The maximum prices at which buttermilk,
chocolate drink, skim-milk, standard milk and table
cream may be sold by retail in the market of Walkerton
shall be as follows:
(a) buttermilk
quart. . .
pint ....
(b) chocolate drink
quart .......
pint
7 ounces ....
(c) skim-milk
quart . . .
(d) standard milk
quart
pint.
.18
.10
.23
.13
.07
16
.21
.12
half-pint , 07
148
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
265
(c) table cream
quart 85
pint 45
half-pint 25
3. These regulations shall come into force on the
16th of January, 1952.
THE MILK CONTROL BOARD
OF ONTARIO
A. B. CURREY
Chairman
K. M. Betzner
Member
J. L. Burrows
Member
H. E. McCallum
Member
(Seal)
Dated at Toronto, this 7th day of January 1952.
(70) 4
THE CREDIT UNIONS ACT
O. Reg. 6/52.
Dissolution of Cameo Employees
Credit Union Limited.
New.
Made— 12th December, 1951.
Approved — 3rd January, 1952.
Filed— 8th January, 1952, 9.00 a.m.
ORDER MADE BY THE MINISTER UNDER
THE CREDIT UNIONS ACT
IT IS ORDERED that Cameo Employees Credit
Union Limited be dissolved.
THOMAS L. KENNEDY
Minister of Agriculture
Dated at Toronto, this 12th day of December, 1951.
(71) 4
THE CREDIT UNIONS ACT
O. Reg. 7/52.
Dissolution of Owen Sound Co-operative
Credit Union Limited.
New.
Made— 19th December, 1951.
Approved — 3rd January, 1952.
Filed— 8th January, 1952, 9.10 a.m.
ORDER MADE BY THE MINISTER UNDER
THE CREDIT UNIONS ACT
IT IS ORDERED that Owen Sound Co-operative
Credit Union Limited be dissolved.
THOMAS L. KENNEDY
Minister of Agriculture
Dated at Toronto, this 19th day of December, 1951.
(72) 4
THE PRIVATE HOSPITALS ACT
O. Reg. 8/52.
Private Hospitals for Nervous Ailments.
Amending O. Regs. 22/44.
Made — 3rd January, 1952.
Filed— 8th January, 1952, 9.20 a.m.
REGULATIONS MADE UPON THE
RECOMMENDATION OF THE MINISTER
UNDER THE PRIVATE HOSPITALS ACT
1. Ontario Regulations 22/44 are amended by
adding the following regulation:
private hospitals for nervous ailments
33a. (1) In this regulation "private hospital for
nervous ailments" means a private hospital
(a) used for the purpose of diagnosing and
treating persons suffering from
(i) neuroses, or
(ii) psycho-somatic disorders, and
(iii) alcoholism, and
(b) provided with
(i) equipment and facilities, and
(ii) the services of a duly qualified
medical practitioner who holds a
specialist's certificate in psychiatry
issued by the Royal College of
Physicians and Surgeons of Canada
to render the services under clause c.
(2) The Minister may issue a licence for a private
hospital for nervous ailments.
(3) The licence shall be in form 1.
(4) A private hospital for nervous ailments may
be used for the purpose of diagnosing the
ailments of and treating the persons mentioned
in clause a of subregulation 1.
Form 1
The Private Hospitals Act
No.
Under The Private Hospitals Act and regulations
and subject to the limitations thereof this licence
is issued to to operate
a private hospital for nervous ailments for the treatment
of not more than patients at any
one time at
19.
This licence expires with the 31st of December,
Date of issue 19.
Minister of Health
(73)
149
266
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
THE MENTAL HOSPITALS ACT
O. Reg. 9/52.
General Regulations under Part X
of the Act.
New.
Made— 3rd January, 1952.
Filed— 8th January, 1952, 9.30 a.m.
REGULATIONS MADE UNDER
THE MENTAL HOSPITALS ACT
INTERPRETATION
1. In these regulations
(a) "approved home" means a home to which
patients may be released from a hospital in
the manner provided under these regulations;
(b) "department" means the Department of
Veterans Affairs (Canada) or such other
department of the Government of Canada as
may from time to time be charged with the
care and treatment of persons who are pro-
spective patients;
(c) "Deputy Minister" means deputy minister of
the department;
(d) "examination unit" means a place to which
any former member of the forces may be sent
for observation, care and treatment in the
manner provided under these regulations;
(e) "hospital" means a hospital operated, main-
tained, controlled and directed by the depart-
ment and includes every approved home and
examination unit connected therewith or
forming part thereof;
(J) "institution" means a hospital and examination
unit;
(g) "mental defective" and "mentally defective
person" means a person in whom there is a
condition of arrested or incomplete develop-
ment of mind, whether arising from inherent
causes or induced by disease or injury, and
who requires care, supervision and control for
his own protection or welfare or for the
protection of others;
(h) "mental deficiency" means the condition of
mind of a mental defective;
(i) "mental illness" means the condition of mind
of a mentally ill person;
(j) "mentally ill person" means a person other
than a mental defective who is suffering from
such a disorder of the mind that he requires
care, supervision and control for his own
protection or welfare, or for the protection of
others;
(k) "Minister" means Minister of the Crown in
right of Canada who has charge of or is
responsible for the department;
(/) "patient" means a person admitted under
these regulations to an institution;
(m) "prospective patient" means a former member
of His Majesty's naval, military or air forces
or other person who is eligible for treatment
under the Department of Veterans Affairs Act
(Canada); and
(w) "superintendent" means an officer in the
department who is appointed as the superin-
tendent of an institution and includes an
acting superintendent.
EXEMPTION
2. The department is exempted from the provisions
of the Act except sections 97 and 98 thereof and the
sections referred to therein.
APPLICATION
3. These regulations apply to the institutions,
persons, department, officers and servants referred to
in section 97 of the Act.
ADMINISTRATION AND CONTROL
4. Where these regulations require or authorize the
Deputy Minister to do any act with respect to the
admission, commitment or detention of a former mem-
ber of the forces, he may appoint any other person to
do that act.
5.(1) Subject to direction by the Minister, the
superintendent of an institution shall have full control
over and the custody and care of the person of every
patient in the institution.
(2) Every
(a) prospective patient shall be admitted to an
institution, and
(i) patient shall be detained in, released and
discharged from an institution
only as provided by these regulations.
ADMISSION TO INSTITUTIONS
6. A prospective patient may be admitted to a
hospital as a voluntary patient or as a certificated
patient.
VOLUNTARY PATIENTS
7.(1) A prospective patient may be admitted to an
institution as a voluntary patient if he
(a) presents himself at the institution,
(b) is eligible for care and treatment,
(c) voluntarily makes a written application for
admission in form 1,
(d) is in such mental condition in the opinion of
the superintendent as to render him competent
to make the application for admission, and
(e) submits the statement referred to in sub-
regulation 2.
(2) The application referred to in subregulation 1
shall be accompanied by a statement of the next of
kin or other responsible relative or friend in form 2.
8. Subject to regulation 9, a prospective patient
received as a voluntary patient shall not be detained
more than 5 days after he has given to the superintendent
notice in writing of his desire to leave the institution.
9.(1) A prospective patient who
(a) is mentally ill, and
(6) has been admitted to an institution as a
voluntary patient
may be maintained in custody as a certificated patient
upon the certificates of two duly qualified medical
practitioners issued in accordance with regulation 10.
(2) Upon being certificated under subregulation 1 ,
the patient shall
150
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
267
(a) thereafter during the time he is a patient be
a certificated patient within the meaning of
these regulations, and
(b) be subject to the provisions of these regulations
respecting certificated patients.
CERTIFICATED PATIENTS
10.(1) Except upon the certificate in form 3 of each
of two duly qualified medical practitioners and the
history record in form 4, a former member of the forces
shall not be admitted to an institution as a certificated
patient.
(2) The certificates required by subregulation 1
shall not be issued by a medical practitioner who is
an officer in the department.
(3) E^ch certificate shall
(a) state and show clearly that the medical
practitioner signing it personally examined the
patient separately from any other medical
practitioner and, after due inquiry into all the
necessary facts relating to the case of the
patient, found him to be insane, epileptic,
mentally ill or mentally defective, as the case
may be,
(6) be signed in the presence of one subscribing
witness who shall not be a medical practitioner
issuing a certificate, and
(c) show the date upon which the examination was
made.
(4) Each medical practitioner shall also in his cer-
tificate state the facts upon which he has formed his
opinion of the insanity, epilepsy, mental illness or
mental deficiency, and shall distinguish the facts ob-
served by him from the facts communicated to him by
other persons.
(5) No person may be admitted as a certificated
patient except within 3 months of the earlier of the 2
examinations referred to in subregulation 1.
11. Cl) A statement of the financial affairs of a
patient in form 5 shall be obtained and forwarded to
the superintendent.
(2) Upon admission of the patient, the superin-
tendent shall forthwith transmit to the Public Trustee
the financial statement and such other information as
the Public Trustee may require in connection with the
patient and his estate.
EXAMINATION UNITS
12.(1) A former member of the forces who is or is
believed to be in need of the observation, care and
treatment provided in an examination unit, may be
admitted thereto for a period not longer than 30 days
on the certificate of one duly qualified medical prac-
titioner in form 6 accompanied by the history record of
the patient in form 4.
(2) The certificate referred to in subregulation 1
shall not be issued by a medical practitioner who is an
officer in the department.
(3) No patient shall remain in an examination unit
for a period longer than 30 days.
13.(1) Where a person has been admitted to and is
a patient in an examination unit under regulation 12,
he shall be discharged, or certificated under regulation
10, as the needs of his case may require.
(2) Where a person has been so certificated he shall
be transferred to a hospital and he shall thereafter be
subject to these regulations with respect to patients
in a hospital.
CERTIFICATES
14.(1) Each certificate mentioned in regulation 10
and 12 shall be completed within 7 days of the examina-
tion referred to therein and shall be forwarded within
14 days of the examination to the superintendent of
the institution to which it is proposed that the person
named in the certificate is to be admitted.
(2) When accompanied by the history record and
financial statement in the prescribed form the cer-
tificates mentioned in regulation 10 shall be suflScient
authority to any person to convey the person named
therein to the hospital and to the authorities of the
institution to detain him therein subject to direction
from the Minister.
(3) The certificate mentioned in regulation 12 shall
be sufficient authority to any person to convey the
person named therein to the examination unit and to
the authorities of the examination unit for his detention
therein.
TEMPORARY DETENTION
15. Where
(a) a former member of the forces
(i) has been certified under regulation 10 or
12, and
(ii) is awaiting admission to a hospital or
examination unit, and
(b) by reason of distance from the institution or
any other reason there may be some delay in
arranging his admission,
a district administrator of the department on behalf
of the Minister may, by warrant in form 7, order the
former member of the forces to be detained in some
safe and comfortable place for a period not longer than
10 days pending his admission to the institution.
16. No certificate or history record required by
these regulations with respect to a person shall be made,
issued, given or signed by a medical practitioner who is
(a) by blood or marriage closely related to or
connected with that person, or
(b) by blood or marriage closely related to or
connected with another medical practitioner
who makes, issues, gives or signs a certificate
or history record with respect to the same
person.
DISCHARGE
17.(1) A voluntary patient shall be discharged
from the institution in which he is a patient when
(a) in the opinion of the superintendent it is in
the interest of the patient or of the institution
that he be discharged, or
(b) it is in accordance with the conditions upon
which he was admitted.
(2) A certificated patient shall be discharged when
in the opinion of the superintendent he is sufficiently
recovered.
ESCAPE AND APPREHENSION
18. A patient admitted to an institution who
escapes therefrom or who, contrary to the provisions
of these regulations, leaves or is taken away or removed
therefrom, may, at any time within 60 days from the
day of his escape, leaving, being taken away or removed,
be apprehended
151
268
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
(a) without a warrant
(i) by a peace officer, police officer or con-
stable, or
(ii) by an officer or servant in the department
authorized by the superintendent, or
(b) by any person upon a warrant in form 8
issued by the Deputy Minister or the superin-
tendent.
19. A patient apprehended under regulation 18
may be temporarily detained in safe custody and shall
as speedily as possible be returned to the institution
and his detention therein resumed in all respects as
though he had not been absent therefrom.
PROBATION
20.(1) Where the superintendent considers it con-
ducive to the recovery of a patient that the patient
should be committed for a time to the custody of one
or more members of his family or friends or such other
persons as the superintendent may consider suitable,
he may allow him to go to the person or persons on
probation.
(2) Before allowing the patient to proceed on
probation as permitted by subregulation 1, the superin-
tendent shall secure a written undertaking in form 9
from the person or persons to whose custody the
patient is to be committed that he or they will keep
oversight over the patient.
21. A patient released on probation from an institu-
tion shall for the purposes of these regulations, for a
period of 6 months from the date of his release or until
he is sooner discharged, be and be deemed to continue
as a patient in the institution in the same manner and
to the same extent and be subject to the same control
as if he were not so released but had remained in the
institution.
22.(1) If within 6 months from the date of his
release on probation a patient again becomes insane,
epileptic, mentally ill or mentally defective to such a
degree that his confinement in an institution is neces-
sary, the superintendent by whom he was released on
probation or the Deputy Minister may, upon a warrant
in form 10 directed to any constable, peace officer, or
officer or servant in the department or other person,
cause the patient to be apprehended and brought
back to the institution from which he was released.
(2) The warrant shall be authority to a person
acting under it to apprehend the person named therein
and to bring him back to the institution.
APPROVED HOMES
23. The Minister may issue certificates approving
a building, premises or place as an approved home
and entitling the person in charge thereof to receive
into it one or more patients released from a hospital.
24. If the superintendent considers it conducive
to the recovery of a patient he may place the patient
in an approved home.
25. A patient who is placed in an approved home
shall for the purposes of these regulations be deemed
to continue as a patient in the hospital from which
he was released in the same manner and to the same
extent and be subject to the same control as if he
were not so released but had remained in the hospital.
TRANSFER
26.(1) Upon a warrant issued by the Deputy
Minister
(a) a former member of the forces who is insane,
epileptic, mentally ill or mentally defective-
may be transferred
(i) from any place without Ontario through
Ontario to any other place without
Ontario,
(ii) from any place within Ontario to any
place without Ontario,
(iii) from any place without Ontario to any
place within Ontario, or
(iv) from any place within Ontario to any
other place within Ontario, or
(b) an other person whose care, treatment or
detention is the subject of an agreement under
section 97 of the Act may be transferred from
any place within Ontario to any other place
within Ontario.
(2) The warrant under subregulation 1 shall be
(c) in form 1 1 for use under clause a, or
(b) in form 12 for use under clause b.
(3) During a transfer referred to in subregulation
1 the person being transferred shall be subject to the
provisions of these regulations.
GENERAL PROVISIONS
27. The department is authorized to do by its
officers or servants such acts and things as by any Act
of the Legislature dealing with the care, treatment or
detention of insane, epileptic, mentally ill or mentally
defective persons are required or authorized to be done
by officers or servants of Ontario.
152
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
269
(strike out
clause not
applicable)
Form 1
The Mental Hospitals Act
APPLICATION FOR ADMISSION OF A VOLUNTARY PATIENT
UNDER PART X OF THE ACT
I
(name of applicant in full)
residingat i" the g^g of
in the Province of certify that I am
(a) a former member of His Majesty's naval, military or air forces, or
(6) a person eligible under the Department of Veterans Affairs Act (Canada)
and apply for admission as a voluntary patient to the
Hospital at in the Province of Ontario and
in consideration of my being so admitted I agree to be governed by Part X of The Mental Hospitals
Act (Ontario) and the regulations thereunder.
Witness:
Date.
19.
(signature of applicant)
(strike out
clause not
applicable)
Form 2
The Mental Hospitals Act
STATEMENT OF NEXT OF KIN OR OTHER RESPONSIBLE RELATIVE
OR FRIEND UNDER PART X OF THE ACT
I
residing at in the
(postal address)
<" -"■eg^"«Vof.
in the Province of , being a
(relationship)
of certify that
(name of applicant)
(a) he is
(i) a former member of His Majesty's naval, military or air forces, or
(ii) a person eligible for treatment under the Department of Veterans Affairs Act (Canada),
(iii) the person who signed the application in form 1,
(b) in my opinion he is eligible for care and treatment in the
Hospital at in the Province of Ontario, and
(c) he has made the application for care and treatment voluntarily to my knowledge.
Date 19
(signature)
(relationship)
153
270
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
(strike out
clause not
applicable)
(strike out
words not
applicable)
(strike out
words not
applicable)
Form 3
The Mental Hospitals Act
CERTIFICATE OF A DULY QUALIFIED MEDICAL PRACTITIONER
FOR ADMISSION OF A CERTIFICATED PATIENT
UNDER PART X OF THE ACT
I, a duly qualified medical practitioner,
practising at in the
(municipality) (county or district)
of in the Province of Ontario certify that
(1) on the day of 19. . . . separately from any
other medical practitioner I personally examined
of ^ in the.
(municipality of patient)
whom I believe to be
(name of patient in full)
(county or district)
(o) a former member of His Majesty's naval, military or air forces, or
(b) a person eligible for treatment under the Department of Veterans Affairs Act (Canada)
(2) after due inquiry into all the necessary facts relating to the case of the patient I found
him to be (i) insane, (ii) epileptic, (iii) mentally ill, or (iv) mentally deficient
(3) I have formed my opinion of the (i) insanity, (ii) epilepsy, (iii) mental illness or (iv) mental
deficiency upon
(a) the following facts observed by myself including:
(i) appearance:. .
(ii) conduct:
(iii) conversation:,
(iv) other facts:. .
(b) the following facts communicated to me by other persons:
Facts
Communicated by
Witness:
Date.
(signature of duly qualified
medical practitioner)
Form 4
The Mental Hospitals Act
HISTORY RECORD OF A PROSPECTIVE PATIENT UNDER
PART X OF THE ACT
1. Name of patient in full:
2. Residence:. . . .
(street and number or lot and concession)
3. County (or district) :
4. Length of residence in this municipality:
154
(municipality)
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE 271
5. Age (last birthday) :
6. Date of birth:
7. Place of birth:
8. Racial origin (English, French, etc.) :
9. Religious denomination:
10. Occupation:
11. Sex:
12. Single, married, widowed, separated or divorced:
13. Number of children, if any, (c) alive;.
(6) dead:.
14. If not born in Canada state,
(a) date of entry into Canada;
(b) port of entry into Canada;
(c) name of vessel or railroad on which patient entered : .
15. Father of patient,
(a) name in full;
(6) birthplace;
If dead, give (a) age at death;. .
(b) cause of death :
16. Mother of patient.
(a) maiden name in full;
(b) birthplace;
If dead, give (a) age at death;. .
(b) cause of death :
17. Family history:
Details as to mental illness, mental deficiency, epilepsy, neurosis, alcoholism, drug addiction, criminality or
suicidal tendency in
the patient
his parents
his grandparents
his brothers or sisters .-
18. Describe any abnormalties at birth :
19. State
(a) age at which patient,
(i) commenced school;
(ii) discontinued school ;
(6) grade or class attained:
20. Details as to:
(c) diseases (except nervous or mental) suffered;
(6) injuries sustained;
(c) surgical operations undergone:
21. Extent to which patient has consumed
(a) narcotic drugs,
(6) alcoholic beverages
22. Details of any other mental disturbances not included in family history, item 17:.
23.(1) Before the onset of the present illness, was the patient normal,
(c) mentally?
(6) physically?
155
272 THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
(2) Details as to,
(c) mental abnormality;
(b) physical abnormality:
24. What factor or factors appear to have caused the present illness?
25. Describe the development of the present illness under the following headings:
(c) time of onset;
(6) first symptoms;
(c) memory changes;
(d) disorders of conduct (peculiar acts, violence, suicidal attempts, etc.) ;
(e) emotional states (depression, suspicion, elation, apathy, etc.);
(J) hallucinations (peculiar sensations, "voices", "visions", etc.);
(g) delusions (ideas of persecution, grandeur, self -accusation, etc.);
(A) neurological changes;
(t) other symptoms noted:
26. Describe the patient's present physical condition:
27. State whether the patient has shown tendencies toward violence other than given in the family history,
item 17:
28. Responsible relative or friend who will act as correspondent,
name:
address:
relationship to patient:
telephone number:
The foregoing information is such as I have been able to ascertain.
Date 19 ,
^signature of duly qualified medical
practitioner)
(address)
Form 5
The Mental Hospitals Act
FINANCIAL STATEMENT UNDER PART X OF THE ACT
1. Name of patient in full:
2. Residence:
(street and number or lot and concession)
(municipality) (county or district)
3. Age (last birthday) :
4. If under 21 years, name and address of guardian:
5. If married, name and address of husband or wife:
6.(c) Occupation:
(&) Employed by:
(name and address)
156
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
273
7. Dependents of patient:
Name and address
Relationship
to patient
Age
Guardian
if any
PROPERTY OWNED BY PATIENT
8. Real estate:
Sub-
Item
Location (city, town, village
or township) and (county or
territorial district)
Street number or lot and plan
number or lot and concession
number
Approximate
number of acres
or size of lot
Approximate
value
A
$
B
1
9. Real estate rented by patient to other persons:
Sub-item
lettered
in 8
Name of
tenant
Approximate
expiry date of
tenancy
Amount of rent
and how
payable
Who has
collected the
rents?
Date to which
rent has been
paid
$ a
1 a
$ a
10.
Land mortgages and agreements for sale payable to the patient
Location (city, town, village or
township) and (county or
territorial district)
Approximate
amount
unpaid
Name and address
of mortgagor or
purchaser
Who has been
receiving
payments?
1 1. Chattel mortgages and lien notes payable to patient:
Nature of property
Approximate
value
Name and address
of mortgagor or
purchaser
Who has been
receiving
payments?
1
1
%
157
274
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
12. Other debts owing to the patient:
Name and address
of debtor
Nature of security if any
(e. g. promissory note,
etc.)
Amount
outstanding
Who has been
receiving the
payments?
13. Cash on hand and money on deposit:
Name and address of branch of bank, trust company
or other institution or person holding cash
Amount of deposit
or cash
Pass-book in
possession of
$
$
14. Interest in syndicate, partnership or business (not incorporated):
Name, address and nature of syndicate,
partnership or business
Extent of
interest
Approximate value
of interest
$
$
15. Bonds and debentures:
Name and address of issuer
Serial number
Face value
$
$
$
16. Stocks and shares:
Name and address of
issuer
Certificate
number
Number of
shares
Par value of each
share
17. Annuities, Pensions, Superannuation, Retiring Allowance, etc.:
Paid by
Monthly, quarterly, half-yearly or yearly?
Amount of each payment
$
$
$
158
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
275
18. Life insurance:
Name of company
or society
Policy
number
Face
amount
Policy is in
possession of
Named
beneficiary
$
$
$
19. Other assets:
Assets
Approximate value
Household goods and furniture
Farm implements, produce and stock
Automobiles and other vehicles
Interest in trusts and other estates
Any other property (specify)
$
$
$
$
1
%
%
20. Suggestions of relatives or friends as to the managementjof the estate:
Date 19
(signature of relative or friend)
(address)
(relationship to patient)
(strike out
clause not
applicable)
Form 6
The Mental}Hospitals Act
CERTIFICATE OF A DULY QUALIFIED MEDICAL PRACTITIONER
FOR THE ADMISSION OF A PATIENT TO AN EXAMINATION UNIT
UNDER PART X OF THE ACT
L ; ; ; a duly
qualified medical practitioner practising at
(municipality)
in the of , certify that
(county of district)
(1) on the day of.
19.
(name of patient)
in the of.
(county or district)
of.
I personally examined.
(municipality of patient)
whom I believe to be
(a) a former member of His Majesty's naval, military or air forces, or
(6) a person eligible for treatment under the Department of Veterans Affairs Act (Canada)
(2) after due inquiry into all the necessary facts relating to the case of
•_ I found him to be in need of observation, care and treat-
ment provided in an examination unit;
(3) I have formed my opinion of the need of observation, care and treatment on the following
facts:
(c) observed by myself:
159
27 6
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
(b) communicated to me by other persons: .
Facts
Comunicated by
Date
Witness:
19.
(signature of duly qualified medical practitioner)
Form 7
The Mental Hospitals Act
WARRANT TO DETAIN A FORMER MEMBER
OF THE FORCES
UNDER PART X OF THE ACT
TO.
AND to all or any officers and servants of the Depart-
ment of Veterans Affairs (Canada).
WHEREAS
(name of the former member of the forces)
(a) has been certified under regulation 10 or 12,
(b) is awaiting admission to, a hospital or
examination unit, and
(c) because he is at such a distance or for any
other reason there may be some delay in
arranging his admission;
THESE ARE THEREFORE on behalf of the
Minister to command you or any of you to detain
(name of the former member of the forces)
in some safe and comfortable place for a period not
longer than 10 days pending his admission to
Date.
(name of institution)
19.
District Administrator of the
Department of Veterans Affairs
(Canada)
Form 8
The Mental Hospitals Act
WARRANT TO APPREHEND AN ESCAPED
PATIENT
UNDER PART X OF THE ACT
TO.
AND to all or any peace officers, police officers or
constables in the Province of Ontario.
WHEREAS ,
a patient admitted to the
Hospital at escaped therefrom
or, contrary to the provisions of the regulations, left
or was taken away or removed therefrom on the
day of 19 ;
THESE ARE THEREFORE to command you
or any of you to apprehend the patient
and to take
(name) (him or her)
and detain in safe custody and from
(him or her)
thence and as speedily as possible to return
(him or her)
to the institution above mentioned.
THIS WARRANT SHALL have force at any time
within 60 days from
(date of escape, etc.)
Issued at the.
.day of.
19.
Superintendent
Hospital
Deputy Minister,
Department of Veterans Affairs
(Canada)
Form 9
The Mental Hospitals Act
UNDERTAKING FOR PROBATION
UNDER PART X OF THE ACT
I,
(name of applicant in full)
residing at in the
County of in the Province of
District
Ontario, being of
(relationship)
, a patient in
(name of patient)
the Hospital at . ,
request the superintendent to allow him to come on
probation to me.
I undertake to keep an oversight over him and to
return him to that hospital if I am unable to keep an
oversight over him.
I also undertake to send to the superintendent a
monthly report of the mental and physical condition
of while he is on
(name of patient)
probation to me.
Date.
19...
(signature of applicant)
160
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
277
Form 10
The Mental Hospitals Act
WARRANT TO APPREHEND A PATIENT ON
PROBATION
UNDER PART X OF THE ACT
TO
AND to all or any constables or peace officers or
officers or servants in the Department of Veterans
Affairs (Canada).
WHEREAS ,
a patient in the Hospital at
(a) was released on probation on.
and
{b) it appears that has again
(he or she)
become insane, epileptic, mentally ill or
mentally defective to such a degree that
his confinement in an institution is necessary,
THESE ARE THEREFORE to command you
or any of you to apprehend and bring back
(him or her)
to the institution above named.
Issued at the.
. day of .
19.
Superintendent,
Hospital
Deputy Minister,
Departmervt of Veterans Affairs
(Canada)
Form 11
The Mental Hospitals Act
WARRANT TO TRANSFER A FORMER
MEMBER OF THE FORCES
UNDER PART X OF THE ACT
TO of
in the Province of and to all
or any officers or servants in the Department of
Veterans Affairs (Canada).
THESE ARE TO COMMAND YOU to receive
into your custody
(name of former member of the forces)
who is insane, epileptic, mentally ill or mentally
defective and is now at
in the of
in the Province of , and to transfer
to in the
(him or her)
of in the
Province of
Issued at the day of 19.
Deputy Minister,
Department of Veterans Affairs
(Canada)
Form 12
The Mental Hospitals Act
WARRANT TO TRANSFER A PERSON OTHER
THAN A FORMER MEMBER
OF THE FORCES
UNDER PART X OF THE ACT
TO of
in the Province of and to all or
any officers or servants in the Department of Veterans
Affairs (Canada).
THESE ARE TO COMMAND YOU to receive
into your custody
(name of patient)
who is a person whose care, treatment or detention
is the subject of an agreement under section 97 of
the Act, and is now at in the
of
in the Province of Ontario, and to transfer.
(him or her)
to in the of
in the Province of Ontario.
Issued at the day of 19.
Deputy Minister,
Department of Veterans Affairs
(Canada)
(74)
THE PLANNING ACT
O. Reg. 10/52.
Atikokan Subdivision Control.
Revoking O. Regs. 36/51.
Made— 28th December, 1951.
Filed— 9th January, 1952, 9.00 a.m.
ORDER MADE BY THE MINISTER UNDER
THE PLANNING ACT
1. Ontario Regulations 36/51 are revoked.
W. GRIESINGER
Minister of Planning and Development
Toronto, 28th December, 1951
(82) '^
THE MILK CONTROL ACT
O. Reg. 11/52.
Retail Milk Prices in the Market of
London.
New.
Made— 8th January, 1952.
Filed— 9th January, 1952, 10.15 a.m.
REGULATIONS MADE BY THE BOARD UNDER
THE MILK CONTROL ACT
1. In these regulations
(a) "buttermilk" means the product that remains
after the butter fat is removed from milk by
161
278
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
churning and includes the product that is
obtained by adding a pure lactic culture to
skim-milk;
(b) "chocolate drink" means milk that contains
a chocolate flavouring;
(c) "skim-milk" means milk that contains not
more than .25 per cent of butter fat;
(d) "sour cream" means cream that has been
allowed to sour naturally or by the addition
of a culture and that contains not less than
16 per cent of butter fat;
(e) "special milk" means milk that contains not
less than 4 per cent of butter fat;
(/) "standard milk" means milk that contains
not less than 3.25 per cent and not more than
3.9 per cent of butter fat;
(g) "table cream" means cream that contains not
less than 16 per cent and not more than 24
per cent of butter fat; and
(h) "whipping cream" means cream that contains
not less than 32 per cent of butter fat.
2. The maximum prices at which buttermilk,
chocolate drink, skim-milk, sour cream, special milk,
standard milk, table cream and whipping cream may
be sold by retail in the market of London shall be as
follows:
m
bottles
(a) buttermilk
quart $ .17
pint 09
(b) chocolate drink
quart 22
pint 12
7 ounces 06
(c) skim-milk
quart 15
pint 09
(d) sour cream
quart 60
pint 31
half-pint 17
(e) special milk
quart 23
pint 13
half-pint 08
(J) standard milk
quart 21
pint 12
half-pint 07
(g) table cream
quart 85
half-pint 25
(h) whipping cream
quart 1.25
half-pint 35
m
cardboard
containers
18
10
.23
.13
.07
.16
.10
.61
.32
.18
.24
.14
.09
.22
.13
.08
.86
.26
1.26
.36
3. These regulations shall come into force on the
16th of January, 1952.
THE MILK CONTROL BOARD
OF ONTARIO
A. B. CURREY
Chairman
K. M. Betzner
Member
H. E. McCallum
Member
J. L, Burrows
Member
(Seal)
Dated at Toronto, this 8th day of January 1952.
(83) 4
THE MILK CONTROL ACT
O. Reg. 12/52.
Retail Milk Prices in the Market of
Shelburne.
New.
Made— 8th January, 1952.
Filed— 9th January, 1952, 10.20 a.m.
REGULATIONS MADE BY THE BOARD UNDER
THE MILK CONTROL ACT
1. In these regulations
(a) "buttermilk" means the product that remains
after the butter fat is removed from milk by
churning and includes the product that is
obtained by adding a pure lactic culture to
skim-milk;
(6) "chocolate drink" means milk that contains
a chocolate flavouring;
(c) "standard milk" means milk that contains not
less than 3.25 per cent and not more than 3.9
per cent of butter fat;
(d) "table cream" means cream that contains not
less than 16 per cent and not more than 24
per cent of butter fat; and
(e) "whipping cream" means cream that contains
not less than 32 per cent of butter fat.
2. The maximum prices at which buttermilk,
chocolate drink, standard milk, table cream and
whipping cream may be sold by retail in the market
of Shelburne shall be as follows:
(o) buttermilk
quart
(b) chocolate drink
8 ounces
(c) standard milk
quart
pint
(d) table cream
half-pint .
10
.06
.21
.12
.25
(e) whipping cream
half-pint 35
162
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
279
3. These regulations shall come into force on the
16th of January, 1952.
THE MILK CONTROL BOARD
OF ONTARIO
A. B. CURREY
Chairman
K. M. Betzner
Member
H. E. McCallum
Member
J. L. Burrows
Member
(Seal)
Dated at Toronto, this 8th day of January 1952.
(84) 4
THE MILK CONTROL ACT
O. Reg. 13/52.
Retail Milk Prices in the Market of
Espanola.
New.
Made— 7th January, 1952.
Filed— 9th January, 1952, 10.30 a.m.
REGULATIONS MADE BY THE BOARD UNDER
THE MILK CONTROL ACT
1. In these regulations
(a) "buttermilk" means the product that remains
after the butter fat is removed from milk by
churning and includes the product that is
obtained by adding a pure lactic culture to
skim-milk ;
(b) "chocolate drink" means milk that contains
a chocolate flavouring ;
(c) "skim-milk" means milk that contains not
more than .25 per cent of butter fat;
(d) "sour cream" means cream that has been
allowed to sour naturally or by the addition
of a culture and that contains not less than
16 per cent of butter fat;
(«) "standard milk" means milk that contains not
less than 3.25 per cent and not more than 3.9
per cent of butter fat;
(/) "table cream" means cream that contains not
less than 16 per cent and not more than 24
per cent of butter fat; and
(g) "whipping cream" means cream that contains
not less than 32 per cent of butter fat.
2. The maximum prices at which buttermilk,
chocolate drink, skim-milk, sour cream, standard milk,
table cream and whipping cream may be sold by retail
in the market of Espanola shall be as follows:
m
bottles
(a) buttermilk
quart $ .20
pint 10
(b) chocolate drink
quart 23
Eint 12
alf-pint 07
in
cardboard
containers
$ .21
.11
.24
.13
.08
(c) skim-milk
quart 18 .19
(d) sour cream
pint 40 .41
(e) standard milk
quart 23 .24
pint 12 .13
half-pint 07 .08
(/) table cream
quart 90 .91
half-pint 30 .31
(g) whipping cream
quart 1.30 1.31
pint 65 .66
half-pint 35 .36
3. These regulations shall come into force on the
16th of January, 1952.
THE MILK CONTROL BOARD
OF ONTARIO
A. B. Currey
Chairman
K. M. Betzner
Member
J. L. Burrows
Member
H. E. McCallum
Member
(Seal)
Dated at Toronto, this 7th day of January 1951.
(85) 4
THE MILK CONTROL ACT
O. Reg. 14/52.
Retail Milk Prices in the Market of
Fort Erie and Ridgeway.
Made— 7th January, 1952.
Filed— 9th January, 1952, 10.40 a.m.
REGULATIONS MADE BY THE BOARD UNDER
THE MILK CONTROL ACT
1. In these regulations
(a) "buttermilk" means the product that remains
after the butter fat is removed from milk by
churning and includes the product that is
obtained by adding a pure lactic culture to
skim-milk;
(b) "chocolate drink" means milk that contains
a chocolate flavouring;
(c) "skim-milk" means milk that contains not
more than .25 per cent of butter fat;
(d) "sour cream" means cream that has been
allowed to sour naturally or by the addition
of a culture and that contains not less than
16 per cent of butter fat;
(e) "special milk" means milk that contains not
less than 4 p>er cent of butter fat;
(/) "standard milk" means milk that contains not
less than 3.25 per cent and not more than 3.9
per cent of butter fat;
163
280
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
(g) "table cream" means cream that contains not
less than 16 per cent and not more than 24
per cent of butter fat; and
(h) "whipping cream" means cream that contains
not less than 32 per cent of butter fat.
2. The maximum prices at which buttermilk,
chocolate drink, skim-milk, sour cream, special milk,
standard milk, table cream and whipping cream may
be sold by retail in the market of Fort Erie and Ridge-
way shall be as follows:
m
in cardboard
bottles containers
(a) buttermilk
quart $ .18 $ . 19
pint 10 .11
(b) chocolate drink
quart 23 .24
pint 12 .13
half-pint 07^ .08>^
(c) skim-milk
quart 18 .19
(d) sour cream
half-pint 22 .23
(e) special milk
quart 24 .25
pint 13 .14
(/) standard milk
quart 22 .23
pint 12 .13
half-pint 07K .083^
(g) table cream
quart 80 .81
half-pint 25 .26
(h) whipping cream
quart 1.30 1.31
half-pint 38 .39
3. These regulations shall come into force on the
16th of January, 1952.
THE MILK CONTROL BOARD
OF ONTARIO
A. B. CURREY
Chairman
K. M. Betzner
Member
J. L. Burrows
Member
H. E. McCallum
Member
(Seal)
Dated at Toronto, this 7th day of January 1952.
(86) 4
THE INDUSTRIAL STANDARDS ACT
O. Reg. 15/52.
Ladies' Cloak and Suit Industry —
Ontario Zone.
Amending O. Regs. 267/50.
Made— 4th January, 1952.
Approved — 10th January, 1952.
Filed— 14th January, 1952, 11.00 a.m.
ORDER MADE BY THE BOARD UNDER
THE INDUSTRIAL STANDARDS ACT
1. Section 9 of the schedule of Ontario Regulations
267/50 is amended by striking out clauses a, b, c,
d, e, f, g, h and i and substituting therefor :
(a) Class A, $1.34,
(b) Class B, $1.28,
(c) Class C, $1.12,
(d) Class D, $1.08,
(e) Class E, $1.04,
(J) Class F, $1.02,
(g) Class G, 86 cents,
(h) Class H, 84 cents, and
(i) Class I, 58 cents.
2. Section 10 of the schedule of Ontario Regulations
267/50 is amended by striking out clauses a, b, c,
d, e, f, g, h and i and substituting therefor:
(a) Class A, $2.01,
(b) Class B, $1.92,
(c) Class C, $1.68,
(d) Class D, $1.62,
(e) Class E, $1.56,
(J) Class F, $1.53,
(g) Class G, $1.29,
ih) Class H, $1.26, and
(i) Class I, 87 cents.
3. These regulations shall come into force on the
tenth day after the publication thereof in The Ontario
Gazette under The Regulations Act.
We concur Industry and Labour
Advisory Committee for the Board
Ladies' Cloak and Suit In-
dustry in the Ontario Zone
S. Kraisman
A. KiRZNER
S. LUBELL
S. L. Charney
E. Billington
(Chairman)
E. G. GiBB
(Member)
J. F. NUTLAND
(Member)
Dated at Toronto the 4th of January, 1952
(109)
164
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
317
Publications Under Tlie Regulations Act
FEBRUARY 2nd, 1952
THE DIVISION COURTS ACT
O. R.eg. 16/52.
Territorial Limits of Divisions.
Amending O. Regs. 270/50.
Made— 17th January, 1952.
Filed— 21st January, 1952, 10.45 a.m.
— By Direction.
REGULATIONS MADE UNDER THE
DIVISION COURTS ACT
I. The index of schedules of descriptions of division
court boundaries in Ontario Regulations 270/50 is
amended by striking out:
Brant
Hastings
1
2
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
Huron
1
63
n
2
64
n
3
65
n
4
66
ft
5
67
»
8
68
»
9
69
»
10
70
n
11
71
tt
12
72
Prince Edward
1
160
rt »
5
161
Stormont, Dundas and Glengarry
2
177
» n
» »
3
178
» n
n »
4
179
» r>
» n
5
180
» n
» »
6
181
» »
» »
7
182
» »
» n
8
183
» »
n n
10
184
» n
» »
11
185
rt n
rt »
12
186
Algoma
1
223
»
2
224
»
3
225
»
6
226
17
7
227
Nipisssing
Rainy River
Timiskaming
and substituting therefor:
Brant
Hastings
Huron
Prince Edward
1
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
1
2
3
4
5
8
9
10
12
Stormont, Dundas and Glengarry 2
Algoma
246
247
248
251
252
253
263
264
265
266
267
52
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
72
160
2
177
3
178
4
179
5
180
6
181
7
182
8
183
10
184
12
186
1
223
2
224
3
225
4
223A
6
226
7
227
165
318
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
Nipissing
Rainy River
Timiskaming
246
248
251
253
263
265
266
267
2. Schedules 4 and 5 of Ontario Regulations 270/50
are revoked and the following substituted therefor:
SCHEDULE 4
1. The townships of
(a) Burford, and
(b) Oakland.
3. Schedules 52 and 53 of Ontario Regulations 270/50
are revoked and the following substituted therefor;
SCHEDULE 52
1. The City of Belleville.
2. The townships of
(a) Limerick,
(b) Thurlow, and
(c) WoUaston.
3. Part of the Township of Elzevir and Grimsthorpe
described as follows:
Part of the geographic Township of Grimsthorpe
as it existed on the 31st of December, 1927,' lying
within a line described as follows:
Commencing at the north-easterly angle of the
township; thence southerly along the easterly boundary
of the township to the northerly boundary of Concession
14; thence westerly along that boundary to the westerly
boundary of the township; thence northerly along
that boundary to the northerly boundary of the
township; thence easterly along that boundary to the
place of commencement.
4. Part of the Township of Marmora and Lake
described as follows:
Part of the geographic Township of Lake as it
existed on the 31st of December, 1927, lying within
a line described as follows:
Commencing at the north-westerly angle of the
township; thence easterly along the northerly boundary
to the easterly boundary; thence southerly along
the easterly boundary to the southerly boundary of
lot 72 on the west side of the Hastings Road; thence
westerly along the southerly boundary of lot 72 to
the southerly boundary of lot 22 in Concession 11;
thence continuing westerly along the southerly bound-
ary of lot 22 across concessions 11 to 1, both inclusive,
to the westerly boundary of the township; thence
northerly along that boundary to the place of com-
mencement.
5. That part of the Township of Sidney lying
within a line described as follows:
Commencing at the intersection of the easterly
limit of lot 38 in Concession 1 of the Township of
Sidney with the northerly shore of the Bay of Quinte;
thence northerly along the easterly boundary of the
township to the southerly boundary of the City of
Belleville; thence westerly, northerly and easterly
along the boundary between the City and the Township
of Sidney to the boundary between the townships
of Sidney and Thurlow; thence northerly along the
last-mentioned boundary to the production easterly
of the northerly boundary of Concession 7 in the Town-
ship of Sidney; thence westerly along the production
and the northerly boundary to the westerly limit of
lot 19; thence southerly along the westerly limit of
lot 19 across concessions 7 to 1, both inclusive, to the
northerly shore of the Bay of Quinte; thence easterly
along the shore of the Bay of Quinte to the place of
commencement.
6. Parts of the Township of Tudor and Cashel
described as follows:
(a) the geographic Township of Cashel as it existed
on the 31st of December, 1927, and
(b) part of the geographic Township of Tudor
as it existed on the 31st of December, 1927, lying
within a line described as follows:
Commencing at the north-westerly angle of the
Township of Tudor; thence southerly along the westerly
boundary of the township to the southerly limit of
lot 72 on the easterly side of the Hastings Road;
thence easterly along that limit to the easterly limit
of the lot; thence northerly along that limit to the
boundary between concessions 13 and 14; thence
easterly along that boundary to the easterly boundary
of the Township of Tudor; thence northerly along that
boundary to the northerly boundary; thence westerly
along that boundary to the place of commencement.
4. Schedules 67 and 71 of Ontario Regulations 270/50
are revoked and the following substituted therefor:
SCHEDULE 67
1 The Village of Exeter.
2. The townships of
(a) Stephen, and
(b) Usborne.
5. Schedules 121, 122, 123 and 124 of Ontario Regu-
lations 270/50 are revoked and the following substituted
therefor:
SCHEDULE 121
1. The Village of Newcastle.
2. The townships of
(o) Clarke, and "
(b) Manvers.
SCHEDULE 122
1. The Town of Port Hope.
2. The Village of Millbrook.
3. The townships of
(a) Caven,
{b) Hope, and
(c) South Moaaghan.
166
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
319
SCHEDULE 123
1 . The Town of Cobourg.
2. The townships of
(a) Haldimand, and
(b) Hamilton.
SCHEDULE 124
1. The villages of
(a) Brighton, and
(&) Colborne.
2. The townships of
(a) Brighton, and
(6) Cramahe.
6. Schedules 160 and 161 of Ontario Regulations
270/50 are revoked and the following substituted
therefor:
SCHEDULE 160
1. The County of Prince Edward.
7. Schedules 213, 215, 220 and 221 of Ontario Regu-
lations 270/50 are revoked and the following substituted
therefor:
SCHEDULE 213
1 . The City of Toronto.
2. The Town of Leaside.
3. The villages of
(a) Forest Hill, and
(b) Swansea.
4. The townships of
(a) East York, and
(b) York.
5. The Township of North York; excepting there-
from that part of the township lying west of the easterly
boundary of Concession 5 West of Yonge Street and
north of the northerly boundary of the Town of
Weston; and excepting therefrom that part of the
township lying within a line described as follows:
commencing at the north-easterly angle of the town-
ship; thence westerly along the northerly boundary
of the township to the production northerly of the
westerly boundary of Concession 2 West of Yonge
Street; thence southerly along the production and
the westerly boundary of Concession 2 West of Yonge
Street to the southerly limit of lot 16; thence easterly
along the southerly limit of lot 16 across concessions
2 and 1 West of Yonge Street and concessions 1, 2, 3
and 4 East of Yonge Street to the easterly boundary
of the township; thence northerly along the last-
mentioned boundary to the place of commencement.
SCHEDULE 215
1. The Village of Richmond Hill.
2. That part of the Township of Markham lying
within a line described as follows:
Commencing at the south-westerly angle of the
township; thence northerly along the westerly boundary
of the township to the southerly boundary of the
Village of Richmond Hill; thence easterly, northerly
and westerly along the boundary between the village
and the township to the westerly boundary of the
township; thence northerly along that boundary to
the northerly boundary of the township; thence
easterly along that boundary to the production norther-
ly of the easterly boundary of Concession 5; thence
southerly along the production and the easterly
boundary of Concession 5 and its production southerly
to the southerly boundary of the township; thence
westerly along that boundary to the place of com-
mencement.
3. That part of the Township of Vaughan lying
within a line described as follows:
Commencing at the south-easterly angle of the
township; thence northerly along the easterly boundary
of the township to the southerly boundary of the
Village of Richmond Hill; thence westerly, northerly,
westerly, northerly, easterly, northerly and easterly
along the boundary between the village and the
township to the easterly boundary of the township;
thence northerly along that boundary to the northerly
boundary of the township; thence westerly along that
boundary to the production northerly of the westerly
boundary of Concession 3; thence southerly along
the production and the westerly boundary of Con-
cession 3 and its production southerly to the southerly
boundary of the township; thence easterly along that
boundary to the place of commencement.
4. That part of the Township of Whitchurch
lying within a line described as follows:
Commencing at the south-westerly angle of the
township; thence easterly along the southerly boundary
of the township to the production southerly of the
easterly boundary of Concession 5; thence northerly
along the production and the easterly boundary of
Concession 5 to the northerly limit of lot 10; thence
westerly along that limit across concessions 5 to 1,
both inclusive, to the westerly boundary of the town-
ship; thence southerly along that boundary to the
place of commencement.
5. That part of the Township of North York lying
within a line described as follows:
Commencing at the north-easterly angle of the
township; thence westerly along the northerly boundary
of the township to the production northerly of the
westerly boundary of Concession 2 West of Yonge
Street; thence southerly along the production and the
westerly boundary of Concession 2 West of Yonge
Street to the southerly limit of lot 16; thence easterly
along the southerly limit of lot 16 across concessions
2 and 1 West of Yonge Street and concessions 1, 2, 3
and 4 East of Yonge Street to the easterly boundary
of the township; thence northerly along the last-
mentioned boundary to the place of commencement.
SCHEDULE 220
1. That part of the County of York lying within a
line described as follows:
Commencing at the point where the northerly
boundary of the Township of North York meets the
easterly limit of the road between concessions 2 and
3 West of Yonge Street; thence southerly along the
last-mentioned limit to the south-west angle of lot 16,
Concession 2 West of Yonge Street; thence easterly
along the southerly boundary of lot 16 across con-
cessions 2 and 1 West of Yonge Street to the westerly
limit of Yonge Street; thence southerly along the
westerly limit of Yonge Street to the northerly limit
of the City of Toronto; thence continuing southerly
along the westerly limit of Yonge Street in the City
of Toronto and its production southerly to the high-
water mark of the northerly shore of Toronto Bay;
thence westerly along that high-water mark to the
167
320
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
high-water mark of the northerly shore of Lake Ontario;
thence westerly along the last-mentioned high-water
mark to the easterly boundary of the Township of
Etobicoke; thence northerly along that boundary
to the northerly limit of that part of The King's
Highway known as Number 5; thence westerly along
that limit to the westerly boundary of the Township
of Etobicoke; thence northerly, easterly and northerly
along that boundary to the northerly boundary of
the Township of Etobicoke; thence easterly along the
last-mentioned boundary and extending easterly along
the northerly boundary of the Township of North
York to the point of commencement.
SCHEDULE 221
1. The Township of Scarborough.
2. That part of the County of York lying within
a line described as follows:
Commencing at the south-east angle of lot 16;
Concession 1 West of Yonge Street, in the Township
of North York; thence easterly in a straight line to
the south-west angle of lot 16, Concession 1 East of
Yonge Street; thence easterly along the southerly limit
of lot 16 across concessions 1, 2, 3 and 4, East of
Yonge Street, and its production easterly to the bound-
ary between the townships of North York and Scar-
borough; thence southerly along that boundary to
the high-water mark on the northerly shore of Lake
Ontario; thence westerly along that high-water mark
to and extending westerly along the high-water mark
of the northerly shore of Toronto Bay to the pro-
duction southerly of the westerly limit of Yonge Street
in the City of Toronto; thence northerly along that
limit to the northerly boundary of the City of Toronto;
thence northerly along the westerly limit of Yonge
Street in the Township of North York to the point
of commencement.
8. Schedule 223 of Ontario Regulations 270/50 is
revoked and the following substituted therefor:
SCHEDULE 223
1. That part of the Territorial District of Algoma
lying within a line described as follows:
Commencing where the production westerly of
the southerly boundary of the geographic Township
of MacDonald meets the boundary between Canada
and the United States; thence easterly along the
production and the southerly boundary of the town-
ship to the easterly boundary of the township; thence
northerly along the easterly boundary of the township
to the southerly boundary of the geographic Township
of Kehoe; thence easterly along that boundary to
the easterly boundary of the Township of Kehoe;
thence northerly along that boundary to the northerly
boundary of the township; thence westerly along the
last-mentioned boundary to the south-easterly angle
of the geographic Township of Anderson; thence
northerly along the easterly boundary of the geographic
townships of Anderson, Hodgins, Gaudette, Tp. 24,
Range 11, Tp. 24, Range 12, Tp. 24, Range 13, Tp. 24,
Range 14, and Tp. 24, Range 15, to the boundary
between the territorial districts of Algoma and Sudbury
thence northerly along the last-mentioned boundary
to the southerly boundary of the Township of Tp. 24,
Range 22, thence westerly along the southerly boundary
of the Townships of Tp. 24, Range 22, Tp. 25, Range
22, Tp. 26, Range 22, Tp. 27, Range 22, Tp. 28, Range
22, Tp. 29, Range 22, Tp. 30, Range 22, and Tp. 31,
Range 22, and the production westerly of the southerly
boundary of the Township of Tp. 31, Range 22, to
the boundary between Canada and the United States;
thence south-easterly, easterly and southerly along
the last-mentioned boundary to the place of commence-
ment.
SCHEDULE 223A
1. That part of the Territorial District of Algoma
lying within a line described as follows:
Commencing where the production westerly of
the southerly boundary of the geographic Township
of Tp. 31, Range 22, meets the boundary between
Canada and the United States; thence easterly along
the production and the southerly boundary of the
geographic townships of Tp. 31, Range 22, Tp. 30,
Range 22, Tp. 29, Range 22, Tp. 28, Range 22, Tp.
27, Range 22, Tp. 26, Range 22, Tp. 25, Range 22,
and Tp. 24, Range 22, to the boundary between the
territorial districts of Algoma and Sudbury; thence
northerly, westerly, northerly and easterly along the
last-mentioned boundary to the boundary between
the territorial districts of Algoma and Cochrane;
thence northerly, westerly, northerly, westerly, north-
erly and westerly along the last-mentioned boundary
to the boundary between the territorial districts of
Algoma and Thunder Bay; thence southerly along
the last-mentioned boundary to the boundary between
Canada and the United States; thence south-easterly
along the last-mentioned boundary to the place of
commencement.
9. Schedules 247 and 248 of Ontario Regulations
270/50 are revoked and the following substituted
therefor:
SCHEDULE 248
1. The City of North Bay.
2. The towns of
(a) Bonfield, and
(b) Mattawa.
3. That part of the Territorial District of Nipissing
lying within a line described as follows:
Commencing at the intersection of the boundary
between the territorial districts of Nipissing and
Timiskaming with the boundary between the territorial
districts of Nipissing and Sudbury; thence southerly
along the boundary between the districts of Nipissing
and Sudbury to the northerly boundary of the geo-
graphic Township of Pardo; thence easterly along the
northerly boundary of the geographic townships of
Pardo, Hobbs, McCallum, Sisk, Kenny and Gooderham
to the easterly boundary of the Township of Gooderham,
thence southerly along the easterly boundary of the
geographic townships of Gooderham, Hammell, Not-
man, Blyth and Commanda to the northerly shore
of Lake Nipissing; thence south astronomically to
the boundary between the territorial districts of
Nipissing and Parry Sound, thence easterly, southerly,
westerly, southerly, westerly, southerly and westerly
along that boundary to the boundary between the
territorial districts of Nipissing and Muskoka; thence
southerly along that boundary to the boundary between
the Territorial District of Nipissing and the Provisional
County of Haliburton; thence easterly and southerly
along that boundary to the boundary between the
Territorial District of Nipissing and the County of
Hastings; thence easterly along that boundary to
the boundary between the Territorial District of
Nipissing and the County of Renfrew; thence northerly,
easterly, northerly, easterly, northerly, westerly,
northerly, westerly, northerly, westerly and northerly
along that boundary to the boundary between Ontario
and Quebec; thence northerly along that boundary
to the boundary between the territorial districts of
Nipissing and Timiskaming; thence westerly, northerly
and westerly along that boundary to the place of
commencement; excepting therefrom the City of
North Bay and the towns of Bonfield and Mattawa.
10. Schedules 251 and 252 of Ontario Regulations
270/50 are revoked and the following substituted there-
for:
SCHEDULE 251
1. The towns of
168
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
321
(a) Fort Frances, and
(b) Rainy River.
2. That part of the Territorial District of Rainy
River lying within a line described as follows:
Commencing at the intersection of the boundary
between the territorial districts of Rainy River and
Kenora with the 5th Meridian Line; thence southerly
along the 5th Meridian Line and its production southerly
to the boundary between Canada and the United
States; thence in a general westerly and northerly
direction following the last-mentioned boundary to
the boundary between the territorial districts of Rainy
River and Kenora; thence in a general easterly direction
following the last-mentioned boundary to the point
of commencement; excepting therefrom the towns of
Fort Frances and Rainy River.
IL Schedules 263 and 264 of Ontario Regulations
270/50 are revoked and the following substituted
therefor:
SCHEDULE 263
1. The towns of
(a) Cobalt,
(b) Haileybury,
(c) Latchford, and
(d) New Liskeard.
2. The geographic townships of
(a) Auld,
(b) Barr,
(c) Brethour,
(d) Brigstocke,
(e) Bucke,
(/) Cane,
(g) Casey,
(h) Cole,
(i) Coleman,
(j) Dane,
(k) Dymond,
(/) Firstbrook,
(w) Gillies Limit,
(«) Harley,
(o) Harris,
(p) Hen wood,
(q) HiUiard,
(r) Hudson,
(s) Kerns,
(/) Kittson,
(u) Klock,
(v) Leo,
(w) Lorrain,
(x) Lundy,
(y) Medina,
(z) South Lorrain, and
(aa) van Nostrand.
(153)
THE HIGHWAY TRAFFIC ACT
O. Reg. 17/52.
Extension of Time — Permits and
Licences.
New.
Made— 17th January, 1952.
Filed— 21st January, 1952, 4.35 p.m.
REGULATIONS MADE UNDER THE
HIGHWAY TRAFFIC ACT
1. Notwithstanding the provisions of Ontario
Regulations 264/44, the term of
(a) motor vehicle permits,
(b) trailer permits,
(c) operators' licences, and
(d) chauffeurs' licences,
issued for the year 1951 is extended from the 31st
of December 1951 to and including the 31st of January
1952.
(161) 5
THE OPTOMETRY ACT
O. Reg. 18/52.
Fees.
Amending Regulations 314 of
Consolidated Regulations 1950.
Approved — 17th January, 1952.
Filed— 22nd January, 1952, 10.15 a.m.
REGULATIONS MADE BY THE BOARD UNDER
THE OPTOMETRY ACT
1.(1) Clause b of subregulation 1 of regulation
5 of Regulations 314 of Consolidated Regulations of
Ontario 1950 is revoked and the following substituted
therefor:
(b) with each application for renewal of a
certificate
(i) by an optometrist $25
(ii) by an optician $20
(2) Clause d of subregulation 1 of regulation
5 of Regulations 314 of Consolidated Regulations of
Ontario 1950 is amended by striking out the symbol
and figure "$5" and substituting therefor the symbol
' and figures "$10".
169
322
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
2. Form 2 of Regulations 314 of Consolidated
Regulations of Ontario 1950 is amended by striking
out the word and figures "find 15" and substituting
therefor the word and symbol "find ....".
THE BOARD OF EXAMINERS
IN OPTOMETRY
George M. Bosnell
H. B. Squarebriggs
A. W. Cole
Arthur K. Loucks
Charles O. Bick
(162)
THE MILK CONTROL ACT
O. Reg. 19/52.
Retail Milk Prices in the Market of
Sarnia.
New.
Made— 21st January, 1952.
Filed— 22nd January, 1952, 1.30 p.m.
REGULATIONS MADE BY THE BOARD UNDER
THE MILK CONTROL ACT
1. In these regulations
(a) "buttermilk" means the product that remains
after the butter fat is removed from milk by
churning and includes the product that is
obtained by adding a pure lactic culture to
skim-milk;
(b) "chocolate drink" means milk that contains
a chocolate flavouring;
(c) "skim-milk" means milk that contains not
more than .25 per cent of butter fat;
(d) "special milk" means milk that contains not
less than 4 per cent of butter fat;
(e) "standard milk" means milk that contains not
less than 3.25 per cent and not more than 3.9
per cent of butter fat;
(/) "table cream" means cream that contains not
less than 16 per cent and not more than 24
per cent of butter fat; and
(g) "whipping cream" means cream that contains
not less than 32 per cent of butter fat.
2. The maximum prices at which buttermilk,
chocolate drink, skim-milk, special milk, standard
milk, table cream and whipping cream may be sold
by retail in the market of Sarnia shall be as follows:
in
in cardboard
bottles containers
(a) buttermilk
quart $ .17
(b) chocolate drink
quart 23
pint 13
half-pint 08
7 ounces 06
(c) skim-milk
quart . .. ^ 16
1{
.24
.14
.09
.07
,17
(d) special milk
quart 23J^ .24}^
pint 13 .14
half-pint 08 .09
(e) standard milk
quart. 22 .23
pint 12 .13
half-pint 07 .08
(/) table cream
quart 85 .86
pint 45 .46
half-pint 25 .26
(g) whipping cream
quart 1.25 1.26
pint 65 .66
half-pint 35 .36
3. These regulations shall come into force on the
1st of February, 1952.
THE MILK CONTROL BOARD
OF ONTARIO
A. B. CURREY
Chairman
K. M. Betzner
Member
(Seal) H, E. McCallum
Member
J. L. Burrows
Member
Dated at Toronto, this 21st day of January 1952.
(170) 5
THE MILK CONTROL ACT
O. Reg. 20/52.
Retail Milk Prices in the Market of
St. George.
New and Revoking O. Regs. 179/51.
Made— 21st January, 1952.
Filed— 22nd January, 1952, 1.35 p.m.
REGULATIONS MADE BY THE BOARD UNDER
THE MILK CONTROL ACT
1. In these regulations
(a) "buttermilk" means the product that remains
after the butter fat is removed from milk by
churning and includes the product that is
obtained by adding a pure lactic culture to
skim-milk;
(b) "chocolate drink" means milk that contains
a chocolate flavouring;
(c) "homogenized standard milk" means standard
milk that has been subjected to a mechanical
treatment that prevents separation of the
butter fat;
(d) "skim-milk" means milk that contains not
more than .25 per cent of butter fat;
(e) "standard milk" means milk that contains not
less than 3.25 per cent and not more than 3.9
per cent of butter fat;
(/) "table cream" means cream that contains not
less than 16 per cent and not more than 24
per cent of butter fat; and
170
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
323
(g) "whipping cream" means cream that contains
not less than 32 per cent of butter fat.
2. The maximum prices at which buttermilk,
chocolate drink, homegenized standard milk, skim-
milk, standard milk, table cream and whipping cream
may be sold by retail in the market of St. George shall
be as follows:
in
in cardboard
bottles containers
(o) buttermilk
quart $ .17 $ .18
(b) chocolate drink
quart 21 .22
pint 12 .13
half-pint 07 .08
(c) homogenized standard milk
quart 21 .22
(d) skim-milk
quart 14 .15
(e) standard milk
quart 20 .21
pint 11 .12
half-pint 06 .07
(/) table cream
quart 80 .81
pint 40 .41
half-pint 23 .24
(g) whipping cream
quart 1.25 1.26
pint 65 .66
half-pint 35 .36
3. Ontario Regulations 179/51 are revoked.
4. These regulations shall come into force on the
1st of February, 1952.
THE MILK CONTROL BOARD
OF ONTARIO
A. B. CURREY
Chairman
K. M. Betzner
Member
(Seal) H. E. McCallum
Member
J. L, Burrows
Member
Dated at Toronto, this 21st day of January 1952.
(171) 5
THE MILK CONTROL ACT
O. Reg. 21/52.
Retail Milk Prices in the Market of
Brussels.
New.
Made— 21st January, 1952.
Filed — 22nd January, 1952, 1.40 p.m.
REGULATIONS MADE BY THE BOARD UNDER
THE MILK CONTROL ACT
1. In these regulations
(a) "buttermilk" means the product that remains
after the butter fat is removed from milk by
churning and includes the product that is
obtained by adding a pure lactic culture to
skim-milk;
(b) "chocolate drink" means milk that contains
a chocolate flavouring;
(c) "standard milk" means milk that contains not
less than 3.25 per cent and not more than 3.9
per cent of butter fat;
(d) "table cream" means cream that contains not
less than 16 per cent and not more than 24
per cent of butter fat; and
(e) "whipping cream" means cream that contains
not less than 32 per cent of butter fat.
2. The maximum prices at which buttermilk,
chocolate drink, standard milk, table cream and
whipping cream may be sold by retail in the market
of Brussels shall be as follows:
in cardboard
bottles containers
(a) buttermilk
quart $ .15 $ .16
(b) chocolate drink
quart 20 .21
pint 11 .12
8 ounces 06 .07
(c) standard milk
quart 19 .20
pint 10 .11
half-pint 06 .07
(d) table cream
half-pint 20 .21
(e) whipping cream
half-pint 35 .36
3. These regulations shall come into force on the
1st of February, 1952.
THE MILK CONTROL BOARD
OF ONTARIO
A. B. CURREY
Chairman
K. M. Betzner
Member
H. E. McCallum
(Seal) Member
J. L. Burrows
Member
Dated at Toronto, this 21st day of January, 1952.
(172) 5
THE MILK CONTROL ACT
O. Reg. 22/52.
Retail Milk Prices in the Market of
Erin.
New.
Made— 21st January, 1952.
Filed— 22nd January, 1952, 1.45 p.m.
REGULATIONS MADE BY THE BOARD UNDER
THE MILK CONTROL ACT
1. In these regulations
171
324
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
(a) "buttermilk" means the product that remains
after the butter fat is removed from milk by
churning and includes the product that is
obtained by adding a pure lactic culture to
skim-milk;
(b) "chocolate drink" means milk that contains
a chocolate flavouring;
(c) "skim-milk" means milk that contains not
more than .25 per cent of butter fat;
(d) "standard milk" means milk that contains not
less than 3.25 per cent and not more than 3.9
per cent of butter fat;
(e) "table cream" means cream that contains not
less than 16 per cent and not more than 24
per cent of butter fat; and
if) "whipping cream" means cream that contains
not less than 32 per cent of butter fat.
2. The maximum prices at which buttermilk,
chocolate drink, skim-milk, standard milk, table cream
and whipping cream may be sold by retail in the
market of Erin shall be as follows:
in
in cardboard
bottles containers
(a) buttermilk
quart $ . 14 $ .15
(b) chocolate drink
quart 21 .22
pint 12 .13
half-pint 07 .08
7 ounces 05 .06
(c) skim-milk
quart 14 .15
(jd) standard milk
quart 20 .21
pint 11 .12
half-pint 07 .08
7 ounces 05 .06
(c) table cream
quart 72 .73
pint 40 .41
half-pint 25 .26
(/) whipping cream
quart 1.05 1.06
pint 60 .61
half-pint 35 .36
3. These regulations shall come into force on the
1st of February, 1952.
THE MILK CONTROL BOARD
OF ONTARIO
A. B. CURREY
Chairman
K. M. Betzner
Member
(Seal) H. E. McCallum
Member
J. L. Burrows
Member
Dated at Toronto, this 21st day of January, 1952.
(173) 5
THE MILK CONTROL ACT
O. Reg. 23/52.
Retail Milk Prices in the Markets of
Jarvis, Hagersville and Cayuga.
New.
Made— 21st January, 1952.
Filed— 22 nd January, 1952, 1.50 p.m.
REGULATIONS MADE BY THE BOARD UNDER
THE MILK CONTROL ACT
1. In these regulations
(a) "chocolate drink" means milk that contains
a chocolate flavouring;
(b) "standard milk" means milk that contains not
less than 3.25 per cent and not more than 3.9
per cent of butter fat;
(c) "table cream" means cream that contains not
less than 16 per cent and not more than 24
per cent of butter fat; and
(d) "whipping cream" means cream that contains
not less than 32 per cent of butter fat.
2. The maximum prices at which chocolate drink,
standard milk, table cream and whipping cream may
be sold by retail in the markets of Jarvis, Hagersville
and Cayuga shall be as follows:
in
in cardboard
bottles containers
(a) chocolate drink
quart $ .21 $ .22
pint 12 .13
half-pint 08 .09
8 ounces 07 .08
7 ounces 06 .07
(b) standard milk
quart 20 .21
pint 11 .12
half-pint 06 .07
(c) table cream
quart 75 .76
pint 40 .41
half-pint 21 .22
(d) whipping cream
quart 1.20 1.21
pint 65 .66
half-pint 35 .36
3. These regulations shall come into force on the
1st of February, 1952.
THE MILK CONTROL BOARD
OF ONTARIO
A. B. CuRREY
Chairman
K. M. Betzner
Member
(Seal) ' H. E. McCallum
Member
J. L. Burrows
Member
Dated at Toronto, this 21 day of January, 1952.
(174) 5
172
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
325
THE MILK CONTROL ACT
O. Reg. 24/52.
Retail Milk Prices in the Market of
Napanee.
New.
Made— 21st January, 1952
Filed — 22nd January, 1952, 1.55 p.m.
REGULATIONS MADE BY THE BOARD UNDER
THE MILK CONTROL ACT
1. In these regulations
(a) "buttermilk" means the product that remains
after the butter fat is removed from milk by
churning and includes the product that is
obtained by adding a pure lactic culture to
skim-milk;
(b) "cereal treat" means milk that contains not
less than 10 per cent and not more than 12
per cent of butter fat;
(c) "skim-milk" means milk that contains not
more than .25 per cent of butter fat;
(d) "standard milk" means milk that contains not
less than 3.25 per cent and not more than 3.9
per cent of butter fat;
(e) "table cream" means cream that contains not
less than 16 per cent and not more than 24
per cent of butter fat; and
(J) "whipping cream" means cream that contains
not less than 32 per cent of butter fat.
2. The maximum prices at which buttermilk,
cereal treat, skim-milk, standard milk, table cream and
whipping cream may be sold by retail in the market
of Napanee shall be as follows:
in
in cardboard
bottles containers
(c) buttermilk
quart $ .12 $ .13
{b) cereal treat
quart 55 .56
pint 34 .35
half-pint 18 .19
(c) skim-milk
quart 12 .13
(d) standard milk
quart 20 .21
pint 11 .12
half-pint 06 .07
(«) table cream
quart 75 .76
pint 44 .45
half-pint 23 .24
(/) whipping cream
quart 1.15 1.16
pint 60 .61
half-pint 33 .34
3. These regulations shall come into force on the
1st of February, 1952.
THE MILK CONTROL BOARD
OF ONTARIO
A. B. CURREY
Chairman
K. M. Betzner
Member
(Seal) H. E. McCallum
Member
J. L. Burrows
Member
Dated at Toronto, this 21 day of January, 1952.
(175) 5
THE MILK CONTROL ACT
O. Reg. 25/52.
Retail Milk Prices in the Market of
Verner.
New.
Made — 21st January, 1952.
Filed— 22nd January, 1952, 2.00 p.m.
REGULATIONS MADE BY THE BOARD UNDER
THE MILK CONTROL ACT
1. In these regulations
(a) "buttermilk" means the product that remains
after the butter fat is removed from milk by
churning and includes the product that is
obtained by adding a pure lactic culture to
skim-milk;
(b) "chocolate drink', means milk that contains
a chocolate flavouring;
(c) "skim-milk" means milk that contains not
more than .25 per cent of butter fat;
(d) "standard milk" means milk that contains not
less than 3.25 per cent and not more than 3.9
per cent of butter fat;
(«) "table cream" means cream that contains not
less than 16 per cent and not more than 24
per cent of butter fat; and
(J) "whipping cream" means cream that contains
not less than 32 per cent of butter fat.
2. The maximum prices at which buttermilk,
chocolate drink, skim-milk, standard milk, table cream
and whipping cream may be sold by retail in the
market of Verner shall be as follows:
in
in cardboard
bottles containers
(c) buttermilk
quart $ .18 $ .19
(b) chocolate drink
quart 23 .24
pint 13 .14
half-pint 08 .09
(c) skim-milk
quart 16 .17
(d) standard milk
quart 22 .23
pint 12 .13
half-pint 07 .08
(c) table cream
quart 85 .86
pint 45 .46
half-pint 25 .26
(/) whipping cream
quart 1.25 1.26
pint 65 .66
half-pint 35 .36
3. These regulations shall come into force on the
1st of February, 1952.
THE MILK CONTROL BOARD
OF ONTARIO
A. B. CURREV
Chairman
K. M. Betzner
Member
(Seal) H, E. McCallum
Member
J. L. Burrows
Member
Dated at Toronto, this 21st day of January, 1952.
(176) 5
173
326
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
THE MILK CONTROL ACT
O. Reg. 26/52.
Retail Milk Prices in the Market of
Owen Sound.
New and Revoking O. Regs. 214/51.
Made— 21st January, 1952.
Filed — 22nd January, 1952, 2.05 p.m.
REGULATIONS MADE BY THE BOARD UNDER
THE MILK CONTROL ACT
I. In these regulations
(a) "buttermilk" means the product that remains
after the butter fat is removed from milk by
churning and includes the product that is
obtained by adding a pure lactic culture to
skim-milk;
(b) "chocolate drink" means milk that contains
a chocolate flavouring;
(c) "skim-milk" means milk that contains not
more than .25 per cent of butter fat;
(d) "standard milk" means milk that contains not
less than 3.25 per cent and not more than 3.9
per cent of butter fat;
(e) "table cream" means cream that contains not
less than 16 per cent and not more than 24
per cent of butter fat; and
(/) "whipping cream" means cream that contains
not less than 32 per cent of butter fat.
2. The maximum prices at which buttermilk,
chocolate drink, skim-milk, standard milk, table cream
and whipping cream may be sold by retail in the market
of Owen Sound shall be as follows:
(a) buttermilk
quart. . .
pint
bottles
$ .18
.10
(b) chocolate drink
quart 22
half-pint 08
7 ounces 06
cardboard
containers
$ .19
.11
.23
.09
.07
(c) skim-milk
quart. . .
15
16
(d)
(e)
(f)
standard milk
quart
pint
half-pint. . .
7 ounces . . .
table cream
quart 85
pint
half-pint
7 ounces
whipping cream
quart 1 .25
pint
half-pint
7 ounces 25
.21
.22
.12
.13
.07
.08
.06
.07
.85
.86
.45
.46
.25
.26
.18
.19
.25
1.26
.65
.66
.35
.36
.25
.26
3. Ontario Regulations 214/51 are revoked.
4. These regulations shall come into force on the
1st of February, 1952.
THE MILK CONTROL BOARD
OF ONTARIO
A. B. CURREY
Chairman
K. M. Betzner
Member
(Seal) H. E. McCallum
Member
J. L. Burrows
Member
Dated at Toronto, this 21st day of January! 1952.
(177) 5
THE MILK CONTROL ACT
O. Reg. 27/52.
Retail Milk Prices in the Market of
Parry Sound.
New.
Made— 21st January, 1952.
Filed— 22nd January, 1952, 2.10 p.m.
REGULATIONS MADE BY THE BOARD UNDER
THE MILK CONTROL ACT
1. In these regulations
(a) "buttermilk" means the product that remains
after the butter fat is removed from milk by
churning and includes the product that is
obtained by adding a pure lactic culture to
skim-milk;
(b) "chocolate drink" means milk that contains
a chocolate flavouring;
(c) "skim-milk" means milk that contains not
more than .25 per cent of butter fat;
(d) "standard milk" means milk that contains not
less than 3.25 per cent and not more than 3.9
per cent of butter fat;
(e) "table cream" means cream that contains not
less than 16 per cent and not more than 24
per cent of butter fat; and
(/) "whipping cream" means cream that contains
not less than 32 per cent of butter fat.
2. The maximum prices at which buttermilk,
chocolate drink, skim-milk, standard milk, table cream
and whipping cream may be sold by retail in the
market of Parry Sound shall be as follows:
(a) buttermilk
quart. . .
m
in cardboard
bottles containers
.$ .18 $ .19
(b) chocolate drink
quart 23 .24
pint 13 .14
half-pint 08 .09
174
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
327
(c) skim-milk
quart 16 .17
(d) standard milk
quart 22 .23
pint 12 .13
half-pint 08 .09
(c) table cream
quart 85 .86
pint 45 .46
half-pint 25 .26
(/) whipping cream
quart 1.25 1.26
pint 65 .66
half-pint 35 .36
3. These regulations shall come into force on the
1st of February, 1952.
THE MILK CONTROL BOARD
OF ONTARIO
A. B. CURREY
Chairman
K. M. Betzner
Member
(Seal) H. E. McCallum
Member
J. L. Burrows
Member
Dated at Toronto, this 21 day of January, 1952.
(178) 5
THE MILK CONTROL ACT
O. Reg. 28/52.
Retail Milk Prices in the Market of
Blind River.
New.
Made— 21st January, 1952.
Filed — 22nd January, 1952, 2.15 p.m.
REGULATIONS MADE BY THE BOARD UNDER
THE MILK CONTROL ACT
1. In these regulations
(c) "buttermilk" means the product that remains
after the butter fat is removed from milk by
churning and includes the product that is
obtained by adding a pure lactic culture to
skim-milk;
(b) "chocolate drink" means milk that contains
a chocolate flavouring;
(c) "standard milk" means milk that contains not
less than 3.25 per cent and not more than 3.9
per cent of butter fat;
(d) "table cream" means cream that contains not
less than 16 per cent and not more than 24
per cent of butter fat; and
(e) "whipping cream" means cream that contains
not less than 32 per cent of butter fat.
2. The maximum prices at which buttermilk,
chocolate drink, standard milk, table cream and
whipping cream may be sold by retail in the market
of Blind River shall be as follows:
m
in cardboard
bottles containers
(a) buttermilk
quart $ .20 $ .21
(b) chocolate drink
quart 24 .25
pint 13 .14
half-pint 08 .09
(c) standard milk
quart 23 .24
pint 13 .14
half-pint 08 .09
(d) table cream
quart 93 .94
pint 50 .51
half-pint 28 .29
(e) whipping cream
quart 1.40 1.41
pint 75 .76
half-pint 40 .41
3. These regulations shall come into force on the
1st of February, 1952.
THE MILK CONTROL BOARD
OF ONTARIO
A. B. CURREY
Chairman
K. M. Betzner
Member
(Seal) H. E. McCallum
Member
J. L. Burrows
Member
Dated at Toronto, this 21st day of January, 1952.
(179) 5
THE MILK CONTROL ACT
O. Reg. 29/52.
Retail Milk Prices in the Market of
Flora.
New.
Made— 21st January, 1952.
Filed— 22nd January, 1952, 2.20 p.m.
REGULATIONS MADE BY THE BOARD UNDER
THE MILK CONTROL ACT
1. In these regulations
(a) "chocolate drink" means milk that contains
a chocolate flavouring;
(b) "standard milk" means milk that contains not
less than 3.25 per cent and not more than 3.9
per cent of butter fat;
(c) "table cream" means cream that contains not
less than 16 per cent and not more than 24
per cent of butter fat; and
(d) "whipping cream" means cream that contains
not less than 32 per cent of butter fat.
2. The maximum prices at which chocolate drink,
standard milk, table cream and whipping cream may
be sold by retail in the market of Flora shall be as
follows:
175
328
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
in
in cardboard
bottles containers
(a) chocolate drink
pint $ .11 $ .12
half-pint 06 .07
(b) standard milk
quart 20 .21
pint 11 .12
half-pint 06 .07
(c) table cream
half-pint 23 .24
(d) whipping cream
half-pint 33 .34
3. These regulations shall come into force on the
1st of February, 1952.
THE MILK CONTROL BOARD
OF ONTARIO
A. B. CURREY
Chairman
K. M. Betzner
Member
(Seal) H. E. McCallum
Member
J. L. Burrows
Member
Dated at Toronto, this 21st day of January 1952.
(180) 5
THE MILK CONTROL ACT
O. Reg. 30/52.
Retail Milk Prices in the Market of
Kapuskasing.
New.
Made— 21st January, 1952.
Filed — 22nd January, 1952, 2.25 p.m.
REGULATIONS MADE BY THE BOARD UNDER
THE MILK CONTROL ACT
1. In these regulations
(a) "chocolate drink" means milk that contains
a chocolate flavouring;
(b) "standard milk" means milk that contains not
less than 3.25 per cent and not more than 3.9
per cent of butter fat;
(c) "table cream" means cream that contains not
less than 16 per cent and not more than 24
per cent of butter fat; and
(d) "whipping cream" means cream that contains
not less than 32 per cent of butter fat.
2. The maximum prices at which chocolate drink,
standard milk, table cream and whipping cream may
be sold by retail in the market of Kapuskasing shall
be as follows:
in
in cardboard
bottles containers
(a) chocolate drink
quart $ .24 $ .25
pint 13 .14
half-pint 08 .09
(b) standard milk
quart 23 .24
pint 13 .14
half-pint 07 .08
(c) table cream
quart 90 .91
pint 50 .51
half-pint 30 .31
(d) whipping cream
quart 1 .25 1 . 26
pint 70 .71
half-pint 40 .41
3. These regulations shall come into force on the
1st of February, 1952.
THE MILK CONTROL BOARD
OF ONTARIO
A. B. CURREY
Chairman
K. M. Betzner
Member
(Seal) H. E. McCallum
Member
J. L. Burrows
Member
Dated at Toronto, this 21st day of January 1952.
(181) 5
THE MILK CONTROL ACT
O. Reg. 31/52.
Retail Milk Prices in the Market of
Lakefield.
New.
Made— 21st January, 1952.
Filed— 22nd January, 1952, 2.30 p.m.
REGULATIONS MADE BY THE BOARD UNDER
THE MILK CONTROL ACT
1. In these regulations
(a) "chocolate drink" means milk that contains
a chocolate flavouring;
(b) "skim-milk" means milk that contains not
more than .25 per cent of butter fat;
(c) "standard milk" means milk that contains not
less than 3.25 per cent and not more than 3.9
per cent of butter fat;
(d) "table cream" means cream that contains not
less than 16 per cent and not more than 24
per cent of butter fat; and
(e) "whipping cream" means cream that contains
not less than 32 per cent of butter fat.
2. The maximum prices at which chocolate drink,
skim-milk, standard milk, table cream and whipping
cream may be sold by retail in the market of Lakefield
shall be as follows:
in
in cardboard
bottles containers
(a) chocolate drink
quart $ .20 $ .21
pint 11 .12
half-pint 06 .07
7 ounces 05 .06
176
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
329
(b) skim-milk
quart 12 .13
(c) standard milk
quart 19 .20
pint 10 .11
half-pint 06 .07
(d) table cream
quart 85 .86
pint 45 .46
half-pint 25 .26
7 ounces 18 .19
(e) whipping cream
quart 1.25 1.26
pint 65 .66
half-pint 35 .36
7 ounces 25 .26
3. These regulations shall come into force on the
1st of February, 1952.
THE MILK CONTROL BOARD
OF ONTARIO
A. B. CURREY
Chairman
K. M. Betzner
Member
(Seal) H. E. McCallum
Member
J. L. Burrows
Member
Dated at Toronto, this 21st day of January 1952.
(182) 5
THE MILK CONTROL ACT
O. Reg. 32/52.
Retail Milk Prices in the Market of
Carleton Place.
New.
Made— 21st January, 1952.
Filed— 22nd. January, 1952, 2.35 p.m.
REGULATIONS MADE BY THE BOARD UNDER
THE MILK CONTROL ACT
1. In these regulations
(a) "buttermilk" means the product that remains
after the butter fat is removed from milk by
churning and includes the product that is
obtained by adding a pure lactic culture to
skim-milk;
(b) "skim-milk" means milk that contains not
more than .25 per cent of butter fat;
(c) "standard milk" means milk that contains not
less than 3.25 per cent and not more than 3.9
per cent of butter fat;
(d) "table cream" means cream that contains not
less than 16 per cent and not more than 24
per cent of butter fat; and
(e) "whipping cream" means cream that contains
not less than 32 per cent of butter fat.
2. The ma.ximum prices at which buttermilk,
skim-milk, standard milk, table cream and whipping
cream may be sold by retail in the market of Carleton
Place shall be as follows:
in
in cardboard
bottles containers
(a) buttermilk
quart $ .16 $ .17
(b) skim-milk
quart 14 .15
(c) standard milk
quart 20 .21
pint 11 .12
half-pint 06 .07
(d) table cream
quart 85 .86
pint 45 .46
half-pint 25 .26
(e) whipping cream
quart 1.25 1.26
pint 65 .66
half-pint 35 .36
3. These regulations shall come into force on the
1st of February, 1952.
THE MILK CONTROL BOARD
OF ONTARIO
A. B. CURREY
Chairman
K. M. Betzner
Member
(Seal) H. E. McCallum
Member
J. L. Burrows
Member
Dated at Toronto, this 21st day of January 1952.
(183) 5
THE MILK CONTROL ACT
O. Reg. 33/52.
Retail Milk Prices in the Market of
Dunnville.
New.
Made— 21st January, 1952.
Filed— 22nd January, 1952, 2.40 p.m.
REGULATIONS MADE BY THE BOARD UNDER
THE MILK CONTROL ACT
1. In these regulations
(a) "buttermilk" means the product that remains
after the butter fat is removed from milk by
churning and includes the product that is
obtained by adding a pure lactic culture to
skim-milk;
(b) "chocolate drink" means milk that contains
a chocolate flavouring;
(c) "skim-milk" means milk that contains not
more than .25 per cent of butter fat;
{d) "special milk * means milk that contains not
less than 4 per cent of butter fat;
177
330
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
{e) "standard milk" means milk that contains not
less than 3.25 per cent and not more than 3.9
per cent of butter fat;
(/) "table cream" means cream that contains not
less than 16 per cent and not more than 24
per cent of butter fat; and
{g) "whipping cream" means cream that contains
not less than 32 per cent of butter fat.
2. The maximum prices at which buttermilk,
chocolate drink, skim-milk, special milk, standard milk,
table cream and whipping cream may be sold by retail
in the market of Dunnville shall be as follows:
in
in cardboard
bottles containers
(a) buttermilk
quart $ .18 $ .19
pint 10 .11
half-pint 06 .07
{b) chocolate drink
quart 23 .24
pint 13 .14
half-pint 08 .09
(c) skim-milk
quart 16 .17
(d) special milk
quart 23 .24
pint 13 .14
half-pint 08 .09
(e) standard milk
quart 21 .22
pint 12 .13
half-pint 07 .08
(/) table cream
quart 85 .86
pint 45 .46
half-pint 25 .26
(g) whipping cream
quart 1.25 1.26
pint 65 .66
half-pint 35 .36
3. These regulations shall come into force on the
1st of February 1952.
THE MILK CONTROL BOARD
OF ONTARIO
A. B. CURREY
Chairman
K. M. Betzner
Member
H. E. McCallum
Member
J. L. Burrows
Member
(Seal)
Dated at Toronto, this 21st day of January 1952.
(184)
THE MILK CONTROL ACT
O. Reg. 34/52.
Retail Milk Prices in the Market of
Eganville.
New.
Made— 21st January, 1952.
Filed— 22nd January, 1952, 2.45 p.m.
REGULATIONS MADE BY THE BOARD UNDER
THE MILK CONTROL ACT
1. In these regulations
(a) "standard milk" means milk that contains not
less than 3.25 per cent and not more than 3.9
per cent of butter fat;
{b) "table cream" means cream that contains not
less than 16 per cent and not more than 24
per cent of butter fat; and
(c) "whipping cream" means cream that contains
not less than 32 per cent of butter fat.
2. The maximum prices at which standard milk,
table cream and whipping cream may be sold by retail
in the market of Eganville shall be as follows:
in
in cardboard
bottles containers
(a) standard milk
quart $ .20 $ .21
pint 11 .12
half-pint 06 .07
(6) table cream
quart 85 .86
pint 45 .46
half-pint 25 .26
(c) whipping cream
quart 1.25 1.26
, pint 65 .66
half-pint 35 .36
3. These regulations shall come into force on the
1st of February, 1952.
THE MILK CONTROL BOARD
OF ONTARIO
A. B. Currey
Chairman
K. M. Betzner
Member
(Seal) H. E. McCallum
Member
J. L. Burrows
Member
Dated at Toronto, this 21st day of January 1952.
(185) . 5
THE MILK CONTROL ACT
O. Reg. 35/52.
Retail Milk Prices in the Market of
Perth.
New.
Made— 21st January, 1952.
Filed— 22nd January, 1952, 2.50 p.m.
REGULATIONS MADE BY THE BOARD UNDER
THE MILK CONTROL ACT
1. In these regulations
178
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
331
(c) "buttermilk" means the product that remains
after the butter fat is removed from milk by
churning and includes the product that is
obtained by adding a pure lactic culture to
skim-milk;
(b) "chocolate drink" means milk that contains
a chocolate flavouring;
(c) "skim-milk" means milk that contains not
more than .25 per cent of butter fat;
(d) "special milk" means milk that contains not
less than 4 per cent of butter fat;
(c) "standard milk" means milk that contains not
less than 3.25 per cent and not more than 3.9
per cent of butter fat; and
(/) "whipping cream" means cream that contains
not less than 32 per cent of butter fat.
2. The maximum prices at which buttermilk,
chocolate drink, skim-milk, special milk, standard milk
and whipping cream may be sold by retail in the market
of Perth shall be as follows:
in
in cardboard
bottles containers
(a) buttermilk
quart $ .16 $ 17
pint 09 .10
(b) chocolate drink
quart 21 .22
half-pint 07 .08
(c) skim-milk
quart 14 .15
(d) special milk
quart 22 .23
(e) standard milk
quart .20 .21
pint 11 .12
half-pint 06 .07
(/) whipping cream
quart 1.25 1.26
half -pint 35 .36
3. These regulations shall come into force on the
1st of February, 1952.
THE MILK CONTROL BOARD
OF ONTARIO
A. B. CURREY
Chairman
K. M. Betzner
Member
(Seal) H. E. McCallum
Member
J. L. Burrows
Member
Dated at Toronto, this 21st day of January 1952.
(186) 5
THE MILK CONTROL ACT
O. Reg. 36/52.
Retail Milk Prices in the Market of
Strathroy.
New.
Made— 21st January, 1952.
Filed — 22nd January, 1952, 2.55 p.m.
REGULATIONS MADE BY THE BOARD UNDER
THE MILK CONTROL ACT
1. In these regulations
(a) "buttermilk" means the product that remains
after the butter fat is removed from milk by
churning and includes the product that is
obtained by adding a pure lactic culture to
skim-milk;
(b) "chocolate drink" means milk that contains
a chocolate flavouring;
(c) "skim-milk" means milk that contains not
more than .25 per cent of butter fat;
(d) "special milk" means milk that contains, not
less than 4 per cent of butter fat;
(e) "standard milk" means milk that contains not
less than 3.25 per cent and not more than 3.9
per cent of butter fat;
(/) "table cream" means cream that contains not
less than 16 per cent and not more than 24
per cent of butter fat; and
(g) "whipping cream" means cream that contains
not less than 32 per cent of butter fat.
2. The maximum prices at which buttermilk,
chocolate drink, skim-milk, special milk, standard milk,
table cream and whipping cream may be sold by retail
in the market of Strathroy shall be as follows:
in
in cardboard
bottles containers
(a) buttermilk
quart $ .12 $ .13
(6) chocolate drink
quart 21 .22
pint 12 .13
half-pint 08 .09
8 ounces 07 .08
(c) skim-milk
quart 14 .15
(d) special milk
quart 22 .23
pint 12 .13
half-pint 07 .08
(e) standard milk
quart 20 .21
pint 11 .12
half-pint 06 .07
(/) table cream
quart 80 .81
half-pint 23 .24
(g) whipping cream
quart 1.25 1.26
pint 65 .66
half-pint 35 .36
3. These regulations shall come into force on the
1st of February, 1952.
THE MILK CONTROL BOARD
OF ONTARIO
A. B. Currey
Chairman
K. M. Betzner
Member
H. E. McCallum
(Seal) Member
J. L. Burrows
Member
Dated at Toronto, this 21st day of January 1952.
(187) 5
179
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
377
Publieations Under The Reguladons Aet
FEBRUARY 9th, 1952
THE MILK CONTROL ACT
O. Reg. 37/52.
Retail Milk Prices in the Market of
Campbellford.
New.
Made — 24th January, 1952.
Filed— 24th January, 1952, 10.30 a.m.
REGULATIONS MADE BY THE BOARD UNDER
THE MILK CONTROL ACT
1. In these regulations
(a) "buttermilk" means the product that remains
after the butter fat is removed from milk by
churning and includes the product that is
obtained by adding a pure lactic culture to
skim-milk;
(b) "cereal treat" means milk that contains not
less than 10 per cent and not more than 12
per cent of butter fat;
(c) "chocolate drink" means milk that contains
a chocolate flavouring;
(d) "homogenized standard milk" means standard
milk that has been subjected to a mechanical
treatment that prevents separation of the
butter fat;
(e) "skim-milk" means milk that contains not
more than .25 per cent of butter fat;
(/) "special milk" means milk that contains not
less than 4 per cent of butter fat;
(g) "standard milk" means milk that contains not
less than 3.25 per cent and not more than 3.9
per cent of butter fat;
(h) "table cream" means cream that contains not
less than 16 per cent and not more than 24
per cent of butter fat; and
(/) "whipping cream" means cream that contains
not less than 32 per cent of butter fat.
2. The maximum prices at which buttermilk,
cereal treat, chocolate drink, homogenized standard
milk, skim-milk, special milk, standard milk, table
cream and whipping cream may be sold by retail in
the market of Campbellford shall be as follows:
m
bottles
(a) buttermilk
quart $ .17
pint 09
half-pint 06
(b) cereal treat
quart 65
half-pint 18
(c) chocolate drink
quart 22
pint 12
half-pint 08
8 ounces 07
7 ounces 06
m
cardboard
containers
$ .18
.10
.07
.66
,19
.23
.13
.09
.08
.07
(d) homogenized standard milk
quart 22
pint 12
half-pint 08
(e) skim-milk
quart IS
(/) special milk
quart 23
pint 13
half-pint 08
8 ounces 07
7 ounces 06
(g) standard milk
quart 21
pint 12
half-pint 07
8 ounces 06
7 ounces 05
(h) table cream
quart 85
pint 45
half-pint 25
8 ounces 20
7 ounces 18
(i) whipping cream
quart 1.25
pint 65
half-pint 35
8 ounces 28
7 ounces 25
.23
.13
.09
16
.24
.14
.09
.08
.07
.22
.13
.08
.07
.06
.86
.46
.26
.21
.19
1.26
.66
.36
.29
.26
3. These regulations shall come into force on the
1st of February, 1952.
THE MILK CONTROL BOARD
OF ONTARIO
A. B. CURREY
Chairman
K. M, Betzner
Member
H. E. McCallum
Member
(Seal) J. L. Burrows
Member
Dated at Toronto, this 24th day of January, 1952.
(197) 6
THE MILK CONTROL ACT
O. Reg. 38/52.
Retail Milk Prices in the Markets of
Blyth, Clinton, Delhi, Exeter,
Goderich, Listowel, Seaforth and
Wingham.
New and Revoking O. Regs. 124/51.
Made— 21st January, 1952.
Filed— 24th January, 1952, 10.35 a.m.
REGULATIONS MADE BY THE BOARD UNDER
THE MILK CONTROL ACT
1. In these regulations
181
378
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
(a) "buttermilk" means the product that remains
after the butter fat is removed from milk by
churning and includes the product that is
obtained by adding a pure lactic culture to
skim-milk;
(b) "cereal treat" means milk that contains not
less than 10 per cent and not more than 12
per cent of butter fat;
(c) "chocolate drink" means milk that contains
a chocolate flavouring;
{d) "skim-milk" means milk that contains not
more than .25 per cent of butter fat;
(«) "special milk" means milk that contains not
less than 4 per cent of butter fat;
(/) "standard milk" means milk that contains not
less than 3.25 per cent and not more than 3.9
per cent of butter fat;
(g) "table cream" means cream that contains not
less than 16 per cent and not more than 24
per cent of butter fat; and
(A) "whipping cream" means cream that contains
not less than 32 per cent of butter fat
2. The maximum prices at which buttermilk,
cereal treat, chocolate drink, skim-milk, special milk,
standard milk, table cream and whipping cream may be
sold by retail in the markets of Blyth, Clinton, Delhi,
Exeter, Goderich, Listowel, Seaforth and Wingham
shall l>e as follows:
in
cardboard
containers
m
bottles
(a) buttermilk
quart $ .17
pint 09
half-pint 06
(b) cereal treat
quart 65
half-pint 18
ic) chocolate drink
quart 22
Kint 12
alf-pint 08
8 ounces 07
7 ounces 06
(d) skim-milk
quart IS
(«) special milk
quart 23
Kint 13
alf-pint 08
8 ounces 07
7 ounces 06
(/) standard milk
quart 21
pint 12
half-pint 07
8 ounces 06
7 ounces OS
(g) table cream
quart 85
pint 45
half-pint 25
8 ounces 20
7 ounces 18
(h) whipping cream
quart 125
pint .65
half-pint 35
8 ounces 28
7 ounces , 25
.18
.10
.07
.66
.19
.23
.13
.09
.08
.07
16
.24
.14
.09
.08
.07
.22
.13
.08
.07
.06
.86
.46
.26
.21
.19
1.26
.66
.36
.29
.26
3. Ontario Regulations 124/51 are revoked.
4. These regulations shall come into force on the
1st of February, 1952.
THE MILK CONTROL BOARD
OF ONTARIO
A. B. CURREY
Chairman
K. M. Betzner
Member
H. E. McCallum
Member
J. L. Burrows
Member
(Seal)
Dated at Toronto, this 21st day of January 1952
(198) ,
THE CROWN TIMBER ACT
O. Reg. 39/52.
Suspension of Condition 1 of Schedule.
New.
Made — 22nd January, 1952.
Filed— 29th January, 1952, 9.40 a.m.
REGULATIONS MADE UNDER
THE CROWN TIMBER ACT
1. The operation of manufacturing condition 1 in
the schedule of the Act is suspended so as to permit
the exportation to the United Kingdom of Great
Britain and Northern Ireland of 375,000 feet, board
measure, of birch timber in an unmanufactured or
partially manufactured state until the 31st of March
1953 from the territorial districts of Muskoka, Nipissing
and Parry Sound.
(215) 6
THE POLICE ACT
O. Reg. 40/52.
Division of Responsibility for
Policing.
Amending Regulations 320 of
Consolidated Regulations 1950.
Made— 24th January, 1952.
Filed— 28th January, 1952, 200. p.m.
REGULATIONS MADE UNDER
THE POLICE ACT
1. Schedule 1 of Regulations 320 of Consolidated
Regulations of Ontario 1950 is amended by adding
thereto the following items:
24a. GRAND BEND
the whole
36a. NEWCASTLE
the whole
2. Part 1 of schedule 2 of Regulations 320 of
Consolidated Regulations of Ontario 1950 is amended
by striking out items 4 and 37.
(222) 6
182
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
379
THE OLEOMARGARINE ACT
O. Reg. 41/52.
General Regulations.
New and revoking Regulations 310 of
Consolidated Regulations 1950.
Made — 24th January, 1952.
Filed— 28th January, 1952, 2.15 p.m.
REGULATIONS MADE UNDER
THE OLEOMARGARINE ACT
INTERPRETATION
1. In these regulations
(a) "analyst" means analyst appointed under
the Act;
(b) "inspector" means inspector appointed under
the Act;
(c) "milk solids" means the solids consisting of
butter fat, casein, albumen, sugar and ash in
milk; and
(d) "refined oils" means fats or oils or any com-
bination of fats and oils that have been
refined or hydrogenated and that do not
contain more than 1 per cent of substances
other than fatty acids and fat.
LICENCES
2. (1) An application for a licence to manufacture
oleomargarine shall be in form I.
(2) A licence to manufacture oleomargarine shall
be in form 2.
(3) The fee for a licence to manufacture oleo-
margarine shall be $100 and shall be forwarded with
the application for the licence.
3. (1) An application for a licence to sell by
wholesale oleomargarine shall be in form 3.
(2) A licence to sell by wholesale oleomargarine
shall be in form 4.
(3) The fee for a licence to sell by wholesale oleo-
margarine shall be $5 and shall be forwarded with
the application for the licence.
4. (1) Licences shall be valid from and including
the 1st of January in the year of issue to and including
the 31st of December in the same year.
(2) Licences shall not be transferable.
5. The Minister may, after a hearing, suspend or
cancel a licence for any violation of the Act or of these
regulations.
COMPOSITION
6. Component parts of oleomargarine shall include
the following ingredients:
(a) refined oils of animal, fish, marine-animal or
vegetable origin, or any combination thereof,
(b) water,
(c) milk solids, and
(d) salt.
STANDARDS OF QUALITY
7. (I) Where oleomai^arine contains refined oils
of animal, fish, marine-animal or vegetable origin,
they shall
(a) be fit for human consumption; and
(b) comprise at lease 80 per cent by weight of the
oleomargarine.
(2) Where oleomargarine contains water, the water
shall not exceed 16 per cent by weight of the oleo-
margarine.
(3) Where the oleomargarine contains milk solids,
the milk-solids content shall not exceed 1.4 per cent
by weight of the oleomargarine.
POWERS AND DUTIES OF INSPECTORS
8. (1) For the purpose of making an inspection an
inspector may, at all reasonable hours, enter
(c) premises where oleomargarine is manufactured,
stored, held for transport or delivery, or sold,
(b) public eating-places, and
(c) conveyances used for transport or delivery of
oleomargarine or products used in the manu-
facturing of oleomargarine.
(2) In making an inspection an inspector may
examine
(a) apparatus and equipment used in the manu-
facturing of oleomargarine, and
(b) materials or substances used in the manu-
facturing and packaging of oleomargarine.
(3) For the purposes of making an analysis of
oleomargarine or materials or substances which in his
opinion contain oleomargarine an inspector may obtain
samples in sufficient quantity for making an analysis.
(4) Where an inspector obtains a sample of oleo-
margarine or materials or substances which in his
opinion contain oleomargarine he shall
(c) make a written report in form 5 showing the
time and place of obtaining the sample, the
name of person in charge of the premises, a
description of the oleomargarine or materials
or substances, the approximate quantity
obtained, and the price paid therefor, and
(b) deliver a copy of the report to the person in
charge of the premises or conveyance.
(5) Where an analyst makes an analysis of a
sample of oleomargarine or materials or substances he
shall make a report to the Minister in form 6 stating
the component parts and the percentages thereof
and the colour of the sample and the name of the
manufacturer or trade name carried on the package,
if any.
DETENTION OF OLEOMARGARINE
9. (1) Where an inspector finds oleomargarine that
he has reasonable grounds to suspect does not comply
with the provisions of the Act and these regulations
he may place under detention the oleomargarine for
such period of time as may be required for analysis
(a) under the supervision of the inspector by an
analytical chemist who ordinarily makes
examinations and analyses for the manu-
facturer of the oleomargarine, or
(6) by an analyst, including the time required for
the issuance of his report.
(2) Where an inspector finds after analysis oleo-
margarine that does not comply with the provisions
of the Act and these regulations he may place the
oleomargarine under detention.
183
380
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
10. Where an inspector has placed oleomargarine
under detention he shall attach to the package or any
container of packages a numbered tag having in bold
type the words "OLEOMARGARINE UNDER
DETENTION", in form 7, and no person shall sell,
offer for sale, move, allow or cause to be moved the
oleomargarine, package or container of packages or
remove the detention tag without the written authority
of an inspector or of the Minister.
11. Where an inspector is satisfied that any oleo-
margarine, oleomargarine package or container of
packages which has been placed under detention
complies with the Act and these regulations he may
release from detention the oleomargarine, oleomargarine
package or container of packages by removing the
detention tag.
CONFISCATION OF OLEOMARGARINE
12. (1) Where oleomargarine does not comply with
the Act and these regulations, and
(a) the oleomargarine was placed under detention,
(b) the inspector delivered or sent by registered
mail a copy of his report in form 5 to the
person in charge of the premises where the
oleomargarine is under detention and to the
manufacturer whose name appears on the
package or container, and
(c) a period of not less than 30 days has elapsed
from the delivery or sending of the inspector's
reports in form 5,
the oleomargarine is confiscated and becomes the
property of the Crown in right of Ontario.
(2) Where oleomargarine has been confiscated, it
may be sold or otherwise disposed of as the Minister
directs, and the money, if any, derived therefrom shall
be payable to His Majesty in right of Ontario.
REVOCATION
13. Regulations 310 of Consolidated Regulations
of Ontario 1950 are revoked.
Form 1
The Oleomargarine Act
APPLICATION FOR LICENCE TO
MANUFACTURE OLEOMARGARINE
To The Minister of Agriculture,
Parliament Buildings,
Toronto.
(name of applicant)
(address)
applies for a licence to manufacture oleomargarine
under The Oleomargarine Act, and in support of this
application the following facts are stated:
(1) Name
(Give name of person, partnership or
corporation, and if partnership, give
names of all partners.)
(2) Business address
(3) Name of plant operated
(4) Address of plant
(5) Name of manager
(signature of applicant)
By
(title of official signing)
Note: Application to be accompanied by a fee of $100.
Year.
Form 2
The Oleomargarine Act
No
MANUFACTURER'S LICENCE
Under The Oleomargarine Act and the regulations,
and subject to the limitations thereof, this licence is
issued to:
Name.
Address County of
to manufacture oleomargarine.
This licence expires on the 31st of December, 19. . . .
Minister of Agriculture
Form 3
The Oleomargarine Act
APPLICATION FOR LICENCE TO SELL BY
WHOLESALE OLEOMARGARINE
To The Minister of Agriculture,
Parliament Buildings,
Toronto.
(name of applicant)
(address)
applies for a licence to sell by wholesale oleomargarine
under The Oleomargarine Act, and in support of this
application, the following facts are stated:
(1 ) Name
(Give name of person, partnership or
corporation, and if partnership, give
names of partners.)
(2) Address of head office
(3) Name of manager
(4) Business address
(signature of applicant)
By ,...,.;
(title of official signing)
Note: Application to be accompanied by a fee of $5.
Form 4
The Oleomargarine Act
Year 19. . . . No
WHOLESALER'S LICENCE
Under The Oleomargarine Act and the regulations,
and subject to the limitations thereof, this licence is
issued to:
Name
Address ,
to sell by wholesale oleomargarine.
This licence expires on the 31st of December, 19 ... .
Minister of Agriculture
184
^f^p^-'/'t'"'
t-<^. -^rytTaiaa^^ >' -^^^/.y?. ='
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
381
Form 5
The Oleomargarine Act
REPORT OF INSPECTOR
Date of inspection
Premises or conveyance .
Location
(address)
Person in charge.
(name and position)
Description of oleomargarine or materials or substances
Quantity in sample
Identification of sample
Price paid for sample
Manufacturer or trade name
Was detention effected? If so amount under
detention Tag No
Date.
(signature of inspector)
Form 6
The Oleomargarine Act
REPORT OF ANALYST
Date and time of receipt of sample
Condition of sample when received
If in package, name of manufacturer or trade name
on package
Quantity in sample. .
From whom received.
(name and address)
Date of making examination or analysis of sample.
RESULTS OF EXAMINATION AND ANALYSIS
I found the sample has the following component
parts and percentages thereof: (a) refined oils of
animal, fish, marine-animal or vegetable origin or any
combination thereof, .... per cent, (6) water ....
per cent, (c) milk solids .... per cent, and {e) other
parts and percentages:
I found by analysis of the refined oils in the sample
the following values: (a) iodine value . . . . , (b) index
of refraction . . . . , (c) saponification value . . . . , (rf)
Reichert-Meissl value . . . . , (e) Polenske value .....
(/) Kirschner value . . . . , and (g) acid value ....
I found the color of the sample contains
Lovibond units of red and yellow.
I certify that the sample is
(fit or unfit)
for human consumption.
Date ._
(signature of analyst)
Form 7
The Oleomargarine Act
OLEOMARGARINE UNDER DETENTION
TAG NO
Under The Okomargarine Act and the regulations,
I have placed under detention* the oleomargarine in
the package or container of packages to which this
tag is attached.
Date.
(signature of inspector)
*Regulation 10 reads as follows:
Where an inspector has placed oleomargarine under
detention he shall attach to the package or any
container of packages a numbered te^ having in bold
type the words "OLEOMARGARINE UNDER
DETENTION", in form 7, and no person shall sell,
offer for sale, move, allow or cause to be moved the
oleomargarine, package or container of packages or
remove the detention tag without the written authority
of an inspector or of the Minister.
(223) 6
THE JUDICATURE ACT
O. Reg. 42/52.
Rules of Practice and Procedure.
Amending O. Regs. 261/44.
Approved — 24th January, 1952.
Filed— 28th January, 1952, 2.30 p.m.
AMENDMENTS to the Rules of Prac-
tice and Procedure of the Supreme Court
of Ontario including the Appendix of
Forms and Tariff "A" made by the Rules
Committee on the 4th day of January,
1952, under The Judicature Act and The
County Courts Act.
1. Rule 252 of Ontario Regulations 261/44 is
repealed and the following substituted therefor: —
252. — (1) Actions not tried or disposed of after
being once entered for trial shall not, except in
the case of actions entered for trial without a
jury at Toronto, be heard at any subsequent
sittings unless a fresh notice of trial is given or
a Judge presiding at such sittings otherwise orders
and the action has been again set down for trial.
(2) Where an action has been again set down
under the provisions of this Rule, no fee shall be
payable for such setting down.
2. Ontario Regulations 261/44 are amended by
adding the following Rule: —
358A. In a matrimonial cause or in an action to
declare the invalidity of a marriage a judgment
shall not be given except after trial.
3. Ontario Regulations 261/44 as amended by
Ontario Regulations 271/48 are amended by adding
the following Rule: —
779A. If the action is based on a matrimonial
offence which constitutes a criminal offence for
which the defendant husband has been convicted
in a Court of competent jurisdiction in Canada,
185
382
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
the other person who was involved in such offence
shall not be made a defendant in the action unless
a Judge otherwise orders.
4. Rule 781 (1) of Ontario Regulations 261/44 as
amended by Ontario Regulations 271/48 is amended
by adding after («) The birthplace of the husband;
the following: {ee) The status of the husband before
marriage;.
5. Rule 796 (3) of Ontario Regulations 261/44 as
amended by Ontario Regulations 271/48 is amended by
substituting the words "the Court" for the words "a
Judge" so that the said Rule 796 (3) shall read as
follows: —
(3) Either before or after the expiry of the time
within which such service is to be effected, the
time for such service may be extended by the
Court but in no case shall judgment absolute be
granted before the expiry of one month from the
date of such service.
6. Paragraph number 2 of Form 97 of the Appendix
of Forms of Ontario Regulations 261/44 is repealed
and the following substituted therefor: —
2. And upon the said defendant paying the said sum
of dollars into the bank
at the during banking hours
of the day next to the joint
credit of the plaintiff and the Accountant of the
Supreme Court [where order for payment granted
insert, or in case the plaintiff shall (where judgment
is for sale add, before the sale hereinafter directed
shall have taken place) recover the amount due
to him under the order for payrnent hereinafter
contained], it is ordered and adjudged (subject
to the proN'isions of section 2 of The Mortgages
Act), that the said plaintiff do assign and convey
the mortgag|ed premises, and deliver up all docu-
ments relatmg thereto;
7. Tariff "A" of Ontario Regulations 261/44 as
amended by Ontario Regulations 106/51 relating to
Fees to be allowed Solicitors in the County Court is
amended bv striking out Item 9 and substituting the
following therefor: —
9. Contested interlocutory Chamber motion 15.00
Subject to increase in the discretion
of the Judge to a sum not exceeding 25.00
(224) 6
THE NIAGARA PARKS ACT
O. Reg. 43/52.
General Regulations.
Amendinp; Regulations 305 of
Consolidated Regulations 1950.
Approved — 24th January, 1952.
Filed— 28th January, 1952, 4.30 p.m.
REGULATIONS MADE BY THE COMMISSION
UNDER THE NIAGARA PARKS ACT
1. Regulation 1 of Regulations 305 of Consolidated
Regulations of Ontario 1950 is revoked and the follow-
ing substituted therefor:
INTERPRETATION
1. In these regulations
(a) "cab" means horse-drawn vehicle;
(b) "chartered trip" means one specific trip for
which a public vehicle is engaged, hired or
chartered for the transportation exclusively
of a group of persons, one fare or charge only
being collected for the trip;
(c) "licensee" means the holder of an operating
licence;
(d) "officer" means
(i) a member of the Ontario Provincial
Police Force, and
(ii) officer, constable, caretaker or other
person, appointed by the Commission to
enforce these regulations; and
(«) "parking" includes standing of a vehicle.
2. Subregulation 2 of regulation 7 of Regulations
305 of Consolidated Regulations of Ontario 1950 is
revoked and the following substituted therefor:
(2) Subregulation 1 shall not apply to a sale
conducted or authorized by the Commission.
3. Subregulation 1 of regulation 14 of Regulations
305 of Consolidated Regulations of Ontario 1950 is
revoked and the following substituted therefor:
(1) No person shall for compensation guide
visitors through the Parks without a licence
from the Commission.
4. Regulation 14 of Regulations 305 of Consolidated
Regulations of Ontario 1950 is amended by adding
thereto the following subregulation:
(4) In subregulation 1 "compensation" includes
any rate, remuneration, reimbursement or
reward of any kind paid, payable or promised,
or received or demanded, directly or indirectly.
5. Regulation IS, except form 7 thereof, and
regulation 16 of Regulations 305 of Consolidated
Regulations of Ontario 1950 are revoked and the
following substituted therefor:
CAB AND TAXI-CAB LICENCES
15.(1) No person shall operate or permit to be
operated within the Parks any cab or taxi-
cab for hire for the transportation of passengers
without a licence from the Commission in
respect of each cab or taxi-cab.
(2) An applicant for a cab licence shall complete
and file with the Commission an application
in form 6A.
Form 6A
The Niagara Parks Act
APPLICATION FOR CAB LICENCE
To the General Manager,
Niagara Parks Commission,
Niagara Falls, Ontario.
I apply for a licence to operate a cab under The
Niagara Parks Act, and the regulations, and in support
of this application I make the following statements:
1 . Kind of vehicle
2. Maximum number of passengers, exclusive of
driver
3. Route of operation .
4. Full name of owner
186
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
383
5. His address
6. Insurance carried
I enclose $1 licence fee.
Signature of Applicant
(3) An applicant for a taxi-cab licence shall
complete and file with the Commission an
application in form 7.
(4) A cab licence shall be in form 7A and a taxi-
cab licence in form 8.
Form 7A
The Niagara Parks Act
CAB LICENCE
Under The Niagara Parks Act and the regulations,
and subject to the limitations thereof, this licence is
issued to
(name)
(address)
the Parks a cab described as.
.to operate within
This licence expires on the 31st of December next
following the date of issue.
Issued at Niagara Falls this day of
19
THE NIAGARA PARKS COMMISSION
Countersigned by. . .
(Chairman)
General Manager
Number.
Form 8
The Niagara Parks Act
TAXI-CAB LICENCE
Under The Niagara Parks Act and the regulations,
and subject to the limitations thereof, this licence is
issued to
(name)
(address)
the Parks a taxi-cab as described as
to operate within
Make of
Taxi-Cab
Registration
number
Serial
number
Capacity
This licence expires on the 31st of December, 19. . ,
Dated at Niagara Falls this .day of
19....
THE NIAGARA PARKS COMMISSION
Countersigned by
Chairman
General Manager
(5) An applicant for a cab or taxi-cab licence
shall with his application file with the Com-
mission the tariff of rates or charges to be
payable by persons using his cab or taxi-cab,
and pay to the Commission a fee of $1 for
each licence.
(6) Cab and taxi-cab licences
(c) expire on the 31st of December following
the date of issue,
(b) are non-transferable without the consent
in writing of the Commission, and
(c) expire immediately if insurance prescribed
by these regulations is cancelled.
(7) A licensee shall display in the cab or tax-cab
(c) the licence in respect of which it is issued,
and
(i) a copy of the tariff of rates or charges filed
with the Commission under subregulation
so that they are visible to all passengers in the
cab or taxi-cab.
6. Clauses of regulation 27 of Regulations 305 of
Consolidated Regulations of Ontario 1950 are revoked
and the following substituted therefor:
{b) for each person admitted to the stair-
way at Brock's Monument
(i) over 12 years of age IS
(ii) 7 to 12 years of age 10
(c) for each person admitted to Fort George
(i) over 12 years of age 25
(ii) 7 to 12 years of age 10
{d) for each person admitted to Navy Hall. . 10
(«) for each person admitted to Old Fort
Erie
(i) over 12 years of age 25
(ii) 7 to 12 years of age 10
(J) for opening and closing graves at
Drummond Hill Cemetery for the burial
of
(i) a jjerson under 5 years of age 5 .00
(ii) a person not under 5 years and not
over 12 years of age 8.00
(iii) a person over 12 years of age 10.00
(g) for a funeral held on Sunday at Drum-
mond Hill Cemetery , 5.00
187
384
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
7. Regulations 305 of Consolidated Regulations of
Ontario 1950 are amended by adding thereto the
following regulations;
PUBLIC VEHICLE OPERATING LICENCES
27a. (1) An operating licence shall authorize the
licensee to conduct upon a highway of the
Commission by means of a public vehicle the
business of a carrier of passengers or passengers
and express freight subject to the Act and
these regulations.
(2) An operating licence shall expire on the 31st
day of December in each year, unless on or
before that day the licensee has applied for
and acquired vehicle licences for the current
year.
(3) Where the licensee has acquired his vehicle
licence as provided in subregulation 2 his
operating licence shall be deemed to be
renewed.
(4) An application for an operating licence shall
be in form 9.
Form 9
The Niagara Parks Act
APPLICATION FOR A PUBLIC VEHICLE
OPERATING LICENCE
To The Niagara Parks Commission,
Niagara Falls, Ontario.
I hereby apply for a public vehicle operating licence
on the highways of the Commission between
and by way
of and in support of this applica-
tion give the following information: (State in detail
the nature of the proposed service)
NAME OF APPLICANT
ARE YOU 21 YEARS OF AGE OR OVER?.
ADDRESS
(print)
If an incorporated company, give name of
President
Vice-President
Manager
Secretary-Treasurer
Give address of head-office
If a partnership give names of partners
1
2
3
4
And name of manager
Address
Dated at .
This
day of 19.
(Signature of applicant)
(5) An operating licence shall be in form 10.
Form 10
The Niagara Parks Act
PUBLIC VEHICLE OPERATING LICENCE
Under The Niagara Parks Act and the regulations, and
subject to the limitations thereof, this licence is issued
to of
to conduct upon the highways described hereunder
by means of a public vehicle the business of a carrier
of passengers or passengers and express freight subject
to the under-mentioned conditions.
Highway:
Conditions:
DATED: 19. .
THE NIAGARA PARKS COMMISSION
by
276.(1) An application for the transfer of an
operating licence shall be in form 11, and shall
be signed by the licensee and by the applicant.
Form 11
The Niagara Parks Act
APPLICATION FOR TRANSFER OF
AN OPERATING LICENCE
To The Niagara Parks Commission,
Niagara Falls, Ontario.
The licensee, as vendor, request that public vehicle
operating licence number now in the name
of be transferred
to as purchaser.
DATED 19
(Signature of licensee)
The undersigned applies for the transfer of the above-
numbered public vehicle operating licence and gives
the following information:
Name of applicant
Are you 21 years
of age or over?
Address
(please print)
Are you at present a If so, state
public vehicle operator? licence number.
If an incorporated company, give name of
President
Vice-President
Manager
S>ecretary-Treasurer
188
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
385
Give address of head-office
If a partnership, give names of partners.
1
And name of manager. . . .
Address
Dated at
this day of.
19.
Signature of applicant
(2) The application shall be accompanied by
(a) copy of the ag^reement between the licensee
and the applicant covering the sale of the
business, equipment, vehicles and vehicle
licences, and
(b) statutory declaration showing the liabili-
ties, if any, of the licensee and showing
how those liabilities are to be liquidated.
PUBLIC-VEHICLE LICENCES
27c. (I) A public- vehicle licence shall authorize
the holder to operate the vehicle for which it
is issued as a public vehicle on the highways
designated in his operating licence.
(2) A public-vehicle licence shall expire on the
31st day of December in each year.
(3) No public-vehicle licence shall be issued in
respect of a public vehicle except to the
person registered as the owner of the public
vehicle under The Highway Traffic Act.
(4) A public- vehicle licence shall be in form 12.
Form 12
The Niagara Parks Act
PUBLIC-VEHICLE LICENCE No. P. V
Under The Niagara Parks Act and the regulations, and subject to the limitations thereof, this licence is issued
to .of
to operate the vehicle described hereunder on the highway described hereunder.
Make of
Vehicle
Style
Serial
Seating
Capacity
Registration
No.
Year
P. V. Operating
Licence No.
H
ighway
This licence expires December 31st, 19.
Dated at Niagara Falls
this day of.
THE NIAGARA PARKS COMMISSION
by
19
27<^.(1) No person shall display his licence on
any vehicle other than that for which the
licence was issued.
(2) No public-vehicle licence shall be transferred
unless the vehicle in respect of which the
licence was issued is sold to the transferee
and unless the transferee hold an operating
licence.
27e.A public-vehicle licence shall be framed and
the face thereof protected by a transparent
cover and shall be displayed at all times in a
conspicuous place in the vehicle for which it
was issued.
Fees
27/. (1) A licensee shall pay to the Commission
fees on each named month's operations on or
before the 15th day of the next succeeding
month.
(2) The fees shall be 1/20 cent a passenger mile of
travel over the highways of the Commission.
(3) Passenger miles of travel shall be cornputed
in the case of scheduled trips by multiplying
(a) the seating capacity of each vehicle
operated, or
189
386
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
(b) the average seating capacity where two
or more vehicles having different seating
capacity are operated,
by the number of miles travelled in the month.
(4) Seating capacity shall be computed by divid-
ing by 18 the aggregate length in inches of
all seats provided for passengers, but where
a seat is designed for the accommodation of
one or two passengers only the actual aggreg-
ate number of passenger-seats shall be used.
(5) Where more than one vehicle is operated on a
scheduled trip, the licensee shall forward a
report thereon to the Commission on the day
following the trip indicating the number of
vehicles.
TIME-TABLES
27g.(l) A licensee shall file with the Commission
a time-table showing the scheduled times of
arrival and departure of public vehicles and
the number of trips to be made daily over each
route.
(2) A licensee shall adhere to the time-table filed.
(3) A licensee shall not permit a public vehicle
to leave or pass any point except in accordance
with the filed time-table.
CHARTERED TRIPS
27h. A person who operates a public vehicle on a
chartered trip shall upon entering the Parks
report to the Commission and pay a licence,
fee of $1.
SERVICE
27*. When a public vehicle is disabled during a
trip, the licensee shall arrange immediately
to transport the passengers therein to the
destination to which they were being carried
by the vehicle.
27_;.(1) A licensee shall not discontinue any
scheduled service except after giving the
Commission ten days' written notice of his
intention so to do.
(2) The Commission may cancel or suspend an
operating licence where the licensee
(a) fails to begin service within 30 days after
the issue of the licence or within such
further period as is specified in the licence,
or
(b) fails for a continuous period of 30 days
to give any service authorized by the
licence.
(3) Where a scheduled service is discontinued for
more than 24 hours, the licensee shall give
(a) a written report to the Commission, and
{b) notice to the public in the area affected
indicating the cause of the discontinuance
and its probable duration.
(4) The notice referred to in subregulation 3
shall be given by publication in a newspaper
published in the area affected and by p>osting
up at the scheduled stopping-places on the
highway of the discontinued service.
INSURANCE
27ife.(l) A licensee, with respect to each public
vehicle operated by him, shall effect and
carry insurance in his name in a company
authorized to conduct the business of auto-
mobile insurance in Ontario in the following
amounts and for the following purposes:
(a) at least $5000, exclusive of interest and
costs, against loss or damage to or the
death of any one person other than a
passenger and, subject to such limit for
any one person so injured or killed, at
least $10000, exclusive of interest and
costs, against any loss or damage resulting
from bodily injury to or death of two or
more persons other than passengers in any
one accident; and
(b) at least $1000, exclusive of interest and
costs, for damage to property, except
property carried in or upon the public
vehicle, resulting from any one accident;
(c) at least $5000 against loss or damage
resulting from bodily injury to or death
of any one passenger;
(d) at least such amounts as set forth in
column 1 against loss or dam^e resulting
from bodily injury to or death of 2 or
more passengers as set forth in column 2:
Item
Column 1
Column 2
Amount
Seating capacity for
passengers of each
vehicle
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
$ 35000
50000
75000
100000
150000
200000
300000
1 to 7 passengers
8 to 12 passengers
13 to 21 passengers
22 to 29 passengers
30 to 39 passengers
40 to 49 passengers
50 passengers and over
(e) at least $1000 for damage to property of
all passengers.
(2) Clause e of subregulation 1 does not apply to
school buses.
VEHICLES AND DRIVERS
27/. A driver of a public vehicle shall be 18 years
of age or over, of good moral character, and
competent to operate the vehicle under his
charge.
27w. A licensee shall maintain each of his public
vehicles in a safe and sanitary condition.
27n. Where a public vehicle is used for the trans-
portation of property of passengers or express
freight, the licensee shall provide accommo-
dation therefor so that there shall be no
interference with the free and ready ingress and
egress of passengers to and from the vehicle,
and the accommodation shall be so constructed
as to prevent the property or freight from
injuring a passenger.
27o. A public vehicle shall be equipped with a
speedometer which shall be mamtained in
effective working-order and located in a con-
venient place on the instrument board.
27/>.(l) A public vehicle shall be equipped with an
adequate fire-extinguisher.
190
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
387
(2) The fire-extinguisher shall be kept in effective
working-order and shall be securely mounted
in a bracket provided therefor at a place
readily accessible to the driver in the for-
ward part of the vehicle near the entrance.
27q. A public vehicle shall be equipped with one
light or more within the vehicle, so arranged
as to provide adequate lighting to the whole
of the interior of the vehicle, and the light
or lights shall be kept constantly lighted
between sunset and sunrise when there are
passengers in the vehicle.
27f. A public vehicle shall be equipped with
(a) such emergency and spare equipment and
tools as are likely to be required for
replacement or use on a trip;
(b) an axe secured in such a manner and place
within the vehicle as to be readily access-
ible in an emergency.
27s. An officer may examine any public vehicle,
its contents and equipment, at any reasonable
time.
GENERAL
27^ A licensee shall file with the Commission a
tariff of tolls or a revision thereof for the
approval of the Commission.
27m. a licensee shall keep a record of
(a) the hours of labour of all drivers and
vehicle or vehicles driven by each during
those hours, and
(b) the operation of each public vehicle
showing each trip on which it is operated,
and shall make the records available at any
reasonable time within 1 year of the making
thereof for inspection by the Commission.
27». No licensee shall display any advertising
sign or device on the outside of any of his
public vehicles.
27w. ^ It shall be deemed a condition of an operating
licence that an official of the Commission may
at any reasonable time, examine all books,
records and documents used with respect to
the business of operating public vehicles of the
holder of an operating licence.
27x. Every officer is designated and authorized to
assist in the enforcement of the Act and these
regulations.
27y. The Commission may at any time cancel or
suspend a licence by reason of a breach of the
Act or these regulations or if any false state-
ment is made in any application for a licence
under these regulations.
THE NIAGARA PARKS COMMISSION
(Seal)
Charles Dalev
Chairman
M. T. Gray
Secretary
(225)
THE INDUSTRIAL STANDARDS ACT
O. Reg. 44/52.
Schedule for the Painting and
Decorating Industry — Ottawa Zone.
New and revoking O. Regs. 25/51.
Made— 24th January, 1952.
Filed— 28th January, 1952, 4.35 p.m.
REGULATIONS MADE UPON THE
RECOMMENDATION OF THE MINISTER
UNDER THE INDUSTRIAL STANDARDS ACT
1. The schedule appended hereto shall be in force
during pleasure within the zone and be binding upon
the employers and employees in the industry referred
to in the schedule.
2. Ontario Regulations 25/51 are revoked.
3. These regulations shall come into force on the
tenth day after the publication thereof in The Ontario
Gazette under The Regulations Act.
SCHEDULE FOR THE PAINTING AND
DECORATING INDUSTRY IN THE OTTAWA
ZONE
INTERPRETATION
1. In this schedule "holiday" means
(a) Saturday
(i) between the 1st of November and the
31st of March, both inclusive, and
(ii) after midday between the 1st of April and
the 3 1 St of October, both inclusive,
(6) Sunday,
(c) New Year's Day,
(d) Good Friday,
(e) Dominion Day,
(/) Labour Day, and
(g) Christmas Day.
HOURS OF WORK
2. The regular working periods for the industry
shall be
(a) a regular working-week consisting of not more
than
(i) 40 hours between the 1st of November
and the 31st of March, both inclusive, and
(ii) 44 hours between the 1st of April and the
31st of October, both inclusive
of work to be performed during the regular
working-days, and
(6) a regular working-day consisting of not more
than
(i) 8 hours of work to be performed on Mon-
day, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday
and Friday between 8 a.m. and 5 p.m.
between the 1st of November and the 31st
of March, both inclusive, and
(ii) 8 hours of work to be performed on Mon-
day, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday
and Friday between 8 a.m. and 5 p.m. and
4 hours of work to be performed on
191
388
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
Saturday between 8 a.m. and midday
between the 1st of April and the 31st of
October, both inclusive.
3. Where the work is of such a nature that it
cannot reasonably be performed during the hours
prescribed in clause b of section 2, it may be performed
during any other hours if an employee does not work
more than 8 hours; and this work shall be night work.
MINIMUM RATES OF WAGES
4. The minimum rates of wages shall be
(a) for work performed during the regular working
periods
(i) $1.50 an hour for spray-painting, and
(ii) $1.35 an hour for all other work, and
(6) for night work
(i) $1.65 an hour for spray-painting, and
(ii) $1.50 an hour for all other work.
OVERTIME WORK
5. Work performed in the industry
(a) at any time other than during the working
periods prescribed in sections 2 and 3, and
(b) on a holiday
shall be overtime work.
6.(1) No overtime work shall be performed in the
industry without a permit from the advisory committee
except for one hour of overtime work to be performed
immediately following the working period of a regular
working-day.
(2) The advisory committee is authorized to issue
the permits subject to the terms and conditions of
this schedule.
7. No permit shall be issued by the advisory
committee for overtime work on a holiday except
(a) in cases of extreme necessity where life or
property is jeopardized, or
(b) on repairs to buildings where the repair work
is necessary to prevent the loss of employ-
ment to persons who are regularly employed
in the buildings.
RATES OF WAGES POR OVERTIME WORK
8. The rates of wages for overtime work shall be
(a) for overtime work performed on a holiday
(i) $3 an hour for spray-painting, and
(ii) $2.70 an hour for all other work, and
(b) for all other overtime work
(i) $2.25 an hour for spray-painting, and
(ii) $2.02'.^ an hour for all other work.
ADVISORY COMMITTEE
9. The advisory committee is authorized to fix a
minimum rate of wages lower than the rate fixed by
this schedule for an individual who is handicapped.
(226) 6
THE MILK CONTROL ACT
O. Reg. 45/52.
Retail Milk Prices in the Market of
Orono.
New.
Made— 24th January, 1952,
Filed— 29th January, 1952, 10.25 a.m.
REGULATIONS MADE BY THE BOARD UNDER
THE MILK CONTROL ACT
1. In these regulations
(c) "buttermilk" means the product that remains
after the butter fat is removed from milk by
churning and includes the product that is
obtained by adding a pure lactic culture to
skim-milk;
(6) "chocolate drink" means milk that contains
a chocolate flavouring;
(c) "skim-milk" means milk that contains not
more than .25 per cent of butter fat;
(d) "standard milk" means milk that contains
not less than 3.25 per cent and not more than
3.9 per cent of butter fat;
(e) "table cream" means cream that contains not
less than 16 per cent and not more than 24
per cent of butter fat; and
(/) "whipping cream" means cream that contains
not less than 32 per cent of butter fat.
2. The maximum prices at which buttermilk,
chocolate drink, skim-milk, standard milk, table cream
and whipping cream may be sold by retail in the
market of Orono shall be as follows:
(a) buttermilk
quart $ -16
pint 09
{b) chocolate drink
quart 21
(c) skim-milk
quart 14
(d) standard milk
quart 20
pint 12
half-pint 07
(c) table cream
quart -80
half-pint 25
if) whipping cream
quart 1 .25
half-pint 35
3. These regulations shall come into force on the
1st of February, 1952.
THE MILK CONTROL BOARD
OF ONTARIO
A. B. CURREY
Chairman
K. M. Betzner
(Seal) Member
J. L. Burrows
Member
H. E. McCallum
Member
Dated at Toronto, this 24th day of January, 1952.
(235) 6
192
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
389
THE HIGHWAY IMPROVEMENT ACT
O. Reg. 46/52.
ControUed-Access Highway — Prescott
By-pass.
Amenain|: Regulations 134 of
Consolidated Regulations 1950.
Made— 24th January, 1952.
Filed— 29th January, 1952, 2.45 p.m.
REGULATIONS MADE UPON THE
RECOMMENDATION OF THE MINISTER
UNDER THE HIGHWAY IMPROVEMENT ACT
1. Regulations 134 of Consolidated Regulations of
Ontario 1950 as amended by Ontario Regulations
110/51, 161/51 and 292/51 are further amended by
adding the following regulation:
PRESCOTT BY-PASS
9. That portion of the King's Highway described
in schedule 26 and outlined in red and illust-
rated on a map or plan filed in the ofRce of the
Registrar of Regulations at Toronto as num-
ber 57 is designated as a controlled-access
highway.
SCHEDULE 26
Part in the Town of Prescott and part in the Township
of Edwardsburgh in the County of Grenvitle being
(a) part of lots C and E, registered plan 19, in
the Town of Prescott,
(b) part of commons (lot 38) in concession 1 in
the Township of Edwardsburgh, now in the
Town of Prescott,
(c) part (A lot 37 in concession 1 in the Township
of Edwardsburgh, now in the Town of Prescott,
(d) part of the road allowance between the town-
ships of Augusta and Edwardsburgh, now in
the Town of Prescott,
(«) part of lots 31 to 37, both inclusive, in con-
cession 1 in the Township of Edwardsburgh,
(/) part of lots
(i) 8 to 16, both inclusive, on the south side
of nth Street,
(ii) 20, 21 and 22, on the south side of 11th
Street,
(iii) 7 and 8 on the north side of 10th Street,
(iv) 12 to 20, both inclusive, on the north side
of 10th Street, and
(v) 7 to 10, both inclusive, on the south side
oi 10th Street,
according to registered plan 6 of the Town
Plot of Johnstown in the Township of Ed-
wardsbui^,
(g) all of lots
(i) 9 to 11, both inclusive, on the north side
of 10th Street, and
(ii) 17 to 19, both inclusive, on the south side
of 11th Street,
according to registered plan 6 of the Town
Plot of Johnstown in the Township of Ed-
wardsburgh,
(h) ^rt of Nine Mile Road, in rear of the Town
riot of Johnstown in the Township of Ed-
wardsburgh,
(t) part of the following streets in the Town Plot
of Johnstown in the Township of Edwards-
burgh
(i) 10th Street,
(ii) 11th Street,
(iii) Charlotte Street,
(iv) Queen Street,
(v) King Street,
(vi) George Street,
(vii) Frederick Street,
(viii) William Street,
(ix) Edward Street, and
(x) Ernest Street,
(j) part of park lots C and D in the rear of the
Town Plot of Johnstown in the Township of
Edwardsburgh,
(k) part of lots 31 and 32 in concession 2 of the
Township of Edwardsburgh, and
(l) part of the road allowance between concessions
1 and 2 in the Township of Edwardsburgh,
and being a strip of land 300 feet wide lying between
two lines drawn parallel to, on opposite sides of and
distant 150 feet measured perpendicularly from a
centre line and centre line produced, and, premising
that all bearings are astronomic and are referred to
the meridian tnrough the north-east angle of lot 1
in concession 1 in tne Township of Augusta in long-
itude 75° 31' west, the centre line may be located as
follows:
Commencing at a point in the westerly limit of
lot E, registered plan 19, distant 1307.82 feet
measured south-easterly along the westerly limit
from the north-west angle of lot E, the westerly
limit of lot E being the westerly limit of the herein-
described lands; thence north 43° 43' 15' east
610.80 feet; thence north 46° 35' east 2079.35 feet
to a point in the westerly limit of commons (lot
38) in concession 1 distant 1515.96 feet measured
south-easterly along the westerly limit from the
north-west angle of commons (lot 38) ; thence north
46° 35' east 6724.58 feet; thence north 46° 35' 30'
east 354.70 feet to a point in the easterly limit of
lot 33 distant 344.04 feet measured south 31° 30'
35' east along the easterly limit from the north-
west angle of lot 32; thence north 46° 35' 30' east
2341.90 feet to a point in the north-easterly limit
of Ernest Street produced 421.80 feet measured
north 49° 30' 10' west from the most southerly
angle of lot 22 north of 10th Street registered plan
6; thence north 46° 35' 30' east 3803.02 feet to a
glint in the south-westerly limit of the King's
ighway crossing lot 7 registered plan 6, the point
being the following courses and distances from the
most easterly angle of lot 7 north of 10th Street:
south 40° 36' 10' west along the south-easterly
limit of lot 7 and north 50*^ 38' 30' west 24.92
feet along the south-westerly limit of the King's
Highway,
the south-westerly limit of the King's Highway
being the north-easterly limit of the herein-des-
crib^ lands.
(236)
193
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
447
Publications Under The Regulations Act
FEBRUARY 16th, 1952
THE GUARANTEE
COMPANIES
ACT
SECURITIES
O, Reg. 47/52.
Addition to Schedule.
Amending Regulations 130 of
Consolidated Regulations 1950.
Made — 31st January, 1952.
Filed— 4th February, 1952, 10.30 a.m.
REGULATIONS MADE UNDER THE
GUARANTEE COMPANIES SECURITIES ACT
Schedule 1 of Regulations 130 of the Consolidated
Regulations of Ontario 1950 as amended by Ontario
Regulations 76/51 is further amended by renumbering
item 1 as item la and by adding thereto the following
items:
1. Aetna Insurance Company
50a. Reliance Insurance Company of Canada
(279) 7
THE NURSING ACT, 1951
O. Reg. 48/52.
General Regulations.
New and Revoking Regulations 307
of Consolidated Regulations 1950.
Made— 31st January, 1952.
Filed— 5th February, 1952, 3.30 p.m.
REGULATIONS MADE UNDER
THE NURSING ACT, 1951
INTERPRETATION
1. In these regulations
(a) "Council" means Council of Nursing;
(b) "hospital" includes a sanitarium or a sana-
torium;
(c) "school" means school of nursing established
under the Act;
(d) "student-nurse" means a person admitted to
a school;
(«) "superintendent" means superintendent of a
school and includes director of a school;
(/) "trainee" means
training course;
a person admitted to a
(f) "training centre" means a place where a
training course is conducted; and
(A) "training course" means a training course for
nursing assistants.
ADMINISTRATION
DIRECTOR
2. The Director shall be responsible to the Minister
for the enforcement of the Act and regulations and
shall keep
(c) a record of all schools and training courses,
(b) a record of the results of all examinations
leading to registration as certified nursing
assistants, and
(c) a record of all persons to whom a certificate
of renewal of registration as a certified nursing
assistant is issued.
COUNCIL OF NURSING
3,(1) A Council of Nursing is established.
(2) The Council shall be composed of the Deputy
Minister of Health, the Director and 7 other members
appointed by the Lieutenant-Governor in Council as
follows:
(a) a duly qualified medical practitioner who is
an inspector under The Public Hospitals Act,
(6) an officer of the Department of Education,
(c) a registered nurse who is a director of a school,
designated by the Minister,
(d) a duly qualified medical practitioner designated
by the Minister,
(e) a registered nurse recommended by the
Registered Nurses' Association of Ontario,
(/) an inspector of schools of nursing, and
(g) an inspector of training courses.
4. The Council shall elect annually from its members
a chairman, a vice-chairman and a secretary, who
shall hold office during the pleasure of the Council.
5. Five members of the Council shall constitute a
quorum, and all business of the Council shall be
decided by a majority of the members present.
6.(1) The Council may by resolution determine
the time and place of meetings, the procedure of
summoning and conducting meetings and may make
recommendations to the Minister for the better adminis-
tration of the provisions of the Act and regulations.
(2) When requested by the Deputy Minister, the
Director shall give notice in writing to each member
of the Council of the time and place of the first meeting.
7. The chairman or vice-chairman, when in the
chair, and the chairman of any meeting shall have the
same right to vote as any other member of the Council,
but shall have no casting vote, and in the event of an
equality of votes a motion shall be declared lost.
INSPECTION
8.(1) The Lieutenant-Governor in Council may
appoint one or more registered nurses to be an inspector
or inspectors of schools or training courses.
195
448
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
(2) An inspector, subject to the direction of the
Director, shall inspect schools and training courses
at least once every 2 years.
(3) An inspector shall submit a report of his
inspections to the Director.
NURSES
ESTABLISHMENT OF SCHOOLS
9. Before any hospital or university establishes a
school it shall give notice in writing of the proposed
establishment to the Director.
STAFF OF A SCHOOL
10.(1) Every school shall provide a training-staff
for training student-nurses as prescribed by sub-
regulation 2.
(2) The staff shall include
(a) a superintendent of nurses,
(b) an assistant superintendent of nurses,
(c) a night superintendent of nurses,
(d) a nurse supervisor in every department of
the hospital to which student-nurses are
assigned, and
(e) at least 2 nurses for class-room instruction.
(3) Every, member of the staff shall be a registered
nurse.
EQUIPMENT AND ACCOMMODATION
11.(1) A school shall provide for the use of student-
nurses a separate building as a residence equipped with
(a) lavatory facilities including
(i) 1 toilet,
(ii) 1 wash-basin, and
(iii) 1 bath-tub
for each 6 students,
(b) a separate room with clothes-closet for each
nurse,
(c) quiet residential accommodation for night
nurses, and
{d) a recreation room.
(2) A school shall provide for the use and instruc-
tion of student-nurses
(a) class-rooms including
(i) at least 1 class-room for the acommoda-
tion of all the student-nurses enrolled in
the training school,
(ii) 1 class-room for the accommodation of a
class, and
(iii) 1 demonstration room for the accommoda-
tion of a class and equipped with at
least 1 bed and 1 bedside table for every
6 students in the class,
(b) laboratories including
(i) a science laboratory large enough to
accommodate 16 students, and
(ii) a dietetic laboratory large enough to
accommodate 16 students,
(c) one of each of the following:
(i) a library,
(ii) a study containing at least 1 chair and
1 table for each 8 students,
(iii) an office for each instructor,
(iv) a cloak- and wash-room,
(v) a storage-room,
(vi) a cleaning cupboard with hopper and
sink, and
such other accommodation as may be required;
and
(d) the following equipment: .
(i) blackboards,
(ii) anatomical charts,
(iii) skeletons,
(iv) specimens of bones,
(v) demonstration beds,
(vi) manikins,
(vii) students' chairs,
(viii) reference books,
(ix) cupboards for demonstration equipment,
(x) 1 microscope for every 3 students, and
(xi) all other necessary equipment.
PROBATION PERIOD
12.(1) The superintendent shall not permit a
student-nurse to assume responsibility as a nurse until
the student-nurse has completed a period of training
of not less than 18 weeks, herein called "probation
period".
(2) The probation period shall not exceed 24 weeks.
(3) The training of a student-nurse during the
probation period shall include practical demonstrations
of nursing methods and the practice thereof under
supervision of a nurse.
13. When a student-nurse has completed the pro-
bation period under regulation 12, the superintendent
shall notify the Director.
COURSES OF INSTRUCTION
14.(1) A school shall provide a 3-year course of
training and shall give the courses of instruction
prescribed from time to time by the regulations made
under The Nurses Registration Act, 1951.
(2) A student-nurse shall complete the courses of
instruction referred to in subregulation 1 before
receiving the certificate of qualification under regula-
tion 18.
(3) The probation period prescribed by regulation
12 shall be included in the computation of the period
of training completed by a student-nurse under sub-
regulation 1.
196
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
449
(4) Subregulations 1 and 2 shall not apply to the
Metropolitan School of Nursing operated by the
Canadian Nurses Association at the City of Windsor.
(5) Where, in the opinion of the Council, the
instruction and hospital services in a school do not
meet the requirements of these regulations, the Council
may approve an arrangement whereby student-nurses
in the school may continue their courses in another
school.
HOURS OF DUTY
15.(1) No student-nurse shall be required to devote
more than an aggregate of 58 hours a week to classes
of instruction and hospital work.
(2) A student-nurse shall be given an annual
vacation of not less than 2 weeks.
RECORDS
16.(1) Every school shall keep a record of its
student-nurses.
(2) The record shall contain
(a) the educational qualifications and date of
birth,
(fc) time spent by the student-nurse in receiving
(i) clinical experience and training, and
(ii) instruction in the theory of nursing for
each subject taught,
(c) subjects taught and by whom,
(d) time lost through illness or leave of absence,
(«) any characteristics or particulars affecting or
in any way relating to the efficiency of the
student-nurse, and
(f) such details of health examination as the
Minister may require.
TRANSFER OF STUDENTS
17.(1) Except with the approval of the Director
no school shall admit as a student-nurse any person
who has been dismissed from a training school.
(2) Except with the approval of the Director no
student-nurse in a school shall transfer to another
school.
CERTIFICATE OF QUALIFICATION
18. The superintendent shall issue to every student-
nurse who has completed the courses of instruction
and fulfilled any other requirements for graduation
from the school a certificate of qualification in form 1.
ANNUAL REPORT
19.(1) The superintendent of a school shall make
a report annually for the year ending December 31st
to tne Director not later than the 31st of January
following.
(2) The annual rep>ort shall contain
(a) particulars of clinical facilities for teaching
nurses,
(6) the names of instruction staff,
(c) the number of all students enrolled,
(d) particulars of the programme in respect of
the health of student-nurses, and
(c) particulars of lecture courses and clinical
training.
NURSING ASSISTANTS
TRAINING COURSES
20. Before a hospital or university establishes a
training course it shall give notice in writing of the
proposed establishment to the Director.
21. A training course shall provide for 9 months of
instruction in a hospital.
MAINTENANCE AND CONDUCT OF TRAINING
COURSES
22.(1) Every instructor employed in a training
centre shall be a Registered Nurse.
(2) A training centre shall have at least one in-
structor engaged exclusively in the instruction of
trainees.
23. Every training centre shall provide
(a) lecture rooms,
(6) demonstration rooms,
(c) cooking laboratory, and
(d) teaching aids.
INSTRUCTION
24.(1) The training course shall consist of instruc-
tion in theory and practice of nursing as prescribed
by regulations 25 and 26 for a period of 9 months.
(2) The trainee shall receive at least 195 days of
instruction.
25.(1) During the first three months of the course
the training centre shall instruct the trainee in nursing.
(2) The instruction prescribed by subregulation 1
shall consist of at least 65 days of theoretical instruc-
tion, including
(a) 35 hours on the structure and function of the
human body, and
(6) 160 hours on nursing methods.
26. During the last 6 months of the course, trainees
shall receive training in a hospital consisting of practice
under the supervision of a registered nurse in the
nursing of convalescent, chronically ill and sub-acutely
ill patients.
RECORDS
2 7. Every training centre shall keep a written record
of every trainee.
28. The record shall include the following infor-
mation:
(a) date of birth,
(b) educational qualifications,
(c) number of hours of instruction,
(d) attendance,
(e) the results of all examinations, and
(/) medical and health record.
ADMISSION TO TRAINING COURSE
29.(1) No person under the age of 18 years shall
be admitted as a trainee.
197
450
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
(2) No person shall be admitted as a trainee unless
she has completed Grade VIII in Ontario, or the
equivalent as determined by the Minister of Education
under The Department of Education Act.
EXAMINATIONS
30.(1) The Council shall prescribe examinations for
registration as a certified nursing assistant upon the
subjects prescribed by regulations 25 and 26.
(2) The Director shall conduct or cause to be
conducted the examinations at least once a year at
each training centre.
31. A trainee who
(a) has completed the training course or has
attended the training course for at least 8
months ending within 30 days of the date
fixed for the examination ;
{b) is recommended by the training centre; and
(c) has submitted to the Director
(i) an application in form 2, and
(ii) the certificate in form 3 of the instructor
referred to in subregulation 2 of regula-
tion 22
may write the examination for trainees.
REGISTRATION
32. Any person
(a) who
(i) has passed the examinations prescribed by
regulation 30,
(ii) has completed the Ontario demonstration
course of instruction for practical
nurses conducted by the Registered
Nurses' Association of Ontario at the
cities"of Hamilton, London and Toronto
during the years of 1941 to 1944, both
inclusive; or
(iii) is a discharged member of His Majesty's
Forces and has completed the course for
practical nurses under Canadian Voca-
tional Training in Ontario, and
(6) who has paid the registration fee,
shall be registered by the Director as a certified nursing
assistant.
ii. The Director shall register any person who
(a) has graduated from a training course for
nursing assistants outside Ontario approved
by the Council,
{h) has been certified outside Ontario under re-
quirements satisfactory to the Council, and
(c) has paid the registration fee.
CERTIFICATES
34. The Director shall issue to every nursing
assistant who is registered a certificate in form 4.
RENEWAL OF CERTIFICATES
35.(1) Every certificate of registration shall remain
in force during the year in which it is issued, and until
the date of renewal prescribed by subregulation 2.
(2) Every certified nursing assistant shall pay to
the Director a renewal fee on or before the first Monday
of February in each year, and upon payment thereof
the Director shall issue a certificate of renewal of
registration in form 5.
(3) No renewal certificate shall be issued until all
arrears of fees have been paid.
FEES
36.(1) The fee for registration as a certified nursing
assistant shall be $3.
(2) The fee for the annual renewal of registration
shall be $1.
(3) The fees shall be paid to the Director.
SUSPENSION AND CANCELLATION OF CERTIFICATES
37. The Minister, on the recommendation of the
Council, may suspend or cancel the certificate of a
certified nursing assistant when it has been shown to
the satisfaction of the Council at a hearing that the
holder
(o) has procured registration by misrepresentation
or fraud,
(i) has been guilty of malpractice,
(c) has been convicted of any criminal offence
associated with the practice of a nursing
assistant,
(d) is mentally or physically incapable of practis-
ing as a nursing assistant, or
(c) is so given over to the use of alcohol or drugs
as to render her incapable of practising as a
certified nursing assistant.
REVOCATION
38. Regulations 307 of Consolidated Regulations of
Ontario 1950 are revoked.
Form 1
The Nursing Act, 1951
CERTIFICATE OF QUALIFICATION
This certifies that . .
of.
(name of person)
has completed the
(address)
courses of instruction and fulfilled the requirements
for graduation from the school of nursing of
(name of hospital or university)
Dated at .19..
Signature of
superintendent of nurses
Form 2
The Nursing Act, 1951
APPLICATION TO WRITE EXAMINATION
FOR TRAINEES
To the Director of Nursing,
Parliament Buildings,
Toronto, Ontario.
I apply to write the examination for trainees and
I make the following statements of fact:
198
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
451
1. Name in full
2. Permanent address
3. Temporary address
4. Name of nearest relative or guardian
5. Date and place of birth
6. Religion Racial origin
7. Marital status
Number of dependants
8. Number of years in public school
Certificate held
9. Number of years in high school
Certificate held
10. Name and location of last school attended.
II. Type of employment since leaving school.
12. Previous experience in nursing before taking train-
ing course
13. Name of training centre
Location
14. Occupation at present
15. Are you certified as a nursing assistant in any
other country, province or state? If so,
specify and give number of certificate
16. State examination centre at which you wish to be
examined
Date
Signature of applicant
Form 3
The Nursing Act, 1951
CERTIFICATE OF INSTRUCTOR
I certify that entered
the training school for nursing assistants
(location)
on , and completed the course on
(date)
, and that the training in Hieory
(date)
and practice of nursing was satisfactory.
Estimation of ability and personality
Progress made during course and type of work for
which suited .
Dated at , this.
19
. . .day of. .
Instructor
Form 4
The Nursing Act, 1951
CERTIFICATE AS A CERTIFIED
NURSING ASSISTANT
This certifies that under The Nursing Act, 1951,
and the regulations and subject to the limitations
thereof of
(name of person) (address)
is a Certified Nursing Assistant.
Date
Signature of Director
Form 5
The Nursing Act, 1951
CERTIFICATE OF RENEWAL OF
REGISTRATION AS A CERTIFIED
NURSING ASSISTANT
This certifies that the registration of
as a certified nursing assistant
(name of person)
is renewed for the year ending the 31st of December
19...
Date
Signature of Director
(301)
THE NURSES REGISTRATION ACT, 1951
O. Reg. 49/52.
General Regulations.
New.
Approved — 31st of January, 1952.
Filed— 5th February, 1952, 3.40 p.m.
REGULATIONS MADE BY THE BOARD UNDER
THE NURSES REGISTRATION ACT. 1951
INTERPRETATION
1. In these regulations "registrar" _ means the
person appointed by the Board to be registrar.
ADMISSION TO SCHOOLS OF NURSING
2. An applicant for admission to a school of nursing
shall
(a) be of a minimum age of 17 years,
199
452
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
(b) possess
(i) the Secondary School Graduation Dip-
loma of the Department of Education
where physics and chemistry of grades
XI and XII or agriculture 1 and 2 of
grades XI and XII have been taken as
one of the options, or an equivalent
certificate as determined by the Minister
of Education, or
(ii) where the applicant resides in another
province of Canada, qualification for
entrance to a university in the province
in which the applicant resides, and
(c) submit to the director of the school of nursing
to which application is being made
(i) a birth certificate,
(ii) the report of a duly qualified medical
practitioner certifying that the applicant
is in good health and including the results
of an x-ray examination of the chest, and
(iii) a certificate signed by a dentist certifying
that the applicant is in good dental
health.
COURSES OF INSTRUCTION
3.(1) The courses of instruction in a school of
nursing shall include
(a) clinical experience and training in each of
the subjects in column 1 of schedule 1 for at
least the time set opposite each subject in
column 2, and
(b) theoretical instruction in each of the subjects
in column 1 of schedule 2 and instruction in
the topics in column 2 for at least the time set
opposite each topic in column 3.
(2) The provisions of subregulation 1 shall not
apply to the Metropolitan School of Nursing operated
by the Canadian Nurses Association at the City of
Windsor.
APPLICATION FOR REGISTRATION
4. Every applicant for registration by examination
shall file an application with the registrar at least 30
days before the time set for examination and shall
submit
(a) a certificate of qualification from a school of
nursing, and
(b) the examination fee prescribed by sub-
regulation 1 of regulation 12.
EXAMINATIONS
5.(1) The registrar shall conduct or cause to be
conducted examinations for registration upon the
subjects prescribed by subregulation 1 of regulation 3
at least once a year and at such other times as the
Board may deem necessary.
(2) The examinations shall be held in every city
or town where a school is located and at such other
places as the Board may deem necessary.
REGISTRATION
6. The Board shall register any person who
(c) is a graduate of a school of nursing within
Ontario,
(i) has passed the examinations prescribed by
regulation 5, and
(c) pays the registration fee prescribed by sub-
regulation 2 of regulation 12.
7. The Board shall register any person
(a) who has graduated from a school of nursing
outside Ontario approved by the Board,
(b) who
(i) is registered outside Ontario under
regulations similar to these regulations,
(ii) has registered outside Canada under
regulations similar to these regulations
but whose registration has been cancelled
by reason of being a Canadian citizen, or
(iii) is unable to register in the place of
graduation by reason of being a Canadian
citizen and has passed the examinations
prescribed by regulation 5, and
(c) who pays the registration fee prescribed by
subregulation 3 of regulation 12.
8. The Board shall register every person who is
registered under The Nurses Act when The Nurses
Registration Act, 1951 comes into force, but without
payment of any fee.
9. The Board shall register without examination
any person
(o) who
(i) graduated from a school of nursing, and
(ii) was eligible for registration as a registered
nurse under any Act of this Legislature
before the year 1926, and
(ft) who has not registered as a registered nurse
where that person
(c) applies for registration before the 31st of
December 1953, and
{d) pays the registration fee prescribed by sub-
regulation 2 of regulation 12.
CERTIFICATES OF REGISTRATION
10. The registrar shall issue to every registered
nurse a certificate of registration in form 1.
RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION
11.(1) Every certificate of registration shall remain
in force during the year ending the 31st of December
in which it is issued and until the date of renewal
prescribed by subregulation 2.
(2) Every registered nurse shall pay the annual
fee prescribed by subregulation 4 of regulation 12 on
or before the first Monday of February in each year
and upon payment thereof the registrar shall issue a
certificate of renewal of registration in form 2.
(3) No renewal certificate shall be issued where
the fee for the year previous has not been paid until
a reinstatement fee of $2 has been paid.
12.(1) The
shall be $5.
FEES
examination fee
under regulation 4
(2) The registration fee under regulation 6 or
regulation 9 shall be $10, but a person who does not
register within 1 year of the date of the examination
referred to in regulation 6 shall pay an additional fee
of $2.
(3) The registration fee under regulation 7 shall
be $15.
(4) The fee for renewal of registration under sub-
regulation 2 of regulation 11 shall be $2.
(5) All fees shall be paid to the Board.
200
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
453
DISCIPLINE
13. The Board may suspend or cancel a certificate
of registration when it has been shown to the satisfaction
of the Board after a hearing that the holder of the
certificate
(a) has procured registration by misrepresentation
or fraud,
(b) has been guilty of malpractice,
(c) has been convicted of any criminal offence in
respect of the practice of nursing,
(d) is mentally or physically incapable of the
practice of nursing, or
(c) is so given over to the use of alcohol or drugs
as to render the holder incapable of practising
nursing.
THE BOARD UNDER THE NURSES
REGISTRATION ACT, 1951
Gladys J. Sharpe
President
WiNNiFRED M. Cooke
Sister St. Camillus
Jean C. Sanders
Rahno M. Beamish
Blanche Duncanson
Mary B. Millman
Irene Mayall
Harriet McGeary
Jewel Killorin
Jean C, Leask
Florence H. Walker
Edith Horton
Mabel A. Fairfield
Helen L. Keith
Pearl Stiver
BiANCA M. Beyer
Alma E. Reid
Martha Nephew
Eva Brackenridge
Marion Tresidder
Jessie E. Young
SCHEDULE 1
f
Column 1
Column 2
Item
Subject
Time in
weeks
1
2
3
4
medical nursing and nutrition in relation to nursing
operating-room nursing and surgical nursing
obstetrical nursing
paediatric nursing
30
30
12
12
SCHEDULE 2
i
Column 1
Column 2
Column 3
Item
Subject
Item
Topics
Time in
hours
1
Science
1
2
3
4
5
6
anatomy and physiology
bacteriology
chemistry
nutrition in health and disease
pharmacology and therapeutics
psychology
80
25
20
45
40
10
2
Health and social
education
7
physical and mental health, the principles
of teaching, and community health and
social needs of the community
70
3
Ethics and develop-
ments in nursing
8
ethics, history, development and trends
40
4
Elementary nursing
9
elementary principles and practice of
nursing
150
5
Advanced nursing
10
11
12
13
14
15
medical nursing
surgical nursing
obstetrical and gynaecological nursing
paediatric nursing
ophthalmological and otolaryngological
nursing
nursing in communicable disease
40
35
35
20
15
20
6
Medical instruction
16
17
18
19
.20
medicine
surgery
obstetrics and gynaecology
paediatrics
communicable diseases
20
20
20
15
10
201
454
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
Form 1
The Nurses Registration Act, 1951
CERTIFICATE OF REGISTRATION AS A
REGISTERED NURSE
This is to certify that under The Nurses Regis-
tration Act, 1951 and the regulations and subject to
the limitations thereof
is registered as
o a Registered Nurse.
4) Dated at Toronto, the day of 19. .
eJ
For the Board
Registrar
Form 2
The Nurses Registration Act, 1951
CERTIFICATE OF RENEWAL OF
REGISTRATION AS A REGISTERED NURSE
This is to certify that the registration of
as a Registered
Nurse is renewed for the year ending the 31st of Decem-
ber 19....
Dated at Toronto, the day of .
19.
For the Board
Registrar
(302)
THE PUBLIC HEALTH ACT
O.Reg. 50/52.
Camps in Territorial Districts.
Revoking parts of O. Regs. 14/44 and
Revoking O. Regs. 73/45.
Approved — 31st January, 1952.
Filed— 5th February, 1952. 3.50 p.m.
REGULATIONS MADE BY THE MINISTER
UNDER THE PUBLIC HEALTH ACT
1.(1) Clause b of regulation 1 of Ontario Regula-
tions 14/44 is revoked and the following substituted
therefor:
ib) "contract physician" means a legally qualified
medical practitioner who has entered into a
medical contract with an employer;
(2) Clause / of regulation 1 of Ontario Regulations
14/44 is revoked.
(3) Regulation 1 of Ontario Regulations 14/44 is
amended by adding the following clauses:
{hh) "employee" includes workman ;
{dd) "medical arrangement" means an arrange-
ment made by an employer for the medical,
surgical and hospital care and treatment of
his employees;
{ee) "medical scheme" means a scheme estab-
lished by an employer for the medical, surgical
and hospital care and treatment of his
employees; and
(eee) "non-industrial accident" means personal
injury to an employee not arising out of and
in the course of his employment and for
which the employer is not liable to provide
or to pay compensation under The Workmen's
Compensation Act.
2. Regulations 16, 17, 18, 18c and 19 of Ontario
Regulations 14/44 are revoked.
3. Subregulations 2, 3 and 4 of regulation 20 of
Ontario Regulations 14/44 are revoked and the follow-
ing substituted therefor:
(2) Where an employer has entered into a medical
contract under subregulation 1, he shall
notify every workman in his employ of the
name and address of the contract physician.
4. Regulations 20a, 21, 21a, 22 and 23 of Ontario
Regulations 14/44 are revoked and the following
substituted therefor:
21.(1) Where an employer of employees in a
standard camp with the approval of the
Minister
(a) has entered into a medical contract with
a duly qualified medical practitioner
referred to in regulation 22, or
(6) has
(i) established a medical scheme in
accordance with clause b of regulation
23, or
(ii) entered into a medical arrangement
in accordance with clause c of regu-
lation 23
that employer may deduct the amount of $1.50
per month from the wages of each employee
entitled to the benefits of the medical contract,
medical scheme or medical arrangement.
(2) No deductions shall be made under subregu-
lation 1 unless
(a) the medical contract is in force and the
medical and surgical care and treatment
is available to the employees in accordance
with the medical contract, or
{b) the medical scheme or medical arrange-
ment is in force and the medical, surgical
and hospital care and treatment is avail-
able to the employees in accordance with
the medical scheme or medical arrange-
ment.
MEDICAL CONTRACTS
22. The medical contract referred to in regulation
21 shall include provisions whereby
(a) the contract physician, with respect to the
employees entitled to the benefits of the
contract, is obliged to
(i) visit the standard camp as often
as may be necessary to give adequate
medical and surgical care and treat-
ment,
(ii) render medical and surgical care
and treatment to every employee,
(iii) report in writing to the Minister
once a month all cases of sickness
and non-industrial accidents suffered
by employees during the previous
month, and
202
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
455
(iv) notify the Minister in writing of
the name and address of any other
medical practitioner engaged to per-
form any services under the contract,
other than consultant services, and
(b) the contract may be terminated by the
employer when so required by the Minister
under regulation 33.
APPROVAL AND NOTIFICATION OF MEDICAL CONTRACTS,
MEDICAL SCHEMES OR MEDICAL ARRANGEMENTS
23. The Minister may approve
(a) a medical contract which includes the
provisions prescribed in regulation 22,
(6) a medical scheme for the care and treat-
ment of employees in a standard camp
where
(i) one or more employers have estab-
lished a camp or camps usually em-
ploying an aggregate of not less than
500 employees in a locality,
(ii) the camp or camps are so located
that the facilities referred to in sub-
clause iii are available to all the
employees referred to in subclause i,
and
(iii) adequate facilities are provided for
the medical, surgical and hospital
care and treatment of the employees
referred to in subclause i suffering
from sickness or non-industrial acci-
dents, or
(c) a medical arrangement for the care and
treatment of employees in a standard camp
where
(i) the camp is located in close proximity
to or with ready means of access to
established medical, surgical and
hospital services and treatment, and
(ii) the services referred to in sub-
clause i have adequate facilities for
the medical, surgical and hospital
care and treatment of all the em-
ployees.
23o.(l) When applying for the Minister's approval
of a medical contract, medical scheme or
medical arrangement, the employer shall
deliver or send by registered post to the
Minister
(a) a copy of the medical contract, or
(ft) complete details of the medical scheme or
medical arrangement including
(i) the location of the camp or camps,
(li) the number of employees usually
employed in the camp or camps,
(iii) the facilities for medical, surgical and
hospital care and treatment of the
employees,
(iv) the location of the facilities referred
to in subclause iii,
(v) a statement showing the proposed
expenditures of the amounts to be
deducted, including expenditures for
(.i) services of duly qualified medical
practitioners,
(.ii) hospital care and treatment,
and
(.iii) other items,
and
(vi) the date of the end of the employer's
fiscal year.
(2) When the Minister has approved a medical
contract, medical scheme or medical arrange-
ment, the employer shall so notify the em-
ployees and inform them of
(a) the name and address of the contract
physician, or
(b) the location of the medical, surgical and
hospital care and treatment available
under the medical scheme or medical
arrangement.
PAYMENT
236. Where an employer makes deductions from
wages under regulation 21, the employer shall
pay out the total amount deducted
(a) to the contract physician within one
month after the money is deducted in the
case of a medical contract, or
(b) in the case of a medical scheme or a
medical arrangement, in accordance with the
medical scheme or medical arrangement.
RECORDS AND REPORTS
23c. Where an employer makes deductions from
wages in accordance with a medical scheme or
medical arrangement under regulation 21, the
employer shall report in writing to the Minister
once a month all cases of sickness or non-
industrial accidents suffered by employees
during the previous month.
23d.(l) The employer shall keep records showing
(a) all sums deducted from the wages of
employees under regulation 21, and
(b) the disbursement of the sums so deducted.
(2) The employer shall permit inspection of the
records at any reasonable time
(a) by
(i) an inspector, or
(ii) an officer or employee in the Depart-
ment who is designated by the
Minister,
(b) by a contract physician party to a medical
contract.
23c. WTien so required by the Minister in writing
an employer who makes deductions authorized
under clause a of subregulation 1 of regulation
21 shall submit to the Minister a report for
the period required by the Minister, showing
(a) the number of employees employed by the
employer,
(6) the number of employees from whose wages
any deduction for medical and surgical
care has been made by the employer,
203
456
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
(c) the total deductions for medical and
surgical care, and
(d) the sums paid under the medical contract
to the contract physician.
23/. (1) Every employer who makes deductions
authorized under clause b of subregulation 1
of regulation 21 shall submit to the Minister
annually within the time and for the period
mentioned in subregulation 2 a report showing
the information mentioned in subregulation 3.
(2) The report shall be submitted within one
month after the end of the employer's fiscal
year, and shall contain the information for
the previous fiscal year.
(3) The report shall show
(a) the number of employees employed by the
employer,
(b) the number of employees from whose
wages any deduction for medical and
surgical care has been made by the em-
ployer,
(c) the total deductions for medical, surgical
and hospital care and treatment under a
medical scheme or medical arrangement,
and
(d) the sums in detail applied pursuant to a
medical scheme or medical arrangement.
(4) When so required by the Minister in writing,
the employer shall submit an interim report
for any period for which no report has been
made.
5. Regulations 31, 32, 32a and 33 of Ontario
Regulations 14/44 are revoked and the following
substituted therefor:
31. Where a medical contract entered into under
subregulation 1 of regulation 20 is varied or
terminated, the employer shall forthwith by
registered mail furnish to an inspector or to
the Minister,
(a) particulars of the variation, or
(b) notice of the termination and the effective
date thereof.
32.(1) Where the parties to a medical contract
referred to in clause a of subregulation 1 of
regulation 21 desire to vary the contract, the
employer shall obtain the approval of the
Minister before putting the proposed variation
into effect.
(2) Where the contract is terminated by either
party, the employer shall forthwith by
registered mail give notice thereof to the
Minister.
33.(1) Where an inspector believes that a contract
physician
(a) is neglecting, or
(b) is unable
(i) by reason of the condition of his
health,
(ii) by reason of the distance at which
he resides or practices from the camp,
or
(iii) for any other reason,
to perform the duties imposed upon him
by the contract,
he shall investigate the circumstances and
report thereon fully to the Director of In-
dustrial Hygiene of the Department.
(2) Where the Director is of opinion that the
circumstances are such that the intent of
these regulations is being substantially de-
feated as to that contract, he shall so report
to the Minister, together with his recommen-
dation.
(3) Where the Minister is satisfied that the intent
of these regulations is being substantially
defeated as to that contract, he shall so
notify the employer and require him to termin-
ate the contract and shall send a copy of the
notification and requirement to the contract
physician.
(4) Upon receipt of the notification from the
Minister under subregulation 3, the employer
shall immediately terminate the contract.
6. Ontario Regulations 73/45 are revoked.
COMMENCEMENT
7. These regulations shall come into force on the
sixtieth day after publication in The Ontario Gazette
under The Regulations Act.
M. PHILLIPS
Minister of Health
(303) 7
THE PUBLIC HOSPITALS ACT
O. Reg. 51/52.
Classification of Hospitals.
Amending Regulations 341 of '
Consolidated Regulations 1950.
Made— 31st January, 1952.
Filed— 5th February, 1952, 4.00 p.m.
REGULATIONS MADE UPON THE
RECOMMENDATION OF THE MINISTER
UNDER THE PUBLIC HOSPITALS ACT
1. Schedule 1 of Regulations 341 of Consolidated
Regulations of Ontario 1950 is amended by striking
out the figures in column 2 of the item in column 1 and
substituting therefor the figures in column 3 under the
heading "Group C Hospitals" as set forth in Schedule
I hereto.
SCHEDULE I
GROUP C HOSPITALS
Column 1
Column 2
Column 3
Item
Figures
struck out
Figures
substituted
52
78 26
78 47
(306)
204
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
489
Publications Under The Regulations Act
FEBRUARY 23rd, 1952
THE MILK CONTROL ACT
O. Reg 52/52.
Retail Milk Prices in the market of
Barry's Bay.
New.
Made— 5th February, 1952.
Filed— 5th February, 1952, 4.15 p.m.
REGULATIONS MADE BY THE BOARD UNDER
THE MILK CONTROL ACT
1. In these regulations
(a) "chocolate drink" means milk that contains
a chocolate flavouring;
(b) "standard milk" means milk that contains not
less than 3.25 per cent and not more than 3.9
per cent of butter fat;
(c) "table cream" means cream that contains not
less than 16 per cent and not more than 24
per cent of butter fat; and
(d) "whipping cream" means cream that contains
not less than 32 per cent of butter fat.
2. The maximum prices at which chocolate drink,
standard milk, table cream and whipping cream may
be sold by retail in the market of Barry's Bay shall be
as follows :
in
in cardboard
bottles containers
(a) chocolate drink
quart $ .20 $ .21
Pint 11 .12
half-pint 07 .08
8 ounces 06 .07
7 ounces 05 .06
(6) standard milk
quart 19 .20
pint 10 .11
half-pint 06 .07
(c) table cream
half-pint 19 .20
(d) whipping cream
half-pint 30 .31
3. These regulations shall come into force on the
16th of February, 1952.
THE MILK CONTROL BOARD
OF ONTARIO
A. B. CURREY
Chairman
K. M. Betzner
Member
(Seal) J. L. Burrows
Member
H. E. McCallum
Member
Dated at Toronto, this 5th day of February 1952.
(320) 8
THE MILK CONTROL ACT
O. Reg. 53/52.
Retail Milk Prices in the market of
Elmira.
New.
Made — 5th February, 1952.
Filed— 5th February, 1952, 4.20 p.m.
REGULATIONS MADE BY THE BOARD UNDER
THE MILK CONTROL ACT
1. In these regulations
(a) "buttermilk" means the product that remains
after the butter fat is removed from milk by
churning and includes the product that is
obtained by adding a pure lactic culture to
skim-milk;
(b) "chocolate drink" means milk that contains
a chocolate flavouring;
(c) "skim-milk" means milk that contains not
more than .25 per cent of butter fat;
(d) "standard milk" means milk that contains not
less than 3.25 per cent and not more than 3.9
per cent of butter fat;
(e) "table cream" means cream that contains not
less than 16 per cent and not more than 24
per cent of butter fat; and
(f) "whipping cream" means cream that contains
not less than 32 per cent of butter fat.
2. The maximum prices at which buttermilk,
chocolate drink, skim-milk, standard milk, table cream
and whipping cream may be sold by retail in the
market of Elmira shall be aafollows:
m
bottles
(a) buttermilk
quart $ .16
pint 09
half-pint 06
(b) chocolate drink
quart 21
pint 11
half-pint 08
8 ounces 07
7 ounces 06
(c) skim-milk
quart 14
(d) standard milk
quart 20
pint 11
half-pint 06
(e) table cream
half-pint 25
(J) whipping cream
half-pint 35
in
cardboard
containers
$
.17
.10
.07
.22
.12
.09
.08
.07
.15
.21
.12
.07
.26
.36
205
490
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
3. These regulations shall come into force on the
(b)
cereal treat
16th of
February, 1952.
quart
half-pint
65 .66
18 .19
THE MILK CONTROL BOARD
OF ONTARIO
(c)
chocolate drink
quart
22 .23
A. B. CURREY
pint
12 .13
Chairman
half-pint
08 .09
K. M. Betzner
8 ounces
07 .08
Member
7 ounces
06 .07
(Seal)
J. L. Burrows
Member
(d)
skim-milk
H. E. McCallum
quart
IS .16
Member
(e)
special milk
Dated at Toronto, this 5th day of February 1952.
quart
23 .24
)int
13 .14
(321)
8
if)
lalf-pint
standard milk
quart
)int
08 .09
21 .22
12 .13
lalf-pint
07 .08
THE MILK CONTROL ACT
(i)
table cream
quart
85 .86
0. Reg. 54/52.
jint
45 .46
Retail Milk Prices in the market of
lalf-pint
25 .26
St. Marys.
New.
(h) whipping cream
Made— 5th February, 1952.
quart
1.25 1.26
Filed— 5th February, 1952, 4.25 p.m.
pint
65 .66
3. T
half-pint
35 .36
hese regulations shal
come into force on the
REGULATIONS MADE BY THE BOARD UNDER
16th of
February, 1952.
THE MILK CONTROL ACT
THE MILK CONTROL BOARD
1. Ii
1 these regulations
OF ONTARIO
(a)
"buttermilk" means the product that remains
after the butter fat is removed from milk by
churning and includes the product that is
obtained by adding a pure lactic culture to
A. B. Currey
Chairman
K. M. Betzner
Member
skim-milk;
(Seal)
J. L. Burrows
Member
(b)
"cereal treat" means milk that contains not
less than 10 per cent and not more than 12
per cent of butter fat;
H. E. McCallum
Member
Dated <
It Toronto, this 5th
day of February, 1952.
(c)
"chocolate drink" means milk that contains
id)
a chocolate flavouring;
"skim-milk" means milk that contains not
more than .25 per cent of butter fat;
(322)
8
(e)
"special milk" means milk that contains not
THE MILK CONTROL ACT
less than 4 per cent of butter fat;
0. Reg. 55/52.
(f)
"standard milk" means milk that contains not
less than 3.25 per cent and not more than 3.9
per cent of butter fat;
Retail Milk Prices
Uxbridge.
New.
m the market of
Made— 5th February, 1952.
(i)
"table cream" means cream that contains not
Filed— 5th February, 1952, 4.30 p.m.
less than 16 per cent and not more than 24
per cent of butter fat; and
"whipping cream" means cream that contains
(h)
REGULATIONS MADE BY THE BOARD UNDER
not less than 32 per cent of butter fat.
THE MILK CONTROL ACT
2. The maximum prices at which buttermilk,
1. I
n these regulations
cereal treat, chocolate drink, skim-milk, special milk,
standard milk, table cream and whipping cream may
(a)
"buttermilk" means
the product that remains
be sold by retail in the market of St. Marys shall be
after the butter fat
is removed from milk by
as follows:
churning and inclu
des the product that is
obtained by adding
a pure lactic culture to
in
skim-milk;
in cardboard
bottles containers
(b)
"chocolate drink" means milk that contains
(c) buttermilk
a chocolate flavouring;
quart $ .17 $ .18
pint ' 09 .10
lalf-pint 06 .07
(c)
"skim-milk" means
milk that contains not
more than .25 per cent of butter fat;
206
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
491
(d) "standard milk" means milk that contains not
less than 3.25 per cent and not more than 3.9
per cent of butter fat;
(«) "table cream" means cream that contains not
less than 16 per cent and not more than 24
per cent of butter fat;
(/) "whipping cream" means cream that contains
not less than 32 per cent of butter fat.
2. The maximum prices at which buttermilk,
chocolate drink, skim-milk, standard milk, table cream
and whipping cream may be sold by retail in the market
of Uxbridge shall be as follows:
in
in cardboard
bottles containers
(a) buttermilk
quart $ .17 $ .18
(fi) chocolate drink
quart 21 .22
pint 11 .12
half-pint 07 .08
8 ounces 06 .07
7 ounces 05 .06
(c) skim-milk
quart 14 .15
pint 08 .09
(d) standard milk
quart 20 .21
pint 11 .12
half-pint 06 .07
(«) table cream
half-pint ' .23 .24
(/) whipping cream
half-pint 35 .36
3. These regulations shall come into force on the
16th of February, 1952.
THE MILK CONTROL BOARD
OF ONTARIO
A. B. CURREY
Chairman
K. M. Betzner
Member
(Seal) J. L. Burrows
Member
H. E. McCallum
Member
Dated at Toronto, this 5th day of February, 1952.
(323) I 8
THE MILK CONTROL ACT
O. Reg, 56/52.
Retail Milk Prices in the market of
Palmerston.
New.
Made— 5th February, 1952.
Filed— 5th February, 1952, 4.35 p.m.
REGULATIONS MADE BY THE BOARD UNDER
THE MILK CONTROL ACT
1. In these regulations
(a) "buttermilk" means the product that remains
after the butter fat is removed from milk by
churning and includes the product that is
obtained by adding a pure lactic culture to
skim-milk;
(b) "chocolate drink" means milk that contains
a chocolate flavouring;
(c) "standard milk" means milk that contains not
less than 3.25 per cent and not more than 3.9
per cent of butter fat;
(d) "table cream" means cream that contains not
less than, 16 per cent and not more than 24
per cent of butter fat;
(e) "whipping cream" means cream that contains
not less than 32 per cent of butter fat.
2. The maximum prices at which buttermilk,
chocolate drink, standard milk, table cream and
whipping cream may be sold by retail in the market
of Palmerston shall be as follows;
in
in cardboard
bottles containers
(a) buttermilk
quart $ .15 $ . 16
(b) chocolate drink
quart 20 .21
pint 12 .13
half-pint 07 .08
8 ounces 06 .07
7 ounces 05 .06
(c) standard milk
quart 19 .20
pint 11 .12
half-pint 06 .07
(d) table cream
pint 42 .43
half-pint 25 .26
(e) whipping cream
pint 55 .56
half-pint 33 .34
3. These regulations shall come into force on the
16th of February, 1952.
THE MILK CONTROL BOARD
OF ONTARIO
A. B. CURREY
Chairman
K. M. Betzner
Member
(Seal) J. L. Burrows
Member
H. E. McCallum
Member
Dated at Toronto, this 5th day of February, 1952.
(324) 8
THE MILK CONTROL ACT
O. Reg. 57/52.
Retail Milk Prices in the market of
Millbrook, Bethany and Cavan.
New.
Made— 5th February, 1952.
Filed— 5th February, 1952, 4.40 p.m.
REGULATIONS MADE BY THE BOARD UNDER
THE MILK CONTROL ACT
1. In these regulations
207
492
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
(a) "chocolate drink" means milk that contains
a chocolate flavouring;
(b) "standard milk" means milk that contains not
less than 3.25 per cent and not more than 3.9
per cent of butter fat;
(c) "table cream" means cream that contains not
less than 16 per cent and not more than 24
per cent of butter fat;
(d) "whipping cream" means cream that contains
not less than 32 per cent of butter fat.
2. The maximum prices at which chocolate drink,
standard milk, table cream and whipping cream may
be sold by retail in the market of Millbrook, Bethany
and Cavan shall be as follows:
in
in cardboard
bottles containers
(a) chocolate drink
pint $ .11 $ .12
half-pint 06 .07
(b) standard milk
quart 20 .21
pint 11 12
half-pint 06 .07
(c) table cream
half-pint 25 .26
(d) whipping cream
half-pint 35 .36
3. These regulations shall come into force on the
16th of February, 1952.
THE MILK CONTROL BOARD
OF ONTARIO
A. B. CURREY
Chairman
K. M. Betzner
Member
(Seal) J. L. Burrows
Member
H. E. McCallum
Member
Dated at Toronto, this 5th day of February, 1952.
(325) 8
THE MILK CONTROL ACT
O Reg 58/52
Retail Milk Prices in the market of
Port Dover.
New.
Made— 5th February, 1952.
Filed— 5th February, 1952, 4.45 p.m.
REGULATIONS MADE BY THE BOARD UNDER
THE MILK CONTROL ACT
1. In these regulations
(a) "buttermilk" means the product that remains
after the butter fat is removed from milk by
churning and includes the product that is
obtained by adding a pure lactic culture to
skim-milk;
(6) "chocolate drink" means milk that contains
a chocolate flavouring;
(c) "skim-milk" means milk that contains not
more than .25 per cent of butter fat;
(d) "special milk" means milk that contains not
less than 4 per cent of butter fat;
(e) "standard milk" means milk that contains not
less than 3.25 per cent and not more than 3.9
per cent of butter fat;
(J) "table cream" means cream that contains not
less than 16 per cent and not more than 24
per cent of butter fat;
(g) "whipping cream" means cream that contains
not less than 32 per cent of butter fat.
2 The maximum prices at which buttermilk,
chocolate drink, skim-milk, special milk, standard
milk, table cream and whipping cream may be sold
by retail in the market of Port Dover shall be as
follows:
in
in cardboard
bottles containers
(o) buttermilk
quart $ . 16 $ .17
pint 09 .10
(b) chocolate drink
quart 21 .22
pint 11 .12
half-pint 07 .08
8 ounces 06 .07
7 ounces 05 .06
(c) skim-milk
quart 14 .15
(d) special milk
quart 22 .23
pint 12 .13
half-pint 07 .08
(e) standard milk
quart 20 .21
pint 11 .12
half-pint 06 .07
(/) table cream
quart 85 .86
pint 45 .46
half-pint 25 .26
(g) whipping cream
quart 1.25 1.26
pint 65 .66
half-pint 35 .36
3. These regulations shall come into force on the
16th of February, 1952.
THE MILK CONTROL BOARD
OF ONTARIO
A. B. Currey
Chairman
K. M. Betzner
Member
(Seal) J. L. Burrows
Member
H. E McCallum
Member
Dated at Toronto, this 5th day of February, 1952.
(326)
8
208
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
493
THE MILK CONTROL ACT
O. Reg. 59/52.
Retail Milk Prices in the markets of
Arnprior and Braeside.
New.
Made— 5th February, 1952.
Filed— 5th February, 1952, 4.50 p.m.
REGULATIONS MADE BY THE BOARD UNDER
THE MILK CONTROL ACT
1. In these regulations
(a) "buttermilk" means the product that remains
after the butter fat is removed from milk by
churning and includes the product that is
obtained by adding a pure lactic culture to
skim-milk;
(b) "chocolate drink" means milk that contains
a chocolate flavouring;
(c) "skim-milk" means milk that contains not
more than .25 per cent of butter fat;
(d) "sour cream" means cream that has been
allowed to sour naturally or by the addition
of a culture and that contains not less than
16 per cent of butter fat;
(e) "special milk" means milk that contains not
less than 4 per cent of butter fat;
(/) "standard milk" means milk that contains not
less than 3.25 per cent and not more than 3.9
per cent of butter fat;
(g) "table cream" means cream that contains not
less than 16 per cent and not more than 24
per cent of butter fat; and
(h) "whipping cream" means cream that contains
not less than 32 per cent of butter fat.
2. The maximum prices at which buttermilk,
chocolate drink, skim-milk, sour cream, special milk,
standard milk, table cream and whipping cream may
be sold by retail in the markets of Arnprior and Brae-
side shall be as follows:
m
bottles
(a) buttermilk
quart $ .18
pint 10
half-pint 06
(b) chocolate drink
quart 23
pint 13
half-pint 08
8 ounces 07
7 ounces 06
(c) skim-milk
quart 16
(d) sour cream
quart 85
pint 45
half-pint 25
(e) special milk
quart 23
pint 13
half-pint 08
cardboard
containers
$ .19
.11
.07
.24
.14
.09
.08
.07
17
.86
.46
.26
.24
.14
.09
(/) standard milk
quart 21 .22
pint 12 .13
half-pint 07 .08
(g) table cream
quart ~ 85 .86
pint 45 .46
half-pint 25 .26
(h) whipping cream
quart 1.25 1.26
pint 65 .66
half-pint 35 .36
3. These regulations shall come into force on the
16th of February, 1952.
THE MILK CONTROL BOARD
OF ONTARIO
A. B. CURREY
Chairman
K. M. Betzner
Member
(Seal) J. L. Burrows
Member
H. E. McCallum
Member
Dated at Toronto, this 5th day of February, 1952.
(327) 8
THE MILK CONTROL ACT
O. Reg. 60/52.
Retail Milk Prices in the market of
Woodstock.
New.
Made— 5th February, 1952.
Filed— 5th February, 1952, 4.55 p.m.
REGULATIONS MADE BY THE BOARD UNDER
THE MILK CONTROL ACT
1. In these regulations
(a) "buttermilk" means the product that remains
after the butter fat is removed from milk by
churning and includes the product that is
obtained by adding a pure lactic culture to
skim-milk;
(b) "chocolate drink" means milk that contains
a chocolate flavouring;
(c) "skim-milk" means milk that contains not
more than .25 per cent of butter fat;
(d) "special milk" means milk that contains not
less than 4 per cent of butter fat;
(e) "standard milk" means milk that contains not
less than 3.25 per cent and not more than 3.9
per cent of butter fat;
(/) "table cream" means cream that contains not
less than 16 per cent and not more than 24
per cent of butter fat; and
(g) "whipping cream" means cream that contains
not less than 32 per cent of butter fat.
2 The maximum prices at which buttermilk,
chocolate drink, skim-milk, special milk, standard
milk, table cream and whipping cream may be sold by
retail in tke market of Woodstock shall be as follows:
209
494
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
in
in cardboard
bottles containers
(a) buttermilk
quart $ . 16 $ .17
pint 09 .10
(b) chocolate drink
quart 22 .23
pint 12 .13
half-pint 08 .09
Bounces 07 .08
7 ounces 06 .07
(c) skim-milk
quart 15 .16
(d) special milk
quart 23 .24
pint 13 .14
half-pint 08 .09
(c) standard milk
quart 21 .22
pint 12 .13
half-pint 07 .08
(/) table cream
quart 85 .86
pint 45 .46
half-pint 25 .26
(g) whipping cream
quart 1 .25 1 .26
pint 65 .66
half-pint 35 .36
3 These regulations shall come into force on the
16th of February, 1952.
THE MILK CONTROL BOARD
OF ONTARIO
A. B. CURREY
Chairman
K. M. Betzner
Member
(Seal) J. L. Burrows
Member
H. E. McCallum
Member
Dated at Toronto, this 5th day of February, 1952.
(328) 8
THE MILK CONTROL ACT
O.Reg. 61/52.
Retail Milk Prices in the market of
Harriston.
New.
Made— 5th February, 1952.
Filed— 5th February, 1952, 5.00 p.m.
REGULATIONS MADE BY THE BOARD UNDER
THE MILK CONTROL ACT
1. In these regulations
(c) "buttermilk" means the product that remains
after the butter fat is removed from milk by
churning and includes the product that is
obtained by adding a pure lactic culture to
skim-milk;
(b)
"chocolate drink" means milk that contains
a chocolate flavouring;
(c) "standard milk" means milk that contains not
less than 3.25 per cent and not more than 3.9
per cent of butter fat;
(d) "table cream" means cream that contains not
less than 16 per cent and not more than 24
per cent of butter fat; and
(e) "whipping cream" means cream that contains
not less than 32 per cent of butter fat.
2. The maximum prices at which buttermilk,
chocolate drink, standard milk, table cream and
whipping cream may be sold by retail in the market
of Harriston shall be as follows:
in
in cardboard
bottles containers
(a) buttermilk
quart $ .15 $ .16
(b) chocolate drink
quart 20 .21
pint 10 .11
8 ounces 06 .07
(c) standard milk
quart 19 .20
pint 10 .11
half-pint 05 .06
(d) table cream
quart 70 .71
pint 38 .39
half-pint 19 .20
(e) whipping cream
quart 1.00 1.01
pint 50 .51
half-pint 28 .29
3. These regulations shall come into force on the
16th of February 1952.
THE MILK CONTROL BOARD
OF ONTARIO
A. B. CURREY
Chairman
K. M. Betzner
Member
(Seal) H. E. McCallum
Member
J. L. Burrows
Member
Dated at Toronto, this 5th day of February 1952.
(329) 8
THE MILK CONTROL ACT
O. Reg. 62/52.
Retail Milk Prices in the market of
Glencoe.
New.
Made— 5th February, 1952.
Filed— 5th February, 1952, 5.05 p.m.
REGULATIONS MADE BY THE BOARD UNDER
THE MILK CONTROL ACT
1 In these regulations
(o) "buttermilk" means the product that remains
after the butter fat is removed from milk by
churning and includes the product that is
obtained by adding a pure lactic culture to
skim-milk;
210
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
495
(b) "chocolate drink" means milk that contains
a chocolate flavouring;
(c) "skim-milk" means milk that contains not
more than .25 per cent of butter fat;
(</) "special milk" means milk that contains not
less than than 4 per cent of butter fat;
(c) "standard milk" means milk that contains not
less than 3.25 per cent and not more than 3.9
per cent of butter fat;
(/) "table cream" means cream that contains not
less than 16 per cent and not more than 24
per cent of butter fat; and
(g) "whipping cream" means cream that contains
not less than 32 per cent of butter fat.
2. The maximum prices at which buttermilk,
chocolate drink, skim-milk, special milk, standard
milk, table cream and whipping cream may be sold
by retail in the market of Glencoe shall be as follows:
in
in cardboard
bottles containers
(o) buttermilk
quart $ .16 $ .17
(b) chocolate drink
quart 21 .22
pint 12 .13
half-pint 07 .08
(c) skim-milk
quart 14 .15
(d) special milk
quart 22 .23
pint 13 .14
half-pint 08 .09
(e) standard milk
quart 20 .21
pint 12 .13
half-pint 07 .08
(/) table cream
quart 85 .86
pint 45 .46
half-pint 25 .26
(g) whipping cream
quart 1.25 1.26
pint 65 .66
naif-pint 35 .36
3 These regulations shall come into force on the
16th of February, 1952.
THE MILK CONTROL BOARD
OF ONTARIO
A. B. CURREY
Chairman
K. M. Betzner
Member
(Seal) H, E. McCallum
Member
J. L. Burrows
Member
Dated at Toronto, this 5th day of February 1952.
(330)
THE MILK CONTROL ACT
O. Reg. 63/52.
Retail Milk Prices in the market of
Merrickville.
New.
Made— 5th February, 1952.
Filed— 5th February, 1952, 5.10 p m.
REGULATIONS MADE BY THE BOARD UNDER
THE MILK CONTROL ACT
1. In these regulations
(a) "buttermilk" means the product that remains
after the butter fat is removed from milk by
churning and includes the product that is
obtained by adding a pure lactic culture to
skim-milk;
(b) "cereal treat" means milk that contains not
less than 10 per cent and not more than 12
per cent of butter fat;
(c) "chocolate drink" means milk that contains
a chocolate flavouring;
(d) "skim-milk" means milk that contains not
more than .25 per cent of butter fat;
(e) "standard milk" means milk that contains not
less than 3.25 per cent and not more than 3.9
per cent of butter fat;
(/) "table cream" means cream that contains not
less than 16 per cent and not more than 24
per cent of butter fat;
(g) "whipping cream" means cream that contains
not less than 32 per cent of butter fat.
2. The maximum prices at which buttermilk,
cereal treat, chocolate drink, skim-milk, standard
milk, table cream, and whipping cream may be sold
by retail in the market of Merrickville shall be as
follows:
m
in cardboard
bottles containers
(a) buttermilk
quart $ . 18 $ .19
(b) cereal treat
quart 65 .66
half-pint 18 .19
(c) chocolate drink
quart 22 .23
pint 12 .13
half-pint 08 .09
(d) skim-milk
quart 15 .16
(e) standard milk
quart 21 .22
pint 12 .13
half-pint 07 .08
(/) table cream
quart 85 .86
pint 45 .46
half-pint 25 .26
(g) whipping cream
quart 1.25 1.26
pint 65 .66
half-pint 35 .36
211
496
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
3. These regulations shall come into force on the
16th of February, 1952.
THE MILK CONTROL BOARD
OF ONTARIO
A. B. CURREY
Chairman
K. M. Betzner
Member
(Seal) J. L. Burrows
Member
H. E. McCallum
Member
Dated at Toronto, this 5th day of February, 1952.
(331) 8
THE MILK CONTROL ACT
O. Reg. 64/52.
Retail Milk Prices in the market of
Mattawa.
New.
Made— 5th February, 1952.
Filed— 5th February, 1952, 5.15 p.m.
REGULATIONS MADE BY THE BOARD UNDER
THE MILK CONTROL ACT
1. In these regulations
(a) "chocolate drink" means milk that contains
a chocolate flavouring;
(jb) "standard milk" means milk that contains not
less than 3.25 per cent and not more than 3.9
per cent of butter fat;
(c) "table cream" means cream that contains not
less than 16 per cent and not more than 24
per cent of butter fat; and
(d) "whipping cream" means cream that contains
not less than 32 per cent of butter fat.
2. The maximum prices at which chocolate drink,
standard milk, table cream and whipping cream may
be sold by retail in the market of Mattawa shall be as
follows:
m
in cardboard
bottles containers
(a) chocolate drink
quart $ .25 $ .26
pint 15 .16
7 ounces 06 .07
(b) standard milk
quart 20 .21
pint 11 .12
half-pint 06 .07
(c) table cream
quart 62 .63
pint 34 .35
half-pint 18 .19
(d) whipping cream
quart 1.00 1.01
pint 55 .56
half-pint 30 .31
3. These regulations shall come into force on the
16th day of February, 1952.
THE MILK CONTROL BOARD
OF ONTARIO
A. B. CURREY
Chairman
K. M. Betzner
Member
(Seal) J. L. Burrows
Member
H. E. McCallum
Member
Dated at Toronto, this 5th day of February, 1952.
(332) 8
THE MILK CONTROL ACT
O. Reg. 65/52.
Retail Milk Prices in the market of
Hespeler.
New.
Made— 5th February, 1952.
Filed— 5th February, 1952, 5.20 p.m.
REGULATIONS MADE BY THE BOARD UNDER
THE MILK CONTROL ACT
1. In these regulations
(a) "buttermilk" means the product that remains
after the butter fat is removed from milk by
churning and includes the product that is
obtained by adding a pure lactic culture to
skim-milk;
(b) "chocolate drink" means milk that contains
a chocolate flavouring;
(c) "skim-milk" means milk that contains not
more than .25 per cent of butter fat;
(d) "sour cream" means cream that has been
allowed to sour naturally or by the addition of
a culture and that contains not less than 16
per cent of butter fat;
(e) "special milk" means milk that contains not
less than 4 per cent of butter fat;
(/) "standard milk" means milk that contains not
less than 3.25 per cent and not more than 3.9
per cent of butter fat;
(g) "table c^ nm" means cream that contains not
less than 16 per cent and not more than 24
per cent of butter fat; and
(h) "whipping cream" means cream that contains
not less than 32 per cent of butter fat.
2. The maximum prices at which buttermilk,
chocolate drink, skim-milk, sour cream, special milk,
standard milk, table cream and whipping cream may
be sold in the market of Hespeler shall be as follows:
in
in cardboard
bottles containers
(a) buttermilk
quart $ .17 $ .18
pint 09 .10
half-pint 06 .07
212
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
497
(6) chocolate drink
quart.. 22 .23
pint 12 .13
half-pint 08 .09
8 ounces 07 .08
7 ounces 06 .07
(c) skim-milk
quart 15 .16
(d) sour cream
quart 85 .86
pint 45 .46
half-pint 25 .26
8 ounces 20 .21
7 ounces. 18 .19
(e) special milk
quart 23 .24
pint 13 .14
half-pint 08 .09
(f) standard milk
quart 21 .22
pint 12 .13
half-pint 07 .08
8 ounces 06 .07
7 ounces 05 .06
(g) table cream
quart 85 .86
pint 45 .46
half-pint 25 .26
8 ounces. 20 .21
7 ounces 18 .19
(h) whipping cream
quart 1 .25 1 .26
pint 65 .66
half-pint 35 .36
8 ounces 28 .29
7 ounces 25 .26
3. These regulations shall come into force on the
16th of February, 1952.
THE MILK CONTROL BOARD
OF ONTARIO
A. B CURREY
Chairman
K. M. Betznef
Member
J. L. Burrows
Member
H. E. McCallum
Member
(.Seal)
Dated at Toronto, this 5th day of February 1952.
(333)
THE MILK CONTROL ACT
O. Reg. 66/52.
Retail Milk Prices in the markets of
Aurora and Richmond Hill.
New.
Made— 5th February, 1952.
Filed— 5th February, 1952, 5.25 p.m.
REGULATIONS MADE BY THE BOARD UNDER
THE MILK CONTROL ACT
1. In these regulations
(c) "buttermilk" means the product that remains
after the butter fat is removed from milk by
churning and includes the product that is
obtained by adding a pure lactic culture to
skim-milk;
(6) "chocolate drink" means milk that contains
a chocolate flavouring;
(c) "skim-milk" means milk that contains not
more than .25 per cent of butter fat;
(d) "special milk" means milk that contains not
less than 4 per cent of butter fat;
(e) "standard milk" means milk that contains not
less than 3.25 per cent and not more than 3.9
per cent of butter fat;
(/) "table cream" means cream that contains not
less than 16 per cent and not more than 24
per cent of butter fat; and
(g) "whipping cream" means cream that contains
not less than 32 per cent of butter fat.
2. The maximum prices at which buttermilk,
chocolate drink, skim-milk, special milk, standard milk,
*able cream and whipping cream may be sold by retail
in the markets of Aurora and Richmond Hill shall be
as follows:
m
in cardboard
bottles containers
(a) buttermilk
quart $ .18 $ . 19
pint 10 .11
half-pint 06 .07
(b) chocolate drink
quart 23 .24
pint 13 .14
half-pint 08 .09
8 ounces 07 .08
7 ounces 06 .07
(c) skim-milk
quart 16 .17
{d) special milk
quart 23 .24
pint 13 .14
half-pint 08 .09
(e) standard milk
quart 21 .22
pint 12 .13
half-pint 07 .08
8 ounces 06 .07
7 ounces 05 .06
(/) table cream
quart ' .85 .86
pint 45 .46
half-pint .25 .26
8 ounces 20 .21
7 ounces 18 .19
{g) whipping cream
quart 1.25 1.26
pint 65 .66
half-pint 35 .36
8 ounces 28 .29
7 ounces 25 .26
213
498
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
3. These regulations shall come into force on the
16th of February, 1952.
THE MILK CONTROL BOARD
OF ONTARIO
A. B, CURREY
* Chairman
K. M. Betzner
Member
(Seal) J. L. Burrows
Member
H. E. McCallum
Member
Dated at Toronto, this 5th day of February 1952.
(334)] 8
THE MILK CONTROL ACT
O. Reg. 67/52.
Retail Milk Prices in the market of
Stouffville.
New.
Made— 5th February, 1952.
Filed— 5th February, 1952, 5.30 p.m.
REGULATIONS MADE BY THE BOARD UNDER
THE MILK CONTROL ACT
1. In these regulations
(a) "buttermilk" means the product that remains
after the butter fat is removed from milk by
churning and includes the product that is
obtained by adding a pure lactic culture to
skim-milk;
(b) "chocolate drink" means milk that contains
a chocolate flavouring;
(c) "skim-milk" means milk that contains not
more than .25 per cent of butter fat;
(d) "standard milk" means milk that contains not
less than 3.25 per cent and not more than 3.9
per cent of butter fat;
(«) "table cream" means cream that contains not
less than 16 per cent and not more than 24
per cent of butter fat;
(/) "whipping cream" means cream that contains
not less than 32 per cent of butter fat.
2. The maximum prices at which buttermilk,
chocolate drink, skim-milk, standard milk, table cream
and whipping cream may be sold by retail in the market
of Stouffville shall be as follows:
m
in cardboard
bottles containers
(a) buttermilk
quart $
16
(b) chocolate drink
quart 22
pint 12
half-pint 07
(c) skim-milk
quart. . .
.15
(d) standard milk
quart 21
pint 12
half-pint 07
$ .17
.23
.13
.08
.16
.22
.13
.08
(e) table cream
quart 85 .86
pint 45 .46
half-pint 25 .26
(/) whipping cream
quart 1.25 1.26
pint 65 .66
half-pint .35 .36
3. These regulations shall come into force on the
16th of February, 1952.
THE MILK CONTROL BOARD
OF ONTARIO
A. B. Currey
Chairman
K. M. Betzner
Member
(Seal) J. L. Burrows
Member
H. E. McCallum
Member
Dated at Toronto, this 5th day of February, 1952.
(335) 8
THE OLD AGE ASSISTANCE ACT, 1951
O. Reg. 68/52.
General Regulations.
New and revoking Regulations 309 of
Consolidated Regulations 1950.
Made— 7th February, 1952.
Filed— 8th February, 1952, 3.30 p.m.
REGULATIONS MADE UNDER THE
OLD AGE ASSISTANCE ACT, 1951.
APPLICATION FOR ASSISTANCE
1. (1) Application for assistance shall be made in
writing to the Director in form 1.
(2) The application shall be supported by a statut-
ory declaration of the applicant or person making
application on behalf of the applicant in the form
indorsed on form 1.
(3) The application shall be accompanied by
(a) a statutory declaration in form 2 made by a
reliable and disinterested person, other than
the applicant, as regards residence in Canada
of the applicant, and
(b) a consent to inspect assets in form 3.
2. A consent addressed to the Dominion Bureau
of Statistics to furnish information as to age to the
Director shall be in form 4.
DESIGNATION OF INVESTIGATORS
3. Every field-worker of the Department of Public
Welfare is designated as an investigator.
POWERS AND DUTIES OF INVESTIGATORS
4. An investigator shall, at the request of the
Director, investigate and report in writing to the
Director upon
(a) the persons and under the conditions specified
in clause a of section 1 of the Act, and
214
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
499
(6) any matter in respect of assistance.
DUTIES OF LOCAL AUTHORITIES
5. A local authority shall without charge to the
applicant
(c) obtain the necessary information for and
complete form 1 and form 2, and
(b) attend uf>on execution and send the executed
forms to the Director.
MEDICAL AND DENTAL SERVICES
6. A recipient shall without cost be entitled to
receive
(a) medical services provided under any agreement
in writing in force from time to time between the
Crown and the Ontario Medical Association,
and
(b) dental services provided under any agreement
in writing in force from time to time between
the Crown and The Royal College of Dental
Surgeons of Ontario.
REVOCATION
7. Regulations 309 of Consolidated Regulations
of Ontario 1950 are revoked.
Form 1
The Old Age Assistance Act, 1951
APPLICATION FOR ASSISTANCE
I make application under The Old Age Assistance
Act, 1951, to the Director for ^assistance and in support thereof furnish the following information:
1. Name of applicant: . .
(Surname)
(Christian names in full — underline name in common use)
2. Present address:
Street or Village, Town, City ,
Rural Route or Post Office
Lot Con Living with
Township of County or District of
3. Reach my home from Highway No as follows
4. If applicant is a married woman, state full maiden name.
5. State whether applicant has changed the applicant's name . . . .
If so, state the name before the change was made
6. Place of birth
7. Date of birth
8. State evidence of date of birth
9. State name of father Maiden name of mother.
10. State full Christian name of spouse
Place of birth of spouse
Date of birth of spouse
11. If born outside Canada, state date of arrival in Canada
12. (c) Name of place or places of residence of applicant during the twenty years preceding the date of this appli-
cation.
Municipality
Province or
Country
Street Address
From
To
Day
Month
Year
Day
Month
Year
215
500
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
(b) If the applicant has not resided in Canada during the twenty years immediately preceding the proposed
commencement of assistance, state place or places of residence in Canada prior to the twenty years for
an aggregate period equal to twice the aggregate period of absences from Canada during the twenty years.
Municipality
Province or
Country
Street Address
From
To
Day
Month
Year
Day
Month
Year
13. Sex of applicant
14. State whether applicant is now married person, an unmarried person, widow, widower or divorced person
15. Date and place of marriage
16. State whether spouse is sighted or blind
17. If married, state whether applicant is living with spouse
18. State whether spouse is a recipient of old age assistance or blind person's allowance.
19. Occupation of applicant
20. Occupation of spouse
21. The INCOME of the applicant and spouse is:
Description
Applicant
Spouse
$
$
22. The means of subsistence of the applicant and spouse is.
23. REAL PROPERTY owned by applicant or spouse at the date of this application is:
Description
Owned by Applicant
(assessed value)
Owned by spouse
(assessed value)
$
$
216
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
501
24. PERSONAL PROPERTY apart from household furnishings and personal effects owned by applicant or
spouse at the date of this application is:
Description
Owned by Applicant
Owned by spouse
(1) Cash on hand
$
I
(2) Money in Post Office, Savings Bank, Chartered Bank or
other institution.
State particulars
(3) Money held in trust for applicant or spouse.
State name and address
(4) Money loaned by applicant or spouse.
State particulars
(5) Securities. State particulars
(6) Interest in business or venture of any kind.
State particulars
(7) Immediate realizable value of the amount remaining to be
paid to a recipient or his spouse under a mortgage or
agreement for sale
(8) The proceeds of insurance received by a recipient or
spouse
(9) The cash surrender value of life insurance available to a
recipient or his spouse
(10) Other property.
State particulars
25. State whether applicant or spouse assigned or transferred any real or personal property to any person or
persons within the five years preceding the date of this application
If so, state particulars as follows:
Property transferred
Name and address of person to whom
transferred, and relationship if any
Date of
transfer
Amount
still due
Real property
Cash or Mortgages.
Interest in business.
Securities
Other property
26. State if applicant is in receipt of any allowance paid under The Blind Persons Allowances Act, 1951, any
pension paid under The Old Age Security Act (Canada) or an allowance under the War Veterans' Allowance
Act, 1946 (Canada)
27. Give names of all living sons and daughters and the amount contributed by each for maintenance of applicant
or spouse during the past year:
217
502
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
Name
Address
Age
Son or
Daughter
S. or D.
Married
or Single
M. or S.
Number
of
Children
Con-
tributed
$ c.
Living with
applicant
Yes or No
^
Dated at this.
. day of .
19.
(signature of applicant)
or
(signature of person on behalf of applicant)
(signature of Local Authority completing application)
(official title)
STATUTORY DECLARATION SUPPORTING APPLICATION FOR ASSISTANCE
CANADA
PROVINCE OF ONTARIO
TO WIT:
In the matter of The Old Age Assistance Act, 1951
I^ do solemnly declare:
(Name in full)
1. I am the applicant named in the foregoing application for assistance (or the person making application on
behalf of the applicant).
2. All the statements in the foregoing application are true to the best of my knowledge and belief and no iii'
formation required to be given has been concealed or omitted.
And I make this solemn declaration conscientiously believing it to be true and knowing that it is of the same
force and effect as if made under oath and by virtue of the Canada Evidence Act.
Declared before me at
in the Province of Ontario this .
day of
19
Magistrate, Justice of the Peace, Notary Public, or
Commissioner for taking affidavits.
(signature)
218
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
503
CANADA
ONTARIO \
TO WIT.
Form 2
The Old Age Assistance Act, 1951
DECLARATION AS TO RESIDENCE OF APPLICANT
IN THE MATTER OF The Old Age Assistance Act, 1951
and
In the matter of the application of
for assistance
of.
(address)
in the Province of do solemnly declare:
1. That I have been acquainted with the above-named applicant, and I have lived in Canada, at the dates and
places as follows:
from,
from,
from,
from.
19
, to
19
, to
19
, to
19
, to
19
, at
19
, at
19
, at
19
, at
(Post Office) (Province)
2. That the applicant has, to my personal knowledge, resided in Canada at the dates and places as follows:
from ,19 , to ,19 , at
from ,19 , to ,19 , at
from ,19 , to ,19 , at
from ,19 , to ,19 , at
3. That I am a disinterested person and I a relative of the applicant.
(am or am not)
(If a relative of applicant, declare relationship in paragraph 4.)
4. I am.
AND I make this solemn declaration conscientiously believing it to be true and knowing it is of the same force
and effect as if made under oath and by virtue of the Canada Evidence Act.
Declared before me at
. day of .
. in the Province of
this
19...
Magistrate, Justice of the Peace, Notary Public, or
Commissioner for taking affidavits.
(signature)
Form 3
The Old Age Assistance Act, 1951
CONSENT TO INSPECT ASSETS
I , , an applicant
for assistance under The Old Age Assistance Act, 1951, consent that any investigator under the Act inspect and
have access to any account held by me alone or jointly, in any bank, trust company or other financial institution
or to any assets held in trust for me by any person or any records relating to any of them.
Dated this.
.day of.
19...
Witness
(Signature of Applicant)
(Address)
219
504
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
Form 4
The Old Age Assistance Act, 1951
CONSENT
To the Dominion Bureau of Statistics,
Ottawa, Ontario.
I am an applicant for Old Age Assistance under The Old Age Assistance Act, 1951, and I consent to the Director
of Old Age Assistance obtaining information as to my age and I state:
Name in full.
Maiden name
Date and place of birth .
Full name of father ....
(Give full Christian name or names)
Full name of mother.
(Give full Christian name or names)
Names of brothers and sisters when I was living with my parents
Name of husband or wife
Date and place of marriage
Names of children
Specific locality of my residence in Canada as below:
Census
Date
City, Town, Village,
Township or rural
municipality
If in City, Street Address
and Ward
County
Province
With whom
living
Apr. 5, 1891
Mar. 31, 1901
June 1, 1911
June 1, 1921
Dated at this.
Name . .
Address
day of 19.
(signature of applicant)
(353)
220
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
541
Publications Under Tiie Regulations Act
MARCH l8t, 1952
THE BLIND PERSONS' ALLOWANCES ACT,
1951
O. Reg. 69/52.
General Regulations.
New.
Made— 7th February, 1952.
Filed— 8th February, 1952, 3.35 p.m.
REGULATIONS MADE UNDER THE
BLIND PERSONS' ALLOWANCES ACT, 1951
APPLICATION FOR AN ALLOWANCE
1. (1) Application for an allowance shall be made
in writing to the Director in form 1.
(2) The application shall be supported by a statut-
ory declaration of the applicant or person making
the application on behalf of the applicant in the form
indorsed on form 1.
(3) The application shall be accompanied by
(a) a statutory declaration in form 2 made by a
reliable and disinterested person, other than
the applicant, as regards residence in Canada
of the applicant, and
(b) a consent to inspect assets in form 3.
2. A consent addressed to the Dominion Bureau of
Statistics to furnish information as to age to the
Director shall be in form 4.
POWERS AND DUTIES OF INVESTIGATORS
3. An investigator shall at the request of the
Director, investigate and report in writing to the
Director upon
(a) the persons and under the conditions specified
in clause a of section 1 of the Act, and
(b) any matter in respect of allowances.
DUTIES OF LOCAL AUTHORITIES
4. A local authority shall without charge to the
applicant
(a) obtain the necessary information for and
complete form 1 and form 2, and
(b) attend upon execution and send the executed
forms to the Director.
MEDICAL AND DENTAL SERVICES
5. A recipient shall without cost be entitled to
receive
(a) medical services provided under any agreement
in writing in force from time to time between
the Crown and the Ontario Medical Associa-
tion, and
(&) dental services provided under any agreement
in writing in force from time to time between
the Crown and The Royal College of Dental
Surgeons of Ontario.
Form 1
The Blind Persons' Allowances Act, 1951
APPLICATION FOR AN ALLOWANCE
I make application under The Blind Persons' Allowances
Act, 1951, to the Director for an allowance and in support thereof furnish the following information:
1. Name of applicant:
(surname)
(Christian names in full — underline name in common use)
2. Present address:
Street or Village, Town, City
Rural Route or Post Office
Lot Con Living with
Township of County or District of
3. Reach my home from Highway No as follows
4. If applicant is a married woman, state full maiden name
5. State whether applicant has changed the applicant's name
If so, state the name before the change was made
6. Place of birth
7. Date of birth
8. State evidence of date of birth
9. State name of father Maiden name of mother.
221
542
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
10. State full Christian name of spouse
Place of birth of spouse
Date of birth of spouse
11. If born outside Canada, state date of arrival in Canada
12.(o) Name of place or places of residence of applicant during the ten years preceding the date of this appli-
cation.
Municipality
Province
or
Country
Street Address
From
To
Day
Month
Year
Day
Month
Year
(b) If the applicant has not resided in Canada during the ten years immediately preceding the proposed com-
mencement of an allowance, state place or places of residence in Canada prior to the ten years for an aggreg-
ate period equal to twice the aggregate period of absences from Canada during the ten years.
Municipality
Province
or
Country
Street Address
From
To
Day
Month
Year
Day
Month
Year
13. Sex of applicant
14. State whether applicant is now a married person, an unmarried person, widow, widower or divorced person
15. Date and place of marriage
16. State whether spouse is sighted or blind.
17. If an unmarried person, widow, widower, divorced person or a person living separate and apart from spouse,
with dependent children, give names, ages and relationship of children.
Name
Age
Relationship
(son, step-son, daughter or step-daughter)
'
18. If married, state whether applicant is living with spouse
19. State whether spouse is a recipient of old age assistance or blind person's allowance.
222
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
543
20. Occupation of applicant
21. Occupation of spouse
22. The INCOME of the applicant and spouse is:
Description
Applicant
Spouse
•$
$
23. The means of subsistence of the applicant and spouse is.
24.(a) State time at which the applicant first considered himself to be a blind person. . .
(fe) State cause of applicant's impaired vision, if known
25. REAL PROPERTY owned by applicant or spouse at the date of this application is:
Description
Owned by Applicant
(assessed value)
Owned by Spouse
(assessed value)
$
$
26. PERSONAL PROPERTY apart from household furnishings
spouse at the date of this application is:
and personal effects owned by applicant or
Description
Owned by Applicant
Owned by Spouse
(1) Cash on hand
$
$
(2) Money in Post Office, Savings Bank, Chartered Bank or
other institution.
State particulars
(3) Money held in trust for applicant or spouse.
State name and address
(4) Money loaned by applicant or spouse.
State particulars
(5) Securities. State particulars
(6) Interest in business or venture of any kind.
State particulars
(7) Immediate realizable value of the amount remaining to be
paid to a recipient or his spouse under a mortgage or
agreement for sale . . .
(8) The proceeds of insurance received by a recipient or
spouse
(9) The cash surrender value of life insurance available to a
recipient or his spouse ....
(10) Other property.
State particulars
223
544
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
27. State whether applicant or spouse assigned or transferred any real or personal property to any person or
persons within the five years preceding the date of this application
If so, state particulars as follows:
Property transferred
Name and address of person to whom
transferred, and relationship if any
Date of
transfer
Amount
still due
Real property
$
Cash or Mortgages
Interests in business
Securities
Other property
28. State if applicant is in receipt of any assistance under The Old Age Assistance Act, 1951, a pension under
The Old Age Security Act (Canada), a pension in respect of blindness under the Pensions Act (Canada) or
an allowance under The War Veterans' Allowance Act, 1946 (Canada)
29. Give names of all living sons and daughters and the amount contributed by each for maintenance of applicant
or spouse during the past year:
Name
Address
Age
Son or
Daughter
S. or D.
Married
or Single
M. or S.
Number
of
Children
Con-
tributed
$ c.
Living with
applicant
Yes or No
Dated at this
. day of .
19.
(signature of applicant)
or
(signature of person on behalf of applicant)
(signature of Local Authority completing application)
(official title)
STATUTORY DECLARATION SUPPORTING APPLICATION FOR AN ALLOWANCE
CANADA
PROVINCE OF ONTARIO
TO WIT:
In the matter of The Blind Persons' Allowances Act, 1951
I, do solemnly declare:
(Name in full)
1. I am the applicant named in the foregoing application for an allowance {or the person making application on
behalf of the applicant).
2. All the statements in the foregoing application are true to the best of my knowledge and belief and no in-
formation required to be given has been concealed or omitted
And I make this solemn declaration conscientiously believing it to be true and knowing that it is of the s>ame
force and effect as if made under oath and by virtue of the Canada Evidence Act.
224
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
545
Declared before me at
in the Province of Ontario this
day of 19.
Magistrate, Justice of the Peace, Notary Public, or
Commissioner for taking affidavits.
(signature)
CANADA 1
ONTARIO
TO WIT:
Form 2
The Blind Persons' Allowances Act, 1951
DECLARATION AS TO RESIDENCE OF APPLICANT
IN THE MATTER OF The Blind Persons' Allowances Act, 1951
and
In the matter of the application of
for an allowance
of.
(address)
in the Province of do solemnly declare:
L That I have been acquainted with the above-named applicant, and I have lived in Canada, at the dates and
places as follows:
from
from
from
from
,19
, to
, 19
, to
, 19
, to
, 19
, to
, 19
, at
,19
, at
, 19
, at
,19
, at
(Post Office) (Province)
2. That the applicant has, to my personal knowledge, resided in Canada at the dates and places as follows:
from ,19 , to ,19 , at
from ,19 , to ,19 , at
from ,19 , to ,19 , at
from ,19 , to ,19 , at
3. That I am a disinterested person and I a relative of the applicant.
(am or am not)
(If a relative of applicant, declare relationship in paragraph 4.)
4. I
AND I make this solemn declaration conscientiously believing it to be true and knowing it is of the same force
and effect as if made under oath and by virtue of the Canada Evidence Act.
Declared before me at
in the Province of
this
day of 19
Magistrate, Justice of the Peace, Notary Public, or
Commissioner for taking affidavits.
(signature)
225
546
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
Form 3
The Blind Persons' Allowances Act, 1951
CONSENT TO INSPECT ASSETS •
I , , an applicant
for an allowance under The Blind Persons' Allowances Act, 1951, consent that any investigator under the Act
inspect and have access to any account held by me alone or jointly, in any bank, trust company or other financial
institution or to any assets held in trust for me by any person or any records relating to any of them.
Dated this.
day of.
19..
Witness
(signature of applicant)
(address)
Form 4
The Blind Persons' Allowances Act, 1951
CONSENT
To the Dominion Bureau of Statistics,
Ottawa, Ontario.
I am an applicant for a blind person's allowance under The Blind Persons' Allowances Act, 1951, and I consent
to the Director of Old Age Assistance obtaining information as to my age and I state:
Name in full
Maiden name
Date and place of birth .
Full name of father
(Give full Christian name or names)
Full name of mother.
(Give full Christian name or names)
Names of brothers and sisters when I was living with my parents
Name of husband or wife
Date and place of marriage
Names of children
Specific locality of my residence in Canada as below:.
Census
Date
City, Town, Village,
Township or rural
municipality
If in City, Street Address
and Ward
County
Province
With whom
living
Apr. 5, 1891
Mar. 31, 1901
June 1, 1911
Tune 1, 1921
Dated at this .
Name . .
Address
day of 19.
(signature of applicant)
(354)
226
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
547
THE MILK CONTROL ACT
O. Reg. 70/52.
Delivery of Milk.
Amending O. Regs. 144/51 and revok-
ing Regulation 1 of O. Regs. 253/51.
Made— 24th January, 1952.
Approved — 7th February, 1952.
Filed— 12th February, 1952, 8.45 a.m.
REGULATIONS MADE BY THE BOARD UNDER
THE MILK CONTROL ACT
1. Clause h of regulation 2 of Ontario Regulations
144/51 as made by regulation 1 of Ontario Regulations
253/51, is revoked and the following substituted
therefor:
(6) subject to regulations 3, 4, 4« and 4b, make
more than 7 deliveries a week to any shop-
keeper or retail consumer; or
2. Ontario Regulations 144/51 as amended by
regulation 2 of Ontario Regulations 253/51 are further
amended by adding thereto the following regulation:
ib. No distributor shall deliver milk on Sunday
or Wednesday to a consumer in the areas
named in Column 1 and described in Column
2 of Schedule 4.
SCHEDULE 4
Item
Column 1
Name of Area
Column 2
Description
of Area
' 1
City of Niagara Falls
the whole
3. Regulation 1 of Ontario Regulations 253/51
is revoked.
THE MILK CONTROL BOARD
OF ONTARIO
A. B. CURREY
Chairman
K. M. Betzner
Member
H. E. McCallum
Member
J. L. Burrows
Member
Dated at Toronto, this 24th day of January, 1952.
(370) 9
THE Mn.K CONTROL ACT
O. Reg. 71/52.
Containers Used by Distributors.
Amending Regulations 294 of
Consolidated Regulations 1950.
Made— 24th January, 1952.
Approved — 7th February, 1952.
Filed— 12th February, 1952, 8.55 a.m.
REGULATIONS MADE BY THE BOARD UNDER
THE MILK CONTROL ACT
1. Regulations 294 of Consolidated Regulations
of Ontario 1950 are amended by adding thereto the
following part:
PART VI
CON TAI NERS
46. This part applies to containers used by
distributors.
47. Containers used by distributors in direct or
indirect retail sales of buttermilk, cereal treat,
skim-milk, sour cream, special milk, standard
milk, table cream and whipping cream shall
be in the following sizes:
(a) gallon
(6) half -gal Ion
(c) quart
(</) pint
(e) half-pint
2. These regulations shall come into force on the
1st of May, 1952.
THE MILK CONTROL BOARD
OF ONTARIO
A. B. CURREV
Chairman
K. M. Betzner
Member
J. L. Burrows
Member
H. E. McCallum
Member
Dated at Toronto, this 24th day of January 1952.
(371) 9
THE HIGHWAY TRAFFIC ACT
O. Reg. 72/52.
Extension of Time — Permits and
Licences.
New.
Made— 7th February, 1952.
Filed— 12th February, 1952, 9.15 a.m.
REGULATIONS MADE UNDER
THE HIGHWAY TRAFFIC ACT
1. Notwithstanding the provisions of Ontario
Regulations 264/44 and Ontario Regulations 17/52,
the term of
(a) motor vehicle permits,
(b) trailer permits,
(c) operators' licences, and
(d) chauffeurs' licences,
issued for the year 1951 is extended from the 31st of
January 1952 to and including the 29th of February
1952.
(372) 9
227
548
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
THE HIGHWAY TRAFFIC ACT
O. Reg. 73/52.
Wind-shield Stamps.
Amending O. Regs. 264/44.
Made— 7th February, 1952.
Filed— 12th February, 1952, 9.25 a.m.
REGULATIONS MADE UNDER
THE HIGHWAY TRAFFIC ACT
1. Ontario Regulations 264/44, as amended by
Ontario Regulations 256/51, are further amended by
adding thereto the following regulation:
8b.
No person shall aflfix around, on or over the
back or front of a wind-shield stamp, any
opaque or written material that impairs or
is likely to impair the legibility of any part of
the stamp.
(373)
THE DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION ACT
O. Reg. 74/52.
Public School Inspectors' Certificates.
Amending Regulations 63 of
Consolidated Regulations 1950 and
Revoking Regulation 1 of O. Regs.
303/51.
Made— 23rd January, 1952.
Approved — 7th February, 1952.
Filed— 12th February, 1952, 9.35 a.m.
REGULATIONS MADE BY THE MINISTER
UNDER THE DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION
ACT
1. Clause b of subregulation 2 of regulation 4 of
Regulations 63 of Consolidated Regulations of Ontario
1950 as made by regulation 1 of Ontario Regulations
303/51 is revoked and the following substituted
therefor:
(b) a pass degree in arts where the candidate
obtains the degree with a standard of 66 per
cent in any 5 courses of study more advanced
than course 1 and grade B in any other 5
courses of study.
2. Subregulation 3 of regulation 4 of Regulations
63 of Consolidated Regulations of Ontario 1950 is
revoked and the following substituted therefor:
(3) For the purposes of clause a of subregulation I
of regulation 2 the University of Western
Ontario degrees shall be as follows:
(a) any honour degree in arts or science
required for admission to the course of
study leading to a High School Assistant's
Certificate, Type A; and
(b) a pass degree in arts or science where the
candidate
(i) obtains the degree with a standard
of 66 per cent onthefinalexaminations,
and
(ii) successfully completes the first, second,
third and fourth year courses of study
jn English,
3. Regulation 1 of Ontario Regulations 303/51 is
revoked.
W. J. DUNLOP
Minister of Education
TORONTO, January 23rd, 1952
(374) 9
THE TEACHERS' SUPERANNUATION ACT
O. Reg. 75/52.
Designated Schools and Classes.
Amending Regulations 358 of
Consolidated Regulations 1950.
Made— 7th February, 1952.
Filed— 12th February, 1952, 9.45 a.m.
REGULATIONS MADE UNDER
THE TEACHERS' SUPERANNUATION ACT
1. Regulations 358 of Consolidated Regulations of
Ontario 1950 are amended by adding thereto the
following regulation:
DESIGNATED SCHOOLS AND CLASSES
15a. The class operated by The Hospital for
Sick Children, Toronto, for children whose
hearing is impaired is designated a class
within the meaning of subclause ii of clause
d of section 1 of the Act.
(375) 9
THE DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION ACT
O. Reg. 76/52.
Allowances for Examiners at Grade
XIII Examinations.
Amending Regulations 48 of
Consolidated Regulations 1950.
Made— 30th January, 1952.
Approved — 7th February, 1952.
Filed— 12th February, 1952, 9.55 a.m.
REGULATIONS MADE BY THE MINISTER
UNDER THE DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION
ACT
1. Subregulation 4 of regulation 3 of Regulations
48 of Consolidated Regulations of Ontario 1950 is
revoked and the following substituted therefor:
(4) A chief presiding officer shall be paid at the
rate of $12 a day and an assistant presiding
officer at the rate of $10 a day.
2. Regulations 77 and 78 of Regulations 48 of
Consolidated Regulations of Ontario 1950 are revoked
and the following substituted therefor:
ALLOWANCES FOR EXAMINERS
77. An examiner-in-chief shall be paid
(a) $40 for setting a question paper assigned
to him by the Minister,
(b) $20 for a 6-hour day for attendance at
board and committee meetings which the
Minister requires him to attend, and
228
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
549
(c) $20 for a 6-hour day for
(i) reading answer papers,
(ii) attendance at meetings with associate
examiners, or
(iii) special duties assigned by the
Minister.
78.(1) An associate examiner or other examiner
appointed by the Minister shall be paid $18
for a 6-hour day for reading answer papers or
assisting in the examination of candidates.
(2) Under subregulation 1 an examiner may be
paid $18 for working at least 3j-'2 hours on Saturday.
W. J. DUNLOP
Minister of Education
TORONTO, January 30, 1952
(376) 9
THE WOLF AND BEAR BOUNTY ACT
O. Reg. 77/52.
Disposition of Wolfskins.
Amending Regulations 370 of
Consolidated Regulations 1950.
Made— 7th February, 1952.
Filed— 13th February, 1952,9.10 a.m.
REGULATIONS MADE UNDER
THE WOLF AND BEAR BOUNTY ACT
1. Regulation 3 of Regulations 370 of Consolidated
Regulations of Ontario 1950 is revoked and the follow-
ing substituted therefor:
3.
(377)
Where a wolfskin marked as provided in regu-
lation 7 is not required for the purpose of the
Crown it shall be returned to the person to
whom the bounty has been paid, and it shall
become his property.
THE GAME AND FISHERIES ACT
O. Reg. 78/52.
Sealing of skins or pelts of Beaver,
Fisher and Marten.
Amending Regulations 129 of
Consolidated Regulations 1950.
Made— 7th February, 1952.
Filed— 13th February, 1952, 9.20 a.m.
REGULATIONS MADE UNDER
THE GAME AND FISHERIES ACT
1. Regulation 14 of Regulations 129 of Consolidated
Regulations of Ontario 1950 is revoked and the follow-
ing substituted therefor:
SEALING OF SKINS OR PELTS OF BEAVER, FISHER AND
MARTEN
14. The sealing of the skins and pelts of beaver,
fisher and marten shall be done by inserting
through the eye-hole or the nose a numbered
seal with the letters "ONT" stamped thereon.
(378) 9
THE GAME AND FISHERIES ACT
O. Reg. 79/52.
Open Season for Beaver 1951-52.
New and Revoking O. Regs. 162/51,
206/51 and 269/51.
Made— 7th February, 1952.
Filed— 13th February, 1952, 9.30 a.m.
REGULATIONS MADE UNDER
THE GAME AND FISHERIES ACT
OPEN SEASON FOR BEAVER
1. The holder of a licence in form 2 or form 6 of
Regulations 129 of Consolidated Regulations of Ontario
1950 may trap, hunt, take or kill any beaver, or
possess the carcass, pelt or any part thereof, in the
localities described
(a) in schedule 1 to the end of the 21st of May,
1952, and
(b) in schedule 2 to the end of the 15th of April,
1952.
2. Ontario Regulations 162/51, 206/51 and 269/51
are revoked.
SCHEDULE 1
1. The territorial districts of Algoma, Cochrane,
Kenora, Manitoulin, Rainy River, Sudbury, Thunder
Bay and Timiskaming.
2. That part of the Territorial District of Nipissing
which is northerly and westerly of a line located as
follows :
COMMENCING at the north-west angle of the
Township of West Ferris; thence easterly along the
northerly boundary of that township to the westerly
shore of Trout Lake; thence northerly and easterly
along the westerly and northerly shore of Trout Lake
and along the northerly shore of the Mattawa River
to the boundary between Ontario and Quebec.
SCHEDULE 2
1. The territorial districts of Muskoka and Parry
Sound.
2. That part of the Territorial District of Nipissing
which is southerly and easterly of the line located in
item 2 of schedule 1.
3. The counties of Brant, Bruce, Carleton, Dufferin,
Dundas, Durham, Elgin, Essex, Frontenac, Glengarry,
Grenville, Grey, Haldimand, Halton, Hastings, Huron,
Kent, Lambton, Lanark, Leeds, Lennox and Addington,
Lincoln, Middlesex, Norfolk, Northumberland, Ontario,
Oxford, Peel, Perth, Peterborough, Prescott, Prince
Edward, Renfrew, Russell, Simcoe, Stormont, Victoria,
Waterloo, Welland, Wellington, Wentworth and York,
and the Provisional County of Haliburton.
(379) 9
THE INDUSTRIAL STANDARDS AC:T
O. Reg. 80/52.
Painting and Decorating lndustr>'
and Zones.
Amending Regulations 227 of
Consolidated Regulations 1950.
Made— 12th February, 1952.
Filed— 13th February, 1952, 1.00 p.m.
229
550
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
REGULATIONS MADE BY THE MINISTER
UNDER THE INDUSTRIAL STANDARDS ACT
L(l) Regulation 1 of Regulations 227 of Con-
solidated Regulations of Ontario 1950 is amended by
adding thereto the following subregulation:
BRANTFORD ZONE
(Irt) That part of Ontario described in item la of
Appendix A is designated as a zone, to be
known as the "Brantford Zone", for any
business, calling, trade, undertaking and work
of any nature whatsoever and any branch
thereof and any combination of the same
which may be designated or defined in Part
II as an industry for the purposes of the Act.
(2) Appendix A of Regulations 227 of Consolidated
Regulations of Ontario 1950 is amended by adding
thereto the following item:
BRANTFORD ZONE
la. The City of Brantford and the suburban area
adjacent thereto and lying within a line
drawn as follows: commencing where the
centre line of the road allowance between
concessions 3 and 4 meets the production
southerly of the line between lots 38 and 39
in Concession 3 in the Township of Brantford,
thence northerly along the production and the
line between lots 38 and 39 and its production
northerly to the centre line of the road al-
lowance between concessions 2 and 3, thence
westerly along the centre line of the road
allowance to the centre line of the road
allowance between Concession 2 and the
W. K. Smith Tract, thence westerly along
that centre line to the centre line of the road
allowance between Concession 2 and the
Smith and Kerby Tract, thence westerly,
north-westerly and south-westerly along the
last-mentioned road allowance to the centre
line of the road allowance between concessions
2 and 3, thence westerly along the centre
line of the last-mentioned road allowance to
the line between lots 32 and 33 produced
southerly, thence northerly along the produc-
tion and the line between lots 32 and 33 and
its production northerly to the centre line
of the road allowance between concessions
1 and 2, thence westerly along the centre line
of the road allowance to the line between
lots 29 and 30 in Concession 2 produced
northerly, thence southerly along the pro-
duction and the line between lots 29 and 30
to a point distant 1,000 feet measured north-
erly along the line between lots 29 and 30
from the southerly limit of Concession 2,
thence westerly parallel to and distant 1,000
feet measured northerly and perpendicularly
from the southerly limit of Concession 2 to
a point in the line between lots 25 and 26 in
Concession 2, thence southerly along the
line between lots 25 and 26 in Concession 2
to and southerly across the road allowance
between concessions 2 and 3 to the line
between lots 25 and 26 in Concession 3, thence
southerly along the line between lots 25 and
26 in Concession 3 to a point in the high-water
mark on the left-hand shore of the Grand
River down-stream, thence south-easterly and
southerly along the high-water mark to the
city limit of the City of Brantford, thence
in a general southerly direction along the
city limit to the most northerly angle of the
Brant Farm Tract, thence south-westerly in
a straight line across Brant Farm Tract and
Clench Tract to an angle in the north-westerly
limit of the Stewart and Ruggles Tract,
thence south-westerly along the north-west-
erly limit to a point distant 2,640 feet measured
perpendicularly from the north-easterly limit
of lot 13 in the First Range East of Mount
Pleasant Road, thence south-easterly parallel
to and distant 2,640 feet measured north-
easterly and perpendicularly from the north-
easterly limit of lot 13 to its intersection by
the production north-easterly in a straight
line of the south-easterly limit of lot 13,
thence north-easterly along the production of
the south-easterly limit of lot 13 to a point
in the high -water mark on the left-hand
shore down-stream of the Grand River,
thence in a general north-easterly direction
following the high-water mark to the south-
westerly limit of lot 2 in the Front Concession
west of Mohawk Mission in the Township
of Onondaga, thence south-easterly along the
south-westerly limit to the production south-
westerly in a straight line of the south-
easterly limit of lot 28 in the Farley Tract
in the Township of Brantford, thence north-
easterly along the production and the south-
easterly limit of lot 28 to the most easterly
angle of lot 28, thence northerly along the
easterly limit of the road between lots 12 and
13 in the Joseph Johnson Grant and its pro-
duction northerly to the centre line of the
Hamilton and Brantford Road, thence west-
erly along the centre line to the production
southerly of the centre line of the road between
lots 9 and 1 1 in the Joseph Johnson Grant,
thence northerly along the centre line to the
centre line of the road between the Joseph
Johnson Grant and the Farley Tract, thence
north-westerly along the last-mentioned centre
line to the north-westerly limit of the road
between lots 4 and 5 in the Joseph Johnson
Grant produced south-westerly, thence north-
westerly along the south-westerly limit of
lot 4 in the Joseph Johnson Grant to the most
westerly angle of lot 4; thence westerly in a
straight line across lot 1 in the Joseph Thomas
Grant to the instersection of the westerly
limit of lot 1 with the centre line of the road
allowance between concessions 3 and 4 in the
Township of Brantford, thence westerly along
the centre line to the place of commencement.
2. Item 6 of Appendix B of Regulations 227 of
Consolidated Regulations of Ontario 1950 is struck
out and the following substituted therefor:
PAINTING AND DECORATING INDUSTRY
6. The Painting and Decorating Industry is
defined as all work done by painters, decorators,
paper-hangers and glaziers in the
(a) construction,
(b) erection,
(c) repair,
(d) remodelling, or
(e) alteration
of the whole or a part of a building or structure
except maintenance repairs to the buildings
and premises used in the operation of a manu-
facturing, industrial or service institution,
including the minor installations or alterations
incidental to the maintenance of the buildings
and premises, where performed by the regular
employees of the manufacturing, industrial
or service institution.
3. Item 32 of Appendix C of Regulations 227 of
Consolidated Regulations of Ontario 1950 is struck
out and the following substituted therefor:
KITCHENER — WATERLOO ZONE
32. The cities of Kitchener and Waterloo.
February 12, 1952
(380)
Charles Daley
Minister of Labour
230
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
551
THE WORKMEN'S COMPENSATION ACT
O. Reg. 81/52.
Superannuation Plan.
Amending Regulations 372 of
Consolidated Regulations 1950.
Made— 5th February, 1952.
Approved — 13th February, 1952.
Filed— 18th February, 1952, 2.50 p.m.
REGULATIONS MADE BY THE BOARD UNDER
THE WORKMEN'S COMPENSATION ACT
1. Regulation 2 of Regulations 372 of Consolidated
Regulations of Ontario 1950 is amended by adding
thereto the following:
(2fl) Subject to subregulation 3 every new em-
ployee who has at the date of his entry
into the service of the Board or at the date
of his appointment as a commissioner
attained his forty-fifth birthday
(a) if the employee is in the service or is a
commissioner on the date this regulation
comes into force, shall on and from that
date be a member of the plan; and
(b) if the employee enters the service or is
appointed a commissioner after the date
this regulation conies into force, shall be
eligible from the date of that entry or
appointment to become, and on com-
pletion of 3-months' service shall from
the date of completion be, a member of
the plan.
2. Subregulation 3 of regulation 2 of Regulations
372 of Consolidated Regulations of Ontario 1950 is
amended by striking out the word "forty-fifth" and
substituting therefor the word "fifty-fifth".
(Seal)
E. E. Sparrow
Chairman.
S. R. Johnston
Secretary.
Dated at Toronto, this 5th day of February, 1952.
(405) 9
THE DIVISION COURTS ACT
O. Regs. 82/52.
Territorial Limits of Division.
Amending O. Regs. 270/50.
Made— 13th February, 1952.
Filed— 18th February, 1952, 3.15 p.m.
— Bv Direction
REGULATIONS MADE UNDER THE
DIVISION COURTS ACT
1. The index of schedules of descriptions of division
court boundaries in Ontario Regulations 270/50 is
amended by striking out:
Wellington
1
200
2
201
4
202
5
203
7
204
8
205
10
206
11
207
1
200
4
202
7
204
8
205
10
206
11
207
and substituting therefor:
Wellington
2. Schedules 200, 201 and 203 of Ontario Regulations
270/50 are revoked and the following substituted
therefor:
SCHEDULE 200
1. The City of Guelph.
2. The townships of
(a) Eramosa,
(b) Guelph,
(c) Puslinch, and
(d) Erin.
3. The Village of Erin.
(406) 9
THE HOMES FOR THE AGED ACT
O. Reg. 83/52.
Forms.
Amending Regulations 142 of
Consolidated Regulations 1950.
Made— 13th February, 1952.
Filed— 18th February, 1952, 4.30 p.m.
REGULATIONS MADE UNDER
THE HOMES FOR THE AGED ACT
1. Part 2 of form 3 of Regulations 142 of Con-
solidated Regulations of Ontario 1950 is struck out
and the following substituted therefor:
INFORMATION REQUIRED WHEN APPLI-
CANT IS IN RECEIPT OF OLD-AGE
SECURITY, OLD-AGE ASSISTANCE, OR
BLIND PERSON'S ALLOWANCE
11. Is applicant in receipt of
(i) old-age security.
(yes or no)
(ii) old-age assistance .
(yes or no)
(iii) blind person's allowance.
(yes or no)
12. If answer to any part of item 11 is yes, give
amount of monthly cheque $
13. Does the applicant's spouse (if any) receive
old-age security, old-age assistance, or blind
person's allowance?
(yes or no)
2. Item 18 of part 3 of form 3 of Regulations 142
of Consolidated Regulations of Ontario 1950 is struck
out and the following substituted therefor:
18. Security, assistance, allowance, pension, super-
annuation or annuities:
231
552
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
Amount
Monthly
Appli-
cant
Appli-
cant's
Spouse
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
(a) old-age security
(b) old-age assistance
(c) blind person's
allowance
(d) war pension
(e) superannuation or
retirement pension
(/) annuity (specify
source)
3.(1) Clause a of sub-item 3 of item 3 of form 5
of Regulations 142 of Consolidated Regulations of
Ontario 1950 as made by Ontario Regulations 255/51
is amended by striking out the words "old-age pen-
sioners and blind pensioners" and substituting therefor
the words "recipients of old-age assistance or blind
person's allowance".
(2) Clause b of sub-item 3 of item 3 of form 5 of
Regulations 142 of Consolidated Regulations of
Ontario 1950 as made by Ontario Regulations 255/51
is amended by striking out the words "old-age pen-
sioners and blind pensioners" and substituting therefo
the words "recipients of old-age assistance or blind
person's allowance".
(3) Clause a of sub-item 3 of item 9 of form 5 of
Regulations 142 of Consolidated Regulations of Ontario
1950 as made by Ontario Regulations 255/51 is amend-
ed by striking out the words "old-age pensioners and
blind pensioners" and substituting therefor the words
"recipients of old-age assistance or blind person's
allowance".
(4) Clause b of sub-item 3 of item 9 of form 5 of
Regulations 142 of Consolidated Regulations of
Ontario 1950 as made by Ontario Regulations 255/51
is amended by striking out the words "old-age pen-
sioners and blind pensioners" and substituting therefor
the words "recipients of old-age assistance or blind
person's allowance".
4. Item 2 of form 6 of Regulations 142 of Consoli-
dated Regulations of Ontario 1950 as made by Ontario
Regulations 255/51 is amended by striking out the
sub-heading "Old-age and blind pensioners" under
maintenance classification and substituting therefor
the sub-heading "I^ecipients of old-age assistance and
blind person's allowance".
5. Item 3 of form 6 of Regulations 142 of Consoli-
dated Regulations of Ontario 1950 as made by Ontario
Regulations 255/51 is amended by striking, out the
sub-heading "Old-age and blind pensioners" under
stay of residents according to maintenance classification
and substituting therefor the sub-heading "Recipients
of old-age assistance and blind person's allowance".
6. Clause b of sub-item 3 of item 2 of form 7 of
Regulations 142 of Consolidated Regulations of
Ontario 1950 as made by Ontario Regulations 255/51
is amended by striking out the words "old-age or
blind pensioners under The Old Age Pensions Act,
or the Old Age Pensions Act (Canada)" and substituting
therefor the words "recipients of old-age assistance
or blind person's allowance under The Old Age Assist-
ance Act, 1951 or The Blind Persons^ Allowances Act,
1951".
7.(1) Sub-item 1 of item 1 of form 8 of Regulations
142 of Consolidated Regulations of Ontario 1950 as
made by Ontario Regulations 255/51 is amended by
striking out the words "OTHER THAN RESIDENTS
WHO ARE IN RECEIPT OF AND PAYING A
BLIND OR OLD-AGE PENSION" and substituting
therefor the words "OTHER THAN RESIDENTS
WHO ARE RECIPIENTS OF AND PAYING
OLD-AGE ASSISTANCE OR BLIND PERSON'S
ALLOWANCE".
(2) Sub-item 2 of item 1 of form 8 of Regulations
142 of Consolidated Regulations of Ontario 1950 as
made by Ontario Regulations 255/51 is amended by
striking out the words "RESIDENTS WHO ARE
IN RECEIPT OF AND PAYING A BLIND OR
OLD-AGE PENSION" and substituting therefor the
words "RESIDENTS WHO ARE RECIPIENTS OF
AND PAYING OLD-AGE ASSISTANCE OR BLIND
PERSON'S ALLOWANCE".
(3) Item 2 of form 8 of Regulations 142 of Con-
solidated Regulations of Ontario 1950 as made by
Ontario Regulations 255/51 is amended by
(a) striking out the words "Total net cost of
maintenance", and
(b) adding the following figure, in parenthesis,
and words "(3) Total net cost of maintenance".
(407) 9
THE CHARITABLE INSTITUTIONS ACT
O. Reg. 84/52.
Forms.
Amending Regulations 18 of
Consolidated Regulations 1950.
Made— 13th February, 1952.
Filed— 18th February, 1952, 4.40 p.m.
REGULATIONS MADE UPON THE
RECOMMENDATION OF THE MINISTER
UNDER THE CHARITABLE INSTITUTIONS
ACT
1.(1) Sub-clause i of clause g of item 2 of form 1
of Regulations 18 of Consolidated Regulations of
Ontario 1950 is amended by striking out the words
"Old Age and Blind Pensioners" and substituting
therefor the words "Recipients of old-age assistance
or blind person's allowance".
(2) Sub-clause ii of clause g of item 2 of form 1
of Regulations 18 of Consolidated Regulations of
Ontario 1950 is amended by striking out the words
"Old Age and Blind Pensioners" and substituting
therefor the words "Recipients of old-age assistance
or blind person's allowance".
(3) Item 12 of form 1 of Regulations 18 of Con-
solidated Regulations of Ontario 1950 is amended by
strikingoutthewords"REFUNDS TO PENSIONERS"
and substituting therefor the words "SPENDING
ALLOWANCE TO INMATES".
2 Item 7 of form 3 of Regulations 18 of Consolidated
Regulations of Ontario 1950 is amended by striking
out the sub-heading "Old Age and Blind Pensioners
Only" under classification of paying and non-paying
inmates and substituting therefor the sub-heading
"Recipients of old-age assistance or blind person's
allowance".
(408) 9
232
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
553
THE MILK CONTROL ACT
O. Reg. 85/52.
Retail Milk Prices in the market of
Sioux Lookout.
New.
Made— 19th February, 1952.
Filed— 19th February, 1952, 3.50 p.m.
REGULATIONS MADE BY THE BOARD UNDER
THE MILK CONTROL ACT
1. In these regulations
(a) "buttermilk" means the product that remains
after the butter fat is removed from milk by
churning and includes the product that is
obtained by adding a pure lactic culture to
skim-milk;
(b) "cereal treat" means milk that contains not
less than 10 per cent and not more than 12
per cent of butter fat;
(c) "chocolate drink" means milk that contains
a chocolate flavouring;
(d) "skim-milk" means milk that contains not
more than .25 per cent of butter fat;
(e) "sour cream" means a cream that has been
allowed to sour naturally or by the addition
of a culture and that contains not less than
16 per cent of butter fat;
(/) "special milk" means milk that contains not
less than 4 per cent of butter fat;
(g) "standard milk" means milk that contains not
less than 3.25 per cent and not more than 3.9
per cent of butter fat;
(A) "table cream" means cream that contains not
less than 16 per cent and not more than 24
per cent of butter fat; and
(i) "whipping cream" means cream that contains
not less than 32 per cent of butter fat.
2. The maximum prices at which buttermilk,
cereal treat, chocolate drink, skim-milk, sour cream,
special milk, standard milk, table cream and whipping
cream, may be sold by retail in the market of Sioux
Lookout shall be as follows:
(a) buttermilk
quart. . .
in cardboard
bottles containers
.$ .20 $ .21
(b) cereal treat
quart 65
pint 33
half pint 18
(c) chocolate drink
quart 25
pint 13
half pint 08
(d) skim-milk
quart . . .
19
(e) sour cream
quart 80
pint 44
half pint 24
(f) special milk
quart ....
pint
.25
.14
.66
.34
.19
.26
.14
.09
.20
.81
.45
.25
.26
.15
(g) standard milk
quart 23
pint 13
half pint 08
(h) table cream
quart. . . .
pint
half pint.
.80
.44
.24
.24
.14
.09
.81
.45
.25
(i) whipping cream
quart 1 .25
pint 65
half pint 35
1.26
.66
.36
3. These regulations shall come into force on the
1st of March, 1952.
THE MILK CONTROL BOARD
OF ONTARIO
A. B. CURREY
Chairman
K. M. Betzner
Member
J. L. Burrows
Member
(Seal)
Member
Dated at Toronto, this 19th day of February 1952.
(412) 9
THE MILK CONTROL ACT
O. Reg. 86/52.
Retail Milk Prices in the market of
Prescott.
New.
Made— 19th February, 1952.
Filed— 19th February, 1952, 3.55 p.m.
REGULATIONS MADE BY THE BOARD UNDER
THE MILK CONTROL ACT
1. In these regulations
(a) "buttermilk" means the product that remains
after the butter fat is removed from milk by
churning and includes the product that is
obtained by adding a pure lactic culture to
skim-milk;
(b) "chocolate drink" means milk that contains
a chocolate flavouring;
(c) "skim-milk" means milk that contains
more than .25 per cent of butter fat;
not
(d) "special milk" means milk that contains not
less than 4 per cent of butter fat;
(e) "standard milk" means milk that contains not
less than 3.25 per cent and not more than 3.9
per cent of butter fat;
(f) "table cream" means cream that contain not
less than 16 per cent and not more than 24
per cent of butter fat; and
(g) "whipping cream" means cream that contains
not less than 32 per cent of butter fat.
2. The maximum prices at which buttermilk,
chocolate drink, skim-milk, special milk, standard
milk, table cream and whipping cream may be sold
by retail in the market of Prescott shall be as follows:
233
554
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
in
in cardboard
bottles containers
(a) buttermilk
quart $ .15 $ . 16
pint 09 .10
(b) chocolate drink
quart 21 .2^
pint 11 .12
half-pint 07 .08
(c) skim-milk
quart 15 .16
(d) special milk
quart 22 .23
pint 12 .13
half-pint 08 .09
(e) standard milk
quart 20 .21
pint 11 .12
half-pint 07 .08
(/) table cream
quart 80 .81
pint 43 .44
half-pint 22 .23
(g) whipping cream
quart 1.20 1.21
pint 60 .61
half-pint 32 .33
3. These regulations shall come into force on the
1st of March, 1952.
THE MILK CONTROL BOARD
OF ONTARIO
A. B. CURREY
Chairman
K M. Betzner
Member
(Seal) J. L. Burrows
Member
Member
Dated at Toronto, this 19th day of February 1952.
(413) 9
THE MILK CONTROL ACT
O. Reg. 87/52.
Retail Milk Prices in the market of
Mount Forest.
New.
Made— 19th February, 1952.
Filed— 19th February, 1952, 4.00 p.m.
REGULATIONS MADE BY THE BOARD UNDER
THE MILK CONTROL ACT
1. In these regulations
(a) "buttermilk" means the product that remains
after the butter fat is removed from milk by
churning and includes the product that is
obtained by adding a pure lactic culture to
skim-milk;
(b) "chocolate drink" means milk that contains
a chocolate flavouring;
(c) "skim-milk" means milk that contains not
more than .25 per cent of butter fat;
(d) "standard milk" means milk that contains not
less than 3.25 per cent and not more than 3.9
per cent of butter fat;
(e) "table cream" means cream that contains not
less than 16 per cent and not more than 24
per cent of butter fat; and
(/) "whipping cream" means cream that contains
not less than 32 per cent of butter fat.
2. The maximum prices at which buttermilk,
chocolate drink, skim-milk, standard milk, table cream,
and whipping cream, may be sold by retail in the
market of Mount Forest shall be as follows:
in
in cardboard
bottles containers
(a) buttermilk
quart $ . 14 $ .15
(b) chocolate drink
quart 21 .22
pint 12 .13
7 ounces 04 .05
(c) skim-milk
quart 14 .15
(d) standard milk
quart 20 .21
pint 11 .12
half-pint 06 .07
(e) table cream
quart. 70 .71
half pint 22 .23
(/) whipping cream
quart 1.00 1.01
pint ' 60 .61
half pint 35 .36
3. These regulations shall come into force on the
1st day of March, 1952.
THE MILK CONTROL BOARD
OF ONTARIO
A. B. CURREY
Chairman
K. M. Betzner
Member
(Seal) J. L. Burrows
Member
Member
Dated at Toronto, this 19th day of February 1952.
(414) 9
THE MILK CONTROL ACT
O. Reg. 88/52.
Retail Milk Prices in the market of
Orangeville.
New.
Made— 19th February, 1952.
Filed— 19th February, 1952, 4.05 p.m.
REGULATIONS MADE BY THE BOARD UNDER
THE MILK CONTROL ACT
1. In these regulations
234
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
555
(a) "buttermilk" means the product that remains
after the butter fat is removed from milk by
churning and includes the product that is
obtained by adding a pure lactic culture to
skim-milk;
(6) "chocolate drink" means milk that contains
a chocolate flavouring;
(c) "special milk" means milk that contains not
less than 4 per cent of butter fat;
(d) "standard milk" means milk that contains not
less than 3.25 per cent and not more than 3.9
per cant of butter fat;
(«) "table cream" means cream that contains not
less than 16 per cent and not more than 24
per cent of butter fat; and
(J) "whipping cream" means cream that contains
not less than 32 per cent of butter fat.
2. The maximum prices at which buttermilk,
chocolate drink, special milk, standard milk, table
cream and whipping cream may be sold by retail in
the .market of Orangeville shall be as follows:
in cardboard
bottles containers
(a) buttermilk
quart $ . 15 $ .16
(6) chocolate drink
quart 20 .21
pint 11 .12
half pint 07 .08
7 ounces 06 .07
(c) special milk
quart 21 .22
pint 12 .13
half pint 07 .08
(d)- standard milk
quart .19 .20
pint 11 .12
half pint 06 .07
(e) table cream
quart 85 .86
pint 45 .46
half pint 25 .26
(J) whipping cream
quart 1.25 1.26
pint 65 .66
half pint 35 .36
3. These regulations shall come into force on the
1st of March, 1952.
THE MILK CONTROL BOARD
OF ONTARIO
A. B. CURREY
Chairman
K. M. Betzner
Member
J. L. Burrows
Member
(Seal)
Member
Dated at Toronto, this 19th day of February 1952.
(415) 9
THE MILK CONTROL ACT
O. Reg. 89/52.
Retail Milk Prices in the market of
Burk's Falls.
New.
Made— 19th February, 1952.
Filed— 19th February, 1952, 4.10 p.m.
REGULATIONS MADE BY THE BOARD UNDER
THE MILK CONTROL ACT
1. In these regulations
(a) "buttermilk" means the product that remains
after the butter fat is removed from milk by
churning and includes the product that is
obtained by adding a pure lactic culture to
skim-milk;
(J)) "chocolate drink" means milk that contains
a chocolate flavouring;
(c) "standard milk" means milk that contains not
less than 3.25 per cent and not more than 3.9
per cent of butter fat;
(d) "table cream" means cream that contains not
less than 16 per cent and not more than 24
per cent of butter fat; and
(e) "whipping cream" means cream that contains
not less than 32 per cent of butter fat.
2. The maximum prices at which buttermilk,
chocolate drink, standard milk, table cream and
whipping cream may be sold by retail in the market of
Burk's Falls shall be as follows:
in
in cardboard
bottles containers
(a) buttermilk
quart $ .17 $ .18
pint 09 .10
(b) chocolate drink
quart 20 .21
pint 10 .11
half-pint 05 .06
(c) standard milk
quart 20 .21
• pint 11 .12
half-pint .06 .07
(d) table cream
quart 75 .76
pint 40 .41
half-pint 22 .23
(e) whipping cream
quart 1.15 1.16
pint 55 .56
half-pint 30 .31
3. These regulations shall come into force on the
1st of March, 1952.
THE MILK CONTROL BOARD
OF ONTARIO
A. B. CURREV
Chairman
K. M. Betzner
Member
(Seal) J. L. Burrows
Member
Member
Dated at Toronto, this 19th day of February 1952.
(416) 9
235
556
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
THE MILK CONTROL ACT
O. Reg. 90/52.
Retail Milk Prices in the market of
Meaford and Thornbury.
New.
Made— 19th February, 1952.
Filed— 19th February, 1952, 4.15 p.m.
REGULATIONS MADE BY THE BOARD UNDER
THE MILK CONTROL ACT
1. In these regulations
(a) "chocolate drink" means milk that contains
a chocolate flavouring;
(/>) "chocolate milk" means milk that contains
not less than 3.25 per cent of butter fat and
a chocolate flavouring;
(c) "standard milk" means milk that contains not
less than 3.25 per cent and not more than 3.9
per cent of butter fat;
(d) "table cream" means cream that contains not
less than 16 per cent and not more than 24
per cent of butter fat; and
(e) "whipping cream" means cream that contains
not less than 32 per cent of butter fat.
2. The maximum prices at which chocolate drink,
chocolate milk, standard milk, table cream and whipp-
ing cream may be sold by retail in the market of
Meaford and Thornbury shall be as follows:
in
in cardboard
bottles containers
(a) chocolate drink
quart $ .22 $ .23
pint 12 .13
(b) chocolate milk
quart 23 .24
pint 13 .14
(c) standard milk
quart 21 .22
pint 11 .12
half-pint 06 .07
(d) table cream
quart 68 .69
pint 36 .37
half-pint 21 .22
(e) whipping cream
quart 1.00 1.01
pint 55 .56
half-pint 31 .32
3. These regulations shall come into force on the
1st of March, 1952.
THE MILK CONTROL BOARD
OF ONTARIO
A. B. CURREY
Chairman
K. M. Betzner
Member
(Seal) J. L. Burrows
Member
Member
Dated at Toronto, this 19th day of February 1952.
(417) 9
THE MILK CONTROL ACT
O. Reg. 91/52.
Retail Milk Prices in the market of
Hawkesbury.
New.
Made— 19th February, 1952.
Filed— 19th February, 1952, 4.20 p.m.
REGULATIONS MADE BY THE BOARD UNDER
THE MILK CONTROL ACT
1. In these regulations
(a) "buttermilk" means the product that remains
after the butter fat is removed from milk by
churning and includes the product that is
obtained by adding a pure lactic culture to
skim-milk;
(b) "chocolate drink" means milk that contains
a chocolate flavouring;
(c) "standard milk" means milk that contains not
less than 3.25 per cent and not more than 3.9
per cent of butter fat;
(d) "table cream" means cream that contains not
less than 16 per cent and not more than 24
per cent of butter fat; and
(e) "whipping cream" means cream that contains
not less than 32 per cent of butter fat.
2. The maximum prices at which buttermilk,
chocolate drink, standard milk, table cream, and
whipping cream, may be sold by retail in the market
of Hawkesbury shall be as follows:
in
in cardboard
bottles containers
(a) buttermilk
quart $ • 18 $ . 19
(b) chocolate drink
quart 21 .22
half pint 07 .08
(c) standard milk
quart 20 .21
pint 11 .12
half pint 06 .07
(d) table cream
pint 45 .46
half pint 25 .26
(e) whipping cream
pint 65 .66
half pint 35 .36
3. These regulations shall come into force on the
1st of March, 1952.
THE MILK CONTROL BOARD
OF ONTARIO
A. B. CURREY
Chairman
K. M. Betzner'
Member
(Seal) J. L. Burrows
Member
Member
Dated at Toronto, this 19th day of February 1952.
(418) 9
236
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
557
THE MILK CONTROL ACT
O. Reg. 92/52.
Retail Milk Prices in the market of
Teeswater.
New.
Made— 19th February, 1952.
Filed— 19th February, 1952, 4.25 p.m.
REGULATIONS MADE BY THE BOARD UNDER
THE MILK CONTROL ACT
1. In these regulations
(c) "chocolate milk" means milk that contains
not less than 3.25 per cent of butter fat and
a chocolate flavouring;
(b) "skim-milk" means milk that contains not
more than .25 per cent of butter fat;
(c) "standard milk" means milk that contains not
less than 3.25 per cent and not more than 3.9
per cent of butter fat; and
(d) "table cream" means cream that contains not
less than 16 per cent and not more than 24
per cent of butter fat.
2. The maximum prices at which chocolate milk,
skim-milk, standard milk and table cream may be
sold by retail in the market of Teeswater:
in
in cardboard
bottles containers
(a) chocolate milk
quart $ .22 $ .23
pint 13 .14
half-pint 08 .09
7 ounces 07 .08
(jb) skim-milk
quart 15 .16
(c) standard milk
quart 20 .21
pint 11 .12
half-pint 06 .07
(d) table cream
half-pint 20 .21
3. These regulations shall come into force on the
1st of March, 1952.
THE MILK CONTROL BOARD
OF ONTARIO
A. B. CURREY
Chairman
K. M. Betzner
Member
(Seal) J. L. Burrows
Member
Member
Dated at Toronto, this 19th day of February 1952.
(419) 9
THE MILK CONTROL ACT
O. Reg. 93/52.
Retail Milk Prices in the market of
Arthur.
New.
Made— 19th February, 1952.
Filed— 19th February, 1952,4.30 p.m.
REGULATIONS MADE BY THE BOARD UNDER
THE MILK CONTROL ACT
1. In these regulations
(a) "chocolate drink" means milk that contains
a chocolate flavouring;
(6) "standard milk" means milk that'contains not
less than 3.25 per cent and not more than 3.9
per cent of butter fat;
(c) "table cream" means cream that contains not
less than 16 per cent and not more than 24
per cent of butter fat; and
(d) "whipping cream" means cream that contains
not less than 32 per cent of butter fat.
2. The maximum prices at which chocolate drink,
standard milk, table cream and whipping cream may
be sold by retail in the market of Arthur shall be as
follows:
in
in cardboard
bottles containers
(a) chocolate drink
8 ounces $ .05 $ .06
(b) standard milk
quart 20 .21
pint 11 .12
half-pint 06 .07
(c) table cream
half-pint 25 .26
8 ounces 20 .21
(d) whipping cream
half-pint 35 .36
8 ounces 28 .29
3. These regulations shall come into force on the
1st of March, 1952.
THE MILK CONTROL BOARD
OF ONTARIO
A. B. Currey
Chairman
K. M. Betzner
Member
(Seal) J. L, Burrows
Member
Member
Dated at Toronto, this 19th day of February 1952.
(420) 9
THE MILK CONTROL ACT
O. Reg. 94/52.
Retail Milk Prices in the market of
Belleville.
New.
Made— 19th February, 1952.
Filed— 19th February, 1952, 4.35 p.m.
REGULATIONS MADE BY THE BOARD UNDER
THE MILK CONTROL ACT
1. In these regulations
(a) "buttermilk" means the product that remains
after the butter fat is removed from milk by
237
558
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
churning and includes the product that is
obtained by adding a pure lactic culture to
skim-milk;
(b) "chocolate drink" means milk that contains
a chocolate flavouring;
(c) "skim-milk" means milk that contains not
more than .25 per cent of butter fat;
(d) "standard milk" means milk that contains not
less than 3.25 per cent and not more than 3.9
per cent of butter fat;
(e) "table cream" means cream that contains not
less than 16 per cent and not more than 24
per cent of butter fat; and
(/) "whipping cream" means cream that contains
not less than 32 per cent of butter fat.
2. The maximum prices at which buttermilk,
chocolate drink, skim-milk, standard milk, table cream
and whipping cream may be sold by retail in the market
of Belleville shall be as follows:
in
in cardboard
bottles containers
(a) buttermilk
quart $ .15 $ .16
(b) chocolate drink
quart 19 .20
pint 11 .12
half pint 07 .08
8 ounces 06 .07
7 ounces 05 .06
(c) skim-milk
quart 12 .13
{d) standard milk
quart 20 .21
pint 11 .12
half pint 07 .08
(e) table cream
quart 70 .71
pint 35 .36
half pint 20 .21
(f) whipping cream
quart 1.20 1.21
pint 70 .71
half pint 35 .36
3. These regulations shall come into force on the
1st of March, 1952.
THE MILK CONTROL BOARD
OF ONTARIO
A. B. CURREY
Chairman
K. M. Betzner
Member
(Seal) J. L. Burrows
Member
Member
Dated at Toronto, this 19th day of February 1952.
(421) 9
THE MILK CONTROL ACT
O. Reg. 95/52.
Retail Milk Prices in the market of
Norwich-Otterville.
New and Revoking O. Regs. 126/51.
Made— 19th February, 1952.
Filed— 19th February, 1952, 4.40 p.m.
REGULATIONS MADE BY THE BOARD UNDER
THE MILK CONTROL ACT
1. In these regulations
(a) "buttermilk" means the product that remains
after the butter fat is removed from milk by
churning and includes the product that is
obtained by adding a pure lactic culture to
skim-milk;
(b) "chocolate drink" means milk that contains
a chocolate flavouring;
(c) "standard milk" means milk that contains not
less than 3.25 per cent and not more than 3.9
per cent of butter fat;
(d) "table cream" means cream that contains not
less than 16 per cent and not more than 24
per cent of butter fat; and
(e) "whipping cream" means cream that contains
not less than 32 per cent of butter fat.
2. The maximum prices at which buttermilk,
chocolate drink, standard milk, table cream and
whipping cream may be sold by retail in the market of
Norwich-Otterville shall be as follows:
in
in cardboard
bottles containers
(a) buttermilk
quart . .$ .11 $ .12
(b) chocolate drink
quart 21 .22
pint 11 .12
8 ounces 06 .07
(c) standard milk
quart 20 .21
pint 11 .12
half-pint 06 .07
(d) table cream
half-pint 25 .26
(e) whipping cream
half-pint 35 .36
3. Ontario Regulations 126/51 are revoked.
4. These regulations shall come into force on the
1st day of March, 1952.
THE MILK CONTROL BOARD
OF ONTARIO
A. B. Currey
Chairman
K. M. Betzner
Member
(Seal) J. L. Burrows
Member
Member
Dated at Toronto, this 19th day of February 1952.
(422) 9
THE MILK CONTROL ACT
O. Reg. 96/52.
Retail Milk Prices in the market of
Port Perry.
New.
Made— 19th February, 1952.
Filed— 19th February, 1952, 4.45 p.m.
238
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
559
REGULATIONS MADE BY THE BOARD UNDER
THE MILK CONTROL ACT
L In these regulations
(a) "buttermilk" means the product that remains
after the butter fat is removed from milk by
churning and includes the product that is
obtained by adding a pure lactic culture to
skim-milk;
{b) "chocolate drink" means milk that contains
a chocolate flavouring; ^
(c) "skim-milk" means milk that contains not
more than .25 per cent of butter fat;
(d) "standard milk" means milk that contains not
less than 3.25 per cent and not more than 3.9
per cent of butter fat;
(e) "table cream" means cream that contains not
less than 16 per cent and not more than 24
per cent of butter fat; and
(/) "whipping cream" means cream that contains
not less than 32 per cent of butter fat.
2. The maximum prices at which buttermilk,
chocolate drink, skim-milk, standard milk, table cream
and whipping cream may be sold by retail in the marke*"
of Port Perry shall be as follows:
in
in cardboard
bottles containers
(a) buttermilk
quart $ .15 $ .16
(6) chocolate drink
quart 20 .21
pint 11 .12
half-pint 06 .07
(c) skim-milk
quart 15 .16
(d) standard milk
quart 20 .21
pint 11 .12
half-pint 06 .07
(e) table cream
half-pint 20 .21
(/) whipping cream
half-pint 31 .32
3. These regulations shall come into force on the
Istof March, 1952.
THE MILK CONTROL BOARD
OF ONTARIO
A. B. CURREY
Chairman
K. M. Betzner
Member
(Seal) J. L. Burrows
Member
Member
Dated at Toronto, this 19th day of February 1952.
(423) 9
THE MILK CONTROL ACT
O. Reg. 97/52.
Retail Milk Prices in the market of
Iroquois.
New.
Made— 19th February, 1952.
Filed— 19th February, 1952, 4.50 p.m.
REGULATIONS MADE BY THE BOARD UNDER
THE MILK CONTROL ACT
1. In these regulations
(a) "buttermilk" means the product that remains
after the butter fat is removed from milk by
churning and includes the product that is
obtained by adding a pure lactic culture to
skim-milk;
(b) "chocolate drink" means milk that contains
a chocolate flavouring;
(c) "skim-milk" means milk that contains not
more than .25 per cent of butter fat;
(d) "standard milk" means milk that contains not
less than 3.25 per cent and not more than 3.9
per cent of butter fat;
(e) "table cream" means cream that contains not
less than 16 per cent and not more than 24
per cent of butter fat; and
(/) "whipping cream" means cream that contains
not less than 32 per cent of butter fat.
2. The maximum prices at which buttermilk,
chocolate drink, skim-milk, standard milk, table cream
and whipping cream may be sold by retail in the market
of Iroquois shall be as follows:
m
in cardboard
bottles containers
(a) buttermilk
quart $ . 12 $ . 13
(b) chocolate drink
quart 18 .19
half-pint 06 .07
(c) skim-milk
quart 12 .13
(d) standard milk
quart 18 .19
pint 10 .11
half-pint 06 .07
(e) table cream
quart 80 .81
pint 40 .41
half-pint 20 .21
(/) whipping cream
quart 1.10 1.11
pint 55 .56
half-pint 28 .29
3. These regulations shall come into force on the
1st of March, 1952.
THE MILK CONTROL BOARD
OF ONTARIO
A. B. CURREY
Chairman
K. M. Betzner
Member
(Seal) J. L. Burrows
Member
Member
Dated at Toronto, this 19th day of February 1952.
(424)
239
560
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
THE LEASEHOLD REGULATONS ACT, 1951
O. Reg. 98/52.
Leasehold Regulations.
Substitution for the Wartime Lease-
hold Regulations and revoking O.
Regs. 83/51 and 176/51.
Made— 20th February, 1952.
Filed— 22nd February, 1952, 1.45 p.m.
— By Direction.
REGULATIONS MADE UNDER
THE LEASEHOLD REGULATIONS ACT, 1951
The Wartime Leasehold Regulations
PART I
interpretation
1. In these regulations,
(a) "clubhouse" means a dwelling-place occupied
by a club incorporated for the purpose of carry-
ing on its objects without pecuniary gain and
which restricts the occupancy of the dwelling-
place to members of the club ;
(h) "commercial accommodation" means,
(i) vacant land,
(ii) land used for business purposes and let
upon a ground lease,
(iii) a place of business,
(iv) a structure, or part of a structure, used
for combined business and dwelling pur-
poses under a lease that is made to one
tenant or two or more tenants jointly
and the rental payable under which lease
has not been apportioned in respect of
that part used for business purposes and
that part used as a dwelling-place,
(v) real property of which Her Majesty in
right of Canada or of any province is
tenant,
and for the purposes of this clause "business"
includes the practice of a profession but does
not include the letting of rooms with or with-
out board;
(r) "dwelling-place" means a house, boarding
house, lodging house, tourist home or cabin,
apartment, flat or room, together with all out-
buildings and appurtenances thereto belonging,
and such heating, lighting, water, garage,
janitor and other services including meals and
such plant, equipment, furniture, furnishings
or facilities as are supplied or to be supplied
by the landlord or that the landlord expressly
or impliedly agreed to supply, and includes the
land upon which a dwelling-place is situated;
(d) "hotel" means an establishment the operator
of which,
(i) in one or more buildings, furnishes sleep-
ing and living accommodation and facili-
ties for the service of meals to the travel-
ling public for remuneration, and
(ii) receives and lodges for remuneration all
persons seeking shelter, unless there is
reasonable ground for refusal, and
(iii) keeps a register in which the guests, on
arrival, record their names and addresses,
and
(iv) assumes responsibility for the goods and
chattels of the guests in accordance with
the law of Ontario, and
(v) filed his maximum rates or obtained fixa-
tion of his maximum rates under Order
316 of the Wartime Prices and Trade
Board or holds a certificate issued by a
Regionals Rentals Officer under subsec-
tion 3 of section 2 of Order 800 of the
Wartime Prices and Trade Board or is
designated as a hotel by the Rentals
Administrator;
(e) "landlord" means a person of whom another
holds a right to the possession of a dwelling-
place, a person who lets or sub-lets a dwelling-
place or grants any leave and licence for the
use of a dwelling-place, a person entitled to
possession under a judgment or order of a
court or under a statute, or a mortgagee or
chargee in possession;
(/) "lease" means an enforceable contract for the
letting or sub-letting of a dwelling-place or any
leave and licence for the use of a dwelling-
place, whether such contract or leave and
licence is made orally or in writing; and the
verbs "let" and "sub-let" have a corresponding
extended meaning;
(g) "lodging" means a dwelling-place that is not
a self-contained dwelling;
(h) "Minister" means the minister designated by
the Lieutenant-Governor in Council to ad-
minister The Leasehold Regulations Act, 1951;
{{) "order" means a general or specific order,
direction, requirement, instruction, prescrip-
tion, permission, prohibition, restriction or
limitation made or issued in writing under
these regulations;
ij) "rental" means any payment or consideration,
or any bonus or gratuity to or for the benefit
of the landlord, for the possession, occupancy
or use of a dwelling-place by the day, week,
month or other period of time and includes a
rate per person;
{k) "Rentals Administrator" means the person
appointed as such by the Lieutenant-Governor
in Council and includes the person similarly
appointed as the Deputy Rentals Administra-
tor;
(/) "Rentals Appraiser" means a person appointed
as such by the Lieutenant-Governor in
Council or designated as such by the Rentals
Administrator;
{m) "Rentals Board" means a Rentals Board con-
stituted under these regulations;
(n) "self-contained dwelling" means a dwelling-
place the tenant of which is not required by
any term or condition, express or implied, of
his lease to share with any person the use of a
water-closet or similar device, and for the
purpose of this clause "tenant" means either
one person or two or more persons jointly en-
titled to the same rights of occupancy and use
of the dwelling-place;
(o) "tenant" means a person who holds possession,
occupancy or use of a dwelling-place under a
lease;
240
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
561
(/>) "term certain" means a period of possession,
occupancy or use of a dwelling-place, the right
to which possession, occupancy or use, accord-
ing to the law of Ontario, would terminate at
the end of the jjeriod without notice by either
the landlord or the tenant were it not for these
regulations.
PART II
APPLICATION OF REGULATIONS
2. — (1) These regulations apply to every dwelling-
place and lease therefor other than,
(o) any living or sleeping room in an educational,
religious, philanthropic, charitable, scientific,
artistic, professional, social or sporting institu-
tion, or in a hospital or convalescent or nursing
home, or in a clubhouse or hotel;
(b) any real property let, with or without a dwel-
ling-place, solely for the purposes of husbandry,
agriculture or horticulture;
(c) any living or sleeping room in a seasonal
boarding house that, for purposes of this
clause, means a boarding house that caters
chiefly to persons who are on vacation or holi-
days and in which sleeping accommodation
and three meals per day are made available to
the guests by the operator, and includes a
group of buildings so operated by the same
operator in one or more of which sleeping
accommodation is supplied to the guests and
in one or more of which three meals per day
are made available by him to such guests;
(d) any commercial accommodation;
(«) any building that on the 1st of January, 1947,
was in process of being completed by original
construction and was not occupied in whole
or in part before that date and any building
the original construction of which was com-
menced after that date, and for the purpose
of this clause "construction" does hot include
alterations or additions, structural or other-
wise to an existing building;
Cf) any garage that is appurtenant to a dwelling-
place and that is let to some person other than
the tenant of the dwelling-place;
(g) any lease of a dwelling-place in which lease
Central Mortgage and Housing Corporation is
the landlord either as principal or agent;
(h) any room or rooms in a boarding house, and
for the purpose of this clause "boarding
house" means a boarding house the op)erator
of which serves two or more meals per day to
the occupant of the room or rooms in question;
(t) any summer cottage, winter chalet, ski lodge,
hunting lodge, tourist cabin or automobile-
trailer that was untenanted on the 23rd of
February, 1948, or that after such date be-
comes untenanted, notwithstanding that the
accommodation later becomes tenanted;
(j) any lease of a dwelling-place made between a
landlord and a tenant who is or was at the
time of the making of the lease the landlord's
employee, servant or agent.
(2) If a rentals administrator has exempted a
dwelling-place or a transaction or person from any of
the provisions of an Order of the Wartime Prices and
Trade Board or of the Wartime Leasehold Regulations,
such dwelling-place, transaction or person shall to the
extent of such exemption be exempt from the corre-
sponding provisions of these regulations until the
Rentals Administrator otherwise directs in writing.
(3) Part VI shall not apply to a building owned bv
Central Mortgage and Housing Corporation or owned
by Her Majesty in right of Canada or of Ontario as
represented by Central Mortgage and Housing Cor-
poration.
(4) Part VI shall not apply to a tenant of a lodging
let at a rate per person if any meals are supplied to
such tenant at an inclusive rate.
PART III
ADMINISTRATION
3.— (1) The Lieutenant-Governor in Council may
constitute one or more Rentals Boards for one or more
municipalities.
(2) Where no Rentals Board is constituted for a
municipality under subregulation 1 and the Court of
Revision of the municipality is composed of one or
three members, the members of the Court of Revision
shall constitute the Rentals Board for the municipality.
(3) WTiere no Rentals Board is constituted for a
municipality under subregulation 1 and the Court of
Revision of the municipality is composed of five mem-
bers, the council of the municipality may appoint any
three members of the Court of Revision to constitute
, the Rentals Board for the municipality.
(4) W^ere a Rentals Board is constituted under
subregulation 1 and is composed of more than one
member, one shall form a quorum, and where a Rentals
Board is constituted under subregulation 2 or 3 and is
composed of three members, two shall form a quorum.
(5) Where a Court of Revision is constituted a
Rentals Board under subregulations 2 or 3, the council
of the municipality before any application is heard by
the Rentals Board, shall file with the Rentals Adminis-
trator the name of each member of the Rentals Board.
4. — (1) A Rentals Board may require such informa-
tion in such manner as it may direct, may adopt such
procedure as it deems proper, may inspect any dwelling-
place and in the execution of its powers and duties
shall have all the powers that may be conferred upon
a commissioner appointed under The Public Inquiries
Act, but no expense shall be incurred without the
written authorization of the Rentals Administrator.
(2) The decision of a Rentals Board shall be final
and conclusive.
5. The Rentals Administrator and the Rentals Ap-
praisers shall have all the powers that may be conferred
upon a commissioner appointed under The Public In-
quiries Act.
6. No costs shall be awarded either party on an>
application or appeal under these regulations.
7. — (1) The Rentals Administrator may,
(a) require any person to furnish such information
as he may specify;
(b) enter or authorize any other person to enter
any dwelling-place to inspect it or to examine
any books, records and documents relating
thereto ;
(c) require any person to produce any books,
records and documents relating to a dwelling-
place at any place before the Rentals Ad-
ministrator or before any person designated
by him and may take or authorize any person
to take possession of any such books, records
and documents;
(d) exempt any lease or dwelling-place from any
provision of these regulations;
241
562
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
(e) fix or vary the maximum rental for any
dwelling-place that is not the subject of a
pending application or appeal;
(/) refer to a Rentals Appraiser or to a Rentals
Board the fixation or variation of the maximum
rental for any dwelling-place;
(g) vary any decision of a Rentals Appraiser that
is not the subject of a pending appeal or, with
the approval of the Minister, vary any decision
of a Rentals Board fixing or varying a maxi-
mum rental;
(h) authorize the re-opening of any decision fixing
or varying a maximum rental and the recon-
sideration of the matter as if the decision had
not been made;
(i) designate any person as a Rentals Appraiser
for any area, with such of the powers of a
Rentals Appraiser under these regulations as
he may designate;
(j) determine whether any particular real pro-
perty,
(i) is a dwelling-place, or
(ii) is real property, commercial accommoda-
tion, a hotel or dwelling-place within the
meaning of regulation 2,
and may direct that such real property shall
be governed by such of the provisions of these
regulations as he may designate;
(k) designate any dwelling-place as a hotel.
(2) The method and procedure of exercising his
powers shall be such as the Rentals Administrator may
adopt.
(3) The decision of the Rentals Administrator shall
be final and conclusive and shall take effect on and
after such date as he designates.
8. In any area for which no Rentals Appraiser is
appointed, an application may be referred by the
Rentals Administrator to the Rentals Board having
jurisdiction in that area.
PART IV
Maximum Rentals
fixation
9. — (1) The maximum rentals for dwelling-places
for which maximum rentals were in effect under the
Wartime Leasehold Regulations on the 25th of Febru-
ary, 1952, shall be the maximum rentals for such
dwelling-places under these regulations except as varied
under these regulations.
(2) The maximum rentals for dwelling-places for
which no maximum rentals were in effect under the
Wartime Leasehold Regulations on the 25th of Febru-
ary, 1952, shall be the maximum rentals as fixed or
varied under these regulations.
10. No person shall on behalf of himself or of
another person let or offer to let a dwelling-place, or
charge, demand, receive, collect, pay or offer to pay a
rental therefor in excess of the maximum rental fixed
therefor by or under these regulations or on terms and
conditions that directly or indirectly increase the rental
therefor payable beyond the maximum rental or that
directly or indirectly decrease the obligations of the
landlord performed or to be performed for such rental,
or decrease the extent or the amount of the dwelling-
place supplied or to be supplied for such rental.
11. — (1) Where a rental is subject to seasonal
variation during year-round possession, the rental pay-
able in each season shall be the maximum rental, if
any, payable in the last corresponding season or as
fixed or varied under these regulations.
(2) A lease for a dwelling-place may be made or
renewed at the maximum rental payable under a sub-
lease for the same dwelling-place and the same appur-
tenances, furniture, furnishings, equipment, fixtures,
services and facilities as were supplied under the sub-
lease.
(3) The last daily, weekly, monthly and seasonal
maximum rentals for dwelling-places customarily
rented only for a season or part of a season fixed under
the Wartime Leasehold Regulations shall be the daily,
weekly, monthly and seasonal maximum rentals under
these regulations or as varied under these regulations.
(4) Where there is a maximum daily rental and a
maximum weekly rental for a dwelling-place and the
dwelling-place is occupied by the same tenant for
seven consecutive days or longer, the maximum rental
that may be charged, demanded, received, collected or
paid for the occupancy shall be the maximum weekly
rental.
12. — (1) A dwelling-place for which a maximum
rental has been fixed shall include all appurtenances,
furniture, furnishings, equipment, fixtures, services and
facilities that were supplied or to be supplied by the
landlord for such maximum rental.
(2) During the term of a lease for a dwelling-place
or during any period of renewal or extension of such
lease, no person shall, in the absence of an agreement
between the landlord and the tenant to the contrary,
discontinue or lessen any heating, lighting or cold or
hot water service supplied or to be supplied by the
landlord unless the landlord obtains from a Rentals
Appraiser a written permit so to do and complies with
the terms and conditions of such permit.
(3) An application for a permit shall be made in
writing to a Rentals Appraiser who may grant or
refuse a permit.
(4) If the landlord of a dwelling-place for which a
maximum rental has been fixed lessens the amount of
the accommodation or of any appurtenances, furniture,
furnishings, equipment, fixtures, services or facilities
that were supplied or to be supplied for the maximum
rental, whether or not a permit has been granted under
this regulation, he shall either before or within 30 days
after the date of such lessening, make an application in
Form 8 to a Rentals Appraiser for a variation of the
maximum rental.
(5) Subregulation 4 does not authorize a landlord
to break the conditions of any lease in effect for the
dwelling-place.
13. Subject to subregulation 4 of regulation 21, if
the landlord of a dwelling-place, after the date on
which the maximum rental therefor was last fixed,
increases the amount of the accortimodation or supplies
any appurtenances, furniture, furnishings, equipment,
fixtures, services or facilities that were not supplied for
the maximum rental fixed on such date, he shall not
collect or receive any rental in excess of the maximum
rental unless upon application by him the maximum
rental is varied.
14. — (1) No person shall let a lodging at a rate per
person unless the lodging is equipped and furnished,
including bedding, linen and the laundering thereof,
for the sleeping accommodation of each occupant.
(2) Where a lodging is equipped and furnished, in-
cluding bedding, linen and the laundering thereof, for
the sleeping accommodation of each occupant, the
maximum rental shall be expressed as a maximum rate
per person.
242
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
563
(3) If a lodging that forms part of the home of the
landlord, and that is equipped and furnished, including
bedding, linen and the laundering thereof, for the
sleeping accommodation of each occupant, is let to a
tenant who shares the home with the landlord, the
maximum rate per person at which the landlord may
let the lodging,
(a) shall be the maximum rate per person that he
had in effect under the Wartime Leasehold
Regulations for any given number of occu-
pants on the 25th of February, 1952;
(b) to any number of occupants, for which number
of occupants he had no maximum rate per
person in effect under the Wartime Leasehold
Regulations on the 25th of February, 1952,
shall be the rate per person first charged by
him after the 25th of February, 1952, for that
number of occupants.
15. — (1) Subject to subregulations 3 and 4, where
a lease of a self-contained dwelling for a term certain of
not less than 2 years,
(a) is made on or after the 15th of December,
1949, and before the 25th of February, 1952,
between the landlord and a tenant who at the
time of the making of the lease was in posses-
sion of the self-contained dwelling and whose
tenancy was subject to the Wartime Leasehold
Regulations; or
(b) is made in writing on or after the 25th of
February, 1952, between the landlord and a
tenant who at the time of the making of the
lease was in possession of the self-contained
dwelling,
the rental reserved in the lease shall be deemed to be
the maximum rental for the self-contained dwelling.
(2) The landlord of such self-contained dwelling
shall serve on the tenant and file with a Rentals Ap-
praiser, on or before the 1st of April, 1952, or within
30 days after the making of the lease, whichever is
later, a statement in Form 14.
(3) If a lease for a self-contained dwelling is made
for a term certain of not less than 2 years and the
tenant at the time of the making of the lease was
liable to dispossession under clause c of regulation 25
or regulation 33, the tenant, within 30 days of the
making of the lease, may apply to the Rentals Board
having jurisdiction in the municipality in which the
self-contained dwelling is situated for a variation of
the maximum rental as if the application were an
appeal under Part V, and if the maximum rental is
reduced, the lease shall be deemed to expire on the
date of the decision of the Rentals Board and the
tenancy shall thereafter be from month to month at
the maximum rental as varied.
(4) The rental reserved in a lease for a term certain
of not less than 2 years made on or after the 25th of
February, 1952, shall not be deemed to be the maxi-
mum rental if the lease contains a provision whereby
the landlord may terminate the lease by notice before
the expiration of the first 2 years of the lease.
16. — (1) Any self-contained dwelling and any lease
therefor that was not on the 1st of August, 1951, sub-
ject to Order 800 of the Wartime Prices and Trade
Board shall be and be deemed to have been since that
date subject to the Wartime Leasehold Regulations
and shall be deemed to be a self-contained dwelling for
which there is no maximum rental unless a maximum
rental has been fixed for the self-contained dwelling
after the 1st of August, 1951.
(2) Notwithstanding subregulation 1 of regulation
18, an application for a fixation of a maximum rental
for such dwelling-place shall be made before or within
30 days of making a lease therefor, or on or before the
1st of April, 1952, whichever is later.
17. — (1) Any lease for a term certain made in
respect of a self-contained dwelling that was not at the
time of the making of the lease subject to Order 800
of the Wartime Prices and Trade Board and that was
in effect on the 1st of August, 1951, shall be exempt
from this Part,
(a) in the case of a lease for a term certain of less
than 2 years, during the term of such lease;
and
(b) in the case of a lease for a term certain of not
less than 2 years, until the expiry of the first
2 years of the term of such lease or until the
1st of October, 1951, whichever is later.
(2) At the expiry of the first 2 years of the term
of such lease for a term certain of not less than 2 years
or on the 1st of October, 1951, whichever is later, the
lease shall be deemed to be a lease from month to
month and shall be subject to this Part unless the
tenant elects in writing to confirm the provisions of
the existing lease for the unexpired term of such lease,
and the landlord may, within the first 2 years of such
term or before the 1st of October, 1951, demand in
writing that the tenant make such election within 30
days of the receipt of the demand, and in default of
such election the lease shall be deemed to be confirmed
for the unexpired term of the lease, and at the expiry
of the term of the lease this Part shall apply to the
lease.
18. — (1) The landlord of a dwelling-place described
in subregulation 2, before or within 30 days after mak-
ing a lease therefor, shall make an application in Form
2, 3 or 4, as the case may require, to a Rentals Ap-
praiser to fix the maximum rental for the dwelling-
place, and if an application is made, the landlord may
collect the rental payable under the lease until the
maximum rental is fixed, but if the landlord does not
make an application before the end of the 30-day
period, the tenant, on notifying the Rentals Appraiser
of such failure, may thereafter withhold payment of
all rental until he has been notified by the Rentals
Appraiser that an application has been made.
(2) The dwelling-places to which this regulation
applies are,
(a) those for which there is no maximum rental;
(b) those that have been altered since the date
on which the maximum rental therefor was
last fixed resulting in substantially different
accommodation ;
(c) those that have been customarily rented for
a season or seasons if rented for a period not
included in such season or seasons;
(d) those for which the maximum rental is not
ascertainable by the landlord.
(3) If a lease for a dwelling-place the maximum
rental for which is fixed under this regulation has been
in effect at any time within 6 months before the date
on which the decision is made, the maximum rental
shall take effect from a date 6 months before the de-
cision was made, but in no case shall the maximum
rental take effect before the 1st of January, 1952.
(4) In no case shall the maximum rental for a
dwelling-place be fixed by a Rentals Appraiser under
this regulation at an amount that, in his opinion, is
higher than the maximum rental generally prevailing
on the 1st of January, 1952, for a similar dwelling-place
in the vicinity or in a similar residential district in the
same municipality.
243
564
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
PROCEDURE ON APPLICATION FOR FIXATION AND
VARIATION OF MAXIMUM RENTALS
19. — (1) An application to a Rentals Appraiser for
the fixation or variation of a maximum rental shall be
made as follows:
(a) The application shall be completed in dupli-
cate and filed with the Rentals Appraiser.
(b) The Rentals Appraiser shall forward 1 copy
of the application to the opposite party, if
any, by mail.
(c) The opposite party, if any, within 10 days
after the date on which it was mailed to him,
may forward to the Rentals Appraiser any
written statement that he desires to make.
(2) The Rentals Appraiser may,
(a) require such additional information from either
party as he may direct, conduct a hearing and
adopt such procedure at the hearing as he
deems proper;
(b) fix or vary the maximum rental of the dwelling-
place described in the application or dismiss
the application;
(c) refer any application to the Rentals Board for
decision;
(d) of his own motion fix or vary the maximum
rental for a dwelling-place as if an application
had been made therefor.
(3) Every decision by a Rentals Appraiser shall
continued in effect until varied in accordance with
these regulations.
(4) Every variation of the maximum rental for a
dwelling-place shall be deemed to be the fixation of
the maximum rental for the dwelling-place.
(5) On an application for an increase of the maxi-
mum rental of a self-contained dwelling the party
applying shall pay to the Rentals Appraiser a fee of
$5 at the time of filing the application.
VARIATION
20. — (1) The landlord of a dwelling-place may make
an application in Form 5, 6 or 7, as the case may re-
quire, to a Rentals Appraiser for a variation of the
maximum rental for a dwelling-place by reason of any
of the following circumstances,
(a) an increase in the taxes or water rates payable
by the landlord since the 31st of December,
1950, and resulting otherwise than from a
structural alteration, addition or improvement,
in which case the Rentals Appraiser may in-
crease the maximum rental by an amount that
in his opinion is commensurate with the
amount of such increase in taxes or water
rates ;
(b) an increase in the amount of the accommoda-
tion or the supplying of appurtenances, furni-
ture, furnishings, equipment, fixtures, services
or facilities that were not supplied or to be
supplied for the maximum rental, in which
case the Rentals Appraiser may increase the
maximum rental by an amount that in his
opinion is commensurate with the increased
rental value of the dwelling-place;
(r) renovating, repairing or redecorating of the
dwelling-place involving the expenditure of an
amount not less than 5 per cent of the assessed
value of the dwelling-place, in which case the
Rentals Appraiser may increase the maximum
rental by an amount that in his opinion is
commensurate with the increased rental value
of the dwelling-place;
(d) the maximum rental for the dwelling-place is
substantially lower than the maximum rental
generally prevailing on the 1st of January,
1952, for a similar dwelling-place in the
vicinity or in a similar residential district in
the same municipality, in which case the
Rentals Appraiser may increase the maximum
rental to an amount not exceeding such gener-
ally prevailing maximum rental;
(e) the tenant, on the date of the application, is
sub-letting three or more rooms in the dwelling-
place, in which case the Rentals Appraiser
may increase the maximum rental to an
amount not more than 10 per cent more than
the maximum rental generally prevailing on
the 1st of January, 1952, for a similar dwelling-
place in the vicinity or in a similar residential
district in the same municipality.
(2) The tenant of a dwelling-place may make an
application in Form 9 or 10, as the case may require,
to a Rentals Appraiser for a variation of the maximum
rental of the dwelling-place by reason of the following
circumstances,
(a) after the date on which the maximum rental
for the dwelling-place was last fixed there has
been a lessening of the amount of the accom-
modation or of any appurtenances, furniture,
furnishings, equipment, fixtures, services or
facilities that were supplied or to be supplied
for the maximum rental, in which case the
Rentals Appraiser may decrease the maximum
rental by an amount that in his opinion is
commensurate with the decreased rental value
of the dwelling-place;
(b) where a lodging is equipped and furnished, in-
cluding bedding, linen and the laundering
thereof, for the sleeping accommodation of
each occupant and the maximum rate per
person is higher than the rate per person
generally prevailing on the 1st of January,
1952, for similar occupancy of similar lodging
in the vicinity or in a similar residential dis-
trict in the same municipality.
(3) No application by a landlord or a tenant for a
variation of a maximum rental shall be considered by
a Rentals Appraiser unless it is by reason of one or
more of the circumstances set out in this regulation.
WHEN AN INCREASED OR DECREASED MAXIMUM
RENTAL MAY BE CHARGED
21. — (1) If a maximum rental has been increased
under regulation 20 and the tenant has not agreed to
pay an increased rental, the tenant shall not be obliged
to pay the increased rental until the requirements of
regulation 22 have been fulfilled.
(2) If the maximum rental has been increased under
subregulation 1 of regulation 20,
(a) by reason of an increase in the taxes or water
rates referred to in clause a of subregulation 1
of regulation 20 and the tenant has agreed to
pay an increased rental, the increased maxi-
mum rental may be collected to the extent of
and in accordance with the agreement; or
(b) by reason of an increase in the amount of the
accommodation or the supplying of any ap-
purtenances, furniture, furnishings, equipment,
fixtures, services or facilities referred to in
clause b of subregulation 1 of regulation 20 and
the tenant has agreed to pay an increased
rental, the increased maximum rental may be
244
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
565
collected as from the date of such increasing
or supplying to the extent of and in accordance
with the agreement; or
(c) by reason of the renovation, repair or re-
decoration referred to in clause c of subregula-
tion 1 of regulation 20 and the tenant has
agreed to pay an increased rental, the in-
creased maximum rental may be collected as
from the date of such renovation, repair or re-
decoration to the extent of and in accordance
with the agreement; or
(d) by reason of the circumstances referred to in
clause d or e of subregulation 1 of regulation
20 and the tenant has agreed to pay an in-
creased rental, the increased maximum rental
may be collected as from the date on which
the landlord's application was filed to the
extent of and in accordance with the agree-
ment.
(3) When the maximum rental has been decreased
under subregulation 2 of regulation 20,
(a) by reason of the lessening of any appurten-
ances, furniture, furnishings, equipment, fix-
tures, services or facilities, referred to in
clause a of subregulation 2 of regulation 20,
the decreased maximum rental shall take effect
from the date on which the lessening occurred
and the lease in effect for such dwelling-place
shall be deemed to have been amended accord-
ingly; or
(b) by reason of the circumstances referred to in
clause b of subregulation 2 of regulation 20,
the decreased maximum rental shall take effect
from the date on which the tenant's applica-
tion was filed and the lease in effect for such
lodging shall be deemed to have been amended
accordingly.
(4) Notwithstanding the provisions in these regula-
tions prohibiting the charging, demanding, receiving,
collecting and paying of a rental in excess of the maxi-
mum rental, where a landlord is entitled under these
regulations to apply for an increase in the maximum
rental of a dwelling-place, a lease may be made that
provides for a rental higher than the maximum rental
for the dwelling-place subject to the maximum rental
being varied, but the right to collect, receive or pay a
rental in excess of the maximum rental shall be post-
poned until the date on which the maximum rental is
increased under these regulations.
INCREASING RENTAL TO MAXIMUM RENTAL
22. — (1) If the rental for a dwelling-place payable
under a lease that is not for a term certain is less than
the maximum rental for the dwelling-place, the land-
lord may serve upon the tenant a notice in Form 15
requiring the tenant to pay a specified increased rental
not exceeding the maximum rental.
(2) Such notice shall be given not later than the
time prescribed by the law of Ontario for the giving of
a notice to vacate, and shall require payment of the
increased rental from the date on which the tenant
would have been required to vacate had the notice
been a notice to vacate.
(3) Unless the tenant, within 30 days after the
receipt of the notice, gives to the landlord a notice in
writing agreeing to pay such increased rental, the
notice given by the landlord shall be deemed to have
terminated the lease and the landlord may recover
possession from the tenant in accordance with the law
of Ontario as if these regulations were not in force.
PART V
APPEALS
23. — (1) The decision of a Rentals Appraiser fixing
or varying the maximum rental for a dwelling-place or
dismissing an application for a fixation or variation of
the maximum rental for a dwelling-place may be ap-
pealed within 30 days after the date of the decision by
either party to the Rentals Board having jurisdiction
in the municipality in which the dwelling-place is
situated.
(2) An appeal shall be made in the following man-
(a) A notice of appeal in Form 16 shall be com-
pleted in duplicate by the party appealing.
(b) The party appealing shall within such 30 days,
(i) serve 1 copy of the notice of appeal on
the opposite party, if any, by personal
service or by registered mail,
(ii) file the other copy and proof of service
on any opposite party with a Rentals
Appraiser or other officer designated by
the Rentals Administrator.
(f) The Rentals Appraiser shall ascertain from
the Rentals Board the date of the hearing of
the appeal and shall forward to each of the
parties by mail a notice stating the time and
place of the hearing.
(d) The Rentals Appraiser shall forward to the
Rentals Board a copy of his decision, all ma-
terial filed on the application and a memoran-
dum setting forth such additional facts as were
established before him, and such material and
memorandum shall be open to inspection by
the parties.
(e) On the appeal, any relevant evidence may be
submitted by the parties.
(3) The Rentals Board may confirm or revoke the
decision of the Rentals Appraiser, or
(a) in the case of a lodging, may make such vari-
ation or fixation of the maximum rental as
could be made by a Rentals Appraiser; and
(b) in the case of a self-contained dwelling, may
make such variation or fixation as in its opinion
is reasonable and just.
(4) The Rentals Board may fix or vary the maxi-
mum rental of any dwelling-place at a rental agreed
upon by the parties to an application and may limit
its decision as to time and as to the parties to be
affected.
(5) The decision of a Rentals Board shall take
effect as if it were the decision of the Rentals Appraiser.
(6) The Rentals Administrator may extend the
time within which a decision of a Rentals Appraiser
may be appealed, either before or after the expiration
of the time limited for appeal.
(7) On every appeal, the party appealing shall pay
to the officer with whom the notice of appeal is filed,
a fee of $5 at the time of filing the notice.
PART VI
Dispossession
prohibition
24. Except as otherwise provided in these regula-
tions,
245
566
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
(a) no tenant of a dwelling-place shall be dis-
possessed of such dwelling-place or be evicted
therefrom; and
(b) no landlord shall demand that a tenant vacate
or deliver up possession of a dwelling-place.
DISPOSSESSION UNDER LAW OF ONTARIO
25. The landlord may recover possession of a
dwelling-place in accordance with the law of Ontario
as if these regulations were not in force if the tenant,
(a) is in default or payment of rent for 15 days
or more, but if the maximum rental for the
dwelling-place has been increased and the
tenant has agreed to pay an increased rental,
such increase in the maximum rental shall,
with respect to accrued instalments of rental,
become due and payable as of the date of the
decision authorizing such increase; or
{b) is breaking a material provision of his lease,
other than a provision to vacate, unless the
breach is permitted under these regulations,
and for the purpose of this clause a tenant in
respect of whom an order has been made under
regulation 29 shall be deemed to be breaking
a material provision of his lease; or
(c) is in possession under a lease for a term certain
of 5 months or less, provided that this clause
shall apply only to the first such lease made
in any period of 12 months; or
(d) is required to vacate in order that the landlord
may comply with the order of a duly consti-
tuted authority declaring the dwelling-place
unfit for human habitation; or
(c) has given to the landlord, after the making of
the lease for the dwelling-place but not as a
term of the lease or a condition of obtaining
it, a written notice of his intention to vacate
the dwelling-place on a stated date; or
(/) is in occupation of a dwelling-place that is
customarily let for a season or seasons and his
lease is for a season or a part thereof; or
(g) is a tenant of Her Majesty in right of Canada
or of any province; or
(h) with whom the lease was made under which
possession of the dwelling-place is held has
failed or ceased to occupy the dwelling-place
as his personal residence for a period exceeding
5 months; or
(i) is a tenant of a municipal corporation; or
(j) is a tenant of a farm-house or other dwelling-
place appurtenant to real property that is
being used or was formerly used and is again
intended for use solely for the purpose of
husbandry, agriculture or horticulture or for
the keeping or breeding of horses, dogs, live
stock, poultry, fur-bearing animals or bees and
such farm-house or other dwelling-place has
been let separately from such real property
and possession thereof is necessary for the
efficient operation of such real property; or
(k) has been given a notice to vacate in accordance
with section 4 or 7 of Order 813 of the War-
time Prices and Trade Board or regulation
32 or 33 of these regulations; or
(/) is a tenant of a board or commission adminis-
tering a public utility or a school or other
educational institution; or
(m) is a tenant in respect of whom an order has
been made under section 14 of Order 800 of
the Wartime Prices and Trade Board or under
regulation 29 of these regulations; or
(n) has been given a notice to vacate in accordance
with section 16 of Order 800 of the Wartime
Prices and Trade Board or under regulation
31 of these regulations; or
(o) is in occupation of a dwelling-place in respect
of which an order has been made under Order
753, 793 or 803 of the Wartime Prices and
Trade Board or under regulation 26, 27 or 28
of these regulations; or
(p) is a tenant in respect of whom an order has
been made by a Court of Rental Appeals
under section 20 of Order 800 of the Wartime
Prices and Trade Board or by a Rentals Board
under regulation 38 of these regulations;
(q) is in occupation under a lease that is not for
a term certain, has received from the landlord
a notice in accordance with regulation 22 and
has not given to the landlord a notice in
accordance with such regulation.
ORDERS PERMITTING DISPOSSESSION
26. — (1) The landlord of a dwelling-place owned by
him may make an application in Form 12 to the Rentals
Board having jurisdiction in the municipality in which
the dwelling-place is situated in the manner prescribed
in regulation 30 for an order permitting the landlord
to recover possession.
(2) This regulation extends and applies to a co-
operative housing association incorporated under The
Companies Act and approved by the Rentals Adminis-
trator which is the landlord of a dwelling-place owned
by it and possession thereof is desired for a member or
members of the association.
(3) The landlord shall establish at the hearing,
(a) that he is suffering a grievous financial hard-
ship in being prevented from recovering pos-
session of the dwelling-place; or
(6) that he has need of the dwelling-place as a
residence for himself or for himself and mem-
bers of his family and that he or members of
his family will suffer grievous hardship if he is
unable to obtain possession of the dwelling-
place; or
(c) that he has need of the dwelling-place as a
residence for his son, daughter, mother, father,
son-in-law, daughter-in-law, mother-in-law,
and father-in-law, or any one or more of them,
and that the person or persons for whose benefit
the landlord needs the dwelling-place will
suffer grievous hardship if he is unable to
obtain possession.
(4) Where the landlord is a co-operative housing
association it shall establish at the hearing that a mem-
ber needs the dwelling-place as a residence for himself
or for himself and members of his family and that he
and his family will suffer grievous hardship if possession
cannot be obtained.
(5) The Rentals Board, according to what it deems
reasonable and just in the circumstances having regard
to,
(a) the circumstances of the person for whose
residence the dwelling-place is needed and the
nature and degree of hardship that would be
suffered by such person and his family if the
application were dismissed; and
246
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
567
(b) the circumstances of the tenant and the nature
and degree of hardship that would be suffered
by the tenant and his family if the application
were allowed; and
(c) the av^ailability or otherwise of alternative
accommodation reasonably suitable to the
needs and means of the tenant; and
(d) the financial circumstances of the landlord and
the nature and degree of hardship that the
landlord is suffering by being prevented from
obtaining possession of the dwelling-place,
may make an order, effective on and after such date
as it designates, permitting him to recover possession
from the tenant in accordance with the law of Ontario
as if these regulations were not in force, or may dismiss
the application.
27. — (1) Any religious or educational institution or
any public hospital that is the landlord of a dwelling-
place owned by it may make an application in writing
to the Rentals Board having jurisdiction in the munici-
pality in which the dwelling-place is situated in the
manner prescribed in regulation 30 for an order per-
mitting it to recover p>ossession.
(2) At the hearing, the landlord shall establish that
it has need of the dwelling-place for the extension or
improvement of the religious, educational or hospital
work and service in which it is engaged.
(3) The Rentals Board, according to what it deems
reasonable and just in the circumstances having regard
to,
(a) the public benefit that would result if the
landlord should recover possession of the
dwelling-place; and
(b) the circumstances of the tenant and the nature
and degree of hardship that would be suffered
by the tenant and his family if the application
were allowed; and
(c) the availability or otherwise of alternative
accommodation reasonably suitable to the
needs and means of the tenant,
may make an order, effective on and after such date
as it designates, permitting it to recover possession
from the tenant in accordance with the law of Ontario
as if these regulations were not in force, or may dismiss
the application.
28. — •(!) If parts of a dwelling-place are sub-let to
jjersons who are obliged by any express or implied term
or condition of the sub-leases to share with another
person the use of a bathroom, bath, kitchen, kitchen
sink, toilet or water-closet in such dwelling-place, and
if the landlord of the dwelling-place is the owner thereof,
the landlord may make an application in writing to the
Rentals Board having jurisdiction in the municipality
in which the dwelling-place is situated in the manner
prescribed in regulation 30 for an order permitting him
to recover possession.
(2) At the hearing, the landlord shall prove to the
satisfaction of the Rentals Board that he has offered a
lease to each of the sub-tenants of the dwelling-place
on the same terms and conditions as the sub-leases
provide.
(3) The Rentals Board may require the landlord to
offer to let to the tenant all or part of the rooms that
the tenant then occupies as his personal residence at a
maximum rental to be fixed by a Rentals Appraiser,
and according to what it deems reasonable and just in
the circumstances may make an order, effective on and
after such date as it designates, permitting him to
recover possession from the tenant in accordance with
the law of Ontario as if these regulations were not in
force, or may dismiss the application.
29. — (1) The landlord of a dwelling-place may make
an application in Form 11 to the Rentals Board having
jurisdiction in the municipality in which the dwelling-
place is situated in the manner prescribed in regulation
30 for an order permitting him to recover possession
from the tenant if the tenant or his sub-tenant or
someone living with the tenant or sub-tenant,
(a) behaves in a manner obnoxious to the other
occupants of the building in which the dwelling-
place is situated or to the landlord; or
(b) in a dwelling-place forming part of the resi-
dence of the landlord, behaves in a manner
incompatible to the landlord or to the other
occupants of the building in which the dwell-
ing-place is situated; or
(c) is guilty of conduct that tends to harm the
character of the dwelling-place or of the
premises in which the dwelling-place is situ-
ated; or
(d) is damaging the dwelling-place or the premises
in which the dwelling-place is situated; or
(e) by failing to take reasonable care of the
dwelling-place is causing it to deteriorate.
(2) The Rentals Board may make an order, effective
on and after such date as it may designate, permitting
the landlord to recover possession from the tenant in
accordance with the law of Ontario as if these regula-
tions were not in force or may dismiss the application.
PROCEDURE ON APPLICATION TO RENTALS BOARD
30. — (1) .'\n application to a Rentals Board shall
be made in duplicate and filed with a Rentals Appraiser.
(2) The Rentals Appraiser shall forthwith forward
one copy of the application by mail to the tenant.
(3) The Rentals Appraiser shall ascertain from the
Rentals Board the date of the hearing of the applica-
tion, and shall serve upon the landlord and tenant a
notice stating the time and place of the hearing.
C4) The notice shall be served personally or by
mail not less than 14 days before the date of the hear-
ing, provided in any case the Rentals Board may give
directions in writing for substitutional or other form
of ser^ce or for service of less than 14 days notice.
(5) If the tenant desires to oppose the application
he may at or before the hearing, give to the landlord
and file with the Rentals Appraiser a statement in
writing setting forth the material facts upon which he
relies.
(6) The Rentals Appraiser shall forward to the
Rentals Board all material filed on the application.
(7) Where there is more than one Rentals Board
having jurisdiction in the same municipality, the
Rentals Appraiser may refer any application or appeal
to any of them.
NOTICES TO VACATE
31. — (1) If the landlord of a dwelling-place desires
possession of the dwelling-place for the purpose of
dividing it by means of structural alteration into two
or more dwelling-places, each having a floor area of
not less than 500 square feet and each consisting of at
least 2 rooms in addition to a kitchen or kitchenette,
private bath and private toilet, he may make an ap-
plication in Form 13 to a Rentals Appraiser for a
f)ermit to give a notice to vacate to the tenant.
(2) The landlord shall file with the application his
plans of the proposed division and shall satisfy the
Rentals Appraiser that.
247
568
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
(a) he has obtained or is able to obtain from all
proper authorities any necessary permits for
the division; and
(b) the total number of persons that may reason-
ably be expected to occupy the proposed
dwelling-places will exceed the number of
persons presently occupying the dwelling-
place.
(3) The Rentals Appraiser shall send a copy of the
application to the tenant and serve upon the landlord
and tenant a notice stating the time and place of
hearing.
(4) The Rentals Appraiser may require any- addi-
tional information, may inspect the dwelling-place and
may grant or refuse the permit.
(5) If the Rentals Appraiser refuses to grant a per-
mit under this regulation, the landlord may appeal to
the Rentals Board having jurisdiction in the munici-
pality in which the dwelling-place is situated, in which
case the Rentals Appraiser shall forward to the Rentals
Board all material filed with him and a memorandum
of any additional information obtained by him.
(6) On every such appeal the landlord shall pay to
the Rentals Appraiser a fee of $5.
(7) Unless the lease provides for a longer notice,
at least 3 months notice to vacate shall be given
directing the tenant to vacate,
(a) in the case of a monthly lease, at the end of
a lease month, or in the case of a weekly lease,
at the end of a lease week;
(b) in the case of any other lease not for a term
certain, at the end of the term, or if the un-
expired portion of the term is less than 3
months, at the end of the following term;
(c) in the case of a lease for a term certain, at
the end of the term, but if the unexpired por-
tion of the term is less than 3 months, as if
the lease were from month to month, and in
the absence of a provision to the contrary in
the lease the tenancy at the expiration of the
term of the lease shall be deemed to be a
monthly tenancy.
(8) If a tenant is required to vacate a dwelling-
place under this regulation, the dwelling-place shall
not, without a permit in writing of the Rentals Ap-
praiser, be rented in whole or in part to another tenant
or be sold to any person until the division specified in
the application is completed.
(9) Subregulation 8 shall not prevent a landlord
from making a lease of a proposed dwelling-place for
occupation by the tenant after completion of the
dwelling-place.
32. — (1) A landlord may terminate a lease of a
lodging by giving the tenant a notice to vacate.
(2) Unless the lease provides for a longer notice, at
least 6 months notice to vacate shall be given directing
the tenant to vacate,
(a) in the case of a monthly lease, at the end of
a lease month, or in the case of a weekly lease,
at the end of a lease week;
(b) in the case of any other lease not for a term
certain, at the end of the term, or if the unex-
pired portion of the term is less than 6 months,
at the end of the following term;
(c) in the case of a lease for a term certain, if the
unexpired portion of the term is 6 months or
more, at the end of the term, or if the unex-
pired portion of the term is less than 6 months,
as if the lease were from month to month, and
in the absence of a provision to the contrary
in the lease the tenancy at the expiration of
the term of the lease shall be deemed to be a
monthly tenancy.
33. — (1) If the landlord of a self-contained dwelling
owned by him before the 15th of June, 1951, desires
the self-contained dwelling as a residence for himself,
his son, daughter, mother, father, son-in-law, daughter-
in-law, mother-in-law and father-in-law, or any one or
more of them, he may give to the tenant a notice to
vacate in Form 1 as provided in subregulation 2 of
regulation 32.
(2) A landlord who has given a notice to vacate
under this regulation shall not rent or sell the self-
contained dwelling within 1 year of the expiry date of
the notice to vacate except with the written permission
of the Rentals Administrator, and the landlord shall
undertake in the notice to vacate not to sell or rent
the self-contained dwelling within I year of the expiry
date of the notice to vacate.
(3) The notice to vacate shall contain a declaration
of agreement for tenancy that shall be signed by the
person for whose benefit the notice to vacate is given.
(4) Before giving a notice to vacate under this
regulation the landlord shall file 1 copy of it with a
Rentals Appraiser, and the Rentals Appraiser shall
indicate on the copy that is to be given to the tenant
and on the copy that is to be retained by the landlord
that the notice has been filed in accordance with this
subregulation, but such indication of filing shall not be
considered as being a verification or validation of the
notice.
(5) This regulation applies also where 2 or more
persons are landlords of a self-contained dwelling and
possession thereof is desired by one or more of them
as a residence for himself or themselves or the son,
daughter, mother, father, son-in-law, daughter-in-law,
mother-in-law and father-in-law of any of the land-
lords, or any one or more of them.
(6) This regulation extends and applies to a co-
operative housing association incorporated under The
Companies Act and approved by the Rentals Adminis-
trator that is the landlord of a self-contained dwelling
owned by it and possession thereof is desired for a
member or members of the association.
PART VII
General
tenancy at expiration of term certain
34. — (I) If a lease for a term certain for a dwelling-
place contains no provision for renewal by the tenant
and regulation 25 does not apply to the lease, the
tenant may vacate at the end of the term certain or
may remain in possession in which case the tenancy
shall be deemed to be that which, under the law of
Ontario, would arise if the tenant had offered and the
landlord had accepted rental at the rate stipulated in
the lease, but if the landlord, before accepting payment
of rental for any period of occupancy after the term
certain, notifies the tenant that he requires the tenancy
to be from month to month after the term certain, the
tenancy shall be from month to month accordingly,
and the conditions of the lease shall continue to apply
in so far as they are applicable to a tenancy from
month to month and are not inconsistent with these
regulations.
(2) Notwithstanding these regulations, if a lease for
a dwelling-place,
(a) for a term certain contains a provision that,
in case of the occurrence of a specified event,
248
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
569
the lease may be terminated before the end
of the term by notice to the tenant, the land-
lord shall be entitled at any time after the
occurrence of such event to give to the tenant
a notice in writing informing the tenant that,
on and after the date specified in the notice,
the tenancy shall be from month to month;
provided the length of the notice shall not be
shorter than that prescribed by the lease;
(b) is not for a term certain, is not a weekly or
monthly lease and contains no provision that
the tenant may renew the lease, the landlord
shall be entitled to give to the tenant a notice
in writing informing the tenant that, on and
after the date specified in the notice, the
tenancy shall be from month to month; pro-
vided the date specified in the notice shall not
be earlier than the date on which the landlord,
were it not for these regulations, could ter-
minate the lease by notice under the law of
Ontario.
(3) If a notice is given In accordance with sub-
regulation 2, the tenancy shall be deemed to be from
month to month commencing on the date specified in
the notice and the tenant shall be entitled to remain
in possession as a tenant from month to month, and
the conditions of the lease in respect of which the
notice was given shall continue to apply in so far as
they are applicable to a tenancy from month to month
and are not inconsistent with these regulations.
RIGHTS OF SUB-TENANTS
35. Notwithstanding these regulations,
(a) if a tenant has let part or the whole of the
dwelling-place that he holds under a lease
from his landlord and after such letting sur-
renders to his landlord his lease and the bal-
ance of the term thereby demised, or if the
lease is lawfully terminated, then upon such
surrender or such termination the provisions
of Part VI cease to apply to the leases granted
by the tenant; and
(b) no act of surrender by a tenant of a dwelling-
place shall enable a sub-tenant holding of such
tenant to remain in occupation after the sub-
lease has expired by effluxion of time or has
been lawfully terminated.
NOTICES
36. — (1) Any notice, demand or document that is
required or permitted to be given by or to any person
may be given by or to the husband, wife, widow,
widower, personal representative or agent of such
person.
(2) Any application, statement or other document
that is required or permitted to be made, filed or mailed
by any person may be made, filed or mailed by the
husband, wife, widow, widower, personal representa-
tive or agent of such person.
(3) The personal occupation of a dwelling-place by
the wife, husband, widow or widower of the landlord
or of a tenant of a dwelling-place shall be deemed to
be personal occupation by the landlord or tenant.
AGREEMENT TO WAIVE RIGHTS
37. Any provision in a lease or other agreement
under which the tenant agrees to waive any of his
rights under these regulations is void.
landlord's right of INSPECTION
38. — (1) In the absence of agreement with the
tenant to the contrary, the landlord of a dwelling-place,
or his agent, may inspect or show prospective buyers
through the dwelling-place at all reasonable times.
(2) If the tenant refuses to permit the landlord or
his agent to inspect or show prospective buyers through
the dwelling-place, the landlord may apply to a Rentals
Appraiser for a notice directing the tenant to permit
any person specified in the notice to inspect or to show
prospective buyers through the dwelling-place at the
time or times specified in the notice and informing the
tenant that, if he fails to comply with the notice, the
landlord may apply to a Rentals Board for an order
permitting him to recover possession.
(3) If, after receipt of the notice the tenant fails
to comply therewith, the landlord may make an appli-
cation to the Rentals Board having jurisdiction in the
municipality in which the dwelling-place is situated for
an order permitting him to recover possession in ac-
cordance with the law of Ontario as if these regulations
were not in force.
sales and COLLATERAL TRANSACTIONS
39. — (1) Any agreement of sale of a dwelling-place
that provides for forfeiture in the event of default in
payment of the purchase price without liability for the
unpaid part of such price shall, for the purposes of
these regulations, be deemed to be a lease and any
payments made thereunder shall be deemed to be
rental.
(2) If an agreement between the landlord and a
tenant of a dwelling-place provides for payment by the
tenant, in addition to the stipulated rental, of any
Slim as consideration for an option granted to the
tenant to purchase the dwelling-place, such sum shall
be deemed to be rental.
40. No person, in letting or offering to let a
dwelling-place, or in negotiating a lease or renewal or
assignment of a lease for such dwelling-place or for
furnishing any information respecting such dwelling-
place, shall directly or indirectly charge, demand, col-
lect or receive from a tenant or prospective tenant of
such dwelling-place any commission, bonus, gratuity,
reward or premium in money or money's worth, and
if any such commission, bonus, gratuity, reward or
premium is paid it shall be recoverable by the tenant
or prospective tenant from the person to whom it was
paid.
41. — (1) No person in letting or offering to let a
dwelling-place or in negotiating a lease or renewal of a
lease for a dwelling-place shall require the tenant or
prospective tenant,
(a) to purchase any goods from any person until
the maximum price for such goods has been
fixed by a Rentals Appraiser; or
(b) to rent any goods from any person other than
the landlord of the dwelling-place until the
maximum rental for such goods has been fixed
by a Rentals Appraiser.
(2) No landlord of a dwelling-place and no person
on behalf of such landlord shall sell any goods to the
tenant or prospective tenant of the dwelling-place until
the maximum price for such goods has been fixed by
a Rentals Appraiser.
(3) An application for the fixation of a maximum
price or maximum rental under this regulation shall be
made in writing to a Rentals Appraiser by the owner
of the goods or by the tenant or prospective tenant.
(4) If a sale or lease of goods is made in contraven-
tion of this regulation, a maximum price or maximum
rental may be fixed by a Rentals Appraiser and such
fixation shall be deemed to be eflfective on and after
the date of the sale or lease of the goods.
(5) A fixation under this regulation by a Rentals
Appraiser is final and conclusive.
249
570
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
(6) In this regulation "goods" means any articles,
commodities, substances or things including personal
and household effects.
42. No person shall require the tenant or prospec-
tive tenant of a dwelling-place to pay more than one
month's rental in advance.
43. — (1) No person shall have a right to collect
a rental in excess of the maximum rental fixed by or
under these regulations, and any person who pays an
amount in excess of the maximum rental may recover
the excess notwithstanding that such person may have
been guilty of an offence in paying the excess and the
recovery may be by civil action or by deducting the
excess from rental or instalments of rental due or
accruing due by him to the person who collected or
received the excess.
(2) If any money or money's worth has been or is
collected or received in contravention of these regula-
tions prohibiting its collection or receipt, the person
who pays such money or money's worth may recover
it notwithstanding that he may have been guilty of an
offence in paying it.
landlord's rfxord of maximum rental
44. The landlord of a dwelling-place shall, person-
ally or by his agent, prepare and keep available for
inspection by any person concerned with the adminis-
tration of these regulations or by any prospective pur-
chaser or tenant, a record identifying the dwelling-place
and showing the maximi'm rental therefor
restrictive by-laws, etc.
45. Notwithstanding the revocation of Order 200
of the Wartime Prices and Trade Board, any dwelling-
place that is on the 25th of February, 1952, let or
sub-let in whole or in part in a manner that but for
Order 200 would be prohibited by any term, provision,
covenant or restriction of any law, by-law, conveyance,
deed, agreement or lease may continue to be let or
sub-let in whole or in part until the 25th of February,
1955, as if Order 200 had not been revoked.
EXEMPTION
46. — (1) Where the Lieutenant-Governor in Council
exempts a city, town, village or township from these
regulations, these regulations shall cease to apply in
such city, town, village or township 6 months after
the day the Order-in-Council is made unless within
that period the council of the municipality by resolu-
tion declares that these regulations shall continue to
apply in that municipality and unless within that
period the Rentals Administrator receives a copy of
the resolution, in which case these regulations shall
continue to apply in that municipality.
(2) The Rentals Administrator shall send a copy of
the Order-in-Council forthwith after it is made to the
clerk of every municipality affected thereby.
PART VIII
OFFENCES AND PENALTIES
47. — (1) No person on behalf of himself or of an-
other person shall let or offer to let a dwelling-place
at a rental that is higher than is reasonable and just,
or shall charge, demand, receive, collect or pay such
a rental.
(2) If a maximum rental has been fixed by or under
these regulations for a dwelling-place, a rental in excess
of the maximum rental so fixed shall be conclusively
deemed to be higher than is reasonable and just.
(3) No person shall impede or prevent or attempt
to impede or prevent an investigation, examination or
inspection under these regulations or under an order.
(4) No person shall alter a lease that has the effect
of fixing or varying the maximum rental of a dwelling-
place, or with intent to evade any of these regulations
or any order, destroy, mutilate, deface, alter, secrete
or remove any books, records, documents or property
of any kind.
(5) No person shall attempt to commit or aid, abet,
counsel or procure the commission of an offence under
these regulations, or conspire with any other person
by any means to commit an offence under these regu-
lations, or to enter into a transaction or arrangement
designed for the purpose or having the effect of evading
any of these regulations or any order.
(6) No person shall make a false or misleading
statement or representation,
(a) in or in respect of any notice, demand, appli-
cation, return, receipt, statement or other
document that is required or permitted by or
under these regulations to be given, made,
filed or mailed; or
(b) to or for the use or information of any person
concerned in the administration of these regu-
lations or of any order.
(7) No person shall dispossess or evict a tenant
from a dwelling-place, or require a tenant to vacate or
give up possession of a dwelling-place under a false or
misleading representation.
48. — (1) Every person who contravenes or fails to
observe any of these regulations or any order shall be
guilty of an offence and on summary conviction shall
be liable to a penalty of not more than $5,000 or to
imprisonment for a term of not more than 2 years, or
to both fine and imprisonment, and every director or
officer of a corporation who assents to or acquiesces in
any such offence by the corporation shall be guilty of
such offence personally and cumulatively with the cor-
poration.
(2) In any proceeding, one or more charges may be
included in an information or complaint and a charge
may include one or more offences against any of these
regulations or any order, and all such charges may be
tried concurrently and one conviction for any or all
such offences may be made and may provide a separate
penalty for each offence.
49. No person shall be prosecuted under these
regulations except with the written consent of the
Attorney-General or of the Rentals Administrator and
such written consent shall be sufficient if it purports
to be signed by the Attorney-General or the Rentals
Administrator.
50. — (1) A prosecution for an offence under these
regulations may be commenced at any time within 12
months from its commission.
(2) The Attorney-General may extend the time
under subregulation 1 for commencing a prosecution,
either before or after the expiration of the time limited
for commencing the prosecution.
51. — (1) In any proceeding in a court a document
purporting to be the order or decision of the Rentals
Administrator of Deputy Rentals Administrator or of
a Rentals Board or Rentals Appraiser if purporting to
be signed by such Rentals Administrator, Deputy
Rentals Administrator, Rentals Board or Rentals Ap-
praiser, in the absence of evidence to the contrary,
shall be deemed to be the final and conclusive decision
of such Rentals Administrator, Deputy Rentals Ad-
ministrator, Rentals Board or Rentals Appraiser, as
the case may be, and such document shall be received
in evidence without proof of the signature or of the
official character of the person or persons appearing to
have signed the document and without further proof
thereof.
250
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
571
(2) In any proceeding in a court a document pur-
porting to be the order or decision of the Rentals
Committee, Real Property Administrator, Local Ex-
aminer, Hotel Rates Committee, Administrator of
Rental Appeals or Court of Rental Appeals, if pur-
porting to be signed by the Rentals Committee or the
chairman thereof, Real Property Administrator, Local
Examiner, Hotel Rates Committee, Administrator of
Rental Appeals or Court of Rental Appeals, in the
absence of evidence to the contrary, shall be deemed
to be the final and conclusive decision of such Rentals
Committee, Real Property Administrator, Local Ex-
aminer, Hotel Rates Committee, Administrator of
Rental Appeals or Court of Rental Appeals, as the
case may be, and such document shall be received in
evidence without proof of the signature or of the
official character of the person or persons appearing
to have signed the document and without further proof
thereof.
52. — (1) If a person is charged with an offence
under these regulations and pleads or alleges that he
had been exempted from the relevant provisions of
these regulations or had received the permission of the
Rentals Administrator for any act or omission, the
burden of proof thereof shall be on the person so
charged.
(2) For the purposes of the prosecution of a person
for an offence under these regulations, the offence shall
be deemed to have been committed either at the place
where it was actually committed or at the place in
Ontario in which the offender resides or carries on
business or is found or apprehended or is in custody.
(3) In the prosecution for a contravention of sub-
regulation 1 of regulation 47 or of regulation 10, evi-
dence by the person charged that he has made an
application for permission to increase the maximum
rental does not constitute a defence.
f4) In a prosecution for a contravention of sub-
regulation 1 of regulation 47 or of regulation 10, if the
prosecution proves that on or after the 11th of October,
1941, the actual rental that was charged, demanded,
received, collected or paid was less than the rental in
respect of which the charge was laid, such actual
rental, unless the person charged proves to the con-
trary, shall be deemed to be the maximum rental for
the dwelling-place.
PART IX
REVOCATION AND COMMENCEMENT
53. The Wartime Leasehold Regulations in effect
in Ontario under authority of The Leasehold Regula-
tions Act, 1951 and Ontario Regulations 83/51 and
176/51 are revoked and regulations 1 to 52 hereof are
substituted therefor.
54. These regulations come Into force on the 25th
of February, 1952.
Form 1
Ontario Rentals Administration
NOTICE TO VACATE SELF-CONTAINED DWELLING
( Under Regulation 33)
FOR Personal Residence of Landlord, Son, Daughter, Father, Mother, Son-in-Law,
Daughter-in-Law, Father-in-Law, Mother-in-Law of Landlord (or Deceased Landlord)
Three copies of this form must be completed by the landlord and all three copies delivered to the Rentals
Appraiser. Two copies, with acknowledgment of filing, will be returned to the landlord. One such copy shall
be given to the tenant. The notice to vacate will be invalid if this direction is not followed.
Date
One copy of this notice filed on the
day of 195. . .
at
(Rentals Appraiser)
Note: — Unless this notice otherwise complies with
the Wartime Leasehold Regulations the filing does
not make it a good notice.
(name of tenant)
(address of tenant)
Take notice that on the day of
I require you to vacate and deliver vacant possession of self-contained dwelling known as
19.
(house, apartment or flat)
(street address)
that you occupy as
(municifjality)
(weekly, monthly, year-to-year or term certain tenant — state which)
at a rental of $ per.
(week, month, etc. — state which)
I Do Hereby Declare to You and to the Rentals Administrator that:
j251
572
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
(fl) I became owner of the self-contained dwelling before June 15th, 1951;
(b) I desire it
(i) as my personal residence for a period of at least one year from the expiry date of this notice, or
(ii) as the personal residence of
(relationship to landlord)
(address of relative)
(name of relative)
of the landlord whose address is
.and who has agreed, as shown by his declaration
attached hereto, to occupy the self-contained
dwelling for a period of at least one year from
the expiry date of this notice.
I hereby undertake that the self-contained dwelling will be occupied for the purpose aforesaid and that I
will not sell or rent the same except for such purpose within one year of the expiry date of this notice, except
with the written approval of the Rentals Administrator.
(signature (s) of landlord (s))
(address of landlord(s))
Declaration of Agreement for Tenancy
I.
residing at.
(name of relative)
am the .•■■••. °^ *^® landlord (or deceased landlord)
(relationship)
and I hereby declare to the tenant and to the Rentals Administrator that I have agreed to occupy and that I
will occupy the self-contained dwelling known as
(address of self-contained dwelling)
as my personal residence for a period of at least one year from the expiry date of the foregoing notice to vacate.
Dated at this .
WITNESS: (not to be witnessed by^landlord)
(signature of witness)
. day of .
19.
(signature of landlord's relative named in notice)
(address of witness)
The penalty for any false statement or representation or other breach of the Wartime Leasehold Regula-
tions is a fine of not more than $5,000 or imprisonment for a term of not more than two years, or both such
fine and imprisonment.
File No.
Form 2 Accepted for filing
(Landlord to file two copies)
Ontario Rentals Administration
APPLICATION FOR FIXATION OF MAXIMUM RENTAL FOR A SELF-CONTAINED DWELLING
( Under Regulation 18)
1. Address of self-contained dwelling
(street no.) (street) (municipality)
2. Type of self-contained dwelling: Q converted Q house Q flat Q duplex Q apartment.
3. Must the tenant share water-closet or other similar device?.
4. Name of landlord (applicant)
252
(yes or no)
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
573
(yes or no)
5. Address of landlord (applicant) Tei. No.
6. Are you the owner of the self-contained dwelling?
7. Name of tenant (or proposed tenant), if any. . . .
8. Address of tenant (or proposed tenant), if any
9. On what date did present tenant take possession?
10. Was there a tenant in possession of the self-contained dwelling on July 31st, 1951?
If so, on what date did that tenant take possession?
1 1 . Rental (if any) now being charged $ .
(per week, month)
12. Further particulars and special circumstances, if any:
(yes or no)
(furnished or unfurnished)
Number of rooms and other space in the self-contained dwelling.
Services supplied to the tenant, the
operating costs of which are payable
by the landlord.
Number
Room
Living Room
Dining Room
Dinette
Kitchen
Hall
Bathrooms
Bedrooms
Garage
Other Rooms
Floor
1st
2nd
etc.
Location
Front
Rear
etc.
Size
ft. by . .
ft. by . .
ft. by . .
ft. by . .
ft. by . .
ft. by . .
ft. by . .
ft. by . .
ft. by . .
ft. by . .
ft. by . .
ft. by . .
Service
Heat
Light
Water rates
Gas
Janitor
Elevator. . .
Heating!
system /
Hot water.
Power for
Refrigerator .
Other
Yes
or
No
Particulars
D Hot Water
D Hot Air
D AH Year
D Part Time
Equipment Supplied
Yes or No
Particulars
Refrigerator . . .
Cooking Stove .
Quebec Heater.
Linoleum
Blinds
Other
n Ice n Automatic.
D Gas D Electric D Coal
D Wood.
Which Rooms.
Which Rooms.
The Wartime Leasehold Regulations provide severe penalties for any false statement or representation.
Date.
(signature of applicant)
NOTE: The Wartime Leasehold Regulations permit the landlord and tenant of a self-contained dwelling to
negotiate a lease, in writing, for two years or longer at a mutually agreed rental, provided that the tenant is in
possession before the lease is made, and has security of tenure under the regulations. In such case the rental
reserved in the lease shall be deemed to be the maximum rental for the self-contained dwelling. The landlord
must, however, file with the Rentals Appraiser and serve upon the tenant a statement (Form 14) giving the
particulars of the lease.
253
574 THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
FOR USE OF RENTALS APPRAISER ONLY
DISPOSITION OF APPLICATION:
Rentals Appraiser's comments:
Date
(signature of Rentals Appraiser)
Form 3
(Landlord to file two copies)
File No
Ontario Rentals Administration
APPLICATION FOR FIXATION OF MAXIMUM RENTAL OF A LODGING
NOT LET AT A RATE PER PERSON
( Under Regulation 18)
Accepted for filing
Note: — No person shall let a lodging at a rate per person unless the lodging is equipped
and furnished, including bedding, linen and the laundering thereof, for the sleeping accom-
modation of each occupant.
1. Address of lodging
2. Name of landlord (applicant)
3. Address of landlord (applicant) Tel. No
4. Name of tenant
5. On what date was lodging let for the first time?
6. Rental applied for | .
(per week, month) (furnished, unfurnished — -state which)
7. Description of lodging, services and equipment supplied:
254
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
575
Number of rooms and other space in the lodging.
Services supplied to the tenant, the
operating costs of which are payable
by the landlord.
Number
Room
Floor
1st
2nd
etc.
Location
Front
Rear
etc.
Size
Service
Yes
or
No
Particulars
Living Room
Dining Room
Dinette
Kitchen
Hall
Bathrooms
Bedrooms
Garage
Other Rooms
ft. by
ft. by
ft. by
ft. by
ft. by
ft. by
ft. by
ft. by
ft. by
ft. by
ft. by
ft. by
Heat
Light
Water rates.
Gas
Janitor
Elevator. . .
Heatingl
system /
Hot water.
D Hot Water
D Hot Air
D All Year
D Part Time
Power for
Refrigerator .
Other
Equipment Supplied
Yes or No
Particulars
Refrigerator. . .
Cooking Stove .
Quebec Heater.
Linoleum
Blinds
Other
n Ice n Automatic.
n Gas □ Electric D Coal
D Wood.
Which Rooms.
Which Rooms.
8. Further particulars:
The Wartime Leasehold Regulations provide severe penalties for any false statement or representation.
Date.
(eignature of applicant)
FOR USE OF RENTALS APPRAISER ONLY
DISPOSITION OF APPLICATION:
Rental Appraiser's comments:
Date.
(signature of Rentals Appraiser)
255
576 THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
Accepted for filing
Form 4
(Landlord to file two copies)
File No
Ontario Rentals Administration
APPLICATION FOR FIXATION OF MAXIMUM RATES PER PERSON FOR LODGING
{Under Regulation 18)
1 . Address of lodging
2. Name of landlord (applicant)
3. Address of landlord (applicant) Tel. No
4. Number of rooms rented Number of bathrooms
Instructions for Completing Form
Note. — No person shall let a lodging at a rate per person unless the accommodation is
equipped and furnished, including bedding, linen and the laundering thereof, for the sleeping
accommodation of each occupant.
Before starting to complete this form assign a number to each room you are letting. You must not
change the number once you have assigned it to a room. Give full information about each room reported on
this form. Indicate services given by answering the relative question "yes" or "no."
256
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
577
5.
Room No. 1
Room No. 2
Room No. 3
(name of lodger)
(name of lodger)
(name of lodger)
Size of room
feet
; feet
feet
feet
feet
feet
Location (floor):
front, centre, rear. . . .
Date of letting
Number of single beds.
Number of double beds.
SERVICES SUPPLIED
Yes No
Yes No
Yes No
Breakfast
Private Kitchen
Kitchen privileges
Fuel or electricity
for cooking
Running water in room.
Hot water all the time..
Hot water part time . .
Automatic refrigerator .
Ice box
Ice supplied
Telephone supplied ....
Other services
MAXIMUM RATE PER PERSON APPLIED FOR
Number of persons in
the room
Number of persons in
the room
Number of persons in
the room
-
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
Rate per p>erson
per week
or
Rate per person
per month
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
1
$
$
$
$
s
$
$
Date.
(If necessary, use additional forms)
(signature of applicant)
257
Accepted for filing
578 THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
Form 5
(Landlord to file two copies)
File No
Ontario Rentals Administration
APPLICATION FOR INCREASE OF MAXIMUM RENTAL FOR SELF-CONTAINED DWELLING
( Under Regulation 20)
Note: — A fee of five dollars ($5) must be paid by the applicant at the time this application
is filed. If filed by mail, please enclose certified cheque or postal money order.
1. Address of self-contained dwelling
(street no.) (street) (municipality)
2. Type of self-contained dwelling No. of rooms
(house, apartment, room(s), etc.) (exclusive of bathroom)
3. Must the tenant share water-closet or similar device with others? Q yes Q no
4. Name of landlord (applicant)
5. Address of landlord (applicant) Tel. No
6. Are you the owner of the self-contained dwelling? □ yes Q no
7. Name of tenant (or proposed tenant), if any
8. Address of tenant (or proposed tenant), if any
9. On what date did tenant take possession?
10. Was there a tenant in possession of the self-contained dwelling on July 31st, 1951?.
(yes or no)
If so, on what date did that tenant take possession?
11. Present fixed maximum rental $ including the following percentage increases
(per week, month)
heretofore permitted by the Orders of the Wartime Prices and Trade Board (indicate which, if any)
D 10% plus 0 5% (heated) plus 0 4% (taxes, multiple family building in Toronto only)
fn 18% (unheated)]
plus ] [permitted only where lease was given, on form provided by the Board for minimum
ID 22% (heated) J of one year.
12. Rental, if any, now being charged $ ;
(per week, month) (furnished, unfurnished)
13. Increased rental is applied for in respect of self-contained dwelling.
(furnished, unfurnished)
14. This application is made by reason of the following special circumstances (landlord must mark "X" in the
box opposite each clause on which the application is based, and give full particulars in the space provided in
Item 15):
n (a) an increase in the taxes or water rates payable by the landlord since December 31st, 1950, and
resulting otherwise than from a structural alteration or improvement (tax bills for 1950 and
following years must be attached) ;
□ (b) an increase in the amount of the accommodation or the supplying of appurtenances, furniture,
furnishings, equipment, fixtures, services or facilities that were not supplied or to be supplied for
the maximum rental;
n (c) renovating, repairing or redecorating of the self-contained dwelling involving an expenditure of not
less than five per cent (5%) of the assessed value of the self-contained dwelling (receipted bills and
assessment notice must be attached) ;
□ (d) the present maximum rental for the self-contained dwelling is substantially lower than the fixed
maximum rental generally prevailing for similar self-contained dwellings in the vicinity or in a similar
residential district in the same municipality;
n (e) the tenant, on the date of the application, is sub-letting three or more rooms in the self-contained
dwelling.
Services and Facilities to be Supplied by the Landlord
The Wartime Leasehold Regulations provide severe penalties for any false statement or representation.
258
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
579
Services
yes or no
Particulars
Equipment supplied by landlord
Heat
Refrigerator /Q Ice box
\D Automatic
Cooking stove.... /D Gas D Electric
ID Coal D Wood
Light
Water rates
Gas
Quebec heater Q
Janitor
Linoleum — which rooms?
Elevator
Heating system
/D Hot water
1 D Hot air
Blinds — which rooms?
Hot water
(D All year
^n Part time
/□ For cooking
\ □ For refrigerator
Power or Gas
Other
Other
15. Note: — Use this space for further particulars of the circumstances on which this application is based.
Date.
(signature of applicant)
NOTE: The Wartime Leasehold Regulations permit the landlord and tenant of a self-contained dwelling to
negotiate a lease, in writing, for two years or longer at a mutually agreed rental, provided that the tenant is in
possession before the lease is made, and has security of tenure under the regulations. In such case the rental
reserved in the lease shall be deemed to be the maximum rental for the self-contained dwelling. The landlord
must, however, file with the Rentals Appraiser and serve upon the tenant a statement (Form 14) giving the
particulars of the lease.
FOR USE OF RENTALS APPRAISER ONLY
DISPOSITION OF APPLICATION:
Rentals Appraiser's comments:
Date.
(signature of Rentals Appraiser)
259
580
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
File No.
Form 6
(Landlord to file two copies)
Ontario Rentals Administration
APPLICATION FOR INCREASE OF MAXIMUM RENTAL FOR LODGING
NOT LET AT A RATE PER PERSON
( Under Regulation 20)
Accepted for filing
Note: — No person shall let a lodging at a rate per person unless the lodging is equipped
and furnished, including bedding, linen and the laundering thereof, for the sleeping accom-
modation of each occupant.
1 . Address of lodging No. of rooms
(street no.) (street) (municipality) (exclusive of bathroom)
2. Must the tenant share water-closet or similar device with others?
(yes or no)
3. Name of landlord (applicant)
4. Address of landlord (applicant) Tel. No. ,
5. Name of tenant (or proposed tenant)
6. Address of tenant (or proposed tenant)
7. Present fixed maximum rental $ .
(per week, month) (furnished or unfurnished state which)
8. Services and Facilities to be Supplied by the Landlord
The Wartime Leasehold Regulations provide severe penalties for any false statement or representation.
Services
yes or no
Particulars
Equipment supplied by landlord
Heat
Light
Water rates —
Gas
Janitor
Elevator
Heating system .
Hot water
Power or Gas. . .
Refrigerator /Q Ice box
\n Automatic
Cooking stove.
D Gas
D Coal
n Electric
D Wood
Quebec heater □
Linoleum — which rooms?.
^n Hot water
iD Hot air
iD All year
1 Q Part time
D For cooking
, n For refrigerator .
Blinds — which rooms?.
Other.
Other.
9. Rental, if any, now being charged $.
(per week, month)
10. Rental applied for $.
(per week, month)
(furnished or unfurnished)
(furnished or unfurnished)
11. This application is made by reason of the following special circumstances (landlord must mark "X" in the
box opposite each clause on which the application is based, and give full particulars in the space provided in
Item 12).
D («) an increase in the taxes or water rates payable by the landlord since December 31st, 1950, and re-
sulting otherwise than from a structural alteration or improvements (tax bills for 1950 and follow-
ing years must be attached) ;
n (b) an increase in the amount of the accommodation or the supplying of appurtenances, furniture,
furnishings, equipment, fixtures, services or facilities that were not supplied or to be supplied for
the maximum rental;
□ (c) renovating, repairing or redecorating of the lodging involving an expenditure of not less than five
per cent (5%) of the assessed value of the lodging (receipted bills and assessment notice must be
attached) ;
260
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE 581
□ (d) the present maximum rental for the lodging is substantially lower than the fixed maximum rental
generally prevailing for similar lodging in the vicinity or in a similar residential district in the same
municipality;
□ («) the tenant, on the date of the application, is sub-letting three or more rooms in the lodging.
12. NOTE: Use this space for further particulars of the circumstances on which this application is based.
Date
(signature of applicant)
FOR USE OF RENTALS APPRAISER ONLY
DISPOSITION OF APPLICATION:
Rentals Appraiser's comments:
E)ate
(signature of Rentals Appraiser)
Accepted for filing
Form 7
(Landlord to file two copies)
File No
Ontario Rentals Administration
APPLICATION FOR INCREASE OF MAXIMUM RATES PER PERSON FOR LODGING
( Under Regulation 20)
1. Address of lodging
2. Name of landlord (applicant)
3. Address of landlord (applicant) Tel. No
4. Number of rooms rented Number of bathrooms
Instructions for Completing Form
Note: — No person shall let a lodging at a rate per person unless the accommodation is
equipped and furnished, including bedding, linen and the laundering thereof, for the sleeping
accommodation of each occupant.
Before starting to complete this form assign a number to each room you are letting You must not
change the number once you have assigned it to a room. Give full information about each room reported on
this form. Indicate services given by answering the relative question "yes" or "no".
5. This application is made by reason of the existence of one or more of the following special circumstances
indicated below (landlord should mark an "X" in each box opposite a clause on which the application is
based) :
□ (a) an increase in the amount of the accommodation or the supplying of any additional appurtenances,
furniture, furnishings, equipment, fixtures, services or facilities that were not supplied or to be sup-
plied for the maximum rate per person;
□ (b) the maximum rate per person is lower than the rate per person generally prevailing on January 1st,
1952, for similar occupancy of similar lodging in the vicinity or in a similar residential district in
the same municipality.
261
582
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
6. Use this space for further particulars of the circunistance(s) marked above.
7. Description of rooms:
Room No. 1
Room No. 2
Room No. 3
(name of lodger)
(name of lodger)
(name of lodger)
Size of room
feet
feet
feet
feet
feet
feet
Location (floor):
front centre rear. . . .
Date nf lettinc^ . . .
Number of double beds.
SERVICES SUPPLIED
yes no
yes no
yes no
Private kitchen ....
Fuel or electricity
.
Running water in room.
Hot water all the time. .
EXISTING MAXIMUM RATE PER PERSON
Number of persons in
the room
Number of persons in
the room
Number of persons in
the room
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
Rate per person
per week
or
Rate per person
per month
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
1
1
MAXIMUM RATE PER PERSON APPLIED FOR
Number of persons in
the room
Number of persons in
the room
Number of persons in
the room
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
Rate per person
per week
or
Rate'per person
per month
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
%
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
262
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE 583
Date
(If necessary, use additional forms)
Form 8
(Landlord to file two copies)
File No
Ontario Rentals Administration
(signature of applicant)
Accepted for filing
LANDLORD'S APPLICATION FOR REDUCTION OF MAXIMUM RENTAL
{Under Regulation 12)
\. Address of dwelling-place.
(street no.) (street) (municipality)
2. Type of dwelling-place • • • ^o* ^^ rooms (excluding bathroom) .
(self-contained dwelling or lodging)
3. Location of rooms
4. Name of landlord (applicant)
5. Address of landlord (applicant) Tel. No.
6. Name of tenant
7. Must the tenant share water-closet or other similar device?
8. Maximum rental now in effect $
(per week, month)
9. Reduced rental applied for $
(per week, month)
10. Application is made by reason of lessening one or more of the following (check each clause which is applicable
and give full details in the space provided in Item 12):
□ (a) a lessening of the amount of the accommodation.
Q (6) a lessening of the furniture.
Q (c) a lessening of the furnishings,
n i^) a lessening of the fixtures,
n (<) a lessening of the equipment.
□ (/) a lessening of the services.
□ (g) a lessening of the facilities.
11. Date of lessening referred to in Item 10 above
12. Give full particulars of the lessening checked in Item 10 above
Date ^
(signature of applicant)
The Wartime Leasehold Regulations provide severe f)enalties for any false statement or representation.
FOR USE OF RENTALS APPRAISER ONLY
Maximum Rental reduced as follows:
By reason of 10 (a) $ per
10 (&) % per
263
584 THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
10 (c) $ per
10 (d) $ per
10 («) $ per
10 (/) $ per
10 (g) $ per
Maximum Rental fixed for accommodation: $ per.
(week, month)
Rentals Appraiser's comments:
Date
(signature of Rentals Appraiser)
Form 9
(Tenant to file two copies)
FUeNo
Ontario Rentals Administration
Accepted for filing
TENANT'S APPLICATION FOR REDUCTION OF MAXIMUM RENTAL
(Under Regulation 20)
1. Address of dwelling-place.
(street no.) (street) (municipality)
2. Type of dwelling-place No. of rooms (excluding bathroom) .
(self-contained dwelling or lodging)
3. Location of rooms {if part of larger premises)
4. Name of landlord
5. Address of landlord Tel. No.
6. Name of tenant (applicant) Tel. No.
7 Must the tenant share water-closet or other similar device?
8. What is the present maximum rental?
9. When did you take possession?
10. Rental now being charged $.
11. Reduced rental applied for $.
(per week, month; furnished, unfurnished — state which)
(per week, month ; furnished, unfurnished — state which)
12. What services are supplied?
13. This application is made by reason of the following special circumstance, namely:
Since the date on which the maximum rental was last fixed there has been a lessening of the amount
of the accommodation or of any appurtenances, furniture, furnishings, equipment, fixtures, services or
facilities that were supplied or to be supplied for the maximum rental.
14. Date of lessening referred to in Item 13 above
15. Use this space for further particulars of the circumstance upon which this application is based.
264
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE 585
Date
(signature of applicant)
The Wartime Leasehold Regulations provide severe penalties for any false statement or representation.
FOR USE OF RENTALS APPRAISER ONLY
DISPOSITION OF APPLICATION:
Rentals Appraiser's comments:
Date
(signature of Rentals Appraiser)
Form 10
(Tenant to file two copies)
File No
Ontario Rentals Administration
Accepted for filing
LODGER'S APPLICATION FOR REDUCTION OF RATES PER PERSON
( Under Regulation 20)
1. Address of dwelling-place .
(street no.) (street) (municipality)
2. Location of rooms. floor
(1st, 2nd, 3rd) (front, middle, rear)
3. Name of applicant (lodger) Tel. No
4. Name of landlord ■
5. Address of landlord Tel. No
6. Number of occupants of the room(s) Names of occupants
7. Rate now paid $ per
(week, month)
8. Meals, if any, supplied daily by landlord for this rate .
9. Special services supplied by landlord for this rate ....
10. Reduced rate applied f or $ per person per to each of
(week, month) (how many)
persons with the same daily meals and special services (if any) being supplied by landlord.
1 1 This application is made by reason of the existence of one or more of the following circumstances indicated
below (applicant should mark an "X" in each box opposite the clause on which the application is baaed):
265
586 THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
n (a) The maximum rate per person is higher than the rate per person generally prevailing for similar
occupancy of similar lodging in the vicinity or in a similar residential district in the same munici-
pality.
□ (6) The lessening of any furniture, furnishings, equipment, fixtures, services, meals or facilities that
were supplied or to be supplied for the maximum rate. (// the application is based upon this circum-
stance the applicant should give date of lessening.) Date
12. Use this space for particulars of the circumstances marked above
Date
(■signature of applicant)
The Wartime Leasehold Regulations provide severe penalties for any false statement or representation.
FOR USE OF RENTALS APPRAISER ONLY
DISPOSITION OF APPLICATION:
n Application disallowed.
Maximum rate fixed at $ per when occupied by one person;
(week, month)
$ per person per when occupied by 2 persons;
(week, month)
$ per person per when occupied by 3 persons;
(week, month)
$ per person per when occupied by more than 3 persons;
(week, month)
including the meals and special services indicated in Items 8 and 9 on the front of this application.
Rentals Appraiser's comments:
Date
(signature of Rentals Appraiser)
Form 11
(Landlord to file two copies)
File No
Ontario Rentals Administration
Accepted for filing
APPLICATION TO A RENTALS BOARD
Under Regulation 29 for an Order Permitting Recovery of Possession of a Dwelling-place
1. Address of dwelling-place
(street no.) (street) (municipality)
2. Type of dwelling-place
(self-contained dwelling or lodging)
3. Name of landlordKapplicant)
4. Address of landlord (applicant) Tel. No
5. Name of tenant
266
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE 587
6. Rent day Type of tenancy
(weekly, monthly, etc.)
This application is made to the Rentals Board for an order permitting the landlord to recover possession in
accordance with the law of Ontario (as if the Wartime Leasehold Regulations were not in force) for one or
more of the reasons indicated below {landlord should mark an "X" in the box opposite each circumstance that
is applicable, and give details in Item 8) :
□ (a) the conduct of the tenant or his sub-tenant or someone living with the tenant or sub-tenant is ob-
noxious to the other occupant or occupants of the building in which the dwelling-place is situated,
or to the landlord.
D (b) the dwelling-place forms part of the landlord's residence, and the conduct of the tenant or his sub-
tenant or someone living with the tenant or sub-tenant is incompatible to the landlord or to the
other occupant or occupants of the building in which the dwelling-place is situated.
n (c) the conduct of the tenant or his sub-tenant or someone living with the tenant or sub-tenant tends
to harm the character of the dwelling-place or the premises in which the dwelling-place is situated.
D (<^) the tenant or his sub-tenant or someone living with the tenant or sub-tenant is damaging the dwelling
place, or the premises in which the dwelling-place is situated.
n («) the tenant or sub-tenant by not taking reasonable care of the dwelling-place is causing it to deteriorate.
Use this space for further particulars of the circumstance (s) upon which this application is based (attach
additional sheet if necessary) :
Date
(signature of applicant)
The Wartime Leasehold Regulations provide severe penalties for any false statement or representation.
FOR USE OF RENTALS BOARD ONLY
DISPOSITION OF APPLICATION:
Comments:
Date X. . .
(Rentals Board)
Form 12
(Landlord to file two copies)
FUeNo
Ontario Rentals Administration
Accepted for filing
APPLICATION TO A RENTALS BOARD
Under Regulation 26 for an Order Permitting Recovery of Possession of a Dwelling-place
1. Address of dwelling-place
(street no.) (street) (municipality)
2. Type of dwelling-place
(self-contained dwelling or lodging)
3. Name of landlord (applicant)
267
588 THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
4. Address of landlord (applicant) Tel. No.
5. Date on which landlord became owner
6. Name of tenant
7. Address of tenant Tel. No.
8. Kind of lease
(weekly, monthly, year-to-year, term certain)
9. Rent day
10. If the lease is from year to year, give anniversary date
11. If the lease is for a term certain give expiry date
12. The landlord at the hearing of this application shall establish and hereby declares:
(Indicate the clauses that apply)
□ (a) That he is the owner of the dwelling-place
□ (b) That he is suffering a grievous financial hardship in being prevented from recovering possession of
the dwelling-place.
□ (c) That he has need of the dwelling-place as a residence for himself and members of his family and
that he or members of his family will suffer grievous hardship if he is unable to obtain possession
of the dwelling-place.
□ (d) That he needs the dwelling-place as a residence for
(name(s) of relative(s))
who (is) the
(are) (son, daughter, mother, father, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, mother-in-law, or
father-in-law, or any one or more of them)
of the landlord (or deceased landlord), who now reside(s) at
(address (es) of relative (s))
(if several persons to be named, attach schedule of names and addresses to each copy of application)
and that the person or persons for whose benefit the landlord needs the dwelling-place will suffer
grievous hardship if unable to obtain possession of the dwelling-place.
□ (e) That the landlord is a co-operative housing association incorporated under The Companies Act and
approved by the Rentals Administrator and that
(name of member)
needs the dwelling-place as a residence for himself and his family and that the person or persons
for whose benefit the dwelling-place is needed will suffer grievous hardship if possession cannot
be obtained.
Here give particulars of the circumstances of the grievous hardship on which the application is based:
13. Does the landlord know of any suitable alternative accommodation available for the tenant?.
(yes or no)
Address
14. Kind of accommodation No. of rooms Rent $
(house, apartment, rooms, etc.) (per week, month, etc.)
15. Does the owner of the alternative accommodation consent in writing to accept the tenant?
(yes or no)
If yes, attach written consent. If not, how do you know that the tenant can secure the accommodation?
16. Have you made a previous application for relief under regulation 26 or Order No. 753, W.P.T.B.?
(yes or no)
Date
(signature of applicant)
268
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
589
File No.
Accepted for filing
Form 13
(Landlord to file two copies)
Ontario Rentals Administration
APPLICATION TO A RENTALS APPRAISER
Under Regulation 31 for Permit to Give Notice to Vacate for the Purpose of Subdivision
1. Address of dwelling-place .
(street no.)
2. Type of dwelling-place .
(street)
(self-contained dwelling or lodging)
(municipality)
3. Name of landlord (applicant) ^
4. Address of landlord (applicant) ^ Tel. No.
5. Name of tenant
6. Exterior construction
(brick, stone, stucco, frame, etc.)
7. No. of storeys
8. Particulars of present and proposed accommodation and occupancy (fill in below):
Particulars of accommodation and
present occupancy
Particulars of proposed accommodations
and occupancy
(a) Number of rooms
(b) Number of bathrooms ...
(a) Number of rooms
(b) Number of bathrooms
(c) Has accommodation central heating unit?
Xd) Number of families in the accommodation
(c) Total number of occupants including
children
(c) Central heating unit
(d) Number of family units
(c) How many persons will be accommodated?. . . .
10.
11.
Have you obtained from all proper authorities the necessary permits for the alterations, or an assurance
that such permits will be issued? (7/ permits have been secured they should be attached or produced for the
inspection of the Rentals Appraiser.)
Plans or sketches of the proposed alterations must be attached to this application. The landlord should
also attach a statement of the estimated cost, and a brief description of each of the family units which will
result from the alterations, including particulars of the services which will be supplied with each unit.
Are you willing to let one of resulting apartments to the present tenant at a maximum rental to be fixed by
the Rentals Appraiser?
(yes or no)
Date.
(signature of applicant)
The Wartime Leasehold Regulations provide severe penalties for any false statement or representation.
FOR USE OF RENTALS APPRAISER ONLY
DISPOSITION OF APPLICATION:
Rentals Appraiser's comments:
Date.
(signature of Rentals Appraiser)
269
590 THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
Form 14
Ontario Rentals Administration
File No
LANDLORD'S STATEMENT
Accepted for filing
Reporting of Lease for a Term Certain of Two Years or Longer Under Reglation 15
Note: — Landlord shall give one copy of this statement to tenant and file one with Rentals Appraiser within
thirty days after a lease in writing has been executed by the parties.
1. Address of self-contained dwelling
2. Name of landlord
3. Address of landlord Tel. No.
4. Name of tenant
5. Address of tenant Tel. No.
6. Date on which tenant took possession of self-contained dwelling
7. Rental in effect before the making of the term certain lease
8. Length of term of lease years commencing day of 19. . .
(number)
9. The lease was made on the day of , 19. . . .
and is
(oral or written — state which)
10. Rental payable under the leafee $ per.
(week, month, furnished, unfurnished or partly furnished)
11. Services, equipment, etc., supplied by the landlord:
BHeat D Light D Gas D Power for cooking Q Janitor service
Elevator Q Water rates Q Cooking stove Q Refrigerator Q Garage
I CERTIFY THAT I HAVE DELIVERED A TRUE COPY OF THIS STATEMENT TO THE TENANT
Date • ■
(landlord's signature)
Caution: This is a Report form, not a form of lease.
270
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE 591
Form 15
Ontario Rentals Administration
NOTICE TO TENANT TO PAY INCREASED RENTAL
(Under Regulation 22)
(Lease Not for a Term Certain)
Date
To
(name of tenant)
(address of tenant)
Take notice that on and after the day of , , 19. . . . , next I require
you to pay a rental of $ per being a rental not in excess of
(week, month, etc.)
the maximum rental for the dwelling-place of which you are my tenant.
And further take notice that unless you notify me in writing within thirty days after receipt of this notice
that you will pay a rental of $ per you must vacate the self-contained
(week, month, etc.)
dwelling known as
on the day of , 19. . . . , next.
(signature of landlord)
(address)
Form 16
Ontario Rentals Administration
File No
NOTICE OF APPEAL
( Under Regulation 23)
Accepted for filing
Note: — A fee of five dollars ($5) must be paid by the appellant at the time this Notice is
filed. If filed by mail, please enclose certified cheque or postal money order.
(One copy of this form must be served on the opposite party and proof of service made by completing the
affidavit on the reverse side of the original, that should then be filed at the office of the Ontario Rentals Adminis-
tration.)
Re Rentals Appraiser's Decision No Dated the day of , 19. . . .
Take notice that I
rending at
(street address) (municipality)
landlord! of the (self-contained dwelling
tenant j \lodging {indicate •which) known as
(street no.) (street) (municipality)
do hereby appeal from the decision of ,
(name of Rentals Appraiser)
on the following grounds:
(add extra page if necessary)
271
592
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
Dated at thb day of 19.
(signature of appellant)
To (name and address of opposite party) .
and to the Rentals Board.
(Back of Notice of Appeal)
AFFIDAVIT PROVING SERVICE OF NOTICE OF APPEAL
. of the of .
. Occupation
in the of
make oath and say as follows:
I did on , the day of 19. . . .
personally serve a true copy of the within Notice of Appeal
upon landlord
tenant
or Agent for tenant
landlord
of the within-mentioned fself-contained dwelling.
\ lodging (indicate which).
Sworn before me at the
of on the
of.
this.
day of 19.
A Commissioner, etc.
(451)
272
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
619
Publications Under The Regulations Act
MARCH 8th, 1952
THE MINING ACT
O. Reg.. 99/52.
Lands reopened for prospecting,
staking out and for sale or lease.
New and Revoking O. Regs. 184/48
and 229/48.
Made— 21st February, 1952.
Filed— 25th February, 1952, 1.55 p.m.
REGULATIONS MADE UNDER
THE MINING ACT
1. Mining rights consisting of natural gas and oil
within the lands described in Schedule 1 are reopened
for prospecting and staking out and for sale or lease.
2. Ontario Regulations 184/48 and 229/48 are
revoked.
SCHEDULE 1
All those portions of the territorial districts
Cochrane and Kenora described as follows:
of
Commencing at the north-east angle of the Town-
ship of Birdsall, in the Territorial District of Cochrane;
thence southerly along the east boundaries of the
townships of Birdsall and Haight to the south-east
angle of the last-mentioned township; thence easterly
along the north boundary of the Township of Mul-
holland to the north-east angle thereof; thence south-
erly along the east boundaries of the townships of
Mulholland and Pickett to the south-east angle of
the last-mentioned township; thence westerly along
the south boundaries of the townships of Pickett and
Gentles and along the north boundary of the Township
of Lambert to the north-west angle of the last-men-
tioned township; thence southerly along the west
boundary of the Township of Lambert to the south-
west angle thereof; thence easterly along the south
boundaries of the townships of Lambert and Rapley
to the north-east angle of the Township of Hecla;
thence southerly along the east boundary of the last-
mentioned township to the south-east angle thereof;
thence easterly along the north boundary of the
Township of Emerson to the north-east angle thereof;
thence southerly along the east boundary of the
Township of Emerson to the south-east angle thereof;
thence westerly along the south boundaries of the
townships of Emerson, Kipling, Acres, Wright, Garden,
McBrien and Burstall to the south-west angle of the
last-mentioned township; thence southerly along the
west boundary of the Township of Scovil to the south-
west angle thereof; thence westerly along the north
boundaries of the townships of Mulvey, Ritchie,
Bannerman, Fushimi, Rogers, Auden and Fintry to
a point in the north boundary of the last-mentioned
township distant one mile measured westerly from the
high-water mark on the westerly shore of the Nagagami
River; thence in a general northerly and north-easterly
direction parallel to the high-water mark on the westerly
shore of the Nagagami River, the high-water mark
on the westerly shore of the Kenogami River and the
high-water mark on the north-westerly shore of the
Albany River and always at a distance of one mile
from the high-water mark of those rivers to a point
where it interesects a line drawn parallel to the high-
water mark on the north-west shore of the Chickney
Channel near the mouth of the Albany River and
distant one mile measured westerly from the high-
water mark of the Chickney Channel; thence con-
tinuing north-easterly parallel to the high-water mark I
on the north-west shore of the Chickney Channel and
always at a distance of one mile from the nearest
point therein to the high-water mark on the westerly
shore of James Bay; thence in a general southerly
direction following the high-water mark of James Bay
to its intersection with the high-water mark on the
northerly shore of the north channel of the Albany
River and being at the mouth of the Albany River;
thence south-easterly in a straight line to the north-
easterly extremity of Albany Island in the mouth
of the Albany River; thence continuing south-easterly
following the high-water mark of James Bay and
being along the eastern extremity of Albany Island
to the south-easterly extremity thereof; thence westerly
following the high-water mark of the Albany River
and being along the southern extremity of Albany
Island to the intersection with a line drawn north
astronomically from the north-east angle of the Town-
ship of Birdsall; thence south astronomically along
that line to the north-east angle of the Township of
Birdsall, being the place of commencement; but
excepting therefrom the lands described in Ontario
Regulations 285/48 and 90/51.
(469)
10
THE INDUSTRIAL STANDARDS ACT
O. Reg. 100/52.
Designation of Sudbury Zone.
Amending Regulations 227 of
Consolidated Regulations 1950.
Made— 22nd February, 1952.
Filed— 25th February, 1952, 4.00 p.m.
REGULATIONS MADE BY THE MINISTER
UNDER THE INDUSTRIAL STANDARDS
ACT
1.(1) Regulation 1 of Regulations 227 of Con-
solidated Regulations of Ontario 1950 is amended by
adding thereto the following subregulation :
SUDBURY ZONE
(lib) That part of Ontario described in item 12&
of Appendix A is designated as a zone, to
be known as the "Sudbury Zone", for any
business, calling, trade, undertaking and
work of any nature whatsoever and any
branch thereof and any combination of the
same which may be designated or defined
in Part II as an industry for the purposes of
the Act.
(2) Appendix A of Regulations 227 of Consolidated
Regulations of Ontario 1950 is amended by adding
thereto the following item:
SUDBURY ZONE
126. The City of Sudbury and the suburban area
adjacent thereto and lying within a line
drawn as follows: commencing at the south-
westerly angle of the geographic Township
of Denison, thence northerly along the
westerly boundary of that township to the
north-westerly angle thereof, thence easterly
along the northerly boundary of the Township
of Denison to the north-easterly angle
273
620
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
thereof, thence northerly along the westerly
boundary of the geographic Township of
Creighton to the north-westerly angle thereof,
thence westerly along the southerly boundary
of the geographic Township of Balfour to
the south-westerly angle thereof, thence
westerly along the southerly boundary of
the geographic Township of Dowling to the
south-westerly angle thereof, thence northerly
along the westerly boundary of the geographic
townships of DoWling and Levack to the
north-westerly angle of the Township of
Levack, thence easterly along the northerly
boundary of that township to the north-
easterly angle thereof, thence southerly along
the easterly boundary of that township to
the south-easterly angle thereof, thence
easterly along the northerly boundary of the
geographic townships of Balfour and Rayside
to the north-easterly angle of the Township
of Rayside, thence northerly along the west-
erly boundary of the geographic Township
of Hanmer to the north-westerly angle there-
of, thence easterly along the northerly
boundary of the geographic townships of
Hanmer and Capreol to the north-easterly
angle of the Township of Capreol, thence
southerly along the easterly boundary of that
township to the south-easterly angle thereof,
thence easterly along the northerly boundary
of the geographic Township of Falconbridge
to the north-easterly angle thereof, thence
southerly along the easterly boundary of that
township to the south-easterly angle thereof,
thence westerly along the southerly boundary
of the Township of Falconbridge to the south-
westerly angle thereof, thence southerly along
the easterly boundary of the geographic
Township of Neelon to the south-easterly
angle thereof, thence westerly along the
southerly boundary of that township to the
south-westerly angle thereof, thence southerly
along the easterly boundary of the geographic
Township of Broder to the south-easterly
angle thereof, thence westerly along the
southerly boundary of that township to the
south-westerly angle thereof, thence westerly
along the southerly boundary of the geo-
graphic Township of Waters and north-
westerly and westerly along the south-
westerly boundary thereof to the south-
westerly angle of that township in lot 10 in
Concession 3 thereof, thence in a general
south-westerly direction along the southerly
boundary of the geographic Township of
Graham to the south-westerly angle thereof,
thence westerly along the southerly boundary
of the Township of Denison to the place of
commencement.
CHARLES DALEY
Minister of Labour
February 22, 1952
(475)
10
THE SANATORIA FOR CONSUMPTIVES ACT
O. Reg. 101/52.
Payment for treatment outside a
sanatorium of a former patient.
Amending Regulations 354 of
Consolidated Regulations 1950.
Made— 21st February, 1952.
Filed— 26th February, 1952, 10.00 a.m.
REGULATIONS MADE UPON THE
RECOMMENDATION OF THE MINISTER
UNDER THE SANATORIA FOR
CONSUMPTIVES ACT
1. Regulation 47 of Regulations 354 of Consolidated
Regulations of Ontario 1950 is amended by striking
out the symbol and figures "$15" and substituting
therefor the symbol and figures "$18".
(476)
10
274
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
647
Publications Under Tlie Regulatfons Aet
MARCH 15th 1952
THE HOURS OF WORK AND VACATIONS
WITH PAY ACT
O. Reg. 102/52.
Exemptions from Application of Act.
Amending Regulations 144 of
Consolidated Regulations 1950.
Made— 25th February, 1952.
Approved— 28th February, 1952.
Filed— 3rd March, 1952, 10.30 a.m.
REGULATIONS MADE BY THE BOARD UNDER
THE HOURS OF WORK AND VACATIONS
WITH PAY ACT
1. Sub-clause xi of clause a of regulation 2 of
Regulations 144 of Consolidated Regulations of
Ontario 1950 is revoked and the following substituted
therefor:
(xi) The Nurses Registration Act, 1951, and
The Nursing Act, 1951,
2. Clauses h and i of regulation 2 of Regulations
144 of Consolidated Regulations of Ontario 1950 are
revoked and the following substituted therefor:
(h) a person employed in commercial fishing,
(t) a person employed in the cultivation of flowers,
fruits or vegetables, and
3. Regulation 2 of Regulations 144 of Consolidated
Regulations of Ontario 1950 is amended by adding
thereto the following clause:
(J) a person employed
(i) as an agent licensed under The Insurance
Act,
(ii) as a salesman registered under The Real
Estate and Business Brokers Act, and
(iii) in selling or soliciting orders for goods,
wares and merchandise
other than one thus employed at the em-
ployer's actual place of business, or thus
employed where his working hours are estab-
lished by the employer or can be verified by
the employer.
4. Clauses b and c of regulation 10 of Regulations
144 of Consolidated Regulations of Ontario 1950 are
revoked and the following substituted therefor:
(b) the business of f uneral-directingand embalming,
(c) a person employed in farming operations or as
a domestic in a private residence, and
5. Regulation 10 of Regulations 144 of Consolidated
Regulations of Ontario 1950 is amended by adding
thereto the following clause:
(d) a person employed
(i) as an agent licensed under The Insurance
Act,
(ii) as a salesman registered under The Real
Estate and Business Brokers Act, and
(iii) in selling or soliciting orders for goods,
wares and merchandise
other than one thus employed at the em-
ployer's actual place of business, or thus
employed where his working hours are estab-
lished by the employer or can be verified by
the employer.
Industry and Labour Board
E. BiLLINGTON
(Chairman)
E. G. GiBB
(Member)
J. F. NUTLAND
(Member)
Dated at Toronto the 25th of February, 1952
(510)
11
THE HIGHWAY TRAFFIC ACT
O. Reg. 103/52.
Extending Term of Permits and
Licences.
New.
Made— 28th February, 1952.
Filed— 3rd March, 1952, 3.05 p.m.
REGULATIONS MADE UNDER
THE HIGHWAY TRAFFIC ACT
1. Notwithstanding the provisions of Ontario
Regulations 264/44 and Ontario Regulations 72/52,
the term of
(c) motor vehicle permits,
(b) trailer permits,
(c) operators' licences, and
(d) chauffeurs' licences,
issued for the year 1951 is extended from the 29th of
February 1952 to and including the 20th of March 1952.
(511)
11
THE MILK CONTROL ACT
O. Reg. 104/52.
Retail Milk Prices in the Market of
Cochrane.
New and revoking O. Regs. 169/51.
Made— 4th March, 1952.
Filed— 5th March, 1952, 10.10 a.m.
REGULATIONS MADE BY THE BOARD UNDER
THE MILK CONTROL ACT
1. In these regulations
275
648
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
(a) "chocolate drink" means milk that contains
a chocolate flavouring;
(b) "standard milk" means milk that contains not
less than 3.25 per cent and not more than 3.9
per cent of butter fat; and
(c) "whipping cream" means cream that contains
not less than 32 per cent of butter fat.
2. The maximum prices at which chocolate drink,
standard milk and whipping cream may be sold by
retail in the market of Cochrane shall be as follows:
in
in cardboard
bottles containers
(a) chocolate drink
quart $ .24 $ .25
pint 13 .14
half-pint 08 .09
Bounces 07 .08
7 ounces 06 .07
(d) standard milk
quart 23 .24
pint 12 .13
half-pint 07 .08
(c) whipping cream
quart 1.25 1.26
pint 65 .66
half-pint 40 .41
3. Ontario Regulations 169/51 are revoked.
4. These regulations shall come into force on the
ISth of March, 1952.
THE MILK CONTROL BOARD
OF ONTARIO
A. B. CURREY
Chairman
J. L. Burrows
Member
(Seal) K. M. Betzner
Member
Member
Dated at Toronto, this 4th day of March, 1952.
(547) 11
THE MILK CONTROL ACT
O. Reg. 105/52.
Retail Milk Prices in the Market of
Grand Valley.
New.
Made— 4th March, 1952.
Filed— 5th March, 1952, 10.30 a.m.
REGULATIONS MADE BY THE BOARD UNDER
THE MILK CONTROL ACT
1. In these regulations -^
(o) "chocolate drink" means milk that contains
a chocolate flavouring; *
(6) "skim-milk" means milk that contains not
more than .25 per cent of butter fat;
(c) "standard milk" means milk that contains not
less than 3.25 per cent and not more than 3.9
per cent of butter fat;
(d) "table cream" means cream that contains not
less than 16 per cent and not more than 24
per cent of butter fat; and
(e) "whipping cream" means cream that contains
not less than 32 per cent of butter fat.
2. The maximum prices at which chocolate drink,
skim-milk, standard milk, table cream and whipping
cream may be sold by retail in the market of Grand
Valley shall be as follows:
in
in cardboard
bottles containers
(a) chocolate drink
quart $ .20 $ .21
pint 11 .12
Bounces 07 .08
(b) skim-milk
quart 15 .16
(c) standard milk
quart 20 .21
pint 11 .12
half-pint 06 .07
(d) table cream
half-pint 25 .26
(/) whipping cream
half -pint 35 .36
3. These regulations shall come into force on the
15th of March, 1952.
THE MILK CONTROL BOARD
OF ONTARIO
A. B. CURREY
Chairman
J. L. Burrows
Member
(Seal) . K. M. Betzner
Member
Member
Dated at Toronto, this 4th day of March, 1952.
(548) U
THE MILK CONTROL ACT
O. Reg. 106/52.
Retail Milk Prices in the Market of
Alvinston.
New and Revoking O. Regs. 224/51.
Made— 4th March, 1952.
Filed— 5th March, 1952, 10.50 a.m.
REGULATIONS MADE BY THE BOARD UNDER
THE MILK CONTROL ACT
1. In these regulations
(a) "buttermilk" means the product that remains
after the butter fat is removed from milk by
churning and includes the product that is
obtained by adding a pure lactic culture to
skim-milk;
(b) "chocolate drink" means milk that contains
a chocolate flavouring;
(c) "skim-milk" means milk that contains not
more than .25 per cent of butter fat;
276
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
649
(d) "special milk" means milk that contains not
less than 4 per cent of butter fat;
(e) "standard milk" means milk that contains not
less than 3.25 per cent and not more than 3.9
per cent of butter fat;
(/) "table cream" means cream that contains not
less than 16 per cent and not more than 24
per cent of butter fat; and
(g) "whipping cream" means cream that contains
not less than 32 per cent of butter fat.
2. The maximum prices at which buttermilk,
chocolate drink, skim-milk, special milk, standard
milk, table cream and whipping cream may be sold by
retail in the market of Alvinston shall be as follows:
m
in cardboard
bottles containers
(c) buttermilk
quart $ .16 $ .17
(6) chocolate drink
quart 21 .22
pint 12 .13
Bounces 07 .08
7 ounces 06 .07
(c) skim-milk
quart 14 .15
(d) special milk
quart 22 .23
pint 13 .14
half-pint 08 .09
(e) standard milk
quart 20 .21
pint 11 .12
half-pint 07 .08
(/) table cream
quart 85 .86
pint 45 .46
half-pint 25 .26
(g) whipping cream
quart 1.25 1.26
pint 65 .66
half-pint 35 .36
3. Ontario Regulations 224/51 are revoked.
4. These regulations shall come into force on the
15th of March, 1952.
THE MILK CONTROL BOARD
OF ONTARIO
A. B. CURREY
Chairman
J. L. Burrows
Member
K. M. Betzner
Member
(Seal)
Member
Dated at Toronto, this 4th day of March, 1952.
(549)
11
THE MILK CONTROL ACT
O. Reg. 107/52.
Retail Milk Prices in the Market of
Petrolia.
New.
Made— 4th March, 1952.
Filed— 5th March, 1952, 11.10 a.m.
REGULATIONS MADE BY THE BOARD UNDER
THE MILK CONTROL ACT
1. In these regulations
(a) "buttermilk" means the product that remains
after the butter fat is removed from milk by
churning and includes the product that is
obtained by adding a pure lactic culture to
skim-milk;
(b) "chocolate drink" means milk that contains
a chocolate flavouring;
(c) "skim-milk" means milk that contains not
more than .25 per cent of butter fat;
(d) "standard milk" means milk that contains not
less than 3.25 per cent and not more than 3.9
per cent of butter fat; and
(e) "table cream" means cream that contains not
less than 16 per cent and not more than 24
per cent of butter fat.
2. The maximum prices at which buttermilk,
chocolate drink, skim-milk, standard milk and table
cream may be sold by retail in the market of Petrolia
shall be as follows:
in
in cardboard
bottles containers
(a) buttermilk
quart $ .16 $ .17
(b) chocolate drink
quart 23 .24
pint 13 .14
half-pint 08 .09
8 ounces 07 .08
7 ounces 06 .07
(c) skim-milk
quart 16 .17
(d) standard milk
quart 22 .23
pint 12 .13
half-pint 07 .08
(c) table cream
quart 85 .86
pint 45 .46
half-pint 25 .26
3. These regulations shall come into force on the
15th of March, 1952.
THE MILK CONTROL BOARD
OF ONTARIO
A. B. Currey
Chairman
J. L. Burrows
Member
(Seal) K. M. Betzner
Member
Member
Dated at Toronto, this 4th day of March, 1952.
(550) 11
277
650
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
THE MILK CONTROL ACT
O. Reg. 108/52.
Retail Milk Prices in the Market of
Gore Bay, Little Current and
Mindemoya.
New.
Made— 4th March, 1952.
Filed— 5th March, 1952, 11.40 a.m.
REGULATIONS MADE BY THE BOARD UNDER
THE MILK CONTROL ACT
1. In these regulations
(a) "buttermilk" means the product that remains
after the butter fat is removed from milk by
churning and includes the product that is
obtained by adding a pure lactic culture to
skim-milk;
(b) "chocolate milk" means milk that contains not
less than 3.25 per cent of butter fat and a
chocolate flavouring;
(c) "skim-milk" means milk that contains not
more than .25 per cent of butter fat;
(d) "standard milk" means milk that contains not
less than 3.25 per cent and not more than 3.9
per cent of butter fat;
(c) "table cream" means cream that contains not
less than 16 per cent and not more than 24
per cent of butter fat; and
(/) "whipping cream" means cream that contains
not less than 32 per cent of butter fat.
2. The maximum prices at which buttermilk,
chocolate milk, skim-milk, standard milk, table cream
and whipping cream may be sold by retail in the market
of Gore Bay, Little Current and Mindemoya shall be
as follows:
m
in cardboard
bottles containers
(a) buttermilk
quart $ .15
pint 08
(b) chocolate milk
quart 22
pint 13
half-pint 08
8 ounces 07
7 ounces 06
ic)
skim-milk
quart. . .
pint . . . .
.15
.08
(d) standard milk
quart 21
pint 12
half-pint 07
(e) table cream
quart 85
pint 45
half-pints 25
(/) whipping cream
quart 1 .25
pint 65
half -pint 35
.16
.09
.23
.14
.09
.08
.07
.16
.09
.22
.13
.08
.86
.46
.26
1.26
.66
.36
3. These regulations shall come into force on the
15thday of March, 1952.
(Seal)
THE MILK CONTROL BOARD
OF ONTARIO
A. B. CURREY
Chairman
J. L. Burrows
Member
K. M. Betzner
^ Member
Member
Dated at Toronto, this 4th day of March, 1952.
(551) 11
THE MILK CONTROL ACT
O. Reg. 109/52.
Retail Milk Prices in the Market of
Orillia.
New.
Made— 6th March, 1952.
Filed— 6th March, 1952, 3.20 p.m.
REGULATIONS MADE BY THE BOARD UNDER
THE MILK CONTROL ACT
1. In these regulations
(a) "buttermilk" means the product that remains
after the butter fat is removed from milk by
churning and includes the product that is
obtained by adding a pure lactic culture to
skim-milk;
(b) "chocolate drink" means milk that contains a
chocolate flavouring;
(c) "skim-milk" means milk that contains not
more than .25 per cent of butter fat;
(d) "standard milk" means milk that contains not
less than 3.25 per cent and not more than 3.9
per cent of butter fat;
(e) "table cream" means cream that contains not
less than 16 per cent and not more than 24
per cent of butter fat; and
(/) "whipping cream" means cream that contains
not less than 32 per cent of butter fat.
2. The maximum prices at which buttermilk,
chocolate drink, skim-milk, standard milk, table cream
and whipping cream may be sold by retail in the market
of Orillia shall be as follows:
(o) buttermilk
quart. . .
m
in cardboard
bottles containers
$ .17 $ .18
(b) chocolate drink
quart 22
pint 12
half-pint 08
7 ounces 07
ic)
id)
skim-milk
quart. . .
16
standard milk
quart 21
pint 11
half-pint 06
.23
.13
.09
.08
,17
.22
.12
.07
278
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
651
(e) table cream
quart 85
pint 45
half-pint 25
(/) whipping cream
quart 1 .25
pint 65
half-pint 35
.86
.46
.26
1.26
.66
.36
3. These regulations shall come into force on the
ISth of March. 1952.
(Seal)
THE MILK CONTROL BOARD
OF ONTARIO
A. B. CURREY
Chairman
K. M. Betzner
Member
J, L. Burrows
Member
Member
Dated at Toronto, this 6th day of March, 1952.
(552) 11
279
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
Publications Under The Regulations Act
MARCH 22nd, 1952
679
THE MILK CONTROL ACT
O. Reg. 110/52.
Retail Milk Prices in the market of
Ailsa Craig.
New.
Made — 4th March, 1952.
Filed— 10th March, 1952, 11.00 a.m.
REGULATIONS MADE BY THE BOARD UNDER
THE MILK CONTROL ACT
1. In these regulations
(a) "chocolate drink" means milk that contains
a chocolate flavouring;
(b) "standard milk" means milk that contains not
less than 3.25 per cent and not more than 3.9
per cent of butter fat;
(c) "table cream" means cream that contains not
less than 16 per cent and not more than 24
per cent of butter fat ; and
(d) "whipping cream" means cream that contains
not less than 32 per cent of butter fat.
2. The maximum prices at which chocolate drink,
standard milk, table cream and whipping cream may
be sold by retail in the market of Ailsa Craig shall be as
follows:
(c) chocolate drink
8 ounces $
in
in cardboard
bottles containers
.05
(b) standard milk
quart 20
pint 11
half-pint 06
(c) table cream
half-pint 23
(d) whipping cream
half-pint 33
$ .06
.21
.12
.07
.24
.34
3. These regulations come into force on the 15th
of March, 1952.
THE MILK CONTROL BOARD
OF ONTARIO
A. B. CURREY
Chairman
K. M. Betzner
Member
J. L. Burrows
Member
(Seal)
Member
Dated at Toronto, this 4th day of March, 1952.
(562)
12
THE MILK CONTROL ACT
O. Reg. 111/52.
Retail Milk Prices in the market of
Forest.
New.
Made — 4th March, 1952.
Filed— 10th March, 1952, 11.05 a.m.
REGULATIONS MADE BY THE BOARD UNDER
THE MILK CONTROL ACT
1. In these regulations
(a) "buttermilk" means the product that remains
after the butter fat is removed from milk by
churning and includes the product that is
obtained by adding a pure lactic culture to
skim-milk;
(b) "chocolate drink" means milk that contains
a chocolate flavouring;
(c) "skim-milk" means milk that contains not
more than .25 per cent of butter fat;
(d) "special milk" means milk that contains not
less than 4 per cent of butter fat;
(e) "standard milk" means milk that contains not
less than 3.25 per cent and not more than 3.9
F>er cent of butter fat;
(J) "table cream" means cream that contains not
less than 16 per cent and not more than 24
per cent of butter fat; and
(g) "whipping cream" means cream that contains
not less than 32 per cent of butter fat.
2. The maximum prices at which buttermilk,
chocolate drink, skim-milk, special milk, standard milk,
table cream and whipping cream may be sold by
retail in the market of Forest shall be as follows:
in
in cardboard
bottles containers
(a) buttermilk
quart $ .15 $ .16
pint 08 .09
(6) chocolate drink
quart 21 .22
pint 11 .12
half-pint 07 .08
8 ounces 06 .07
7 ounces 05 ,06
(c) skim-milk
quart .^ .14 ,15
(d) special milk
quart 22 .23
pint 12 .13
half-pint 07 ,08
(e) standard milk
quart 20 ,21
pint 11 ,12
half-pint 06 ,07
281
680
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
(f) table cream
quart 85 .86
Eint 45 .46
alf-pint 25 .26
(g) whipping cream
quart 1.25 1 . 26
pint 65 .66
half-pint 35 .36
3. These regulations come into force on the 15th
of March, 1952.
THE MILK CONTROL BOARD
OF ONTARIO
A. B. CURREY
Chairman
(Seal)
Member
K. M. Betzner
Member
J. L. Burrows
Member
Dated at Toronto, this 4th day of March, 1952.
(563)
12
THE MILK CONTROL ACT
O. Reg. 112/52.
Retail Milk Prices in the markets of
Blenheim, Chatham, Dresden, Ridge-
town, Tilbury, Wallaceburg and
Wheatley.
New and revoking O. Regs. 149/51,
152/51 and 210/51.
Made— 4th March, 1952.
Filed— 10th March, 1952, 11.10 a.m.
REGULATIONS MADE BY THE BOARD UNDER
THE MILK CONTROL ACT
1. In these regulations
(a) "buttermilk" means the product that remains
after the butter fat is removed from milk by
churning and includes the product that is
obtained by adding a pure lactic culture to
skim-milk;
(b) "cereal treat" means milk that contains not
less than 10 per cent and not more than 12
per cent of butter fat;
(c) "chocolate drink" means milk that contains
a chocolate flavouring;
(d) "skim-milk" means milk that contains not
more than .25 per cent of butter fat;
(e) "sour cream" means cream that has been
allowed to sour naturally or by the addition
of a culture and that contains not less than
16 per cent of butter fat;
(/) "special milk" means milk that contains not
less than 4 per cent of butter fat;
(g) "standard milk" means milk that contains not
less than 3.25 per cent and not more than 3.9
per cent of butter fat;
(h) "table cream" means cream that contains not
less than 16 per cent and not more than 24
per cent of butter fat; and
(t) "whipping cream" means cream that contains
not less than 32 per cent of butter fat.
2. The maximum prices at which buttermilk,
cereal treat, chocolate drink, skim-milk, sour cream,
special milk, standard milk, table cream and whipping
cream may be sold by retail in the markets of Blenheim,
Chatham, Dresden, Ridgetown, Tilbury, Wallaceburg
and Wheatley shall be as follows:
in cardboard
bottles containers
(a) buttermilk
quart $ .17 $ .18
pint 09 .10
(b) cereal treat
quart 70 .71
pint 35 .36
half-pint 20 .21
(c) chocolate drink
quart 23 .24
pint 12 .13
half-pint 08 .09
8 ounces 07 .08
7 ounces 06 .07
(d) skim-milk
quart 16 .17
(e) sour cream
quart 80 .81
pint 45 .46
half-pint 25 .26
(/) special milk
quart 24 .25
pint 13 .14
half-pint 08 .09
(g) standard milk
quart 22 .23
pint 12 .13
half-pint 07 .08
(h) table cream
quart 85 .86
pint 45 .46
half-pint 25 .26
(j) whipping cream
quart 1 .25 1 .26
pint 65 .66
half-pint 35 .36
3. Ontario Regulations 149/51, 152/51 and 210/51,
are revoked.
4. These regulations come into force on the 15th
of March, 1952.
THE MILK CONTROL BOARD
OF ONTARIO
A. B. CURREY
Chairman
Member
(Seal) K. M. Betzner
Member
J. L. Burrows
Member
Dated at Toronto, this 4th day of March, 1952.
(564)
12
282
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
681
THE MILK CONTROL ACT
O. Reg. 113/52.
Retail Milk Prices n the market of
Madoc.
New.
Made— 4th March, 1952.
Filed— 10th March, 1952, 11.15 a.m.
REGULATIONS MADE BY THE BOARD UNDER
THE MILK CONTROL ACT
1. In these regulations
(a) "chocolate drink" means milk that contains
a chocolate flavouring;
(b) "skim-milk" means milk that contains not
more than .25 per cent of butter fat;
(c) "standard milk" means milk that contains not
less than 3.25 per cent and not more than 3.9
per cent of butter fat;
(d) "table cream" means cream that contains not
less than 16 per cent and not more than 24
per cent of butter fat; and
(e) "whipping cream" means cream that contains
not less than 32 per cent of butter fat.
2. The maximum prices at which chocolate drink,
skim-milk, standard milk, table cream and whipping
cream may be sold by retail in the market of Madoc
shall be as follows:
in
in cardboard
bottles containers
(a) chocolate drink
quart $ . 19 $ .20
pint 10 .11
half-pint 07 .08
8 ounces 06 .07
7 ounces 05 .06
(b) skim-milk.
quart 12 .13
(c) standard milk
quart 18 .19
pint 10 .11
(d) table cream
quart 85 .86
pint 45 .46
half-pint 25 .26
(c) whipping cream
quart 1 .25 1 .26
pint 65 .66
half-pint .35 .36
3. These regulations come into force on the 15th
of March, 1952.
THE MILK CONTROL BOARD
OF ONTARIO
A. B. CURREY
Chairman
Member
(Seal) K. M. Betzner
Member
J. L. Burrows
Member
Dated at Toronto, this 4th day of March, 1952.
(565) 12
THE MILK CONTROL ACT
O. Reg. 114/52.
Retail Milk Prices in the market of
Port Hope.
New.
Made— 4th March, 1952.
Filed— 10th March, 1952, 11.20 a.m.
REGULATIONS MADE BY THE BOARD UNDER
THE MILK CONTROL ACT
1. In these regulations
(a) "buttermilk" means the product that remains
after the butter fat is removed from milk by
churning and includes the product that is
obtained by adding a pure lactic culture to
skim-milk;
(b) "chocolate drink" means milk that contains a
chocolate flavouring;
(c) "skim-milk" means milk that contains not
more than .25 per cent of butter fat;
(d) "standard milk" means milk that contains not
less than 3.25 per cent and not more than 3.9
per cent of butter fat;
(e) "table cream" means cream that contains not
less than 16 per cent and not more than 24
per cent of butter fat; and
(/) "whipping cream" means cream that contains
not less than 32 per cent of butter fat.
2. The maximum prices at which buttermilk,
chocolate drink, skim-milk, standard milk, table cream
and whipping cream may be sold by retail in the market
of Port Hope shall be as follows:
in
in cardboard
bottles containers
(a) buttermilk
quart $ .15 $ .16
(b) chocolate drink
quart 21 .22
pint 11 .12
half-pint 06 .07
(c) skim-milk
quart 14 .15
(d) standard milk
quart 20 .21
pint 11 .12
half-pint 06 .07
(e) table cream
quart 85 .86
pint 45 .46
half-pint 25 .26
(J) whipping cream
quart 1.25 1.26
pint 65 .66
half-pint 35 .36
3. These regulations come into force on the 15th
of March, 1952
THE MILK CONTROL BOARD
OF ONTARIO
A. B. CURREY
Chairman
Member
(Seal) K. M. Betzner
Mfember
J. L. Burrows
Member
Dated at Toronto, this 4th day of March, 1952.
(566) 12
283
682
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
THE MILK CONTROL ACT
O. Reg. 115/52.
Retail Milk Prices in the market of
Durham.
New.
Made— 4th March, 1952.
Filed— 10th March, 1952, 11.25 a.m.
REGULATIONS MADE BY THE BOARD UNDER
THE MILK CONTROL ACT
1. In these regulations
(a) "chocolate drink" means milk that contains
a chocolate flavouring;
(b) "standard milk" means milk that contains not
less than 3.25 per cent and not more than 3.9
per cent of butter fat;
(c) "table cream" means cream that contains not
less than 16 per cent and not more than 24
per cent of butter fat; and
(d) "whipping cream" means cream that contains
not less than 32 per cent of butter fat.
2. The maximum prices at which chocolate drink,
standard milk, table cream and whipping cream may
be sold by retail in the market of Durham shall be as
follows:
in
in cardboard
bottles containers
(a) chocolate drink
pint $ .12 $ .13
half-pint 07 .08
(b) standard milk
quart 20 .21
pint 11 .12
half-pint 06 .07
(c) table cream
quart 60 .61
pint 35 .36
half-pint 18 .19
(d) whipping cream
quart 1.00 1.01
pint 60 .61
half-pint 30 .31
.1. These regulations come into force on the 15th
of March, 1952.
THE MILK CONTROL BOARD
OF ONTARIO
A. B. CURREY
Chairman
Member
K. M. Betzner
Member
J. L. Burrows
Member
(Seal)
Dated at Toronto, this 4th day of March, 1952.
(557)
12
THE MILK CONTROL ACT
O. Reg. 116/52.
Retail Milk Prices in the market of
Morrisburg.
New.
Made— 4th March, 1952.
Filed— 10th March, 1952, 11.30 a.m.
REGULATIONS MADE BY THE BOARD UNDER
THE MILK CONTROL ACT
1. In these regulations
(a) "buttermilk" means the product that remains
after the butter fat is removed from milk by
churning and includes the product that is
obtained by adding a pure lactic culture to
skim-milk;
(/;) "chocolate drink" means milk that contains
a chocolate flavouring;
(f) "skim-milk" means milk that contains not
more than .25 per cent of butter fat;
(d) "standard milk" means milk that contains not
less than 3.25 per cent and not more than 3.9
per cent of butter fat;
(e) "table cream" means cream that contains not
less than 16 per cent and not more than 24
per cent of butter fat; and
(f) "whipping cream" means cream that contains
not less than 32 per cent of butter fat.
2. The maximum prices at which buttermilk,
chocolate drink, skim-milk, standard milk, table
cream and whipping cream may be sold by retail in
the market of Morrisburg shall be as follows:
in
in cardboard
bottles containers
(a) buttermilk
quart $ .12 $ .13
(b) chocolate drink
quart 19 .20
pint 10 .11
half-pint 06 .07
(c) skim-milk
quart 12 .13
(d) standard milk
quart 18 .19
pint.... 10 .11
half-pint 06 .07
(e) table cream
quart 80 .81
pint 40 .41
half-pint 20 .21
(/) whipping cream
quart 1.10 1.11
pint 55 .56
half-pint 28 .29
3. These regulations come into force on the 15th
of March, 1952.
THE MILK CONTROL BOARD
OF ONTARIO
A. B. Currky
Chairman
K. M. Betzner
Member
(Seal) J. L- Burrows
Member
Member
Dated at Toronto, this 4th day of March, 1952.
(568) 12
284
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
683
THE MILK CONTROL ACT
O. Reg. 117/52.
Retail Milk Prices in the market of
Hensall.
New.
Made— 4th March, 1952.
Filed— 10th March, 1952, 11.35 a.m.
REGULATIONS MADE BY THE BOARD UNDER
THE MILK CONTROL ACT
1. In these regulations
(rt) "chocolate drink" means milk that contains
a chocolate flavouring;
(b) "standard milk" means milk that contains not
less than 3.25 per cent and not more than 3.9
per cent of butter fat;
(c) "table cream" means cream that contains not
less than 16 per cent and not more than 24
per cent of butter fat; and
(d) "whipping cream" means cream that contains
not less than 32 per cent of butter fat.
2. The maximum prices at which chocolate drink,
standard milk, table cream and whipping cream may
be sold by retail in the market of Hensall shall be as
follows:
m
in cardboard
bottles containers
(a) chocolate drink
pint $ .12 $ .13
half-pint 07 .08
7 ounces 06 .07
(b) standard milk
quart 19 .20
pint 11 .12
half-pint.. 06 .07
(c) table cream .
half-pint 21 .22
{d) whipping cream
half-pint 33 .34
3. These regulations come into force on the 15th
of March, 1952.
THE MILK CONTROL BOARD
OF ONTARIO
A. B. CURREY
Chairman
K. M. Betzner
Member
J. L. Burrows
(Seal) Member
Member
Dated at Toronto, this 4th day of March, 1952.
(569)
12
THE MILK CONTROL ACT
O. Reg. 118/52.
Retail Milk Prices in the market of
Watford.
New.
Made— 4th March, 1952.
Filed— 10th March, 1952, 11.40 a.m.
REGULATIONS MADE BY THE BOARD UNDER
THE MILK CONTROL ACT
1. In these regulations
(a) "chocolate drink" means milk that contains
a chocolate flavouring;
(b) "skim-milk" means milk that contains not
more than .25 per cent of butter fat;
(c) "standard milk" means milk that contains not
less than 3.25 per cent and not more than 3.9
per cent of butter fat;
(d) "table cream" means cream that contains not
less than 16 per cent and not more than 24
per cent of butter fat; and
(e) "whipping cream" means cream that contains
not less than 32 per cent of butter fat.
2. The maximum prices at which chocolate drink,
skim-milk, standard milk, table cream and whipping
cream may be sold by retail in the market of Watford
shall be as follows:
in
in cardboard
bottles containers
(a) chocolate drink
quart $ .21 $ .22
pint 11 .12
half-pint 07 .08
(b) skim-milk
quart 14 .15
(c) standard milk
quart 20 .21
pint 11 .12
half-pint 06 .07
(d) table cream
half-pint 25 .26
(e) whipping cream
half-pint 35 .36
3. These regulations come into force on the 15th
of March, 1952.
THE MILK CONTROL BOARD
OF ONTARIO
A. B. CURREY
Chairman
K, M. Betzner
Member
(Seal) J. L. Burrows
Member
Member
Dated at Toronto, this 4th day of March, 1952.
(570)
12
285
684
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
THE MILK CONTROL ACT
O. Reg. 119/52.
Retail Milk Prices in the market of
Windsor.
New.
Made— 4th March, 1952.
Filed— 10th March, 1952, 11.45 a.m.
REGULATIONS MADE BY THE BOARD UNDER
THE MILK CONTROL ACT
1. In these regulations
(a) "buttermilk" means the product that remains
after the butter fat is removed from milk by
churning and includes the product that is
obtained by adding a pure lactic culture to
skim-milk;
(b) "cereal treat" means milk that contains not
less than 10 per cent and not more than 12
per cent of butter fat;
(c) "chocolate drink" means milk that contains
a chocolate flavouring;
(d) "skim-milk" means milk that contains not
more than .25 per cent of butter fat;
(e) "sour cream" means cream that has been
allowed to sour naturally or by the addition
of a culture and that contains not less than
16 per cent of butter fat;
(/) "special milk" means milk that contains not
less than 4 per cent of butter fat;
(g) "standard milk" means milk that contains not
less than 3.25 per cent and not more than 3.9
per cent of butter fat; and
(h) "whipping cream" means cream that contains
not less than 32 per cent of butter fat.
2. The maximum prices at which buttermilk,
cereal treat, chocolate drink, skim-milk, sour cream,
special milk, standard milk and whipping cream may
be sold by retail in the market of Windsor shall be as
follows:
m
bottles
(a) buttermilk
quart $ .18
pint 10
(b) cereal treat
quart 65
pint 35
half-pint 18
(c) chocolate drink
quart 23
pint 13
half-pint 08
8 ounces 07
7 ounces 06
(d) skim-milk
quart 14
(e) sour cream
pint 40
half-pint 22
(/) special milk
quart 24
pint 14
half-pint 08J^
in
cardboard
containers
$ .193^^
.11
.66K
.36
.19
.24M
.14
.09
.08
.07
.151^
.41
.23
.251/2
.15
.091^
(g) standard milk
quart 22 .233^
pint 12 .13
half-pint 073^ .08^
(h) whipping cream
quart 1.15 1.163^
half-pint 35 .36
3. These regulations come into force on the 15th
of March, 1952.
THE MILK CONTROL BOARD
OF ONTARIO
A. B. CURREY
Chairman
K. M. Betzner
Member
^Seal) J. L. Burrows
Member
Member
Dated at Toronto, this 6th day of March, 1952.
(571) 12
THE DIVISION COURTS ACT
O. Reg. 120/52.
Territorial Limits of Divisions.
Amending O. Regs. 270/50.
Made— 6th March, 1952.
Filed— 11th March, 1952, 3.20 p.m.
— By Direction.
REGULATIONS MADE UNDER THE
DIVISION COURTS ACT
1. The index of schedules of descriptions of division
court boundaries in Ontario Regulations 270/50, as
amended by Ontario Regulations 16/52, is further
amended by striking out:
Stormont,
Dundas and Gle
ngarry
2
177
'
» n
7)
3
178
'
I n
»
4
179
'
» n
n
5
180
'
) n
"
6
181
)
) »
»
7
182
) I)
»
8
10
183
184
»
n n
»
12
186
substituting therefor:
Stormont,
Dundas and Glengarry
2
177
3
178
"
«
)
"
4
179
;>
))
'
»
5
180
n
»
>
V
6
181
"
»
)
n
8
183
»
n
>
n
10
184
'
)
'
n
12
186
2. Schedules 182, 183, 184 and 185 of Ontario Regu-
lations 270/50 are revoked and the following sub-
stituted therefor:
SCHEDULE 183
1. The Village of Finch.
2. The townships of
(a) Finch, and
(b) Roxborough.
286
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
685
SCHEDULE 184
1. The villages of
(a) Chesterville, and
(6) Winchester.
2. The townships of
(a) Mountain, and
(6) Winchester.
3. Schedule 52 of Ontario Regulations 270/50, as
remade by Ontario Regulations 16/52, is revoked and
the following substituted therefor:
SCHEDULE 52
1. The City of Belleville.
2. The Township of Thurlow.
3. That part of the Township of Sidney lying
within a line described as follows:
Commencing at the intersection of the easterly
limit of lot 38 in Concession 1 of the Township of
Sidney with the northerly shore of the Bay of Quinte;
thence northerly along the easterly boundary of the
township to the southerly boundary of the City of
Belleville; thence westerly, northerly and easterly
along the boundary between the City and the Town-
ship of Sidney to the boundary between the townships
of Sidney and Thurlow; thence northerly along the
last-mentioned boundary to the production easterly
of the northerly boundary of Concession 7 in the
Township of Sidney; thence westerly along the pro-
duction and the northerly boundary to the westerly
limit of lot 19; thence southerly along the westerly
limit of lot 19 across concessions 7 to 1, both inclusive,
to the northerly shore of the Bay of Quinte; thence
easterly along the shore of the Bay of Quinte to the
place of commencement.
4. Schedule 62 of Ontario Regulations 270/50 is
revoked and the following substituted therefor:
SCHEDULE 62
1. The Village of Bancroft.
2. The townships of
(a) Dungannon,
(b) Faraday,
(c) Limerick,
(d) Mayo, and
(e) Wollaston.
3. Parts of the Township of Tudor and Cashel
described as follows:
(a) the geographic Township of Cashel as it
existed on the 31st December, 1927, and
(b) part of the geographic Township of Tudor as it
existed on the 31st December, 1927, lying
within a line described as follows:
Commencing at the north-westerly angle of the
Township of Tudor; thence southerly along the westerly
boundary of the township to the southerly limit of
lot 72 on the easterly side of the Hastings Road;
thence easterly along that limit to the easterly limit
of the lot; thence northerly along that limit to the
boundary between concessions 13 and 14; thence
easterly along that boundary to the easterly boundary
of the Township of Tudor; thence northerly along that
boundary to the northerly boundary; thence westerly
along that boundary to the place of commencement.
4. Part of the Township of Elzevir and Grimsthorpe
described as follows:
Part of the geographic Township of Grimsthorpe as
it existed on the 31st December, 1927, lying within a
line described as follows:
Commencing at the north-easterly angle of the
township; thence southerly along the easterly boundary
of the township to the northerly boundary of Concession
14; thence westerly along that boundary to the westerly
boundary of the township; thence northerly along
that boundary to the northerly boundary of the
township; thence easterly along that boundary to the
place of commencement.
5. Part of the Township of Marmora and Lake
described as follows:
Part of the geographic Township of Lake as it
existed on the 31st December, 1927, lying within a
line described as follows:
Commencing at the north-westerly angle of the
township; thence easterly along the northerly boundary
to the easterly boundary; thence southerly along the
easterly boundary to the southerly boundary of lot
72 on the west side of the Hastings Road; thence
westerly along the southerly boundary of lot 72 to
the southerly boundary of lot 22 in Concession 11;
thence continuing westerly along the southerly boundary
of lot 22 across concessions 11 to 1, both inclusive,
to the westerly boundary of the township; thence
northerly along that boundary to the place of com-
mencement.
(587)
12
THE AGRICULTURAL ASSOCIATIONS ACT
O. Reg. 121/52.
The Ontario Soil and Crop
Improvement Association.
Amending Regulations 3 of
Consolidated Regulations 1950.
Made— 6th March, 1952.
Filed— 11th March, 1952, 4.20 p.m.
REGULATIONS MADE UNDER
THE AGRICULTURAL ASSOCIATIONS ACT
1. Regulations 3 of Consolidated Regulations of
Ontario 1950 are amended by adding thereto the
following regulation:
2. The Ontario Soil and Crop Improvement
Association is designated an association, society,
institute or organization under section 2 of the
Act.
(588)
12
287
686
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
THE INDUSTRIAL STANDARDS ACT
O. Reg. 122/52.
Schedule for the Sheet-Metal-Work
Construction Industry in the Port
Arthur-Fort William Zone.
New and revoking Regulations 224
of Consolidated Regulations 1950.
Made— 6th March, 1952.
Filed— 12th March, 1952, 11.10 a.m.
REGULATIONS MADE UPON THE RECOM-
MENDATION OF THE MINISTER UNDER
THE INDUSTRIAL STANDARDS ACT
1. The schedule appended hereto shall be in force
during pleasure within the zone and be binding upon
the employers and employees in the industry referred
to in the schedule.
2. Regulations 224 of Consolidated Regulations of
Ontario 1950 are revoked.
3. These regulations shall come into force on the
tenth day after the publication thereof in The Ontario
Gazette under The Regulations Act.
SCHEDULE FOR THE SHEET-ME TAL-WORK
CONSTRUCTION INDUSTRY IN THE PORT
ARTHUR-FORT WILLIAM ZONE
INTERPRETATION
1. In this schedule "holiday" means
(o) Saturday,
(b) Sunday,
(c) New Year's Day,
(d) Good Friday,
(e) Victoria Day,
(/) Dominion Day,
(g) Port Arthur-Fort William Civic Holiday,
(h) Labour Day,
(i) Thanksgiving Day, and
(J) Christmas Day.
HOURS OF WORK
2. The regular working periods for the industry
shall be
(a) a regular working-week consisting of not more
than 40 hours of work to be performed during
the regular working-days, and
(6) a regular working-day consisting of not more
than 8 hours of work to be performed on
Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday and
Friday between
(i) 8 a.m. and 5 p.m. where one hour is given
for noon recess, or
(ii) 8 a.m. and 4.30 p.m. where one-half hour
is given for noon recess.
SHIFT WORK
3.(1) Where the work is performed in two or more
shifts, an employee shall be deemed to be employed
during
(a) a regular working-day if the employee works
not more than 8 hours in any 24-hour period,
and
{b) a regular working-week if the employee works
not more than 5 shifts between Monday and
Friday, both inclusive, of the same week.
(2) In all cases governed by subsection 1, except
in the case of a foreman, no overtime work shall be per-
formed.
(3) Where two or more shifts are worked on the
same job, only one shift shall be a day-shift.
MINIMUM RATES OF WAGES
4. The minimum rate of wages shall be for work
performed during
(a) the regular working periods other than on
night-shifts, $1.75 an hour, and
(b) a night-shift, $2 an hour.
OVERTIME WORK
5. Work performed in the industry
(a) at any time other than during the working
periods prescribed in sections 2 and 3, and
(b) on a holiday
shall be overtime work.
6.(1) No work shall be performed in the industry
on a holiday except
(a) in cases of extreme necessity where life or
property is jeopardized, or
(b) on repairs to buildings where the repair work
is necessary to prevent the loss of employment
to persons who are regularly employed in the
buildings.
(2) All work performed under subsection 1 shall be
performed only where the advisory committee has issued
a permit therefor.
(3) The advisory committee is authorized to issue
the permits subject to the terms and conditions of this
schedule.
RATES OF WAGES FOR OVERTIME WORK
7. The rate of wages for overtime work shall be
(a) $2.62 H an hour for overtime work performed
during the 4-hour period immediately following
the working period of a regular working-day,
and
(b) $3.50 an hour for all other overtime work.
ADVISORY COMMITTEE
8. The advisory committee is authorized to fix a
minimum rate of wages lower than the rate fixed by
this schedule for an individual who is handicapped.
(602)
12
288
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
687
THE WORKMEN'S COMPENSATION ACT
O. Reg. 123/52.
Industries Contributing to the Acci-
dent Fund.
Amending Regulations 371 of Consoli-
dated Regulations 1950.
Made— 25th February, 1952.
Approved — 6th March, 1952.
Filed— 12th March, 1952, 11.20 a.m.
REGULATIONS MADE BY THE BOARD
UNDER THE WORKMEN'S
COMPENSATION ACT
1. Item I of Class 12 of Schedule 1 of Regulations
371 of Consolidated Regulations of Ontario 1950 is
struck out and the following substituted therefor:
1. (a) Manufacturing
(i) gasoline, petroleum and petroleum pro-
ducts, and
(ii) gasoline, petroleum and petroleum pro-
ducts, including transmission and dis-
tribution.
(6) Transmitting and distributing gasoline, pe-
troleum and petroleum products.
E. E. SPARROW,
Chairman.
S. R. JOHNSTON,
Dated at Toronto
this 25th day of February, 1952.
(603)
Secretary.
12
THE HIGHWAY TRAFFIC ACT
O. Reg. 124/52.
Load Limits on the King's Highway.
Amending Regulations 140 of Con-
solidated Regulations 1950.
Made— 6th March, 1952.
Filed— 12th March, 1952, 11.30 a.m.
REGULATIONS MADE UNDER THE
HIGHWAY TRAFFIC ACT
1. Schedule 2 of Regulations 140 of Consolidated
Regulations of Ontario 1950 is struck out and the
following substituted therefor:
SCHEDULE 2
The portion of the King's Highway lying north
of the Severn River and east of that portion of
the King's Highway known as number 12 from
Atherley to Sunderland Corners and north of that
portion of the King's Highway known as number
7 from Sunderland Corners to Perth and north
and west of those portions of the King's Highway
known as numbers 15 and 29 from Perth to Arn-
prior, excepting thereout that portion of the King's
Highway known as number 17 from Arnprior to
Pembroke and that portion of the King's Highway
known as number 1 1 from Severn River to Brace-
bridge.
(604)
12
THE FARM PRODUCTS MARKETING ACT
O. Reg. 125/52.
The Ontario Vegetable Growers'
Marketing-for-Processing Scheme.
New and Revoking Regulations 117
of Consolidated Regulations 1950.
Made — 6th March, 1952.
Filed— 12th March, 1952, 3.00 p.m.
REGULATIONS MADE UNDER THE
FARM PRODUCTS MARKETING ACT
1. The scheme in schedule 1 is approved and de-
clared to be in force in Ontario.
2. The local board named in schedule 1 is given all
of the powers set out in section 24 of The Companies
Act.
3. Regulations 117 of Consolidated Regulations of
Ontario 1950 are revoked.
SCHEDULE 1
The Farm Products Marketing Act
SCHEME
1 . This scheme may be cited as "The Ontario \'ege-
table Growers' Marketing-for-Processing Scheme".
INTERPRETATION
2. In this scheme
(a) "grower" means a person engaged in the pro-
duction of vegetables in Ontario for processing;
(Jb) "processing" includes canning, dehydrating,
drying, freezing or processing with sugar or
sulphur dioxide or any other chemical; and
(c) "vegetables" means green or wax beans, beets,
cabbage, carrots, sweet-corn, green peas or
tomatoes produced in Ontario which are sub-
sequently used for processing.
LOCAL BOARD
3. There shall be a local board to be known as
"The Ontario Vegetable Growers' Marketing Board".
4. The local board shall consist of 12 members.
MEMBERS OF LOCAL BOARD
5. The members of the local board who shall hold
ofifice until their successors are elected shall be
(o) (i) John R. Shuel, R.R. 1, Oldcastle, and
(ii) Carl E. Nicholson, R.R. 4, Amherstburg
for District 1 ;
(fe) (i) Charles Baker, R.R. 6, Chatham, and
. (ii) Frank Parry, R.R. 1, Bear Line
for District 2;
(c) W. D. MacDougall, R.R. 1, Alvinston, for
District 3;
id) A. L. Pilkey, R.R. 1, Ostrander, for District 4;
(f) (i) Jas. I. Moore, R.R. 2, Simcoe, and
(ii) W. I. Walker, R.R. 6, Dunnville
for District 5;
289
688
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
(/) A. T. Sirett, R.R. 5, Cobourg, for District 6;
(g) Percy Van Vlack, R.R. 5, Napanee, for Dis-
trict 7; and
(h) (i) S. C. Peck, R.R. 1, Carrying Place, and
(ii) D. O. Reynolds, R.R. 8, Picton
for District 8.
DISTRICTS
6. (1) Growers who produce vegetables for pro-
cessing shall be divided into 8 districts as follows:
(a) District 1, comprising the County of Essex;
(b) District 2, comprising the County of Kent;
(c) District 3, comprising the counties of Huron
and Lambton;
(d) District 4, comprising the counties of Elgin,
Middlesex and Oxford;
(e) District 5, comprising the counties of Brant,
Grey, Haldimand, Halton, Lincoln, Norfolk,
Peel, Simcoe, Welland, Wentworth and York
and the Territorial District of Timiskaming;
(/) District 6, comprising the counties of Durham,
Northumberland, Ontario, Peterborough and
Victoria ;
(g) District 7, comprising the counties of Hastings
and Lennox and Addington; and
(h) District 8, comprising the County of Prince
Edward.
(2) A grower in a territorial district or in a county
not included in a district mentioned in subsection 1
may become a member of the county group nearest to
his place of production.
COUNTY GROUPS
7. Growers who produce vegetables for processing
in each of the counties named in section 6 shall form
a county group but the growers of any one county
may join with the growers of any other county in the
same district.
COMMITTEES
8. There shall be a committee in each district to
be known as a "District Vegetable Growers' Commit-
tee".
9. Each county group shall on or before the 15th
of November in each year elect a representative or re-
presentatives to the District Vegetable Growers' Com-
mittee for the district in which the county is located
on the basis of one representative for each 100 growers
or fraction thereof.
ELECTION OF LOCAL BOARD
10. Each District Vegetable Growers' Committee
shall on or before the 1st of December in each year
elect the member or members to the local board as
follows:
(a) District 1, two members;
{b) District 2, two members;
(c) District 3, one member;
(d) District 4, one member;
(e) District 5, two members;
(/) District 6, one member;
(g) District 7, one member; and
(h) District 8, two members.
(605)
12
THE FARM PRODUCTS MARKETING ACT
O. Reg. 126/52.
Marketing of Vegetables for Process-
ing.
New and revoking Regulations 118
of Consolidated Regulations 1950.
Approved— 6th March, 1952.
Filed— 12th March, 1952, 3.10 p.m.
REGULATIONS MADE BY THE BOARD
UNDER THE FARM PRODUCTS
MARKETING ACT
MARKETING OF VEGETABLES FOR
PROCESSING
INTERPRETATION
1. In these regulations
{(i) "grower" means a person engaged in the pro-
duction of vegetables in Ontario for processing;
(b) "local board" means "The Ontario Vegetable
Growers' Marketing Board";
(c) "processing" includes canning, dehydrating,
drying, freezing or processing with sugar or
sulphur dioxide or any other chemical;
(d) "processor" means a person carrying on the
business in Ontario of processing vegetables;
and
(e) "vegetables" means green or wax beans, beets,
cabbage, carrots, sweet-corn, green peas or
tomatoes produced in Ontario which are sub-
sequently used for processing.
LICENCES FOR GROWERS
2. Every grower shall be deemed to be the holder
of a licence in form 1.
LICENCES FOR PROCESSORS
3. (1) No person shall be a processor without a
licence from the Board, obtainable on application
therefor.
(2) An application for a licence as a processor shall
be in form 2.
(3) A licence as a processor shall be in form 3.
(4) A licence as a processor shall be issued annually
for the period from and including the 1st of April in
the year in which the licence is issued to and including
the 31st of March in the following year.
4. A licence shall be issued to a processor without
charge.
LICENCE FEES
5. (1) Every grower shall pay licence fees at the
rate of one-half of 1 per cent of the total sale price
due him for each ton or fraction thereof of vegetables
290
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
689
delivered to a processor and processed by the processor,
to the local board to be used by it for the purpose of
carrying out and enforcing the provisions of the Act,
the regulations and the scheme.
(2) The processor shall deduct the licence fees pay-
able by a grower from the sum of money due to the
p>erson from whom the vegetables were received.
(3) The processor shall forward to the local board
the licence fees deducted not later than the 1st of
December in any year.
REVOCATION
6. Regulations 118 of Consolidated Regulations of
Ontario 1950 are revoked.
THE FARM PRODUCTS
MARKETING BOARD
G. F. PERKIN
Chairman
F. K. B. STEWART
Secretary
Form 1
The Farm Products Marketing A ct
LICENCE AS A GROWER OF VEGETABLES
Under The Farm Products Marketing Act and the
regulations, and subject to the limitations thereof, this
licence is issued
to.
of.
to grow vegetables.
Issued at Toronto, this
(name)
(address)
day of
19
THE FARM PRODUCTS
MARKETING BOARD
Chairman
Secretary
Form 2
The Farm Products Marketing Act
APPLICATION FOR LICENCE AS A
PROCESSOR OF VEGETABLES
To The Farm Products Marketing Board:
(name of applicant)
(address)
makes application for a licence as a processor under
The Farm Products Marketing Act.
Dated at
19
, this day of
(signature of applicant)
Form 3
The Farm Products Marketing Act
LICENCE AS A PROCESSOR OF VEGETABLES
Under The Farm Products Marketing Act and the
regulations, and subject to the limitations thereof, this
licence is issued
to.
of.
(name)
(address)
This licence expires on the 31st of March next
following the date of issue.
Issued at Toronto, this
day of
, 19
THE FARM PRODUCTS
MARKETING BOARD
Chairman
Secretary
(606)
12
THE FARM PRODUCTS MARKETING ACT
O. Reg. 127/52.
The Ontario Asparagus Growers'
Marketing-for-Processing Scheme.
New and revoking Regulations 89 of
Consolidated Regulations, 1950.
Made— 6th March, 1952.
Filed— 12th March, 1952, 3.20 p.m.
REGULATIONS MADE UNDER THE
FARM PRODUCTS MARKETING ACT
1. The scheme in schedule 1 is approved and de-
clared to be in force in Ontario.
2. Regulations 89 of Consolidated Regulations of
Ontario 1950 are revoked.
SCHEDULE 1
The Farm Products Marketing A ct
' SCHEME
1. This scheme may be cited as "The Ontario
Asparagus Growers' Marketing-for-Processing Scheme".
INTERPRETATION
2. In this scheme
(a) "asparagus" means asparagus produced in
Ontario which is subsequently used for pro-
cessing;
(i) "grower" means a person engaged in the pro-
duction of asparagus in Ontario for processing;
and
(c) "processing" includes canning, dehydrating,
drying, freezing or processing with sugar or
sulphur dioxide or any other chemical.
LOCAL BOARD
3. There shall be a local board to be known as
"The Ontario Asparagus Growers' Marketing Board".
291
690
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
4. The local board shall consist of 8 members.
MEMBERS OF LOCAL BOARD
5. The members of the local board who shall hold
office until their successors are elected shall be
(a) (i) C. W. Glass, R.R. 3, St. Catharines,
(ii) A. S. Shantz, R.R. 2, St. Catharines,
(iii) Ernest Culp, Vineland Station,
(iv) William C. Nickerson, R.R. 2, St. Cath-
erines, and
(v) J. R. Stork, St. Catharines
for District 1;
(b) Verne Willis, Waterdown, for District 2;
(c) G. Kellam, R.R. 2, Brantford, for District 3;
and
(d) Donald Tilden, R.R. 1, Leamington, for Dis-
trict 4.
DISTRICTS
6. (1) Growers who produce asparagus for process-
ing shall be divided into 4 districts as follows:
(a) District 1, comprising the counties of Lincoln
and Welland;
(6) District 2, comprising the counties of Halton,
Peel and Wentworth;
(c) District 3, comprising the counties of Brant
and Norfolk; and
(d) District 4, comprising the County of Essex.
(2) A grower in a territorial district or in a county
not included in a district mentioned in subsection 1
may become a member of the county group nearest to
his place of production.
COUNTY GROUPS
7. Growers who produce asparagus for processing
in each of the counties named in section 6 shall form
a county group but the growers of any one county
may join with the growers of any other county in the
same district.
COMMITTEES
8. There shall be a committee in each district to
be known as a "District Asparagus Growers' Commit-
tee".
9. Each county group shall on or before the 15th
of November in each year elect a representative or
representatives to the District Asparagus Growers'
Committee for the district in which the county is
located on the basis of one representative for each
50 growers or fraction thereof.
ELECTION OF LOCAL BOARD
10. Each District Asparagus Growers' Committee
shall on or before the 31st of December in each year
elect the member or members to the local board as
follows:
(a) District 1, five members;
(b) District 2, one member;
(c) District 3, one member; and
(d) District 4, one member.
(607)
12
THE FARM PRODUCTS MARKETING ACT
O. Reg. 128/52.
Marketing of Asparagus for Process-
ing.
New and revoking Regulations 90 of
Consolidated Regulations 1950.
Approved — 6th March, 1952.
Filed— 12th March, 1952, 3.30 p.m.
REGULATIONS MADE BY THE BOARD
UNDER THE FARM PRODUCTS
MARKETING ACT
MARKETING OF ASPARAGUS FOR
PROCESSING
INTERPRETATION
1. In these regulations
(a) "asparagus" means asparagus produced in
Ontario which is subsequently used for pro-
cessing;
(b) "grower" means a person engaged in the pro-
duction of asparagus in Ontario for processing;
(c) "local board" means "The Ontario Asparagus
Growers' Marketing Board";
(d) "processing" includes canning, dehydrating,
drying, freezing or processing with sugar or
sulphur dioxide or any other chemical; and
(e) "processor" means a person carrying on the
business in Ontario of processing asparagus.
LICENCES FOR GROWERS
2. Every grower shall be deemed to be the holder
of a licence in form 1.
LICENCES FOR PROCESSORS
3. (1) No person shall be a processor without a
licence from the Board, obtainable on application
therefor.
(2) An application for a licence as a processor shall
be in form 2.
(3) A licence as a processor shall be in form 3.
(4) A licence as a processor shall be issued annually
for the period from and including the 1st of April in
the year in which the licence is issued to and including
the 31st of March in the following year.
4. A licence shall be issued to a processor without
charge.
LICENCE FEES
5. (1) Every grower shall pay licence fees at the
rate of J^ cent for each pound or fraction thereof of
asparagus delivered to a processor and processed by
the processor, to the local board to be used by it for
the purpose of carrying out and enforcing the pro-
visions of the Act, the regulations and the scheme.
(2) The processor shall deduct the licence fees pay-
able by a grower from the sum of money due to the
person from whom the asparagus was received.
(3) The processor shall forward to the local board
in any year
(o) not later than the 28th of May, the licence
fees deducted up to and including the 25th of
May,
292
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
691
(6) not later than the 15th of June, the licence
fees deducted up to and including the 11th of
June, and
(f) not later than the Sth of July, the licence fees
deducted up to and including the 30th of June
in the same year.
MARKETING
6. (1) All asparagus shall be marketed for process-
ing by a marketing agency.
(2) The marketing agency through which asparagus
shall be marketed for processing shall be The Ontario
Asparagus Growers' Co-operative Limited.
(3) No person shall sell or deliver asparagus for
processing except through the marketing agency.
(4) No processor shall buy or accept delivery of
asparagus except through the marketing agency.
(5) Processors who buy asparagus shall forward
payment less the amount of licence fees paid to the
local board for the asparagus to the marketing agency.
(6) The marketing agency shall within 10 days of
receipt of any payment from the processors forward
payment for the asparagus to the grower who delivered
the asparagus to the processor.
REVOCATION
7. Regulations 90 of Consolidated Regulations of
Ontario 1950 are revoked.
THE FARM PRODUCTS
MARKETING BOARD
G. F. PERKIN,
Chairman
(Seal) F. K. B. STEWART
Secretary
Form 1
The Farm Products Marketing A ct
LICENCE AS A GROWER OF ASPARAGUS
Under The Farm Products Marketing Act and the
regulations, and subject to the limitations thereof, this
licence is issued
to.
of.
to grow asparagus.
Issued at Toronto, this
(name)
(address)
day of
. 19
THE FARM PRODUCTS
MARKETING BOARD
Chairman
Secretary
Form 2
The Farm Products Marketing Act
APPLICATION FOR LICENCE AS A
PROCESSOR OF ASPARAGUS
To The Farm Products Marketing Board:
(name of applicant)
(address)
makes application for a licence as a processor under
The Farm Products Marketing Act.
Dated at
19 .
, this day of
(signature of applicant)
Form 3
The Farm Products Marketing Act
LICENCE AS A PROCESSOR OF ASPARAGUS
Under The Farm Products Marketing Act and the
regulations, and subject to the limitations thereof, this
licence is issued
to.
of.
(name)
(address)
This licence expires on the 31st of March next
following the date of issue.
Issued at Toronto, this
day of
.19
THE FARM PRODUCTS
MARKETING BOARD
Chairman
Secretary
(608)
12
THE MENTAL HOSPITALS ACT
O. Reg. 129/52.
Payments for Maintenance in Ap-
proved Homes.
Amending O. Regs. 26/44.
Made— 6th March, 1952.
Filed— 13th March, 1952, 9.45 a.m.
REGULATIONS MADE UNDER THE
MENTAL HOSPITALS ACT
1. Regulation 18 of Ontario Regulations 26/44, as
made by Ontario Regulations 269/50, is revoked and
the following substituted therefor:
18.(1) The Department may pay an amount not
exceeding $10.50 a week for the care and main-
tenance of patients in an approved home.
(2) Where special care and maintenance are
(a) required by a patient, or
293
692
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
(609)
(b) requested by a person liable for the main-
tenance of the patient,
and the person liable for payment is able and
willing to pay, the Department may pay a
weekly amount in excess of $10.50.
12
THE PUBLIC HOSPITALS ACT
O. Reg. 130/52.
Classification of Hospitals.
New and revoking Regulations 341 of
Consolidated Regulations 1950,
O. Regs. 18/51, 75/51, 171/51,
234/51 and 51/52.
Made— 6th March, 1952.
Filed— 13th March, 1952, 9.55 a.m.
REGULATIONS MADE UPON THE RECOM-
MENDATION OF THE MINISTER UNDER
THE PUBLIC HOSPITALS ACT
CLASSIFICATION OF HOSPITALS
1.(1) Hospitals shall be classified as general hos-
pitals, convalescent hospitals, hospitals for incurables
and hospitals for chronic patients and shall be graded
in groups as follows:
(a) Group A hospitals, being general hospitals
providing facilities for giving instruction to
medical students of any university.
(b) Group B hospitals, being general hospitals
having
(i) not fewer than 100 beds, or
(ii) fewer than 100 beds and in a municipality
where a Group A hospital is located,
(c) Group C hospitals, being general hospitals not
located where a Group A hospital is located
and having fewer than 100 beds,
(d) Group D hospitals, being general hospitals
operated by the Ontario Division of the Can-
adian Red Cross Society,
(e) Group E hospitals, being convalescent hos-
pitals,
(/) Group F hospitals, being hospitals for incur-
ables or hospitals for chronic patients having
not fewer than 200 beds,
(g) Group G hospitals, being hospitals for incur-
ables or hospitals for chronic patients having
fewer than 200 beds, and
(h) Group H hospital, being a hospital established
by the Alcoholism Research Foundation and
designated as a hospital within the meaning of
The Public Hospitals A ct under The A Icoholism
Research Foundation Act, 1949.
(2) The grades in groups, total bed capacity and
public- ward bed capacity of hospitals are set forth in
schedule 1.
2. Regulations 341 of Consolidated Regulations of
Ontario 1950, and Ontario Regulations 18/51, 75/51,
171/51, 234/51 and 51/52 are revoked.
Item
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
Location
SCHEDULE 1
Group A Hospitals
Name
Hamilton Hamilton General Hospital
Kingston Hotel Dieu Hospital
Kingston Kingston General Hospital
London St. Joseph's Hospital
London Victoria Hospital
Ottawa Ottawa Civic Hospital
Ottawa Ottawa General Hospital
Toronto The Hospital for Sick Children
Toronto St. Joseph's Hospital
Toronto St. Michael's Hospital
Toronto Toronto East General and Orthopaedic Hospital
Toronto Toronto General Hospital 1439
Toronto Toronto Western Hospital 566
Total
Bed
Capacity
798
290
426
248
596
642
385
744
539
806
. 281
Group B Hospitals
Belleville Belleville General Hospital
Brantford The Brantford General Hospital
Brockville Brockville General Hospital
Chatham Public General Hospital
Chatham .St. Joseph's Hospital
Cornwall . -. Cornwall General Hospital
Cornwall Hotel Dieu Hospital
Fort William McKellar General Hospital
Guelph Guelph General Hospital
Guelph St. Joseph's Hospital
Hamilton St. Joseph's Hospital
Kirkland Lake Kirkland and District Hospital
Kitchener Kitchener- Waterloo Hospital
Kitchener St. Mary's Hospital
Niagara Falls The Greater Niagara General Hospital.
North Bay Queen Victoria Memorial Hospital
121
292
177
161
118
151
136
207
165
166
479
104
458
120
170
103
Public-
ward
Bed
Capacity
399
158
230
82
307
287
164
615
273
358
185
906
296
60
146
47
43
30
75
68
103
65
83
159
63
220
60
85
51
294
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE 693
Public-
Total ward
Bed Bed
Item Lcx:ation Name Capacity Capacity
17 North Bay St. Joseph's Hospital 121 58
18 Oshawa Oshawa General Hospital 201 100
19 Ottawa The Salvation Army Grace Hospital 38 16
20 Peterborough The Peterborough Civic Hospital 226 92
21 Peterborough St. Joseph's Hospital 166 83
22 Port Arthur The General Hospital of Port Arthur 225 110
23 Port Arthur St. Joseph's General Hospital 193 96
24 Port Colborne Port Colborne Memorial Hospital 102 40
25 St. Catharines The St. Catharines General Hospital 165 82
26 St. Thomas Memorial Hospital 102 42
27 Sarnia St. Joseph's Hospital 144 60
28 Sarnia Sarnia General Hospital 120 56
29 Stratford Stratford General Hospital 188 94
30 Sudbury St. Joseph's Hospital 175 87
31 Sudbury Sudbury General Hospital 162 64
32 Toronto Canadian Mothercraft Centre
33 Toronto Lockwood Clinic
34 Toronto Mount Sinai Hospital of Toronto 59 29
35 Toronto Salvation Army Grace Hospital 52 12
36 Toronto Women's College Hospital 150 75
37 Welland Welland County General Hospital 122 61
38 Weston Humber Memorial Hospital 54 19
39 Windsor Hotel Dieu of St. Joseph's Hospital 209 76
40 Windsor Metropolitan General Hospital 116 58
41 Windsor Salvation Army Grace Hospital 181 66
Group C Hospitals
1 Alliston Stevenson Memorial Hospital 29 12
2 Almonte Rosemond Memorial Hospital ; 15 6
3 Arnprior Arnprior and District Memorial Hospital 39 18
4 Barrie Royal Victoria Hospital of Barrie 55 27
5 Blind River St. Joseph's General Hospital 34 27
6 Bowmanville Bowmanville Hospital 53 15
7 Bracebridge Bracebridge Memorial Hospital 31 17
8 Brampton Peel Memorial Hospital 74 21
9 Brockville St. Vincent de Paul Hospital 90 38
la Chapleau Lady Minto Hospital 28 22
11 Chesley Chesley and District Memorial Hospital 19 9
12 Clinton Clinton Public Hospital 33 14
13 Cobourg Cobourg General Hospital Association 38 19
14 Cochrane Lady Minto Hospital 45 33
15 Collingwood General and Marine Hospital 58 26
16 Dunnville Haldimand War Memorial Hospital 18 9
17 Durham Durham Memorial Hospital 16 8
18 Espanola Espanola General Hospital 17 12
19 Fergus Groves Memorial Hospital 26 10
20 Fort Erie Douglas Memorial Hospital 61 28
21 Fort Frances LeVerendrye Hospital 46 19
22 Gait Gait General Hospital 67 33
23 Goderich Alexandra Marine and General Hospital 54 27
24 Grimsby West Lincoln Memorial Hospital 36 14
25 Haileybury Misericordia Hospital 56 30
26 Hanover Hanover Memorial Hospital 20 10
27 Hawkesbury Notre-Dame Hospital 15 7
28 Hearst St. Paul's Hospital 54 47
29 Ingersoll Alexandra Hospital 56 28
30 Iroquois Falls Anson General Hospital 32 17
31 Kenora Kenora General Hospital 43 18
32 Kenora St. Joseph's Hospital 47 31
33 Kincardine Kincardine General Hospital 24 9
34 Leamingston Leamington and District Memorial Hospital 51 20
35 Lindsay The Ross Memorial Hospital 54 26
36 Listowel Memorial Hospital 38 19
37 Little Current St. Joseph's General Hospital 21 16
38 Markdale Centre Grey General Hospital 24 10
39 Matheson Rosedale War Memorial Hospital 9 6
40 Mattawa Mattawa General Hospital 31 22
41 Midland St. Andrew's Hospital 42 21
42 Mount Forest Louise Marshall Hospital Limited 21 10
43 Newmarket The York County Hospital Corporation 52 20
44 Niagara (Lincoln County) . . Niagara Cottage Hospital 28 13
45 Oakville Oakville-Trafalgar Memorial Hospital 46 16
46 Orangeville Lord Dufferin Hospital 22 9
47 Orillia Orillia Soldiers' Memorial Hospital 77 38
48 Owen Sound General and Marine Hospital 89 31
49 Palmerston Palmerston General Hospital 15 7
50 Paris The WiUett Hospital 36 18
51 Parry Sound The Parry Sound General Hospital 78 47
295
694
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
Item
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
Location
Name
Parry Sound St. Joseph's Hospital
Pembroke General Hospital
Pembroke Pembroke Cottage Hospital Association
Penetanguishene General Hospital
Perth The Great War Memorial Hospital of Perth District .
Petrolia Charlotte Eleanor Englehart Hospital
Picton Prince Edward County Hospital ,
Port Hope The Port Hope Hospital
Renfrew Victoria Hospital
St. Catharines Hotel Dieu Hospital
St. Mary's St. Mary's Memorial Hospital
Sault Ste. Marie Plummer Memorial Public Hospital
Sault Ste. Marie The General Hospital
Seaforth Scott Memorial Hospital
Simcoe Norfolk General Hospital
Sioux Lookout Sioux Lookout General Hospital
Smith's Falls St. Francis General Hospital
Smith's Falls Smith's Falls Public Hospital
Smooth Rock Falls Smooth Rock Falls Hospital
Southampton Saugeen Memorial Hospital
South Porcupine Porcupine General Hospital
Strathroy The General Hospital
Sturgeon Falls St. Jean de Brebeuf Hospital
Tillsonburg The Tillsonburg Soldiers' Memorial Hospital
Timmins St. Mary's Hospital
Trenton Trenton Memorial Hospital
Walkerton County of Bruce General Hospital
Winchester Winchester and District Memorial Hospital
Wingham Wingham General Hospital
Woodstock Woodstock General Hospital
Group D Hospitals
Apsley Red Cross Outpost
Atikokan Red Cross Outpost
Bancroft Red Cross Outpost
Beardmore Red Cross Outpost
Burk's Falls Burk's Falls and District Red Cross Hospital.
Dryden Red Cross Outpost
Emo Red Cross Outpost
Englehart Red Cross Outpost
Haliburton Red Cross Outpost
Hawk Junction Red Cross Outpost
Hornepayne Red Cross Outpost
Huntsville Red Cross Hospital
Lion's Head Red Cross Outpost
Mindemoya Red Cross Outpost
Nakina Red Cross Outpost
New Liskeard Lady Minto Hospital
Nipigon Red Cross Outpost
Port Loring Red Cross Outpost
Rainy River Red Cross Outpost
Red Lake Red Cross Outpost
Richards Landing Red Cross Outpost
Thessalon Red Cross Outpost
Whitney Red Cross Outpost
Wiarton Red Cross Hospital
Wilberf orce Red Cross Outpost
Red Cross Car
Total
Bed
Capacity
46
90
56
18
49
34
26
45
69
27
33
66
96
36
51
16
38
59
15
25
23
50
87
33
98
68
35
34
37
83
5
13
22
7
22
35
17
29
9
9
6
27
5
16
7
24
22
5
9
16
10
14
4
22
2
3
Public-
ward
Bed
Capacity
26
45
16
9
16
9
12
22
30
13
16
28
42
18
25
9
13
29
12
12
12
25
60
16
49
27
16
13
18
29
5
6
12
7
12
20
15
17
9
9
6
14
5
12
7
15
12
5
9
5
10
10
4
12
2
3
Group E Hospitals
Newton Brook St. John's Convalescent Hospital 174
Toronto Hillcrest Convalescent Hospital 35
139
23
Group F Hospitals
Hamilton St. Peter's Infirmary 203
London St. Mary's Hospital 208
Ottawa St. Vincent Hospital for Incurables 212
Toronto Our Lady of Mercy Hospital 270
Toronto The Queen Elizabeth Hospital for Incurables 516
Windsor East Windsor Hospital 242
Group G Hospitals
Brantford Brantford General Hospital (Chronic Patients Unit)
Fort William McKellar General Hospital (Chronic Patients Unit) .
41
34
145
164
180
238
413
194
41
34
296
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
695
Location
Name
Item
3 Haileybury Misericordia Hospital (Chronic Patients Unit)
4 Hamilton Hamilton General Hospital (Chronic Patients Unit) . .
5 Kingston St. Mary's-of-the-Lake Hospital
6 Kitchener Kitchener- Waterloo Hospital (Chronic Patients Unit) ,
7 London Parkwood Hospital for Incurables
8 Ottawa The Perley Home for Incurables
9 St. Thomas Memorial Hospital (Chronic Patients Unit)
10 Toronto The Home for Incurable Children
1 1 Toronto The Runnymede Hospital
Public-
Total
ward
Bed
Bed
Capacity
Capacity
31
31
164
164
115
92
48
48
145
112
117
85
59
42
34
34
129
124
Group H Hospital
1 Erindale.
(610)
, Brookside Hospital .
21
10
12
THE FARM PRODUCTS MARKETING ACT
O. Reg. 131/52.
Marketing of Vegetables,
New.
Filed— 13th March, 1952, 12.45 p.m.
REGULATIONS MADE BY THE BOARD
UNDER THE FARM PRODUCTS
MARKETING ACT
MARKETING OF VEGETABLES
1. In these regulations "grower", "local board",
"processing", "processor" and "vegetables" have the
same meaning as in Ontario Regulations 126/52.
2. (1) There shall be a negotiating agency to be
known as "The Negotiating Committee" of 6 persons
for each vegetable, 3 of whom shall be appointed
annually by the local board and 3 of whom shall be
appointed annually by the processors upon the request
in writing from the Board.
(2) Where either the local board or the processors
fail to appoint their respective representatives to The
Negotiating Committee within 7 days, the Board may
appoint such representatives as are necessary to com-
plete The Negotiating Committee.
(3) The Negotiating Committee for each vegetable
may negotiate and settle agreements respecting
(o) minimum prices for vegetables,
(b) grades and price differentials between grades,
and
(c) terms of purchase and sale.
3. Where The Negotiating Committee fails to
arrive at an agreement, the matters in dispute shall
be referred to a negotiating board.
4. (1) The negotiating board for each vegetable
shall consist of 3 members.
(2) One member may be appointed by the 3 mem-
bers of The Negotiating Committee appointed by the
local board, and another member may be appointed by
the 3 members of The Negotiating Committee ap-
pointed by the processors.
(3) Where 2 members are appointed to the nego-
tiating board in accordance with subregulation 2, the
2 members so appointed may appoint a third member
to the negotiating board but where the 2 appointed
members fail to agree on the third member within
7 days the Board may appoint a third member.
(4) Where the 3 members of The Negotiating Com-
mittee appointed by the local board or the 3 members
of The Negotiating Committee appointed by the pro-
cessors fail to appoint a member t6 the negotiating
board within 7 days, the Board may appoint such
members as are necessary to complete a negotiating
board.
(5) The negotiating bo^rd for each vegetable shall
meet within 7 days of the appointment of the third
member thereof.
(6) The negotiating board for each vegetable may
negotiate and settle agreements respecting any matters
referred to it.
5. (1) Any agreements approved by The Negotiat-
ing Committee or the negotiating board for each veg-
table shall be submitted to the Board.
(2) Where the Board approves an agreement sub-
mitted to it, the Board may declare the agreement to
be in force.
DELEGATION OF AUTHORITY
6. The Board authorizes the local board to require
persons engaged in the producing or marketing of
vegetables to register their names, addresses and occu-
pations with the local board, to require such persons
to furnish such information in regard to vegetables as
the local board may determine, and to inspect the
books of such persons.
7. The Board delegates to the local board the power
and authority to adopt or determine conditions and
form of contracts.
THE FARM PRODUCTS
MARKETING BOARD
(Seal)
G. F. PERKIN
Chairman
F. K. B. STEWART,
Secretary
(611)
12
297
696
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
THE FARM PRODUCTS MARKETING ACT
O. Reg. 132/52.
Marketing of Asparagus.
New.
Filed— 13th March, 1952, 12.55 p.m.
REGULATIONS MADE BY THE BOARD
UNDER THE FARM PRODUCTS
MARKETING ACT
MARKETING OF ASPARAGUS
1. In these regulations, "asparagus", "grower",
"local board", "processing", and "processor" have the
same meaning as in Ontario Regulations 128/52.
2. (1) There shall be a negotiating agency to be
known as "The Negotiating Committee" of 6 persons,
3 of whom shall be appointed annually by the local
board and 3 of whom snail be appointed annually by
the processors upon the request in writing from the
Board.
(2) Where either the local board or the processors
fail to appoint their respective representatives to The
Negotiating Committee within 7 days, the Board may
appoint such representatives as are necessary to com-
plete The Negotiating Committee.
(3) The Negotiating Committee may negotiate and
settle agreements respecting
(a) minimum prices for asparagus,
(b) grades and price differentials between grades,
(c) conditions and form of contracts, and
(d) terms of purchase and sale.
3. Where The Negotiating Committee fails to
arrive at an agreement by the 1st of March in each
year, the matters in dispute shall be referred to a
negotiating board.
4. (1) The negotiating board shall consist of 3
members.
(2) One member may be appointed by the 3 mem-
bers of The Negotiating Committee appointed by the
local board, and another member may be appointed
by the 3 members of The Negotiating Committee ap-
pointed by the processors.
(3) Where 2 members are appointed to the nego-
tiating board in accordance with subregulation 2, the
2 members so appointed may appoint a third member
to the negotiating board but where the 2 appointed
members fail to agree on the third member within
7 days the Board may appoint a third member.
(4) Where the 3 members of The Negotiating Com-
mittee appointed by the local board or the 3 members
of The Negotiating Committee appointed by the pro-
cessors fail to appoint a member to the negotiating
board within 7 days, the Board may appoint such
members as are necessary to complete a negotiating
board.
(5) The negotiating board shall meet within 7 days
of the appointment of the third member thereof.
(6) The negotiating board may negotiate and settle
agreements respecting any matters referred to it.
5. (1) Any agreements approved by The Negotiat-
ing Committee or the negotiating board shall be sub-
mitted to the Board.
(2) Where the Board approves an agreement sub-
mitted to it, the Board may declare the agreement to
be in force.
6. The Board delegates to the local board the
power and authority to prohibit the marketing of any
grade or size of asparagus.
THE FARM PRODUCTS
MARKETING BOARD
(Seal)
(612)
G. F. PERKIN
Chairman
F. K. B. STEWART
Secretary
12
298
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
725
Publications Under The Regulations Act
MARCH 29th, 1952
THE DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION ACT
O. Reg. 133/52.
Agriculture in Public and Separate
Schools.
Amending Regulations 36, 37 and 44
of Consolidated Regulations 1950.
Made— 3rd March, 1952.
Approved— 13th March, 1952.
Filed— 17th March, 1952, 2.10 p.m.
REGULATIONS MADE BY THE MINISTER
UNDER THE DEPARTMENT OF
EDUCATION ACT
1. Clauses c and d of subregulation 3 of regulation
13 of Regulations 36 of Consolidated Regulations of
Ontario 1950 are revoked and the following substituted
therefor :
(c) the courses of study have been taught with
average efficiency, as determined by the
inspectors.
2. Form 1 of Regulations 37 of Consolidated
Regulations of Ontario 1950 is struck out and the
following substituted therefor:
Form 1
The Department of Education Act
AGRICULTURAL SCIENCE REPORT
19....
1. School
2. P.O. Address
3. Principal Secretary of the Board
4. (1) Teacher of agricultural science at the beginning
of the year covered by this report
(2) Qualifications.
(name of agriculture certificate)
(3) Has there been a change of teachers during that
year?
(yes or no)
(4) If yes give the name and qualifications of a
teacher appointed after the beginning of that
year
5. Enrolment in agricultural science:
(o) grade IX Jan. to June Sept. to Dec.
(fe) grade X Jan. to June Sept. to Dec.
(c) grade XI Jan. to June Sept. to Dec.
(d) grade XII Jan. to June Sept. to Dec.
6. State the grades which have garden plots . . .
7. State the total of the expenditures during the year
for agricultural science
I certify that this report is true.
(date)
3. Subregulations 2 and 3 of regulation 4 of Regu-
lations 44 of Consolidated Regulations of Ontario 1950
are revoked and the following substituted therefor:
(2) Suitable accommodation shall be provided in
a building separate from the school for storing
tools and machinery and for conducting
practical activities relating to poultry-keeping,
bee-keeping, live stock, potting bulbs in the
fall and starting seeds in the spring.
4. Regulation 10 of Regulations 44 of Consolidated
Regulations of Ontario 1950 is revoked and the following
substituted therefor:
ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS
10. An applicant for admission to a department
shall have been promoted from Grade VIII
to Grade IX.
5. Sub-clause i of clause a of subregulation 2 of
regulation 22 of Regulations 44 of Consolidated
Regulations of Ontario 1950 is revoked and the follow-
ing substituted therefor:
(i) contains a laboratory table for the teacher,
at least 10 tables and at least 30 chairs
for the pupils and accommodation for
plant propagation.
6. Forms 1, 2 and 3 of Regulations 44 of Con-
solidated Regulations of Ontario 1950 are struck out
and the following substituted therefor:
Form 1
The Department of Education Act
DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE REPORT
19...
1. Name of school
2. Name of chairman of the board
3. Name of secretary of the board
4. Name of agriculture teacher
5. (1) Number of pupils enrolled in the school
(2) Number of pupils enrolled in agriculture in the
spring term in, (a) grade IX ,
{b) grade X , (c) grade XI ,
grade XII ,
(3) Number of pupils enrolled in agriculture in the
fall term, (a) grade IX ,
(b) grade X , (c) grade XI ,
grade XII ,
6. Number of classes in agriculture in
(1) (o) grade IX , (6) grade X ,
(c) grade XI , grade XII
(2) Date of achievement day or open night in
19
(3) Is there a separate agriculture class-room?
(signature of secretary) (4) Give area of experimental plot .
299
726
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
7. (1) State expenditure on lunches for^ the year
(2) Lunches have been served during the year from
and including the day of
to and including
the day of
(3) Where the pupils are charged for lunches give
total receipts for 19
(4) Does the staff supervise the pupils during the
lunch time?
8. List community activities on school property
9. State nature of co-ordination of home economics,
shop work and agriculture
We certify that this report is true.
(date)
(signature of the principal)
(signature of the secretary of the board)
Form 2
The Department of Education Act
LIST OF PURCHASES FOR A DEPARTMENT
OF AGRICULTURE
19.
Name of school .
Date
Description of
Articles Purchased
Purchased
from
Date of
Approval
Cost
We certify that this list is correct.
(signature of
secretary of the board)
(signature of
the principal)
Form 3
The Department of Education Act
STATEMENT OF ACCOUNT FOR A DEPART-
MENT OF AGRICULTURE
19.
Name of board .
Name of principal ,
Date
Particulars of visits to
pupils' homes by the
principal or teacher
Number of
hours at
$1.50 hr.
Mileage at
8 cents a
mile
We certify that this statement is true.
(signature of
secretary of the board)
(signature of
the principal)
(date)
(signature of teacher)
W. J. DUNLOP
Minister of Education
TORONTO, March 3rd, 1952
(643)
13
THE DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION ACT
O. Reg. 134/52.
Public and Separate Schools.
Amending Regulations 43 and 46 of
Consolidated Regulations 1950.
Made— 3rd March, 1952.
Approved— 13th March, 1952.
Filed— 17th March, 1952, 2.20 p.m.
REGULATIONS MADE BY THE MINISTER
UNDER THE DEPARTMENT OF
EDUCATION ACT
1.(1) Clause h of regulation 2 of Regulations 43
of Consolidated Regulations of Ontario 1950 is revoked.
(2) Clause i of regulation 2 of Regulations 43 of
Consolidated Regulations of Ontario 1950 is revoked
and the following substituted therefor:
(t) industrial arts;
(3) Regulation 2 of Regulations 43 of Consolidated
Regulations of Ontario 1950 is amended by striking
out the numeral "VIII" in the line next before the last.
(4) The heading of Part IX of schedule 2 of Regu-
lations 43 of Consolidated Regulations of Ontario 1950
is amended by striking out the words "and crafts".
2.(1) Clause c of subregulation 1 of regulation 2 of
Regulations 46 of Consolidated Regulations of Ontario
1950 is revoked and the following substituted therefor:
(c) (i) separate wall-maps of the hemispheres,
the British Isles, the continents, Canada,
Ontario and the United States, or
(ii) atlases in numbers sufficient for class use
in grades IV to X, both inclusive;
300
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
727
(2) Clause j of subregulation 1 of regulation 2 of
Regulations 46 of Consolidated Regulations of Ontario
1950 is amended by striking out the word "and" at
the end thereof.
(3) Clause k of subregulation 1 of regulation 2 of
Regulations 46 of Consolidated Regulations of Ontario
1950 is revoked and the following substituted therefor:
(k) equipment for assisting the teaching of
agriculture, home economics and industrial
arts, but only when these subjects are taught
in the school;
(4) Subregulation 1 of regulation 2 of Regulations
46 of Consolidated Regulations of Ontario 1950 is
amended by adding thereto the following clauses:
(/) wall-maps of the municipality and of the
county or district in which the school is
situated, where suitable maps are published;
and
(m) a supply of books for the school library, as
approved by the Inspector,
(5) Clause c of subregulation 2 of regulation 2 of
Regulations 46 of Consolidated Regulations of Ontario
1950 is revoked and the following substituted therefor:
(c) a copy of The Large-type Concise English
Dictionary (Annandale) or of The Concise
Oxford Dictionary.
(6) Clause c of subregulation 3 of regulation 2 of
Regulations 46 of Consolidated Regulations of Ontario
1950 is revoked and the following substituted therefor:
(c) a copy of The Large-type Concise English
Dictionary (Annandale) or of The Concise
Oxford Dictionary;
(7) Clause d of subregulation 3 of regulation 2 of
Regulations 46 of Consolidated Regulations of Ontario
1950 is revoked.
(8) Clause e of subregulation 3 of regulation 2 of
Regulations 46 of Consolidated Regulations of Ontario
1950 is revoked and the following substituted therefor:
(d) such text-books and books of reference as may
be prescribed from time to time under clause
i of subsection 1 of section 4 of the Act.
(9) Subregulation 5 of regulation 2 of Regulations
46 of Consolidated Regulations of Ontario 1950 is
revoked.
3. Regulation 4 of Regulations 46 of Consolidated
Regulations of Ontario 1950 is revoked and the following
substituted therefor:
4. When the average attendance in any class-room
exceeds 40 for a school year, an additional
teacher and class-room shall, upon the recom-
mendation of the inspector, be provided by the
board.
4.(1) Clauses a, e and g of subregulation 1 of regu-
lation 7 of Regulations 46 of Consolidated Regulations
of Ontario 1950 are revoked and the follosing sub-
stituted therefor:
(fl) place in charge of art in schools under its
jurisdiction a teacher who holds an Interim
or Permanent Supervisor's Certificate in Art
and Crafts;
(e) place in charge of industrial arts in schools
under its jurisdiction a teacher who holds an
Interim or Permanent Intermediate Industrial
Arts and Crafts Certificate;
(g) place in charge of the kindergartens in schools
under its jurisdiction a teacher who holds a
Kindergarten Director's Certificate or an
Interim or Permanent Primary School Special-
ist's Certificate, and
(2) Clause / of subregulation 1 of regulation 7 of
Regulations 46 of Consolidated Regulations of Ontario
1950 is amended by striking out the word "and" at
the end thereof.
(3) Subregulation 1 of regulation 7 of Regulations
46 of Consolidated Regulations of Ontario 1950 is
amended by adding thereto the following clause:
(h) place in charge of grades I, II and III in
schools under its jurisdiction a teacher who
holds a Permanent Primary School
Specialist's Certificate, a Permanent Primary
Methods Certificate, or qualifications the
Minister deems equivalent thereto under
clause d of section 5 of the Act.
(4) Clauses a, d and g of subregulation 2 of regu-
lation 7 of Regulations 46 of Consolidated Regulations
of Ontario 1950 are revoked and the following sub-
stituted therefor:
(a) place in charge of art in schools under its
jurisdiction a teacher who holds an Interim
or Permanent Elementary Art and Crafts
Certificate;
(d) place in charge of industrial arts in schools
under its jurisdiction a teacher who holds an
Interim or Permanent Elementary Industrial
Arts and Crafts Certificate;
(g) place in charge of the kindergartens in schools
under its jurisdiction a teacher who holds a
Kindergarten Director's Certificate or an
Interim or Permanent Primary School
Specialist's Certificate; and
(5) Clause / of subregulation 2 of regulation 7 of
Regulations 46 of Consolidated Regulations of Ontario
1950 is amended by striking out the word "and" at
the end thereof.
(6) Subregulation 2 of regulation 7 of Regulations
46 of Consolidated Regulations of Ontario 1950 is
amended by adding thereto the following clause:
(h) place in charge of grades I, II and III in
schools under its jurisdiction a teacher who
holds a Permanent Primary School Specialist's
Certificate, a Permanent Primary Methods
Certificate, or qualifications the Minister deems
equivalent thereto under clause d of section
5 of the Act.
5.(1) Sub-clause i of clause a of subregulation 2 of
regulation 9 of Regulations 46 of Consolidated Regu-
lations of Ontario 1950 is amended by adding the
word "and" at the end thereof.
(2) Sub-clause Hi of clause a of subregulation 2 of
regulation 9 of Regulations 46 of Consolidated Regu-
lations of Ontario 1950 is revoked.
6. Clauses a and b of subregulation 1 and sub-
regulations 2, 3 and 4 of regulation 10 of Regulations
46 of Consolidated Regulations of Ontario 1950 are
revoked.
7. Subregulation 1 of regulation 13 of Regulations
46 of Consolidated Regulations of Ontario 1950 is
revoked and the following substituted therefor:
301
728
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
(1) The principal shall hold a fire-drill in the
school at least once each month.
8. Subregulation 1 of regulation 27 of Regulations
46 of Consolidated Regulations of Ontario 1950 is
revoked and the following substituted therefor:
(1) Subject to subregulations 2 and 3, the board
of a public or separate school shall provide
instruction in the subjects of grades IX and X
for pupils within its public-school section or
separate-school organization, but no pupil
shall be entitled to receive instruction unless
he has been promoted from grade VIII to
grade IX or is, in the opinion of the principal
and the inspector, competent to receive
instruction.
9. Subregulation 2 of regulation 33 of Regulations
46 of Consolidated Regulations of Ontario 1950 is
revoked and the following substituted therefor:
(2) On Empire Day the principal shall arrange
for a programme suitable to the occasion.
10. Subregulation 3 of regulation 34 of Regulations
46 of Consolidated Regulations of Ontario 1950 is
revoked.
W. J. DUNLOP
Minister of Education
TORONTO, March 3rd, 1952
(644)
13
THE HIGHWAY TRAFFIC ACT
O. Reg. 135/52.
Reciprocal Effect of Judgments.
Amending O. Regs. 218/51.
Made— 13th March, 1952.
Filed— 17th March, 1952, 3.00 p.m.
REGULATIONS MADE UNDER
THE HIGHWAY TRAFFIC ACT
1, Regulation 1 of Ontario Regulations 218/51 is
amended by adding thereto the following:
(.01) Arizona,
(.03) Connecticut,
(.003) Delaware,
(.024) Texas,
(645)
13
THE RURAL POWER DISTRICT
SERVICE CHARGE ACT
O. Reg. 136/52.
Service Charges in Rural Power
Districts.
Amending Regulations 353 of
Consolidated Regulations 1950.
Made— 13th March, 1952.
Filed— 18th March, 1952, 8.50 a.m.
REGULATIONS MADE UPON THE
RECOMMENDATION OF THE HYDRO-
ELECTRIC POWER COMMISSION OF ONTARIO
UNDER THE RURAL POWER DISTRICT
SERVICE CHARGE ACT
1. Subregulation 2 of regulation 2 of Regulations
353 of Consolidated Regulations of Ontario 1950 is
revoked and the following substituted therefor:
(2) Class "S" is divided into sub-classes as follows:
(a) S20 being for a 20-ampere 2-wire service,
(6) S35 being for a 35-ampere 3-wire service,
(c) S50 being for a 50-ampere 3-wire service.
2. Schedule 1 of subregulation 1 of regulation 3
of Regulations 353 of Consolidated Regulations of
Ontario 1950 is revoked and the following substituted
therefor:
Schedule 1
Item
Column 1
Column 2
Class or sub-class
Maximum annual
of service
service-charge
1
C
Nil
2
F
Nil
3
H
Nil
4
S20
$16.67
5
S35
22.22
6
S50
25.00
3. Subregulation 2 of regulation 3 of Regulations
353 of Consolidated Regulations of Ontario 1950 is
revoked and the following substituted therefor:
(2) For all summer service where the demand
exceeds that in sub-class S50 the maximum
annual service-charge shall be $5 a kw.
(646)
13
302
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
753
Publications Under Tlie Regulations Aet
APRIL 5th, 1952
THE MILK CONTROL ACT
O. Reg. 137/52.
Retail Milk Prices in the market of
Wiarton.
New.
Made— 20th March, 1952.
Filed— 21st March, 1952, 2.30 p.m.
REGULATIONS MADE BY THE BOARD UNDER
THE MILK CONTROL ACT
1. In these regulations
(a) "buttermilk" means the product that remains
after the butter fat is removed from milk by
churning and includes the product that is
obtained by adding a pure lactic culture to
skim-milk;
(b) "chocolate milk" means milk that contains not
less than 3.25 per cent of butter fat and a
chocolate flavouring;
(c) "standard milk" means milk that contains not
less than 3.25 per cent and not more than 3.9
per cent of butter fat;
(d) "table cream" means cream that contains not
less than 16 per cent and not more than 24
per cent of butter fat; and
(e) "whipping cream" means cream that contains
not less than 32 per cent of butter fat.
2. The maximum prices at which buttermilk,
chocolate milk, standard milk, table cream and whipp-
ing cream may be sold by retail in the market of
Wiarton shall be as follows:
m
in cardboard
bottles containers
(a) buttermilk
quart. . .
$ .18 I .19
(b) chocolate milk
quart 23 .24
pint 12 .13
half-pint 07 .08
8 ounces 06 .07
7 ounces 05 .06
(c) standard milk
quart 20 .21
pint 11 .12
half-pint 06 .07
(d) table cream
quart 85 .86
pint 45 .46
half-pint 25 .26
(«) whipping cream
quart 1.25 1.26
pint 65 .66
half-pint 35 .36
3. These regulations come into force on the 1st
of April, 1952.
THE MILK CONTROL BOARD
OF ONTARIO
A. B. CURREY
Chairman
K. M. Betzner
Member
(Seal) J. L. Burrows
Member
H. E. McCallum
Member
Dated at Toronto, this 20th day of March, 1952.
(691) 14
THE MILK CONTROL ACT
O. Reg. 138/52.
Retail Milk Prices in the market of
New Hamburg.
New.
Made— 20th March, 1952.
Filed— 21st March, 1952, 2.40 p.m.
REGULATIONS MADE BY THE BOARD UNDER
THE MILK CONTROL ACT
1. In these regulations
(a) "buttermilk" means the product that remains
after the butter fat is removed from milk by
churning and includes the product that is
obtained by adding a pure lactic culture to
skim-milk;
(6) "chocolate drink" means milk that contains
a chocolate flavouring;
(c) "skim-milk" means milk that contains not
more than .25 per cent of butter fat;
(d) "sour cream" means cream that has been
allowed to sour naturally or by the addition
of a culture and that contains not less than
16 per cent of butter fat;
(e) "standard milk" means milk that contains not
less than 3.25 per cent and not more than 3.9
per cent of butter fat;
(/) "table cream" means cream that contains not
less than 16 per cent and not more than 24
per cent of butter fat; and
(f) "whipping cream" means cream that contains
not less than 32 per cent of butter fat.
2. The maximum prices at which buttermilk,
chocolate drink, skim-milk, sour cream, standard milk,
table cream and whipping cream may be sold by retail
in the market of New Hamburg shall be as follows:
(a)
buttermilk
quart. . .
pint ....
m
bottles
$ .16
.09
cardboard
containers
$ .17
.10
303
754
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
(b) chocolate drink
quart 22
pint 12
half-pint 08
8 ounces .
7 ounces .
(c) skim-milk
quart. . .
pint
.07
.06
.15
.08
(i) sour cream
quart. . . .
pint.
85
45
fialf-pint 25
(e) standard milk
quart 21
pint 12
half-pint 07
(/) table cream
quart 85
pint 45
half-pint 25
(g) whipping cream
quart 1.25
pint 65
half-pint 35
.23
.13
.09
.08
.07
.16
.09
.86
.46
.26
.22
.13
.08
.86
.46
.26
1.26
.66
.36
3. These regulations come into force on the 1st
of April, 1952.
THE MILK CONTROL BOARD
OF ONTARIO
A. B. CURREY
Chairman
K. M. Betzner
Member
(Seal) J. L. Burrows
Member
H. E. McCallum
Member
Dated at Toronto, this 20th day of March, 1952.
(692) 14
THE MILK CONTROL ACT
O. Reg. 139/52.
Retail Milk Prices in the market of
Hearst.
New and revoking O. Regs. 278/51.
Made— 20th March, 1952.
Filed— 21st March, 1952, 2.50 p.m.
REGULATIONS MADE BY THE BOARD UNDER
THE MILK CONTROL ACT
1. In these regulations
(a) "standard milk" means milk that contains not
less than 3.25 per cent and not more than 3.9
per cent of butter fat; and
(b) "whipping cream" means cream that contains
not less than 32 per cent of butter fat.
2. The maximum prices at which standard milk
and whipping cream may be sold by retail in the market
of Hearst shall be as follows:
in
in cardboard
bottles containers
(a) standard milk
quart $ .23 $ .24
pint 13 .14
half-pint 08 .09
{b) whipping cream
quart 1.25 1.26
pint 65 .66
half-pint 35 .36
3. Ontario Regulations 278/51 are revoked.
4. These regulations come into force on the 1st
of April, 1952.
THE MILK CONTROL BOARD
OF ONTARIO
A. B. Currey
Chairman
K. M. Betzner
Member
(Seal) J. L. Burrows
Member
H. E. McCallum
Member
Dated at Toronto, this 20th day of March, 1952.
(693) 14
THE MILK CONTROL ACT
O. Reg. 140/52.
Retail Milk Prices in the market of
Parkhill.
New.
Made— 20th March, 1952.
Filed— 21st March, 1952, 3.00 p.m.
REGULATIONS MADE BY THE BOARD UNDER
THE MILK CONTROL ACT
1. In these regulations
(a) "chocolate drink" means milk that contains
a chocolate flavouring;
(b) "skim-milk" means milk that contains not
more than .25 per cent of butter fat;
(c) "special milk" means milk that contains not
less than 4 per cent of butter fat;
(d) "standard milk" means milk that contains not
less than 3.25 per cent and not more than 3.9
per cent of butter fat;
(e) "table cream" means cream that contains not
less than 16 per cent and not more than 24
per cent of butter fat;
(/) "whipping cream" means cream that contains
not less than 32 per cent of butter fat; and
(g) "homogenized standard milk" means standard
milk that has been subjected to a mechanical
treatment that prevents separation of the
butter fat.
2. The maximum prices at which chocolate drink,
skim-milk, special milk, standard milk, table cream,
whipping cream and homogenized standard milk may
be sold by retail in the market of Parkhill shall be as
follows :
in
in cardboard
bottles containers
(a) chocolate drink
quart I .21 $ .22
pint 12 .13
half-pint 08 .09
8 ounces 07 .08
7 ounces 06 .07
304
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
755
(b) skim-milk
quart . . .
15
(c) special milk
quart 22
Eint 12
alf-pint 08
id) standard milk
quart 20
pint 11
half-pint 06
(«) table cream
quart 85
pint 45
half-pint 25
(J) whipping cream
quart 1 .25
pint 65
half-pint 35
(g) homogenized standard milk
quart 21
pint 11
half-pint 06
16
,23
.13
.09
.21
.12
.07
.86
.46
.26
1.26
.66
.36
.22
,12
.07
3. These regulations come into force on the 1st
of April, 1952.
THE MILK CONTROL BOARD
OF ONTARIO
A. B. CURREY
Chairman
K. M. Betzner
Member
(Seal) J. L. Burrows
Member
H. E. McCallum
Member
Dated at Toronto, this 20th day of March, 1952.
(694)
14
THE MILK CONTROL ACT
O. Reg. 141/52.
Retail Milk Prices in the market of
Lucknow.
.New.
Made— 20th March, 1952.
Filed— 21st March, 1952, 3.10 p.m.
REGULATIONS MADE BY THE BOARD UNDER
THE MILK CONTROL ACT
1. In these regulations
(a) "chocolate drink" means milk that contains
a chocolate flavouring;
(b) "standard milk" means milk that contains not
less than 3.25 per cent and not more than 3.9
per cent of butter fat; and
(c) "table cream" means cream that contains not
less than 16 per cent and not more than 24
per cent of butter fat.
2. The maximum prices at which chocolate drink,
standard milk and table cream may be sold by retail
in the market of Lucknow shall be as follows:
in
in cardboard
bottles containers
(a) chocolate drink
quart $ .20 $ .21
pint 11 .12
half-pint 07 .08
8 ounces 06 .07
7 ounces 05 .06
(ft) standard milk
quart 19
pint 11
half-pint 06
(c) table cream
quart 85
pint 45
half-pint 25
.20
.12
.07
.86
.46
.26
3. These regulations come into force on the 1st
of April, 1952.
THE MILK CONTROL BOARD
OF ONTARIO
A. B. Currey
Chairman
K. M. Betzner
Member
(Seal) J. L. Burrows
Member
H. E. McCallum
Member
Dated at Toronto, this 20th day of March, 1952.
(695)
14
THE MILK CONTROL ACT
O. Reg. 142/52.
Retail Milk Prices in the market of
Mi Id may.
New.
Made— 20th March, 1952.
Filed— 21st March, 1952, 3.20 p.m.
REGULATIONS MADE BY THE BOARD UNDER
THE MILK CONTROL ACT
1. In these regulations
(a) "standard milk" means milk that contains not
less than 3.25 per cent and not more than 3.9
per cent of butter fat; and
(b) "whipping cream" means cream that contains
not less than 32 per cent of butter fat.
2. The maximum prices at which standard milk
and whipping cream may be sold by retail in the market
of Mildmay shall be as follows:
in
in cardboard
bottles containers
(a) standard milk
quart $ .20 $ .21
pint 11 .12
half-pint 06 .07
(ft) whipping cream
quart 1 . 25 1 . 26
pint 65 .66
half-pint 35 .36
3. These regulations come into force on the 1st
of April, 1952.
THE MILK CONTROL BOARD
OF ONTARIO
A. B. Currey
Chairman
K. M. Betzner
Member
(Seal) J. L. Burrows
Member
H. E. McCallum
Member
Dated at Toronto, this 20th day of March, 1952.
(696)
14
305
756
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
THE MILK CONTROL ACT
O. Reg. 143/52.
Retail Milk Prices in the market of
Brigden.
New.
Made— 20th March, 1952.
Filed— 21st March, 1952, 3.30 p.m.
REGULATIONS MADE BY THE BOARD UNDER
THE MILK CONTROL ACT
1. In these regulations
(a) "chocolate drink" means milk that contains
a chocolate flavouring;
(b, "standard milk" means milk that contains
not less than 3.25 per cent and not more than
3.9 per cent of butter fat;
(c) "table cream" means cream that contains not
less than 16 percent and not more than 24 per
cent of butter fat; and
(d) "whipping cream" means cream that contains
not less than 32 per cent of butter fat.
2. The maximum prices at which chocolate drink,
standard milk, table cream and whipping cream may
be sold by retail in the market of Brigden shall be as
follows:
in cardboard
bottles containers
(a) chocolate drink
quart $ .23 $ .24
pint 13 .14
half-pint 08 .09
8 ounces 07 .08
7 ounces 06 .07
(b) standard milk
quart 22 .23
pint 12 .13
half-pint 07 .08
(c) table cream
quart 85 .86
pint 45 .46
half-pint 25 .26
(d) whipping cream
quart 1.25 1.26
pint 65 .66
half-pint 35 .36
3. These regulations come into force on the 1st of
April, 1952.
THE MILK CONTROL BOARD
OF ONTARIO
A. B. CURREY
Chairman
K. M. BETZNER
Member
(Seal) J. L. BURROWS
Member
H. E. McCALLUM
Member
Dated at Toronto, this 20th day of March, 1952.
(697) 14
THE MILK CONTROL ACT
O. Reg. 144/52.
Retail Milk Prices in the market of
Markham.
New.
Made— 20th March, 1952.
Filed— 21st March, 1952, 3.40 p.m.
REGULATIONS MADE BY THE BOARD UNDER
THE MILK CONTROL ACT
1. In these regulations
(a) "buttermilk" means the product that remains
after the butter fat is removed from milk by
churning and includes the product that is
obtained by adding a pure lactic culture to
skim-milk;
(b) "chocolate drink" means milk that contains
a chocolate flavouring;
(c) "skim-milk" means milk that contains not
more than .25 per cent of butter fat;
(d) "special milk" means milk that contains not
less than 4 per cent of butter fat;
(e) "standard milk" means milk that contains
not less than 3.25 per cent and not more than
3.9 per cent of butter fat;
(/) "table cream" means cream that contains
not less than 16 per cent and not more than
24 per cent of butter fat; and
(g) "whipping cream" means cream that contains
not less than 32 per cent of butter fat.
2. The maximum prices at which buttermilk,
chocolate drink, skim-milk, special milk, standard milk,
table cream and whipping cream may be sold by
retail in the market of Markham shall be as follows:
m
in cardboard
bottles containers
(a) buttermilk
quart $ .17 $ .18
(b) chocolate drink
quart 22 .23
pint 12 .13
half-pint 08 .09
8 ounces 07 .08
7 ounces 06 .07
(c) skim-milk
quart 15 .16
(d) special milk
quart 23 .24
(e) standard milk
quart ,. . .21 .22
pint 12 .13
half-pint 07 .08
(/) table cream
quart 85 .86
pint 45 .46
half-pint 25 .26
(g) whipping cream
quart 1 .25 1 .26
Eint 65 .66
alf-ptnt 35 .36
306
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
757
3. These regulations come into force on the 1st of
April, 1952.
THE MILK CONTROL BOARD
OF ONTARIO
A. B. CURREY
Chairman
K. M. BETZNER
Member
(Seal) J. L. BURROWS
Member
H. E. McCALLUM
Member
Dated at Toronto, this 20th day of March, 1952.
(698)
14
THE MILK CONTROL ACT
O. Reg. 145/52.
Retail Milk Prices in the market of
Gananoque.
New.
Made— 20th March, 1952.
Filed— 21st March, 1952, 3.50 p.m.
REGULATIONS MADE BY THE BOARD UNDER
THE MILK CONTROL ACT
1. In these regulations
(a) "buttermilk" mean the product that remains
after the butter fat is removed from milk by
churning and includes the product that is
obtained by adding a pure lactic culture to
skim-milk;
(b) "chocolate drink" means milk that contains
a chocolate flavouring;
(c) "skim-milk" means milk that contains not
more than .25 per cent of butter fat;
(d) "standard milk" means milk that contains
not less than 3.25 per cent and not more than
3.9 per cent of butter fat; and
(e) "whipping cream" means cream that contains
not less than 32 per cent of butter fat.
2. The maximum prices at which buttermilk,
chocolate drink, skim-milk, standard milk and whipping
cream may be sold by retail in the market of Ganan-
oque shall be as follows:
m
bottles
(a) buttermilk
quart $ .16
(ft) chocolate drink
quart 21
pint 12
half-pint 07
8 ounces 06
7 ounces 05
(c) skim-milk
quart 14
{d) standard milk
quart 20
pint 11
half-pint 06
m
cardboard
containers
$ .17
.22
.13
.08
.07
.06
.15
.21
.12
.07
(e) whipping cream
quart 1.25 1.26
pint 65 .66
half-pint 35 .36
3. These regulations come into force on the 1st of
April, 1952.
THE MILK CONTROL BOARD
OF ONTARIO
A. B. CURREY
_ Chairman
K. M. BETZNER
Member
(Seal) J. L. BURROWS
Member
H. E. McCALLUM
Member
Dated at Toronto, this 20th day of March, 1952.
(699) 14
THE MILK CONTROL ACT
O. Reg. 146/52.
Retail Milk Prices in the market of
Markdale.
New.
Made— 20th March, 1952.
Filed— 21st March, 1952, 4.00 p.m.
REGULATIONS MADE BY THE BOARD UNDER
THE MILK CONTROL ACT
1. In these regulations
(a) "chocolate drink" means milk that contains
a chocolate flavouring;
(b) "standard milk" means milk that contains
not less than 3.25 per cent and not more than
3.9 per cent of butter fat;
(c) "table cream" means cream that contains not
less than 16 per cent and not more than 24
per cent of butter fat; and
(d) "whipping cream" means cream that contains
not less than 32 per cent of butter fat.
2. The maximum prices at which chocolate drink,
standard milk, table cream and whipping cream may
be sold by retail in the market of Markdale shall be as
follows:
in
in cardboard
bottles containers
(a) chocolate drink
quart $ -21 .22
pint 12 .13
half-pint 08 .09
8 ounces 07 .08
7 ounces 06 .07
(b) standard milk
quart 20 .21
pint 11 12
half-pint 07 .08
(c) table cream
quart 85 .86
pint 45 .46
half-pint 25 .26
307
758
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
(d) whipping cream
quart 1.25 1.26
pint 65 .66
half-pint 35 .36
3. These regulations come into force on the 1st of
April, 1952.
THE MILK CONTROL BOARD
OF ONTARIO
A. B. CURREY
Chairman
K. M. BETZNER
Member
^Seal) J. L. BURROWS,
Member
H. E. McCALLUM
Member
Dated at Toronto, this 20th day of March, 1952.
(700)
14
THE MILK CONTROL ACT
O. Reg. 147/52.
Retail Milk Prices in the market of
Kincardine.
New.
Made— 20th March, 1952.
Filed— 21st March, 1952, 4.10 p.m.
REGULATIONS MADE BY THE BOARD UNDER
THE MILK CONTROL ACT
1. In these regulations
(a) "buttermilk" means the product that remains
after the butter fat is removed from milk by
churning and includes the product that is
obtained by adding a pure lactic culture to
skim-milk;
(b) "chocolate drink" means milk that contains
a chocolate flavouring;
(c) "standard milk" means milk that contains not
less than 3.25 per cent and not more than 3.9
per cent of butter fat;
(d) "table cream" means cream that contains not
less than 16 per cent and not more than 24
per cent of butter fat; and
(e) "whipping cream" means cream that contains
not less than 32 per cent of butter fat.
2. The maximum prices at which buttermilk,
chocolate drink, standard milk, table cream and
whipping cream may be sold by retail in the market
of Kincardine shall be as follows:
(c) standard milk
quart 19 .20
pint 10 .11
half-pint 06 .07
(d) table cream
quart 70 .71
pint 38 .39
half-pint 23 .24
(e) whipping cream
quart 1.05 1.06
pint 58 .59
half-pint 33 .34
3. These regulations come into force on the 1st of
April, 1952.
THE MILK CONTROL BOARD
OF ONTARIO
A. B. CURREY
Chairman
K. M. BETZNER
Member
(Seal) J. L. BURROWS
Member
H. E. McCALLUM
Member
Dated at Toronto, this 20th day of March, 1952.
(701) 14
(o) buttermilk
quart ...
in cardboard
bottles containers
.$ .15 $ .16
(6) chocolate drink
quart 20 .21
pint 11 .12
half-pint 07 .08
8 ounces 06 .07
7 ounces OS .06
for
THE POLICE ACT
O. Reg. 148/52.
Division of Responsibility
Policing.
Amending Regulations 320 of
Consolidated Regulations 1950.
Made— 20th March, 1952.
Filed— 24th March, 1952, 10.40 a.m.
REGULATIONS MADE UNDER
THE POLICE ACT
1. Part 1 of schedule 2 of Regulations 320 of
Consolidated Regulations of Ontario 1950 is amended
by adding thereto the following item:
47a. Municipal Township of
WIDDIFIELD
— the whole
(702)
14
THE DIVISION COURTS ACT
O. Reg. 149/52.
Territorial Limits of Divisions.
Amending O. Regs. 270/50.
Made— 20th March, 1952.
Filed— 24th March, 1952, 10.50 a.m.
— By Direction.
REGULATIONS MADE UNDER THE
DIVISION COURTS ACT
1. The index of schedules of descriptions of division
court boundaries in Ontario Regulations 270/50, as
amended by Ontario Regulations 16/52 and 82/52, is
further amended by striking out:
308
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
759
Stormont, Dundas and Glengarry 2
and substituting therefor:
Stormont, Dundas and Glengarry 2
2
177
3
178
4
179
5
180
6
181
8
183
10
184
12
186
2
177
3
178
5
180
6
181
8
183
10
184
12
186
2. Schedules 178 and 179 of Ontario Regulations
270/50 are revoked and the following substituted
therefor:
SCHEDULE 178
1. The City of Cornwall.
2. The townships of
(a) Cornwall, and
(6) Osnabruck.
(703)
14
THE SURROGATE COURTS ACT
O. Reg. 150/52.
Fees to Counsel and Solicitors.
Amending Regulations 357 of Consolidated Regulations 1950.
Made— 29th February, 1952.
Approved— 20th March, 1952.
Filed— 24th March, 1952, 11.00 a.m.
AMENDMENTS to the items dealing with fees to Counsel and Solicitors in Appendix
B, Consolidated Regulations of Ontario, 1950, Regulation 357, being the Rules of
Practice and Procedure in the Surrogate Court made by the Rules Committee on the
29th day of February, 1952, under The Surrogate Courts Act.
1. The items dealing with fees to Counsel and Solicitors in Appendix B, Consolidated Regulations of Ontario,
1950, Regulation 357, being the Rules of Practice and Procedure in respect of proceedings in the Surrogate Court,
are repealed, effective as of April 1st, 1952, and the following substituted therefor: —
Fees to Counsel and Solicitors
App
lication for Preparation of
Preparation of
for Probate Succession Duty
Succession Duty
or Ad- Schedules,
Statements,
Passing
Estates ministration
Ontario
Dominion
Accounts
$1,000 and under
$15
$15
$7.50
$25
1,000 —
3,000
25
15
7.50
35
3,000 —
5,000
50
25
12.00
50
5,000 —
10,000
75
35
20.00
65
10,000 —
15,000
125
40
30.00
75
15,000 —
20,000
160
45
35.00
90
20,000 —
25,000
190
65
50.00
100
25,000 —
50,000
225
95
70.00
125 plus one-eighth of one
per cent, on all excess
over $25,000 up to
$50,000
50,000 —
100,0001
200,000
$250 plus one-eighth of one
125
95.00
160 plus one-eighth of one
100,000 —
per cent, on all excess over
160
120.00
cent, on all excess
200,000 —
400,000 i
$50,000 up to $200,000 and
190
140.00
over $50,000
400,000 —
500,000
plus one-seventh of one per
220
165.00
500,000 —
1,000,000
cent, on all excess over
250
190.00
1,000,000 — and up
$200,000
In discretion of the Judge
315
235.00 In discretion of the Judge
Note: The fees on passing accounts shall be charged on the amount of receipts, both capital and revenue.
Advertising for Creditors:
In estates up to $50,000 $10.00
In estates over $50,000 15.00
(a) In cases of probate fees and succession duty schedules and statements and on passing of accounts, the same
to be subject to increase at discretion of Surrogate Court Judge, where the above tariff of fees is in his opinion
inadequate.
(b) On passing of accounts where solicitors for beneficiaries attend, each solicitor to be allowed such an amount
as the Surrogate Court Judge may determine.
(c) For legal services not covered by tariff, such fees as may be allowed by Surrogate Court Judge.
309
760
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
(d) For distributing estate after passing of accounts, such f^es as may be allowed by Surrogate Court Judge.
(e) For affidavits required by Succession Duty Departments, such allowance as may be made by Surrogate Court
Judge.
Incidental Items
Revocation of Grant (subject to increase) $35 . 00
Settling liability for or amount of succession or other death duties, such allowances as Surrogate Court
Judge may see fit.
Fees on filing for Ancillary Grants to be on same scale as on grant of probate or administration.
Copies — for each notarial, sworn, certified or authenticated copy of probate or administration, including
letter 4.00
minimum, subject to increase where Will exceeds two pages in length, at the rate of fifteen cents per
folio per copy for such excess.
Drawing caveat 10 . 00
Drawing Notice of Contestation of Claim 15 . 00
Attendance where action directed to be brought or where preliminary proceedings settled 20.00
Contentious business in cases involving over $800 to be on Supreme Court Tariff, subject to the discretion
of the Surrogate Court Judge.
Releases in estates under $10,000 each 4 .00
Releases in estates between $10,000 and $100,000 each 10.00
(704)
14
THE HIGHWAY TRAFFIC ACT
O. Reg. 151/52.
Load Limits on the King's Highway.
Amending Regulations 140 of
Consolidated Regulations 1950 and
Revoking O. Regs. 124/52.
Made— 20th March, 1952.
Filed— 24th March, 1952, 11.55 a.m.
REGULATIONS MADE UNDER
THE HIGHWAY TRAFFIC ACT
1. Schedule 2 of Regulations 140 of Consolidated
Regulations of Ontario 1950 as made by Ontario
Regulations 124/52 is struck out and the following
substituted therefore:
SCHEDULE 2
The portion of the King's Highway lying north of
the Severn River and east of that portion of the
King's Highway known as number 69 and north
and east of that portion of the King's Highway
known as number 12 from Atherley to Sunder-
land Corners and north of that portion of the
King's Highway known as number 7 from Sun-
derland Corners to Perth and north and west of
those portions of the King's Highway known as
numbers 15 and 29 from Perth to Arnprior, excep-
ting thereout that portion of the King's Highway
known as number 17 from Arnprior to Pembroke
and that portion of the King's Highway known as
number 11 from Severn River to Bracebridge.
2. Ontario Regulations 124/52 are revoked.
(705)
14
THE CREDIT UNIONS ACT
O. Reg. 152/52.
Dissolution of Canbri Employees'
(Ajax) Credit Union Limited.
New.
Made— 3rd March, 1952.
Approved— 20th March, 1952.
Filed— 25th March, 1952, 9.00 a.m.
ORDER MADE BY THE MINISTER UNDER
THE CREDIT UNIONS ACT
IT IS ORDERED that Canbri Employees' (Ajax)
Credit Union Limited be dissolved.
THOMAS L. KENNEDY
MINISTER OF AGRICULTURE
Dated at Toronto
this 3rd day of
March, 1952.
(706) 14
THE FARM PRODUCTS GRADES AND
SALES ACT
O. Reg. 153/52.
Honey.
Amending Regulations 88 of
Consolidated Regulations 1950 and
O. Regs. 263/51.
Approved— 20th March, 1952.
Filed— 25th March, 1952, 9.10 a.m.
REGULATIONS MADE BY THE MINISTER
THE FARM PRODUCTS GRADES
AND SALES ACT
1. Clause b of regulation 2 of Regulations 88 of
Consolidated Regulations of Ontario 1950 is revoked
and the following substituted therefor:
310
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
761
(6) sold on the premises where the honey was
extracted by a bee-keeper direct to the con-
sumer if the container is marked with the
bee-keeper's name and address and the word
"honey".
2. Regulation 10 of Regulations 88 of Consolidated
Regulations of Ontario 1950, as made by regulation 4
of Ontario Regulations 263/51 is revoked and the
following substituted therefor:
10. Honey shall be packed in clean, sound,
standard containers that shall be, except for
containers having a capacity of less than 8
ounces, of the type in column 1 and of the
capacity designated in column 2 of schedule 1.
SCHEDULE 1
COLUMN 1
COLUMN 2
ITEM
TYPE
CAPACITY
in ounces
in pounds
1
Glass
8 or 12
1,2 or 4
2
Metal
1, 2, 4, 8, 30,
40, 60 or 70
3
Paper 8 or 12
1, 2 or 4
3. Regulations 4 and 9 of Ontario Regulations
263/51iare revoked.
(707)
THOMAS L. KENNEDY
MINISTER OF AGRICULTURE
14
THE OLEOMARGARINE ACT
O. Reg. 154/52.
Standards of Quality and Analysis.
Amending O. Regs. 41/52.
Made— 20th March, 1952.
Filed— 25th March. 1952, 9.20 a.m.
REGULATIONS MADE UNDER
THE OLEOMARGARINE ACT
1. Clause b of subregulation 1 of regulation 7 of
Ontario Regulations 41/52 is revoked and the following
substituted therefor:
(b) comprise at least 80 per cent by weight of
the oleomargarine.
2. Form 6 of Ontario Regulations 41/52 is struck
out and the following substituted therefor:
Form 6
The Oleomargarine Act
REPORT OF ANALYST
Date and time of receipt of sample
Condition of sample when received
If in package, name of manufacturer or trade name
on package
Quantity in sample
From whom received
(name and address)
Date of making examination or analysis of sample ....
RESULTS OF EXAMINATION AND ANALYSIS
1. I found the sample has the following component
parts and percentages thereof: (a) refined oils of
animal, fish, marine-animal or vegetable origin or any
combination thereof, . . per cent, (b) water ....
per cent, (c) milk solids .... per cent, (d) salt .... per
cent, and (e) other parts and percentages:
2. I found by analysis of the refined oils in the
sample the following values: (a) iodine value....,
(6) index of refraction . , (c) saponification value
..... {d) Reichert-Meissl value ...., (e) Polenske
value . . . . , (/) Kirschner value . . . . , and (g) acid
value ....
3. I found the color of the sample contains...
Lovibond units of red and vellow.
I certify that the sample is.
for human consumption.
Date
(fit or unfit)
(signature of analyst)
(708)
t4
311
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
791
Publications Under The Regulations Act
APRIL 12th, 1952
O. Reg. 155/52.
Distribution Areas.
Amending Regulations 293 of
Consolidated Regulations 1950.
Made— 21st March, 1952.
Approved— 27th March, 1952.
Filed— 31st March, 1952, 4.15 p.m.
REGULATIONS MADE BY THE BOARD UNDER
THE MILK CONTROL ACT
1. Schedule 1 of Regulations 293 of Consolidated
Regulations of Ontario 1950 as amended by Ontario
Regulations 238/51 is further amended by adding
thereto the following items:
4 Hamilton Those parts of the counties of
distribution Wentworth and Halton described
area as follows:
COMMENCING at a point in
the water's edge on the south
shore of Lake Ontario at the east
boundary of the Township of
Saltfleet; thence southerly along
that boundary to the south-east
angle of the Township of Saltfleet ;
thence westerly along the south
boundary of that township to
the east boundary of the Town-
ship of Binbrook; thence northerly
_ along that boundary to the north-
east angle of the Township of
Binbrook; thence westerly along
the boundary between the town-
ships of Saltfleet and Binbrook to
the boundary between the town-
ships of Binbrook and Glanford;
thence southerly along that bound-
ary to the prolongation easterly
of the centre line of the road
allowance between concessions 2
, and 3 in the Township of Glan-
ford; thence westerly along the
centre line of that road allowance
and its prolongation westerly to
the boundary between the town-
ships of Glanford and Ancaster;
thence northerly along that bound-
ary to the centre line of that part
of the King's Highway known as
number 53 ; thence westerly along
the centre line of that highway
to the centre line of the road
allowance between lots 36 and 37
in the Township of Ancaster;
thence northerly along the centre
line of that road allowance and
its prolongation northerly to the
northerly boundary of the Town-
ship of Ancaster; thence northerly
along the boundary between the
townships of West Flamborough
and Beverly to the prolongation
westerly of the centre line of the
road allowance between con-
cessions 3 and 4 in the Township
of West Flamborough; thence
easterly to and along the centre
line of that road allowance and
its prolongation easterly to the
boundary between the townships
of West Flamborough and East
Flamborough; thence south-east-
erly along that boundary to the
prolongation south-westerly of the
centre line of the road allowance
between concessions 1 and 2 in
the Township of East Flambor-
ough; thence north-easterly to
and along the centre line of that
road allowance to the boundary
between the townships of East
Flamborough and Nelson; thence
north-westerly along that bound-
ary to the prolongation south-
westerly of the centre line of the
road allowance between con-
cessions 1 and 2 south of Dundas
Street; thence north-easterly to
and along the centre line of that
road allowance to the easterly
limit of lot 10 in the Township
of Nelson; thence south-easterly
along that limit and its prolonga-
tion across the several concession
road allowances to the water's
edge of Lake Ontario; thence in
a general south-westerly and south-
easterly direction along the water's
edge of Lake Ontario to the
northerly side of the canal between
Hamilton Harbour and Lake
Ontario; thence southerly to the
water's edge of Lake Ontario at
the southerly side of that canal;
thence in a general south-easterly
direction along the water's edge of
Lake Ontario to the point of
commencement.
Toronto Those parts of the counties of
distribution Peel and York described as
area follows:
COMMENCING at a point in
the water's edge on the north
shore of Lake Ontario at the
boundary between the townships
of Toronto and Trafalgar; thence
north-westerly along that bound-
ary to the intersection with the
prolongation south-westerly of the
centre line of the road allowance
between lots 5 and 6 in the
Township of Toronto; thence
north-easterly to and along the
centre line of that road allowance
and its prolongation easterly to
the boundary between the town-
ships of Toronto and Toronto
Gore; thence north-easterly to
and along the centre line of the
road allowance between lots 5 and
6 in the Township of Toronto
Gore and its prolongation north-
easterly to the boundary between
the townships of Toronto Gore
and Etobicoke; thence northerly
along that boundary to the
prolongation westerly of the limit
between lots 25 and 26 in the
Township of Etobicoke; thence
easterly to and along the limit
between lots 25 and 26 to the
boundary between the townships
of Etobicoke and North York;
thence easterly to and along the
centre line of the road allowance
between lots 10 and 11 in the
313
792
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
Township of North York and its
prolongation easterly to the centre
line of the road allowance between
concessions 3 and 4 west of Yonge
Street in the Township of North
York; thence northerly along the
centre line of that road allowance
and its northerly prolongation to
the boundary between the town
ships of North York and Vaughan;
thence easterly along that bound-
ary to the prolongation southerly
of the centre line of the road
allowance between concessions 3
and 4 in the Township of Vaughan ;
thence northerly to and along the
centre line of that road allowance
to the prolongation westerly of
the southerly limit of lot 7 in the
Township of Vaughan; thence
easterly to and along that limit
to the south-east angle of lot 7
in concession 2 in the Township
of Vaughan; thence easterly to
and along the limit between lots
31 and 32 in concession 1 in the
Township of Vaughan and its
prolongation easterly to the bound-
ary between the townships of
Vaughan and Markham; thence
easterly to and along the southerly
limit of lot 32 in concession 1 in
the Township of Markham, to
the south-east angle of that lot;
thence easterly to and along the
limit between lots 6 and 7 in the
Township of Markham and its
prolongation across the several
concession road-allowances to the
boundary between the townships
of Markham and Pickering; thence
southerly along that boundary to
the south-east angle of the Town-
ship of Markham; thence southerly
along the boundary between the
townships of Scarborough and
Pickering to the water's edge of
Lake Ontario; thence in a general
south-westerly direction following
the water's edge of Lake Ontario
and crossing the mouths of the
several streams flowing into Lake
Ontario, by straight lines, to the
easterly side of Coatsworth Cut;
thence north-westerly in a straight
line to the water's edge of Lake
Ontario at the westerly side of
that Cut; thence in a general
south-westerly direction along the
water's edge of Lake Ontario and
crossing the Eastern Channel of
Toronto Harbour, by a straight
line, to a point in the water's edge
of Lake Ontario at Gibraltar
Point; thence in a general north-
westerly direction along the water's
edge of Lake Ontario to the
southerly side of the Western
Channel of the Toronto Harbour;
thence north astronomically to
the water's edge on the north
shore of Lake Ontario; thence in
a general westerly and south-
westerly direction along the water's
edge of Lake Ontario and crossing
the mouths of the several streams
flowing into Lake Ontario, by
straight lines, to the point of
commencement.
THE MILK CONTROL BOARD
OF ONTARIO
A. B. CURREY
Chairman
K. M. Betzner
Member
J. L. Burrows
Member
H. E. McCallum
Member
Dated at Toronto, this 21st day of March, 1952.
(750) IS
THE MILK CONTROL ACT
O. Reg. 156/52.
Retail Milk Prices in the market of
Fergus.
New and Revoking O. Regs. 277/51.
Made-"3rd April, 1952.
Filed— 3rd April, 1952, 1.15 p.m.
REGULATIONS MADE BY THE BOARD UNDER
THE MILK CONTROL ACT
1. In these regulations
(a) "buttermilk" means the product that remains
after the butter fat is removed from milk by
churning and includes the product that is
obtained by adding a pure lactic culture to
skim-milk;
(b) "chocolate drink" means milk that contains a
chocolate flavouring;
(c) "special milk" means milk that contains not
less than 4 per cent of butter fat;
(d) "standard milk" means milk that contains not
less than 3.25 per cent and not more than 3.9
per cent of butter fat;
(e) "table cream" means cream thai contains not
less than 16 per cent and not more than 24
per cent of butter fat; and
(/) "whipping cream" means cream that contains
not less than 32 per cent of butter fat.
2. The maximum prices at which buttermilk,
chocolate drink, special milk, standard milk, table
cream and whipping cream may be sold by retail in
the market of Fergus shall be as follows:
in
in cardboard
bottles containers
(a) buttermilk
quart $ .17 $ .18
(b) chocolate drink
quart 21 .22
pint 12 .13
half-pint 07 .08
8 ounces 06 .07
7 ounces 05 .06
(c) special milk
quart 21 .22
pint 12 .13
half-pint 07 .08
(d) standard milk
quart 20 .21
pint 11 .12
half-pint 06 .07
314
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
793
(e) table cream
quart 85 .86
pint 45 .46
half-pint 25 .26
(f) whipping cream
quart 1.25 1.26
pint / 65 .66
half-pint 35 .36
. 3. Ontario Regulations 277/51 are revoked.
■ 4. These regulations come into force on the 16th
of April, 1952.
THE MILK CONTROL BOARD
OF ONTARIO
A. B. CURREY
Chairman
K. M. Betzner
Member
(Seal) H. E. McCallum
Member
J. L. Burrows
Member
Dated at Toronto, this 3rd day of April, 1952.
(781)
15
THE MILK CONTROL ACT
O. Reg. 157/52.
Retail Milk Prices in the markets of
Essex, Kingsville and Leamington.
New and Revoking O. Regs. 213/51.
Made— 3rd April, 1952.
Filed— 3rd April, 1952, 1.25 p.m.
REGULATIONS MADE BY THE BOARD UNDER
THE MILK CONTROL ACT
1. In these regulations
(a) "buttermilk" means the product that remains
after the butter fat is removed from milk by
churning and includes the product that is
obtained by adding a pure lactic culture to
skim-milk;
(b) "cereal treat" means milk that contains not
less than 10 per cent and not more than 12
per cent of butter fat;
(c) "chocolate drink" means milk that contains
a chocolate flavouring;
(d) "skim-milk" means milk that contains not
more than .25 per cent of butter fat;
(«) "sour cream" means cream that has been
allowed to sour naturally or by the addition
of a culture and that contains not less than 16
per cent of butter fat;
(/) "special milk" means milk that contains not
less than 4 per cent of butter fat;
(g) "standard milk" means milk that contains not
less than 3.25 per cent and not more than 3.9
per cent of butter fat ;
(h) "table cream" means cream that contains not
less than 16 per cent and not more than 24
per cent of butter fat; and
(/) "whipping cream" means cream that contains
not less than 32 per cent of butter fat.
2. The maximum prices at which buttermilk,
cereal treat, chocolate drink, skim-milk, sour cream,
special milk, standard milk, table cream and whipping
cream may be sold by retail in the markets of Essex,
Kingsville and Leamington shall be as follows:
in
in cardboard
bottles containers
(a) buttermilk
quart $ .18 $ .19K
pint 10 .11
(b) cereal treat
quart 65 .66^
pint 35 .36
half-pint 18 .19
(c) chocolate drink
quart 23 .241^
pint 13 .14
half-pint 08 .09
8 ounces 07 .08
7 ounces 06 .07
(d) skim-milk
quart 14 .15^
{e) sour cream
pint 40 .41
half-pint 22 .23
(/) special milk
quart 24 .25^
pint 14 .15
half-pint 083^ .09^^
(g) standard milk
quart 22 .23.V^
pint 12 .13
half-pint .07}^ .OS^^
(h) table cream
quart 85 .863^
pint 45 .46
half-pint 25 .26
(i) whipping cream
quart 1.15 1.16i^
half-pint 35 .36
3. Ontario Regulations 213/51 are revoked.
4. These regulations come into force on the 16th
of April, 1952.
THE MILK CONTROL BOARD
OF ONTARIO
A. B. Currey
Chairman
K. M. Betzner
Member
(Seal) J. L. Burrows
Member
H. E. McCallum
Member
Dated at Toronto, this 3rd day of April, 1952.
(782)
15
315
794
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
THE MILK CONTROL ACT
O. Reg. 158/52.
Retail Milk Prices in the market of
Ripley.
New.
Made— 3rd April, 1952.
Filed— 3rd April, 1952, 1.30 p.m.
REGULATIONS MADE BY THE BOARD UNDER
THE MILK CONTROL ACT
1. In these regulations
(o) "chocolate drink" means milk that contains
a chocolate flavouring;
(5) "standard milk" means milk that contains not
less than 3.25 per cent and not more than 3.9
per cent of butter fat; and
(c) "table cream" means cream that contains not
less than 16 per cent and not more than 24
per cent of butter fat.
2. The maximum prices at which chocolate drink,
standard milk and table cream may be sold by retail
in the market of Ripley shall be as follows:
in
in cardboard
bottles containers
(a) chocolate drink
quart $ .20 $ .21
pint 11 .12
half-pint 06 .07
8 ounces 05 .06
(b) standard milk
quart 19 .20
pint 10 .11
half-pint 06 .07
(c) table cream
quart 85 .86
pint 45 .46
half-pint 25 .26
4. These regulations come into force on the 16th
of April, 1952.
THE MILK CONTROL BOARD
OF ONTARIO
A. B. CURREY
Chairman
K. M. Betzner
Member
(Seal) H. E. McCallum
Member
J. L. Burrows
Member
Dated at Toronto, this 3rd day of April, 1952.
(783) 15
THE MILK CONTROL ACT
O. Reg. 159/52.
Retail Milk Prices in the market of
Colborne.
New.
Made— 3rd April, 1952.
Filed— 3rd April, 1952, 1.35 p.m.
REGULATIONS MADE BY THE BOARD UNDER
THE MILK CONTROL ACT
1. In these regulations
(a) "buttermilk" means the product that remains
after the butter fat is removed from milk by
churning and includes the product that is
obtained by adding a pure lactic culture to
skim-milk;
(b) "chocolate drink" means milk that contains
a chocolate flavouring;
(c) "skim-milk" means milk that contains not
more than .25 per cent of butter fat;
id) "standard milk" means milk that contains not
less than 3.25 per cent and not more than 3.9
per cent of butter fat;
(e) "table cream" means cream that contains not
less than 16 per cent and not more than 24
per cent of butter fat; and
(/) "whipping cream" means cream that contains
not less than 32 per cent of butter fat.
2. The maximum prices at which buttermilk,
chocolate drink, skim-milk, standard milk, table cream
and whipping cream may be sold by retail in the market
of Colborne shall be as follows;
in
in cardboard
bottles containers
(a) buttermilk
quart $ 15 $ .16
(5) chocolate drink
quart 20 .21
pint 11 12
half-pint 07 .08
8 ounces 06 .07
7 ounces 05 .06
(c) skim-milk
quart 14 .15
(d) standard milk
quart 19 .20
pint 10 .11
half -pint 06 .07
(e) table cream
quart 70 .71
pint 38 .39
half-pint 20 ,21
(/) whipping cream
quart 1.10 1.11
pint 60 .61
half-pint 33 .34
3. These regulations come into force on the 16th
of April, 1952.
THE MILK CONTROL BOARD
OF ONTARIO
A. B. CURREV
Chairman
K. M. Betzner
Member
(Seal) H. E. McCallum
Member
J. L. Burrows
Member
Dated at Toronto, this 3rd day of April, 1952.
(784) 15
316
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE 79:
THE PROVINCIAL LAND TAX ACT
O. Reg. 160/52.
1953 Annual Rate of Tax.
New.
Made— 27th March, 1952.
Filed— 4th April, 1952, 1.25 p.m.
REGULATIONS MADE UNDER
THE PROVINCIAL LAND TAX ACT
The rate of annual tax to be imposed for the year
1953 shall be one per cent.
(786) 15
317
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
825
Publications Under The Regulations Act
APRIL 19th, 1952
THE MILK CONTROL ACT
O. Reg. 161/52.
Retail Milk Prices in the markets of
Bolton and Woodbridge.
New and Revoking O. Regs. 231/51.
Made— 3rd April, 1952.
Filed— 4th April, 1952, 3.45 p.m.
REGULATIONS MADE BY THE BOARD UNDER
THE MILK CONTROL ACT
1. In these regulations
(a) "buttermilk" means the product that remains
after the butter fat is removed from milk by
churning and includes the product that is
obtained by adding a pure lactic culture to
skim-milk;
(h) "cereal treat" means milk that contains not
less than 10 per cent and not more than 12
per cent of butter fat;
(c) "chocolate drink" means milk that contains
a chocolate flavouring;
(d) "skim-milk" means milk that contains not
more than .25 per cent of butter fat;
(«) "standard milk" means milk that contains not
less than 3.25 per cent and not more than 3.9
per cent of butter fat;
(/) "table cream" means cream that contains not
less than 16 per cent and not more than 24
per cent of butter fat; and
(g) "whipping cream" means cream that contains
not less than 32 per cent of butter fat.
2. The maximum prices at which buttermilk,
cereal treat, chocolate drink, skim-milk, standard milk,
table cream, and whipping cream, may be sold by
retail in the markets of Bolton and Woodbridge shall
be as follows:
(a) buttermilk
quart. . . .
in cardboard
bottles containers
$ .16 $ .17
{b) cereal treat
quart 65
pint 35
half-pint 18
(c) chocolate drink
quart 21
pint 12
half-pint 07
8 ounces 06
7 ounces 05
(d) skim-milk
quart. . .
15
(e)
standard milk
quart 20
pint 12
half-pint .07
.66
.36
.19
.22
.13
.08
.07
.06
.16
.21
.13
.08
(/) table cream
quart 85 .86
pint 45 .46
half-pint 25 .26
(g) whipping cream
quart 1 .25 1 .26
pint 65 .66
half-pint 35 .36
3. Ontario Regulations 231/51 are revoked.
4. These regulations come into force on the 16th
of April, 1952.
THE MILK CONTROL BOARD
OF ONTARIO
A. B. CURREY
Chairman
K. M. Betzner
Member
(Seal) H. E. McCallum
Member
J, L. Burrows
Member
Dated at Toronto, this 3rd day of April, 1952.
(794) 16
THE PUBLIC HOSPITALS ACT
O. Reg. 162/52.
Capital Grants.
New.
Made— 3rd April, 1952.
Filed— 8th April, 1952, 9.10 a.m.
REGULATIONS MADE UPON THE
RECOMMENDATION OF THE MINISTER
UNDER THE PUBLIC HOSPITALS ACT
1.(1) Notwithstanding Regulations 342 of Con-
solidated Regulations of Ontario 1950, where
(a) a hospital in Group C
(i) is located in a town having a population
of more than 11,000 according to the last
revised assessment roll, and has applied
on or before May 31st 1952 for a capital
grant in respect of a building project that
involves 50 beds for patients other than
chronically-ill patients, 22 beds for
chronically-ill patients, and 21 nursery
cubicles, or
(ii) is located in a town having a population
not exceeding 2000 according to the last
revised assessment roll, and has applied
on or before July 1st 1952 for a capital
grant in respect of a building project that
involves 4 beds for patients and 6 nurses'-
residence beds; or
{b) a hospital in Group B is located in a town in
a territorial district and has applied for a
319
826
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
capital grant in respect of a building project
whereby the total bed-capacity of the hospital
will be increased by at least 44 beds; and
(c) the buildings forming part of the project have
been approved under subsection 2 of section
3 of the Act
the Minister shall pay a capital grant to each of those
hospitals as specified in column 1 of schedule 1 in the
amounts set opposite in column 2.
(2) The capital grants under subregulation 1 shall
be in addition to the capital grants payable under
Regulations 342 of Consolidated Regulations of Ontario
1950.
SCHEDULE 1
Column 1
Column 2
Item
Hospital Specified
Capital Grant
1
2
3
in sub-clause i of clause a
in sub-clause ii of clause a
in clause b
$15,000
$10,000
$75,000
(807)
16
THE PRIVATE HOSPITALS ACT
O. Reg. 163/52.
Hospital Employees.
Amending O. Regs. 22/44.
Made— 3rd April, 1952.
Filed— 8th April, 1952, 9.20 a.m.
REGULATIONS MADE UPON THE
RECOMMENDATION OF THE MINISTER
UNDER THE PRIVATE HOSPITALS ACT
1. Subregulation 2 of regulation 35 of Ontario
Regulations 22/44, as made by Ontario Regulations
6/48, is revoked and the following substituted therefor:
(2) Group 1 employees shall be composed of
(a) graduate nurses,
(b) internes,
{c) graduate physiotherapists,
{d) graduate occupational therapists,
{e) nursing assistants, nurses' assistants, ward
maids and ward orderlies,
(/) laboratory technicians, and
(g) X-ray technicians.
2. Subregulation 4 of regulation 36 of Ontario
Regulations 22/44, as made by Ontario Regulations
6/48, is revoked.
3. Subregulation 2 of regulation 42 of Ontario
Regulations 22/44, as made by Ontario Regulations
6/48, is revoked and the following substituted therefor:
(2) Any officer authorized by the Deputy Minister
of Health or by the Chairman of the Workmen's
Compensation Board may inspect the medical
records of employees at any time.
THE PUBLIC HOSPITALS ACT
O. Reg. 164/52.
Capital Grants.
Amending Regulations 342 of
Consolidated Regulations 1950.
Made— 3rd April, 1952.
Filed— 8th April, 1952, 9.30 a.m.
REGULATIONS MADE UPON THE
RECOMMENDATION OF THE MINISTER
UNDER THE PUBLIC HOSPITALS ACT
1. Subregulation 2 of regulation 13 of Regulations
342 of Consolidated Regulations of Ontario 1950, as
made by Ontario Regulations 222/51, is revoked and
the following substituted therefor:
(2) No capital grant for a nurses' residence shall
be paid to a hospital in excess of the ratio of
one nurses'-residence bed for each two beds
for patients.
(809)
16
THE PUBLIC HOSPITALS ACT
O. Reg. 165/52.
Maintenance Grants.
New.
Made— 3rd April, 1952.
Filed— 8th April, 1952, 9.40 a.m.
REGULATIONS MADE UPON THE
RECOMMENDATION OF THE MINISTER
UNDER THE PUBLIC HOSPITALS ACT
1.(1) In this regulation "chronic patients' unit"
means that part of a hospital in Groups A, B and C
where chronic patients are treated.
(2) In addition to the maintenance grants payable
under regulations 1, 2 or 3 of Regulations 342 of
Consolidated Regulations of Ontario 1950, a further
grant shall be paid to each hospital in Groups A, B,
C, E, F and G in the amount determined by the method
prescribed by subregulations 3, 4 and 5.
(3) The amount payable to a hospital in a group
mentioned in column 1 with respect to a patient, other
than a patient treated in a chronic patients' unit,
shall be determined by multiplying the corresponding
factor set out in column 2 by the number of days of
treatment of the patient during
(a) the year 1950, where the hospital has been
completed and has received patients on or
before the 31st of December 1949, or
ib) the year 1951, where the hospital has been
completed and received patients on or after
the 1st of January 1950.
(808)
16
Column 1
Column 2
A Group A hospital
A Group B hospital
A Group C hospital
A Group E hospital
A Group F hospital
A Group G hospital
$1.36
$1.21
$1.02
$ .29
$ .28
$ .08
320
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
827
(4) The number of days shall not exceed the
relevant number shown
(c) in the annua! report of the Department for
the year 1950, in the case of a hospital referred
to in clause a of subregulation 3, or
(b) in the annual report of the hospital to the
Department for the year 1951, in the case of a
hospital referred to in clause b of subregulation
3.
(5) The grant shall be payable only with respect
to patients referred to
(a) in section 16 of the Act, and
(h) in regulation 3 of Regulations 342 of Con-
solidated Regulations of Ontario 1950.
2. These regulations expire on the 30th of April
1952.
(810)
16
THE FARM PRODUCTS MARKETING ACT
O. Reg. 166/52.
1952 Agreement for the Marketing of
Sugar-Beets for Processing.
New.
Made— 1st April, 1952.
Filed— 8th April, 1952, 2.15 p.m.
ORDER MADE BY THE BOARD UNDER
THE FARM PRODUCTS MARKETING ACT
MARKETING OF SUG.\R BEETS
The Board approves the agreement appended hereto
and declares that it is in force.
J. A. Garner
Member
(Seal)
F. K. B. Stewart
Secretary
Dated at Toronto,
this 1st day of
April, 1952.
AGREEMENT FOR MARKETING THE 1952
CROP OF SUGAR-BEETS FOR PROCESSING
Under the South-Western Ontario Sugar-Beet
Growers' Marketing-for-T rocessing Scheme
This Agreement made the 18th day of February,
1952,
BETWEEN:
W. Essery, E. King and V. Robinson, appointed
by the local board, members of the Negotiating
Committee called the Grower-Members,
— AND—
B. E. Easton, A. W. Mclntyre and W. H. Punchard,
appointed by the processors, members of the
Negotiating Committee called the Processor-
Members.
Under The Farm Products Marketing Act and the
Regulations, and subject to the limitations thereof,
the Grower-Members and the Processor- Members
agree as follows:
1. (1) MINIMUM PRICES for sugar-beets pro-
duced in the area during the year 1952 and purchased
by a processor and delivered by truck or wagon to a
plant opened by the processor for processing sugar-beets
are for the percentage of sugar in sugar-beets in column
1,
(a) where the average net return obtained by the
processor for sugar is $8.00 a hundred pounds,
the price a ton designated in column 2,
(6) where the average net return obtained by the
processor for sugar is $9.00 a hundred pounds,
the price a ton designated in column 3, and
(c) where the average net return obtained by the
processor for sugar is $10.00 a hundred
pounds, the price a ton designated in column 4,
of Schedule 1:
SCHEDULE 1
PERCENT-
AGE OF
SUGAR IN
SUGAR-
BEETS
AVERAGE NET RETURN FOR
EACH 100 POUNDS OF SUGAR
OBTAINED BY THE PROCESSOR
$8.00
$9.00
$10.00
COLUMN 1
COLUMN 2
COLUMN 3
COLUMN 4
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
Price a
ton of
Sugar- Beets
Price a
ton of
Sugar- Beets
Price a
ton of
Sugar-Beets
$9.80
10.60
11.40
12.20
13.00
13.80
14.60
15.40
$10.75
11.65
12.55
13.45
14.35
15.25
16.15
17.05
$11.70
12.70
13.70
14.70
15.70
16.70
17.70
18.70
(2) Where sugar-beets are delivered to a weigh
station, the price a ton shall be 75 cents less than the
price a ton designated in Schedule 1.
(3) For any combinations and fractional parts not
designated in Schedule 1 the price a ton of sugar-
beets shall be increased or decreased in proportion,
provided that, if the average percentage of sugar in
the sugar-beets delivered by a grower is less than 13%,
the price a ton shall be computed on a percentage of
sugar in the sugar-beets of 13%.
(4) Where the total weight of sugar-beets delivered
by all growers to a processor during the year 1952
exceeds 300,000 tons, the price paid to every grower
for all sugar-beets received and accepted by the
processor shall be 18.8 cents a ton more than the
prices designated or determined in subsections 1, 2 and
3 of this section of the Agreement.
(5) The prices in Schedule 1 are based upon an
extraction of sugar expected by the processor, in the
following amounts per ton, for sugar in the sugar-
beet of: 13 per cent — 190 pounds; 14 per cent — 210
pounds; 15 per cent — 230 pounds; 16 per cent — 250
pounds; 17 per cent — 270 pounds; 18 per cent — 290
pounds; 19 per cent — 310 pounds; 20 per cent — 330
pounds and to the extent that the actual average
extraction is more or less than the extraction of sugar
expected by the processor above referred to, then the
321
828
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
prices in Schedule 1 shall be increased or decreased
in order that the grower and the processor shall share
equally in the results of such difference between the
actual average extraction and the extraction of sugar
expected by the processor.
2. The minimum prices for sugar-beets designated
or determined by section 1 of this Agreement includes
the grower's share amounting to 50 per cent of an
estimated total return of $2,777 for each net ton of
sugar-beets paid for by the processor from the sale of
dried beet pulp and molasses, and to the extent that
the actual net return to the processor for dried beet
pulp and molasses is more or less than the estimated
total return herein mentioned, every variation of one
cent (Ic) more or less from the estimated total return
shall result in an increase or decrease, as the case may
be, of one-half cent (He) in the price a ton designated
or determined by section 1 of this Agreement, with
fractions in proportion.
3. On sugar-beets delivered by a grower to a weigh
station, the processor shall pay no charges other than
railway freight charges computed on the gross weight
of sugar-beets received and accepted by the processor
at the rate in effect at the time of the shipment, provided
that if such rate exceeds $1.25 a ton, the excess shall
be charged to the account of the grower.
4. (1) The net return to the processor for beet
sugar, dried beet pulp and molasses shall be computed
by the processor whose books and records shall be
examined by a firm of Chartered Accountants who
shall confirm or correct the computation and issue a
certificate showing the total net return to the processor
for beet sugar, dried beet pulp and molasses.
(2) The certificate of the firm of chartered account-
ants mentioned in this section of the Agreement shall
be accepted and be binding upon every grower and
processor.
5. Where a grower pits sugar-beets on the order
of a processor, he shall be allowed a minimum of $1.00
a ton in addition to the minimum prices designated
or determined by the afore-mentioned sections of this
Agreement.
6. (1) Initial payments by a processor to growers
for sugar-beets received and accepted by the processor
shall be made on the 15th of each month for all sugar-
beets delivered in accordance with this Agreement up
to and including the 20th of the preceding month and
shall be at the highest rate per ton that the processor
deems to be justifiable taking into consideration
anticipated production of and returns from the sale of
sugar, dried beet pulp and molasses.
(2) A further payment shall be made on or before
the 28th of February, 1953, and shall be at the highest
rate per ton that the processor deems to be justifiable.
(3) Provided that all the sugar, dried beet pulp and
molasses from the 1952 crop are not yet sold, a further
payment shall be made on or before the 31st of May
on the following basis: according to the prices in
Schedule 1 on the full amount of the net returns from
sugar, dried beet pulp and molasses actually sold and
paid for and on 85% of the processor's estimated net
returns from sugar, dried beet pulp and molasses
unsold.
(4) Final settlement shall be made forthwith after
final net returns are received and the certificate of
the chartered accountants issued in accordance with
section 4 of this agreement, provided however, that
the processor shall have the right to deduct from any
payment due to any grower any indebtedness owing
by the grower to the processor on any account.
Grower- M embers
Eugene King
Verne Robinson
w. h. essery
(811)
Processor- M embers
A. W. McIntyre
W. H. Punchard
B. E. Easton
16
THE GAME AND FISHERIES ACT
O. Reg. 167/52.
Townships in Essex that may issue
Licences.
Amending Regulations 127 of
Consolidated Regulations 1950 and
Revoking O. Regs. 205/51.
Made— 3rd April, 1952.
Filed— 8th April, 1952, 2.20 p.m.
REGULATIONS MADE UNDER
THE GAME AND FISHERIES ACT
1. Clause d of regulation 1 of Regulations 127 of
Consolidated Regulations of Ontario 1950 as made by
regulation 1 of Ontario Regulations 205/51 is revoked
and the following substituted therefor:
(d) Anderdon, Colchester North, Colchester South,
Gosfield North, Gosfield South, Maidstone,
Maiden, Mersea, Pelee, Rochester, Sandwich
South, Sandwich West, Tilbury North and
Tilbury West, in the County of Essex;
2. Ontario Regulations 205/51 are revoked.
(812)
16
THE GAME AND FISHERIES ACT
O. Reg. 168/52.
Records and Returns by Fur-Dealers.
Amending Regulations 129 of
Consolidated Regulations 1950.
Made— 3rd April, 1952.
Filed— 8th April, 1952, 2.30 p.m.
REGULATIONS MADE UNDER
THE GAME AND FISHERIES ACT
1. Regulations 21 and 22 of Regulations 129 of
Consolidated Regulations of Ontario 1950 are revoked
and the following substituted therefor:
records and returns by fur-dealers
21. (1) The holder of a licence in form 9, 10, 11,
12 or 13 shall record in triplicate
(a) the purchase or receipt of pelts on form
15 at the time of each purchase or
receipt, and
(b) the sale or disposal of pelts on form 16
at the time of each sale or disposal.
(2) Books, supplied by the Department con-
taining forms 15 and 16 shall be
(a) carried by the holder of a licence in form
10 or 11 when purchasing or selling
pelts,
(b) retained on the premises designated on
the licence by the holder of a licence in
form 9 or 12, and
(c) retained by the licensee for not less than
two years after the licence expires.
322
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
829
Form IS
The Game and Fisheries Act
FUR DEALER'S RETURN OF PELTS
Purchased or received during the month of
List Ontario Pelts Here
19.
Date
Pur-
Purchased or Received
from
Licence Number
en
<n
2
u
i
X
o
4)5
> U
■M
IS
X
o
'S
a
en
O
e
i
X
c
■w
?
en
3
o
c
o
o
<J
u
c
3
c
1
n
1
1
chased
or
Received
Name
Address
Dealer
Trapper
Farmer
List Other Than Ontario Pelts Here
Date
Pur-
Purchased or Received
from
Place of Origin of
Shipment
O
>
<u
CD
u
cn
tn
O
u
u
i
X
o
■. 3
^ u
U.OQ
IS
X
o
us
1
tn
O
c
X
o
X
c
>>
53
a
^
2
?
St
in
3
HI
6
i
u
3
.1
1
o
chased
or
Received
Name
Address
Province
or
State
Shipping
Licence
Number
Name
Address
Licence Number .
I certify that this return is true.
Date
Signature of Licensee
Note: Where the purchase or receipt is from a farmer, describe by lot, concession and township the land on
which he resides in the column provided for "address".
323
830
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
Form 16
The Game and Fisheries Act
FUR DEALER'S RETURN OF PELTS
Sold or disposed of during the month
of 19
List Ontario Pelts Here
Date
Sold
To Whom Sold or
Disposed
Licence Number
a;
>
CQ
in
i
y
> u
1
m
O
C
i
c
c
c
i
3
O
§
c
3
C
e
>
1
or
Disposed
of
Name
Address
Tanning
Export
Dealer
TOTAL
Stock on hand :
Date:
List Other Than Ontario
Pelts Here
TOTAL
Stock on hand :
Date:
Name
Address
Licence Number .
22. (1) The holder of a licence in form 9, 10 or 12
shall
(a) on or before the 10th day of every
month send the original of forms 15 and
16 for the preceding month to the
Department at Toronto by registered
mail,
(b) on or before the 10th day of every
month send by registered mail the
duplicate original of forms 15 and 16
for the preceding month to the district
forester of the district in which the
premises designated on the licence are
situated or in which the licensee resides,
and
(c) retain the triplicate original intact in
the book in which forms 15 and 16 are
supplied.
I certify that this return is true.
bate
Signature of Licensee
(2) The holder of a licence in form 11 or 13 shall
comply with subregulation 1 except clause
b, and he shall send the duplicate original
of form 15 and 16 to the Department at
Toronto by registered mail.
(3) The triplicate original shall be available for
inspection by Department officials.
(4) Where a licensee does not receive or dispose
of pelts in any month, he shall so report in
his returns to the Department.
(5) Where a licensee is unable to make a return
on or before the 10th day of any month, he
shall make application to the district
forester for an extension of time, which may
be granted by the Minister in writing.
2. Form 27 of Regulations 129 of Consolidated
Regulations of Ontario 1950 is struck out and the
following substituted therefor:
324
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
831
Form 27
The Game and Fisheries Act
FUR-FARMER'S EXPORT LICENCE
Licence Number.
Under The Game and Fisheries Act and the regu-
lations, and subject to the limitations thereof, this
licence is granted to of
the holder of Fur-
Farmer's Licence Number
A postmaster or The Express
Company is authorized to accept for export from
Ontario to
at
(address)
fox and mink,
(number) (number)
or their pelts, bred on a fur-farm operated within
Ontario under a licence.
This licence expires 7 days after the date of issue.
(date of issue)
(signature of issuer)
Deputy Minister
(specimen signature of licensee)
Way-bill number Date .
Place.
(signature of postmaster or
express agent)
3. These regulations come into force on the 1st of
July, 1952.
(813)
16
THE FARM PRODUCTS MARKETING ACT
O. Reg. 169/52.
1952 Agreement for the Marketing
of Tomatoes for Processing.
New.
Made— 24th March, 1952.
Filed— 8th April, 1952, 4.20 p.m\
ORDER MADE BY THE BOARD UNDER
THE FARM PRODUCTS MARKETING ACT
MARKETING OF TOMATOES FOR PROCESSING
The Board approves the agreement appended hereto
and declares that it is in force.
(Seal)
G. F. Perkin
Chairman
F. K. B. Stewart
Secretary
Dated at Toronto,
this 24th day of
March, 1952.
AGREEMENT FOR MARKETING THE 1952
CROP OF TOMATOES FOR PROCESSING
Under The Ontario Vegetable Growers' Marketing-
for-Processing Scheme
This Agreement made the 13th day of March, 1952,
BETWEEN:
T. Sirett, J. Shuel and W. I. Walker, appointed
by the local board, members of the Negotiating
Committee called the Grower-Members,
— AND—
W. I. Drynan, V. Proctor and T. Renouf,
appointed by the processors, members of the
Negotiating Committee called the Processor-
Members.
Under The Farm Products Marketing Act and the
Regulations, and subject to the limitations thereof,
the Grower- Members and the Processor- Members
agree as follows:
TERMS OF payment
1. (1) Every processor shall pay on request by
any grower the amount of the purchase price due and
owing the grower for tomatoes delivered by the grower
to the processor two weeks after each date of delivery.
(2) In all cases for payment provided by subsection
(1) of this section the processor shall be entitled to
deduct from the first payment or payments due by
him to the grower thereunder all moneys owing to the
processor by the grower to such date.
(3) The final payment of any moneys due and
owing to a grower for tomatoes purchased by a pro-
cessor from a grower shall be made on or before Novem-
ber 15th, 1952.
quality standards
2. The provisions of The Farm Products Grades and
Sales Act respecting grades for tomatoes for processing
shall apply to every contract for the purchase of
tomatoes.
3. (1) The processor may reject any graded
tomatoes not equal in quality to 50 per cent of No. 1
grade or over 10 per cent below No. 2 grade as specified
in the Regulations of The Farm Products Grades and
Sales Act.
(2) Accurate records shall be kept by the processor
for all rejections and shall be made available, on
request, to the Board.
4. (1) The processor may reject any ungraded
tomatoes not equal in quality to 50 per cent of No. 1
grade or over 10 per cent below No. 2 grade as specified
in the Regulations of The Farm Products Grades and
Sales Act.
(2) Accurate records shall be kept by the processor
for all rejections and shall be made available, on
request, to the Board.
5. No processor shall reject or refuse to accept
delivery of any load of tomatoes that complies with
the requirements herein set forth when such load has
been contracted for and purchased on a grade basis
and has complied with the particular grade contracted
for or when such load has been contracted for and
purchased with no grade specified and has complied
with the requirements and conditions as herein set
forth.
grading
6. All tomatoes purchased and received for pro-
cessing on a graded basis during the year 1952 shall
be graded by Inspectors appointed under The Farm
Products Grades and Sales Act.
7. As the cost of grading tomatoes purchased for
processing during the year 1952 will be 20c per ton
325
832
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
for each ton or fraction thereof, this cost shall be shared
equally by the grower and the processor at the rate of
10c per ton for each ton or fraction thereof.
8. For the purpose of paying the grower's share of
the cost of grading tomatoes the sum of 10c per ton
for each ton or fraction thereof received by a processor
shall be deducted by the processor from the moneys
owing the grower for all tomatoes purchased and
received by the processor during the year 1952.
9. The processor shall forward to the Fruit Branch,
Ontario Department of Agriculture, Toronto, Ontario,
the sum of 20c per ton for each ton or fraction thereof
of tomatoes received by him during 1952 on or before
November 15th, 1952.
TERMS OF CONTR.'^CT
10. The provisions of this Agneement shall apply
to and form part of every contract entered into between
a processor and a grower for the purchase of tomatoes
produced in Ontario for processing during the year 1952.
11. Tomatoes produced in Ontario by any grower
for processing in Ontario shall be sold and purchased
on an acreage basis by a written contract between the
grower and a processor.
12. Each processor shall forward to the local board
a list of the growers who have entered into contracts
with him together with the acreage contracted for not
later than i\Iay 31st, 1952.
13. In every contract where the grower agrees to
plant and deliver a specified number of acres of tomatoes
to a processor, it shall be provided that the processor
during the period of processing tomatoes shall accept
at least 60 bushels per week for each acre of tomatoes
contracted for, to be delivered if so required by the
processor in instalments on the days specified by the
processor.
14. Processors running strained products and
changing over to processing whole-pack tomatoes or
vice-versa shall give each contracted grower 48 hours'
clear notice in writing, before making the change in
grade requirements.
15. (1) The season shall close on or about October
5th but may close earlier at the option of the processor
provided that three-fourths of the growers have either
indicated that their entire crop was delivered or have
made no deliveries during the preceding seven-day
period.
(2) In the event the grower has tomatoes of the
quality specified herein after October 5th, the processor
shall have the option of purchasing same at the prices
designated.
16. (1) Every contract for the purchase of tomatoes
for canning may prescribe a minimum size of 2J^
inches in diameter but no minimum size may be
prescribed for tomatoes purchased for any other
processing purpose.
(2) Where tomatoes smaller than the 2J^-inch
minimum are processed by any processor, such tomatoes
shall be paid for on the prescribed basis.
17. Every contract made between a processor and
a grower for a specified number of acres shall provide
that the grower may pick and sell any ripe tomatoes to
any other person at any time until one week previous
to the day the processor has in writing by prepaid
post notified the grower that he will commence to
accept delivery of the grower's tomatoes, and that the
grower may sell his tomatoes to any other person after
such processor has ceased to accept delivery of tomatoes
from such grower.
18. (1) The processor agrees to accept delivery of
contracted tomatoes at the time tomatoes are ready
for processing and the processor agrees to weigh the
tomatoes accurately, keep a true and accurate record
of the weights and grades and furnish the grower
with a duplicate, original copy of all records of weights
and grades at the time delivery is made and the grower
may enter the premises of the processor for the purpose
of checking the weighing and grading.
(2) The weigh slips shall be signed by the processor
or his duly authorised agent and one signed copy shall
be retained by the grower for his permanent record.
(3) Weight tickets are to be retained by the growers
for their permanent records but in the event of checking
names or weights for any loads in dispute being deemed
advisable growers shall produce weight tickets for
inspection.
19. Every contract for tomatoes shall specify the
factory or receiving station to which such tomatoes
shall be delivered by the grower named in the contract.
20. No grower shall contract to deliver tomatoes to
more than one processor unless the same has been
mutually agreed upon in writing by the grower and the
processor concerned, provided that the tomatoes being
grown for each processor shall be produced on separate
plots of land and identified.
21. No processor shall knowingly contract to
purchase or accept delivery of any tomatoes from a
grower when such grower has contracted to deliver
the same tomatoes to another processor unless the
grower has fulfilled his contractual obligations with
such other processor or has been relieved from the
same.
22. No processor or buyer shall enter into a contract
with a grower after July 15th in any year unless such
processor or buyer has obtained consent to enter into
such contract from the local board or such other person
as the local board may designate.
23. A duly appointed representative of the Ontario
Vegetable Growers' Marketing Board shall have the
authority to represent the grower in all matters con-
cerning this Agreement in accordance with the pro-
visions of the Ontario Vegetable Growers' Marketing-
f or- Processing Scheme.
CONDITIONS OF SALE
24. Every processor shall give the growers 48
hours' clear notice in writing and by poster placed in
a conspicuous position at each factory before a plant
may be closed for the season.
25. Every grower or processor shall be excused for
non-fulfilment of contract caused by fire, lack of
transportation facilities, inability to obtain supplies,
floods, strikes, earthquakes, wind, hail, acts of Good,
invasion, order of civil or military authorities, beyond
the control of either party to the extent that the non-
fulfilment of contract has been hindered or prevented
by such cause or causes.
26. No processor shall require any grower to
purchase fertilizer from such processor or any agent,
servant or employee of such processor.
27. (1) The processor agrees to establish a system
of scheduled deliveries and to accept and receive
tomatoes ordered and delivered to the factory in good
condition for processing and the processor agrees that
the time for waiting for unloading will not exceed two
hours, provided deliveries are made on time and
under normal conditions at the factory.
(2) If this is not complied with, the processor is to
pay to the grower a reasonable allowance for trucking
and labour costs beyond the two-hour limit.
326
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
833
(3) Notice for delivery of tomatoes shall be issued
sufficiently in advance of the time specified for delivery
to give the grower resonable time in which to make the
required delivery.
28. Where containers are supplied by the grower
for delivery of tomatoes to a processor and are properly
identified by name, initials or other satisfactory
identifying mark, the processor shall be responsible for
damage or destruction, reasonable wear and damage
excepted, for such containers while the containers are
in the custody of such processor, but in no event shall
such processor be held responsible for containers left
in the possession of the processor after December 1st
in each year.
29. Where containers are supplied by the processor,
the processor shall loan the grower 60 ^th-bushel
baskets or containers of equal capacity per acre to
make delivery of the said tomatoes, it being agreed
that the grower shall use them only for delivery of
tomatoes to the processor and shall return them within
two weeks after his last delivery and that the grower
shall pay the processor on or before the date of final
payment for the 1952 crop twenty cents for each
basket not returned prior to that date.
30. Every processor shall return to the grower an
equal number of empty containers to those delivered
with each load of tomatoes by the grower to the pro-
cessor during the processing season.
31. (1) Disease and pest control measures may be
undertaken by a processor with the consent of a grower
and the cost of such control measures shall be negotiated
and agreed to in writing between the processor and the
grower or his representative and the charge shall not
exceed the processor's cost.
(2) No processor may require a grower to accept a
spraying program to control disease and pests in
tomatoes as a condition of obtaining a contract to
grow tomatoes for processing.
32. The cost of all services and equipment charges to
the grower and provided by the processor shall be nego-
tiated and agreed to in writing between the processor
and the grower or his representative before any contract
is signed by the grower, otherwise the said contract
shall at the option of the grower be void.
33. Either party hereto shall have the right to
cancel or request modification of the acreage contracted
for on or before the 15th of April, 1952, by giving
written notice by mail to the other party.
34. Any additional cost which may be incurred as
a result of a change as requested by the processor in the
factory or factory receiving station to which tomatoes
are to be delivered shall be borne by the processor.
INTERPRETATION
1. In this Agreement
(a) "grower" means a person engaged in the
production of vegetables in Ontario for
processing;
(b) "local board" means "The Ontario Vegetable
Growers' Marketing Board";
(c) "processing" includes canning, dehydrating,
drying, freezing or processing with sugar or
sulphur dioxide or any other chemical;
(d) "processor" means a person carrying on the
business in Ontario of processing vegetables;
and
(e) "vegetables" means green or wax beans, beets,
cabbage, carrots, sweet-corn, green peas or
tomatoes produced in Ontario
subsequently used for processing.
/hich are
The members of the Negotiating Committee approve
this Agreement.
Dated at
the
Grower- M embers
Wm. I. Walker
John R. Shuel
A. T. SiRETT
(814)
of
, in the County of
Processor-Members
V. Proctor
T. R. Renouf
W. I. Drynan
16
THE FARM PRODUCTS MARKETING ACT
O. Reg. 170/52.
1952 Agreement for the Marketing
of Tomatoes for Processing.
New.
Made— 24th March, 1952.
Filed— 8th April, 1952, 4.40 p.m.
ORDER MADE BY THE BOARD UNDER
THE FARM PRODUCTS MARKETING ACT
marketing of tomatoes for processing
The Board approves the agreement app)ended hereto
and declares that it is in force.
(Seal)
G. F. Perkin
Chairman
F. K. B. Stewart
Secretary
Dated at Toronto,
this 24th day of
March, 1952.
AGREEMENT FOR MARKETING THE 1952
CROP OF TOMATOES FOR PROCESSING
Under The Ontario Vegetable Growers' Marketing-
f or- Processing Scheme
This Agreement made the 21st day of March, 1952,
BETWEEN:
W. I. Walker,
the member of the negotiating board appointed
by the 3 members of the Negotiating Committee,
called the Grower- Members,
— AND—
V. Proctor,
the member of the negotiating board appointed
by the 3 members of the Negotiating Committee,
called the Processor-Members,
— AND—
His Honour D. J. Cowan, Judge of the County
Court of Brant, the member of the negotiating
board appointed by The Farm Products Market-
ing Board.
Under The Farm Products Marketing Act and the
Regulations and subject to the limitations thereof, the
members of the negotiating board, appointed to settle
agreements respecting minimum prices for graded and
ungraded tomatoes of the 1952 crop for processing
agree as follows:
327
834
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
PURCHASE OF GRADED TOMATOES
1. That the minimum prices to be paid every
grower for all tomatoes during the year 1952 purchased
and received for processing shall be at the rate of
$40.00 per ton for No. 1 grade and $30.00 per ton for
No. 2 grade, f.o.b. factory or f.o.b. factory receiving
station, with no price for culls.
PURCHASE OF UNGRADED TOMATOES
2. That where the processor contracts for less than
30 acres of tomatoes, then tomatoes may be delivered
on an ungraded basis and the minimum price to be
paid such grower for such tomatoes produced in
Ontario during the year 1952, purchased and received
for processing shall be at the rate of $35.00 per ton
f.o.b. factory or f.o.b. factory receiving station.
INTERPRETATION
1. In this Agreement
(a) "grower" means a person engaged in the
production of vegetables in Ontario for
processing;
(b) "local board" means "The Ontario Vegetable
Growers' Marketing Board";
(c) "processing" includes canning, dehydrating,
drying, freezing or processing with sugar or
sulphur dioxide or any other chemical;
(d) "processor" means a person carrying on the
business in Ontario of processing vegetables;
and
(c) "vegetables" means green or wax beens, beets,
cabbage, carrots, sweet-corn, p;reen peas or
tomatoes produced in Ontario which are
subsequently used for processing.
The following members of the negotiating board
approve this Agreement.
Dated at Toronto, in the County of York, the 21st
of March, 1952.
THE NEGOTIATING BOARD
D. J. Cowan
WM. I. Walker
(815)
16
328
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
863
Publications Under The Regulations Aet
APRIL 26th 1952
THE LEASEHOLD REGULATIONS ACT, 1951
O. Reg. 171/52.
Leasehold Regulations.
Amending O. Regs. 98/52.
Made— 9th April, 1952.
Filed— 10th April, 1952, 3.25 p.m.
REGULATIONS MADE UNDER
THE LEASEHOLD REGULATIONS ACT, 1951.
1. Subregulation 1 of regulation 3^ of Ontario
Regulations 98/52 is amended by striking out the
words and figures "15th of June, 1951" and sub-
stituting therefor the words and figures "1st of April,
1952".
2. Item a of Form 1 of Ontario Regulations 89/52
is struck out and the following substituted therefor:
(a) I became owner of the self-contained dwelling
before April 1st, 1952.
3. These regulations shall come into force on the
22nd of April, 1952.
(839)
17
THE FARM PRODUCTS MARKETING ACT
O. Reg. 172/52.
1952 Agreement for the Marketing
of Sweet Corn for Processing.
New.
Made— 20th March, 1952.
Filed— 10th April, 1952, 3.00 p.m.
ORDER MADE BY THE BOARD UNDER
THE FARM PRODUCTS MARKETING ACT
MARKETING OF SWEET-CORN
The Board approves the agreement appended hereto
and declares that it is in force.
(Seal)
G. F. Perkin
Chairman
F. K. B. Stewart
Secretary
Dated at Toronto,
this 20th day of
March, 1952.
AGREEMENT FOR MARKETING THE 1952
CROP OF SWEET-CORN FOR PROCESSING
Under The Ontario V'egetable Growers' Marketing-
for-Processing Scheme
This Agreement made the 21st day of February,
1952,
BETWEEN:
W. D. MacDougall, D. O. Reynolds and W. I.
Walker, appointed by the local board, members
of the Negotiating Committee called the Grower
Members,
— AND—
B. Hyslop, C. Metcalfe and B. Ormseth,
appointed by the processors, members of the
Negotiating Committee called the Processor
Members.
Under The Farm Products Marketing Act and the
Regulations, and subject to the limitations thereof,
the Grower Members and the Processor Members
agree as follows:
MINIMUM PRICE
1. That the minimum price to be paid every grower
for all sweet-corn produced in Ontario during the
year 1952, purchased and received for processing, shall
be at the rate of Twenty-six Dollars ($26.00) per ton,
f.o.b. factory or f.o.b. factory receiving station.
terms of payment
2. (1) Every processor shall pay on request by
any grower the amount of the purchase price due and
owing the grower for sweet-corn delivered by the
grower to the processor two weeks after each date of
delivery.
(2) In all cases for payment provided by sub-
section (1) of this section the processor shall be entitled
to deduct from the first payment or payments due by
him to the grower thereunder all moneys owing to the
processor by the grower to such date.
(3) The final payment of any moneys due and
owing to a grower for sweet-corn purchased by a
processor from a grower shall be made on or before
November 15th, 1952.
TERMS OF contract
3. The provisions of this Agreement shall apply
to and form part of every contract entered into between
a processor and a grower for the purchase of sweet-corn
produced in Ontario for processing during the year 1952.
4. Sweet-corn produced for processing in Ontario
shall be sold and purchased on an acreage basis by a
written contract between the grower and a processor.
5. In every contract where the grower agrees to
plant and deliver sweet-corn produced on a specified
number of acres to a processor the processor shall
accept at least 7,000 pounds of sweet-corn for each
acre contracted for during 1952.
6. No form of contract or agreement entered into
between a grower and a processor shall contain any
provision requiring the grower:
(a) to purchase sweet corn seed at a price exceeding
thirty-five cents (35c) per pound which charge may
be deducted from any moneys payable to the grower
for sweet-corn produced and delivered to the processor
and the amount of such deduction shall be shown on
the grower's statement; or
(b) to purchase corn ensilage, and where a grower
desires to purchase corn ensilage, it shall be on the
basis of a stated price per ton for such ensilage.
329
864
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
7. Any additional cost which may be incurred as a
result of a change in the factory or receiving station
to which sweet corn is to be delivered as ordered by a
processor shall be borne by the processor.
8. The grower or processor shall be excused for
non-fulfilment of contract caused by inability beyond
the control of either party to obtain necessary supplies,
fire, lack of transportation facilities, floods, strikes,
earthquakes, wind, hail, Acts of God, invasion, order
of civil or military authorities or any external act
beyond the control of either party to the extent that
the fulfilment of contract has been hindered or prevented
by such cause or causes.
9. The processor agrees to accept delivery of
contracted sweet-corn at the time sweet-corn is ready
for processing and the processor agrees to weigh
accurately the sweet-corn, keep a true and accurate
record of the weights and furnish the grower with a
duplicate original copy of all records of weights at the
time delivery is made and the grower may enter the
premises of the processor for the purpose of checking
the weighing. The weight slips shall be signed by the
processor or his duly authorized agent and one copy
signed by the processor shall be retained by the grower
for his permanent record.
10. Either party to this Agreement shall have the
right to cancel or request modification of the acreage
contracted on or before the 1st of May, 1952, by giving
written notice by mail to the other party.
11. Spraying or dusting of sweet-corn for disease
and pest control may be undertaken by the processor
with the consent of the grower and the cost of such
control measures shall be negotiated and agreed to in
writing between the processor and the grower or his
representative on or before the execution of a contract
but the charge made shall not exceed the processor's
cost.
12. If the grower's sweet corn crop is not harvested
through the fault of the processor, then the processor
shall notify the grower of his inability to receive and
accept the sweet-corn and to allow tests as to yield
and grade to be made immediately and the processor
shall pay for the grower's unharvested sweet-corn at
the prevailing rate per ton for sweet-corn, less any
non-incurred cost of harvesting at prevailing rates.
The yield and grade of unharvested sweet-corn to be
estimated and agreed upon by the grower and the
processor and a third qualified person, if necessary,
appointed by the Farm Products Marketing Board.
13. Every processor shall forward to the local
board a list of the growers who have signed contracts
together with the acreage contracted for not later than
May 31st, 1952.
14. Seed delivered by a processor shall have a
tag attached to each bag showing the current germina-
tion test and such seed shall be paid for in accordance
with the terms of this Agreement.
15. The grower shall deliver sweet-corn covered
by this Agreement to the designated factory promptly
after harvest. It is agreed that high quality sweet-
corn can be processed only if sweet-corn is tender
and contains no mixture of varieties. It is further
agreed that, once deliveries are made in accordance
with the order of the processor or his representative,
the processor may not reject but must accept sweet-corn
and pay the grower the price set out in this Agreement.
16. When a processor furnishes a grower with
machinery or other services on request, the charges
for the same shall be negotiated and agreed to in
writing between the processor and the grower or his
representative on or before the execution of a contract
between processor and grower.
17. It shall be the processors' responsibility to
state the time sweet-corn is ready to pick and to
establish a system of scheduled deliveries and to accept
and receive sweet-corn ordered and delivered to the
factory in good condition for processing and the
processor undertakes that the time for waiting for
unloading will not exceed two hours provided deliveries
are made on time and under normal conditions at the
factory. If this is not complied with, the processor
is to pay to the grower a reasonable allowance for
trucking and labour costs beyond the two-hour limit.
Notice for delivery of sweet-corn shall be issued
sufficiently in advance of the time specified for delivery
to give the grower reasonable time in which to make the
required delivery.
Dated at Toronto, in the County of York, the
20th day of March, 1952.
Grower-Members
Wm. I. Walker
W. D. MacDougall
D. O. Reynolds
(840)
Processor-Members
B. Ormseth
Clayton S. Metcalfe
W. B. Hyslop
17
THE FARM PRODUCTS MARKETING ACT
O. Reg. 173/52.
1952 Agreement for the Marketing
of Green Peas for Processing.
New.
Made— 20th March, 1952.
Filed— 10th April, 1952, 3.10 p.m.
ORDER MADE BY THE BOARD UNDER
THE FARM PRODUCTS MARKETING ACT
MARKETING OF GREEN PEAS
The Board approves the agreement appended hereto
and declares that it is in force.
(Seal)
G. F. Perkin
Chairman
F. K. B. Stewart
Secretary
Dated at Toronto,
this 20th day of
March, 1952.
AGREEMENT FOR MARKETING THE 1952
CROP OF GREEN PEAS FOR PROCESSING
Under The Ontario Vegetable Growers' Marketing-
f or- Processing Scheme
This Agreement made the 14th day of February,
1952,
BETWEEN:
C. Nicholson, D. O. Reynolds and W. I. Walker,
appointed by the local board, members of the
Negotiating Committee called the Grower-
Members,
— AND—
D. Baxter, W. I. Drynan and V. Proctor,
appointed by the processors, members of the
Negotiating Committee called the Processor-
Members.
330
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
865
Under The Farm Products Marketing Act and the
Regulations, and subject to the limitations thereof,
the Grower- Members and the Processor- Members
agree as follows:
PURCHASE OF UNGRADED GREEN PEAS
1. The minimum price to be paid every grower
for all green peas produced in Ontario during the
year 1952, purchased and received for processing, shall
be at the rate of $98.50 per ton, f.o.b. factory or f.o.b.
factory receiving station.
PURCHASE OF GRADED GREEN PEAS
2. The minimum prices to be paid every grower
for all green peas produced in Ontario during the year
1952, purchased and received for processing, shall
average not less than $98.50 per ton f.o.b. factory
or f.o.b. factory receiving station and processors
purchasing green peas on a graded basis may do so
on the same T-meter readings and price ranges as in
1951, subject to a $3.25 per ton increase over the
1951 minimum price of $92.00 per ton.
TERMS OF PAYMENT
3. (1) Every processor shall pay on request by
any grower the amount of the purchase price due and
owing the grower for green peas delivered by the grower
to the processor two weeks after each date of delivery.
(2) In all cases for payment provided by subsection
1 of this section the processor shall be entitled to
deduct from the first payment or payments due by
him to the grower thereunder all moneys owing to the
processor by the grower to such date.
(3) The final payment of any moneys due and owing
to a grower for green peas purchased by a processor
from a grower shall be made on or before October
15th, 1952.
TERMS OF CONTRACT
4. The provisions of this Agreement shall apply
to and form part of every contract entered into between
a processor and a grower for the purchase of green
peas produced in Ontario for processing during the
year 1952.
5. Green peas produced in Ontario by any grower
for processing in Ontario shall be sold and purchased
on an acreage basis by a written contract between
the grower and a processor.
6. (1) No form of contract entered into between
a grower and a processor shall contain any provision
requiring the grower to purchase pea seed except
(a) pea seed that has been treated efifectively
with a fungicide for seed borne diseases, or
{b) at a price not exceeding $7.00 per 56-lb.
bushel.
(2) The price of pea seed may be deducted by the
processor from any moneys payable to the grower for
green peas produced and delivered to the processor
but when deduction is made the amount shall be shown
on the grower's statement.
(3) Where the gross return to the grower on all
plantings of green peas harvested for processing
averages less than $56.00 per acre, the processor shall
adjust the charge for pea seed to one-half the gross
returns for the crop per acre.
(4) Processors who supply pea seed and require
more than 4 bushels per acre to be sown shall assume
the cost of the amount greater than the 4 bushels
and shall not charge it to the grower's account.
(5) When the grower suffers a crop failure, the
processor shall make no charge for pea seed supplied
to the grower.
(6) A crop failure is deemed to exist when the cost
of harvesting and delivery of green peas exceeds the
gross value of the crop.
7. If the grower's green pea crop is not harvested
through the fault of the processor, then the processor
shall notify the grower of his inability to receive and
accept the green peas and to allow tests as to yield
and grade to be made immediately and the processor
shall pay for the grower's unharvested green peas at
the prevailing rate per ton for green peas, less any
non-incurred cost of harvesting at prevailing rates,
the yield and grade of unharvested green peas to be
estimated and agreed upon by the grower and the
processor and, if necessary, a third qualified person
appointed by the Farm Products Marketing Board.
8. In every contract or form of agreement where
the grower agrees to plant and deliver a specified
number of acres of green peas to a processor, it shall
be provided that the processor, when necessary, may
limit deliveries of shelled peas to 3,500 pounds for
each acre of green peas contracted for.
9. (1) No form of contract or agreement entered
into between a grower and a processor shall contain
any provision for blanket tare deductions or other
dockage provisions for thistle heads and all other forms
of waste.
(2) Every grower shall be responsible for the
removal of thistle heads before harvesting.
(3) In the event any land planted to green peas
under a contract between a grower and a processor
shall be found to be infested, in all or in part, and the
grower iieglects to remove properly such thistles before
harvesting, the processor shall have the right to reject
any or all such green peas grown upon such land without
relieving the grower of his obligation to deliver the
balance of the green peas.
(4) Such rejections shall be made in the fields in
question and, once deliveries of green peas are made
in accordance with the instructions of the processor
from such lands, no rejections shall be made.
10. Green pea pest control measures may be
undertaken by any processor with the consent of the
growers concerned and the cost of such control measures
shall be negotiated and agreed to between the processor
and the growers provided that the charge made by any
processor for such pest control measures shall not
exceed the processor's cost for same.
11. No form of contract entered into between a
grower and a processor shall contain any provision
whereby any processor shall provide any service or
equipment during 1952, excepting green pea pest control
measures, at a rate in excess of the rate charged for
the same service during 1951.
12. A grower or processor shall have the right to
cancel or request modification of the acreage con-
tracted on or before the 1st day of April in any year
in any contract for green peas entered into between
a grower and a processor prior to that date by either
party giving notice in writing by mail to the other party.
13. (1) The processor or his representative shall
determine the time of planting and it shall be the
processor's responsibility to determine the time peas
are ready to cut and notify the grower accordingly.
(2) Notice for the cutting and delivering of pea
vines shall be issued sufficiently in advance of the time
specified for delivery to give the grower reasonable
time, weather conditions considered, in which to make
the required delivery.
331
866
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
14. (1) The processor agrees to establish a system
of scheduled deliveries and to accept and receive peas
ordered vined and delivered to the factory in good
condition for processing and the processor undertakes
that the time for waiting for unloading shall not exceed
two hours provided the deliveries of all growers are
made on schedule and under normal conditions at
the factory or vining station.
(2) If the preceding provision is not complied
with; the processor is to pay the grower a reasonable
allowance for trucking and labour costs beyond the
two-hour limit.
15. The grower or processor shall be excused for
non-fulfilment of contract caused by inability beyond
the control of either party to obtain necessary supplies,
fire, lack of transportation facilities, floods, strikes,
earthquakes, wind, hail. Acts of God, invasion, order
of civil or military authorities or any external act
beyond the control of either party to the extent that
thefulfilment of contract hasbeen hindered or prevented
by such cause or causes.
16. Each processor shall forward to the local board
a list of the growers who have entered into contracts
with him, together with the acreage contracted for,
not later than May 31st, 1952.
CONDITIONS OF SALE
17. Seed delivered by a processor shall have a
tag attached to each bag showing the current germina-
tion test and such seed shall be paid for in accordance
with the terms of this Agreement.
18. (1) The processor agrees to accept delivery of
all contracted peas subject to the quantity limitation
of Section 8 of this Agreement at the time peas are
ready for processing and the processor will accurately
weigh shelled peas as they are received from the
viner, keep a true and accurate record of weights and
grades and furnish the grower with a duplicate, original
copy of all weights and grades upon delivery by the
grower and the grower may enter the premises of the
processor for the purpose of checking the grading and
weighing.
(2) The weight slips shall be signed by the processor
or his duly authorized agent and one signed copy shall
be retained by the grower for his permanent record.
19. Weight tickets are to be retained by the growers
for their permanent record but in the event of checking
names or weights for any loads in dispute being deemed
advisable growers shall produce weight tickets for
inspection and verification if deemed advisable for
auditing purposes.
20. Tare on empty pea boxes shall be the actual
weight of the boxes as determined by the processor
weighing up representative samples periodically
throughout the harvesting season.
21. When pea ensilage is offered for sale by any
processor, the growers contracting to grow green peas
for the processor shall have first option to purchase
such pea ensilage with a time limit specified by the
processor.
22. (1) When green peas are purchased on a
graded basis the green peas shall be graded by a
Tenderometer or Texturemeter machine.
(2) The Tenderometer or Texturemeter reading
shall apply to each load from which the sample was
taken for grading.
(3) Samples for grading shall be taken in one of
two ways as follows:
(i) When green peas are graded at the processor's
vining station:
From the full run of the apron. Such
samples shall be obtained by the use of a
long sampling tray.
(ii) When green peas are graded at the processor's
factory:
By taking an equal quantity of peas
midway down in each box delivered to the
processor.
(4) Each sample shall weigh at least five pounds
and be thoroughly mixed and cleaned before being
graded .
(5) If any grower or his representative so request,
two additional gradings shall be made before the
processor commences to process and the average of
the three tests shall determine the grade of the green
peas delivered.
23. The processor shall maintain the Tenderometer
or Texturemeter machine in good working order and
shall permit any pea grader appointed by the Ontario
Department of Agriculture to inspect and test the
machines, and the grower or his representative may
inspect the grading of his peas by the processor at any
time.
24. Any additional cost which may be incurred as
a result of a change in the factory or vining station
to which the pea vines are to be delivered as ordered
by the processor shall be borne by the processor.
25. In the event of a dispute between the processor
and the growers as to the quality of peas purchased
on the ungraded basis, the matter in dispute shall be
referred to an Inspector appointed under The Farm
Products Grades and Sales Act immediately, who will
test the peas with a tested Texturemeter and if found
to grade less than 150 lbs. the processor shall accept
and pay the grower the agreed price per ton for un-
graded peas.
26. A duly appointed representative of the Ontario
Vegetable Growers' Marketing Board shall have the
authority to represent the grower in all matters con-
cerning this agreement in accordance with the pro-
visions of the Ontario Vegetable Growers' Marketing-
f or- Processing Scheme.
Dated at Toronto, in the County of York, the
20th day of March, 1952.
Grower- M embers
Wm. I. Walker
D. O. Reynolds
Carl E. Nicholson
(841)
Processor- M embers
W. I. Drynan
V. Proctor
J. Donald Baxter
17
THE INDUSTRIAL STANDARDS ACT
O. Reg. 174/52.
Electrical Repair-and-Construction
Industry in the Niagara Falls Zone.
New.
Made— 9th April, 1952.
Filed— 15th April, 1952, 11.25 a.m.
REGULATIONS MADE UPON THE
RECOMMENDATION OF THE MINISTER
UNDER THE INDUSTRIAL STANDARDS ACT
1. The schedule appended hereto shall be in force
during pleasure within the zone and be binding upon
the employers and employees in the industry referred
to in the schedule.
332
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
867
2. These regulations shall come into force on the
tenth day after the publication thereof in The On-
tario Gazette under The Regulations Act.
SCHEDULE FOR THE ELECTRICAL REPAIR-
AND-CONSTRUCTION INDUSTRY IN THE
NIAGARA FALLS ZONE
INTERPRETATION
1. In this schedule "holiday" means
(a) Sunday,
(&) New Year's Day,
(c) Good Friday,
(d) Dominion Day,
(e) Niagara Falls Civic Holiday,
(/) Labour Day,
(g) Thanksgiving Day, and
(h) Christmas Day.
HOURS OF WORK
2.(1) The regular working periods for the industry
shall be
(a) a regular working-week consisting of not more
than 44 hours of work to be performed during
the regular working-days, and
ib) a regular working-day consisting of not more
than
(i) 8 hours of work to be performed on
Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday
and Friday between 8 a.m. and 5 p.m., and
(ii) 4 hours of work to be performed on
Saturday between 8 a.m. and midday.
(2) Where the work cannot reasonably be per-
formed during the hours prescribed in clause h of
subsection 1, it may be performed during any other
hours if an employee does not work more than 8
hours; and this work shall be night work.
SHIFT WORK
3.(1) Where the work is performed in two or more
shifts, and if an employee works not more than 8 hours
in any 24-hour period, the employee shall be deemed
to be employed during a regular working -day.
(2) In all cases governed by subsection 1 no over-
time work shall be performed.
(3) Where two or more shifts are worked on the
same job, only one shift shall be a day-shift.
MINIMUM RATES OF WAGES
4. The minimum rate of wages shall be
(a) $1.75 an hour for work performed during the
regular working periods other than
(i) on night-shifts, or
(ii) for night work, and
(6) $1.92 Han hour
(i) for work performed during a night-shift,
and
(ii) for night work.
OVERTIME WORK
5. Work performed in the industry
(a) at any time other than during the working
periods prescribed in sections 2 and 3, and
(6) on a holiday
shall be overtime work.
6.(1) No overtime work shall be performed in the
industry without a permit from the advisory committee.
(2) The advisory committee is authorized to issue
the permits subject to the terms and conditions of this
schedule.
RATES OF WAGES FOR OVERTIME WORK
7. The rate of wages for overtime work shall be
(a) $2,623^ an hour for overtime work performed
(i) during the 7-hour period immediately
following the regular working-day on
Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday
and Friday, and
(ii) between midday and midnight on Satur-
day, and
{b) $3.50 an hour for all other overtime work.
ADVISORY COMMITTEE
8. The advisory committee is authorized to fix a
minimum rate of wages lower than the rate fixed by this
schedule for an individual who is handicapped.
(845)
17
THE FARM PRODUCTS MARKETING ACT
O. Reg. 175/52.
Marketing of Asparagus.
New and Revoking O. Regs. 132/52.
Filed— 16th April, 1952, 4.30 p.m.
REGULATIONS MADE BY THE BOARD UNDER
THE FARM PRODUCTS MARKETING ACT
MARKETING OF ASPARAGUS
1. In these regulations
(a) "asparagus" means asparagus produced in
Ontario which is subsequently used for pro-
cessing; and
(6) "local board" means "The Ontario Asparagus
Growers' Marketing Board".
2. The Board delegates to the local board the power
and authority to prohibit the marketing of any grade
or size of asparagus.
3. Ontario Regulations 132/52 are revoked.
THE FARM PRODUCTS MARKETING
BOARD
(Seal)
(850)
G. F. Perkin
Chairman
F. K. B. Stewart
Secretary
17
333
868 THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
THE SANATORIA FOR CONSUMPTIVES ACT
O. Reg. 176/52.
Maintenance Grants.
Amending Regulations 354 of
Consolidated Regulations 1950.
Made— 9th April, 1952.
Filed— 17th April, 1952, 9.00 a.m.
REGULATIONS MADE UPON THE
RECOMMENDATION OF THE MINISTER
UNDER THE SANATORIA FOR
CONSUMPTIVES ACT
1. Subregulation 2 of regulation 48 of Regulations
354 of Consolidated Regulations of Ontario 1950 is
amended by striking out the figure "3" in the first
line and substituting therefor the figure "4".
(851) 17
334
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
899
Publications Under The Regulations Act
MAY 3rd, 1952
THE REGISTRY ACT
O. Reg. 177/52.
Designation of Areas.
New and Revoking O. Regs. 143/51.
Made— 17th April, 1952.
Filed— 18th April, 1952, 3.00 p.m.
REGULATIONS MADE BY THE INSPECTOR
UNDER THE REGISTRY ACT
1. Each of the registry divisions named in Schedule
1 is designated an area to which section 32 of the Act
applies.
2. Ontario Regulations 143/51 are revoked.
Hugh H. Donald
Inspector of Legal Offices
Toronto the 17th day of April, 1952.
SCHEDULE 1
1. The County of Lincoln.
2. The City of Ottawa.
3. The County of Simcoe.
4. Toronto.
5. The East and West Ridings of the County of York.
(870) 18
THE TEACHERS' SUPERANNUATION ACT
O. Reg. 178/52.
General Amendments.
Amending Regulations 358 of
Consolidated Regulations 1950.
Made— 17th April, 1952.
Filed— 21st April, 1952, 9.00 a.m.
REGULATIONS MADE UNDER
THE TEACHERS' SUPERANNUATION ACT
1. — (1) Subregulation 1 of regulation 10 of Regu-
lations 358 of Consolidated Regulations of Ontario
1950 is amended by striking out the figures "1952" in
the second line and substituting therefor the figures
"1954".
(2) Subregulation 2 of regulation 10 of Regulations
358 of Consolidated Regulations of Ontario 1950 is
amended by striking out the figures "1952" in the
first line and substituting therefor the figures "1954".
2. Regulation 1 1 of Regulations 358 of Consolidated
Regulations of Ontario 1950 is revoked and the follow-
ing substituted therefor:
ACTIVE SERVICE — WORLD WAR I
11. Every person who obtained leave of absence
from his employment for the purpose of
entering active service in World War I or
who ceased to be employed prior to entering
the service or who became employed sub-
sequent to the service may, on producing
proof of service, count the period of service
as if it were a period of employment
(a) if not later than the 30th of June, 1953,
he enters into an agreement with the
Commission to pay the amount calcuated
in respect of the period of active service
subsequent to the 1st of April, 1917, on an
annual salary of $550 with accumulated
interest at the rate of 4%' per cent per
year compounded half-yearly, or
(b) if not later than the 31st of December,
1954, he enters into an agreement with
the Commission to pay the amount
calculated in respect of the period of
active service subsequent to the 1st of
April, 1917, on an annual salary of $1,000
with accumulated interest at the rate of
4M per cent per year compounded half-
yearly.
3. — (1) Subregulation 1 of regulation 12 of Regu-
lations 358 of Consolidated Regulations of Ontario
1950 is amended by striking out the word "was" in
the sixth line and substituting therefor the word "were"
and by striking out the figures "1951" in the seventh
line and substituting therefor the figures "1954".
(2) Subregulation 2 of regulation 12 of Regulations
358 of Consolidated Regulations of Ontario 1950 is
revoked and the following substituted therefor:
(2) Every person who entered active service in
World War II and who was not previously
employed but is subsequently employed shall
be permitted, on producing proof of the service,
to count the period of the service as if it were
a period of employment
(o) if not later than the 30th of June, 1953,
he enters into an agreement with the
Commission to pay the amount calculated
on the rate of salary not less than $550
per annum in respect of any period before
the 1st of September, 1945, and $800 in
respect of any period after that date and
not more than the initial salary that he
received on becoming employed, with
accumulated interest at the rate of 4^
per cent per year compounded half-yearly,
or
(b) if not later than the 31st of December,
1954, he enters into an agreement with the
Commission to pay the amount calculated
in respect of the period of active service
on an annual salary of $1,000 or on any
greater rate of salary he received during
his first year of employment after the
period of service with accumulated interest
at the rate of 4% per cent per year com-
pounded half-yearly.
4.(1) Subregulation 1 of regulation 13 of Regulations
358 of Consolidated Regulations of Ontario 1950 is
amended by striking out the word "was" in the thir-
teenth line and substituting therefor the word "were"
and by striking out the figures "1951" in the fifteenth
line and substituting therefor the figures "1954".
335
900
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
(2) Subregulation 2 of regulation 13 of Regulations
358 of Consolidated Regulations of Ontario 1950 is
revoked and the following substituted therefor:
(2)
Every person who entered special war service
in World War II and who was not previously
employed but is subsequently employed shall
be permitted, on producing proof of the service,
to count the period of the service as if it were
a period of employment
(a) if not later than the 30th of June, 1953,
he enters into an agreement with the
Commission to pay the amount equal to
his own contributions and that which the
Treasurer of Ontario would have made on
his behalf had he been employed cal-
culated on the rate of salary not less than
$550 per annum in respect of any period
before the 1st of September, 1945, and
$800 in respect of any period after that
date and not more than the initial salary
that he received on becoming employed,
with accumulated interest at the rate of
4% per cent per year compounded half-
yearly, or
(b)
(871)
if not later than the 31st of December,
1954, he enters into an agreement with
the Commission to pay the amount equal
to his own contributions and that which
the Treasurer of Ontario would have
made on his behalf had he been employed
calculated in respect of the period of
special war service on an annual salary
of $1,000 or on any greater rate of salary
he received during his first year of employ-
ment after the period of special war service
with accumulated interest at the rate of
4% per cent per year compounded half-
yearly.
18
THE DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION ACT
O. Reg. 179/52.
Grants for Non-Profit Camps.
New and Revoking Regulations 61 of
Consolidated Regulations 1950.
Made— 20th March, 1952.
Approved— 17th April, 1952.
Filed— 21st April, 1952, 9.10 a.m.
REGULATIONS MADE BY THE MINISTER
UNDER THE DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION
ACT
Grants for Non-Profit Camps
interpretation
1. In these regulations
(a) "camper" means a resident of Ontario under
18 years of age on the 31st of May in the
current year in attendance at a camp for at
least 6 consecutive nights, but does not
include a person employed therein;
(b) "non-profit programme of camping" means
a programme of camping conducted at a camp
where
(i) the amount of fees paid by campers is
not more than the amount the organization
expended on food, and the salaries and
wages of all camp employees, and
(ii) the average of the fees paid by campers
is not more than $1.75 a day; and
ic) "
"programme of camping" means a programme
of camping conducted
(i) as a service to the community during one
or more months from June to September,
both inclusive, and
(ii) by an organization which has accom-
modation, equipment and facilities for
conducting camp activities.
2. Where
(a) the content of the programme is approved by
the Minister,
(b) the accommodation, equipment and facilities
for conducting the programme are approved
by the Minister, and
(c) the camp holds a licence under The Public
Health Ad,
an organization conducting a non-profit programme of
camping shall be paid a grant of
(d) 75 cents for each camper remaining in camp
6, 7 or 8 consecutive nights,
(e) $1 for each camper remaining in camp 9, 10,
11 or 12 consecutive nights, and
(/) $1.50 for each camper remaining in camp 13
or more consecutive nights,
but the aggregate grant shall not exceed $2500.
INCREASE OR REDUCTION IN GRANTS
3. Where in any year the amount voted by the
Legislature for the grants under these regulations is
(a) more than sufficient to pay the grants in full, or
(h) insufficient to pay the grants in full,
the Minister may make a pro rata increase or reduction,
as the case may be.
REVOCATION OF REGULATIONS
4. Regulations 61 of Consolidated Regulations of
Ontario 1950 are revoked.
W. J. DUNLOP
Minister of Education
Toronto, March 20, 1952.
(872)
18
336
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
901
THE FARM PRODUCTS MARKETING ACT
O. Reg. 180/52.
1952 Agreement for the Marketing of
Green and Wax Beans for Processing.
New.
Made— 16th April, 1952.
Filed— 21st April, 1952, 3.00 p.m.
ORDER MADE BY THE BOARD UNDER
THE FARM PRODUCTS MARKETING ACT
MARKETING OF GREEN AND WAX BEANS
The Board approves the agreement appended hereto
and declares that it is in force.
(Seal)
G. F. Perkin
Chairman
F. K. B. Stewert
Secretary
Dated at Toronto,
this 16th day of
April, 1952.
AGREEMENT FOR MARKETING THE J952
CROP OF GREEN AND WAX BEANS FOR
PROCESSING
Under The Ontario Vegetable Growers' Marketing-
f or- Processing Scheme
This agreement made the 31st day of March, 1952,
BETWEEN:
Wm. MacDougali, R. E. Pooley and Wm. I.
Walker, appointed by the local board, members
of the Negotiating Committee called the Grower-
Members,
— AND—
D. R. McCahill, W. I. Drynan and L. C.
Marshall, appointed by the processors, members
of the Negotiating Committee called the
Processor- M embers .
Under The Farm Products Marketing Act and the
Regulations, and subject to the limitations thereof,
the Grower- Members and the Processor- Members
agree as follows:
MINIMUM price
1. That the minimum price to be paid every grower
for all green and wax beans produced in Ontario
during the year 1952, purchased and received for
processing, shall be at the rate of $100.00 per ton,
f.o.b. factory or f.o.b. factory receiving station.
2. The price of bean seed shall not exceed 35c per lb.
TERMS OF PAYMENT
3. Payment in full of all moneys due and owing to
a grower for green and wax beans produced in Ontario
during the year 1952 purchased for processing shall
be made within fifteen days after final delivery.
QUALITY STANDARDS
4. For the purposes of inspection in settling disputes
as o quality, the minimum grade requirements for
green or wax beans purchased for processing shall be
as follows:
"Grean or wax beans shall be fresh picked, tender,
medium-sized for the variety, well formed and free
from large, seedy, rusty, shrivelled, diseased or
insect-damaged beans. 'Heated' beans will not be
accepted."
TERMS OF CONTRACT
5. The provisions of this agreement shall apply to
and form part of every contract entered into between
a processor and a grower for the purchase of green and
wax beans produced in Ontario for processing during
the year 1952.
Dated at Toronto, in the County of York, the
15th day of April, 1952.
Gr ower- M embers
Wm. MacDougall
R. E. PoOLEY
Wm. I. Walker
(884)
Processor- Members
D. R. McCahill
W. I. Drynan
L. C. Marshall
18
THE MILK CONTROL ACT
O. Reg. 181/52.
West Sudbury Milk Producers'
Association.
New.
Approved— 9th April, 1952.
Filed— 22nd April, 1952, 8.50 a.m.
ORDER MADE BY THE MINISTER UNDER
THE MILK CONTROL ACT
1. In this order
(a) "Association" means West Sudbury Milk
Producers' Association; and
(Jb) "producer" means a person engaged in supply-
ing milk to a distributor in the market of
Espanola, Webbwood, McKerrowand Massey.
2. A producer shall pay to the Association licence
fees in the amount of two cents for each hundred
pounds of milk supplied.
3. A distributor who receives milk from a producer
shall deduct the amount of the licence fees from moneys
payable to the producer and shall pay the amount
to the Association.
4. A distributor shall transmit the licence fees
deducted in each month to the Association on or
before the 20th day of the next following month.
5. The Association shall furnish to the Board at
such times as it may require such information and
financial statements as the Board may determine.
THOMAS L. KENNEDY
Minister of Agriculture
(885)
18
337
902
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
THE MILK CONTROL ACT
O. Reg. 182/52.
Bertie Milk Producers' Association.
New.
Approved— 9th April, 1952.
Filed— 22nd April, 1952, 9.00 a.m.
ORDER MADE BY THE MINISTER UNDER
THE MILK CONTROL ACT
1. In this order
(a) "Association" means Bertie Milk Producers'
Association; and
(b) "producer" means a person engaged in supply-
ing milk to a distributor in the market of
Fort Erie and Ridgeway.
2. A producer shall pay to the Association licence
fees in the amount of two cents for each hundred
pounds of milk supplied.
3. A distributor who receives milk from a producer
shall deduct the amount of the licence fees from moneys
payable to the producer and shall pay the amount to
the Association.
4. A distributor shall transmit the licence fees
deducted in each month to the Association on or before
the 20th day of the next following month.
5. The Association shall furnish to the Board at
such times as it may require such information and
financial statements as the Board may determine.
THOMAS L. KENNEDY
Minister of Agriculture
(886)
18
THE MILK CONTROL ACT
O. Reg. 183/52.
Kingston Milk Producers' Association.
New and Revoking Regulations 265 of
Consolidated Regulations 1950.
Approved— 9th April, 1952.
Filed— 22nd April, 1952, 9.10 a.m.
ORDER MADE BY THE MINISTER UNDER
THE MILK CONTROL ACT
1, In this order
(a)
"Association" means Kingston Milk
ducers" Association; and
Pro-
(b) "producer" means a person engaged in supply-
ing milk to a distributor in a market composed
of the City of Kingston.
2. A producer shall pay to the Association licence
fees in the amount of two cents for each hundred
pounds of milk supplied.
3. A distributor who receives nilk from a producer
shall deduct the amount of the licence fees from moneys
payable to the producer and shall pay the amount to
the Association.
4. A distributor shall transmit the licence fees
deducted in each month to the Association on or
before the 20th day of the next following month.
5. The Association shall furnish to the Board at
such times as it may require such information and
financial statements as the Board may determine.
6. Regulations 265 of Consolidated Regulations of
Ontario 1950 are revoked.
THOMAS L. KENNEDY
Minister of Agriculture
(887)
18
THE MILK CONTROL ACT
O. Reg. 184/52.
Delivery of Milk.
Amending O. Regs. 144/51.
Made— 3rd April, 1952.
Approved— 9th April, 1952.
Filed— 22nd April, 1952, 9,20 a.m.
REGULATIONS MADE BY THE BOARD UNDER
THE MILK CONTROL ACT
1. Schedule 3 of Ontario Regulations 144/51 as
made by Ontario Regulations 253/51 is amended by
adding thereto the following item:
Kitchener-
Waterloo
commencing at the north-westerly
angle of the Township of Waterloo;
thence south-easterly along the west-
erly boundary of the township to the
production westerly of the centre line
of the road allowance between lots
132 and 133 in the Township of
Waterloo; thence easterly along that
production and the centre line of the
road allowance across lot 140, Hie-
stand's Tract, Bechtel's Tract, and
its production easterly to the centre
line of County Suburban Road 14;
thence northerly along the last-
mentioned centre line to its inter-
section with the centre line of a road
extending westerly through lot 12,
in Beasley's Old Survey, and through
Bechtel's Tract; thence easterly along
the last-mentioned centre line and its
production easterly to the high-water
mark on the easterly bank of the
Grand River; thence along the high-
water mark in a general northerly
direction to the most westerly limit
of lot 114 in the Township of Water-
loo; thence northerly along the most
westerly limit of lot 114 to the north-
westerly angle thereof; thence easterly
along the northerly limit of lot 114
to the centre line of County Suburban
Road 13; thence northerly along that
centre line to the northerly boundary
of the Township of Waterloo; thence
westerly along the boundary to the
point of commencement.
2. Schedule 4 of Ontario Regulations 144/51 as
made by Ontario Regulations 70/52 is amended by
adding thereto the following item:
338
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
903
Town of St. Mary's
the whole
3. Item 1 of Schedule 2 of Ontario Regulations
144/51 is revoked.
THE MILK CONTROL BOARD
OF ONTARIO
A. B. CURREY
Chairman
K. M. Betzner
Member
H. E. McCallum
Member
J. L Burrows
Member
Dated at Toronto, this 3rd day of April, 1952.
(888) 18
THE MILK CONTROL ACT
O. Reg. 185/52.
Retail Milk Prices in the market of
Beaverton, Cannington, Manilla,
Sunderland, Sutton, Woodville,
and Zephyr, and the townships of
Brock, Eldon, Georgina, Mara,
North Gwillimbury, and Thorah.
New and Revoking O. Regs. 135/51.
Made— 16th April, 1952.
Filed— 24th April, 1952, 8.55 a.m.
REGULATIONS MADE BY THE BOARD
UNDER THE MILK CONTROL ACT
1 . The maximum prices at which buttermilk, choco-
late drink, skim-milk, standard milk, table cream, and
whipping cream, may be sold by retail in the market
of Beaverton, Cannington, Manilla, Sunderland, Sut-
ton, Woodville, and Zephyr, and the townships of
Brock, Eldon, Georgina, Mara, North Gwillimbury,
and Thorah, shall be as follows:
in
bottles
(a) buttermilk
quart $ .13
half-pint 07
(b) chocolate drink
quart 21
half-pint 08
8 ounces 07
7 ounces 06
m
cardboard
containers
$ .14
.08
.22
.09
.08
.07
(c) skim-milk
quart. . .
14
15
(d) standard milk
quart 20 .21
pint 11 .12
half-pint 06 .07
(e) table cream
quart 85 .86
half-pint 25 .26
(/) whipping cream
quart 1.25 1.26
half-pint 35 .36
2. Ontario Regulations 135/51 are revoked.
3. These regulations come into force on the 1st of
May, 1952.
THE MILK CONTROL BOARD
OF ONTARIO
(Seal)
A. B. Currey
Chairman
K. M. Betzner
Member
H. E. McCallum
Member
Member
Dated at Toronto, this 16th day of April, 1952.
(900) 18
THE LAND TITLES ACT
O. Reg. 186/52.
Schedule of Fees and General Amend-
ments.
Amending Regulations 237 of Con-
solidated Regulations 1950.
Made— 24th April, 1952.
Filed— 25th April, 1952, 1.35 p.m.
RULES MADE UNDER THE
LAND TITLES ACT
1. Rule 71 of Regulations 237 of Consolidated
Regulations of Ontario 1950 is revoked.
2. Schedule 1 of Regulations 237 of Consolidated
Regulations of Ontario 1950 is struck out and the fol-
lowing substituted therefor:
SCHEDULE 1
FIRST REGISTRATION
1. On application for first registration, the fees as
follows:
Value of Property
(1) Where value $2,000 or
under
(2) Where value over
$2,000 and not over
$4,000
(3) Where value over
$4,000 and not over
$10,000
(4) Where value over
$10,000 and not over
$20,000
(5) Where value over
$20,000 and not over
$40,000
(6) Where value over
$40,000 and not over
$50,000
(7) Where value over
$50,000
Absolute
or qual-
ified title
Absolute
where
or quali-
instru-
fied title
ments
where
sxamined
mstru-
exceed
ments
10 or
Pos-
examinee
under
sess-
do not
The
ory
exceed
Limita-
title
10
ions Act
$ 6
$ 6
$9
6
8
12
6
10
20
6
12
25
7
15
30
8
20
40
8
20
50
339
904
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
2. Where more than one property is included
in one application, or where the titles are sub-
stantially different, the fees in item 1 to be pay-
able as if the registration of the properties had
been applied for separately and where the fees
chargeable are in the opinion of the master of
titles at Toronto unduly excessive, the master to
fix a smaller fee.
3. Additional fees to be charged where oral
depositions are taken, or where notices are served
upon persons appearing to have adverse claims,
or where there is a contest, and also all disburse-
ments of the master.
4. For entering and filing objection $ .50
5. For every order, summons, or notice 60
Each folio over three 20
6. For comparing and authenticating with
office-stamp, copies of notices, every three folios. .05
7. For every appointment 30
Each folio after the first 20
8. For special proceedings, an hour or part
thereof 2 . 00
9. For administering oath 20
10. For marking exhibit 20
11. For returning documents of title deposited
in support of application, on its withdrawal 50
12. Where application for first registration is
withdrawn, refused, or abandoned, such amount
not exceeding the fees in item 1 as the master
considers reasonable.
13. Application to continue proceedings for
first registration upon death or change of interest 2 .00
GENERAL REGISTRATIONS
14. (1) For registration of any instrument, in-
cluding transfer, charge, transfer of charge, post-
ponement of charge, lease, caution, power of at-
torney, or letters patent, and including
(a) a search of parcel or parcels affected at
time of registration,
(6) a search of execution index at the time of
registration,
(c) the entry of registration on the certifi-
cate of ownership, or certificate of charge,
and
id) certifying the duplicate of an instrument
not dealing with the fee in the land,
except where otherwise specified in this schedule,
or under another Act of the Legislature of Ontario 4 . 00
(2) Where the instrument affects more parcels
than one, for each parcel after the first 1 . 00
OTHER DEALINGS WITH OWNERSHIP
15. For examination of evidence and registering
owner on a transmission of land through death . . 5 . 00
For each parcel after the first 1 . 00
16. For entry of survivors as owners in case of
joint tenancy 3 . 00
For each parcel after the first 1 . 00
17. For examination, where required, of pro-
ceedings on sale of mortgaged land 5 . 00
For each parcel after the first 1 . 00
18. For entry of ownership under foreclosure. . 5 .00
For each parcel after the first 1 . 00
OTHER DEALINGS WITH CHARGES
19. For examination of evidence and registering
owner on a transmission of charge through death 5 . 00
For each parcel after the first 1 . 00
20. For entry of survivors as owners in case
charge held in joint account 3.00
For each parcel after the first 1 . 00
DISCHARGES AND SIMILAR DEALINGS
21. (1) For registration of cessation of charge,
determination of lease, cancellation of forfeiture,
release of reservation, discharge of caution, dis-
charge of execution, or similar instruments 1 . 50
For each parcel after the first 1 . 00
(2) Where the description in a partial cessa-
tion, determination, cancellation, release, dis-
charge, or similar instrument, exceeds two folios,
for each additional folio 20
(3) Where more than one charge, lease, for-
feiture, reservation, caution, execution, or similar
instrument, is discharged under one instrument,
the same fee as for separate instruments.
APPLICATIONS
22. On application for duplicate certificate of
ownership, or certificate of charge, where original
is lost or mislaid, including the issuance of the
duplicate 5 . 00
23. On application for re-entry of parcel or part
of parcel, or consolidation of two or more parcels,
for each parcel re-entered or consolidated 2 .00
24. (1) Where a revised description is applied
for, or where the master deems necessary 2 . 00
(2) Where time required to prepare descrip-
tion exceeds one hour, for each hour or part
thereof 2.00
25. (1) For each plan registered, if not more
than ten lots, excepting a plan of an air-port. ... 6.00
(2) For each lot over ten 10
(3) For certifying each duplicate plan 1 .00
(4) Where plan lays out portion of a parcel,
for re-entry of portion laid out 2 .00
(5) Where in consequence of a plan being
registered, re-entry of remainder of parcel re-
quired, for each parcel re-entered 2 .00
(6) Where in consequence of a plan being
registered, two or more parcels are merged or con-
solidated, for each parcel merged or consolidated 2 . 00
(7) For a plan of an air-port 5 .00
ADDITIONAL FEES ON REGISTRATION
26. For entry of consent of cautioner to regis-
tration of another instrument without discharging
caution or entry 1 .00
For each parcel after the first 50
27. For entry of covenants or conditions run-
ning with the land, each folio 20
Where entered in more parcels than one, for
each parcel after the first, each folio 20
340
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
905
28. For comparing probate of will, letters of
administration, charter, letters patent, or other
document, with copy to be left in office, if not
more than five folios 50
For each folio over five 10
29. For certificate of ownership or certificate of
charge 4 .00
30. For each entry on a certificate of owner-
ship, or on a certificate of charge, other than the
entry made at the time of registration SO
31. For a certificate of search of title of any
parcel 4 .00
32. On re-certifying certificate of search 1 .00
For each entry over one 50
33. For a copy or extract from a document filed
or registered, or for certifying a copy of a docu-
ment where the copy is not made in the land titles
office 1.00
For each folio over five 20
34. For a certificate as to executions, each name 1.00
35. For a copy of a tax notice prepared in the
land titles office, including marking as an office
copy 50
36. For each certificate by the master, where
not otherwise specified 1 . 00
SEARCHES
37. For a search of one parcel 50
38. For a search of the plan index, each parcel .20
39. For a search of the first-registration index,
bankruptcy index, alphabetical index, or ad-
dress index, each name in each index 50
40. For a search of the execution index
(rt) at time of registration of instrument con-
cerned, or at time of requisition of certi-
ficate as to executions, or at time of re-
certification of certificate of search, no
fee,
(b) at other times, each name 50
41. For the production of a plan or instrument,
each plan or instrument 30
MISCELLANEOUS
42. For each order by the master 1 .00
43. For a stated case or certificate to the court 5.00
44. For entry of payment of taxes, each parcel .50
45. For receiving or hearing special application,
each hour or part thereof 3 . 00
46. (1) Where an instrument is received by
mail, or by express 50
(2) The fee in sub-item 1 to include the return,
if necessary, of the duplicate instrument, certi-
ficate of ownership, or other instrument, and the
return postage whether by registered mail or
otherwise.
47. For a proceeding upon a special application
after first registration, the same fee as is payable
for a similar proceeding on an application for
first registration.
48. For similar proceedings to those herein
otherwise provided for, the same fee. Where no
similar proceeding, the same fee as would be pay-
able for proceedings in the court, but where the
proceeding is similar to one under The Registry
Act, the same fee as under that Act.
(907)
18
THE DIVISION COURTS ACT
O. Reg. 187/52.
Territorial Limits of Divisions.
Amending O. Regs. 270/50 and 16/52.
Made— 24th April, 1952.
Filed— 25th April, 1952, 1.40 p.m.
By Direction.
REGULATIONS MADE UNDER THE
DIVISION COURTS ACT
1 . The index of schedules of descriptions of division
court boundaries in Ontario Regulations 270/50, as
amended by Ontario Regulations 16/52, is further
amended by striking out:
Algoma
1
223
2
224
3
225
4
223A
6
226
7
227
1
223
2
224
3
225
4
223A
7
227
and substituting therefor:
Algoma
2. Schedule 223 of Ontario Regulations 16/52 and
Schedule 226 of Ontario Regulations 270/50 are re-
voked and the following substituted therefor:
SCHEDULE 223
1. The townships of
(a) St. Joseph,
(6) Jocelyn, and
(c) Hilton.
2. That part of the Territorial District of Algoma
lying within a line described as follows:
Commencing where the production westerly of the
southerly boundary of the geographic Township of
MacDonald meets the boundary between Canada and
the United States; thence easterly along the production
and the southerly boundary of the township to the
easterly boundary of the township; thence northerly
along the easterly boundary of the township to the
southerly boundary of the geographic Township of
Kehoe; thence easterly along that boundary to the
easterly boundary of the Township of Kehoe; thence
northerly along that boundary to the northerly boun-
dary of the township; thence westerly along the last-
mentioned boundary to the south-easterly angle of the
geographic Township of Anderson; thence northerly
along the easterly boundary of the geographic town-
ships of Anderson, Hodgins, Gaudette, Tp. 24, Range
11, Tp. 24, Range 12, Tp. 24, Range 13, Tp. 24,
Range 14, and Tp. 24, Range 15 to the boundary
341
906
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
between the territorial districts of Algoma and Sud-
bury; thence northerly along the last-mentioned
boundary to the southerly boundary of the Township
of Tp. 24, Range 22; thence westerly along the south-
erly boundary of the townships of Tp. 24, Range 22,
Tp. 25, Range 22, Tp. 26, Range 22, Tp. 27, Range 22,
Tp. 28, Range 22, Tp. 29, Range 22, Tp. 30, Range 22,
and Tp. 31, Range 22, and the production westerly of
the southerly boundary of the Township of Tp. 31,
Range 22, to the boundary between Canada and the
United States; thence south-easterly, easterly and
southerly along the last-mentioned boundary to the
place of commencement.
3. All of the Territorial District of Algoma not
included in schedules 223, 223A, 224, 225 and 227.
3. The index of schedules of descriptions of division
court boundaries in Ontario Regulations 270/50 is
amended by striking out:
Lambton
Lennox and Addington
Northumberland and Durham
Peel
Renfrew
and substituting therefor:
Lambton
Lennox and Addington
Northumberland and Durham
1
80
2
81
3
82
5
83
6
84
8
85
9
86
1
101
7
102
8
103
9
104
1
120
2
121
3
122
5
123
8
124
9
125
10
126
11
127
1
141
2
142
3
143
1
162
3
163
4
164
S
165
6
166
7
167
1
80
2
81
3
82
5
83
8
85
9
86
1
101
7
102
8
103
1
120
2
121
3
122
5
123
8
124
9
125
11
127
Peel
Renfrew
141
142
162
163
164
166
167
4. Schedules 83 and 84 of Ontario Regulations 270/50
are revoked and the following substituted therefor.
SCHEDULE 83
1. The Town of Forest.
2. The villages of
(a) Arkona,
(b) Thedford, and
(c) Wyoming.
3. The townships of
(a) Bosanquet, and
(b) Plympton.
5. Schedules 103 and 104 of Ontario Regulations
270/50 are revoked and the following substituted
therefor:
SCHEDULE 103
1. The townships of
(a) Denbigh, Abinger and Ashby, and
(b) Kaladar, Anglesea and Efifingham.
6. Schedules 124 and 126 of Ontario Regulations
270/50 are revoked and the following substituted
therefor:
SCHEDULE 124
1, The Village of Brighton.
2. The townships of
(a) Brighton, and
(b) Murray.
7. Schedules 141 and 143 of Ontario Regulations
270/50 are revoked and the following substituted
therefor;
SCHEDULE 141
1. The Town of Brampton.
2. The Village of Bolton.
3. The townships of
(a) Albion,
(i) Caledon, and
(c) Chinguacousy.
4. That part of the Township of Toronto Gore
lying within a line described as follows:
Commencing at the most northerly angle of the
township; thence southerly along the easterly boundary
of the township to the production north-easterly of the
north-westerly limit of lot 15 of the southern division
342
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
907
of the township; thence south-westerly along the pro-
2. The townships of
duction and the north-westerly limit of lot 15 across
concessions 9, 8 and 7 and its production south-
(a) Bromley,
westerly to the south-westerly boundary of the town-
ship; thence north-easterly along that boundary to the
(b) Grattan,
north-westerly boundary of the township; thence
north-easterly along the last-mentioned boundary to
(c) North Algona,
the place of commencement.
(d) Ross.
8. Schedules 165 and 166 of Ontario Regulations
270/50 are revoked and the following substituted
(e) Sebastopol,
therefor:
(/) South Algona, and
SCHEDULE 166
(g) Wilberforce.
1. The villages of
(908)
18
(a) Cobden, and
(6) Eganville.
343
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
951
Publications Under The Regulations Act
MAY 10th, 1952
THE GAME AND FISHERIES ACT
O. Reg. 188/52.
Waters Set Apart.
New.
Made— 24th April, 1952.
Filed— 25th April, 1952, 4.35 p.m.
REGULATIONS MADE UNDER THE
GAME AND FISHERIES ACT
1. The waters described in schedule 1 and known
as the "Long Point Bay Fish Sanctuary" are set apart
for the conservation or propagation of fish during the
months of May and June in 1952.
SCHEDULE 1
LONG POINT BAY FISH SANCTUARY
The waters and marshes of Long Point Bay of
Lake Erie within a line described as commencing at
the most northerly extremity of Big Bluff Point of
Long Point in the Township of South Walsingham, in
the County of Norfolk; thence in a westerly, north-
westerly, easterly and westerly, north-westerly, north-
easterly and northerly direction along the high-water
mark of Lake Erie to the confluence of a creek flowing
through lot 16 in Concession B in the Township of
Charlotteville, in the County of Norfolk, and thence
in a south-easterly direction in a straight line to the
place of commencement.
(924)
19
THE HIGHWAY TRAFFIC ACT
O. Reg. 189/52.
Load Limits on the King's Highway.
New.
Made— 30th April, 1952.
Filed— 30th April, 1952, 4.15 p.m.
REGULATIONS MADE UPON THE RECOM-
MENDATION OF THE MINISTER UNDER
THE HIGHWAY TRAFFIC ACT
1 . In the case of the highways described in Schedule
1, the provisions of subsections 4, 5, and 6, of section
36 of the Act shall extend and apply during the period
from the 1st of May 1952 to the 31st of May 1952,
both inclusive.
SCHEDULE 1
The portion of the King's Highway lying north of
the Severn River and east of that portion of the King's
Highway known as number 69 and north and east of
that portion of the King's Highway known as number
12 from Atherly to Sunderland Corners and north of
that portion of the King's Highway known as number
7 from Sunderland Corners to Perth and north and
west of those portions of the King's Highway known
as numbers 15 and 29 from Perth to Arnprior, except-
ing thereout that portion of the King's Highway known
as number 17 from Arnprior to Pembroke and that
portion of the King's Highway known as number 11
from Severn River to Bracebridge.
(944)
19
345
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
989
Publications Under The Regulations Act
MAY 17th, 1952
THE HIGHWAY IMPROVEMENT ACT
O. Reg. 190/52.
Toronto-Barrie and Barrie By-pass
Controlled Access Highway.
Amending Regulations 135 of Con-
solidated Regulations 1950.
Made— 30th April, 1952.
Filed— 2nd May, 1952, 3.50 p.m.
REGULATIONS MADE UPON THE RECOM-
MENDATION OF THE MINISTER UNDER
THE HIGHWAY IMPROVEMENT ACT
1. Regulation 1 of Regulations 135 of Consolidated
Regulations of Ontario 1950, except schedule 1, is re-
voked and the following substituted therefor:
TORONTO-BARRIE HIGHWAY
1. That portion of the King's Highway described
in items 1, 2, 3, 4 and 5 of schedule 1 and out-
lined in red and illustrated on maps or plans
filed in the office of the Registrar of Regulations
at Toronto as numbers 58, 59, 60, 61 and 62,
respectively, is designated as a controUed-access
highway.
2. Regulations 135 of Consolidated Regulations of
Ontario 1950 are amended by adding the following
regulation:
BARRIE BY-PASS
2. That portion of the King's Highway described
in schedule 2 and outlined in red and illustrated
on a map or plan filed in the office of the
Registrar of Regulations at Toronto as number
63 is designated as a controUed-access highway.
SCHEDULE 2
In the Township of Vespra and the Town of Barrie
in the County of Simcoe, being
(o) part of lot 51 registered plan 15,
(6) part of lots 23, 24 and 25, concession 6,
(c) part of lot 23 concession 5,
(d) part of park lot 10 registered plan 160,
(e) part of lot 9 registered plan 1 7 .Town of Barrie,
(/) all of lots 64, 65 and 66, registered plan 622,
(g) part of lots 63, 67 and 68, registered plan 622,
(A) part of park lots 1 and 2, registered plan 135,
(t) part of park lots 5 to 8, both inclusive, regis-
tered plan 135,
(j) part of park lots 1,6,7 and 8, registered plan
114,
(k) part of park lot 1 registered plan 19,
(/) part of park lots 15 to 20, both inclusive, regis-
tered plan 19,
(m) part of the streets named
(i) Anne,
(ii) Wellington,
(iii) Toronto,
(iv) Bayfield,
(v) Rose^
(vi) Elizabeth, and
(vii) Henry,
(«) part of Sunnidale Road,
(o) part of lot 2 1 concession 4,
(p) part of lots 21 and 22, concession 3,
(g) part of lots 4 to 10, both inclusive, concession
1 west of Penetanguishene Road,
(r) part of lots 5 to 10, both inclusive, registered
plan 302,
(5) part of gore lot 1 1 concession 1 west of Pene-
tanguishene Road, and
(/) part of the road allowance between
(i) the townships of Innisfil and Vespra,
(ii) lots 5 and 6, in concession 1 west of
Penetanguishene Road,
(iii) lots 10 and 11, in concession 1 west of
Penetanguishene Road,
(iv) concessions 1 west of Penetanguishene
Road and 3,
(v) concessions 3 and 4,
(vi) lots 25 and 26, in concession 6, and
(vii) the townships of Vespra and Oro,
and being a strip of land 300 feet wide lying between
two lines drawn parallel to, on opposite sides of and
distant 150 feet measured perpendicularly from a centre
line and centre line produced, and, premising that all
bearings are astronomic and are referred to the meridian
through the south-east angle of lot 25 concession 7
Township of Vespra in longitude 79° 42' west, the
centre line may be located as follows:
Commencing at a point in the centre line of the
road allowance between the townships of Vespra
and Innisfil, the centre line of the road allowance
being the southerly limit of the herein-described
lands, the point being located by starting at the
south-east angle of the west half of lot 25 concession
6, thence south 58° 04' 15" west along the southerly
limit of lot 25 a distance of 492.16 feet, thence
south 39° 54' 20' east 164.13 feet to the point of
commencement; thence north 39° 54' 20' west
808.61 feet; thence northerly 2790.51 feet on a
curve right of 2644.42 feet radius, the chord equi-
valent being 2662.83 feet measured north 9° 40' 30'
west; thence north 20° 33' 20' east 88.65 feet to a
point in the southerly limit of Elizabeth Street
475.89 feet measured north 58° 24' 40' east along
the southerly limit from a standard iron bar in the
line between the east half and the west half of
lot 24 concession 6; thence north 20° 33' 20' east
347
990
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
2240.91 feet to a point in the westerly limit of Anne
Street 237.84 feet measured south 31° 59' 50" east
along the westerly limit from a standard iron bar
in the southerly limit of Hubbard Street; thence
north 20° 33' 20" east 1194.38 feet; thence north-
easterly 895.97 feet on a curve right of 5729.58 feet
radius, the chord equivalent being 895.06 feet
measured north 25° 02' 07" east; thence north
29° 30' 55" east 721.41 feet to a point in the north-
erly limit of Sunnidale Road 50.17 feet measured
north 69° 23' west along the northerly limit from
the south-east angle of lot 65 registered plan 622;
thence north 29° 30' 55" east 2729.59 feet to a
point in the easterly limit of Bayfield Street 452.81
feet measured south 31° 59' east along the easterly
limit from a standard iron bar marking the most
westerly angle of park lot 6 registered plan 114;
thence north 29° 30' 55" east 511.22 feet; thence
north-easterly 464.94 feet on a curve right of
5729.58 feet radius, the chord equivalent being 464.82
feet measured north 31° 50' 24* east; thence north-
easterly 1045.47 feet on a curve right of 5729.58
feet radius, the chord equivalent being 1044.02 feet
measured north 39° 23' 32" east; thence north
44° 37' 10" east 380.82 feet to a point in the easterly
limit of park lot 20 registered plan 19 distant 422.86
feet measured north 31° 50' 20" west along the
easterly limit from the most easterly angle of park
lot 20; thence north 44° 37[ 10" east 2296.06 feet
to a point in the easterly limit of lot 21 concession 4
distant 972.72 feet measured north 31° 14' 50" west
along the easterly limit from the most easterly angle
of lot 21; thence north 44° 37' 10" east 236.36 feet;
thence north-easterly 1663.70 feet on a curve right
of 3819.72 feet radius, the chord equivalent being
1650.58 feet measured north 57° 05' 50* east;
thence north 69° 34' 30" east 2157.65 feet to a
point in the easterly limit of lot 22 concession 3,
distant 134.09 feet measured southerly along the
easterly limit from the north-easterly angle of lot
22; thence north 69° 34' 30" east 3147.06 feet to a
point in the southerly limit of lot 7 registered plan
302 distant 745.82 feet measured south 82° 31' 50'
east along the southerly limit of lots 4, 5, 6 and 7,
registered plan 302, from the south-west angle of
lot 4; thence north 69° 34' 30" east 235.13 feet;
thence north-easterly 2250.83 feet on a curve left
of 2864.79 feet radius, the chord equivalent being
2193.39 feet measured north 47° 04' east; thence
north 24° 33' 30" east 952.89 feet to a point in the
northerly limit of lot 7 concession 1 west of Pene-
tanguishene Road 2273.60 feet measured westerly
along the northerly limit from the north-east angle
of lot 7; thence north 24° 33' 30" east 3016.23 feet;
thence north-easterly 1512.78 feet on a curve right
of 2864.79 feet radius, the chord equivalent being
1495.26 feet measured north 39° 41' 10" east; thence
north 54° 48' 50" east 404.0 feet to a point in the
easterly limit of gore lot 11 concession 1 west of
Penetanguishene Road 475.03 feet measured north
31° 06' 20" west along the easterly limit from the
north-east angle of gore lot 10 concession 1 west of
Penetanguishene Road; thence north 54° 48' 50"
east 33.08 feet to a point in the centre line of the
road allowance between the townships of Vespra
and Oro, the centre line being the north-easterly
limit of the herein-described lands.
(992)
20
THE WORKMEN'S COMPENSATION ACT
O. Reg. 191/52.
General.
Amending Regulations 371 of Con-
solidated Regulations 1950.
Made— 16th April, 1952.
Approved— 30th April, 1952.
Filed— 5th May, 1952, 9.00 a.m.
REGULATIONS MADE BY THE BOARD
UNDER THE WORKMEN'S COM-
PENSATION ACT
1. Regulations 4 and 5 of Regulations 371 of Con-
solidated Regulations of Ontario, 1950, and regulations
2 and 3 of Ontario Regulations 92/51, are revoked.
2. Clause e of item 2 of Class 11 of Schedule 1 of
Regulations 371 of Consolidated Regulations of On-
tario, 1950, is revoked and the following substituted
therefor:
(e) Operating
(i) service stations, and
(ii) garage businesses.
3. These regulations shall come into force on the
1st of January, 1953.
E. E. SPARROW
Chairman.
(Seal) S. R. JOHNSTON
Secretary.
Dated at Toronto
this 16th day of April, 1952.
(993)
20
THE WORKMEN'S COMPENSATION ACT
O. Reg. 192/52.
Pension Fund.
Amending Regulations 372 of Con-
solidated Regulations 1950.
Made— 16th April, 1952.
Approved— 30th April, 1952.
Filed— 5th May, 1952, 9.10 a.m.
REGULATIONS MADE BY THE BOARD
UNDER THE WORKMEN'S COM-
PENSATION ACT
1. Clause c of regulation 1 of Regulations 372 of
Consolidated Regulations of Ontario, 1950, is amended
by adding at the end thereof the following:
but in respect of persons deemed employees of the
Board under subsection la of section 69 of the
Act means the 1st of January, 1951 ;
2. Regulations 372 of Consolidated Regulations of
Ontario, 1950, are amended by adding thereto the fol-
lowing regulation:
la. The Board designates the following associa-
tions and corporations for the purposes of sub-
section la of section 69 of the Act:
(o) Class 20 Accident Prevention Associa-
tion of Ontario,
(fc) Construction Safety Association of On-
tario,
(c) The Electrical Employers' Association
of Ontario,
(</) Industrial Accident Prevention Associa-
tions,
(e) The Lumbermen's Safety Association,
(/) The Ontario Highway Construction
Safety Association, and
348
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
991
ig) The Ontario Pulp and Paper Makers
Safety Association.
3. Subregulation 2 of regulation 3 of Regulations
372 of Consolidated Regulations of Ontario, 1950, is
amended by adding after the word "to" in the first
line the words "subregulation 2a and to".
4. Regulation 3 of Regulations 372 of Consolidated
Regulations of Ontario, 1950, is amended by adding
thereto the following subregulation:
(2a) Where the period between the date when a
new employee became a member of the plan
on the 18th of February, 1952, and the date
of his normal retirement-age is less than 10
years he shall not pay into the fund, but if he
(a) gives notice in writing to the Board
within 60 days after the 1st of June,
1952, of his intention to pay an amount
equal to the amount payable for a suf-
ficient number of years of service to
complete the period of 10 years, and
(6) pays or agrees to pay the amount men-
tioned in clause a together with interest
thereon at 3 per cent a year,
he shall be entitled to credit for that period
in computing the amount of any pension
payable to him.
5. Table I of Regulations 372 of Consolidated Regu-
lations of Ontario, 1950, is amended by striking out the
last line and substituting therefor the following:
45 and over 7.75
E. E. SPARROW
(Seal) Chairman.
S. R. JOHNSTON
Secretary.
Dated at Toronto
this 16th day of April, 1952.
(994)
20
THE POLICE ACT
O. Reg. 193/52.
Division of Responsibility for Policing.
Amending Regulations 320 of Con-
solidated Regulations 1950.
Made— 30th April, 1952.
Filed— 5th May, 1952, 11.15 a.m.
REGULATIONS MADE UNDER
THE POLICE ACT
1. Part 1 of schedule 2 of Regulations 320 of Con-
solidated Regulations of Ontario 1950 is amended by
adding thereto the following item:
45a. Municipal Township of I
WEST FERRIS — the whole
(996)
20
349
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
1013
Publications Under Tlie Regulations Act
MAY 24th, 1952
THE RACE TRACKS TAX ACT
O. Reg. 194/52.
Rate of Tax.
Amending Regulations 347 of Con-
solidated Regulations 1950 and
Revoking O. Regs. 88/51.
Made— 7th May, 1952.
Filed— 9th May. 1952, 12.05 p.m.
REGULATIONS MADE UNDER THE
RACE TRACKS TAX ACT
1. Regulation 2 of Regulations 347 as made by
Ontario Regulations 88/51 is revoked and the following
substituted therefor:
2. The rate of tax payable under section 3 of the
Act shall be the rate that equals the same per-
centage of the amount that would be payable
to the holder of a winning ticket if no per-
centage were deducted or retained by the person
holding the race meeting as the percentage
which the amount that results from applying
the following percentages to the total amount
bet or wagered on each race is of that total
amount:
(c) 8 per cent of the first $20,000 or part
thereof,
(6) 9 per cent of the next $10,000 or part
thereof,
(c) 10 per cent of the next $10,000 or part
thereof,
(i) 11 per cent of the next $10,000 or part
thereof, and
(e) 12 per cent of the excess over $50,000.
2. Ontario Regulations 88/51 are revoked.
(1028) 21
THE DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION ACT
O. Reg. 195/52.
Text-books for use of pupils.
New.
Approved— 7th May, 1952.
Filed— 9th May, 1952, 1.10 p.m.
REGULATIONS MADE BY THE MINISTER
UNDER THE DEPARTMENT
OF EDUCATION ACT
TEXT-BOOKS
1. The following text-books are authorized for the
use of pupils:
(a) in public and separate schools
(i) those in schedule 1 for grades I, II, and
III.
(ii) those in schedule 2 for grades IV, V, and
VI, and
Ciii) those in schedule 3 for grades VII and
VIII,
(b) in public, separate, continuation, and voca-
tional schools, and in high schools and colleg-
iate institutes, those in schedule 4 for grades
IX and X, and
(c) in continuation and vocational schools, and in
high schools and collegiate institutes, those in
schedule 5 for grades XI and XII.
SCHEDULE 1
Text-books for Grades I, II, and III
Curriculum Foundation Series, published by W. J.
Gage & Co., Ltd.:
(a) We Look and See,
(6) We Work and Play,
(c) We Come and Go,
(d) Fun with Dick and Jane,
(e) Our New Friends,
(/) Friends and Neighbours,
(g) More Friends and Neighbours,
(A) Streets and Roads, and
(t) More Streets and Roads.
Easy Growth in Reading Series, published by John
C. Winston Co. Ltd.:
(a) Mary and Bill,
(6) Mac and Muff,
(c) Going to School,
(d) At Play,
(e) I Know a Secret,
(/) Along the Way,
(g) The Story Road,
(h) Faraway Ports, and
(t) Enchanting Stories.
Ginn Basic Readers, published by Ginn and Com-
pany:
(a) My Little Red Story Book,
(6) My Little Green Story Book,
(c) My Little Blue Story Book,
(d) My Little Yellow Story Book,
(e) The Little White House,
(/) On Cherry Street,
351
1014
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
(g) We are Neighbours,
(A) Around the Corner,
(i) Finding New Neighbours, and
(j) Friends Far and Near.
4. New Alice and Jerry Books, published by Copp
Clark Co., Ltd.:
(c) Skip Along,
(b) Under the Sky,
(c) Open the Door,
(d) The New Day In and Out,
(«) The New Round About,
(/) The New Down the River Road,
(g) The New Friendly Village,
(A) The New Through the Green Gate, and
(i) The New If I Were Going.
5. Reading for Meaning Series, published by Thos.
Nelson and Sons, Ltd.:
(a) Tip,
(6) Tip and Mitten,
(c) The Big Show,
(d) With Jack and Janet,
(e) Tiny Toosey's Birthday,
(/) Up and Away,
(g) Come Along,
(A) On We Go,
(i) Looking Ahead, and
(j) Climbing Higher.
6. Using Our Language, published by J. M. Dent and
Sons, Ltd.:
(a) Primary Division, Book 1 for Grade III.
7. Language Journeys, Book 1, published by Mac-
Millan Company of Canada, Ltd.
8. Canadian Spellers, published by W. J. Gage& Co.,
Ltd.:
(a) Grade II, and
(fc) Grade III.
9. My Spelling, published by Ginn and Company:
(a) Grade II,
{b) Grade III, and.
(c) Combined Grades II and III.
10. Pupil's Own Vocabulary Speller (Revised Edition)
published by MacMillan Company of Canada,
Ltd.:
(a) Grade II,
(b) Grade III, and
(c) Combined Grades II and III,
11. Living Arithmetic, Grade III, published by Ginn
and Company.
12. Study Arithmetic, Grade III, published by W. J.
Gage & Co., Ltd.
13. Arithmetic We Use, Grade III, published by John
C. Winston Co., Ltd.
14. Wonderworld of Science Series, published by The
Book Society of Canada, Ltd.:
(a) Book 1,
(b) Book 2, and
(c) Book 3.
15. Basic Studies in Science, published by W. J. Gage
& Co., Ltd.:
(a) Look and Learn,
(6) All Around Us, and
(c) How Do We Know.
16. Our World of Science Series, published by Ginn
and Company:
(a) Science All About Us,
(b) Science Throughout the Year, and
(c) Science Every Day.
17. Science for Modern Living, published by Long-
mans, Green & Co., Ltd.:
(a) Book 1,
(b) Book 2, and
(c) Book 3.
18. Understanding Science, published by John C. Win-
ston Co., Ltd.:
(a) I Wonder Why,
(b) Seeing Why, and
(c) Learning Why.
19. Health and Personal Development Programme,
published by W. J. Gage & Co., Ltd. :
(a) Good Times with Our Friends,
(b) Three Friends, and
(c) Five in a Family.
20. Faith and Freedom Series, published by Ginn and
Company:
(a) Here We Come,
(b) This is Our Home,
(c) Here We Are Again,
(d) This is Our Family,
(e) These Are Our Friends,
(f) These Are Our Neighbours, and
(£) This Is Our Parish.
21. Canadian Catholic Corona Readers, published by
Ginn and Company:
(o) Happy Days,
352
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
1015
(&) Playmates, and
(c) Paths of Grace.
22. Frou-Frou et Fin-Fin, published by Ginn and Com-
pany.
23. Foi et Libert6 Series, published by Ginn and Com-
pany:
(c) Chez Nous, and
(ft) Notre Famille.
24. "J'apprends k lire" Series, published by W. J.
Gage & Co., Ltd.:
(a) B6be, Marie et Jean,
{b) Qu'il fait bon chez nous,
(c) La porte est ouverte, and
(d) Histoires et contes amusants.
25. "Cathedrale Series", published by W. J. Gage &
Co., Ltd.:
(a) Viens voir,
(6) Viens travailler, viens jouer,
(c) Viens te promener,
(d) On s'amuse,
(e) Des amis nouveaux, and
(J) Encore, encore des amis.
26. F. E. C. Series, Book II, published by Fr^res des
Ecoles Chretiennes.
27. Au pays des nombres, 3e, published by W. J. Gage
& Co., Ltd.
SCHEDULE 2
Text-Books for Grades IV, V, and VI
1. Canadian Parade Readers, published by J. M.
Dent & Sons, Ltd.:
(a) Young Explorers,
(6) Gay Adventurers, and
(c) Proud Procession.
2. Canadian Reading Development Series, published
by Copp Clark Co., Ltd.:
(o) Up and Away,
(jb) Wide Open Windows, and
(c) All Sails Set.
3. Highroads to Reading, published by Thos. Nelson
& Sons, Ltd.:
(o) Riding with the Sun,
(b) Over Land and Sea, and
(c) On the Beam.
4. New World Readers, published by Ryerson Press
and MacMillan Company of Canada, Ltd.:
(o) Over the Bridge,
(6) Under the North Star, and
10.
11.
12.
13.
(c) My World and I.
Using Our Language, Junior Division, published by
J. M. Dent & Sons, Ltd.:
(a) Book 1 for Grade IV,
(6) Book 2 for Grade V, and
(c) Book 3 for Grade VI.
Canadian Spellers, published by W. J. Gage & Co.,
Ltd.:
(a) Grade IV,
(6) Grade V, and
(c) Grade VI.
My Spelling, published by Ginn and Company:
(a) Grade IV,
(b) Grade V, *
(c) Grade VI, and
(d) Combined Grades IV, V, and VI.
Pupil's Own Vocabulary Speller (Revised Edition),
published by MacMillan Company of Canada,
Ltd.:
(a) Grade IV,
(6) Grade V,
(c) Grade VI, and
id) Combined Grades IV, V, and VI.
Living Arithmetic, published by Ginn and Com-
pany:
(o) Grade IV,
(6) Grade V, and
(c) Grade VI.
Study Arithmetic, published by W. J. Gage & Co.,
Ltd.:
(c) Grade IV,
(b) Grade V, and
(c) Grade VI.
Arithmetic We Use, published by John C. Winston
Co., Ltd.:
(c) Grade IV,
(6) Grade V, and
(c) Grade VI.
Wonderworld of Science, published by The Book
Society of Canada Ltd.:
(a) Book 4,
(ft) Book 5, and
(c) Book 6.
Basic Studies in Science, published by W. J. Gage
& Co., Ltd.:
(a) Discovering Our World, Book 1,
(ft) Discovering Our World, Book 2, and
353
1016
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
(c) Discovering Our World, Book 3.
14. Our World of Science Series, published by Ginn
and Company:
(o) Exploring in Science,
(fc) Working with Science, and
(c) New Ideas in Science.
15. Science for Modern Living, published by Long-
mans Green & Co., Ltd.:
(a) Book 4,
(b) Book 5, and
(c) Book 6.
16. Understanding Science, published by John C. Win-
ston Co., Ltd.:
(a) Explaining Why,
(6) Discovering Why, and
(c) Understanding Why.
17. Health and Personal Development Series, pub-
lished by W. J. Gage & Co., Ltd.:
(a) The Girl Next Door,
(b) You, and
(c) You and Others.
18. Highroad of Song, Published by W. J. Gage & Co.,
Ltd.:
(a) Elementary, and
(6) Book 1.
19. Highroad of Sight Singing, Book 1, published by
W.J. Gage & Co., Ltd.
20. The Singing Period, published by Waterloo Music
Co.
(a) Book 1,
(6) Book 2,
(c) Book 3, and
id) Book 4.
21. Hymns for Schools, published by Gordon V.
Thompson, Ltd.
22. Faith and Freedom Series, Published by Ginn and
Company:
(a) This Is Our Town, and
{b) This Is Our Valley.
23. Canadian Catholic Corona Readers, published by
Ginn and Company:
(c) Tales to Tell,
(6) Stories for Every Day, and
(c) Treasure Trove.
24. "J'apprends k lire" Series, published by W. J. Gage
& Co., Ltd.:
25.
26.
27.
28.
29.
(a) Le trfesor des jeunes conteurs.
9.
10.
11.
F. E. C. Series, Book III, published by Freres des
Ecoles Chretiennes.
C. N. D. Series, Lecture k haute voix, IV et V,
published by Congregation de Notre Dame.
Au pays des nombres, 4e, published by W. J. Gage
& Co., Ltd.
La Bonne Chanson k I'ecole, published by La
Bonne Chanson:
(a) Book 4,
(b) Book 5,
(c) Book 6, and
(d) Ecoles rurales.
Mon livre de frangais, published by Les Freres du
Sacre-Coeur:
(a) Book 4,
(fc) Book 5, and
(c) Book 6.
SCHEDULE 3
Text-Books for Grades VII and VIII
Life and Literature, published by W. J. Gage &
Co., Ltd.:
(a) Book I, and
(b) Book II.
Beckoning Trails, published by Ryerson Press and
MacMillan Company of Canada, Ltd.
Life and Adventure, published by Ryerson Press
and MacMillan Company of Canada, Ltd.
High Flight, published by Copp Clark Co., Ltd.
Better Reading, published by The Book Society of
Canada, Ltd.
Using Our Language, Intermediate Division, pub-
lished by J. M. Dent & Sons, Ltd.:
(a) Book 1 for Grade VII, and
(6) Book 2 for Grade VII I.
Words and Ideas, Book 1, published by W. J. Gage
& Co., Ltd.
English Practice, published by Copp Clark Co.,
Ltd.:
(a) Grade VII, and
(6) Grade VIII.
Canadian Spellers, published by W. J. Gage & Co.,
Ltd.:
(a) Grade VII, and
(b) Grade VIII.
My Spelling, published by Ginn and Company:
(o) Grade VII, and
(b) Grade VIII.
Pupil's Own Vocabulary Speller (Revised Edition),
published by MacMillan Company of Canada,
Ltd.:
354
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
1017
(a) Grade VII,
(b) Grade VIII, and
(c) Combined Grades VII and VIII.
12. Mathematics for Canadians, Book VII, published
by J. M. Dent & Sons, Ltd. and MacMillan Com-
pany of Canada, Ltd.
13. Study Arithmetic, Book VII, published by W. J.
Gage & Co., Ltd.
14. The Story of Canada, published by Copp Clark
Co., Ltd.
15. The Great Adventure, published by J. M. Dent &
Sons, Ltd.
16. Canada and Her Neighbours, published by Ginn
and Company.
17. Steps in Map Reading, published by W. J. Gage &
Co., Ltd.
18. By Map and Compass, published by MacMillan
Company of Canada, Ltd.
19. History of Ontario, published by W. J. Gage & Co.
Ltd.
20. From Serf to Citizen, published by Ryerson Press:
(a) Volume 1,
(b) Volume 2,
(c) Volume 3, and
(d) Volume 4.
21. The Story of England and the Empire, published
by Copp Clark Co., Ltd.
22. Explorations in Science, published by MacMillan
Company of Canada, Ltd.
23. Uses of Science, published by MacMillan Company
of Canada, Ltd.
24. You're Growing Up, published by W. J. Gage &
Co., Ltd.
25. Highroad of Song, Book 2, published by W. J.
Gage & Co., Ltd.
26. Highroad to Sight Singing, Book 2, published by
W. J. Gage & Co., Ltd.
27. The Singing Period, published by Waterloo Music
Co.:
(c) Book 5, and
(b) Book 6.
28. The Collegiate Choir, Book 1, published by Water-
loo Music Co.
29. Youthful Voices, Book 1, published by Gordon V.
Thompson, Ltd.
30. Hymns for Schools, published by Gordon V.
Thompson, Ltd.
31. En Route, Canadiens, published by Copp Clark
Co., Ltd.
32. French Storybook Grammar, published by Ginn
and Company.
33. Canadian Catholic Corona Readers, published by
Ginn and Company:
34.
(a) Fact and Fancy, and
(b) Wide Horizons.
La Bonne Chanson k I'ecole, published by La
Bonne Chanson:
(a) Book 7,
(b) Book 8, and
(c) Ecoles rurales.
SCHEDULE 4
Text-Book.s for Grades IX and X
1. Better Reading, published by The Book Society of
Canada, Ltd.
2. Using Our Language, Intermediate Division, Book
3, published by J. M. Dent & Sons, Ltd.
3. Words and Ideas, Book 2, published by W. J. Gage
& Co., Ltd.
4. Living English, published by Clarke, Irwin & Co.,
Ltd.
5. An English Highway, published by Longmans
Green & Co., Ltd.
6. A Junior School English Course, published by Sir
Isaac Pitman & Sons, Canada, Ltd.
7. English Practice, published by Copp Clark Co.,
Ltd.
8. Working with English, published by Ryerson Press.
9. Recueil de Morceaux, published by Copp Clark Co.,
Ltd.
10. General Mathematics, published by MacMillan
Company of Canada, Ltd.:
(a) Book I for Grade IX, and
(b) Book II for Grade X.
11. Commercial Arithmetic for Secondary Schools,
published by Ryerson Press.
12. Canadian Business Arithmetic, Part 1, published
by Sir Isaac Pitman & Sons, Canada, Ltd.
13. Mathematics in Practice, published by MacMillan
Company of Canada, Ltd.
14. Building the Canadian Nation, published by J. M.
Dent & Sons, Ltd.
15. Canada, A Nation, published by Longmans Green
& Co., Ltd.
16. Our Canada, published by Copp Clark Co., Ltd.
17. Canada in the World To-day, published by Clarke,
Irwin & Co., Ltd.
18. World Geography, published by Ginn and Com-
pany.
19. Geography of Lands Overseas, published by W. J.
Gage & Co., Ltd.
20. General Science, published by J. M. Dent & Sons,
Ltd.:
(a) Book 1, and
(b) Book 2.
355
1018
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
21. Junior Science for Secondary Schools, published by
Sir Isaac Pitman & Sons, Canada, Ltd.:
(a) Book 1, and
(b) Book 2.
22. Uses of Science, published by MacMillan Company
of Canada, Ltd.
23. Agriculture for High Schools, published by W. J.
Gage & Co., Ltd.
24. Vocational Science, published by Sir Isaac Pitman
& Sons, Canada, Ltd.
25. Cours E16mentaire de Frangais, published by
Clarke, Irwin & Co., Ltd.
26. Cours Primaire de Frangais, published by Copp
Clark Co., Ltd.
27. Parlez-vous Frangais, published by Copp Clark
Co., Ltd.
28. A Gateway to Latin (Grade IX only), published
by W. J. Gage & Co., Ltd.
29. Latin for Secondary Schools, published by W. J.
Gage & Co., Ltd.
30. Latin for To-day, Abridged Edition, published by
Ginn and Company.
3L Living Latin, published by Clarke, Irwin & Co.,
Ltd.
32. Good Health, published by Ginn and Company.
33. Highroad of Song, Book 3, published by W. J.
Gage & Co., Ltd.
34. The Chorister, Book 1, published by W. J. Gage
& Co., Ltd.
35. The Singing Period, Book 7, published by Waterloo
Music Co.
36. Youthful Voices, Book 2, published by Gordon V.
Thompson, Ltd.
37. Hymns for Schools, published by Gordon V.
Thompson, Ltd.
38. Essentials of Business Practice, published by Sr
Isaac Pitman & Sons, Canada, Ltd.
39. Business Fundamentals, published by Gregg Pub-
lishing Co.
40. New Course Bookkeeping, published by Ryerson
Press.
41. 20th Century Bookkeeping (19th Edition), pub-
lished by W. J. Gage & Co., Ltd.
42. Words (Revised Edition), published by Gregg Pub-
lishing Co.
43. Vocational Speller, published by Sir Isaac Pitman
& Sons, Canada, Ltd.
44. Spelling and Vocabulary Studies, published by Sir
Sir Isaac Pitman & Sons, Canada, Ltd.
45. Bailey Method of Penmanship, published by Sir
Isaac Pitman & Sons, Canada, Ltd.
46. Ontario Writing Course, Book III, published by
W. J. Gage & Co., Ltd.
47. Pitman Shorthand, Canadian Centennial Edition,
published by Sir Isaac Pitman & Sons, Canada, Ltd.
48. Basic Course in Pitman Shorthand, published by
Sir Isaac Pitman & Sons, Canada, Ltd.
49. High School Typewriting, Two Year Course, pub-
lished by Gregg Publishing Co.
50. Elementary Typewriting, Parts I and II, published
by Ryerson Press.
51. New Course in Typewriting, Parts I and II, pub-
lished by Sir Isaac Pitman & Sons, Canada, Ltd.
52. Complete Typewriting Course, published by Copp
Clark Co., Ltd.
53. General Shop Work, published by MacMillan Com-
pany of Canada, Ltd.
SCHEDULE 5
Text-Books for Grades XI and XII
1. Creative English, Grade XI, published by Copp
Clark Co., Ltd.
2. Mastering Effective English, Grade XII, published
by Copp Clark Co., Ltd.
3. Expressing Yourself, published by Renouf Pub-
lishing Co.
4. Learning to Write, published by MacMillan Com-
pany of Canada, Ltd.
5. Shorter Poems, published by The T. Eaton Co.,
Ltd.
6. Lectures Choisies, published by Ontario Publishing
Co.
7. Ancient and Mediaeval History, published by
Clarke, Irwin & Co. Ltd. and J. M. Dent & Sons,
Ltd.
8. Modern History, published by Clarke, Irwin &
Co., Ltd.
9. A New Algebra for High Schools, published by
MacMillan Company of Canada, Ltd.
10. A Modern Geometry for High Schools, published
by MacMillan Company of Canada, Ltd.
11. Mathematical Tables, published by Ryerson Press.
12. Latin for Secondary Schools, published by W. J.
Gage& Co., Ltd.
13. Living Latin, published by Clarke, Irwin & Co.,
Ltd.
14. Latin for To-day, Abridged Edition, published by
Ginn and Company.
15. White's First Greek Book, published by Ginn and
Company.
16. Cours Moyen de Francais, Part I, Canadian Edi-
tion, published by Clarke, Irwin & Co., Ltd.
17. The German Reader, published by Ryerson Press.
18. First Book in German, published by Ginn and
Company.
19. Beginning German, published by MacMillan Com-
pany of Canada, Ltd.
20. Aufenthalt in Deutschland, published by Clarke,
Irwin & Co., Ltd.
21. First Year Italian, published by Copp Clark Co.,
Ltd.
356
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
1019
22. Cuore, published by Copp Clark Co., Ltd.
23. Learning Spanish, published by Clarke, Irwin Co.,
Ltd.
24. A New Spanish Reader, Grade XII, published by
Clarke, Irwin Co., Ltd.
25. Elements of Physics (Revised Edition), published
by Copp Clark Co., Ltd.
26. Physics Manual, published by Copp Clark Co.,
Ltd.
27. Chemistry, A First Course, published by W. J.
Gage & Co., Ltd.
28. Chemistry Manual, published by W. J. Gage &
Co. Ltd.
29. Good Health, published by Ginn and Company.
30. Commercial Arithmetic for Secondary Schools,
published by Ryerson Press.
31. Canadian Business Arithmetic, Part II, published
by Sir Isaac Pitman & Sons, Canada, Ltd.
32. New Course Bookkeeping, published by Ryerson
Press.
33. Elementary Accounting, Theory and Practice, pub-
lished by W. J. Gage & Co., Ltd.
34. 20th Century Bookkeeping (B 49), published hv
W. J. Gage & Co., Ltd.
35. Canadian Commercial Correspondence, published
by Sir Isaac Pitman & Sons, Canada, Ltd.
36. Language and Letters, published by Sir Isaac Pit-
man & Sons, Canada, Ltd.
37. Modern Business Letters, published by Ryerson
Press.
38. Elementary Economics, published by Sir Isaac
Pitman & Sons, Canada, Ltd.
39. Living To-day, published by Ryerson Press.
40. Our Economic Life, published by Sir Isaac Pitman
& Sons, Canada, Ltd.
4L History of Trade and Commerce, published by
Thos. Nelsons & Sons, Ltd.
42. Outlines of Economic History, published by Sir
Isaac Pitman & Sons, Canada, Ltd.
43. Trade and Industry, published by Ryerson Press.
44. Business Law, published by Ryerson Press.
45. Canadian Law, published by Ryerson Press.
46. Manual of Canadian Business Law, published by
Sir Isaac Pitman & Sons, Canada, Ltd.
47. Pitman Shorthand Dictation Course, published by
Sir Isaac Pitman & Sons, Canada, Ltd.
48. Pitman Advanced Dictation Course, published by
Sir Isaac Pitman & Sons, Canada, Ltd.
49. High School Typewriting, Part III, published by
Gregg Publishing Co.
50. Advanced Typewriting, Parts III and IV, pub-
lished by Ryerson Press.
51.
Typewriting and Office Practice, published by Sir
Isaac Pitman & Sons, Canada, Ltd.
52. Senior Secretarial Practice, published by Sir Isaac
Pitman & Sons, Canada, Ltd.
53. Office Practice, published by Ryerson Press.
54. Complete Course in Office Practice (2nd Edition),
published by Gregg Publishing Co.
55. Salesmanship, published by Sir Isaac Pitman &
Sons, Canada, Ltd.
(1029)
21
THE DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION ACT
O. Reg. 196/52.
Vocational-Schools — General Amend-
ments.
Amending Regulations 73 of Con-
solidated Regulations 1950.
Made— 15th April, 1952.
Approved— 7th May, 1952.
Filed— 9th May, 1952, 1.20 p.m.
REGULATIONS MADE BY THE MINISTER
UNDER THE DEPARTMENT
OF EDUCATION ACT
1. Regulation 1 of Regulations 73 of Consolidated
Regulations of Ontario 1950 is amended by adding
thereto the following clauses:
(bb) "department" means a division of the cur-
riculum in which the courses of study in one
or more subjects are taught by 3 or more
teachers under the direction and supervision
of one of them ;
(bbb) "head of a department" means the teacher
appointed to direct and supervise the other
teachers in the department;
2. Regulation 16 of Regulations 73 of Consolidated
Regulations of Ontario 1950 is revoked and the heading
"Qualifications of Assistants" is struck out and the
following substituted therefor:
QUALIFICATIONS OF PRINCIPALS
16.(1) Subject to subregulation 2, the principal of
a composite school which has industrial and
commercial departments in charge of direc-
tors qualified under these regulations shall
hold a High School Principal's Certificate.
(2) From and including the 1st of September,
1953, the principal of a composite school
shall hold a High School Principal's Certi-
ficate and a Vocational School Principal's^
Certificate.
3. Regulation 20 of Regulations 73 of Consolidated
Regulations of Ontario 1950 is revoked and the follow-
ing substituted therefor:
20.(1) The committee shall appoint a teacher to
be head of a commercial department and of
a shop department.
(2) The committee may appoint a tfeacher to
be head of any other department.
4. Regulation 23 of Regulations 73 of Consolidated
Regulations of Ontario 1950 is amended by adding
thereto the following subregulation:
(2) The head of the vocational art-department in
a composite school may also be the head of
357
1020
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
the art department in the high school or col-
legiate institute.
5. Regulation 37 of Regulations 73 of Consolidated
Regulations of Ontario 1950 is amended by adding
thereto the following subregulation:
(3) Where a composite school has a vocational
art-department, a teacher holding an Interim
Ordinary Vocational Certificate in art may
also teach art in the high school or collegiate
institute.
6. Regulations 39 and 40 of Regulations 73 of Con-
solidated Regulations of Ontario 1950 are revoked and
the following substituted therefor:
HOME-ECONOMICS SUBJECTS OTHER THAN
DRESS-MAKING AND MILLINERY
39. A teacher of a home-economics subject other
than dress-making or millinery shall hold
(o) an Interim High School Assistant's
Certificate, Type A, in home economics,
(6) a High School Specialist's Certificate in
home economics, or
(c) a High School Assistant's Certificate,
an Intermediate Certificate in home
economics, and a degree in home econ-
omics from the University of Toronto
or the University of Western Ontario or
a degree the Minister deems equivalent
thereto under clause d of section 5 of
the Act.
MUSIC
40.(1) Subject to subregulation 2, a teacher of in-
strumental music shall hold an Interim or
Permanent Ordinary Vocational Certificate
in instrumental music.
(2) Where a committee is unable to secure a
teacher holding an Interim or Permanent
Ordinary Vocational Certificate in instru-
mental music, it may appoint a teacher
holding an Interim or Permanent Special-
ist's Certificate in instrumental music.
(3) A teacher of vocal music shall hold
(c) in grades IX and X an Interim or
Permanent Intermediate Vocal Music
Certificate, Type A, and
(b) in grade XI, XII or XIII an Interim
or Permanent Specialist's Certificate
in Vocal Music.
7. Subregulations 1 and 2 of regulation 43 of Regu-
lations 73 of Consolidated Regulations of Ontario 1950
are revoked and the heading "Temporary Standing for
Teachers of Vocational Evening Classes" is struck out
and the following substituted therefor:
APPOINTMENT OF UNQUALIFIED TEACHERS
43.(1) Where a committee is unable to obtain a
qualified teacher for day or evening classes,
it may appoint an unqualified teacher for a
period not exceeding 2 weeks.
(2) Where the period of appointment of an un-
qualified teacher exceeds 2 weeks, the com-
mittee shall make application to the Minis-
ter for temporary standing for the teacher.
8.(1) Sub-clause ii of clause e of regulation 50 of
Regulations 73 of Consolidated Regulations of Ontario
1950 is amended by striking out the word "and" at the
end thereof.
(2) Clause / of regulation 50 of Regulations 73 of
Consolidated Regulations of Ontario 1950 is revoked
and the following substituted therefor:
(/) comply with industrial safety-requirements for
the departments under his jurisdiction, and
(3) Regulation 50 of Regulations 73 of Consolidated
Regulations of Ontario 1950 is amended by adding
thereto the following clause:
(g) retain on file up-to-date copies of outlines of
courses of study with sufficient detail to permit
effective co-ordination of those courses.
9. The first heading to regulation 58 of Regulations
73 of Consolidated Regulations of Ontario 1950 is
struck out and the following substituted therefor:
REQUIREMENTS FOR VOCATIONAL CERTIFICATES
10. Regulation 62 of Regulations 73 of Consolidated
Regulations of Ontario 1950, except form 6, is revoked
and the following substituted therefor:
VOCATIONAL SCHOOL PRINCIPAL S CERTIFICATES
62.(1) Where an applicant submits to the Deputy
Minister of Education
(a) (i) a High School Principal's Certi-
ficate,
(ii) evidence of experience in the field
of industry or commerce satisfac-
tory to the Director of Vocational
Education, and
(iii) evidence of the successful com-
pletion of a five-week summer
course and examinations leading
to a Vocational School Principal's
Certificate, or
{b) (i) a university degree in applied
science, agriculture or arts,
(ii) a Permanent Vocational Special-
ist's Certificate, and
(iii) evidence of the successful com-
pletion of a five-week summer
course and examinations leading
to a Vocational School Principal's
Certificate,
the Minister shall grant him a Vocational
School Principal's Certificate, in form 6.
(2) The holder of a Vocational School Princi-
pal's Certificate shall be qualified for life as
a vocational-school principal.
W. J. DUNLOP
Minister of Education
TORONTO. April 15th, 1952
(1030)
21
358
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
1021
THE ASSESSMENT ACT
O. Reg. 197/52.
Payments to Mining Municipalities.
New.
Made— 6th May, 1952.
Filed— 9th May, 1952, 4.30 p.m.
REGULATIONS MADE BY THE MINISTER
UNDER THE ASSESSMENT ACT
Payments To Mining Municipalities
interpretation
1. In these regulations
(a) "adjusted mill-rate" means the number of
mills in the dollar determined by dividing the
difference between the total amount of all
estimates of a municipality and its local
boards for all purposes for any year and the
amount determined at $25 per mining em-
ployee shown in the register of the preceding
year for the municipality as residing in and
working outside the municipality by the
total of the municipal mines assessment and
the equalized assessment of the municipality
for the same year;
(b) "approval of the Minister" means the approval
of the Minister as signified by his signature
on estimates, by-laws, resolutions, convey-
ances and other records and documents;
(c) "equalized assessment" means the assessment
amount determined in accordance with reg-
ulation 13;
(d) "local board" means any school board, public-
utility commission, transportation commission,
public-library board, board of park management,
local board of health, board of commissioners of
police, planning board or any other board,
commission, committee, body or local authority
established or exercising any power or author-
ity under any general or special Act with
respect to any of the affairs or purposes,
including school purposes, of a municipality
or of two or more municipalities or portions
thereof;
(e) "mining employee" means a person who is in
receipt of or entitled to any salary, wages, or
other direct compensation for services or
labour performed for a mine or mineral work
located in Ontario, and who is
(i) resident in a mining municipality at the
time of the making of the assessment of
the municipality, or
(ii) resident outside of a mining municipality
and employed at a mine or mineral work
in a mining municipality on the first of
October in any year;
(/) "municipality" means a city, town, village,
township, or improvement district;
(g) "municipal mines assessment" means 50 per
cent of the total of
(i) $1100 for each mining employee shown
in the register of the preceding year as
working and residing in the municipality,
(ii) $550 for each mining employee working
in and residing outside the municipality
on the first day of October in the preced-
ing year as determined under regulation
16, and
(iii) mines profits as calculated under section
4 of The Mining Tax Act and set out by
the mine assessor in the notice or notices
of assessment referred to in section 12 of
The Mining Tax Act in respect to any or
all mines or mineral works located in the
municipality.
(h) "register" means register provided under
subregulation 1 of regulation 15.
2. These regulations apply to designated mining
municipalities only.
DESIGNATION OF MINING MUNICIPALITIES
3. The following municipalities are designated as
mining municipalities for the purposes of these reg-
ulations:
(a) the City of Sudbury,
(b) the towns of
(i) Chelmsford,
(ii) Cobalt,
(iii) Geraldton,
(iv) Haileybury,
(v) Matheson, and
(vi) Timmins,
(c) the townships of
(i
Balfour,
(ii;
Black River,
(iii
Blezard,
(iv:
Bucke,
(v
Coleman,
(vi;
Drury, Denison and Graham,
(vii
Hanmer,
(viii
Larder Lake,
(ix
Matachewan,
(x
McKim,
(xi
Michipicoten,
(xii
) Mountjoy,
(xiii
Neelon and Garson,
(xiv
Rayside,
(xv'
Teck,
(xvi
Tisdale,
(xvii,
Waters, and
(xviii
Whitney, and
(d) the in
iprovement districts of
(i) ^
Uikokan,
(ii) I
Jalmertown,
(iii) I
ieardmore.
(iv) (
iauthier,
(v) J
fclcGarry, and
(vi) F
lenabie.
COMPUTATION OF PAYMENT
4. In each year the Minister shall make a payment
to each mining municipality, being the total of
359
1022
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
(a) $25 for each mining employee shown in the
register of the preceding year as working
outside the municipality, and
(b) the amount in dollars resulting from applying
the adjusted mill-rate to the municipal
mines-assessment of the municipality.
5. In any year the Minister may reduce any pay-
ment to an amount not less than would result in more
than 50 per cent of the total of the amounts required
for the purposes of the municipality and of all its
local boards being raised by the imposition, rating and
levying of all rates, assessments and taxation upon
rateable property within the municipality in that year.
6. In any year the amount of a payment computed
in accordance with regulation 4 is less than the total
of the mines profits tax that would be collectible if the
municipality were not designated as a mining munici-
pality and the amount the municipality could reason-
ably expect under a special-grant scheme of Ontario,
the Minister may increase the payment to an amount
not greater than would result in less than 50 per cent
of the total of the amounts required for the purposes
of the municipality and all of its local boards being
raised by the imposition, rating and levying of all
rates, assessments and taxation upon rateable property
within the municipality in that year.
7. Where in any mining municip>ality the last-
operating mine closes down, the payment in the
second year after the closing and in each year there-
after shall not be computed in accordance with reg-
ulation 4, 5 or 6, but the Minister shall make a payment
(a) in the second year equal to 80 per cent,
(b) in the third year equal to 60 per cent,
(c) in the fourth year equal to 40 per cent, and
(d) in the fifth year equal to 20 per cent,
of the payment made in the year after the mine
closes down.
CONDITIONS OF PAYMENT
8.(1) Where a mining municipality does not
comply with these regulations or does not obtain the
approval of the Minister to
(a) the estimates of the municipality and its
local boards, and
(b) the amounts to be provided for and included
in the estimates whether to be provided by
taxation or otherwise, and
(c) the imposition, rating and levying of all rates,
assessments and taxation upon any or all of
the rateable property within the municipality,
and
(d) the rates, rents and charges imposed, levied
or collectible for supply or service of any
public utility, and
(e) the imposition and charging of all licence,
permit or other fees, charges and expenses,
and
(/) the sale or other disposition of any assets, and
(g) the passing of by-laws providing for the issue
of debentures, the hypothecation of debent-
ures or the sale thereof,
the Minister may withold the whole or any part of a
payment from the mining municipality.
(2) When the municipality complies with these
regulations and obtains the approvals under sub-
regulation 1 within the year in respect of which the
payment is computed, the Minister shall make the
payment so withheld.
9. The Minister shall have access at all times to
all books, records, papers and documents of a mining
municipality and of every local board, including but
without limiting the generality of the foregoing all
assessment rolls, collectors' rolls, by-laws, minute
books, books of account, vouchers and other records,
papers and documents relating to its and their financial
transactions, and may inspect, examine, audit and
copy the same or any part thereof.
10. Where in any year the amount voted by the
Legislature for the payments under these regulations
is insufficient to make the payments in full, the Min-
ister may make a pro rata reduction.
EQUALIZATION OF ASSESSMENT
11. For the purpose of making uniform the methods
of preparing assessment rolls in mining municipalities
and for ascertaining whether the valuations of real
property made by the assessors of each mining munici-
pality bear a just relation one to another, the Minister
may supervise the assessment and advise the assessors
with respect to any particular assessment or omission
to assess or generally with respect to all the assess-
ments included in the roll or rolls, or assessments of
land only, or of buildings only, or business, included
in the roll.
12. The Minister may ascertain whether the values
of all lands and buildings and the amounts of business
assessments as set down in the assessment roll or rolls
of a mining municipality bear a just relation one to
another.
13.(1) In order to make a just distribution of
payments as between mining municipalities the
Minister may in each year with respect to each mun-
icipality equalize the real property assessments made
in the preceding year, and the business assessments
whenever made.
(2) The real property assessment together with
business assessments of a mining municipality, as
equalized by the Minister, shall be the equalized
assessment of the mining municipality for the purpose
of these regulations.
TABULATION OF MINING EMPLOYEES
14. For the year 1952 the number of mining em-
ployees shall be deemed to be that already settled by
the Minister and the municipalities.
15. d) In each year the assessor of a mining muni-
cipality shall enter in a register provided for the
purpose by the clerk of the municipality, the name of
every mining employee residing in the municipality,
and the name of the mine or mineral work at which
the person is employed and the name of the munici-
pality in which the mine or mineral work is located;
(2) Where the mine or mineral work is located in
an area without municipal organization, the word
"unorganized" shall be entered by the assessor after
the name of the mine or mineral work;
(3) The register duly completed and certified by
the assessor shall be returned to the clerk of the
municipality with the assessment roll;
(4) The clerk shall make and certify a return to
the Minister showing the number of mining employees
(a) residing in and working in the municipality,
and
(b) residing in and working outside the munici-
pality
360
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
1023
as determined by the register.
16. The Minister may agree with the council of a
mining municipality on the total number of non-
resident mining employees in the municipality after
a reference to the mines or mineral works or to the
Ontario Mining Association has disclosed the number
in the employ of the mines or mineral works on the
first of October in any year.
G. H. DUNBAR
Minister of Municipal Affairs
Dated at Toronto
this 6th of May, 1952
(1047)
21
THE FARM PRODUCTS MARKETING ACT
O. Reg. 198/52.
Licence Fees.
Amending O. Regs. 101/51.
•Approved— 7th May, 1952.
Filed— 9th May, 1952, 4.45 p.m.
REGULATIONS MADE BY THE BOARD UNDER
THE FARM PRODUCTS MARKETING ACT
1. Regulation 7 of Ontario Regulations 101/51 is
revoked and the following substituted therefor:
LICENCE FEES
7. Every producer shall pay licence fees, at the
rate of }/$ cent for each pound or fraction thereof
of cheese sold through a cheese exchange, to
the local board to be used by it for the purpose
of carrying out and enforcing the provisions of
the Act, the regulations and the scheme.
THE FARM PRODUCTS
MARKETING BOARD
(Seal)
(1048)
G. F. PERKIN
Chairman
F. K. B. STEWART
Secretary
21
THE MOTHERS' ALLOWANCES ACT, 1952
O. Reg. 199/52.
General Regulations.
vNew and Revoking Regulations 302
of Consolidated Regulations 1950
and O. Regs. 9/51. 182/51 and
207/51.
Made— 7th May, 1952.
Filed— 12th May, 1952, 10.30 a.m.
REGULATIONS MADE UNDER THE
MOTHERS' ALLOWANCES ACT, 1952
INTERPRETATION
1. In these regulations "mother" does not include
foster-mother, or person who acts as trustee for an
applicant or beneficiary under these regulations.
ADVISORY BOARD
2.(1) The Minister shall appoint three persons, in-
cluding a duly qualified medical practitioner, to a
board, designated as Advisory Board.
(2) The medical practitioner shall be chairman of
the Board.
POWERS AND DUTIES OF ADVISORY BOARD
3.(1) In order to assist the Director to determine
eligibility of an applicant under clause c of subsection
1 of section 2 of the Act, the Advisory Board shall
(a) review medical evidence submitted in support
of the application,
(b) obtain any additional necessary evidence, and
(c) issue to the Director a report on the evidence
and state whether or not, with treatment,
sufficient recovery would take place in the
mental or physical condition of the applicant's
husband to render him employable.
(2) At least once a year the Advisory Board shall
review each case where an allowance is paid under
clause c of subsection 1 of section 2 of the Act, and
advise the Director of any change in the mental or
physical condition of the husband of the beneficiary.
MAXIMUM AMOUNTS OF ALLOWANCES
4. The maximum allowances that may be paid
under the Act towards the support of one or more of
her children shall be
(a) to a mother
(i) in respect of one child $50 a month,
(ii) in respect of more than one child $50 a
month and $10 a month in respect of
each child over one, and a further sum
not to exceed $20 a month where the
need is apparent to the Director,
(iii) whose husband is permanently unem-
ployable $10 a month,
(iv) the cost of medical services provided
under any agreement in writing made
between the Crown and the Ontario
Medical Association,
(v) the cost of dental services provided under
any agreement made between the Crown
and the Royal College of Dental Surgeons
of Ontario, and
(vi) the monthly cost of fuel — based on the
cost of coke — for the period beginning
with the 1st of October in each year and
ending with the 31st of May of the fol-
lowing year and in accordance with the
following table:
Number
of rooms
Weight of
Nature of
exclusive of
coke in
Residence
bath-rooms.
pounds for
halls, and
a month
closets
Detached
6
2,000
house
5
1,700
4
1,400
3
1,100
2
800
Attached or
6
1,700
semi-detached
5
1,400
house or duplex.
4
1,100
apartment, flat
3
800
or room
2
600
1
500
and
361
1024
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
(b) to a foster-mother
(i) in respect of one foster-child $24 a month,
(ii) in respect of two foster-children $48 a
month,
(iii) in respect of each foster-child over two
$10 a month, and a further sum not to
exceed $20 a month where the need for
the foster-children is apparent to the
Director,
(iv) the cost of medical and dental service for
the foster-children provided under the
agreements mentioned in sub-clauses iv
and V of clause a, and
(v) the monthly cost of fuel for the period,
and in accordance with sub-clause vi of
clause a, but only to the extent of the
increase of the cost of fuel occasioned by
her caring for the foster-children.
APPLICATION FOR AN ALLOWANCE
5.(1) Application for an allowance shall be made
to the local authority.
(2) The local authority shall fill out and complete
the application in the presence of the applicant and
the applicant shall sign the application in the presence
of the local authority.
(3) The local authority shall complete the applica-
tion in duplicate.
(4) Application by a mother for an allowance shall
be in Form 1 and by a foster-mother in Form 2.
(5) An application of a mother whose husband is
permanently unemployable shall be accompanied by a
report of a duly qualified medical practitioner in
Form 3.
(6) An application of a mother whose husband has
deserted her and has not been heard of for at least one
year shall be accompanied by a statutory declaration
of the applicant in Form 4.
(7) Where an applicant mother has divorced the
father of the child or children and has been awarded
custody of them in proceedings in which no provision
was made for their maintenance or, if made, the father
has failed to carry out his obligations and has not been
heard of for at least one year, the application shall be
accompanied by a statutory declaration of the applicant
mother in Form 5.
(8) Where a mother who has divorced the father of
the child or children is the applicant, she shall furnish
proof of the divorce by producing the final decree or
judgment absolute for inspection, and the Director,
after inspection, shall return the original to the ap-
plicant.
(9) Where a mother is the applicant, and
(a) if any living child of the applicant was born
outside Ontario,
(6) if the applicant was married outside Ontario,
or
(c) if the death of the husband of the applicant
occurred outside Ontario, or
where a foster-mother is the applicant, and
(d) if any foster-child was born outside Ontario, or
(e) if the father or mother of any foster-child died
outside Ontario,
the applicant shall furnish proof of the birth, marriage
or death by a certificate issued by a province, state or
country in which the birth, marriage or death occurred,
but a birth occurring in the Province of Quebec may
be proved by a baptismal certificate.
(10) The local authority shall, immediately upon
completion of an application, send one copy to the
Director.
(11) Each application shall be accompanied by an
authority in Form 6, signed by the applicant.
(12) No local authority shall charge any fee to, or
receive any remuneration from or on behalf of, any
applicant for an allowance in respect of any duty per-
formed or service rendered under the Act or these
regulations.
DESIGNATION OF INVESTIGATORS
6. Administrators and staffs of district offices of
the Department of Public Welfare, and supervisors of
field-workers, are designated as investigators.
POWERS AND DUTIES OF INVESTIGATORS
7. An investigator shall
(a) upon receiving a request from the Director,
where an application is complete, investigate
and make a report in duplicate, retain one
copy and send one to the Director,
(b) submit 3 reports quarterly to the Director on
each beneficiary and an annual report,
(c) investigate and report on any matter concern-
ing a beneficiary as the Minister or Director
may direct, and
(d) by friendly advice assist each beneficiary in
any matter relating to the allowance and the
expenditure thereof.
POWERS AND DUTIES OF LOCAL AUTHORITIES
8. A local authority shall
(a) fill out and receive applications for mothers*
allowances,
(b) send one copy of the application to the Director
and retain one, and
(c) obtain all information necessary to complete
an application for an allowance.
SUSPENSION AND CANCELLATION OF ALLOWANCES
9.(1) Where an investigator reports that an allow-
ance is not being expended towards the support of the
children of the beneficiary, the Director may
(a) cancel the allowance, or
(b) direct that the allowance or part thereof be
paid to any other person approved in writing
by the beneficiary as her trustee to expend the
allowance towards the support of the children
of the beneficiary, or
(2) Where an investigator reports that a child of a
beneficiary appears to be a neglected child the Director
may suspend the allowance and immediately report the
apparently neglected child to a Children's Aid Society
but if the Society does not proceed with respect to the
child under The Children's Protection Act within two
months after the date of suspension, the allowance shall
be cancelled.
(3) If a judge finds the child to be a neglected child
under The Children's Protection Act payment of the
allowance shall be cancelled.
362
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
1025
(4) If a judge finds the child not to be a neglected
child under The Children's Protection Act payment of
the allowance shall be continued from the date of his
finding.
FURNISHING OF NOTICES AND INFORMATION
TO LOCAL AUTHORITIES
10. The Director shall advise the local authority
from whom an application for an allowance was re-
ceived of his determination and direction with resf>ect
thereto.
PROPERTY QUALIFICATIONS FOR ALLOWANCES
11.(1) Where an applicant is a mother and has an
equity in real property in excess of $6,000 an allowance
shall not be paid, except that the Director may direct
payment of an allowance if he is satisfied that the real
property is being used as a dwelling house by the
beneficiary and her children and that circumstances
require that she dwell therein, or if the beneficiary
agrees to such terms and conditions with respect to
the real property as may satisfy the Director.
(2) Where an applicant is a mother and has in her
own right or held in trust for her or her children an
amount in excess of $1,000 in cash or in government
bonds or other liquid assets, she shall not be entitled
to an allowance unless all those assets are applied to
provide for a series of future monthly or other periodic
payments towards the support of her children in such
manner as may be approved by the Director,
TIME AND MANNER OF PAYMENT OF ALLOWANCES
12. The allowance for each month shall be payable
by cheque on the last day of each month, the first
payment to be made on the last day of the month
following that in which eligibility is determined by the
Director.
REVOCATION
13. Regulations 302 of Consolidated Regulations of
Ontario 1950 and Ontario Regulations 9/51, 182/51
and 207/51 are revoked.
Form 1
The Mothers' Allowances Act, 1952
APPLICATION BY MOTHER FOR A MOTHER'S ALLOWANCE
I, . apply under The Mothers' Allowances Act, 1952 to the
Director for an allowance and in support thereof furnish the following information:
1 reside in Ontario at
(name in full)
Address
Street or
Rural Route
Post Office
Township of
Concession No
2. Reach my home from Highway No as follows:
3. Length of residence in Ontario immediately prior to this application.
4. Name of husband in full
City
Town
County or Territorial District
of
Did he serve in any of
H.M. Canadian Armed Forces?
War 1914-1918.
War 1939-1945.
Reg. No.
Reg. No.
5. Date of Marriage Where married
6. Maiden Name in full
7. Reason for application:
(1) widow
(2) husband deserted
(3) husband permanently unemployable
(4) divorced the father of the children
8. If a widow, answer the following questions:
Date of death of husband place
Cause widow's residence at time of death
9. If a wife whose husband has deserted, answer the following questions:
Date of desertion Date when husband last heard of .
Residence of wife at time husband deserted
363
1026 THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
10. If the wife of a permanently unemployable husband, answer the following questions:
Cause of permanent unemployability
Residence of wife at time husband became permanently unemployable
Is husband a patient in a hospital? If so, where?
Date of entry If not, give details of permanent unemployability.
11. If a mother who has divorced the father of the child or children, answer the following questions:
Date of final decree or judgment absolute , . .
Where obtained
Name of Court
To whom was custody of child or children awarded?
Was provision made for their maintenance?
What was the provision?
If provision made, has the father failed to carry out his obligations?
Date of the last compliance with his obligations
Date when he was last heard of and where
Residence of mother when divorce obtained
12, Children of applicant under 18 years of age who reside with her:
School or Occupation
Christian Name Present Address Date of Birth Place of Birth and Weekly Wage
(1)
(2)
(3) ,
(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
(8)
13. Have you adequate means to care properly for your children without the assistance of an allowance?
14. Sources of Income:
(1) Employed (where) Earnings .
(2) Income from investments — give particulars
(3) Workmen's Compensation or other pension.
(4) Unemployment Relief
(5) Cash Assets
(6) Insurance
(7) Income from real property
(8) Value of real property
(9) Encumbrances thereon
(10) Any other income
364
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
1027
15, Debts:
Name of Creditors
Address of Creditors
Amount
16. Dated at this.
Witness
.day of 19.
(signature of applicant)
Form 2
The Mothers' Allowances Act, 1952
APPLICATION BY A FOSTER-MOTHER FOR A MOTHER'S ALLOWANCE
I, apply under The Mothers' Allowances Act, 1952 to the
Director for an allowance as a foster-mother and in support thereof furnish the following information:
1 reside in Ontario at
(name in full)
City
Town
County or Territorial District
of
Address
Street or "I
Rural Route J
Post Office
Township of
Concession No
2. Reach my home from Highway No as follows:
3. Length of residence in Ontario immediately prior to this application
4. Married, single or widow
5. Relationship, if any, of applicant to foster-children.
6. Name in full of father of foster-children
Date of death of father of foster-children
Cause Place
7. Name in full of mother of foster-children
Date of death of mother of foster-children
Cause Place
8. Date of marriage of parents of foster-children
Where married?
9. Foster-children of these parents under 18 years of age who reside with applicant
Name
Date of Birth
Place of Birth
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
10. Date children taken into care by applicant.
365
1028
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
11. Have you adequate means to care properly for these foster-children without the assistance of an allow-
ance?.
12. Income of applicant from assets of foster-children:
(1) Estate of deceased parents — (a) personal property (give details).
(b) real property (give details) .
(2) Insurance, if not included in estate — Amount
Company
(3) Pension Fund Give details
(4) Any other source of income
13. Other sources of income of applicant and spouse:
(1) Applicant employed Earnings .
(name and address of employer)
(2) Spouse employed Earnings .
(name and address of employer)
(3) Income from investments — give particulars .
(4) Workmen's Compensation or other pension,
(5) Unemployment Relief
(6) Cash Assets
(7) Insurance
(8) Income from real property
(9) Value of real property
(10) Encumbrances thereon
(11) Any other income
14. Dated at this day of 19.
Witness
(signature of applicant)
Received by
Advisory Board
Form 3
The Mothers' Allowances Act, J 95 2
MEDICAL REPORT FOR
PERMANENTLY UNEMPLOYABLE
HUSBAND
Received by
the Director
Name of man examined .
Address .
1. Age.
(surname)
366
(given names)
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE 1029
2. History of present illness (in chronological order give date of onset and describe progress of symptoms in
detail, using dates) :
3. Present complaints or symptoms (number in order of prominence and give the duration of each ; give also the
frequency, duration and severity of any attacks; show the degree of disability now present; state the amount
of excercise or work required to precipitate any attacks.):
4. Previous significant illnesses (give approximate dates):
5. Occupational history (describe types of work) :
from to .
from to .
from to .
from to .
6. If not shown above, state what work this man has done within the past year:
7. Present activities or daily manner of living (note what man is accustomed to do each day, particularly what
work or activities he engages in ; state if bedridden) :
8. If now in hospital: give name and location of hospital
date of admission
probable duration of further stay in hospital
9. General impression (appearance; development; nutrition; posture; gait; distress; mental alertness; apparent
age.):
10. General physical examination (record findings requested and any positive findings):
Temperature (by mouth) ; Height ; Weight (stripped)
At rest: Pulse ; Respirations ; Blood Pressure. .
(systolic)
(diastolic)
367
1030 THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
11. Detailed findings regarding the complete examination of the system (s) affected to the point of causing dis-
ability (supply or attach X-ray or laboratory findings). For example — In cardiovascular disease: condition
of peripheral arteries; location of apex beat; heart sounds; rate; rhythm; time and location of any murmurs;
pulse, respirations and blood pressure, before, immediately after and 2 minutes after 15 toe touches; signs of
myocardial failure (dependent oedema, rales at lung bases, enlarged liver) ; electrocardiogram, orthodiagram.
12. Record of hospitalization, investigation, consultations or clinic examinations (for the present illness). Attach
copies of any reports available from these sources:
at or by on
at or by on
at or by on
at or by on
13. Diagnosis (give completely, indicating etiology where possible; list in approximate order of importance in
this case):
14. Treatments (for the disabling condition (s) )
(a) received but discontinued (give approximate dates when treatment(s) was (were) commenced and dis-
continued and reason(s) for discontinuance):
(6) now being received (give name and address of supervising physician):
(c) required or recommended (if hospitalization required, state what arrangements have been made for
admission and to what hospital, sanatorium or sanitorium): i
15. Is this man unemployed now by reason of a mental or physical disability
(yes or no)
If "yes" — Approximately when was he last mentally or physically able to undertake some type of gainful
work
and — Does any known type of treatment offer any likelihood of rendering him employable
(yes or no)
Explain nature of treatment .'
16. With or without treatment would you expect sufficient recovery to take place in the mental or physical
condition of this man at any time in the future to render him employable
(yes or no)
17. Is this man now receiving:
War Veteran's Pension ; Workmen's Compensation
(yes or no) (yes or no)
Disability Insurance benefits ;
(yes or no) (specify any other type of pension)
18. Are there any mental or physical conditions present other than those already mentioned in this report which
would influence the employability of this man
(yes or no)
If so, describe
368
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE 1031
19. Remarks:
The man whose name appears above this report was examined by me at
on
and the above report contains my findings and my considered opinion at that time.
(signature of examining physician) (address of examining physician)
(Please print name and address or write plainly)
For use of Advisory Board only:
Name of applicant for mother's allowance. . .
(surname) (given names)
Address
First application Appeal
DOMINION OF CANADA
PROVINCE OF ONTARIO J
TO WIT:
Form 4
IN THE MATTER OF The Mothers' Allowances Act, 1952 and of the
application of
(name of mother)
for a mother's allowance.
I
of the of .
in the County of
DO SOLEMNLY DECLARE
1. THAT my husband deserted me on the day
(name)
of 19...
2. THAT he has not been heard of for at least one year.
3. THAT I have not seen him or heard of him, nor have I heard from him either directly or indirectly since
the day of 19 . . .
4. THAT he has not since the day of 19 . .
in any way contributed directly or indirectly to my support or the support of my children, being the children
of whom he is the father and on whose behalf the mother's allowance is to be paid.
5. THAT I was resident in Ontario at the time of the desertion.
AND I make this solemn DECLARATION, conscientiously believing it to be true and knowing that it is
of the same force and effect as if made under oath, and by virtue of the CANADA EVIDENCE ACT.
DECLARED before me at
in the County
of in the Province
of Ontario, this day of
A.D. 19..
A Commissioner,etc.
369
1032 THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
DOMINION OF CANADA
PROVINCE OF ONTARIO
TO WIT:
Form 5
IN THE MATTER OF The Mothers' Allowances Act, 1952 and of the
application of
(name of mother)
for a mother's allowance.
I
of the of
i n the County of
DO SOLEMNLY DECLARE
1 . THAT by a final decree or judgment absolute dated and issued out of
I divorced
(name of court) (name in full)
the father of my children named hereunder. ,
2. .THAT I was awarded custody of the following children of whom I am the mother:
(name of child)
(name of child)
(name of child)
3. THAT in the proceedings
(o) no provision was made for their maintenance, or
(6) provision was made for their maintenance whereby their father was obligated to pay $
weekly or monthly.
4. THAT the father has not been heard of for at least one year.
5. THAT I have not seen him or heard of him, nor have I heard from him directly or indirectly, since the
day of ,19
6. THAT he has not since the day of , 19. . . . in any way contributed
directly or indirectly to my support or the maintenance of the above-named children.
AND I make this solemn declaration, conscientiously believing it to be true and knowing that it is of the
same force and effect as if made under oath, and by virtue of the CANADA EVIDENCE ACT.
DECLARED before me at )
in the County
of in the Province
of Ontario, this day of
A.D. 19... .
A Commissioner, etc.
Form 6
The Mothers' Allowances Act, 1952
I , an applicant for a mother's allowance
under The Mothers' Allowances Act, 1952, consent that an investigator have access to any account held by me alone
or jointly, in any Bank, Trust Company or other financial institution or to any assets held in trust for me by any
person or any records relating to any of them and to secure information in respect of any life or accident insurance
policy on my late husband
(name of husband)
Dated this day of 19. .
(witness) (signature of applicant)
(address)
(1053) 21
370
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
1033
THE TOURIST ESTABLISHMENTS ACT
O. Reg. 200/52.
General Amendments.
Amending Regulations 359 of Con-
solidated Regulations 1950.
Made— 7th May, 1952.
Filed— 12th May, 1952, 1.30 p.m.
REGULATIONS MADE UNDER THE
TOURIST ESTABLISHMENTS ACT
1. Regulation 1 of Regulations 359 of Consolidated
Regulations of Ontario 1950 is revoked and the following
substituted therefor:
INTERPRETATION
1. In these regulations
(.1) "basic requirements" means the require-
ments prescribed by
(a) subregulation 1 of regulation 9,
(b) regulations 10 and 11,
(c) regulations 16 to 35, both inclusive, and
(d) regulations 37 to 49, both inclusive;
(.2) "cabin" means a sleeping-cabin or -cottage
containing one or more rooms or comprising
one or more rental-units under one roof;
(.3) ."cabin-establishment" means an establish-
ment comprising 2 or more cabins or 2 or
more cabin rental-units;
(.4) "cottage" means a building to accommodate
one guest-unit, and
(a) containing at least two rooms,
(6) at least partially furnished, and
(c) in which guests are permitted to prepare
and cook food;
(.5) "cottage-establishment" means an establish-
ment comprising 2 or more cottages owned or
leased by the same person;
(.6) "guest-unit" means the person, or 2 or more
persons in one party, to whom sleeping or
living accommodation is assigned;
(.7) "inn" means an inn, hotel, lodge, public
house, resort or tavern, operated throughout
the year;
(.8) "inn-establishment" means an establish-
ment comprising an inn, and one or more
cabins or cottages operated in conjunction
therewith;
(.9) "inspector" means a person designated as an
inspector under regulation 14;
(.10) "Institute-course" means the course in Hotel,
Restaurant and Resorts Administration con-
ducted by the Ryerson Institute of Tech-
nology;
(.11) "licence" means a licence to operate a tourist
establishment;
(.12) "licence issuer" means,
(a) in a municipality, the clerk unless the
municipality designates another ofBcial
of the municipality, and
(b) in that part of a territorial district
without municipal organization, the dis-
trict inspector of the Department of
Travel and Publicity;
(.13) "lodge" means a lodge, hotel, inn, public
house, resort or tavern, operating only part
of the year;
(.14) "lodge-establishment" means an establish-
ment comprising a lodge, and one or more
cabins or cottages operated in conjunction
therewith;
(.15) "private bath-room" means a bath-room
attached to a rental-unit, for the exclusive
use of the guest-unit therein;
(.16) "rental-unit" means the cabin, cottage, room
or other premises assigned to the exclusive
use of a guest-unit;
(.17) "semi-private bath-room" means a bath-
room located between, and communicating
with each of, two rental-units, and for the
exclusive use of the guest-units in them;
(.18) "tourist establishment" includes an inn,
lodge, and tourist-home, and a cabin- ,
cottage- , inn- , lodge- , and trailer-establish-
ment;
(.19) "tourist-home" means a private home, or
dwelling, in which at least 5 rooms are for
rent;
(.20) "tourist industry" has the same meaning as
in The Department of Travel and Publicity
Act; and
(.21) "trailer-establishment" means an establish-
ment comprising land or premises used or
maintained as a camping or trailer-parking
ground, whether or not there is a charge
made for the use of the camping or parking
areas therein, but does not include public
parks and camping grounds maintained by
the Department of Highways or the Depart-
ment of Lands and Forests.
2. Regulations 359 of Consolidated Regulations of
Ontario 1950 are further amended by adding thereto
the following regulations:
CLASSIFICATION
Ifl. (1) A cottage-establishment shall be classified
as
(a) "good" when therein each matter
itemized in column 1 of Schedule 1 is
of a standard not lower than that
prescribed in column 2;
(b) "very good" when therein each matter
itemized in column 1 of Schedule 2 is
of a standard not lower than that
prescribed in column 2; and
(c) "outstanding" when therein each mat-
ter itemized in column 1 of Schedule 3
is of a standard not lower than that
prescribed in column 2.
(2) A tourist establishment other than a
cottage-establishment shall be classified as
"good" when therein each matter itemized
in column 1 of Schedule 4 is of a standard
not lower than that prescribed in column 2.
(3) A cabin-establishment shall be classified as
371
1034
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
lb.
(a) "very good" when therein each matter
itemized in column 1 of Schedule S
is of a standard not lower than that
prescribed in column 2; and
(b) "outstanding" when therein each
matter itemized in column 1 of Sche-
dule 6 is of a standard not lower than
that prescribed in column 2.
(4) An inn-establishment shall be classified as
(a) "very good" when therein each matter
itemized in column 1 of Schedule 7
is of a standard not lower than that
prescribed in column 2; and
(b) "outstanding" when therein each mat-
ter itemized in column 1 of Schedule 8
is of a standard not lower than that
prescribed in column 2.
(5) A lodge-establishment shall be classified as
(a) "very good" when therein each matter
itemized in column 1 of Schedule 9 is
of a standard not lower than that
prescribed in column 2 ; and
(b) "outstanding" when therein each mat-
ter itemized in column 1 of Schedule 10
is of a standard not lower than that
prescribed in column 2.
(6) A tourist-home shall be classified as
(c) "very good" when therein each matter
itemized in column 1 of Schedule 11
is of a standard riot lower than that
prescribed in column 2; and
(b) "outstanding" when therein each mat-
ter itemized in column 1 of Schedule 12
is of a standard not lower than that
prescribed in column 2.
MINIMUM FURNITURE ETC.
(1) The minimum amount of furniture, bed-
ding, linen, heating and lighting devices,
electrical outlets, utensils, dishes, cutlery,
floor covering, window covering and other
fixtures, furnishings, appliances and equip-
ment that shall be provided in tourist
establishments is prescribed in subregula-
tions 2 to 9, both inclusive.
(2) In a good cottage-establishment, an item
specified in column 1 of Schedule 13 shall
be provided in each rental-unit in an
amount not less than that prescribed in
column 2, subject to the qualifications set
forth in column 3.
(3) In a very good cottage-establishment, an
item specified in column 1 of Schedule 14
shall be provided in each rental-unit in an
amount not less than that prescribed in
column 2, subject to the qualifications set
forth in column 3.
(4) In an outstanding cottage-establishment,
an item specified in column 1 of Schedule
15 shall be provided in each rental-unit
in an amount not less than that prescribed
in column 2, subject to the qualifications
set forth in column 3.
(5) In any good tourist-establishment, other
than a cottage-establishment, an item
specified in column 1 of Schedule 16 shall
be provided in each rental-unit available
for rental to 2 persons, in an amount not
less than that prescribed in column 2,
subject to the qualifications set forth in
column 3.
(6) In a very good cabin establishment, or in
an outstanding cabin establishment, an
item specified in column 1 of Schedule 17
shall be provided in each rental-unit avail-
able for rental to 2 persons, in an amount
not less than that prescribed in column 2,
subject to the qualifications set forth in
column 3.
(7) In a very good inn-establishment, or in an
outstanding inn-establishment, an item
specified in column 1 of Schedule 18 shall
be provided in each rental-unit available
for rental to 2 persons, in an amount not
less than that prescribed in column 2,
subject to the qualifications set forth in
column 3.
(S) In a very good lodge-establishment, or in
an outstanding lodge-establishment, an
item specified in column 1 of Schedule 19
shall be provided in each rental-unit
available for rental to 2 persons, in an
amount not less than that prescribed in
column 2, subject to the qualifications set
forth in column 3.
(9) In a very good tourist-home, or in an out-
standing tourist-home, an item specified
in column 1 of Schedule 20 shall be pro-
vided in each rental-unit available for
rental to 2 persons, in an amount not less
than that prescribed in column 2, subject
to the qualifications set forth in column 3.
3. Regulation 3 of Regulations 359 of Consolidated
Regulations of Ontario 1950 is amended by
(c) revoking sub-regulation 3 and substituting
therefor the following:
(3) Where the licence issuer is satisfied that
the tourist establishment complies with
the Act, these regulations, and all other
laws, regulations and municipal by-laws
applicable to the establishment, he shall
(a) issue to the applicant a licence in
Form 2, and
(b) forthwith transmit to the Minister a
copy of the application and of the
licence.
and
(b) adding thereto the following sub-regulation:
(5) The licence is not transferable.
4. Regulation 6 of Regulations 359 of Consolidated
Regulations of Ontario 1950 is revoked and the following
substituted therefor:
6. Where the holder of a licence is convicted of a
violation of
(a) section 21 of The Game and Fisheries Act, or
(b) section 69 of The Liquor Control Act,
the Minister shall cancel that licence.
5. Sub-regulations 1 and 6 of regulation 9 of Regula-
tions 359 of Consolidated Regulations of Ontario 1950
are revoked and the following substituted therefor:
(1) An operator shall maintain in a bound book
or by means of a card index a register of the
372
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
1035
persons, motor vehicles and trailers accom-
modated in his tourist establishment.
(6) An entry in the register shall be preserved for
at least one year from the date of that entry.
6. Sub-regulation 1 of regulation 10 of Regulations
359 of Consolidated Regulations of Ontario 1950 is
amended by
(a) striking out the word "and" at the end of
clause c;
(b) striking out sub-clause ii of clause d and
substituting therefor the following:
Hi) screens of fire-proof or fire-resistant
material ;
and
(c) adding thereto the following clauses:
(e) display his tourist-establishment licence
in that part of the establishment in which
the register under regulation 9 is kept;
(/) maintain in proper condition the fences
and signs of his tourist establishment;
and
(g) maintain in proper repair wharves, docks
and boat-houses of his tourist establish-
ment.
7. Regulation 1 1 of Regulations 359 of Consolidated
Regulations of Ontario 1950 is amended by
(a) striking out the word "and" at the end of
clause b;
(b) striking out the last line of clause c and
substituting therefor the following:
sheets, pillow-cases and towels;
and
(c) adding to the regulation the following clauses:
(d) maintain the grounds of the establish-
ment orderly, tidy and free from litter;
(e) keep all grass and herbage cut sufficiently
(i) not to harbour mosquitoes and other
objectionable insects,
(ii) to prevent ripening of weed-seeds, and
(iii) to present a neat appearance;
and
(f) take all steps necessary to prevent a
nuisance, within the meaning of sections
80 and 81 of The Public Health Act, from
occurring on the premises.
8. Regulation 18 of Regulations 359 of Consolidated
Regulations of Ontario 1950 is revoked and the follow-
ing substituted therefor:
18. (1) Where a person accommodated in a
trailer-establishment or in a cabin, cottage,
apartment, suite or room, is permitted by
the operator to prepare or cook food, the
operator shall furnish him with at least
one covered metal garbage-container in
good condition.
(2) Before each occupancy, the garbage-
container shall be emptied and cleaned by
the operator.
9. Regulation 23 of Regulations 359 of Consolidated
Regulations of Ontario 1950 is amended by adding
thereto the following sub-regulations:
(la) Where an establishment operates only part
of a year, one of the tests shall be made prior
to the date of opening in that year.
(3) The report on the most recent test shall be
displayed in a conspicuous place in that part
of the establishment in which the register
under regulation 9 is kept.
10. Regulation 33 of Regulations 359 of Consoli-
dated Regulations of Ontario 1950 is revoked and the
following substituted therefor:
33. (1) Subject to sub-regulation 2, where common
toilet-facilities are provided at a tourist
establishment other than a cottage-
establishment, and the number of persons
entitled to use those common facilities is
in a group set out in column 1, the mini-
mum number of water-closets or privy-
seats, and the minimum number of wash-
basins, shall be as set forth in columns 2
and 3 for the number of persons in column 1
as follows:
1
2
3
Number
Minimum number of
Minimum
of
water-closets or
number of
Persons
privy-seats
wash-basins
Up to 10
2
2
11 to 20
3
3
21 to 30
4
4
31 to 45
5
5
46 to 60
6
6
61 to 75
7
7
76 to 90
8
8
91 to 105
9
9
106 to 120
10
10
(2) Where an operator who is unable to comply
with sub-regulation 1 furnishes the Minis-
ter with a certificate of the local public-
health officer or a certificate from an
inspector of the Department of Health of
Ontario setting forth that in his opinion
the existing toilet-facilities are being
maintained in a satisfactory condition and
are adequate for the time being, the
Minister shall extend the time for com-
pliance with sub-regulation 1 for a period
of not more than 12 months.
11. Regulations 359 of Consolidated Regulations of
Ontario 1950 are further amended by adding thereto
the following regulation:
34a. (1) Every bath-room for use by guests shall
have properly installed in it
(a) a bath-tub or shower-bath,
(b) a basin-fixture,
(c) a toilet-bowl,
(d) a mirror having a good reflecting
surface not less than 12 inches width
and 18 inches height,
373
1036
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
(e) toilet-shelving having usable area of
not less than 60 square inches and
installed above or near the basin-
fixture,
(/) a device for hanging or stowing
towels,
(g) a light-fixture placed conveniently
in relation to the mirror,
(h) a dish-bracket or enamelled recess for
soap, located conveniently to
(i) the bath-tub or shower-bath, and
(ii) the basin-fixture,
(i) not less than 2 metal wall-hooks for
hanging garments,
(j) a bath-mat of water-absorbent mat-
erial, and
(k) a device dispensing toilet-paper.
(2) Each toilet-bowl shall be water- flushed.
(3) Each
(a) basin-fixture, and
(fe) bath-tub or shower-bath
shall be equipped with taps or faucets
supplying hot water and cold water.
(4) A semi-private bath-room shall have 2
doors
(a) opening into the bath-room and fitted
with such means of securing them
shut that a person using the bath-
room will have complete privacy, and
{b) opening separately from the two
rental-units served by the bath-room.
(5) Before a guest-unit occupies a rental-unit
(a) the bath-room and all fixtures shall
be thoroughly cleansed, and
(6) the bath-mat shall be freshly
laundered.
12. Regulation 36 of Regulations 359 of Consoli-
dated Regulations of Ontario 1950 is revoked and the
following substituted therefor:
36. Regulation 37 to 44. both inclusive, shall apply
to
(a) any tourist establishment established after
the 14th of May, 1952, and
(b) any addition to a tourist establishment
existing on that date.
13. Regulation 44, except clause a and sub-clause ii
of clause b, of Regulations 359 of Consolidated Regula-
tions of Ontario 1950 is revoked and the following
substituted therefor:
44. Where tourist establishments are established,
on or after the 15th of May, 1952 or rental-
units are on or after that date added to existing
tourist establishments, each rental-unit shall
be separated from adjoining rental-units
under the same roof by a dividing wall at
least 4 inches thick and constructed of
(a) wood studs at least 2 inches by 4 inches, set
at not more than 16-inch centres with the
spaces between the studs filled with mineral
wool or other fire- and sound-resistant insula-
tion, and faced on both sides by
(i) wood at least J^ inch thick, or plaster-
board, wall-board, ply-wood or pressed
board, or
14. Regulations 359 of Consolidated Regulations of
Ontario 1950 are further amended by adding thereto
the following regulations:
NOTICES AND INSIGNIA
46. (1) Upon being notified by the Minister that
the establishment has been classified under
these regulations, the operator shall forth-
with and at all times thereafter display a
notice containing the words "ONTARIO
APPROVED ACCOMMODATION" and
the insignia prescribed under sub-regu-
lation 2.
(2) The insignia shall be
(a) 1 five-pointed star for an establish-
ment classified as "good",
(b) 2 five-pointed stars for an establish-
ment classified as "very good", or
(c) 3 five-pointed stars for an establish-
ment classified as "outstanding".
(3) The notice and insignia shall be displayed
prominently in full view of arriving pros-
pective guests at such place as the operator
desires.
47. No operator shall display a notice or insignia
not conforming to regulation 46.
48. No operator shall in any advertising or letter-
head or upon or near the premises by sign or
notice display any insignia
(a) indicating that the premises have an
Ontario classification other than that given
to the premises by the Minister, or
(b) likely to deceive or mislead the public as
to Ontario classification of the premises.
49. No operator of a tourist establishment that
has not been classified by the Minister shall in
any advertising or letterhead or upon or near
the premises by sign or notice display
(a) the words "approved accommodation" or
any words likely to cause a member of
the travelling or vacationing public to
believe that the premises have peen ap-
proved by the Government of Ontario, or
(b) any phrase embodying the word "star"
in such manner as to deceive or mislead
the public as to the Ontario classification
of the premises.
374
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
1037
SCHEDULE 1
MINIMUM STANDARDS FOR CLASSIFICATION OF A
COTTAGE ESTABLISHMENT AS "GOOD"
Item
No.
Column 1
Column 2
Matters
Minimum standards
1
Basic requirements
As set out in clause .1 of regulation 1
2
Construction
Every doorway leading outdoors
(a) equipped with lock, key and inside night-latch, and
(b) fitted with a self-closing door or screen to exclude
insects
3
Furniture, etc.
(a) Quality "good" as recognized by Ontario retail merchants
of household furniture and furnishings
(b) Amount as prescribed by Schedule 13
4
Plumbing
(a) Sink suitable for washing dishes and small garments
(b) Waste pipe from sink discharging outdoors or to sanitary-
drainage system
SCHEDULE 2
MINIMUM STANDARDS FOR CLASSIFICATION OF A
COTTAGE ESTABLISHMENT AS "VERY GOOD"
Item
No.
Column 1
Column 2
Matters
Minimum standards
1
Basic requirements
As set out in clause .1 of regulation 1
2
Construction and size of buildings
(a) Every cottage having interior floor-area not less than 460
sq. ft. excluding screened porches and verandahs
(b) Every doorway leading outdoors
(i) equipped with lock, key and inside night-latch, and
(ii) fitted with a self-closing door or screen to exclude
insects
3
Furniture, etc.
(o) Quality "superior" as recognized by Ontario retail
merchants of household furniture and furnishings
(b) Amount as prescribed by Schedule 14
4
Inventory
Elach rental-unit having in it readily accessible to the guest
renting it, an inventory of all furniture, furnishings and
moveable property for which the guest is to be responsible
5
Plumbing and toilet facilities
(a) Wash-hand basin equipped with taps or faucets delivering
hot water and cold water in every rental-unit not provided
with a private bath-room
(b) Sink suitable for washing dishes and small garments
(r) Waste pipes from wash-basins, baths or sinks discharging
outdoors or to sanitary-drainage system
375
1038
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
SCHEDULE 3
MINIMUM STANDARDS FOR CLASSIFICATION OF A
COTTAGE ESTABLISHMENT AS "OUTSTANDING"
Item
No.
Column 1
Column 2
Matters
Minimum standards
1
Basic requirements
As set out in clause .1 of regulation 1
2
Construction, design and size of
buildings
(a) Construction and design "superior" according to the
standards of the National House Builders' Association,
Incorporated
(6) Every doorway leading outdoors
(i) equipped with lock, key and inside night-latch, and
Cii) fitted with a self-closing door or screen to exclude
insects
(c) Every cottage having interior floor-area not less than 460
sq. ft. excluding screened porches and verandahs
3
Furniture, etc.
(a) Quality "superior" as recognized by Ontario retail
merchants of household furniture and furnishings
(b) Amount as prescribed by Schedule 15
4
Inventory
Each rental-unit having in it readily accessible to the guest
renting it, an inventory of all furniture, furnishings and move-
able property for which the guest is to be responsible
5
Plumbing and toilet facilities
(a) Private bath-room in connection with every rental-unit
{b) Sink suitable for washing dishes and small garments
(c) Waste pipes from wash-basins, baths or sinks discharging
outdoors or to sanitary-drainage system
SCHEDULE 4
MINIMUM STANDARDS FOR CLASSIFICATION OF A TOURIST ESTABLISHMENT
(OTHER THAN A COTTAGE ESTABLISHMENT) AS "GOOD"
Item
No.
Column 1
Column 2
Matters
Minimum standards
1
Basic requirements
As set out in clause .1 of regulation 1
2
Construction
Each door giving access to a rental-unit being equipped with
a lock, key and inside night-latch
3
Food, if served
(a) Quality, quantity, variety, preparation and service "good"
according to the standards set in the Institute-course
(b) All milk and cream pasteurized
4
Furniture, etc.
(a) Amount as prescribed by Schedule 16
(b) Quality "good" as recognized by Ontario retail merchants
of household furniture and furnishings
(c) Condition "good", "clean", "free from stains" and "not
overly worn" according to the standards set in the
Institute-course
5
General reputation
(a) Proprietor, law-abiding and orderly
{b) Operators and stafT, courteous, obliging, neat and clean
having regard to duties performed
376
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
1039
SCHEDULE 4— Continued
Item
No.
Column 1
Column 2
Matters
Minimum standards
(c) Establishment, free from well-founded complaints by
guest-units, recorded with the Department, concerning
matters within the control of the operator
6
Heating in any establishment open
to the public between 1st of Octo-
ber and 1st of May following
A central heating system or separate heating devices such as
will maintain in each rental-unit a temperature not lower
than 70°F.
7
Maintenance
Adequate measures to ensure that no offensive odour is present
in any part of the premises used by guests
8
Rates and prices charged
Not excessive having regard to the locality and the quality of
accommodation, services, commodities and facilities provided
9
Telephone service
Where telephone service is available to the operator within
3^ mile of his establishment, service to be available to guests
at all times at the rates set by the telephone company
SCHEDULE 5
MINIMUM STANDARDS FOR CLASSIFICATION OF A
CABIN ESTABLISHMENT AS "VERY GOOD"
Item
No.
Column 1
Column 2
Matters
Minimum standards
1
Basic requirements
As set out in clause .1 of regulation 1
2
Construction
Each door giving access to a rental-unit being equipped with
a lock, key and inside night-latch
3
Curtains, drapes, shades, bed-
spreads, floor-coverings and wall
finishes
Colours and combinations recognized as "good" according
to the standards set in the Institute-course
4
Food, if served
(a) Quality, quantity, variety, preparation and service "good"
according to the standards set in the Institute-course
(b) All milk and cream pasteurized
5
Furniture, etc.
(a) Amount as prescribed by Schedule 17
(b) Quality "superior" as recognized by Ontario retail
merchants of household furniture and furnishings
6
General reputation
(c) Proprietor, law-abiding and orderly
(b) Operators and staff, courteous, obliging, neat and clean
having regard to duties performed
(c) Establishment, free from well-founded complaints by
guest-units, recorded with the Department, concerning
matters within the control of the operator
7
Heating in any establishment open
to the public between 1st of Octo-
ber and 1st of May following
A central heating system or separate heating devices such as
will maintain in each rental-unit a temperature not lower
than 70° F.
8
Information
(a) The latest available copy of the Official Weekly Road
Bulletin of Ontario issued by the Department of Highways
accessible for inspection by guests
(b) Every adult in attendance under Regulation 10 (2) able to
(i) indicate what are points of general interest in the
locality and direct guests to them, and
(ii) give guests accurate general directions for highway
travel in Ontario
377
1040
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
SCHEDULE 5— Continued
Item
No.
Column 1
Column 2
Matters
Minimum standards
9
Lighting
Location, intensity and shading-arrangements such that in
any customary part of a room or cabin a guest having normal
eyesight can read without eye-strain
10
Maintenance
Adequate measures to ensure that no offensive odour is
present in any part of the premises used by guests
U
Quietness
Location and arrangement such that a guest who sleeps
normally soundly will not be disturbed between 1 1 o'clock at
night and 7 o'clock the following morning
12
Rates and prices charged
Not excessive having regard to the locality and the quality
of accommodation, services, commodities and facilities
provided
13
Security and privacy
A system of control of keys to rental-units such as will ensure
to a guest-unit security and privacy in the rental-unit
14
Telephone service
Where telephone service is available to the operator within
Y2 mile of his establishment, service to be available to guests
at all times at the rates set by the telephone company
15
Toilet facilities
(a) Private or semi-private bathroom in 85 per cent of
rental-units
(6) A wash-hand basin equipped with taps or faucets deliver-
ing hot water and cold water in all other rental-units
ic) A water-flushed bowl in every water-closet for the use of
guests
SCHEDULE 6
MINIMUM STANDARDS FOR CLASSIFICATION OF A
CABIN ESTABLISHMENT AS "OUTSTANDING"
Item
No.
Column 1
Column 2
Matters
Minimum standards
1
Basic requirements
As set out in clause .1 of regulation 1
2
Accommodation and mode of
operation
Equal to the average of the 20 establishments of the same
kind (such as "tourist cabins", "motels", "motor-courts",
etc.) considered to be the "best" of their kind in Ontario
according to the standard of the Ontario Tourist Courts
Association
3
Construction
"Superior" according to the standards of the National House
Builders' Association, Incorporated
4
Curtains, drapes, shades, bed-
spreads, floor-coverings and wall
finishes
Colours and combinations recognized as "superior" according
to the standards set in the Institute-course
5
Food, if served
(a) Quality, quantity, variety, preparation and service "good"
according to the standards set in the Institute-course
(h) All milk and cream pasteurized
6
Furniture, etc.
(a) Amount as prescribed by Schedule 17
{h) Quality "superior" as recognized by Ontario retail
merchants of household furniture and furnishings
7
General reputation
{a) Proprietor, law-abiding and orderly
{h) Operators and staff, courteous, obliging, neat and clean
having regard to duties performed
378
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
1041
SCHEDULE 6— Continued
Item
No.
Column 1
Column 2
Matters
Minimum standards
(c) Establishment, free from well-founded complaints by
guest-units, recorded with the Department, concerning
matters within the control of the operator
8
Heating in any establishment open
to the public between 1st of Octo-
ber and 1st of May following
A central heating system or separate heating devices such as
will maintain in each rental-unit a temperature not lower
than 70° F.
9
Information
(o) The latest available copy of the Official Weekly Road
Bulletin of Ontario issued by the Department of High-
ways accessible for inspection by guests
(b) Every adult in attendance under Regulation 10 (2) able to
(i) indicate what are points of general interest in the
locality and direct guests to them, and
(ii) give guests accurate general directions for highway
travel in Ontario
(c) Arrangements such that a guest can promptly obtain
accurate information regarding locations and scheduled
times for arrival and departures of all transportation
systems serving the locality
10
Lighting
Location, intensity and shading-arrangements such that in
any customary part of a room or cabin a guest having normal
eyesight can read without eye-strain
11
Maintenance
Adequate measures to ensure that no offensive odour is
present in any part of the premises used by guests
12
Quietness
Location and arrangement such that a guest who sleeps
normally soundly will not be disturbed between 1 1 o'clock at
night and 7 o'clock the following morning
13
Rates and prices charged
Not excessive having regard to the locality and the quality
of accommodation, services, commodities and facilities
provided
14
Security and privacy
A system of control of keys to rental-units such as will ensure
to a guest-unit security and privacy in the rental-unit
15
Telephone service
Where telephone service is available to the operator within
^ mile of his establishment, service to be available to guests
at all times at the rates set by the telephone company
16
Toilet facilities
Private bath-room in each rental-unit
SCHEDULE 7
MINIMUM STANDARDS FOR CLASSIFICATION OF
AN INN ESTABLISHMENT AS "VERY GOOD"
Item
No.
Column 1
Column 2
Matters
Minimum standards
1
Basic requirements
As set out in clause .1 of regulation 1
2
Baggage-handling
Arrangements such that baggage of a guest-unit
(a) will be delivered from the front entrance to the rental-
unit within H hour after occupancy, and
(&) will be taken from the rental-unit to the front entrance
within H hour after request therefor
3
Construction
E^ch door giving access to a rental-unit being equipped with
a lock, key and inside night-latch
4
Curtains, drapes, shades, bed-
spreads, floor-coverings and wall
finishes
Colours and combinations recognized as "good" according to
the standards set in the Institute-course
379
1042
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
SCHEDULE 7— Continued
Item
No.
Column 1
Column 2
Matters
Minimum standards
5
Food, if served
(a) Quality, quantity, variety, preparation and service "good"
according to the standards set in the Institute-course
(b) All milk and cream pasteurized
6
Furniture, etc.
(a) Amount as prescribed by Schedule 18
(i) Quality "superior" as recognized by Ontario retail
merchants of household furniture and furnishings
(c) Condition "good", "clean", "free from stains" and "not
overly worn" according to the standards set in the
Institute-course
7
General reputation
(a) Proprietor, law-abiding and orderly
(b) Operators and staff, courteous, obliging, neat and clean
having regard to duties performed
(c) Establishment, free from well-founded complaints by
guest-units, recorded with the Department, concerning
matters within the control of the operator
8
Heating in any establishment open
to the public between 1st of Octo-
ber and 1st of May following
A central heating system or separate heating devices such as
will maintain in each rental-unit a temperature not lower
than 70° F.
9
Information
(a) The latest available copy of the Official Weekly Road
Bulletin of Ontario issued by the Department of High-
ways accessible for inspection by guests
(b) Every adult in attendance under Regulation 10 (2) able to
(i) indicate what are points of general interest in the
locality and direct guests to them, and
(ii) give guests accurate general directions for highway
trave in Ontario
(c) Arrangements such that a guest can promptly obtain
accurate information regarding locations and scheduled
times for arrival and departures of all transportation
systems serving the locality
10
Lighting
Location, intensity and shading-arrangements such that in
any customary part of a room or cabin a guest having normal
eyesight can read without eye-strain
11
Maintenance
Adequate measures to ensure that no offensive odour is present
in any part of the premises used by guests
12
Newspapers, magazines, cigars,
cigarettes and tobacco
Obtainable on or within H mile of the premises at times
customary in that locality
13
Quietness
Location and arrangement such that a guest who sleeps
normally soundly will not be disturbed between 1 1 o'clock at
night and 7 o'clock the following morning
14
Rates and prices charged
Not excessive having regard to the locality and the quality of
accommodation, services, commodities and facilities provided
15
Security and privacy
A system of control of keys to rental-units such as will ensure
to a guest-unit security and privacy in the rental-unit
16
Telephone service
Where telphone service is available to the operator within
J^ mile of his establishment, service to be available to guests
at all times at the rates set by the telephone company
17
Toilet facilities
(a) Private or semi-private bathroom in 50 per cent of
rental-units
(b) A wash-hand basin equipped with taps or faucets deliver-
ing hot water and cold water in all other rental-units
(c) A water-flushed bowl in every water-closet for the use of
guests
380
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
1043
SCHEDULE 8
MINIMUM STANDARDS FOR CLASSIFICATION OF AN
INN ESTABLISHMENT AS "OUTSTANDING"
Item
No.
Column 1
Column 2
Matters
Minimum standards
1
Basic requirements
As set out in clause .1 of regulation 1
2
Accommodation and mode of
operation
Equal to the average of the 20 hotels deemed "best" in Ontario
according to the standards of the Ontario Hotel Association,
Incorporated but excluding
(a) provision of sample-rooms, and
(i) licences under The Liquor Licence Act
3
Baggage- handling
Arrangements such that baggage of a guest-unit
{a) will be delivered from the front entrance to the rental-
unit within }/2 hour after occupancy, and
(b) will be taken from the rental-unit to the front entrance
within yi hour after request therefor
4
Construction
"Superior" according to the standards of the National House
Builders' Association, Incorporated
5
Curtains, drapes, shades, bed-
spreads, floor-coverings and wall
finishes
Colours and combinations recognized as "good" according to
the standards set in the Institute-course
6
Food, if served
(a) Quality, quantity, variety, preparation and service "good"
according to the standards set in the Institute-course
(ft) All milk and cream pasteurized
7
Furniture, etc.
(a) Amount as prescribed by Schedule 18
ib) Quality "superior" as recognized by Ontario retail
merchants of household furniture and furnishings
(c) Condition "good", "clean", "free from stains" and "not
overly worn" according to the standards set in the Insti-
tute-course
8
General reputation
(a) Proprietor, law-abiding and orderly
{b) Operators and staff, courteous, obliging, neat and clean
having regard to duties performed
(c) Establishment, free from well-founded complaints by
guest-units, recorded with the Department, concerning
matters within the control of the operator
9
Heating in any establishment open
to the public between 1st of Octo-
ber and 1st of May following
A central heating system or separate heating devices such as
will maintain in each rental-unit a temperature not lower
than 70° F.
10
Information
(a) The latest available copy of the Official Weekly Road
Bulletin of Ontario issued by the Department of Highways
accessible for inspection by guests
(b) Every adult in attendance under Regulation 10 (2) able to
(i) indicate what are points of general interest in the
locality and direct guests to them, and
(ii) give guests accurate general directions for highway
travel in Ontario
(c) Arrangements such that a guest can promptly obtain
accurate information regarding locations and scheduled
times for arrival and departures of all transportation
systems serving the locality
U
Lighting
Location, intensity and shading-arrangements such that in any
customary part of a room or cabin a guest having normal
eyesight can read without eye-sti-ain
381
1044
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
SCHEDULE 8— Continued
Item
No.
Column 1
Column 2
Matters
Minimum standards
12
Maintenance
Adequate measures to ensure that no offensive odour is
present in any part of the premises used by guests
13
Newspapers, magazines, cigars,
cigarettes and tobacco
Obtainable on or within Yi mile of the premises at times
customary in that locality
14
Quietness
Location and arrangement such that a guest who sleeps
normally soundly will not be disturbed between 11 o'clock
at night and 7 o'clock the following morning
IS
Rates and prices charged
Not excessive having regard to the locality and the quality of
accommodation, services, commodities and facilities provided
16
Security and privacy
A system of control of keys to rental-units such as will ensure
to a guest-unit security and privacy in the rental-unit
17
Telephone service
Where telephone service is available to the operator within
y% mile of his establishment
(a) service to be available to guests at all times at the rates
set by the telephone company
(6) 1 telephone in each rental-unit
18
Toilet facilities
(a) Private or semi-private bathroom in 85 per cent of rental-
units
(6) A wash-hand basin equipped with taps or faucets deliver-
ing hot water and cold water in all other rental-units
(c) A water-flushed bowl in every water-closet for the use of
guests
SCHEDULE 9
MINIMUM STANDARDS FOR CLASSIFICATION OF A
LODGE ESTABLISHMENT AS "VERY GOOD"
Item
No.
Column 1
Column 2
Matters
Minimum standards
1
Basic requirements
As set out in clause . 1 of regulation 1
2
Baggage-handling
Arrangements such that baggage of a guest-unit
(a) will be delivered from the front entrance to the rental-
unit within Yi hour after occupancy, and
{h) will be taken from the rental-unit to the front entrance
within Yi hour after request therefor
3
Construction
Each door giving access to a rental-unit being equipped with
a lock, key and inside night-latch
4
Curtains, drapes, shades, bed-
spreads, floor-coverings and wall
finishes
Colours and combinations recognized as "good" according to
the standards set in the Institute-course
5
Food, if served
(a) Quality, quantity, variety, preparation and service
"good" according to the standards set in the Institute-
course
W) All milk and cream pasteurized
6
Furniture, etc.
(a) Amount as prescribed by Schedule 19
W) Quality "good" as recognized by Ontario retail merchants
of household furniture and furnishings
382
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
1045
SCHEDULE 9— Continued
Item
No.
Column 1
Column 2
Matters
Minimum standards
(c) Condition "good", "clean", "free from stains" and "not
overly worn" according to the standards set in the Insti-
tute-course
7
General reputation
(a) Proprietor, law-abiding and orderly
(6) Operators and staff, courteous, obliging, neat and clean
having regard to duties performed
(c) Establishment, free from well-founded complaints by
guest-units, recorded with the Department, concerning
matters within the control of the operator
8
Heating in any establishment open
to the public between 1st of Octo-
ber and 1st of May following
A central heating system or separate heating devices such as
will maintain in each rental-unit a temperature not lower
than 70° F.
9
Indoor recreation for guests in
inclement weather
Space, equipment and facilities such that not less than 25 per
cent of the guests can at the same time participate in indoor
games and pastimes customary in Ontario
10
Information
(o) The latest available copy of the Official Weekly Road
Bulletin of Ontario issued by the Department of Highways
accessible for inspection by guests
(b) Every adult in attendance under Regulation 10 (2) able to
(i) indicate what are points of general interest in the
locality and direct guests to them, and
(ii) give guests accurate general directions for highway
travel in Ontario
(c) Arrangements such that a guest can promptly obtain
accurate information regarding locations and scheduled
times for arrival and departures of all transportation
systems serving the locality
U
Lighting
Location, intensity and shading-arrangements such that in
any customary part of a room or cabin a guest having normal
eyesight can read without eye-strain
12
Maintenance
Adequate measures to ensure that no offensive odour is
present in any part of the premises used by guests
13
Plumbing
Sanitary waste-drains to a disposal point that is outside the
buildings and such as will prevent unsanitary or unsightly
accumulation of water or waste matter
14
Rates and prices charged
Not excessive having regard to the locality and the quality
of accommodation, services, commodities and facilities pro-
vided
15
Security and privacy
A system of control of keys to rental-units such as will ensure
to a guest-unit security and privacy in the rental-unit
16
Telephone service
Where telephone service is available to the operator within
y^ mile of his establishment, service to be available to guests
at all times at the rates set by the telephone company
17
Toilet facilities
(a) Private or semi-private bathroom in 25 per cent of rental-
units
(b) A wash-hand basin equipped with taps or faucets deliver-
ing hot water and cold water in all other rental-units
(c) A water-flushed bowl in every water-closet for the use of
guests
18
Water supply
Through pipes and taps
383
1046
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
SCHEDULE 10
MINIMUM STANDARDS FOR CLASSIFICATION OF A
LODGE ESTABLISHMENT AS "OUTSTANDING"
Item
No.
Column 1
Column 2
Matters
Minimum standards
1
Basic requirements
As set out in clause . 1 of regulation 1
2
Accommodation and mode of
operation
Equal to the average of the 10 lodges deemed "best" in
Ontario according to the standards of the Association of
Tourist Resorts of Ontario but excluding licences under
The Liquor Licence Act
3
Baggage- handling
Arrangements such that baggage of a guest-unit
(a) will be delivered from the front entrance to the rental-
unit within 3^ hour after occupancy, and
(b) will be taken from the rental-unit to the front entrance
within 3^ hour after request therefor
4
Construction
"Superior" according to the standards of the National House
Builders' Association, Incorporated
5
Curtains, drapes, shades, bed-
spreads, floor-coverings and wall
finishes
Colours and combinations recognized as "good" according to
the standards set in the Institute-course
6
Food, if served
(c) Quality, quantity, variety, preparation and service "good"
according to the standards set in the Institute-course
(b) All milk and cream pasteurized
7
Furniture, etc.
(a) Amount as prescribed by Schedule 19
(b) Quality "superior" as recognized by Ontario retail
merchants of household furniture and furnishings
(c) Condition "good", "clean", "free from stains" and "not
overly worn" according to the standards set in the
Institute-course
8
General reputation
(c) Proprietor, law-abiding and orderly
(b) Operators and staff, courteous, obliging, neat and clean
having regard to duties performed
(c) Establishment, free from well-founded complaints by
guest-units, recorded with the Department, concerning
matters within the control of the operator
9
Heating in any establishment open
to the public between 1st of Octo-
ber and 1st of May following
A central heating system or separate heating devices such as
will maintain in each rental-unit a temperature not lower
than 70° F.
10
Indoor recreation for guests in
inclement weather
Space, equipment and facilities such that not less than 25 per
cent of the guests can at the same time participate in indoor
games and pastimes customary in Ontario
11
Information
(a) The latest available copy of the Official Weekly Road
Bulletin of Ontario issued by the Department of Highways
accessible for inspection by guests
(b) Every adult in attendance under Regulation 10 (2)
able to
(i) Indicate what are points of general interest in the
locality and direct guests to them, and
(ii) give guests accurate general directions for highway
travel in Ontario
(c) Arrangements such that a guest can promptly obtain
accurate information regarding locations and scheduled
times for arrival and departures of all transjrortation
systems serving the locality
384
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
1047
SCHEDULE 10— Continued
Item
No.
Column 1
Column 2
Matters
Minimum standards
12
Lighting
Location, intensity and shading-arrangements such that in any
customary part of a room or cabin a guest having normal
eyesight can read without eye-strain
13
Maintenance
Adequate measures to ensure that no offensive odour is
present in any part of the premises used by guests
14
Plumbing
Sanitary waste-drains to a disposal point that is outside the
buildings and such as will prevent unsanitary or unsightly
accumulation of water or waste matter
15
Rates and prices charged
Not excessive having regard to the locality and the quality of
accommodation, services, commodities and facilities provided
16
Security and privacy
A system of control of keys to rental-units such as will ensure
to a guest-unit security and privacy in the rental-unit
17
Telephone service
Where telephone service is available to the operator within
^ mile of his establishment, service to be available to guests
at all times at the rates set by the telephone company
18
Toilet facilities
(a) Private or semi-private bathroom in 50 per cent of
rental-units
(b) A wash-hand basin equipped with taps or faucets deliver-
ing hot water and cold water in all other rental-units
(c) A water-flushed bowl in every water-closet for the use of
guests
19
Water supply
Through pipes and taps
SCHEDULE 11
MINIMUM STANDARDS FOR CLASSIFICATION OF A
TOURIST HOME AS "VERY GOOD"
Item
No.
Column 1
Column 2
Matters
Minimum standards
1
Basic requirements
As set out in clause .1 of regulation 1
2
Construction
Each door giving access to a rental-unit being equipped with a
lock, key and inside night-latch
3
Curtains, drapes, shades, bed-
spreads, floor-coverings and wall
finishes
Colours and combinations recognized as "good" according
to the standards set in the Institute-course
4
Furniture, etc.
(fl) Amount as prescribed by Schedule 20
(b) Quality "superior" as recognized by Ontario retail
merchants of household furniture and furnishings
(c) Condition "good", "clean", "free from stains" and "not
overly worn" according to the standards set in the
Institute-course
5
General reputation
(c) Proprietor, law-abiding and orderly
(b) Operators and staff, courteous, obliging, neat and clean
having regard to duties p>erformed
(c) Establishment, free from well-founded complaints by
guest-units, recorded with the Department, concerning
matters within the control of the operator
6
Heating in any establishment open
to the public between 1st of Octo-
ber and 1st of May following
A central heating system or separate heating devices such
as will maintain in each rental-unit a temperature not lower
than 70° F.
385
1048
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
SCHEDULE 11— Continued
Item
No.
Column 1
Column 2
Matters
Minimum standards
7
Information
(a) The latest available copy of the Official Weekly Road
Bulletin of Ontario issued by the Department of High-
ways accessible for inspection by guests
(fc) Every adult in attendance under Regulation 10 (2) able to
(i) indicate what are points of general interest in the
locality and direct guests to them, and
(ii) give guests accurate general directions for highway
travel in Ontario
8
Lighting
Location, intensity and shading-arrangements such that in
any customary part of a room or cabin a guest having normal
eyesight can read without eye-strain
9
Maintenance
Adequate measures to ensure that no oflFensive odour is present
in any part of the premises used by guests
10
Quietness
Location and arrangement such that a guest who sleeps
normally soundly will not be disturbed between 11 o'clock at
night and 7 o'clock the following morning
11
Rates and prices charged
Not excessive having regard to the locality and the quality
of accommodation, services, commodities and facilities
provided
12
Security and privacy
A system of control of keys to rental-units such as will ensure
to a guest-unit security and privacy in the rental-unit
13
Telephone service
Where telephone service is available to the operator within
}/2 mile of his establishment, service to be available to guests
at all times at the rates set by the telephone company
14
Toilet facilities
A wash-hand basin equipped with taps or faucets delivering
hot water and cold water in every rental-unit not connected
to a bath-room
SCHEDULE 12
MINIMUM STANDARDS FOR CLASSIFICATION OF A
TOURIST HOME AS "OUTSTANDING"
Item
No.
Column 1
Column 2
Matters
Minimum standards
1
Basic requirements
As set out in clause .1 of regulation 1
2
Construction
"Very superior" according to the standards of the National
House Builders' Association, Incorporated
3
Curtains, drapes, shades, bed-
spreads, floor-coverings and wall
finishes
Colours and combinations recognized as "superior" according
to the standards set in the Institute-course
4
Furniture, etc.
(c) Amount as prescribed by Schedule 20
(b) Quality "superior" as recognized by Ontario retail
merchants of household furniture and furnishings
5
General reputation
(a) Proprietor, law-abiding and orderly
{b) Operators and staff, courteous, obliging, neat and clean
having regard to duties performed
(c) Establishment, free from well-founded complaints by
guest-units, recorded with the Department, concern-
ing matters within the control of the operator
386
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
1049
SCHEDULE 12— Continued
Item
No.
Column 1
Column 2
Matters
Minimum standards
6
Heating in any establishment open
to the public between 1st of Octo-
ber and 1st of May following
A central heating system or separate heating devices such
as will maintain in each rental-unit a temperature not lower
than 70° F.
7
Information
(a) The latest available copy (rf the Official Weekly Road
Bulletin of Ontario issued by the Department of Highways
accessible for inspection by guests
(b) Every adult in attendance under Regulation 10 (2) able to
(i) indicate what are points of general interest in the
locality and direct guests to them, and
(ii) give guests accurate general directions for highway
travel in Ontario
8
Lighting
Location, intensity and shading-arrangements such that in
any customary part of a room or cabin a guest having normal
eyesight can read without eye-strain
9
Maintenance
Adequate measures to ensure that no offensive odour is present
in any part of the premises used by guests
10
Plumbing
Sanitary waste-drains to a disposal point that is outside the
buildings and such as will prevent unsanitary or unsightly
accumulation of water or waste matter
11
Quietness
Location and arrangement such that a guest who sleeps
normally soundly will not be disturbed between 1 1 o'clock at
night and 7 o'clock the following morning
12
Rates and prices charged
Not excessive having regard to the locality and the quality
of accommodation, services, commodities and facilities
provided
13
Security and privacy
A system of control of keys to rental-units such as will ensure
to a guest-unit security and privacy in the rental-unit
14
Telephone service
Where telephone service is available to the operator within
]/2. mile of his establishment, service to be available to guests
at all times at the rates set by the telephone company
15
Toilet facilities
(a) Private or semi-private bathroom in 50 per cent of
rental-units
(b) A wash-hand basin equipped with taps or faucets deliver-
ing hot water and cold water in all other rental-units
(c) A water-flushed bowl in every water-closet for the use of
guests
16
Water supply
Through pipes and taps
387
1050
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
SCHEDULE 13
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS AS TO FURNITURE, ETC., IN EACH RENTAL-UNIT
IN A COTTAGE-ESTABLISHMENT CLASSIFIED AS "GOOD"
Item
No.
Column 1
Column 2
Column 3
Item
Quantity
Qualifications
1
Bed- , bunk- or cot-
accommodation
Sufficient for every person accom-
modated
(a) Beds or bunks not tiered
(b) Accommodation for children un-
der 1 2 years of age may be by cots
(c) Children's cots may be two-tier
2
Cook-stove
1
3
Dressing-mirror
1 in each bedroom
4
Mattresses
(a) 1 for each bed or bunk
(b) 1 for each cot
(a) Spring-filled or foam-rubber con-
struction
(b) Any customary material
5
Refrigerator
1
6
Seating
accommodation
(a) Sufficient to accommodate every
person at food-service table, and
(b) Bed- or sitting-room chairs or
equivalent furniture sufficient for
every person accommodated
7
Tables or equiva-
lent equipment
(c) 1 for preparation of food, and
(b) 1 for service of food
8
Throw-rugs
1 at each bed
If floor not carpeted
SCHEDULE 14
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS AS TO FURNITURE, ETC., IN EACH RENTAL-UNIT
IN A COTTAGErESTABLISHMENT CLASSIFIED AS "VERY GOOD"
Item
No.
Column 1
Column 2
Column 3
Item
Quantity
Qualifications
1
Bed- , bunk- or cot-
accommodation
Sufficient for every person accom-
modated
(a) Beds or bunks not tiered
(b) Accommodation for children un-
der 12 years of age may be by
cots
(c) Children's cots may be two-tier
2
Cook-stove
1
Heated by electricity, gas or pres-
sure-fed oil
3
Dressing-mirror
1 in each bedroom
4
Mattresses
(a) 1 for each bed or bunk
(b) 1 for each cot
(a) Spring-filled or foam-rubber con-
struction
(b) Any customary material
5
Refrigerator
1
6
Seating
accommodation
fa) Sufficient to accommodate every
person at food-service table, and
(b) Bed- or sitting-room chairs or
equivalent furniture sufficient for
every person accommodated
7
Tables or equiva-
lent equipment
(a) 1 for preparation of food, and
(b) 1 for service of food
8
Throw-rugs
1 at each bed
If floor not carpeted
388
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
1051
SCHEDULE 15
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS AS TO FURNITURE, ETC., IN EACH RENTAL-UNIT
IN A COTTAGE-ESTABLISHMENT CLASSIFIED AS "OUTSTANDING"
Item
No.
Column 1
Column 2
Column ,3
Item
Quantity
Qualifications
1
Bed- , bunk- or cot-
accommodation
Sufficient for every person accom-
modated
(c) Beds or bunks not tiered
(b) Accommodation for children un-
der 12 years of age may be by
cots
(c) Children's cots may be two-tier
2
Cook-stove
1
Heated by gas or electricity
3
Dressing-mirror
1 in each bedroom
4
Heating
1 open fire-place
5
Lighting
(a) Consumers' electric lighting
service installed in every room,
verandah and porch
(b) Sufficient fixtures and outlets for
adequate lighting
May be privately generated
6
Mattresses
(a) 1 for each bed or bunk
(b) 1 for each cot
(a) Spring-filled or foam-rubber con-
struction
(b) Any customary material
7
Refrigerator
1
Cooled by gas or electricity
8
Seating accom-
modation
(c) Sufficient to accommodate every
person at food-service table, and
(b) Bed- or sitting-room chairs or
equivalent furniture sufficient for
every person accommodated
9
Tables or equiva-
lent equipment
(a) 1 for preparation of food, and
(ft) 1 for service of food
10
Throw-rugs
1 at each bed
If floor not carpeted
SCHEDULE 16
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS AS TO FURNITURE, ETC., FOR EACH RENTAL-UNIT AVAIL-
ABLE FOR RENTAL TO 2 PERSONS IN ANY TOURIST-ESTABLISHMENT fOTHER
THAN A COTTAGE-ESTABLISHMENT) CLASSIFIED AS "GOOD"
Item
No.
Column 1
Column 2
Column 3
Item
Quantity
Qualifications
1
Ashtrays
2
2
3
Bath-mats
Bath-towels
1 at each bath or shower
1 for each person
4
Beds
2, or
1 at least 4 ft. wide
5
Chairs
2
6
Dresser
1, or
1 table
389
1052
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
SCHEDULE 16— Continued
Item
No.
Column 1
Column 2
Column 3
Item
Quantity
Qualifications
7
Dressing-mirror
1
8
Hand-towels
1 for each person
9
Mattresses
1 on each bed (except on temporarily-
placed cots or children's cots)
Spring-filled or foam-rubber con-
struction
10
Metal waste-basket
1
11
Rugs
1 at each bed
(o) If floor not carpeted
(b) Not essential in a lodge estab-
lishment
12
Tumblers
2
13
Water-pitcher
1
If drinking-water not delivered to
rental-unit by tap
14
Wool blankets
(c) 2 on each bed, and
(b) a sufficient number of wool blan-
kets or equivalent coverings to
furnish one each to one-half of
the maximum number of beds
used by guests
SCHEDULE 17
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS AS TO FURNITURE, ETC., FOR EACH RENTAL-UNIT
AVAILABLE FOR RENTAL TO 2 PERSONS IN A CABIN-ESTABLISHMENT
CLASSIFIED "VERY GOOD" OR "OUTSTANDING"
Item
No.
Column 1
Column 2
Column 3
Item
Quantity
Qualifications
1
Ashtrays
2
2
Bath-mats
1 for each bath or shower
3
Bath-towels
1 for each person
4
Beds
Two 3 ft. wide or
one 4 ft. 6 in. wide
5
Chairs
(a) 2 with cushioned seat and back, or
(b) 1 cushioned settee and 1 chair, or
(c) 1 fully cushioned chair and 1
other chair
6
Dressing-mirror
1
7
Electrical outlets
At least one for portable equipment
8
Hand-towels
1 for each person
9
Mattresses
1 on each bed (except on temporarily-
placed cots or children's cots)
Spring-filled or foam-rubber con-
struction
10
Night-stand
1 or other piece of furniture serving
the same purpose
11
Rugs
1 at each bed
(o) If floor not carpeted
(b) Not essential in a lodge estab-
lishment
390
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
1053
SCHEDULE 17— Continued
Item
No.
Column 1
Column 2
Column 2
Item
Quantity
Qualifications
12
Stand or bench for
suitcase
1
13
Table suitable for
writing
(a) 1 or
(b) 1 dresser, or
(c) 1 piece of furniture combining
the functions of both
14
Tumblers
2
15
Waste-basket
1
16
Water-pitcher
1
If drinking-water not delivered to
rental-unit by tap
17
Wool blankets
(a) 2 on each bed, and
(b) a sufficient number of wool blan-
kets or equivalent coverings to
furnish one each to one-half of
the maximum number of beds
used by guests
SCHEDULE 18
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS AS TO FURNITURE, ETC., FOR EACH RENTAL-UNIT
AVAILABLE FOR RENTAL TO 2 PERSONS IN AN INN-ESTABLISHMENT
CLASSIFIED AS "VERY GOOD" OR "OUTSTANDING"
Item
No.
Column 1
Column 2
Column 3
Item
Quantity
Qualifications
1
Ashtrays
2
2
Bath-mats
1 for each bath or shower
3
Bath-towels
1 for each person
4
Beds
Two 3 ft. wide or
one 4 ft. 6 in. wide
5
Chairs
(a) 2 with cushioned seat and back, or
(b) 1 cushioned settee and 1 chair, or
(c) 1 fully cushioned chair and 1
other chair
6
Dressing-mirror
1
7
Electrical outlets
At least one for portable equipment
8
Hand-towels
1 for each person
9
Mattresses
1 on each bed (except on temporarily-
placed cots or children's cots)
Spring-filled or foam-rubber con-
struction
10
Night-stand
1 or other piece of furniture serving
the same purpose
11
Rugs
1 at each bed
(c) If floor not carpeted
(b) Not essential in a lodge estab-
lishment
12
Stand or bench for
suitcase
1
391
1054
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
SCHEDULE 18— Continued
Item
No.
Column 1
Column 2
Column 3
Item
Quantity
Qualifications
13
Table suitable for
writing
(a) 1 or
(b) 1 dresser, or
(c) 1 piece of furniture combining
the functions of both
14
Tumblers
2
15
Waste-basket
1
16
Water-pitcher
1
If drinking-water not delivered to
rental-unit by tap
17
Wool blankets
(c) 2 on each bed, and
(b) a sufficient number of wool blan-
kets or equivalent coverings to
furnish one each to one-half of
the maximum number of beds
used by guests
SCHEDULE 19
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS AS TO FURNITURE, ETC., FOR EACH RENTAL-UNIT
AVAILABLE FOR RENTAL TO 2 PERSONS IN A LODGE-ESTABLISHMENT
CLASSIFIED AS "VERY GOOD" OR "OUTSTANDING"
Item
No.
Column 1
Column 2
Column 3
Item
Quantity
Qualifications
1
Ashtrays
2
2
Bath-mats
1 for each bath or shower
3
Bath-towels
1 for each person
4
Beds
Two 3 ft. wide or
one 4 ft. 6 in. wide
5
Chairs
(a) 2 with cushioned seat and back, or
(b) 1 cushioned settee and 1 chair, or
(c) 1 fully cushioned chair and 1
other chair
6
Dressing-mirror
1
7
Electrical outlets
At least one for portable equipment
8
Hand-towels
1 for each person
9
Mattresses
1 on each bed (except on temporarily-
placed cots or children's cots)
Spring-filled or foam-rubber con-
struction
10
Night-stand
1 or other piece of furniture serving
the same purpose
11
Rugs
1 at each bed
(c) If floor not carpeted
(b) Not essential in a lodge estab-
lishment
12
Stand or bench for
suitcase
1
13
Table suitable for
writing
(fl) 1 or
a92
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
1055
SCHEDULE 19— Continued
Item
No.
Column 1
Column 2
Column 3
Item
Quantity
Qualifications
(b) 1 dresser, or
(c) 1 piece of furniture combining
the functions of both
14
Tumblers
2
15
Waste-basket
1
16
Water-pitcher
1
If drinking-water not delivered to
rental-unit by tap
17
Wool blankets
(a) 2 on each bed, and
(b) a sufficient number of wool blan-
kets or equivalent coverings to
furnish one each to one-half of the
maximum number of beds used
by guests
SCHEDULE 20
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS AS TO FURNITURE, ETC., FOR EACH RENTAL-UNIT
AVAILABLE FOR RENTAL TO 2 PERSONS IN A TOURIST-HOME
CLASSIFIED AS "VERY GOOD" OR "OUTSTANDING"
Item
No.
Column 1
Column 2
Column 3
Item
Quantity
Qualifications
1
Ashtrays
2
2
Bath-mats
1 for each bath or shower
3
Bath-towels
1 for each person
4
Beds
Two 3 ft. wide or
one 4 ft. 6 in. wide
5
Chairs
(a) 2 with cushioned seat and back, or
(b) 1 cushioned settee and 1 chair, or
(c) 1 fully cushioned chair and 1
other chair
6
Dressing-mirror
1
7
Electrical outlets
At least one for portable equipment
8
Hand-towels
1 for each person
9
Mattresses
1 on each bed (except on temporarily-
placed cots or children's cots)
Spring-filled or foam-rubber con-
struction
10
Night-stand
1 or other piece of furniture serving
the same purpose
11
Rugs
1 at each bed
(a) If floor not carpeted
(6) Not essential in a lodge estab-
lishment
12
Stand or bench for
suitcase
1
393
1056
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
SCHEDULE 20— Continued
Item
No.
Column 1
Column 2
Column 3
Item
Quantity
Qualifications
13
Table suitable for
writing
(a) 1 or
(b) 1 dresser, or
(c) 1 piece of furniture combining
the functions of both
14
Tumblers
2
15
Waste-basket
1
16
Water-pitcher
1
If drinking-water not delivered to
rental-unit by tap
■
17
Wool blankets
(a) 2 on each bed, and
(b) a sufficient number of wool blan-
kets or equivalent coverings to
furnish one each to one-half of
the maximum number of beds
used by guests
(1054)
21
THE PUBLIC HOSPITALS ACT
O. Reg. 201/52.
Classification of Hospitals.
Amending O. Regs. 130/52.
Made— 7th May, 1952.
Filed— 12th May, 1952, 4.00 p.m.
REGULATIONS MADE UPON THE RECOM-
MENDATION OF THE MINISTER UNDER THE
PUBLIC HOSPITALS ACT
1.(1) Schedule 1 of Ontario Regulations 130/52
is amended by striking out the figures in column 2 of
the items in column 1 and substituting therefor the
F Hospitals" and "Group G Hospitals", as set forth
in Schedules I, II, III, IV, V, VI and VII hereto.
SCHEDULE I
Group A Hospitals
Column 1
Column 2
Column 3
Item
Figures struck out
Figures substituted
1
4
798 399
248 82
835 417
282 121
SCHEDULE III
Group C HospitALs
Column 1
Column 2
Column 3
Item
Figures struck out
Figures substituted
16
22
31
49
67
18 9
67 33
43 18
15 7
16 9
41 17
72 36
57 29
21 10
42 21
SCHEDULE IV
Group D Hospitals
Column 1
Column 2
Column 3
Item
Figures struck out
Figures substituted
19
9 9
14 10
SCHEDULE II
Group B Hospitals
Column 1
Column 2
Column 3
Item
Figures struck out
Figures substituted
10
18
166 83
201 100
174 87
197 98
SCHEDULE V
Group E Hospitals
Column 1
Column 2
Column 3
Item
Figures struck out
Figures substituted
1
174 139
188 106
394
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
1057
SCHEDULE VI
Group F Hospitals
Column 1
Column 2
Column 3
Item
Figures struck out
Figures substituted
1
203 145
210 152
SCHEDULE VII
Group G Hospitals
Column 1
Column 2
Column 3
Item
Figures struck out
Figures substituted
4
164 164
198 198
(2) Schedule 1 of Ontario Regulations 130/52 is
further amended by
(a) adding the following item under the heading
"Group B Hospitals":
19a Owen Sound
General and Marine
Hospital
105 35
(6) striking out item 48 under the heading "Group
C Hospitals";
(c) adding the following items under the heading
"Group C Hospitals":
3a Atikokan
15a
28a
Dryden
Huntsville
78a Wiarton
and
Atikokan General
Hospital 13 6
Dryden District Gen-
eral Hospital 23 13
Huntsville District
Memorial Hospital 27 13
Bruce Peninsula and
District Memorial
Hospital 22 11;
(d) striking out items 2, 6, 12 and 24 under the
heading "Group D Hospitals".
(1055)
21
THE PUBLIC HOSPITALS ACT
O. Reg. 202/52.
Capital Grants.
Amending Regulations 342 of
Consolidated Regulations 1950
and O. Regs. 222/51 and Revoking
O. Regs. 262/51, 301/51, 302/51
and 164/52.
Made— 7th May, 1952.
Filed— 12th May, 1952, 4.10 p.m.
REGULATIONS MADE UPON THE RECOM-
MENDATION OF THE MINISTER UNDER THE
PUBLIC HOSPITALS ACT
CAPITAL GRANTS
1. In these regulations
(a) "bed" in respect of a hospital-construction
capital grant includes nursery cubicles for
the care of infants, 3 nursery cubicles being
the equivalent of one bed;
(6) "capital grant" means a grant to a hospital
toward the capital cost of
(i) accommodation for beds for the treat-
ment of patients,
(ii) nurses' residence, or
(iii) organized out-patient departments, pro-
vided by means of a building project;
(c) "building project" means
(i) the acquisition of existing buildings and
the alteration thereof,
(ii) new construction, or
(iii) additions or alterations to hospital
buildings;
(d) "detention unit" means that part of a hospital
established and maintained by the hospital
for the care of mentally ill and mentally
defective persons;
(e) "hospital-construction capital grant" means
a capital grant for accommodation for beds
for the treatment of patients;
(/) "nurses' residence" means living accom-
modation for nurses and other employees
who are engaged in nursing patients of a
hospital; and
(g) "psychiatric unit" means that part of a
public hospital
(i) established and maintained by the hospital
for the purpose of examining, consulting
for diagnosing, and treating patients
suffering from psychiatric disorders, and
(ii) provided with equipment and facilities
and a duly qualified medical practitioner
who holds a specialist's certificate in
psychiatry issued by The Royal College
of Physicians and Surgeons of Canada, to
render the services under sub-clause i.
2.(1) A hospital-construction capital grant shall
not be paid to a hospital except upon application in
form 1.
(2) A capital grant for a nurses' residence shall not
be paid to a hospital except upon application in form 2.
(3) A capital grant for an organized out-patient
department shall not be paid to a hospital except upon
application in form 3.
3.(1) In this regulation "estimated cost" means
the estimated cost of
(a) the purchase of existing buildings,
(b) new construction, or
(c) alterations or additions,
and includes the estimated cost of furnishings and
equipment under clauses a, b, and c.
(2) A hospital-construction capital grant shall not
exceed
(a) in the case of
395
1058
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
(i) a psychiatric unit of a Group A hospital,
or of a Group B hospital having a total
bed-capacity exceeding 200 beds, $8,500
for each bed,
(ii) a Group A or B hospital, except in
respect of a psychiatric unit mentioned
in sub-clause i, or a Group C hospital,
$1,000 for each bed, and
(iii) any other hospital, except a Group D
hospital, $2,000 for each bed,
(h) in the case of
(i) a psychiatric unit of a Group A hospital,
or of a Group B hospital having a total
bed-capacity exceeding 200 beds, 66 2/3
per cent of the estimated cost, or
(ii) a Group A or B hospital, except in respect
of a psychiatric unit mentioned in sub-
clause i and any hospital, other than a
Group D hospital, 50 per cent of the
estimated cost,
whichever is the lesser, and
(c) in the case of a Group D hospital
(i) in respect of new construction, 33 1/3
per cent, and
(ii) in respect of the purchase of existing
buildings or alterations or additions, 50
per cent
of the estimated cost.
(3) A hospital-construction capital grant in the
case of a detention unit shall not exceed
(o) $8,500 for each bed, or
(b) in respect of
(i) alterations or additions to existing build-
ings 66 2/3 per cent of the actual cost of
the alterations or additions and the
furnishings and equipment thereof, or
(ii) new construction 66 2/3 per cent of the
estimated cost,
whichever is the lesser.
(4) A capital grant for a nurses' residence shall not
exceed
(a) $1,000 for each bed, or
(b) 50 per cent of the estimated cost,
whichever is the lesser.
(5) A capital grant for an organized out-patient
department shall not exceed
(c) $1,000 for each 300 square feet of floor area, or
(b) 50 per cent of the estimated cost,
whichever is the lesser.
4. When required by the Minister, the superinten-
dent of the hospital shall submit a preliminary sketch-
plan in triplicate of the existing buildings acquired or
proposed to be acquired and the alterations necessary
thereto or of the new construction, additions or alter-
ations, as the case may be.
5.(1) No hospital-construction capital grant shall
be paid to a hospital in Group A, B, C or D where the
total number of beds in all the hospitals in thearea served
by the applicant hospital, including the proposed
additional beds, exceeds 5.5 beds for each thousand
of the population of the area.
(2) No hospital-construction grant in respect of a
psychiatric unit shall be paid for any beds in excess of
6 per cent of the total number of beds in all the hospitals
in the area served by the applicant hospital.
6. Regulation 5 shall not apply to a hospital
established after the 14th of November 1951 in a city
having a population not exceeding 18,000 according
to the last revised assessment roll where
(a) the total number of beds proposed does not
exceed 125, and
{b) the total number of beds in the hospitals in
in Groups A, B and C located in the area
served by the applicant hospital, including
the proposed additional beds, does not exceed
530.
7.(1) In this regulation "existing beds" means the
nurses'-residence beds in the hospital, exclusive of
the proposed additional beds.
(2) No capital grant for a nurses' residence shall
be paid to a hospital in excess of the ratio of one
nurses'-residence bed for each 2 beds for patients.
(3) Where the number of existing beds is less than
the ratio referred to in subregulation 2, but that
number added to the proposed additional beds would
result in the total number of beds exceeding that ratio,
no capital grant shall be paid with respect to any beds
in excess of that ratio.
8.(1) A capital grant toward the capital cost of
an alteration of an existing hospital-building, or an
addition of one or more storeys to an existing hospital-
building and the necessary alterations thereof shall
be paid in instalments as follows:
(a) one-quarter when one-quarter of the work is
completed,
(b) one-quarter when one-half of the work is
completed,
(c) one-quarter when three-quarters^of the work
is completed, and
(d) the balance when the alteration or addition
is completed, furnished and equipped and
ready to receive patients.
(2) A capital grant toward the capital cost of new
construction or additions or alterations to existing
hospital-buildings other than those mentioned in
subregulation 1 shall be paid in instalments as follows:
(a) one-quarter when the ground-floor construct-
ion and exterior walls are completed,
(6) one-quarter when the roof is completed,
(f) one-quarter when the interior of the building
is completed, and
(d) the balance when the new construction,
alteration or addition is completed, furnished
and equipped and ready to receive patients.
9.(1) A capital grant for a nurses' residence may
be paid to a hospital for alterations, additions or
construction commenced but not completed before
the 1st of April 1951.
(2) Notwithstanding subregulation 1, where
396
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
1059
(a) a capital grant has been made to a hospital
for accommodation for beds for the treatment
of patients, and
(b) the final instalment of the grant has not been
paid to that hospital,
a capital grant for a nurses' residence may be paid to
that hospital although the nurses' residence was
completed before the 1st of April 1951.
10. A capital grant for an organized out-patient
department may be paid to a hospital for alterations,
additions or construction
(a) commenced but not completed before the 1st
of April 1951, or
(b) completed before the 1st of April 1951 and
Her Majesty in right of Canada has agreed
to pay a grant to the hospital toward the
cost of the organized out-patient department
and the grant has not been fully paid.
11. Where an applicant hospital has
(o) secured approval to the building project
under subsection 2 of section 3 of the Act, and
(6) complied with the regulations that are applic-
able to the building project,
the Minister shall pay the grant in accordance with
these regulations.
12. Any capital grant made heretofore in respect
of a building project shall be deducted from any capital
grant made under these regulations in respect of the
same building project.
REVOCATION
13. Regulations 8 to 15, both inclusive, of Regula-
tions 342 of Consolidated Regulations of Ontario 1950,
regulation 2 of Ontario Regulations 222/51 and
Ontario Regulations 262/51, 301/51, 302/51 and
164/52 are revoked.
Form 1
The Public Hospitals Act
APPLICATION FOR A HOSPITAL-
CONSTRUCTION CAPITAL GRANT
To the Minister of Health,
Parliament Buildings,
Toronto.
The
(name of hospital)
applies for a hospital-construction capital grant under
the Act and regulations and in support gives the
following information:
Item
1. Names of municipalities served by- applicant hos-
pital
2. Population of each municipality referred to in
item 1
3. Names of other hospitals serving municipalities
mentioned in item 1
4. Bed capacities of hospitals referred to in item 3
Percentage of occupancy of applicant hospital and
hospitals referred to in item 3
Number of beds in the applicant hospital assigned
to the following services:
Private
and Semi-
private
Beds
Public-
ward
Beds
Total
Beds
Medical. ..
Surgical . . .
Maternity.
Number of additional beds proposed for the follow-
ing services:
Private
and Semi-
private
Beds
Public-
ward
Beds
Total
Beds
Medical...
Surgical . . .
Maternity.
8. Number of existing beds assigned to the following
services to be abandoned:
Private
and Semi-
private
Beds
Public-
ward
Beds
Total
Beds
Medical. ..
Surgical. ..
Maternity.
9. The following services marked with the letter "X"
are inadequate and the extension thereof is pro-
posed:
Laundry
Dietary
Power Plant
Utility Rooms
Operating Rooms
Delivery Rooms
Nursery
Diagnostic Services as specified
Others ,
10. Estimated cost of proposed new construction, alter-
ation or addition or purchase price of an existing
building and estimated cost of alterations necessary
thereto.
11. Estimated cost of furnishings and equipment.
12. Name and address of architect.
13. Proposed method of financing including
Cash on hand
Loans
Other assets
Public subscription
Municipal contribution
14. The municipality has (has not) agreed to contribute,
and a vote was taken on the by-law by electors of
the municipality and the result was
Date.
19.
Chairman or Secretary of the Board.
397
1060
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
Form 2
The Public Hospitals Act
APPLICATION FOR A CAPITAL GRANT
FOR A NURSES' RESIDENCE
To the Minister of Health,
Parliament Buildings,
Toronto.
The.
(name of hospital)
hospital applies for a capital grant for a nurses' res-
idence under the Act and regulations and in support
gives the following information:
1 . The building project involves
(a) the acquisition of existing buildings and
the alteration thereof,
(ft) new construction, or
(c) additions or alterations to hospital buildings.
2. The number of beds for nurses
(o) available at present
ib) proposed
(c) to be abandoned
(if any)
3. Brief description of the building project
4. Name and address of architect.
5. Cost of building project:
(a) estimated cost of the acquisition of existing
buildings and the alteration thereof, new
construction or additions or alterations to
hospital buildings
(i) estimated cost of furnishings and equipment
(c) total estimated cost of building project ....
6. Date of commencement of building project
7. Expected date of completion of building project
8. Proposed method of financing, including
Cash on hand
Loans
Other assets
Public subscription
Municipal contribution
Provincial grant
Federal grant
9. The municipality has (has not) agreed to contribute
$ A vote was taken on the by-laws by
the electors of the municipality and the result was
for and against.
Date 19.
Chairman or Secretary of the Board.
Form 3
The Public Hospitals Act
APPLICATION FOR A CAPITAL GRANT
FOR AN ORGANIZED OUT-PATIENT
DEPARTMENT
To the Minister of Health,
Parliament Buildings,
Toronto.
The.
(name of hospital)
hospital applies for a capital grant for an organized
out-patient department under the Act and regulations
and in support gives the following information:
1 . The building project involves
(a) the acquisition of existing buildings and the
alteration thereof,
(6) new construction, or
(c) additions or alterations to hospital buildings.
2. The medical staff organization:
(o) the medical staff is (is not) organized to
operate an out-patient department,
(ft) there is (is not) provision in the by-laws of
the hospital to permit the operation of an
out-patient department.
3. Dimensions of accommodation for proposed out-
patient department
(o) Proposed services
Area in square feet
(ft) Area of corridor space in square feet.
(c) Cubic content of out-patient department in
feet
4. Cost of the building project
(o) estimated cost of the acquisition of existing
buildings and the alteration thereof, new
construction or additions or alterations to
hospital buildings
(ft) estimated cost of furnishings and equipment
(c) total estimated cost of building project
5. Name and address of architect
6. Date of commencement of building project
7. Expected date of completion of building project. . .
8. Proposed method of financing, including
Cash on hand
Loans
Other assets
Public subscription
Municipal contribution
Provincial grants
Federal grants
398
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
lodl
9. The municipality has (has not) agreed to contribute
$ A vote was taken on the by-laws by
electors of the municipality and the result was
for and against.
Date.
19.
(1056)
Chairman or Secretary of the Board.
21
THE PUBLIC HEALTH ACT
O. Reg. 203/52.
Grants for Dental Services in Schools.
Amending O. Regs. 260/50 (See note
below).
Approved— 7th Mav, 1952.
Filed— 12th May, 1952, 4.20 p.m.
REGULATIONS MADE BY THE MINISTER
UNDER THE PUBLIC HEALTH ACT
1. Regulation 3 of Ontario Regulations 260/50 is
amended by striking out the symbol and figures
"$1000" at the end thereof and substituting therefor
the symbol and figures "$2000".
(NOTE: Sec unofficial consolidated regulations 484
in unofficial appendix to Volumes 1 and 2
of Consolidated Regulations of Ontario
1950)
M. PHILLIPS
Minister of Health
(1057)
21
THE SILICOSIS ACT
O. Reg. 204/52.
General Regulations.
New.
Approved— 15th May, 1952.
Filed— 16th May, 1952, 4.50 p.m.
REGULATIONS MADE BY THE MINISTER
UNDER THE SILICOSIS ACT
1. In these regulations
(a) "clinic" means clinic conducted by a medical
examiner for the medical examination of
employees ;
(6) "Department" means Department of Health;
(c) "Director" means Director of the Division
of Industrial Hygiene of the Department of
Health;
(d) "employee" means a person employed in an
industrial process involving a silica exposure
in an industry under regulation 2;
(e) "Group I employee" means a person
(i) who has entered employment in an
industrial process involving a silica I
exposure in Ontario on or after the 1st
of March 1952 and has not previously
been so employed,
(ii) who has entered employment in an
industrial process involving a silica
exposure in Ontario on or after the 1st
of March 1952, but who had been em-
ployed in an industrial process involving
a silica exposure in Ontario for less than
2 years at any time within the 5-year
period immediately preceding the date
of employment, or
(iii) who is the holder of a health certificate
which has expired and remains expired
for 3 years or more,
(/) "Group II employee" means a person
(i) who was employed in an industrial
process involving a silica exposure in
Ontario on the 29th of February 1952,
(ii) who has entered employment in an
industrial process involving a silica
exposure in Ontario on or after the 1st
of March 1952, but who had been so
employed in an industrial process in-
volving a silica exposure in Ontario for
2 years or more at any time within the
5-year period immediately preceding the
date of employment, or
(iii) who has been the holder of a health
certificate in good standing for 2 years;
ig) "health certificate" means health certificate
in Form 1 issued to an employee by a medical
examiner;
{h) "medical examination" means medical exam-
ination performed upon an employee by a
medical examiner;
(t) "medical examiner" means a legally qualified
medical practitioner appointed or designated
by the Director for the purpose of performing
medical examinations upon employees;
ij) "silica exposure" means exposure of employees
to the inhalation of dust from materials
containing silica for 50 hours or more in each
month while the materials are
(i) handled,
(ii) processed, or
(iii) used in any manner;
and
{k) "temporary health certificate" means a health
certificate in Form 2 issued by an employer to
a proposed employee under regulation 17.
APPLICATION INDUSTRIALLY
2. These regulations apply to
(o) the foundry industries in which sand-moulding
is used,
ib) porcelain, pottery and enamel-ware industries,
(c) granite- and sandstone-monument industries,
and
(d) industries in which furnace-lining materials
for steel production are manufactured or used.
399
1062
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
MEDICAL EXAMINER
3. The Director
(a) shall designate one or more duly qualified
medical practitioners who are members of
the staff of the Department of Health; and
(6) may appoint, with the approval of the Min-
ister, one or more duly qualified medical
practitioners who are not members of the
staff of the Department of Health
as medical examiners.
DUTIES OF MEDICAL EXAMINER
4, The duties of a medical examiner include
(a) the conduct of clinics for the medical exam-
inations of employees at the place and time
designated by the Director,
(b) the performance of medical examinations
upon employees in the manner prescribed by
regulation 6, and
(c) the issue, renewal and cancellation of health
certificates in accordance with these regu-
lations.
MEDICAL EXAMINATION OF EMPLOYEES
5. — (1) When a clinic is to be conducted by a
medical examiner, the Director shall, by notice in
writing to the employer,
(a) state the date of the proposed examination
of employees, and
(b) designate the employees proposed to be
examined by name or otherwise.
(2) Within 7 days after receiving the notice, the
employer shall
(a) prepare a record in Form 3 with respect to
each employee referred to in the notice
showing the
(i) unemployment-insurance number,
(ii) time-clock number,
(iii) name,
(iv) address,
(v) year of birth,
(vi) occupation, and
(vii) period of silica exposure since the last
medical examination, if any,
(6) deliver the record to the medical examiner
whenever requested by him, and
(c) notify each employee referred to in the notice
of the date, time and place when and where
the clinic for the medical examination of
employees is to be conducted.
6. The medical examiner shall
employee that he may determine
so examine an
(a) in the case of a Group I employee, whether
that employee is free from
(i) significant evidence of having had tuber-
culous disease of the respiratory organs,
(ii) evidence of active tuberculosis of the
respiratory organs, or
(iii) other disease of the respiratory organs
which may render him unsuitable for
employment in an industrial process
involving a silica exposure,
and
(b) in the case of a Group H employee, whether
that employee is free from evidence of active
tuberculosis of the respiratory organs.
ISSUE OF HEALTH CERTIFICATES
7. — (1) Every employee
(a) who
(i) is not the holder of a health certificate,
and
(ii) receives a medical examination,
and
(b) who, being a Group I employee, is found upon
the medical examination free from
(i) significant evidence of having had tuber-
culous disease of the respiratory organs,
(ii) evidence of active tuberculosis of the
respiratory organs, or
(iii) other disease of the respiratory organs
which may render him unsuitable for
employment in an industrial process
involving a silica exposure.
(c) who, being a Group H employee, is found
upon the medical examination free from active
tuberculosis of the respiratory organs,
shall be deemed to have received a favourable medical
finding and shall be entitled to receive a health cer-
tificate.
(2) The medical examiner shall issue a health
certificate to every employee so entitled.
(3) The health certificate shall be in Form 1.
RENEWAL OF HEALTH CERTIFICATES
8. Before a medical examination is performed on
an employee who is the holder of a health certificate
the person in possession thereof shall surrender it to
the medical examiner.
9. Every employee who
(a) is the holder of a health certificate,
(b) receives a medical examination, and
(c) upon the medical examination, is found to be
in such condition that he would have been
entitled to a health certificate if he had
received a medical examination under reg-
ulation 7
shall be entitled to have his health certificate renewed.
10. — (1) The medical examiner shall renew the
health certificate of the employees referred to in
regulation 9 by endorsing the date of the medical
examination and signing the certificate in the spaces
provided thereon.
(2) The medical examiner shall return the health
certificate to the employer after it has been renewed.
CANCELLATION OF HEALTH CERTIFICATES
11. — (1) The medical examiner shall cancel
health certificate of every employee who
the
400
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
1063
(o) is the holder of a health certificate,
(b) receives a medical examination, and
(c) upon the medical examination, is found to
be in such condition that he would not have
been entitled to a health certificate if he had
received a medical examination under reg-
ulation 7.
(2) The medical examiner shall
(a) cancel the health certificate by endorsing it
with the word "cancelled" and the date of the
examination and signing the certificate, and
(fe) deliver the health certificate to the Director.
12. — (1) After the medical examiner has finished
the medical examination of employees at the clinic he
shall
(a) complete the clinic report and send the report
to the employer, and
(b) notify the employer of the date upon which
the next clinic for the medical examination of
employees is to be conducted.
(2) Upon receipt of the clinic report the employer
shall notify each employee mentioned in the report as
not having received a medical examination
(a) that he has not received the medical exam-
ination, and
(ft) the date when the next clinic is to be held
after being so advised by the Director and
at least 14 days before that date.
(3) The clinic report shall be in Form 4.
13. Where the employee does not attend for the
examination referred to in clause b of subregulation 2
of regulation 12, the medical examiner shall cancel the
temporary health certificate or the health certificate
of that employee.
SPECIAL MEDICAL EXAMINATIONS
14. — (1) Any person who has ceased to be employed
in an industry under regulation 2, and who
(a) is the holder of a health certificate, or
(b) has ceased to be so employed because
(i) the temporary health certificate issued to
him has been cancelled under regulation
13, or
(ii) the health certificate issued to him has
been cancelled under regulation 13 or
has expired under regulation 15
may receive a medical examination when a medical
examiner is conducting a clinic.
(2) Where the medical examiner finds that any
person referred to in subregulation 1 would have been
entitled to a health certificate if he had been examined
under regulation 7, the medical examiner shall
(a) renew the health certificate of any person
referred to in clause a of subregulation 1, and
(6) issue a health certificate to any person referred
to in clause b of subregulation 1.
(3) Where any person referred to in subregulation 1
(c) is a Group II employee, and
(ft) the health certificate issued to him expired 3
years or more before the date of the medical
examination,
his health certificate shall not be renewed unless he
would have been entitled to a certificate as a Group I
employee if he had been examined under regulation 7.
EXPIRATION OF HEALTH CERTIFICATES
15. A health certificate shall expire where the
holder thereof has not received a medical examination
for a period of 18 months from the date upon which
the health certificate was issued or renewed.
16. Notwithstanding regulation 15 or subregulation
2 of regulation 17, where the employee does not receive
a medical examination before the expiration of the
temporary health certificate or the health certificate
because
(a) of his inability to attend upon the medical
examiner or by reason of accident or illness
or from any other cause beyond his control, or
(ft) the medical examiner was unable to conduct
the clinic for the medical examination of
employees,
the temporary health certificate or the health certificate
shall not expire but shall remain in force and effect
until the next clinic is conducted.
TEMPORARY HEALTH CERTIFICATES
17. — (1) An employer may issue a temporary
health certificate in Form 2 to any person who
(a) is employed by him on or after the 1st of
March 1952,
(ft) is not the holder of a health certificate, and
(c) has made a declaration in Form 5.
(2) The temporary health certificate issued under
subregulation 1 shall expire when
(a) a health certificate has been issued to that
employee,
(ft) the employee has been examined under reg-
ulation 7 and the medical examiner has found
that he is not entitled to a health certificate, or
(c) the employee ceases to be employed by the
employer who issued the temporary health
certificate.
CUSTODY OF HEALTH CERTIFICATES
18. An employee who is the holder of a health cer-
tificate shall deliver it to his employer before com-
mencing work.
19. An employee who is the holder of a temporary
health certificate shall deliver it to his employer on
the first day he attends at his employment after the
temporary health certificate has been issued.
20. The employer shall
(a) retain the health certificates during the period
of employment of the employees,
(ft) return the health certificate to an employee
on cessation of his employment,
(c) deliver the health certificate to the medical
examiner before a medical examination is to
be performed, and
(d) permit
401
1064
THE ONTARIO GAZE:TTE
(i) a medical examiner,
(ii) a member of the staff of the Department
designated by the Director, or
(iii) an inspector appointed under The Factory,
Shop and Office Building Act
to inspect the health certificates at any
reasonable time.
Nt)TICE OF MEDICAL FINDINGS
21.(1) Where a medical examiner
(a) has performed a medical examination, and
(6) finds that the employee by reason of his
adverse medical finding is not entitled to
have a health certificate issued or renewed,
as the case may be,
the medical examiner shall give a report of his decision
to the
(c) employer,
{d) employee, and
(e) Director.
(2) The report to the employer shall be included
in the clinic report.
FEES
22. The fee for each medical examination of an
employee shall be $1.
23.(1) The Director shall, within 60 days after the
examination of the employees, submit a statement of
the fees for medical examinations to the employer in
Form 6.
(2) The employer shall pay to the Director the
fees within 30 days after mailing the statement.
24.(1) In this regulation "medical centre" means
the accommodation, equipment and facilities main-
tained for the medical examination, including an X-ray
examination of the chest, of employees engaged in an
industrial process involving a silica exposure.
(2) Regulations 22, 23 and 24 shall not apply to
an industry where the employer
(a) maintains a medical centre on the premises
and employs therein at least one duly qualified
medical practitioner,
{b) requires
(i) the medical examinations referred to in
sub-clause ii to be performed in the
medical centre,
(ii) every person proposed to be employed
in an industrial process involving a
silica exposure to have performed on him
in the medical centre a medical examin-
ation including an X-ray examination of
the chest, and
(iii) the employees to be so examined at least
once every 18 months after employment,
and
(c) pays the expense of the examinations under
sub-clauses ii and iii of clause b,
and a duly qualified medical practitioner referred to
in clause a has been appointed a medical examiner
under clause b of regulation 3.
APPLICATION GEOGRAPHICALLY
25. These regulations shall apply
(a) to the counties of Ontario, Durham, North-
umberland, Hastings, Prince Edward, Peter-
borough and Victoria when published under
The Regulations Act, and
(6) to the localities named in the items in column
1 of schedule 1 on the dates set opposite in
the items mentioned in column 2 of that
schedule.
M. PHILLIPS
Minister of Health
SCHEDULE 1
Column 1
Column 2
Item
Item
1
The counties of
(a) Carleton
(6) Dundas
(c) Frontenac
(d) Glengarry
(e) Grenville
(/) Lanark
(g) Leeds
{h) Lennox and
Addington
ii) Prescott
0') Renfrew
{k) Russell
(/) Stormont
1
July 21, 1952
2
The Provisional
County of Hali-
burton and the
districts of
(a) Algoma
(6) Cochrane
(c) Kenora
{d) Manitoulin
(e) Muskoka
(/) Nipissing
(g) Parry Sound
(h) Rainy River
{i) Sudbury
(j) Thunder Bay
{k) Timiskaming
2
October 13,
1952
3
The counties of
(a) Halton
{b) Wentworth
3
December 1,
1952
4
The counties of
(a) Brant
(b) Haldimand
(c) Lincoln
id) Welland
4
January 26,
1953
5
The counties of
(a) Peel
(6) York
5
March 16, 1953
6
The counties of
(a) Bruce
{b) Dufferin
(c) Grey
{d\ Huron
(e) Simcoe
6
April 27, 1953
7
The counties of
(a) Elgin
(6) Middlesex
(c) Norfolk
{d) Oxford
(e) Perth "
7
June 8, 1953
8
The counties of
(a) Essex
{b) Kent
(c) Lambton
8
July 20, 1953
9
The counties of
(a) Waterloo
(i) Wellington
9
October 19,
1953
402
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
1065
FORM 1
The Silicosis Act
Unemployment
HEALTH CERTIFICATE Insurance Number
Name of Employee Date of Issue
Address
Year of Birth
Signature of holder
I certify that I have performed a medical examin-
ation upon the above-named employee and that he is
entitled to this health certificate.
Signature of medical examiner
♦ENDORSEMENT
Serial number of certificate.
To be renewed
before
Date
Renewed
Signature of
medical examiner
*Note: This form of endorsement to be placed on back
of certificate.
FORM 2
The Silicosis Act
TEMPORARY HEALTH CERTIFICATE
.having made a declaration
(name of employee)
in Form 5 under the regulations, I .
(name of employer)
certify that he is entitled to this temporary health
certificate.
Dated at this .
(Name of employer)
. . dayof...' .19. . .
FORM 3
The Silicosis Act
RECORD OF EMPLOYEE
NAME OF employer:
plant:
X-RAY
NUMBER:
1
2
3
4
t
7
S
IC
. Time-clock number
and name:
. Address:
. Year of birth: Unemployment-
insurance
. Occupation: number:
. Family physician:
. Address:
. Racial origin:
, Age on leaving school:
. Period of silica exposure
since last medical
examination, if any: ,
1. Employment history:
X-ray
reading:
Occupation
From
To
Plant
Name of employer
Address
FORM 4
The Silicosis Act
CLINIC REPORT OF A MEDICAL
PRACTITIONER
To.
(name of employer)
(address of employer)
A clinic for the medical examination of employees was
conducted by me on the dayof 19 ,
and the following is the report thereon:
1 . Number of employees examined
2. Number of health certificates issued or renewed. . . .
3. Names of employees not entitled to issue or renewal
of health certificates and the reason therefor:
(a) Active tuberculosis
Names of employees
403
1066
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
(b) Unsuitable for silica exposure
Names of employees
4. Names of employees who failed to attend at the
clinic:
Date.
(Signature of medical examiner)
FORM 5
The Silicosis Act
DECLARATION
I, declare that I have
(name of employee)
never received a medical examination under this Act or
the regulations and I have not been refused an Initial
certificate or Miner's certificate under The Mining Act.
Date
(Signature of employee)
FORM 6
The Silicosis Act
STATEMENT OF FEES FOR
MEDICAL EXAMINATION OF EMPLOYEES
CONDUCTED ON THE DAY OF 19
(name of employer) .., • .j^j, :.! i, > . ; /.
(address) . . r.->; ,>/
Number of employees examined ,
Charge for each examination $1.
Amount owing,
.., <. i.>i<,
.,., . Directoci,, ^nh
Dated at Toronto, this day of 19
(1091)
rii '':, ■■.i£>''i
ru, >n5il<^
.'.'Oqij H;jiji.i
21
re iy, . .,■
404
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
1089
Publications Under The Regulations Act
MAY 3l8t, 1952
THE GAME AND FISHERIES ACT
O. Reg. 205/52.
Waters Set Apart for the Conser-
vation or Propagation of Fish.
New.
Made— 15th May, 1952.
Filed— 19th May, 1952, 12.50 p.m.
REGULATIONS MADE UNDER THE GAME
AND FISHERIES ACT
1. The waters described in schedule 1 as the
"Rondeau Park Fish Sanctuary" are set apart for
the conservation or propagation of fish during the
month of June in 1952.
SCHEDULE 1
Rondeau Park Fish Sanctuary
1. The waters and marshes of Rondeau Harbour
of Lake Erie lying easterly of a line described as
commencing at the south-westerly corner of a wharf
in Rondeau Provincial Park known as "Rondeau
Park Wharf"; thence in a south-westerly direction in
a straight line to the lighthouse at the north-easterly
extremity of the channel connecting the waters of
Rondeau Harbour of Lake Erie with the waters of
Lake Erie.
2. The waters and marshes of Rondeau Harbour
of Lake Erie lying south-westerly of a line described
as commencing at a point where the south-westerly
limit of a road in Concession I of the Township of
Harwich in the County of Kent meets the high-water
mark of Rondeau Harbour; thence south-easterly in
a straight line to a point at the north-westerly extrem-
ity of the channel connecting the waters of Rondeau
Harbour of Lake Erie with the waters of Lake Erie.
3. That part of Georgie Creek in Lot A in Con-
cession II south-west of Communication Road in the
Township of Harwich in the County of Kent.
(1092)
22
THE BROKER-DEALERS ACT, 1947
O. Reg. 206/52.
Manner of Carrying on Business.
Amending Regulations 16 of Con-
solidated Regulations 1950.
Made— 19th May, 1952.
Filed— 19th May, 1952, 2.45 p.m.
REGULATIONS MADE BY THE BOARD UNDER
THE BROKER-DEALERS ACT, 1947
Regulations 16 of Consolidated Regulations of
Ontario 1950 as amended by Ontario Regulations 2 1/51,
Ontario Regulations 53/51, Ontario Regulations 96/51
and Ontario Regulations 295/51 are further amended
by adding thereto the following regulation:
32i. No member or associate member of the
Association shall, either directly or indirectly,
knowingly buy or sell or carry securities for
the personal account of any employee, partner
or officer of any person or company registered
or licensed for trading in securities without
the written consent of the sole owner, a partner
or an official of the person or company, other
than the partner or officer before mentioned
in this regulation.
The Board of Governors of
The Broker-Dealers' Association of Ontario
by John M. Rogers, Governor
S. T. Douglass, Governor
A. A. Perrin, Governor
C. D. Wilson, Governor
A. K. Williams, Governor
Earl M. Robertson, Governor
Marshal Stearns, Governor
J. A. Henley, Governor
J. A. Lumsden, Governor
Dated at Toronto this 16th day of May, 1952.
The foregoing regulation made by the Board of
Governors of The Broker- Dealers' Association of
Ontario is approved.
Dated at Toronto this 19th day of May, 1952.
Ontario Securities Commission
by O. E. LENNOX
Chairman
(1097)
22
THE PUBLIC SERVICE ACT
O. Reg. 207/52.
General Regulations.
Amending O. Regs. 36/48.
Made— 15th May, 1952.
Filed— 20th May, 1952, 3.45 p.m.
REGULATIONS MADE UNDER THE PUBLIC
SERVICE ACT
1. Items 5, 7, 10, 11, 12, 15, 16, and 19, of schedule
3 of Ontario Regulations 36/48 are struck out and the
following substituted therefor:
5. In the Department of Education
(1) Superintendent of Elementary Education,
(2) Superintendent of Secondary Education,
(3) Superintendent of the Ontario School for
the Deaf,
(4) Superintendent of the Ontario School for
the Blind,
(5) Principals of Normal Schools,
(6) Principals of Provincial Technical Insti-
tutes,
(7) Directors of Special Services, and
(8) Personnel Officer.
7. In the Department of Highways
(1) Assistant to Deputy Minister,
(2) Personnel Officer, and
405
1090
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
(3) Engineer, Grade 4, 5 or 6.
10. In the Department of Mines
(1) Chief Accountant, and
(2) Supervisor of Mining Lands Branch.
11. In the Department of Municipal Affairs
(1) Deputy Registrar-General.
12. In the Department of Planning and Develop-
ment
(1) The Minister, and
(2) Agent-General for Ontario.
15. In the Department of Provincial Treasurer
(1) Deputy Provincial Treasurer and Con-
troller of Finances,
(2) Chief Accountant,
(3) Executive Assistant and Departmental
Secretary,
(4) Director, Savings Office Branch, and
(5) Assistant Director, Savings Office Branch.
16. In the Department of Public Works
(1) Principal Clerk,
(2) Personnel Officer, and
(3) Personnel Assistant.
19. In the Department of the Provincial Secretary
(1) Civil Service Commissioner.
(Note: See unofficial consolidated regulations
495 in unofficial appendix to vols 1 and 2 of
C.R.O. 1950)
2. Item 18 of schedule 3 of Ontario Regulations
36/48 as amended by Ontario Regulations 247/51 is
struck out and the following substituted therefor:
18. In the Department of Travel and Publicity
(1) Principal Clerk,
(2) Director,
(3) Supervisor of Receptionists, and
(4) Departmental Accountant.
(1103)
22
THE RECIPROCAL ENFORCEMENT OF
MAINTENANCE ORDERS ACT
O. Reg. 208/52.
Extent of Act.
Amending Regulations 351 of
Consolidated Regulations 1950.
Made— 22nd May, 1952.
Filed— 26th May, 1952, 11.00 a.m.
REGULATIONS MADE UNDER
THE RECIPROCAL ENFORCEMENT OF
MAINTENANCE ORDERS ACT
1. Schedule 1 of Regulations 351 of Consolidated
Regulations of Ontario 1950 is amended by adding
thereto the following item:
8. New Brunswick.
(1126)
22
THE DIVISION COURTS ACT
O. Reg. 209/52.
Territorial Limits of Divisions.
Amending O. Regs. 270/50.
Made— 22nd May, 1952.
Filed— 26th May, 1952, 11.10 a.m.
By Direction.
REGULATIONS MADE UNDER
THE DIVISION COURTS ACT
1. Schedule 124 of Ontario Regulations 270/50, as
remade by Ontario Regulations 16/52, as further
remade by Ontario Regulations 187/52, is revoked and
the following substituted therefor:
SCHEDULE 124
1 . The villages of
(a) Brighton, and
(b) Colborne.
2. The townships of
(a) Brighton,
(6) Cramahe, and
(c) Murray.
(1127)
22
, f<i
406
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
1123
Publications Under The Regulations Act
JUNE 7th, 1952
THE MILK CONTROL ACT
O. Reg. 210/52.
General Regulations.
Revoking O. Regs. 71/52 and Amending
Regulations 294 of Consolidated
Regulations 1950.
Made— 14th May, 1952.
Approved— 22nd May, 1952.
Filed— 27th May, 1952, 8.45 a.m.
REGULATIONS MADE BY THE BOARD
UNDER THE MILK CONTROL ACT
1. Clause a of regulation 1 of regulations 294 of
Consolidated Regulations 1950 is revoked and the
following substituted therefor:
(a) "fluid milk" means milk in its natural state
or pasteurized milk.
2. Part VI of regulations 294 of Consolidated
Regulations 1950 as made by Ontario Regulations
71/52 is revoked.
3. Ontario Regulations 71/52 are revoked.
THE MILK CONTROL BOARD
OF ONTARIO
A. B. CUFPEY
Chairman
K. M. Betznef
Member
(Seal) J. L. Burrows
Member
H. E. McCallum
Member
Dated at Toronto, this 14th day of May, 1952.
(1137)
23
THE MILK CONTROL ACT
O. Reg. 211/52.
Classes of Milk, and Containers.
New.
Made— 14th May, 1952.
Approved— 22nd May, 1952.
Filed— 27th May, 1952, 8.55 a.m.
REGULATIONS MADE BY THE BOARD
UNDER THE MILK CONTROL ACT
Interpretation
1. In these regulations
(o) "buttermilk" means the product that remains
after the butter fat is removed from milk by
churning and includes the product that is
obtained by adding a lactic-acid culture to
skim-milk;
(b) "cereal cream" means fluid milk that contains
not less than 10 per cent and not more than
15.9 per cent of butter fat;
(c) "chocolate drink" means fluid milk that
contains not less than 2 per cent of butter fat
and to which a chocolate flavouring has been
added;
(d) "chocolate milk" means fluid milk that
contains not less than 3 per cent of butter fat
and to which a chocolate flavouring has been
added ;
(e) "fluid milk" means milk in its natural state
or pasteurized milk;
(J) "homogenized standard milk" means standard
milk that has been subjected to a mechanical
treatment that prevents separation of the
butter fat;
(g) "lactic milk" means fluid milk in which lactic
acid has been produced by the aid of a culture
and that has an acidity between .75 and .85
per cent and contains not more than 2 per
cent of butter fat;
(h) "partly skimmed milk" means fluid milk that
contains not less than 1.5 per cent and not
more than 3.24 per cent of butter fat and not
less than 8.25 per cent of milk solids other
than butter fat;
(i) "skim-milk" means fluid milk that contains
not more than 1.4 per cent of butter fat and
not less than 8.5 per cent of milk solids other
than butter fat;
(j) "sour cream" means fluid milk that has been
allowed to sour naturally or by the addition
of a lactic-acid culture and that contains not
less than 12 per cent of butter fat;
(k) "special milk" means fluid milk that contains
not less than 4 per cent and not more than
9.9 per cent of butter fat and not less than
8.5 per cent of milk solids other than butter
fat;
(/) "standard milk" means fluid milk that con-
tains not less than 3.25 per cent and not more
than 3.9 per cent of butter fat and not less
than 8 per cent of milk solids other than
butter fat;
(w) "table cream" means fluid milk that contains
not less than 16 per cent and not more than
31.9 per cent of butter fat;
(n) "whipping cream" means fluid milk that con-
tains not less than 32 per cent of butter fat.
Classes of Fluid Milk
2. The following classes of fluid milk are prescribed :
(fl) buttermilk
(b) cereal cream
(c) chocolate drink
(d) chocolate milk
(e) homogenized standard milk
(/) lactic milk
ig) skim-milk
407
1124
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
(A) sour cream
(i) special milk
(j) standard milk
(k) partly skimmed milk
(/) table cream
(m) whipping cream
Substances Prohibited
3. No vitamins, no solids other than butter fat,
and no substances other than chocolate flavouring and
lactic-acid cultures, shall be added to fluid milk.
Containers
4. — (1) Containers used by distributors in direct
or indirect retail sales of the classes of fluid milk pre-
scribed in regulation 2, except those in items c and d,
shall be in the following sizes:
(a) gallon
(b) half-gallon
(c) quart
(d) pint
(e) half-pint
(2) Subregulation 1 shall not apply to containers
used by distributors in direct or indirect retail sales
and distribution of any class of fluid milk to pupils in
schools.
THE MILK CONTROL BOARD
OF ONTARIO
A. B. CURREY
Chairman
K. M. Betzner
Member
(Seal) J. L. Burrows
Member
H. E. McCallum
Member
Dated at Toronto, this 14th day of May, 1952.
(1138) 23
THE COMMISSIONERS FOR TAKING
AFFIDAVITS ACT
O. Reg. 212/52.
Fees.
Amending Regulations 21 of Con-
solidated Regulations 1950.
Made— 30th April, 1952.
Filed— 30th May, 1952, 8.30 a.m.
REGULATIONS MADE UNDER THE
COMMISSIONERS FOR TAKING
AFFIDAVITS ACT
1. Regulations 21 of Consolidated Regulations of
Ontario 1950 are amended by adding thereto the fol-
lowing:
2. Regulation 1 does not apply to the appoint-
ment, or renewal of appointment, of a commis-
sioner who is an employee of
(a) the Government of Canada,
(b) the Government of Ontario, or
(c) a municipality in Ontario where his ap-
pointment, or renewal of appointment, is
made upon the request of the head of the
municipality.
(1154)
23
408
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
1155
Publications Under The Regulations Act
JUNE 14th, 1952
THE DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION ACT
O. Reg. 213/52.
Text-books.
Amending Regulations 42, 46, 49,
and 73, of Consolidated Regu-
lations 1950 and Revoking O. Regs.
157/51.
Approved— 22nd May, 1952.
Filed— 2nd June, 1952, 9.30 a.m.
REGULATIONS MADE BY THE MINISTER
UNDER
THE DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION ACT
1. Regulation 12 of Regulations 42 of Consolidated
Regulations of Ontario 1950 as amended by Ontario
Regulations 157/51 is revoked and the following sub-
stituted therefor:
12.(1) The text-books authorized by clauses b
and c of regulation 1 of Ontario Regulations
195/52 for grades IX, X, XI, and XII, shall,
under the direction of the principal, be used
by the pupils in a continuation school.
(2) Where a text-book so authorized is applicable
to his course of study, if the board does not
provide it a pupil himself shall provide it.
2. Regulation 28 of Regulations 46 of Consolidated
Regulations of Ontario 1950 as made by regulation 2 of
Ontario Regulations 157/51 is revoked and the follow-
ing substituted therefor:
28.(1) The text-books authorized by clause a of
regulation 1 of Ontario Regulations 195/52
for grades I to VIII, both inclusive, shall,
under the direction of the principal, be used
by the pupils in a school.
(2) A board shall purchase those text-books in
numbers sufficient for the use of pupils in
schools under the charge of the board.
(3) Upon the recommendation of the principal
and with the approval of the inspector, the
board may purchase reference books for
supplementary reading in Health, English,
Social Studies, Natural Science, Arithmetic,
Music, Art, Mathematics, Science, Crafts,
Industrial Arts and Crafts, Home Economics
and Agriculture, in single copies or in numbers
sufficient for the use of pupils in schools
under the charge of the board.
3. Regulation 10 of Regulations 49 of Consolidated
Regulations of Ontario 1950 as amended by Ontario
Regulations 157/51 is revoked and the following
substituted therefor:
10.(1) The text-books authorized by clauses b
and c of Ontario Regulations 195/52 for
grades IX, X, XI, and XII, shall, under the
direction of the principal, be used by the pupils
in a high school.
(2) Where a text-book so authorized is applicable
to his course of study, if the board does not
provide it a pupil himself shall provide it.
4. Regulation 6 of Regulations 73 of Consolidated
Regulations of Ontario 1950 is revoked and the follow-
ing substituted therefor:
6.(1) The text-books authorized by clauses b
and c of regulation 1 of Ontario Regulations
195/52 for grades IX, X, XI, and XII, shall,
under the direction of the principal, be used
by the pupils in a vocational school.
(2) Where a text-book so authorized is applicable
to his course of study, if the board does not
provide it a pupil himself shall provide it.
5. Ontario Regulations 157/51 are revoked.
W. J. DUNLOP
(1181)
24
THE FARM PRODUCTS MARKETING ACT
O. Reg. 214/52.
1952 Agreement for the Marketing
of Beets, Cabbage and Carrots
for Processing.
New.
Made— 29th May, 1952.
Filed— 2nd June, 1952, 10.45 a.m.
ORDER MADE BY THE BOARD UNDER
THE FARM PRODUCTS MARKETING ACT
Marketing of Beets, Cabbage and Carrots
The Board approves the agreement appended
hereto and declares that it is in force.
(Seal)
G. F. PERKIN
Chairman
F. K. B. STEWART
Secretary
Dated at Toronto
this 29th day of
May, 1952.
AGREEMENT FOR MARKETING
THE 1952 CROP OF BEETS, CABBAGE AND
CARROTS FOR PROCESSING
Under The Ontario Vegetable Growers' Marketing-
f or- Processing Scheme
This Agreement made the 24th day of April, 1952,
BETWEEN:
C. Baker, G. L. Kimmerly and E. L. Wilson
appointed by the local board, members of The
Negotiating Committee called the Grower-Mem-
bers,
— AND—
W. I. Drynan, E.R. Renouf and C. K. Rowland,
appointed by the processors, members of The
Negotiating Committee called the Processor-
Members.
Under The Farm Products Marketing Act and the
regulations, and subject to the limitations thereof, the
Grower-Members and the Processor- Members agree
as follows:
409
1156
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
BEETS
1. The minimum prices to be paid the grower by
the processor for beets produced in Ontario during the
year 1952, purchased and received for processing, f.o.b.
factory or f.o.b. factory receiving station shall be
according to the following size ranges:
(a) for beets graded by the processor
W to IJi' diameter at the rate of $70.00
per ton ;
IM" to 1^" diameter at the rate of $46.00
per ton;
1^' to 2^" diameter at the rate of $35.00
per ton;
lYi" to 43^" diameter at the rate of $17.00
per ton.
■{b) for ungraded beets
IH" diameter and up at the rate of $23.00
per ton.
2. No form of contract entered into between the
grower and the processor shall contain any provision
requiring the grower to purchase beet seed at a price
greater than the processor's cost for such seed and in
no event to exceed $1.00 per pound which charge may
be deducted from any moneys payable to the grower
for beets produced and delivered by the grower to the
processor and the amount of such deduction shall be
shown on the grower's statement.
3. In every contract made between the processor
and the grower for a specified number of acres of beets,
the processor shall accept the total marketable crop
of beets produced on the contracted acreage. In
every contract made between the processor and the
grower for a specified number of tons of beets, the
contract shall be deemed to have been fulfilled by the
grower when delivery has been made of the tonnage
specified.
CABBAGE
4. The minimum price to be paid the grower by
the processor for cabbage produced in Ontario during
the year 1952 purchased and received for processing,
f.o.b. factory receiving station shall be at the rate of
$13.50 per ton.
5. In every contract made between the processor
and the grower for a specified number of acres of
cabbage, the processor may, when necessary, limit
deliveries of cabbage to twenty (20) tons for each acre
of cabbage contracted for. In every contract made
between the processor and the grower for a specified
number of tons of cabbage, the contract shall be
deemed to have been fulfilled by the grower, when
delivery has been made of the tonnage specified.
6. In the event of a damaging frost prior to the
10th of November, 1952, the grower shall be respon-
sible for the unharvested balance of the contracted
acreage or tonnage. In the event of a damaging frost
on or after the 10th of November, 1952, the processor
shall be responsible for the unharvested balance of
the contracted acreage or tonnage less an agreed on
harvesting and delivery charge of $3.50 per ton.
7. Every processor shall be required to accept
delivery of cabbage when fifty (50) per cent of the crop
is ready to be harvested, provided there is sufficient
acreage of cabbage offered to the processor to assure
continuous operation of the factory.
8. The minimum prices to be paid the grower by
the processor for carrots produced in Ontario during
the year 1952, purchased and received for processing,
f.o.b. factory or f.o.b. factory receiving station shall
be as follows:
(a) for ungraded carrots having a minimum
diameter of IJ^* purchased during the period
June 25th to August 15th the minimum price
shall be at the rate of $52.00 per ton;
(h) for ungraded carrots having a minimum
diameter of IJ^* purchased during the period
August 16th, 1952, to November 10th, 1952,
the minimum price shall be at the rate of
$25.00 per ton;
(c) for ungraded carrots having a minimum
diameter of 13^" purchased during the period
November 11th, 1952, to March 31st, 1953,
the minimum price shall be at the rate of
$27.00 per ton.
9. Every contract between the processor and the
grower shall specify the number of tons of carrots to
be delivered by the grower without limitation as to
the number of acres to be planted and the contract
shall be deemed to have been fulfilled by the grower
when delivery has been made of the tonnage specified.
GENERAL
10. The provisions of this Agreement shall apply
to and form part of every contract entered into between
the processor and the grower for the purchase of beets,
cabbage and carrots produced in Ontario for processing
during the year 1952.
11. Every contract between the grower and the
processor for beets, cabbage and carrots shall specify
a factory or factory receiving station where delivery
is to be made. Where the delivery point is changed
by the processor after the contract is entered into the
additional haulage, if any, shall be for the account of
the processor.
12. In respect of grades and grading the definitions
of the terms used in this Agreement shall be in accord-
ance with the definitions in the regulations of The
Farm Products Grades and Sales Act pertaining to
grades for beets, cabbage and carrots.
13. In the event there is a dispute between a
processor and a grower as to the grade or quality of
beets, cabbage and carrots specified in this Agreement,
the matters in dispute shall be referred to an Inspector
appointed under the provisions of The Farm Products
Grades and Sales Act and his decision respecting such
grade or quality shall be final.
14. Every processor shall pay for all beets, cabbage
and carrots purchased and received from any grower
and in no event shall any processor make any dockage
provided that, subject to Section 13 of this Agreement,
a processor may deduct over the tolerance specified
by the Inspector referred to therein on any lot of beets,
cabbage and carrots falling below the grade and quality
specified in this Agreement.
15. No form of contract or agreement entered into
between a grower and a processor shall contain any
provision whereby any processor shall provide any
service during 1952 at a rate in excess of the rate
charged for the same service during 1951.
16. Storage charges on any beets, cabbage and
carrots ordered into storage by the processor on and
after November 15th, 1952, shall be for the account of
the processor.
17. When containers are supplied by the grower
for delivery of beets, cabbage and carrots to the
processor and are properly identified by name, initials
or other satisfactory identifying mark, the processor
shall be responsible for damage or destruction, reason-
able wear and damage excepted, for the containers
while the containers are in the custody of the processor,
provided that the processor shall return the containers
to the grower on or before the date of final settlement.
410
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
1157
18. When containers are supplied by the processor
for delivery of beets, cabbage and carrots by the
grower, the grower shall be responsible for damage or
destruction, reasonable wear and damage excepted,
for the containers while the containers are in the
custody of the grower provided that the grower shall
return the containers to the processor on or before the
date of final settlement.
TERMS OF PAYMENT
19.(1) Every processor shall pay on request by
any grower the amount of the purchase price due and
owing the grower for beets, cabbage and carrots
delivered by the grower to the processor two weeks
after each date of delivery.
(2) In all cases for payment provided by sub-
section 1 of this section the processor shall be entitled
to deduct from the first payment or payments due by
him to the grower thereunder all moneys owing to the
processor by the grower to such date.
(3) The final payment of any moneys due and owing
to a grower for beets, cabbage and carrots purchased
by a processor from a grower shall be made on or
before the 1st of December, 1952, excepting carrots
purchased under clause a of section 8 of this Agreement
for which the final payment of any moneys due and
owing to a grower shall be made on or before the 1st
of October, 1952.
Dated at the City of Toronto in the Province of
Ontario this 27th day of May, 1952.
GROWER-MEMBERS
G. L. KiMMERLY
Charlie Baker
E. L. Wilson
(1182)
PROCESSOR-M EMBERS
E. R. Renouf
C. K. Rowland
W. I. Drynan
24
THE HOMES FOR THE AGED ACT
O. Reg. 215/52.
General Regulations.
Amending Form 5 of
142 of Consolidated
1950.
Made— 29th May, 1952.
Filed— 3rd June, 1952, 11.30 a.m.
Regulations
Regulations
REGULATIONS MADE UNDER THE HOMES
FOR THE AGED ACT
1. Form 5 of Regulations 142 of Consolidated
Regulations of Ontario 1950 as made by Ontario
Regulations 255/51 is amended by adding thereto
the following item:
9a. FUNERAL AND BURIAL
EXPENSES:
(1197)
24
THE PUBLIC HOSPITALS ACT
O. Reg. 216/52.
General Regulations.
New and Revoking O. Regs. 43/45
and 5/48. (Note: See unofficial
consolidated regulations 492 in un-
official appendix to vols 1 and 2 of
C.R.O. 1950)
Made— 29th May, 1952.
Filed— 4th June, 1952, 9.20 a.m.
REGULATIONS MADE UPON THE
RECOMMENDATION OF THE MINISTER
UNDER THE PUBLIC HOSPITALS ACT
interpretation
1. In these regulations
(rt) "active medical staff" means members of the
medical staff appointed by the board to
attend indigent patients in the hospital;
{h) "attending physician" means medical prac-
titioner who attends a patient in the hospital;
(c) "Director" means director of the Public and
Private Hospitals Division of the Department;
(d) "medical practitioner" means legally qual-
ified medical practitioner;
{e) "medical staff" means medical practitioners
who attend patients in the hospital;
(/) "neonatal death" means death of a child
within one month after birth;
(g) "president" means president of the medical
staff;
{h) "still-birth" means complete expulsion or
extraction from its mother after the twenty-
eighth week of pregnancy of a foetus which
did not at any time after being completely
expelled or extracted from the mother breathe
or show any other sign of life; and
{i) "surgeon" means member of the medical
staff who performs a surgical operation on a
patient.
management and operation
2.(1) Subject to subregulation 2, a hospital shall
be governed and managed by a board elected or
appointed in accordance with the provisions of the
authority whereby the hospital is created, established
or incorporated.
(2) The president shall be ex officio a member of
the board.
3. The board shall be responsible for the enforce-
ment of the Act, these regulations and the by-laws of
the hospital.
4. The superintendent shall be responsible to the
board for the due observance and enforcement of the
Act, these regulations and the by-laws of the hospital.
5. The superintendent shall be the officer represent-
ing the hospital with whom the Minister, an inspector
and other officers of the Department deals with respect
to hospital matters.
BOARD
6. CI) The board shall provide for
(a) the appointment and functioning of
411
1158
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
(i) a superintendent,
(ii) a medical and surgical advisory com-
mittee on the recommendation of the
members of the medical staff,
(iii) a medical staff,
(iv) a nursing staff, and
(v) an auditor, and
(b) the establishment of an
(i) administrative, and
(ii) accounting
system.
(2) An auditor shall not be appointed for a hospital
unless he is licensed under The Public Accountancy
Act.
FISCAL YEAR
7. The fiscal year of a hospital shall end with the
31st of December in each year.
MEETINGS
8. An annual meeting of the hospital shall be held
between the 1st of January and the 30th of April in
each year on a day fixed by the board.
9. The board may fix the days for all meetings of
the board.
INSPECTORS
10. An inspector may
(a) administer and enforce this Act and regu-
lations in a hospital,
(b) inspect and inquire with respect to the prem-
ises, management and operation of a hospital,
{c) require the superintendent, a member of the
medical staff or a hospital employee
(i) to furnish any information in his posses-
sion or under his control, and
(ii) to make returns, reports or statements
in writing
relating to the hospital but only for the purpose
of the Act and these regulations,
{d) examine and audit all hospital books, accounts
and records, and
(e) investigate and require information from a
person in possession of the information with
respect to
(i) any hospital matter, or
(ii) the financial condition of a patient.
1 1 . The board shall permit an inspector
(a) to examine and audit all hospital books,
accounts and records, and
(b) to inspect or receive information from any
book or record relating to the patients
at any time, but only for the purpose of the Act and
these regulations.
12. All information, applications, returns, reports
or communications required to be furnished or made to
the Minister, Deputy Minister or inspector under the
Act or these regulations shall be sent to the Director.
CREATION, ESTABLISHMENT OR INCORPORATION
13.(1) An application for the approval of the
creation, establishment or incorporation of a hospital
under subsection 2 of section 3 of the Act shall be in
writing in form 1.
(2) Before approval is given, an applicant for the
approval of a hospital shall send to the Director a
copy of an architect's plan in triplicate showing
(a) the proposed number and arrangement of
beds and services, and
(b) a block plan of the property and elevations
of the buildings.
14. When a hospital is to be altered by enlarging
or remodelling, a description of the alteration with a
copy of an architect's plan in triplicate showing
(a) the alteration, and
(b) the proposed number and arrangement of
beds and services to be affected by the alter-
ation
shall be sent to the Minister in care of the Director
in accordance with regulation 12.
ISOLATION
15.(1) A hospital shall provide accommodation for
the isolation of patients.
(2) The superintendent shall cause to be isolated
a patient who is or is suspected to be infected with a
communicable disease named or declared under The
Public Health Act or regulations made from time to
time thereunder.
NURSING STAFF
16.(1) Every hospital shall have in its employ one
registered nurse or more and at least one registered
nurse shall be on duty in the hospital at all times.
REGISTER OF PATIENTS
17. A hospital shall keep a register of patients.
18.(1) When a patient is admitted to a hospital,
the patient shall be issued a register number.
(2) For the purposes of subregulation 1, a baby
born alive in the hospital shall be deemed to be ad-
mitted at the time of birth.
19. The register numbers shall be issued to patients
by
(a) assigning the number "1" to the first patient
admitted in the fiscal year and thereafter
assigning numbers in order of admission, and
(b) adding after the number given under clause
a, a virgule and the last 2 digits of the number
of the year in which it is issued.
20.(1) A patient shall retain the same register
number until his discharge from the hospital.
(2) All records relating to the patient shall bear
the register number.
MEDICAL STAFF
21. A board shall fix a time and place for the first
meeting of a medical staff to be held within one month
after the first patient is admitted to a hospital follow-
ing its creation, establishment or incorporation.
412
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
1159
22. The medical staff shall hold
(a) an annual meeting in each fiscal year, and
(b) monthly meetings.
23.(1) At the first meeting held under regulation
21 and at each annual meeting the medical staff shall
(a) elect a president and a secretary from among
themselves, and
(b) fix a time and place for
(i) the next annual meeting, and
(ii) the monthly meetings for the following
year.
(2) The president and the secretary shall hold
office until the next annual meeting.
24.(1) At least 10 days before each annual and
monthly meeting each member of the medical staff
shall report in writing to the secretary
(a) any recommendations for the improvement of
the administration in the care and treatment
of patients,
(b) the case history of any patient which the
member may consider to be of interest to
the other members of the medical staff, and
(c) a review of his medical work in the hospital
during the preceding month.
(2) The secretary shall
(a) compile a report from the reports submitted
under subregulation 1, and
(b) submit the report to the medical staff at each
annual and monthly meeting.
(3) The medical staff may consider the report and
make any recommendations thereon to the superin-
tendent.
25. The secretary shall take the minutes at all
meetings of the medical staff.
26. Where a municipality is liable to a hospital
for payment of the charges for treatment of a patient
under section 16 of the Act, a member of the medical
staff shall not charge a fee for attending the patient.
27.(1) If a member of the active medical staff is
unable to perform his duties in the hospital, he shall
notify the president or secretary of the medical staff.
(2) Thereupon, the president or secretary, as the
case may be, shall
(a) notify the superintendent, and
(b) arrange for another member of the active
medical staff to perform the duties.
28. When a member of the medical staff who is
attending a patient other than a public-ward patient
is unable to perform his duties in the hospital, he shall
(a) arrange for another member to perform his
duties, and
(b) notify the superintendent.
29. If the superintendent believes that a member
of the medical staff is unable to perform his duties in
the hospital, the superintendent shall notify the
president or secretary of the medical staff; and there-
upon the president or secretary, as the case may be,
shall arrange for another member of the active medical
staff to perform the duties.
PATIENTS
30. Where a medical practitioner sends any person
to a hospital for admission and he knows or suspects
that that person is or may become dangerous for any
reason to himself or to other patients, the medical
practitioner shall notify the superintendent of the
danger.
31. Only a member of the active medical staff
shall be permitted to attend a patient for payment
of the charges for whose treatment a municipality is
liable under section 16 of the Act.
32.(1) When a patient is no longer in need of treat-
ment in a hospital, the attending physician shall write
an order that the patient be discharged.
(2) A patient shall be deemed to be discharged
when the attending physician writes the order under
subregulation 1 and communicates it to the patient.
(3) When a patient is discharged he shall leave
the hospital but he may at his option remain in the
hospital for a further period not exceeding 24 hours
with the approval of the superintendent.
(4) When a patient under the age of 16 years is
discharged the person liable for his maintenance shall
remove him from the hospital but at the request of the
person so liable he may, with the approval of the
superintendent, be permitted to remain in the hospital
for a further period not exceeding 24 hours.
33.(1) When a person is admitted to a hospital he
shall give the name and address of a relative or friend
to be notified under subregulation 3.
(2) The attending physician shall notify the super-
intendent when he believes that the relative or friend
should be present at the hospital with a patient.
(3) The superintendent shall so notify the relative
or friend.
LABORATORY INVESTIGATIONS
34.(1) A hospital shall be equipped with a clinical
laboratory with facilities and staff able to make
routine laboratory investigations necessary for the
treatment of the patients in the hospital.
(2) When a laboratory investigation
(o) is necessary for the treatment of a patient,
and
(6) cannot be made in a laboratory in the hospital
the superintendent shall cause the investigation to
be made in a laboratory which has the facilities and
staff able to make the investigation.
35.(1) The surgeon shall not dispose of any tissues
removed from a patient at an operation or curettage.
(2) Subject to subregulation 3 the tissues removed,
with a short history of the case and a statement of the
findings at the operation, shall be sent by the superin-
tendent to a laboratory for an examination and report.
(3) Where the tissue removed is an arm, a finger,
foot, hand, hemorrhoid, leg, prepuce, tonsil, toe, tooth
or vermiform appendix, the tissue shall not be sent to a
laboratory unless the surgeon desires an examination
and report.
(4) A report, if any, of a pathologist shall be in-
cluded in the medical record of the patient under
regulation 38.
413
1160
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
ORDERS FOR TREATMENT
36.(1) All orders for treatment shall be
(a) in writing
(i) on a paper attached to the medical
record of the patient prescribed by
regulation 38, or
(ii) in a book
designated for physicians' orders, and
(6) dated and signed by an attending physician
or a medical practitioner authorized by him,
but an attending physician or a medical practitioner
authorized by him may dictate by telephone orders for
treatment to a person designated by the superintendent
to take the orders.
(2) The person to whom the order has been dictated
shall transcribe and sign it and endorse thereon the
name of the medical practitioner and the date and
time of receiving the order.
(3) When a medical practitioner has dictated an
order by telephone he shall sign the order on his first
visit to the hospital thereafter.
CASE RECORDS
37. Within 72 hours after the admission of a
patient the board shall cause a medical practitioner to
(a) write a medical history,
{b) make a physical examination and record his
findings, and
(c) make and record a provisional diagnosis.
38. The board shall cause to be compiled for each
patient a medical record including
(a) identification,
(b) history of present illness,
(c) history of previous illnesses,
(d) family history,
(e) provisional diagnosis,
(f) orders for treatment,
(g) progress notes,
(h) reports of
(i) condition on discharge,
(ii) consultations,
(iii) follow-up care,
(iv) laboratory examinations,
(v) medical, surgical and obstetrical treat-
ment,
(vi) operations and anaesthesia,
(vii) physical examinations,
(viii) radiological examinations, and
(ix) post mortem examination, if any, and
(i) final diagnosis.
39.(1) A person who makes any part of a record
under regulations 37 and 38 shall deliver the part to the
superintendent.
(2) The superintendent shall be responsible for
the safe-keeping of all records relating to a patient.
40. When a patient dies the attending physician
shall complete form 2 and deliver it to the superin-
tendent for the medical record of the patient.
41. When a medical practitioner performs a post
mortem examination on the body of a patient, he shall
make and sign a report of the examination and deliver
it to the superintendent.
42.(1) Subject to subregulations 2 and 3, a board
shall not permit any person to remove, inspect or
receive information from a medical record.
(2) Subregulation 1 shall not apply to
(a) a person with a process
(i) issued in Ontario out of a court of record
or any other court, and
(ii) ordering the removing of, the inspecting
of or the receiving of information from a
medical record, or
(6) an inspector.
(3) A board may permit
(a) the attending physician,
(6) the superintendent of another hospital who
makes a written request.
ic)
a person who
signed by
presents a written request
(i) the personal representative of a former
patient, deceased, or
(ii) the patient,
(d) a member of the medical staff but only for
teaching purposes, or
(e) a person with a written direction from the
Deputy Minister of Veterans Affairs (Canada)
or some person designated by him when the
patient is a member or ex-member of His
Majesty's military, naval or air force of
Canada
to inspect or receive information from a medical record.
OPERATIONS
43. No surgical operation shall be performed on
a patient unless a consent in writing for the performance
of the operation has been signed by the
(a) patient,
(b) spouse, one of the next of kin or parent of
the patient if the patient is unable to sign
by reason of mental or physical disability, or
(c) parent or guardian of the patient if the
patient is unmarried and under 18 years of
age
but if the surgeon believes that delay caused by obtain-
ing consent would endanger the life of the patient
(d) the consent shall not be necessary, and
(c) the surgeon shall write and sign a statement
that a delay would endanger the life of the
patient.
414
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
1161
44.(1) Before any anaesthetic is administered to a
patient an anaesthetic record of the patient including
(a) the history of the present and any previous
illness,
(b) the family medical history,
(c) the findings on a complete physical examin-
ation,
(d) the reports of any laboratory examination,
and
(e) a diagnosis
shall be made by the anaesthetist, but if the surgeon
believes that a delay in the operation caused by ob-
taining the anaesthetic record would endanger the life
of the patient
(/) the preparation of the anaesthetic record
shall not be necessary, and
(g) the surgeon shall write and sign
(i) a statement that a delay would endanger
the life of the patient, and
(ii) a diagnosis
and deliver them to the anaesthetist.
(2) The anaesthetist shall deliver the signed state-
ment and diagnosis to the superintendent after the
operation.
45. The surgeon shall prepare or cause to be pre-
pared by a medical practitioner a written description
of every surgical operation which he performs in the
Jiospital and deliver it to the superintendent.
46. The anaesthetist shall prepare a record with
respect to each patient showing the
(a) type and amount of anaesthetic administered
and duration of anaesthesia,
(b) medication given in contemplation of anaes-
thesia, and
(c) the condition before and after an operation.
47.(1) When a patient in the ante-menopausal
period is in a condition
(a) of abortion,
(b) of threatened abortion,
(c) where a therapeutic abortion is indicated, or
(d) where a dilation and curettage is indicated,
two members of the medical staff shall
(e) examine the patient, and
(/) write and sign a record of their findings and
recommendations and deliver it to the super-
intendent
before any operation is undertaken.
48. Before an operation is performed on an indigent
patient two surgeons, one of whom is a member of the
active medical staff, shall
(a) examine the patient, and
(6) record and sign their findings and recom-
mendations in writing and deliver those
findings and recommendations to the superin-
tendent.
BLOOD FOR TRANSFUSIONS
49.(1) Where blood is taken from a person for a
transfusion the person taking the blood shall make a
record showing
(a) the former's
I (i) name,
(ii) address,
(iii) blood-grouping, and
(iv) Rh-factor typing,
(b) the date of taking of the blood,
(c) the amount of blood taken, and
(d) the result of a Wasserman or Kahn test made
on a sample of the blood taken for the trans-
fusion.
(2) The person making the record shall deliver it
to the superintendent.
MATERNITY PATIENTS
50. If the attending physician knows or suspects
that a maternity patient is suffering from puerperal
sepsis or any infection, the attending physician shall
forthwith notify the superintendent.
51.(1) A maternity patient who is suffering from
or is suspected to be suffering from puerperal sepsis
or any infection shall be isolated in a room separated
from other patients.
(2) The nurse who cares for a maternity patient
isolated under subregulation 1 shall not attend
(a) a patient who is not infected, or
(6) a surgical patient.
52. When a patient dies as a direct or indirect
result of pregnancy the superintendent shall complete
and deliver form 3 to an inspector within 24 hours
after the death.
STILL-BIRTHS AND NEONATAL DEATHS
53. When a still-birth or neonatal death occurs
in a hospital the superintendent shall complete and
deliver form 4 to the Director within 24 hours after
the occurrence of the still-birth or neonatal death.
INDIGENT PATIENTS
54.(1) When an indigent patient
(o) is critically ill, or
(b) remains in a hospital for a period of 30 days
at least two members of the active medical staff shall
(c) hold a consultation, and
(d) record in writing and sign their findings and
recommendations with respect to the patient
and deliver the record showing the date of
the consultation to the superintendent.
(2) At the end of each 3-week period during which
an indigent patient remains in a hospital after the
end of 30 days from the date of admission, at least
two members of the active medical staff shall comply
with clauses c and d of subregulation 1.
415
1162
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
PASTEURIZED MILK
55. A board shall not use nor permit to be used
within the hospital milk which has not been pasteurized
within the meaning of The Public Health Act.
HOSPITAL EMPLOYEES
56.(1) For the purpose of these regulations, hospital
employees are divided into Group 1 and Group 2.
(2) Group 1 is composed of
(a) graduate and student nurses,
(b) internes,
(c) graduate and student physiotherapists,
(d) graduate and student occupational therapists,
(e) nursing assistants, ward maids and ward
orderlies,
(/) laboratory technicians,
(g) x-ray technicians,
(h) school teachers, and
(t) social workers.
(3) Group 2 is composed of all hospital employees
not listed in subregulation 2.
57.(1) An employee in Group 1 shall receive a
tuberculin test and an x-ray film of the lungs within
30 days of employment.
(2) A physical examination of student nurses shall
be made annually.
(3) Every employee in Group 1 who has a negative
tuberculin reaction shall receive an additional tuber-
culin test within 6 months from the date of the first
test and shall receive an additional test within 6
months from the date of each test where the result of
the test is negative.
(4) Employees referred to in subregulation 3 shall
receive an x-ray film of the lungs annually.
(5) Every employee in Group 1 who is found to have
a positive tuberculin reaction shall receive an x-ray
film of the lungs forthwith and every 6 months there-
after.
(6) Every employee in Group 1 whose x-ray film
shows evidence of abnormal shadowing shall forth-
with receive further examination to determine the
nature of the disease.
(7) No tests other than the intra-dermal (Mantoux)
test, using 1/20 of a milligram of Old Tuberculin, or
the patch test shall be used in the tests given under
this regulation.
58.(1) An employee in Group 2 shall receive an
x-ray film of the lungs within 30 days of employment
and annually thereafter.
(2) Every employee in Group 2 whose x-ray film
shows evidence of abnormal shadowing shall receive
forthwith further examination to determine the nature
of the disease.
59. No employee found to be suffering from active
tuberculosis shall be permitted to work in the hospital
and when so found the superintendent shall report the
case within 24 hours to the medical officer of health
of the municipality in which the employee resides.
or
ig contamed m regulations 56 to 62,
;, shall prevent an employee from being
hospital when his tuberculosis is inactive.
60. Where any medical practitioner believes _.
suspects that any person admitted to a hospital is
suffering from tuberculosis he shall notify the superin-
tendent forthwith.
61. No employee shall be detailed to care for a
patient believed or suspected to be suffering from
tuberculosis until he has received instruction as to
the necessary technique to protect himself and others
against infection, and where possible the employee so
detailed shall be a reactor to tuberculin.
62. Every employee who has been employed for 4
or more months shall receive an x-ray film of the lungs
upon ceasing to be employed.
63. Nothing contained in
both inclusive, shall prevent an cmiJiuycc
employed in a hospital when his tuberculosis
RECORD OF EMPLOYEE EXAMINATIONS
64.(1) The superintendent shall keep a permanent
record of all examinations and tests of every employee
of the hospital and if requested shall send a copy of
every record, including the x-ray films, to The Work-
men's Compensation Board or to the Director.
(2) Any officer of the Department authorized by
the Deputy Minister of the Department or any officer
of The Workmen's Compensation Board authorized by
its chairman may inspect the medical records of em-
ployees at any time.
65. The hospital shall be responsible for all exam-
inations of the employees and none of the expenses
thereby incurred shall be payable by the employees.
66. Where an employee shows evidence of tuber-
culosis the superintendent shall give written notice
thereof and a complete report of the medical findings
within 7 days of the time of diagnosis to The Work-
men's Compensation Board.
HOSPITALS FOR INCURABLES
67. A certificate under section 15 of the Act for
the admission of an indigent person or the dependant of
an indigent person to a hospital for incurables shall
be made by two medical practitioners in form 5.
FIRE PRECAUTIONS
68. The board of a hospital shall maintain a fire-
alarm system of sounding devices so located that when
the alarm is given the sound may be heard in every
place in the hospital.
69. The board of a hospital shall maintain on each
floor and in the basement
(a) 1-quart vaporizing-liquid pump-type fire-
extinguishers,
(b) 15-pound carbon-dioxide fire-extinguishers,
(c) 2-quart pressure-type vaporizing-liquid fire-
extinguishers, or
(d) dry chemical-type fire-extinguishers
in suficient numbers and so located that one fire-
extinguisher is within 50 feet of every part of the
flooring in each floor and the basement.
70.(1) The board of a hospital shall maintain
pipes in sufficient numbers and so distributed that
any fire in the hospital can be effectively reached
with water from 75-foot lays of unlined linen-hose.
(2) All stand-pipes shall be fitted with not more
than 75 feet of unlined linen-hose.
416
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
1163
71. Fire-exits shall be
(o) so located throughout a hospital that no
FKjint in the hospital is more than 100 feet
from an exit,
(b) so constructed that all patients may be
removed from the hospital, and
(c) lighted at all times.
72. The board of a hospital shall maintain on each
floor sufficient devices for the removal of all patients
on the floor from the hospital.
73. The superintendent shall
(a) inspect or cause to be inspected the fire-alarm
system, fire-extinguishers, stand-pipes and
hose equipment at least once a month,
(6) give or cause all fire equipment to be given a
working test at least twice a year,
(c) establish a procedure to be followed with
the duties of the staff and patients when a
fire-alarm is given,
(d) instruct the staff and patients in the pro-
cedure established under clause c,
(e) post written instructions of the procedure
established under clause c in every room in
the hospital, and
(/) keep for at least 2 years a written record of
the inspections and tests and the findings
thereon made under this regulation.
REVOCATION
74. Ontario Regulations 43/45 and 5/48 are
revoked.
FORM 1
The Public Hospitals Act
APPLICATION FOR APPROVAL OF A NEW HOSPITAL
We..
(name in full)
(address)
(occupation)
, and
make application for approval under subsection 2 of section 3 of the Act, of the creation, establishment or incor-
poration of an institution, building or other premises or place in the .
(city, town, village or township)
in the of .
(county or district)
as a hospital.
Date
19.
FORM 2
The Public Hospitals Act
CERTIFICATE OF DEATH
Name of patient
Date and hour of death .
CAUSE OF DEATH
(read instructions on reverse side)
I
IMMEDIATE CAUSE— State the
disease, injury or complication which
caused death, not the mode of dying,
such as heart failure, asphyxia, as-
thenia, et cetera.
(a)
due to
MORBID CONDITIONS, if any, (b)
giving rise to immediate cause (state due to
in order backwards from immediate
cause). (c)
II
OTHER MORBID CONDITIONS (if
important) contributing to death but
not causally related to immediate
cause.
Approximate interval
between onset
and death
417
1164
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
INSTRUCTIONS
1. The morbid conditions relating to death are divided into two parts. In Part I are those conditions causally
related to the "IMMEDIATE CAUSE" and in Part II those not causally related thereto. In most cases the
completion of Part I will be sufficient. Detailed certification is not required, the entry of a single cause being
preferable in cases where a single cause is sufficient, as in Example I. Where the person completing the
certificate finds it necessary to record more than one cause, it is important that they be stated in the position
provided on the form as indicative of their mutual relationship.
2. Follow these instructions:
(a) name first the "Immediate Cause" of death, i.e., the disease, injury or complication which caused death
(not mode of dying or terminal condition) ;
(b) then give the other morbid conditions (if any) of which the immediate cause was the consequence, in order
of causal relationship stating the most recent one first and then the others in order;
(c) Part II is reserved for other important contributory morbid conditions, particularly when death was due
to a combination of maladies, none of which would have been fatal alone;
(d) use accepted terms for morbid conditions and never record mere symptoms;
(e) maternal deaths — qualify all diseases resulting from childbirth, miscarriage or abortion by the word
"puerperal", for example, puerperal septicaemia; distinguish between septicaemia originating in abortion
and in child-birth;
(/) cancer — specify the organ or first part affected;
(g) violent deaths — where a death was due to a violent cause, the person completing the medical certificate
shall indicate clearly whether the death was due to accident, suicide or homicide, and the manner and nature
of the injury which resulted in death; where the death was due to accident the circumstances shall be
stated as fully as possible, for example, an automobile accident shall always be designated as such.
3. The following examples illustrate the essential principles in the use of the form:
I
IMMEDIATE CAUSE
State the disease, injury or
complication which caused
death, not the mode of dying,
such as heart-failure, asphyxia,
asthenia, et cetera.
MORBID CONDITIONS, IF
ANY, GIVING RISE TO
IMMEDIATE CAUSE (state
in order backwards from im-
mediate cause).
II
OTHER MORBID CONDI-
TIONS (if important) con-
tributing to death but not
causally related to immediate
cause.
Example 1
(a) Lobar
pneumonia
due to
(b)
due to
(c)
Example 2
(a) Pulmonary
tuberculosis
due to
(b)
due to
(c)
Example 3
(a) Acute
peritonitis
due to
(b) Acute
appendicitis
due to
(c)
Example 4
(a) Broncho
pneumonia
due to
(b) Operation
due to
(c) Strangulated
inguinal
hernia
Chronic inter
stitial nephritis
Example 5
(a) Uraemia
due to
(b) Chronic
nephritis
due to
(c)
Chronic
bronchitis
FORM 3
The Public Hospitals Act
REPORT OF MATERNAL DEATH
I, superintendent of
the of
(name of hospital)
report that of
(name of patient)
(municipality)
(address of patient)
died in the above-named hospital on the day of
19. . . . and give the following information with respect to this former patient:
1 . Date of admission to hospital :
2. Was patient indigent?
418
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
1165
3. Age at death:
4. Racial origin:
5. Marital status:
6. Number of previous pregnancies:
(a) abortions:
(b) still-births:
(c) live-births:
7. Findings where an autopsy was performed:
8. Time of death in relation to labour:
9. Nam6 of attending medical practitioner:. .
10. Cause of death:
(read instructions on reverse side)
I
IMMEDIATE CAUSE— State the (a)
disease, injury or complication which due to
caused death, not the mode of dying,
such as heart failure, asphyxia, as-
thenia, et cetera.
MORBID CONDITIONS, if any, (b)
giving rise to immediate cause (state due to
in order backwards from immediate
cause). (c)
II
OTHER MORBID CONDITIONS (if
important) contributing to death but
not causally related to immediate
Approximate interval
between onset
and death
INSTRUCTIONS
1. The morbid conditions relating to death are divided into two parts. In Part I are those conditions causally
related to the "IMMEDIATE CAUSE" and in Part II those not causally related thereto. In most cases the
completion of Part I will be sufficient. Detailed certification is not required, the entry of a single cause being
preferable in cases where a single cause is sufficient, as in Example I. Where the person completing the
certificate finds it necessary to record more than one cause, it is important that they be stated in the position
provided on the form as indicative of their mutual relationship.
2. Follow these instructions:
(a) name first the "Immediate Cause" of death, i.e., the disease, injury or complication which caused death
(not mode of dying or terminal condition) ;
(b) then give the other morbid conditions (if any) of which the immediate cause was the consequence, in order
of causal relationship stating the most recent one first and then the others in order;
(c) Part II is reserved for other important contributory morbid conditions, particularly when death was due
to a combination of maladies, none of which would have been fatal alone;
(d) use accepted terms for morbid conditions and never record mere symptoms;
(e) maternal deaths — qualify all diseases resulting from child-birth, miscarriage or abortion by the word
"puerperal", for example, puerperal septicaemia; distinguish between septicaemia originating in abortion
and in child-birth;
(/) cancer — specify the organ or first part affected;
(g) violent deaths — where a death was due to a violent cause, the person completing the medical certificate
shall indicate clearly whether the death was due to accident, suicide or homicide, and the manner and nature
of the injury which resulted in death; where the death was due to accident the circumstances shall be
stated as fully as possible, for example, an automobile accident shall always be designated as such.
419
1166
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
3. The following examples illustrate the essential principles in the use of the form:
I
IMMEDIATE CAUSE
State the disease, injury or
complication which caused
death, not the mode of dying,
such as heart-failure, asphyxia,
asthenia, et cetera.
MORBID CONDITIONS, IF
ANY, GIVING RISE TO
IMMEDIATE CAUSE (state
in order backwards from im-
mediate cause).
II
OTHER MORBID CONDI-
TIONS Cif important) con-
tributing to death but not
causally related to immediate
cause.
Example 1
(a) Lobar
pneumonia
due to
(b)
due to
(c)
Example 2
(a) Pulmonary
tuberculosis
due to
(b)
due to
(c)
Example 3
(a) Acute
peritonitis
due to
(h) Acute
appendicitis
due to
(c)
Example 4
(a) Broncho
pneumonia
due to
(b) Operation
due to
(c) Strangulated
inguinal
hernia
Chronic inter
stitial nephritis
Example 5
(a) Uraemia
due to
(b) Chronic
nephritis
due to
(c)
Chronic
bronchitis
11. ANTENATAL CARE
If the patient received antenatal care from a duly qualified medical practitioner indicate
(a) the date of the first antenatal examination:
(b) the findings on any
(i) abdominal examination:
(ii) urinalysis:
(iii) blood pressure examination:
(iv) pelvic examination:
(c) the compliance of the patient with any treatment ordered:
(d) any morbid conditions present during pregnancy:
(e) any morbid conditions present before pregnancy:
12. LABOUR
Where labour took place in the hospital
(a) date and hour labour commenced:
(b) duration of labour hours:
(c) was labour spontaneous or induced?
(d) period of gestation in weeks:
(e) qualifications of any nurses who attended the patient:
13. DELIVERY
Where delivery took place in the hospital
(a) was delivery spontaneous, manual, instrumental or operative?
(b) presentation:
(c) reasons for any operative interference:
(d) type of any operative interference
(i) forceps, mid, high or low, (ii) version, (iii) Caesarian, (iv) other:
(e) type and amount of any anaesthesia induced in patient during delivery:
(/) was placenta retained, adherent or manually separated? i'-
420
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE 1167
(g) was bleeding normal or excessive?. .
(A) was there a live-birth or still-birth?.
14. POSTNATAL
Describe the postnatal condition of the patient as follows:
(a) did the patient have a temperature of 100.4° Fahrenheit or over, twice or more often between the 2nd
and 10th days after delivery?
(b) complications which arose after delivery (i) hemorrhage, (ii) eclampsia, (iii) puerperal sepsis, (iv) other:
(c) treatment given to a complication named in clause b:
(d) where puerperal sepsis is named in clause b, any probable source of infection:
(e) where eclampsia is named in clause b, (i) was albumen present in urine? fii) date albumen first discovered
(iii) other symptoms of eclampsia:
Date ^
(signature of superintendent)
FORM 4
The Public Hospitals Act
REPORT OF STILL-BIRTH OR NEONATAL DEATH
I, , superintendent
of the hospital in the
(city, town, township
of in the
or village) (county or district)
of report that a
(still-birth or neonatal death)
occurred in the above-named hospital on the day of 19 ... .
at o'clock in the noon.
I have the following information with respect to this
(still-birth or neonatal death)
1. Father,
(a) name:
(b) address:
2, Mother,
(a) name:
(b) hospital register number:
(c) address:
{d) marital status:
(e) racial origin:
(/) number of previous pregnancies,
(i) abortions:
(ii) still-births:
(iii) live-births:
(g) any abnormalities associated with previous deliveries:
3. If mother is dead give,
(c) date of her death:
(b) cause of her death:
421
1168 THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
4. If a still-birth give,
(a) sex:
(b) weight :
(c) period of gestation at time of extraction or expulsion :
(d) probable time of death :
5. If a neonatal death give,
(a) sex :
(b) weight at birth :
(c) date, hour and minute of death:
(d) cause of death :
I
IMMEDIATE CAUSE— State the (a)
disease, injury or complication which due to
caused death, not the mode of dying,
such as heart failure, asphyxia, as-
thenia, et cetera.
MORBID CONDITIONS, if any, (b)
giving rise to immediate cause (state due to
in order backwards from immediate
cause). (c)
II
OTHER MORBID CONDITIONS (if
important) contributing to death but
not causally related to immediate
cause.
INSTRUCTIONS
1. The morbid conditions relating to death are divided into two parts. In Part I are those conditions causally
related to the "IMMEDIATE CAUSE" and in Part II those not causally related thereto. In most cases the
completion of Part I will be sufficient. Detailed certification is not required the entry of a single cause being
preferable in cases where a single cause is sufficient, as in Example I. Where the person completing the
certificate finds it necessary to record more than one cause, it is important that they be stated in the position
provided on the form as indicative of their mutual relationship.
2. Follow these instructions:
(c) name first the "Immediate Cause" of death, i.e., the disease, injury or complication which caused death
(not mode of dying or terminal condition) ;
(b) then give the other morbid conditions (if any) of which the immediate cause was the consequence, in order
of causal relationship stating the most recent one first and then the others in order;
(c) Part II is reserved for other important contributory morbid conditions, particularly when death was due
to a combination of maladies, none of which would have been fatal alone;
(d) use accepted terms for morbid conditions and never record mere symptoms;
(e) maternal deaths — qualify all diseases resulting from child-birth, miscarriage or abortion by the word
"puerperal", for example, puerperal septicaemia; distinguish between septicaemia originating in abortion
and in child-birth;
(/) cancer — 'specify the organ or first part affected ;
(g) violent deaths — where a death was due to a violent cause, the person completing the medical certificate
shall indicate clearly whether the death was due to accident, suicide or homicide, and the manner and nature
of the injury which resulted in death; where the death was due to accident the circumstances shall be
stated as fully as possible, for example, an automobile accident shall always be designated as such.
422
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
1169
3. The following examples illustrate the essential principles in the use of the form:
IMMEDIATE CAUSE
State the disease, injury or
complication which caused
death, not the mode of dying,
such as heart-failure, asphyxia,
asthenia, et cetera.
MORBID CONDITIONS, IF
ANY, GIVING RISE TO
IMMEDIATE CAUSE (state
in order backwards from im
mediate cause).
II
OTHER MORBID CONDI-
TIONS (if important) con-
tributing to death but not
causally related to immediate
cause.
Example 1
(a) Lobar
pneumonia
due to
(b)
due to
(c)
Example 2
(a) Pulmonary
tuberculosis
due to
(b)
due to
(c)
Example 3
(a) Acute
peritonitis
due to
(b) Acute
appendicitis
due to
(c)
Example 4
(a) Broncho
pneumonia
due to
(b) Operation
due to
(c) Strangulated
inguinal
hernia
Chronic inter-
stitial nephritis
Example 5
(a) Uraemia
due to
(b) Chronic
nephritis
due to
(c)
Chronic
bronchitis
6. Findings on any post-mortem examination held:
7. Was mother in labour when admitted to hospital?
8. If answer to 7 is yes, give stage of labour on admission:
9. Duration of labour:
10. Presentation of foetus:
11. Did foetus die before, during or after labour?
12. Was labour spontaneous or induced?
13. Was delivery spontaneous, manual, instrumental or operative?
14. Type of any operative interference
( (i) forceps (mid, high or low), (ii) version, (iii) Caesarian, (iv) other (specify) )
15. Any abnormalities or complications met during labour or delivery:
16. Type of any cranial injury at birth:
17. If mother received antenatal care,
(a) date when medical practitioner first consulted:
(b) details of antenatal care (e.g. number of visits, instructions, treatment) :
18. Any illness of parents which may have caused the still-birth or neonatal death:
19. Name of atending medical practitioner:
20. Prevention,
(a) factors which contributed to death which may have been prevented:.
(&) discuss preventive measures not taken:. , .
Date 19.
(signature of superintendent)
423
1170
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
FORM 5
The Public Hospitals Act
CERTIFICATE FOR ADMISSION TO A HOSPITAL FOR INCURABLES
I, , a legally qualified
medical practitioner, residing at in the
(post office address)
County r i.T
District °^ • c«''t'fy=
1. That I personally examined
(post office address)
(name of person)
, on the day of .
...of
,19..;
2. That I found to be approximately.
(him or her)
.years of age;
3. That I found .
(him or her)
. to be suffering from , an
(diagnosis)
incurable disease;
4. That is an incurable person; and
(he or she)
5. That requires treatment in a hospital for incurables for the following reasons:
(he or she)
Date.
19.
(1201)
(signature of legally qualified medical
practitioner)
24
THE PUBLIC HEALTH ACT
O. Reg. 217/52.
Maintenance Grants for Isolation
Hospitals.
Amending O. Regs. 191/51.
Approved— 29th May, 1952.
Filed— 6th June, 1952, 11.20 a.m.
REGULATIONS MADE BY THE MINISTER
UNDER THE PUBLIC HEALTH ACT
1. Subregulation 3 of regulation 1 of Ontario
Regulations 191/51 is revoked and the following
substituted therefor:
(3) The amount of the grant shall be at the rate
of $1.40 for each day that a public- ward
patient receives treatment.
M. PHILLIPS
Minister of Health
(1214)
24
THE PUBLIC HOSPITALS ACT
O. Reg. 218/52.
Classification of Hospitals.
Amending O. Regs. 130/52.
Made— 29th May, 1952.
Filed— 6th June, 1952, 11.25 a.m.
REGULATIONS MADE UPON
THE RECOMMENDATION OF THE MINISTER
UNDER THE PUBLIC HOSPITALS ACT
1. Schedule 1 of Ontario Regulations 130/52 is
amended by
(a) striking out item 75 under the heading
"Group C Hospitals", and
ib) adding the following item under the heading
"Group B hospitals":
31a Tillsonburg. . . .Tillsonburg District
Memorial Hospital.. . . 100 50
(1215)
24
424
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
1195
Publications Under The Regulations Aet
JUNE 21st, 1952
THE FARM PRODUCTS MARKETING ACT
O. Reg. 219/52.
1952 Agreement for the Marketing of
Strawberries for Processing.
New.
Made— 5th June, 1952.
Filed— 10th June, 1952, 10.30 a.m.
REGULATION MADE BY THE BOARD UNDER
THE FARM PRODUCTS MARKETING ACT
MARKETING OF STRAWBERRIES
The Board approves the agreement appended
hereto and declares that it is in force.
(Seal)
G. F. PERKIN
Chairman
F. K. B. STEWART
Secretary
Dated at Toronto
this 5th day of
June. 1952.
AGREEMENT FOR MARKETING
THE 1952 CROP OF STRAWBERRIES FOR
PROCESSING
Under The Ontario Berry Growers' Marketing-for-
Processing Scheme
This Agreement made the 4th day o June, 1952,
BETWEEN:
Bruce M. Wallace, Everett Slacer and R. H.
Rittenhouse appointed by the local board,
members of The Negotiating Committee called
the Grower-Members,
— AND—
Ralph Macklin, S. F. Hoy and C. R. Drynan,
appointed by the processors, members of The
Negotiating Committee called the Processor-
Members.
Under The Farm Products Marketing Act and the
regulations, and subject to the limitations thereof, the
Grower-Members and the Processor-Members agree
as follows:
1. The minimum prices to be paid every grower for
strawberries produced in Ontario during the year
1952, purchased and received for processing, shall
be at the rate of 15 cents per quart box of 20 ounces,
f.o.b. factory or f.o.b. factory receiving station, with
crates and boxes returned to the grower or furnished
by the processor.
2. Payment shall be made by the processors as
follows:
(1) Fifty (50) per centum of the purchase price
shall be made, upon request, to the grower
within a reasonable time after delivery, and
(2) The balance of the purchase price shall be
paid to the grower on or before August 1st,
1952.
DATED at Hamilton, Ontario, this 4th day of June,
1952.
GROWER-MEMBERS PROCESSOR-MEMBERS
Bruce M. Wallace
Everett Slacer
R. H. Rittenhouse
(1231)
Ralph Macklin
S. F. Hoy
C. R. Drynan
25
THE INDUSTRIAL STANDARDS ACT
O. Reg. 220/52.
Schedule for the Barbering Industry
in the Kitchener-Waterloo Zone.
New and Revoking Regulations 169
of Consolidated Regulations 1950.
Made— 5th June, 1952.
Filed— 10th June, 1952, 3.00 p.m.
REGULATIONS MADE UPON THE
RECOMMENDATION OF THE MINISTER
UNDER THE INDUSTRIAL STANDARDS ACT
1. The schedule appended hereto shall be in force
during pleasure within the zone and be binding upon
the employers and employees in the industry referred
to in the schedule.
2. Regulations 169 of Consolidated Regulations of
Ontario 1950 are revoked.
3. These regulations shall come into force on the
tenth day after the publication thereof in The Ontario
Gazette under The Regulations Act.
SCHEDULE FOR THE BARBERING INDUSTRY
IN THE KITCHENER— WATERLOO ZONE
1. No work shall be performed in the barbering
industry in the Kitchener- Waterloo zone except in
accordance with this schedule.
Interpretation
2. In this schedule "holiday" means
(a) New Year's Day,
(b) Good Friday,
(c) Victoria Day,
(d) Dominion Day,
(e) Kitchener- Waterloo Civic Holiday.
(/) Labour Day,
(g) Thanksgiving Day,
(h) Christmas Day, and
(i) the 26th of December.
425
1196
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
Hours of Work
3. The regular working periods for the industry
shall be
(a) a regular working-week consisting of not
more than 45 hours of work to be performed
during the regular working days, and
(b) a regular working-day consisting of not more
than 9 hours of work to be performed on
Monday, Tuesday, Thursday, Friday, and
Saturday, between 8 a.m. and 6 p.m.
4.(1) Subject to subsection 2 no work shall be
performed in the industry on
(a) Sunday,
(ft) Wednesday, or
(c) a holiday.
(2) During the week in which a holiday falls on
(a) Thursday,
(b) Friday, or
(c) Saturday
9 hours of work may be performed between 8 a.m.
and 6 p.m. on Wednesday in that week.
MINIMUM RATES OF WAGES
5.(1) The minimum rate of wages for all work
performed in the industry by an employee shall be
70 per cent of the proceeds from the work performed
by the employee, or 75 cents an hour, whichever is the
greater.
(2) The percentages in subsection 1 shall be com-
puted upon the gross receipts for work performed at
not less than
(a) the minimum charge for each operation
established in section 7, or
(b) the prevailing charge established in the shop
for each operation,
whichever is the greater.
6. No deductions shall be made from the minimum
rate of wages for
(a) materials supplied,
(6) laundry service, or
(c) operating expenses.
MINIMUM CHARGES
7.(1) The minimum charge for each operation in
the industry shall be as follows:
(a) facial massage, plain 50 cents
(b) hair-cut or trim for persons 14 years
and over 50 cents
(c) hair-cut for persons under 14 years. .35 cents
(d) head-rub 25 cents
(e) neck-clip for ladies 25 cents
(/) razor honing 50 cents
(g) shampoo, plain 50 cents
(h) shave 30 cents
(t) singe 35 cents
(2) No employer or employee may
(a) contract for or accept lower prices than those
in subsection 1,
(b) combine any of the operations named in
subsection 1 without charging for each
operation in the combination, or
(c) give any article or premium to the customer
without charging the full value of the article
or premium.
(1232)
25
THE DISABLED PERSONS' ALLOWANCES
ACT, 1952
O. Reg. 221/52.
General Regulations.
New.
Made— 5th June, 1952.
Filed— 10th June, 1952, 3.40 p.m.
REGULATIONS MADE UNDER THE
DISABLED PERSONS' ALLOWANCES
ACT, 1952
INTERPRETATION
1. In these regulations
(a) "applicant" means person by whom, or on
whose behalf, application for an allowance is
made;
(b) "net revenue" means the amount of money
available for maintenance or enrichment of
the person beneficially entitled to the money,
computed in the manner prescribed herein;
and
(c) "unmarried person" includes a widow, a
widower, a divorced person, and a married
person who is living separate and apart from
his spouse.
FURTHER QUALIFICATIONS
2.(1) An unmarried person shall not be eligible for
an allowance at a rate greater than will make his
aggregate income equal $720 a year.
(2) A married person who is living with his spouse
shall not be eligible for an allowance at a rate greater
than will make the aggregate incomes of the recipient
and his spouse together equal $1200 a year.
PROPERTY QUALIFICATIONS FOR ALLOWANCES
3.(1) Where an unmarried applicant has in his own
right, or held in trust for him, an amount in excess of
$1,000 in cash or in government bonds or other liquid
assets, he shall not be eligible for an allowance unless
all those assets are applied, in such manner as may be
approved by the Director, to provide for a series of
future monthly or other periodic payments towards his
support.
(2) Where an applicant is married and is living
with his spouse and they, jointly or severally, have in
their own right, or held in trust for them, an aggregate
amount in excess of $2,000 in cash or in government
426
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
1197
bonds or other liquid assets, the applicant shall not be
eligible for an allowance unless all those assets are
applied, in such manner as may be approved by the
Director, to provide for a series of future monthly or
other periodic payments towards the support of them
jointly.
APPLICATION FOR AN ALLOWANCE
4.(1) Application for an allowance shall be made
through a local authority in writing in duplicate in
Form 1.
(2) Where the applicant by reason of physical or
mental disability is unable to make the application in
person, it may be made by some responsible person on
his behalf.
(3) The application shall be accompanied by
(a) proof of the age of the applicant,
(b) a report of a duly qualified medical practi-
tioner in Form 2,
(c) a consent to inspect assets in Form 3, and
(d) where the applicant is married and living with
his spouse, proof of the formal marriage.
(4) Subject to subregulation 5 and to regulation 5,
the proof of age required under clause a of subregula-
tion 3 shall be made by producing to the Director a
birth certificate issued by the province, state, or
country, of birth.
(5) Where the Director is satisfied that the ap-
plicant is unable to produce a birth certificate under
subregulation 4, he may accept as proof
(a) one item of Class A evidence of birth, or
(ft) two items of Class B evidence of birth,
as prescribed in regulation 8 or 10 respectively of
Regulations 363 of Consolidated Regulations of On-
tario 1950.
(6) Subject to subregulation 7 and to regulation 5,
the proof of formal marriage required under clause d
of subregulation 3 shall be made by producing to the
Director a marriage certificate issued by the province,
state, or country, in which the ceremony was per-
formed.
(7) Where the Director is satisfied that the ap-
plicant is unable to produce a marriage certificate under
subregulation 6, he may accept as proof
(a) one item of Class A evidence of marriage, or
(6) two items of Class B evidence of marriage,
as prescribed in regulation 29 or 31 respectively of
Regulations 363 of Consolidated Regulations of On-
tario 1950.
INVESTIGATION BY ADVISORY BOARD
S.fl) Where the Director is satisfied that it is not
practicable to obtain proof of age, or of marriage, by
any of the modes prescribed by regulation 4, he may
require the advisory board to make investigation and
report its findings to him.
(2) The advisory board shall take such evidence
under oath, and receive such documentary exhibits, as
may be available to establish the facts under investi-
gation.
(3) The Director may adopt the findings of the
advisory board as proof of age, or marriage.
INFORMATION TO LOCAL AUTHORITY
6. The Director may furnish to a local authority
such information as he deems advisable respecting any
determination or direction with respect to an applica-
tion, or an allowance.
INCOME
7. In computing net revenue from real or personal
property, all reasonably necessary expenses for pre-
servation, maintenance, and use, of the property shall
be deducted from the gross revenue, but no deduction
shall be made for payments on principal of unpaid
purchase-price, mortgage, charge, or lien.
8.(1) The net revenue from real property not used
as the residence of the applicant shall be the gross
revenue less taxes, insurance, upkeep, and other
reasonable expenses.
(2) Real property owned by the applicant, or by
his spouse, that is not used as their residence and is
not producing revenue shall, for the purpose of com-
puting income, be deemed to produce such net revenue
as it would produce if properly administered.
(3) Where the applicant has his residence in real
property owned by himself, or by his spouse, and the
owner receives revenue from other parts of it, the net
revenue shall be
(c) 20 per cent of the gross revenue from board,
or board and lodging, furnished,
(b) 50 per cent of the gross revenue from rooms
rented furnished or unfurnished, and
(c) 50 per cent of gross revenue from use or
occupation of any other part.
9. The net revenue from personal property shall
be the gross amount of money actually received by
way of hire, interest, dividends, or p>eriodic payments
under regulation 3.
10.(1) Where an applicant, or his spouse, within
one year preceding the application, has made, or at
any time subsequent thereto, makes, an assignment or
transfer of real or personal property
(a) for inadequate consideration, or
(b) for the purpose of making the applicant
eligible for an allowance, or for an amount
of allowance greater than he would be other-
wise eligible to receive,
the income may be computed as though the assignment
or transfer had not been made and the property were
still owned by the applicant or his spouse, and the
Director may suspend payment of an allowance pend-
ing re-computation of income.
(2) Where the Director suspends payment of an
allowance under subregulation 1 he shall immediately
so notify the recipient in writing, and state his reasons
therefor, and inform the recipient the steps to be taken
to have the suspension rescinded.
11.(1) In computing income the local authority,
and the Director, shall include
(a) any allowance paid under the Act,
(b) any allowance paid to a spouse under The
Blind Persons' Allowances Act, 1951,
(c) any assistance paid to a spouse under The
Old Age Assistance Act, 1951,
(d) any pension paid to a spouse under The Old
Age Security Act (Canada),
427
1198
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
(e) periodic payments under regulation 3,
(/) net revenue from real or personal property as
computed under regulations 7, 8, and 9, and
(g) any income computed under regulation 10.
(2) In computing income, the local authority, and
the Director, shall not include
(a) real property used as the residence of the
applicant and from which no revenue is de-
rived by him or his spouse,
(b) allowances paid to a spouse under The Mothers'
Allowances Act, 1952,
(c) family allowances paid under The Family
Allowances Act, 1944 (Canada),
id) cost-of-living allowances or supplemental al-
lowances paid by a municipality to a person
in receipt of
(i) an allowance under the Act,
(ii) assistance under The Old Age Assistance
Act, 1951,
(iii) any allowance under The Blind Persons'
Allowances Act, 1951, or
(iv) a pension under The Old Age Security Act
^Canada),
(e) pay allotted or assigned by a member of the
naval, military, or air forces of Canada, serving
on active service, except where a dependent's
allowance, under any law of Canada respecting
armed forces, has been awarded for the re-
cipient or for his spouse,
(/) direct relief, paid out of moneys provided by
a municipality, or by Ontario,
(g) benevolent donations made by a charitable
organization having a principal office in
Canada,
{h) contributions from any source to provide
special care for a recipient, or his spouse,
(t) an amount for the purpose of obtaining the
services of a guide received for a spouse who
is blind within the meaning of The Blind Per-
sons' Allowances Act, 1951, or
0) casual gifts of small value.
DETERMINATION OF ELIGIBILITY
12.(1) In determining the eligibility of an applicant,
and the amount of an allowance, and in directing pay-
ment, the Director shall
(o) cause an investigation to be made of the facts
and of the circumstances of the applicant, and
(b) satisfy himself as to the age, residence, marital
status, income, and assets, of the applicant.
(2) The Director shall notify the applicant in
writing as to the determination made and direction
given.
13.(1) In order that the Director may rescind or
amend any determination or direction each recipient
shall
(a) report forthwith to the Director any increase,
or decrease, in the amount of
(i) his income, or of the income of his spouse,
or
(ii) the real or personal property of the re-
cipient, or of his spouse, and
(b) furnish such information as the Director deems
necessary, and undergo such periodic examin-
ations by duly qualified medical practitioners
as he may appoint.
(2) The Director may from time to time rescind or
amend any previous determination or direction so that
allowances may conform to any changes in circum-
stances coming to his notice from investigations, or
reports, and information obtained under subregulation
1.
ADVISORY BOARD
14.(1) An advisory board is established consisting
of three persons, of whom at least one shall be a duly
qualified medical practitioner.
(2) The chairman of the advisory board shall be a
duly qualified medical practitioner.
15.(1) The advisory board shall assist the Director
in determining eligibility of applicants by
(a) reviewing medical evidence submitted in sup-
port of the application,
(6) obtaining any additional necessary evidence,
and
(c) furnishing to the Director a report on the
evidence with a specific finding as to whether
or not the applicant is a disabled person.
(2) At least once a year and at such other times as
requested by the Director, the advisory board shall
(a) review each case where an allowance is being
paid, and
{b) advise the Director of any change in the
physical or mental condition of the recipient.
POWERS AND DUTIES OF INVESTIGATORS
16.(1) An investigator shall make such investiga-
tions and report to the Director on any matter con-
cerning a disabled person as the Director may require.
(2) A report shall be in writing in duplicate, and
one copy shall be sent to the Director and the other
copy kept by the investigator.
(3) In the course of an investigation the investi-
gator shall personally interview the disabled person.
(4) When making an investigation at any time
after an allowance has been granted, the investigator
shall investigate the circumstances of the recipient and
the use being made of the allowance, and shall report
thereon to the Director in writing.
(5) An investigator shall, by friendly advice, assist
each recipient in any matter relating to the allowance
and the expenditure thereof.
POWERS AND DUTIES OF LOCAL AUTHORITIES
17. A local authority shall, without charge to the
applicant,
(a) obtain all information necessary to complete
an application for an allowance,
{b) fill out the application forms in duplicate
(i) in the presence of the disabled person, or
(ii) in the presence of a responsible person
making application on behalf of the dis-
abled person where he, by reason of
428
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
1199
physical or mental disability, is unable to
complete the forms personally,
(c) have the applicant, or responsible person mak-
ing application on his behalf, sign the com-
pleted application forms in duplicate,
(d) obtain each document required under sub-
regulation 3 of regulation 4,
(e) forthwith send to the Director one of the
completed application forms, accompanied by
the documents mentioned in clause d, and
(/) keep the other completed application form in
the files of the local authority.
INTERVALS AND MANNER OF PAYMENT OF ALLOWANCES
18.(1) Subject to subregulations 2 and 3, an allow-
ance shall be paid by cheque, monthly in arrears com-
puted from the first day of the month following the
month in which
(a) the recipient attains the age of 18 years, or
(6) the allowance is granted,
whichever is the later.
(2) Where an allowance is granted after the last
day of the month in which the application was received
by the Director, and delay in making the grant is
caused by circumstances wholly beyond the control of
the applicant, the Director may direct that the pay-
ments shall commence on an earlier date to be set by
him, but that date shall not be
(a) a day prior to
(i) the date on which the disabled person
attained the age of 18 years, or
(ii) the date on which the Director received
the application, or
(b) more than 3 months before the day on which
he makes the grant,
whichever is the latest.
(3) Where delay in making the grant is caused by
the fact that the applicant is residing in a part of
Ontario that is not readily accessible, the period of
3 months prescribed in clause b of subregulation 2 may
be extended to not more than 6 months.
19. CI) An allowance shall be suspended while the
recipient
(a) is temporarily not a disabled person,
(b) fails to comply with the Act or the regulations,
or
(c) is absent from Ontario.
(2) Where an allowance has been suspended for
more than 6 months the Director shall not direct
resumption of payments until he is satisfied that the
recipient is again eligible.
MEDICAL AND DENTAL SERVICES
20. A recipient shall be entitled to receive, without
cost to himself,
(a) medical services provided under any agreement
in writing in force from time to time between
the Crown and the Ontario Medical Associa-
tion, and
(b) dental services provided under any agreement
in writing in force from time to time between
the Crown and the Royal College of Dental
Surgeons of Ontario.
Form 1
The Disabled Persons' Allowances Act, 1952
APPLICATION FOR AN ALLOWANCE
To the Director, Disabled Persons' Allowances Branch,
Department of Public Welfare, Parliament Buildings, Toronto.
I apply for an allowance under The Disabled Persons' Allowances Act, 1952, and in support of my application I
make the following statements:
(Applicant or local authority: Insert letter "x" in appropriate boxes)
1. (o) Name of applicant:
(given names)
(surname)
(b) Sex of applicant: Q Male
D Female '
(c) If applicant is a woman who is or has been married, state full maiden name;
(d) State whether the name of the applicant has been changed, otherwise than by marriage.
If "yes", state the name before the change was made:
(yes or no)
(e) State whether applicant claims to be a person who is permanently and totally disabled by reason of
(i) physical disability.
(yes or no)
(ii) mental disability or
(yes or no)
(iii) both.
(yes or no)
429
1200
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
2. Present address of applicant:
(number and street or rural route)
Lot Concession Resides with
Township of County or District of
Reach my residence from Highway No as follows
(municipality or post office)
3. (o) Marital status of applicant:
D Single
n Married
D Widow
n Widower D Deserted
n Separated D Divorced
Date
Place
Date of death
or desertion
Place
Date
Place
(b) If applicant is married, state whether applicant is living with spouse.
(yes or no)
(c) If applicant is married, a widow or widower, deserted, separated, or divorced, state what documentary
evidence is available to corroborate statements
4. (o) Place and date of birth of applicant and spouse:
Applicant and Spouse
Age
Date of Birth
Place of Birth
day
month
year
Applicant:
Spouse:
(given names in full)
(b) State evidence of date of birth of applicant:.
(c) If applicant was born outside of Canada, state date of arrival in Canada
5. Residence of applicant:
(a) Names of places where applicant resided in Ontario during the 10 years immediately prior to the date
of this application:
Municipality
Postal Address
From
To
day
month
year
day
month
year
430
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
1201
(b) State type of evidence, documentary or otherwise, available as to where applicant resided in Ontario:
(c) If the applicant was absent from Ontario during the 10 years immediately prior to the date of this appli-
cation, state place or places where applicant lived during the absence(s), reasons for absenceCs), and
Ontario residence during each period of absence:
From
To
Place
(Province or
Country)
Reason
for
absence
Postal address
of Ontario
residence
day
month
year
day
month
year
6. Service in Armed Forces by applicant or spouse:
Service by:
Type of
service
Service
number
Enlistment
Discharge
Theatre of war
in which service
rendered
Date
Place
Date
Place
Applicant:
Spouse:
7. Disability:
(o) State when applicant first became disabled
(b) State length of time applicant has been disabled immediately prior to the date of this application .
(c) The nature of applicant's disability is:
8. (a) Occupation of applicant: Past
Present
(6) Occupation of spouse: Past
Present < «
431
1202
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
9. Public assistance received by applicant or spouse (mark those items applicable) :
Type of Public Assistance
Applicant
Spouse
(c) Compensation under The Workmen's Compensation Act
D
D
(b) An allowance under The Mothers' Allowances Act, 1952
D
D
(c) An allowance under The Blind Persons' Allowances Act, 1951
D
D
(d) A pension, allowance or ofher benefit from the Government of Canada in
respect of war service
D
D
(e) An allowance under The Disabled Persons' Allowances Act, 1952
D
D
(f) Assistance under The Old Age Assistance Act, 1951
D
D
(g) A pension under The Old Age Security Act (Canada)
D
D
{h) Unemployment Insurance
D
D
(i) Direct Relief
D
D
(j) Allowances under The Family Allowances Act, 1944 (Canada)
D
D
{k) Any other type of Public Assistance —
D
D
(/) No Public Assistance of any kind or type
D
D
10. Private or other income received by applicant or spouse (mark those items applicable):
Type of Income
Applicant
Spouse
(a) Salary, wages, or earnings of any kind
D
D
(b) Income from real property as specified in item 12 of this application
D
D
(c) Income from personal property as specified in item 13 of this application
D
D
(d) Periodic payments under insurance policy or annuity
D
D
(e) Other income* specify type
D
D
(/) Any other type of private assistance, allowance, pension, superannuation from
any source.
D
D
11. The total incomes of the applicant and spouse from all sources are as follows:
Source of income
Applicant
(yearly amount)
Spouse
(yearly amount)
$
$
TOTALS
$
$
12. The value of real property owned by applicant or spouse at the date of this application is as follows:
Description
Owned by
applicant
(assessed value)
Owned by
spouse
(assessed value)
Used as residence
by applicant
(yes or no)
$
$
TOTALS
$
$
432
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
1203
13. The value of personal property (apart from household furnishings and personal effects) owned by applicant
or spouse at the date of this application is as follows:
Description
Applicant
Spouse
(o) Cash on hand
$
$
(&) Money in post office, savings bank, chartered bank, or other
institution. State particulars:
(c) Money held in trust for applicant or spouse. State name and
address of trustee
(d) Money loaned by applicant or spouse. State particulars:
(e) Bonds, stocks and other securities. State particulars
(/) Interest in agricultural or other business venture of any kind.
State particulars:
*
(g) Immediate realizable value of the amount remaining to be paid
to applicant or spouse under mortgages or agreements for sale.
State particulars:
(h) Cash surrender value of life insurance available to applicant or
spouse. State particulars:
(t) Any other personal property. State particulars;
14. If applicant is living in rented accommodation, give details as follows:
Landlord's
relationship
Landlord: to applicant .
(name and address)
Number of rooms occupied Monthly rental $ . .
Rent paid up to.
month (by name),
Included in rental by landlord:
day,
D Gas
Q Electricity
□ Household furnishings
D Heat
D Water
D Board
Kind of heating:
15. The means of subsistence of the applicant and spouse is as follows:
year
16. (a) State whether applicant or spouse assigned or transferred any real or personal property to any person
or persons within one year preceding the date of this application
(yes or no)
433
1204
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
(b) If "yes", state particulars as follows:
Property assigned
or transferred
Name and address of person to whom assigned
or transferred, and relationship, if any.
Date of
transfer
Value at
date of
transfer
$
Amount
received
$
Real Property
Cash or mortgages
Interest in business
Securities
Other property
17. The names, addresses, and ages of all living sons and daughters and the amount contributed by each for
the maintenance of applicant or spouse during the past year are as follows:
Name
Address
Age
Son or
daughter
(S. or D.)
Married
or single
(M. or S.)
Contributed
during
past year
$
Living with
applicant
(yes or no)
•
-
18. Verification:
To the best of my knowledge, information and belief, the answers I have given and the statements I have
made in completing this application are true and correct and I have not knowingly withheld any information
or relevant fact.
Dated at this.
. day of .
19. ..
(signature of local authority completing application)
(signature of applicant)
or
(official title)
(office address)
applicant
by.
(signature of responsible person making
application on his behalf)
Form 2
The Disabled Persons' Allowances Act, 1952
MEDICAL REPORT
Received by Received by
advisory board the Director
(To the physician: Please insert letter "x" in appropriate boxes)
Name of person examined ,
(surname — please print) (given names)
Address
1. Sex D Male
□ Female
2. Age: (a) Appears to be years
(b) Says date of birth was
(day) (month) (year)
434
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE 1205
3. History of present disability (in chronological order give date of onset and describe progress of symptoms
in detail, using dates):
4. Present complaints or symptoms (number in order of prominence and give the duration of each; give also
the frequency, duration and severity of any attacks; show the degree of disability now present; state the
amount of exercise or work required to precipitate any attacks):
5. Previous significant illnesses (give approximate dates):
6. Occupational history (describe types of work) :
from to .
from to .
from to .
7. If not shown above, state what work this person has done within the past year:
8. Present activities or daily manner of living (note what the person is accustomed to do each day, particularly
what work or activities, if any, he (she) engages in) :
9. Indicate whether person (mark those items applicable):
□ (a) is bedridden
□ (b) is ambulatory in the normal way
□ (c) is ambulatory with aid
(specify type of aid)
n (d) requires nursing care or attention
(state how frequently)
□ (e) requires services of a doctor
(state how frequently)
□ (/) requires the constant care and supervision of another person in any one or more of the following
activities (mark item(s) applicable):
□ dressing □ body hygiene D eating
n (i) is unable to leave his (her) home without being accompanied by another person
435
1206 THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
□ (h) is otherwise handicapped; describe in detail:
10. General impressions:
(a) appearance
(b) development
(c) nutrition
(d) posture
(«) gait
(/) distress
(g) mental alertness
11. General physical examination (record findings requested and any other positive findings)
(fl) temperature (by mouth)
(b) height '
(c) weight (stripped)
(d) at rest: pulse
respirations
blood pressure
(systolic) (diastolic)
(e) remarks:
12. Detailed findings regarding the complete examination of the system (s) affected to the point of causing
disability: supply or attach X-ray or laboratory findings. For example — 'in cardiovascular disease: condition
of peripheral arteries; location of apex beat; heart sounds; rate; rhythm; time and location of any murmurs;
pulse, respirations and blood pressure, before, immediately after, and 2 minutes after, 15 toe-touches; signs
of myocardial failure (dependent oedema, rales at lung bases, enlarged liver); electrocardiogram, ortho-
diagram.
13. Record of previous hospitalization, investigation, consultations or clinic examinations for the present dis-
ability. Attach copies of any reports available from these sources:
at or by on
at or by on
at or by on
at or by on
436
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE 1207
14. Diagnosis (give completely, indicating etiology where possible; list in approximate order of importance in
this case):
15. Treatments for the disabling condition(s): (indicate those applicable and give comments as noted):
n (a) received but discontinued (give approximate dates when treatment(s) was (were) commenced
and discontinued and reason(s) for discontinuance):
□ (b) now being received (give name and address of supervising physician):
n (c) required or recommended (if hospitalization required, state what arrangements have been made
for admission and to what hospital or sanatorium):
16. (a) Is this person unemployed now by reason of mental or physical disability?
(yes or no)
If "yes", approximately when was he last able to undertake some type of gainful work?.
(b) Does any known type of treatment offer any likelihood of rendering him (her) employable?
(yes or no)
If "yes", state type of treatment.
17. Would you expect sufficient recovery to take place in the mental or physical condition of this person at any
time in the foreseeable future to render him (her) employable:
(c) without treatment?
(yes or no)
(b) with treatment
(yes or no)
18. Are there any mental or physical conditions present other than those already mentioned in this report,
which would influence the employability of this person?
(yes or no)
If "yes", describe in detail:
437
1208
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
19. Remarks:
20. Certificate:
I am a duly qualified medical practitioner and examined the above-named person at
on and this report contains my findings and my considered opinion at that time.
(please print name in capital letters)
(signature)
(address)
For use of advisory board only:
Form 3
The Disabled Persons' Allowances Act, 1952
CONSENT TO INSPECT ASSETS
I, , an applicant for an allowance under The Disabled Persons,
Allowances Act, 1952, consent that any investigator under the Act inspect and have access to any account held
by me alone or jointly, in any bank, trust company, or other financial institution, or to any assets held in trust
for me by any person, or any record relating to any of them.
Dated at this.
. day of .
19.
(witness)
(signature of disabled person)
(address)
(1233)
25
THE NURSING ACT, 1951
O. Reg. 222/52.
General Regulations.
Amending O. Regs. 48/52.
Made— 5th June, 1952.
Filed— 1 1th June, 1952, 9.30 a.m.
REGULATIONS MADE UNDER THE NURSING
ACT, 1951
1.(1) Subregulation 2 of regulation 3 of Ontario
Regulations 48/52 is amended by striking out the
figure "7" in the second line and substituting therefor
the figure "8".
(2) Clause c of subregulation 2 of regulation 3 of
Ontario Regulations 48/52 is revoked and the following
substituted therefor:
(c) two registered nurses who are directors of
schools, designated by the Minister,
(1234)
25
THE LIVE STOCK AND LIVE STOCK
PRODUCTS ACT
O. Reg. 223/52.
Hog-carcasses.
Revoking clause c of regulation 1, and
regulations 12 and 13, of Regula-
tions 242 of Consolidated Regu-
lations 1950.
Made— 5th June, 1952.
Filed— 11th June, 1952, 11.00 a.m.
REGULATIONS MADE UNDER
THE LIVE STOCK AND LIVE STOCK
PRODUCTS ACT
1. Clause c of regulation 1, and regulations 12
and 13, of Regulations 242 of Consolidated Regulations
of Ontario 1950 are revoked.
(1235)
25
438
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
1209
THE INDUSTRIAL STANDARDS ACT
O. Reg. 224/52.
Schedule for the Painting and
Decorating Industry in the Brant-
ford Zone.
New.
Made— 12th June, 1952.
Filed— 13th June, 1952, 3.15 p.m.
REGULATIONS MADE UPON THE
RECOMMENDATION OF THE MINISTER
UNDER THE INDUSTRIAL STANDARDS ACT
1. The schedule appended hereto shall be in force
during pleasure within the zone and be binding upon
the employers and employees in the industry referred
to in the schedule.
2. These regulations shall come into force on the
tenth day after the publication thereof in The Ontario
Gazette under The Regulations Act.
SCHEDULE FOR THE PAINTING AND
DECORATING INDUSTRY IN THE
BRANTFORD ZONE
INTERPRETATION
1. In this schedule "holiday" means
(a) Saturday after midday,
ib) Sunday,
ic) New Year's Day,
id) Good Friday,
(e) Victoria Day,
(/) Dominion Day,
ig) Brantford Civic Holiday,
{h) Labour Day,
(t) Thanksgiving Day,
ij) Christmas Day, and
(k) the 26th of December.
HOURS OF WORK
2. The regular working periods for the industry
shall be
id) a regular working-week consisting of not more
than 44 hours of work to be performed during
the regular working-days, and
(6) a regular working-day consisting of not more
than
(i) 8 hours of work to be performed on Mon-
day, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday,
and Friday, between 7.30 a.m. and 5 p.m.,
and
(ii) 4 hours of work to be performed on Satur •
day between 7.30 a.m. and midday.
S.d) Where the work cannot reasonably be per-
formed during the hours prescribed in clause b of
section 2, it may be performed during any other hours
if an employee does not work more than 8 hours; and
this work shall be night work.
(2) An employee working on night work shall be
entitled, as a minimum, to wages for 8 hours for work
of 7 hours.
MINIMUM RATES OF WAGES
4. The minimum rate of wages for work performed
during the regular working periods and for night work
shall be
(a) $1.45 an hour for spray-painting, and
{b) $1.35 an hour for all other work.
OVERTIME WORK
5. Work performed in the industry
(a) at any time other than during the working
periods prescribed in sections 2 and 3, and
ib) on a holiday
shall be overtime work.
6.C1) No overtime work shall be performed in the
industry without a permit from the advisory committee
except for one hour of overtime work to be performed
immediately following the working period of a regular
working-day.
C2) The advisory committee is authorized to issue
the permits subject to the terms and conditions of
this schedule.
7. No permit shall be issued by the advisory
committee for overtime work on a holiday except
(rt) in cases of extreme necessity where life or
property is jeopardized, or
(ft) on repairs to buildings where the repair work
is necessary to prevent the loss of employment
to persons who are regularly employed in the
buildings.
RATES OF WAGES FOR OVERTIME WORK
8. The rate of wages for overtime work shall be
(a) for overtime work performed on a holiday
other than on Saturday between midday and
5 p.m.
(i) $2.90 an hour for spray-painting, and
(ii) $2.70 an hour for all other work, and
(b) for overtime work performed on Saturday
between midday and 5 p.m., and for all other
overtime work
(i) $2.17K an hour for spray-painting, and
(ii) $2,023/^ an hour for all other work.
ADVISORY COMMITTEE
9. The advisory committee is authorized to fix
a minimum rate of wages lower than the rate fixed by
this schedule for an individual who is handicapped.
(1258)
25
439
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
1239
Publications Under Tiie Regulations Act
JUNE 28th, 1952
THE FARM PRODUCTS MARKETING ACT
O. Reg. 225/52.
1952 Agreement for the Marketing
of Purple Raspberries for Proces-
sing.
New.
Made— 17th June, 1952.
Filed— 17th June, 1952, 2.00 p.m.
ORDER MADE BY THE BOARD UNDER
THE FARM PRODUCTS MARKETING ACT
MARKETING OF PURPLE RASPBERRIES FOR PROCESSING
The Board approves the agreement appended
hereto and declares that it is in force.
(Seal)
G. F. PERKIN
Chairman
F. K. B. STEWART
Secretary
Dated at Toronto,
this 17th day of
June, 1952.
AGREEMENT FOR MARKETING THE 1952
CROP OF PURPLE RASPBERRIES FOR
PROCESSING
Under The Ontario Berry Growers' Marketing-for-
Processing Scheme
This Agreement made the 12th day of June, 1952
BETWEEN:
Everett Slacer, George Baitley and Bruce
M. Wallace appointed by the local board,
members of The Negotiating Committee called
the Grower- Members,
— AND —
R. B. Graharp, J. Aubrey Medland and W. I.
Drynan appointed by the processors, members
of The Negotiating Committee called the
Processor- M embers .
Under The Farm Products Marketing Act and the
regulations, and subject to the limitations thereof, the
Grower- Members and the Processor- Members agree
as follows:
1. The minimum prices to be paid by a processor
or a buyer for purple raspberries of the Columbia and
Sodus varieties of Raspberries for Canning — No. 1
Grade, produced in Ontario during the year 1952 and
bought for processing shall be at the rate of 27K
cents per standard quart box of 20 ounces net weight
or 13^ cents per standard pint box of 10 ounces net
we^ht where crates and boxes are returned to the
grower or paid for by the buyer or processor.
2. The processor shall pay 50 per cent of the pur-
chase price on delivery or within 15 days thereafter
and the balance shall be paid within 30 days from the
last delivery date.
3. Where a dispute arises as to the grade of any
purple raspberries of the Columbia or Sodus varieties
of raspberries the matters in dispute shall be referred
to an inspector appointed under the Parm Products
Grades and Sales Act, and his decision shall be accepted.
DATED at Hamilton, Ontario, this 12th day of June,
1952.
GROWER-MEMBERS PROCESSOR-MEMBERS
Everett Slacer
George Baitley
Bruce M. Wallace
R. B. Graham
W. I. Drynan
J. Aubrey Medland
(1286)
26
THE ONTARIO MUNICIPAL BOARD ACT
O. Reg. 226/52.
Composition of the Board.
New and Revoking Regulations 312
of Consolidated Regulations 1950.
Made— 19th June, 1952.
Filed— 20th June, 1952, 12.45 p.m.
REGULATIONS MADE UNDER
THE ONTARIO MUNICIPAL BOARD ACT
1. Regulations 312 of Consolidated Regulations of
Ontario 1950 are revoked.
2. The Board shall be composed of 9 members.
(1316) 26
THE FARM PRODUCTS MARKETING ACT
O. Reg. 227/52.
1952 Agreement for the Marketing
of Sweet Cherries for Processing.
New.
Made— 20th June, 1952.
Filed— 20th June, 1952, 4.30 p.m.
ORDER MADE BY THE BOARD UNDER
THE FARM PRODUCTS MARKETING ACT
marketing of sweet cherries for processing
The Board approves the agreement appended
hereto and declares that it is in force.
G. F.
PERKIN
Chairman
(Seal)
Dated at Toronto,
this 20th day of
June. 1952.
F. K. B. STEWART
Secretary
441
1240
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
AGREEMENT FOR MARKETING THE 1952
CROP OF SWEET CHERRIES FOR
PROCESSING
Under the Ontario Pear, Plum and Cherry Growers'
Marketing-for-Processing Scheme
This Agreement made the 19th day of June, 1952,
BETWEEN:
Ira Meyer, R. H. Rittenhouse and Arthur
W. Smith appointed by the local board, members
of The Negotiating Committee called the
Grower-Members,
— AND —
Ralph Macklin, W. I. Drynan and F. J. Andres
appointed by the processors, members of The
Negotiating Committee called the Processor-
Members.
Under The Farm Products Marketing Act and the
regulations, and subject to the limitations thereof,
the Grower-Members and the Processor-Members
agree as follows:
1. The minimum price to be paid by a processor
or buyer for sweet cherries produced in Ontario during
the year 1952 and purchased for processing shall be
at the rate of 7H cents per pound.
2. Delivery of sweet cherries shall be made free
of delivery charges to plants of processors located in
the counties of Welland, Lincoln and Wentworth, in
those portions of the counties of Halton and Peel lying
south of that part of the King's Highway known as
number 5, and in the City of Toronto and the Town-
ship of York in the County of York.
3. The processors shall accept deliveries
sweet cherries are fit for the purposes required.
when
4. The processors shall pay 50 per cent of the
purchase price on delivery or within 1 5 days thereafter
and the balance shall be paid 30 days from the last
delivery date.
DATED at Hamilton, this 19th day of June, 1952.
GROWER-MEMBERS
Ira Mover
R. H. Rittenhouse
Arthur W. Smith
(1327)
PROCESSOR-M EM BERS
Ralph Macklin
W. I. Drynan
F. J. Andres
26
442
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
1277
Publications Under The Regulations Act
JULY 5th, 1952
THE FARM PRODUCTS MARKETING ACT
O. Reg. 228/52.
The Bradford-marsh Fresh-vegetable
Growers' Marketing Scheme.
New.
Made— 19th June, 1952.
Filed— 23rd June, 1952, 9.05 a.m.
REGULATIONS MADE UNDER
THE FARM PRODUCTS MARKETING ACT
1. The scheme in schedule 1 is approved and de-
clared to be in force in Ontario.
2. The local board named in schedule 1 is given
all of the powers set out in section 24 of The Companies
Aa.
SCHEDULE 1
The Farm Products Marketing Act
SCHEME
1. This scheme may be cited as "The Bradford-
marsh Fresh-vegetable Growers' Marketing Scheme".
INTERPRETATION
2. In this scheme
(a) "area" means that part of Ontario comprising
those parts of the townships of West Gwillim-
bury, and Tecumseth, in the County of
Simcoe, and the townships of East Gwillim-
bury, and King, in the County of York,
within a line located as follows:
Commencing at the centre of the inter-
section of that part of the King's Highway
known as number 27 with that part of the
King's Highway known as number 88,
thence southerly along the centre of that
part of the King's Highway known as
number 27 to its junction with a road
known as Newmarket Side Road, at the
northerly limit of the Township of King,
thence easterly along the centre of that
road to its intersection with that part of the
King's Highway known as number 11,
thence northerly along the centre of that
part of the King's Highway known as
number 11 to its intersection with a road
running easterly between lot 106 and lot
107 in the Township of East Gwillimbury,
thence easterly along the centre of that
road to the middle of the main channel of
the Holland River, thence northerly follow-
ing the middle of that main channel to the
middle of the main channel of the Schomberg
River, thence southerly and south-westerly
following the middle of the last-mentioned
main channel to the centre of that part of the
King's Highway known as number 11,
thence north-westerly along the centre of
that part of the King's Highway known
as number 11 to its junction with that
part of the King's Highway known as
number 88, thence westerly along the centre
of that part of the King's Highway known
as number 88 to the place of commencement;
ib) "celery" means celery of every variety
marketed before the 15th of September in
the year that it is grown;
(c) "early carrots" means carrots of every variety
marketed before the 1st of September in the
year that they are grown;
{d) "fresh vegetables" means celery, early carrots,
lettuce and potatoes that are produced in the
area;
(e) "grower" means a person engaged in the
production of fresh vegetables;
(/) "lettuce" means lettuce of every variety
marketed before the 5th of October in the
year that it is grown; and
{g) "potatoes" means potatoes of every variety
marketed before the 5th of October in the
year that they are grown.
LOCAL BOARD
3. There shall be a local board to be known as
"The Bradford-marsh Fresh-vegetable Growers' Mar-
keting Board".
4. The local board shall consist of 12 members.
MEMBERS OF LOCAL BOARD
5. The members of the local board who shall hold
office until their successors are elected shall be
(a) Peter Bodnarchuk, Bradford,
(6) Charles Davis, R.R. 1, Kettleby,
Cc)" Joe Gatti, R.R. 2, Newmarket,
id) Sam Hochreiter, Bradford,
(g) George Horlings, R.R. 2, Newmarket,
(/) Phil Latchman, Bradford,
(g) Michael McKinstry, Bradford,
ih) John Van Dyke, R.R. 2, Newmarket,
(t) Harry Verkaik, Bradford,
ij) William Watson, Bradford,
(Jt) Nelson Yarmoluk, Bradford, and
(/) Dave Zuchetti, Bradford.
ELECTION OF LOCAL BOARD
6. The growers in the area shall on or before the
31st of March in each year elect the members to the
local board.
(1334)
27
443
1278
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
THE FARM PRODUCTS MARKETING ACT
O. Reg. 229/52.
Marketing of Fresh Vegetables grown
in the Bradford-marsh area.
New.
Approved — 19th June, 1952.
Filed— 23rd June, 1952, 9.15 a.m.
REGULATIONS MADE BY THE BOARD UNDER
THE FARM PRODUCTS MARKETING ACT
MARKETING OF FRESH VEGETABLES
INTERPRETATION
1. In these regulations
(a) "area" means that part of Ontario comprising
those parts of the townships of West Gwillim-
bury, and Tecumseth, in the County of
Simcoe, and the townships of East Gwillim-
bury, and King, in the County of York,
within a line located as follows:
Commencing at the centre of the inter-
section of that part of the King's Highway
known as number 27 with that part of the
King's Highway known as number 88,
thence southerly along the centre of that
part of the King's Highway known as
number 27 to its junction with a road
known as Newmarket Side Road, at the
northerly limit of the Township of King,
thence easterly along the centre of that
road to its intersection with that part of the
King's Highway known as number 11,
thence northerly along the centre of that
part of the King's Highway known as
number 11 to its intersection with a road
running easterly between lot 106 and lot
107 in the Township of East Gwillimbury,
thence easterly along the centre of that road
to the middle of the main channel of the
Holland River, thence northerly following
the middle of that main channel to the
middle of the main channel of the Schomberg
River, thence southerly and south-westerly
following the middle of the last-mentioned
main channel to the centre of that part of
the King's Highway known as number 11,
thence north-westerly along the centre of
that part of the King's Highway known as
number 11 to its junction with that part
of the King's Highway known as number
88, thence westerly along the centre of that
part of the King's Highway known as
number 88 to the place of commencement;
(b) "celery" means celery of every variety
marketed before the 15th of September in the
year that it is grown;
(c) "dealer" means a person who buys fresh
vegetables from one or more growers and who
sells, or transports for sale, the fresh vegetables;
(d) "early carrots" means carrots of every
variety marketed before the 1st of September
in the year that they are grown;
(e) "fresh vegetables" means celery, early carrots,
lettuce and potatoes that are produced in the
area ;
(/)
"grower" means a person engaged in the
production of fresh vegetables;
(g) "lettuce" means lettuce of every variety
marketed before the 5th of October in the
year that it is grown;
(h) "local board" means "The Bradford-marsh
Fresh-vegetable Growers' Marketing Board;
and
(i) "potatoes" means potatoes of every variety
marketed before the 5th of October in the
year that they are grown.
LICENCES FOR GROWERS
2. Every grower shall be deemed to be the holder
of a licence in form 1.
LICENCES FOR DEALERS
3.(1) No person shall be a dealer without a licence
from the Board, obtainable on application therefor.
(2) An application for a licence as a dealer shall
be in form 2.
(3) A licence as a dealer shall be in form 3.
(4) A licence as a dealer shall be issued annually
for the period from and including the 1st of April in
the year in which the licence is issued to and including
the 31st of March in the following year.
4. A licence shall be issued to a dealer without
charge.
PROHIBITION
5. No grower shall sell or deliver fresh vegetables
to any person except a licensed dealer.
LICENCE FEES
6.(1) Every grower shall pay licence fees at the
rate of 10 per cent of the total sale price of fresh
vegetables delivered to a dealer.
(2) The dealer shall deduct the licence fees payable
by a grower from the sum of money due to the person
from whom the fresh vegetables were received.
(3) The dealer shall forward the licence fees
deducted in any week not later than Wednesday of the
next following week to the local board to be used by
it for the purpose of carrying out and enforcing the
provisions of the Act, the regulations and the scheme.
THE FARM PRODUCTS
MARKETING BOARD
G. F. PERKIN
(Seal)
Chairman
F. K. B. STEWART
Secretary
FORM 1
The Farm Products Marketing Act
LICENCE AS A GROWER OF FRESH
VEGETABLES
Under The Farm Products Marketing Act and the
regulations, and subject to the limitations thereof,
this licence is issued to
(name)
of.
(address)
to grow fresh vegetables.
Issued at Toronto, this
day of
19..
THE FARM PRODUCTS
MARKETING BOARD
Chairman
Secretary
444
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
1279
FORM 2
The Farm Products Marketing Act
APPLICATION FOR LICENCE AS A
DEALER IN FRESH VEGETABLES
To The Farm Products Marketing Board:
(name of applicant)
(address)
makes application for a licence as a dealer under The
Farm Products Marketing Act.
Dated at
19.
, this day of
(signature of applicant)
FORM 3
The Farm Products Marketing Act
LICENCE AS A DEALER IN FRESH
VEGETABLES
Under The Farm Products Marketing Act and the
regulations, and subject to the limitations thereof,
this licence is issued to
(name)
of.
(address)
as a dealer.
This licence expires with the 31st of March next
following the date of issue.
Issued at Toronto, this
19....
day of
THE FARM PRODUCTS
MARKETING BOARD
Chairman
Secretary
(1335)
27
THE FARM PRODUCTS MARKETING ACT
O. Reg. 230/52.
Marketing of Vegetables grown in
the Bradford-marsh area.
New.
Filed— 23rd June, 1952, 9.20 a.m.
REGULATIONS MADE BY THE BOARD UNDER
THE FARM PRODUCTS MARKETING ACT
MARKETING OF VEGETABLES
1. In these regulations
(a) "area" means that part of Ontario comprising
those parts of the townships of West Gwillim-
bury, and Tecumseth, in the County of
Simcoe, and the townships of East Gwillim-
bury, and King, in the County of York,
within a line located as follows:
Commencing at the centre of the inter-
section of that part of the King's Highway
known as number 27 with that part of the
King's Highway known as number 88,
thence southerly along the centre of that
part of the King's Highway known as
number 27 to its junction with a road
known as Newmarket Side Road, at the
northerly limit of the Township of King,
thence easterly along the centre of that
road to its intersection with that part of
the King's Highway known as number 11,
thence northerly along the centre of that
part of the King's Highway known as
number 11 to its intersection with a road
running easterly between lot 106 and lot
107 in the Township of East Gwillimbury,
thence easterly along the centre of that
road to the middle of the main channel
of the Holland River, thence northerly
following the middle of that main channel
to the middle of the main channel of the
Schomberg River, thence southerly and
south-westerly following the middle of the
last-mentioned main channel to the centre
of that part of the King's Highway known
as number 11, thence north-westerly along
the centre of that part of the King's High-
way known as number 11 to its junction
with that part of the King's Highway
known as number 88, thence westerly along
the centre of that part of the King's High-
way known as number 88 to the place of
commencement ;
(b) "celery" means celery of every variety
marketed before the 15th of September in the
year that it is grown;
(c) "early carrots" means carrots of every
variety marketed before the 1st of September
in the year that they are grown;
(d) "fresh vegetables" means celery, early carrots,
lettuce and potatoes that are produced in the
area;
(e) "lettuce" means lettuce of every variety
marketed before the 5th of October in the
year that it is grown;
(/) "local board" means "The Bradford-marsh
Fresh-vegetable Growers' Marketing Board;
and
(g) "potatoes" means potatoes of every variety
marketed before the 5th of October in the
year that they are grown.
DELEGATION OF AUTHORITY
2. The Board delegates to the local board the power
and authority
(a) to establish price negotiating agencies in
connection with The Bradford-marsh Fresh-
vegetable Growers' Marketing Scheme and
adopt or determine minimum prices, con-
ditions and form of contracts, terms of pur-
chase and sale, and handling, storage and
selling charges for fresh vegetables or any
class, variety, grade or size of fresh vegetables.
445
1280
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
(b) to prohibit the marketing of any grade or
size of fresh vegetables, and
(c) to fix harvesting, digging or shipping quotas
and establish harvesting, digging or shipping
quota committees for fresh vegetables.
3. The Board authorizes the local board to require
persons engaged in the producing or marketing of
fresh vegetables to register their names, addresses
and occupations with the local board, to require such
persons to furnish such information in regard to fresh
vegetables as the local board may determine, and to
inspect the books and premises of such persons.
THE FARM PRODUCTS
MARKETING BOARD
G. F. PERKIN
(Seal)
(1336)
Chairman
F. K. B. STEWART
Secretary
27
446
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
1307
Publications Under The Regulations Act
JULY 12th, 1952
THE DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION ACT
O. Reg. 231/52.
Purchase of Milk, (or Free Dis-
tribution in Schools.
New.
Made— 23rd May, 1952.
Approved — 26th June, 1952.
Filed— 2nd July, 1952, 1.50 p.m.
REGULATIONS MADE BY THE MINISTER
UNDER THE DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION
ACT
PURCHASE OF MILK FOR FREE
DISTRIBUTION TO PUPILS IN SCHOOLS
1. A board is authorized to purchase milk for
free distribution to pupils in schools under its jur-
isdiction.
2. The authority of a board may be exercised on
the following terms and conditions:
(a) that distribution is effected only on school
days under the supervision and direction of
the principal between 8.45 a.m. and 4.00
p.m.; and
(6) that the milk is consumed on the school
premises.
Toronto, May 23rd, 1952.
(1398)
W. J. pUNLOP
Minister of Education
28
THE WARBLE FLY CONTROL ACT, 1952
O. Reg. 232/52.
General Regulations.
New and Revoking Regulations
366 of Consolidated Regulations
1950.
Made— 26th June, 1952.
Filed— 2nd July, 1952, 2.30 p.m.
REGULATIONS MADE UNDER
THE WARBLE FLY CONTROL ACT, 1952
INTERPRETATION
1. In these regulations
(a) "brush method of treatment for warble- fly"
means the application of the ingredients
prescribed in regulation 2 for the treatment
by means of a stiff-bristle brush to the area
of skin within 1 foot of each side of the back-
bone extending from the shoulder to the
rump of the cattle so that
(i) the ingredients are worked into the hair
and wet the skin; and
(ii) the treatment loosens the scabs over
any grubs in the skin; and
(b) "spray method of treatment for warble-fly"
means the application of the ingredients
prescribed in regulation 2 for the treatment
by means of a spray ejected from a nozzle,
having a single aperture 5/64 inch in dia-
meter, known as a number 5 disc, under a
pressure of 400 pounds a square inch at the
nozzle-aperture to the area of skin within
1 foot of each side of the backbone extending
from the shoulder to the rump of the cattle
so that the ingredients wet the skin.
MATERIALS FOR TREATMENT
2. The ingredients to be used and the strength
thereof shall be
(a) in the case of the brush method of treatment
for warble-fly,
(i) 8 ounces of Derris powder containing 5
per cent rotenone or such other quantity
of Derris powder as contains an equiv-
alent strength of rotenone; and
(ii) 7 ounces of wettable sulphur,
thoroughly mixed in 1 imperial gallon of
water; and
(b) in the case of the spray method of treatment
for warble-fly, 7J^ pounds of Derris powder
containing 5 per cent rotenone or such other
quantity of Derris powder as contains an
equivalent strength of rotenone, thoroughly
mixed in 80 imperial gallons of water.
TREATMENT
3.(1) Where a municipality has passed a by-law
under section 2 of the Act, the number of treatments
to be given in a year shall be not less than two.
(2) Subject to subregulation 4, the first treatment
shall be given during the period commencing on the
1st of April and ending on the 18th of April, and the
second treatment during the period commencing on
the 1st of May and ending on the 31st of May.
(3) Where a cattle owner desires his cattle to have
a third treatment, it shall, subject to subregulation 4,
be given during the period commencing on the 2nd
of June and ending on the 17th of June.
(4) There shall be a period of not less than 21 days
or more than 31 days between treatments.
INSTRUCTION OF INSPECTORS
4. The Commissioner shall provide courses for
the instruction of inspectors in
(a) detection of warble-fly in cattle;
(b) methods of treatment and their application;
and
(c) methods of enforcing treatment and effects
of treatment.
DUTIES OF INSPECTORS
5. An inspector shall
(a) attend the courses of instruction,
447
1308
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
(b) instruct cattle owners in the brush method
of treatment for warble-fly, and persons
operating power sprayers in the spray method
of treatment for warble-fly, so as to insure
that the treatment is efficiently carried out,
and
(c) where he inspects cattle for warble-fly, keep
a record of the inspection showing
(i) the date thereof,
(ii) the name, and address, of the cattle
owner,
(iii) the location, and
inspected, and
number, of cattle
(iv) the results of the inspection with refer-
ence to warble-fly.
6. Where an inspector causes cattle to be treated
for warble-fly, he shall keep a record showing
(a) the date of the treatments,
(b) the name, and address, of the cattle owner,
(c) the location, and number, of cattle treated
during the periods of the first, and second,
treatments, and, if given, the third treatment,
(d) the method of treatment, and
(e) the number of cattle brought or received by
the cattle owner into the municipality during
the periods of treatment.
7. A certificate under section 5 of the Act shall be
in form 1.
8. Where cattle have been treated for warble-fly,
the inspector shall, upon the request of the cattle
owner, issue a certificate in form 1 to the cattle owner.
CATTLE EXEMPTED BY BY-LAW
9. Cattle that may be exempted from the provisions
of a by-law passed under the Act are
(a) cattle not over 6 months of age on the 1st
of April of any year, and
(b) cattle over 3 years of age on the 1st of April
in any year that are free from warble-fly grubs.
CONTROL IN UNORGANIZED TERRITORY
10.(1) Any cattle owner having cattle in any
unorganized territory between the 1st of April and the
31st of May in any year may in writing apply to the
Ontario Agricultural Representative for the district
which includes the unorganized territory for inform-
ation on and materials for treatment for warble-fly.
(2) The application shall show
(a) the name, and address, of the cattle owner,
(b) the number of cattle, and
(c) the location of the cattle between the 1st
of April and the 31st of May.
(3) Where an Ontario Agricultural Representative
receives applications from at least 50 per cent of the
cattle owners in unorganized territory within his
district he shall so state in writing to the Commissioner.
(4) On receipt of a statement from the Ontario
Agricultural Representative showing the number of
cattle owners in the unorganized territory in his
district, the number of applications received by him
and the number of cattle in the unorganized territory
in his district owned by the applicants the Commissioner
shall cause that Agricultural Representative to receive
materials for treatment of the cattle for warble-fly.
(5) On receipt of materials for treatment of the
cattle for warble-fly, the Agricultural Representative
shall distribute the materials to the cattle owners for
treatment of their cattle.
PAYMENTS AND GRANTS
11. The Minister shall pay out of the Consolidated
Revenue Fund for the cost of materials supplied to
Agricultural Representatives for the treatment for
warble-fly of cattle in unorganized territory.
12.(1) Out of the moneys appropriated by the
Legislature for the purpose, the Minister shall make
grants so as to reimburse any municipality to the
extent of 50 per cent of
(o) the salary of the inspectors appointed, and
(fc) the actual travelling expenses necessarily
incurred by the inspectors in the performance
of their duties.
(2) Where the moneys appropriated by the Leg-
islature are insufficient to pay the grants under sub-
regulation 1, the grants shall be decreased pro rata.
13. Regulations 366 of Consolidated Regulations
of Ontario 1950 are revoked.
FORM 1
The Warble Fly Control Act, 1952
CERTIFICATE
UNDER SECTION 5 OF THE ACT
Under The Warble Fly Control Act, 1952, and the
regulations, I certify that the cattle of
(name of
f
cattle owner)
(address)
located at lot , concession .
Township of , County of
were treated for warble-fly during the period within
which treatments are required in any year as follows:
first treatment:
second treatment:
(date)
(date)
if given, third treatment:
(date)
Dated at , the
19....
day of
Inspector for.
(state jurisdiction)
(1399)
28
448
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
1309
THE INDUSTRIAL STANDARDS ACT
O. Reg. 233/52.
Schedule for the Carpentry Industry
in the Sudbury Zone.
New.
Made— 26th June, 1952.
Filed— 2nd July, 1952, 2.40 p.m.
REGULATIONS MADE UPON THE
RECOMMENDATION OF THE MINISTER
UNDER THE INDUSTRIAL STANDARDS ACT
1. The schedule appended hereto shall be in force
during pleasure within the zone and be binding upon
the employers and employees in the industry referred
to in the schedule.
2. These regulations shall come into force on the
tenth day after the publication thereof in The Ontario
Gazette under The Regulations Act.
SCHEDULE FOR THE CARPENTRY INDUSTRY
IN THE SUDBURY ZONE
INTERPRETATION
1. In this schedule "holiday" means
(a) Sunday,
(b) New Year's Day,
(c) Good Friday,
id) Dominion Day,
- (e) Labour Day,
(/) Thanksgiving Day, and
(g) Christmas Day.
HOURS OF WORK
2.(1) The regular working periods for the industry
shall be
(a) a regular working-week consisting of not
more than 40 hours of work to be performed
during the regular working-days, and
(b) a regular working-day consisting of not more
than 8 hours of work to be performed on
Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday
and Friday between 8 a.m. and 5 p.m.
(2) Where the work cannot reasonably be per-
formed during the hours prescribed in clause b of
subsection 1, it may be performed during any other
hours if an employee does not work more than 8 hours;
and this work shall be night work.
SHIFT WORK
3.(1) Where the work is performed in two or more
shifts, and if an employee works not more than 8
hours in any 24-hour period, the employee shall be
deemed to be employed during a regular working-day.
(2) Where two or more shifts are worked on the
same job, only one shift shall be a day-shift.
MINIMUM RATES OF WAGES
4. The minimum rate of wages shall be
(a) $1.70 an hour for work performed during the
regular working periods other than
(i) on night-shifts, or
(ii) for night work, and
(ft) $1.75 an hour
(i) for work performed during a night-shift,
and
(ii) for night work.
OVERTIME WORK
5. Work performed in the industry
(o) at any time other than during the working
periods prescribed in sections 2 and 3, and
(b) on a holiday
shall be overtime work.
6.(1) No overtime work shall be performed in the
industry without a permit from the advisory committee
except for one hour of overtime work to be performed
immediately following the working period of a regular
working-day.
(2) The advisory committee is authorized to issue
the permits subject to the terms and conditions of this
schedule.
7. No permit shall be issued by the advisory
committee for overtime work on a holiday except
(a) in cases of extreme necessity where life or
property is jeopardized, or
(b) on repairs to buildings where the repair work
is necessary to prevent the loss of employment
to persons who are regularly employed in the
buildings.
RATES OF WAGES FOR OVERTIME WORK
8. The rate of wages for overtime work shall be
(a) $3.40 an hour for overtime work performed on
a holiday, and
(b) $2.55 an hour for all other overtime work.
ADVISORY COMMITTEE
9. The advisory committee is authorized to fix a
minimum rate of wages lower than the rate fixed by
this schedule for an individual who is handicapped
and the rate may be fixed at the request of employee or
employer.
(1400)
28
THE HIGHWAY TRAFFIC ACT
O. Reg. 234/52.
Commercial Vehicle Exemptions.
New.
Made— 26th June, 1952.
Filed— 2nd July, 1952, 4.30 p.m.
— By Direction.
REGULATIONS MADE UNDER
THE HIGHWAY TRAFFIC ACT
Every commercial vehicle operated under the
authority of a class L licence issued under The Public
Commercial Vehicles Act shall, while being so operated,
be exempt from sections 3 and 5 and subsection 1 of
section 7 of The Highway Traffic Act.
(1401)
28
449
1310
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
THE PUBLIC COMMERCIAL VEHICLES ACT
O. Reg. 235/52.
Carrying of Goods in Bond Through
Ontario.
New.
Made— 26th June, 1952.
Filed— 2nd July, 1952, 4.40 p.m.
— By Direction.
REGULATIONS MADE UNDER THE
PUBLIC COMMERCIAL VEHICLES ACT
CARRYING OF GOODS IN BOND THROUGH ONTARIO
1. There shall be operating licences classified as
Class L (Form A) which shall authorize the holder
to carry goods in bond through Ontario between the
states of Michigan and New York upon the route
prescribed in the licence.
2. Every Class L licence shall specify the maximum
number of trips which may be made daily by public
commercial vehicles operated under the authority of
the licence and the maximum number so specified may
vary upon different days of the week or months or
periods of the year.
3. — (1) No Class L licence shall be issued without
the approval of the Ontario Municipal Board being
first obtained as evidenced by the Board's certificate
to the Minister that the applicant has furnished proof
satisfactory to the Board, —
(a) that the applicant has been authorized by the
government of Canada or the appropriate
department, branch or official thereof to carry
goods in bond through Ontario; and
(b) that the Interstate Commerce Commission
(a commission created by Act of the Congress
of the United States of America) has approved
of the applicant operating public commercial
vehicles between areas in appropriate relation-
ship to the proposed route through Ontario.
(2) An application for a Class L licence shall be in
Form B.
4. — (1) A fee of $7 shall be payable to the Minister
of Highways in respect of each trip made through
Ontario under the authority of a Class L licence.
(2) The fee referred to in subregulation 1 may be
collected by the issue by the Minister of Highways of
Class L Trip Permits (Form C) which shall be used
only in respect of vehicles operated by the holders of
Class L licences.
5. No public commercial vehicle shall be operated
under a Class L licence, —
(c) on Sunday or a holiday;
(6) after twelve o'clock noon on Saturday or any
day preceding a holiday.
6. The following provisions of The Public Commer-
cial Vehicles Act and regulations made thereunder shall
not apply to holders of Class L licences or to public
commercial vehicles operated under the authority of
these regulations:
(a) subsection 2 of section 2, subsection 1 of
section 4 and section 7 of The Public Commer-
cial Vehicles Act; and
(6) subregulations 2 and 3 of regulation 1, regula-
tions 2 to 10 inclusive, regulation 15, paragraph
c of subregulation 1 of regulation 16, sub-
regulation 2 of regulation 16, regulations 17,
18 and 20 and forms 1 to 14 inclusive of
C.R.O. 1950, Regulations 331,
but in all other respects The Public Commercial Vehicles
Act and C.R.O. 1950, Regulations 331, shall apply
thereto.
7. These regulations shall continue in force until
the 31st day of December, 1953.
Form A
The Public Commercial Vehicles Act
PUBLIC COMMERCIAL VEHICLE
CLASS L OPERATING LICENCE
No. L
Under The Public Commercial Vehicles Act, and
the regulations, and subject to the limitations thereof,
this licence is issued to
of.! '.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.
to operate public commercial vehicles on the following
route:
The maximum number of trips which may be made
daily by public commercial vehicles operated under
the authority of this licence shall not exceed
Date.
19.
Countersigned:
Registrar of Motor Vehicles Minister of Highways
Form B
The Public Commercial Vehicles Act
APPLICATION FOR A CLASS L PUBLIC
COMMERCIAL VEHICLE OPERATING
LICENCE
To the Minister of Highways,
Toronto, Ontario.
I hereby apply for a Class L public commercial
vehicle operating licence and in support of this appli-
cation give the following information (state in detail
the nature and route of the proposed service)
Attached hereto is evidence, —
(a) that the applicant has been authorized by the
government of Canada or the appropriate
department, branch or official thereof to carry
goods in bond through Ontario; and
(b) that the Interstate Commerce Commission
approves of the applicant operating public
commercial vehicles between areas in appro-
priate relationship to the proposed route
through Ontario.
NAME OF APPLICANT Are you 21
(Please print) years of age
or over?. . .
ADDRESS.
450
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
1311
Names of ten largest share-
holders and extent of
interest
If an incorporated com-
pany, give name of
President
Vice-President
Manager
Secretary-Treasurer
Give address of head
office and state particu-
lars of incorporation ....
If a partnership, give
names of partners
1
2
3
4
And name of Manager
Address
Dated at this day of 19.
(Signature of Applicant)
Form C
The Public Commercial Vehicles Act
CLASS L TRIP PERMIT
SINGLE (ONE WAY) TRIP
Permission is hereby granted
Address
to operate Commercial Vehicle bearing .
State Registration Plates Number.
Semi-Trailer
Truck or Tractor
Trailer Year of Issue
for the purpose of transporting goods IN BOND from
to
Port of Entry Port of Exit
through Ontario, via Highways nos
This permit is valid only for Single (one way) Trip
described hereon.
Issued at Date.
by
GEO. H. DOUCETT J. P. BICKELL
Minister of Highways. Registrar of Motor Vehicles
I hereby acknowledge receipt of this Permit
Signed by person in charge of
the above described vehicle
(1402)
28
THE VOTERS' LISTS ACT, 1951
O. Reg. 236/52.
Judge's Allowances and Expenses.
New.
Made— 26th June, 1952.
Filed— 3rd July, 1952, 11.25 a.m.
REGULATIONS MADE UNDER
THE VOTERS' LISTS ACT, 1951
JUDGE'S ALLOWANCES AND EXPENSES
1. The allowances and expenses payable to the
judge under subsection ia of section 16 of the Act
shall be as follows:
(a) for attendance at the place (other than the
county town) where the revision is held, for
the purpose of revising the voters' lists,
$10 a day, and
(6) ten cents for each mile necessarily travelled.
(1407) 28
451
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
1337
Publications tJnder The Regulations Act
JULY 19th, 1952
THE GAME AND FISHERIES ACT
O. Reg. 237/52.
1952 Open Season for Deer and Moose.
New.
Made— 26th June, 1952.
Filed— 8th July, 1952, 3.30 p.m.
REGULATIONS MADE UNDER
THE GAME AND FISHERIES ACT
OPEN SEASON FOR DEER AND MOOSE IN 1952
1. The holder of a licence in form 3, 5, 9, or 10,
of Regulations 124 of Consolidated Regulations of
Ontario 1950, may hunt, kill, or destroy, deer in the
year 1952 in those parts of Ontario described in
(a) schedule 1 from the 1st of October to the 25th
of October, both inclusive,
(b) schedule 2 from the 15th of October to the 25th
of November, both inclusive,
(c) schedule 3 from the 1st of November to the
25th of November, both inclusive,
(d) schedule 4 from the 15th of November to the
25th of November, both inclusive,
- (e) schedule 5 from the 10th of November to the
25th of November, both inclusive,
(/) schedule 6 from the 3rd of November to the
15th of November, both inclusive, and
(g) schedule 7 on the 3rd, 4th, 5th, and 6th, of
November.
2. The holder of a licence in form 6 of Regulations
124 of Consolidated Regulations of Ontario 1950 may
hunt, kill, or destroy, moose in the year 1952 in that
part of Ontario described in schedule 8 from the 26th
of November to the 24th of December, both inclusive.
3. Only bows and arrows, and shot-guns, may be
used in 1952 in those parts of Ontario described in item
3 of schedule 7.
SCHEDULE 1
That part of Ontario between the easterly boundary
of Manitoba and the westerly boundary of Quebec
which is north of the following-described line:
COMMENCING in the Township of Rice in the
Territorial District of Kenora at a point in the boundary
between Ontario and Manitoba where it is intersected
by the centre line of the right of way of the Canadian
National Railway; thence in a general easterly direction
along the centre line of the right of way to the boundary
between Ontario and Quebec.
SCHEDULE 2
COMMENCING in the Township of Rice in the
Territorial District of Kenora at a point in the boundary
between Ontario and Manitoba where it is intersected
by the centre line of the right of way of the Canadian
National Railway; thence in a general easterly direction
along the centre line of the right of way to the boundary
between Ontario and Quebec; thence southerly along
the boundary between Ontario and Quebec to the
south-east angle of the geographic Township of Breth-
our in the Territorial District of Timiskaming; thence
westerly along the southerly boundary of the geo-
graphic townships of Brethour and Hilliard to the
westerly limit of the highway known as "the King's
Highway Number 11"; thence in a general north-
westerly direction along that westerly limit to the
northerly limit of the Englehart-Westree Road in the
geographic Township of Evanturel ; thence in a general
south-westerly direction along the last-mentioned
westerly limit to the centre line of the right of way of
the Canadian National Railway in the Township of
Garvey in the Territorial District of Sudbury; thence
south-easterly following the last-mentioned centre line
to the easterly boundary of the Township of Blewett;
thence southerly along the easterly boundaries of the
townships of Blewett, Shelley, Onaping, Fairbairn,
Emo, and Munster, to the northerly boundary of the
Township of Hess; thence easterly along the northerly
boundary of the Township of Hess to the north-east
angle thereof; thence southerly along the easterly
boundaries of the townships of Hess and Cartier to
the south-east angle of the Township of Cartier;
thence westerly along the southerly boundaries of the
townships of Cartier, Hart, Tp. 108, and Tp. 114, in
the Territorial District of Sudbury, and the southerly
boundary of Township A in the Territorial District
of Algoma, to the north-east angle of the Township
of Tp. 125; thence southerly along that boundary to
the south-east angle of the township; thence westerly
along the southerly boundaries of the townships of
Tp. 125, Tp. 132, Tp. 139, Tp. 145, Tp. 151, Tp. 157,
Tp. 163, and Tp. 169, to the Little White River in
the Township of Tp. 169; thence in a general north-
easterly direction along the easterly bank of the Little
White River to the easterly shore of Distant Lake;
thence in a general northerly and north-westerly
direction along the shore of Distant Lake to the
easterly bank of the Kindiogami River; thence in a
general northerly and north-westerly direction along
the easterly bank of the Kindiogami River to the
northerly shore of Kindiogami Lake; thence in a general
westerly direction along the northerly shore to the
easterly boundary of the Township of Tp. 3C; thence
northerly along, the easterly boundaries of the town-
ships of Tp. 3C and Tp. 4C to the southerly boundary
of the Township of Tp. 5C; thence westerly along the
southerly boundaries of the townships of Tp. 5C, Tp.
5D, Tp. 5E, and Tp. 5F, to the south-west angle of
the Township of Tp. 5F; thence northerly along the
easterly boundaries of the townships of Tp. 5G, Tp.
6G, and Tp. 7G, to the boundary between the territorial
districts of Algoma and Sudbury; thence westerly along
that boundary to the boundary between the Township
of Tp. 23, Range 15, in the Territorial District of
Sudbury, and the Township of Tp. 24, Range 15,
in the Territorial District of Algoma; thence southerly
along the last-mentioned boundary to the south-east
angle of the Township of Tp. 24, Range 15; thence
westerly along the southerly boundaries of the town-
ships of Tp. 24, Range 15, Tp. 25, Range 15, Tp. 26,
Range 15, Home, and Tp. 28, Range 15, and their
production westerly, to the boundary between the
territorial districts of Algoma and Thunder Bay ; thence
southerly along the last-mentioned boundary to the
boundary between Canada and United States; thence
in a general north-westerly direction along that bound-
ary to the boundary between Ontario and Manitoba;
thence northerly along the last-mentioned boundary
to the point of commencement;
EXCEPTING therefrom the Territorial District of
Rainy River, and Big Island in Lake of the Woods,
in the Territorial District of Kenora.
453
1338
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
SCHEDULE 3
1. COMMENCING at a point in the boundary
between Ontario and Quebec at the south-east angle
of the geographic Township of Brethour in the Terri-
torial District of Timiskaming; thence westerly along
the southerly boundary of the geographic townships
of Brethour and Milliard to the easterly limit of the
highway known as "the King's Highway Number 11";
thence in a general north-westerly direction along that
easterly limit to the southerly limit of the Englehart-
Westree Road in the geographic Township of Evanturel;
thence in a general south-westerly direction along the
last-mentioned southerly limit to the centre line of the
right of way of the Canadian National Railway in the
Township of Garvey in the Territorial District of
Sudbury; thence south-easterly following the last-
mentioned centre line to the easterly boundary of the
Township of Blewett; thence southerly along the
easterly boundaries of the townships of Blewett,
Shelley, Onaping, Fairbairn, Emo, and Munster, to
the northerly boundary of the Township of Hess;
thence easterly along the northerly boundary of the
Township of Hess to the north-east angle thereof;
thence southerly along the easterly boundaries of the
townships of Hess and Cartier to the south-east angle
of the Township of Cartier; thence westerly along the
southerly boundaries of the townships of Cartier, Hart,
Tp. 108, and Tp. 114, in the Territorial District of
Sudbury, and the southerly boundary of Township A
in the Territorial District of Algoma, to the north-
east angle of the Township of Tp. 125; thence southerly
along that boundary to the south-east angle of the
township; thence westerly along the southerly boun-
daries of the townships of Tp. 125, Tp. 132, Tp. 139,
Tp. 145, Tp. 151, Tp. 157, Tp. 163, and Tp. 169,
to the Little White River in the Township of Tp. 169;
thence in a general north-easterly direction along the
easterly bank of the Little White River to the easterly
shore of Distant Lake; thence in a general northerly
and north-westerly direction along the shore of Distant
Lake to the easterly bank of the Kindiogami River;
thence in a general northerly and north-westerly
direction along the easterly bank of the Kindiogami
River to the northerly shore of Kindiogami Lake;
thence in a general westerly direction along the norther-
ly shore to the easterly boundary of the Township
of Tp. 3C; thence northerly along the easterly boun-
daries of the townships of Tp. 3C and Tp. 4C, to the
southerly boundary of the Township of Tp. 5C; thence
westerly along the southerly boundaries of the town-
ships of Tp. 5C, Tp. 5D, Tp. 5E, and Tp. 5F, to the
south-west angle of the Township of Tp. 5F; thence
northerly along the easterly boundaries of the townships
of Tp. 5G, Tp. 6G, and Tp. 7G, to the boundary
between the territorial districts of Algoma and Sud-
bury; thence westerly along that boundary to the
boundary between the Township of Tp. 23, Range 15,
in the Territorial District of Sudbury and the Township
of Tp. 24, Range 15, in the Territorial District of
Algoma; thence southerly along the last-mentioned
boundary to the south-east angle of the Township of
Tp. 24, Range 15; thence westerly along the southerly
boundaries of the townships of Tp. 24, Range 15,
Tp. 25, Range 15, Tp. 26, Range 15, Home, and Tp.
28, Range 15, and their production westerly, to the
boundary between the territorial districts of Algoma
and Thunder Bay; thence southerly along the -last-
mentioned boundary to the boundary between Canada
and United States; thence in a general south-easterly
direction along that boundary to the boundary between
the territorial districts of Algoma and Manitoulin;
thence in a general easterly direction along the last-
mentioned boundary to the high-water mark of the
northerly shore of the North Channel of Lake Huron
and the high-water mark of the northerly shore of
Georgian Bay of Lake Huron at the south-west angle of
the Township of Travers in the Territorial District of
Sudbury; thence in a general easterly direction along
the boundary between the territorial districts of Sud-
bury and Parry Sound to the boundary between the
territorial districts of Nipissing and Parry Sound;
thence in a general easterly direction along the last- '
mentioned boundary to the south-west angle of the
geographic Township of West Ferris in the Territorial
District of Nipissing; thence northerly along the easterly
shore of Lake Nipissing to the boundary between the
geographic townships of West Ferris and Widdifield;
thence easterly along the boundary between those
townships to the shore of Trout Lake; thence in a
general north-westerly and easterly direction following
the sinuosities of the south-westerly and northerly or
left shore of Trout Lake to the Mattawa River; thence
in a general easterly, northerly, and north-easterly
direction following the northerly, westerly and north-
westerly bank of the Mattawa River and its various
expansions to Lake Talon; thence in a general south-
easterly direction following the sinuosities of the north-
easterly or left shore of Lake Talon to the Mattawa
River; thence in a general south-easterly, northerly,
easterly and northerly direction following the north-
easterly, westerly, northerly and westerly or left bank
of the Mattawa River and its various expansions to the
boundary between Ontario and Quebec; thence norther-
ly along that boundary to the point of commencement;
EXCEPTING therefrom the geographic townships
of Hilton, Jocelyn and St. Joseph, in the Territorial
District of Algoma.
2, The islands in the Territorial District of Mani-
toulin described as follows:
(a) the islands named Cockburn, Great Cloche,
Little Cloche, and Philip Edward,
(b) the islands in McGregor Bay, being that part
of the North Channel of Lake Huron lying
northerly of a line drawn west astronomically
from the most westerly point of the geographic
Township of Killarney to the island named
Little Cloche, and
(c) the islands in Bay of Islands, being that part
of the North Channel of Lake Huron lying
easterly of the southerly production of the
easterly boundary of the geographic Township
of Harrow to the island named Great Cloche.
3. The Territorial District of Rainy River.
SCHEDULE 4
The geographic townships of Hilton, Jocelyn, and
St. Joseph, in the Territorial District of Algoma.
SCHEDl'LE 5
All islands in the Territorial District of Mani-
toulin except those described in item 2 of schedule 3.
SCHEDULE 6
1. The territorial districts of
(rt) Muskoka except the geographic townships of
Medora and Wood, and
(b) Parry Sound.
2. That part of the Territorial District of Nipissing
lying within a line located as follows:
COMMENCING at the north-east angle of the
Township of Cameron; thence southerly, westerly and
south-easterly along the easterly boundaries of the
townships of Cameron and Deacon to the north-west
angle of the Township of FitzGerald; thence easterly
along the northerly boundary of the Township of
FitzGerald to the north-east angle thereof; thence
southerly along the easterly boundary of the Township
of FitzGerald to the north-west angle of the Township
of Edgar; thence easterly along the northerly boundary
of the Township of Edgar to the north-east angle
thereof; thence southerly along the easterly boundary
of the Township of Edgar to the north-west angle of
454
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
1339
the Township of Bronson; thence easterly along the
northerly boundary of the Township of Bronson to the
north-east angle thereof; thence southerly along the
easterly boundaries of the townships of Bronson,
Stratton and Master to the south-east angle of the
last-mentioned township; thence westerly along the
southerly boundaries of the townships of Master and
Guthrie to the north-east angle of the Township of
Dickens; thence southerly along the easterly boundary
of the Township of Dickens to the south-east angle
thereof; thence westerly along the southerly boundary
of the Township of Dickens to the north-east angle of
the Township of Lyell; thence southerly along the
easterly boundary of the Township of Lyell to the
south-east angle thereof; thence westerly along the
southerly boundaries of the townships of Lyell and
Sabine to the south-west angle of the last-mentioned
township; thence northerly along the westerly boun-
daries of the townships of Sabine and Airy to the north-
west angle of the last-mentioned township; thence
westerly along the southerly boundaries of the town-
ships of Sproule, Canisbay, Peck, and Finlayson, to
the south-west angle of the last-mentioned township;
thence northerly along the westerly boundary of the
Township of Finlayson to the north-west angle thereof;
thence easterly along the northerly boundary of the
Township of Finlayson to the south-west angle of the
Township of McCraney; thence northerly along the
westerly boundaries of the townships of McCraney,
Butt, Paxton, and Ballantyne, to the north-west angle
of the last-mentioned township; thence easterly along
the northerly boundary of the Township of Ballantyne
to the south-west angle of the geographic Township of
Chisholm; thence northerly along the westerly boun-
daries of the geographic townships of Chisholm and
East Ferris to the southerly boundary of the geographic
Township of West Ferris; thence westerly along the
southerly boundary of the geographic Township of
West Ferris to the water's edge of Lake Nipissing;
thence in a general northerly direction following the
water's edge of Lake Nipissing to the boundary between
the geographic townships of West Ferris and Widdifield;
thence easterly along the boundary between the
geographic townships of West Ferris and Widdifield
to the shore of Trout Lake; thence in a general north-
westerly and easterly direction following the sinuosities
of the south-westerly and northerly or left shore of
Trout Lake to the Mattawa River; thence in a general
easterly, northerly and north-easterly direction follow-
ing the northerly, westerly and north-westerly bank of
the Mattawa River and its various expansions to
Lake Talon; thence in a general south-easterly direction
following the sinuosities of the north-easterly or left
shore of Lake Talon to the Mattawa River; thence
in a general south-easterly, northerly, easterly and
northerly direction following the north-easterly,
westerly, northerly and westerly bank of the Mattawa
River and its various expansions to the south-westerly
bank of the Ottawa River; thence in a general south-
easterly direction across the mouth of the Mattawa
River and following the south-easterly bank of the
Ottawa River to the point of commencement;
EXCEPTING therefrom that portion of Algonquin
Provincial Park lying within the Territorial District
of Nipissing.
3. The townships of
(a) Mara, Rama, and Thorah (including Canise
or Thorah Island), in the County of Ontario,
and
(b) Dalton, Laxton Digby and Longford, and
Somerville, in the County of Victoria.
4. The County of Renfrew.
5. The Provisional County of Haliburton excepting
therefrom that part of Algonquin Provincial Park
lying within the Provisional County of Haliburton.
6. Those parts of the counties of Frontenac, Hast-
ings, Lennox and Addington, and Peterborough, lying
northerly of the centre line of the highway known as
"the King's Highway Number 7".
SCHEDULE 7
1. The counties of Carleton, Dundas, Glengarry,
Grenville, Lanark, Leeds, Prescott, Russell, and
Stormont.
2. Those parts of the counties of Frontenac, Hast-
ings, Lennox and Addington, and Peterborough, lying
southerly of the centre line of the highway known as
"the King's Highway Number 7".
3. The townships of Brighton, Murray, and
Seymour, in the County of Northumberland.
SCHEDULE 8
That part of Ontario lying north of a line located
as follows:
COMMENCING at a point in the boundary
between Ontario and Quebec at the south-east angle
of the geographic Township of Brethour in the Terri-
torial District of Timiskaming; thence westerly along
the southerly boundary of the geographic townships
of Brethour and Hilliard to the easterly limit of the
highway known as "the King's Highway Number 11";
thence in a general north-westerly direction along that
easterly limit to the southerly limit of the Englehart-
Westree Road in the geographic Township of Evantural;
thence in a general south-westerly direction along the
last-mentioned southerly limit to the centre line of
the right of way of the Canadian National Rail\yay in
the geographic Township of Garvey in the Territorial
District of Sudbury; thence south-easterly following
the last-mentioned centre line to the easterly boundary
of the geographic Township of Blewett; thence souther-
ly along the easterly boundaries of the geographic
townships of Blewett, Shelley, Onaping, and Fairbairn,
to the northerly boundary of the geographic Township
of Emo; thence easterly along the northerly boundary
of the geographic Township of Emo to the north-east
angle thereof; thence southerly along the easterly
boundaries of the geographic townships of Emo and
Munster to the northerly boundary of the geographic
Township of Hess; thence easterly along the northerly
boundary of the geographic Township of Hess to the
north-east angle thereof; thence southerly along the
easterly boundaries of the geographic townships of
Hess and Cartier to the south-east angle of the geo-
graphic Township of Cartier; thence westerly along the
southerly boundaries of the geographic townships of
Cartier, Hart, Tp. 108, and Tp. 114,- in the Territorial
District of Sudbury, and the southerly boundary of
the geographic Township of A in the Territorial
District of Algoma, to the north-east angle of the
geographic Township of Tp. 125 in the Territorial
District of Algoma; thence southerly along the easterly
boundary of the last-named township to the south-east
angle of that township; thence westerly along the
southerly boundaries of the geographic townships of
Tp. 125, Tp. 132, Tp. 139, Tp. 145, Tp. 151, Tp. 157,
Tp. 163, and Tp. 169, in the Territorial District of
Algoma, to the easterly branch of the Little White
River in the geographic Township of Tp. 169; thence
in a general north-easterly direction along the easterly
bank of the Little White River to the easterly shore of
Distant Lake; thence in a general northerly and north-
westerly direction along the shore of Distant Lake to
the easterly bank of the Kindiogami River; thence in a
general northerly and north-westerly direction along
the easterly bank of the Kindiogami River to the
northerly shore of Kindiogami Lake; thence in a general
westerly direction along the northerly shore to the
easterly boundary of the geographic Township of
Tp. 3C in the Territorial District of Algoma; thence
northerly along the easterly boundaries of the geo-
graphic townships of Tp. 3C and Tp. 4C, in the Terri-
torial District of Algoma, to the southerly boundary of
455
1340
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
.the geographic Township of Tp. 5C; thence westerly
along the southerly boundaries of the geographic
townships of Tp. 5C, Tp. 5D, Tp. 5E, and Tp. 5F,
in the Territorial District of Algoma, to the south-
west angle of the geographic Township of Tp. 5F;
thence northerly along the easterly boundaries of the
geographic townships of Tp. 5G, Tp. 6G, and Tp. 7G,
in the Territorial District of Algoma, to the boundary
between the territorial districts of Algoma and Sud-
bury; thence westerly along that boundary to the
boundary between the geographic Township of Tp. 23,
Range 15, in the Territorial District of Sudbury and
the geographic Township of Tp. 24, Range 15, in the
Territorial District of Algoma; thence southerly along
the last-mentioned boundary to the south-east angle
of the geographic Township of Tp. 24, Range 15;
thence westerly along the southerly boundaries of the
geographic townships of Tp. 24, Range 15, Tp. 25,
Range 15, Tp. 26, Range 15, and Home, in the Terri-
torial District of Algoma, to the south-west angle of
the geographic Township of Home; thence northerly
along the westerly boundary of the geographic Town-
ship of Home to the south-east angle of the geographic
Township of Tp. 28, Range 15, in the Territorial
District of Algoma; thence westerly along the southerly
boundaries of the geographic townships of Tp. 28,
Range 15, and Tp. 29, Range 15, in the Territorial
District of Algoma, to the south-west angle of the
geographic Township of Tp. 29, Range 15; thence
west astronomically to the southerly production of the
boundary between the territorial districts of Algoma
and Thunder Bay; thence south astronomically to the
boundary between Canada and United States; thence
along that boundary in a general north-westerly
direction to the boundary between Ontario and Mani-
toba;
EXCEPTING therefrom
(a) Big Island in Lake of the Woods in the Terri-
torial District of Kenora,
(b) the Territorial District of Rainy River, and
(c) that part of the Territorial District of Thunder
Bay described as follows:
COMMENCING at the south-westerly
angle of the Territorial District of Thunder
Bay; thence northerly along the westerly
boundary of that district 80 miles, more or less,
to the intersection with the base-line run by
K. G. Ross, Ontario Land Surveyor, in 1921;
thence east astronomically 78 miles, more or
less, to the westerly boundary of the Black
Sturgeon River Pulp and Paper timber limit
run in 1918 by Phillips and Benner, Ontario
Land Surveyors, being also the westerly
boundary of the Nipigon Provincial Forest;
thence northerly along that boundary 5.5
miles, more or less, to the north-westerly angle
of that timber limit; thence easterly along
that boundary 21 miles, more or less, to the
high-water mark on the south-westerly shore
of Mclntyre Bay of Lake Nipigon; thence in
a general easterly direction along the high-
water mark on the southerly shore of Lake
Nipigon to the high-water mark on the westerly
bank of Pyitawabik Bay; thence southerly
along that last-mentioned high-water mark to
the intersection with the westerly production
of the southerly boundary of the geographic
Township of Kilkenny; thence easterly along
that production and that boundary to the
intersection with the centre line of the right
of way of the Canadian National Railway;
thence southerly and south-westerly along that
centre line to the intersection with the easterly
bank of the Black Sturgeon River in Lot 4
in Concession VI in the geographic Township
of Lyon; thence in a general south-westerly
direction along that bank to the high-water
mark on the northerly shore of Black Bay of
(1452)
Lake Superior; thence westerly and southerly
along that high-water mark to the north-
easterly angle of the geographic Township of
Sibley; thence westerly along the northerly
boundary of that township to the high-water
mark on the easterly shore of Thunder Bay of
Lake Superior; thence south-westerly along
that high-water mark to the most south-
westerly extremity of Thunder Cape; thence
south astronomically to the boundary between
Canada and United States; thence in a general
westerly direction along that boundary to the
place of commencement.
29
THE FARM PRODUCTS MARKETING ACT
O. Reg. 238/52.
1952 Agreement for the Marketing
of Sour Cherries for Processing.
New.
Made— 10th July, 1952.
Filed— 10th July, 1952, 3.10 p.m.
ORDER MADE BY THE BOARD UNDER
THE FARM PRODUCTS MARKETING ACT
MARKETING OF SOUR CHERRIES FOR PROCESSING
The Board approves the agreement appended hereto
and declares that it is in force.
G. F. PERKIN
Chairman
(Seal)
F. K. B. STEWART
Secretary
Dated at Toronto
this 10th day of
July, 1952.
AGREEMENT FOR MARKETING THE 1952
CROP OF SOUR CHERRIES FOR
PROCESSING
Under the Ontario Pear, Plum and Cherry Growers'
Marketing-for-Processing Scheme
This Agreement made the 9th day of July, 1952,
BETWEEN:
R. H. Rittenhouse, James Pengilley and Wallace
Secord appointed by the local board, members
of The Negotiating Committee called the
Grower-Members,
— AND—
S. F. Hoye, W. I. Drynan and T. W. Bright
appointed by the processors, members of The
Negotiating Committee called the Processor-
Members.
Under The Farm Products Marketing Act and the
regulations, and subject to the limitations thereof, the
Grower-Members and the Processor- Members agree as
follows:
1. The minimum price to be paid by a processor
or buyer for sour cherries produced in Ontario during
the year 1952 and purchased for processing shall be
at the rate of 7 cents per pound.
456
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
1341
2. Delivery of sour cherries shall be made free of
delivery charges to plants of processors located in the
counties of ^^?elland, Lincoln and Wentworth, in those
portions of the counties of Halton and Peel lying south
of that part of the King's Highway known as number
5, and in the City of Toronto and the Township of
York in the County of York.
3. The processors shall pay 50 per cent of the pur-
chase price on delivery or within 15 days thereafter
and the balance shall be paid 30 days from the last
delivery date.
4. In the case of a dispute as to the grade of any
sour cherries the decision of a Fruit and Vegetable
Inspector appointed under The Farm Products Grades
and Sales Act shall be accepted.
r I DATED at Hamilton, this 9th day of July, 1952.
GROWER-MEMBERS
R. H. RiTTENHOUSE
James Pengilley
Wallace Secord
(1476)
PROCESSOR-MEMBERS
S. F. HOYE
W. I. Drynan
T. W. Bright
29
THE LEASEHOLD REGULATIONS ACT, 1951
O. Reg. 239/52.
Miscellaneous Amendments.
Revoking O. Regs 171/52 and amend-
ing O. Regs. 98/52.
Made— 10th July, 1952.
Filed— 14th July, 1952, 9.20 a.m.
REGULATIONS MADE UNDER THE
LEASEHOLD REGULATIONS ACT, 1951
1. Clause d of regulation 25 of Ontario Regulations
98/52 is revoked and the following substituted there-
for:
(d) is required to vacate so that the landlord may
comply with the order of a duly-constituted
authority declaring the dwelling-place unsafe
or unfit for human habitation; or
2. Subregulation 1 of regulation 33 of Ontario
Regulations 98/52 as amended by Ontario Regulations
171/52, except Form 1, is revoked and the following
substituted therefor:
(1)
The landlord of a self-contained dwelling
owned by him may give to the tenant a notice
to vacate in Form 1, as provided in sub-
regulation 2 of regulation 32, for the purpose
of obtaining possession of the self-contained
dwelling as a residence for himself, his son,
daughter, mother, father, brother, sister, son-
in-law, daughter-in-law, mother-in-law, father-
in-law, brother-in-law, and sister-in-law, or any
one or more of them.
3. Regulation 33 of Ontario Regulations 98/52 is
amended by adding thereto the following subreg-
ulation:
(2a) Subregulation 2 shall not apply so as to
prevent the landlord from selling or renting
the self-contained dwelling to the person or
persons for whose occupancy the notice in
Form 1 has been given.
4. Subregulations 5 and 6 of regulation 33 of
Ontario Regulations 98/52 are revoked and the follow-
ing substituted therefor:
(5) Subregulations 1, 2, 3 and 4 extend and apply
(a) to any case where 2 or more persons are
landlords of a self-contained dwelling
owned by them and the notice to vacate is
given for the purpose of obtaining posses-
sion of the self-contained dwelling as a
residence for one or more of the landlords
or the son, daughter, mother, father,
brother, sister, son-in-law, daughter-in-
law, mother-in-law, father-in-law, brother-
in-law, and sister-in-law, of any of the
landlords, or any one or more of them, or
(b) to a co-operative housing association incor-
porated under The Companies Act that is
the landlord of a self-contained dwelling
owned by it and the notice to vacate is
given for the purpose of obtaining posses-
sion of the self-contained dwelling as a
residence for a member or members of the
association.
5. Form 1 of Ontario Regulations 98/52 is amended
by striking out the sub-heading "For personal residence
of Landlord, Son, Daughter, Father, Mother, Son-in-
law, Daughter-in-law, Father-in-law, Mother-in-law
of Landlord (or Deceased Landlord)".
6. Item a, as amended by Ontario Regulations
171/52, and item b, of Form 1 of Ontario Regulations
98/52 are struck out and the following substituted
therefor:
(a) I am the owner of the self-contained dwelling;
(b) I give this notice for the purpose of obtaining
possession of the self-contained dwelling
(i) as my residence for a period of at least
one year from the expiry date of this
notice, or
(ii) as the residence of
(name of relative)
of the landlord, whose
(relationship to landlord)
address is and who has agreed, as
(address of relative) shown by his declara-
tion attached hereto,
to occupy the self-con-
tained dwelling for a
period of at least one
year from the expiry
date of this notice.
7. Ontario Regulations 171/52 are revoked.
(1485)
29
457
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
1369
Publications Under The Regulations Act
JULY 26th, 1952
THE POLICE ACT
O. Reg. 240/52.
Division of Responsibility for Policing.
Amending Regulations 320 of
Consolidated Regulations 1950.
Made— 10th July, 1952.
Filed— 14th July, 1952, 3.10 p.m.
REGULATIONS MADE UNDER
THE POLICE ACT
1. Schedule 1 of Regulations 320 of Consolidated
Regulations of Ontario 1950 is amended by adding the
following item:
57a. WATFORD
the whole
(1490)
30
THE GAME AND FISHERIES ACT
O. Reg. 241/52.
1952 Open Season for Deer and Moose.
Amending O. Regs. 237/52.
Made— 10th July, 1952.
Filed— 14th July, 1952, 4.15 p.m.
REGULATIONS MADE UNDER
THE GAME AND FISHERIES ACT
1. Clause a of regulation 1 of Ontario Regulations
237/52 is amended by striking out the word "October"
in the second line and substituting therefor the word
"November".
2. Clause c of schedule 8 of Ontario Regulations
237/52 is struck out and the following substituted
therefor:
(c) that part of the Territorial District of Thunder
Bay lying south of a line located as follows:
COMMENCING at the north-east angle
of the Township of Bell in the Territorial
District of Thunder Bay; thence westerly
along the northerly boundaries of the town-
ships of Bell, Low, Klotz, Fernow, O'Meara,
. and Bain, in the Territorial District of Thunder
Bay, to the easterly boundary of the Township
of Goulet; thence northerly along the easterly
boundaries of the townships of Goulet,
Fauteux, and Nakina, to the intersection
with the centre line of the right of way of the
Canadian National Railway; thence in a
general westerly direction along that centre
line to the boundary between the territorial
districts of Kenora and Thunder Bay.
(1491)
30
THE PUBLIC SERVICE ACT
O. Reg. 242/52.
General Amendments.
Amending O. Regs. 36/48.
below)
Made— 10th July, 1952.
Filed— 15th July, 1952,
(See note
8.40
REGULATIONS MADE UNDER
THE PUBLIC SERVICE ACT
1. Schedule 3 of Ontario Regulations 36/48 is
amended by adding thereto the following items:
20. In The Liquor Control Board of Ontario
(1) Comptroller,
(2) Chief Accountant,
(3) Director of Personnel,
(4) Supervisor of Stores, and
(5) Warehouse Superintendent.
21. In The Liquor Licence Board
(1) Registrar,
(2) Chief Licence- Inspector, and
(3) District Licence-Supervisor.
(Note: See unofficial consolidated regulations 495
in unofficial appendix to volumes 1 and 2
of Consolidated Regulations of Ontario 1950)
(1492)
30
THE MILK CONTROL ACT
O. Reg. 243/52.
Delivery of Milk.
Amending O. Regs. 144/51.
Made— 25th June, 1952.
Approved— 10th July, 1952.
Filed— 15th July, 1952, 9.00 a.m.
REGULATIONS MADE BY THE BOARD UNDER
THE MILK CONTROL ACT
1. Schedule 3 of Ontario Regulations 144/51 as
made by Ontario Regulations 253/51 and amended by
Ontario Regulations 184/52 is further amended by
adding thereto the following item:
3 City of Niagara Falls
the whole
459
1370
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
2. Item 1 of Schedule 4 of Ontario Regulations
144/51 as made by Ontario Regulations 70/52 is
revoked.
THE MILK CONTROL BOARD
OF ONTARIO
(Seal)
A.
B. CURREY
Chairman
K.
M, Betzner
Member
J.
L. Burrows
Member
H.
E. McCallum
lav
Member
of Tune. 1952.
No.
Year
THE MILK CONTROL ACT
O. Reg. 244/52.
General Amendments.
Amending Regulations 294 of
Consolidated Regulations 1950.
Made— 24th June, 1952.
Approved— 10th July, 1952.
Filed— 15th July, 1952, 9.10 a.m.
REGULATIONS MADE BY THE BOARD UNDER
THE MILK CONTROL ACT
1. Clause b of subregulation 1 of regulation 5 of
Regulations 294 of Consolidated Regulations of
Ontario 1950 is revoked and the following substituted
therefor:
(b) no transporter shall engage in the business of
transporting milk to a market having a
representative group of,
(i) producers, distributors and transporters,
or
(ii) producers, processors and transporters, or
(iii) producers, distributors, processors and
transporters,
organized for the purpose of making recom-
mendations to the Board in respect of trans-
portation of milk.
2. Regulation 38c of Regulations 294 of Consol-
idated Regulations of Ontario 1950 as made by regula-
tion 1 of Ontario Regulations 10/51 is revoked and the
following substituted therefor:
38a. — (1) The licence of a transporter is issued upon
the conditions that the transporter shall not
(o) transport milk on a route other than the
route specified in the schedule to the
licence,
(6) transport milk of a producer not named in
the schedule to the licence, or
(c) transport milk of a producer to a distribu-
tor or processor not specified for the
producer named in the schedule to the
licence.
(2) Where a transporter desires a change in
respect of a route, producer, distributor or
processor mentioned in subregulation 1, he
may apply to the Board for the cancellation
of his existing licence and the issue of a new
licence reflecting the change set forth in his
new application.
3. Form 5 of Regulations 294 of Consolidated
Regulations of Ontario 1950 is struck out and the
following substituted therefor:
Form 5
The Milk Control Act
Market or Areas .
TRANSPORTER'S LICENCE
Under The Milk Control Act and the regulations, and
subject to the limitations thereof, this licence is issued
to:
Name
Address .
as a transporter in accordance with the appended
schedule.
This licence expires the 31st of March, 19.
Fee of $1 received.
Issued by The Milk Control Board of Ontario at the
Parliament Buildings, Toronto, this
day of
SCHEDULE
Route .
Name of
Producer
Address
Distributor or
Processor
4. — (I) Items 7 and 8 of Form 8 of Regulations
294 of Consolidated Regulations of Ontario 1950 are
struck out and the following substituted therefor:
7. Route covered by vehicle: as shown on a road
map or other map enclosed with this application,
and indicating the exact roads served and the
location of each producer served.
8. List of producers served: their address and the
distributor or processor to whom they ship are
as given on the schedule to this application.
(2) The schedule to Form 8 of Regulations 294 of
Consolidated Regulations of Ontario 1950 is struck out
and the following substituted therefor:
460
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
1371
SCHEDULE
Name of
Producer
Address
Distributor or
Processor
5. — (1) Every transporter's licence for the year
ending the 31st of March, 1953, issued before these
regulations come into force shall stand revoked on the
1st of August, 1952.
(2) Every transporter whose licence will be revoked
by subregulation 1 may, at any time after these regu-
lations come into force, send his licence to the Board
and the Board, on receipt of the licence, shall issue a
new licence in accordance with Regulations 294 of
Consolidated Regulations of Ontario 1950 and these
regulations.
. THE MILK CONTROL BOARD
OF ONTARIO
A. B. CURREY
Chairman
K. M. Betzner
(Seal) Member
J. L. Burrows
Member
H. E. McCallum
Member
Dated at Toronto, this 24th day of June, 1952.
(1494) 30
THE FARM PRODUCTS MARKETING ACT
O. Reg. 245/52.
The Ontario Seed-corn Growers'
Marketing Scheme.
New and Revoking Regulations 100
of Consolidated Regulations 1950.
Made— 10th July, 1952.
Filed— 15th July, 1952, 9.45 a.m.
REGULATIONS MADE UNDER
THE FARM PRODUCTS MARKETING ACT
1. The scheme in Schedule 1 is approved and
declared to be in force in Ontario.
2. Regulations 100 of Consolidated Regulations of
Ontario 1950 are revoked.
SCHEDULE 1
The Farm Products Marketing Act
SCHEME
1. This scheme may be cited as "The Ontario
Seed-corn Growers' Marketing Scheme".
I NTERPRETATION
2. In this scheme
(a) "dealer" means a person who buys seed-corn
from a grower for resale;
(b) "grower" means a person engaged in growing
seed-corn; and
(c)
"seed-corn" means the seed of hybrid corn,
or open-pollinated corn, of every kind or
variety produced in Ontario for seed purposes
but does not include the seed of sweet-corn
and pop-corn.
LOCAL board
3. There shall be a local board to be known as
"The Ontario Seed-corn Growers' Marketing Board".
4. The local board shall consist of 7 members.
members of local board
5. The members of the local board who shall hold
office until their successors are elected shall be
(a) (i) W. M. Wallace, Woodslee, and
(ii) Howard Holden, R.R. 1, Oldcastle,
for District 1 ;
'(b) (i) Ross Townsend, Blenheim,
(ii) Wilfrid Craven, R.R. 1, Wallaceburg,
(iii) G. C. Nicols, Blenheim, and
(iv) Eugene King, Paincourt,
for District 2 ; and
(c) W. P. Cornell, Appin, for District 3.
persons entitled to vote
6. No grower shall be entitled to vote at any
election of the local board unless he is registered with
the local board for the current year.
districts
7. Growers who produce seed-corn shall be divided
into 3 districts as follows:
(a) District 1, comprising the County of Essex;
(b) District 2, comprising the County of Kent; and
(c) District 3, comprising all other parts of
Ontario.
election of local board
8. The registered growers in each district shall on
or before the 31st of March in each year elect a member
or members to the local board as follows:
(a) District 1, two members;
(6) District 2, four members; and
(c) District 3, one member.
(1495)
30
461
1372
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
THE FARM PRODUCTS MARKETING ACT
O. Reg. 246/52.
Marketing of Seed-corn.
New and Revoking Regulations 101
of Consolidated Regulations 1950.
Approved— 10th July, 1952.
Filed— 15th July, 1952, 9.50 a.m.
REGULATIONS MADE BY THE BOARD UNDER
THE FARM PRODUCTS MARKETING ACT
Marketing of Seed-corn
INTERPRETATION
1. In these regulations
(a) "dealer" means a person who buys seed-corn
from a grower for resale;
(6) "grower" means a person engaged in growing
seed-corn ;
(c) "local board" means The Ontario Seed-corn
Growers' Marketing Board; and
(d) "seed-corn" means the seed of hybrid corn,
or open-pollinated corn, of every kind or
variety produced in Ontario for seed purposes
but does not include the seed of sweet-corn
and pop-corn.
LICENCES
2. Every grower shall be deemed to be the holder
of a licence in form 1.
3. (1) No grower shall sell seed-corn to any person
other than a licensed dealer without a licence as a
grower to sell seed-corn, from the Board, obtainable
on application therefor.
(2) An application for a licence as a grower to sell
seed-corn shall be in form 2.
(3) A licence as a grower to sell seed-corn shall be
in form 3.
4. (1) No person shall be a dealer without a licence
as a dealer, from the Board, obtainable on application
therefor.
(2) An application for a licence as a dealer shall
be in form 4.
(3) A licence as a dealer shall be in form 5.
5. Licences shall be issued for the period from the
1st of April in the year for which the licence is issued
to the 31st of March in the following year.
6. Licences shall be issued without charge.
LICENCE FEES
7. (1) Every grower shall pay to the local board
licence fees at the rate of 2 cents for each bushel or
fraction thereof of seed-corn delivered to any person.
(2) Where seed-corn is delivered to a dealer by a
grower, the dealer shall deduct the licence fees payable
by a grower from the sum of money due to the person
from whom the seed-corn was received.
(3) Every dealer shall forward to the local board the
licence fees deducted in any month not later than the
15th of the following month.
(4) Every grower licensed to sell seed-corn shall
forward to the local board the licence fees payable
by him under subregulation 1 in any month not later
than the 15th of the following month.
(5) The licence fees paid to the local board under
subregulations 3 and 4 shall be used by it for the purpose
of carrying out and enforcing the provisions of the
Act, the regulations and the scheme.
REVOCATION
8. Regulations 101 of Consolidated Regulations of
Ontario 1950 are revoked.
THE FARM PRODUCTS MARKETING
BOARD
(Seal)
G. F. PERKIN
Chairman
F. K. B. STEWART
Secretary
Form 1
The Farm Products Marketing Act
LICENCE AS A GROWER OF SEED-CORN
Under The Farm Products Marketing Act and the
regulations, and subject to the limitations thereof,
this licence is issued to
(name)
of
(address)
to grow seed-corn.
Issued at Toronto, this
day of
1952.
THE FARM PRODUCTS
MARKETING BOARD
Chairman
Secretary
Form 2
The Farm Products Marketing Act
APPLICATION FOR A LICENCE AS A GROWER
TO SELL SEED-CORN
To The Farm Products Marketing Board:
(name of applicant)
(address)
makes application for a licence as a grower to sell
seed-corn under The Farm Products Marketing Act.
Dated at
, this
1952.
day of
(signature of applicant)
Form 3
The Farm Products Marketing Act
LICENCE AS A GROWER TO SELL SEED-CORN
Under The Farm Products Marketing Act and the
regulations, and subject to the limitations thereof,
this licence is issued to
(name)
462
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
1373
of.
(address)
as a grower to sell seed-corn.
This licence expires on the 31st of March next
following the date of issue.
Issued at Toronto, this day of
, 1952.
THE FARM PRODUCTS
MARKETING BOARD
Chairman
Secretary
Form 4
The Farm Products Marketing Act
APPLICATION FOR LICENCE AS A DEALER IN
SEED-CORN
To The Farm Products Marketing Board:
(name of applicant)
(address)
makes application for a licence as a dealer in seed-corn
under The Farm Products Marketing Act.
Dated at , this day of , 1952.
(signature of applicant)
Form 5
The Farm Products Marketing Act
LICENCE AS A DEALER IN SEED-CORN
Under The Farm Products Marketing Act and the
regulations, and subject to the limitations thereof,
this licence is issued to
(name)
of.
(address)
as a dealer.
This licence expires on the 31st of March next
following the date of issue.
Issued at Toronto, this day of
, 1952.
(1496)
THE FARM PRODUCTS
MARKETING BOARD
Chairman
Secretary
30
THE FARM PRODUCTS MARKETING ACT
O. Reg. 247/52.
Marketing of Seed-corn.
New.
Filed— 15th July, 1952, 10.00 a.m.
REGULATIONS MADE BY THE BOARD UNDER
THE FARM PRODUCTS MARKETING ACT
Marketing of Seed-corn
interpretation
1. In these regulations
(a) "dealer" means a person who buys seed-corn
from a grower for resale;
(b) "grower" means a person engaged in growing
seed-corn ;
(c) "local board" means The Ontario Seed-corn
Growers' Marketing Board"; and
(d) "seed-corn" means the seed of hybrid corn, or
open-pollinated corn, of every kind or variety
produced in Ontario for seed purposes but
does not include seed of sweet-corn and
pop-corn.
2. (1) There shall be a negotiating agency to be
known as "The Negotiating Committee" of 12 persons,
6 of whom shall be appointed annually by the local
board of whom 3 shall represent the growers of seed
of hybrid corn and 3 shall represent the growers of
seed of open- pollinated corn, and 6 of whom shall be
appointed annually by the dealers of whom 3 shall
represent the dealers in seed of hybrid corn and 3
shall represent the dealers in seed of open-pollinated
(2) W'here either the local board or the dealers
fail to appoint their respective representatives to
The Negotiating Committee within 7 days, the Board
may appoint such representatives as are necessary to
complete The Negotiating Committee.
(3) The Negotiating Committee may negotiate and
settle agreements respecting
(a) minimum prices for seed-corn,
(b) conditions and form of contracts, and
(c) terms of purchase and sale.
3. Where The Negotiating Committee fails to
arrive at an agreement, the matters in dispute shall be
referred to a negotiating board.
4. (1) The negotiating board shall consist of 3
members.
(2) One member may be appointed by the 6
members of The Negotiating Committee appointed by
the local board, and another member may be appointed
by the 6 members of The Negotiating Committee
appointed by the dealers.
(3) Where 2 members are apponted to the negotiat-
ing board in accordance with subregulation 2, the 2
members so appointed may appoint a third member to
the negotiating board but where the 2 appointed
members fail to agree on the third member within 7
days the Board may appoint a third member.
(4) Where the 6 members of The Negotiating
Committee appointed by the local board or the 6 mem-
bers of The Negotiating Committee appointed by the
dealers fail to appoint a member to the negotiating
463
1374
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
board within 7 days, the Board may appoint such
members as are necessary to complete a negotiating
board.
(5) The negotiating board shall meet within 7 days
of the appointment of the third member thereof.
(6) The negotiating board may negotiate and decide
any matters referred to it,
5. (1) Any agreements made by The Negotiating
Committee, and any decisions of the negotiating board
shall be submitted to the Board.
(2) Where the Board approves an agreement, or
decision, as the case may be, submitted to it, the Board
may declare the agreement, or decision, to be in force.
6. The Board authorizes the local board to require
persons engaged in the producing or marketing of
seed-corn to register their names, addresses and occupa-
tions with the local board.
THE FARM PRODUCTS
MARKETING BOARD
(Seal)
(1497)
G. F. PERKIN
Chairman
F. K. B. STEWART
Secretary.
30
THE MINING ACT
O. Reg. 248/52.
Lands Open for Prospecting, Staking
Out or Leasing.
Amending O. Regs. 267/47.
Made— 10th July, 1952.
Filed— 15th July, 1952, 11.00 a.m.
REGULATIONS MADE UNDER
THE MINING ACT
1. Ontario Regulations 267/47 are amended by
adding thereto the following regulation:
14. The lands described in Schedule 14 shall be
open for prospecting, staking out or leasing at
12 noon on the 5th of August, 1952.
SCHEDULE 14
Those parts of the Territorial District of Algoma
described as follows:
(a) the Township of Gaudette except
(i) lots 1 to 73, inclusive, registered plan
M. 121, and
(ii) mining claims W.D. 222, S.S.M. 1171 and
S.S.M. 1172.
(b) the north half of the Township of Franz except
(i) the right of way and station-grounds of
the Algoma Central and Hudson Bay
Railway and
(ii) an area containing 118 acres described as
follows:
Commencing at mile-post 30 on the north
boundary of the Township of Franz, 3 miles
west of the north-easterly angle of the town-
ship; thence east astronomically 17 chains
80 links; thence south 3° 46' west 60 chains
82 links; thence south 11° 02' west 9 chains
73 links; thence south 21° 48' west 6 chains
93 links; thence south 24° 52' west 90 chains;
thence south 23° 45' west 2 chains 89 links;
thence south 18° 24' west 12 chains 62 links;
thence south 14° 24' west 31 chains; thence
north 80° 02' west 120 chains 90 links, being
the place of commencement; thence north 6°
58' west 16 chains 24 links; thence south 85°
01' west 19 chains 97 links; thence south 6°
45' east 59 chains 69 links; thence north 83°
15' east 19 chains 66 links; thence north 6°
10' west 19 chains 72 links; thence north 6°
15' west 19 chains 47 links; thence north 6°
58' west 3 chains 59 links to the place of com-
mencement.
(c) the Township of Tp. 22, Range 12, except an
area described as follows:
Commencing at the north-west angle of the
township; thence east along the north limit
of the township 100.1 chains; thence south 140
chains; thence east 40 chains; thence south
44 chains; thence east 20 chains; thence south
16 chains; thence east 27 chains 60 links;
thence south 70 chains; thence west 107
chains 60 links; thence north 30 chains; thence
west 40 chains 53 links; thence north 140
chains; thence west 39 chains 47 links more or
less to the west limit of the township; thence
north along the west limit 100 chains more or
less to the place of commencement.
(1498)
30
THE PSYCHIATRIC HOSPITALS ACT
O. Reg. 249/52.
Forms.
Amending Regulations 330 of Con-
solidated Regulations 1950.
Approved— 10th July, 1952.
Filed— 16th July, 1952, 9.00 a.m.
REGULATIONS
MADE BY THE MINISTER UNDER THE
PSYCHIATRIC HOSPITALS ACT
1. Regulations 330 of Consolidated Regulations
of Ontario 1950 are amended by adding the following
regulation:
10a. An undertaking under subsection 6 of
section 16 of the Act shall be in form lOA.
FORM lOA
The Psychiatric Hospitals Act
UNDERTAKING UNDER SUBSECTION 6 OF
SECTION 16 OF THE ACT
Under subsection 6 of section 16 of The Psychiatric
Hospitals Act, I /we
.of.
(name)
(address)
of.
(name)
(address)
friend (s) of detained in
(name of patient)
464
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
1375
The Psychiatric Hospital and
to be committed to my /our custody as his friend (s)
undertake that I /we will keep an oversight over i'"^.
Date.
19.
(1507)
(signature of friend)
(signature of friend)
30
THE PUBLIC HEALTH ACT
O. Reg. 250/52.
The Board of Health of the Kenora-
Keewatin Area Health Unit.
Amending Regulations 335 of Con-
solidated Regulations 1950.
Approved— 10th July, 1952.
Filed— 16th July, 1952, 9.10 a.m.
REGULATIONS
MADE BY THE MINISTER UNDER THE
PUBLIC HEALTH ACT
1. Section 1 of Schedule 9 of the Appendix to
Regulations 335 of Consolidated Regulations of
Ontario 1950 is revoked and the following substituted
therefor:
1. The Board of Health of the Kenora-Keewatin
Area Health Unit shall consist of 7 members as
follows:
(a) one member to be appointed by the Lieut-
enant-Governor in Council;
(b) two members to be appointed by the
Municipal Council of the Town of Kenora;
(c) one member to be appointed by the Mun-
icipal Council of the Town of Keewatin;
(d) one member to be appointed jointly by
the Municipal Council of the Town of
Dryden and the Municipal Council of the
Township of Van Home;
(«) one member to be appointed by the Mun-
icipal Council of the Township of Jaffray
and Melick; and
(/) one member to be appointed by the Mun-
icipal Council of the Township of Machin.
M. PHILLIPS
Minister of Health
(1508)
30
THE PHARMACY ACT
O. Reg. 251/52.
Regulations for the purposes of
section 16 of the Act.
New.
Approved— 10th July, 1952.
Filed— 16th July, 1952, 9.20 a.m.
REGULATIONS MADE BY THE COUNCIL
UNDER THE PHARMACY ACT
APPLICATION OF REGULATIONS
1. These regulations apply only for the purposes
of section 16 of the Act.
REGISTRATION OF PHARMACEUTICAL CHEMISTS
2. A person desirous of being registered as a
pharmaceutical chemist shall submit to the registrar
evidence that he
(a) has
(i) been granted the degree of Bachelor of
Science in Pharmacy by the University
of Toronto, and
(ii) served as an apprentice in accordance
with these regulations, or
(b) has
(i) been granted the degree of Bachelor of
Pharmacy by the University of Toronto,
and
(ii) served as an apprentice in accordance
with these regulations.
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN PHARMACY
APPRENTICESHIP
3. A Bachelor of Science in Pharmacy shall serve
as an apprentice for a period of 18 months, of which
not less than 12 months shall be served consecutively.
BACHELOR OF PHARMACY
UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO DESIGNATED
4. The University of Toronto is designated as a
university at which the courses of study may be
undertaken and the degree of Bachelor of Pharmacy
may be obtained.
5. For the purposes of sub-clause ii of clause a of
section 16 of the Act,
(a) the courses of study and the examinations
to be passed shall be the courses and exam-
inations in the courses at the University of
Toronto leading to a degree in Pharmacy,
and
(6) the degree to be obtained shall be the degree
of Bachelor of Pharmacy granted by that
university.
6. A candidate under sub-clause ii of clause a of
section 16 of the Act for registration as a pharmaceut-
ical chemist shall have obtained the degree of Bachelor
of Pharmacy from the University of Toronto.
APPRENTICESHIP
7.(1) In this regulation and in regulations 8, 9,
and 10,
(a) "apprentice" means an apprentice who intends
to undertake courses of study leading to
the degree; and
(6) "degree" means the degree of Bachelor of
Pharmacy granted by the University of
Toronto.
(2) An applicant for registration as an apprentice
shall be at least 15 years of age and shall file with the
registrar
465
1376
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
(a) an application for registration in Form 1,
(b) The Ontario Secondary School Graduation
Diploma and The Ontario Grade XIII
Certificate, or equivalent certificates, showing
that he has obtained the required standing
in the subjects prescribed by the University
of Toronto for matriculation in Pharmacy,
and
(c) contract of apprenticeship.
8. The registrar shall register an apprentice who
complies with regulation 7.
9. The term of apprenticeship for an apprentice
shall be two years and shall be served before commenc-
ing the courses of study leading to the degree.
10.(1) Registration of an apprentice shall cease
if he fails
(a) to commence within six years after such
registration the courses of study leading to
the degree, or
(b) to attend the courses of study for two years
after having commenced them.
(2) Where the registration of an apprentice has
ceased under subregulation 1 by reason of accident,
or illness, or other cause beyond his control, the
Council may, upon his application, restore his regis-
tration.
TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF APPRENTICESHIP
11. An apprentice shall
(a) honestly, faithfully, and diligently serve a
pharmaceutical chemist in his profession and
professional business during the term of
apprenticeship,
(/;) keep the secrets and obey the lawful commands
of the pharmaceutical chemist,
(c) not engage in any other occupation or pursuit,
id) devote all his time during regular business
hours to the service of the pharmaceutical
chemist,
(e) remain in the service of the pharmaceutical
chemist during the term of apprenticeship
until the expiration thereof, except with the
consent of the Council, and
(/) not engage in the service of any other phar-
maceutical chemist during the period of
apprenticeship, except with the approval of
the Council.
12. As a condition of apprenticeship, an apprentice
shall serve under a contract of apprenticeship with a
pharmaceutical chemist wherein the pharmaceutical
chemist agrees with the apprentice
(a) to teach and instruct or cause to be taught
and instructed the apprentice in a reasonable
manner in the art, trade, business or pro-
fession of a pharmaceutical chemist,
{b) to afford the apprentice such reasonable
opportunities and work as may be required
to enable him to learn the art, trade, business
or profession of a pharmaceutical chemist,
and
(c) to terminate the contract of apprenticeship
when ordered by the Council.
13. A pharmaceutical chemist may grant his
apprentice leave of absence
(a) for an annual vacation, and
{b) on account of illness.
14.(1) Every pharmaceutical chemist shall, upon
completion of the term of apprenticeship or upon the
termination or assignment of the contract of appren-
ticeship, furnish his apprentice with a declaration of
service.
(2) The declaration of service shall be in Form 2.
THE PHARMACEUTICAL
COUNCIL OF THE ONTARIO
COLLEGE .OF PHARMACY
F. C. Curry
President
H. M. CORBETT
Registrar
F. C. Curry
J. A. Campbell
W. J. Abell
W. S. Luton
L. C. GUBB
A. F. ASTLEY
P. P. MOISLEY
M. Haberman
C. p. Taylor
R. W. Meikleham
F. W. Milburn
466
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
1377
The Pharmacy Act
Form 1
APPLICATION FOR REGISTRATION OF AN APPRENTICE
First given name
Second given name,
if any
Third given name,
if any
Surname
(in block letters)
Permanent address
Toronto address
Telephone number
Birthplace
Date of birth
Month Day Year
Age
Name of father or guardian
Nationality of father
Occupation of father
Birthplace of father
Birthplace of mother
Religious denomination of
applicant (be specific)
Educational Institutions attended:
Elementary school
19
From To
19
19
19
Continuation or High School or Collegiate Institute
19
19
19
19
19
19
College or University
19
........ 19
19
19
Name of pharmaceutical chemist to whom apprenticed
His address
Date.
Signature of applicant
467
1378
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
The Pharmacy Act
Form 2
DECLARATION OF SERVICE OF AN APPRENTICE
UNDER CONTRACT OF APPRENTICESHIP
Province
County
District
of
In the matter of the apprenticeship of
I of the.
of i"*eg-"got
pharmaceutical chemist,
DO SOLEMNLY DECLARE AS FOLLOWS:
L By contract of apprenticeship dated the day of.
of the
19.
(name of apprentice)
of became apprenticed to me for a term of .
years
months.
2. Under that contract he served me in my profession and professional business as pharmaceutical chemist
from the day of 19...., to the day of
19....
3. Except for absence with my leave for annual vacations or on account of illness he devoted all his time
during regular business hours to my service.
And I make this solemn declaration conscientiously believing it to be true, and knowing that it is of the
same force and effect as if made under oath and by virtue of the Canada Evidence Act.
Declared before me at
in the of. .
this day of
19....,
(A Commissioner for taking Affidavits, etc.)
(Signature of pharmaceutical chemist)
(1509)
iao
THE DEPARTMENT OF MUNICIPAL AFFAIRS
ACT
O. Reg. 252/52.
Tax Arrears and Sale Procedures.
New.
Filed— 16th July, 1952, 11.40 a.m.
REGULATIONS MADE BY THE
DEPARTMENT UNDER THE DEPARTMENT
OF MUNICIPAL AFFAIRS ACT
1. Inrespect of a municipality within the Territorial
District of Nipissing, the tax arrears procedures of
this Act shall apply and the tax sale procedures of
The Assessment Act shall not apply.
2. These regulations shall come into force on the
1st of August, 1952.
G. H. DUNBAR
Minister of Municipal Affairs.
(1510)
30
THE UNEMPLOYMENT RELIEF ACT
O. Reg. 253/52.
Shelter Allowance Payable by Ont-
ario.
Amending Regulations 362 of Con-
solidated Regulations 1950.
Made^lOth July, 1952.
Filed— 16th July, 1952, 4.50 p.m.
REGULATIONS MADE UNDER THE
UNEMPLOYMENT RELIEF ACT
1. Regulation 17 of Regulations 362 of Consol-
idated Regulations of Ontario 1950 is revoked and
the following substituted therefor:
17.(1) Where a municipal relief-administrator
grants a shelter allowance to a single person
who rents and lives in unfurnished or un-
heated premises, or both, Ontario shall pay
(c) in a municipality having a population of
over 500,000 according to the last-revised
assessment-roll
468
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
1379
(i) for rent, 50 per cent of the monthly
cost thereof, or $5, whichever is the
lesser,
(ii) for water, 50 per cent of the monthly
cost thereof, and
(iii) for electricity or a substitute therefor,
50 per cent of the monthly cost
thereof, or 50 cents, whichever is
the lesser, and
(6) in any other part of Ontario
(i) for rent, 50 per cent of the monthly
cost thereof, or $4, whichever is the
lesser,
(ii) for water, 50 per cent of the monthly
cost thereof, and
(iii) for electricity or a substitute therefor,
50 per cent of the monthly cost
thereof, or 50 cents, whichever is the
lesser.
(2) Where a municipal relief-administrator grants
a shelter allowance to a single person who rents
and lives in furnished, heated premises,
Ontario shall pay
(o) in a municipality having a population of
over 500,000 according to the last-revised
asSessment-roll, 50 per cent of the monthly
cost thereof, or $6.75, whichever is the
lesser, and
(jb) in any other part of Ontario, 50 per cent
of the monthly cost thereof, or $6, which-
ever is the lesser.
2. Sub-clause i of clause a of subregulation 1 of
regfulation 18 of Regulations 362 of Consolidated
Regulations of Ontario 1950 is revoked and the follow-
ing substituted therefor:
(i) 50 per cent of the monthly rental, or 50 per
cent of an amount equal to $14.50 a month
for the first rented room and $2.50 a month
for each additional rented room, whidhever
is the lesser.
3. Regulation 19 of Regulations 362 of Consolid-
ated Regulations of Ontario 1950 is revoked and the
following substituted therefor:
19. Where a municipal relief -administrator grants
an additional shelter allowance to a single
person or the head of a family because of
special circumstances, and
(o) the additional allowance does not exceed
115 per cent of the shelter allowances
granted under regulations 17 and 18, or
(b) the additional allowance is granted by
that administrator to a person who
resides in a hostel,
Ontario shall pay 50 per cent of the cost erf
the additional allowance.
4. Regulation 20 of Regulations 362 of Consol-
idated regulations of Ontario 1950 is amended by
striking out the figure "15" in the second line and
substituting therefor the figure "20".
(1511)
30
469
;■ -■■" ' vy.' ^'~' .'"••.•".•."^.■. •
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
1425
Publications Under Tlie Regulations Act
AUGUST 2nd, 1952
THE MOTHERS' ALLOWANCES ACT, 1952
O. Reg. 254/52.
Amendments to General Regulations.
Amending O. Regs. 199/52.
Made— 17th July, 1952.
Filed— 21st July, 1952, 4.30 p.m.
REGULATIONS MADE UNDER THE
MOTHERS' ALLOWANCES ACT, 1952
1. Sub-clause i of clause a and sub-clauses i and ii
of clause b, of regulation 4 of Ontario Regulations
199/52, are amended by adding at the end of each of
those sub-clauses the words, symbol and number "and
a further sum not to exceed $20 a month where the
need is apparent to the Director,".
2.(1) Subregulation 3 of regulation 5 of Ontario
Regulations 199/52 is revoked.
(2) Subregulation 10 of regulation 5 of Ontario
Regulations 199/52 is amended by striking out the
words "one copy" in the second line and substituting
therefor the word "it".
3. Clause a of regulation 7 of Ontario Regulations
199/52 is amended by striking out the words "in
duplicate, retain one copy and send one" in the third
and fourth lines.
4. Clauses a and b of regulation 8 of Ontario Regu-
lations 199/52 are revoked.
5. Regulation 10 of Ontario Regulations 199/52 is
revoked.
(1552)
31
THE MILK CONTROL ACT
O. Reg. 255/52.
Retail Milk Prices in the Market of
Windsor.
Revoking O. Regs. 212/51.
Made— 15th July, 1952.
Filed— 22nd July, 1952, 2.40 p.m.
REGULATIONS MADE BY THE BOARD
UNDER THE MILK CONTROL ACT
1. Ontario Regulations 212/51 are revoked.
THE MILK CONTROL BOARD
OF ONTARIO
A. B. CURREY
Chairman
K. M. Betzner
Member
(Seal) H. E. McCallum
Member
J. L. Burrows
Member
Dated at Toronto, this 15th day of July, 1952.
(1562)
31
THE PUBLIC HOSPITALS ACT
O. Reg. 256/52.
Classification of Hospitals.
Amending O. Regs. 130/52.
Made— 17th July, 1952.
Filed— 24th July, 1952, 9.15 a.m.
REGULATIONS MADE UPON THE RECOM-
MENDATION OF THE MINISTER UNDER
THE PUBLIC HOSPITALS ACT
1.(1) Schedule 1 of Ontario Regulations 130/52 is
amended by striking out the figures in column 2 of
the items in column 1 and substituting therefor the
figures in column 3 under the headings "Group A
Hospitals", "Group B Hospitals", "Group C Hospi-
tals" and "Group F Hospitals", as set forth in Sche-
dules I, II, III and IV hereto.
SCHEDULE I
Group A Hospitals
Column 1
Column 2
Column 3
Item
Figures struck out
Figures substituted
10
806 358
752 358
SCHEDULE II
Group B Hospitals
Column 1
Column 2
Column 3
Item
Figures struck out
Figures substituted
1
12
20
30
31
121 60
104 63
226 92
175 87
162 64
126 63
105 64
228 109
216 108
179 81
SCHEDULE III
Group C Hospitals
Column 1
Column 2
Column 3
Item
Figures struck out
Figures substituted
3a
43
50
52
78a
81
13 6
52 20
36 18
46 26
22 11
83 29
13 11
56 28
59 28
63 34
21 10
86 36
471
1426
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
SCHEDULE IV
Group F Hospitals
Column 1
Column 2
Column 3
Item
Figures struck out
Figures substituted
6
242 194
322 290
(2) Schedule 1 of Ontario Regulations 130/52 is
further amended by adding the following item under
the heading "Group G Hospitals":
8a Renfrew Victoria Hospital
(Chronic Patients Unit)
36 28
(1568)
31
472
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
1457
Publications Under The Regulations Act
AUGUST 9th, 1952
THE LAND TITLES ACT
O. Reg. 257/52.
General Amendments.
Amending Regulations 237 of
Consolidated Regulations 1950.
Made— 24th July, 1952.
Filed— 29th July, 1952, 10.15 a.m.
RULES MADE UNDER
THE LAND TITLES ACT
1. Form 10 of Regulations 237 of Consolidated
Regulations of Ontario 1950 is amended by striking
out the symbols and words "(signature of cautioner)"
in the last line and substituting therefor the symbols
and words "(signature of cautioner or his solicitor)".
2. Form 25 of Regulations 237 of Consolidated
Regulations of Ontario 1950 is struck out and the
following substituted therefor:
Form 25
The Land Titles Act
To.
(the proper master of titles)
A.B., the registered owner of the land entered in
the register for as parcel ,
died on the day of , 19 .
C.D., of , being interested in the land,
applies to be registered (or to have E.F., of ,
registered), as owner of the land, as executor, admini-
strator, or devisee, (or as the case may be).
(State shortly the facts under which title is claimed,
and in case the registered owner died intestate as
to these lands, add a clause similar to the following:
1. A.B. died intestate and a widower and left him
surviving the following children who are his next of
kin: C.B., D.B., and G.F., wife of H.F.
2. No other child of A.B. survived him and no
no child of A.B. predeceased A.B., leaving issue.)
The evidence in support of this application consists
of letters of administration or probate to the estate
of A.B., the affidavits of the applicant and his solicitor
and
(other evidence, if any, produced)
The address of CD. is
(address)
Dated the day of 19 .
(signature of CD. or his solicitor.)
3. Rule 35 of Regulations 237 of Consolidated
Regulations of Ontario 1950 is revoked and the follow-
ing substituted therefor:
RECORD OF DEATH OF OWNERS
35. Where an alphabetical index of owners is
maintained and an application for the entry
of a transmission upon death of a registered
owner has been granted, and a copy of the
will of the owner, or of letters of administra-
tion to his estate, has been filed upon the
application, the name of the deceased owner
shall be entered in the alphabetical index of
owners in the column headed "owner" with
the word "deceased" appended thereto, and
in the column headed "no. of instrument"
shall be inserted the number in the receiving
book of the application for transmission.
4. Sub-rule 4 of rule 37 of Regulations 237 of
Consolidated Regulations of Ontario 1950 is revoked
and the following substituted therefor:
(4) Where the registered owner does not concur
such notice shall be given him under section
72 of the Act as the proper master of titles
deems reasonable.
5. Rules 46 and 47 of Regulations 237 of Con-
solidated Regulations of Ontario 1950 are revoked
and the following substituted therefor:
LODGING OF POWERS OF ATTORNEY AND
RELEASES OF DOWER
46.(1) A power of attorney or specific release of
dower, of which the original with proof of
the execution, or a copy certified by
(a) a registrar of deed under The Registry
Act, or
(6) the master of titles, or a local master
of titles, or
(c) the Provincial Secretary or his deputy
or assistant, or
(d) the Registrar under The Loan and
Trust Corporations Act where the
instrument is filed in his office,
lodged with the proper master of titles shall
be copied into a book for that purpose.
(2) The proper master of titles may use the
same book for the entry of leases under
rule 37, powers of attorney, and specific
releases of dower, under this rule except
where the Inspector otherwise directs.
DOCUMENTS EXECUTED BY CORPORATIONS
47. Where a document is executed by or on behalf
of a corporation, an affidavit in form 35 shall
be lodged.
Form 35
The Land Titles Act
I, E.F., of , make oath and say:
1. I am the secretary of (name of company).
2. A.B. whose signature is affixed to the annexed
(or within) document is the president of the Company,
and CD. whose signature is also affixed thereto is
the manager thereof (as the case may be), and the
seal affixed thereto is the corporate seal of the Company.
3. Under the by-laws of the Company the president
and manager are empowered to execute on behalf of
473
1458
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
the Company all deeds and other instruments requiring
the seal of the Company.
4. The Company is, I verily belive, the owner of
the land (or charge) mentioned in the document.
Sworn,
(Note :
If the officers executing are not authorized
by by-law then state how they are author-
ized.)
6. Sub-rules 3 and 4 of rule 53 of Regulations 237
of Consolidated Regulations of Ontario 1950 are
revoked and the following substituted therefor:
(3) Where a Company desires to be entered as
owner of land or of a charge, or transfers or
charges land, it shall produce to the proper
master of titles
(a) the charter or other instrument conferring
the authority to hold, mortgage, or
transfer land, or
(b) an exemplification or copy thereof, certified
by the proper officer in that behalf, or
(c) a notarial copy thereof, or
(d) such other evidence as is satisfactory to
the proper master of titles.
(4) Where the original, exemplification, or notarial
copy, is not lodged, a copy of the original or
exemplification shall be lodged, and the copy
shall be compared in the office with the
original or exemplification, and a note of the
comparison having been made shall be written
upon the copy by the master or clerk who
makes the comparison.
7. Rule 60 of Regulations 237 of Consolidated
Regulations of Ontario 1950 is revoked and the follow-
ing substituted therefor:
ADDRESS BOOK
60. The addresses furnished under section 115 of
the Act may be entered in an address book
kept in each land titles office for that purpose.
8. Clause c of rule 61 of Regulations 237 of Con-
solidated Regulations of Ontario 1950 is revoked and
the following substituted therefor:
(c) accept and register documents which are
irregular or deficient in form.
9. Sub-rule 1 of rule 62 of Regulations 237 of
Consolidated Regulations of Ontario 1950 is revoked
and the following substituted therefor:
(1) The proper master of titles may keep alpha-
betical indexes corresponding as nearly as may
be to the indexes provided under The Registry
Act.
10. Rule 63 of Regulations 237 of Consolidated
Regulations of Ontario 1950 is revoked and the follow-
ing substituted therefor:
CERTIFICATE OF SEARCH
63.
The proper master of titles may issue a
certificate of search in such form as he thinks
fit, and may endorse thereon whether or not
a certificate of ownership is outstanding.
(4) Upon the completion of the entry of an
instrument in the register, a note thereof shall
be in the receiving and fee book, and from
time to time the proper master of titles shall
enter from that book into the suspense book,
or other form of record, all instruments where
registration is delayed.
(5) As the registration of instruments entered on
a page of the receiving and fee book or their
transfer to the suspense book or other form
of record is completed, the master shall rule
a diagonal line across the page of the receiving
and fee book so as to indicate all instruments
previously entered therein have been registered,
rejected or entered on the suspense book or
other form of record.
(1597) 32
THE HIGHWAY IMPROVEMENT ACT
O. Reg. 258/52.
Danforth Avenue — Kingston Road
Merger.
Amending O. Regs. 39/45 and
Regulations 134 of Consolidated
Regulations 1950. (See note below)
Made— 24th July, 1952.
Filed— 29th July, 1952, 2.50 p.m.
' 11. Sub-rules 4 and 5 of rule 64 of Regulations 237
of Consolidated Regulations of Ontario 1950 are revoked
and the following substituted therefor:
REGULATIONS MADE UPON THE
RECOMMENDATION OF THE MINISTER
UNDER THE HIGHWAY IMPROVEMENT ACT
1. Regulations 134 of Consolidated Regulations of
Ontario 1950 as amended by Ontario Regulations
110/51, 161/51, 292/51 and 46/52 are further amended
by adding the following regulation:
DANFORTH AVENUE — KINGSTON ROAD MERGER
10. That portion of the King's Highway described
in schedule 27 and outlined in red and illus-
trated on a map or plan filed in the office of
the Registrar of Regulations at Toronto as
number 64 is designated as a controlled-access
highway.
2. Item 9 of the schedule to Ontario Regulations
39/45 is struck out.
(Note: See unofficial consolidated regulations 406
in unofficial appendix to volumes 1 and 2
of Consolidated Regulations of Ontario 1950)
SCHEDULE 27
In the Township of Scarborough in the County of
York being
(a) part of lots 29, 30 and 31, concession A,
(6) part of lots 28, 29, 30 and 31, concession B,
(c) all of lots 65, 66 and 67, registered plan 1812,
(d) part of lot 68 registered plan 1812,
(e) part of lot 1 registered plan 1964,
(/) all of lots 369 to 376, both inclusive, plan
M-388,
(g) part of lots
(i) 357 to 368, both inclusive, and
474
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
1459
(ii) 377 to 381, both inclusive,
shown on plan M-388,
(h) part of Kennedy Road,
(i) part of Kingston Road,
(J) part of the road allowance between concessions
A and B,
(k) part of the road allowance between
(i) lots 28 and 29, and
(ii) lots 30 and 31,
in concession B,
(/) part of the lane between lots 379 and 380, plan
M-388, and
(w) part of the lane adjoining and south-east of
lots 380 and 381, plan M-388,
and, premising that all bearings are astronomic and
are referred to the meridian through the intersection
of the centre line of Kingston Road with the centre
line of the road allowance between the townships of
Scarborough and Pickering, bounded by a line located
as follows:
Commencing at the north-west angle of lot 32
concession A, thence north 73° 56' 30" east along
the southerly limit of the road allowance between
concessions A and B 1186.42 feet to the easterly
limit of Eastwood Avenue; thence south 16° 07'
30* east along the easterly limit 44.73 feet to the
south-west angle of lot 65 registered plan 1812;
thence north 73° 53' 20" east along the southerly
limit of lot 65 a distance of 127.0 feet to a monument
marking the south-east angle of lot 65; thence
north 16° 04' 30* west along the easterly limit of
lot 65 a distance of 8.45 feet; thence north-easterly
718.15 feet on a curve left of 3889.93 feet radius,
the chord equivalent being 717.11 feet measured
north 67° 52' 30* east; thence north 62° 35' 10"
east 129.56 feet to a point in the southerly limit
of lot 31 concession B; thence north 73° 56' 30"
east along the southerly limit 505.32 feet to the
south-east angle of lot 31; thence north 16° 44' 10"
west along the easterly limit of lot 31 a distance of
100.37 feet; thence north 62° 35' 10* east 67.16
feet to a monument in the westerly limit of lot
30 concession B 112.81 feet measured north 16°
44' 10" west along the westerly limit from a monu-
ment marking the south-west angle of lot 30;
thence north 62° 35' 10* east 415.12 feet to a
monument; thence north 64° 23' 30* east 900.61
feet to a monument in the easterly limit of lot 30
concession B 321.41 feet measured north 16° 38' 40"
west along the easterly limit from the south-east
angle of lot 30; thence north 59° 56' 20* east 300.36
feet to a monument; thence north 54° 11' 50*
east 289.72 feet to a monument; thence north
51° 43' 20* east 290.38 feet to a monument; thence
south 50° 50' 40" east 204.28 feet to a monument;
thence south 20° 07' 20* west 330.40 feet to a
monument; thence south 26° 43' 20* west 328.66
feet to a monument; thence south 33° 14' 50*
west 330.0 feet to a monument; thence south 39°
46' 50* west 329.79 feet to a monument; thence
south 42° 47' 50* west 1034.37 feet to a monument;
thence south 44° 10' 20* west 465.31 feet to a
monument in the easterly limit of the road allowance
between lots 30 and 31 distant 1 152.47 feet measured
south 16° 37' 20* east along the easterly limit
from the north-west angle of lot 30 concession
A; thence south 16° 37' 20" east along the easterly
limit 137.06 feet to a monurnent in the south-
easterly limit of Kingston Road; thence north 44°
29' east along the south-easterly limit 200.0 feet
to a monument; thence north 44° 36' 50" east
along the south-easterly limit 200.0 feet to a
monument; thence north 45° 00' 30* east along the
south-easterly limit 200.0 feet to a monument;
thence north 44° 09' east along the south-easterly
limit 400.42 feet; thence north 43° 30' 25" east
along the south-easterly limit 465.01 feet to a
monument in the easterly limit of lot 30 concession
A; thence north 42° 17' 50* east continuing along
the south-easterly limit of Kingston Road 32.1
feet to a monument; thence north 42° 17' 50" east
along the south-easterly limit 486.95 feet to a
monument; thence north 39° 38' 50* east alon;j the
south-easterly limit 420.70 feet to a monument;
thence north 16° 41' 50" east 66.67 feet to an iron
tube in the north-westerly limit of Everest Road;
thence north 40° 41' 10" east along the north-
westerly limit 175.0 feet to a monument; thence
north 61° 18' 30" west 72.8 feet to a monument;
thence north 25° 58' 10* east 597.47 feet to a
monument in the easterly limit of lot 29 concession
B 457.32 feet measured north 16° 48' 50" west
along the easterly limit from the south-east angle
of lot 29; thence north 24° 02' 30* east 100.30
feet to a monument in the westerly limit of lot
28 concession B; thence north 22° 10' 05* east
1110.75 feet to a point in the southerly limit of
Everest Road; thence north 64° 24' west along the
southerly limit 40.80 feet to the easterly limit of
Kingston Road; thence north 23° 30' 30* east
along the easterly limit 302.13 feet; thence north
66° 33' 15* west 89.34 feet to a point in the northerly
limit of lot 357 plan M-388 distant 24.0 feet
measured north 66° 33' 15* west along the northerly
limit from the north-east angle of lot 357; thence
south 23° 26' 45" west 204.88 feet; thence south
66° 33' 30" east 2.0 feet; thence south-westerly
158.04 feet on a curve right of 259.94 feet radius,
the chord equivalent being 155.61 feet measured
south 40° 51' 46* west; thence south 24° 35' 45"
west 137.68 feet; thence south 72° 52' 45" west
434.47 feet to a monument in the westerly limit
of lot 377 plan M-388 distant 10.0 feet measured
south 16° 48' 50" east along the westerly limit
from the north-west angle of lot 377; thence south
16° 48' 50* east along the westerly limit of lot
377 a distance of 61.50 feet; thence south 69° 22'
30* west 66.15 feet to a monument in the easterly
limit of lot 29 concession B; thence south 69° 22'
30* west 88.16 feet to a monument; thence south
32° 57' 15* west 200.72 feet toa monument; thence
south 28° 03' 45" west 760.23 feet; thence south-
westerly 541.18 feet on a curve right of 2471.48 feet
radius, the chord equivalent being 540.10 feet
measured south 54° 55' 30" west; thence south
47° 43' 10" west 22.44 feet to a point in the easterly
limit of lot 1 registered plan 1964; thence south
62° 35' 10* west 127.29 feet to a point in the westerly
limit of lot 1 registered plan 1964; thence south
16° 17' 40* east along the westerly limit 5.22 feet
to the south-west angle of lot 1 ; thence south
74° 08' 30" west 66.0 feet to a monument marking
the south-east angle of lot 549 registered plan
1964; thence south 73° 12' 50" west along the
southerly limit of the lands shown on registered
plan 1964 a distance of 1104.50 feet to a monument
in the easterly limit of the road allowance between
lots 30 and 31, concession B; thence south 16°
44' 10" east along the easterly limit 186.0 feet to a
monument; thence south 73° 22' 30* west 66.0 feet
to a point in the easterly limit of lot 31 concession
B 285.3 feet measured north 16° 44' 10* west
along the easterly limit from the south-east angle
of lot 31; thence south 73° 22' 30* west 469.8 feet
to a monument; thence south-westerly 172.39 feet
on a curve left of 259.94 feet radius, the chord
equivalent being 169.26 feet measured south 54°
22' 30* west, to a monument; thence south 35°
21' 30" west 162.75 feet; thence westerly 171.88
feet on a curve right of 3719.83 feet radius, the
chord equivalent being 171.85 feet measured south
65° 22' 53* west; thence south 35° 21' 30" west
47.53 feet to a monument; thence southerly 9.54
feet on a curve right of 259.94 feet radius, the chord
475
1460
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
equivalent being 9.54 feet measured south 36° 24'
50* west; thence westerly 370.05 feet on a curve
right of 3749.83 feet radius, the chord equivalent
being 369.92 feet measured south 70° 40' 53" west
to a point in the westerly limit of lot 31 concession
B 37.45 feet measured northerly along the westerly
limit from the south-west angle of lot 31; thence
westerly 54.53 feet on a curve right of 3749.83
feet radius, the chord equivalent being 54.52
feet measured south 73°31'30" west, toa monument;
thence south 73° 56' 30' west 74.42 feet to a monu-
ment in the easterly limit of Eastwood Avenue;
thence south 16° 07' 30' east along the easterly
limit 37.0 feet to a point in the northerly limit of
the road allowance between concessions A and B;
thence south 73° 56' 30' west along the northerly
limit 1187.28 feet to the south-west angle of lot
32 concession B; thence south 16° 03' 30' east
66.0 feet to the place of commencement.
(1599)
32
THE MENTAL HOSPITALS ACT
O. Reg. 259/52.
Apprehension of habitue-patient.
Amending O. Regs. 26/44 (See note
below)
Made— 24th July, 1952.
Filed— 30th July, 1952, 8.40 a.m.
REGULATIONS MADE UNDER
THE MENTAL HOSPITALS ACT
1. Ontario Regulations 26/44 as amended by
Ontario Regulations 93/47 are further amended by
adding the following regulation:
26. A warrant to apprehend an habitue-patient
under section 51 and subsection 2 of section
36 of the Act shall be in form 42.
Form 42
The Mental Hospitals Act
WARRANT TO APPREHEND AN HABITUE-
PATIENT ON PROBATION
To any constable or peace officer or other person in
the Province of Ontario:
WHEREAS
a patient at the Ontario Hospital ,
was released on probation therefrom under the Act
and has again become so given over to the use of
alcohol or drugs to such a degree that his confinement
in an institution is necessary;
THESE ARE THEREFORE to authorize and
direct you or any of you to apprehend the patient and
bring back to
(name of institution)
Date.
,19.
Deputy Minister or superintend-
ent by whom patient was
released on probation
(Note: See unofficial consolidated regulations 466
in unofficial appendix to volumes 1 and 2 of
Consolidated Regulations of Ontario 1950)
(1600) , 32
THE PUBLIC HEALTH ACT
O. Reg. 260/52.
Thunder Bay Health Unit.
Amending Regulations 335 of
Consolidated Regulations 1950.
Approved— 24th July, 1952.
Filed— 30th July, 1952, 8.45 a.
REGULATIONS MADE BY THE MINISTER
UNDER THE PUBLIC HEALTH ACT
1. Regulations 335 of Consolidated Regulations
of Ontario 1950 are amended by adding to the Appendix
the following schedule:
SCHEDULE 24A
THUNDER BAY HEALTH UNIT
1. The Board of Health of the Thunder Bay
Health Unit shall consist of 7 members as follows:
(c) one member to be appointed by the Lieutenant-
Governor in Council,
{h) two members to be appointed annually by
the Municipal Council of the City of Fort
William,
(c) one member to be appointed annually by the
Municipal Council of the Township of Neeb-
ing,
{d) one member to be appointed annually by the
Municipal Council of the Township of Pai-
poonge,
(e) one member to be appointed annually by
the Municipal Council of the Township of
Oliver, and
(/) one member to be appointed annually by
the municipal councils of the townships of
O'Connor and Conmee,
2. A member appointed by a municipal council
or by municipal councils shall hold office during the
pleasure of the municipal council or municipal councils
which appointed him.
M. PHILLIPS
Minister of Health.
(1601)
32
476
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
1461
THE PUBLIC HEALTH ACT
O. Reg. 261/52.
Plumbing and Sewers.
New.
Approved— 10th July, 1952.
Filed— 30th July, 1952, 4.40 p.m.
REGULATIONS MADE BY THE MINISTER
UNDER THE PUBLIC HEALTH ACT
PLUMBING AND SEWERS
INTERPRETATION
I. In these regulations
(.1) "air-gap", when used with reference to a
water-supply system, means the unobstructed
vertical distance through the free atmosphere
between
(a) the lowest opening from any pipe or
faucet supplying water to a tank or fix-
ture, and
(b) the flood-level rim of the tank or fixture;
(.2) "area-drain" means a drain installed to col-
lect surface-water or rain water from an
open area;
(.3) "back-flow" means such flow of
(a) water, polluted or non-polluted, from any
place other than the source of supply of
potable water, or
(b) any solid, liquid, or gaseous substance,
or any combination thereof,
into a potable-water-distributing pipe as may
make the water in that pipe non-potable;
(.4) "back-flow preventer" means a device de-
signed for installation in a water-supply pipe
to prevent back-flow from the connections on
the outlet end of the water-supply system;
(.5) "back-vent" means a pipe installed to vent
a trap, soil-pipe, or waste-pipe, and con-
nected to the general vent-system at a point
above the fixture served by the trap, soil-
pipe, or waste-pipe; and "back- vented" has
a corresponding meaning;
(.6) "backwater-valve" means a valve installed
in a building-drain or building-sewer to pre-
vent liquids from flowing back into the
building;
(.7) "branch interval" means a length of soil- or
waste-stack, not less than 8 feet, into which
the horizontal branches from one floor or
storey of a building are connected;
(.8) "branch-vent" rneans a vent-pipe connecting
one or more individual vent-pipes to a vent-
stack or a stack- vent;
(.9) "building-drain" means that part of the low-
est horizontal piping of a drainage system in
and adjacent to a building and which receives
the discharge from a soil-pipe, or waste-pipe,
or other drainage-pipe and conveys it to
the building-sewer;
(.10) "building-sewer" means that part of a drain-
age system outside a building commencing
at a point 3 feet from the outer face of the
wall of the building and connecting the
building-drain to the main sewer or place of
disposal of sewage;
(.11) "building-subdrain" means that part of a
drainage system which cannot drain by
gravity into the building-sewer;
(.12) "building-trap" means a trap installed in the
building-drain to prevent circulation of air
between the drainage system inside the
building and the building-sewer;
(.13) "circuit- vent" means a branch-vent that
functions for two or more traps and extends
to a vent-stack from a point on a horizontal
branch in front of the last fixture-connection;
and "circuit-vented" has a corresponding
meaning;
(.14) "clean-out" means a pipe-fitting that has a
removable cap s'^'^urely attached to it, and
is so constructed that it can be installed at
the end of a pipe, or on a Y, so that the cap
may be removed to permit pipe-cleaning
apparatus to be inserted into the pipe;
(.15) "community source" includes a municipality,
a public-utility authority, and a privately-
owned source of potable water supplied for
consumption by fifty or more people;
(.16) "continuous vent" means a vent-pipe that
is a continuation in either direction of the
drain-pipe or waste-pipe to which it is con-
nected, and may be qualified by reference to
the angle between horizontal and the drain-
pipe or waste-pipe at the point of connection;
(.17) "dead-end" means a branch leading from a
soil-pipe, waste-pipe or vent-pipe, building-
drain, or building-sewer, which ends in a
cap, plug, or other closed fitting, at a de-
veloped length of two feet or more;
(.18) "developed length", when used with refer-
ence to a line of pipe, means its length along
the centre line of the pipe and fittings;
(.19) "domestic hot-water" means hot water sup-
plied for
(a) purposes of cooking, ablution, and other
personal uses, in a building of any type,
and
(b) laundry purposes in a dwelling;
(.20) "drainage piping" means all the piping with-
in premises which conveys sewage, industrial
waste, rain water, or other liquid wastes, to
a point of disposal, but excluding
(a) a main sewer, and
(b) a private or public sewage-treatment
plant, or sewage-disposal plant;
(.21) "drainage system" includes
(a) drainage piping,
(b) main sewers, and
(c) private or publiq sewage-treatment
plants, and sewage-disposal plants;
(.22) "dual vent" means a vent-pipe connecting
at a junction of 2 fixture-drains or fixture
waste-pipes and serving as a common vent-
pipe for both fixtures;
(.23) "effective opening" means the cross-sec-
tional area of a faucet, fitting or pipe, at the
point of discharge;
(.24) "faucet" means a water-tap;
477
1462
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
(.25) "first", when used with reference to a fixture-
connection to a horizontal branch, means
nearest to the waste- or soil-stack;
(.26) "fixture" means a receptacle that receives
water, liquids, or water-borne wastes, and
discharges any of them into a drainage sys-
tem;
(.27) "fixture-drain" means the drain-pipe from
the trap of a fixture to the junction of that
pipe with a soil-pipe or another drain-pipe;
(.28) "fixture-trap" means a trap integral with or
serving a fixture, and includes an interceptor
serving as a trap for a fixture;
(.29) "fixture unit" means a design-factor by
which the hydraulic load produced by fix-
tures may be expressed as multiples of that
factor ;
(.30) "flood-level", when used with reference to a
fixture, means the level at which water
begins to overflow the top or rim of the fix-
ture;
(.31) "flood-level rim" means the top edge of a
receptacle from which water overflows;
(.32) "floor-drain" means a drain to receive water
from a floor of a building;
(.33) "flush-valve" means a valve for flushing a
sanitary unit;
(.34) "graded", when applied to a line of pipe,
means its slope with reference to horizontal;
(.35) "grease-interceptor" means a receptacle to
collect and retain grease and fatty sub-
stances ;
(.36) "Group A system" means a water-supply
system conveying potable water supplied to
the premises from a community source;
(.37) "Group B system" means a drainage system
which
(a) discharges into a municipal sewerage
system, or
(b) is in a locality in which no municipal
sewerage system is available, but has a
population-density of three or more peo-
ple an acre according to the last-revised
assessment roll;
(.38) "Group C system" means a plumbing system
in a public-access building;
(.39) "horizontal branch" means a branch drain-
pipe, or branch waste-pipe, extending later-
ally from a soil-stack, waste-stack, or build-
ing-drain, and installed to conduct the dis-
charge from one or more fixture-drains to the
soil-stack, or waste-stack, or building drain;
(.40) "indirect waste" means waste which is not
discharged directly into a building-drain,
soil-pipe or waste-pipe;
(.41) "indirect waste-pipe" means a waste-pipe
which does not connect directly with the
drainage system, but discharges into it
through a trapped fixture;
(.42) "individual vent" has the same meaning as
"back-vent"; and "individually vented" has
a corresponding meaning;
(.43) "in front of", when used with reference to
the point of connection of a fixture to a
horizontal branch, means in the direction of
discharge ;
(.44) "inspector" means a person appointed, or
authorized, under the Act to enforce these
regulations;
(.45) "interceptor" means a receptacle to prevent
oil, grease, sand, or other materials, from
passing into the drainage system;
(.46) "last", when used with reference to a fixture-
connection to a horizontal branch, means
farthest from the waste- or soil-stack;
(.47) "leader" means a conductor conveying water
from the roof of a building to the storm-drain
or other method of disposal ;
(.48) "loop-vent" means a branch-vent that func-
tions for two or more traps and loops back,
or extends, to a stack-vent from a point in
front of the last fixture-connection of a horizon-
tal branch; and "loop- vented" has a corre-
sponding meaning;
(.49) "main sewer" means the public sewer, in-
cluding its branches;
(.50) "multiple-unit dwelling" means a building
so constructed, altered or used as to provide
separate dwelling-accommodation for more
than one family-unit;
(.51) "offset", when used with reference to a line
of piping, means a combination of elbows or
bends which takes one section of the piping
out of line with, but parallel to, another
section ;
(.52) "open air" means the atmosphere outside a
building;
(.53) "pipe", or "piping", includes tube and tub-
ing;
(.54) "plumbing system" means the pipes, fittings,
fixtures, traps, drains, and appliances for
conveying water or sewage or other liquid
wastes, as the case may be, to, in, or from, a
building and the premises contiguous thereto
under the control of the same occupier;
(.5,5) "potable water" means water fit for human
consumption;
(.56) "potable-water system" means so much of a
plumbing system as is on the premises and
conveys potable water;
(.57) "public-access building" means any building
to which the public have general right of
access under, or independent of, contract;
and, without limiting the generality of the
foregoing, includes
(a) an apartment-building or apartment-
house,
(b) a boarding-house having equipment to
provide meals for ten or more boarders,
(c) a building occupied by a municipal, pub-
lic-utility, or educational body,
(d) a camp as defined in section 21 of The
Game and Fisheries Act,
(e) an eating-establishment within the mean-
ing of Regulations 332 of Consolidated
Regulations of Ontario 1950,
(/) a factory, shop, or office building, as de-
fined in The Factory, Shop and Office
Building Act,
478
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
1463
(g) a hotel as defined in The Hotel Fire
Safety Act,
(A) a lodging-house having accommodation
for ten or more lodgers,
(t) a public hall as defined in The Public
Halls Act,
(J) a tourist establishment as defined in The
Tourist Establishments Act, and
(k) premises, whether enclosed or not, where
(i) any cinematograph, or moving-pic-
ture machine, or similar apparatus
is operated,
(ii) any theatrical performance, carni-
val, circus, side-show, menagerie,
concert, rodeo, exhibition, horse-
race, athletic contest, or other ex-
hibition, is staged, or held, or
(iii) facilities for dancing, or ice- or
roller-skating, are provided,
and to which admission is granted upon
payment for admission;
(.58) "relief-vent" means a vent-pipe discharging
into a vent-stack, and connected to a hori-
zontal branch between the first fixture-
branch and the soil-stack or waste-stack;
(.59) "rim" means the unobstructed open edge of
a fixture;
(.60) "riser" means a water-supply pipe that ex-
tends through at least one full storey to
convey water to branches or fixtures;
(.61) "sanitary drain" means a drain conveying
sewage; and "sanitary drainage" has a cor-
responding meaning;
(.62) "sanitary-drainage system" means that part
of a plumbing system conveying or intended
to convey wastes from a sanitary unit;
(.63) "sanitary sewer" means a sewer conveying
sewage ;
(.64) "sanitary unit" means a water-closet or
urinal;
(.65) "sewage" means any liquid waste containing
animal, vegeta.ble, or mineral, matter in sus-
pension or solution;
(.66) "soil-pipe" means a pipe that conveys the
discharge of sanitary units with or without
the discharges from other fixtures;
(.67) "stack" means the vertical pipe-line of a
system of soil-piping, waste-piping, or vent-
piping;
(.68) "stack-vent" means the extension of a soil-
or waste-stack above the highest horizontal
branch or fixture-branch connected to the
stack;
(.69) "sub-drain" means a drain that is at a level
lower than the building-drain;
(.70) "sump" means a tank or pit
(c) that receives the discharge from a sub-
drain, and
(6) from which the discharge flows or is
ejected into a drainage system by gravity
or pumping;
(.71) "trap seal" means the vertical distance be-
tween the crown weir and the trap-dip;
(.72) "trap-standard" means a service sink which
has its trap integral with the support for the
sink;
(.73) "trunk", when used with reference to a soil-
pipe or vent-pipe, means a pipe into which
two or more smaller similar pipes discharge;
(.74) "vent-stack" means a vertical vent-pipe in-
stalled to provide circulation of air to, and
from, any part of a drainage system;
(.75) "vent system" means a system of piping in-
stalled to provide a flow of air to, or from, a
drainage system;
(.76) "waste-pipe" means a pipe, other than a
soil-pipe, that receives discharge from a fix-
ture and conveys it to a horizontal branch,
soil-pipe, soil-stack, waste-stack or building-
drain;
(.77) "water-closet" means a fixture commonly so
known ;
(.78) "water-distributing pipe", when used with
reference to premises, means pipe to convey
water from a water-service pipe to a fixture
or to a water-outlet, and includes the control-
valves and fittings connected in it, but does
not include a meter or control-valve or other
device owned and controlled by the water*
supplier;
(.79) "water-outlet", when used with reference to
water-distributing pipe, means an opening at
which water is discharged from the pipe to
(o) a faucet,
(b) a boiler or a heating system,
(c) a water-operated device, or equipment,
that is not part of the water-distributing
system, or
(d) the atmosphere, unless discharged into
an open tank forming part of the water-
supply system;
(.80) "water seal" means the depth of water in a
trap between the point of overflow and the
lower level of the division separating the
inlet- and outlet-arms of the trap;
(.81) "water-supply system", when used with re-
ference to a building, includes the water-
service pif)e, water-distributing pipes, and
all connecting pipes, fittings, control-valves
and devices adjacent to the building and
under the control of the occupier thereof;
(.82) "wet vent" means a soil-pipe or a waste-pipe
functioning also as a vent-pipe; and
(.83) "yoke- vent" means a vent-pipe connecting
upward from a soil-stack or a waste-stack,
to a vent-stack.
2. In these regulations a word or expression used
with reference to a fixture, pip)e, fitting, device, or
appliance, signifying that it is performing a stated
function, includes the meaning that it is intended to
perform that function.
GROUP SYSTEMS
3. Regulations 4 to 21, both inclusive, apply to a
Group A system, a Group B system, and a Group C
system.
479
1464
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
4.(1) No person shall construct, repair, renew, or
alter, plumbing except in conformity with these regula-
tions.
(2) Where plumbing has been constructed, repaired,
renewed, or altered, the plumbing so constructed, re-
paired, renewed, or altered, shall not be put into use
until it has been inspected and found to conform to
these regulations.
(3) Subregulation 2 shall not apply to
(a) repair, or replacement, of a valve, faucet, or
fixture, or
(b) work in
(i) repairing a leak, or
(ii) forcing out a stoppage.
(4) An inspector shall make the inspection within
7 days after being notified in writing that the con-
struction, repair, renewal, or alteration, is ready for
inspection.
(5) Where the inspector finds that any part of the
construction, repair, renewal, or alteration, does not
conform to these regulations he shall deliver to the
occupier, plumber or other person having control
thereof a memorandum of defects in Form 1.
(6) Forthwith after finding that the construction,
repair, renewal, or alteration, conforms to these regu-
lations, the inspector shall deliver to the occupier of
the premises a certificate in Form 2 ; and upon request
shall deliver a copy thereof to the plumber.
5.(1) Where an inspector is of opinion that by
reason of defects in an existing
(a) Group A system, by contamination of the
potable water,
(b) Group B system, by creation of a nuisance, or
(c) Group C system, by unsanitary condition of
a fixture,
a condition exists that is or may become injurious or
dangerous to health, he shall make a full report in
writing to the medical officer of health, with recom-
mendations as to the repair, renewal, or alteration,
necessary to remedy the defects.
(2) The medical officer of health shall investigate
the circumstances, and may order the occupier of the
premises to discontinue use of so much of the system
as the medical officer of health deems necessary, until
the defects have been remedied to his satisfaction.
(3) The order shall be in Form 3.
(4) When the medical officer of health is satisfied
that the defects have been remedied, he shall, upon
application by the occupier, complete the certificate
endorsed on Form 3, and deliver it to the occupier.
MEZZANINE FLOOR
6. A mezzanine storey or floor in or upon which a
fixture is installed shall be deemed a separate storey
or floor.
SIZE OF PIPE
7. Except where otherwise stated, a size of pipe or
fitting specified in these regulations is the nominal size
by which the pipe or fitting is customarily known in
the plumbing trade.
WELDED JOINTS
8. Except in piping of lead or copper, no joint
shall be welded.
QUALITY OF MATERIALS
9.(1) Material used in any part of a plumbing sys-
tem shall be free from defects which may afTect its
effectiveness for purposes of sanitation, and shall con-
form to regulations 10 to 17, both inclusive, regulations
28 to 33, both inclusive, regulation 45, regulations 54
to 61, both inclusive, and regulations 71, 77, 103, 129,
135, 136, 159, 160, 162, 164, 165, and 166.
(2) Used material may be re-installed only if it
conforms to the requirements for new material for the
same purpose.
10.(1) Sheet lead used in construction, repair, re-
newal, or alteration, of a plumbing system shall
(a) consist of not less than 99.85 per cent of lead,
and
(b) weigh not less than 5 pounds a square foot.
(2) Lead used for caulking shall consist of not less
than 99.73 per cent of lead.
11. Lead water-service piping of a trade size item-
ized in column 1 of Table 1 shall have wall-thickness
and density so that each yard of length of piping has
not less than the weight prescribed in column 2.
WIPING SOLDER
12.(1) Solder used for wiped joints of lead-to-lead
or lead-to-brass shall consist of
(a) not less than 57.85 per cent of lead,
(b) not less than 30 per cent, but not more than
40 per cent, of tin, and
(c) not more than 2 per cent of antimony,
and may contain not more than .15 per cent of im-
purities.
(2) The solder shall not contain aluminum or zinc.
COPPER AND BRASS
13.(1) Copper piping used in a plumbing system
shall contain
(a) not less than 99.9 per cent of copp)er including
silver, and
(6) not more than .04 per cent of phosphorus.
(2) Copper piping of a trade size itemized in
column 1 of Table 2 shall have
(a) wall thickness not less than that prescribed in
column 2, and
(6) weight for each foot of length not less than
that prescribed in column 3.
14.(1) Brass piping used in a plumbing system shall
contain
(a) not less than
(i) 86 per cent of copper, and
(ii) 13.9 per cent of zinc, and
(6) not more than
(i) .06 per cent of lead, and
(ii) .05 per cent of iron.
480
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
1465
(2) Brass piping of a trade size itemized in column
1 of Table 2 shall have
(a) wall thickness not less than that prescribed in
column 2, and
(6) weight for each foot of length not less than
that prescribed in column 4.
FERRULES AND NIPPLES
15. A brass caulking-ferrule of a trade size itemized
in column 1 of Table 3 shall
(a) conform to the specifications prescribed for
brass piping by subregulation 1 of regulation
14;
(b) have an actual inside diameter not less than
that prescribed in column 2;
(c) be of a length not less than that prescribed in
column 3; and
(d) have weight not less than that prescribed in
column 4.
16. A brass soldering-nipple of a trade size itemized
in column 1 of Table 4 shall
(a) conform to the specifications prescribed for
brass piping by subregulation 1 of regulation
14;
(b) be of a length not less than that prescribed in
column 2; and
(c) have weight not less than that prescribed in
column 3.
17. A brass soldering-hub of a trade size itemized
in column 1 of Table 5 shall
(a) conform to the specifications prescribed for
brass piping by subregulation 1 of regulation
14;
(6) have an actual inside diameter not less than
that prescribed in column 2;
(c) be of a length not less than that prescribed in
column 3; and
(d) have weight not less than that prescribed in
column 4.
PROTECTION OF PIPES
18.(1) An underground pipe shall be supported and
protected in such manner and at such intervals as will
prevent the pipe and the joints from being subjected
to any stress likely to cause breakage.
(2) A pipe passing under or through a wall shall be
protected against breakage caused by weight or settling
of the wall bearing on the pipe.
(3) A pipe passing under or through cinders or
corrosive material shall be protected against external
corrosion by a heavy coat of bituminous, or similar,
material.
(4) Every water-supply pipe, soil-pipe, or waste-
pipe, shall be protected from freezing.
(5) Provision shall be made for probable expansion
or contraction of piping by means of expansion-joints
or expansion-loops.
SUPPORT OF VERTICAL PIPING
19.(1) Vertical piping shall be supported and an-
chored with strong wrought-iron rests.
(2) Subject to subregulation 3, the rests shall be
set not farther apart than
(o) the floor-levels of alternate storeys, or
(fe) 25 feet vertical distance
whichever is the lesser.
(3) Where pipes are offset or branched, the rests
shall be placed at such shorter intervals as are neces-
sary to support and keep the piping in alignment when
full of liquid.
SUPPORT OF HORIZONTAL PIPING
20.(1) Subject to subregulations 2 to 5, both in-
clusive, horizontal piping shall be supported at points
sufficiently close
(a) to prevent the pipe from sagging when it is
full of liquid, and
(b) to keep it in alignment.
(2) No interval between supports shall be greater
than 8 feet.
(3) Lead pipe in horizontal runs shall be supported
throughout its entire length.
(4) In a horizontal run of cast-iron pipe there shall
be at least 1 support between each 2 joints.
(5) In a horizontal run of piping of material other
than lead or cast-iron the supports shall be placed at
intervals of not more than
(a) 8 feet for pipes larger than ^ inch, trade size,
and
(b) 6 feet for pipes of ^ inch, or smaller, trade
size.
21.(1) Strap hangers may be used for any pipe of
trade size up to and including 4 inch.
(2) Ring hangers may be used for pipe of any trade
(3) Where a hanger of either type is used it shall be
(a) of metal of design and strength sufficient to
support the load carried, and
(b) securely attached to the building.
(4) Where a hanger of either type is attached to
stone, brick, cement, concrete, or other similar ma-
terial, the attachment shall be made by means of
metal, or expansion-type, plugs inserted into the
material.
(5) A hanger of either type supporting brass or
copper pipe may be of the same material as the pipe,
but if of a material different from the pipe, it shall be
insulated to prevent electrolysis between the pipe and
the hanger.
PART I
GROUP A SYSTEMS
22. This Part applies to Group A systems.
PROTECTION OF POTABLE-WATER SUPPLY
23.(1) No connection shall be made in a plumbing
system whereby any foreign matter or non-potable
water may enter a potable-water distribution system.
481
1466
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
(2) No person shall interfere with a potable-water
system in such manner as to cause the water therein
to become non-potable.
(3) No pipe or fitting that has been used for any
purpose other than distribution of potable water shall
be installed in a potable-water system.
(4) A potable-water system shall be entirely
separate from, and independent of, a supply system
for non-potable water.
(5) No pipe conveying non-potable water, soil, or
waste, shall be run where it may contaminate the
water in
(a) a potable-water non-pressure tank, or
(b) any food-handling equipment.
(6) No part of a sewage-ejector shall be connected
to any part of a potable-water system.
24.(1) A non-pressure tank distributing potable
water shall have a tight-fitting cover sufficient to keep
foreign matter from entering the water.
(2) Every well, pump, tank, filter, softener, appli-
ance and device connected to a potable-water system
shall be provided with such covers, walls, copings, and
casings, as entirely exclude superficial- , ground- , or
surface-water and other sources of contamination.
CLEANSING OF WATER-SUPPLY SYSTEM
25. When a potable-water-supply system or any
part thereof is installed or altered, all newly-installed
parts shall, before the system is put into use, be
thoroughly cleansed to ensure freedom from contamin-
ation.
NON-POTABLE-WATER SUPPLY
26. For the purpose of preventing non-potable
water being mistaken for potable water, all piping
distributing non-potable water shall be
(a) identified by distinct, easily recognizable, per-
manent marking, and
(b) not accessible as a supply of water for drinking
or for preparation of food.
27. Non-potable water shall not be distributed to
any part of a food-processing establishment where food
is actually being processed.
WATER-DISTRIBUTING PIPING AND FITTINGS
28.(1) Water-service piping and water-distributing
piping shall be of
(a) brass, conforming to regulation 14,
(6) cast iron, conforming to regulation 29,
(c) copper, conforming to regulation 13,
(d) lead, conforming to regulation 11,
(e) open-hearth iron, conforming to regulation 30,
(/) steel, conforming to regulation 31, or
(g) wrought-iron, conforming to regulations 32
and 33.
(2) Where a pipe, or fitting, of iron of any kind, or
of steel, is threaded, it shall be zinc-galvanized, or
cement-lined; and where it is used underground, it
shall be of a trade size not smaller than 1^ inch.
29. Water-distributing or water-service piping of
cast iron shall have a tensile strength to withstand an
internal hydrostatic pressure of at least 150 pounds a
square inch.
WELDED ALLOYED OPEN-HEARTH IRON PIPING
30.(1) Welded alloyed open-hearth iron piping of
a trade size itemized in column 1 of Table 6 shall
(a) have wall-thickness not less than that pre-
scribed in column 2;
(b) subject to subregulation 2, have a tensile
strength to withstand internal hydrostatic
pressure of at least the number of pounds a
square inch prescribed in
(i) column 3, for furnace butt-welded piping,
or
(ii) column 4, for electric-welded piping;
(c) have weight for each linear foot, when threaded
and with couplings attached, not less than
that prescribed in column 5; and
(d) when threaded, have in each threaded inch
not less than the number of threads prescribed
in column 6.
(2) Piping of 2 inch, or larger, trade size, shall
have>a tensile strength to withstand at least the pres-
sure prescribed in clause b of subregulation 1 at the
same time as the piping is being subjected to end-
jarring equivalent to that produced by a 2-pound
hammer.
(3) Nipples shall be made from piping conforming
to subregulations 1 and 2.
WELDED AND SEAMLESS STEEL PIPING
31.(1) Steel piping of a trade size
(a) 4 inch or smaller, may be butt-welded; but
(b) larger than 4 inch, shall be lap-welded.
(2) Couplings for steel piping shall be of wrought-
iron or steel.
(3) Steel piping of a trade size itemized in column
1 of Table 7 shall
(a) have
(i) an actual outside diameter not less than
prescribed in column 2, and
(ii) wall-thickness not less than that pre-
scribed in column 3;
(6) have weight for each linear foot, when threaded
and with couplings attached, not less than
that prescribed in column 4; and
(c) when threaded, have in each threaded inch
not less than the number of threads prescribed
in column 5.
WROUGHT-IRON PIPING
32.(1) Wrought-iron piping of a trade size
(a) 2 inch or smaller, may be
(i) butt-welded, or
(ii) lap- welded; but
(b) larger than 2 inch, shall be lap-welded.
482
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
1467
sure
(2) Butt-welded wrought-iron piping shall have a
=''le strength to withstand internal hydrostatic pres-
of at least 700 pounds a square inch.
(3) Lap-welded wrought-iron piping of a trade size
up to and including 12 inch shall have a tensile strength
to withstand internal hydrostatic pressure of
(a) at least 1000 pounds a square inch, in piping
of a trade size 6 inch or smaller,
(6) at least 800 pounds a square inch, in piping
of 8 inch, trade size, and
(c) at least 600 pounds a square inch, in piping of
trade size
(i) 10 inch, or
(ii) 12 inch.
(4) Lap-welded wrought-iron piping having a nom-
inal diameter greater than 12 inches shall have a tensile
strength to withstand internal hydrostatic pressure in
pounds a square inch at least equal to the wall-thickness
in inches multiplied by 24,000, and that product
divided by the outside diameter in inches.
33. Wrought-iron piping of a trade size itemized in
column 1 of Table 8
(a) shall have
(i) an actual outside diameter not less than
that prescribed in column 2, and
(ii) wall-thickness not less than that pre-
scribed in column 3;
(b) shall have weight for each linear foot, when
threaded and with couplings attached, not less
than that prescribed in column 4; and
(c)l'when threaded, shall have in each threaded
inch not less than the number of threads pre-
scribed in column 5.
JOINTS
34.(1) A soldered joint shall be
(a) made with a fitting having shoulders, and
(b) properly fluxed and properly soldered.
(2) All surface to be soldered shall be cleaned until
bright.
35. Where copper tubing is installed below ground,
or within a building, all concealed joints shall be
soldered, sweated or flared.
STRENGTH
36.(1) Every joint and connection in a potable-
water system shall be made so strong and watertight
that the water will not leak or seep through it at the
maximum internal pressure likely to be exerted in thp
piping or fitting.
(2) Where, during installation, or at any time
before inspection, piping, or a joint, or a fitting, is so
injured that it will leak when subjected to the test
prescribed by regulation 46, the injured piping, joint,
or fitting shall be removed from the system.
PIPES IN TRENCHES
37. Where a water-service pipe and a building-
sewer are laid in the same trench, the water-service
pipe shall be laid on a bench
(a) at least 12 inches wide and to one side of, and
(b) at least 12 inches higher than the top of the
building-sewer.
SHUT-OFF VALVES
38.(1) A water-service pipe shall be equipped with
a main shut-off valve outside the building, and with
(a) a shut-off valve integrated with a drip valve
on the inner side of the foundation wall near
the point of entrance to the building, if the
pipe is 1 inch, or larger, trade size; or
(b) an accessible stop-and-waste cock, if the pipe
is smaller than 1 inch, trade size.
(2) Every tank connected in a potable-water dis-
tributing pipe shall be equipped with
(a) a valve in the water-supply line, and
(b) a drain-off valve.
DRAINING OF WATER PIPES
39.(1) All water pipes shall be so graded that the
whole system can be completely drained
a) in its entirety, or
(b) in separate parts.
(2) Where an invert or sag such as may cause a
water-trap, or air-trap, is unavoidable, the piping shall
be equipped with a drain-cock or drain-plug at the
lowest point of the invert or sag.
40.(1) A stopcock or valve shall
(c) be installed where it
(i) is at all times readily accessible, and
(ii) will completely drain the whole system
it serves; and
(b) have an effective opening not less than half
the cross-sectional area of the pipe to which
it is fitted.
(2) In all buildings a stopcock or valve shall be
installed at each sanitary unit.
(3) In a public-access building a stopcock or valve
shall be installed
(a) at the foot of each riser, and
(b) at each fixture.
(4) In a multiple-unit dwelling, a stopcock or valve
shall be installed
(a) at the foot of each riser supplying more than
one storey; and
(6) where each fixture or group of fixtures serving
each dwelling-unit can be completely isolated.
PREVENTION OF BACKFLOW
41.(1) In this regulation "wall" includes
(a) a wall of a room, or building, and
(6) the inner surface of a fixture, and of its super-
structure.
(2) Except as permitted under regulation 43, where
the orifice of a faucet, spout, or water-distributing pipe,
supplies potable water to a fixture, it shall be so located
that it is above the flood-level rim of the fixture a
vertical distance not less than the minimum air-gap
prescribed by subregulation 3 or 4, as the circumstances
require.
483
1468
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
(3) Where that point of the orifice which is nearest
to a wall, is located
(a) from one wall, a distance more than 3 times
the effective opening of the orifice, or
(b) from each of two intersecting walls, a distance
more than 4 times the effective opening of the
orifice
the minimum air-gap shall be not less than a distance
equal to the effective-opening multiplied by 2.
(4) Where that point of the orifice which is nearest
to a wall, is located
(a) from one wall, a distance equal to, or less
than 3 times the effective opening of the
orifice, or
(b) from each of two intersecting walls, a distance
equal to, or less than, 4 times the effective
opening of the orifice,
the minimum air-gap shall not be less than a distance
equal to the effective opening multiplied by 3.
42.(1) Where a tank is connected to a potable-
water system, the tank shall have a valved drain-line
connected at the lowest point of the tank.
(2) Where the drain-line discharges into a recept-
acle, the discharge outlet of the drain-line shall be
located above the flood-level rim of the receptacle a
distance not less than the air-gap prescribed by regu-
lation 41.
BACK-FLOW PREVENTERS
43.(1) In this regulation "critical level" means the
horizontal plane at which a back-flow preventer func-
tions.
(2) Subject to subregulation 4, where it is not
practicable to provide an air-gap as prescribed by
regulation 41, a back-flow preventer may be installed
in a readily-accessible position between the fixture and
its control valve.
(3) A back-flow preventer shall be installed in a
manner so that its critical level is above
(a) the flood-level rim of the fixture, or
(b) the highest possible water-level in the tank,
a vertical distance not less than
(i) 4 times the diameter of the inlet of the
control valve, or
(ii) 4 inches,
whichever is the greater.
(4) Where a non-pressure tank is so constructed,
or so located, that it is not practicable
(a) to provide above the flood-level rim of the
tank the minimum air-gap prescribed by regu-
lation 41, or
(b) to install a back-flow preventer,
subregulation 5 may be applied.
(5) Where this subregulation is applied
(a) the tank shall have an overflow outlet con-
sisting of a channel or pipe below the flood-
level rim and below all pipes supplying water
to the tank;
(b) the vertical distance from the lowest point of
any of the supply pipes to the top of the
overflow outlet shall be not less than 1 H
times the minimum air-gap prescribed by
regulation 41 ;
(c) the total effective-opening of the overflow
outlets shall be enough that, when water is
flowing into the tank at maximum rate with
all inlets fuHy opened and all outlets, except
the overflow outlets, closed, water will not
rise to a point above the top of the highest
overflow outlet a distance greater than one-
half the minimum air-gap prescribed by regu-
lation 41;
((/) the overflow outlet shall have unobstructed
discharge to the atmosphere;
(e) the channel or pipe shall have an unobstructed
cross-sectional area throughout its length not
less than the effective opening of the outlet;
(/) the tank and the overflow outlet shall be pro-
tected from freezing; and
(g) the discharge end of the overflow outlet shall
be kept free of ice and all obstructions.
SPECIAL SITUATIONS
44.(1) Subject to subregulation 2, where a cooling-
jacket, condenser, or industrial or special appliance, is
so constructed, or located, that
(a) the prescribed minimum air-gap is not pro-
vided, and
(6) a back-flow preventer is not installed,
the jacket, condenser, or appliance, shall not be con-
nected to, or supplied directly from, a potable-water
system.
(2) Water from a potable-water system may be
used in a jacket, condenser, or appliance, where the
potable water
(a) is first discharged into a tank conforming to
regulation 41, or 43, as the case may be; and
(b) is not returned to the potable-water system
from the jacket, condenser, or appliance.
DRINKING-FOUNTAINS
45.(1) A drinking-fountain shall
(a) be of such materials and design as will ensure
that all surfaces which potable water may
reach before going into the waste-pipe
(i) are hard, smooth, impervious to water,
and free from chips and cracks, and
(ii) can be readily cleansed;
(b) have an orifice that
(i) is located above the highest overflow-
level of the bowl;
(ii) is shielded so that a person cannot put
his lips on the orifice; and
(iii) directs the water at an angle of approxi-
mately 45 degrees upward from hori-
zontal; and
(c) be equipped with readily accessible means for
regulating the flow of water.
(2) Where the orifice has an effective-opening not
greater than .15 square inch, the nozzle shall be located
484
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
1469
so that the lower edge of the orifice is not less than
% inch above the flooid-level rim of the receptacle.
TESTING OF SYSTEM
46.(1) The inspector testing a potable-water sys-
tem, or a section thereof, shall
(a) conduct the test at a time when the water
entering the section being tested is at the
maximum pressure likely to occur in it; and
(b) ensure that
(i) all air is expelled before the outlets are
closed; and
(ii) all outlets are thereafter tightly closed.
(2) After the system, or section, has been subjected
for not less than an hour to the pressure under the
conditions prescribed in subregulation 1, the inspector
shall
(a) by visual examination of all unconcealed parts,
and
(b) by gauge-tests,
satisfy himself that no water is leaking or seeping out
from any pipe, joint, or fitting, otherwise than at an
outlet.
PART II
GROUP B SYSTEMS
47. This Part applies to Group B systems.
PROHIBITED FITTINGS AND CONNECTIONS
48.(1) No double Y-fitting shall be used on a hori-
zontal run of piping.
(2) No building-drain, or soil- , waste-
pipe, shall be drilled, tapped or welded.
or vent-
(3) No saddle-hub or band shall be used on a
building-drain, or soil- , waste- , or vent-pipe.
(4) No pipe, or fitting, with double hubs on the
same run, and no double T-branch, shall be used on a
soil- or waste-pipe.
(5) Every fitting, connection, or joint, shall be so
constructed and installed that it permits free flow of
liquid to an extent not less than 90 per cent of the
flow in the unobstructed piping.
SUPPORTS
49.(1) Where a drain is laid on unstable foundation,
it shall be of cast iron, and supported by a layer of
concrete, or piers of brick, stone, or concrete.
(2) Where a layer of concrete is used, it shall be
not less than 4 inches thick, and 6 inches wider than
the nominal diameter of the pipe.
(3) Where piers are used, they shall
(a) have a cross-sectional area each of not less
than 110 square inches,
(ft) be at intervals not greater than 8 feet, and
(c) extend down to a solid foundation.
(4) Where a wrought-iron or steel rod is placed
underground to support piping, its smallest dimension
shall be not less than ^ inch.
CHANGES IN DIRECTION
50.(1) In this regulation
(a) "long-sweep bend" means a bend of piping
having curvature not less than that prescribed
in subregulation 2; and
(6) "short-sweep bend" means a bend of piping
having curvature less than that of a long-
sweep bend.
(2) The centre line of a long-sweep bend of piping
of a trade size itemized in column 1 of Table 9, shall
have a curvature equal to that of the arc of a circle
having a radius not less than the number of inches
prescribed in column 2.
(3) A change of direction in horizontal drainage
piping shall be not more acute than a quarter-bend
and shall be effected by use of a long-sweep bend, or
equivalent fittings.
(4) Short-sweep quarter-bends may be used to
effect change from horizontal to vertical.
(5) A cross, or a single or double T, may be used
to effect change of direction in a vent-pipe.
(6) A single T-Y may be used to effect change of
direction in a vertical section of a drain, or a stack.
DEAD-ENDS
51.(1) Where a dead-end is installed it shall be
graded so that all moisture accumulating in it drains
back into the system.
(2) Where a length of waste- or vent-piping has an
end not connected to a waste- or vent-stack, the end
shall be closed by air-tight metal capping.
LOCATION OF PIPING AND FITTINGS
52.(1) A galvanized vent- or waste-pipe shall not
be laid underground.
(2) A pipe of
(o) asbestos-cement,
(6) bituminized fibre,
(c) cast iron,
(d) concrete,
(c) non-ferrous metal, or
(/) vitrified clay,
may be laid under a building and to a point 3 feet
beyond the exterior wall.
(3) Where a pipe of a material specified in clauses
a, b, d, or /, of subregulation 2 is so located that the
distance between the top of the pipe and the bottom
of the basement floor over it is less than 24 inches, the
pipe shall be covered, to a depth of not less than 3
inches, by concrete consisting of
(a) 1 part of Portland cement,
(b) 2 parts of sand, and
(c) 4 parts of gravel or equivalent aggregate.
MATERIALS FOR PIPING AND FITTINGS
53.(1) A soil- or waste-pipe within a building shall
be of
(a) brass.
485
1470
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
(b) cast iron,
(c) copper,
(d) galvanized open-hearth iron,
(e) galvanized steel,
(/) galvanized wrought-iron, or
(g) lead.
(2) Piping for a building-sewer shall be not less
than 4 inch, trade size, and shall be of
(a) asbestos-cement,
(b) bituminized fibre,
(c) cast iron,
(d) concrete,
(e) non-ferrous metal, or
(J) vitrified clay.
54.(1) Asbestos-cement sewer-piping of a trade size
itemized in column 1 of Table 10 shall have
(a) wall-thickness not less than that prescribed in
column 2,
(b) fiexural strength to withstand a total load not
less than that prescribed in column 3 when
one-half of that load is applied simultaneously
at each of two points in a span not longer than
that prescribed in column 4, and the points
are equidistant from each other and from the
ends of the span, and
(c) supporting strength to withstand external
crushing pressure not less than that prescribed
in column 5, where the pressure is applied by
the 3-bearing method to each linear foot of the
piping.
(2) The tensile strength of the piping of 8 inch, or
larger, trade size, shall also be sufficient to withstand
internal hydrostatic pressure of not less than 50 pounds
a square inch.
55.(1) Sleeve-couplings for asbestos-cement sewer-
piping of a trade size itemized in column 1 of Table 11
shall have wall-thickness not less than that prescribed
in column 2.
(2) Where tapered-end couplings are used
(a) they shall be asphalt-lined;
(b) the lining shall have a melting point not lower
than 210 degrees Fahrenheit, but not higher
than 235 degrees Fahrenheit; and
(c) sewer-pipe primer shall be used in assembling
pipe to coupling.
BITUMINIZED-FIBRE PIPING
56.(1) The bituminized-fibre in drain- or sewer-
piping, bends, and couplings, shall consist of a bitumin-
ous compound reinforced with an interwoven fibrous
structure, and be so made that the piping, bend, or
coupling
(a) does not disintegrate, or separate into lamina-
tions, after successive immersions in solutions
of .1 normality of
(i) sulphuric acid,
(ii) sodium carbonate, and
(iii) sodium sulphate,
for a period of 30 days in each solution ;
(b) does not disintegrate, or separate into lamina-
tions, when immersed in boiling water for 1
hour;
(c) does not absorb water sufficiently to increase
the weight more than 2 per cent when im-
mersed for 48 hours at a temperature of 75
degrees Fahrenheit; and
(d) when heated for 8 hours in an oven at 180
degrees Fahrenheit, does not lose more than
10 per cent of either its bitumen, or its round-
ness.
(2) The piping, bends, and couplings, shall have at
each end a taper of 2 per cent.
(3) Bituminized-fibre drain-piping or sewer-piping
of a trade size itemized in column 1 of Table 12 shall
have
(a) wall-thickness not less than that prescribed
in column 2, and
(b) supporting strength to withstand a crushing
load for each linear foot not less than that
prescribed in column 3, when the piping is
subjected to that load applied between 2 flat
plates having a head-speed of H inch a minute.
(4) Bituminized-fibre couplings of a trade size
itemized in column 1 of Table 12 shall
(a) have wall-thickness not less than that pre-
scribed in column 2,
(b) be of a length not less than that prescribed in
column 4,
(c) have supporting strength to withstand a
crushing load for each foot not less than that
prescribed in column 5 when the coupling is
subjected to that load applied between 2 flat
plates having a head-speed of ^ inch a minute.
(5) A bend of bituminized-fibre piping shall
(a) have wall-thickness at its thinnest point not
less than that prescribed in subregulation 3
for piping of the same trade-size, and
(b) be so curved that a ball, having a diameter
34 inch less than the trade size of the bend,
will pass freely through it.
CAST-IRON SOIL-PIPE AND FITTINGS
57.(1) In this regulation "normal length" means
the 5-foot length with hub and spigot customarily used
in the plumbing trade.
(2) A normal length of cast-iron soil-pipe of a trade
size itemized in column 1 of Table 13 shall have not
less than the weight prescribed in column 2.
(3) Cast-iron soil-pipe, and cast-iron fittings,
(a) shall not contain more than
(i) .11 per cent of sulphur, and
(ii) .9 per cent of phosphorus; and
(b) shall be of material so composed that a 20-inch
test-rod of the same composition, with a dia-
meter of 1.2 inches, will not break nor be
deflected at the centre more than .2 inch when
the rod is
(i) supported on 2 rests 18 inches apart, and
486
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
1471
(ii) subjected to a load of 1750 pounds applied
midway between the rests.
(4) Cast-iron soil-pipe, and cast-iron fittings, shall
have
(a) tensile strength to withstand
(i) a hydrostatic internal pressure of not less
than 50 pounds a square inch, or
(ii) a pneumatic internal pressure of not less
than 50 pounds a square inch applied
when the pipe or fitting is immersed in
water,
(b) hubs and spigots that are truly circular, and
(c) a corrosion-retarding coating inside and out-
side.
THREADED CAST-IRON PIPING AND FITTINGS
58. Threaded cast-iron piping for a waste- , drain- ,
or vent-pipe of a trade size itemized in column 1 of
Table 14 shall
(a) conform to the requirements of regulation 57,
(6) have wall-thickness not less than that pre-
scribed in column 2,
(c) weigh for each linear foot not less than the
weight prescribed in column 3, and
(d) have thread-length not less than that pre-
scribed in column 4.
CEMENT LINING
59. Where a metal pipe or fitting is cement-lined,
the lining shall
(a) be of
(i) Portland cement and sand in equal parts,
or
(ii) other materials producing a mortar hav-
ing less water-solubility and shrinkage
than a mortar conforming to sub-clause i,
(b) have a thickness at its thinnest part not less
than
(i) 1/8 inch, in piping of a trade size up to
and including 12 inch,
(ii) 3/16 inch, in piping of a trade size 14 inch
to 24 inch, both inclusive, or
(iii) 14 inch, in piping of a trade size 30 inch
to 48 inch, both inclusive, and
(c) have the surface toward the centre of the pipe,
or fitting, hard, smooth, cylindrical, and free
from corrugations and other irregularities that
may interfere with free flow of liquid through
the pipe, or fitting.
CONCRETE SEWER-PIPING
60.(1) The concrete of sewer-piping shall be of
(a) Portland cement, and
(b) mineral aggregate that is
(i) siliceous, or
(ii) quartzose.
(2) The piping shall
(a) not be so porous that, when dry piping is
immersed in boiling water for 5 hours, it
absorbs water weighing more than 8 per cent
of the dry weight of the piping, and
(b) have tensile strength to withstand internal
hydrostatic pressure of not less than 15
pounds a square inch.
(3) The barrel of concrete sewer-piping of a trade
size itemized in column 1 of Table 15 shall have
(a) wall-thickness not less than that prescribed in
column 2,
(b) internal diameter not less than that prescribed
in column 3, and
(c) supporting strength to withstand external
pressure of not less than the number of pounds
for each linear foot prescribed in column 4,
when applied by the 3-bearing method.
(4) The socket of concrete sewer-piping of a trade
size itemized in column 1 of Table 15 shall have
(a) wall-thickness at a point }4 inch from its
outer end not less than % of the wall-thickness
of the barrel prescribed by clause a of sub-
regulation 3,
{b) internal diameter at its mouth not less than
that prescribed in column 5, and
(c) depth not less than that prescribed in column 6.
VITRIFIED-CLAY PIPING
61.(1) The clay in vitrified-clay piping shall contain
not less than 75 per cent of aluminum silicate.
(2) The piping shall
(a) not be so porous that, when dry piping is im-
mersed in boiling water for 5 hours, it absorbs
water weighing more than 8 per cent of the
dry weight of the piping,
{b) not contain more than .25 per cent of matter
soluble in sulphuric acid of 1 normality,
(c) not contain more than .25 per cent of matter
soluble in sodium sulphate, or magnesium sul-
phate, having a specific gravity of not less
than 1.15 and not more than 1.3, and
(d) have tensile strength to withstand internal
hydrostatic pressure of not less than 15 pounds
a square inch.
(3) The barrel of vitrified-clay piping of a trade
size itemized in column 1 of Table 16 shall have
(a) wall-thickness not less than that prescribed in
column 2,
(6) internal diameter not less than that prescribed
in column 3, and
(c) supportin^strength to withstand external pres-
sure of not less than the number of pounds for
each linear foot prescribed in column 4, when
applied by the 3-bearing method.
(4) The socket of vitrified-clay piping of a trade
size itemized in column 1 of Table 16 shall have
(a) wall-thickness not less than 5€ of the wall-
thickness of the barrel prescribed by clause a
of subregulation 3,
(6) internal diameter at J^ inch above the base of
the socket not less than that prescribed in
column 5, and
487
1472
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
(c) depth not less than that prescribed in column 6.
INCREASERS AND REDUCERS
62.(1) Subject to subregulation 2, where a different
size pipe, or fitting, is to be inserted in a soil- , waste-
or vent-line, a proper increaser or reducer, having a
tapered pitch of not more than 22J^ degrees with the
central axis of the two members, shall be used.
(2) In a horizontal vent-pipe an eccentric fitting
shall be used.
PROHIBITED JOINTS AND FITTINGS
63. No joint, enlarged connection, fitting, chamber,
or recess, having in the direction of flow on the outlet-
or waste-side, of a trap, a ledge or shoulder, likely to
create a reduction of the pipe area, or otherwise inter-
fere with the flow of the liquids in the piping, shall be
installed in a drainage system.
WIPED JOINTS
64.(1) A wiped joint in a lead pipe, or between
lead pipe and other metal, shall
(a) be made of solder with an exposed surface not
less than % inch on each side of the joint, and
(6) be not less than 3/8 inch thick at its thickest
part, *
(2) A wiped flanged joint shall be reinforced with
a lead flange projecting all around the pipe not less
than % inch.
65. Where a lead joint is burned or welded, the
lead shall be lapped and fused to form a uniform weld
at least IJ^ times as thick as the lead piping that is
being joined.
TRAP CONNECTIONS
66. The connection between
(a) the inlet-end of a trap and a fixture-connection,
and
{h) the outlet-end of a trap and a fixture-drain,
shall be soldered, screwed, caulked, or hot-poured.
SLIP-JOINTS AND UNIONS
67. Where a slip-joint and a union are used in a
trap or in the waste-pipe between a trap and a fixture,
they shall be so installed as to be readily accessible.
JOINTS IN CAST-IRON PIPE
68.(1) Every joint in a cast-iron pipe shall be
(a) lead-caulked,
{h) screwed, or
(c) made with hot-poured sulphur-compound.
(2) Where a pipe of wrought-iron, steel, brass, or
copper, is joined to a cast-iron pipe, the joint shall be
lead-caulked or screwed.
(3) Where a lead pipe is joined to a cast-iron pipe,
wrought-iron pipe, or steel pipe, the joint shall be
wiped to a caulking-ferrule or a soldering-nipple.
(4) Soldering nipples shall not be used on a waste-
or soil-pipe, but may be used on a vent-pipe.
JOINTS IN CONCRETE SEWER-PIPE
69. A joint in concrete sewer-pipe shall be hot-
poured, or cemented.
CAULKED JOINTS
70.(1) A caulked joint in a cast-iron soil-pipe shall
be
(a) made with the spigot-end below the hub-end
in the direction of flow,
(b) firmly packed with oakum or hemp,
(c) secured with caulking lead not less than 1 inch
deep, and
(d) tightly caulked.
(2) No paint, varnish, putty, or other coating, shall
be applied on the jointing material until the joint has
been inspected under these regulations.
HOT-POURED JOINTS
71.(1) The compound for a hot-poured joint shall
be applied in a viscous state.
(2) Sulphur-compound used in a hot-poured joint
shall
(c) be of such composition as not to re-soften at
a temperature below 200 degrees Fahrenheit,
and
(b) have tensile strength at least sufficient that a
bar 1 inch square in cross-section will not
break when subjected to a pull of 600 pounds
after the bar has been immersed for 10 cycles
specified in subregulation 3.
(3) Each immersion-cycle shall consist of
(o) immersion for S minutes in water at 195 to
200 degrees Fahrenheit, and
{b) immersion for 5 minutes in water at 32 degrees
Fahrenheit.
(4) Asphaltic compound shall be of such composi-
tion as not to re-soften at a temperature below 160
degrees Fahrenheit.
(5) An asphaltic hot-poured joint shall be
(a) rammed with twisted oakum,
(6) caulked closely, and
(c) at least 1 inch deep all around the pipe.
CEMENT JOINTS
72.(1) A cement joint for vitrified-clay, or concrete,
sewer-pipe, larger than 6 inch, trade size, shall be made
by ramming into the annular space between the pipes
a closely-twisted gasket of hemp or oakum, and filling
with wet mortar consisting of equal parts of Portland
cement and clean, sharp mortar-sand.
(2) Before use, the mortar shall be tempered for
not less than 20 minutes, but not more than an hour.
(3) A cement joint for piping of 6 inch or smaller,
trade size, shall be made by grouting the annular space
between the pipes with pure Portland cement.
(4) Every joint under subregulation 1, or 3, shall
be carefully banked; and thereafter, but before the
mortar or grout dries, the inside of the piping shall be
thoroughly cleaned and swabbed.
JOINTS IN VITRIFIED-CLAY PIPING
73.(1) Joints in vitrified-clay piping, or between a
vitrified-clay pipe and a metal pipe, shall be hot-poured
or cemented.
488
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
1473
(2) A connection between vitrified-clay pipe and a
metal pipe shall be made with a vitrified-clay taper-
fitting and the joint shall be hot-poured or cemented.
FIXTURE-UNITS
74.(1) A fixture itemized in column 1 of Table 17
shall be deemed to produce a hydraulic load equal to
the number of fixture-units set out in column 2.
(2) A fixture, other than one under subregulation 1,
having a waste-pipe or trap of a trade size itemized in
column 1 of Table 18 shall be deemed to produce a
hydraulic load equal to the number of fixture-units set
out in column 2.
(3) A pump, ejector, or other device or equipment
discharging water, liquids, or water-borne wastes, in a
continuous or intermittent flow shall be deemed to
produce a hydraulic load equal to 2.4 fixture-units per
gallon per minute of flow.
FIXTURE STRAINERS
75. A fixture other than a
(a) water-closet,
(b) full-flush urinal,
(c) bed-pan washer, or
(d) sink receiving wastes like those from fixtures
specified in clauses a, b, and c
shall be provided with a strong metallic, or porcelain,
strainer having an outlet area not less than that or the
interior of the trap or waste-pipe of the fixture.
FLOOR-DRAINS
76.(1) A floor-drain in any room where
(c) a fixture other than a laundry-tub or a wash-
basin is installed, or
(b) food or beverage not in hermetically-sealed con-
tainers, is stored, prepared, or served,
shall
(c) be made of metal,
(d) have a strainer inlet,
(e) be properly trapped and vented, and
(/) be deemed a fixture.
(2) Where a floor-drain, other than one under sub-
regulation 1, discharges directly or indirectly into a
sanitary-drainage system, it shall be properly trapped
and so that under normal conditions of use a supply
of water flows through the trap sufficient to keep its
water seal from evaporating.
PLOOR-FLANGES
77.(1) Floor-flanges for a fixture having an integral
trap shall be
(a) of brass, or other equally corrosion-resisting
material,
(6) not less than 3/16 inch thick, and
(c) adapted for soldering to a lead drain-pipe.
(2) Bolts, washers, and nuts, used in connection
with the flanges shall be of a material prescribed in
clause a of subregulation 1.
WATER-CLOSET BOWLS
78. Where lead pipe is used to connect a water-
closet bowl to a drain-pipe, the bowl shall have a
support of sufficient strength to sustain a live load of
250 pounds.
PROHIBITED TRAPPING
79.(1) In this regulation
(a) "mechanically-controlled seal" includes any
device whereby the water-seal of a trap is
replenished by the action of moving parts, and
(b) "moving parts" does not include valves and
other devices controlling the flushing of the
fixture served by the trap.
(2) No trap having a mechanically-controlled seal
shall be installed.
80.(1) In this regulation, "double-trapping" means
a mode of construction of a sanitary-drainage system
whereby discharge from a fixture passes through two
traps before reaching the building-trap.
(2) A sanitary-drainage system shall be so con-
structed that there is no double-trapping.
81. No vent shall be made in the crown of a trap.
TRAPPING REQUIRED
82.(1) Subject to subregulation 2, each fixture shall
be separately trapped by a water-sealed trap placed as
close as possible to the fixture.
(2) Subject to subregulation 3,
(a) a sink having two or three compartments with
outlets at the same level, or
(b) two adjoining laundry-trays
may connect to the same trap if it is at a developed
length not more than 36 inches from the fixture-outlet
farthest from it.
(3) The distance from the trap to the fixture-
outlet shall be the developed length of the pipe, in-
cluding fixture-outlet tail-piece, if any, measured from
the centre of the water-level of the trap, to the point
where the waste-pipe leaves the fixture.
83, The waste-pipe from any fixture, other than a
water-closet, shall not discharge into the trap, lead
bend, or lead stub, of a water-closet.
LEVEL AND PROTECTION OF TRAPS
84. A trap shall
(a) have a trap seal not less than IJ^ inches; and
(ft) be so set that its water seal is kept constant.
SIZES OF TRAPS AND FIXTURE-OUTLET CONNECTIONS
85.(1) The trap, and the fixture-outlet connection,
of a fixture itemized in column 1 of Table 19 shall be
of a trade size not smaller than that prescribed in
column 2.
(2) No trap shall be smaller than the waste-pipe
opening to which it is connected.
(3) No outlet-connection shall be smaller than the
trap it serves.
(4) The soil-pipe for a fixture having an integral
trap shall be not smaller than the fixture-outlet.
489
1474
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
VITRIFIED-CLAY TRAPS
86. The water seal of a vitrified-clay trap shall be
not less than
(a) 2 inches for a trap of 4 inch, trade size, and
(b) 2)4, inches for a trap of a trade size 6 inch or
8 inch.
87.(1) A sink through which food-stuffs, excreta,
or other organic substances, are discharged into a
sanitary drain shall be individually trapped, and
vented.
(2) Where sinks other than such as are mentioned
in subregulation 1, are arranged in a group of two or
more, their waste-pipes may be connected to the same
trap.
(3) A grease-interceptor may serve as the trap for
a two- or three-compartment sink, or a dish-washing
machine.
BUILDING-TRAPS
88.(1) Where a building-drain is trapped
(a) the building-trap shall be located inside the
building, and as close as practicable to the
wall through which the drain leaves the build-
ing; and
(i) a vent-pipe not smaller than 4 inch, trade
size, shall be connected to the drain at a dis-
tance not more than 4 feet from the inlet-side
of the trap.
(2) A building- trap shall have an accessible clean-
out.
CLEANING OF FIXTURE-TRAPS
89.(1) Subject to subregulation 2, every fixture-
trap shall have at its lowest point a brass screw of a
diameter not less than one-half of that of the trap, and
so installed that it may be removed for cleaning pur-
poses.
(2) Subregulation 1 shall not apply to
(a) a fixture-trap combined with a fixture in which
the trap-dip is accessible for cleaning purposes,
or
(i) a trap whereof a portion is removable for
cleaning purposes.
URINALS AND TRAP-STANDARDS
90.(1) Where a
(a drainage pipe,
{h) service-sink having a floor-outlet, or
(c) pedestal-urinal,
is connected to an earthenware trap, the connection
shall be
id) made
(i) by means of a floor-flange trap-connec-
tion, and
(ii) in the manner prescribed in regulation 66,
and
{e) sealed with a gasket of natural or synthetic
rubber.
(2) The floor-flange shall be set on a base of suffi-
cient strength to support the fixture and the liquid in it.
(3) A stall-urinal shall be connected to the waste-
pipe by a universal-type strainer-spud.
INTERCEPTORS
91.(1) No interceptor so constructed that a pocket
of air is likely to form in it and retard its action, shall
be installed.
(2) Every interceptor shall be vented, and so
located as to be readily accessible for cleaning.
(3) A vent-pipe from an interceptor shall discharge
into open air, not less than 7 feet above ground-level.
92. A grease-interceptor shall be
(a) of sufficient capacity to intercept all grease
likely to flow into it under normal conditions,
and
(6) located as near as practicable to the fixture or
fixtures from which it receives discharges.
93. An interceptor for sand, or other sediments,
shall have a water seal of not less than 6 inches.
WATER-CLOSET WASTE-PIPES
94.(1) Subject to subregulation 2, lead shall be
used to make the connection between a water-closet
and its waste-pipe.
(2) Where the waste-pipe is of copper, that metal
may be used to make the connection.
SIZES OF WASTE-PIPES AND SOIL-PIPES
95.(1) Not more than two water-closets shall dis-
charge into a 3-inch
(a) horizontal branch, or
(6) branch interval.
(2) Not more than six water-closets shall discharge
into a 3-inch soil-stack.
96. A horizontal branch consisting of piping of a
trade size itemized in column 1 of Table 20, except
where it is part of a building-drain or -sewer, shall not
receive discharge from fixtures producing an aggregate
hydraulic load greater than the number of fixture-units
prescribed in column 2.
SIZES OF STACKS
97.(1) A stack
(a) not exceeding 3 branch-intervals or storeys in
height, and
{b) of a trade size itemized in column 1 of Table 21
shall not receive discharge from fixtures producing an
aggregate hydraulic load greater than the number of
fixture-units prescribed in column 2.
(2) A stack
(a) more than 3 branch-intervals or storeys in
height, and
(6) of a trade size itemized in column 1 of Table 22
shall not receive discharge from fixtures producing an
aggregate hydraulic load greater than the number of
fixture-units prescribed in column 2.
490
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
1475
(3) The aggregate hydraulic load discharged at any
storey, or into any branch-interval, of a stack referred
to in subregulation 2 shall not be greater than the
number of fixture-units prescribed in column 3 of
Table 22.
FOOTINGS OF STACKS
98.(1) In this regulation, "footing" means a hori-
zontal length of cast-iron piping located underground,
and connecting the bottom of a waste-pipe, or soil- or
waste-stack, to a building-drain or branch thereof.
(2) Where a waste-pipe, soil- or waste-stack, ter-
minates underground, it shall be provided with a
footing
(a) not less than 30 inches long, and
(6) of a diameter not less than
(i) the size of the waste-pipe, soil- or waste-
stack, or
(ii) 3 inches
whichever is the larger.
VENTING NOT REQUIRED
99. Regulations 100 to 128, both inclusive, do not
apply to a
(a) area-drain,
(6) backwater-valve,
(c) leader-trap, or
{d) subsoil catch-basin trap.
VENTING REQUIRED
100.(1) A sanitary-drainage system shall be pro-
tected by a vent system installed in the manner pre-
scribed in this regulation and regulations 101 to 128,
both inclusive.
(2) Every vent-pipe not terminating in open air
shall be connected into a vent-stack or stack-vent.
101.(1) Subject to subregulation 3, a fixture-trap
shall have a protecting vent-pipe located in the waste-
or soil-pipe within 5 feet of the vertical trap-inlet.
(2) The section of waste- or soil-pipe in which the
vent-pipe is located shall not contain more than one
90-degree bend or two 45-degree bends.
(3) A protecting vent-pipe is not required
(o) where the highest horizontal branch connected
to a soil-stack, receives the discharge from
only 1 fixture, and that fixture is not more
than 5 feet from the soil-stack; or
(b) where a water-closet discharges into a soil-
stack at a point below fixtures that discharge
a hydraulic load totalling not more than 4
fixture-units, and are all on one floor-level.
102.(1) Subject to subregulation 2, a fixture-trap
shall have a protecting vent so located that
(a) the total fall in the fixture waste-pipe from
the trap-weir to the vent-fitting is not greater
than the diameter of the waste-pipe, and
(b) the developed length of the waste-pipe from
the trap-weir to the vent-fitting is not less
than twice the diameter of the waste-pipe.
(2) Subregulation 1 does not apply to
(o) water-closets,
(b) pedestal-urinals,
(c) trap-standards,
• (d) fixtures which depend on siphonic action for
the proper functioning of the fixture, and
(e) connections which do not exceed one Y and
one eighth-bend between the trap-outlet and
the vent.
MATERIALS FOR VENT-PIPING
103. A vent-pipe shall be of brass, cast iron, copper,
galvanized open-hearth iron, galvanized steel, galvan-
ized wrought-iron, or lead.
SIZE OF VENT-PIPING
104.(1) The vent-pipe venting a fixture-trap of a
size itemized in column 1 of Table 23 shall be of a
trade size not smaller than that prescribed in column 2.
(2) No vent-pipe smaller than 13^ inch, trade size,
shall be installed.
(3) A relief-vent shall have a diameter not less
than one-half the diameter of the horizontal branch it
serves.
MAXIMUM LOAD FOR VENT-PIPING
105.(1) A branch-vent, vent-stack, or stack-vent,
of IJ^ inch, trade size, shall have connected to it not
more than 4 vent-pipes of 13^ inch, trade size.
(2) A branch-vent, vent-stack, or stack-vent, of
13^ inch, trade size, shall have connected to it not
more than
(o) 12 vent-pipes of 13>^ inch, trade size,
(b) 6 vent-pipes of IM inch, trade size, other than
water-closet vent-pipes,
(c) 2 water-closet vent-pipes of IH inch, trade
size, or
{d) 1 water-closet vent-pipe of IH inch, trade
size, and 2 other vent-pipes of 13^ inch, trade
size.
(3) A branch-vent, vent-stack, or stack-vent, of
2 inch, trade size, shall have connected to it not more
more than
(a) 50 vent-pipes of 134 inch, trade size,
(b) 25 vent-pipes of 13^ inch, trade size, other
than water-closet vent-pipes, or
(c) 6 water-closet vent-pipes of 13^2 inch, trade
size, and
(i) 12 other vent-pipes of 13^ inch, trade
size, or
(ii) 25 vent-pipes of 13^ inch, trade size.
(4) A branch-vent, vent-stack, or stack-vent, of
23^ inch, trade size, shall have connected to it not
more than 10 water-closet vent-pipes of 13^ inch,
trade size, and
(a) 12 other vent-pipes of 13^ inch, trade size, or
(b) 25 vent-pipes of 1)^ inch, trade size.
106. Where a single-family dwelling has in the
basement a vent-pipe not smaller than 13^ inch, trade
size, that pipe may be used to vent 1 water-closet and
1 wash-basin both located in that basement.
491
1476
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
LENGTH OF VENTS
107. A vent-pipe or vent-stack of a trade size
itemized in column 1 of Table 24 shall not have a
length greater than that prescribed in column 2.
108.(1) For the purposes of regulation 107, the
length of branch-vents, vent-stacks, and stack-vents,
shall be computed in the manner prescribed in sub-
regulations 2, 3, and 4.
(2) The length of a branch-vent is the developed
length between
(a) its connection with the vent-stack or stack-
vent, and
(b) the fixture-drain or horizontal soil- or waste-
branch served by the vent.
(3) The length of a vent-stack is the developed
length between
(a) the lowest point at which connection of the
vent system is made with the soil-stack, waste-
stack or building-drain, and
(b) the open-air terminal of
(i) the vent-stack, if it terminates indepen-
dently, or
(ii) the header, if two or more venting stacks
are connected into a single header.
(4) The length of a stack-vent is the developed
length between
(a) the highest horizontal branch or fixture-branch
connected to the stack, and
(fc) the open-air terminal of the stack-vent.
109. Where fixtures are circuit- or loop-vented, no
vertical leg of a waste-pipe of any of the fixtures shall
be more than 3 feet long.
CONNECTIONS OF VENT-PIPING
110. Where a vent-pipe connects to a horizontal
soil- or waste-pipe
(a) the vent shall be made in the upper part of
the soil- or waste-pipe; and
(ft) the vent-pipe shall be connected to a branch-
vent at a point above the flood-level rim of
the fixture it is venting. ,
111.(1) A connection between a vent-pipe and a
vent-stack shall be above the flood-level rim of the
highest fixture served by the vent-pipe.
(2) Where part of a branch- , relief- , circuit- , or
loop-vent is approximately horizontal, that part shall
be above the flood-level rim of the highest fixture
served by that vent.
SLOPES OF VENT-PIPING
112. A vent-pipe or branch-vent shall be so con-
structed and graded that liquid accumulating in it
drains by gravity through the drainage piping to the
soil- or waste-pipe.
DUAL VENTS
113.(1) An individual vent-pipe or a continuous
vent-pipe unit installed vertically may be used as a
dual-vent pipe when both fixture waste-pipes connect
on the same level with a vertical waste-pipe.
(2) The total fall, and developed length, prescribed
in clauses a and b of subregulation 1 of regulation 102
shall apply to each fixture waste-pipe installed as per-
mitted by subregulation 1;
(3) Where a dual vent is installed in conformity
with subregulations 1 and 2, no additional vent is re-
quired for the traps of the two fixtures served by the
2 fixture waste-pipes.
BACK-VENTS
114. No back-vent shall be closer to a trap-weir
than a distance equal to twice the diameter of the
back-vent.
WET VENTS
115.(1) Subject to subregulations 2 and 3, the
waste-pipe for a wash-basin, or a sink, may serve as
a vent-pipe for a bath-tub, or a shower-bath.
(2) The waste-pipe serving as a wet vent shall be
of a trade size not smaller than
(a) 13^ inch when venting a bath-tub, or
(b) ].}/2 inch when venting a shower-bath.
(3) The waste-pipe for the bath-tub or shower-bath
shall have a developed length not less than 18 inches
between the trap and the wet vent.
(4) A wet-vent pipe may be installed to connection
with a water-closet, urinal, wash-basin, or sink, where
(a) the diameter of the waste-pipe of the fixture
is not less than 2 inches, and
(ft) the diameter of the vent-pipe is not less than
\y2 inches.
CIRCUIT-VENTS AND LOOP-VENTS
116.(1) Where not more than 6 sanitary units are
connected in series on the same level to a branch soil-
or waste-pipe the branch may be vented by a circuit-
vent, or a loop-vent.
(2) The vent shall be taken off the upper part of
the branch, and in front of the last fixture-connection.
(3) Where that branch is connected to a drain, or
other fixtures discharge into the soil- or waste-pipe
above the branch, the branch shall be provided with a
relief-vent.
117. Where a waste-pipe is loop- vented, or circuit-
vented, and a bend is connected to a Y in the vent-
piping, the bend shall be not more than 12 inches,
developed length.
118.(1) Where 2 or more circuit-vented horizontal
branches serving a total of not more than 6 sanitary
units are connected to the same branch interval, the
horizontal branch may have a combined relief vent.
(2) The vent-pipes shall be connected to the relief-
vent above the flood-level rim of the highest fixture
discharging into the horizontal branches.
VENTING OF OFFSETS
119.(1) Where a soil- or waste-stack
(c) has an offset greater than 45 degrees, and
{b) receives discharges from fixtures
(i) 1 or more of which are below the offset,
and
(ii) 1 or more of which are on two or more
floors above the offset,
492
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
1477
the soil- or waste-stack shall be vented as 2 separate
stacks, or be yoke- vented.
(2) Where the stack is vented as 2 separate stacks
one vent-pipe shall be taken off below the offset and
another above the offset.
(3) Where the stack is yoke-vented
(a) the yoke-vent shall have a diameter not
smaller than that of the vent-stack to which
it is connected;
(b) the lower end of the yoke-vent shall be con-
nected to the soil- or waste-stack through a
Y installed in the soil- or waste-stack below
the lowest horizontal branch above the offset;
and
(c) the upper end of the yoke-vent shall be con-
nected to the vent-stack at a point not less
than 3 feet above the level of the highest
floor referred to in sub-clause ii of clause b of
subregulation 1.
YOKE-VENTS
120.(1) Where a soil- or waste-stack extends
through more than 5 storeys of a building; the stack
shall be yoke-vented for each section of 5, or fewer,
storeys.
(2) In each section
(a) the lower end of the yoke-vent shall connect
to the soil- or waste-stack through a Y below
the horizontal branch from the lowest floor of
the section; and
(b) the upper end of the yoke-vent shall connect
to the vent-stack not less than 3 feet above
the level of the highest floor of the section.
SUMP-VENTS
121. Every sump receiving sewage shall be vented
by a vent-pipe not smaller than one trade-size smaller
than the inlet-pipe of the sump.
TRUNK VENT-PIPES
122.(1) In this regulation, "standard trade-size"
means a trade size itemized in column 1 of Table 25.
(2) A vent-pipe of a standard trade-size shall be
deemed to have the cross-sectional area prescribed in
column 2.
(3) Where more than 2 vent-pipes are connected to
a trunk, the trunk shall be of a size having a cross-
sectional area not less than 40 per cent of the sum of
the cross-sectional areas of all the vent-pipes connected
to it.
(4) Where 2 vent-pipes of 3 inch or larger, standard
trade-size, are connected to a trunk, the trunk shall
be at least 1 standard trade-size larger than the larger
of the two pipes connected to it.
VENT-STACKS
123.(1) Where back-vents, relief-vents, circuit-
vents, or loop-vents, are required in 2 or more branch-
intervals of a waste- or soil-stack, a main vent shall
be installed in conjunction with that stack.
(2) The main vent shall
(a) have its lower end connected with
(i) the waste- or soil-stack through, at, or
below, the lowest horizontal waste-pipe,
or
(ii) the building-drain; and
(b) extend to the open air independently, or
through a header.
(3) Where subregulation 1 applies as a result of
alteration of the vent system in an existing building,
the main vent may be erected vertically outside the
building; and changes in direction of that vent shall
be made by eighth-bends.
STACK-VENTS
124.(1) A waste- or soil-stack shall be vented at a
point above the flood-level rim of the highest fixture
discharging directly or indirectly into it.
(2) The venting shall be effected
(a) by extension of the stack vertically through
the roof of the building, or
(b) by connecting the stack to a vent- stack by
means of a vent-pipe that slopes upwards
from the waste- or soil-pipe to the vent-stack.
VENT-HEADERS
125.(1) Stack-vents and vent-stacks may be con-
nected together at a point above the flood-level rim of
the highest fixture served by either of them, and thence
extended in a single header to the open air.
(2) The header shall be of a size computed in
accordance with
(c) subregulations 3 and 4, and
(b) regulation 105.
(3) For the purposes of this regulation, the de-
veloped length is that of the longest of the vent-pipes
so connected together and including the header.
(4) The measurement of that developed length
shall be made, or calculated, by commencing at the
base of the stack most distant from the header and
continuing through that stack to the header and
thence to its terminal in open air.
LOCATION OF VENT-TERMINALS
126. The discharge-end of a stack-vent, vent-
stack, or vent-pipe, terminating in open air shall be
located a distance not less than 3 feet above, or 12
feet horizontally away from, any air-inlet, window, or
door, of the building, or of any adjacent building.
127.(1) The part of a waste- , soil- , or vent-stack
which extends through and above a roof shall be of a
trade size not smaller than 3 inch.
(2) Where an increaser is installed, the bottom of
the larger pipe shall be below the underside of the roof.
128.(1) The discharge-end of a vent-pipe extending
through a roof shall be not less than
(o) six inches from the nearest point of any roof,
and
(b) six feet above a flat roof which is accessible
for domestic or personal purposes.
(2) Where the discharge-end is so located that it
may become clogged by any cause, it shall be fitted
with a shield so constructed as to prevent clogging.
BACKWATER VALVES
129.(1) No backwater- valve shall be installed unless
(a) all its bearing-parts and balls are of corrosion-
resisting material; and
493
1478
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
(b) it is of such construction as to ensure a posi-
tive mechanical seal.
(2) A backwater- valve shall be so located that it
can be readily examined and cleaned.
SIZE OF BUILDING-DRAINS OR BUILDING-SEWERS
130. No building-drain or building-sewer shall be
of a trade size smaller than 4 inch.
MINIMUM SLOPE
131. A slope of not less than J^ inch a foot of run
shall be provided
(a) for a fixture waste-pipe or fixture-drain, and
(ft) for a horizontal branch not larger than 3 inch,
trade size.
132. A horizontal drain-pipe larger than 3 inch,
trade size, shall have a slope of not less than 1/8 inch
a foot of run.
133.(1) Subject to subregulation 2, a building-drain
or building-sewer shall have a slope not less than that
prescribed for waste- and drain-pipes in regulations
131 and 132.
(2) Where conditions do not permit a building-
drain or building-sewer to have the slope prescribed in
subregulation 1, it may have a lesser slope, but not so
that the rate of flow of the liquids is less than 2 feet a
second.
HYDRAULIC LOAD
134. The hydraulic load discharged into a building-
drain or building-sewer of a trade size itemized in
column 1 of Table 26 shall not be greater than the
number of fixture-units prescribed in
(c) column 2, where the pipe has a slope of 1/16
inch a foot of run,
(b) column 3, where the pipe has a slope of 1/8
inch a foot of run,
(c) column 4, where the pipe has a slope of J^
inch a foot of run, or
(d) column 5, where the pipe has a slope of J^
inch a foot of run.
CLEAN-OUTS
135.(1) Every clean-out shall be of the gasket-and-
bolt type, or of the hub-and-ferrule type.
(2) Every nut on a clean-out shall be of brass or
other equally non-corroding metal.
136.(1) The body of a clean-out shall have a thick-
ness not less than that prescribed for the wall of
piping of the same metal and trade size.
(2) A clean-out plug shall
(a) be of brass, or other equally non-corroding
metal;
(b) have length equal to the thickness of the wall
of the piping into which it is screwed;
(c) be threaded its full length; and
(d) have a solid raised projection, or a recessed
socket, so that the plug may be removed.
(3) The wall of a clean-out plug that is hollow, or
stamped out, shall be not less than 1/8 inch thick.
137. A clean-out connected to a pipe
(a) up to 4 inch, trade size, shall be of the same
trade size as the pipe; and
(b) larger than 4 inch, trade size, shall be not
smaller than 4 inch, trade size.
138.(1) A clean-out shall be so installed as to be
readily accessible.
(2) Where a cleaii-out is fitted to a pipe under
ground, the clean-out shall be made readily accessible
by extending it above ground, or by providing an
access-pit.
LOCATION OF CLEAN-OUTS
139.(1) A clean-out shall be installed in the build-
ing-drain as near as practicable to the inner face of
the wall through which the drain passes.
(2) Where a building-trap is inside a building, the
clean-out shall be installed between the trap and the
wall.
(3) A clean-out shall be installed at, or as close as
practicable to, the foot of each vertical waste- or soil-
stack and so that it may be readily used.
140.(1) A clean-out shall be installed at the up-
slope side of each place at which a building-drain
changes direction by 45 or more degrees.
(2) Clean-outs in a horizontal drainage-line shall
be at intervals not greater than
(a) fifty feet, where the piping is of 4 inch, or
smaller, trade-size, or
(b) one hundred feet, where the piping is of larger
trade-size.
SUMPS
141.(1) A building-subdrain carrying sewage shall
discharge by gravity into a tight sump.
(2) The sewage shall be discharged by a pump, or
mechanical ejector, from the sump into the building-
sewer, and shall not pass through a building-trap.
(3) The pump, or mechanical ejector, shall be so
designed and have capacity great enough that it emp-
ties the sump at least once in every period of 24 hours.
HOT-WATER AND STEAM CONNECTIONS
142. No steam, or liquid having a temperature
higher than 140 degrees Fahrenheit, shall be discharged
into a building-drain.
COVERING
143. Where a Group B system or part thereof has
been constructed, repaired, renewed, or altered, and
the system or part has been concealed, before inspec-
tion, the inspector may refuse to make his inspection
until the system or part is completely uncovered and
made accessible to him.
BALL TEST OF DRAINS
144.(1) Each drain shall be tested by rolling
through it a ball made of hard material sufficiently
heavy to prevent it from floating.
(2) The diameter of the ball shall be
(a) 2 inches, for piping of 3 inch, or larger, trade-
size, and
(b) 1 inch for smaller piping.
INTERIM TESTS
145. In regulations 146 to 149, both inclusive.
494
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
1479
(a) "outlet" means opening in the piping of a
drainage system through which the water, or
air, used to make a water- , or air-test, may
escape to the open air, or to any portion of
the piping not under test, or to the main
sewer ;
(6) "part" means the drainage-piping connected
to one of two or more building-sewers serving
a building, and includes the fittings and fix-
tures connected to that piping; and
(c) "section" means the drainage-piping on, or
passing through, one or more floors, or storeys,
of a building, and includes the fittings and
fixtures connected to that piping.
TESTS BY INSPECTOR
146. Where an inspector is making any test he
shall temporarily remove any clean-outs he deems
necessary to ensure that the water, air, or smoke, as
the case may be, has reached every point of the system,
part, or section, being tested.
147. After the piping of a drainage system is con-
nected together, but before the fixtures are connected
to it, the inspector shall test the piping by the water-
test, or the air-test, applied in the manner prescribed
by regulation 148 or 149.
WATER-TEST
148.(1) The water-test may be applied to the
piping of a drainage system in its entirety, or to any
completed part, or section.
(2) Where the test is applied to a system in sec-
tions, there shall be at least a 10-foot head of water
in each section as it is tested, except in the highest
section.
(3) Where the test is applied to a system in its
entirety, or to a part, the system, or part, shall be
filled with water until the water is steadily overflowing
at the highest outlet of the system, or part.
(4) The test shall be made by
(a) tightly closing all outlets, except the highest,
in the system, part, or section being tested,
(b) filling that system, part, or section, completely
with water,
(c) visually examining every joint of that system,
part, or section, after the water has been in
that system, part, or section, for not less than
15 minutes and while still in it, and
(d) ensuring that no water is seeping out or leak-
ing at any point.
AIR-TEST
149.(1) The air-test may be applied to the piping
of a drainage system in its entirety, or any completed
part.
(2) The test shall be made by
(a) securely attaching an air-compressor, or simi-
lar pneumatic testing-apparatus, to the piping
at any convenient outlet of the system, or
part, being tested,
(b) tightly closing all other outlets of the system,
or part,
(c) forcing air into the system, or part, until the
constant internal pneumatic pressure is not
less than 5 pounds a square inch, and
(d) ensuring that air is not escaping from the
system, or part, at any point, after that pres-
sure has remained constant for not less than
15 minutes, and while it is still constant,
without any additional air being forced in, or
a change occurring in the temperature of the
system, or part, greater than 5 degrees Fahren-
heit.
FINAL TEST
150.(1) After all fixtures have been connected to
the piping, the inspector shall make a final test of the
entire drainage- and vent-system, or of the part that
has been constructed, repaired, renewed, or altered.
(2) The test shall be made by
(a) filling all traps of the system, or part, to their
respective minimum water seals,
(b) completely filling the entire system, or part,
with a black, pungent smoke by anj' convenient
mode the inspector deems efficient,
(c) closing every vent-stack, stack-vent and soil-
stack, after the smoke has risen steadily
through them,
(d) adding into the system, or part, more smoke
sufficient to build up an internal pressure
equivalent to a 1-inch water-column, and
(e) ensuring that no smoke is escaping from the
system, or part, at any point after that pres-
sure has been maintained constant for not
less than 15 minutes and while it is still con-
stant.
PART III
GROUP C SYSTEMS
151. This Part applies to Group C systems.
LOCATION OF FIXTURES
152.(1) The room or compartment in which a fix-
ture is located shall be adequately ventilated.
(2) All walls and flooring around, or under, a bath-
tub, shower-bath, or sanitary unit, shall be of a material
that is impervious to water.
INSTALLATION
153.(1) A fixture shall be so installed as to be
readily accessible for cleansing.
(2) A fixture having an integral trap shall be set
plumb and true.
(3) A drinking-fountain may be installed with an
indirect waste-pipe.
(4) Subject to subregulation 5, every fixture shall
be so installed that all walls and flooring around or
under it are easily accessible for purposes of cleansing.
(5) Where a fixture is built into the structure of a
room or compartment, it shall be so installed that
water does not accumulate on the walls or flooring
around or under the fixture.
WATER SUPPLY TO FIXTURES
154. Every fixture shall be provided with such
water-supply pipes and fittings as will supply sufficient
water for flushing the fixture to the extent necessary
to keep it in sanitary condition.
155. The pipe supplying water to a fixture itemized
in column 1 of Table 27 shall be of a trade size not
smaller than that prescribed in column 2,
495
1480
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
NON-POTABLE WATER
156. Non-potable water shall not be distributed to
a bath-tub, kitchen, scullery-sink, shower-bath, or
wash-basin.
PROHIBITED FIXTURES
157. No trough urinal shall be installed.
158.(1) In subregulation 2, "frost-proof closet"
means a water-closet so designed that
(a) the trap, and the water-supply control-valve
are installed below frost-line; and
(b) the bowl does not retain water.
(2) No frost-proof closet shall be installed so as to
discharge directly or indirectly into a main sewer.
FIXTURES
159.(1) Every fixture shall be of such materials,
construction, and design, as will ensure that all surface-
parts exposed to the public are
(a) hard,
(b) smooth,
(c) impervious to cold or hot water,
(d) readily accessible for cleansing, and
(e) free from
(i) blemishes, or
(ii) cracks or other interstices
that may harbour germs or impede thorough
cleansing.
(2) All other parts of the fixture, and all the area
around the fixture so closely adjacent to it that germs
may harbour therein, shall be of such materials, con-
struction, and design, as will ensure that the fixture
and the adjacent area may be readily maintained in a
thoroughly sanitary condition.
(3) A pipe carrying waste from
(a) a refrigerator, or ice-box,
(6) an appliance, device, or apparatus, that is
used for the storage, preparation, or processing,
of food or drink,
(c) a sterilizer, or
(d) a water-still, water-treatment device, or water-
operated device,
shall not be connected with or discharge directly into
a waste- , or soil-pipe, or a building-drain.
(4) A floor-drain shall be connected to a building-
drain.
WATER-CLOSET BOWLS
160. A water-closet bowl shall be
(c) of vitreous china, vitreous glazed earthenware,
or any material having equally smooth, hard,
impervious, surface,
(6) in one piece,
(c) so constructed that, when the bowl is filled
with water to the point of trap-overflow, the
water will be sufficient to prevent fouling of
the surface of the bowl,
(d) provided with integral flushing-rims so con-
structed as to flush the entire mterior of the
bowl,
(e) rigidly connected to the waste-piping, and
(/) equipped with a seat of an elongated open-
front type.
WATER-CLOSET TANKS
161.(1) A water-closet tank shall have
(a) water-capacity, and
(6) flush-valve equipment,
such as will ensure at all times a supply of water
sufficient to flush normal solids and soil, out of the
bowl.
(2) A flush-pipe shall have an internal diameter not
less than that of the spud on the tank.
URINALS
162.(1) A urinal shall be of a material prescribed
by clause a of regulation 160.
(2) The water seal of a urinal shall be not less
than 2 inches.
(3) A urinal of a siphon-jet, blow-out, or pedestal,
type shall have its flushing rim and its trap integral
with it.
URINAL-TANKS
163. A urinal-tank shall have
(a) water-capacity,
(b) flush-valve equipment, and
(c) pipe connecting to the urinal
such as will ensure at all times a supply of water
sufficient to flush the soil, liquids, and normal particles
of solids, out of the urinal.
WASH-BASINS
164.(1) A wash-basin
(a) shall be of a material prescribed by clause a
of regulation 160;
(ft) shall have a waste-pipe not smaller than IJ^
inch, trade size; and
(c) may be provided with a stopper.
(2) The waste-opening shall be equipped with a
strainer having a mesh not finer than 4 to the inch.
(3) Where a stopper is provided it shall be so
arranged that the standing water in the fixture does
not rise in the overflow-pipe when the stopper is used,
or remain in the overflow-pipe when the fixture is
empty.
SHOWER-BATHS
165. The floor of a'shower-bath shall be of materials
having a hard surface, impervious to water, and shall
be provided with
(a) a waste-fitting not smaller than 2 inch, trade
size, and
(ft) a strainer at the waste-outlet.
BATH-TUBS
166. A bath-tub shall be
496
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
1481
(a) of material having a smooth, hard, interior
surface, impervious to water, and
(6) equipped with a waste-fitting not smaller than
ij^ inch, trade size.
FIXTURE-OVERFLOW
167.(1) The overflow-pipe from a fixture shall be
(fl) connected on the inlet-side of the trap, and
(6) so arranged that it can be readily and effec-
tively cleansed.
(2) An overflow- fitting shall be so arranged that
(a) the standing water in the fixture does not rise
in the overflow-pipe when the stopper is used,
and
(b) all water drains from the overflow-pipe when
the fixture is empty.
INDIRECT WASTE-PIPES
168.(1) The fixture through which an indirect
waste-pipe discharges shall be open, water-supplied,
vented, and located in an accessible, ventilated, place.
(2) Subject to subregulation 3, an air-gap conform-
ing to the requirements of regulation 41 shall be pro-
vided between ,
(c) the outlet-end of an indirect waste-pipe, and
(b) the flood-level rim of the fixture receiving the
discharge from that pipe.
(3) The length of the air-gap shall be not less than
the nominal diameter of the indirect waste-pipe.
169.(1) Every indirect waste-pipe shall be trapped,
but, subject to subregulation 2, need not be vented.
(2) Where an indirect waste-pipe receives the dis-
charge from
(o) drinking-fountains, or
(6) refrigerators,
located on 3 or more storeys, it shall be vented by
being extended to open air.
170. An indirect waste-pipe from a refrigerator or
similar food-container shall
(a) have clean-outs at all angles, and
(fc) be so arranged as to permit flushing and cleans-
ing.
CLEANSING ROOMS AND FIXTURES
171. The occupier of a public-access building shall
keep
(a) every fixture, and every room or compartment
in which a fixture is installed, cleansed, puri-
fied, ventilated and disinfected, and
(b) all drainage piping
(i) free of obstructions, and
(ii) in effectively sanitary condition.
PART IV
APPLICATION AND COMMENCEMENT
172. These regulations do not apply to those parts
of the territorial districts without municipal organiza-
tion.
173. Subject to section 131 of the Act, these regula-
tions come into force on the 270th day after publication
thereof in The Ontario Gazette under The Regula-
tions Act.
M. PHILLIPS,
Minister of Health.
Form 1
The Public Health Act
MEMORANDUM OF DEFECTS
To the occupier, plumber, or other person having con-
trol of construction, repair, renewal, or alterations, of
plumbing on premises known as
Under The Public Health Act and the regulations
this memorandum is delivered to you specifying the de-
fects in the plumbing so constructed, repaired, renewed,
or altered, as follows:
Item No.
Location
Part
Defect
Dated at this.
day of 19.. .
Inspector
Office address
Note:
The regulations prescribe, in part, as follows:
Where plumbing has been constructed, repaired,
renewed, or altered, the plumbing so constructed,
repaired, renewed, or altered, shall not be put into use
until it has been inspected and found to conform to
these regulations.
Form 2
The Public Health Act
CERTIFICATE OF INSPECTOR
To the occupier of the premises known as
Under The Public Health Act and the regulations I
certify that the plumbing hereunder specified has been
inspected and found to conform to the regulations.
(brief specification or description of plumbing
conforming to the regulations)
Dated at this day of 19 .
Inspector
Office address
497
1482
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
Form 3
The Public Health Act
ORDER TO DISCONTINUE USE OF
DEFECTIVE PLUMBING
To the occupier of the premises known as
Under The Public Health Act and the regulations I
order you to discontinue use of the plumbing itemized
in column 1 of the schedule until the defects specified
in column 2 are remedied to my satisfaction.
Dated the day of . . .
at , Ontario.
19.
Medical Officer of Health
SCHEDULE
Item
No.
Column 1
Plumbing
Column 2
Defect
1
2
3
Medical Officer's Certificate
I certify that the defects specified in this order have
been remedied to my satisfaction.
Dated the day of.
at Ontario.
19.
Medical Officer of Health
Table 1
LEAD WATER-SERVICE PIPING
Item
Column 1
Column 2
Piping,
Minimum weight
No.
trade size,
a yard,
in inches
in pounds
1
Vs
2J<
2
Vi
3
3
Vb
41/^
4
n
5J4
5
1
7H
6
iJi
9
7
13^
U'i
8
\H
15
9
2
18
Table 2
COPPER OR BRASS PIPING
Column 1
Column 2
Column 3
Column 4
Copper
Brass
Item
Piping,
Minimum
piping,
piping,
No.
trade
wall-
mmimum
mmimum
size.
thickness.
weight
weight
in inches
in inches
a foot,
in pounds
a foot,
in pounds
1
^
.0620
0.259
0.253
2
Va
.0825
0.460
0.450
3
Vs
.0905
0.643
0.630
4
Vi
.1075
0.957
0.938
5
7\
.1140
1.30
1.27
6
1
.1265
1.83
1.79
7
1^
.1460
2.69
2.63
8
IK
.1500
3.20
3.13
9
• 2
.1565
4.23
4.14
10
2J^
.1875
6.14
6.00
11
3
.2190
8.75
8.56
12
3K
.2500
11.41
11,17
13
4
.2500
12.94
12.66
14
^'A
.2500
14.46
14.15
15
5
.2500
16.21
15.85
16
6
.2500
19.41
18.99
17
7
.2815
25.17
24.63
18
8
.3125
31.63
20.95
19
9
.3440
38.83
38.03
20
10
.3655
46.22
45.20
Table 3
BRASS CAULKING-FERRULES
Column 1
Column 2
Column 3
Column 4
Minimum
Item
Trade
actual
Minimum
Minimum
No.
size.
inside
length,
weight.
in
diameter
in
in
inches
of ferrule,
in inches
inches
pounds
1
2x1 M
IH
4K
1
2
2xlM
r
i'A
1
3
2
2H
^Vi
1
4
3
3H
4H
r
5
4
4U
4K
2K
Table 4
BRASS SOLDERING-NIPPLES
Item
No.
Column 1
Column 2
Column 3
Trade size,
in inches
Minimum
length,
in inches
Minimum
weight of a
minimum
length
1
2
3
4
5
6
1J4
IH
2
2M
3
4
3
3
3
4
4
4
6 oz.
8oz.
14 oz.
1 lb. 6 oz.
2 lb.
3 lb. 8 oz.
498
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
1483
Table 5
BRASS SOLDERING-HUBS
Item
No.
Column 1
Column 2
Column 3
Column 4
Hub,
trade
size,
in inches
Minimum
actual
inside
diameter,
in inches
Minimum
overall
length,
in inches
Minimum
weight,
in ounces
1
2
3
3x2
2x13^
2x1 M
3
iy%
2K6
2^6
17
14
13
Table 6
WELDED ALLOYED OPEN-HEARTH IRON PIPING
Column 1
Column 2
Column 3
Column 4
Column 5
Column 6
Minimum
internal
Minimum
Minimum
Minimum
Item
hydrostatic
internal
weight a
number of
No.
Pipe,
Minimum
pressure for
hydrostatic
linear foot.
threads
trade size.
wall-thickness.
furnace
pressure for
when threaded
in each
in inches
in inches
butt-welded
electric-
and couplings
threaded
pipe.
welded pipe.
attached,
inch
m p.s.i.
m p.s.i.
in pounds
1
M
.068
700
0.24
27
2
y%
.088
700
0.42
18
3
Vs
.091
700
0.57
18
4
V2
.109
700
0.85
14
5
.113
700
1.13
14
6
1
.133
700
1.68
11^
7
1^
.140
800
1000
2.28
IIH
8
IH
.145
800
1000
2.73
113^
9
2
.154
800
1000
3.68
IIH
, 10
1V2
.203
800
1000
5.82
8
11
3
.216
800
1000
7.62
8
12
3H
.226
1200
9.20
8
13
4
.237
1200
10.89
8
14
5
.258
1200
14.81
8
15
6
.280
1200
19.18
8
16
8
.322
1200
28.81
8
17
10
.365
1000
41.13
8
18
12
.375
1000
50.71
8
Note: "p.s.i." means pounds a square inch.
Table 7
WELDED OR SEAMLESS STEEL PIPING
Column 1
Column 2
Column 3
Column 4
Column 5
Minimum weight
Item
Minimum
for each linear
Minimum
No.
Pipe,
actual outside
Minimum
foot threaded and
number of
trade size.
diameter.
wall-thickness,
with couplings
threads in each
in inches
in inches
in inches
attached,
in pounds
threaded inch
1
v%
0.405
.068
0.25
27
2
H
0.540
.088
0.43
18
3
Vs
0.675
.091
0.57
18
4
Vi
0.840
.109
0.85
14
5
%
1.050
.113
1.13
14
6
1
1.315
.133
1.68
IIJ^
7
iH
1.660
.140
2.28
IIH
8
m
1.900
.145
2.73
IIH
9
2
2.375
.154
3.68
liH
10
2^2
2.875
.203
5.82
8
11
3
3.500
.216
7.62
8
12
iV2
4.000
.226
9.20
8
13
4
4.500
.237
10.89
8
14
5
5.563
.258
14.81
8
15
6
6.625
.280
19.19
8
16
8
8.625
.277
25.00
8
17
10
10.750
.279
32.00
8
18
12
12.750
.375
45.00
8
499
1484
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
Table 8
WROUGHT-IRON PIPING
Item
Column 1
Column 2
Column 3
Column 4
Column 5
Minimum
Minimum weight
Minimum
No.
Pipe,
actual outside
Minimum
for each linear
number of
trade size,
diameter.
wall-thickness.
foot, threaded and
threads in each
in inches
in inches
in inches
with couplings,
in pounds
threaded inch
1
Vs
0.405
.070
0.25
27
2
'A
0.540
.090
0.43
18
3
H
0.675
.093
0.57
18
4
Vi
0.840
.111
0.85
14
5
/4
1.050
.115
1.13
14
6
1
1.315
.136
1.68
IIH
7
IK
1.660
.143
2.28
WVi
8
IH
1.900
.148
2.73
im
9
2
2.375
.158
3.68
wVi
10
2H
2.875
.208
5.82
8
11
3
3.500
.221
7.62
8
12
3K
4.000
.231
9.20
8
13
4
4.500
.242
10.89
8
14
5
5.563
.263
14.81
8
15
6
6.625
.286
19.19
8
16
8
8.625
.283
25.00
8
17
10
10.750
.284
32.00
8
18
12
12.750
.336
45.00
8
Table 9
LONG-SWEEP BENDS
Item
Column 1
Column 2
Piping, trade size.
Minimum radius of
No.
in inches
circle, in inches
1
IJi
2.25
2
1^
2.50
3
2
3.06
4
2H
3.69
5
3
4.25
6
3H
4.72
7
4
5.19
8
5
6.12
9
6
7.12
10
8
9.00
11
10
12.00
12
12
13.00
13
15
14.50
Table 10
ASBESTOS-CEMENT SEWER PIPING
Column 1
Column 2
Column 3
Column 4
Column 5
Supporting
Item
Flexural strength.
strength.
No.
Piping,
Minimum
mmimum
Maximum span.
mmimum
trade size.
wall-thickness.
total load.
in feet
external
in inches
in inches
in pounds
3-bearing load,
1
in pounds
4
'.22
550
9
1740
2
5
.22
900
9
1680
3
6
.22
1290
9
1420
4
8
.35
4300
12
2500
5
10
.37
2200
6
12
.41
2200
7
14
.41
2200
8
16
.45
2200
9
18
.48
2100
10
20
.52
2200
11
24
.58
2200
500
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
1485
Table 11
COUPLINGS FOR ASBESTOS-CEMENT SEWER PIPING
Item
Column 1
Column 2
Piping,
Minimum
No.
trade size.
wall-thickness.
in inches
in inches
1
4
.48
2
5
.58
3
6
.58
4
8
.55
5
10
.63
6
12
.65
7
14
.65
8
16
.68
9
18
.70
10
20
.73
11
24
.83
Table 12
BITUMINIZED-FIBRE DRAIN-PIPING OR SEWER-PIPING
Item
No.
Column 1
Column 2
Column 3
Column 4
Column 5
Piping,
trade size,
in inches
Minimum
wall-thickness,
in inches
Minimum
flat-plate
crushing load,
in pounds for
each linear foot
Minimum
length of coupling,
in inches
Flat-plate
crushing load,
in pounds for
each linear foot
1
2
3
4
5
6
2
3
4
5
6
8
.23
.28
.32
.41
.46
.57
1100
1100
1100
1300
1300
1600
2.90
3.42
3.92
3.92
3.92
5.00
270
315
370
430
430
670
Table 13
CAST-IRON SOIL-PIPE
Item
Column 1
Column 2
Piping,
Minimum weight for
No.
trade size,
each nominal length,
in inches
in pounds
1
m
17
2
2
20
3
3
30
4
4
45
5
5
85
6
6
100
7
7
135
8
8
167H
9
10
225
10
12
270
501
1486
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
Table 14
THREADED CAST-IRON PIPING
Item
Column 1
Column 2
Column 3
Column 4
Piping,
Minimum
Minimum weight
Minimum
No.
trade size,
wall-thickness,
for each linear
thread-length,
in inches
in inches
foot, in pounds
in inches
1
114
.187
3.033
0.42
2
1^
.195
3.666
0.42
3
2
.211
5.041
0.43
4
lYi
.241
7.032
0.68
5
3
.263
9.410
0.76
6
4
.294
13.751
0.84
7
5
.328
19.069
0.93
8
6
.378
26.223
0.95
9
8
.438
39.820
1.06
10
10
.438
50.234
1.21
11
12
.438
60.036
1.36
Table 15
CONCRETE SEWER-PIPING
Column 1
Column 2
Column 3
Column 4
Column 5
Column 6
Supporting
Minimum
Minimum
strength.
Minimum
Minimum
Item
Piping,
wall-thickness
internal
mmimum
internal
depth of
No.
trade size.
of barrel,
diameter
3-bearing
diameter of
socket.
in inches
in inches
of barrel,
in inches
load for each
linear foot,
in pounds
socket-mouth,
in inches
in inches
1
4
Ke
4
1000
6
IJ^
2
6
y%
6
1100
8M
2
3
8
i/,
8
1300
10%
2%
4
10
y%
10
1400
13
iVi
5
12
1
12
1500
15^
2H
6
15
1^
15
1750
18
IVi
7
18
iH
18
2000
22%
2%
8
21
m
21
2200
26
2%
9
24
2H
24
2400
29J^
3
Table 16
VITRIFIED-CLAY PIPING
Column 1
Column 2
Column 3
Column 4
Column 5
Column 6
Supporting
Minimum
Minimum
strength.
Minimum
Minimum
Item
Piping,
wall-thickness
internal
mmimum
internal
depth of
No.
trade size,
of barrel.
diameter
3-bearing
diameter of
socket.
in inches
in inches
of barrel,
in inches
load for each
linear foot,
in pounds
socket-mouth,
in inches
in inches
1
4
Vi
4
1000
5--
1%
2
6
Vs
6
1000
8%
2%
3
8
H
8
1000
103^
2H
4
9
Va
9
1050
ny^
2y2
5
10
%
10
1100
12
2y2
6
12
1
12
1200
15>^
2%
7
15
1%
15
1370
1834
2%
8
18
IM
18
1665
22%
3
9
21
\%
21
1995
25^
3%
10
24
2
24
2400
29^
3%
502
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
1487
Table 17
LOAD-FACTORS OF FIXTURES
Item
Column 1
Column 2
Number
No.
Fixture
of
fixture-
units
1
Bath-room group, consisting of
1 water-closet, 1 wash-basin
and 1 bath-tub or shower-
stall
8
2
Bath-tub with or without over-
head shower
IM
3
Bidet
3
4
Combination of sink and laun-
dry-tray
2
5
Combination of sink and tray
with food-disposal unit
4
6
Cuspidor or dental unit
1
7
Dental lavatory
1
8
Dish-washer, domestic type
3
9
Drinking-fountain
1
10
Floor-drain
3
11
Household ice-box
1
12
Kitchen sink, domestic type
(a) with iH-inch trap
m
(6) with 2 -inch trap
3
13
Laundry-tray
3
14
Shower-stall
3
15
Showers in a group, each head
3
16
Sinks
(a) flushing-rim, with valve
8
(b) pot, scullery
4
(c) service, trap-standard
type
3
(d) service, P-trap type
2
(c) surgeon's
3
17
Urinals
(a) pedestal, siphon-jet, or
blow-out, type
4
(6) stall, wash-out type
2
(c) wall, lip type
4
18
Wash-basin
(a) l>i-inch trap
1
(b) 1 }^-inch trap
m
19
Wash-sink, circular or multiple
type, each set of faucets
2
20
Water-closet
(a) tank-operated
6
(b) valve-operated
8
Table 18
LOAD-FACTORS OF FIXTURES
Not Itemized In Table 17
Item
No.
Column 1
Column 2
Size of waste-pipe,
or trap, in inches
Number of
fixture-units
1
2
3
4
5
6
1 Ji or less
m
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
5
6
Table 19
MINIMUM SIZES OF TRAPS AND OUTLET-
CONNECTIONS FOR FIXTURES
Column 1
Column 2
Minimum
trade size
Item
of trap
No.
and
Fixture
fixture-
outlet
connec-
tion, in
inches
1
Bath-tub with or without over-
head shower
1^
2
Beer-cabinet
Wi
3
Bidet
2
4
Combination of sink and laun-
dry-tray
m
5
Cuspidor or dental unit
iH
6
Dental lavatory
iH
7
Dish-washer, domestic type
2
8
Drinking-fountain
iH
9
. Floor-drain
2
10
Laundry-tray
IH
11
Refrigerator
2
12
Shower-stall
2
13
Sinks
(a) flushing-rim with valve
3
(ft) kitchen, domestic type
m
(c) pot, scullery
Wi
(d) service, with P-trap
2
(e) service, with trap-stan-
dard
3
(/) surgeon's
IH
14
Urinals
(a) blow-out, pedestal, or si-
phon-jet type
3
(6) stall
2
(c) wall
IH
15
Wash-basin
IK
16
Wash-sink, circular or multiple
Wi
17
Water-closet
3
Table 20
SIZES OF HORIZONTAL BRANCHES
OTHER THAN BRANCHES OF A
BUILDING-DRAIN OR -SEWER
Item
Column 1
Column 2
Branch piping,
Maximum load.
No.
trade size, in inches
in fixture-units
1
^Yx
1
2
\M
3
3.
2
6
4
2K
12
5
3
30
6
4
160
7
5
360
8
6
620
9
8
1400
10
10
2500
11
12 .
3900
12
IS
7000
503
1488
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
Table 21
SIZES OF STACKS NOT EXCEEDING
3 BRANCH-INTERVALS OR STOREYS
Column 1
Column 2
Item
No.
Pipe, trade size,
Maximum load,
in inches
in fixture-units
1
iH
2
2
Wi
4
3
2
10
4
2M
20
5
3
50
6
4
240
7
5
540
8
6
960
9
8
2200
10
10
3800
11
12
6000
Table 22
SIZES FOR STACKS MORE THAN 3
BRANCH-INTERVALS OR STOREYS
Column 1
Column 2
Column 3
Maximum
Item
Maximum
load at 1
No.
Stack,
total load
storey or
trade size.
for stack, in
branch-
in inches
fixture-units
interval, in
fixture-units
1
1^
2
1
2
IK
8
2
3
2
24
6
4
W2
42
9
5
3
60
16
6
4
500
90
7
5
1100
200
8
6
1900
350
9
8
3600
600
10
10
5600
1000
11
12
8400
1500
Table 23
SIZE OF PIPING FOR TRAP-VENTS
Column 1
Column 2
Item
No.
Trap, trade size,
Vent-pipe, trade
in inches
size, in inches
1
IM
1^
2
IK
m
3
2
IK
4
2M
IK
5
3
IK
6
4
IK
7
5
2
8
6
2
Table 24
MAXIMUM LENGTH OF VENTS
Item
No.
Column 1
Column 2
Pipe, trade size,
in inches
Maximum length,
in feet
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
IK
IK
2
2K
3
4
5
6
45
50
60
80
100
150
200
250
Table 25
STANDARD TRADE-SIZES AND CROSS-
SECTIONAL AREAS OF VENT-PIPES
Item
Column 1
Column 2
Pipe, standard
Cross-sectional
No.
trade size,
area, in
in inches
square inches
1
IM
1.2272
2
IK
1.7671
3
2
3.1416
4
2K
4.9089
5
3
7.0686
6
4
12.5664
7
5
19.6350
8
6
28.2743
9
7
38.4845
10
8
50.2655
11
9
63.6173
12
10
78.5398
504
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
1489
Table 26
MAXIMUM HYDRAULIC LOAD FOR BUILDING-DRAINS OR BUILDING-SEWERS
Item
No.
Column 1
Column 2
Column 3
Column 4
Column 5
Drain- or
sewer-pipe,
trade size,
in inches
Maximum load
for slope of He
inch a foot of run,
in fixture-units
Maximum load
for slope of ^
inch a foot of run,
in fixture-units
Maximum load
for slope of J^
inch a foot of run,
in fixture-units
Maximum load
for slope of J4
inch a foot of run,
in fixture-units
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
4
5
6
8
10
12
15
1400
2500
3900
7000
180
390
700
1600
2900
4600
8300
216
480
840
1920
3500
5600
10000
250
575
1000
2300
4200
6700
12000
Table 27
MINIMUM SIZES OF WATER-SUPPLY
PIPES TO FIXTURES
1
Item
Column 1
Column 2
Pipe,
No.
trade
Fixture
size,
in inches
1
Bath-tub
^
2
Combination of sink and laun-
dry-tray
H
3
Dish-washer, domestic type
M
4
Dr i nki ng-f ou ntai n
H
5
Hose-connection
y^
6
Hot-water boiler
Yi
7
Laundry-tub, 1, 2, or 3, com-
partments
H
8
Shower, single head
Yi
9
Sink
Y2
10
Urinal
M
11
Wash-basin
y%
12
Water-closet, tank type
Vs
13
Water-closet, flush-valve type
1
(1502)
32
505
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
1517
Publications Under The Regulations Act
AUGUST 16th, 1952
THE DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION ACT
O. Reg. 262/52.
General Legislative Grants.
New and Revoking clauses a and b
of regulation 4 of Regulations 64 of
Consolidated Regulations 1950,
and O. Regs. 159/51
Made— 23rd June, 1952.
Approved— 24th July, 1952.
Filed— 5th August, 1952, 10.40 a.m.
REGULATIONS MADE BY THE MINISTER
UNDER THE DEPARTMENT OF
EDUCATION ACT
GENERAL LEGISLATIVE GRANTS
INTERPRETATION
1. In these regulations
(a) "equalized assessment" has the same meaning
as in The High Schools Act;
(b) "instructional salaries" means the total
amount paid to or on behalf of teachers for
day-school services in respect of
(i) their salaries, and
(ii) travelling allowances for itinerant teachers
and includes the amount of superannuation
withheld by a board under The Teachers'
Superannuation Act;
(c) "municipality" means city, town, village or
township;
(d) "public institution" means an institution
operated by Canada, Ontario, a county or a
municipality, and having real property not
taxable under The Assessment Act;
(e) "rural municipality" means an organized town-
ship;
(/) "teacher" means a person employed by a
board who, under a certificate or letter of
standing from the Minister, is engaged in
inspecting, supervising or teaching in a school
under the jurisdiction of the board;
(g) "urban municipality" means city, town or
village; and
(A) "year" means the period from and including
the 1st of January to and including the 31st
of December next following.
2. "Approved cost" shall be subject to the approval
of the Minister.
APPORTIONMENT
3. The general legislative grants for public schools,
separate schools, continuation schools, high schools and
vocational schools shall be
(a) apportioned and distributed to boards in
accordance with these regulations, and
(b) applied to such school purposes
receivine a erant deems exoedi
applied to such school purposes as the board
receiving a grant deems expedient.
507
CONTINGENCIES OF GRANTS
4. Where a board does not operate a school in com-
pliance with Acts administered by the Minister or the
regulations thereunder, the Minister may withhold the
whole or any part of a grant payable to the board.
5. Where in any year the amount voted by the
Legislature for the grants under these regulations is
insufficient or more than sufficient to pay the grants in
full, the Minister may make a pro-rata reduction or
increase, as the case may be.
Part 1
PUBLIC AND SEPARATE SCHOOLS
APPLICATION
6. This Part applies to general legislative grants in
respect of public and separate schools.
INTERPRETATION
7.(1) In regulations 9 and 11 "approved cost" means
(a) payments in respect of principal, interest and
other charges due in the current year on
debentures or capital loans issued or obtained
on or after the 1st of January, 1951, and
(b) the total of the disbursements made from
current funds by a board or on its behalf
during the preceding year, except as set forth
under regulation 11, in respect of
(i) instructional salaries not exceeding $75
for each pupil of average daily attendance
as determined under regulation 8,
(ii) salaries of teachers for night-school
services,
(iii) principal, interest and other charges due
in that year on debentures and capital
loans,
(iv) transportation of pupils to and from
school, but only where their parents or
guardians do not contribute directly to
the cost of the transportation,
(v) tuition fees paid to another board,
(vi) fuel and electricity, except where the
school under the jurisdiction of the
board is in an urban municipality having
a population of not fewer than 2500 or
the school section or separate-school
organization has an assessment per class-
room unit of $20,000 or more,
(vii) restoration of insured school -property
destroyed or damaged, but not exceeding
an amount to the insurance proceeds
received in respect thereof,
(viii) structural alterations, new foundations,
new basements, new stairways, new
roofs, new floors, fire-escapes, fire-doors,
new heating-equipment, new lighting,
new sanitary-conveniences of a modern
type, new water-facilities, new fences,
new black-boards, new desks, new pianos
and new film-projectors, except where
the school under the jurisdiction of the
1518
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
board is in an urban municipality having
a population of at least 2500 or is in a
rural municipality having a population
of at least 20,000, and
(ix) new schools, additions to schools, new
class-rooms, and new buses for the
transportation of pupils,
less current-fund receipts as follows:
(x) tuition fees from another board,
(xi) amounts transferred to current funds
from capital funds,
(xii) insurance proceeds,
(xiii) receipts from the sale of capital assets,
and
(xiv) refunds and reimbursements connected
with disbursements previously included
in approved cost.
(2) In this Part
(a) "assessment" means
(i) subject to sub-clause ii, the assessment
of property rateable for public-school
purposes in the public-school section or
for separate-school purposes in the area
prescribed under section 57 of The
Separate Schools Act, as the case may
be, as shown by the assessment roll on
which taxes were levied for the preceding
year, and where moneys are received
by the board under subsection 5, 8 or
9 of section 33 of The Assessment Act,
includes an amount of mines-profit
assessment equivalent to that which, if
levied upon at the rate of real-property
taxation levied on rate-payers of the
school section or separate-school organ-
ization for school purposes, would result
in taxes equal to the amount of mines-
profit tax so received by the board, or
(ii) where that public-school section or
separate-school area is in a municipality
which forms part of a county for muni-
cipal purposes, the amount at which
that assessment was equalized,
but where the assessment to be used for a
municipality in the calculation of the grant
under these regulations is more than 120 per
cent of the assessment used for that muni-
cipality in the preceding year, the assessment
of that municipality means 120 per cent of
the latter assessment;
(b) "class-room unit" means
(i) for the board of a larger unit of admini-
stration, the number of open class-rooms
on the first school-day of the current
year, together with one-half of a class-
room for each of not more than 6 of
the former school-sections or separate-
school areas in which the board is not
operating a school and which are in-
cluded in the larger unit,
(ii) for a board all of whose pupils are
attending a school operated by another
board, the quotient, adjusted to the
next largest whole number, obtained
by dividing the number of those pupils
enrolled on the first school-day of the
current year by 39,
(iii) for a board operating a school and having
more than 20 pupils enrolled on the
first school-day in the current year at a
school operated by another board, the
number of open class-rooms on the first
school-day of the current year added to
the quotient, adjusted to the next
largest whole number, obtained by
dividing the number of those pupils by
39, and
(iv) for other boards, the number of open
class-rooms on the first school-day of the
current year;
(c) "cost of operating" means the total of the
disbursements for school purposes paid out of
current funds by a board or on its behalf
during the preceding year under the Acts
administered by the Minister and the regula-
tions thereunder, and includes payments in
respect of principal, interest and other charges
due in the current year on debentures issued,
or capital loans obtained, on or after the 1st
of January, 1951, less
(i) repayments of current-fund borrowings,
(ii) moneys transferred to a reserve fund,
(iii) payments to a municipality to be
credited against any tax levy by that
municipality,
(iv) receipts from another board but not
including receipts under an arbitration
award or an agreement in the stead
thereof,
(v) amounts transferred to current funds
from capital funds,
(vi) receipts from insurance,
(vii) receipts from the sale of capital assets,
and
(viii) refunds and reimbursements connected
with prior disbursements;
(d) "larger unit of administration" means a
consolidated-school section, a township school-
area, an area under a township board, an
improvement district, or a union of separate-
school areas;
(e) "open class-room" means a class-room used
throughout each school-day by pupils in the
charge of a teacher; and
(/) "population" means
(i) subject to sub-clause ii, the population
of the municipality in which the school
is located, as shown on the assessment
roll on which taxes for the preceding
year were levied, less the number of
inmates of public institutions, or
(ii) where a board of education has been
formed for 2 or more urban munici-
palities, the average of the combined
populations thereof, computed in accord-
ance with sub-clause i.
AVERAGE DAILY ATTENDANCE
8.(1) Subject to subregulation 2, the average daily
attendance shall, for the purpose of sub-clause i of
clause b of subregulation 1 of regulation 7, be the
average daily attendance for the preceding year.
(2) Where the average daily attendance for the
preceding year for a board in an urban municipality
or in a rural school is under 240, the number used for
the average daily attendance shall be not less than 30
times the number of open class-rooms as set forth under
clauses a and b of subregulation 7 of regulation 9.
AMOUNT OF GRANTS
9.(1) Subject to regulations 10, 11, 14 and 34, the
board of a public or separate school in a city, or in a
town or village having a population of not fewer than
2500, shall be paid a grant of
508
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
1519
(a) $16 for each pupil of average daily attendance
during the preceding year, and
(b) an amount calculated by taking a percentage
of the approved cost at the rate set forth in
Column 2 in accordance with the population
set opposite thereto in Column 1 as follows:
COLUMN 1
COLUMN 2
Population
Percentage
Not fewer than 200,000
16
100,000 to 199,999
17
50, 000 to 99,999
20
40,000 to 49,999
21
30,000 to 39,999
22
20,000 to 29,999
23
10,000 to 19,999
24
9,000 to 9,999
25
8,000 to 8,999
26
7,000 to 7,999
27
6,000 to 6,999
28
5,000 to 5,999
30
4,500 to 4,999
32
4,000 to 4,499
35
3,500 to 3,999
38
3,000 to 3,499
41
2,500 to 2,999
44
(2) Subject to subi-egulations 6 and 7 and to regu-
lations 10, 11, 14 and 34, the board of a larger unit
of administration, and all other boards not qualifying
for a grant under subregulation 1 or under regulation
13 shall be paid a grant of
(a) $16 for each pupil of average daily attendance
during the preceding year, and
(b) an amount calculated by talcing a percentage
of the approved cost at the rate set forth in
Column 2 in accordance with the assessment
per class-room unit set opposite thereto in
Column 1, as follows:
COLUMN 1
COL-
UMN
2
Assessment per
class-room unit
Per-
centage
at least $125,000
at least $120,000 but less than $125,000
at least $115,000 but less than $120,000
at least $110,000 but less than $115,000
at least $105,000 but less than $110,000
at least $100,000 but less than $105,000
at least $ 95,000 but less than $100,000
at least $ 90,000 but less than $ 95,000
at least $ 85,000 but less than $ 90,000
at least $ 80,000 but less than $ 85,000
at least $ 75,000 but less than $ 80,000
at least $ 70,000 but less than $ 75,000
at least $ 65,000 but less than $ 70,000
at least $ 60,000 but less than $ 65,000
at least $ 55,000 but less than $ 60,000
at least $ 50,000 but less than $ 55,000
at least $ 45,000 but less than $ 50,000
at least $ 40,000 but less than $ 45,000
at least $ 35,000 but less than $ 40,000
at least $ 30,000 but less than $ 35,000
at least $ 25,000 but less than $ 30,000
less than $25,000
40
42
44
46
48
50
52
54
56
58
60
62
64
66
68
70
72
74
79
84
89
92
(3) In addition to the grant under subregulation 2,
a grant of $300 shall be paid
(a) to each board in the year it enters a larger unit
of administration, and
(b) to the board of a larger unit of administration
for each former school-section or former
separate-school area included in the larger
unit of administration before the current year.
(4) Where a school-section or separate-school area
is withdrawn from a larger unit of administration
during the current year, the grant under subregulation
3 shall not be paid in respect of that section or area.
(5) Where there is no assessment for school pur-
poses, the assessment per class-room unit shall be
deemed to be $125,000.
(6) Where a town or village having a population
of at least 2500 is included in a larger unit of admini-
stration, the board shall be paid a grant under sub-
regulation 1.
(7) The number of open class-rooms shall not exceed
(a) where the average daily attendance for a
board in an urban municipality or in a rural
school is fewer than 240, the number obtained
by dividing the average daily attendance by
34 and allowing an additional room for any
remaining fraction, or
(h) where the average daily attendance for a
board in an urban municipality or in a rural
school is 240 or more, the number obtained
by dividing the average daily attendance by
30 and making no allowance for any remaining
fraction.
TRANSFER OF SECTIONS AND AREAS
10.(1) Where the whole or a public-school section,
or a separate-school area, is transferred from one
board to another, the grant for the former board for
the year following the transfer shall be
(a) calculated as though there had been no
transfer, and
(6) paid to the latter board.
(2) Where part of a public-school section is trans-
ferred from one board to another, the grant for the
former board for the year following the transfer shall
(a) be calculated as though there had been no
transfer, and
(b) subject to sections 29 and 39 of The Public
Schools Act, be paid to the boards in the
proportion that the enrolment, on the first
school-day in December of the preceding year,
of pupils in the part remaining under the
jurisdiction of the former board bears to the
number of pupils in the part transferred.
NEW BOARDS AND BOARDS COMMENCING OPERATION
OF A SCHOOL
11.(1) In the year in which a new board is estab-
lished, other than a board assuming jurisdiction for
school purposes of an area previously administered by
another board, the average daily attendance and
approved cost shall be for the current year, and shall
be used for the purposes of this Part until the year
following that in which the board has operated a school
for a year.
(2) In the year in which a board commences
operation of a school, and the board or any former
board incorporated therein has not previously operated
509
1520
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
a school, the average daily attendance and approved
cost shall be for the current year, and shall be used
for the purposes of this Part until the year following
that in which the board has operated the school for a
year.
(3) A disbursement included in approved cost under
subregulations 1 and 2 for
(a) capital charges where the first instalment on
a debenture becomes due on or after the 1st
of January, 1950,
(b) capital outlays from current funds,
(c) tuition fess paid to another board, or
(d) transportation,
shall not be included in approved cost for more than one
year.
MILK
12. The board of a public or separate school shall
be paid a grant equal to 50 per cent of the amount
expended in the preceding year for the purchase of
milk for consumption by its pupils on school days
between 8.45 a.m. and 4.00 p.m., less that portion of
any amount constributed for the purchase of milk
from any source which is in excess of 50 per cent of the
amount so expended.
BOARDS APPOINTED UNDER SECTION 66 OF
The Public Schools Act
13.(1) Where a rural school-section is designated
and a board appointed under subsection 1 of section
66 of The Public Schools Act, "approved cost" means
the total amount of money paid out of current revenue,
less tuition fees received from another board, under
the Acts administered by the Minister and the regu-
lations thereunder, for the operation of the schools
of the board during the preceding year exclusive of
capital expenditures and expenditures for text-books,
books of reference, milk and rent, but inclusive of the
board's costs for pupils attending schools under the
jurisdiction of another board.
(2) The Board so appointed shall be paid a grant
of 50 per cent of the approved cost as defined in sub-
regulation 1.
LIMITATION ON GRANTS
14.(1) The total of
(a) the special legislative grants under other
regulations, and
(b) the general legislative grants under this Part
shall not exceed in any year
(c) 90 per cent of the cost of operating where the
assessment per class-room unit is at least
$20,000, or
(d) 95 per cent of the cost of operating where the
assessment per class-room unit is under
$20,000.
(2) Except in the case of the board of a larger unit
of administration, the total grants payable under this
Part shall not exceed the amount by which the cost
of operating exceeds the township grant payable under
section 91 or 115 of The Public Schools Act.
Part 2
HIGH SCHOOLS, CONTINUATION SCHOOLS
AND VOCATIONAL SCHOOLS
APPLICATION
15. This Part applies to general legislative grants
in respect of high schools, continuation schools and
vocational schools.
INTERPRETATION
16.(1) In this Part "approved cost" means for high
schools and continuation schools, but subject to
subregulation 3,
(o) payments in respect of principal, interest and
other charges due in the current year on
debentures issued on or after the 1st of Janu-
ary, 1945, for new buildings, additions to
buildings, or for equipment, and
(b) the total of the disbursements made from
current funds by a board or on its behalf
during the preceding year, except as set forth
under regulations 24 and 25, in respect of
(i) principal, interest and other charges due
in that year on debentures and capital
loans, issued or obtained before the
1st of January, 1945,
(ii) transportation of pupils to and from
school, but only where their parents or
guardians do not contribute directly to
the cost of the transportation,
(iii) tuition fees paid to another board for
pupils attending a high, continuation
or vocational school operated by that
board and, where regulation 23 is
applicable, tuition fees with respect to
the year preceding the transfer which
are owed to the board of any former
district transferred to a new district by
any other board transferred to that
district,
(iv) capital outlays for new buildings and
additions to buildings,
(v) capital outlays for school buses,
(vi) capital outlays, in schools already in
operation, for power-operated equip-
ment, business machines, typerwriters,
musical instruments, desks, and gym-
nasium equipment, used for instructional
purposes, and, where the population per
municipality is under 3000, for new
heating-equipment, new lighting and
new sanitary-conveniences of a modern
type, and
(vii) restoration of insured school-property
destroyed or damaged, but not exceeding
an amount equal to the insurance
proceeds received in respect thereof,
less current-fund receipts as follows:
(viii) amounts transferred to current funds
from capital funds,
(ix) insurance proceeds,
(x) proceeds from the sale of capital assets,
and
(xi) refunds and reimbursements connected
with disbursements previously included
in approved cost.
(2) In this Part
(a) subject to subregulation 3, "approved cost"
means for vocational schools the total of the
disbursements made by a board or on its
behalf from
(i) current funds in respect of principal,
interest and other charges due in the
current year on debentures other than
510
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
1521
those issued in respect of buildings,
additions to buildings, or equipment
under sub-clause ii, and
(ii) current or capital funds in respect of
capital outlays for new buildings or
additions to buildings, or for equipment,
less current-fund receipts as follows:
(iii) amounts transferred to current funds
from capital funds,
(iv) insurance proceeds,
(v) proceeds from the sale of capital assets,
and
(vi) refunds and reimbursements connected
with disbursements previously included
in approved cost;
(b) "assessment" means
(i) subject to sub-clause ii, the assessment
of all property rateable for school pur-
poses in each municipality within or
partly within the high- or continuation-
school district, whether or not only part
of the municipality is included in the
district, as shown by the assessment roll
on which taxes were levied for the preced-
ing year, and where moneys are received
by the board under subsection 5, 8 or
9 of section 33 of The Assessment Act,
includes an amount of mines-profit
assessment equivalent to that which, if
levied upon at the rate of real-property
taxation levied on rate-payers of the
high- or continuation-school district for
school purposes, would result in taxes
equal to the amount of mines-profit tax
so received by the board, or
(ii) where that high- or continuation-school
district is in a municipality which forms
part of a county for municipal purposes,
the amount at which that assessment
was equalized,
but where the assessment to be used for a
municipality in the calculation of the grant
under these regulations is more than 120 per
cent of the assessment used for that munici-
pality in the preceding year, the assessment
of that municipality means 120 per cent of
the latter assessment;
(c) "assessment per capita" means the quotient
obtained by dividing the number representing
the assessment by the number representing
the population but where there is no assessment
for school purposes, the assessment per capita
means an assessment per capita of $1150;
(d) "population" means the total population of
each municipality within or partly within the
high- or continuation-school district, whether
or not only part of the municipality is included
in the district, as shown by the assessment
rolls on which taxes for the preceding year
were levied, less the number of inmates of
public institutions; and
(«) "population per municipality" means the
quotient obtained by dividing the total
population of municipalities in whole or in
part in the high- or continuation-school
district by the number of those municipalities,
but where no population is available, the
population per municipality means fifty times
the average daily attendance.
(3) Except where grants are payable under sub-
regulation 2 of regulation 20, debenture charges and
capital outlays from current funds shall form part of
the approved cost only in the proportion that the
average daily attendance of all pupils other than
pupils from other high-school districts attending the
schools under the jurisdiction of a board, bears to the
total average daily attendance in those schools.
AVERAGE DAILY ATTENDANCE
17.(1) Subject to subregulation 2, "average daily
attendance" for the purposes of the grant to a board
under subregulation 1 of regulation 22 means average
daily attendance of pupils for the preceding year but
does not include pupils from another high- or con-
tinuation-school district.
(2) Where in the high schools or continuation
schools of a board the average daily attendance of
pupils for the preceding year including pupils from
another high- or continuation-school district is under
400, "average daily attendance" for the purposes of
regulation 22 means the greater of
(a) the average daily attendance, and
(b) the number of teachers employed in the
schools throughout December of the preceding
year multiplied by 20,
less the average daily attendance of pupils from another
high- or continuation-school district.
(3) Under clause b of subregulation 2 the number
of teachers shall not
(c) exceed 20, or one for each 18 pupils or fraction
thereof of the average daily attendance, which-
ever is the lesser, or
(6) be calculated at less than 2 in respect of a
school on an island or in a territorial district.
AMOUNT OF GRANTS
18. The board of a continuation school shall be
paid a grant of
(a) 75 per cent of the approved cost where the
school is in a territorial district or on an
island, or
(6) 50 per cent of the approved cost where the
school is situated elsewhere.
19.(1) Subject to subregulations 2 and 3, and to
regulations 24, 25 and 34, the board of a high-school
district which operates a school shall be paid a grant
of a percentage of the approved cost as set forth in
Columns 2, 3 or 5, as the case may be, in accordance
with the population per municipality set opposite there-
to in Column 1, and the board of a high-school district
which does not operate a school shall be paid a grant
of a percentage of the approved cost as set forth in
Column 4, in accordance with the population per
municipality set opposite thereto in Column 1 as follows:
511
1522
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
COLUMN 1
COLUMN 2
COLUMN 3
COLUMN 4
COLUMN 5
The board of a high-
The board of
The board of
school district con-
a city, separ-
an urban
The board of
sisting of a township
Population per municipality
ated town or
municipality
a district not
or of all or parts of
other urban
in a territorial
operatmg
two or more munici-
municipality
district
a school
palities, not including
in a county
a city
at least 100,000
15
20
20
30
at least 60,000 but under 100,000
20
25
25
30
at least 30,000 but under 60,000
25
30
30
30
at least 20,000 but under 30,000
30
35
35
35
at least 15,000 but under 20,000
35
40
40
40
at least 10,000 but under 15,000
40
45
45
50
at least 8,000 but under 10,000
45
50
50
60
at least 6,000 but under 8,000
45
55
55
65
at least 4,000 but under 6,000
50
65
60
70
at least 1,500 but under 4,000
50
70
65
75
(2) Where the population per municipality is under
1500 and the assessment per capita is at least $550,
the percentages under Columns 2, 3, 4 and 5 of sub-
regulation 1 shall be 50, 75, 65 and 80, respectively.
(3) Where the population per municipality is under
1500 and the assessment per capita is under $550, the
percentages under Columns 2, 3, 4 and 5 of sub-
regulation 1 shall be 50, 80, 65 and 85, respectively.
20.(1) Subject to subregulations 2, 3 and 4, and
to regulations 24 and 25, the board of a vocational
school shall be paid a grant of a percentage of the
approved cost in accordance with regulation 19.
(2) Where an existing agreement was entered into
before the 1st of July, 1944, between a board and the
Minister with respect to the payment of grants on
debenture instalments, or disbursements for buildings
and equipment, the percentage set forth in the agree-
ment shall apply.
(3) Where Canada pays Ontario a portion of the
disbursements for a vocational school, the percentage
applicable to the board of the vocational school shall
be 50 in respect of those disbursements.
(4) Where there are disbursements from current
funds for
(a) equipment for shops,
(b) power-operated equipment,
(c) typewriters and business machines,
(d) musical instruments,
(e) gymnasium equipment, or
(/) desks,
for instructional purposes, the percentage applicable
to the board of the vocational school shall be 50 in res-
pect of those disbursements.
21. In addition to the grant under regulation 19
the board of a high school that operates a school
within a high-school district during the current year
shall be paid
(a) a grant of $100 for each rural school-section
that is completely within the high-school
district, or
(b) where there is a township school-area in the
high-school district, a grant of $100 for each
former rural school-section that is completely
within the high-school district.
22.(1) In addition to the grants under regulatons
18, 19, 20 and 21, and subject to subregulations 2 and
3, and to regulations 24 and 25, the board of a high,
continuation or vocational school shall, for each. pupil
in average daily attendance during the preceding year,
be paid a grant as set forth in Column 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 or 7,
as the case may be, in accordance with the assessment
per capita set opposite thereto in Column 1 as follows:
512
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
1523
CONTIN-
VOCA-
ASSESSMENT
HIGH SCHOOLS
UATION
TIONAL
PER CAPITA
SCHOOLS
SCHOOLS
COLUMN 1
COLUMN
COLUMN
COLUMN
COLUMN
COLUMN
COLUMN
2
3
4
5
6
7
Boards of
Boards in
high school
Boards in
urban
Boards in
districts not
munici-
munici-
urban
including
palities
palities
munici-
a city, but
having a
having a
palities
including
population
population
having a
parts of one
per munici-
per munici-
population
or more
pality of
pality of
per munici-
townships
not fewer
not fewer
pality
each
than
than 10,000
under
having a
20,000
but under
20,000
10,000
population
under
20,000
at least $1150
$ 40
$ 50
$ 60
$100
$ 60
$ 70
at least $1100 but under $1150
$ 44
$ 54
$ 64
$102
$ 62
$ 74
at least $1050 but under $1100
$ 48
$ 58
$ 68
$104
$ 64
$ 78
at least $1000 but under $1050
$ 52
$ 62
$ 72
$106
$ 66
$ 82
at least $ 950 but under $1000
$ 56
$ 66
$ 76
$108
$ 68
$ 86
at least $ 900 but under $ 950
$ 60
$ 70
$ 80
$110
$ 70
$ 90
at least $ 850 but under $ 900
$ 64
$ 74
$ 84
$112
$ 72
$ 94
at least $ 800 but under $ 850
$ 68
$ 78
$ 88
$114
$ 74
$ 98
at least $ 750 but under $ 800
$ 72
$ 82
$ 92
$116
$ 76
$102
at least $ 700 but under $ 750
$ 76
$ 86
$ 96
$118
$ 78
$106
at least $ 650 but under $ 700
$ 80
$ 90
$100
$120
$ 80
$110
at least $ 600 but under $ 650
$ 84
$ 94
$104
$122
$ 82
$114
at least $ 550 but under $ 600
$ 88
$ 98
$108
$124
$ 84
$118
at least $ 500 but under $ 550
$ 92
$102
$112
$126
$ 86
$122
at least $ 450 but under $ 500
$ 96
$106
$116
$128
$ 88
$126
at least $ 400 but under $ 450
$100
$110
$120
$130
$ 90
$130
at least $ 350 but under $ 400
$104
$114
$124
$132
$ 92
$134
at least $ 300 but under $ 350
$108
$118
$128
$134
$ 94
$138
at least $ 250 but under $ 300
$112
$122
$132
$136
$ 96
$142
at least $ 200 but under $ 250
$116
$126
$136
$138
$ 98
$146
under $200
$120
$130
$140
$140
$100
$150
(2) Where the Average daily attendance in a
vocational school is under 500, the amount set forth
in Column 7 of subregulation 1 shall be increased by
$20 for each of the first 200 pupils.
(3) The grant under subregulations 1 and 2 shall
not exceed an amount equal to 120 per cent of the
instructional salaries paid in the preceding year.
TRANSFER OF DISTRICT
23. Where the whole or part of a high- or continu-
ation-school district is transferred from one board
to another, the grant for the former board for the
year of the transfer shall be
(a) calculated as though there had been no
transfer, and
(b) paid to the boards in the proportion that the
enrolment, on the first school-day in December
of the preceding year, of pupils in the part
remaining under the jurisdiction of the former
board bears to the number of pupils in the
part transferred.
SPECIAL HIGH-SCHOOL DISTRICTS
24. Subject to regulation 23, where a high-school
district includes a city and one or more townships,
or a city and not fewer than 16 school sections,
(a) the average daily attendance of resident pupils
and the approved cost, excluding transporta-
tion, shall be divided between the city and
the remainder of the district in the same
proportion as the enrolment of pupils on the
first school-day in October of the same year
was divided, and
(b) the approved cost of transportation shall be
added to the approved cost apportioned to
the remainder of the district,
and the grants under this Part shall then be calculated
as if a board operating a school existed for each of the
2 portions of the district and the total thereof paid to
the board of the district.
NEW BOARDS AND BOARDS COMMENCING OPERATION
OF A SCHOOL
25.(1) In the year in which a new high- or continu-
ation-school district is established which includes a
municipality not previously in another secondary-
school district, the average daily attendance and
approved cost shall be for the current year, and shall
be used for the purposes of this Part until the year
following that in which the board of the former district
has operated a school for a year.
(2) In the year in which the board of a high-school
district commences operation of a school, and the
board or any former board whose district was included
in that district has not previously operated a school
513
1524
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
having an average daily attendance of at least 75
pupils, the average daily attendance and approved
cost shall be for the current year, and shall be used
for the purposes of this Part until the year following
that in which the board has operated the school for a
year.
(3) A disbursement included in approved cost under
subregulations 1 and 2 for
(a) capital charges where the first instalment on a
debenture becomes due on or after the 1st
of January, 1950,
(b) capital outlaws from current funds, or
(c) tuition fees paid to another board,
shall not be included in approved cost for more than
one year.
Part 3
NIGHT SCHOOLS
APPLICATION
26. This Part applies to general legislative grants
in respect of night schools.
AMOUNT OF GRANTS
27. The board of a continuation school operating
a night school shall be paid a grant of 50 per cent of
the total salaries of the teaching stafT of the night
school paid in the preceding year.
28.(1) Subject to subregulation 2, the board of a
high school operating a night school shall be paid a
grant on the total salaries of the teaching staff of the
night school paid in the preceding year at the per-
centage applicable under regulation 19.
(2) Where the board also operates a vocational
school, the percentage applicable shall be 50.
Part 4
GRANTS FOR TEXT-BOOKS AND REFERENCE
BOOKS
application
29. This Part applies to grants for text-books and
reference books bought by a board.
amount of grants
30. The board of a public or separate school shall
be paid a grant for text-books prescribed under clause
i of subsection 1 of section 4 of the Act, computed
by multiplying $3 by the average daily attendance in
grades I to X, both inclusive, during the preceding
year.
31. The board of a public or separate school in an
urban municipality with a population under 2500 or
in a rural municipality with a population under 20,000,
or the board of a public school appointed under sub-
section 1 of section 66 of The Public Schools Act, shall be
paid a grant for books of reference prescribed under
clause i of subsection 1 of section 4 of the Act, con-
puted by multiplying $1 by the average daily attendance
in grades I to X, both inclusive, during the preceding
year.
32. The board of a high, continuation or vocational
school shall be paid a grant for text-books prescribed
under clause i of subsection 1 of section 4 of the Act, com-
puted by multiplying $3 by the average daily attendance
of pupils in grades IX and X during the preceding
year, but excluding from the computation those
pupils attending from other high- or continuation-
school districts.
Part 5
ANNEXATION GRANTS
application
33. This Part applies to grants following annex-
ation.
amount of grants
34.(1) Where part of a municipality is annexed
to an urban municipality on or after the 1st of January,
1949, and at the date of annexation there are out-
standing debentures for one or more school buildings
in that part, the public-, separate- or high-school
board of the urban municipality shall, except in the
year of annexation, be paid a grant on the debenture
instalments due and paid in the preceding year to the
extent that the payments on the debentures would
have been eligible for a grant if the annexation had not
taken place.
(2) The amount of the grant under subregulation
1 shall be calculated at the rate applicable to
(c) the board of the school section, separate
school, or high-school district, in the annexed
area for the year preceding annexation, or
(6) the board of the urban municipality for the
year preceding annexation,
whichever rate is the greater.
35.(1) Where on or after the 1st of January, 1949,
an urban municipality having a population in the year
preceding annexation of more than 10,000, annexes
an area in which the combined average daily attend-
ance of public-, separate- and secondary-school pupils
resident in that area exceeds 20 per cent of the combined
average daily attendance of public-, separate- and
secondary-school pupils resident in the urban muni-
cipality, there shall be paid to each board of the urban
municipality an annexation grant per pupil as set forth
in subregulations 2, 4 and 5.
(2) The annexation grant per pupil shall be the
amount by which the grant per pupil paid under these
regulations to the board or boards of the urban muni-
cipality in the year of annexation is exceeded' by the
grant per pupil paid in the same year in the annexed
area, ascertained by dividing the grant paid in each
♦case, exclusive of graats on debentures and for trans-
portation, by the average daily attendance of resident
pupils.
(3) In the first year following the annexation,
the grants shall be calculated and paid as set forth
in regulations 10 and 23.
(4) In the second, third, fourth and fifth years
following the annexation, the annexation grant per
pupil shall be paid on the excess of the average daily
attendance of resident pupils of the board of the urban
municipality subsequent to annexation over the
average daily attendance of the resident pupils of the
board of the urban municipality in the year preceding
annexation.
(5) In the sixth year following the annexation, the
annexation grant per pupil shall be reduced by 20
per cent, and in each year thereafter by an additional
20 per cent for each additional year.
Part 6
REVOCATION OF REGULATIONS
36. Clauses a and b of regulation 1 and regulation 4
of Regulations 64 of Consolidated Regulations of
Ontario 1950 and Ontario Regulations 159/51 are
revoked.
W. J. DUNLOP
Minister of Education
TORONTO 2, June 23rd, 1952.
(1634)
33
514
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
1525
THE DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION ACT
O. Reg. 263/52.
Vocational Schools — Qualifications of
Principals.
Amending Regulation 73 of
Consolidated Regulations 1950 and
Revoking regulation 2 of O. Regs.
196/52.
Made— 28th July, 1952.
Approved— 31st July, 1952.
Filed— 7th August, 1952, 2.30 p.m.
REGULATIONS MADE BY THE MINISTER
UNDER THE DEPARTMENT OF
EDUCATION ACT
1. Regulation 16 of Regulations 73 of Consolidated
Regulations of Ontario 1950 as made by Ontario
Regulations 196/52 is revoked and the following
substituted therefor:
QUALIFICATIONS OF PRINCIPALS
16.(1) Subject to subregulations 2 and 3, the
principal of a composite school which has
industrial and commercial departments in
charge of directors qualified under these
regulations shall hold a High School
Principal's Certificate.
(2) From and including the 1st of September,
1953, the principal of a composite school
shall, subject to subregulation 3, hold a
High School Principal's Certificate and a
Vocational School Principal's Certificate.
(3) Where on the 1st of September, 1953, a
principal of a composite school or vocational
school has had at least 3 years of successful
experience as principal of either a composite
school or a vocational school, as certified
by the Director of Vocational Education,
he shall continue to be qualified as principal
of any composite school.
2. Regulation 2 of Ontario Regulations 196/52 is
revoked.
W. J. DUNLOP
Minister of Education
(1660)
33
THE DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION ACT
O. Reg. 264/52,
Text-books for use of pupils.
Amending O. Regs. 195/52.
Made— 28th July, 1952.
Approved— 31st July, 1952.
Filed— 7th August, 1952, 2.35 p.m.
REGULATIONS MADE BY THE MINISTER
UNDER THE DEPARTMENT OF
EDUCATION ACT
1. Schedule 1 of Ontario Regulations 195/52 is
amended by adding thereto the following items:
28. Mon Orthographe, published by Ginn and
Company.
29. Notre Histoire, published by Copp Clark Co.,
Ltd.
2. Schedule 3 of Ontario Regulations 195/52 is
amended by adding thereto the following items:
35. Language Journeys, Book VII, published by
MacMillan Company of Canada, Ltd.
36. Mathematics for Canadians, Book VIII
published by J. M. Dent & Sons, Ltd., and
MacMillan Company of Canada, Ltd.
37. Study Arithmetic, Grade VIII, published by
W. J. Gage & Co., Ltd.
38. Living Arithmetic, Grade VIII, published by
Ginn and Company.
39. Geography of Lands Overseas, published by
W. J. Gage & Co., Ltd.
40. School and Community Song Book, published
by W. J. Gage & Co., Ltd.
3. Schedule 4 of Ontario Regulations 195/52 is
amended by adding thereto the following items:
54. Junior Commercial Arithmetic, published by
Ryerson Press.
55. Mathematics for Canadians, Book IX, pub-
lished by J. M. I>ent & Sons, Ltd., and
MacMillan Company of Canada, Ltd.
56. World Geography for Canadian Schools,
published by W. J. Gage & Co., Ltd.
57. Maps, How to Read and Interpret Them,
published by Clark, Irwin & Co., Ltd.
58. The Commonwealth of Nations, published by
Ryerson Press.
59. General Science, Book III, published by
J. M. Dent & Sons, Ltd.
W. J. DUNLOP
Minister of Education
(1661)
33
THE GAME AND FISHERIES ACT
O. Reg. 265/52.
Open Season for small Fur-bearing
Animals.
New.
Filed— 11th August, 1952, 10.45 a.m.
REGULATIONS MADE BY THE MINISTER
UNDER THE GAME AND FISHERIES ACT
OPEN SEASON FOR FISHER AND MARTEN
1. Fisher and marten may be trapped, hunted,
taken, killed, and possessed, in any part of Ontario
from the 1st of November 1952 to the 21st of January
1953, both inclusive.
OPEN SEASON FOR FOX
2. Fox may be trapped, hunted, taken, killed, and
possessed, in any part of Ontario from the 15th of
August 1952 to the 14th of August 1953, both inclusive.
OPEN SEASON FOR LYNX
3. Lynx may be trapped, hunted, taken, killed, and
possessed, in any part of Ontario from the 1st of
November 1952 to the 28th of February 1953, both
inclusive.
515
1526
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
OPEN SEASON FOR MINK
4. Mink may be trapped, hunted, taken, killed,
and possessed, in the localities described
(a) in schedule 1 from the 1st of November 1952
to the 28th of February 1953, both inclusive,
. and
(b) in schedule 2 from the 1st of November 1952
to the 21st of January 1953, both inclusive.
OPEN SEASON FOR MUSK-RAT
5. Musk-rat may be trapped, hunted, taken, killed,
and possessed, in the localities described
(c) in schedule 1 from the 1st of November 1952
to the 31st of May 1953, both inclusive,
(b) in schedule 3 from the 1st of November 1952
to the 21st of May 1953, both inclusive,
(c) in schedule 4
(i) from the 1st of November 1952 to the
31st of March 1953, both inclusive, by
the holder of a licence in form 2 of Regula-
tions 129 of Consolidated Regulations of
Ontario 1950, and
(ii) from the 15th of February to the 31st of
March, both inclusive, in 1953 by the
holder of a licence in form 4 of Regula-
tions 129 of Consolidated Regulations of
Ontario 1950, and by farmers and their
sons,
(d) in schedule 5
(i) from the 1st of November 1952 to the 6th
of April 1953, both inclusive, for the
holder of a licence in form 2 of Regulations
129 of Consolidated Regulations of
Ontario 1950, and
(ii) from the 6th of March to the 6th of April,
both inclusive, in 1953 for the holder of
a licence in form 4 of Regulations 129 of
Consolidated Regulations of Ontario 1950,
(e) in schedule 6
(i) from the 1st of November 1952 to the
21st of April 1953, both inclusive, for the
holder of a licence in form 2 of Regula-
tions 129 of Consolidated Regulations of
Ontario 1950, and
(ii) from the 20th of March to the 21st of
April, both inclusive, in 1953 for the
holder of a licence in form 4 of Regula-
tions 129 of Consolidated Regulations of
Ontario 1950, and
(J) in schedule 7
(i) from the 1st of November 1952 to the
5th of May 1953, both inclusive, for the
holder of a licence in form 2 of Regula-
tions 129 of Consolidated Regulations of
Ontario 1950, and
(ii) from the 20th of March to the 5th of May,
both inclusive, in 1953 for the holder
of a licence in form 4 of Regulations 129
of Consolidated Regulations of Ontario
1950.
OPEN SEASON FOR OTTER
6. Otter may be trapped, hunted, taken, killed,
and possessed, in the localities described in schedule
8 from the 1st of November 1952 to the 30th of April
1953, both inclusive.
OPEN SEASON FOR RACCOON
7. Raccoon may be trapped, hunted, taken, killed,
and possessed, in any part of Ontario from the 1st
of November to the 31st of December, both inclusive,
in 1952.
_ GEO. H. DOUCETT,
Acting Minister of Lands and Forests.
SCHEDULE 1
That part of Ontario which is north of a line located
as follows:
COMMENCING at the intersection of the northerly
limit of the right of way of the transcontinental
line of the Canadian National Railway with the
west limit of the Township of Rice in the Territorial
District of Kenora; thence in an easterly direction
following the northerly limit of the right of way to
its intersection with the east limit of the Township
of Sargeant in the Territorial District of Cochrane.
SCHEDULE 2
That part of Ontario which is southerly and
easterly of the line located in Schedule 1.
SCHEDULE 3
1. The territorial districts of Algoma, Manitoulin.
Rainy River, Sudbury, and Timiskaming.
2. Those parts of the territorial districts of Coch-
rane, Kenora, and Thunder Bay, not included in
schedule 1.
3. That part of the Territorial District of Nipissing
which is northerly and westerly of a line located as
follows:
COMMENCING at the north-west angle of the
Township of West Ferris; thence easterly along the
northerly boundary of that township to the westerly
shore of Trout Lake; thence northerly and easterly
along the westerly and northerly shore of Trout
Lake and along the northerly shore of the Mattawa
River to the boundary between Ontario and Quebec.
SCHEDULE 4
1. The Township of Bayham in the County of
Elgin and those parts of the townships of Aldborough,
Dunwich, Malahide, Southwold, and Yarmouth, in the
County of Elgin lying southerly and easterly of the
right of way of the Michigan Central Railroad (New
York Central System).
2. The townships of Moore, Sarnia, and Sombra,
including Walpole Island, St. Anne's Island and the
other islands at the mouth of the St. Clair River, in
the County of Lambton.
3. The counties of Essex, Haldimand, Kent, and
Norfolk.
SCHEDULE 5
1. The whole or part of the counties of Brant, Elgin,
Halton, Lambton, Lincoln, Middlesex, Oxford, Perth,
Waterloo, Welland, Wellington, and Wentworth,
lying within a line located as follows:
COMMENCING where the water's edge of Lake
Ontario is intersected by the easterly boundary of
the County of Halton; thence northerly along the
easterly boundary of the County of Halton to the
southerly limit of the highway known as "the
King's Highway Number 7"; thence in a general
north-westerly and south-westerly direction along
516
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
1527
that highway across the counties of Halton, Welling-
ton, Waterloo, Perth, Middlesex, and Lambton,
to the easterly boundary of the Township of
Sarnia; thence southerly along the easterly bound-
aries of the townships of Sarnia, Moore, and
Sombra, to the southerly boundary of the County
of Lambton; thence easterly along the southerly
boundary of the County of Lambton to the south-
east angle of the Township of Dawn; thence north
along the easterly boundary of that township to
the south-west angle of the Township of Euphemia;
thence easterly along the southerly boundary of
the last-named township to the westerly boundary
of the County of Middlesex; thence southerly
along the westerly boundary of the County of
Middlesex to the south-west angle thereof; thence
south-easterly along the south-westerly boundary
of the County of Elgin to the southerly limit of
the right of way of the Michigan Central Railroad
(New York Central System); thence north-easterly
along the southerly limit of that right of way to the
westerly boundary of the County of Oxford; thence
southerly along the westerly boundary of the
County of Oxford to the south-west angle thereof;
thence easterly along the southerly boundary of
the County of Oxford to the south-east angle
thereof; thence northerly along the easterly bound-
ary of the County of Oxford to the northerly
boundary of the County of Norfolk; thence easterly
along the northerly boundary of the County of
Norfolk to the north-westerly angle of the County
of Haldimand; thence in a general south-easterly,
north-easterly and south-easterly direction along
the northerly and easterly boundaries of the County
of Haldimand to the water's edge of Lake Erie;
thence in a general easterly direction along the
water's edge of Lake Erie to the Niagara River;
thence northerly along the water's edge of the
Niagara River to Lake Ontario; thence in a general
westerly direction following the water's edge of
Lake Ontario to Burlington Beach; thence north-
westerly along the water's edge of the north-
easterly shore of Burlington Beach to the water's
edge of the north-westerly shore of Lake Ontario;
thence in a general north-easterly direction following
the water's edge of Lake Ontario to the place of
commencement.
2. All islands forming part of the counties above
named excepting the County of Lambton.
SCHEDULE 6
I. The whole or part of the counties of Bruce,
Carleton, Dufiferin, Dundas, Durham, Frontenac,
Glengarry, Grenville, Grey, Halton, Hastings, Huron,
Lambton, Lanark, Leeds, Lennox and Addington,
Middlesex, Northumberland, Ontario, Peel, Perth,
Peterborough, Prescott, Prince Edward, Russell,
Simcoe, Stormont, Victoria, Waterloo, Wellington,
and York, lying within a line located as follows:
COMMENCING where the international boundary
line is intersected by the boundary between Ontario
and Quebec in the St. Lawrence River; thence
in a general south-westerly direction following the
international boundary line along the St. Lawrence
River and into Lake Ontario to a line drawn east
astronomically from a point in the water's edge on
the most southerly shore of Duck Island in Lake
Ontario; thence west astronomically along the last-
mentioned line to the water's edge on the most
southerly shore of Duck Island; thence westerly
in a straight line to the water's edge along the
most easterly shore of Long Point of the County
of Prince Edward, at Prince Edward Point Light-
house; thence in a general south-westerly, north-
westerly and south-westerly direction following
the water's edge of Lake Ontario to the easterly
boundary of the County of Halton; thence north-
westerly along the easterly boundary of the County
of Halton to the southerly limit of the highway
known as "the King's Highway Number 7"; thence
in a general north-westerly and south-westerly
direction along that highway across the counties
of Halton, Wellington, Waterloo, Perth, Middlesex,
and Lambton, to the easterly boundary of the
Township of Sarnia; thence northerly along the
easterly boundary of the Township of Sarnia to
the water's edge of Lake Huron; thence in a general
north-easterly and northerly direction following
the water's edge of Lake Huron to Georgian Bay;
thence in a general south-easterly, northerly, north-
easterly, south-easterly and northerly direction
following the water's edge of Georgian Bay to the
southerly boundary of the Territorial District of
Muskoka; thence in a general north-easterly, south-
easterly, southerly and easterly direction following
the southerly boundary of the Territorial District
of Muskoka to the south-easterly angle of the
Township of Ryde in the Territorial District of
Muskoka; thence northerly along the easterly
boundary of the Township of Ryde to the southerly
boundary of the Township of Draper; thence
easterly along the southerly boundary of the Town-
ship of Draper to the westerly boundary of the
Township of Oakley; thence southerly along the
last-mentioned boundary to the south-westerly
angle of the Township of Oakley; thence easterly
along the southerly boundary of the Township of
Oakley to the westerly boundary of the Provisional
County of Haliburton; thence southerly along the
westerly boundary of the Provisional County of
Haliburton to the southerly boundary thereof;
thence easterly along the last-mentioned boundary
to the westerly boundary of the County of Hastings;
thence southerly along the westerly boundary of
the County of Hastings to the northerly limit of
the highway known as "the King's Highway
Number 7"; thence in a general north-easterly
direction along the northerly limit of that highway
across the counties of Hastings, Lennox and Adding-
ton, and Frontenac, to its intersection with the
highway known as "the King's Highway Number
15" in the County of Lanark; thence in a general
northerly direction along the westerly limit of that
highway to its intersection with the highway known
as "the King's Highway Number 29"; thence in a
general north-westerly direction along the south-
westerly limit of that highway to the boundary
between the counties of Lanark and Carleton ; thence
north-westerly along the last-mentioned boundary
to the north-westerly boundary of the County of
Carleton; thence in a general north-easterly direc-
tion following the north-westerly boundary of the
County of Carleton to the boundary between
Ontario and Quebec; thence in a general easterly,
southerly and south-westerly direction following
that boundary along the Ottawa River and along
the easterly boundaries of the counties of Prescott
and Glengarry, and through Lake St. Francis of the
St. Lawrence River to the place of commencement.
2. All islands forming part of the counties above
named.
SCHEDULE 7
1. The whole or part of the counties of Frontenac,
Hastings, Lanark, Lennox and Addington, and
Renfrew, and the Provisional County of Haliburton,
and those parts of the territorial districts of Muskoka,
Nipissing, and Parry Sound, lying within a line located
as follows:
COMMENCING where the south-easterly bound-
ary of the County of Renfrew meets the boundary
between the counties of Lanark and Carleton ; thence
in a general north-easterly direction following the
north-westerly boundary of the County of Carleton
to the boundary between Ontario and Quebec;
thence in a general north-westerly direction follow-
ing the last-mentioned boundary along the Ottawa
River to the Mattawa River; thence in a general
westerly direction along the water's edge on the
517
1528
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
southerly shore of the Mattawa River to Trout
Lake; thence in a general westerly and northerly
direction following the water's edge along the
southerly shore of Trout Lake to the boundary
between the townships of West Ferris and Widdi-
field in the Territorial District of Nipissing; thence
south-westerly along the last-mentioned boundary
to Lake Nipissing; thence south-easterly along the
westerly boundary of the Township of West Ferris
to the boundary between the territorial districts
of Nipissing and Parry Sound; thence in a general
south-easterly, south-westerly, north-westerly and
northerly direction along the boundary of the
Territorial District of Parry Sound to Georgian
Bay; thence in a general south-easterly direction
following the water's edge of Georgian Bay to the
southerly boundary of the Territorial District of
Muskoka; thence in a general north-easterly, south-
easterly, southerly and easterly direction following
the southerly boundary of the Territorial District
of Muskoka to the south-easterly angle of the
Township of Ryde; thence northerly along the
easterly boundary of the Township of Ryde to the
southerly boundary of the Township of Draper;
thence easterly along the southerly boundary of
the Township of Draper to the westerly boundary
of the Township of Oakley; thence southerly along
the last-mentioned boundary to the south-westerly
angle of the Township of Oakley; thence easterly
along the southerly boundary of the Township of
Oakley to the western boundary of the Provisional
County of Haliburton; thence southerly along the
westerly boundary of the Provisional County of
Haliburton to the southerly boundary thereof;
thence easterly along the last-mentioned boundary
to the westerly boundary of the County of Hast-
ings; thence southerly along the westerly boundary
of the County of Hastings to the northerly limit
of the highway known as "the King's Highway
Number 7"; thence in a general north-easterly
direction along the northerly limit of that highway
across the counties of Hastings, Lennox and Adding-
ton, and Frontenac, to its intersection with the
highway known as "the King's Highway Number
15" in the County of Lanark; thence in a general
northerly direction along the westerly limit of that
highway to its intersection with the highway
known as "the King's Highway Number 29";
thence in a general north-westerly direction along
the south-westerly limit of that highway to the
boundary between the counties of Lanark and
Carleton; thence north-westerly along the last-
mentioned boundary to the place of commencement.
2. All islands forming part of the counties above
named.
3. All islands forming part of the territorial districts
of Muskoka and Parry Sound.
SCHEDULE 8
1. The townships of Albemarle, Amabel, Eastnor,
Lindsay, and St. Edmunds, in the County of Bruce.
2. The counties of Carleton, Dundas, Durham,
Frontenac, Glengarry, Grenville, Hastings, Lanark,
Leeds, Lennox and Addington, Northumberland,
Peterborough, Prescott, Prince Edward, Renfrew,
Russell, Stormont, and Victoria, and the Provisional
County of Haliburton.
3. The territorial districts of Algoma, Cochrane,
Kenora, Manitoulin, Muskoka, Nipissing, Parry
Sound, Rainy River, Sudbury, Thunder Bay, and
Timiskaming.
(1677)
33
518
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
1575
Publications Under The Regulations Act
AUGUST 39th, 1952
THE FARM PRODUCTS GRADES AND
SALES ACT
O. Reg. 266/52.
General Amendments.
Amending Regulations 87 of
Consolidated Regulations 1950.
Approved — 14th August, 1952.
Filed— 19th August, 1952, 8.45 a.m.
REGULATIONS MADE BY THE MINISTER
UNDER THE FARM PRODUCTS GRADES AND
SALES ACT
1. Regulation 1 of Regulations 87 of Consolidated
Regulations of Ontario 1950 is amended by adding
thereto the following:
(Jj) "processing" means canning or preserving
fruit or vegetables, or manufacturing of
products from fruit or vegetables by a processor ;
(Jjj) "processor" means person who cans or pre-
serves fruit or vegetables, or by a continuous
operation or series of operations manufactures
products from fruit or vegetables;
2. Clause k of regulation 1 of Regulations 87 of
Consolidated Regulations of Ontario 1950 is revoked
and the following substituted therefor:
(k) "produce" includes any fruit, vegetable and
sweet-corn;
3. Regulation 3 of Regulations 87 of Consolidated
Regulations of Ontario 1950 is amended by striking
out the first three lines and substituting therefor "No
person shall pack, transport, ship, advertise, sell or
oflfer for sale any produce".
4. Clause b of regulation 3 of Regulations 87 of
Consolidated Regulations of Ontario 1950 is revoked
and the following substituted therefor:
(ft) which is below the minimum grade for the
produce;
5. Regulation 41 of Regulations 87 of Consolidated
Regulations of Ontario 1950 is revoked and the follow-
ing substituted therefor:
41. Where tarlatan or other transparent material
is used for covering packages of fruit, the
fruit shall be properly packed and the cover
arranged so as to prevent any appreciable
movement of the fruit.
6. Subregulation 1 of regulation 45 of Regulations
87 of Consolidated Regulations of Ontario 1950, as
amended by Ontario Regulations 138/51, is further
amended by adding thereto the following clause:
(k) cauliflower, when packed in standard cauli-
flower-crates
(i) with not more than 12 heads, the word
"large",
(ii) with not fewer than 13 heads and not
more than 16 heads, the word "medium",
and
(iii) with not fewer than 17 heads and not
more than 20 heads, the word "small".
7. Clause i of subregulation 1 of regulation 45 of
Regulations 87 of Consolidated Regulations of Ontario
1950, as made by Ontario Regulations 138/51, is
revoked and the following substituted therefor:
(i) sweet-corn, the number of dozens contained
in each package;
8. Regulation 68 of Regulations 87 of Consolidated
Regulations of Ontario 1950 is amended by striking
out the first line and substituting therefor "Subject
to regulation 71a, the grades for asparagus shall be".
9. Regulations 87 of Consolidated Regulations of
Ontario 1950 are amended by adding thereto the
following regulation:
ASPARAGUS FOR PROCESSING
71o. (1) The grades for asparagus for processing
shall be
(a) Select Grade. — This grade shall consist of
fairly straight stalks not more than 5
inches in length, and not less than ^ inch
in diameter, that are free from
(i) broken or spreading tips,
(ii) white woody butts,
(iii) rust,
(iv) insect or frost-injury, and
(v) decay;
(b) No. J Grade. — This grade shall consist of
stalks not more than 7 inches in length,
and not less than J^ inch in diameter, that
are free from
(i) badly crooked stalks or branching tips,
(ii) white woody butts,
(iii) damage caused by disease, insects or
mechanical or other means,
(iv) frost-injury, and
(v) decay;
(c) No. 2 Grade. — This grade shall consist of
stalks not more than 10 inches in length
and not less than J^ inch in diameter, that
are free from
(i) badly crooked stalks or branching
tips,
(ii) white woody butts,
(iii) damage caused by disease, insects or
mechanical or other means,
(iv) frost-injury, and
(v) decay;
(d) No. 3 Grade. — This grade shall consist of
stalks not less than 3^ inch in diameter
that are free from
519
1576
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
(i) badly crooked stalks or branching
tips,
(ii) white woody butts,
(iii) damage caused by disease, insects or
mechanical or other means,
(iv) frost-injury, and
(v) decay.
(2) For variations incidental to grading, packing
and handling asparagus for processing a toler-
ance of not more than 8 per cent of the aspara-
gus by count may be below the requirements
for the grade but no tolerance shall be allowed
for decay.
10. Regulations 87 of Consolidated Regulations of
Ontario 1950 are amended by adding thereto the
following:
BEANS FOR PROCESSING
716. The grades for green and wax beans for
processing shall be
(a) No. 1 Grade. — This grade shall consist of
fresh-picked, well-formed, tender green
or wax beans, medium-sized for the variety,
and free from beans that are
(i) large, seedy, shrivelled or rusty,
(ii) damaged by disease or insects, or
(iii) heated.
11. Subregulation 1 of regulation 72 of Regulations
87 of Consolidated Regulations of Ontario 1950, as
made by regulation 9 of Ontario Regulations 138/51,
is amended by striking out the first two lines thereof
and substituting therefor "Subject to regulation 72a,
the grades for topped beets shall be as follows:".
12. Regulations 87 of Consolidated Regulations of
Ontario 1950 are amended by adding thereto the
following:
BEETS FOR PROCESSING
72a. The grades for beets for processing shall be as
follows:
(a) No. 1 Grade. — This grade shall consist of
beets that are
(i) firm but not woody,
(ii) well timmed,
(iii) free from decay and frost-injury, and
(iv) free from serious damage caused by
dirt, sprouts, secondary growth, cuts,
growth cracks, or mechanical or other
means.
13. Subregulation 1 of regulation 73 of Regulations
87 of Consolidated Regulations of Ontario 1950, as
made by regulation 9 of Ontario Regulations 138/51,
is amended by striking out the first line thereof and
substituting therefor "Subject to regulation 73a, the
grades for topped carrots shall be".
14. Regulations 87 of Consolidated Regulations of
Ontario 1950 are amended by adding thereto the
following:
CARROTS FOR PROCESSING
73o. The grades for carrots for processing shall be
(c) No. 1 Grade. — This grade shall consist of
carrots that are
(i) firm but not woody,
(ii) well trimmed,
(iii) free from decay and frost-injury,
(iv) free from serious damage caused by
dirt, sprouts, secondary growth, cuts,
growth cracks, disease or mechanical
or other means, and
(v) free from tainted flavour caused by
oil sprays.
15. Subregulation 1 of regulation 74 of Consolidated
Regulations of Ontario 1950 is amended by striking
out the first line thereof and substituting therefor
"Subject to regulation 756, the grades for cabbage
shall be".
16. Regulations 87 of Consolidated Regulations of
Ontario 1950 are amended by adding thereto the
following regulation:
CABBAGE FOR PROCESSING
756. The grades for cabbage for processing shall be
(a) No. 1 Grade. — This grade shall consist of
heads that are
(i) not less than 5 inches in diameter,
(ii) ripe, firm, well trimmed,
(iii) free from serious damage caused by
soft rot, seed stems, frost, disease,
insect or mechanical or other injury,
and
(iv) free frpm discolouration.
17. Subregulation 1 of regulation 78 of Regulations
87 of Consolidated Regulations of Ontario 1950 is
revoked and the following substituted therefor:
CAULIFLOWER
(1) The grades for cauliflower shall be
(a) Grade No. 1. — This grade shall consist of
neatly-trimmed, compact heads, uniform
in size, with the attached leaves fresh and
green, and that are
(i) not discoloured, ricey, fuzzy or over-
mature,
(ii) free from damage caused by dirt or
other foreign matter, bruises, insects,
diseases, mechanical or other means,
and
(iii) properly packed; and
(6) Grade No. 2. — This grade shall consist of
heads fairly uniform in size, that are free
from serious damage caused by over-
maturity, discolouration, dirt, or other
foreign matter, bruises, insects, diseases, or
mechanical or other means.
18. Regulation 82 of Regulations 87 of Consolidated
Regulations of Ontario 1950 is amended by striking
out the first line thereof and substituting therefor
"Subject to regulation 85o, the grades for cherries
shall be",
19. Regulations 87 of Consolidated Regulations of
Ontario 1950 are amended by adding thereto the
following regulation:
520
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
1577
CHERRIES FOR PROCESSING
85a. (1) The grades for cherries for processing
shall be
(a) No. 1 Grade. — This grade shall consist of
sound, mature, hand-picked, clean cherries
of one variety, of good colour and fair
size for the variety, that are
(i) free from damage caused by bruises,
skin breaks and hail marks,
(ii) free from insect injury and disease,
(iii) free from dead stems, leaves or other
foreign matter,
(iv) of a minimum size of 5^ inch in
diameter, and
(v) properly packed.
(2) In subregulation 1 the following shall not
be considered as damage:
(c) handling and package bruises incidental
to good commercial handling and packing,
and
(6) skin breaks involving an aggregate area of
not more than J/g inch in diameter on
cherries with stems attached.
(3) For variations incidental to grading, packing
and handling, a tolerance of not more than
8 per cent by weight may be below the require-
ments for the grade but not more than 5 per
cent by weight shall be below the requirements
for size and not more than 1 per cent of the
entire lot may be affected with decay or cherry
fruit-fly.
20. Sub-clause i of clause c 1 (see Ontario Gazette,
1951, page 203, regulation 20) of regulation 98 of
Regulations 87 of Consolidated Regulations of Ontario
1950, as made by regulation 20 of Ontario Regulations
138/51, is revoked and the following substituted there-
for:
(t) of a minimum size of 2 inches in diameter;
21. Regulation 101 of Regulations 87 of Con-
solidated Regulations of Ontario 1950 if revoked and
the following substituted therefor:
101. (1) For variations incidental to grading,
packing and handling of peaches a tolerance
of not more than
(a) 10 per cent by count may be below the
requirements for the grade,
(fi) 5 per cent by count may be allowed for
any one defect,
(c) 3 per cent by count may be affected with
decay,
{d) 10 per cent by count may be above or
below a size range of 34 inch, and
(c) 5 per cent by count may be below a
minimum size of 2 inches in diameter.
(2) In subregulation 1 slight bruises shall not be
considered as damage.
22. Regulations 87 of Consolidated Regulations
of Ontario 1950 are amended by adding thereto the
following regulation:
RASPBERRIES
115a. (1) The grades for raspberries sold or
offered for sale on a grade basis shall be
(a) No. 1 Grade. — This grade shall consist of
fresh-picked, clean, sound, mature, whole,
ripe and firm raspberries of one variety,
that are
(i) free from mould, mildew or other
decay, cores, stems, leaves or other
foreign matter, green or dried rasp-
berries, and
(ii) uniform in size and at least 3^ inch in
diameter.
(2) For variations incidental to the grading, pack-
ing and handling of raspberries sold or offered
for sale on a grade basis a tolerance of not
more than 5 per cent by volume may be below
the prescribed size and not more than 10
per cent by volume may be below the other
requirements of the grade.
(3) Every crate of raspberries sold or offered for
sale on a grade basis shall be plainly marked
at one end with the grade designation.
23. Regulation 118 of Regulations 87 of Con-
solidated Regulations of Ontario 1950 is revoked.
24. Subregulation 1 of regulation 119 of Regulations
87 of Consolidated Regulations of Ontario 1950 is
revoked and the following substituted therefor:
STRAWBERRIES
119. (1) The grades for strawberries sold or
offered for sale on a grade basis shall be
(a) No. 1 Grade.— T\\'\s grade shall consist of
strawberries with the hull attached, that
are well formed, of good colour, firm but
not over-ripe, and
(i) at least % inch in diameter; and
(ii) free from surface moisture, bruises,
bird-pecks, mould, and damage caused
by sand, disease or other means.
25. Subregulations 3 and 4 of regulation 119 of
Regulations 87 of Consolidated Regulations of Ontario
1950 are revoked and the following substituted therefor:
(3) For variations incidental to the grading, pack-
ing and handling of strawberries sold or
offered for sale on a grade basis a tolerance of
not more than 5 per cent by volume may be
below the prescribed size and not more than
10 per cent by volume may be below the other
requirements of the grade.
(4) Every crate of strawberries sold or offered for
sale on a grade basis shall be plainly marked
at one end with the grade designation.
26. Regulations 87 of Consolidated Regulations
of Ontario 1950 are amended by adding thereto the
following regulations:
SWEET-CORN
119a. (1) The grades for sweet-corn sold or
offered for sale on a grade basis shall be
(a) No. 1 Grade. — This grade shall consist of
ears of sweet-corn of similar varietal
characteristics, well formed, well-filled,
plump and milky, that are
(i) of a minimum length of 6 inches of
kernels of edible corn,
521
1578
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
(ii) free from damage caused by smut,
insect-injury or mechanical or other
means,
(iii) well covered with fresh green husks
and
(iv) properly packed.
(2) In subregulation 1
(a) "fresh" means not badly wilted, dried,
broken or turning yellow,
(b) "plump and milky" means with kernels
well developed but not over-mature or
shrivelled,
(c) "well-filled" means with rows of kernels of
fairly uniform development and with the
appearance and quality of the edible
portion of the ear not materially affected
by poorly-developed rows, and
(d) "well formed" means with ears not stunted
in growth.
1196. For variations incidental to grading, packing
and handling sweet-corn a tolerance of not
more than 10 per cent by count may be below
the grade requirements but not more than
5 per cent by count shall be allowed for insect-
injury.
27. Item 28 of schedule 1 of Regulations 87 of
Consolidated Regulations of Ontario 1950 is amended
by adding thereto the following sub-item:
(9) liner—
(i) where basket liners are used for baskets
of peaches the liners shall be of single-
faced corrugated paper 40* in length and
3K" in width.
W. A. GOODFELLOW
Acting Minister of Agriculture
(1716) 35
THE FARM PRODUCTS MARKETING ACT
O. Reg. 267/52.
1952 Agreement for the Marketing
of Peaches for Processing.
New.
Made— 15th August, 1952.
Filed— 19th August, 1952, 8.50 a.m.
ORDER MADE BY THE BOARD UNDER
THE FARM PRODUCTS MARKETING ACT
MARKETING OF PEACHES FOR PROCESSING
The Board approves the agreement appended
hereto and declares that it is in force.
G. F. Perkin
(Seal)
Chairman
F. K, B, Stewart
Secretary
AGREEMENT FOR MARKETING THE 1952
CROP OF PEACHES FOR PROCESSING
UNDER THE ONTARIO PEACH GROWERS*
MARKETING-FOR-PROCESSING SCHEME
This Agreement made the 15th day of August, 1952,
Between:
W. C. Nickerson, appointed by the
three members of The Negotiating
Committee appointed for the year
1952 by the local board,
— AND—
appointed by the three members of
The Negotiating Committee ap
pointed for the year 1952 by the
processors,
— AND—
His Honour Judge W. F. Schwenger,
appointed by The Farm Products
Marketing Board,
known as the negotiating board.
Under The Farm Products Marketing Act and the
regulations, and subject to the limitations thereof,
the members of the negotiating board agree and
decide as follows:
1. The minimum price to be paid by a processor
or a buyer for peaches of the variety known as "Jubilee"
produced in Ontario during the year 1952, of a minimum
size of 2 inches in diameter, uniformly ripe, and suitable
for processing, shall be at the rate of $97.50 per ton.
2. The minimum price to be paid by a processor
or a buyer for peaches of the varieties known as
"Marilyn", "Victory", "Elberta", and all other
varieties of the Elberta type, produced in Ontario
during the year 1952, of a minimum size of 2 inches
in diameter, uniformly ripe, and suitable for process-
ing, shall be at the rate of $97.50 per ton.
3. The minimum prices to be paid by a processor
or a buyer for peaches of all varieties, other than the
varieties named in sections 1 and 2 of this agreement,
produced in Ontario during the year 1952, of a minimum
size of 2 inches in diameter, uniformly ripe, and suitable
for processing, shall be at the rate of $82.50 per ton.
4. Where a processor or a buyer receives or buys
for processing purposes peaches produced in Ontario
during the year 1952, which are smaller than 2 inches
in diameter, the minimum price paid therefor shall
be at the same rate as specified for the variety in
sections 1, 2, or 3, of this agreement.
5. (1) Processors shall, on delivery of peaches or
within IS days thereafter
(a) pay an amount not less than 50 per cent of the
purchase price for peaches of each variety
named in this agreement, and
(b) prepare a statement of each grower's account,
and deliver a copy thereof to the Ontario
Peach Growers' Marketing Board.
(2) Growers shall not be required to surrender
delivery weigh slips until payment in full has been
made for the peaches delivered.
(3) Payment of any remainder of the purchase price
of peaches shall be made on or before the 15th of
November, 1952, at which time delivery weigh slips
shall be surrendered by the growers, if requested.
522
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
1579
6. Delivery of the said peaches which are produced
in the counties of Lincoln, Welland, Wentworth, and
Halton shall be ftiade by the grower or his agent free
of delivery charges to any factory located in those
counties.
7. In case of a dispute as to the grade of any
peaches for processing the decision of a Fruit and
Vegetable Inspector appointed under The Farm
Products Grades and Sales Act shall be accepted.
8. Notwithstanding the provisions of any contract
whenever any processor or his representatives orders,
or arranges with, or instructs any grower as to the
delivery of peaches to a factory, warehouse or other
premises, the processor shall in every such case pay
for such peaches in accordance with the provisions of
this Agreement.
Dated at the City of Hamilton this 15th day of
August, 1952.
MEMBERS OF THE
NEGOTIATING BOARD.
W. F. SCHWENGER
W. C. NiCKERSON
(1717)
35
THE GAME AND FISHERIES ACT
O. Reg. 268/52.
Waters Set Apart.
Amending O. Regs. 164/49. (See
note below)
Made— 14th August, 1952.
Filed— 20th August, 1952, 9.15 a.m.
REGULATIONS MADE UNDER
THE GAME AND FISHERIES ACT
1. Schedule 12 of Appendix A of Ontario Regula-
tions 164/49 is struck out.
2. Appendix A of Ontario Regulations 164/49 is
amended by adding thereto the following schedules:
SCHEDULE lA
AURORA LAKE FISH SANCTUARY
The waters known as Aurora Lake in the Township
of Gamble in the Territorial District of Timiskaming.
SCHEDULE 3B
BOG OF NEWBORO LAKE FISH SANCTUARY
That part of Newboro Lake in the Township of
South Crosby in the County of Leeds lying within
lots 22, 23, and 24, in Concession II, and lots 22, 23,
24, 25, and 26, in Concession III.
SCHEDULE 3C
BOGS OF RIDEAU LAKE FISH SANCTUARY
That part of Rideau Lake in the Township of
Bastard and South Burgess in the County of Leeds
lying within lots 13, 14, and 15, in Concession I, and
lots 14 and 15, in Concession II, in that part of the
township which was formerly the Township of Bastard,
and lot 9 in Concession I in that part of the township
which was formerly the Township of South Burgess.
SCHEDULE 6A
darling's bay OF OPINICON LAKE FISH SANCUTARY
That part of Opinicon Lake in the Township of
Storrington in the County of Frontenac lying within
lots 15 and 16, in Concession XIV, and lot 16 in Con-
cession XV.
SCHEDULE 12D
LITTLE AUKORA LAKE FISH SANCTUARY
The waters known as Little Aurora Lake in the
Township of Gamble in the Territorial District of
Timiskaming.
SCHEDULE 14A
LITTLE WHITEPINE LAKE FISH SANCTUARY
Little Whitepine Lake in the townships of Corley
and Gamble, in the Territorial District of Timiskaming.
SCHEDULE 14B
long island lake of rideau lake fish sanctuary
The waters within the limits of Long Island in
Rideau Lake in that part of the Township of Bastard
and South Burgess in the County of Leeds which was
formerly the Township of South Burgess.
SCHEDULE 16A
MARIPOSA BROOK FISH SANCTUARY
That part of Mariposa Brook in the townships of
Mariposa and Ops in the County of Victoria lying
within lots 21, 22, and 23, in Concession III, and lots
21, 23, and 24, in Concession IV, in the Township
of Mariposa, and lots 10, 11, and 12, in Concession I,
lot 10 in Concession II, and lots 9 and 10, in Con-
cession III, in the Township of Ops.
SCHEDULE 19A
murphy's bay of OPINICON LAKE FISH SANCTUARY
That part of Opinicon Lake in the Township of
South Crosby in the County of Leeds lying within
lot 16 in Concession VI, and lots 15 and 16, in Con-
cession VII.
SCHEDULE 20A
OLD IRON MINE BAY OF NEWBORO LAKE FISH SANCTUARY
That part of Newboro Lake known as Old Iron
Mine Bay, in the townships of North Crosby and
South Crosby in the County of Leeds, and described
as follows:
Commencing at the most south-westerly extremity
of lot 25 in Concession VI in the Township of South
Crosby; thence south-westerly in a straight line to
the most southerly extremity of Knowlton Island;
thence continuing south-westerly in a straight line
to the most south-easterly extremity of Bobb's Island;
thence in a general north-westerly and south-westerly
direction along the high-water mark on the easterly
and northerly shores of Bobb's Island to its intersection
with the south-easterly production of the south-
westerly limit of lot 2 in Concession VII in the Town-
ship of North Crosby; thence north-westerly along
that production to the northerly shore of Newboro
Lake; thence in a general north-easterly and south-
easterly direction along the high-water mark on the
northerly shore of Newboro Lake to the place of
commencement.
(Note: See unofficial consolidated regulations 404 in
unofficial appendix to volumes 1 and 2 of Con-
solidated Regulations of Ontario, 1950)
(1718)
35
523
1580
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
THE PUBLIC SERVICE ACT^
O. Reg. 269/52.
Leave of Absence.
Amending O. Regs. 36/48. (See
note below)
Made— 14th August, 1952.
Filed— 20th August, 1952, 3.30 p.m.
REGULATIONS MADE UNDER
THE PUBLIC SERVICE ACT
1. Subregulation 2 of regulation 5 of Ontario
Regulations 36/48 is revoked and the following sub-
stituted therefor:
(2) Where, after having served one year in the
service, a civil servant is absent, by reason of
sickness, for a period in excess of his accumu-
lated credits, the Minister under whom he is
serving may grant him pay for not more than
(a) 30 days of the excess absence, upon certi-
ficate of the Commission, or
(b) 10 days of the excess absence, without
certificate.
(Note: See unofficial consolidated regulations 495 tn
unofficial appendix to volumes 1 and 2 of Con-
solidated Regulations of Ontario 1950)
(1723)
35
THE PUBLIC HOSPITALS ACT
O. Reg. 270/52.
Capital Grants.
New.
Made— 14th August, 1952.
Filed— 20th August, 1952, 3.40 p.m.
REGULATIONS MADE UPON THE
RECOMMENDATION OF THE MINISTER
UNDER THE PUBLIC HOSPITALS ACT
1. Notwithstanding regulation 3 of Ontario Regu-
lations 202/52, where a hospital in Group C is located
in a town, in a territorial district, having a population
under 5,000 according to the last revised assessment
roll
(a) has made application for a hospital-con-
struction capital grant in respect of a building
project involving new construction, and
{b) receives
(i) a grant from Her Majesty in right of
Canada in respect of the building project,
and
(ii) a contribution from the Canadian Red
Cross Society, Ontario Division, exceeding
1/5 of the estimated cost of the building
project
the Minister shall pay a grant to that hospital in the
amount of $4,554.53 in addition to any hospital-
construction grant to which that hospital is entitled
under Ontario Regulations 202/52.
2. These regulations expire on the 30th of August
1952.
(1724)
35
524
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
1633
Publications Under The Regulations Act
SEPTEMBER 6th, 1952
THE GAME AND FISHERIES ACT
O. Reg. 271/52.
Open Season for Squirrel and Rab-
bit.
New.
Filed— 27th August, 1952, 9.30 a.m.
REGULATIONS MADE BY THE MINISTER
UNDER THE GAME AND FISHERIES ACT
Open season for squirrel
1. Black, gray and fox squirrel may be hunted,
taken, or killed, or possessed, in any part of Ontario
from the 17th of November to the 22nd of November,
both inclusive, in 1952, but no person shall hunt,
take, or kill, more than the aggregate number of 5
squirrel in a day or possess more than an aggregate
number of 10 squirrel at any one time.
Open season for rabbit
2. Rabbit may be trapped, hunted, taken, or
killed, or possessed,
(a) in the Township of Pelee in the County of
Essex from the 31st of October 1952 to the
31st of January 1953, both inclusive,
(b) in the counties of Essex, except the Town-
ship of Pelee, and Kent from the 29th of
October 1952 to the 31st of January 1953,
both inclusive,
(c) in
(i) the counties of Brant, Elgin, Haldimand,
Halton, Lambton, Lincoln, Middlesex,
Norfolk, Oxford, Peel, Welland, Went-
worth, and York,
(ii) the Township of Darlington in the
County of Durham,
(iii) the townships of Hay, Stanley, and
Stephen, in the County of Huron,
(iv) the townships of East Whitby, Pickering,
and Whitby, in the County of Ontario,
(v) the townships of Adjala, Tecumseth,
and West Gwillimbury, in the County
of Simcoe,
(vi) the Township of Wilmot in the County
of Waterloo, and
(vii) the Township of Puslinch in the County
of Wellington,
from the 29th of October 1952 to the 28th of
February 1953, both inclusive, and
(d) in any part of Ontario not described in
clauses a, b and c from the 1st of September
1952 to the 31st of August 1953, both inclu-
sive.
WELLAND S. GEM M ELL
Minister of Lands and Forests
(1800)
36
THE INDUSTRIAL STANDARDS ACT
O. Reg. 272/52.
Designation of Zones.
Amending Regulations 227 of Con-
solidated Regulations 1950.
Made — 27th August, 1952.
Filed— 28th August, 1952, 3.30 p.m.
REGULATIONS MADE BY THE MINISTER
UNDER THE INDUSTRIAL STANDARDS ACT
1. Item 43 of Appendix C of Regulations 227 of
Consolidated Regulations of Ontario 1950 is struck
out and the following substituted therefor:
Ottawa Zone
43. The City of Ottawa.
CHARLES DALEY
Minister of Labour
August 27, 1952
(1807)
36
525
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
1653
Publications Under The Regulations Aet
SEPTEMBER 13th, 1952
THE GAME AND FISHERIES ACT
O. Reg. 273/52.
1952 Open Season for Game Birds.
New.
Made— 28th August, 1952.
Filed— 2nd September, 1952, 10.25
a.m.
REGULATIONS MADE UNDER THE GAME
AND FISHERIES ACT
Open season for Hungarian Partridge
1. Hungarian partridge may be hunted, killed, or
destroyed, from the 20th of September to the 13th of
October, both inclusive, in 1952 in any part of Ontario
except the Territorial District of Thunder Bay, but
the aggregate number hunted, killed, or destroyed,
in a day shall not exceed 6 and at any one time the
number possessed shall not exceed 12.
Open season for Grouse and Spruce Partridge
2. (1) Ruffed grouse, sharp-tailed grouse and
spruce partridge may be hunted, killed, or destroyed,
in the localities described
(c) in schedule 1 from the 20th of September to
the 15th of November, both inclusive, in 1952,
(fc) in schedule 2 from the 4th of October to the
15th of November, both inclusive, in 1952,
and
(c) in schedule 3 from the 29th of October to the
1st of November, both inclusive, in 1952,
(2) The aggregate number hunted, killed, or des-
troyed, in a day shall not exceed 5 and the aggregate
number possessed at any one time shall not exceed 15,
but in the localities described in schedule 3 the number
hunted, killed, or destroyed, shall not exceed 3 a day.
Open season for Pheasants
3. (1) Pheasants may be hunted, killed, or des-
troyed, between the hours of 8 a.m. and 5 p.m. on
the 29th and 30th of October in 1952 in the Township
of Pelee in the County of Essex.
(2) The aggregate number possessed or hunted,
killed, or destroyed, shall not exceed 7 pheasants, of
which not more than 6 are male and not more than 1
is female.
4. (1) Male pheasants may be hunted, killed, or
destroyed, between the hours of 8 a.m. and 5 p.m.
(a) on the 31st of October and the 1st of November
in 1952 in
(i) the townships of East Whitby, Pickering,
and Whitby, in the County of Ontario,
and
(ii) the Township of Markham in the County
of York,
(6) on the 29th and 31st of October and the 1st
of November in 1952 in
(i) the counties of Brant, Halton, Oxford,
and Wentworth,
(ii) the townships of Hay, Stanley, and
Stephen, in the County of Huron,
(iii) the Township of Wilmot in the County
of Waterloo, and
(iv) the Township of Puslinch in the County
of Wellington, and
(c) from the 29th of October to the 1st of Nov-
ember, both inclusive, in 1952 in any part of
Ontario not described in clauses a and h and
in subregulation 1 of regulation 3.
(2) The aggregate number hunted, killed, or des-
troyed, in a day shall not exceed 3.
Open season for Ptarmigan
5. (1) Ptarmigan may be hunted, killed, or des-
troyed, in any part of Ontario from the 4th of Sept-
ember 1952 to the 31st of March 1953, both inclusive.
(2) The aggregate number hunted, killed, or des-
troyed, in a day shall not exceed 5 and the aggregate
number possessed at any one time shall not exceed 15.
SCHEDULE 1
That part of Ontario between the easterly boundary
of Manitoba and the westerly boundary of Quebec
which is north and east of the following-described
line:
COMMENCING in the County of Glengarry at
a point in the boundary between Ontario and Quebec
where it is intersected by the centre line of the main
line of the Canadian Pacific Railway near Glen Norman
Station; thence westerly along that centre line through
the Village of Winchester in the County of Dundas,
the Town of Smith's Falls in the County of Lanark,
Sharbot Lake Station in the County of Frontenac,
the Village of Tweed in the County of Hastings, the
City of Peterborough in the County of Peterborough,
and Manvers Station in the County of Durham, to
the westerly boundary of the County of Durham;
thence northerly along that boundary to the southerly
boundary of the Township of Reach in the County of
Ontario; thence westerly along the last-mentioned
boundary to the easterly boundary of the highway
known as "the King's Highway Number 12"; thence
northerly and westerly along the easterly boundary
of that highway to the easterly boundary of the high-
way known as "the King's Highway Number 69" at
Atherley Post Office in the County of Ontario; thence
northerly and westerly along the easterly boundary
of that highway to the easterly boundary of the high-
way known as "the King's Highway Number 11";
thence northerly along the easterly boundary of the
last-mentioned highway to its intersection with the
northerly boundary of the highway known as "the
King's Highway Number 69" at the Town of Graven-
hurst in the Territorial District of Muskoka; thence
northerly and westerly along the easterly boundary
of the highway known as "the King's Highway Num-
ber 69" to the northerly boundary of the Territorial
District of Muskoka; thence westerly along the north-
erly boundary of the Territorial District of Muskoka
to the shore of Georgian Bay of Lake Huron; thence
westerly across Georgian Bay in a straight line to the
northerly extremity of the most northerly island of
a group of islands known as "North Island" of the
islands known as "Western Islands"; thence westerly
in a straight line across Georgian Bay of Lake Huron
527
1654
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
to a point measured 8 miles north astronomically
from Cabot Head in the County of Bruce; thence west
astronomically to the boundary between Canada and
United States; thence in a general northerly and
westerly direction along that boundary to the boundary
between Ontario and Manitoba.
SCHEDULE 2
1. That part of the Territorial District of Muskoka
lying southerly and westerly of the line described in
Schedule 1.
2. The counties of Bruce, Duflferin, Grey, Huron,
Leeds, Northumberland, Perth, Prince Edward,
Waterloo, and Wellington, and those parts of the
counties of Dundas, Frontenac, Glengarry, Grenville,
Hastings, Lanark, Lennox and Addington, Peter-
borough, and Stormont, lying southerly of the line
described in schedule I.
3. The County of Simcoe except the townships of
Adjala, Tecumseth, and West Gwillimbury.
4. The townships of Clarke and Hope, in the
County of Durham, and those parts of the townships
of Cavan and Manvers, in the County of Durham,
lying southerly of the line described in schedule I.
5. The townships of Scott and Uxbridge, in the
County of Ontario, and those parts of the townships
of Brock, Mara, Rama, Reach, and Thorah (including
Canise or Thorah Island), in the County of Ontario,
lying westerly of the line described in schedule L
SCHEDULE 3
\. The counties of Brant, Elgin, Essex, Haldimand,
Halton, Kent, Lambton, Lincoln, Middlesex, Norfolk,
Oxford, Peel, Welland, Wentworth, and York.
2. That part of the Township of Darlington in
the County of Durham lying southerly of the line
described in schedule L
3. The townships of East Whitby, Pickering, and
Whitby, in the County of Ontario.
4. The townships of Adjala, Tecumseth, and
West Gwillimbury, in the County of Simcoe.
(1834)
37
THE GAME AND FISHERIES ACT
O. Reg. 274/52.
Open Season for Beaver 1952-53.
Amending Regulations 129 of Con-
solidated Regulations 1950.
Made— 28th August, 1952.
Filed— 2nd September, 1952, 10.30
REGULATIONS MADE UNDER THE GAME
AND FISHERIES ACT
Open season for beaver
1. The holder of a licence in form 2 or form 6 of
Regulations 129 of Consolidated Regulations of Ontario
1950 may trap, hunt, take, or kill, any beaver, or
possess the carcass, pelt, or any part thereof, in the
localities described
(a) in schedule 1 from the 1st of November 1952
to the 21st of May 1953, both inclusive, and
(b) in schedule 2 from the ISth of November 1952
to the 30th of April 1953, both inclusive.
SCHEDULE 1
1. The territorial districts of Algoma, Cochrane,
Kenora, Manitoulin, Rainy River, Sudbury, Thunder
Bay, and Timiskaming,
2. That part of the Territorial District of Nipissing
which is northerly and westerly of a line located as
follows:
COMMENCING at the north-west angle of the
Township of West Ferris; thence easterly along
the northerly boundary of that township to the
westerly shore of Trout Lake; thence northerly
and easterly along the westerly and northerly
shore of Trout Lake and along the northerly shore
of the Mattawa River to the boundary between
Ontario and Quebec.
SCHEDULE 2
1. The territorial districts of Muskoka and Parry
Sound.
2. That part of the Territorial District of Nip-
issing which is southerly and easterly of the line
located in item 2 of schedule 1.
3. The counties of Brant, Bruce, Carleton, Dufferin,
Dundas, Durham, Elgin, Essex, Frontenac, Glengarry,
Grenville, Grey, Haldimand, Halton, Hastings, Huron,
Kent, Lambton, Lanark, Leeds, Lennox and Addington,
Lincoln, Middlesex, Norfolk, Northumberland, Ontario,
Oxford, Peel, Perth, Peterborough, Prescott, Prince
Edward, Renfrew, Russell, Simcoe, Stormont, Victoria,
Waterloo, Welland, Wellington, Wentworth, and York,
and the Provisional County of Haliburton.
(1835)
37
THE GAME AND FISHERIES ACT
O. Reg. 275/52.
Waters Set Apart for Specified Times.
Amending O. Regs. 80/51.
Made— 28th August, 1952.
Filed— 2nd September, 1952, 10.35
REGULATIONS MADE UNDER THE GAME
AND FISHERIES ACT
1. Regulation 2 of Ontario Regulations 80/51,
except schedules 2, 3, 10, 18, 31, 38, 40, and 43, is
revoked and the following substituted therefor:
2. (1) The several waters described in schedules
2, 3, 10, 31, 38, 40, and 43, and known as
"Beaverton River Fish Sanctuary", "Black
River Fish Sanctuary", "Dorcas Bay of
Lake Huron Fish Sanctuary", "Moon
River Fish Sanctuary", "Peflferlaw Brook
Fish Sanctuary", "Red Bay of Lake Huron
Fish Sanctuary", and "Shawanaga River
Fish Sanctuary", respectively, are set
apart for the conservation or propagation
of fish from and including the 15th of May
to and including the 30th of June in each
year, beginning with the year 1953.
(2) The waters described in Schedule 18 and
known as "Hay Bay of Lake Huron Fish
Sanctuary" are set apart for the conserva-
528
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
1655
tion or propagation of fish during the month
of June in each year, beginning with the
year 1953.
(3) The waters described in Schedule 47 and
known as "Stokes Bay of Lake Huron
Fish Sanctuary" are set apart for the
conservation or propagation of fish during
the month of June in each year, beginning
with the year 1953.
SCHEDULE 47
Stokes Bay of Lake Huron Fish Sanctuary
Commencing at the intersection of the boundary
between lots 14 and 15 in Concession VH west of the
Bury Road in the Township of Eastnor in the County
of Bruce with the high-water mark of Lake Huron;
thence north-westerly in a straight line to the most
south-westerly point of Lyal Island; thence north-
easterly, westerly and south-westerly along the high-
water mark on the shore of Lyal Island to the most
westerly extremity of that island; thence north-
westerly in a straight line to the most southerly
extremity of lot 1 in Concession IX west of the Bury
Road in the Township of Lindsay; thence north-
westerly along the high-water mark on the shore of
Lake Huron to the most westerly extremity of the
last-mentioned lot; thence north-westerly in a straight
line to the intersection of the boundary between lots
8 and 9 in Concession IX west of the Bury Road in
the Township of Lindsay with the high-water mark
of Lake Huron; thence in a general easterly, south-
easterly, north-easterly, southerly and south-westerly
direction along the high-water mark on the shore of
Lake Huron to the place of commencement.
2. Regulation 15 of Ontario Regulations 80/51,
except Schedule 51, is revoked and the following
substituted therefor:
15. The waters described in Schedule 51 and
known as "Trout Lake Fish Sanctuary" are
set apart for the conservation or propagation
of fish during the months of January, Feb-
ruary, March and April in 1954 and during
those months in every second year thereafter.
3. Ontario Regulations 80/51 are amended by
adding thereto the following regulation:
19. The several waters described in schedules 01,
02, lA, 15 A, 30A, 39A, and 44A, and known
as "Arthur Lake Fish Sanctuary", "Beaver
Lake Fish Sanctuary", "Birch Lakes Fish
Sanctuary", "Frobel Lake Fish Sanctuary",
"McEachern Lake Fish Sanctuary", "Portage
Lake (Algoma) Fish Sanctuary", and "Snow-
shoe Lake Fish Sanctuary", respectively, are
set apart for the conservation or propagation
of fish during the year 1953 and every second
year thereafter.
SCHEDULE 01
Arthur Lake Fish Sanctuary
The waters known as Arthur Lake in the Town-
ship of Tp. 188 in the Territorial District of Algoma.
SCHEDULE 02
Beaver Lake Fish Sanctuary
The waters known as Beaver Lake in the Town-
ship of Tp. 182 in the Territorial District of Algoma.
SCHEDULE lA
Birch Lakes Fish Sanctuary
The two waters known as Birch Lakes in the
Township of Grasett in the Territorial District of
Algoma lying within lots 10 and 11 in Concession II.
SCHEDULE 15A
Frobel Lake Fish Sanctuary
Frobel Lake (also known as Stoney Lake Number
2) in the Township of Tp. 188 in the Territorial District
of Algoma.
SCHEDULE 30A
McEachern Lake Fish Sanctuary
McEachern Lake in the Township of Gould in the
Territorial District of Algoma.
SCHEDULE 39A
Portage Lake (Algoma) Fish Sanctuary
The waters known as Portage Lake in the Town-
ship of Tp. 182 in the Territorial District of Algoma.
SCHEDULE 44A
Snowshoe Lake Fish Sanctuary
Snowshoe Lake (also known as Stoney Lake
Number 1) in the Township of Tp. 188 in the Territorial
District of Algoma.
(1836)
37
THE LEASEHOLD REGULATIONS ACT, 1951
O. Reg. 276/52.
Limited Application.
Revoking and remaking regulation 26
of O. Reg. 98/52.
Made— 28th August, 1952.
Filed— 3rd September, 1952, 4.30 p.m.
REGULATIONS MADE UNDER
THE LEASEHOLD REGULATIONS ACT, 1951
1. Regulation 46 of Ontario Regulations 98/52
is revoked and the following substituted therefor:
limited application
46.(1) Subject to subregulation 2, these regulations
apply throughout Ontario.
(2) On and after the 2nd of March 1953 these
regulations shall apply only to the areas
designated in Schedule 1.
SCHEDULE 1
1. The area within the County of Brant except
the townships of
(a) Oakland,
{b) Onondaga, and
(c) South Dumfries.
2. In the County of Bruce, the areas within the
towns of
(c) Kincardine, and
(6) Walkerton.
3. In the County of Carleton, the areas within
(a) the City of Ottawa,
529
1656
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
(b) the Town of Eastview,
(c) the Village of Rockcliffe Park, and
(d) the townships of
(i) Gloucester,
(ii) Nepean, and
(iii) Osgoode.
4. In the County of Durham, the areas within
(a) the towns of
(i) Bowmanville, and
(ii) Port Hope, and
(b) the Village of Newcastle.
5. In the County of Elgin, the areas within
(a) the City of St. Thomas,
(b) the villages of
(i) Dutton,
(ii) Port Stanley,
(iii) Rodney,
(iv) Springfield, and
(v) West Lome, and
(c) the townships of
(i) Aldborough, and
(ii) Dunwich.
6. In the County of Essex, the areas within
(a) the City of Windsor,
(b) the towns of
(i) Amherstburg,
(ii) Essex,
(iii) Harrow,
(iv) Kingsville,
(v) La Salle,
(vi) Leamington,
(vii) Ojibway, and
(viii) Tecumseh,
(c) the separated Town of Riverside,
(d) the villages of
(i) Belle River, and
(ii) St. Clair Beach, and
(c) the townships of
(i) Sandwich East, and
(ii) Sandwich West.
7. In the County of Frontenac, the area within
the City of Kingston.
8. In the County of Glengarry, the area within
the Town of Alexandria.
9. In the County of Grey, the areas within
(o) the City of Owen Sound, and
(6) the Town of Hanover.
10. In the County of Haldimand, the areas within
(a) the Town of Dunnville, and
(b) the Village of Hagersville.
U. In the County of Halton, the areas within
(a) the towns of
(i) Burlington,
(ii) Georgetown,
(iii) Milton, and
(iv) Oakville, and
{b) the townships of
(i) Nelson, and
(ii) Trafalgar.
12. In the County of Hastings, the areas within
(c) the City of Belleville, and
(b) the separated Town of Trenton.
13. In the County of Huron, the areas within
(c) the towns of
(i) Clinton,
(ii) Exeter,
(iii) Goderich, and
(iv) Wingham, and
(b) the townships of
(i) Stephen, and
(ii) Usborne.
14. In the County of Kent, the areas within
(c) the towns of
(i) Blenheim,
(ii) Bothwell,
(iii) Dresden,
(iv) Ridgetown,
(v) Tilbury, and
(vi) Wallaceburg, and
(6) the townships of
(i) Harwich,
(ii) Howard, and
(iii) Orford.
15. In the County of Lamb ton, the areas within
530
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
1657
(a) the City of Sarnia,
(a) the Town of Brampton, and
(b) the Town of Petrolia,
(6) the Township of Toronto.
(c) the villages of
26.
In the County of Peterborough, the areas
within
(a) the City of Peterborough,
(6) the villages of
(i) Havelock, and
(ii) Norwood, and
(c) the Township of Galway and Cavendish.
In the County of Renfrew, the areas within
(a) the towns of
(i) Courtright, and
(ii) Point Edward, and
(d) the townships of
(i) Moore,
(ii) Sarnia, and
(iii) Sombra, including Walpole Island,
St. Anne's Island and the other
islands at the mouth of the St.
Clair River.
27.
16.
In the County of Lanark, the areas within
(i) Pembroke, and
(c) the Town of Perth,
(ii) Renfrew,
(b) the separated Town of Smith's Falls, and
(b) the Village of Eganville, and
(c) the township of Montague.
(c) the townships of
17.
In the County of Leeds, the areas within the
separated towns of
(a) Brockville, and
(b) Gananoque.
28
(i) Bagot and Blithfield, and
(ii) Petawawa.
In the County of Russell, the areas within
the townships of
18.
In the County of Lennox and Addington, the
area within the Town of Napanee.
(a) Cumberland, and
(b) Russell.
19. The area within the County of Lincoln except
the areas within
(a) the Town of Grimsby, and
(b) the Village of Beamsville.
20. In the County of Middlesex, the areas within
(a) the City of London,
(b) the Village of Newbury, and
(c) the townships of
(i) Caradoc,
(ii) Delaware,
(iii) London, and
(iv) Westminster.
21. In the County of Norfolk, the area within the
Town of Simcoe.
22. In the County of Northumberland, the area
within the Town of Cobourg.
23. In the County of Ontario, the areas within
(c) the City of Oshawa,
(b) the Town of Whitby, and
(c) the Improvement District of Ajax.
24. In the County of Oxford, the areas within
(c) the City of Woodstock, and
(6) the separated Town of Ingersoll.
25. In the County of Peelj the areas within
29. In the County of Simcoe, the areas within
the towns of
(a) Barrie,
(b) CoUingwood,
(c) Midland,
(d) Orillia, and
(e) Penetanguishene.
30. In the County of Stormont, the areas within
(c) the City of Cornwall, and
(6) the Township of Cornwall.
31. In the County of Victoria, the areas within
(a) the Town of Lindsay, and
(b) the townships of
(i) Mariposa, and
(ii) Ops.
32. The area within the County of Waterloo
except the areas within
(a) the villages of
(i) Ayr, and
(ii) Bridgeport, and
(&) the townships of
(i) Wellesley, and
(ii) Woolwich.
531
1658
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
33. The area within the County of Welland.
34. In the County of Wellington, the areas within
(c) the City of Guelph,
(b) the villages of
(i) Arthur, and
(ii) Clifford, and
(c) the Township of Eramosa.
35. The area within the County of Wentworth
except the area within the Township of
Glanford.
36. The areas within the County of York except
the areas within
(a) the Town of Leaside,
(6) the Village of Forest Hill, and
(c) the townships of
(i) East GwilHmbury,
(ii) Georgina,
(iii) King,
(iv) Markham,
(v) North Gwillimbury,
(vi) Vaughan, and
(vii) Whitchurch.
37. In the Territorial District of Algoma, the
areas within
(c) the City of Sault Ste. Marie,
(6) the towns of
(i) Blind River, and
(ii) Thessalon, and
(c) the municipal townships of
(i) Korah,
(ii) Michipicoten, and
(iii) Tarentorus.
38. In the Territorial District of Cochrane, the
areas within
(a) the Town of Cochrane, and
(6) the municipal townships of
(i) Black River,
(ii) Calvert, and
(iii) Tisdale.
39. In the Territorial District of Kenora, the
areas within the towns of
(a) Dryden,
(b) Keewatin,
(c) Kenora, and
(d) Sioux Lookout.
40. In the Territorial District of Nipissing, the
areas within
(a) the City of North Bay, and
(b) the Town of Mattawa.
41. In the Territorial District of Rainy River,
the area within the Town of Fort Frances.
42. In the Territorial District of Sudbury, the
areas within
(a) the City of Sudbury,
(6) the Town of Capreol, and
(c) the municipal townships of
(i) McKim, and
(ii) Neelon and Garson.
43. In the Territorial District of Thunder Bay,
the areas within
(a) the cities of
(i) Fort William, and
(ii) Port Arthur, and
(6) the municipal Township of Nipigon.
44. In the Territorial District of Timiskaming,
the area within
(c) the towns of
(i) Cobalt,
(ii) Englehart, and
(iii) New Liskeard, and
(6) the municipal Township of Teck.
(1862) 37
THE CHILDREN'S PROTECTION ACT
O. Reg. 277/52.
Reports of Local Superintendent.
Revoking regulation 20 of Regulations 19
of Consolidated Regulations 1950.
Made— 28th August, 1952.
Filed — 3rd September, 1952, 4.40 p.m.
REGULATIONS MADE UNDER
THE CHILDREN'S PROTECTION ACT
1. Regulation 20 of Regulations 19 of Consolidated
Regulations of Ontario 1950 is revoked.
(1863)
37
532
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE 1659
THE ADOPTION ACT
O. Reg. 278/52.
Forms.
Amending Regulations 2 of Consolidated
Regulations 1950 and O. Regs. 208/51.
Made— 28th August, 1952.
Filed — 3rd September, 1952, 4.50 p.m.
REGULATIONS MADE UNDER THE ADOPTION ACT
1. Forms 6, 8, 10 and 11 of Regulations 2 of Consolidated Regulations of Ontario 1950 are struck out and
the following substituted therefor:
Form 6
The Adoption Act
CONSENT TO AN ADOPTION ORDER IN RESPECT OF AN UNMARRIED INFANT
UNDER 21 YEARS
In the matter of the intended adoption of
(pre-adoption name in full)
hereinafter called "infant".
I of the of
(name in full)
in the of consent that an adoption order be
(county or territorial district)
now or at any time hereafter made in respect of the infant who is under 21 years of age and has not been
married.
I am of the infant who was born at the
(see note)
of in the of
(county or territorial district)
on the day of 19. ... , and I understand the nature and effect
of the adoption order.
(signature)
Date *
(day) (month) (year)
(witness)
(address of witness)
Note
Extract from The Adoption Act
5. — (1) An adoption order in respect of an infant under 21 years of age who has not been married shall
be made only with the consent of every person who is a parent or guardian or who has lawful custody or
control or who is liable to contribute to the support of the infant.
(2) Where such infant is illegitimate the consent of the mother shall be sufficient for the purposes of
subsection 1, but if any such infant resides with and is maintained by the father, the consent of both mother
and father shall be required.
533
1660
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
Form 8
The Adoption Act
CONSENT BY A PERSON TO BE ADOPTED
In the matter of the intended adoption of
I.
in the.
(pre-adoption name in full)
of the of . . .
(name in full)
(county or territorial district)
in respect of me by
.of consent to an adoption order
(name of each applicant)
I understand the nature and effect of the adoption order.
I am
(Strike out 1. over 21 years of age.
item 1 or 2
and initial) 2. under 21 years of age and married.
Date.
(day) (month)
(year)
(witness)
(address of witness)
(signature)
Form 10
The Adoption Act
CERTIFICATE OF THE PROVINCIAL OFICER UNDER SECTION 8 OF THE ACT
In the Matter of
("an Application" or "a Joint Application")
by hereinafter called applicant(s) for an Adoption
Order in respect of _•
(pre-adoption name in full)
hereinafter called "infant", who is under 21 years of age and has not been married.
I certify that
1. the infant has lived for at least 1 year with the appHcant(s) and that during that period
(Strike out the conduct of the applicant(s) and the conditions under which the infant has lived have
item 1 or 2 been such as to justify the making of the order.
and initial)
2. the applicant(s) to my knowledge..
(is or are)
.to have the care and custody of
(a proper person or proper persons)
the infant and that for the reasons hereinafter set out it is in the best interest of the infant
that the period of residence be dispensed with:
Date.
(day)
(month)
(year)
(Signature of the Provincial Officer)
534
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE 1661
Form 11
Tke Adoption Act
CERTIFICATE OF THE PROVINCIAL OFFICER UNDER SECTION 9 OF THE ACT
In the Matter of •• • • ■
("an Application" or "a Joint Application")
by hereinafter called "applicant(s)" for an Adoption
Order in respect of ^ a person
(pre-adoption name in full)
("over 21 years of age" or "who is under 21 years of age and has been married")
I certify that
1. the person sought to be adopted has been in the custody of, brought up, mantained and
(Strike out educated by the applicant(s) as
item 1 or 2 (his" or "their")
and initial) own child ; ■ •. •. under a de facto adoption.
("during infancy" or "until marriage")
2. I am unable to make a certificate under item 1.
Date
(day) (month) (year)
(Signature of the Provincial Officer)
2. Form 12 of Regulations 2 of Consolidated Regulations of Ontario 1950 is amended by striking out the
last 7 lines thereof and substituting therefor the following:
AN ORDER IS HEREBY MADE FOR THE ADOPTION OF
(name of infant)
by
(name of applicant)
(terms and conditions of the Order, if any)
(signature of judge)
3. Form 13 of Regulations 2 of Consolidated Regulations of Ontario 1950 is amended by striking out the
last 8 lines thereof and substituting therefor the following:
AN ORDER IS HEREBY MADE FOR THE ADOPTION OF
(name of infant)
by and.
(names of applicants)
(terms and conditions of the Order, if any)
(signature oi judge)
REVOCATION OF REGULATION
4. R^ulation 2 of Ontario R^ulations 208/51 is revoked.
(1864) 37
535
1662
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
THE FARM PRODUCTS GRADES AND SALES
ACT
O. Reg. 279/52.
Grades for Cabbages.
Revoking and remaking regulation
of O. Regs. 266/52.
Approved— 28th August, 1952.
Filed— 4th September, 1952, 9.05 a
15
REGULATIONS MADE BY THE MINISTER
UNDER THE FARM PRODUCTS GRADES
AND SALES ACT
1. Regulation 15 of Ontario Regulations 266/52 is
revoked and the following substituted therefor:
15. Subregulation 1 of regulation 74 of Regulations
87 of Consolidated Regulations of Ontario
1950 is amended by striking out the first line
thereof and substituting therefor "Subject to
regulation 75b, the grades for cabbage shall
be".
THOMAS L. KENNEDY
Minister of Agriculture
(1865) 37
THE GUARANTEE COMPANIES SECURITIES
ACT
O. Reg. 280/52.
Addition to Schedule.
Amending schedule 1 of Regulations 130
of Consolidated Regulations 1950.
Made— 28th August, 1952.
Filed— 4th September, 1952, 9.55 a.m.
REGULATIONS MADE UNDER THE
GUARANTEE COMPANIES SECURITIES ACT
1. Schedule 1 of Regulations 130 of Consolidated
Regulations of Ontario 1950 is amended by adding
thereto the following item:
56c. The Travelers Indemnity Company
(1866)
THE SANATORIA FOR CONSUMPTIVES ACT
O. Reg. 281/52.
Provincial Aid.
Amending Regulations 354 of
Consolidated Regulations 1950.
Made— 28th August, 1952.
Filed— 5th September, 1952, 11.00 a.m.
37
REGULATIONS MADE UPON THE
RECOMMENDATION OF THE MINISTER
UNDER THE SANATORIA FOR
CONSUMPTIVES ACT
1. Regulations 354 of Consolidated Regulations
of Ontario 1950 are amended by adding the following
regulation:
36a. (1) In this regulation "institution" means
an institution
(c) located in the District of Cochrane,
(b) maintained by the Indian Health Services
Division of the Department of National
Health and Welfare (Canada), and
(c) having facilities for the care and treatment
of persons suffering from tuberculosis.
(2) Where an indigent person who suffers from
tuberculosis
(a) is not a person referred to in regulation
33, and
(J>) is admitted at the request of the Director
to an institution pending transfer to a
sanatorium,
the Minister shall pay to the institution an
amount not exceeding $6 a day for each day
the person so admitted receives treatment in
the institution.
(1873)
37
536
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
1699
Publications Under The Regulations Act
SEPTEMBER 20th, 1952
THE INDUSTRIAL STANDARDS ACT
O. Reg. 282/52.
Schedule for the Carpentry Industry
in the Ottawa Zone.
New and Revoking O. Reg. 32/51.
Made— 4th September, 1952.
Filed— 9th September, 1952, 12.15
p.m.
REGULATIONS MADE UPON
THE RECOMMENDATION OF THE MINISTER
UNDER THE INDUSTRIAL STANDARDS ACT
1. The schedule appended hereto shall be in force
during pleasure within the zone and be binding upon
the employers and employees in the industry referred
to in the schedule.
2. Ontario Regulations 32/51 are revoked.
3. These regulations shall come into force on the
tenth day after the publication thereof in The On-
tario Gazette under The Regulations Act.
SCHEDULE FOR THE CARPENTRY INDUSTRY
IN THE OTTAWA ZONE
I NTERPRETATION
1. In this schedule "holiday" means
(a) Saturday,
(6) Sunday,
(c) New Year's Day,
(d) Good Friday,
(e) Dominion Day,
(J) Labour Day, and
(g) Christmas Day.
Hours of Work
2.(1) The regular working periods for the industry
shall be
(o) a regular working-week consisting of not more
than 40 hours of work to be performed during
the regular working-days, and
(6) a regular working-day consisting of not more
than 8 hours of work to be performed on
Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday
and Friday, between 8 a.m. and 5 p.m.
(2) Where the work cannot reasonably be per-
formed during the hours prescribed in clause b of
subsection 1, it may be performed during any other
hours if an employee does not work more than 8 hours;
and this work shall be night work.
Minimum Rate of Wages
3. The minimum rate of wages shall be $1.65 an
hour for
(o) work performed during the regular working
periods, and
(6) night work.
Shift Work
4.(1) Where the work is performed in two or more
shifts, and if an employee works not more than 8 hours
in any 24-hour period, the employee shall be deemed
to be employed during a regular working-day.
(2) An employee who works on a night-shift shall
be entitled, as a minimum, to wages for 8 hours for
work of 7 hours.
(3) In all cases governed by subsection 1 no over-
time work shall be performed.
(4) Where two or more shifts are worked on the
same job, only one shift shall be a day-shift.
Overtime Work
5. Work performed in the industry
(a) at any time other than during the working
periods prescribed in sections 2 and 4, and
(b) on a holiday
shall be overtime work.
6.(1) No work shall be performed in the industry
on a holiday except
(a) in cases of extreme necessity where life or
property is jeopardized, or
{b) on repairs to buildings where the repair work
is necessary to prevent the loss of employment
to persons who are regularly employed in
the buildings.
(2) All work performed under subsection 1 shall
be performed only where the advisory committee has
issued a permit therefor.
(3) The advisory committee is authorized to issue
the permits subject to the terms and conditions of
this schedule.
Rates of Wages for Overtime Work
7. The rate of wages for overtime work shall be
(a) $2.47J^ an hour for overtime work performed
(i) during the 4-hour period immediately
following the working period of a reg-
ular working-day, and
(ii) on Saturday between 8 a.m. and midday,
and
(b) $3.30 an hour for all other overtime work.
Advisory Committee
8. The advisory committee is authorized to fix a
minimum rate of wages lower than the rate fixed by
this schedule for an individual who is handicapped
and the rate may be fixed at the request of employee or
employer.
(1884)
38
537
1700
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
THE REGISTRY ACT
O. Reg. 283/52.
Designation of Areas.
Amending O. Reg. 177/52.
Filed— 10th September, 1952, 9.10
a.m.
REGULATIONS MADE BY THE INSPECTOR
UNDER THE REGISTRY ACT
1. Schedule 1 of Ontario Regulations 177/52 is
amended by adding the following items:
6. The County of Lamb ton.
7. The County of Waterloo.
8. The County of Wentworth.
2. These regulations come into force on the 1st
of October 1952.
HUGH H. DONALD
Inspector of Legal Offices
(1885)
38
THE FARM PRODUCTS MARKETING ACT
O. Reg. 284/52.
The Ontario Pear, Plum and Cherry
Growers' Marketing-for-Processing
Scheme.
Revoking and remaking Regulations
111 of Consolidated Regulations
1950.
Made— 9th September, 1952.
Filed— 12th September, 1952, 8.50 a.m.
REGULATIONS MADE UNDER THE
FARM PRODUCTS MARKETING ACT
1. The scheme in schedule 1 is approved and de-
clared to be in force in Ontario.
2. Regulations HI of Consolidated Regulations of
Ontario 1950 are revoked.
SCHEDULE 1
The Farm Products Marketing Act
SCHEME
1. This scheme may be cited as "The Ontario Pear,
Plum and Cherry Growers' Marketing-for-Processing
Scheme".
INTERPRETATION
2. In this scheme
(a) "cherries" means cherries grown in Ontario
which are subsequently used for processing;
(h) "grower" means person engaged in the grow-
ing of pears, plums, or cherries, for processing;
(c) "pears" means pears grown in Ontario which
are subsequently used for processing;
{d) "plums" means plums grown in Ontario which
are subsequently used for processing; and
(e) "processing" includes canning, dehydrating,
drying, freezing, or processing with sugar,
sulphur dioxide, or any other chemical.
LOCAL BOARD
3. There shall be a local board to be known as
"The Ontario Pear, Plum and Cherry Growers' Market-
ing Board".
4. The local board shall consist of 9 members.
MEMBERS OF LOCAL BOARD
5. The members of the local board who shall hold
office until their successors are elected shall be
(a) Paul A. Fisher, Burlington, for District 1,
{h) (i) Lewis Puddicombe, Winona, and
(ii) Clifford Freel, R.R. 5, Hamilton,
for District 2,
(c) (i) C. M. Bonham, Grimsby,
(ii) H. L. Craise, R.R. 3, St. Catharines,
(iii) H. Moore, R.R. 4, St. Catharines, and
(iv) R. Rittenhouse, Vineland Station,
for District 3,
{d) Gordon Haist, R.R. 1, Ridgeville, for District
4, and
(e) William Waddle, R.R. 3, Simcoe, for District 5.
DISTRICTS
6. (1) Growers who grow pears, plums, or cherries:
for processing shall be divided into 5 districts as follows,
(a) District 1, comprising the counties of Halton,
and Peel;
{h) District 2, comprising the County of Went-
worth ;
(c) District 3, comprising the County of Lincoln;
(d) District 4, comprising the County of Welland ;
and
(e) District 5, comprising the counties of Essex,
Kent, and Norfolk.
(2) A grower in a territorial district or in a county
not included in a district mentioned in subsection 1
may become a member of the county group of growers
nearest to his place of production.
COUNTY GROUPS
7. Growers who grow pears, plums, or cherries, for
processing in each of the counties named in section 6
shall form a county group.
COMMITTEES
8. There shall be a committee in each district to
be known as "The District Pear, Plum and Cherry
Growers' Committee".
9. Each county group shall on or before the 31st
of March in each year elect a representative or repre-
sentatives to The District Pear, Plum and Cherry
Growers' Committee for the District in which the
county is located on the basis of one representative for
each 50 growers or fraction thereof.
ELECTION OF LOCAL BOARD
10. Each District Pear, Plum and Cherry Growers'
Committee shall on or before the 15th of April in each
year elect the member or members to the local board
as follows:
538
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
1701
(a) District 1, one member;
(b) District 2, two members;
(c) District 3, four members;
(d) District 4, one member; and
(e) District 5, one member,
(1899) 38
THE FARM PRODUCTS MARKETING ACT
O. Reg. 285/52.
Marketing of Pears, Plums, and Cherries,
for Processing.
Revoking and remaking Regulations 112
of Consolidated Regulations 1950.
Approved — 9th September, 1952.
Filed— 12th September, 1952, 9.00 a.m.
REGULATIONS MADE BY THE BOARD
UNDER THE FARM PRODUCTS
MARKETING ACT
Marketing of Pears, Plums, and Cherries,
FOR Processing
INTERPRETATION
1. In these regulations
(a) "cherries" means cherries grown in Ontario
which are subsequently used for processing;
(b) "dealer" means person engaged in buying,
transporting, or selling, pears, plums, or cher-
ries, for processing but does not include a
grower or processor;
(c) "grower" means person engaged in the growing
of pears, plums, or cherries, for processing;
(d) "local board" means The Ontario Pear, Plum
and Cherry Growers' Marketing Board;
(e) "pears" means pears grown in Ontario which
are subsequently used for processing;
(/) "plums" means plums grown in Ontario which
are subsequently used for processing;
(g) "processing" includes canning, dehydrating,
drying, freezing, or processing with sugar,
sulphur dioxide, or any other chemical; and
(A) "processor" means person carrying on the
business in Ontario of processing pears, plums,
or cherries.
LICENCES FOR GROWERS
2. Every grower shall be deemed to be the holder
of a licence in form 1.
LICENCES FOR PROCESSORS
3. (1) No person shall be a processor without a
licence from the Board, obtainable on application
therefor.
(2) An application for a licence as a processor shall
be in form 2.
(3) A licence as a processor shall be in form 3.
(4) A licence as a processor shall be issued annually
for the period from and including the 1st of April in
the year in which the licence is issued to and including
the 31st of March in the following year.
4. A licence shall be issued to a processor without
charge.
LICENCES FOR DEALERS
5. (1) No person shall be a dealer without a licence
from the Board, obtainable on application therefor.
(2) An application for a licence as a dealer shall be
in form 4.
(3) A licence as a dealer shall be in form 5.
(4) A licence as a dealer shall be issued annually
for the period from and including the 1st of April in
the year in which the licence is issued to and including
the 31st of March in the following year.
6. A licence shall be issued to a dealer without
charge.
LICENCE FEES
7. (1) Every grower shall pay to the local board
licence fees at the rate of 40 cents for each ton or
fraction thereof of pears, plums, or cherries, delivered
to a processor and processed by the processor.
(2) The processor shall deduct the licence fees pay-
able by a grower from the sum of money due to the
person from whom the pears, plums, or cherries, were
received.
3. The processor shall forward to the local board
the licence fees deducted not later than the 1st of
December in any year.
PAYMENTS
8. Processors who buy pears, plums, or cherries,
shall forward payments for the pears, plums, or cher-
ries, to the local board.
9. The local board shall within 7 days of receipt
of any payment from the processors forward payment
for the pears, plums, or cherries, to the person who
delivered the pears, plums, or cherries, to the processor.
REVOCATION
10. Regulations 112 of Consolidated Regulations
of Ontario 1950 are revoked.
THE FARM PRODUCTS
MARKETING BOARD
G. F. Perkin
Chairman
F. K. B. Stewart
Secretary
(Seal)
Form 1
The Farm Products Marketing Act
LICENCE AS A GROWER OF PEARS,
PLUMS, OR CHERRIES
Under The Farm Products Marketing Act and the
regulations, and subject to the limitations thereof, this
licence is issued
to.
(name)
of.
(address)
to grow pears, plums, or cherries.
Issued at Toronto, this
day of
19
THE FARM PRODUCTS
MARKETING BOARD
Chairman
Secretary
539
1702
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
Form 2
The Farm Products Marketing Act
APPLICATION FOR LICENCE AS
A PROCESSOR OF PEARS,
PLUMS, OR CHERRIES
To The Farm Products Marketing Board:
(name of applicant)
(address)
makes application for a licence as a processor under
The Farm Products Marketing Act.
Dated at
19 .
, this day of
(signature of applicant)
Form 3
The Farm Products Marketing Act
LICENCE AS A PROCESSOR OF PEARS,
PLUMS, OR CHERRIES
Under The Farm Products Marketing Act and the
regulations, and subject to the limitations thereof, this
licence is issued
to.
of.
(name)
(address)
This licence expires on the 31st of March next
following the date of issue.
Issued at Toronto, this
19 .
day of
THE FARM PRODUCTS
MARKETING BOARD
Chairman
Secretary
Form 4
The Farm Products Marketing Act
APPLICATION FOR LICENCE AS A DEALER
IN PEARS, PLUMS, OR CHERRIES
To The Farm Products Marketing Board:
(name of applicant)
(address)
makes application for a licence as a dealer under The
Farm Products Marketing Act.
Dated at
19 .
, this day of
(signature of applicant)
Form 5
The Farm Products Marketing Act
LICENCE AS A DEALER IN PEARS,
PLUMS, OR CHERRIES
Under The Farm Products Marketing Act and the
regulations, and subject to the limitations thereof, this
licence is issued
to.
(name)
of.
(address)
This licence expires on the 31st of March next
following the date of issue.
Issued at Toronto, this
19 .
day of
THE FARM PRODUCTS
MARKETING BOARD
Chairman
Secretary
(1900)
38
THE FARM PRODUCTS MARKETING ACT
O. Reg. 286/52.
Marketing of Pears, Plums, and Cherries,
for Processing.
New.
Filed— 12th September, 1952, 10.00 a.m.
REGULATIONS MADE BY THE BOARD
UNDER THE FARM PRODUCTS
MARKETING ACT
Marketing of Pears, Plums, and Cherries,
FOR Processing
1. In these regulations
(a) "cherries" means cherries grown in Ontario
which are subsequently used for processing;
{b) "grower" means person engaged in the growing
of pears, plums, or cherries, for processing;
(c) "local board" means The Ontario Pear, Plum,
and Cherry Growers' Marketing Board;
{d) "pears" means pears grown in Ontario which
are subsequently used for processing;
(e) "plums" means plums grown in Ontario which
are subsequently used for processing;
(/) "processing" includes canning, dehydrating,
drying, freezing, or processing with sugar,
sulphur dioxide, or any other chemical; and
(g) "processor" means person carrying on the
business in Ontario of processing pears, plums,
or cherries.
2. (1) There shall be a negotiating agency to be
known as "The Negotiating Committee" of 6 persons
for each regulated product, 3 of whom shall be ap-
540
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
1703
pointed annually by the local board and 3 of whom
shall be appointed annually by the processors, upon
the request in writing from the Board.
(2) Where either the local board or the processors
fail to appoint their respective representatives to The
Negotiating Committee within 3 days, the Board may
appoint such representatives as are necessary to com-
plete The Negotiating Committee.
(3) The Negotiating Committee for each regulated
product shall meet within 3 days of its appointment.
(4) The Negotiating Committee for each regulated
product may negotiate and settle agreements respect-
ing
(c) minimum prices for pears, plums, or cherries,
(6) price differentials between grades,
(c) conditions and form of contracts, and
(d) terms of purchase and sale.
3. Where The Negotiating Committee fails to arrive
at an agreement, the matters in dispute shall be re-
ferred to a negotiating board.
4. (1) The negotiating board for each regulated
product shall consist of 3 members.
(2) One member may be appointed by the 3 mem-
bers of The Negotiating Committee appointed by the
local board, and another member may be appointed by
the 3 members of The Negotiating Committee ap-
pointed by the processors.
(3) Where 2 members are appointed to the nego-
tiating board in accordance with subregulation 2, the
2 members so appointed may appoint a third member
to the negotiating board but where the 2 appointed
members fail to agree on the third member within
7 days the Board may appoint a third member.
(4) Where the 3 members of The Negotiating Com-
mittee appointed by the local board, or the 3 members
of The Negotiating Committee appointed by the pro-
cessors, fail to appoint a member to the negotiating
board within 7 days, the Board may appoint such
members as are necessary to complete a negotiating
board.
(5) The negotiating board for each regulated pro-
duct shall meet within 7 days of the appointment of
the third member thereof.
(6) The negotiating board for each regulated pro-
duct may negotiate and make decisions respecting any
matters referred to it.
5. (1) Any agreements approved by The Negotiat-
ing Committee, or any decisions made by the negotiat-
ing board, for each regulated product shall be sub-
mitted to the Board.
(2) Where the Board approves an agreement, or a
decision, as the case may be, submitted to it, the
Board may declare the agreement, or the decision, to
be in force.
DELEGATION OF AUTHORITY
6. The Board delegates to the local board power
and authority to prohibit the marketing of any grade
or size of pears, plums, or cherries.
THE FARM PRODUCTS
MARKETING BOARD
G. F. Perkin
Chairman
F. K. B. Stewart
Secretary
(Seal)
(1901)
38
THE PUBLIC HEALTH ACT
O. Reg. 287/52.
Camps in Territorial Districts.
New.
Approved — 9th September, 1952.
Filed— 12th September, 1952, 10.30 a.m.
REGULATIONS MADE BY THE MINISTER
UNDER THE PUBLIC HEALTH ACT
1. In these regulations "contract physician", "em-
ployee", and "employer", have the same meanings,
respectively, as in Ontario Regulations 14/44, as
amended by Ontario Regulations 50/52.
2. Notwithstanding any provisions of Ontario
Regulations 14/44, 73/45, 186/51, 199/51 and 50/52,
no contract physician, or employer, shall be liable for
the medical, surgical, or hospital, care and treatment
of employees suffering from illness, or injury, as a
result of cancer.
M. PHILLIPS
Minister of Health
(1902)
38
541
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
1731
Publications Under The Regulations Aet
SEPTEMBER 27th, 1952
THE JUNIOR FARMER
ESTABLISHMENT ACT, 1952
O. Reg. 288/52.
General Regulations.
New.
Made— 18th September, 1952.
Filed— 19th September, 1952, 3.00 p.m.
REGULATIONS MADE UNDER THE JUNIOR
FARMER ESTABLISHMENT ACT, 1952
INTERPRETATION
1. In these regulations "board" means board of
directors of the Corporation.
MEETINGS OF THE BOARD
2. Meetings of the board may be called at any
time by the chairman or, in his absence, by the vice-
chairman.
3. Notice of all meetings of the board shall be
delivered to the office of each member of the board
at least 24 hours before the meeting but no notice
shall be necessary when all members of the board,
either before or after the meeting, sign a waiver of
notice.
4. Two directors shall constitute a quorum at any
meeting of the board.
RECORDS
5. The board shall cause the secretary, or some
other official of the Corporation charged with that duty,
to keep a book or books in which shall be recorded
(a) a copy of The Junior Farmer Establishment
Act, 1952, any amendments thereto and a
copy of the regulations made thereunder,
(ft) a copy of all Orders-in-Council relating to the
Corporation,
(c) the names of all members of the board with
the date on which each became, and ceased to
be, a member of the board, and
(d) the minutes of all meetings and votes of the
board verified by the signature of the chair-
man or vice-chairman.
6. The board shall cause proper books of account
to be kept containing full and true statements of
(c) the financial transactions of the Corporation,
(6) the assets of the Corporation,
(c) the money received and expended by the
Corporation and the matters in respect of
which the receipt and expenditure took place,
and
(d) the credits and liabilities of the Corporation.
FISCAL YEAR
7. The fiscal year of the Corporation shall terminate
on the 31st of March in each year.
EXECUTION OF DOCUMENTS
8. All cheques, notes, and orders for the payment
of money, may be signed by two directors; or the
board may by resolution appoint any officials or persons
on behalf of the Corporation to sign cheques, notes,
and orders for the payment of money, and the cheques,
notes, and orders, shall be signed by two officials or-
persons.
9. Contracts, documents, or instruments in writing,
requiring execution by the Corporation may be signed
by the chairman, the vice-chairman, or a director, or
the board may by resolution appoint any official or
person on behalf of the Corporation to sign contracts,
documents, and instruments in writing.
SEAL
10. The seal of the Corporation shall be in the
form of 2 concentric circles with the words "The
Ontario Junior Farmer Establishment Loan Corpora-
tion" inserted in the space between the circles and
when used shall be authenticated as provided by
regulation 9.
TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF LOANS
11. The rate of interest on loans made by the
Corporation to borrowers shall be
(c) where the loan is repayable within a period of
20 years, 4 per cent a year, and
(6) where the loan is repayable within a period
longer than 20 years, 4)^ per cent a year.
FEES AND EXPENSES
12. The fees and expenses payable by borrowers
under the Act shall be as follows:
(o) for valuating the security offered by the
borrower a fee of $10
(ft) for legal services, where the amount of the
loan is
(i) under $2,000 a fee of $18
(ii) $2,000 or over but under $3,000 a
fee of 21
(iii) $3,000 or over but under $4,000 a
fee of 24
(iv) $4,000 or over but under $5,000 a
fee of 27
(v) $5,000 or over but under $6,000 a
fee of 30
(vi) $6,000 or over but under $7,000 a
fee of ii
(vii) $7,000 or over but under $8,000 a
fee of 36
(viii) $8,000 or over but under $9,000 a
fee of 39
(ix) $9,000 or over but under $10,000 a
fee of 42
(x) $10,000 or over but under $11,000 a
fee of 45
543
1732
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
(xi) $11,000 or over but under $12,000 a
fee of 48
(xii) $12,000 or over but under $13,000 a
fee of 51
(xiii) $13,000 or over but under $14,000 a
fee of 54
(xiv) $14,000 or over but under $15,000 a
fee of 57
(xv) $15,000 a fee of 60
and
(c) expenses actually and necessarily incurred by
way of disbursements for investigating and
certifying title and for registration of, and
taxes on, documents.
(1938) 39
THE LEASEHOLD REGULATIONS ACT, 1951
O. Reg. 289/52.
Limited Application.
Amending O. Reg. 98/52.
Made— 18th September, 1952.
Filed— 19th September, 1952, 4.50 p.m.
REGULATIONS MADE UNDER
THE LEASEHOLD REGULATIONS ACT, 1951
1. Clauses a and b of item 19 of schedule 1 of
Ontario Regulations 98/52 as made by Ontario Regula-
tions 276/52 are struck out and the following sub-
stituted therefor:
(a) the Town of Grimsby,
(6) The Village of Beamsyille, and
(c) the Township of North Grimsby.
2. Clause a of item 29 of schedule 1 of Ontario
Regulations 98/52 as made by Ontario Regulations
276/52 is struck out.
3. Item 40 of schedule 1 of Ontario Regulations
98/52 as made by Ontario Regulations 276/52 is struck
out and the following substituted therefor:
40. In the Territorial District of Nipissing, the
area within the Town of Mattawa.
(1939)
39
544
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
1767
Publications Under The Regulations Aet
OCTOBER 4th, 1952
THE DEPARTMENT OF MUNICIPAL AFFAIRS
ACT
O. Reg. 290/52.
Tax Arrears and Sale Procedures in
Durham and Northumberland.
New.
Filed— 22nd September, 1952, 8.50
a.m.
REGULATIONS MADE BY THE DEPARTMENT
UNDER THE DEPARTMENT OF MUNICIPAL
AFFAIRS ACT
1. In respect of a municipality within the counties
of Durham, and Northumberland, the tax arrears
procedures of this act shall apply and the tax sale
procedures of The Assessment Act shall not apply.
2. These regulations shall come into force on the
30th of September, 1952.
G. H. DUNBAR
Minister of Municipal Affairs.
(1950)
40
THE FORESTRY ACT, 1952
O. Reg. 291/52.
Nurseries and Nursery Stock.
New.
Made— 18th September, 1952.
Filed— 22nd September, 1952, 10.40
a.m.
REGULATIONS MADE UNDER THE
FORESTRY ACT, 1952
NURSERIES AND NURSERY STOCK
I NTERPRETATION
1. In these regulations
(a)
"private land" means land not vested in Her
Majesty in right of Ontario but includes
unpatented land which is located or sold
under The Public Lands Act;
"shelter" includes shelter of land or structures;
"shelter belt" means a belt of trees for shelter
planted or growing at least 4 feet and not
more than 8 feet apart in one or more rows
at least 200 feet in length and at least 4 feet
apart;
(d) "unit" means a seedling, transplant, tree or
cutting; and
(e) "wood" means a group of trees planted or
growing on at least 1 acre of land with at
least 250 trees on each acre.
Establishment of nurseries
2. The Minister is authorized to establish as
nurseries under this Act the nurseries heretofore
established at Fort William, Kemptville, Midhurst,
Orono, and St. Williams.
Class of land
3. Land in respect of which nursery stock may be
furnished shall be private land having an area of at
least 2 acres exclusive of any part occupied by structures.
Purposes
4. The purposes for which nursery stock may be
furnished are
(c) enlarging,
(b) establishing, and
(c) replenishing
a shelter belt or wood.
Charges
5. The charges to be made for nursery stock shall
be at the rate of
(o) $14 f.o.b. nursery for 1000 units of Scotch
pine, and
(b) $10 f.o.b. nursery for 1000 units of other
species.
Payment
6. No nursery stock shall be furnished until cash,
a cheque, money order, or postal note, in the amount
of charges for the nursery stock has been received by
the Mmister at Toronto.
7. Application shall be for a lot of 25 units or lots
of a multiple of 25 units and each lot shall be of one
species only.
Form of application
8. An application for nursery stock to be furnished
in respect of private land shall be in form 1.
FORM 1
The Forestry Act, 1952
APPLICATION FOR NURSERY STOCK TO BE FURNISHED IN RESPECT OF PRIVATE LAND
The undersigned applies to the Minister for nursery stock to be furnished in respect of private land and
submits the following information in support of his application:
1. Name of applicant .
Address
for
mail
(print in block-letters)
(number and street, post-office box or rural-route number)
(post office) (province)
Telephone
545
1768
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
2. Description of private land in respect of which nursery stock is to be furnished:
lot , concession township
county or territorial district i
number of acres exclusive of any part occupied by structures
3. Purpose(s) for which the nursery stock is to be furnished:
(a) establishing a wood I 1 or shelter belt I I
Check
proper
square(s) (b) enlarging a wood rn
V
(c) replenishing a wood I 1
or shelter belt I I
or shelter belt I I
4. Nursery stock to be furnished in of 19 .
(spring or fall)
Species
Number
of units
Rate for
1000 f.o.b.
nursery
Amount
These columns are
for Departmental
$
c
use only
^
Totals
xxxxxx
5. Preference for delivery of nursery stock:
(a) I wish to go to the nursery at to receive the nursery stock.
(Nurseries are located at Fort William, Kemptville, Midhurst, Orono, and St. Williams)
(b) I wish to have nursery stock shipped by express to:
Name
Address
for
shipment
(number and street)
(express office) (province)
via Railway
When shipment arrives I wish to have express agent notify:
Name Telephone
Address
for
mail
(number and street, post-office box or rural-route number)
(post office) (province)
6, Special remarks:
7. I am an owner of the land described in item 2.
Date of application . . .
Signature of applicant .
(1951)
40
546
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
1803
Publications Under The Regulations Aet
OCTOBER 11th, 1952
THE ELDERLY PERSONS HOUSING AID
ACT, 1952
O. Reg. 292/52,
Grants.
New.
Made— 24th September, 1952.
Filed— 29th September, 1952, 11.10 a.m.
REGULATIONS MADE UNDER THE ELDERLY
PERSONS HOUSING AID ACT, 1952
INTERPRETATION
1. In these regulations "Minister" means Minister
of Public Welfare.
TERMS, CONDITIONS, AND MANNER, OF GRANTING AID
2. Aid may be granted under the Act only to a
municipality that
(c) files with the Minister 2 copies of
(i) the site-plan of the project 'showing the
location of the buildings on the site, and
(ii) the plans and specifications, prepared by
an architect, showing the construction and
equipment, and the number and arrange-
ments, of dwelling units in each building,
and
(b) makes an application therefor, in duplicate, in
form 1.
3. When an applicant-municipality has
(c) constructed, equipped, and made ready for
occupancy, the housing units,
(&) filed with the Minister
(i) a certificate of an architect, in triplicate,
in form 2, and
(ii) a request for payment, in triplicate, in
, form 3, and
(c) satisfied the Minister as to the amount of aid
payable to it under the Act,
the Minister shall pay the amount determined under
clause c to the municipality.
Form 1
The Elderly Persons Housing Aid Act, 1952
APPLICATION FOR AID
To the Minister of Public Welfare,
Parliament Buildings, TORONTO.
1. The
(name of municipality)
applies for aid to assist it in a project for the construc-
tion and equipment of low rental housing units for
elderly persons.
2. The project
(a) is known as.
(name of project)
(&) is to be situated at ; and
(general location)
(c) will consist of housing units con-
(number)
taining a total of dwelling units
(number)
as shown on the plans and specifications at-
tached hereto.
3.(1) The estimated capital cost of the project is
(a) for construction $
{b) for equipment $
(c) total capital cost $
(2) The municipality intends to finance this project
in the following manner:
(a) Loan from Government of Canada
under the National Housing Act (Can-
ada) $
(fe) Municipal debentures $
(c) Donations from public $
(d) Grant from Ontario under the Act.. .$
(«) Other sources (specify) $
Total $
4. The municipality expects that the housing units
in the project will be constructed, equipped, and ready
for occupancy about
(date)
Dated at .
(Postal address of municipal offices)
the day of 19. . .
(signature) Clerk
(signature) Treasurer
Form 2
The Elderly Persons Housing Aid Act, 1952
ARCHITECT'S CERTIFICATE
To the Minister of
Public Welfare for Ontario:
I,
(full name)
a member of the Ontario Association of Architects in
good standing CERTIFY:
547
1804
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
1. That I have personally carefully inspected the
low rental housing units for elderly persons situated
at.
(postal address)
in the municipality of
containing in all dwelling units.
2. That the dwelling units are now constructed,
equipped, and ready for occupancy.
3. That to the best of my knowledge, information,
and belief
(a) the dwelling units conform to the plans and
specifications, copies of which the clerk of the
municipality informs me were filed with the
Minister at the time of applying for aid; and
(b) the proper capital cost of the project is as
follows:
(i) for construction $
(ii) for equipment $
(iii) total
$
Dated this.
.day of ...19.
(signature)
(Postal address of
professional office)
Form 3
The Elderly Persons Housing Aid Act, 1952
REQUEST FOR PAYMENT OF GRANT
Municipality of
Name of project
To the Minister of Public Welfare,
Parliament Buildings, TORONTO.
1. Under The Elderly Persons Housing Aid Act,
1952, and regulations, the municipality requests pay-
ment of $ , calculated as in the Schedule.
2. Application for aid was made in Form 1 on
(date)
3.(1) The information in the Schedule is true and
correct.
(2) The municipality will not receive any dona-
tions toward capital cost of construction and equip-
ment except those in the Schedule.
4. The certificate of
(name of architect)
dated , hereto attached,
relates to the housing unit(s) set forth in the Schedule.
Dated at this .
day of 19
(official title of municipality)
(signature) Clerk
(signature) Treasurer
SCHEDULE
1 housing unit(s) constructed, equipped,
(number)
and ready for occupancy located at
(postal address)
2. The capital cost of the project is
(a) for construction $
{b) for equipment $ .
Total $
3.
Deduct the following amounts
which the municipality has re-
ceived, or will receive, toward the
capital cost:
(a) Donations from public $
{b) Other sources (specify)
(see note)
Total .
4. (a) The capital cost of the project to the
municipality is $
{b) 50 per cent of the capital cost of the
project to the municipality is $
5 units at $500.00 $
(number) =
6. Amount of aid (the lesser of items 4(6)
and 5) $
NOTE: Do not include amounts in clauses a, b, and
d, of sub-item 2 of item 3 of form 1.
(2002)
41
548
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
1805
THE FARM PRODUCTS GRADES AND
SALES ACT
O. Reg. 293/52.
General Amendments.
Amending O. Reg. 266/52.
Approved — 24th September, 1952.
Filed— 29th September, 1952, 3.15 p.m.
REGULATIONS MADE BY THE MINISTER
UNDER THE FARM PRODUCTS
GRADES AND SALES ACT
1. Regulation 20 of Ontario Regulations 266/52 is
revoked and the following substituted therefor:
20. Sub-clause i of clause c\ of regulation 98 of
Regulations 87 of Consolidated Regulations of
Ontario 1950, as made by regulation 20 of
Ontario Regulations 138/51, is revoked and
the following substituted therefor:
(i) of a minimum size of 2 inches in diameter;
2. Regulation 21 of Ontario Regulations 266/52 is
amended by striking out the first 3 lines thereof and
substituting therefor "Regulation 101 of Regulations
87 of Consolidated Regulations of Ontario 1950 is
revoked and the following substituted therefor:".
THOMAS L. KENNEDY
Minister of Agriculture
(2003)
41
THE FARM PRODUCTS MARKETING ACT
O. Reg. 294/52.
Marketing of Grapes for Processing.
New.
Made— 30th September, 1952.
Filed— 1st October, 1952, 10.30 a.m.
ORDER MADE BY THE BOARD UNDER
THE FARM PRODUCTS MARKETING ACT
Marketing of Grapes for Processing
The Board approves the agreement appended
hereto and declares that it is in force.
(Seal)
Dated at Toronto
this 30th day of
September, 1952.
G. F. PERKIN
Chairman
F. K. B. STEWART
Secretary
AGREEMENT FOR MARKETING THE 1952
CROP OF GRAPES FOR PROCESSING
Under the Ontario Grape Growers' Marketing-for-
Processing Scheme
This Agreement made the 26th day of September, 1952.
BETWEEN:
Geo V. Lounsbury, M. S. Nelles and Geo. R.
Stewart appointed by the local board, members
of The Negotiating Committee called the
Grower- Members,
— AND—
E. A. Thomas, J. L. Kingsborough and Noah
Torno appointed by the processors, members
of The Negotiating Committee called the
Processor-Members.
Under The Farm Products Marketing Act and the
regulations, and subject to the limitations thereof,
the Grower-Members and the Processor- Members
agree as follows:
1. The minimum price to be paid by a processor
or buyer for grapes produced in Ontario during the
year 1952 shall be at the rate of $67.00 per ton f.o.b.
processing plant.
2. The processors or buyers shall make payment
in full on or before the 15th day of November, 1952.
3. Notwithstanding the provisions of any contract
whenever any processor or his representative orders,
or arranges with, or instructs any grower as to the
delivery of grapes to a factory, warehouse or other
premises, the processor shall in every such case pay
for such grapes in accordance with the provisions of
this Agreement.
Dated at St. Catharines, this 26th day of September,
1952.
GROWER-MEMBERS PROCESSOR-MEMBERS
Geo. V. Lounsbury
M. S. Nelles
Geo. R. Stewart
E. A. Thomas
J. L. Kingsborough
Noah Torno
(2008)
41
549
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
1829
Publieatfons Under The Regulations Aet
OCTOBER 18th, 1952
THE HIGHWAY TRAFFIC ACT
O. Reg. 295/52.
Fees.
Amending O. Reg. 264/44. (See note below.)
Made— 2nd October, 1952.
Filed— 6th October, 1952, 2.45 p.m.
REGULATIONS MADE UNDER THE
HIGHWAY TRAFFIC ACT
1. Subregulation 2 of regulation 3 of Ontario Regu-
lations 264/44 as made by Ontario Regulations 273/50
is revoked and the following substituted therefor:
(2) Subregulation 1 shall not apply to fees payable
under
(o) item 9, and
(b) item 9a as made by Ontario Regulations
17/47
of regulation 1, and
(c) items 3, 6, 8, and 9, and
{d) items 4, 5, and 7, as made by Ontario
Regulations 219/49, and
(«) item 10 as made by Ontario Regulations
256/51,
of regulation 2.
(Note: See unofficial consolidated regulations 407 in un-
official appendix to volumes 1 and 2 of Consoli-
dated Regulations oj Ontario 1950)
(2038)
42
THE VOCATIONAL EDUCATION ACT
O. Reg. 296/52.
Provincial Polytechnical Institutes
(Nassau St. Toronto).
New.
Made— 29th August, 1952.
Approved — 24th September, 1952.
Filed— 6th October, 1952, 3.10 p.m.
REGULATIONS MADE BY THE MINISTER
UNDER THE VOCATIONAL
EDUCATION ACT
PROVINCIAL POLYTECHNICAL INSTITUTES
1. A provincial polytechnical institute for advanced
technical training required in any branch of industry
is established at the City of Toronto on Nassau Street.
August 29, 1952.
(2039)
W. J. DUNLOP
Minister of Education
42
THE GAME AND FISHERIES ACT
O. Reg. 297/52.
Waters Set Apart for Specified Times.
Amending O. Reg. 80/51.
Made— 2nd October, 1952.
Filed— 7th October, 1952, 9.10 a.m.
REGULATIONS MADE UNDER THE
GAME AND FISHERIES ACT
1. Regulation 1 of Ontario Regulations 80/51, ex-
cept schedules 1, 6, and 13, is revoked and the following
substituted therefor:
1. The several waters described in schedules 1, 6,
and 13, and known as "Birch Lake Fish Sanc-
tuary", "Canoe Lake Fish Sanctuary", and
"Eagle Lake Fish Sanctuary", respectively, are
set apart for the conservation or propagation
of fish from and including the 5th of October
to and including the 28th of February in the
year next following, in each year beginning
with the year 1952.
2. Ontario Regulations 80/51, as amended by regu-
lation 3 of Ontario Regulations 275/52, are further
amended by adding thereto the following regulation:
20. The several waters described in schedules 9A,
9B, and 25A, and known as "Desert Lake
Fish Sanctuary", "Devil Lake Fish Sanctu-
ary", and "Loughborough Lake Fish Sanctu-
ary", respectively, are set apart for the con-
servation or propagation of fish from and in-
cluding the 5th of October to and including
the 28th of February in the year next follow-
ing, in each year beginning with the year 1952.
SCHEDULE 9A
DESERT LAKE FISH SANCTUARY
Desert Lake in the townships of Bedford and
Loughborough, in the County of Frontenac.
SCHEDULE 9B
DEVIL LAKE FISH SANCTUARY
Devil Lake in the Township of Bedford in the
County of Frontenac.
SCHEDULE 25A
LOUGHBOROUGH LAKE FISH SANCTUARY
Loughborough Lake in the townships of Lough -
oorough and Storrington, in the County of Frontenac.
(2040)
42
551
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
1859
Publications Under The Regulations Act
OCTOBER 25th, 1952
THE BROKER-DEALERS ACT, 1947
O. Reg. 298/52.
Fees.
New and amending subregulation 1
of regulation 30 of Regulations 16
of Consolidated Regulations 1950.
Made— 3rd October, 1952.
Approved— 9th October, 1952.
Filed— 9th October, 1952, 4.30 p.m.
REGULATIONS MADE BY THE BOARD UNDER
THE BROKER-DEALERS ACT, 1947
1. Clauses d and e of subregulation 1 of regulation
30 of Regulations 16 of Consolidated Regulations of
Ontario 1950, as made by Ontario Regulations 21/51,
are revoked and the following substituted therefor:
{d) for annual renewal of membership in the
Association by a person or company,
other than a sub-broker-dealer, who or
which trades in securities for the whole
or part of his or its time in the capacity
of an agent or principal and.
(i) who or which has his or its principal
place of business in the city of
Toronto $ 200
(ii) who or which has his or its principal
place of business in the city of
Ottawa, Hamilton, Windsor or
London $ 150
(iii) who or which has his or its principal
place of business in Ontario in any
city with a population of 25,000 or
more according to the last revised
assessment roll, other than the
cities of Ottawa, Toronto, Hamilton,
Windsor and London $ 75
(iv) who or which does not come within
the provisions of sub-clause i, ii or
iii $ 25
(e) for annual renewal of membership in the
Association by a sub-broker-dealer $ 10
(/) for annual renewal of associate member-
ship in the Association by a salesman. . $ 25
(g) for a change in the name of a member of
the Association $ 25
(h) for a change in any partner, officer or
director of a member of the Association . $ 25
and
(i) for a change in the employment of an
associate member $ 2
The Board of Governors of The Broker- Dealers'
Association of Ontario
by John M. Rogers, Governor
J. A. Henley, Governor
S. T. Douglass, Governor
A. K. Williams, Governor
Marshal Stearns, Governor
Earl M. Robertson, Governor
A. A. Perrin, Governor
C. D. Wilson, Governor
J. A. Lumsden, Governor
Dated at Toronto this 3rd day of October, 1952.
The foregoing regulations made by the Board of
Governors of The Broker-Dealers' Association of
Ontario are approved.
Dated at Toronto this 9th day of October, 1952.
ONTARIO SECURITIES COMMISSION
by O. E. Lennox
Chairman
(2068)
43
THE MILK CONTROL ACT
O. Reg. 299/52.
Retail Milk Prices in the Market of
Windermere.
New and revoking O. Reg. 151/51.
Made— 10th October, 1952.
Filed— 14th October, 1952, 8.50 a.m.
REGULATIONS MADE BY THE BOARD UNDER
THE MILK CONTROL ACT
1. In these regulations
(a) "buttermilk",
(6) "chocolate drink",
(c) "skim-milk",
(d) "standard milk",
(c) "table cream", and
(/) "whipping cream",
have the same meaning as in regulation 1 of Ontario
Regulations 211/52.
2. The maximum prices at which the classes of
fluid milk named in clauses a to / of regulation 1 may
be sold by retail in the market of Windermere shall
be as follows:
553
1860
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
in
in cardboard
bottles containers
(a) buttermilk
quart $ . 16 $ .17
(6) chocolate drink
half-pint 07 .08
(c) skim-milk
quart 16 .17
(d) standard milk
quart 20 .21
pint 11 .12
half-pint 06 .07
(c) table cream
quart 85 .86
pint 45 .46
half-pint 25 .26
(J) whipping cream
quart 1.25 1.26
pint 65 .66
naif -pint 35 .36
3. Ontario Regulations 151/51 are revoked.
THE MILK CONTROL BOARD
OF ONTARIO
(Seal)
Dated at Toronto, this
(2077)
Chairman
K. M. Betzner
Member
J. L. Burrows
Member
H. E. McCallum
Member
day of
, 1952.
43
THE GENERAL SESSIONS ACT
O. Reg. 300/52.
First Sittings of the Court in the
County of Carleton.
New.
Made— 9th October, 1952.
Filed— 14th October, 1952. 11.20
a.m. — By Direction.
REGULATIONS MADE UNDER THE GENERAL
SESSIONS ACT
1. In the County of Carleton the first sittings of
the court held in the calendar year 1953 and all
succeeding years shall commence on the first Monday
in February.
(2078)
43
THE COUNTY COURTS ACT
O. Reg. 301/52.
First Sittings of the Court for the
Trial of Issues of Fact and Assess-
ments of Damages in the County
of Carleton.
New.
Made— 9th October, 1952.
Filed— 14th October, 11.30 a.m.
— By Direction.
REGULATIONS MADE UNDER THE COUNTY
COURTS ACT
In the County of Carleton the first sittings of
the court for the trial of issues of fact and assessments
of damages held in the calendar year 1953 and all
succeeding years shall commence with a jury on the
first Monday in February.
(2079)
43
THE HOMES FOR THE AGED ACT
O. Reg. 302/52.
General Amendment.
Amending Part 3 of Form 3 of Reg-
ulations 142 of Consolidated Reg-
ulations 1950.
Made— 9th October, 1952.
Filed— 15th October, 1952, 10.30
REGULATIONS MADE UNDER THE
HOMES FOR THE AGED ACT
1. Part 3 of Form 3 of Regulations 142 of Consol-
idated Regulations of Ontario 1950 is amended by
striking out the heading "THIS PART TO BE COM-
PLETED WHERE AN APPLICANT IS TO BE
MAINTAINED AT THE EXPENSE OF A MUN-
ICIPALITY" and substituting therefor the heading
"TO BE COMPLETED FOR ALL APPLICANTS".
(2083)
43
THE INDUSTRIAL STANDARDS ACT
O. Reg. 303/52.
Plumbing and Heating Industry in
the Ottawa Zone.
New and Revoking Regulations 218
of Consolidated Regulations 1950.
Made— 9th October, 1952.
Filed— 15th October, 1952, 10.40
REGULATIONS MADE UPON THE
RECOMMENDATION OF THE MINISTER
UNDER THE INDUSTRIAL STANDARDS ACT
1. The schedule appended hereto shall be in force
during pleasure within the zone and be binding upon
the employers and employees in the industry referred
to in the schedule.
2. Regulations 218 of Consolidated Regulations
of Ontario 1950 are revoked.
554
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
1861
3. These regulations shall come into force on the
tenth day after the publication thereof in The
Ontario Gazette- under The Regulations Act.
SCHEDULE FOR THE PLUMBING AND
HEATING INDUSTRY IN THE OTTAWA ZONE
Interpretation
1. In this schedule "holiday" means
(c) Saturday,
(b) Sunday,
(c) New Year's Day,
(d) Good Friday,
(e) Victoria Day,
(/) Dominion Day,
(g) Ottawa Civic Holiday,
(A) Labour Day,
(«') Thanksgiving Day, and
(j) Christmas Day.
Hours of Work
2. The regular working periods for the industry
shall be
(a) a regular working-week consisting of not
more than 40 hours of work to be performed
during the regular working-days, and
(&) a regular working-day consisting of not more
than 8 hours of work to be performed on
Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday,
and Friday, between 8 a.m. and 5 p.m.
Minimum Rate of Wages
3. The minimum rate of wages for work performed
during the regular working periods shall be $1.95 an
hour.
Shift Work
4.(1) Where the work is performed in two or more
shifts, an employee shall not be subject to the opening
and closing hours of the regular working-day but work
in excess of 8 hours in any 24-hour period shall be
overtime work except where performed by a key man
or a foreman while engaged in instructing the employees
of the on-coming shift.
(2) An employee who works on a night-shft shall
be entitled, as a minimum, to wages for 8 hours for
work of 7 hours.
Overtime Work
5. Work performed in the industry
(a) at any time other than during the working
periods prescribed in sections 2 and 4, and
(6) on a holiday
shall be overtime work.
6.(1) No overtime work shall be performed in the
industry without a permit from the advisory committee.
(2) The advisory committee is authorized to
issue the permits subject to the terms and conditions
of this schedule.
Rates of Wages for Overtime Work
7. The rate of wages for overtime work shall be
(a) $1.95 an hour for overtime work performed
between 5 p.m. and 6 p.m. of the same day
in completing a repair job,
(b) $2.93 an hour for overtime work performed
between
(i) 5 p.m. and midnight on Monday, Tuesday,
Wednesday, Thursday, and Friday, and
(ii) 8 a.m. and midday on Saturday, and
(c) $3.90 an hour for all other overtime work.
Advisory Committee
8. The advisory committee is authorized to fix
a minimum rate of wages lower than the rate fixed
by this schedule for an individual who is handicapped.
(2084)
43
THE INDUSTRIAL STANDARDS ACT
O. Reg. 304/52.
• Electrical Repair-and-Construction
Industry in the Cornwall Zone.
New and Revoking O. Reg. 217/51.
Made— 9th October, 1952.
Filed— 15th October, 1952, 10.50
a.m.
REGULATIONS MADE UPON THE
RECOMMENDATION OF THE MINISTER
UNDER THE INDUSTRIAL STANDARDS ACT
1. The schedule appended hereto shall be in force
during pleasure within the zone and be binding upon
the employers and employees in the industry referred
to in the schedule.
2. Ontario Regulations 217/51 are revoked.
3. These regulations shall come into force on the
tenth day after the publication thereof in The
Ontario Gazette under The Regulations Act.
SCHEDULE FOR THE ELECTRICAL
REPAIR-AND-CONSTRUCTION INDUSTRY
IN THE CORNWALL ZONE
Interpretation
1. In this schedule "holiday" means
(o) Sunday,
(b) New Year's Day,
(c) Good Friday,
(d) Dominion Day,
(e) the first Monday in August,
(/) Labour Day,
(g) Thanksgiving Day, and
(A) Christmas Day.
Hours of Work
2.(1) The regular working periods for the industry
shall be
555
1862
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
(a) a regular working-week consisting of not more
than 44 hours of work to be performed during
the regular working-days, and
(b) a regular working-day consisting of not more
than
(i) 8 hours of work to be performed on
Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday,
and Friday, between 8 a.m. and 5 p.m., and
(ii) 4 hours of work to be performed on
Saturday between 8 a.m. and midday.
(2) Where the work cannot reasonably be performed
during the hours prescribed in clause b of subsection 1,
it may be performed during any other hours if an
employee does not work more than 8 hours; and this
work shall be night work.
Minimum Rate of Wages
3. The minimum rate of wages shall be $1.65 an
hour for
(a) work performed during the regular working
periods, and
(b) night work.
Shift Work
4.(1) Where the work is performed in two or more
shifts, and if an employee works not more than 8 hours
in any 24-hour period, the employee shall be deemed
to be employed during a regular working-day.
(2) An employee who works on a night-shift shall
be entitled, as a minimum, to wages for 8 hours for
work of 7 hours.
(3) In all cases governed by subsection 1 no
overtime work shall be performed.
(4) Where two or more shifts are worked on the
same job, only one shift shall be a day-shift.
Overtime Work
5. Work performed in the industry
(a) at any time other than during the working
periods prescribed in sections 2 and 4, and
(b) on a holiday
shall be overtime work.
6.(1) No overtime work shall be performed in the
industry without a permit from the advisory committee.
(2) The advisory committee is authorized to issue
the permits subject to the terms and conditions of
this schedule.
7. No permit shall be issued by the advisory
committee for overtime work on a holiday except
(a) in cases of extreme necessity where life or
property is jeopardized, or
(&) on repairs to buildings where the repair work
is necessary to prevent the loss of employment
to persons who are regularly employed in the
buildings.
Rates of Wages for Overtime Work
8. The rate of wages for overtime work shall be
(a) $2,473^ an hour for overtime work performed
during the 5-hour period immediately follow-
ing the working period of a regular working-
day, and
(b) $3.30 an hour for all other overtime work.
Advisory Committee
9. The advisory committee is authorized to fix
a minimum rate of wages lower than the rate fixed
by this schedule for an individual who is handicapped.
(2085)
43
THE PUBLIC HOSPITALS ACT
O. Reg. 305/52.
Classification of Hospitals.
Amending Schedule 1 of O. Reg.
130/52.
Made— 9th October, 1952.
Filed— 15th October, 1952, 11.00
REGULATIONS MADE UPON THE
RECOMMENDATION OF THE MINISTER
UNDER THE PUBLIC HOSPITALS ACT
1. Schedule 1 of Ontario Regulations 430/52 is
amended by
(a) (i) renumbering item 1 as item la under the
heading "Group B Hospitals", and
(ii) adding the following item under the
heading "Group B Hospitals":
1 Barrie Royal Victoria Hospital. ... 132 64
(b) (i) striking out item 4 under the heading
"Group C Hospitals", and
(ii) adding the following item under the
heading "Group C Hospitals":
22a Geraldton. . . .Little Long Lac Hospital 23 17
(2086) 43
556
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
1893
Publications Under The Regulations Aet
NOVEMBER Ist, 1952
THE INDUSTRIAL STANDARDS ACT
O. Reg. 306/52.
Sheet-Metal-Work Construction In-
dustry in the Ottawa Zone.
New and Revoking Regulations 223
of Consolidated Regulations 1950.
Made— 16th October, 1952.
Filed— 20th October, 1952, 9.00 a.m.
REGULATIONS MADE UPON THE
RECOMMENDATION OF THE MINISTER
UNDER THE INDUSTRIAL STANDARDS ACT
L The schedule appended hereto shall be in force
during pleasure within the zone and be binding upon
the employers and employees in the industry referred
to in the schedule.
2. Regulations 223 of Consolidated Regulations
of Ontario 1950 are revoked.
3. These regulations shall come into force on the
tenth day after the publication thereof in The
Ontario Gazette under The Regulations Act.
SCHEDULE FOR THE SHEET-METAL-WORK
COxNSTRUCTION INDUSTRY IN THE
OTTAWA ZONE
Interpretation
1. In this schedule "holiday" means
(o) Sunday,
(6) New Year's Day,
(c) Good Friday,
(d) Victoria Day,
(e) Dominion Day,
(/) Ottawa Civic Holiday,
(|[) Labour Day,
(h) Thanksgiving Day, and
(t) Christmas Day.
Hours of Work
2. The regular working periods for the industry
shall be
(a) a regular working-week consisting of not
more than 40 hours of work to be performed
during the regular working-days, and
(6) a regular working-day consisting of not more
than 8 hours of work to be performed on
Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday,
and Friday, between
(i) 8 a.m. and 5 p.m. where one hour is given
for noon recess, or
(ii) 8 a.m. and 4.30 p.m. where one-half hour
is given for noon recess.
Minimum Rate of Wages
3. The minimum rate of wages for work performed
during the regular working periods shall be $1.82 an
hour.
Shift Work
4.(1) Where the work is performed in two or more
shifts, and if an employee works not more than 8
hours in any 24-hour period, the employee shall be
deemed to be employed during a regular working-day.
(2) An employee who works on a night-shift shall
be entitled, as a minimum, to wages for 8 hours for
work of 7 hours.
(3) In all cases governed by subsection 1 no over-
time work shall be performed.
(4) Where two or more shifts are worked on the
same job, only one shift shall be a day-shift.
Overtime Work
5. Work performed in the industry
(a) at any time other than during the working
periods prescribed in sections 2 and 4, and
(b) on a holiday
shall be overtime work.
6.(1) No work shall be performed in the industry
on a holiday except
(c) in cases of extreme necessity where life or
property is jeopardized, or
(b) on repairs to buildings where the repair work
is necessary to prevent the loss of employment
to persons who are regularly employed in the
buildings.
(2) No work shall be performed under subsection
1 without a permit from the advisory committee.
(3) The advisory committee is authorized to issue
the permits subject to the terms and conditions of this
schedule.
Rates of Wages for Overtime Work
^7. The rate of wages for overtime work shall be
(c) $2.73 an hour for
(i) overtime work performed during the
4-hour period immediately following the
regular working-day on Monday, Tuesday,
Wednesday, Thursday, and Friday, and
(ii) emergency work performed on Saturday
between 8 a.m. and midday, and
(b) $3.64 an hour for all other overtime work.
Advisory Committee
8. The advisory committee is authorized to fix a
minimum rate of wages lower than the rate fixed by
this schedule for an individual who is handicapped
and the rate may be fixed at the request of employee
or employer.
(2121) 44
557
1894
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
THE FARM PRODUCTS MARKETING ACT
O. Reg. 307/52.
1952 Agreement for the Marketing
of Winter Celery.
New.
Made— 17th October, 1952.
Filed— 20th October, 1952, 10.00
ORDER MADE BY THE BOARD UNDER
THE FARM PRODUCTS MARKETING ACT
Marketing of Winter Celery
The Board approves the agreement appended
hereto and declares that it is in force.
G. F. Perkin
Chairman
THE FARM PRODUCTS MARKETING ACT
(Seal)
F. K. B. STEWART
Secretary
Dated at
Toronto this
17th day of
October, 1952.
AGREEMENT FOR MARKETING THE 1952
CROP OF WINTER CELERY
Under the Ontario Winter-Celery Growers'
Marketing Scheme
This Agreement made the 15th day of October, 1952.
BETWEEN:
George Horlings, Wm. Watson, and
O. S. Walden appointed by the local
board, members of The Negotiating
Committee called the Grower-Mem-
bers,
— AND—
Geo. A. Anspach, M. Blidner and
M. Merkur appointed by the dealers,
members of the Negotiating Com-
mittee called the Dealer-Members.
Under The Farm Products Marketing Act and the
regulations, and subject to the limitations thereof,
the Grower-Members and the Dealer- Members agree
as follows:
1. The minimum prices to be paid by a dealer to
every grower for winter celery produced during the
year 1952 in the area in Ontario, and purchased and
received by the dealer, shall be
(a) for celery of Canada No. 1 grade, at the rate
of $2.00 per crate including storage charges,
and
(ft) for celery of grades other than Canada No. 1
grade, at no established minimum price.
2. The provisions of this Agreement shall apply
to, and form part of, every purchase or contract
entered into between ^ dealer and a grower for the
purchase of winter-celery produced in the area in
Ontario during the year 1952, and the provisions of
this Agreement shall supersede any provisions that
may be contained in any contract which is inconsistent
with this Agreement.
Dated at Toronto this 15th day of October, 1952.
GROWER-MEMBERS DEALER-MEMBERS
George Horlings
William Watson
0. S. Walden
(2122)
Geo. a. Anspach
M. Blidner
M. Merkur
44
O. Reg. 308/52.
The Marketing of Cheese.
Amending O. Reg. 101/52
Revoking O. Regs. 137/51
198/52.
Approved— 16th October, 1952.
Filed— 20th October, 1952,
and
and
10.15
REGULATIONS MADE BY THE BOARD UNDER
THE FARM PRODUCTS MARKETING ACT
1. Regulation 1 of Ontario Regulations 101/51 is
amended by relettering clause a as clause aa and by
adding thereto the following clauses:
(a) "Association" means The Ontario
Producers' Association Limited;
Cheese
(dd) "operator" means operator of a cheese-factory,
engaged in the manufacturing of cheese from
milk bought outright by him from producers;
(ee) "salesman" means person other than an
operator, appointed by the producers to sell
the cheese manufactured in a cheese-factory
from milk which they regularly supply
co-operatively to that cheese-factory;
2. Regulation 5, except Schedule A, of Ontario
Regulations 101/51 is revoked and the following
substituted therefor:
Marketing
5. (1) All cheese produced in the districts named
in section 6 of the scheme shall be offered for
sale through cheese exchanges.
(2) The cheese boards named in Schedule A shall
be the cheese exchanges.
(3) No person shall sell, or deliver, cheese from a
cheese-factory, except through a cheese ex-
change.
(4) The salesman or the operator, as the case may
be, offering cheese for sale on a cheese exchange
shall, on the day of the cheese-exchange
meeting
(a) attend in person, or by his representative,
at the cheese exchange, and
(b) list with the secretary of the cheese ex-
change the quantity, grade, size and colour
of the cheese offered for sale from the
cheese-factory.
(5) Where a salesman or an operator, as the case
may be, offers cheese for sale on a cheese
exchange on any day and no buyer offers to
buy it on that day, the salesman or the operator,
as the case may be, shall deliver the cheese to
the Association.
3. Regulation 6 of Ontario Regulations 101/51 as
amended by Ontario Regulations 137/51 is revoked
and the following substituted therefor:
6. Subject to regulation 5, the Association shall
be the agency through which cheese may be
marketed.
4. Ontario Regulations 101/51 are amended by
adding thereto the following regulation:
6a. (1) Every buyer upon receipt of cheese through
a cheese exchange shall forward payment in
558
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
1895
full to the Association for all cheese bought
within 5 days of receipt of the cheese.
(2) The Association shall pay to the local board
the licence fees under regulation 7
(a) for all cheese for which payment has been
received from buyers, and
(6) for all cheese received by it
in any month not later than the 15th of the
following month.
(3) The Association shall, within 3 days of receipt
of
(o) any payment for cheese from a buyer, and
(b) any cheese by it,
forward payment, less licence fees paid under
subregulation 2, for the cheese to the salesman
or the operator, as the case may be, delivering
cheese to the buyer or to the Association, as
the case may be.
5. Regulation 7 of Ontario Regulations 101/51 as
made by regulation 1 of Ontario Regulations 198/52
is revoked and the following substituted therefor:
Licence Fees
7. Every producer shall pay licence fees, at the
rate of 5 cents for each 100 pounds or fraction
thereof of cheese sold through a cheese exchange,
or delivered to the Association, to the local
board to be used by it for the purpose of carry-
ing out and enforcing the provisions of the
Act, the regulations and the scheme.
6. Ontario Regulations 137/51 and 198/52 are
revoked.
THE FARM PRODUCTS
MARKETING BOARD
G. F. PERKIN
Ghairman
F. K. B. STEWART
Secretary
(2123)
44
THE FARM PRODUCTS MARKETING ACT
O. Reg. 309/52.
Marketing of Cheese (Negotiating
Committees).
Amending O. Reg. 102/51.
Filed— 20th October, 1952, 10.25
REGULATIONS MADE BY THE BOARD UNDER
THE FARM PRODUCTS MARKETING ACT
1. Regulation 2 of Ontario Regulations 102/51
is revoked.
2. Regulation 4 of Ontario Regulations 102/51
is revoked and the following substituted therefor:
4. The Board authorizes the local board to
require persons engaged in the producing or
marketing of cheese to register their names,
addresses and occupations with the local
board, to require such persons to furnish such
information in regard to cheese as the local
board may determine and to inspect the books
and premises of such persons.
3. Regulation 5 of Ontario Regulations 102/51
is revoked.
4. Subregulation 1 of regulation 6 of Ontario
Regulations 102/51 is revoked and the following
substituted therefor:
(1) There shall be a negotiating agency known as
"The Negotiating Committee" of 10 persons,
5 of whom shall be appointed annually, but
not later than the 1st of April, by the local
board and 5 of whom shall be appointed
annually, but not later than the 1st of April,
by the buyers, upon the request in writing
from the Board.
5. Subregulation 5 of regulation 8 of Ontario
Regulations 102/51 is revoked and the following
substituted therefor:
(5) The negotiating board may decide any matters
referred to it.
6. Regulation 9 of Ontario Regulations 102/51
is revoked and the following substituted therefor:
9. (1) Any agreements arrived at by The Negot-
iating Committee, or any decisions made by a
negotiating board, shall be submitted to the
Board for approval.
(2) Where the Board approves an agreement so
arrived at or a decision of the negotiating
board, the Board may declare the agreement
or the decision, as the case may be, to be in
force.
THE FARM PRODUCTS
MARKETING BOARD
(Seal)
(2124)
G. F. PERKIN
Chairman
F. K. B. STEWART
Secretary
44
THE DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION ACT
O. Reg. 310/52.
Empire Day.
Amending Regulations 46 of Con-
solidated Regulations 1950.
Approved— 2nd October, 1952.
Filed— 20th October, 1952, 3.00
p.m.
REGULATIONS MADE BY THE MINISTER
UNDER THE DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION
ACT
1. Subregulation 1 of regulation 33 of Regulations
46 of Consolidated Regulations of Ontario 1950 is
revoked and the following substituted therefor:
(1) The last school day before Victoria Day shall
be celebrated in every school as Empire Day.
W. J. DUNLOP
Minister of Education
(2128)
44
559
1896
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
THE VOCATIONAL EDUCATION ACT
O. Reg. 311/52.
Names of Provincial Poly technical
Institutes.
New.
Made— 29th August, 1952.
Filed— 20th October, 1952, 3.10
p.m.
REGULATIONS MADE BY THE MINISTER
UNDER THE VOCATIONAL EDUCATION ACT
Names of Provincial Polytechnical Institutes
1. The provincial polytechnical institute estab-
lished at the City of Toronto on Nassau Street by
Ontario Regulations 296/52 is designated "Provincial
Institute of Trades".
W. J. DUNLOP
Minister of Education
August 29, 1952.
(2129)
44
THE FARM PRODUCTS GRADES AND SALES
ACT
O. Reg. 312/52.
Grades for Pears for Processing.
Amending Regulations 87 of Con-
solidated Regulations 1950.
Approved— 23rd October, 1952.
Filed— 27th October, 1952, 10.50
REGULATIONS MADE BY THE MINISTER
UNDER THE FARM PRODUCTS GRADES AND
SALES ACT
1. Regulation 108 of Regulations 87 of Consoli-
dated Regulations of Ontario 1950 is amended by strik-
ing out the first two lines thereof and substituting
therefor "Subject to regulation 109a, the grades for
pears packed in packages other than boxes shall be".
2. Regulations 87 of Consolidated Regulations of
Ontario 1950 are amended by adding thereto the
following regulation :
Pears for Processing
109a. The grades for pears for processing shall be
(a) No. 1 Grade. — This grade shall consist
of sound, mature, clean, hand-picked,
well-formed pears of one variety, that
(i) free from serious damage caused by
bruises, insect injury, limb rub, sun
(2172)
scalds, spray burns, skin punctures,
drought spots, hail marks, and
diseases, and
(ii) free from insect pests, scalds other
than sun scalds, and visible black
ends.
THOMAS L. KENNEDY
Minister of Agriculture
44
THE MILK CONTROL ACT
O. Reg. 313/52.
Delivery of Milk.
Revoking O. Reg. 181/51 and 252/51
and regulation 3 of O. Reg. 184/52.
Approved— 23rd October, 1952.
Filed— 27th October, 1952, 1.25 p.m.
REGULATIONS MADE BY THE BOARD UNDER
THE MILK CONTROL ACT
1. Schedule 2 of Ontario Regulations 144/51 is
struck out and the following substituted therefor:
SCHEDULE 2 <
Item
Column 1
Column 2
Name of Area
Description of Area
1
2
3
London
Owen Sound
St. Thomas
City of London, and the
townships of London,
Westminster, North Dor-
chester, and West Nis-
souri.
City of Owen Sound
City of St. Thomas
2. Ontario Regulations 181/51, Ontario Regulations
252/51, and regulation 3 of Ontario Regulations 184/52
are revoked.
THE MILK CONTROL BOARD
OF ONTARIO
(Seal)
(2173)
Chairman
K. M. Betzner
Member
J. L. BUBKOWS
Member
H. E. McCallum
Member
44
560
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
1925
Publications Under The Regulations Act
NOVEMBER 8th, 1952
THE MINING ACT
O. Reg. 314/52.
Boring Permits for Petroleum, Natural
Gas, Coal and Salt.
Amending Regulations 296 of Consoli-
dated Regulations 1950.
Approved— 23rd October, 1952.
Filed— 28th October, 1952, 9.00 a.m.
REGULATIONS MADE BY THE MINISTER
UNDER THE MINING ACT
1. Regulations 4 and 5 of Regulations 296 of Con-
solidated Regulations of Ontario 1950 are revoked and
the following substituted therefor:
4. A sum averaging $25 a square mile shall be ex-
pended annually by the holder of a permit, on
the lands described in the permit, in geological
or geophysical examination, boring, prospecting
or other exploratory work.
5. Within 30 days after each anniversary date of
the permit, the holder shall prove to the Minis-
ter that he has expended a sum averaging $25
a square mile on the lands described in the
permit in the previous twelve-month period in
geological or geophysical examination, boring,
prospecting or other exploratory work and, if
required by the Minister, shall submit an affi-
davit detailing the amount and manner of the
expenditure.
2. Regulation 21 of Regulations 296 of Consolidated
Regulations of Ontario 1950 is revoked and the follow-
ing substituted therefor:
21. The holder of a permit or lease shall
(a) notify the Minister in writing before com-
mencing to bore each well,
(b) correctly label cores and cuttings and
notify the Minister where they are stored,
(c) make available to the Minister for ex-
amination at all times all cores and cut-
tings,
(d) keep a record of the depth at which flows
of water are met and furnish the Minister
with samples of the water,
(c) within 60 days after the completion of a
well, furnish the Minister with a detailed
log of the well and a plan indicating the
location and elevation of the well, and
(/) submit to the Minister full reports and
plans of all geological or geophysical ex-
aminations, boring, prospecting or other
exploratory work, within 60 days after the
completion of each examination, boring,
prospecting or other exploratory work.
P. T. KELLY
Minister of Mines.
(2177)
45
THE PUBLIC HEALTH ACT
O. Reg. 315/52.
The Kenora-Keewatin-Dryden Area
Health Unit.
New and Revoking O. Reg. 73/51.
Made— 23rd October, 1952.
Filed— 28th October, 1952, 10.30 a.m.
REGULATIONS MADE UNDER THE
PUBLIC HEALTH ACT
1. The Kenora-Keewatin-Dryden Area Health Unit
may include the areas prescribed in schedules 1 an -1 2 .
2. Ontario Regulations 73/51 are revoked.
SCHEDULE 1
The area in the Territorial District of Kenora con-
sisting of the geographic townships of
.1 Aubrey,
.2 Boys,
.3 Bridges,
.4 Britton,
.5 Broderick,
.6 Buller,
.7 Code,
.8 Coyle,
.9 Desmond,
.10 Devonshire,
.11 Docker,
.12 Eton,
.13 Ewart,
.14 Forgie,
.15 Gidley,
.16 Glass,
.17 Gundy,
.18 Hartman,
.19 Haycock,
.20 Jackman,
.21 Kirkup,
.22 Ladysmith,
.23 le May,
.24 MacNicol,
.25 MacQuarric,
.26 Malachi,
.27 Manross,
.28 McMeekin,-
.29 Melgund,
.30 Mutrie,
.31 Noyon,
.32 Pelican,
.33 Pellatt,
.34 Pettypiece,
.35 Redditt,
.36 Redvers,
.37 Rice,
.38 Rowell,
.39 Rudd,
.40 Rugby,
.41 Satterly,
.42 Southworth,
.43 Tustin,
.44 Umbach,
.45 Wabigoon,
.46 Wainwright
.47 Work, and
.48 Zealand,
together with all the remaining territory included
within the following limits:
Commencing at the point where the boundary
between Ontario and Manitoba is intersected by
the northerly limit of the geographic Township of
Noyon; thence easterly along the northerly limits
of the geographic townships of Noyon and Rudd
to the north-easterly angle of the last-mentioned
township; thence east astronomically to a point
in the centre line of the right-of-way of the Can-
adian National Railway near Brinka; thence in
an easterly direction along that centre line to a
point where it is intersected by a line drawn
north astronomically from the north-easterly
angle of the geographic Township of MacNicol;
thence south astronomically to that north-easterly
angle; thence south astronomically to the south-
easterly angle of the last-mentioned geographic
township; thence westerly along the southerly
limit of that geographic township to a point where
that southerly limit is intersected by the 7th
Meridian; thence southerly along that meridian
to the south-easterly angle of the geographic
561
1926
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
Township of Devonshire; thence westerly along
the southerly boundary of that geographic town-
ship to the south-westerly angle thereof; thence
west astronomically to the boundary between
Ontario and Manitoba; thence northerly along
that boundary to the point of commencement;
but excepting therefrom
(a) the Town of Kenora,
(b) the Town of Keewatin,
(c) the Township of JafTray and Melick, and
(d) all Indian Reserves.
SCHEDULE 2
The area in the Territorial District of Kenora in-
cluded within the following limits:
Commencing at the north-easterly angle of the
geographic Township of Buller; thence north
astronomically 6 miles; thence west astronomically
to a point in a line drawn north astronomically
from the north-westerly angle of that geographic
township; thence south along the last-mentioned
line to the north-westerly angle of that geographic
township; thence east along the northerly limit of
that geographic township to the place of com-
mencement.
(2178)
45
THE PUBLIC HEALTH ACT
O. Reg. 316/52.
Kenora-Keewatin-Dryden Area Health
Unit.
Amending Schedule 9 of Appendix to
Regulations 335 of Consolidated
Regulations 1950.
Approved— 23rd October, 1952.
Filed— 28th October, 1952, 10.40 a.m.
REGULATIONS MADE BY THE MINISTER
UNDER THE PUBLIC HEALTH ACT
1. The heading and section 1, except the clauses,
of Schedule 9 of the Appendix to Regulations 335 of
Consolidated Regulations of Ontario 1950, as amended
by Ontario Regulations 250/52, are revoked and the
following substituted therefor:
KENORA-KEEWATIN-DRYDEN AREA
HEALTH UNIT
1. The Board of Health of the Kenora-Keewatin-
Dryden Area Health Unit shall consist of 7
members as follows:
(2179)
45
THE FARM PRODUCTS MARKETING ACT
O. Reg. 317/52.
1952 Agreement for the Marketing of
Kieffer Pears for Processing.
New.
Made— 29th October, 1952.
Filed— 29th October, 1952, 9.00 a.m.
ORDER MADE BY THE BOARD UNDER
THE FARM PRODUCTS MARKETING ACT
MARKETING OF KIEFFER PEARS FOR PROCESSING
The Board approves the agreement appended hereto
and declares that it is in force.
G. F. PERKIN
Chairman
(Seal)
F. K. B. STEWART
Secretary
Dated at Toronto
this 29th day of October, 1952.
AGREEMENT FOR MARKETING THE 1952
CROP OF KIEFFER PEARS
FOR PROCESSING
UNDER THE ONTARIO PEAR, PLUM AND CHERRY
growers' MARKETING-FOR-PROCESSING SCHEME
This Agreement made the 28th day of October,
1952.
BETWEEN:
Paul A. Fisher, F. R. Lee and H. A. Dawson
appointed by the local board, members of The
Negotiating Committee called the Grower-Mem-
bers,
— AND—
J. Aubrey Medland, W. I. Drynan and H. M.
Metcalf appointed by the processors, members of
The Negotiating Committee called the Processor-
Members.
Under The Farm Products Marketing Act and the
regulations, and subject to the limitations thereof, the
Grower- Members and the Processor-Members agree as
follows :
1. The minimum price to be paid by a processor
to a grower for Kieflfer pears of No. 1 Grade of pears
for processing having a minimum diameter of 2 1/16
inches shall be
(a) where delivery is made and weigh slips are
completed on or before the 31st of October,
1952, $47.50 per ton, and
(b) where delivery is made and weigh slips are
completed on or after the 1st of November,
1952, $52.50 per ton.
2. The minimum prices to be paid by a processor
to a grower for Kieffer pears of a grade other than of
No. 1 Grade of pears for processing, or KiefTer pears
of No. 1 Grade of pears for processing having a mini-
mum diameter of less than 2 1/16 inches, shall be
(a) where delivery is made and weigh slips are
completed on or before the 31st of October,
1952, $47.50 per ton, and
(b) where delivery is made and weigh slips are
completed on or after the 1st of November,
1952, $52.50 per ton.
3. The following terms of purchase and sale shall
form part of each contract between a processor and a
grower :
(a) the grower to be paid at least 50 per cent of
the purchase price by the processor on delivery
of Kieffer pears to the processor,
(ft) unless payment has been made in full for the
KiefTer pears under clause c, the grower not
to be required to surrender delivery weigh slips
to the processor,
562
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
1927
(c) any balance of payment remaining due to the
grower by the processor, after the payment
under clause a, to be paid in full on or before
the 15th of November, 1952, at which time
delivery weigh slips to be surrendered by the
growers, if requested by the processor, and
(d) KiefTer pears delivered to a processor within
the counties of Lincoln, Welland and Went-
worth, those parts of the counties of Halton
and Peel lying south of that part of the King's
Highway known as Number 5, and the Town-
ship of York and the City of Toronto in the
County of York, to be delivered by the grower
free of delivery charges to the processor.
4. In case of a dispute between a processor and a
grower as to
(a) suitability of KiefTer pears for processing.
(6) the grade.
(c) the tolerance under regulation 111 of Regula-
tions 87 of Consolidated Regulations of Ontario
1950,
the matters in dispute shall be referred to an inspector
appointed under The Farm Products Grades and Sales
Act, and his decision shall be accepted.
DATED at the City of Hamilton this 28 day of
October, 1952.
GROWER-MEMBERS
Paul A. Fisher
F. R. Lee
H. A. Dawson
(2188)
PROCESSOR-MEMBERS
J. Aubrey Medland
W. L Drvnan
H. M. Metcalf
45
THE GAME AND FISHERIES ACT
O. Reg. 318/52.
1952 Open Season for Deer and Moose.
Amending Schedule 7 of O. Reg. 237/52.
Made— 23rd October, 1952.
Filed— 30th October, 1952, 9.05 a.m.
REGULATIONS MADE UNDER THE
GAME AND FISHERIES ACT
1. Schedule 7 of Ontario Regulations 237/52 is
amended by adding thereto the following item:
4. The townships of Albemarle, Eastnor, Lindsay,
and St. Edmunds, in the County of Bruce.
(2203)
45
THE MILK CONTROL ACT
O. Reg. 319/52.
Terms of Payment.
Amending Regulations 294 of Consoli-
dated Regulations 1950.
Approved — 30th October, 1952.
Filed— 31st pctober, 1952, 11.40 a.m.
— By direction.
REGULATIONS MADE BY THE BOARD
UNDER THE MILK CONTROL ACT
1. Regulations 294 of Consolidated Regulations of
Ontario 1950 are amended by adding thereto the fol-
lowing regulation:
20o.(l) Notwithstanding subregulation 1 of regu-
lation 20 any number of distributors may as
a group deposit security with the Board in
the form of a bond of a guarantee company
approved under The Guarantee Companies
Securities Act in form 10.
(2) The arnount of the security under subregula-
tion 1 in respect of each distributor shall be
in accordance with regulation 21 but in no
case shall security be required in excess of
$100,000 in respect of any one distributor.
(3) Notwithstanding that a distributor may have
deposited security with the Board in the form
prescribed by subregulation 1 , the Board may,
at any time, require the distributor to deposit
security in accordance with clause a, b or c of
subregulation 1 of regulation 20 in the amount
required by regulation 21.
(4) When an order is made by the Board under
subregulation 3, the distributor in respect of
whom the order is made shall be deemed not
to have complied with the regulations in re-
spect of security to be deposited with the
Board until he deposits security in accordance
with clause a, b or c of subregulation 1 of
regulation 20 in the amount required by regu-
lation 21.
2. Regulation 21 of regulations 294 of Consolidated
Regulations of Ontario 1950 is revoked and the fol-
lowing substituted therefor-
21.(1) In subregulation 2 the average value of
milk shall be determined on the average daily
value of milk delivered to the distributor
during the first ten months of the previous
year.
(2) Where security is required under regulation
20 it shall be in the following amounts:
(a) where producers are paid on a daily cash
basis not less than the average value of
milk received from producers during a
period of 7 days;
(b) where producers are paid on a weekly
credit basis not less than the average
value of milk received from producers
during a period of 15 days;
(c) where producers are paid on a bi-weekly
or twice-a-month basis, not less than the
average value of milk received from pro-
ducers during a period of 30 days;
(d) where producers are paid on a monthly
basis, not less than the average value of
milk received from producers during a
period of 45 days; or
(e) where a distributor is commencing busi-
ness, an estimated amount based on clause
a or 6 but not less than $1,000.
3. Regulation 22 of regulations 294 of Consolidated
Regulations of Ontario 1950 is revoked and the follow-
ing substituted therefor:
22. The security deposited with the Board under
regulations 20 and 20a shall be applicable
solely to unpaid claims of producers for milk
sold to the distributor.
4. Subregulation 2 of regulation 23 of regulations
294 of Consolidated Regulations of Ontario 1950 is
amended by striking out the word and figures "regula-
tion 20" in the tenth line and substituting therefor the
words and figures "regulations 20 and 20c".
563
1928
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
5. Regulations 294 of Consolidated Regulations of
Ontario 1950 are amended by adding thereto the fol-
lowing form:
Form 10
The Milk Control Act
Bond No.
BOND OF MILK DISTRIBUTORS
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that
we,
hereinafter called the "Surety", as Surety, binds itself
to pay on behalf of the distributors listed in the Sche-
dule attached to and forming part of this Bond herein-
after called the "Principals", as Principals, to THE
MILK CONTROL BOARD OF ONTARIO, herein-
after called the "Board", up to the amounts of lawful
money of Canada set opposite each distributor in the
Schedule attached to and forming part of the Bond,
to be paid unto the Board, its successors or assigns,
for which payment well and truly to be made the
Surety binds itself, its successors and assigns firmly by
these presents.
WHEREAS each Principal has applied for a licence
to operate as a distributor of milk under The Milk
Control Act and the regulations made thereunder for
the period ending on the day of
NOW THEREFORE THE CONDITION OF
THIS OBLIGATION is such that if each Principal
shall faithfully comply with all the requirements of
the Act and the regulations made thereunder respecting
payment of obligations to producers of milk to the
extent provided for in the regulations and shall prompt-
ly pay all amounts due to producers as so required for
milk purchased by the Principal during the licence
year ending on the day of then
this obligation shall be void but otherwise shall be and
remain in full force.
PROVIDED HOWEVER and upon the following
express conditions:
1. that all liability of the Surety shall cease with
respect to any individual Principal immediately
upon the filing by the Board with the Surety of
notice of a claim in respect of such Principal or
upon the cancellation or suspension of the licence
of the Principal by the Board, but the Surety shall
remain liable hereunder from the effective date of
this Bond up to the date of filing of such claim or
of such cancellation or suspension;
2. that the Surety may cancel this Bond with respect
to any or all Principals at any time upon giving
sixty days' notice in writing to the Board but the
Surety shall be liable hereunder from the effective
date of this Bond up to the expiration of the notice
of cancellation;
3. that in the event of this Bond being continued by
renewal schedule the Surety's liability thereunder
shall not be cumulative.
SIGNED, SEALED AND DATED this
day of .
19.
Corporate Seal
Guarantee Company
SCHEDULE
Attached to and forming part of Bond No.
of in favour of THE MILK
CONTROL BOARD OF ONTARIO:
Item
No.
Name and Location
of Principal
Amount of
Bond
^
THE MILK CONTROL BOARD
OF ONTARIO
(Seal)
(2215)
Chairman
K. M. Betzner
Member
J. L. Burrows
Member
H. E. McCallum
45
564
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
1957
Publieations Under The Regulations Aot
NOVEMBER 15th, 1952
THE GAME AND FISHERIES ACT
O. Reg. 320/52.
Waters Set Apart for the Propaga-
tion of Bull-frogs.
Amending O. Reg. 204/51.
Made— 30th October, 1952.
Filed— 3rd November, 1952, 8.50 a.m.
REGULATIONS MADE UNDER THE
GAME AND FISHERIES ACT
1. Clauses c and d of regulation 2 of Ontario
Regulations 204/51 are revoked and the following
clauses substituted therefor:
(c) 4A, 12A, and 12C, of that appendix, as made
by Ontario Regulations 81/51,
{d) 3B, 3C, 6A, 14B, 16A, 19A, and 20A, of that
appendix, as made by Ontario Regulations
268/52, and
(c) 9, 12, 26, 34, 44, 51, 53, and 55, of Ontario
Regulations 80/51,
(2219)
46
THE GAME AND FISHERIES ACT
O. Reg. 321/52.
Crown Game Preserves.
Amending Regulations 123 of Con-
solidated Regulations 1950.
Made— 30th October, 1952.
Filed— 3rd November, 1952, 9.00 a.m.
REGULATIONS MADE UNDER THE
GAME AND FISHERIES ACT
1. Schedule 9 of Appendix A of Regulations 123 of
Consolidated Regulations of Ontario 1950 is struck
out and the following substituted therefor:
SCHEDULE 9
MISSISSAGl - WHITE RIVER CROWN GAME PRESERVE
In the Territorial District of Algoma and
described as follows:
COMMENCING at a point in the southerly
boundary of the Township of Tp. 188 where it is
intersected by the easterly limit of the highway
known as "Chapleau Highway"; thence in a
general northerly direction along that limit
through the townships of TP. 188, Tp. IF, Tp. 2F,
Tp. 2E, Tp. 3E, and Tp. 4E, to the southerly
bank of the Mississagi River; thence north-
easterly, southerly, south-easterly and north-
easterly along that bank through the townships
of Tp. 4E, Tp. 4D, Tp. 3E, and Tp. 3D, to the
intersection with the high-water mark on the
westerly shore of Rocky Island Lake; thence in a
general north-easterly direction along that high-
water mark through the townships of Tp. 3D,
Tp. 4D, Tp. 3C, and Tp. 4C, to the easterly
boundary of the last-mentioned township; thence
southerly along the easterly boundaries of that
township and the Township of Tp. 3C to the
high-water mark on the southerly shore of Kindi-
ogami Lake; thence in a general north-easterly
direction along that high-water mark through the
Township of Tp. 3B to the westerly limit of the
road known as "Kindiogami Road"; thence in a
general southerly direction along that limit
through the townships of Tp. 3B, Tp. 2B, Tp. 2 A,
Tp. IB, and Tp. lA, to the westerly limit of the
road known as the "White River Road"; thence
in a general south-westerly direction along the
last-mentioned limit through the townships of
Tp. lA, Tp. IB, Tp. 163, and Tp. 169, to the
southerly boundary of the last-mentioned town-
ship; thence westerly along the southerly boun-
daries of the townships of Tp. 169, Tp. 176,
Tp. 182, and Tp. 188, to the point of commence-
ment.
2, Appendix A of Regulations 123 of Consolidated
Regulations of Ontario 1950 is amended by adding
thereto the following schedules:
SCHEDULE 4A
FRANKLIN ISLAND CROWN GAME PRESERVE
In the Territorial District of Parry Sound and
described as follows:
That part of Franklin Island in Georgian Bay,
lying westerly of the geographic Township of
Carling in the Territorial District of Parry Sound,
which is northerly and westerly of a line running
south 14° west through a point which is north
76° west 5 chains from Station 22 as shown on a
plan of the islands in Georgian Bay made by
J. H. Burd, Ontario Land Surveyor, in 1910, on
file in the Department at Toronto.
SCHEDULE 9A
NAISCOOT CROWN GAME PRESERVE
In the Territorial District of Parry Sound and
described as follows:
An island known as Naiscoot Island in Georgian
Bay, lying westerly of the Township of Wallbridge
in the Territorial District of Parry Sound.
SCHEDULE UA
NORTH GWILLIMBURY CROWN GAME PRESERVE
In the Township of North Gwillimbury in the
County of York and composed of
(o) lot 5 in the Broken Front Concession, and
{b) lot 5 in Concession I .
SCHEDULE 12A
SHAWANAGA CROWN GAME PRESERVE
In the Territorial District of Parry Sound and
described as follows:
Shawanaga Island in Georgian Bay, lying
westerly of the Township of Shawanaga in the
Territorial District of Parry Sound.
565
1958
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
3. Regulations 123 of Consolidated Regulations of
Ontario 1950 are amended by adding thereto the
following regulation:
2a. The holder of a licence in form 4 of Regula-
tions 129 of Consolidated Regulations of
Ontario 1950 may trap fur-bearing animals
in that part of Ontario described in sche-
dule llA of Appendix A during the open
seasons in the Township of North Gwillim-
bury in the County of York.
4. Schedules 44, 64, and 65, of Appendix B of
Regulations 123 of Consolidated Regulations of Ontario
1950 are struck out.
5. Schedule 22 of Appendix B of Regulations 123
of Consolidated Regulations of Ontario 1950 as made
by regulation 3 of Ontario Regulations 245/51 is struck
out and the following substituted therefor:
SCHEDULE 22
DUMFRIES CROWN GAME PRESERVE
In the Township of North Dumfries in the
County of Waterloo and described as follows:
COMMENCING at a point in the south-
easterly limit of the highway known as "the
King's Highway Number 24a" where it is inter-
sected by the northerly limit of Concession IX;
thence south-westerly along that limit to the
westerly limit of lot 18 in Concession VIII; thence
southerly along the westerly limit of that lot and
along the southerly production thereof to the
northerly limit of lot 18 in Concession VII; thence
westerly along that limit to the north-westerly
angle of the last-mentioned lot; thence southerly
along the westerly limit of that lot to the southerly
boundary of the Township of North Dumfries;
thence easterly along that boundary to the south-
easterly angle of lot 7 in Concession VII; thence
northerly along the easterly limit of that lot to
the northerly limit of the right of way of the
Canadian National Railway; thence westerly and
northerly along the last-mentioned limit to the
northerly limit of Concession IX; thence westerly
along the last-mentioned limit to the point of
commencement.
6. Appendix B of Regulations 123 of Consolidated
Regulations of Ontario 1950 is amended by adding
thereto the following schedule:
SCHEDULE 33
GUELPH CROWN GAME PRESERVE
In the Township of Guelph in the County of
Wellington and described as follows:
COMMENCING at a point in the north-
westerly limit of the road known as "Speed vale
Avenue", being also the north-westerly boundary
of the City of Guelph, where it is intersected by
the south-westerly limit of the road known as
"Victoria Road", being also the north-easterly
boundary of the City of Guelph; thence north-
westerly along the last-mentioned limit to the
south-easterly limit of the allowance for road
between lots 10 and 11, Concession I, in Division
D ; thence south-westerly along the last-mentioned
limit to the north-easterly limit of the highway
known as "the King's Highway Number 6";
thence in a general south-easterly direction along
the last-mentioned limit through divisions D and
F to the north-westerly limit of the road known
as "Speed vale Avenue"; thence north-easterly
along the last-mentioned limit to the point of
commencement.
THE GAME AND FISHERIES ACT
O. Reg. 322/52.
Royalties on Beaver, Lynx and Mink.
Amending Regulations 129 of Con-
solidated Regulations 1950.
Made— 30th October, 1952.
Filed— 3rd November, 1952, 9.10 a.m.
(2220)
46
REGULATIONS MADE UNDER THE
GAME AND FISHERIES ACT
1. Clauses a, h, and j, of regulation 37 of Regula-
tions 129 of Consolidated Regulations of Ontario 1950
are revoked and the following substituted therefor:
(a) Beaver $1.50
(hj Lynx.......... ................. .$1.66
(i)' Mink. '.".".'.'.'.".'.".".".'.'.'.".'.'.'.'.' .".'.'.'.'.'.'$1.66
(2221)
46
THE PUBLIC HOSPITALS ACT
O. Reg. 323/52.
General Regulations.
Amending 0. Reg. 216/52.
Made— 30th October, 1952.
Filed— Sth November, 1952, 9.00 a.m.
REGULATIONS MADE UPON THE RECOM-
MENDATION OF THE MINISTER UNDER
THE PUBLIC HOSPITALS ACT
1. Regulation 26 of Ontario Regulations 216/52 is
revoked and the following substituted therefor:
26. A member of the medical staff shall not charge
a fee for attending a patient where
(a) a municipality is liable to a hospital for
payment of the charges for treatment
of the patient under section 16 of the
Act, or
(b) a grant is payable to the hospital for
the treatment of the patient under regu-
lation 3 of Regulations 342 of Consoli-
dated Regulations of Ontario 1950.
2. Regulation 67 of Ontario Regulations 216/52 is
revoked and the following substituted therefor:
HOSPITALS FOR THE CHRONICALLY ILL
67. A Certificate under section 15 of the Act for
the admission of an indigent person or the
dependant of an indigent person to a hospital
for the chronically ill shall be made by two
medical practitioners in form 5.
566
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
1959
Form 5
The Public Hospitals Act
CERTIFICATE FOR ADMISSION TO A
HOSPITAL FOR THE
CHRONICALLY ILL
I
a legally qualified medical practitioner, residing at,
in the
County r
District ° '
(post office address)
3. That I found to be a chronically
(him or her)
ill person suffering from
(diagnosis)
4. That is a chronically ill person ; and
(he or she)
5. That requires treatment in a hos-
(he or she)
pital for the chronically ill for the following reasons:
certify:
1. That I personally examined.
of.
(post office address)
19....;
(name of person)
, , on the day of
2. That I found to be approximately
(him or her)
years of age;
Date.
19....
(signature of legally qualified
medical practitioner)
(2237)
46
567
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
1983
Publications Under The Regulations Aet
NOVEMBER 22nd, 1952
THE LEASEHOLD REGULATIONS ACT, 1951
O. Reg. 324/52.
General Regulations.
Amending Schedule 1 of O. Reg. 98/52.
Made — 6th November, 1952.
Filed— 10th November, 1952, 1.35 p.m.
REGULATIONS MADE UNDER THE
LEASEHOLD REGULATIONS ACT, 1951
1. Schedule 1 of Ontario Regulations 98/52 as
made by Ontario Regulations 276/52 is amended by
(a) striking out
(i) clause c of item 3, and
(ii) clause a of item 25, and
(b) relettering clause a of item 32 as clause aa and
by adding to item 32 the following clause:
(a) the City of Waterloo,
2. These regulations shall come into force on the
2nd of May 1953.
(2258)
47
THE PROFESSIONAL ENGINEERS ACT
O. Reg. 325/52.
General Regulations.
Amending Regulations 327 of Con-
solidated Regulations 1950.
Made— 30th October, 1952.
Approved — 6th November, 1952.
Filed— 10th November, 1952, 2.15 p.m.
BY-LAWS PASSED BY THE COUNCIL UNDER
THE PROFESSIONAL ENGINEERS ACT
1. Subsection 1 of by-law 18 of Regulations 327 of
Consolidated Regulations of Ontario 1950 is revoked
and the following substituted therefor:
18.(1) The membership fee for the first calendar
year of membership, or for the balance
thereof, shall be $13 and shall be paid by
the applicant with his application for regis-
tration as a member of the Association.
2. By-law 19 of Regulations 327 of Consolidated
Regulations of Ontario 1950 is revoked and the follow-
ing substituted therefor:
19. Each member shall pay to the Association on
the first day of January in each year following
the year of his admission a fee of $13.
3. Subsection 2 of by-law 20 of Regulations 327 of
Consolidated Regulations of Ontario 1950 is revoked
and the following substituted therefor:
(2) The fee for a licence to practice in Ontario
under subsection 2 or 3 of section 14 of the
Act shall be $15.
4. Form 2 of Regulations 327 of Consolidated
Regulations of Ontario 1950 is amended by striking
out the words, symbol, and figures, "I enclose cheque
for $10 payable to the Association for fee for this
calendar year, to be returned if membership not
granted" and substituting therefor the words, symbol,
and figures, "I enclose cheque for $13 payable to the
Association for fee in calendar year in which applica-
tion is accepted. I understand that this fee is non-
returnable".
5. Form 6 of Regulations 327 of Consolidated
Regulations of Ontario 1950 is amended by striking
out the words, symbol, and figures, "I enclose cheque
for $10 to cover licence fee to be returned if this appli-
cation is not accepted" and substituting therefor the
words, symbol, and figures, "I enclose cheque for $15
to cover licence fee to be returned if this application
is not accepted".
O. D. JOHNSTON
(Seal) President.
J. M. MUIR
Secretary-Treasurer.
Toronto, Ontario.
30th, October, 1952.
(2259)
47
THE CHILDREN OF UNMARRIED
PARENTS ACT
O. Reg. 326/52.
Fees of Solicitors and Counsel re-
tained by the Crown.
Amending O. Reg. 50/44. (See note
below).
Made — 6th November, 1952.
Filed— 12th November, 1952, 11.00 a.m.
REGULATIONS MADE UNDER THE
CHILDREN OF UNMARRIED
PARENTS ACT
1. Regulation 12 of Ontario Regulations 50/44 is
revoked and the following substituted therefor:
FEES OF SOLICITORS AND COUNSEL
12. The fees payable to solicitors and counsel
retained by the Crown on proceedings under
this Act shall be as follows:
(a) for attending hearing of uncontest-
ed application for an affiliation
order $10.00
(&) for attending hearing of contested
applicati5n for an affiliation order.. 20.00
and for each hour over two 10.00
(c) for attending hearing of an applica-
tion for an affiliation order on con-
sent 7.00
{d) for attending upon application tore-
open an application under section 1 6
of the Act for an affiliation order or
to rescind or vary an order for pay-
ment 7.00
{e) for attending on application for an
affiliation order under section 25 of
the Act, where default has been
made in any agreement 7.00
(/) for attending on application of
provincial officer under subsection
2 of section 18 of the Act made to
enforce an order 7.00
(g) for attending on each adjourned
hearing at which evidence is taken . 7 . 00
{h) for attending on each adjourned
hearing at which no evidence is
taken 5.00
(Note: See unofficial consolidated regula-
tions 384 in unofficial appendix to
volumes 1 and 2 of Consolidated
Regulations of Ontario 1950)
(2269) 47
569
1984
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
THE VOCATIONAL EDUCATION ACT
O. Reg. 327/52.
Provincial Institute of Trades —
Courses oi Study.
New.
Filed— 17th November, 1952, 4.30 p.m.
REGULATIONS MADE BY THE MINISTER
UNDER THE VOCATIONAL EDUCATION ACT
PROVINCIAL INSTITUTE OF TRADES
Courses of Study
1. The courses of study for the Provincial Institute
of Trades for the designated trades under The Appren-
ticeship Act as contained in Column 1 shall be those
contained in Column 2:
Item
Column 1
Column 2
1.
Bricklayer
Schedule 1
2.
Carpenter
Schedule 2
3.
Electrician
Schedule 3
4.
Mason
Schedule 1
5.
Motor Vehicle Repairer
Schedule 4
6.
Painter and Decorator
Schedule 5
7.
Plasterer
Schedule 6
8.
Plumber
Schedule 7
9.
Sheet Metal Worker
Schedule 8
10.
Steamfitter
Schedule 9
Time Allotments for Subjects
2. The time allotments for subjects shall be as
follows:
(a) 2 months for Part 1 of Schedule 1
(jb) 2 months for Part 2 of Schedule 1
(c) 2 months for Part 1 of Schedule 2
(d) 2 months for Part 2 of Schedule 2
(e) 2 months for Part 1 of Schedule 3
(/) 2 months for Part 2 of Schedule 3
(g) 3 months for Part 1 of Schedule 4
(A) 2 months for Part 2 of Schedule 4
(t) 3 months for Part 3 of Schedule 4
0) 2 months for Part 4 of Schedule 4
(k) 3 months for Part 5 of Schedule 4
(0 2 months for Part 1 of Schedule 5
(m) 2 months for Part 2 of Schedule 5
(») 2 months for Part 1 of Schedule 6
(o) 2 months for Part 2 of Schedule 6
(p) 2 months for Part 1 of Schedule 7
(g) 2 months for Part 2 of Schedule 7
(r) 2 months for Part 1 of Schedule 8
(s) 2 months for Part 2 of Schedule 8
(t) 2 months for Part 1 of Schedule 9
(m) 2 months for Part 2 of Schedule 9
W. ]. DUNLOP
Minister of Education
SCHEDULE 1
BRICKLAYER AND MASON
Part 1
Item
Column 1
Column 2
Column 3
Subject-matter
Instruction In
Skills for Pupils
1.
Mortar.
Names and quantities of material
used in making mortar. Material
used for making coloured mortar.
Preparing and mixing mortar.
Adding colouring-matter.
2.
Tools.
Trowel; hammer; bolster; plumb-
rule; foot-rule; jointers.
Using tools skilfully.
3.
Gauging.
Various thicknesses of mortar joints.
The lay-out and use of a gauge-rod.
4.
Bonds.
Stretcher; English; Flemish;
common.
The lay-out of bonds.
5.
Comers.
Laying a right angle on 4", 9", and
13* walls.
Build corners accurately.
570
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
1985
SCHEDULE 1— Continued
Item
Column 1
Column 2
Column 3
SUBJECT-MATTEF
Instruction In
Skills fob Pupils
6.
Walls.
Building walls of different thick-
nesses, with emphasis on how to face
and back them.
Using a line and pins; building a
uniform, clean wall.
7.
Joints.
Struck, weathered, raked, ironed,
flush, strip.
Finishing joints with trowel or
jointer.
8.
Trade terms.
Headers ; stretchers ; closer-course ;
rack-range; toothing; sope.
Using terms in correct places.
9.
Materials.
Brick; block; tile. Identification of
these materials.
The lay-out and use of brick, block,
and tile.
10.
Safety.
Scaffolds; ladders.
Using safe scaffolds and safe planks
in building.
11.
Chimneys.
Flue sizes; corbelling; Hnings; clean-
outs; thimbles. Types of topping.
The lay-out and building of flues;
setting thimbles, linings, and clean-
outs. Topping chimneys.
12.
Rowlock and soldier
positions of brick.
Meaning and uses. Method of
bedding.
Lay-out; setting.
13.
Openings.
Window- and door-openings.
The lay-out of bonds for openings;
how to build jambs to varying
gauge.
14.
Drafting,
Geometry; use of symbols and scale.
Reading blue-prints to scale using
symbols for the lay-out.
IS.
Mathematics.
Square root; cube root; decimals;
3-4-5 rule; fractions.
Applying mathematics to brick-
laying and masonry.
16.
Veranda piers.
Depth of footing. Height of piers.
Position of beam-holes. Method of
capping.
The lay-out of veranda piers; bring-
ing piers level to a finished height.
Setting a cap on a pier.
17.
Cleaning brickwork.
Ingredients and proportions thereof
used; after-effects when not used
carefully.
Washing, repairing, and pointing
brickwork.
Past 2
Item
Column 1
Column 2
Column 3
Subject-matter
Instruction In
Skills for Pupils
1.
Chimneys.
Flue sizes; corbelling; linings; clean-
outs; thimbles. Types of topping.
The lay-out and building of flues;
setting thimbles, linings, and clean-
outs. Topping chimneys.
2.
Sills.
Brick sills; stone sills; door-sills;
window-sills. Position; overhang,
drip, or wash. Method of bedding.
Setting door- and window-sills accur-
ately.
3.
Rowlock and soldier
positions of brick.
Meaning and uses. Method of bed-
ding.
Lay out; setting.
4.
Openings.
Window- and door-openings.
Lay-out of bonds for openings; how
to build jambs to varying gauge.
5.
Arches.
Segmental; semi-Gothic.
Lay out; cutting, setting.
6.
Drafting.
Geometry; use of symbols and scale.
Reading blue-prints to scale using
symbols for the lay-out.
7.
Mathematics.
Square root; cube root; decimals;
3-4-5 rule; fractions.
Applying mathematics to brick-
laying and masonry.
8.
Chimney-breast.
Height and width of rough opening.
Flues and flue sizes. Corbeilling.
Gathering. Method of reducing size
of chimney-breast.
Lay out and build a rough chimney-
breast to size. How to reduce size
of chimney-breast.
571
1986
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
SCHEDULE 1— Continued
Item
Column 1
Column 2
Column 3
SUBJECT-MATTEB
Instruction In
Skills for Pupils
9.
Mantels.
Pier sizes; design; lining; damper;
wind-shelf; ornamental- work.
The lay-out of mantels; build piers
and lining; set damper; construct
mantel to a defined height.
10.
Veranda piers.
Depth of footing. Height of piers.
Position of beam-holes. Method of
capping.
The lay-out of veranda piers; bring-
ing piers level to a finished height;
setting a cap on a pier.
11.
Pattern-, bonding- and
panel-work.
Herring-bone; 3 and 3 square; dia-
mond.
The lay-out of patterns. Making
45° cuts. Building a border and a
panel accurately.
12.
Difficult corners.
13" tile used for backing. 13* solid
brick. Tile, or cement block.
To be able to build corners with
skill, speed and accuracy.
13.
Cleaning brickwork.
Ingredients and proportions thereof
used; after-effects when not used
carefully.
Washing, repairing, and pointing
brickwork.
SCHEDULE 2
CARPENTER
Part 1
Item
Column 1
Column 2
Column 3
Subject-matter
Instruction In
Skills for Pupils
1.
Tools.
Safety precautions, and care when
using tools. Using the proper tool.
Classification of tools:
(o) edge-tools, cutting-tools,
(6) marking-, measuring- and lay-
out tools,
(c) assembly-tools, and
(d) accessory-tools.
Capabilities and limitations of tools.
Methods of grinding and whetting
tools. Saw-sharpening.
Angles to grind on edges for different
tools.
2.
Use of tools.
(1) True up wood to size; face- and
edge-marks. Use of plane-gauge,
winding-batterns, square, rule, and
pencil.
(2) Squaring ends of wood; explan-
ation of the cutting-action and the
proper angle for cutting with a cross-
cut saw. Use of try-square.
(3) Use of rip-saw.
Use of fact- and edge-marks. Type
of plane to use. Proper angle at
which to hold and use saws.
3.
Joints; framing and
making.
Half-lap joint. Center-lap joint.
Half-lap dovetailed joint. Open
dovetailed joint. Through-mortice
joint and through-tenon joint. Blind-
mortice joint and blind-tenon joint.
Bare-face tenon joint. Mitre-joint.
Dowel-joint. Where these joints are
used in carpentry.
How to lay out joints. How to
make these joints. How to make
a tool-box.
4.
Other joints.
Square-edge joints. Dowel-joints.
Rabbet- or ship-lap joint. Plough-
and-feather joint. Where these
joints are used in carpentry.
How to make these joints.
5.
Wall construction.
Lay-out and position of studs. Mark-
ing-out with steel-square.
6.
Cutting and erecting.
Methods of cutting:
(a) to correct length, and
(6) squaring.
Nailing, erection, and bracing.
How to make a cutting-box. Where
to place nails. Method of raising.
Placing studs on corners for lath.
572
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
1987
SCHEDULE 2— Continued.
Item
Column 1
Column 2
Column 3
Subject-matter
Instruction In
Skills for Pupils
7.
Lumber.
Classification. Growth. Defects.
Sizes.
Kinds and sizes of lumber for
different uses.
8.
Steel-square.
Explanation of various markings on
a steel-square. How bevel-cuts are
obtained by use of a steel-square.
Use of steel-square to determine the
length and bevel-cuts of rafters.
Use of steel-square for marking
mitres, obtaining brace-lengths, and
squaring areas.
9.
Subjects related to car-
pentry.
Blue-print reading.
Mathematics. English.
10.
Other topics.
Fitting and hanging basement sash.
Double tenon with haunch. Scarf-
joints and the diflferent types thereof.
Making fish-plates. Making sash
and assembling; using lay-out rod;
clamps; wedging; gluing; cleaning.
How to mitre the risers of veranda
stairs. Lay-out, cutting, and erec-
tion of veranda stairs.
Where a double tenon with haunch
is used.
Length of bevel of a scarf-joint.
How to lay out and erect stairs.
Part 2
Item
Column 1
Column 2
Column 3
Subject-matter
Instruction In
Skills for Pupils
1.
Cutting and erecting.
Placing headers over door- and
window-openings.
Cutting and erecting sheeting, sid-
ing, corner-boards and bevel-ends.
Relative strengths of various-sized
headers and materials. Diagonal
or horizontal placing of nails. Lev-
elling around structure for the sid-
ing.
2.
Laying out and making
arches.
Laying out, cutting and erecting
arches.
Laying out various arches.
3.
Making carpenters'
saw-horses.
Lay-out by steel-square, and then
cut and assemble.
Use of steel-square.
4.
Related subjects.
Blue-print reading.
Mathematics. English.
5.
Stairs, newel-posts and
hand-rail.
The lay-out, building and erection
of stairs, newel-posts and hand-
rails.
How to lay out, build and erect
stairs, newel-posts and hand-rails.
6.
Inside partitions.
Cutting and erecting plates and
studs. Framing door-openings.
Girts. Spacing. Bridging. Tem-
porary braces. Diagonal bracing.
Strapping walls. Plugging brick
walls.
Dimensions for openings. Lay out
inside partitions from plane. Meth-
ods of doubling studs. Knowledge
of centers, nailing methods, and
making plugs. How to use a plug-
ging-tool.
7.
Roughing-in frame
construction.
(1) Cutting, placing, levelling, and
bedding of sills. Marking and
boring sills for bolts.
(2) Making and setting wood gird-
ers.
(3) Cutting and setting joists. Keep-
ing up the crowned edge of joists.
Where and why fire-cuts are made.
Spacing and nailing joists. Cutting
and placing trimmers, doublers,
and bridging. Setting stirrups and
anchors.
(4) Studding. Cutting, erecting,
and spacing studding. Methods of
constructing corners. Top- and
bottom-plates. Preparation for
openings.
Quality and quantity of materials.
Formula for squaring corners.
Knowledge of external finishes.
Method of laying out joists. Where
to double-joist. Laying out trim-
mers.
Correct size of nails and the spacing
thereof. Where to place bracing.
Method of diagonal bracing. Pos-
ition of headers to obtain maximum
strength.
573
1988
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
SCHEDULE 2— Continued.
Item
Column 1
Subject-matter
Column 2
Instruction In
(5) Nailing rough horizontal, and
diagonal sheeting.
(6) Erecting scaffolds for various
loads. Scaffold materials: sills,
legs, headers, ledgers, scabs, hor-
izontal and diagonal bracing, and
planking.
Safety measures in erecting scaffolds.
(7) Cutting, setting and sheeting
roof-rafters.
(8) Shingling. Types of shingles.
Cutting for valleys. Cutting for
hips. Correct nailing and size of
nails. Caps for ridge and hips.
Flashing for valleys. Gutter mat-
erial. Correct lapping and spacing
of shingles.
Column 3
Skills for Pupils
Relative strength of horizontal and
diagonal sheeting.
Correct size of nails and the spacing
thereof. When to place scabs under
ledgers. Safe materials for planking.
Lay out of rafters by use of steel-
square. Method of raising rafters.
Length and type of nails used in
shingling. Where to place nails.
Placing and use of toe-boards.
Construction.
Boring the bottom of wood columns
to insert dowels. Cutting, sizing,
and setting corbeils. Cutting, squar-
ing, hoisting, setting, and bolting of
beams.
Types of flooring: loose-tongue,
tongued and grooved, and lamin-
ated. Reason for spacing the joints
of flooring.
Cutting, sizing and setting corbeils.
Materials for corbeils.
Where to place nails.
9.
Exterior finish.
Setting window-frames. Setting
door-frames. Use of storey-rod.
Placing and cutting tongued and
grooved siding. Placing and cut-
ting bevel-siding. Placing and
cutting asbestos siding. Placing
and cutting corner-boards. Placing,
cutting, and mitring corners.
Window- and door-trim; placing
paper over rough sheeting and under
door- and window-trim. Cutting
and placing of barge-boards: soffits,
faciae, bed-moulds, dentil blocks,
and flashings. Fitting and placing
hardware.
Knowing different types of paper.
Use of mitre-box.
Types of nails.
Where to place flashings.
10.
Interior trim.
(1) Preparing, erecting and fixing
of trim; proper methods of setting
door- jambs.
(2) Cutting and setting base-blocks
and casings; preparing and placing
heads; coping of stiles to heads;
cutting and scribing back-bands;
nailing.
(3) Trimming windows: preparing,
cutting and scribing of stools.
Nailing; preparing and cutting of
aprons; back-bands and casings.
(4) Laying base-boards: cutting, fit-
ting, mitring. Coping, and scribing
to floor. Joints used in laying base-
boards: butt, tongue, and coped.
(5) Preparing, cutting and placing
picture-rails and wood cornices.
(6) Cutting, nailing, mitring and
coping of mouldings.
(7) Fitting doors to jambs, heads,
and floors; hanging of doors and
placing hinges.
(8) Fitting window-sashes: case-
ment; double-hung. Cords, weights
and spring-balances on double-hung
window-sashes.
Knowledge and method of nailing
all interior trim. Setting door-jambs.
Method of obtaining bevel-cuts.
Use of mitre box in laying base-
boards.
How to place mouldings in a mitre
box.
Necessary allowance for cutting
mouldings.
Knowledge of how and when to
bevel edges of doors. Setting a
butt-gauge. Spacing of door-hinges.
Knowledge of how to compute the
required length of cords. Tying
cord to weights; fastening cord to
sash; fastening spring-balances to
frame and sash.
574
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
1989
SCHEDULE 3
ELECTRICIAN
Part 1
Item
Column 1
Column 2
Column 3
Subject-matter
Instruction In
Skills for Pupils
1.
Ohm's Law.
Definition of volts, amperes, and
ohms. Relationship of volts, amperes
and ohms in different circuits.
Effects on circuits due to change of
potential or resistance.
Application of Ohm's Law equa-
tions. Definition of a watt. Defin-
ition of a power. Watt's Law and
equations.
Make up various circuits. Read
meters and make calculations. Use
Watt's Law in conjunction with
Ohm's Law.
2.
Series circuits.
What constitutes a series circuit
and why. Flow of current. Resis-
tance in series. Effects and values
of voltage. Formulae and laws.
Method of working problems.
Construct a series circuit using at
least 3 loads. Measure the voltage
loss in (a) each part of circuit, and
(b) the entire circuit. Measure the
current in various parts of the
circuit. Compute the relationship
between the parts and the entire
circuit.
3.
Parallel circuit.
What constitutes a parallel circuit
and why. Division of current.
Effects and values of voltages.
Resistance in parallel.
Formulae and laws. Calculations
and problems.
Construct a parallel circuit with at
least 3 branches. Measure the
voltage across (a) each branch, and
(6) the entire circuit. Measure
current in (a) each branch, and
(b) the entire circuit. Prove rela-
tionship between (a) each branch,
and (b) the entire circuit. Change
the potential and the resistance and
note effects of each change.
4.
Series-parallel circuit.
How to use both sets of laws in
calculations. Different methods of
working problems.
Construct various circuits. Calcu-
late voltage drops, and currents.
Measure with meters and compare.
5.
Simple circuit.
Elements of a circuit. Function of
each of these. Method of finding
voltage and current.
Construct a simple circuit. Apply
voltmeter and take readings. Apply
ammeter and take readings.
6.
Bells and circuits.
Principles of operation. Types of
bells and buzzers. Circuits required
for different purposes. Annun-
ciators, relays, and indicators. Source
of supply: battery and transformer.
Types of materials used and required.
Methods of installation.
Adjustments, simple repairs and
mounting of common types of bells,
buzzers, and push-buttons. Select-
ing and installing conductors with
insulating-nails and -staples. Selec-
tion and arrangement of batteries
and transformers. Install bell
controlled by single-contact button.
Install bell and buzzer each con-
trolled by a button. Install bell
operated by a relay. Install bells
and buttons in a 3-wire return-call
system. Set likely faults in above
systems, and then ascertain, adjust
and rectify these faults. Make a
wiring diagram using conventional
symbols.
7.
Conductors and insula-
tors.
Purpose of conductors and insulators.
Relative conductivity of conductors
in common use. Relative dielectric
values of insulators in common use.
Utility of non-metals and solutions
to conduct current. Sizes, types, and
carrying capacities of conductors and
insulators. Diameters, and cross-
sectional areas. Formulae for find-
ing diameters and cross-sectional
areas and determining the proper
size of insulators. Measurements
and purpose of wire-tables. Relation
of gauge-numbers to one another in
such terms as No., area, carrying
Identify conductors and insulators.
Select conductors to show their
relative conductivity. Select in-
sulators to show relative dielectric
values. Determine size of wire with
micrometer and with wire gauge,
and make comparisons. Find size
of stranded cables with both. Make
comparisons of wire-gauge and mic-
rometer sizes with sizes shown on
wire- tables.
575
1990
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
SCHEDULE 3— Continued
Item
Column 1
Column 2
Column 3
SUBJECT-MATTEB
Instfuction In
Skills fob Pupils
capacity, resistance, and weight.
How to read a micrometer. How to
use a wire gauge. How stranded
cables are measured. Materials
used as insulators: tubing, split
knobs, porcelain tubes, and strain-
insulators. Methods of using and
affixing insulators.
8.
Voltage drop.
Reasons for voltage drops in con-
ductors and circuits. Causes for
drops in joints, sliding contacts, and
terminal screws.
Measure voltage drops in simple
electric circuits for light, heat, and
power. Make a number of joints,
sliding contacts and screwed con-
nections, good and bad, and test
for voltage drop. Place voltmeter
across terminals of each light, heater
or motor in circuit, and note read-
ings. Place voltmeter across main
terminals and note whether there is
any difference.
9.
Single and 3-wire
circuits. •
Outlets required. Fusing, wire
sizes, current capacities. Use of
solid neutral ground. Computation
of 3.- wire circuits.
Advantages of 3-wire circuits. Feed-
back, faults and precautions. A
study of Ontario Regulations 324/51.
Balanced and unbalanced circuits.
Construct a 3-wire circuit. Experi-
ment with balanced and unbalanced
circuits. Take meter-readings of
each. Trouble-shooting:
(a) tracing and testing, and
(6) make computations.
10.
Methods of wiring.
Types of materials: knob and tube,
non-metallic cable, BX and BXL
armoured cable, rigid and flexible
conduit, metal and wire mold.
Ontario Regulations 324/51 with
respect to these materials. Purposes
and uses of these materials, and
voltages allowed. Number of con-
ductors and bonds allowed in con-
duit. Over-current devices. Types,
sizes, voltages, purposes and uses.
Lamps and sockets: types and sizes.
Disconnect-switches: types, sizes,
uses, and locations. Types and sizes
of wood-screws and machine-screws.
Grounding: what, where and how to
ground. Types of ground-fittings.
Sizes of ground-conductors. Meth-
ods of mounting: lead expansion-
anchors, toggle-bolts, Rawl plugs,
drilling and tapping. Sizes of drills
and taps used. Service-entrances:
sizes, locations, number of, meter-
loops, drip-loops, grounding. A
study of Ontario Regulations 324/51.
Types of panels, fittings, and boxes.
Method of using a bender. Hazard-
ous locations in wiring. Rules
relative to proper locations for wir-
ing. Types of materials used in
these locations: water, liquids, gas,
vapour, fire, explosive.
Fuses and their location. Wiring
for various types of buildings. Splic-
ing cable: use of blow- pot; wiping.
Rough-in one lamp outlet, one
receptacle and one switch in non-
metallic cable. Rough-in one light,
one receptacle and two 3-way
switches, and feed to next room.
Repeat last 2 items in 13X- , con-
duit- and wire-mold. Cutting,
threading, and reaming conduit.
Make 2", 3", 4^ 5", and 6' nipples
with H" conduit. Make 3" in %"
and one 3" in 1" conduit. Make
until proficient the following bends:
saddle, goose-neck, offset, and 90-
degree. Wiring over-current devices;
use in conjunction with other jobs.
Install lamps, sockets and recept-
acles. Estimate and requisition
materials for various jobs. Make up
panels and install a 30A panel of
110/220 V. Service with fuse-panel,
disconnect-switch, meter loops, and
grounded. Repeat with 60A service-
and-range receptacle. Study of
plans and specifications for conduit
installation, and estimate labour and
material requirements. Use hy-
draulic bender. Wire some common
types of fittings. Splicing and
wiping.
11.
Heating effects.
Conversion to heat: advantages,
disadvantages, and uses. Safe carry-
ing-capacities of wires and cable;
tables showing these. Heating effect
of resistance and effect of heat on
resistance. Lamp-filaments, carbon
arcs, appliances, thermostats. Con-
struction, purpose and rating of
plug- and cartridge-fuses. Action of
bimetalic strips when heated. Action
Set up experiments to prove that
wire becomes warm as safe capacity
is exceeded, and hot as current is
further increased. Set up experi-
ments with conductors of various
sizes, protected by proper fuses.
Select fuses and cut-outs for rating
and apply.
576
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
1991
SCHEDULE 3— Continued
Item
Column 1
Column 2
Column 3
Subject-matter
Instruction In
Skills for Pupils
of solder-tubes when heated. Fuse-
breakers, mercury switches and
thermo-couples.
12.
Tools.
Care and use of tools used by elec-
tricians, such as drills, bits, taps,
Greenlee punches, and hole saws.
How to sharpen tools and keep them
in proper condition. Methods of
using and where.
How to select the tools required.
How to sharpen tools, with emph-
asis on drills and wood bits.
13.
Joints and splices.
Properties of solder and flux; danger
of excess. Mechanical and electrical
requirements of a good joint. Pur-
pose and selection of soldering irons.
Properly-tinned iron. Construction
and operation of a blow- torch.
Extinguishing a gas fire. How to
make various joints and splices.
How to solder joints and splices.
How to insulate joints and splices.
Remove insulation and clean sur-
faces for joints. Make T tap, pigtail
and western union in No. 14 solid.
Make joints and splices in No. 16
stranded cable. Make joints in twin
conductor cable. Make joints in No.
12 solid. Operate a blow-torch.
Tin a soldering iron. Selection of
flux and the application thereof after
removing the excess. Solder small
joints with iron and wire solder.
Solder cable-splices with torch and
wire solder. Attaching lugs to cables
with torch. Application of solderless
lugs. Forming loops and attaching
to terminal screws. Application of
rubber, friction, cotton, and cambric
tape. Application of water-proofing
compound.
14.
Switches.
Purpose and construction of a
switch. Types: single-pole, double-
pole, 3-way, 4-way, stove, service-
disconnect. Types of materials.
Methods of insta lation. Problems
in connecting various types.
Demonstrations in knob and tube.
Connecting for various purposes
and in various ways. Selection of
switches for various given jobs.
15.
Magnetism.
Elementary molecular theory as
applied to magnets. Natural mag-
nets. Temporary magnets. Types of
magnets such as horseshoe, and bar.
Care of magnets: effect of heat and
impact, and the need for keepers.
Magnetic and non-magnetic mater-
ials such as steel, brass, and soft iron.
Laws of magnetism. Induced mag-
netism. Polarity and general shape
and intensity of fields about bar and
horseshoe magnets. Magnetic shield-
ing-screens.
Identify polarity with compass or
magnet. Examine shape and inten-
sity of fields about single magnets
and groups of magnets.
Make a small magnet.
Destroy magnetic influence by im-
pact and heat. Prove conclusively
the laws of magnetism.
16.
Cells and batteries.
Primary cells in common use. Gen-
eral construction and action of
primary cells. Care and storage of
primary cells. Voltage, current and
internal resistance of primary cells.
Arrangement of cells for current and
voltage requirements. General con-
struction and action of storage
batteries. Care and storage of stor-
age batteries.
Methods of charging and testing
storage batteries. Composition and
method of mixing electrolyte: spec-
ific gravity. Effects of temperature
on battery: freezing-points. Sulpha-
tion and rates of self-discharge.
Test the primary cells, volta8;e out-
put and internal resistance. Connect
primary cells in series, parallel and
combinations. Construct primary
cells using various metals for elect-
rodes. Test storage batteries- grav-
ity and shcrt-rate discharge. Make
hydrometer and load tests. Charge
battery-generator or rectifier. Iden-
tify batteries for voltage and cap-
acity; number and size of plates.
Select positive and negative term-
inals; electrolytic test. Removing
connection from terminals, cleaning
and greasing.
17.
Introduction to lighting.
Types of luminaries: direct, semi-
indirect, and indirect fixtures. Fluor-
escent lighting.
Selecting and mounting fixtures.
Wire a fluorescent unit.
577
1992
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
SCHEDULE 3— Continued
Item
Column 1
Column 2
Column 3
Subject-matter
Instruction In
Skills for Pupils
18.
General maintenance.
Keeping charts and schedules for
oiling and greasing. Defective equip-
ment. Precautions while working on
equipment. Warning signs, protec-
tion. Care of equipment: megger-
testing, contacts, oiling and greasing.
Make up sample charts and schedule.
Make necessary repairs to own
equipment. Taking precautions; use
of signs. Oil and grease equipment.
Take inventories.
19.
Planning.
Blue-print reading. Computation of
circuits and services: demand factors,
wattage requirements, size of con-
ductors. Roughing in: measuring
and checking. Materials, spotting
outlets and panels. Sequence of
operation in specific types of wiring.
Make up blue-prints using standard
symbols. Compute size of service,
and the number of circuits required.
Make wiring diagrams. Estimate
number, type and size of materials,
fittings, boxes, and panels required.
20.
Rural installations.
Services, types of meters, switches.
Grounding: wire, rods, and clamps.
Types of wiring materials, and boxes.
Location of switches and outlets.
Number of outlets. Uses of vapour-
proof receptacles. Poultry-house
wiring. Motor outlets, yard-lights.
Isolated plants, common voltages,
wattage requirements.
Wiring installations for a farm
having a house, barn, and fxrultry-
house. Draw wiring diagrams.
Select necessary boxes, switches,
outlet receptacles, wires, and fuses.
Wiring for yard-lights.
Part 2
Item
Column 1
Column 2
Column 3
Subject-matter
Instruction In
Skills for Pupils
1.
Electro-magnetism .
Magnetic field about a conductor;
compass. The right-hand rule. Mag-
netic field about a solenoid. Helix
rule: polarity of solenoids. Prop-
erties of cores: soft iron, hard steel,
brass. Permeability, saturation, in-
duced and residual magnetism. Am-
pere-turns related to strength of
electro-magnet. Action of independ-
ent coils on the same core with cur-
rent in coils travelling in same and
opposite directions. Where magnets
are used. Eflfects of alternating cur-
rent and direct current related to
magnets.
Use of compass and right-hand rule
to determine directions of current
and field in single conductors. Con-
struct a solenoid: examine field with
iron filings to determine intensity of
field. Insert various cores and test
relative strength of magnet on
various magnetic materials. Make
an electro-magnet with at least 2
independent coils. Investigate the
efi^ect of coils assisting and opposing
one another. Arrange one pair and
two pairs of electro-magnets and
examine fields with adjacent poles of
like and un-like polarity. Application
of electro-magnets to bells, relays,
vibrators, and lifting-magnets.
2.
Induction; direct
current.
Mutual induction between 2 parallel
conductors. Mutual induction in a
coil. Self-induction in a straight
conductor. Self-induction in a coil.
Inductive and non-inductive circuits.
Lenz's Law. Rotating coil. Voltage
drop. Generation of direct current.
Counter electro-motive force.
Set up a coil of wire and permanent
magnets: show induction; different
speeds and directions. Set up prim-
ary and secondary coils and use
meter to show effect on secondary
coils by
(a) opening and closing of prim-
ary,
(b) moving coils closer and further
away,
(c) moving coil through field of
other, rapidly and slowly with
primary closed, and
(d) introducing an iron core and
repeating actions under a, b
and c.
Set up a coil with a rheostat, and
measure the voltage drop with fixed
current on both alternating current
and direct current.
578
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
1993
SCHEDULE 3— Continued
Item
Column 1
Column 2
Column 3
Subject-matter
Instruction In
Skills fop Pupils
3.
Testing-equipment.
Precautions for handling and storage
of instruments. Selection of meters.
General construction and operation
of meters. Methods of connecting
meters. Purpose and operation of
shunts and multipliers. Method of
using voltmeter and ammeter for
power. Horse-power in terms of
watts and kilowatts. Wattmeter,
watt-hour meter, symbols, and cal-
ibration. Wheatstone bridge.
General core and techniques in
applying meters. Techniques used to
obtain accurate readings. Make,
calibrate, and apply multipliers to
voltmeters. Measure resistance with
ohmmeter. Measure resistance with
megger. Measure resistance with
Wheatstone bridge.
4.
Introduction to lighting.
Types of luminaries: direct, semi-
indirect, and indirect fixtures. Fluor-
escent lighting.
Select various types of fixtures.
Mount fixtures. Wire a fluorescent
unit.
5.
Direct-current motors
and generators.
Principles: transfer of electric energy
to mechanical energy. Counter
electro-motive force, torque, arm-
ature reaction. Reasons for speed
increases with field-strength de-
creases. Speed adjustments. Com-
pound, shunt, and series types. Char-
acteristics and uses. Armature-start-
ing rheostat controls. Feeder, switch,
and fuse computation. Care and
lubrication. Generators, their char-
acteristics and uses.
Voltage regulation and control.
Commutating and compensating
fields. Neutral and commutating
planes, brush angle. Methods of
checking and testing. Temporary
repairs. Methods of operation in
parallel and other types of gener-
ators.
Test for field connections: visual and
electrical. Reversing direction of
rotation. Find speed of motors with
rheostat counters. Detection of
heating; lubrication. Care of brushes
and commutators. Use of growler to
find opens, shorts and grounds.
Voltmeter test: trouble-shooting.
Use experimental generator to illus-
trate simple elements of a motor.
Drive a small generator with a small
motor and compare input with out-
put. Wire various types of motors to
different types of controls and start-
ters. Oil and grease various types of
motors. Lead up different types of
generators and check reaction. Paral-
lel 2 compound generators.
6.
Armatures.
Types of windings: lap, wave, and
symmetry. Methods of testing for
faults. Normal meter-readings.
Correct methods of feeding arm-
atures. Methods of repair. Insula-
tion. Types of faults in commu-
tators: (c) high, low, and flat spots;
{b) shorts, opens, and grounds; (c)
out of round, and loose segments;
{d) burnt and pitted segments; and
(c) high-resistance connections. Cor-
rect types of brushes. Proper amount
of spring tension. How to install
and bed down.
Examine armature and trace leads.
Determine type of winding. Dis-
mantle bare armature. Test for
opens, shorts and grounds with
growler and with voltmeter. Clean
commutator and turn down with
stone. Fit and bed down brushes.
Select proper type of brushes. Adjust
spring tension.
7.
Lighting.
Fluorescent lighting: hot cathode,
cold cathode, principles of operation,
circuits, starters, lamps, ballasts,
power- factor correction, connections,
and testing.
Wire a fluorescent unit. Make a
tester for a fluorescent unit, and then
test the unit with it. Make wiring
diagrams. Make various circuits
with changes in induction. Check
different voltage drops and current
values.
8.
Alternating current.
Development of alternating current.
Generation of a sine-wave. Single
phase; polyphase. Induction: induc-
tion reaction. Condenser: capacity
reaction. Impedance. Formulae for
calculating these. Frequency, cycles,
power factor. Values of voltage and
current: average, instantaneous and
effective.
Make a simple condenser.
9.
Single-phase motors.
Different types: split-phase, capac-
itor, shaded-pole, repulsion, repul-
sion-induction, synchronous-induc-
tion, universal. Characteristics of
each type and the work for which
Inspect various types and place each
into its proper category. Test each
type and get it running. Dismantle
motor and examine. Test the spring
tension and working conditions of
579
1994
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
SCHEDULE 3— Continued
Item
Column 1
Column 2
Column 3
Subject-matter
Instruction In
Skills fop Pupils
each is best suited. Construction
and principles of operation of each
type. Oscillating field, splitting the
phase. Determining speed. Form-
ulae for calculating these. Types of
centrifugal switches and devices.
Usual faults and methods of cor-
rection. Care and lubrication. Types
of controls.
centrifugal switch. Trace and draw
diagrams of winding. Clean thor-
oughly. Assemble and lubricate if
necessary. Connect to various types
of controls and starting switches.
10.
Controls.
Across-the-line starters. Manual
starters. Auto-transformer starters.
Magnetic contactors. Remote con-
trol. Combination disconnect and
magnetic starter. Reversing controls.
Construction, principles and uses of
these various types of starters. Wir-
ing circuits and connections. Motor
and heater ratings. Operation and
common faults. Methods of testing
and remedies. Action of bimetallic
strip and reset action. Sizes and
Ontario Regulations 324/51 pertain-
ing thereto.
Examine starters and classify. Trace
circuits and draw wiring diagrams.
Connect manual starter to variable
resister. Gradually cut out resistance
and note effect. Connect magnetic
starter to motor with ammeter in-
serted. Note start and running cur-
rent. Replace heater coils with lower-
capacity coils and note effect. Con-
nect voltmeter across leads; check
with handle in starting; check in
running position. Change connection
to next tap on transformer and re-
peat tests.
11.
3-phase motor
connections.
Method of connecting; Star and
Delta connections. Reversing rota-
tion.
Change connections for different
voltage. Reverse different types.
Connect to various starters and con-
tactors and run.
12.
Transformer
connections.
Connections for most common type
of transformers. Star and Delta con-
nections on 3-phase motors. Form-
ulae for working voltages and cur-
rents.
Connect various types of transform-
ers in circuits. Measure primary and
secondary voltages and currents with
different connections.
13.
3-phase squirrel-cage
motors.
Principles of operation. Rotating
fields: Eddy currents, Hysteresis.
Slip: synchronism, speed regulation.
Induction, magnetizing current,
wattless power. Power factor: cap-
acity loading. Methods of connect-
ing: Star and Delta connections.
Star parallel motors. Series parallel
motors. Delta parallel and Delta
series motors. Reasons for motor not
starting: single phasing, overload,
worn bearings. Overheating due to
tight bearings, overload, or low bear-
ings. Methods of testing, correction
and repair. Determining and revers-
ing rotation. Calculating and chang-
ing speeds.
Make comparisons and select squir-
rel-cage motors. Remove and bell.
Trace winding and determine type
and connection. Disconnect present
connection and reconnect for higher
voltage. Reconnect for different
speeds. Check speed with revolution
counter. Check for faults; measure
air-gap. Connect motors to various
controls using different circuits.
14.
Synchronous motors.
Principles of operation and uses.
Advantages: constant speed, and
power-factor correction. Disadvan-
tages: skilled attendance, source of
direct current, and poor starting
torque. Construction and likely
troubles. Speed regulation and hunt-
ing. Remedies for these. Damper
windings.
Examine connections. Test field and
rotor or armature (if stationary).
Check the power factor. Make
changes in field excitation and note
changes in power factor.
15.
Slip-ring motors.
Principles of operation and uses.
Speed regulation. Connections and
characteristics.
Select slip-ring motor. Remove and
bell, test stator and rotor. Make note
of any differences to squirrel-cage.
Clean slip-rings and brushes. Assem-
ble, connect to Y-box resistance.
Run and note changes in speed by
means of tachometer.
16.
Alternators.
Principles: comparison with syn-
chronous motor. Use as either.
Generation: no rectification. Speed
Examine and compare with syn-
chronous motor. Check voltage.
Increase field current and check
580
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
1995
SCHEDULE 3— Continued
Item
Column 1
Column 2
Column 3
Subject-matter
Instruction In
Skills for Pupils
and frequency. Types of alternators
such, as turbine and engine. Limits
of turbine types. Voltage regulation.
Methods of field excitation.
Revolving fields.
again. Decrease: check using one of
other brushes.
17.
General maintenance.
Keeping charts and schedules for
oiling and greasing. Defective equip-
ment. Precautions while working on
equipment. Warning signs, protec-
tion. Care of equipment: megger-
testing, contacts, oiling and greasing.
Make up sample charts and schedule.
Make all necessary repairs to own
equipment. Taking precautions: use
of signs. Oiling and greasing equip-
ment. Take inventories.
18.
Transformers.
Types of cores such as shell and
distributed. Types of insulation.
Induction. Types of transformers:
current, potential and automatic.
Types of cooling systems. Eddy
currents: hysteresis. Power factor.
Ratios: uses. Transil oil: flashing
points. Materials: connecting and
re-connecting. Methods of testing.
Formulae for calculating voltages
and currents in various hook-ups.
Make up simple transformer. Clas-
sify various types. Connect in
various ways. Check voltage and
current in each case with given load.
Make up various banks. Test using
correct instruments. Make diagrams
using formulae to calculate voltages.
SCHEDULE 4
MOTOR VEHICLE REPAIRER
Part 1
Branches A and C
Item
Column 1
Column 2
Column 3
Subject-matter
Instruction In
Skills for Pupils
1.
Front axle, and steering.
Ackerman principle of steering.
Steering geometry. Elliot type and
reverse-elliot type of steering.
Types of front axle: I beam; tub-
ular; independent suspension. Wheel-
balance: static and dynamic types.
Steering-alignment: castor; camber;
toe-in; king-pin inclination; king-
pin fitting; reaming and honing
bushings. Types of steering-gears:
worm and roller; split-nut; cam and
lever; re-circulating ball.
2.
Rear-axle assembly.
Torque and horse-power related to
work. Methods of drive. Operation
of differential. Gear ratios. Lubri-
cants. Types of bearings.
Construction and design. Plain-
bevel gear; spur-gear; spiral-bevel
gear; hypoid-curve gear. Differ-
ential: axle-shafts, or semi-floating.
Torque-tube drive; hotchkiss drive.
Universal joints. Riveting; checking
for run-out, clearances, back-lash,
and alignment.
3.
Clutch.
Friction characteristics.
Relining; adjustments; pressure-
plates.
4.
Brakes.
Principles of hydraulics. Energy
overcome by friction; dissipation of
heat resulting from friction. Static
friction and kinetic friction. Co-
efficient of friction. Adhesion or
rolling friction.
Master cylinder; wheel cylinders.
Valves, pistons, rubber cups, and
honing of cylinders. Primary and
secondary shoes. Relining, riveting,
adjusting, bleeding, and centralising.
Mechanical brakes: levers, cables,
shafts, and rods. Air-operated
brakes. Electrically-operated brakes :
solenoids or electro-magnets.
5.
Transmission.
Velocity ratios. Gear-reduction.
Direction of rotation. Types of
Construction and operation. Gear
ratios. Path of power. Spur-gears,
581
1996
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
SCHEDULE 4— Continued
Item
Column 1
Column 2
Column 3
Subject-matter
Instruction In
Skills for Pupils
bearings. Leverage. Torque.
helical gears, herringbone-gears,
idler-gears, and syncro-mesh gears.
Use of soft-drifts, and bearing-pul-
lers. Selectors: manual, automatic,
and electro-vacuum shift.
6.
Cooling system.
Radiation, conduction, and convec-
tion. Operating temperatures. Anti-
freeze.
Radiators; water-jackets; direction-
al-tubes. Thermostats; water-pumps.
Fans.
7.
Engine.
Principles and operation of internal-
combustion engines. Fire hazards.
Micrometers; cylinder gauges. For-
ces of vacuum. Compression pres-
sures. Expansion by heat pressure.
Horse-power, Society of American
Engineers formula (S.A.E.). Inertia;
momentum. Piston displacement.
Energy: potential energy; kinetic
energy. Turbulence; detonation.
Relation of reciprocating motion to
rotary motion. Dissipation of
friction and heat by oil.
Names of all parts, and the functions
thereof. Dismantling sequence, and
the correct use of tools therefor.
Care and disposition of parts in
dismantling. Washing of parts;
disposal of waste. Examination of
moving parts for wear. Pistons:
purpose, design, and clearance. Pis-
ton-pins: types, and locking-devices.
Valves: function, re-facing, re-seat-
ing, lapping, adjusting clearances,
and lifters. Replacing valve-guides,
valve-springs, and tappet-screws.
Crank-shaft: main bearings; con-
necting-rod bearings; oil clearances;
line-boring; fitting; connecting-rod
aligning. Cam-shaft: bearings, tim-
ing-gears, and timing-chains. Valve
timing. Piston-rings: purpose and
fitting. Methods of oil control.
Lubrication: oil-pumps, and oil-
filters. Oil-sea s, and gaskets.
Torque-wrench in rebuilding.
8.
Electrical system.
Chemical source of electrical energy.
Causes of sulphation. Effect of
extreme temperatures. High resis-
tance. High and low tension. Ohm's
law.
Mechanical factors controlling firing-
orders. Relation of secondary wind-
ing to primary winding in a coil.
Reason for and location of safety-gap
in a coil. Momentary storage of
induced flow in the primary circuit.
Storage batteries: principles of con-
struction and operation; charging-
rates; servicing; electrolytic test;
specific gravity; low- voltage test;
high-rate discharge test. Conduct-
ors: use of cables, wires, and ground-
straps; copper terminals, and solder-
ing wires thereon; insulation. Prin-
ciples of electricity and magnetism:
forms and kinds of electricity; char-
acteristics of current flow. Magnet-
ism: electro-magnetism, and electro-
magnetic induction. Electrical cir-
cuits and units for motor vehicles.
Circuits: series; parallel; shunt. Ig-
nition circuit: construction and
operation of coil, condenser, braker-
points, distributor, and spark-plugs.
Ignition timing. Use of instruments
in testing; trouble-shooting. Timing-
light. Determining spark-plug fail-
ure, and heat-ranges. Attaching
terminals to high- and low-tension
wires.
9.
Starter circuit.
Voltage loss. Amount of current-
draw. Relation of electrical energy
to mechanical energy. Ring-gear,
and the mechanical advantage there-
of.
Construction and operation of a
starting-motor. Starter-switch: sol-
enoid. Replacing brushes: service
tests. Bendix drive. Over-running
clutch.
10.
Generator circuit.
Relation of mechanical energy to
electrical energy.
Construction and operation of a
generator. Cut-out relay, voltage-
regulator, current-regulator, and the
regulation and servicing thereof.
Truing and under-cutting commut-
ator. Use of growler and ampere j
voltage-regulator. I
582
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
1997
SCHEDULE 4— Continued
Item
Column 1
Column 2
Column 3
Subject-matter
Instruction In
Skills for Pupils
11.
Lighting circuit.
Current-carrying capacity of con-
ductors.
Fuses, switches, and wiring-dia-
grams. Horn circuit; gas-gauge;
accessories. Light- and horn-relays.
Tracing for short-circuits, grounds,
leaks, high resistance, and faulty
connections. Use of test-lamp.
12.
Fuel system.
Forces of vacuum. Natural laws and
principles of carburetting. Vaporiz-
ation. Methods of atomizing gas-
oline. Fuel ratios. Efficient com-
bustion. Monoxide gas.
Safety measures to be rigidly en-
forced.
Carburetting: operation of carbur-
ettor circuits. Purpose of low-speed
and high-speed circuits, and pump-
and float-circuits. Types of Venturi
equipment: velocity of air through
Venturi tubes. Dismantling and
rebuilding carburettors. Replacing
jets and gaskets. Checking float-
levels, needle-valves, and seats. Air
cleaners. Manual and automatic
chokes. Manifold heat-control.
Fuel-pump: construction and oper-
ation. Linkage, sediment-bowl, and
strainer. Testing of pressure and
vacuum. Causes and cures of vapour-
locks. Test the action of valves
and springs. Test for deterioration
of diaphragms. Cutting and flaring
copper pipe, use of solderless con-
nectors. Gas-tank: general construc-
tion and arrangement of gas-tank
and gas-lines. Reason for baffles;
position of baffles. Precautions in
soldering. Maintenance: oil chang-
ing; flushing of engine, transmission,
and differential. Re-packing univer-
sal joints. Greasing. Tires: proper
pressure; servicing.
Part 2
Branches A and C
Item
Column 1
Column 2
Column 3
Subject-matter
Instruction In
Skills for Pupils
1.
Front axle and steering.
A review of item 1 of Part 1 of this
schedule. Checking angles of steer-
ing by use of gauges. Replacement
of worn parts.
2.
Rear-axle.
Review item 2 of Part 1 of this
schedule.
Dual-purpose axle-assembly.
3.
Clutch.
Review item 3 of Part 1 of this
schedule. Friction. Energy; poten-
tial energy. Inertia; momentum.
Adjustments, replacements, pres-
sure-plates, fluid drive.
4.
Brakes.
Review item 4 of Part 1 of this
schedule.
Honing of brake-cylinder. Servicing,
reconditioning, master cylinder,
wheel cylinders, relining, centraliz-
ing, use of drum-lathe and shoe-
grinder.
5.
Transmission.
Leverage. Tongue. Vacuum.
Syncro-mesh, over-drive, "hydram-
atic", and vacuum-assist. Repair
and assembly procedure of a trans-
mission. Use of precision tools and
gauges. Adjustment of linkage.
6.
Engine.
Monoxide gas. Safety measures.
Mathematics. Expansion. Turbul-
ence. Detonation. Business English.
Study of manufacturers' specific-
Review of fundamentals of internal-
combustion engines. Checking wear
of all moving parts. Use of precision
tools and gauges. Cylinder honing.
583
1998
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
SCHEDULE 4— Continued
Item
Column 1
Column 2
Column 3
Subject-matter
Instruction In
Skills for Pupils
ations. Trade and technical-inform-
ation sheets. Trade journals.
Clearances of pistons. Methods of
expanding pistons. Piston-ring oil-
control. Micrometer gauges, Ames
gauge, dial-indicator. The honing of
bushings and the fitting of piston-
pins. Oil-clearance. Line-boring bar.
Rebuilding to manufacturers' speci-
fications. Ridge-reamer. Cylinder-
boring bar.
7.
Ignition and electrical
systems.
Automotive-electricity magnetism .
Ohm's law. Voltage loss. Current
draw. Carburetting. Vaporization.
Atomizing gasoline. Efficient com-
bustion.
Testing of coil and condenser. Use
of "distrib-U-scope". Use of an
ampere voltage-regulator in check-
ing a generator and testing a regu-
lator. Mica under-cutting by means
of armature lathe and attachments.
Distributor rebuilding. Spark-plug
testing: heat-ranges. Wiring-dia-
grams. Tracing for short-circuits,
grounds, and leaks.
8.
Carburetting.
Operation of carburettor circuits.
Dismantling and replacing jets,
valves, and gaskets. Checking float-
levels, pump-strokes, and metering-
rods. Manual and automatic chokes.
9.
Fuel-pump.
Checking linkage, pressure and vac-
uum readings. Testing the action of
valves, springs, and diaphragms.
Causes and cures of vapour-locks.
10.
Tune-up procedure.
Following manufacturers' specifica-
tions. Use of hydrometer, voltage
tester, high-rate discharge-tester,
compression gauge, vacuum gauge,
spark-plug tester, "syncroscope",
ampere voltage-regulator, and com-
bustion analyzer.
Part 3
Branch B
Item
Column 1
Column 2
Column 3
Subject-matter
Instruction In
Skills for Pupils
1.
Tools.
Types of dollies, body-spoons, bump-
ing-hammers, and body-files.
Use of dollies, body-spoons, bump- ,
ing-hammers, body-files, hydraulic
body-jacks, mechanical body-jacks,
air-hammers, and electric sanders.
2.
Chassis.
Metals and other materials used in
automobile construction and repairs.
Gauge of metal. Manufacture of
sheet-metal sheets and stampings.
Work-hardened areas caused by
stamping. Methods of shrinking and
stretching metal. Heat-distortion of
metal. Reaction of metal to an im-
pact. Paths followed by force of
impact.
Hood: panels, hinges, grilles, mould-
ings, and ornaments. Engine side-
pans. Front fenders, grilles, skirts,
braces, running-boards, mouldings,
hangers, rear fenders, stone-shield,
and wheel-shield. Shrinking or
stretching metal by the process of
heating. How to hammer metal
without stretching it. Estimating
the gauge of metal. Recognizing
work-hardened areas created by
shape of panel. Recognizing distor-
tion due to damage from impact.
Recognizing simple displacement due
to damage from impact. Lining up
of hood, radiator-shell, fenders and
bodies. Welding of wire to support
edge of fender. Use of solder. Rough-
ing, bumping and finishing of metal.
584
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
1999
SCHEDULE 4— Continued
Item
Column 1
Column 2
Column 3
Subject-matter
Instruction In
Skills for Pupils
3.
Welding.
Safety precautions. Function of the
parts of welding-equipment. Differ-
ent flames and their composition.
When to braze. When to weld.
Fluxes and their uses.
Safety precautions. Regulating an
acetylene gauge and an oxygen
gauge. Welding of light-gauge and
medium-gauge steel. Use of fluxes
in welding or brazing. Brazing of
steel, and cast iron. Cutting of steel,
and cast iron. Welding of white
metals.
4.
Soldering.
Physical properties of common
solder-metals. Purpose of and re-
action to soldering-fluxes on com-
mon metals. Chemical composition
of fluxes. Muriatic acid, sal ammon-
iac, and soldering paste. Precautions
in using gasoline.
Precautions in use of gasoline-torch.
Tinning a soldering iron. Prepara-
tion of metals for soldering. Use of
muriatic acid. Preparing of zinc
chloride. Fusing of solder with
metal.
5.
Body units.
Properties of materials. Ductility,
work-hardening, malleability, tough-
ness, and elasticity of metal.
Repairing of roof panels, rails, bows,
inner panels, and chrome-plated
strips, mouldings, windshield pillars,
cowl, lower and upper panels, ven-
tilators, center pillars, rear-quarter
panel, rear-end panel, door-rocker
panel, still-plates, floor-pan, rear
floor-pan, end-pan, pan-shelf, locks,
hinges, handles, and seals. Shrinking
and stretching of metals. Judging
the severity of an impact by the
condition of damaged area of auto-
mobile. Relating damage in adjoin-
ing parts to impact area. Recogniz-
ing effect of impact on other parts.
Determining the procedure in re-
pairing. Aligning, roughing, bump-
ing, sanding, and metal-finishing.
Part 4
Branch B
Item
Column 1
Column 2
Column 3
Subject-matter
Instruction In
Skills for Pupils
1.
Wheel alignment.
Different methods of testing angles
of steering. Correcting each angle.
Testing the steering on a road to
ascertain defects.
The 5 angles of steering, and the
purpose of each. How to test angles.
Effect of accidents on angles of
steering: wear on tires, hard steering,
wandering, pulling to right or left.
2.
Frame straightening.
Testing a frame to determine bends.
Simple straightening at the horn of
the frame.
Simple method of checking a frame
to determine bends. Straightening
a frame bent at the horn of the
frame.
3.
Painting.
Different types of lacquers and
synthetic enamels. Code numbers
of paint and their relation to colour.
Primer-coal: the reason for it and
how to use it. Kinds of tinting-
colours to keep in stock. How to
determine colours of surfaces to be
painted. Proper number of coats of
paint to apply.
Use of air-compressor and how to
lubricate it. Use and care of pres-
sure gauges, air-hose fittings, and
spray-gun. Proper handling of
spray-gun, and proper distance to
hold it from surface to be painted.
How to determine the correct fan
or spray. Sanding down and clean-
ing of surface to be painted. Pre-
paring of repaired parts for painting.
Cleaning and feather-edging of paint
before re-painting. Use of primer-
coat and filler-coat. Determining
number of coats of paint to apply.
Maintaining air-pressure on a spray-
gun. Density of lacquer or enamel
to be sprayed. Maintaining correct
flow from spray-gun. Spraying in a
smooth and even manner. Rubbing
out and polishing surfaces after
painting them.
585
2000
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
SCHEDULE 4— Continued
Part 5
Branch D
Item
Column 1
Column 2
Column 3
Subject-matter
Instruction In
Skills for Pupils
• 1.
Tools.
Types of dollies, body-spoons, bump-
ing-hammers, and body-files.
Use of dollies, body-spoons, bump-
ing-hammers, body-files, hydraulic
body-jacks, mechanical body-jacks,
air-hammers, and electric sanders.
2.
Chassis.
Metals and other materials used in
automobile construction and repairs.
Gauge of metal. Manufacture of
sheet-metal sheets and stampings.
Work-hardened areas caused by
stamping. Methods of shrinking
and stretching metal. Heat-distor-
tion of metal. Reaction of metal to
an impact. Paths followed by force
of impact.
Hood: panels, hinges, grilles, mould-
ings, and ornaments. Engine side-
pans. Front fenders, grilles, skirts,
braces, running-boards, mouldings,
hangers, rear fenders, stone-shield,
and wheel-shield. Shrinking or
stretching metal by the process of
heating. How to hammer metal
without stretching it. Estimating
the gauge of metal. Recognizing
work-hardened areas created by
shape of panel. Recognizing distor-
tion due to damage from impact.
Recognizing simple displacement due
to damage from impact. Lining up
of hood, radiator-shell, fenders, and
bodies. Welding of wire to support
edge of fender. Use of solder. Rough-
ing, bumping and finishing of metal.
3.
Welding.
Safety precautions. Function of the
parts of welding-equipment. Differ-
ent flames and their composition.
When to braze. When to weld.
Fluxes and their metals.
Welding safety precautions. Regu-
lating acetylene and oxygen gauges.
Welding of light-gauge steel. Weld-
ing of medium-gauge steel. Use of
fluxes when welding or brazing.
Brazing of steel and cast iron. Cut-
ting of steel and cast iron. Welding
of white metals.
4.
Soldering.
Physical properties of common
solder-metals. Purpose of and re-
action to soldering-fluxes on com-
mon metal. Chemical composition
of fluxes. Muriatic acid, sal am-
moniac, and soldering paste. Pre-
cautions in using gasoline.
Precautions in use of gasoline- torch.
Tinning a soldering iron. Prepara-
tion of metals for soldering. Use of
muriatic acid. Preparing zinc chlor-
ide. Fusing of solder with metal.
5.
Body units.
Properties of materials. Ductility,
work-hardening, malleability, tough-
ness, and elasticity of metal.
Repairing of roof panels, rails, bows,
inner panels and chrome-plated
strips, mouldings, windshield pillars,
cowl, lower and upper panels, ven-
tilators, center pillars, rear-quarter
panel, rear-end panel, door-rocker
panel, still-plates, floor-pan, rear
floor- pan, end-pan, shelf, locks,
hinges, handles, and seals. Shrinking
and stretching of metals. Judging
the severity of an impact by the
condition of damaged area of auto-
mobile. Relating damage in adjoin-
ing parts to impact area. Recogniz-
ing effect of impact on other parts.
Determining the procedure in re-
pairing. Aligning, roughing, bump-
ing, sanding, and metal-finishing.
586
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
2001
SCHEDULE 5
PAINTER AND DECORATOR
Part 1
Item
Column 1
Column 2
Column 3
SUBJECT-MATTEK
Instruction In
Skills for Pupils
1.
Introduction.
Reason for painting. What paint is.
Writing a paper on the reason for
painting and what paint is.
2.
Basic pigments.
The origin of basic pigments. The
source of and method of manufact-
uring basic pigments. Correct use
of basic pigments.
Demonstrating the differences when
mixing lead, zinc, and other basic
pigments. Writing a paper on basic
pigments.
3.
Colour pigments.
The origin of colour pigments. The
scale of primary colours. The uses
of colour pigments in decoration and
the reflection of light.
Mixing primary, secondary, and
tertiary colours. Knowing the media
they are ground in and the use of
colour pigments in paint. Varnish,
enamel, japan, and water. Recog-
nition of colour pigments from dyes,
permanent and fugitive colours.
Writing a paper on colour pigments.
4.
Paint-oils and paint-
thinners.
The source of paint-oils. The uses
and faults of paint-oils and paint-
thinners. Volatile spirits, their
classification and uses.
The mixing of paint-oils for a spe-
cific purpose. The use of turpentine,
mineral spirits, and alcohol, and
mixing them for different finishes.
Cleaning with volatile spirits. Pre-
cautions against fire when using
paint-oils and paint-thinners. Writ-
ing a paper on paint-oils and paint-
thinners.
5.
Brushes, tools, and
equipment.
The purpose of the brush. The
kinds of brushes. The type of
bristle and its origin. How brushes
are made. The care and use of
brushes.
Recognizing different kinds of
bristles. How bristles are placed to
make a brush. Bridling a new brush;
breaking in a brush; cleaning and
keeping a brush when not in use.
Correct position to hold a brush.
Selecting the proper brush for each
kind of work. Writing a paper on
brushes, tools, and equipment.
6.
Preparing surfaces for
painting.
How to prepare plaster surfaces.
Check for dampness and for hot-
lime spots. Ascertain type of plaster,
and whether the surface is smooth,
hard, rough, or sand. Check the
texture of the surface and stucco;
cement; wall boards. Use of acetic
acid and zinc sulphate as neutral-
izers. Cutting out cracks for a
proper repair job. Method of re-
pairing sand surfaces and stucco
surfaces. Burning off paint from
surfaces by means of a blow-torch
or a "prestolite" torch. Removing
finish with paint-remover from
stained, filled, and varnished sur-
faces. Cleaning and washing sur-
faces; precautions against fire.
Cleaning off plaster splashes. Cut-
ting out cracks to form a key;
mixing the plaster; stopping up
with knife and trowel; smoothing off
with sponge and brush. Sealing the
plaster to prevent suction; sizing
with glue size, sugar size, varnish
size, and primer sealer. Use of the
blow-torch; filling and lighting the
blow-torch; correct position to hold
the blow-torch and knife. Use of
paint-removers and how to apply
to surfaces. Cleaning of surfaces by
means of washing-compounds, sand-
paper, and steel-wool. Shellacking
of knots; indentations. Selecting the
correct primer-stain or filler and its
application. Writing a paper on
preparing surfaces for painting.
7.
Scaffolding.
The purpose of scaffolding. Types
and sizes of ladders, trestles, planks,
ladder-jacks, extension ladders,
beams, cat-walks, tubular scaffold,
roof -brackets, hooks, swing-stages,
ropes, blocks, sand-bags; various
knots; correct and incorrect ways to
erect scaffolds; municipal by-laws.
How ladders are made. Selecting
the proper ladder or equipment
according to the area and height of
job; inspecting each piece of equip-
ment before using; check-line, ladder,
locks, and braces. Correct placing of
beams and planks on ladders to
insure progressive movement of
scaffold. Covering with clean drop-
sheets after removing breakables.
Limit the number of men to work
on a scaffold according to the type
and height thereof. Protect surface
587
2002
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
SCHEDULE 5— Continued
Item
Column 1
Column 2
Column 3
Subject-matter
Instruction In
Skills for Pupils
of wall with cloths tied around top
of a ladder leaning against a wall;
jlacing sand-bags at the foot of a
adder to prevent the ladder from
slipping. Check all sections of
extension ladders to ascertain that
they are locked securely. Splicing
ladders with ropes. Swing-stages,
check fire-walls and cornices before
jlacing hooks; check ropes and
alocks; place back-rest in stirrup-
irons. Raise stage two feet from
ground; place and try rope-hitch;
test stage before raising it; place
ropes in barrels to prevent persons
from tripping; raise stage and ropes,
and secure at the end of each day's
work. Write a paper on scaffolding.
8.
Painting walls, wood-
work, and metal.
Knowledge of paint-pigments, paint-
oils, driers, and colour pigments.
The effect of weather and the season
of the year on paint. The correct
primers and finishes for wood, metal,
plaster, brick, and stone surfaces;
the use of creosote stains, and water-
proofing paints. Necessary tools and
equipment.
Mixing paint from lead, zinc, and
titian-oxide to proper consistency to
suit various surfaces; tinting paint;
straining paint. Treating of galvan-
ized metal before painting; mixing
lead or aluminium for the painting
of metal. Selecting the proper
brushes and equipment; brushing on
the paint; cutting-in oif sash; stop-
ping up after priming; preparing each
coat. Brushing of wall-paints,
enamels, and varnish. Finding the
coverage of various paints and how
much paint can be obtained from
100 pounds of lead; the use of lead
putty and linseed-oil putty; pro-
tecting lawns by means of drop-
sheets. The importance of keeping
tools and equipment clean; taking
down ladders and when not in use
placing them out of the way in a
neat manner. Writing a paper on
tools and equipment.
9.
Bleaches.
Bleaching of hard and soft woods
before refinishing them. Types of
bleaches; oxalic; tartaric; chloride of
lime; alum; commercial bleaches.
The use of earthenware containers,
fibre brushes, and rubber gloves.
Inspecting surface before bleaching;
gathering the necessary tools and
sponges; protecting surrounding sur-
faces; mixing the bleach, applying it
and noting the progress thereof;
washing off all traces of bleach;
protecting nose and mouth when
using acids. Writing a paper on
bleaches.
10.
Stains, staining, and
fillers.
Types of stains: oil, water, spirit,
acid; composition and use of stains.
Fuming with ammonia. Hardwood
and soft wood, and the correct
treatment thereof.
Checking surfaces before staining
or filling. Selecting the proper type
of stain, brushes, cloths, and
sponges. Mixing of pigmented
stains. Protecting floors; applying
and wiping stain; the proper place to
start and finish; disposing of oil-
soaked rags to prevent fire. Keeping
equipment clean. Writing a p>aper
on stains, staining and fillers.
588
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
2003
SCHEDULE 5— Continued
Part 2
Item.
Column 1
Column 2
Column 3
Subject-matter
Instruction In
Skills for Pupils
1.
Water- paints;
calcimine.
Calcimine, its composition and use;
water-paints; "casene". Emulsion;
waterproofing.
Preparing surfaces to receive water-
paints; mixing and tinting calcimine,
and the dry and wet method thereof;
straining and letting the calcimine
jelly before use. Selecting the correct
brush; the proper way to apply,
keeping the edge wet; the proper
place to start. The proper way to
mix "casene" powder, and paint;
the proper temperature of water;
cleaning with sponge on completion
of job. Removing old calcimine;
cleaning soiled "casene" and emul-
sified paint-surfaces. The use of alum
and soap as a waterproofing. Writing
a paper on water-paints and calci-
mine.
2.
Paper-hanging.
Brief history of wall-paper. How
wall-paper is made, and how it is
printed by block and roller; various
types, sizes and widths. Correct
ways to trim, paste, fold, and hang.
Tools and equipment necessary for
paper-hanging. How to mix paste,
and size. The proper place to start
in a room. How to measure a room
for wall-paper. The 3 basic require-
ments:
(c) patience,
(b) thoroughness, and
(c) cleanliness.
Checking plaster before starting to
hang over defective plaster. Select-
ing the proper equipment and tools;
covering furniture and floors with
drop-sheets. Shading wall-paper
before cutting it. Measuring lengths;
matching; allowing for waste; mixing
prepared-paste or flour-paste to suit
paper. Pasting, folding, trimming,
and hanging to a chalked line.
Hanging to match pattern with a
butt. Sponging paste from wood-
work; cleaning-up when through.
Method of trimming, pasting, and
hanging varnished and embossed
leatherettes, burlap, wall-cloth, and
cotton. The purpose and use of
lining-papers. Write a paper on the
subject of paper-hanging.
3.
Preparing wood and
metal surfaces by burn-
ing.
Removing paint by use of a gasoline
torch, and a "prestolite" tank.
Precautions to guard against fire.
Tools required for this work.
Placing a pail of sand or water, or
a fire-extinguisher close at hand
before commencing work. Examin-
ing surface for decayed wood before
applying torch. Filling and lighting
torch. The correct way to hold torch
and knife. The use of a metal shield
to protect glass. The use of knives,
picks, steel-wool, and shave-hooks.
Cleaning the surface of wood and
metal. Use of shellac for knots and
resinous spots. Use of spatula and
broad-knife for re-surfacing wood-
work. Sanding woodwork. The
composition of primer. Second and
third coats of paint. Mixing correct
undercoats for various finishes to
avoid checking.
4.
Hardwood finishing:
interior and exterior.
Proper treatment: finishes, removers,
bleaches, fillers, stains, shellacs,
varnishes, and lacquers. Cornpos-
ition of finishing materials. Fire-
hazards in use of paint-removers.
Static electricity in use of steel-wool
near exposed electrical outlets. Spon-
taneous combustion from oily rags.
Protection of nearby surfaces with
wax paper and cloths. Burning-in
with coloured shellac.
Preparing hardwood by removing
the old finish with paint-remover.
Use of knives, scrapers, shave-hooks,
picks, steel-wool, sand-paper; wash-
ing with soda and with benzine;
bleaching with oxalic acid. Staining
and filling. Matching putty to
colour of finish. Shellacking. Var-
nishing, and the use of lacquer. Rub-
bing with oil and water, pumice and
rotten-stone, felt-hair, and grass.
Cleaning and polishing. Use of
spirit lamp, palette-knife, and col-
oured stick-shellac to fill defects in
stained or filled surfaces. Smoothing
shellac with heated knife.
589
2004
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
SCHEDULE 5— Continued
Item
Column 1
Column 2
Column 3
SUBJECT-MATTEF
Instruction In
Skills for Pupils
5.
Glass-glazing.
The various types of glass: plain,
double-diamond, plate, obscure, and
wire. Method of securing glass in
frames. Tools required. Compos-
ition of putty, linseed-oil, and mastic.
Selecting table. Marking the table
on its outside edges as a guide when
measuring. Cutting glass with
diamond, wheel, or circular cutter.
Selecting different grades for differ-
ent purposes. Back-puttying before
placing glass. The use of knife in
facing and smoothing putty. The
use of zinc points in fastening glass in
wood frames. The method of fast-
ening glass in steel sash by means of
peg-fasteners and spring-fasteners.
6.
Stencils and ornament.
Knowledge of the fundamental prin-
ciples of decoration. Evolution of
primitive design from Egyptian art:
flat and lacking in perspective.
General knowledge of periods. Know-
ledge of free-hand drawing, geometry,
perspective drawing, primary, secon-
dary, and tertiary colours. Pigments.
Purpose and correct use of stencils.
Various kinds of stencils: direct, one-
colour, two-colour, background and
diaper, oflfset and tube outline. Tools
and paper to use.
Drawing of design for a stencil. The
use of manila paper. The placing of
ties. Pricking the design with wheel.
Placing of paper on glass, ready for
cutting; use of stencil knife. Cutting
a stencil lacking ties. Use of panto-
graph. Steel-square rule and triangle.
Oiling stencil-paper. Use of carbon
paper. Applying stencil to surface.
Use of stencil-brush. Cleaning
stencil. Placing guide-lines on
stencil to make an even match;
mixing proper type of paint for
stencil work.
7.
Lettering.
The ability to draw free-hand.
Knowledge of perspective of types
of lettering: Roman, block, and
script. Knowledge of colour: veh-
icles, pigments, oil, and driers. Types
of hair brushes and bristle brushes,
and their uses: palette, maulstick,
pricking-wheel, pounce-bag, and stip-
pler. The use of gold metals and
sizes. The use of a square and a
chalkline for horizontal and vertical
lines, and right angles.
Measuring of letters. Laying out
and spacing of letters. Marking of
parallel lines to keep letters straight.
Setting out in free-hand. Working in
the pencil-brush, making the stroke
without causing ridges. Making and
use of pounce-bag. Using pricking-
wheel. The use of maulstick and
palette. Dividing number of letters
in an inscription by four or eight;
divide a sign same way to get correct
proportions and lay-out. The care
of brushes when not in use.
8.
Graining and marbling.
Knowledge of the different species of
woods. Soft woods. Hard woods.
Typical grain. Methods of cutting
to produce quarter-cut, heart, and
straight grain; the method of re-
producing these with paint: the
correct ground, graining, colour and
glazes; the correct brushes, combs
and other tools required; the selec-
tion of colours, vehicles, and wax.
Water colour. Oil colour. The use
of check-rollers.
Preparing the surface and coloured
ground for each kind of wood. The
mixing of graining-colour. The
manner of applying, wiping, and
combing with steel or rubber combs.
Wiping out with cloth. Using pencil
brush. Softening with fitch or bad-
ger. Using fiogger, mottlers, and
over-grainers in glazing. Using gold
size and turpentine to fasten water-
colour and glazes. Finishing off
ready for varnish.
SCHEDULEi:6
PLASTERER
Part 1
Item
Column 1
Column 2
Column 3
Subject-matter
Instruction In
Skills for Pupils
1.
Introductory lecture.
Pictures, charts, and
samples.
2.
History of plastering and stuccoing:
primitive man; Egypt and Mesopot-
amia; Greece and Rome.
590
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
2005
SCHEDULE 6— Continued
Item
Column 1
Column 2
Column 3
Subject-matter
Instruction In
Skills for Pupils
3.
History of plastering (continued):
Moorish and Italian influence;
Colonial period; modern trends;
plastering as an art.
4.
Definition of trade terms; names of
tools and equipment.
Lumber for boxes.
Make mixing-boxes for lime and for
patented plasters for use over wood
ath and metal lath.
5.
Properties, proportions and bonding
qua ities of materials used in plaster-
ing.
Sheet-zinc.
Make mixing-boxes for lime and for
patented plaster for use over mason-
ry. Make scratches of wood and
sheet-zinc.
6.
Mixing of plasters for scratch-coat
and application of scratch-coat to
walls of wood lath, metal lath and
masonry, from floor and scaff^old.
Lime; hair; fibre; sand;
patented plasters.
Apply scratch-coat to walls of wood
lath, metal lath and masonry, from
floor and scaffold.
7.
Effects of dirt, temperature and
weather. Degree of dryness for
scratching of scratch-coat. Applica-
tion of scratch-coat to ceilings.
Hawk, trowel, board,
hod, hoe, screen, and
shovel.
Apply scratch-coat to ceilings of
wood lath, metal lath, and masonry.
8.
Purpose and values in keying of
different sand, hair, and fibre.
Apply scratch-coat to inside and
outside angles on walls and ceilings.
9.
Purposes and values of scratching
different types of lath; wetting
masonry before application of
scratch-coat.
Apply scratch-coat over beads,
beams, panels, and arches.
10.
Brown-coating mixtures, and when
and how to apply them.
Apply brown-coat over scratch-coat;
straighten and float without using
grounds.
11.
Purposes of grounds, angle-beads,
darby, and floats.
Angle-beads; darby;
floats.
Apply brown-coat over scratch-coat;
straighten by using grounds; float
and cut out inside angles.
12.
Purposes and values of fibre- or
plaster-board bases when used for
insulation.
Apply brown-coat over bases other
than lath or masonry; straighten
and float without using grounds or
angles.
13.
Bonding-qualities of fibre- and
plaster-board bases.
Apply brown-coat over bases other
than lath or masonry; straighten by
using grounds; float and cut out
inside angles.
14.
Purpose and value of spirit-level and
chalk-line, with reference to dots
and screeds.
Spirit-level; chalk-line;
straight-edge.
Prepare a ceiling for brown-coat,
using spirit-level and chalk-line to
set dots and screeds.
15.
Method of applying brown-coat to
ceilings; straighten by using screeds
and straight-edge; float.
Applybrown-coat to ceilings, straight-
en by using screeds and straight-
edge; float. Apply brown-coat to
beams, panels, and pilasters.
16.
Purpose of measuring-rod.
Establish levels, dots and screeds
using water-level for ceiling panels.
17.
Effects of different mixtures for
brown-coat.
Apply brown-coat to ceilings.
18.
19.
Purposes and values of floats, a brush,
and a straight-edge.
Brush, square, saw,
hammer, plumb-bob.
Apply brown-coat to ceiling panels.
Properties of sand-finish materials.
Angle, float.
Mixing of materials for a floated
sand-finish.
20.
When and where to apply a sand-
finish on interior surfaces.
21.
Recognition of faulty mixtures before
application.
Apply sand-finish on walls from
floor and scaffold.
591
2006
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
SCHEDULE 6— Continued
Item
Column 1
Column 2
Column 3
Subject-matter
Instruction In
Skills for Pupils
22.
Imperfections and remedies in a
sand-finish after application.
Apply sand-finish over brown-coat
on ceilings.
23.
Properties of putty-coat materials.
Mixing of putty-coat materials.
24.
When and where to apply putty-coat
to interior surfaces.
Preparation of brown-coat to receive
putty-coat.
25.
Recognition of faulty putty-coat
mixtures before application.
Finishing-trowel, and
cutter.
Apply putty-coat finish to walls from
floor and scaflfold, and then polish
the finish.
26.
Imperfections and remedies in putty-
coat finish after application.
Apply, finish and polish putty-coat
on ceilings.
27.
Properties and characteristics of
common irregular finishes.
Assorted colours of
mineral pigments.
Mixing a number of different irreg-
ular finishes.
28.
Origin and use of irregular finishes.
Prepare brown-coat on walls to
receive irregular finishes. Apply a
number of different irregular finishes
to walls.
29.
Necessity of submitting samples of
irregular finishes to architect or
owner.
Apply a number of different irregular
finishes to ceilings to match the walls
already finished.
30.
Properties of Keen's cement.
Keen's cement
Mix Keen's cement for finish-coat.
31.
When and where to use Keen's
cement.
Mix Keen's cement with lime-putty
for different finishes.
32.
Purposes and characteristics of
Keen's cement.
Apply, trowel, and finish Keen's
cement on walls.
33.
Methods of lining vertically and
horizontally to represent tile.
Apply, trowel, finish, and polish
plaster on walls, and then line to
give the appearance of tile.
34.
Properties and characteristics of
Caen-stone mixtures. Proper propor-
tions for Caen-stone mixtures.
Prepare a Caen-stone mixture for
imitation-marble finish and prepare
brown-coated wall to which the
mixture is to be applied.
35.
Purpose and method of applying
imitation-marble finishes.
Jointing-tools; point-
ing-tools; sandpaper;
powdered pumice-
stone.
Apply a Caen-stone mixture on walls,
and then trowel, joint, point, finish,
and polish.
36,
Properties and characteristics of
travertine mixtures, and how to
recognize proper mixtures.
Travertine.
Prepare a travertine mixture to give
the appearance of marble, and then
prepare brown-coated pilasters to
which the mixture is to be applied.
Apply the travertine mixture, and
then trowel, joint, point, finish, and
polish it.
37.
Properties, preparation and mixtures
of stucco and cement plaster for
exterior scratch-coat.
Portland cement.
Make mixing-boxes.
38.
Preparation of mixtures for water-
proofing.
Apply the mixtures to masonry walls.
39.
Methods of handling and applying
exterior scratch-coat.
Apply scratch-coat to masonry walls
over the waterproofing.
40.
Comparison of different bases for
exterior scratch-coat.
Apply waterproofing mixture to walls
having a base of wire netting, or
metal lath.
41.
Methods of scratch-coating exterior
ceilings having a base of wire netting,
metal lath, or patented substitutes.
Apply waterproofed scratch-coat to
exterior ceilings having a base of wire
netting, metal lath, or patented
substitutes.
592
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
2007
SCHEDULE 6— Continued
Item
Column 1
Column 2
Column 3
Subject-matter
Instruction In
Skills for Pupils
42.
Methods of scratch-coating special
surfaces such as copings, arches,
chimneys, window- and door-heads.
Apply scratch-coat to these surfaces.
43.
Purposes of spots and screeds on
surfaces to be brown-coated.
Place spots and screeds on exterior
walls.
44.
Mixtures of brown-coat materials for
exterior walls.
Preparation of materials for brown-
coat on exterior walls.
45.
Methods and precautions in scaffold-
ing.
Apply brown-coat to walls after they
they have been spotted and screeded.
46.
Waste-materials and how to salvage
them by re-mixing. Methods of
lining, plumbing, and levelling sur-
faces.
Apply brown-coat to walls and other
surfaces that are not spotted or
screeded.
47.
Methods of spotting, screeding and
truing surfaces.
Line, level, spot, and screed surfaces.
48.
Methods of preparing irregular sur-
faces for brown-coat.
Apply brown-coat to surfaces.
i
49.
Methods of applying, filling in, and
floating walls and ceilings that have
serious hollows.
Apply, fill in, and float walls with
deep hollows.
50.
Imperfections in brown-coat mix-
tures and recognition of faults before
application.
Prepare other irregular surfaces for
brown-coat.
51.
Special methods of brown-coating
surfaces.
Brown-coat surfaces.
52.
Properties and characteristics of
white Medusa cement. Mineral
pigments compared with synthetic
or manufactured colouring-materials.
White Medusa cement;
white sand.
Prepare dry materials for third coat
for following finishes: (a) plain
natural Portland cement; (b) plain
white Medusa cement. Add colour-
ing-materials and then mix and
apply to surfaces.
53.
(1) Dash-finishes.
(2) Methods of lining surfaces to
resemble ashlar.
(3) Materials used in rough-cast
finishes.
(4) Methods of applying rough-cast
finishes.
(5) Methods of applying dash-mat-
erials to rough-cast surfaces.
Pebbles, stone chips,
shells, and broken glass.
Application of dash-finishes to sur-
faces.
Line, joint and point surfaces to
resemble ashlar. Joint and point
surfaces to resemble rubble.
Prepare materials and surfaces for
rough-cast finish.
Apply rough-cast finish to surfaces.
Apply pebbles or stone chips evenly
to rough-cast surfaces.
54.
(1) Characteristics of stippled fin-
ishes.
(2) Methods of obtaining different
stippled effects.
(3) Methods of obtaining different
combed and scraped finishes.
Sponges; buckets.
Preparation of materials and surfaces
for stippled finishes. Prepare mater-
ials and surfaces for combed and
scraped finishes.
Apply finish-coat to surfaces, and
then comb and scrape for different
finishes.
55.
Methods of transferring moulding-
profiles from blue-prints to zinc
sheet.
Sheet zinc; tin-snips.
Transfer profile of simple moulding
to zinc sheet, cut to outline and clean
up the edges.
56.
Naming and assembling wooden
portions of mould.
Lumber and nails.
Prepare wooden portions of mould
and assemble.
57.
The moulding-bench.
Make a moulding-bench; set run-
ning strips.
58.
(1) Materials and mixtures used for
running mouldings.
Plaster of Paris, lime,
gypsum plaster.
Make a small mixing-box and all
other necessary preparations for
running mouldings.
593
2008
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
SCHEDULE 6— Continued
Item
Column 1
Column 2
Column 3
Subject-matter
Instruction In
Skills for Pupils
(2) Mixing materials, and methods
of running mouldings.
Run a simple moulding on the bench
and set aside to set up.
59.
Methods and purposes of mitring
both inside and outside corners.
Make sample mitres for inside and
outside corners.
60.
Methods of laying out a wall to
receive simple moulding, and meth-
ods of planting moulding in place.
Plasterer's small tools.
Lay out the wall, plant moulding in
place, and finish the joints properly.
61.
Transfer profile of simple cornice-
moulding from blue-print or sample
to zinc.
Transfer the profile, cut out and true
up edges for simple cornice-moulding.
62.
Making a mould for running simple
cornice-moulding on the wall.
Make wooden members and assemble
the whole.
63.
Methods of setting and purposes of
ceiling-lines and wall running-strips.
Lay out ceiling-line, lay out wall and
set the running-strips.
64.
Mixtures and methods of running a
simple cornice-moulding on the wall.
Mix materials and run a simple
cornice-mould on the wall.
65.
Methods of mitring corners when
moulding is run on the wall and
mould cannot be used for mitres.
Mitre the corners where mould
cannot be used.
66.
Methods of building up a wall and
ceiling intersection for heavy cornice-
moulding.
Different types of wood
lath and metal lath.
Build up with furring, strips, lath
(wood and metal) to ceiling and wall
intersection to receive heavy cornice-
moulding.
67.
Construction and purpose of muffler
on heavy cornice-mould, to be used
to run heavy cornice on the wall.
Construct a mould from blue-print or
sample for heavy cornice-mould and
apply muffler.
68.
Application of and mixtures used for
brown-coat for heavy cornice-mould-
ing.
Run brown-coat with muffler, mitre
inside and outside corners.
69.
Construction of pilaster and wall-
panel moulds.
Construct pilaster and wall-panel
moulds (double-sided).
70.
Construction of radius mould for
running circular ceiling-panel mould-
ings.
Make a radius mould to correspond
with blue-print or sample.
71.
Methods of laying out circular
ceiling panels.
Lay out and establish centres for
running circular ceiling-panel mould-
ings.
72.
Materials and mixtures for and
methods of running ceiling-mouldings
with radius mould.
Run circular mouldings on ceiling.
73.
Methods of laying out semicircular
arches for running mouldings with
radius mould.
Lay out a semicircular arch and
establish centre for running mould-
ing with radius mould.
74.
Methods of running semicircular arch
from spring-line to spring-line with
radius mould.
Mix materials and run moulding for
a semicircular arch with radius
mould and continue moulding to
floor with straight moulding.
75.
Methods of running mouldings to
contour of Gothic arches.
Mix materials and run moulding to
contour of Gothic arch with radius
mould and continue moulding to
floor with straight mould.
76.
Methods of laying out elliptical
arches.
Lay out an elliptical arch and set
running strips for peg mould.
77.
Method of construction of peg
mould for running an elliptical arch.
Make a peg mould for heavy niould-
ing to correspond with blue-print or
sample, and then apply muffler.
594
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
2009
SCHEDULE 6— Continued
Item
Column 1
Column 2
Column 3
Subject-matter
Instruction In
Skills for Pupils
78.
Method of running moulding for an
elliptical arch with peg mould and
muffler.
Run brown-coat to arch from spring-
line to spring-line leaving clean ends
to permit application of pre-cast
ornaments. Remove muffler from
mould and run finish-coat on mould-
ing brown.
79.
Running mouldings on niches by
horizontal and vertical methods.
Run mouldings on niches by hori-
zontal and vertical methods.
Part 2
Item
Column I
Column 2
Column 3
Subject-matter
Instruction In
Skills for Pupils
80.
Properties and mixtures of cement
plaster and stucco for exterior
scratch-coat.
Portland cement.
Make mixing-boxes and other prepar-
ations for the year's work.
81.
Preparation of surfaces for scratch-
coat of cement plaster or stucco.
Prepare surface waterproofing and
apply to masonry walls.
82.
Methods of handling and applying
exterior scratch-coat.
Apply scratch-coat to necessary walls
over surface waterproofing.
83.
Comparison of different bases for
exterior scratch-coat; wire netting
and metal lath over paper sheathing,
patented combinations.
Apply waterproofed plaster to walls
with base of wire netting, metal lath.
84.
Methods of scratch-coating exterior
ceilings over a base of wire netting,
metal lath and patented combina-
tions.
Apply waterproofed scratch-coat to
exterior ceilings of different bases.
85.
Methods of scratch-coating special
surfaces, copings, arches, chimneys,
window-heads, door-heads.
Apply scratch-coat to special sur-
faces.
86.
Purposes of spots and screeds on
surfaces to be brown-coated.
Set spots and screeds on exterior
walls.
87.
Mixtures of brown-coat materials
for exterior walls.
Preparation of materials for brown-
coat on exterior walls.
88.
Methods of and precautions to be
taken in scaffolding; a study of
local by-laws.
Apply brown-coat to walls six)tted
and screeded.
89.
Waste materials and re-mixing them
for salvage.
Apply brown-coat to walls assumed
to be true and not spotted or
screeded.
90.
Methods of lining, plumbing and
levelling.
Apply brown-coat to surfaces assum-
ed to be true. Apply brown-coat to
ceilings assumed to be true and not
spotted or screeded.
91.
Methods of spotting, screeding and
truing ceilings not assumed to be
true.
Line, level, spot and screed ceilings
not assumed to be true.
92.
Methods of spotting and screeding
surfaces.
93.
Uses and purposes of a spirit-level,
water-level, and chalk-line.
Apply brown-coat to surfaces.
94.
Methods of preparing odd or irreg-
ular surfaces for brown-coat.
Apply brown-coat to surfaces.
595
2010
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
SCHEDULE 6— Continued
Item
Column 1
Column 2
Column 3
Subject-matter
Instruction In
Skills for Pupils
95.
Methods of laying on, filling in and
floating walls that have deep hollows.
Lay on, fill in and float walls with
deep hollows.
96.
Methods of laying on, filling in and
floating ceilings that have deep
hollows.
Lay on, fill in and float ceilings with
deep hollows.
97.
Imperfections in brown-coat mix-
tures, and recognition of these
imperfections before application of
the mixtures.
Prepare for brown-coat those odd
or irregular surfaces not studied
under item 94.
98.
Special methods of brown-coating
surfaces.
Brown-coat surfaces.
99.
Methods of applying brown-coat to
surfaces containing stone, or brick
that is to be left exposed.
Prepare surfaces and apply brown-
coat.
100.
Properties and characteristics of
white Medusa cement.
White Medusa cement;
white sand.
Prepare dry materials for third coat
for following finishes: (a) plain
natural Portland cement; and (b)
plain white Medusa cement.
101.
Mineral pigments compared with
synthetic or manufactured colouring-
materials.
Mix and apply third coats to surfaces.
102.
Materials used for dash finishes.
Pebbles, stone chips,
broken glass, and
shells.
Apply a pebble dash-finish and a
stone-chip dash-finish to surfaces.
103.
Methods of lining, jointing and
pointing surfaces to resemble ashlar
or rubble.
Line, joint and point surfaces to
resemble ashlar. Joint and point
surfaces to resemble rubble.
104.
Materials used in rough-cast finishes.
Prepare materials and surfaces for
rough-cast finish.
105.
Methods of applying rough-cast
finishes.
Apply rough-cast finish to surfaces.
106.
Methods of applying dash materials
to rough-cast surfaces.
Apply even dash of pebbles or stone
chips to rough-cast surfaces.
107.
Methods of applying hand-placed
dash-finishes to rough-cast surfaces.
Apply hand-placed finishes of broken
glass or shells to rough-cast surfaces.
108.
Characteristics of stippled finishes.
Sponges; buckets.
Preparation of materials and sur-
faces for stippled finish.
109.
Methods of obtaining different stip-
pled effects.
Prepare materials and surfaces for
combed and scraped finishes.
110.
Methods of obtaining different
combed and scraped finishes.
Apply finish-coat to surfaces, and
then comb and scrape for different
finishes.
HI.
Methods of transferring moulding-
profiles from blue-prints to zinc sheet
for moulds.
Sheet zinc; tin-snips.
Transfer profile of simple moulding
to zinc sheet, cut to outline and clean
up edges.
112.
Name of parts and assembly of
wooden members of mould.
Lumber; nails.
Prepare wooden members of mould
and assemble the whole.
113.
The moulding-bench.
Make a moulding-bench, set running
strips.
114.
Materials and mixtures, used for
running mouldings.
Plaster of Paris; lime;
gypsum plaster.
Make a small mixing-box and all
other necessary preparations for
running mouldings.
115.
Mixing materials and methods of
running mouldings.
Run a simple moulding on the bench
and set aside to set up.
116.
Methods and purposes of mitring
both inside and outside corners.
Make sample mitres for inside and
outside corners.
596
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
2011
SCHEDULE 6— Continued
Item
Column 1
Column 2
Column 3
Subject-matter
Instruction In
Skills for Pupils
117.
Methods of laying out a wall to
receive simple moulding and methods
of planting moulding in place.
Plasterer's small tools.
Lay out the wall, plant moulding in
place, and finish the joints properly.
118.
Transfer profile of simple cornice-
moulding from blue-print or sample
to zinc.
Transfer the profile, cut out and true
up edges for simple cornice-moulding.
119.
Making a mould for running a simple
cornice-moulding on a wall.
Make wooden members and assemble
them.
120.
Methods of setting and purposes of
ceiling lines and wall running-strips.
Lay out a ceiling line, lay out a wall
and set the running-strips.
121.
Mixtures and methods of running a
simple cornice-moulding on the wall.
Mix materials and run a simple
cornice-mould on the wall.
122.
Methods of mitring corners when
moulding is run on the wall and
mould cannot be used for mitres.
Mitre the corners where mould
cannot be used.
123.
Methods of building up a wall and
ceiling intersection for a heavy
cornice-moulding.
Different types of wood
lath and metal lath.
Build up with furring strips, lath to
ceiling and wall intersection to
receive a heavy cornice-moulding.
124.
Construction and purpose of a
muffler on a heavy cornice-mould to
be used to run a heavy cornice on
the wall.
Construct a mould from a blue-print
or sample for a heavy cornice-mould
and apply muffler.
125.
Application of and mixtures used for
brown-coat for a heavy cornice-
moulding.
Run brown-coat with muffler; mitre
inside and outside corners.
126.
Construction of pilaster and wall-
panel moulds.
Construct double-sided pilaster and
wall-panel moulds.
127.
Methods of laying out walls for
running pilasters and panel mould-
ings.
Lay out a plain wall and set running
strips for pilasters and panel mould-
ings.
128.
Materials and mixtures and methods
of running pilasters and panel mould-
ings.
Mix materials and run pilasters and
panel mouldings on wa 1.
129.
Construction of cornice-mould with
five members or profile.
Construct a cornice-mould of five
members to run cornice on wall with
pilasters.
130.
Methods of laying out a wall and
ceiling and setting running-strips to
run mould.
Lay out ceiling lines, lay out a wall
and set running strips to run mould-
ing.
131.
Methods of running, and materials
and mixtures used to run, a cornice
moulding on a wall set with pilasters.
Mix materials and run moulding on
wall.
132.
Methods of laying out ceilings and
setting running-strips for ceiling-
panel mouldings in geometrical de-
signs other than circular.
Lay out and set running-strips on
ceiling in geometrical designs using
straight lines.
133.
Materials and mixtures used and
method of running ceiling-panel
mouldings from a scaffold.
Mix materials and run moulding on
ceiling.
134.
Construction of radius mould for
running circular ceiling-panel mould-
ings.
Make a radius mould to correspond
with blue-print or sample.
135.
Methods of laying out circular
ceiling-panels.
Lay out and establish centres for
running circular ceiling-panel mould-
ings.
597
2012
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
SCHEDULE 6— Continued
Item
Column 1
Column 2
Column 3
Subject-matter
Instruction In
Skills for Pupils
136.
Materials and mixtures and methods
or running ceiling-mouldings with
radius mould.
Run circular mouldings on ceiling.
137.
Methods of laying out semicircular
arches for running mouldings with
radius mould.
Lay out semicircular arch and
establish centre for running mould-
ing with radius mould.
138.
Methods of running semicircular
arch from spring-line to spring-line
with radius mould.
Mix materials and run semicircular
arch-moulding with radius mould and
continue moulding to floor with
straight moulding. Lay out Gothic
arch to be run with radius mould.
139.
Methods of running mouldings to
contour of Gothic arches.
Mix materials and run moulding to
contour of Gothic arch with radius
mould and continue to floor with
straight mould.
140.
Methods of laying out elliptical
arches.
Lay out an elliptical arch and set
running strips for peg mould.
141.
Method of construction of a peg
mould for running an elliptical arch.
Make a peg mould for heavy mould-
ings to correspond with blue-print or
sample, and then apply muffler.
142.
Method of running an elliptical
arch-moulding with peg mould and
muffler.
Run brown-coat to arch from spring-
line to spring-line leaving clean ends
to permit application of pre-cast
ornaments. Remove muffler from
mould and run finish-coat on mould-
ing brown.
143.
Run mouldings on niches by hori-
zontal and vertical methods.
Run mouldings on niches by hori-
zontal and vertical methods.
144.
Method of laying out and screeding
a covered ceiling or any similar
surface involving a circle on a circle.
Mix and apply scratch-coat to a
covered cei ing. Mix and apply
brown-coat to ceiling.
145.
Methods of finish-coating ceilings.
Apply a finish putty-coat to ceiling
brown-coated.
146.
Methods of laying out a ceiling for
false beams.
Lay out ceiling for false beams.
147.
Methods of building up false work
for beams on ceiling.
Build up false work for beams on
ceiling.
148.
Methods of applying scratch-coat
to beams on ceiling.
Apply scratch-coat to beams on
ceiling.
149.
Methods of screeding and brown-
coating beams on ceiling.
Mix and apply brown-coat to beams
scratch-coated.
150.
Method of running bed- or crown-
mouldings at intersections of beams
and ceiling.
Lay out and set running-strips for
running crown- or bed-mouldings at
intersection of beams and ceiling.
151.
Method of running mouldings.
Run crown- or bed-mouldings.
152.
Method of applying a finish-coat to
beams.
Apply a finish-coat to beams brown-
coated.
153.
Methods of laying out panels on
ceiling in geometrical designs using
only straight lines.
.
Lay out panels on ceiling in geo-
metrical designs using only straight
lines.
154.
Methods of running panel-mouldings.
How to run mouldings.
155.
Methods of laying out circular panels
on ceiling.
Lay out circular panels on ceiling.
156.
Methods of constructing moulds in
which to cast plaster mouldings.
Construct a mould in which to cast
a simple dentil-moulding.
598.
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
2013
SCHEDULE 6— Continued
Item
Column 1
Column 2
Column 3
Subject-matter
Instruction In
Skills for Pupils
157.
Methods of casting mouldings.
Cast mouldings in the mould. Cast
an intricate cornice-moulding.
158.
Methods of mitring pre-cast mould-
ings.
Mitre short sections of moulding-
cast, plant on inside and outside
corners and finish the joints properly.
159.
Methods and purposes of cutting to
lose on pre-cast mouldings.
Cut to lose, plant and make good the
joint on dentil-moulding cast and
mitres.
160.
Opening out to gain on pre-cast
mouldings.
Open out to gain, plant, point and
make good the jomts on cornice-
moulding cast and mitres.
161.
Purposes of buttering and methods
of setting simple wall or ceiling pre-
cast ornaments.
Simple pre-cast orna-
ments.
Butter and set simple pre-cast wall
or ceiling ornaments.
162.
Methods of bracing heavy pre-cast
ceiling ornaments.
Heavy pre-cast orna-
ments.
Butter, set and brace heavy pre-cast
ceiling ornaments on a straight
ceiling.
163.
Methods of bracing heavy pre-cast
ornaments on curved ceilings or
other surfaces.
Butter, set and brace heavy pre-cast
ornament on coved ceiling.
164.
Lay-out methods for framing plain
interior columns.
Lumber; wood lath;
metal lath.
Frame and lath a plain 2-by-4 one-
inch circular interior column.
165.
Methods of scratch-coating a cyl-
inder.
Apply scratch-coat to column
framed.
166.
Construction and purposes of tem-
plates for cylindrical work.
Construct a template for column.
167.
Methods and purposes of screeds in
cylindrical work.
Screed and apply brown-coat to
column.
168.
Methods of finish-coating cylindrical
work.
Apply finish-coat to column.
169.
Methods of plumbing and levelling
pre-cast bases for columns.
Prepare lower end of column to
receive pre-cast base.
170.
Preparation of bed for pre-cast base.
Prepare the bed and set base on
column. Prepare upper end of
column to receive pre-cast cap.
171.
Lay-out methods for diminished
octagonal column.
Frame and lath diminished octagonal
column.
172.
Methods of scratch-coating column.
Apply scratch-coat to column.
173.
Construction and purposes of tem-
plates for diminished columns.
Construct a template for column.
174.
Methods of screeding diminished
columns.
Screed and apply brown-coat to
column.
175.
Methods of finish-coating diminished
columns.
Apply finish-coat (travertine or Caen
stone) to column.
176.
Lay-out methods for a diminished,
fluted, circular column.
Frame and lath a diminished, fluted,
circular column.
177.
Methods of applying scratch-coat
to column.
Apply scratch-coat to column.
178.
Methods of brown-coating a column.
Apply brown-coat to column.
179.
Methods of finish-coating a column.
Apply finish-coat (travertine or Caen
stone) to column.
180.
Methods of setting columns to an
arc or ellipse in plan.
Lay out an arc or ellipse and locate
a series of columns on the arc or
ellipse.
599
2014
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
SCHEDULE 6— Continued
Item
Column 1
Column 2
Column 3
Subject-matter
Instruction In
Skills for Pupils
181.
Methods of preparing a series of beds.
Prepare beds for bases of columns.
182.
Methods of levelling a series of
columns.
Set bases on beds; level and plumb.
183.
Methods of preparing tops of bases
to receive columns.
Prepare bases to receive columns.
184.
Methods of raising and setting
columns on bases.
Set columns on bases.
185.
Methods of preparing tops of col-
umns to receive pre-cast caps.
Prepare columns to receive caps.
186.
Methods of raising and setting pre-
cast caps on columns.
Raise and set caps on columns.
SCHEDULE 7
PLUMBER
Part 1
Item
Column 1
Column 2
Column 3
Subject-matter
Instruction In
Skills for Pupils
1.
Pipe.
Pipe-material: steel; wrought iron;
copper; brass; lead; cast iron;
lengths; sizes; threads per inch.
Black; galvanized; plated; stream-
lined copper.
Identification of pipe by size. Use of
pipe tables. Advantages and dis-
advantages of different pipe-mater-
ials under various conditions.
2.
Pipe-fittings.
Materials : cast iron ; malleable ; brass ;
copper. Kinds: elbows; tees; street-
ells; reducers; crosses; couplings;
unions; boiler-couplings; flanges;
bushings; 45° fittings.
Identification of fittings by type and
size. Reading reducing-tees and
reducing-elbows. Stream-lined cop-
per-fittings: sizing of and kinds.
3.
Threading.
Threads for various pipe-sizes; stocks
and dies. Function of parts; care
and cleaning of stocks and dies;
thread-tapes; lubricants; purpose of
guides; pipe-vices: chain; bench.
Kinds and heights of stands; con-
struction of nipple-chuck.
Oiling and threading; measuring
and estimating of threads; setting of
dies; assembling vices. Threading
plated-pipe and use of strap-vice.
4.
Nipples.
Standard-size nipples; nipple-chuck;
length of threads; distance to screw
threads on coupling. Method of
inserting and removing nipple from
chuck.
Threading nipples; using nipple-
chuck; use of wrenches; cutters;
stocks and dies; lubrication.
5.
Pipe-fitting.
Cutting. Various means of cutting
pipe: wheel- and roller-cutters, 3-
wheel cutters, soil-pipe cutters.
Fittings. Methods of measuring.
Allowances for distance of pipe into
fitting. Formula for 45°-angle meas-
urements.
Use of cutters; changing wheels.
Measuring; cutting and threading
pipes to measurements including
fittings; finding sizes on 45°-angle
measurements.
6.
Soil-pipe fittings.
Fittings and their uses; admissible
fittings; prohibited fittings; sizes and
weights; extra heaving; medium
vent-fittings; waste-fittings; roof-
fittings; traps.
Identification of fittings. Use of
by-laws governing types as to where
admissible or prohibited.
7.
Caulking.
Purpose of caulking ; material ; oakum
and lead; proportion of oakum and
lead; caulking-tools and caulking-
equipment. Safety precautions. Dan-
gers of exploding lead.
Vertical caulking; horizontal caulk-
ing. Use and maintenance of plum-
ber's stove. Use of running-rope and
ladle and caulking iron.
600
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
2015
SCHEDULE 7— Continued
Item
Column 1
Column 2
Column 3
Subject-matter
Instruction In
Skills for Pupils
8.
Soil-pipe.
Extra heavy; medium tarred; oiled;
weights per foot. Cutting; measur-
ing; safety precautions against splin-
ters.
Cutting; hammer and chisel; soil-
pipe cutters; proper means of measur-
ing.
9.
Soldering.
Solder; composition of parts of
soldering iron; fluxes; oxidation;
method of tinning of iron; cleaning
of iron; fusing of solder to metals.
Filing and cleaning; tinning solder-
ing-iron; shaping soldering-iron; tin-
ning brass-goods; applying fluxes.
10.
Lead-work.
Wiping-cloths; materials used; mole-
skin ticking; composition of solder;
wiping 3^' and 1 V-i" underhand
joints. Wiping 1,^' upright joint;
proper flux to use; bending lead-pipe.
Making catch-cloth, branch-cloth,
and 3" cloth to size; greasing and
shaping cloths. Use of tools for
cleaning lead-pipe; wiping-practice;
use of springs.
11.
Mathematics.
Decimals; fractions; percentage; the
elements of the circ e. The right-
angle triangle. Introduction of roots.
Use of formulae in angle measure-
ments.
Multiplication; division; subtraction
of decimals; changing fractions to
decimals. Estimating capacities of
circular tanks. Rectangular tanks;
the 45° measurement.
12.
Water-distribution.
Hot- and cold-water supply and
distribution; storage of water; heat-
ing of water. Circulation of hot
water; sizing of pipes; air-chambers
and their uses. Convection currents;
jacket-heaters; gas-heaters.
Installing water-supply pipes. Iden-
tification of fittings; proper installa-
tion of various types of valves and
study of their uses. Connecting
right and left nipples and couplings.
13.
Rules.
The twenty basic plumbing-princi-
ples.
A study of and notes on the minimum
requirements for installation of plum-
ing.
14.
Drafting.
Use of scale; sketching plumbing
lay-outs; drains; elevations; iso-
metric drawing.
Drawing hypothetical projects to
scale.
15.
Soil-pipe work.
InstaUing soil-pipe; various types of
fittings to be used. Supports; caulk-
ing; roof-flashings; vent; connections
and footings. Lay-out of headers
where required.
Laying out stack to meet roughing-
in requirements. Practice in the
leading of roof-flashings; caulking.
Interpretation of by-laws with re-
spect to location and type of supports
and vent and waste-fitting.
16.
Lead-work.
Wiping-practice ; lead-binding. In-
sta lation and sizing of lead wastes.
Roughing-in measurements; tinning
brass.
Use of wiping- tools; installation of
waste-stack to soil-stack installed by
pupil. Wiping of lead to vents. A
study of by-laws as work proceeds.
17.
By-laws and
regulations.
Plumbing regulations of Ontario; by-
laws of the City of Toronto.
A comparison of the plumbing by-
laws of various municipalities with
emphasis on the by-laws of the mun-
icipality in which the pupil ordin-
arily resides.
18.
Tests.
Water-test; smoke- test; ball-test.
Use of test-plugs; smoke-machine;
ball-test on drainage work.
19.
Review.
Qualities of a good trap. How a trap
may lose its seal.
A test on the various subjects; make
sketches where required.
20.
Range-boiler work
under tank pressure-
systems.
General review. Overhead-tank
systems. Pneumatic water-systems.
Means of expansion. Circulation.
Laying out of piping; sizing of piping.
Use of tables for pressure-heads.
21.
Blue-print reading.
Use of standardized symbols. Use
of graduated scale; floor-plans and
elevations. Drawings and drafting-
room practice.
Locating fixtures in building. Locat-
ing water and gas. Determining
spaces for pipes for soil-stacks and
vents. Use of books for roughing-in
measurements.
22.
Trade- mathematics.
General review. Theory of triangles.
The circle. Formulae for 45°, 223^°,
and 60° measurements. Percentage;
review of fractions.
Application of various measurements
on working projects and blue-print
reading and drawing.
601
2016
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
SCHEDULE 7— Continued
Item
Column 1
Column 2
Column 3
Subject-matter
Instruction In
Skills for Pupils
23.
Mathematics.
Properties of the circle. Areas of
circ es and pipe openings. Hydro-
static tables. Discharge of water
through various-sized orifices. Cap-
acities of rectangular tanks. Cap-
acities of circular tanks. Formula for
obtaining pressure and head. To
find the quantities and velocities of
discharge through pipes under var-
ious conditions and sizes. The
lateral pressure of water on the sides
of tanks. A review of the right-angle
triangle. Finding any side when two
sides are known. Square root. Roll-
ing offsets at different degrees. Con-
version tables.
Review. Calculating. Use of math-
ematics. A comprehensive survey of
the use of mechanical tables. Notes
and tests. Estimating lengths of
fittings at different degrees and
allowances of fittings for different
angles.
Part 2
Item
Column 1
Column 2
Column 3
Subject-matter
Instruction In
Skills for Pupils
1.
Pipe.
Pipe-materials: steel; wrought iron;
copper; brass; lead; cast iron;
lengths; sizes; threads per inch.
Black; galvanized; plated; stream-
lined copper.
Identification of pipe by size. Use
of pipe-tables. Advantages and dis-
advantages of different pipe-mater-
ials under various conditions.
2.
Pipe-fittings.
Materials : cast iron ; malleable ; brass ;
copper. Kinds: elbows; tees; street-
els; reducers; crosses; couplings;
unions; boiler-couplings; flanges;
bushings; 45° fittings.
Identification of fittings by type and
size. Reading reducing-tees and re-
ducing-elbows. Stream-lined copper
fittings.
3.
Pipe-fitting.
Cutting. Various means of cutting
pipe: wheel- and roller-cutters;
3-wheel cutters; soil-pipe cutters.
Fittings. Methods of measuring.
Allowances for distance of pipe into
fitting. Formula for 45°-angle
measurements.
Use of cutters; changing wheels.
Measuring; cutting and threading
pipes to measurements including
fittings; finding sizes on 45°-angle
measurements.
4.
Caulking.
Purpose of caulking ; material ; oakum
and lead; proportion of oakum and
lead; caulking-tools and caulking-
equipment. Safety precautions. Dan-
gers of exploding lead.
Vertical caulking; horizontal caulk-
ing. Use and maintenance of plumb-
er's stove. Use of running-rope and
ladle, and caulking-iron.
5.
Soil-pipe.
Extra heavy; medium tarred; oiled;
weights per foot. Cutting; measur-
ing; safety precautions against splin-
ters.
Cutting; hammer and chisel; soil-
pipe cutters; proper means of mea-
suring.
6.
Soldering.
Solder; composition of parts of
soldering iron; fluxes; oxidation;
method of tinning of iron; cleaning
of iron; fusing of solder to metals.
Filing and cleaning; tinning solder-
ing-iron. Shaping soldering-iron;
tinning brass-goods; applying fluxes.
7.
Lead- work.
Wiping-cloths; materials used; mole-
skin ticking; composition of solder;
wiping Yi and XYi' underhand
joints. Wiping IJ^" upright joint;
proper flux to use. Bending lead
pipe.
Making catch-cloth, branch-cloth
and 3' cloth to size; greasing and
shaping cloths. Use of tools for
cleaning lead pipe. Wiping practice;
use of springs.
8.
Mathematics.
Decimals; fractions; percentage; the
elements of the circle. The right-
angle triangle. Introduction of roots.
Use of formulae in angle measure-
ment.
Multiplication; division; subtraction
of decimals; changing fractions to
decimals. Estimating capacities of
circular tanks. Rectangular tanks;
the 45° measurement.
602
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
2017
SCHEDULE 7— Continued
Item
Column 1
Column 2
Column 3
Subject-matter
Instruction In
Skills for Pupils
9.
Water-distribution.
Hot- and cold-water supply and
distribution; storage of water; heat-
ing of water; circulation of hot water;
sizing of pipes; air-chambers and
their uses; convection currents; jac-
ket-heaters; gas-heaters.
Installing water-supply pipes. Iden-
tification of fittings; proper installa-
tion of various types of valves and
study of their uses. Connecting
right and left nipples and couplings.
10.
Rules.
•
The twenty basic plumbing-prin-
ciples.
A study of and notes on the min-
imum requirements for installation
of plumbing.
11.
Drafting.
Use of scale; sketching plumbing
lay-outs; drains; elevations; iso-
metric drawing.
Drawing hypothetical projects to
scale.
12.
Review.
General review of Part 1 notes on
pipe-fitting and plumbing.
Notes and test.
13.
Water supply.
Hot- and cold-water supply and
circulation. Boiler connections, hori-
zontal and upright; air-lock; air-
chambers; boiler syphonage; advant-
ages of circulation; regulation of
temperature; dangerous connections;
tank and heaters; expansion for hot-
water supply systems. Check-valves
and where installed; relief -valves;
vacuum-valves.
Notes and sketches of various sys-
tems showing dangers and safety
precautions in range-boiler work.
Sizing of range connections and
boilers. Estimating temperatures
under various pressures. Estimating
radiators in various sizes of pipe.
14.
Soil-pipe work.
Installing soil-pipe; various types of
fittings to be used. Supports; caulk-
ing; roof-flashings; vent; connections
and footings. Lay-out of headers
where required.
Laying-out of stack to meet rough-
ing-in requirements. Practice in
lead roof-flashing; caulking. Inter-
pretation of by-laws with respect to
location and type of supports and
vent and waste-fitting.
15.
Lead- work.
Wiping-practice; lead-binding; in-
stallation and sizing of lead waste-
pipes. Roughing-in measurements;
tinning brass.
Use of wiping-tools; installation of
waste-pipes to soil-stack installed by
pupil. Wiping lead to vents. A
study of by-laws as work proceeds.
16.
Drawing.
Drain-plans; elevations; piping-pro-
jects; proper location of fittings.
Size of main and branches.
Drawing to scale various drain lay-
outs and elevations of simple pro-
jects. Marking scale and sizes of
pipe and fittings and location of
fittings and fixtures.
17.
Sewage disposal.
Septic tanks: design of tanks; vent-
ing of tanks; action of liquid; admis-
sion of sewage; materials of con-
struction; dimensions; cleaning of
tank; purification by filter-beds;
advantages of sewage-syphon; im-
portance of the crust or scum formed
on tank.
A study and notes on the table of
sizes and a list on previous year's
work on sewage disposal. Drawing
to scale a complete lay-out showing
size of compartments and disposal-
field of laterals.
18.
By-laws and
regulations.
Plumbing regulations of Ontario.
By-laws of the City of Toronto.
A comparison of the plumbing by-
laws of various municipalities with
emphasis on the by-laws of the
municipality in which the pupil
ordinarily resides.
19.
Rules.
A review of the 20 basic plumbing-
principles.
Notes and test.
20.
Drains.
Cellar drainage; rain-water leaders;
other types of drains; cellar drains;
sewage-ejectors; venting of ejectors.
Notes; sketches and tests; a com-
parison of codes with respect to
drainage-systems.
21.
Fixtures.
Baths; lavatories; water-closets;
laundry trays and laundry sinks,
manufacturer's roughing-in and
plate-number catalogues.
Installing fixtures to completed
roughing-in; placing of fixtures and
use of plate-numbers to determine
fixtures to be used.
22.
Tests.
Water-test; smoke-test; ball-test.
Use of test-plugs; smoke-machine;
ball-test on drainage-work.
603
2018
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
SCHEDULE 7— Continued
Item
Column 1
Column 2
Column 3
Subject-matter
Instruction In
Skills for Pupils
23.
Local ventilation.
Local ventilation for lavatories and
the by-law governing it. Knowledge
of areas of circles and rectangles.
Installation of simple local-ventila-
tion job to a lay-out already installed.
A study of the plumbing regulations
of Ontario.
24.
Draining of plumbing.
Precautions for plumbing-systems in
unoccupied premises during cold
weather; safety precautions against
freezing.
Draining of system; de-sealing of
traps. Locating undrained pockets.
25.
Review.
Qualities of a good trap. How a trap
may lose its seal.
A test on the various subjects,
making sketches where required.
26.
Range-boiler work
under tank pressure-
systems.
General review. Overhead-tank
systems. Pneumatic water-systems.
Means of expansion. Circulation.
Laying-out of piping; sizing of
piping. Use of tables for pressure
heads.
27.
Blue-print reading.
Use of standardized symbols. Use
of graduated scale, floor-plans, and
elevations. Drawings and drafting-
room practice.
Locating fixtures in building. Locat-
ing water and gas. Determining
spaces for pipes for soil-stacks and
vents. Use of roughing-in measure-
ment books.
28.
Trade mathematics.
General review. Theory of triangles.
The circle. Formulae for 45°, 223/^°,
and 60° measurements. Percentage;
review of fractions.
Application of various measurements
on working projects and blue-print
reading and drawing.
29.
Laying-out of simple 3-
piece bath-room.
Roughing-in measurements of water-
closet, basin, and bath. Allowances
for furring. Local ventilation.
Spacing of fixtures. Locating head-
ers. Locating water-piping. Locating
stack and vents.
30.
Roughing-in of 3-piece
bath-room.
Review of best methods of caulking
joints. Practice in lead-bending.
Practice in lead-wiping and tinning
of brass. Roof-flashings. Review of
by-law. Types of fittings for soil-
stack and vents. Type of fittings for
water-piping. Water-testing.
Practising lead-work. Listing fittings
required. Selecting and installing
roughing-in materials. Applying
test.
31.
By-laws.
Drains; soil-stacks; wastes; vents;
local ventilation; septic tanks; water-
piping.
A study of local by-laws.
32.
Review.
A review of (a) the plumbing reg-
ulations of Ontario, (b) the 20 basic
plumbing-principles, and (c) by-laws
of municipalities.
Notes and constructive criticisms.
Sketches.
33.
Septic tanks.
Septic tanks: construction, operation
and capacity. Bacterial action and
disposal beds.
Selection of fittings. Use and theory
of the automatic sewage-syphon.
34.
Review.
General review of Part 1 of this
Schedule.
Checking on notes.
35.
Soil-pipe.
Soil-pipe work in batteries, and
installation of a venting-system.
Roughing in. Laying out to plan.
36.
Lead-work.
Bending lead. Wiping various types
of joints; tinning brass-work. Sheet-
lead work.
Using job methods. Timing the
various operations.
37.
Testing.
Types of tests; water, air, and smoke.
Apply tests to various projects.
38.
Water supply and cir-
culation.
Street connections, and the various
types thereof. Water-meter con-
nections. By-passes on various con-
nections. Cause of collapse in range-
boiler work. Causes of rusty water.
Causes of sweating and how over-
come. Meaning of and overcoming
by-passing in range-boiler work.
The absorption of air by water, and
the appearance thereof. Causes of
rumbling in range-boiler work and
Installing of various types of water
connections. Notes on and theory of
convection, air lock, and a review of
pressures. Sizing of mains and
returns. Repairing leaks on range
boilers. Assembling "flushometer"
valves, various types.
604
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
2019
SCHEDULE 7— Continued
Item
Column 1
Column 2
Column 3
Subject-matter
Instruction In
Skills for Pupils
how to over-come. The formation of
steam and its causes. Causes of
failure to heat water; collection of
air at high points; conditions of
pressure in which an air-lock occurs.
39.
Mathematics.
Properties of the circle. Areas of
circ es and pipe-openings. Hydro-
static tables. Discharge of water
through various-sized orifices. Cap-
acities of rectangular tanks. Cap-
acities of circular tanks. Formula
for obtaining pressure and head.
To find the quantities and velocities
of discharge through pipes under
various conditions and sizes. The
lateral pressure of water on tanks.
A review of the right-angle triangle.
Finding any side when two sides are
known. Square root. Rolling offsets
at different degrees. Conversion
tables.
Review. Calculating. Uses of
mathematics. A comprehensive sur-
vey of the use of mechanical tables.
Notes and tests.
Estimating lengths of fittings at
different degrees, and allowances of
fittings for different angles.
SCHEDULE 8
SHEET METAL WORKER
Part 1
Item
Column 1
Column 2
Column 3
Subject-matter
Instruction In
Skills for Pupils
1.
Drafting.
Drafting-instruments and their use.
Applied geometry.
Note-book work.
2.
Tools of the trade.
Hand-tools, bench-tools, and mach-
ines.
Use and care of tools and machines.
3.
Safety precautions.
Fire-hazards. Use of extinguishers.
Cuts and injuries.
Location of fire-extinguishers and
first-aid necessities.
4.
Cones.
Development of patterns for cone.
Frustum of cone, and irregular
frustum of cone.
Drafting and forming projects.
5.
Metal sheets.
Types of sheets: standard sizes,
weights and gauges; black iron;
galvanized iron ; tinned iron ; copper,
hard; copper, soft; zinc; stainless
steel; Monel metal.
Note-book work and testing iron
sheets for gauge.
6.
Joints.
Lap and lock allowances.
Soldering lap on cone and locks on
frusta of cones.
7.
Pyramids.
Square pyramid. Frustum of hex-
agon pyramid. Irregular frustum of
octagonal pyramid.
Drafting, developing patterns, and
forming projects. Use of hand-
groover.
8.
Soldering.
Heating, soldering copper. Strop-use
gas furnace. Outside use charcoal
fire-pot. Tinning-coppers and the
inside and outside use thereof.
Soldering cones and pyramids already
made. The drawing-out or shaping
of solder ing-coppers. Soldering-flux
for different metals.
9.
Solder.
The melting temperatures of various
grades of solder.
Note-book work.
10.
Funnel.
Making a tin funnel and fruit-jar
filler; allowance for wire edge.
Drafting patterns for and making of
a scoop.
11.
Grocer's scoop.
Use of cone method to develop
project.
Drafting patterns for and making of
a grocer's scoop.
605
2020
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
SCHEDULE 8— Continued
Item
Column 1
Column 2
Column 3
Subject-matter
Instruction In
Skills for Pupils
12.
Round ventilator-head.
Use of cone method to develop
project. Method of laying out holes
m vent and braces for stone-bolts or
rivets.
Drafting patterns and fabricating
vent-head. Use of bead machine.
Use of crimping machine. Use of
solid punch.
13.
2-piece elbows.
Method to obtain mitre line of 90°
round elbow, bevel round-elbow, and
bevel rectangular-elbow.
Drafting patterns and making el-
bows.
14.
4-piece round elbow
90°.
Rule to obtain mitre line of any
number of pieces in elbow. Method
to join sections of elbow.
Draft and develop patterns, make
project. Use of elbow machine. Use
of Turner machine. Use of rivet-set.
15.
Riveting.
Sizes of rivets and how they are sold.
Where and how rivets are used.
Types of rivets. Sizes and weight of
rivets. Method for blind riveting.
Note-book work and blind riveting.
16.
5-piece round elbow
60°.
Rule to obtain mitre line for elbows
of any degree, having any desired
number of pieces. Method to deter-
mine the correct girth of round
projects. Allowance to be made for
small end of pipes and fittings, in
relation to gauge of metal used.
Draft patterns and fabricate elbow.
Use of fractions. Use of decimals.
Use of crimping machine. Weights
and gauges of metal sheets.
17.
Round elbow.
Shop method.
Each pupil to make a different type
of elbow by short methbd.
18.
Cleats.
Cleats used in ventilation; square
pipe.
Making sample. Drive-cleat. S cleat.
L cleat. T cleat. Pittsburgh lock.
19.
Rectangular
pipe-fittings.
Elbows, offset, taper, branch-fittings,
Y fittings.
Drafting and fabricating fittings.
Allowances for locks and cleats.
20.
Roof fknges.
Round and octagonal fknges for
. single- and double-pitched roofs.
Method to obtain intersection points.
Drafting. Fabricating roof-fianges
with pipe attached.
21.
T joint round.
Pipes of same diameter. Method of
connecting when using this type of
joint.
Drafting patterns. Making furnace
T-pipe.
22.
T joint round.
Pipes of different diameters. Method
of connecting when using this type
of joint.
Drafting patterns. Making unequal
T-pipe.
23.
Branch joint round.
Pipes of same diameter at an angle.
Method of connecting branches to
main pipe.
Drafting patterns. Making project.
24.
Branch joint.
Round pipes of unequal diameters
intersecting at an angle. Where and
why this type of fitting is used.
Drafting patterns. Making project.
25.
Branch joint.
Two round pipes of unequal dia-
meters that intersect irregularly or
oflf centre. Method of obtaining
double mitre line.
Drafting patterns. Making project.
26.
Roman mouldings.
Used in construction of eaves-trough
and cornice profiles. Torus mould-
ing. The Cavetto, or Cove. The
Ovolo, or quarter-round. The Cyma
Recta or Ogee. The Cyma Reversa
or Reverse Ogee. The Scotia.
Drafting, and note-book work.
27.
Eaves-trough.
Common Ogee gutter. Moulded-face
gutter. Half-round gutter. Method
of marking before forming right and
left sections of mitre. Method of
notching and allowance for notching
on mitres. Methods of attaching
different types of gutters to buildings.
Drafting patterns for 90° inside and
outside mitres. Cutting, forming and
soldering mitres of each type of
gutter, and cutting and soldering
one outlet to each. Cutting mitre in
common Ogee gutter, without a
pattern, job-fashion. Cutting and
forming gutter tubes.
606
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
2021
SCHEDULE 8— Continued
Item
Column 1
Column 2
Column 3
Subject-matter
Instruction In
Skills for Pupils
28.
Cornice.
Square return-mitres, outside and
inside. Oblique or bevel return-
mitres. Method to obtain stretch-
out. Method to dab for forming on
brake. Method of measuring cornice
from plan. Method of forming
cornice to correct shape.
Drafting and laying out patterns.
Cutting, forming and soldering cor-
nice-mitres. Cutting profile for form-
ing template.
29.
Cornice.
Panel-mitre or face-mitre; 90° face-
mitre. Bevel face-mitre. Method of
lay-out in relation to the return
mitres.
Drafting and laying out patterns.
Cutting, forming and soldering pro-
jects.
30.
Transition, square to
square.
Triangulation. Method to obtain the
correct length of slant-lines from
plan and elevation.
Drafting, long method. Developing
pattern by short or shop method.
Making transition in one piece.
31.
Transition, square to
round on centre.
Method to obtain the correct length
of slant-lines from plan and elevation.
Method of notching to allow for
machine edges.
Developing pattern by short or shop
method. Making project in two
pieces.
32.
Transition, piece-rect-
angular to round off-
centre.
Method to obtain the correct length
of slant-lines from plan and elevation.
Method of marking to ensure fitting
is not formed inside out.
Developing pattern by short or shop
method. ^
33.
Transition, rectangular
to round with base
obliquely inclined.
Method to obtain the correct length
of slant-lines from plan and elevation.
Developing pattern by short or shop
method.
34.
Circular tank.
Method for reinforcing top of tank
with rod. Method and allowance for
double-seaming bottom of tank.
Making tank. Use of forming rolls
when rod is attached to project to be
rolled.
35.
Square or rectangular
tank.
Method for reinforcing top of tank
with rod. Method and allowance for
double-seaming bottom of tank.
Making tank. Attaching a rod rein-
forcement after project is formed.
36.
Soldering.
Method of shaping and tinning irons
for inside and outside use.
Soldering horizontal joints. Solder-
ing upright joints.
37.
Applied mathematics.
Circumference of a circle. Area of a
circle. Solids.
Note-book work. Problems on
mathematics.
38.
Square-pipe fitting.
Taper-elbow, flat on one side.
Pittsburgh locks.
Drafting. Making project. Using
Pittsburgh lock.
Part 2
Item
Column 1
Column 2
Column 3
Subject-matter
Instruction In
Skills for Pupils
1.
Transition, square to
square.
Triangulation. Method to obtain
the correct length of slant-lines from
plan and elevation.
Drafting, long method. Developing
pattern by short or shop method.
Making transition in one piece.
2.
Transition, square to
round on centre.
Method to obtain the correct length
of slant-lines from plan and elevation.
Method of notching to allow for
machine edges.
Developing pattern by short or shop
method. Making project in two
pieces.
3.
Transition, piece-rect-
angular to round off-
centre.
Method to obtain the correct length
of slant-lines from plan and elevation.
Method of marking to ensure fitting
is not formed inside out.
Developing pattern by short or shop
method.
4.
Transition, rectangular
to round with base
obliquely inclined.
Method to obtain the correct length
of slant-lines from plan and elevation.
Developing pattern by short or shop
method.
607
2022
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
SCHEDULE 8— Continued
Item
Column 1
Column 2
Column 3
Subject-matter
Instruction In
Skills for Pupils
5.
Furnace boot rectang-
ular to round.
Method to obtain the correct length
of slant-lines from plan and elevation
with special attention to large and
small collars of fitting.
Developing pattern by short or shop
method. Drafting and fabrication.
6.
Ventilator bases.
Square-to-round ventilator-bases for
flat, single-pitched and double-
pitched roofs.
Drafting. Developing patterns. Fab-
ricating projects.
7.
Reducing elbow, round
to round.
Three-piece reducing-elbow, with
transition piece in centre section.
Drafting. Developing patterns.
Making project.
8.
Reducing off-set, round
to round.
Three-piece reducing-elbow, with
transition piece in centre section.
Drafting. Developing patterns.
Making project.
9.
Square-to-round elbow.
Three-piece reducing-elbow, with
transition piece in centre section.
Method of connecting a square
section to a transition section.
Drafting. Developing patterns.
Making project.
10.
Irregular T-joint,
round to rectangular.
Method employed in developing
patterns from elevation.
Drafting. Developing patterns.
Fabricating project.
11.
12.
Straight-back taper.
Where and why this type of fitting
is used; special attention to large
and small collars and allowances
therefor.
Drafting. Developing patterns.
Fabricating project.
Irregular taper.
Where and why this type of fitting
is used; special attention to large and
small collars and allowances therefor.
Drafting. Developing patterns.
Fabricating project.
13.
Two-branch Y-joint,
round to round.
Where and why this type of fitting is
used, with special attention to large
and small collars and allowances
therefor. Special attention to mitre
line.
Drafting. Developing patterns by
shop method. Making project.
14.
Two-branch Y-joint,
round to square.
Where and why this type of fitting
is used, with special attention to
large and small collars and allowances
therefor. Special attention to mitre
line.
Drafting. Developing patterns by
shop method. Making project.
15.
Two-way Y-fitting,
round to round,
straight on one side.
Where and why this type of fitting
is used, with special attention to
large and small collars and allowances
therefor. Special attention to mitre
line.
Drafting. Developing patterns by
shop method. Making project.
16.
Breeches.
Unusual type of fitting. Combina-
tion of triangulation and parallel-
line development.
Drafting. Developing patterns by
shop method. Making project.
17.
Irregular Y-fitting, one
branch square, one
branch round.
Mitring vertical and horizontal con-
nections; method of joining them.
Drafting. Developing patterns by
shop method. Making project.
18.
Five-piece taper-elbow,
round.
Method of developing patterns for
tapering sections of elbow.
Drafting to scale. Developing
patterns full size. Fabricating
project.
19.
Circular tank.
Method for reinforcing top of tank
with rod. Method and allowance for
double-seaming bottom of tank.
Making tank. Use of forming rolls
when rod is attached to project to
be rolled.
20.
Square or rectangular
tank.
Method for reinforcing top of tank
with rod. Method and allowance for
double-seaming bottom of tank.
Making tank. Attaching a rod rein-
forcement after project is formed.
21.
Soldering.
Method of shaping and tinning irons
for inside and outside use.
Soldering of horizontal joints. Sold-
ering of upright joints.
22.
Applied mathematics.
Circumference of a circle. Area of a
1 circle. Solids.
Note-book work. Problems in
mathematics.
608
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
2023
SCHEDULE 8— Continued
Item
Column 1
Column 2
Column 3
Subject-matter
Instruction In
Skills for Pupils
23.
Square pipe-fittings.
Taper-elbow, flat on one side. Pitts-
burgh locks.
Drafting. Making project. Using
Pittsburgh lock.
24.
Ship- ventilator, round
to round.
Rule for design of ventilator. Method
for developing patterns.
Drafting. Making project. Note-
book work.
25.
Flat skylight.
Where used. How erected. Method
to obtain patterns and true lengths.
Drafting. Developing patterns.
Making a small sky ight.
26.
Hip-skylight, third
pitch.
Shop method to pay out skylight by
scale. Method to develop mitre cuts
and intersections. Method to
develop the true profile of hip-bar.
Rules for finding the true lengths of
the various parts of a hipped sky-
light (a) by mensuration, (b) by
triangulation. Method and reason
for capping skylights. Reason for
condensation gutters and outlets in
curb for condensation. Methods
used for erecting skylights of various
sizes. Method of cutting and install-
ing wired glass. Method to repair
metal work and glass of skylights.
Method of installing lift-light to
skylight, and making it weather-
tight. Standard sizes and weight of
wired glass.
Drafting. Developing patterns.
Making small hipped-skylight, with
a lift-light. Note-book work for
true-length rules. Pupil to determine
by mensuration and check by tri-
angulation the true lengths of several
skylights of various sizes. A diagram
showing a detailed plan of the inter-
section of the various bars used in
the construction of hipped skylights.
Cutting and installing one light of
wired glass in skylight.
27.
Ship- ventilator, round
base, elliptical mouth.
Rules to design. Method of taking
sections from side elevation and de-
veloping patterns therefor. Method
of taking major and minor axis
from side and front elevations and
constructing ellipse by short rule.
Drafting. Developing patterns.
Making project.
SCHEDULE 9
STEAMFITTER
Part 1
Item
Columnjl
Column 2
Column 3
Subject-matter
Instruction In
Skills for Pupils
1.
History of steam-fit-
ting trade.
Brief lecture.
Development of the industry.
2.
Future prospects of the
industry.
Brief lecture.
Growth of the country; replacement
of mechanics for such reasons as
death and old age.
3.
Tools of the trade.
Exhibition of the uses of various
tools.
Purpose of tools and where used.
Care to be exercised in use.
4.
Safety precautions.
Brief lecture.
Cause of accidents, for such reasons
as horse-play and carelessness.
5.
Pipe sizes and math-
ematics relating there-
to.
Use of rule; table of pipe sizes.
Use of rule. Measure the inside
diameter of pipe. Difference between
standard and high-pressure pipe.
6.
Sizing of tees.
Sample of tees.
Correct method of reading the open-
ing on tees. Taking off-centres.
7.
Cutting and reaming.
Different methods of cutting pipe.
Types of pipe-cutters and the angle
thereof.
Use of vice. Use of cutters. Types
of cutters. Use of oil. Angle of
cutters.
Use of reamer. Types of reamers.
Purpose of reaming. Cause of burr
inside pipe. Friction prevents proper
flow if burr left inside pipe.
609
2024
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
SCHEDULE 9— Continued
Item
Column 1
Column 2
Column 3
Subject-matter
Instruction In
Skills for Pupils
8.
Setting up stock and
dies.
Types of stocks and dies and the
reason for cleaning them. Setting
dies on mark. Placing dies in correct
slots. Purpose and use of guide.
Cleaning stocks and dies. Setting
up stocks and dies. Reason for
cleaning. Purpose of guide. Method
of placing dies.
9.
Taking off-centres of
different types of fit-
tings, tees, elbow, 45-
degree fittings.
Measure form, face of fittings to
centre of fittings. Allow for thread.
Use of rule. Length of thread to go
into fittings.
10.
Measure, cut, thread,
ream and make fittings
on pipe.
Making fittings on pipe, measure
pipe, use vice, ream pipe, thread pipe,
use oil, remove cuttmgs from thread,
remove stocks, and test thread for
correct taper.
Number of threads to the inch. Use
of pipe- wrench. Use of vice. Use of
reamer. Use of stocks and dies.
Purpose of reaming. Length of
thread to cut. Reason for removing
cuttings from threads. Testing
thread for correct taper. Use of
fitting for testing thread. Number
of thread to screw on by hand.
Purpose of oil. Types of oil to use.
Amount of taper.
11.
Make a nipple-chuck.
Make a running thread; screw on
coupling.
Use of wrench. Use of stocks and
dies. Use of rule. Length of thread
to cut. Purpose of nipple-chuck.
Distance to screw coupling on thread.
12.
Make various-sized
nipples.
Measure length of nipple. Thread
one end of pipe; cut pipe. Screw
nipple into nipple-chuck. Thread
nipple; remove nipple from chuck.
Use of rule, wrench, reamer, cutters,
stocks and dies. Length to screw
coupling on running thread. Use of
larger sizes of guides when necessary.
Method of removing nipple from
chuck.
13.
How to take a 45-
degree measurement.
Purpose of 45-degree measurements.
Measure offset, take off centres of
fittings.
Use of square root, hypotenuse of
right-angle triangle. Use of formula
1.414.
14.
Figure out and make
a 45-degree offset.
A given offset. Use of formula 1.414.
Figure length of offset.
Use of rule. Formula to use. Use of
stocks and dies, and cutters and
reamer.
IS.
Cutting gaskets.
Select materials, mark out on flange,
cut gasket, and cut holes.
Types of gasket materials. Laying
out of materials. Use of ball-peen
hammer. Use of gasket-cutter.
16.
Straightening pipe.
Lining-up of pipe. Use hammer.
Use of eye. Use of hammer. Benefits
of straight pipe.
17.
Types of hot- water
heating systems.
Gravity system. Overhead system.
Closed system. Forced hot-water
system.
Circulation of water. Grade of
mains. Use of air-vents. Purpose of
expansion-tanks. Height of tank.
Resistance of globe-valves. Differ-
ence between temperature of supfjly
and return. Position of main.
Omission of air-vents on radiators.
Advantages of overhead system,
such as more radiation, and rapid
circulation. Position of tank in a
closed system. Purpose of relief
valve. Purpose of tank. Suitable
for large buildings where buildings
are scattered. Position of circulating
pump. Purpose of relief valve on
expansion-tank.
18.
Connections to radia-
tors and risers.
Diagrams on blackboard. Types of
connections.
Radiator connections on ground
floor. Riser connections. Cbnnec-
tions to radiators; overhead system.
Method of connecting 2 radiators
on same floor to form a single riser.
Branch connections to form an over-
head main. Purpose of relief valve
on expansion-tank.
610
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
2025
SCHEDULE 9— Continued
Item
Column 1
Column 2
Column 3
Subject-matter
Instruction In
Skills for Pupils
19.
Assembling radiators.
Demonstration and assembling of
radiators by pupils.
Use of radiator wrenches. Method of
pulling up the nipples evenly. Pur-
pose of levelling radiators. Dis-
assembling of radiators. Method of
removing sections; push-nipple typ)e
of radiation.
20.
Types of valves.
Exhibition of valves.
Difference between globe-valve and
gate-valve. Pressure-side of globe-
valves. Steam-radiator valves. Hot-
water radiator valves. Purpose of
check-valves. Objection to use of
globe-valves on hot-water heating.
Hot-water air-valves and their pur-
pose. Automatic air-valves and
their purpose.
21.
Difference between
standard and heavy
pipe.
Table of pipe sizes.
Pressure per square inch on standard
pipe and X-heavy pipe. Difference
between low-pressure and high-pres-
sure steam. Inside diameter of
standard pipe and X-heavy pipe.
22.
Grade and direction of
hot-water mains.
Blackboard.
Convection currents as applied to
hot-water heating. Minimum
amount of grade.
23.
The right and left con-
nection.
Demonstration.
Advantages of the right and left
connection. Reason for counting
threads into connections. Making
right and left connections. Use of
right and left connections in con-
necting hot-water radiators.
24.
Assembling a hot-
water boiler.
Instruction in assembling a boiler.
Pupils assembling a boiler.
Parts of boiler. Purpose of levelling
boilers. Use of level. Assembling
grates. Cleaning parts and nipples.
Assembling of sections. Purpose of
altitude gauge. Assembling of
headers. Levelling of headers.
Tightening of bolts.
25.
Purpose of sleeves.
Types of sleeves and where used.
Effect of expansion on partitions and
floors, if sleeves not used. Use of
sleeves for risers and radiator.
Filling of sleeves before a concrete
floor is poured.
26.
Sizing of branches to
radiators and risers.
Table-radiator; tapping hot-water
to various floors.
Number of any size of branches to
size of main. Radiator tappings,
ground floor, second floor, and so
forth. Number and size of con-
nections which can be taken from
risers.
27.
Expansion-tank con-
nections.
Diagrams on blackboard.
Purpose of expansion-tank. Con-
nection to tank from highest
radiator-return or return at boiler.
Omission of valves on connections.
Expansion-tank connections of an
overhead system. Height of expan-
sion-tank above highest radiator.
Purpose of cushion-tank in a closed
system. Effects to system if con-
nection to expansion-tank taken
from supply.
28.
Pipe-welding: arc and
acetylene.
Recommend 64 hours of instruction
under school welding-instructor.
29.
Drafting.
Recommend 64 hours of instruction
under school drafting-instructor.
30.
History of industry.
611
2026
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
SCHEDULE 9— Continued
Item
Column 1
Column 2
Column 3
Subject-matter
Instruction In
Skills for Pupils
31.
Safety precautions.
Poor scaffolding. Improper use of
tools. Improper placing of ladders.
Broken ladder-rungs. Horse-play.
Poor tools.
32.
Hangers.
Radiator hangers, wall and ceiling.
Types of hangers for mains. Inserts.
Expansion-shields. Wrought-iron
rod. Grabbling-bar. Spacing of
hangers.
Laying-out of hangers for such things
as wall radiation, and mains.
33.
Pipe-covering.
Types of covering.
Reason for covering of pipes and
boilers.
34.
Valves.
Hot-water valves: globe; gate. Rad-
iator valves: steam; air. Relief-
valves: steam; hot-water. Check-
valves.
Identification of various valves.
Suitability of valves for steam and
water. Packing of valves.
35.
Welding.
Acetylene; arc.
Sixteen 23^-hour lessons in welding.
Practice and theory of welding under
welding instructor.
36.
Drafting.
Trade-sketching.
Sketching of trade. Piping, lay-outs
and fittings.
37.
Review 45° measure-
ments.
Methods of estimating 45° measure-
ments. Hypotenuse of right-angle
triangles. The use of square root.
Rolling 45° measurements. Use of
formula 1.414; origin of formula.
Application of square root. Estimat-
ing rolling 45° measurements.
38.
Conventional signs.
Conventional signs for such things
as radiators, traps, flanges, and
valves.
Identification of conventional signs.
39.
Mathematics.
Addition, and multiplication of
fractions. Square root.
40.
Trade-sketching.
Simple sketching of heating-plans.
41.
Welding.
Pipe-welding and making of fittings.
The use of torch in cutting, welding,
and fabrication of fittings.
Examinations.
Part 2
Item
Column 1
Column 2
Column 3
Subject-matter
Instruction In
Skills for Pupils
1.
Connections to radia-
tors and risers.
Diagrams on blackboard. Types of
connections.
Radiator connections on ground
floor. Riser connections. Connec-
tions to radiators; overhead system.
Method of connecting 2 radiators on
same floor to form a single riser.
Branch connections to form an over-
head main. Purpose of relief valve
on expansion-tank.
2.
Types of valves.
Exhibition of valves.
Difference between globe-valve and
gate-valve. Pressure-side of globe-
valves. Steam-radiator valves. Hot-
water radiator valves. Objection to
use of globe-valves on hot-water
heating. Hot-water air-valves and
their purpose. Automatic air-valves
and their purpose.
612
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
2027
SCHEDULE 9— Continued
Item
Column 1
Column 2
Column 3
Subject-matter
Instruction In
Skills for Pupils
3.
Assembling a hot-
water boiler.
Instruction in assembling a boiler.
Pupils assembling a boiler.
Parts of boiler. Purpose of levelling
boilers. Use of level. Assembling
grates. Cleaning parts and nipples.
Assembling of sections. Purpose of
altitude gauge. Assembling of
headers. Levelling of headers.
Tightening of bolts.
4.
Sizing of branches to
radiators and risers.
Table-radiator; tapping hot water
to various floors.
Number of any size branches to size
of main. Radiator tappings, ground
floor, second floor, and so forth.
Number and size of connections
which can be taken from risers.
5.
Pipe-welding: arc and
acetylene.
Recommend 64 hours of instruction
under school welding-instructor.
6.
Drafting.
Recommend 64 hours of instruction
under school drafting-instructor.
7.
History of industry.
8.
Safety precautions.
Poor scaffolding. Improper use of
tools. Improper placing of ladders.
Broken ladder-rungs. Horse-play.
Poor tools.
9.
Review measurements
of pipe-fittings.
Measurement of pipe-fittings from
end to centre, centre to centre, and
end to back. (E to C; C to C; E to B)
Identification of measurements.
10.
45° measurements.
Hypotenuse of right-angle triangle.
Use of formula 1.414.
Estimating and making offsets to
different offset measurements.
11.
Types of radiation.
Direct; indirect. Direct and indirect
unit-heaters. Radiation tables, old
and new.
Identification of various types of
radiation. Estimating square feet of
radiation; various heights. Old and
new types of radiation.
12.
Hangers.
Radiator hangers, wall and ceiling.
Types of hangers for mains. Inserts.
Expansion-shields. Wrought-iron
rod. Grabbling-bar. Spacing of
hangers.
Laying out hangers for such things
as wall radiation, and mains.
13.
Installing a iK" pipe
main to given measure-
ments.
Measure, cut, ream, thread pipe,
make and line up fittings. Make
hanger-rods. Hang main and grade
it.
Installation of V/i' main. Grading
of main. Making of hanger-rods.
14.
Assembling a sectional
boiler.
Parts of boiler. Method of assemb-
ling.
Identification of parts. Cleaning of
nipples and parts. Assembling of
boiler.
15.
Hot-water heating.
2-pipe gravity. 1-pipe gravity.
Closed system. Overhead system.
Forced hot- water system. Types of
connections. Expansion-tank con-
nections.
Sizing of mains, risers and radiator
openings for various floors. Laying
out connections to radiators and
risers. Sketch a 2-pipe gravity
system for 2 floors, showing main
and riser sizes, amount of radiation
on ground and second floors, and
connections to radiators and risers.
16.
Pipe-covering.
Types of covering.
Reason for covering of pipes and
boilers.
17.
Conventional signs.
For such things as valves, flanges,
and radiators.
Identification of signs.
18.
Steam-heating
systems.
1-pipe steam, 2-pipe steam. Vapour
system; vacuum system. Difference
between high-pressure and low-
pressure steam. Use of air relief-
valves.
Identification of different systems.
Lay-out of piping for 1-pipe steam
system, showing position of air-
valves.
19.
Roughing in.
Laying-out of radiators. Laying-out
of risers.
Determining position and distance
of radiation and risers.
613
2028
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
SCHEDULE 9— Continued
Item
Column 1
Column 2
Column 3
Subject-matter
Instruction In
Skills for Pupils
20.
Valves.
Hot- water valves: globe; gate. Rad-
iator valves: steam; air. Relief-
valves: steam; hot- water. Check-
valves.
Identification of various valves.
Suitability of valves for steam and
water. Packing of valves.
21.
Welding.
Acetylene; arc.
Sixteen 23^-hour welding lessons.
Practice and theory of welding under
a welding instructor.
22.
Drafting.
Trade-sketching.
Trade-sketching. Piping, lay-outs
and fittings.
23.
Plant inspection.
Visit to heating-plants.
24.
Review 45° measure-
ments.
Methods of estimating 45° measure-
ments. Hypotenuse of right-angle
triangles. The use of square root.
Rolling 45° measurements. Use of
formula 1.414. Origin of formula.
Application of square root. Estim-
ating rolling 45° measurements.
25.
A review of types of
radiators.
Square foot per section, various
heights. Cast-iron radiators. Copper-
coil radiators. Unit heaters. Method
of ordering. Efficiency of copper-
coil radiators. B. T. U. output per
square foot of steam, gravity, and
hot-water systems. Radiator con-
nections. Roughing-in of radiators.
Hanging of wall radiators.
Estimating square feet of radiation
for various heights, lengths and
widths. Laying-out of radiators for
roughing-in.
26.
Valves.
Types of valves for radiators: gate;
globe; check; air. Valve areas;
pressure-side of globe-valves, and
safety valves. Blow-off valves.
Identification of valves. Use of
valves. Packing of valves.
27.
Boilers.
Types of boilers, hot water and
steam. Method of assembling sec-
tional boilers. Parts of sectional
boilers. Boiler trimmings (steam)
and height of water column. Sizing
of boilers. Sizing of safety valves.
Purpose of fusible plugs. Location of
fusible plugs.
Assembling of sectional boilers. Mak-
ing up and connecting feed and
return leaders.
28.
Gaskets and valve
packing.
Types of gasket material and pack-
ing and where used.
Selection of gasket-packing and
valve-packing material; cutting of
gaskets and packing of valves.
29.
Steam-traps.
Types of steam-traps: thermostatic;
thermosta tic- float ; bucket; boiler-
return. Purpose and function of
these traps. Sizing of traps, having
regard. to condensation load. Trap
connections. Parts of traps; ordering
of traps. Lifting-capacity of bucket-
traps. The effect of faulty traps on
heating systems.
Identification of traps, their purpose
and function. Sketching of trap
connections. Dismantling and assem-
bling of traps. Cleaning of traps.
Naming parts of traps.
30.
Hot water.
Types of systems; circulation of
water. Weights of water when
heated. Difference in temperature in
flow and return. Sizing of mains.
Ground-floor connections. Riser
connections. Valve sizes for different
floors, and temperature of water
when valve closed. System under
various pressures. Expansion-tank
connections, open and closed system.
Purpose of air-vents and twin-boiler
connections. Sizing of expansion-
tanks; sizing of boilers. Roughing
in and location of radiators.
Assembling of boilers and sizing of
mains for radiation loads. Installa-
tion of open and closed systems.
Connecting expansion-tanks, open
and closed systems. Testing of
systems. Sketching of twin-boiler
connections. Sizing of expansion-
tanks. Sketching of riser connections
for radiators on different floors.
31.
Conventional signs.
Conventional signs for such things
as radiators, traps, flanges, and
valves.
Identification of conventional signs.
614
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
2029
SCHEDULE ^—Continued
Item
Column 1
Column 2
Column 3
Subject-matter
Instruction In
Skills for Pupils
32.
Steam-heating
systems.
1-pipe system; 2-pipe system; va-
pour system; vacuum systems.
33.
1-pipe system.
Sizing of mains; grade of mains.
Size of branches; grade of branches.
Elimination of air from ends of
mains and radiators. Heights of
end of main above normal water-line
of boiler. Difference between wet
and dry return boiler-connections;
feed and return. Sizing of air-vents
on radiator connections. Types of
hangers; spacing of hangers.
Assembling of sectional steam-boiler.
Construction of steam-leader and
return-leader piping. Sizing of
steam-leaders.
34.
Vapour-heating
system.
Boiler pressure. Use of thermostatic
traps on radiators. Use of ther-
mostatic float-traps on ends of mains.
Purpose of Hartford connections.
Height of Hartford connections.
Purpose of air eliminator. Return-
piping to boiler. Tables of main
sizes; feed and return crossing of
doorways.
Installations of vapour-heating sys-
tem. Connecting of Hartford con-
nections. Installation of boiler
trimmings.
35.
Boiler-return trap.
Purpose and connections of boiler-
return traps.
36.
Boiler-return pump.
Purpose and connections.
Connecting of boiler-return pump in
return system.
37.
Pipe-covering.
Types of pipe-covering; heat loss
through uncovered steam-mains.
38.
Mathematics.
Addition, and multiplication of frac-
tions. Square root.
39.
Trade-sketching.
Simple sketching of heating plans.
40.
Welding.
Pipe-welding and making of fittings.
The use of torch in cutting, welding,
and fabrication of fittings.
41.
Hot-water heating
systems.
Review of previous year's work.
Installation of hot-water heating
systems.
42.
Vacuum return-line
heating-system.
Steam. Advantages of vacuum
return-line heating-system. Com-
parison of main and return-line sizes
over non-vacuum systems. Method
of registering vacuum. Sizing of
drip- and radiator-traps. Purpose of
vacuum pump and connections.
Grade of mains. Grade of branches.
Sizing of branches and run-outs to
radiators. Lift-fittings. Temper-
ature of steam at various pressures.
Expansion of mains. Sleeves. In-
serts. Spacing of hangers. Radiator
connections.
Study of a vacuum return-line.
Pump. Sizing of steam and return
lines. Installation of traps: ther-
mostatic; float; inverted-bucket.
Study of lift-fittings.
43.
Boilers.
Types of steam-boilers: sectional;
fire-box; return; tubular; water-tube.
Boiler trimmings and purpose.
Height of water column. Position
and purpose of fusible plug. Blow-
off valves. Sizing of safety valves.
Identification of steam-boilers. Nam-
ing of boiler trimmings and their
purpose. Determining height of
water column. Determining size of
safety valves.
44.
Pressure-reducing
valves.
Purpose of pressure-reducing valves.
Parts of pressure-reducing valves.
Sizing of pressure-reducing valves.
Purpose of by-pass pressure-reducing
valve-connections. Difference be-
tween double-seated and single-
seated valves.
Study of single-seated and double-
seated pressure-reducing valves.
Sketch of pressure-reducing valve-
connections.
615
\
2030
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
SCHEDULE 9— Continued
Item
Column 1
Column 2
Column 3
Subject-matter
Instruction In
Skills for Pupils
45.
Expansion joints.
Expansion of steam mains. Use of
sleeves. Types of expansion joints.
Anchoring of expansion joints. Loca-
tion of expansion joints.
Identification of various types of
joints.
46.
Blow-off valves.
Purpose of blow-off valves. Types
of valves. Position of line from
boiler. Types of fittings permissible.
Method of blowing-down a boiler.
Study of types of blow-off valves.
47.
Blow-off tanks.
Purpose, construction and installa-
tion.
Study of a blow-off tank, its purpose,
installation and construction.
48.
Safety valves.
Purpose of safety valves. Position
of safety valves on boiler. Connec-
tion from safety valve to atmosphere.
Twin valves and when used.
Determining size of twin safety-
valves.
49.
Priming of boilers.
Too rapid firing; steams pace too
small; steam header too close to
boiler.
Study of action on heating system.
50.
Foaming of boilers.
Scum on water surface caused by
such things as the presence of veg-
etable matter.
Method of removal.
51.
Feed water-heaters.
Purpose of feed water-heaters. Types
of feed water-heaters. Use of ex-
haust steam in heating water. Pur-
pose of oil-extractor.
Study of feed water-heaters.
52.
Exhaust steam.
The use of exhaust steam from
steam-engines for heating purposes.
Position and purpose of exhaust
head. Purpose of grease-extractor.
Study of equipment used and the
purpose thereof.
53.
Stop-valves and check-
valves.
Boiler service, and fundamental
duties.
Study of boiler service, and funda-
mental duties of stop-valves and
check-valves.
54.
Flash-tanks.
Method of constructing flash-tanks.
Purpose of flash-tanks. Flash-tank
connections.
A study of the actions of high-pres-
sure traps upon condensation. Re-
ceiving tanks and pumps.
55.
Mathematics.
Trade mathematics.
56.
Drafting.
A study of heating plans.
Trade-sketching.
57.
Welding.
Pipe-welding, and fabrication of
templates.
Use of cutting and welding torch.
58.
Materials.
Method of ordering radiators, and
materials.
Take off and order material from
heating plan.
59.
Conventional signs.
Listing of conventional signs.
Identification of symbols used in
heating.
Examinations.
(2127)
47
616
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
2063
Publications Under The Regulations Aet
NOVEMBER 29th, 1952
THE INDUSTRIAL STANDARDS ACT
O. Reg. 328/52.
Designation of Zones.
Amending Regulations 227 of Con-
solidated Regulations 1950.
Made— 28th October, 1952.
Filed— 18th November, 1952, 3.15 p.m.
REGULATIONS MADE BY THE MINISTER
UNDER THE INDUSTRIAL
STANDARDS ACT
1.(1) Regulation 1 of Regulations 227 of Consoli-
dated Regulations of Ontario 1950 is amended by
adding thereto the following subregulation :
WELLAND ZONE
(ISa) That part of Ontario described in item 15a
of Appendix A is designated as a zone, to
be known as the "Welland Zone", for any
business, calling, trade, undertaking and
work of any nature whatsoever and any
branch thereof and any combination of the
same which may be designated or defined
in Part II as an industry for the purposes
of the Act.
(2) Appendix A of regulations 227 of Consolidated
Regulations of Ontario 1950 is amended by adding
thereto the following item:
WELLAND ZONE
15a. The City of Welland and the suburban area
adjacent thereto and lying within a line
drawn as follows: commencing where the
centre line of the road allowance between
concessions 4 and 5 in the Township of
Humberstone meets the production southerly
of the centre line of the road allowance
between lots 24 and 25 in Concession 5 in
the Township of Humberstone, thence north-
erly along the production and centre line of
the road allowance between lots 24 and 25
to the boundary between the townships of
Humberstone and Crowland, thence westerly
along the boundary to the line between lots
28 and 29 in the Gore of the Township of
Crowland produced southerly, thence north-
erly along the production and line between
lots 28 and 29 and its production northerly
to the centre line of the road allowance
between concessions 6 and 7 in the Township
of Crowland, thence easterly along the last-
mentioned centre line to the line between
lots 28 and 29 in Concession 6 produced
southerly, thence northerly along the pro-
duction and line between lots 28 and 29 to
the centre line of the right of way of the
Toronto, Hamilton and Buffalo Railway,
thence north-westerly along the centre line
of the right of way to the line between lots
256 and 257 produced southerly in the Town-
ship of Thorold, thence northerly along the
production and line between lots 256 and 257
and its production northerly to the centre
line of the road allowance between lots 253
and 257, thence westerly along the centre
line of the road allowance between lots 253
and 257 and between lots 254 and 258, and
its production westerly to the boundary be-
tween the townships of Thorold and Pelham,
thence northerly along the boundary between
the townships to the production easterly of
the centre line of the road allowance between
concessions 12 and 13 in the Township of
Pelham, thence westerly along the production
and centre line of the road allowance to the
line between lots 1 and 2 in Concession 12
produced southerly, thence northerly along
the production and line between lots 1 and 2,
across concessions 12, 11, and part of 10, to
the centre line of a road in lot 1 in Concession
10 in the Township of Pelham, thence
easterly along the centre line of that road
to the centre line of the road allowance north
of and adjoining the northerly limit of lot 237
in the Township of Thorold, thence continu-
ing easterly along the centre line of the road
allowance lying north of, and adjoining, lots
237, 236, 235, 234, 233, 232, 231, 230, and
229, to and extending easterly along the
northerly limit of lots 229 and 228, and its
production easterly to the centre line of the
Welland Canal, thence southerly along the
last-mentioned centre line to the southerly
limit of lot 228, or the southerly limit pro-
duced westerly, thence easterly along the
production and the southerly limit of lot 228
in the Township of Thorold to the westerly
shore of the Welland River, thence easterly
across the Welland River to the centre line
of the road allowance between concessions 2
and 3 in the Township of Crowland, thence
easterly along the centre line of the road
allowance between concessions 2 and 3 to the
production northerly of the line between lots
19 and 20 in Concession 3, thence southerly
along the production and line between lots
19 and 20, across concessions 3, 4, 5, and 6,
and its production southerly to the centre
line of the road allowance between conces-
sions 6 and 7, thence westerly along the last-
mentioned centre line to the production
northerly of the line between lots 21 and 22
in Concession 7, thence southerly along the
production and line between lots 21 and 22
and its production southerly to the centre
line of the road allowance between the town-
ships of Crowland and Humberstone, thence
westerly along the last-mentioned line to the
line between lots 20 and 21 in the Township
of Humberstone produced northerly, thence
southerly along the production and the last-
mentioned line and its production southerly
to the centre line of the road allowance be-
tween concessions 4 and 5 in the Township
of Humberstone, thence westerly along the
last-mentioned line to the place of commence-
ment.
CHARLES DALEY
Minister of Labour
October 28, 1952
(2309)
48
617
2064
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
THE LABOUR RELATIONS ACT
O. Reg. 329/52.
General Amendments.
Amending Regulations 236 of Con-
solidated Regulations 1950 and
O. Reg. 202/51 and Revoking
O. Reg. 11/51.
Approved — 20th November, 1952.
Filed— 24th November, 1952, 9.30 a.m.
RULES MADE BY THE BOARD UNDER
THE LABOUR RELATIONS ACT
1. In these regulations "principal Regulations"
means Regulations 236 of Consolidated Regulations of
Ontario 1950.
2. Rule 3 of the principal Regulations, except
form 1, is revoked and the following substituted there-
for:
3. The registrar shall serve upon the respondent
named in an application
(a) a copy of the application, and
(b) a notice of filing of application in form 1,
or a notice of filing and of hearing in form
lA, as the case may be.
Form 1A
The Labour Relations Act
NOTICE OF FILING AND OF HEARING
BEFORE THE ONTARIO LABOUR
RELATIONS BOARD
Between:
ind-
Applicant.
Respondent.
TO THE RESPONDENT,
TAKE NOTICE that the applicant,
on , 19 , filed with the Ontario
Labour Relations Board an application, a cppy of
which is attached, for
TAKE NOTICE that you shall cause your
reply thereto, if any, to be filed with the Board at
its office in the Parliament Buildings, Queen's
Park, Toronto, not later than the day of
, 19 .
AND TAKE NOTICE that you are required
to post immediately upon receipt thereof the en-
closed copies of notice to employees of filing of
application in form 3 and to keep them posted
upon your premises until the
day of
19
in conspicuous places
where they are most likely to come to the attention
of all employees who may be affected by the
application.
AND FURTHER TAKE NOTICE of the
hearing of the application by the Board at its
Board Room at ,
on day, the day of ,
19 , at o'clock in the noon.
DATED this day of
19 .
Registrar
3. Sub-rule 2 of rule 4 of the principal Regulations
is revoked and the following substituted therefor:
(2) The registrar shall serve upon the respondent
an appropriate number of copies of a notice
of filing of application in form 3; and the re-
spondent shall post those copies immediately
upon receipt thereof and keep them posted
upon his premises, in conspicuous places where
they are most likely to come to the attention
of all employees who may be affected by the
application, until the expiration of the 8th
day from the date of service.
Form 3
The Labour Relations Act
NOTICE TO EMPLOYEES OF FILING
OF APPLICATION
BEFORE THE ONTARIO LABOUR
RELATIONS BOARD
Between :
Applicant,
Respondent.
— and —
TO THE EMPLOYEES OF
TAKE NOTICE that the applicant,
on , 19 , filed with the Ontario
Labour Relations Board an application, a copy of
which is attached, for certification as bargaining
agent of
AND TAKE NOTICE THAT any employee,
or group of employees, affected by the application
and not desiring the applicant to be certified as
the bargaining agent, whether or not that desire
has been indicated in any other manner, may so
inform the Board in writing not later than the
day of
, 19
AND TAKE NOTICE of the hearing of the
application by the Board at its Board Room at
day, the
day of
19
at
o'clock in the
AND FURTHER TAKE NOTICE THAT
any employee, or group of employees, who has
informed the Board in writing of his or their desire
may attend and be heard at the hearing; and that
upon failure to attend, the Board may dispose of
the application without further notice and without
considering his, or their, desire in writing filed
with the Board.
618
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
2065
The desire shall be signed by the employee
or each member of a group of employees.
An employee, or group of employees, may
attend anci be heard at the hearing by a repre-
sentative.
19
DATED this
day of
Registrar
(NOTE: Address all communications with re-
spect to this application to
The Registrar
Ontario Labour Relations Board
Parliament Buildings
Toronto, Ontario)
4. Sub-rule 3 of rule 4 of the principal Regulations
is revoked.
5. Sub-rule 7 of rule 4 of the principal Regulations
is revoked and the following substituted therefor:
(7) A trade union claiming to represent or to be
the bargaining agent of employees who may
be affected by the application shall, before the
expiration of the 8th day prescribed in sub-
rule 2, file an intervention, if any, in form 7.
6. Form 7 of the principal Regulations, as amended
by Ontario Regulations 202/51, is struck out and the
following substituted therefor:
Form 7
The Labour Relations Act
INTERVENTION
BEFORE THE ONTARIO LABOUR
RELATIONS BOARD
Between:
— ^and—
Applicant,
Respondent.
. . . intervenes
(name of intervener)
in this proceeding.
•1. The intervener is
(a) a trade union claiming
(i) to represent employees, or
(ii) to be the bargaining agent of em-
ployees, or
(b) the employer of employees,
who may be affected by the application.
2. The intervener submits with this interven-
tion the following documentary evidence:
3. The intervener desires to make the following
submissions:
DATED at
,19
this
day of
(signature)
for the intervener
*Strike out clauses not applicable.
7. Rule 4 of the principal Regulations is amended
by adding thereto the following sub-rules:J
(7a) Any employee, or group of employees, af-
fected by the application and not desiring
the applicant to be certified as the bargaining
agent, whether or not that desire has been
indicated in any other manner, may inform
the Board in writing of the desire before the
expiration of the 8th day prescribed in sub-
rule 2, and may thereupon attend and be
heard at the hearing.
(76) If that employee, or group of employees,
does not attend at the hearing the Board may
dispose of the application without further
notice to the employee, or group of employees,
and without considering the desire in writing
of that employee, or group of employees,
filed with the Board.
(7c) The desire in writing of an employee, or
group of employees, shall be signed by the
employee or each member of the group of
employees, as the case may be.
(7d) An employee, or group of employees, may
attend and be heard at the hearing by a
representative.
8. Sub-rule 9 of rule 4 of the principal Regulations
is revoked and the following substituted therefor:
(9) Where the Board so directs, sub-rule 2 shall
apply to the filing of an intervener's applica-
tion.
9. Sub-rule 2 of rule 6 of the principal Regulations,
as amended by Ontario Regulations 202/51, is revoked
and the following substituted therefor:
(2) The registrar shall serve upon the employer
an appropriate number of copies of a notice
of filing of application in form 3A; and the
employer shall post those copies immediately
upon receipt thereof and keep them posted
upon his premises, in conspicuous places where
they are most likely to come to the attention
of all employees who may be affected by the
application, until the expiration of the 8th
day from the date of service.
Form 3A
The Labour Relations Act
NOTICE OF FILING OF APPLICATION
BEFORE THE ONTARIO LABOUR
RELATIONS BOARD
Between:
-and —
TO THE EMPLOYEES OF
Applicant,
Respondent.
TAKE NOTICE that the applicant,
on , 19 , filed with the Ontario
Labour Relations Board an application, a copy of
which is attached, for a declaration that the re-
spondent no longer represents the employees in
the bargaining unit
619
2066
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
AND TAKE NOTICE THAT any employee,
or group of employees, affected by the application
and not desiring that declaration to be made by
the Board, whether or not that desire has been
indicated in any other manner, may so inform the
Board in writing not later than the
, 19 .
day of
AND TAKE NOTICE of the hearing of the
application by the Board at its Board Room at
on day, the day of ,
19 , at o'clock in the noon.
AND FURTHER TAKE NOTICE THAT
any employee, or group of employees, who has
informed the Board in writing of his or their
desire may attend and be heard at the hearing;
and that upon failure to attend, the Board may
dispose of the application without further notice
and without considering his, or their, desire in
writing filed with the Board.
The desire shall be signed by the employee or
each member of a group of employees.
An employee, or group of employees, may
attend and be heard at the hearing by a repre-
sentative.
DATED this
19
day of
Registrar
(NOTE: Address all communications with re-
spect to this application to
The Registrar
Ontario Labour Relations Board
Parliament Buildings
Toronto, Ontario)
10. Regulations 4 and 5 of Ontario Regulations
202/51 are revoked.
1 1 . Sub-rule 3 of rule 6 of the principal Regulations
is revoked.
12. Sub-rule 1 of rule 10 of the principal Regula-
tions is revoked and the following substituted therefor:
(1) The registrar shall serve an appropriate notice
of hearing in form 3 or form 19 not less than
3 days, inclusive of the day of service, before
the date fixed for the hearing.
13. Rule 18 of the principal Regulations is amended
by adding thereto the following sub-rule:
(la) Upon receipt of information in writing under
sub-rule la of rule 4, the registrar shall
advise in writing the applicant, respondent,
and intervener, if any, of the nature thereof.
14. Sub-rule 2 of rule 18 of the principal Regula-
tions is amended by striking out the last 2 lines thereof
and substituting therefor the following:
or usual address.
15. Rule 18a of the principal Regulations, as made
by Ontario Regulations 11/51, and Ontario Regulations
11/51, are revoked.
ONTARIO LABOUR RELATIONS BOARD
E. N. Davis
Chairman
G. Russell Harvey
H. F. Irwin
D. B. Archer
G. S. P. Ferguson
Members
(2343)
48
THE DISABLED PERSONS' ALLOWANCES
ACT, 1952
O. Reg. 330/52.
General Amendment.
Amending O. Reg. 221/52.
Made— 20th November, 1952.
Filed— 24th November, 1952, 1.45 p.m.
REGULATIONS MADE UNDER THE
DISABLED PERSONS' ALLOWANCES
ACT, 1952
1. Subregulation 2 of regulation 2 of Ontario Regu-
lations 221/52 is amended by striking out the symbol
and figures "$1200" in the fourth line and substituting
therefor the symbol and figures "$1440".
(2344)
48
620
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
2099
Publications Under The Regulations Act
DECEMBER 6th, 1952
THE PUBLIC HEALTH ACT
O. Reg. 331/52.
Fort William and District Health Unit.
Amending Schedule 24A of Regulations 335
of Consolidated Regulations 1950.
Approved — 20th November, 1952.
Filed— 25th November, 1952, 3.00 p.m.
REGULATIONS MADE BY THE MINISTER
UNDER THE PUBLIC HEALTH ACT
1. Schedule 24A of the Appendix to Regulations
335 of Consolidated Regulations of Ontario 1950, as
made by Ontario Regulations 260/52, is revoked and
the following substituted therefor:
SCHEDULE 24A
FORT WILLIAM AND DISTRICT HEALTH UNIT
. The Board of Health of the Fort William and
District Health Unit shall consist of 7 members
as follows:
(o) one member to be appointed by the
Lieutenant-Governor in Council,
(6) two members to be appointed annually
by the Municipal Council of the City of
Fort William,
(c) one member to be appointed annually by
the Municipal Council of the Township
of Neebing,
(d) one member to be appointed annually by
the Municipal Council of the Township
of Paipoonge,
(e) one member to be appointed annually by
the municipal councils of the townships
of Oliver and Gillies, and
(/) one member to be appointed annually by
the municipal councils of the townships
of O'Connor and Conmee.
A member appointed by a municipal council
or by municipal councils shall hold office during
the pleasure of the municipal council or munici-
pal councils which appointed him.
W. H. GOODFELLOW
Acting Minister of Health
(2358)
49
THE DENTAL TECHNICIANS ACT
O. Reg. 332/52.
General Amendments.
Amending Regulations 34 of Consoli-
dated Regulations 1950.
Approved — 20th November, 1952.
Filed— 25th November, 1952, 3.10 p.m.
REGULATIONS MADE BY THE BOARD
UNDER THE DENTAL
TECHNICIANS ACT
1. Regulation 2 of Regulations 34 of Consolidated
Regulations of Ontario 1950, except form 1 and form 2,
is revoked and the following substituted therefor:
CERTIFICATES OF REGISTRATION
2. Upon registering a dental technician the secre-
tary-treasurer shall issue to that dental tech-
nician a certificate of registration in form 1.
RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION
2a.(l) A certificate of registration shall remain in
force during the year ending the 31st of
December in which it is issued, and thereafter
until renewed under subregulation 2.
(2) Every registered dental technician who is
carrying on business as a dental technician in
Ontario shall pay the annual renewal fee pre-
scribed by clause b of regulation 8 on or before
the last day of February in each year; and
upon payment thereof the secretary-treasurer
shall issue to him a certificate of renewal of
registration in form 2.
26.(1) The secretary- treasurer on the first day of
March in each year shall strike off the register
the name of any person who has failed to
renew his registration.
(2) Where the secretary- treasurer has struck the
name of any person off the register under sub-
regulation 1, if that person
(c) applies to the Board, in form 2A, for
the restoration of his name to the
register, and
(b) pays a fee of $5, and the renewal fee
for the year in which the application
is made,
the Board shall restore his name to the
register.
Form 2A
The Dental Technicians Act
APPLICATION FOR RESTORATION
TO THE REGISTER
1. I,.
(print name in full)
of.
(print full postal business-address)
hereby apply to the Board for the restoration
of my name to the register of dental technicians.
621
2100
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
2. I enclose fee of $5.
3. I also enclose fee of $10 for renewal of my
registration for the year 19
Dated at
19
this
day of
(signature of applicant)
SIGNATURES ON CERTIFICATES
2c. The certificate of registration and the certi-
ficate of renewal of registration shall be signed
by the chairman and secretary-treasurer of
the Board.
2. Regulation 8 of Regulations 34 of Consolidated
Regulations of Ontario 1950 is revoked and the follow-
ing substituted therefor:
8. The following fees shall be paid to the Board:
(a) for registration under regulation 1, . .$25
and
(b) for renewal of registration under
subregulation 2 of regulation 2a, . . . $10
3. Clause c of regulation 15 of Regulations 34 of
Consolidated Regulations of Ontario 1950 is revoked
and the following substituted therefor:
(c) to each examiner appointed under regu-
lation 5
(i) a fee of $25 a day for each day of
the examination, and
(ii) a fee of $10 for each day or part of
a day while attending a meeting of
the committee of examiners,
but not exceeding in all $125 for each
annual examinationi
4.(1) Subregulations 1 and 2 of regulation 18 of
Regulations 34 of Consolidated Regulations of Ontario
1950 are revoked and the following substituted therefor:
(1) Where the Board of its own motion, or after
investigation of a complaint in writing, be-
lieves that a registered dental technician is
guilty of such misconduct or has displayed
such imcompetence as to render it desirable
in the public interest to suspend or cancel
his registration, the Board may fix a time
and place to hear and determine the matter.
(2) At least 10 days before the date fixed for the
hearing the Board shall give to the registered
dental technician by personal service
(a) a written notice of the time and place
fixed for the hearing, and
{h) a written statement of particulars of
the misconduct or incompetence alleged
by the Board, and a copy of any com-
plaint in writing.
5. These regulations shall come into force on the
30th day after publication in The Ontario Gazette
under The Regulations Act.
GOVERNING BOARD OF
DENTAL TECHNICIANS
C. R. Good ALL
. , D. ROLLASTON
D. W. Taylor
A. E. Smith
. . Frank Martin
(2359)
49
THE FARM PRODUCTS MARKETING ACT
O. Reg. 333/52.
1952 Agreement for the Marketing
of Beans.
New.
Made— 28th November, 1952.
Filed— 28th November, 1952, 11.35
ORDER MADE BY THE BOARD UNDER
THE FARM PRODUCTS MARKETING ACT
Marketing of the 1952 Crop of Beans
The Board approves the agreement appended
hereto and declares that it is in force.
G. F. PERKIN
Chairman
(Seal)
F. K. B. STEWART
Secretary
Dated at
Toronto this
28th day of
November, 1952.
AGREEMENT FOR MARKETING THE 1952
CROP OF BEANS
UNDER THE ONTARIO BEAN PRODUCERS'
MARKETING SCHEME
This Agreement made the 26th day of November,
1952.
BETWEEN:
W. P. Corneil, Wm. Haugh, Chas. A. Bannister,
John Gillier and M. R. McDougall appointed
by the local board, members of The Negotiating
Committee called the grower-Members,
— AND—
W. E. Reid, M. J. Smith, W. G. Thompson,
N. E. Cook and B. P. Teasdale appointed by
the dealers, members of The Negotiating
Committee called the Dealer-Members.
Under The Farm Products Marketing Act and the
regulations, and subject to the limitations thereof,
the Grower-Members and the Dealer-Members agree
as follows:
1. The minimum price to be paid by a dealer to
a grower for beans produced in Ontario by the grower
during the year 1952 and containing not more than
one pound damage per bushel and not more than 18
per cent moisture, and delivered to the dealer shall be
according to the following:
(a) for all beans belivered on or before the 31st
of December, 1952, the minimum price shall
be $4 per bushel; and
{b) for all beans delivered from and including the
1st of January, 1953, to and including the
31st of July, 1953, the minimum price shall be
$4.10 per bushel.
2. The following terms of purchase and sale shall
form part of each contract between a grower and a
dealer:
(a) the maximum charge to be paid by the grower
to the dealer for grading and picking beans,
622
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
2101
not to exceed 3 per cent of the price per bushel
for each pound graded out, and picked out,
as culls in excess of one pound per bushel,
(6) where the moisture-content of beans is more
than 18 per cent, the maximum deduction to
be made from the. minimum prices determined
under section 1 of this Agreement by any
dealer to be
(i) where the moisture-content is more than
18 per cent and not more than 20 per cent,
10 cents per bushel, and
(ii) where the moisture-content is more than
20 per cent and not more than 23 per cent,
15 cents per bushel,
(c) the beans to be inspected and sold on the basis
of grades established under subsection 1 of
section 24, and schedule 2, of The Canada
Grain Act, 1930,
(d) the dealer to pay the grower cash on delivery
for all beans accepted by the dealer,
(«) the dealer to give to the grower at the time
of sale of the beans a statement of purchase
of beans, showing the date, number of bushels,
damage and. moisture-content and the amount
deducted for licence fees,
(/) where a sample of beans is required for the
purpose of tests, the sample to
(i) weigh not less than 2 pounds,
(ii) be taken at the time of delivery from the
load of beans delivered by the grower,
(iii) be agreed upon by the grower and the
dealer,
(iv) be retained in a sealed, moisture-proof
metal container bearing a label on which
is stated the names and addresses of the
grower and the dealer, and
(v) be delivered to an inspector for the
Board of Grain Commissioners at Chat-
ham, if required by him for examination
and tests, and
(g) for the purpose of agreement upon a sample of
beans under sub-clause iii of clause /, the
person delivering to a dealer a load of beans,
to be deemed to be the grower.
3. In case of a dispute between a dealer and a
grower as to the grade, pick, moisture-content or
condition of any load of beans the matters in dispute
shall be referred to an inspector for the Board of Grain
Commissioners, and his decision shall be accepted.
Dated at London, Ontario, this 26th day of Nov-
ember, 1952.
GROWER-MEMBERS DEALER-MEMBERS
W. P. CORNEIL
Wm. Haugh
Chas. a. Bannister
John Gillier
M. R. McDOUGALL
(2389)
W. E. Reid
M.J. Smith
W. G. Thompson
N. E. Cook
B. P. Teasdale
49
623
'■5
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
2131
Publications Under The Regulations Act
DECEMBER 13th, 1952
THE INDUSTRIAL STANDARDS ACT
O. Reg. 334/52.
Designation of Zones.
Amending Regulations 227 of Con-
solidated Regulations 1950.
Made— 28th November, 1952.
Filed— 1st December, 1952, 4.30 p.m.
REGULATIONS MADE BY THE MINISTER
UNDER THE INDUSTRIAL
STANDARDS ACT
1.(1) Subregulation 12(7 of regulation 1 of Regula-
tions 227 of Consolidated Regulations of Ontario 1950,
as made by Ontario Regulations 94/51, is
(a) renumbered as subregulation 12aa, and
(b) amended by striking out the figures and letter
"12a" after the word "item", and substituting
therefor the figures and letters "12aa".
(2) Regulation 1 of Regulations 227 of Consolidated
Regulations of Ontario 1950 is amended by adding
thereto the following subregulation:
SARN'I.\ ZONE
(12fl) That part of Ontario described in item 12a
of Appendix A is designated as a zone, to
be known as the "Sarnia Zone", for any
business, calling, trade, undertaking and
work of any nature whatsoever and any
branch thereof and any combination of the
same which may be designated or defined
in Part II as an industry for the purposes
of the Act.
2.(1) Item 12a of Appendix A of Regulations 227
of Consolidated Regulations of Ontario 1950, as made
by Ontario Regulations 94/51, is renumbered as item
12aa.
(2) Appendix A of Regulations 227 of Consolidated
Regulations of Ontario 1950 is amended by adding
thereto the following item:
SARNIA ZONE
12a. The City of Sarnia and the suburban area
adjacent thereto and lying within a line
drawn as follows: commencing where the pro-
duction westerly of the centre line of the
road allowance between lots 48 and 49 in
Front Concession in the Township of Moore
meets the boundary between Canada and
United States, in the St. Clair River, thence
easterly along the production and the centre
line of the last-mentioned road allowance to
and easterly along the centre line of the road
allowance between concessions 8 and 9 to the
the centre' line of the road allowance between
lots 24 and 25, in Concession 9 produced
southerly, thence northerly along the pro-
duction and the centre line of the road allow-
ance between lots 24 and 25 across concessions
9, 10, 11, and 12, and its production northerly
to the centre line of the road allowance be-
tween the Township of Moore and the City I
of Sarnia, thence easterly along the last- I
mentioned centre line to the line between
Block A in the Township of Sarnia and the
City of Sarnia produced southerly, thence
northerly along the production and the last-
mentioned line to and northerly along the
centre line of Indian Road between the Town-
ship of Sarnia and the City of Sarnia and its
production northerly to the centre line of the
road allowance between blocks A and B
produced westerly, thence easterly along the
production and the last-mentioned centre line
to and easterly along the centre line of the
road allowance between concessions 2 and 3
to the line between lots 16 and 17 in Con-
cession 3 produced southerly, thence north-
erly along the production and the line between
lots 16 and l7 across concessions 3, 4, 5, 6,
7, and 8, and its production northerly to the
southerly limit of Concession 9, thence
easterly, northerly, and easterly, along that
limit to the south-east angle of lot 27 in
Concession 9, thence northerly along the
easterly limit of lot 27 to the southerly shore
of Lake Huron, thence westerly along that
southerly shore to the easterly shore of the
St. Clair River, thence west astronomically
to the boundary between Canada and United
States, thence southerly along the last-
mentioned boundary to the place of com-
mencement.
November 28, 1952
(2413)
CHARLES DALEY
Minister of Labour
50
THE PUBLIC COMMERCIAL VEHICLES ACT
O. Reg. 335/52.
Carrying of Goods in Bond through
Ontario.
Amending O. Reg. 235/52.
Made— 27th November, 1952.
Filed— 2nd December, 1952, 11.00 a.m.
REGULATIONS MADE UNDER THE
PUBLIC COMMERCIAL VEHICLES ACT
1. Clauses a, and b, of regulation 5 of Ontario
Regulations 235/52 are revoked and the following
substituted therefor:
(a) on a holiday,
(b) after 12 noon on Monday, Tuesday, Wednes-
day, Thursday, or Friday, preceding a holiday,
and
(c) on Saturday after 12 noon, during the period
from and including the 1st of April to and
including the 31st of October.
(2414)
50
625
2132
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
THE INDUSTRIAL STANDARDS ACT
O. Reg. 336/52.
Schedule for the Barbering Industry
in the Woodstock Zone.
Amending schedule of Regulations
192 of Consolidated Regulations
1950.
Made— 31st October, 1952
Approved — 27th November, 1952.
Filed— 2nd December, 1952, 11.10 a.m.
ORDER MADE BY THE BOARD UNDER
THE INDUSTRIAL STANDARDS ACT
1. Section 3 of the schedule of Regulations 192 of
Consolidated Regulations of Ontario 1950 is amended
by striking out clauses a and b and substituting there-
for:
(a) a regular working-week consisting of not more
than 45 hours of work to be performed during
the regular working-days, and
(.h) a regular working-day consisting of not more
than 9 hours of work to be performed on
Monday, Tuesday, Thursday, Friday, and
Saturday, between 9 a.m. and 7 p.m.
2. These regulations shall come into force on the
tenth day after the publication thereof in The Ontario
Gazette under The Regulations Act.
We concur
Advisory Committee for
the Barbering Industry
in the Woodstock Zone
J. H. Lawson
R. Matthews
L, J. McKerral
C. F. Champ
Irvin Bennewies
INDUSTRY AND
LABOUR BOARD
E. BiLLINGDON
(Chairman)
E. G. GiBB
(Member)
J. F NUTLAND
(Member)
Dated at Toronto the 31st day of October, 1952,
(2415)
50
THE INDUSTRIAL STANDARDS ACT
O. Reg, 337/52.
Schedule for the Barbering Industry
in the Ottawa Zone.
New and Revoking Regulations 178
of Consolidated Regulations 1950.
Made— 27th November, 1952,
Filed— 2nd December, 1952, 11.20 a.m.
REGULATIONS MADE UPON THE RECOM-
MENDATION OF THE MINISTER UNDER
THE INDUSTRIAL STANDARDS ACT
1. The schedule appended hereto shall be in force
during pleasure within the zone and be binding upon
the employers and employees in the industry referred
to in the schedule.
2. Regulations 178 of Consolidated Regulations of
Ontario 1950 are revoked.
3. These regulations shall come into force on the
tenth day after the publication thereof in The Ontario
Gazette under The Regulations Act.
SCHEDULE FOR THE BARBERING INDUSTRY
IN THE OTTAWA ZONE
1. No work shall be performed in the barbering
industry in the Ottawa zone except in accordance with
this schedule.
interpretation
2. In this schedule "holiday" means
(a) New Year's Day,
(b) Good Friday,
(c) Victoria Day,
(d) Dominion Day,
(e) Ottawa Civic Holiday,
(/) Labour Day,
(g) Thanksgiving Day, '
(h) Remembrance Day,
(i) Christmas Day, and
(/) the 26th of December,
hours of work
3. The regular working periods for the industry
shall be
(a) a regular working-week consisting of not more
than 47 J^ hours of work to be performed
during the regular working-days, and
(b) a regular working-day consisting of not more
than 9J^ hours of work to be performed on
Monday, Tuesday, Thursday, Friday, and
Saturday, between 8 a.m. and 6.30 p.m,
4.(1) Subject to subsection 2 no work shall be per-
formed in the industry on
(a) Sunday,
(b) Wednesday, or
(c) a holiday.
(2) During the week in which
(a) New Year's Day,
(b) Good Friday, or
(c) Christmas Day
is celebrated 93^ hours of work may be performed
between 8 a,m, and 6,30 p.m, on Wednesday in that
week.
classification of employees
5, The following classification of employees in the
industry is established:
Class A — A person who is given full-time employ-
ment on a percentage or commission but
with a minimum rate of wages.
Class B — A person who is given part-time work or
casual employment on a percentage or
commission but with a minimum rate of
wages,
minimum rates of wages
6.(1) The minimum rate of wages for all work per-
formed in the industry by employees shall be
(a) 65 per cent of the proceeds from the work
performed by Class A employees or $35 a
week, whichever is the greater, and
626
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
2133
(b) 65 per cent of the proceeds from the work
performed by Class B employees or 75 cents
an hour, whichever is the greater.
(2) The percentages in subsection 1 shall be com-
puted upon the gross receipts for work performed at
not less than
(a) the minimum charge for each operation estab-
lished in section 8, or
(b) the prevailing charge established in the shop
for each operation,
whichever is the greater.
7. No deductions shall be made from the minimum
rate of wages for
(a) materials supplied,
(b) laundry service, or
(c) operating expenses of any kind.
MINIMUM CHARGES
8.(1) The minimum charge for each operation in
the industry shall be as follows:
(a) facial massage, plain 50 cents
(b) hair-cut or trim for persons 14 years
and over 50 cents
(c) hair-cut for persons under 14 years. . 35 cents
(d) head-rub 25 cents
(e) neck-clip for ladies 25 cents
- (/) razor honing 50 cents
(g) shampoo, plain 50 cents
(A) shave 30 cents
(«) singe 25 cents
(2) No employer or employee may
(a) contract for or accept lower prices than those
in subsection 1,
(b) combine any of the operations named in sub-
section 1 without charging for each operation
in the combination, or
(c) give any article or premium to the customer
without charging the full value of the article
or premium.
(2416)
50
THE INDUSTRIAL STANDARDS ACT
O. Reg. 338/52.
Schedule for the Carpentry Industry
in the Niagara Falls Zone.
New.
Made — 27th November, 1952.
Filed— 2nd December, 1952, 11.30 a.m.
REGULATIONS MADE UPON THE RECOM-
DATION OF THE MINISTER UNDER
THE INDUSTRIAL STANDARDS ACT
1. The schedule appended hereto shall be in force
during pleasure within the zone and be binding upon
the employers and employees in the industry referred
to in the schedule.
2. These regulations shall come into force on the
tenth day after the publication thereof in The Ontario
Gazette under The Regulations Act.
SCHEDULE FOR THE CARPENTRY INDUSTRY
IN THE NIAGARA FALLS ZONE
interpretation
1. In this schedule "holiday" means
(c) Sunday,
(6) New Year's Day,
(c) Good Friday,
(d) Dominion Day,
(e) Niagara Falls Civic Holiday,
(/) Labour Day, and
(g) Christmas Day.
HOURS OF work
2.(1) The regular working periods for the industry
shall be
(a) a regular working-week consisting of not more
than 40 hours of work to be performed during
the regular working-days, and
(b) a regular working-day consisting of not more
than 8 hours of work to be performed on
Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday,
and Friday, between 8 a.m. and 5 p.m. .
(2) Where the work cannot reasonably be per-
formed during the hours prescribed in clause b of sub-
section 1, it may be performed during any other hours
if an employee does not work more than 8 hours; and
this work shall be night work.
MIMIMUM rate of WAGES
3. The minimum rate of wages shall be $1.75 an
hour for
(a) work performed during the regular working
periods, and
(b) night work.
SHIFT work
4.(1) VVhere the work is performed in two or more
shifts, and if an employee works not more than 8 hours
in any 24-hour period, the employee shall be deemed
to be employed during a regular working-day.
(2) An employee who works on a night-shift shall
be entitled, as a minimum, to wages for 8 hours for
work of 7 hours.
(3) In all cases governed by subsection 1 no over-
time work shall be performed.
(4) Where two or more shifts are worked on the
same job, only one shift shall be a day-shift.
OVERTIME work
5. Work performed in the industry
{a) at any time other than during the working
periods prescribed in sections 2 and 4, and
(b) on a holiday
shall beTovertime work.
627
2134
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
6.(1) No overtime work shall be performed in the
industry on a holiday without a permit from the ad-
visory committee.
(2) The advisory committee is authorized to issue
the permits subject to the terms and conditions of this
schedule.
RATES OF WAGES FOR OVERTIME WORK
7. The rate of wages for overtime work shall be
(a) $2.62^2 an hour for overtime work performed
(i) during the 3-hour period immediately fol-
lowing the regular working-day on Mon-
day, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday, and
Friday, and
(ii) on Saturday between 8 a.m. and 5 p.m.,
and
(/;) $3.50 an hour for all other overtime work.
ADVISORY COMMITTEE
8. The advisory committee is authorized to fix a
minimum rate of wages lower than the rate fixed by
this schedule for an individual who is handicapped and
the rate may be fixed at the request of employee or
employer.
(2417)
50
THE INDUSTRIAL STANDARDS ACT
*
O. Reg. 339/52.
Schedule for the Painting and Decor-
ating Industry in the Kingston
Zone.
New and Revoking O. Reg. 57/51.
Made— 27th November, 1952.
Filed— 2nd December, 1952, 11.40 a.m.
REGULATIONS MADE UPON THE RECOM-
MENDATION OF THE MINISTER UNDER
THE INDUSTRIAL STANDARDS ACT
1 . The schedule appended hereto shall be in force
during pleasure within the zone and be binding upon
the employers and employees in the industry referred
to in the schedule.
2. Ontario Regulations 57/51 are revoked.
3. These regulations shall come into force on the
tenth day after the publication thereof in The Ontario
Gazette under The Regulations Act.
SCHEDULE FOR THE PAINTING AND
DECORATING INDUSTRY IN
THE KINGSTON ZONE
INTERPRETATION
1. In this schedule "holiday" means
(a) Saturday,
(/;) Sunday,
(c) New Year's Day,
(d) Good Friday,
(e) Victoria Day,
(/) Dominion Day,
(g) Labour Day,
(h) Thanksgiving Day, and
(i) Christmas Day.
HOURS OF WORK
2. The regular working periods for the industry
shall be
(a) a regular working-week consisting of not more
than 40 hours of work to be performed during
the regular working-days, and
(b) a regular working-day consisting of not more
than 8 hours of work to be performed on Mon-
day, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday, and
Friday, between 8 a.m. and 5 p.m.
3.(1) Where the work cannot reasonably be per-
formed during the hours prescribed in clause b of section
2, it may be performed during any other hours; and
this work shall be night work.
(2) In all cases governed by subsection 1
(a) where an employee works 8 hours in any 24-
hour period, the employee shall be deemed to
be employed during a regular working-day, and
(b) work in excess of 8 hours in any 24-hour period
shall be overtime work.
MINIMUM RATES OF WAGES
4. The minimum rate of wages for work performed
during the regular working periods, and for night work,
shall be
(a) to and including the 31st of May 1953,
(i) $1.50 an hour for spray-painting, and
(ii) $1.40 an hour for all other work, and
(b) on and after the 1st of June 1953,
(i) $1.60 an hour for spray-painting, and
(ii) $1.50 an hour for all other work.
OVERTIME WORK
5. Work performed in the industry
(a) at any time other than during the working
periods prescribed in sections 2 and 3, and
(h) on a holiday
shall be overtime work.
6.(1) No overtime work shall be performed in the
industry without a permit from the advisory committee
except for 4 hours of overtime work to be performed
immediately following the working period of a regular
working-day.
(2) The advisory committee is authorized to issue
the permits subject to the terms and conditions of this
schedule.
RATES OF WAGES FOR OVERTIME WORK
7. The rate of wages for overtime work shall be as
follows:
(a) for overtime work performed during the 4-hour
period immediately following the working
period of a regular working-day
628
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
2135
(i) to and including the 31st of May 1953,
$2.25 an hour for spray-painting, and
S2.10 an hour for all other work, and
(ii) on and after the 1st of June 1953, S2.40
an hour for spray-painting, and $2.25 an
hour for all other work, and
(b) for all other overtime work
(i) to and including the 31st of May 1953,
S3 an hour for spray-painting, and $2.80
an hour for all other work, and
(ii) on and after the 1st of June 1953, $3.20
an hour for spray-painting, and $3 an
hour for all other work.
.\DVISORY COMMITTEE
8. The advisory committee is authorized to fix a
minimum rate of wages lower than the rate fixed by
this schedule for an individual who is handicapped.
(2418)
50
THE VITAL STATISTICS ACT
O. Reg. 340/52.
Access to and Information from Records.
Amending Regulations 363 of Consoli-
dated Regulations 1950.
Made— 27th November, 1952.
Filed— 2nd December, 1952, 2.45 p.m.
REGULATIONS MADE UNDER THE
VITAL STATISTICS ACT
1. Regulation 65 of Regulations 363 of Consolidated
Regulations of Ontario 1950 is amended by adding the
following subregulation :
(6a) Any officer or clerk in the Department of
Health, named in writing by the Deputy
Minister of Health for the purpose, may have
access to, or be given information from the
records in the Registrar-General's office or in
any division registrar's office but only after
taking an oath of secrecy in form 29 A.
Form 29A
The Vital Statistics Act
OATH OF SECRECY
(Given names)
(Surname)
solemnly swear that I will hold secret and will not
disclose to anj' person any information given me from
the records in the Registrar-General's office or in any
division registrar's office or obtained from those records
by reason of my access thereto, except to the Director
of Industral Hygiene or the Medical Statistician of
the Department of Health.
Sworn before me.
at the of.
in the . .
(Signature of Deponent)
(A Commissioner for taking
Affidavits, etc.)
(2419)
50
629
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
2169
Publications Under The Regulations Act
DECEMBER 20th, 1952
THE POLICE ACT
O. Reg. 341/52.
Division of Responsibility for Polic-
ing.
Amending part 1 of schedule 2 of
Regulations 320 of Consolidated
Regulations 1950.
Made — 4th December, 1952.
Filed— 8th December, 1952, 9.50 a.m.
REGULATIONS
MADE UNDER THE POLICE ACT
1. Part 1 of schedule 2 of Regulations 320 of
Consolidated Regulations of Ontario 1950 is amended
(a) by adding thereto the following item:
24a. Municipal Township of
MICHIPICOTEN —the whole
(6) by renumbering item 47a as made by Ontario
Regulations 148/52 as item 47b, and
(c) by adding thereto the following item:
47a. Municipal Township of
WICKSTEED
-the whole
2.(1) Part 1 of schedule 2 of Regulations 320 of
Consolidated Regulations of Ontario 1950 is amended
by adding thereto the following item:
40a TINY
-the whole
(2) Subregulation 1 comes into force on the 1st
of January, 1953.
(2439)
51
THE HIGHWAY TRAFFIC ACT
O. Reg. 342/52.
Fees for Unsatisfied Judgment Fund.
Amending O. Reg. 264/44 and Re-
voking O. Reg. 4/49.
Made— 4th December, 1952.
Filed— 8th December, 1952, 1.20 p.m.
REGULATIONS MADE UNDER THE
HIGHWAY TRAFFIC ACT
1. Regulation 256 of Ontario Regulations 264/44
as made by regulation 1 of Ontario Regulations 4/49
is revoked and the following substituted therefor:
256. Under section 97 of the Act the Unsatisfied
Judgment Fund fee shall be $1.
2. Ontario Regulations 4/49 are revoked,
(Note: See unofficial consolidated regulations 407
in unofficial appendix to volumes 1 and 2 of
Consolidated Regulations of Ontario 1950)
(2440)
51
THE BROKER-DEALERS ACT, 1947
O. Reg. 343/52.
Amendments to Application Forms.
Amending Regulations 16 of Consoli-
dated Regulations 1950.
Made— 2nd December, 1952.
Approved— 8th December, 1952.
Filed— 8th December, 1952, 2.00 p.m.
REGULATIONS MADE BY THE BOARD
UNDER THE BROKER-DEALERS ACT, 1947
1. Form 7 of Regulations 16 of Consolidated
Regulations of Ontario 1950 is amended by adding
after item 13 the following item:
13a. Does the applicant owe any money to any
member of the Association? (This includes
any member of The Toronto Stock Exchange
who is a member of the Association.) (Give
particulars including name of member,
amount, when incurred and when repayable.)
2. Form 9 of Regulations 16 of Consolidated
Regulations of Ontario 1950 is amended by adding
after item 8 the following item:
8a. Does the applicant owe any money to any
member of the Association? (This includes
any member of The Toronto Stock Exchange
who is a member of the Association.) (Give
particulars including name of member,
amount, when incurred and when repayable.)
The Board of Governors of The Broker- Dealers'
Association of Ontario
by John M. Rogers,
J. A. Henley,
j. a. lumsden,
Marshal Stearns,
S. T. Douglass,
Earl M. Robertson,
A. K. Williams,
C. D. Wilson,
A. A. Perrin,
Governor
Governor
Governor
Governor
Governor
Governor
Governor
Governor
Governor
Dated at Toronto this 2nd day of December, 1952.
The foregoing regulations made by the Board of
Governors of The Broker- Dealers' Association of
Ontario are approved.
Dated at Toronto this 8th day of December 1952.
ONTARIO SECURITIES
COMMISSION
O. E. LENNOX
Chairman
(2441)
51
631
THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
2193
Publications Under The Regulations Aet
DECEMBER 27th, 1952
THE COMPANIES INFORMATION ACT
O. Reg. 344/52.
Prospectus.
Amending Regulations 23 of Consoli-
dated Regulations 1950.
Made— 1 1th December, 1952.
Filed— 15th December, 1952, 2.00 p.m.
REGULATIONS MADE UNDER THE
COMPANIES INFORMATION ACT
1. Regulation 3 of Regulations 23 of Consolidated
Regulations of Ontario 1950 is amended by adding the
following clause after clause b;
(bb) companies, of which any issue of securities is
sold entirely
(i) to banks to which The Bank Act (Canada)
applies, or
(ii) to Industrial Development Bank, or
(iii) to loan corporations or trust companies
registered under The Loan and Trust
Corporations Act, or
(iv) to insurance companies licensed under
The Insurance Act,
(2489)
52
THE GUARANTEE COMPANIES
SECURITIES ACT
O. Reg. 345/52.
Addition to Schedule.
Amending schedule 1 of Regulations
130 of Consolidated Regulations
1950.
Made— 11th December, 1952.
Filed— 15th December, 1952, 3.40 p.m.
REGULATIONS MADE UNDER THE
GUARANTEE COMPANIES
SECURITIES ACT
1. Schedule 1 of Regulations 130 of Consolidated
Regulations of Ontario 1950 is amended by adding
thereto the following item:
65. Zurich General Accident and Liability Insur-
ance Company Limited
(2494)
52
THE INDUSTRIAL STANDARDS ACT
O. Reg. 346/52.
Schedule for the Barbering Industry
in the Cornwall Zone.
Amending the schedule of Regula-
tions 162 of Consolidated Regula-
tions 1950.
Made— 20th November, 1952.
Approved — 11th December, 1952.
Filed— 16th December, 1952, 4.35 p.m.
ORDER MADE BY THE BOARD UNDER
THE INDUSTRIAL STANDARDS ACT
1. Section 3 of the schedule of Regulations 162 of
Consolidated Regulations of Ontario 1950 is amended
by striking out clauses a, and b, and substituting
therefor :
(a) a regular working-week consisting of not more
than 42 1^ hours of work to be performed dur-
ing the regular working-days, and
(b) a regular working-day consisting of not more
than 83/2 hours of work to be performed on
Monday, Tuesday, Thursday, Friday, and
Saturday, between 8.30 a.m. and 6 p.m.
2. Subsection 1 of section 6 of the schedule of
Regulations 162 of Consolidated Regulations of Ontario
1950 is amended by striking out clause b, and substitut-
ing therefor:
(b) for work performed by Class B employees
(i) $16.50 a week for 20^/^ hours of work of
which 3 hours a day are performed on
Monday, Tuesday, Thursday, and Friday,
and 8}/^ hours on Saturday,
(ii) $14.25 a week for 173^ hours of work of
which 3 hours a day are performed on
any 3 days of Monday, Tuesday, Thurs-
day, or Friday, and 83^ hours on Satur-
day,
(iii) $12 a week for 143^ hours of work of
which 3 hours a day are performed on
any 2 days of Monday, Tuesday, Thurs-
day, or Friday, and 83^ hours on Satur-
day,
(iv) $9.75 for 113^2 hours of work of which
3 hours a day are performed on Monday,
Tuesday, Thursday, or Friday,and 8^
hours on Saturday, and
(v) $7.50 for 83^^ hours of work on Monday,
Tuesday, Thursday, Friday, or Saturday,
or on Wednesday of the week in which a
holiday occurs.
3. These regulations shall come into force on the
tenth day after the publication thereof in The Ontario
Gazette under The Regulations Act.
We concur
Advisory Committee for
the Barbering Industry
in the Cornwall Zone
Wilfred Brisbois
Marius Delage
Leslie Stephenson
OsiAS Legault
J. W. Leroux
Industry and
Labour Board
E. BiLLINGTON
(Chairman)
E. G. GiBB
(Member)
J. F. NUTLAND
(Member)
Dated at Toronto the 20th of November, 1952
(2500)
52
633
2194 THE ONTARIO GAZETTE
THE PUBLIC HEALTH ACT
O. Reg. 347/52.
Fort William and District Health Unit.
New.
Made— 11th December, 1952.
Filed— 17th December, 1952, 9.00 a.m.
REGULATIONS MADE UNDER THE
PUBLIC HEALTH ACT
1. The Fort William and District Health Unit may
include the following unorganized townships in the
Territorial District of Thunder Bay:
(c) Devon,
(b) Fraleigh,
(c) Home,
(d) Lybster,
(e) Marks,
(f) Pearson,
(g) Scoble, and
(h) Strange.
(2501) 52
634
UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO
LIBRARY
DO NOT
REMOVE
THE
CARD
FROM
THIS
POCKET
Live Music Archive
Librivox Free Audio
Metropolitan Museum
Cleveland Museum of Art
Internet Arcade
Console Living Room
Open Library
American Libraries
TV News
Understanding 9/11